Blog – Avocados From Mexico https://avocadosfrommexico.com Recipes, Nutrition & Beauty Tips Wed, 13 Mar 2024 14:53:16 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.1.5 https://afm-6b83.kxcdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/cropped-favicon-150x150.png Blog – Avocados From Mexico https://avocadosfrommexico.com 32 32 How to Cut an Avocado Safely in 5 Simple Steps https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/how-to-cut-an-avocado Fri, 16 Feb 2024 07:36:52 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20649

At first glance, the bumpy green exterior of an avocado can be intimidating. You know there’s creamy, delicious goodness inside, but how to cut an avocado may not be immediately apparent.

 

Fear not, avocado lover. There’s an easy, reliable way to cut into your favorite fruit. And once you master the art of cutting an avocado, you’ll be well on your way to slicing and dicing your way toward awe-inspiring guacamole (or … smoothies or tacos, salads, burgers, or ceviche). You know what they say: When life hands you an avocado, you can make any dish better!

 

First, Make Sure You’re Cutting an Avocado That’s Perfectly Ripe

Avocados are a lot easier to cut when they’re ripe. They also taste better! Before you even get out the knife, choose the freshest, ripest avocado by holding it in your palm and gently squeezing it. If it gives a little under the pressure … winner-winner, guac with dinner!

 

Is your avocado hard as a rock? Fear not! You can speed up the ripening process by placing it in a brown paper bag along with a banana or apple on the kitchen counter. Check back every day for progress. Bananas and apples both emit the natural plant hormone ethylene gas, which helps ripen fruit. The paper bag traps the gas and speeds up the process. It sounds loca, but it’s true.

 

How to Cut an Avocado in Half

Perfectly ripe avocado? Check. ✅ Now, all you need is a cutting board, knife, fork, and spoon.

  1. Place the avocado on the cutting board. Place a clean towel on the board if desired to keep the avocado from slipping.
  2. Hold the avocado with one hand firmly on top of the fruit and cut into the middle of the avocado in a complete circle around the pit. Cut longways from the stem to the bottom.
  3. Put down the knife and twist the avocado with two hands so the halves come apart.
  4. If using both halves right away, go ahead and remove the pit by holding the half with the pit in your hand and use a spoon to work out the pit while gently squeezing from the bottom. Another option: Place the avocado on the board, gently whack the pit with your knife, and twist to release.
  5. To remove the avocado meat, work a wet spoon between the green flesh of the avocado and the skin to scoop it out.

 

How to Save Half an Avocado

If you want to preserve half of the avocado, leave the pit in the uneaten half, rub the fruit surface with lemon juice, cover it with plastic wrap, and store it in the fridge. Why does this work? Avocados turn brown due to the process of oxidation. (That’s science for “exposed to the air.”) The lemon juice acts as a preservative, while the pit and plastic wrap provide a barrier between the avocado and the air.

 

How to Cut an Avocado into Slices

Ever wonder how restaurants get those perfect slivers of avocado in a neat little row on top of avocado toast? It’s easier than it looks. Simply follow the steps above for how to cut an avocado in half. Before step five (removing the avocado meat), grab your handy knife and slice vertically into the avocado flesh to form delicate ribbons. The knife will easily sink into a ripe avocado, so be careful not to use too much pressure. You don’t want to slice through the avocado skin! Then, remove the avocado meat with a wet spoon.

 

Another option: Place the avocado half face down onto a plate so the bumpy skin is on top, and gently peel the skin away with your fingers. This technique may take a little practice, but it will ensure your fancy slices of avocado are not mushed in the removal process.

 

How to Cut an Avocado into Diced Cubes

Diced avocado is useful for many dishes, from chunky guacamole and chicken avocado tostadas to ahi poke nachos, shrimp cocktail, and homemade salads. It can also help add a rich consistency when blended into fresh smoothies.

 

To dice an avocado, follow steps one through four for how to cut an avocado in half. Then, use a sharp knife to cut a grid pattern into the flesh of the avocado while it is still in the skin. Cut through the surface to the skin and then scoop out the chunks with a wet spoon.

 

What to Do with Extra Cut Avocado

Sometimes, recipes will call for a portion of an avocado. Then, you’re left with a small amount of avocado and the question of how to eat it!

 

Did You Know?

One serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium avocado) provides nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. That’s right! You only need to eat approximately 50g of avocado to get a portion of your Daily Value (DV) of several nutrients, including:

  • Fiber: 11% DV
  • Folate: 10% DV
  • Vitamin K: 10% DV
  • Pantothenic Acid: 14% DV
  • Potassium: 6% DV
  • Copper: 10% DV
  • Niacin: 6% DV
  • Magnesium: 4% DV
  • Vitamin C: 4% DV
  • Vitamin E: 6% DV

 

The simplest way to enjoy extra avocado is with a fork. Sprinkle some salt and lemon juice, or step it up by mashing leftover avocado onto crackers or toast for a premeal snack. Add your favorite seasonings, like everything bagel, Italian, Cajun, or crushed red pepper for savory goodness.

 

With avocados, the sky is the limit! Check out our other handy how-to hacks to get the most out of this delicious fruit.

The post How to Cut an Avocado Safely in 5 Simple Steps appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

At first glance, the bumpy green exterior of an avocado can be intimidating. You know there’s creamy, delicious goodness inside, but how to cut an avocado may not be immediately apparent.   Fear not, avocado lover. There’s an easy, reliable way to cut into your favorite fruit. And once you master the art of cutting an avocado, you’ll be well on your way to slicing and dicing your way toward awe-inspiring guacamole (or … smoothies or tacos, salads, burgers, or ceviche). You know what they say: When life hands you an avocado, you can make any dish better!  

First, Make Sure You’re Cutting an Avocado That’s Perfectly Ripe

Avocados are a lot easier to cut when they’re ripe. They also taste better! Before you even get out the knife, choose the freshest, ripest avocado by holding it in your palm and gently squeezing it. If it gives a little under the pressure … winner-winner, guac with dinner!   Is your avocado hard as a rock? Fear not! You can speed up the ripening process by placing it in a brown paper bag along with a banana or apple on the kitchen counter. Check back every day for progress. Bananas and apples both emit the natural plant hormone ethylene gas, which helps ripen fruit. The paper bag traps the gas and speeds up the process. It sounds loca, but it’s true.  

How to Cut an Avocado in Half

Perfectly ripe avocado? Check. ✅ Now, all you need is a cutting board, knife, fork, and spoon.
  1. Place the avocado on the cutting board. Place a clean towel on the board if desired to keep the avocado from slipping.
  2. Hold the avocado with one hand firmly on top of the fruit and cut into the middle of the avocado in a complete circle around the pit. Cut longways from the stem to the bottom.
  3. Put down the knife and twist the avocado with two hands so the halves come apart.
  4. If using both halves right away, go ahead and remove the pit by holding the half with the pit in your hand and use a spoon to work out the pit while gently squeezing from the bottom. Another option: Place the avocado on the board, gently whack the pit with your knife, and twist to release.
  5. To remove the avocado meat, work a wet spoon between the green flesh of the avocado and the skin to scoop it out.
 

How to Save Half an Avocado

If you want to preserve half of the avocado, leave the pit in the uneaten half, rub the fruit surface with lemon juice, cover it with plastic wrap, and store it in the fridge. Why does this work? Avocados turn brown due to the process of oxidation. (That’s science for “exposed to the air.”) The lemon juice acts as a preservative, while the pit and plastic wrap provide a barrier between the avocado and the air.
 

How to Cut an Avocado into Slices

Ever wonder how restaurants get those perfect slivers of avocado in a neat little row on top of avocado toast? It’s easier than it looks. Simply follow the steps above for how to cut an avocado in half. Before step five (removing the avocado meat), grab your handy knife and slice vertically into the avocado flesh to form delicate ribbons. The knife will easily sink into a ripe avocado, so be careful not to use too much pressure. You don’t want to slice through the avocado skin! Then, remove the avocado meat with a wet spoon.   Another option: Place the avocado half face down onto a plate so the bumpy skin is on top, and gently peel the skin away with your fingers. This technique may take a little practice, but it will ensure your fancy slices of avocado are not mushed in the removal process.  

How to Cut an Avocado into Diced Cubes

Diced avocado is useful for many dishes, from chunky guacamole and chicken avocado tostadas to ahi poke nachos, shrimp cocktail, and homemade salads. It can also help add a rich consistency when blended into fresh smoothies.   To dice an avocado, follow steps one through four for how to cut an avocado in half. Then, use a sharp knife to cut a grid pattern into the flesh of the avocado while it is still in the skin. Cut through the surface to the skin and then scoop out the chunks with a wet spoon.  

What to Do with Extra Cut Avocado

Sometimes, recipes will call for a portion of an avocado. Then, you’re left with a small amount of avocado and the question of how to eat it!  

Did You Know?

One serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium avocado) provides nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. That’s right! You only need to eat approximately 50g of avocado to get a portion of your Daily Value (DV) of several nutrients, including:
  • Fiber: 11% DV
  • Folate: 10% DV
  • Vitamin K: 10% DV
  • Pantothenic Acid: 14% DV
  • Potassium: 6% DV
  • Copper: 10% DV
  • Niacin: 6% DV
  • Magnesium: 4% DV
  • Vitamin C: 4% DV
  • Vitamin E: 6% DV
  The simplest way to enjoy extra avocado is with a fork. Sprinkle some salt and lemon juice, or step it up by mashing leftover avocado onto crackers or toast for a premeal snack. Add your favorite seasonings, like everything bagel, Italian, Cajun, or crushed red pepper for savory goodness.   With avocados, the sky is the limit! Check out our other handy how-to hacks to get the most out of this delicious fruit.

The post How to Cut an Avocado Safely in 5 Simple Steps appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
When Are Avocados in Season? https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/when-are-avocados-in-season/ Thu, 15 Feb 2024 17:46:22 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=31882

When are avocados in season? In Mexico, always. Avocados From Mexico are available 365 days a year. It’s one of the reasons we’re #AlwaysGood. In fact, Mexico is one of the only places in the world where avocados can grow year-round.

 

Avocado Season in Mexico

Mexico’s climate, which ranges from tropical to temperate, and its geographic diversity provide ideal environments for growing various fruits and vegetables. While some produce may thrive throughout the country, some locations are more favorable than others when it comes to growing avocados.

 

There’s no better place for avocados to grow than the Mexican state of Michoacán, home to more than 40,000 avocado orchards. Michoacán is basically magic for avocados; it has the perfect balance of sunshine and rainfall that avocados love, plus rich volcanic soil in the ground that gives avocado trees all the yummy nutrients they need to produce the produce you love.

 

But the real magic of Michoacán is its mountainous terrain. The orchards are planted up and down the mountainside at varying elevations, from 2,000 to 10,000 feet high. That’s a big difference in elevation, so each orchard has its own microclimate, and the temperatures vary throughout the year. The result is four unique avocado seasons in Mexico, or what we call “blooms.”

 

When Do Avocados Bloom?

The orchards rhythmically bloom from higher to lower elevations and then back again. The four blooms have distinct characteristics from one another, meaning there’s a continual, uninterrupted avocado harvest throughout the year. Although the blooms overlap, there’s plenty of time for harvesting: Depending on the elevation’s specific climate, avocados that are ready to be picked can survive on a tree for up to six months.

 

Let’s take a look at the four bloom cycles and learn what makes each one unique.

 

Join Us in Avocadoland

The magic of Michoacán is too good not to share. That’s why Mexico exports billions of pounds of their always-good avocados to the U.S. every year. Learn all about the avocado industry in our “Avocadoland” docuseries to see how we do it.

 

1. The Loca (“Full”) Bloom

When: June-September

Where: Below 6,560 feet in June; everywhere in July-September.

 

The avocado season opens with a four-month avocado bloom cycle, starting in June at altitudes below 6,560 feet. During the loca bloom, things get loco: By July, nearly all the avocado trees in orchards everywhere are bursting with delicious, round avocados.

 

Celebrate summer with these avocado recipes:

  • 😜 Crazy Corn Guacamole: Go loco during loca bloom with this crazy corn guac from chef Pati Jinich, complete with queso fresco, Mexican crema, and a dash of pequin chile powder.
  • 🌴 Easy Summer Dinner Recipes: Ain’t nobody got time for complicated dinners when summer’s in full swing. Get 30-minute-or-less recipes perfect for heat-beating, including goodies like Thai avocado shrimp bowls and baja fish tacos.

 

2. The Aventajada (“Advantaged”) Bloom

When: September-November

Where: <5,250 feet September-October; 5,250-6,890 feet October-November; >6,890 feet in November.

 

The aventajada (“advantaged) bloom keeps avocados in season for the autumn months. Aventajada avocados have a longer, more pear-shaped body — one you’re familiar with if you enjoy avocados for Thanksgiving dinner.

 

Add avocados to your autumnal gatherings with these festive dishes:

  • 🍂 Easy Fall Dinner Recipes: Convenient 30-minute dinners are “aventajada” dinners. Enjoy an avocado autumn with all kinds of easy recipes, from a turkey burrito with an avocado pico de gallo to a harvest bowl salad with an avocado balsamic vinaigrette.
  • 🦃 Thanksgiving Appetizers: Give thanks for family, friends, and aventajada avocados by whipping up these Turkey Day apps: pumpkin-cranberry-avocado muffins to start, turkey sliders with feta guac to end.

 

3. The Normal Bloom

When: September-February

Where: 3,600-5,250 feet in September; <6,890 feet in October; everywhere in November-February.

 

It’s always a good time when avocados are in season, and the normal bloom is one of our favorite seasons. Stretching over a six-month period from September aaaaall the way to Big Game season in February, this is when the majority of avocados are produced.

 

Enjoy these wintry recipes:

  • 🥗 5 Winter Salads With Avocado: Keep the good vibes going throughout the cold months by tossing these winter avocado salads. Despite the name of this bloom, these green-packed recipes are anything but normal.
  • 🏈 Big Game Snack Time: The Big Game is synonymous with a super-duper bowl of guac, but you can satisfy watch-party guests with avocado-stuffed potato skins, cheeseburger bacon bites with avocado, and so much more.

 

4. The Marzena (“March”) Bloom

When: March-June

Where: <6,200 feet in March; 5,250-6,560 feet in April; 6,560-7,550 feet in May; 7,550-8,200 feet in June.

 

This cycle briefly overlaps with the loca bloom and has a very specific timeline for avocado harvesting. It’s a bit complicated, but leave that to our professional avocado farmers. They know what they’re doing — they’re making sure we can enjoy avocados all spring long (especially for Cinco de Mayo parties).

 

Brighten up springtime with these avocado recipes:

  • 🇲🇽 Cinco de Mayo Recipes: Chef Pati Jinich shares 30+ recipes for Cinco, from guacamole and tacos to burgers and margaritas. Thanks for making us say CincOMG, Pati.
  • 🧺 Guacamole Picnic: Perfect weather calls for perfect picnics, and you can’t spell perfect without avocado. Head to a park, beach, or the backyard and celebrate the marzena bloom with these avocado recipes.

 

Harvest Time for Avocados

Avocados From Mexico are in season every month of the year due to the overlapping blooms, which means avocados are always being harvested throughout the 40,000 orchards in Michoacán. It’s a lot of work! A team of pickers, 34,000 growers, and 84 packers work together to ensure the continuous harvest and exportation of the delicious Mexican avocados that make mealtime a good time.

The Mexican Avocado Season

The next time someone asks, “Are avocados in season right now?” you can reassure them Avocados From Mexico are always in season. It’s almost too good to be true, but thanks to the unique growing conditions in Michoacán, you can enjoy Avocados From Mexico whenever you like.

 

Dig into our recipe archive to discover avo inspo 365 days a year — ’cause that’s when avocados are in season, baby!

The post When Are Avocados in Season? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When are avocados in season? In Mexico, always. Avocados From Mexico are available 365 days a year. It’s one of the reasons we’re #AlwaysGood. In fact, Mexico is one of the only places in the world where avocados can grow year-round.  

Avocado Season in Mexico

Mexico’s climate, which ranges from tropical to temperate, and its geographic diversity provide ideal environments for growing various fruits and vegetables. While some produce may thrive throughout the country, some locations are more favorable than others when it comes to growing avocados.   There’s no better place for avocados to grow than the Mexican state of Michoacán, home to more than 40,000 avocado orchards. Michoacán is basically magic for avocados; it has the perfect balance of sunshine and rainfall that avocados love, plus rich volcanic soil in the ground that gives avocado trees all the yummy nutrients they need to produce the produce you love.   But the real magic of Michoacán is its mountainous terrain. The orchards are planted up and down the mountainside at varying elevations, from 2,000 to 10,000 feet high. That’s a big difference in elevation, so each orchard has its own microclimate, and the temperatures vary throughout the year. The result is four unique avocado seasons in Mexico, or what we call “blooms.”  

When Do Avocados Bloom?

The orchards rhythmically bloom from higher to lower elevations and then back again. The four blooms have distinct characteristics from one another, meaning there’s a continual, uninterrupted avocado harvest throughout the year. Although the blooms overlap, there’s plenty of time for harvesting: Depending on the elevation’s specific climate, avocados that are ready to be picked can survive on a tree for up to six months.   Let’s take a look at the four bloom cycles and learn what makes each one unique.  

Join Us in Avocadoland

The magic of Michoacán is too good not to share. That’s why Mexico exports billions of pounds of their always-good avocados to the U.S. every year. Learn all about the avocado industry in our “Avocadoland” docuseries to see how we do it.
 

1. The Loca (“Full”) Bloom

When: June-September Where: Below 6,560 feet in June; everywhere in July-September.   The avocado season opens with a four-month avocado bloom cycle, starting in June at altitudes below 6,560 feet. During the loca bloom, things get loco: By July, nearly all the avocado trees in orchards everywhere are bursting with delicious, round avocados.   Celebrate summer with these avocado recipes:
  • 😜 Crazy Corn Guacamole: Go loco during loca bloom with this crazy corn guac from chef Pati Jinich, complete with queso fresco, Mexican crema, and a dash of pequin chile powder.
  • 🌴 Easy Summer Dinner Recipes: Ain’t nobody got time for complicated dinners when summer’s in full swing. Get 30-minute-or-less recipes perfect for heat-beating, including goodies like Thai avocado shrimp bowls and baja fish tacos.
 

2. The Aventajada (“Advantaged”) Bloom

When: September-November Where: <5,250 feet September-October; 5,250-6,890 feet October-November; >6,890 feet in November.   The aventajada (“advantaged) bloom keeps avocados in season for the autumn months. Aventajada avocados have a longer, more pear-shaped body — one you’re familiar with if you enjoy avocados for Thanksgiving dinner.   Add avocados to your autumnal gatherings with these festive dishes:
  • 🍂 Easy Fall Dinner Recipes: Convenient 30-minute dinners are “aventajada” dinners. Enjoy an avocado autumn with all kinds of easy recipes, from a turkey burrito with an avocado pico de gallo to a harvest bowl salad with an avocado balsamic vinaigrette.
  • 🦃 Thanksgiving Appetizers: Give thanks for family, friends, and aventajada avocados by whipping up these Turkey Day apps: pumpkin-cranberry-avocado muffins to start, turkey sliders with feta guac to end.
 

3. The Normal Bloom

When: September-February Where: 3,600-5,250 feet in September; <6,890 feet in October; everywhere in November-February.   It’s always a good time when avocados are in season, and the normal bloom is one of our favorite seasons. Stretching over a six-month period from September aaaaall the way to Big Game season in February, this is when the majority of avocados are produced.   Enjoy these wintry recipes:
  • 🥗 5 Winter Salads With Avocado: Keep the good vibes going throughout the cold months by tossing these winter avocado salads. Despite the name of this bloom, these green-packed recipes are anything but normal.
  • 🏈 Big Game Snack Time: The Big Game is synonymous with a super-duper bowl of guac, but you can satisfy watch-party guests with avocado-stuffed potato skins, cheeseburger bacon bites with avocado, and so much more.
 

4. The Marzena (“March”) Bloom

When: March-June Where: <6,200 feet in March; 5,250-6,560 feet in April; 6,560-7,550 feet in May; 7,550-8,200 feet in June.   This cycle briefly overlaps with the loca bloom and has a very specific timeline for avocado harvesting. It’s a bit complicated, but leave that to our professional avocado farmers. They know what they’re doing — they’re making sure we can enjoy avocados all spring long (especially for Cinco de Mayo parties).   Brighten up springtime with these avocado recipes:
  • 🇲🇽 Cinco de Mayo Recipes: Chef Pati Jinich shares 30+ recipes for Cinco, from guacamole and tacos to burgers and margaritas. Thanks for making us say CincOMG, Pati.
  • 🧺 Guacamole Picnic: Perfect weather calls for perfect picnics, and you can’t spell perfect without avocado. Head to a park, beach, or the backyard and celebrate the marzena bloom with these avocado recipes.
 

Harvest Time for Avocados

Avocados From Mexico are in season every month of the year due to the overlapping blooms, which means avocados are always being harvested throughout the 40,000 orchards in Michoacán. It’s a lot of work! A team of pickers, 34,000 growers, and 84 packers work together to ensure the continuous harvest and exportation of the delicious Mexican avocados that make mealtime a good time.

The Mexican Avocado Season

The next time someone asks, “Are avocados in season right now?” you can reassure them Avocados From Mexico are always in season. It’s almost too good to be true, but thanks to the unique growing conditions in Michoacán, you can enjoy Avocados From Mexico whenever you like.   Dig into our recipe archive to discover avo inspo 365 days a year — ’cause that’s when avocados are in season, baby!

The post When Are Avocados in Season? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Let’s Guac About How to Read Nutrition Labels https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/how-to-read-nutrition-label/ Wed, 14 Feb 2024 09:40:55 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22130

Whether you’re on a specific diet to manage your weight or you need to eliminate or reduce certain dietary elements for health purposes, food nutrition labels are the best way to know what you’re about to eat. Until the late 1960s, nutrition labels contained limited information. Today, they contain loads of data to help you make sound nutritional decisions. There’s only one problem: So much data can be overwhelming. How do you know what to prioritize for your dietary needs?

 

Here, we dive into some fundamental facts that will help you understand how to read nutrition labels.

 

What Is Serving Size?

Size matters! Right off the bat, many folks get lost reading nutrition labels as they review the serving size, which is found at the topmost part of the nutrition label. That data corresponds to the serving size, which is important to keep in mind because, often, there is more than one serving size in a food item or package. Plus, the defined serving sizes are often very different from the way we prepare and serve a certain food.

 

Take avocados, for example. The serving size for an avocado is 50 grams, or approximately one-third of a whole fruit. But most people slice an avocado in half (it’s the best way to open the fruit) and scoop out the flesh.

 

If you want to stick to the recommended serving size, it helps to learn the secret to slicing and dicing an avocado perfectly. Don’t worry; you don’t need to throw away the leftovers! Keep the rest of your avocado from turning brown by squeezing fresh lemon juice over the flesh and wrapping it tightly in plastic wrap for future snack attacks.

 

 

What Is the Daily Value (DV) Percentage?

At the very bottom of a nutrition label, you’ll find the “daily value” upon which the other nutritional information is based. The column along the right side of the label tells you what percentage of your daily needs can be met by this food, assuming your diet is around 2,000 calories a day. According to Food and Drug Administration guidelines, food with a DV of 5% or less is considered low in that nutrient, whereas 20% or more is high.

 

How Many Calories Should I Eat Per Day?

Calories are listed below the serving size on nutrition labels. Often, there are two numbers listed: one is the number of calories per serving, and the other is the number of calories per container. Not sure how many calories you should consume? True story: Your daily calorie consumption depends on numerous factors, including your body type, activity level, gender, and, yes, your age. For most people, 2,000 calories per day is an average estimation. To get a personalized estimate of the daily calories you need, visit myplate.gov.

 

Think about your calorie consumption as you would think about managing your finances. You want to get the most value for every dollar, right? Ditto with your food! Avocado is considered a nutrient-dense food. Nutrient-dense foods provide substantial amounts of vitamins, minerals, and other nutrients with relatively few calories. One-third of a medium avocado (50 grams) has 80 calories and contributes nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, making it a healthy, nutrient-dense food choice.

 

Fat Gets a Bad Rap

Over the years, fad diets urging people to reduce or eliminate fats from their diet have led to confusion about this important nutrient. There are different kinds of fats, which affect the body in different ways. “Good fats,” like the kind naturally present in a tasty avocado, are essential for your body!

 

While “bad fats” (saturated fat and trans fat) are linked to higher instances of heart disease and stroke, “good fats” (unsaturated fats) help your body absorb more vitamins A, D, E, and K. Unsaturated fats are essential for normal growth and development of the central nervous system and brain.

 

Fun Fact: One-third of a medium avocado (50 grams) has only 1 gram of saturated fat, 0 grams of trans fats, and 6 grams of unsaturated fats.

 

Swapping Bad Fats for Good Fats

The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommends making small dietary changes to achieve better health, such as replacing foods higher in saturated fats with healthy foods containing good fats, like avocados. Try using avocado as the base of egg salad or subbing traditional spreads on your sandwiches with creamy avocado. Believe it or not, you can also use avocado as a substitute for butter, cream, and other fats in some of your favorite baked goods! Check out some dessert recipes here.

 

Don’t Be So Salty

Anyone can have high blood pressure, but some people are more likely to have high blood pressure if they eat foods high in salt. Over time, having high blood pressure can cause heart failure, stroke, and kidney issues. You can usually find the amount of salt per serving about halfway down the nutritional label next to the “Sodium” category.

 

Avocados contain zero sodium. Woo-hoo! Additionally, avocados are a food source that contains potassium (6% DV), which helps lower blood pressure.

 

What Makes a Food a Carbohydrate?

Carbohydrates provide calories, or energy, for our bodies. Our bodies break down carbs into glucose (a type of sugar), which becomes the primary energy source for our body’s cells, tissues, and organs. Unfortunately, most Americans exceed the recommended limits for added sugars in their diet. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommend limiting calories from added sugars to less than 10% of your total calories per day.

 

Avocados are a fresh fruit, so they do not contain any added sugars. But they do contain fiber — 11% of the recommended daily value to be exact! Fiber-rich diets can reduce the risk of developing cardiovascular disease while giving you that “happy tummy” feeling at the end of a meal.

 

Help Your Guac Make New Friends

Amp up your fiber intake with a fresh take on your dipping strategy! While we all love our tortilla chips, consider benching them and putting veggies and fruit into the game! Try asparagus spears, baby carrots, bell peppers, celery, apple slices, and more!

 

What About Protein?

Did you know every cell in the human body contains protein? They’re the building blocks of life, helping our body both repair cells and make new ones. A healthy diet includes protein, and a nutrition label gives you the skinny on the protein content of the food you want to eat. Avocados, for example, have 1 gram of protein per serving, so they make a great addition to other proteins like red meat, chicken, fish, beans, and other legumes.

 

How to Vet Vitamins and Minerals

In the most detailed portion of the label, you can see the micronutrients each food provides. These include vitamins A, C, D, E, and K, as well as calcium, folate, iron, magnesium, potassium, and zinc, among others. Don’t be fooled, though — there’s nothing “micro” about the power of these micronutrients — and avocados have nearly 20 vitamins and minerals!

 

The copper in avocado, for example, is an essential mineral that helps keep the blood vessels, nerves, immune system, and bones healthy, while magnesium helps maintain normal nerve and muscle function, supports a healthy immune system, keeps the heartbeat steady, and helps bones remain strong.

 

Now that you’ve mastered the basics of reading a nutrition label, explore how registered dietitian and nutritionist Barbara Ruhs, MS, RDN, LDN counsels her clients and followers

The post Let’s Guac About How to Read Nutrition Labels appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Whether you’re on a specific diet to manage your weight or you need to eliminate or reduce certain dietary elements for health purposes, food nutrition labels are the best way to know what you’re about to eat. Until the late 1960s, nutrition labels contained limited information. Today, they contain loads of data to help you make sound nutritional decisions. There’s only one problem: So much data can be overwhelming. How do you know what to prioritize for your dietary needs?   Here, we dive into some fundamental facts that will help you understand how to read nutrition labels.  

What Is Serving Size?

Size matters! Right off the bat, many folks get lost reading nutrition labels as they review the serving size, which is found at the topmost part of the nutrition label. That data corresponds to the serving size, which is important to keep in mind because, often, there is more than one serving size in a food item or package. Plus, the defined serving sizes are often very different from the way we prepare and serve a certain food.   Take avocados, for example. The serving size for an avocado is 50 grams, or approximately one-third of a whole fruit. But most people slice an avocado in half (it’s the best way to open the fruit) and scoop out the flesh.   If you want to stick to the recommended serving size, it helps to learn the secret to slicing and dicing an avocado perfectly. Don’t worry; you don’t need to throw away the leftovers! Keep the rest of your avocado from turning brown by squeezing fresh lemon juice over the flesh and wrapping it tightly in plastic wrap for future snack attacks.    

What Is the Daily Value (DV) Percentage?

At the very bottom of a nutrition label, you’ll find the “daily value” upon which the other nutritional information is based. The column along the right side of the label tells you what percentage of your daily needs can be met by this food, assuming your diet is around 2,000 calories a day. According to Food and Drug Administration guidelines, food with a DV of 5% or less is considered low in that nutrient, whereas 20% or more is high.  

How Many Calories Should I Eat Per Day?

Calories are listed below the serving size on nutrition labels. Often, there are two numbers listed: one is the number of calories per serving, and the other is the number of calories per container. Not sure how many calories you should consume? True story: Your daily calorie consumption depends on numerous factors, including your body type, activity level, gender, and, yes, your age. For most people, 2,000 calories per day is an average estimation. To get a personalized estimate of the daily calories you need, visit myplate.gov.   Think about your calorie consumption as you would think about managing your finances. You want to get the most value for every dollar, right? Ditto with your food! Avocado is considered a nutrient-dense food. Nutrient-dense foods provide substantial amounts of vitamins, minerals, and other nutrients with relatively few calories. One-third of a medium avocado (50 grams) has 80 calories and contributes nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, making it a healthy, nutrient-dense food choice.
 

Fat Gets a Bad Rap

Over the years, fad diets urging people to reduce or eliminate fats from their diet have led to confusion about this important nutrient. There are different kinds of fats, which affect the body in different ways. “Good fats,” like the kind naturally present in a tasty avocado, are essential for your body!   While “bad fats” (saturated fat and trans fat) are linked to higher instances of heart disease and stroke, “good fats” (unsaturated fats) help your body absorb more vitamins A, D, E, and K. Unsaturated fats are essential for normal growth and development of the central nervous system and brain.   Fun Fact: One-third of a medium avocado (50 grams) has only 1 gram of saturated fat, 0 grams of trans fats, and 6 grams of unsaturated fats.  

Swapping Bad Fats for Good Fats

The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommends making small dietary changes to achieve better health, such as replacing foods higher in saturated fats with healthy foods containing good fats, like avocados. Try using avocado as the base of egg salad or subbing traditional spreads on your sandwiches with creamy avocado. Believe it or not, you can also use avocado as a substitute for butter, cream, and other fats in some of your favorite baked goods! Check out some dessert recipes here.
 

Don’t Be So Salty

Anyone can have high blood pressure, but some people are more likely to have high blood pressure if they eat foods high in salt. Over time, having high blood pressure can cause heart failure, stroke, and kidney issues. You can usually find the amount of salt per serving about halfway down the nutritional label next to the “Sodium” category.   Avocados contain zero sodium. Woo-hoo! Additionally, avocados are a food source that contains potassium (6% DV), which helps lower blood pressure.  

What Makes a Food a Carbohydrate?

Carbohydrates provide calories, or energy, for our bodies. Our bodies break down carbs into glucose (a type of sugar), which becomes the primary energy source for our body’s cells, tissues, and organs. Unfortunately, most Americans exceed the recommended limits for added sugars in their diet. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommend limiting calories from added sugars to less than 10% of your total calories per day.   Avocados are a fresh fruit, so they do not contain any added sugars. But they do contain fiber — 11% of the recommended daily value to be exact! Fiber-rich diets can reduce the risk of developing cardiovascular disease while giving you that “happy tummy” feeling at the end of a meal.  

Help Your Guac Make New Friends

Amp up your fiber intake with a fresh take on your dipping strategy! While we all love our tortilla chips, consider benching them and putting veggies and fruit into the game! Try asparagus spears, baby carrots, bell peppers, celery, apple slices, and more!
 

What About Protein?

Did you know every cell in the human body contains protein? They’re the building blocks of life, helping our body both repair cells and make new ones. A healthy diet includes protein, and a nutrition label gives you the skinny on the protein content of the food you want to eat. Avocados, for example, have 1 gram of protein per serving, so they make a great addition to other proteins like red meat, chicken, fish, beans, and other legumes.  

How to Vet Vitamins and Minerals

In the most detailed portion of the label, you can see the micronutrients each food provides. These include vitamins A, C, D, E, and K, as well as calcium, folate, iron, magnesium, potassium, and zinc, among others. Don’t be fooled, though — there’s nothing “micro” about the power of these micronutrients — and avocados have nearly 20 vitamins and minerals!   The copper in avocado, for example, is an essential mineral that helps keep the blood vessels, nerves, immune system, and bones healthy, while magnesium helps maintain normal nerve and muscle function, supports a healthy immune system, keeps the heartbeat steady, and helps bones remain strong.   Now that you’ve mastered the basics of reading a nutrition label, explore how registered dietitian and nutritionist Barbara Ruhs, MS, RDN, LDN counsels her clients and followers

The post Let’s Guac About How to Read Nutrition Labels appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Football Party Dishes Supercharged with Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/football-party-dishes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/football-party-dishes#respond Thu, 01 Feb 2024 16:55:51 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5227

Playoff season has kicked off! Are your football party dishes planned out for the Big Game?

 

Adding more avocados to your football party dishes is a big win for all. They’re delicious, a source of monounsaturated good fat, and have nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Naturally gluten- and cholesterol-free, avocados are a nutrient-dense fruit everybody can cheer for!

 

So, find a spot on a comfy couch, turn on the big screen to watch the Big Game, and grab a cold beverage to cheer on your team. Don’t forget to have plenty of crowd-pleasing snacks on your football party menu to nourish friends, family, and football fans all game long.

 

How to Tell If an Avocado Is Ripe

Select ripe avocados to make the most creamy, tasty, and irresistible guacamole for dips, toppings, snacks, and meals. As avocados ripen, they usually become a deep greenish-purple hue — but not always. The best way to tell if an avocado is ripe is to give it a little squeeze to see if it yields to gentle pressure. So, go ahead and give your avocado a little hug!

 

 

Football Party Dishes to Add to Your Menu

Spoiler: Almost every guest at your football party is looking forward to a big batch of guacamole as they walk in the door. Guacamole and the Big Game are inseparable, and you can never have too much avocado on the table. In fact, approximately 250 million pounds of avocados are consumed in the weeks leading up to the Big Game — that’s enough to cover a football field with 75 feet of guac! But that’s nothing compared to the record-breaking 2.48 billion pounds of Avocados From Mexico exported to the United States in the 2022-2023 fiscal year. It’s a fact: Football enthusiasts and Americans alike love to eat avocados!

 

From finger foods to main courses, sides, and desserts, avocado adds to every dish’s flavor, texture, and nutritional profile. If you’re unsure what football party dishes to serve, don’t worry; we have you covered.

 

Avocado Starters for Kick Off

1. Avocado Chicken Poppers
Finger foods are the name of the game during football season. Nobody wants to miss a fantastic play fiddling with a knife and fork! These chicken poppers are coated with a mixture of Parmesan and pistachios. Simply dip into avocado-honey mustard sauce to score a Big Game watch party touchdown.

 

Main Course Ideas

2. Avocado Fajita Pizza
Pizza is a game day lifesaver because it’s one of the easiest football party dishes to prep ahead. Dress a frozen pizza crust with pizza sauce and Mexican blend cheese and top with Tex-Mex fajita flavors. Pop in the oven when guests arrive, and before you know it, a finger-licking good meal is ready to be enjoyed. Don’t forget to add diced avocados just before serving for an extra kick.

 

3. Jalapeño Popper Sliders
Calling all grill masters! Game day is your day. So, grab a kitschy apron and throw something meaty on the grill. When burgers are sizzling, everyone is happy, especially when said burgers are bite-sized sliders topped with a spoonful of creamy guac!

 

A Side for Any Football Party Dish

4. Avocado Rainbow Slaw
The more fruits and veggies on the table, the less likely guests will feel a third-quarter slump. Avocado rainbow slaw provides fiber, antioxidants, and even protein to boot! The avocados in this recipe alone contribute nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, as well as heart-healthy “good” fats!

 

Decadent Avocado Dessert

5. Chocolate Avocado Brownies
Celebrate your win (or sweeten the loss) with perfectly moist brownies made with delectable mashed avocados. The instant coffee powder gives these brownies a little kick, while the crushed almonds provide a delightful crunch.

 

How to Ripen an Avocado for Your Football Party Dishes

If your avocado is still unripe the day before the Big Game, don’t panic! There are some seriously simple hacks to get your avocado nice and soft before making your football party dishes. One trick: Place the avocado in a paper bag with an apple or banana overnight on the counter.

 

 

Why Are Avocados From Mexico So Special?

Avocados From Mexico are grown in rich, volcanic soil. They’re grown during four different bloom cycles up and down the mountains in Michoacán, which means they’re ripe and available year-round to make every day and dish better! So don’t wait for Cinco de Mayo — add Avocados From Mexico to your shopping list today and hear cheers from family and friends when you wow them with your avocado creations.

 

Avocados are the key ingredient to a good time with those you love! Find more football party dish ideas, games, and inspiration in our Big Game Guide.

The post Football Party Dishes Supercharged with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Playoff season has kicked off! Are your football party dishes planned out for the Big Game?   Adding more avocados to your football party dishes is a big win for all. They’re delicious, a source of monounsaturated good fat, and have nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Naturally gluten- and cholesterol-free, avocados are a nutrient-dense fruit everybody can cheer for!   So, find a spot on a comfy couch, turn on the big screen to watch the Big Game, and grab a cold beverage to cheer on your team. Don’t forget to have plenty of crowd-pleasing snacks on your football party menu to nourish friends, family, and football fans all game long.  

How to Tell If an Avocado Is Ripe

Select ripe avocados to make the most creamy, tasty, and irresistible guacamole for dips, toppings, snacks, and meals. As avocados ripen, they usually become a deep greenish-purple hue — but not always. The best way to tell if an avocado is ripe is to give it a little squeeze to see if it yields to gentle pressure. So, go ahead and give your avocado a little hug!  
 

Football Party Dishes to Add to Your Menu

Spoiler: Almost every guest at your football party is looking forward to a big batch of guacamole as they walk in the door. Guacamole and the Big Game are inseparable, and you can never have too much avocado on the table. In fact, approximately 250 million pounds of avocados are consumed in the weeks leading up to the Big Game — that’s enough to cover a football field with 75 feet of guac! But that’s nothing compared to the record-breaking 2.48 billion pounds of Avocados From Mexico exported to the United States in the 2022-2023 fiscal year. It’s a fact: Football enthusiasts and Americans alike love to eat avocados!   From finger foods to main courses, sides, and desserts, avocado adds to every dish’s flavor, texture, and nutritional profile. If you’re unsure what football party dishes to serve, don’t worry; we have you covered.  

Avocado Starters for Kick Off

1. Avocado Chicken Poppers Finger foods are the name of the game during football season. Nobody wants to miss a fantastic play fiddling with a knife and fork! These chicken poppers are coated with a mixture of Parmesan and pistachios. Simply dip into avocado-honey mustard sauce to score a Big Game watch party touchdown.  

Main Course Ideas

2. Avocado Fajita Pizza Pizza is a game day lifesaver because it’s one of the easiest football party dishes to prep ahead. Dress a frozen pizza crust with pizza sauce and Mexican blend cheese and top with Tex-Mex fajita flavors. Pop in the oven when guests arrive, and before you know it, a finger-licking good meal is ready to be enjoyed. Don’t forget to add diced avocados just before serving for an extra kick.   3. Jalapeño Popper Sliders Calling all grill masters! Game day is your day. So, grab a kitschy apron and throw something meaty on the grill. When burgers are sizzling, everyone is happy, especially when said burgers are bite-sized sliders topped with a spoonful of creamy guac!  

A Side for Any Football Party Dish

4. Avocado Rainbow Slaw The more fruits and veggies on the table, the less likely guests will feel a third-quarter slump. Avocado rainbow slaw provides fiber, antioxidants, and even protein to boot! The avocados in this recipe alone contribute nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, as well as heart-healthy “good” fats!  

Decadent Avocado Dessert

5. Chocolate Avocado Brownies Celebrate your win (or sweeten the loss) with perfectly moist brownies made with delectable mashed avocados. The instant coffee powder gives these brownies a little kick, while the crushed almonds provide a delightful crunch.  

How to Ripen an Avocado for Your Football Party Dishes

If your avocado is still unripe the day before the Big Game, don’t panic! There are some seriously simple hacks to get your avocado nice and soft before making your football party dishes. One trick: Place the avocado in a paper bag with an apple or banana overnight on the counter.  
 

Why Are Avocados From Mexico So Special?

Avocados From Mexico are grown in rich, volcanic soil. They’re grown during four different bloom cycles up and down the mountains in Michoacán, which means they’re ripe and available year-round to make every day and dish better! So don’t wait for Cinco de Mayo — add Avocados From Mexico to your shopping list today and hear cheers from family and friends when you wow them with your avocado creations.   Avocados are the key ingredient to a good time with those you love! Find more football party dish ideas, games, and inspiration in our Big Game Guide.

The post Football Party Dishes Supercharged with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/football-party-dishes/feed/ 0
The Top 6 Football Party Dips (That Aren’t Guacamole) https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/football-party-dips Tue, 30 Jan 2024 15:26:54 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30623

We will always be believers in the power of a good guac, but there are all kinds of delicious dips for football games worth, well, dipping into. There are hundreds of guacamole recipes (and we love them all equally), but guac is just the tip of the iceberg when it comes to great football party dips!

 

These innovative spins on guacamole and game day dips will have football fans cheering around the country from kickoff to halftime and beyond.

 

BUT FIRST, A LITTLE SOMETHING FROM THE HEART… ♥️

Did you know fresh Avocados From Mexico contribute good fats and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals to your diet? They’re also certified by the American Heart Association as a heart-healthy fruit! Each serving of avocado provides naturally good fats, is low in saturated fat, and is free of cholesterol, sugar, and sodium. If that’s not worth dipping into, we don’t know what is.

 

6 Football Party Dips

The beauty of dips is that they’re so versatile. No matter what your crew prefers, there’s a dip out there for everyone. From vegetarian avo hummus to indulgent cheesy goodness, these six dips belong on your game day roster.

 

1. Game-Winning 7-Layer Dip

The name says it all, and this game day special is always a winner. With a bit of everything in every bite, this dip may need to make an appearance in every game day spread. Layer after layer of classic taco toppings such as beans, olives, salsa, and cheese support a layer of creamy guacamole made with spicy jalapeño, fresh cilantro, and tangy lime. Be sure to serve it with sturdy chips that can withstand a hefty dip!

 

2. Last-Minute Football Party Dip

Is it game day, and you have no time to bake a football party dip? Worry not: This no-bake, double-cheese dip has your back. Just combine the following:

 

  • 2 c. shredded cheddar cheese
  • 2 c. shredded mozzarella cheese
  • 3/4 c. mayonnaise
  • 3/4 c. Dijon mustard
  • 1 red onion, minced
  • 1 green pepper, minced
  • 1 tbsp. horseradish (optional)

 

No need to bake, microwave, or even chill this creamy concoction — it’s ready to be served up with crackers, cocktail shrimp, or anything else you can dip with.

 

3. Avo Hummus Recipe

For those always on the lookout for excellent vegan options, this recipe earns its place in any plant-based diet as a natural crowd-pleaser. Brimming with the bold flavors of lime, garlic, and smoky adobo, this pureed spread of avocado, garbanzo beans, and tahini is filling and oh-so-smooth.

 

GUACAMOLE FOR THE HOME FIELD ADVANTAGE 🏈

OK, we know this is a guide to non-guacamole football party dips, but this recipe is too good to pass up sharing. What’s more fun than dipping into a giant bowl of guacamole arranged to look like a football stadium?
Get the recipe and guide here.

 

4. Maryland Crab and Avocado Dip

Any East Coast fans out there? Whether this dip fits your team’s region or your cravings, your squad won’t be able to get enough. It’s the perfect topping for crostini, crackers, and fresh green salads. Plus, the avocado featured in this recipe is a heart-healthy fruit that provides naturally good fats, is low in saturated fat, and is cholesterol-free. Score!

 

5. Easy-Cheesy Artichoke Football Party Dip

Artichoke dip is at the heart (get it?) of any legendary spread of football party dips. It’s also super easy to make it super cheesy. Just mix the following ingredients:

 

  • 1 c. canned artichoke hearts
  • 1 c. cream cheese
  • 1 1/2 c. shredded or grated Parmesan cheese
  • 1/2 c. sour cream
  • 1/2 c. mayonnaise

 

Add the mixture to an oven-safe pan. Sprinkle it with extra cheese and your favorite seasoning (we like Cajun or taco seasoning for an extra kick) and bake for 20-25 minutes at 350°F or until the dip starts bubbling. Mmm. Serve with tortilla chips, pita chips, or slices of freshly baked bread.

 

6. Avocado and Tropical Fruit Salsa

Mango, pineapple, and lime dance a sweet and zesty tango through fresh avocado and cilantro, while jalapeño adds a flare of spice to this recipe. Complete the salsa by throwing in a few toasted pumpkin seeds for some crunch — it will be the spotlight of your game day table! Serve it as a topping to chicken or fish, or let it stand alone next to a bowl of salty, crispy tortilla chips.

 

Before you cut into your avocados, be sure you know how to tell if an avocado is ripe. This trick will also help you pick out dip-ready avocados on your next trip to the supermarket.

 

WHAT DO YOU DIP WITH?

Tortilla chips are classic vehicles for football party dips and guacamole, but a whole world of dunkers is waiting to be explored. Have you tried dipping into artichoke dip with a jicama stick? Or using a salty soft pretzel to eat your crab dip? If not, you’re in for a treat. Get the full list of alternate dippers here.

 

Discover more game day dips, appetizers, and ideas here.

 

The post The Top 6 Football Party Dips (That Aren’t Guacamole) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

We will always be believers in the power of a good guac, but there are all kinds of delicious dips for football games worth, well, dipping into. There are hundreds of guacamole recipes (and we love them all equally), but guac is just the tip of the iceberg when it comes to great football party dips!   These innovative spins on guacamole and game day dips will have football fans cheering around the country from kickoff to halftime and beyond.  

BUT FIRST, A LITTLE SOMETHING FROM THE HEART… ♥️

Did you know fresh Avocados From Mexico contribute good fats and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals to your diet? They’re also certified by the American Heart Association as a heart-healthy fruit! Each serving of avocado provides naturally good fats, is low in saturated fat, and is free of cholesterol, sugar, and sodium. If that’s not worth dipping into, we don’t know what is.
 

6 Football Party Dips

The beauty of dips is that they’re so versatile. No matter what your crew prefers, there’s a dip out there for everyone. From vegetarian avo hummus to indulgent cheesy goodness, these six dips belong on your game day roster.  

1. Game-Winning 7-Layer Dip

The name says it all, and this game day special is always a winner. With a bit of everything in every bite, this dip may need to make an appearance in every game day spread. Layer after layer of classic taco toppings such as beans, olives, salsa, and cheese support a layer of creamy guacamole made with spicy jalapeño, fresh cilantro, and tangy lime. Be sure to serve it with sturdy chips that can withstand a hefty dip!  

2. Last-Minute Football Party Dip

Is it game day, and you have no time to bake a football party dip? Worry not: This no-bake, double-cheese dip has your back. Just combine the following:  
  • 2 c. shredded cheddar cheese
  • 2 c. shredded mozzarella cheese
  • 3/4 c. mayonnaise
  • 3/4 c. Dijon mustard
  • 1 red onion, minced
  • 1 green pepper, minced
  • 1 tbsp. horseradish (optional)
  No need to bake, microwave, or even chill this creamy concoction — it’s ready to be served up with crackers, cocktail shrimp, or anything else you can dip with.  

3. Avo Hummus Recipe

For those always on the lookout for excellent vegan options, this recipe earns its place in any plant-based diet as a natural crowd-pleaser. Brimming with the bold flavors of lime, garlic, and smoky adobo, this pureed spread of avocado, garbanzo beans, and tahini is filling and oh-so-smooth.  

GUACAMOLE FOR THE HOME FIELD ADVANTAGE 🏈

OK, we know this is a guide to non-guacamole football party dips, but this recipe is too good to pass up sharing. What’s more fun than dipping into a giant bowl of guacamole arranged to look like a football stadium? Get the recipe and guide here.
 

4. Maryland Crab and Avocado Dip

Any East Coast fans out there? Whether this dip fits your team’s region or your cravings, your squad won’t be able to get enough. It’s the perfect topping for crostini, crackers, and fresh green salads. Plus, the avocado featured in this recipe is a heart-healthy fruit that provides naturally good fats, is low in saturated fat, and is cholesterol-free. Score!  

5. Easy-Cheesy Artichoke Football Party Dip

Artichoke dip is at the heart (get it?) of any legendary spread of football party dips. It’s also super easy to make it super cheesy. Just mix the following ingredients:  
  • 1 c. canned artichoke hearts
  • 1 c. cream cheese
  • 1 1/2 c. shredded or grated Parmesan cheese
  • 1/2 c. sour cream
  • 1/2 c. mayonnaise
  Add the mixture to an oven-safe pan. Sprinkle it with extra cheese and your favorite seasoning (we like Cajun or taco seasoning for an extra kick) and bake for 20-25 minutes at 350°F or until the dip starts bubbling. Mmm. Serve with tortilla chips, pita chips, or slices of freshly baked bread.  

6. Avocado and Tropical Fruit Salsa

Mango, pineapple, and lime dance a sweet and zesty tango through fresh avocado and cilantro, while jalapeño adds a flare of spice to this recipe. Complete the salsa by throwing in a few toasted pumpkin seeds for some crunch — it will be the spotlight of your game day table! Serve it as a topping to chicken or fish, or let it stand alone next to a bowl of salty, crispy tortilla chips.   Before you cut into your avocados, be sure you know how to tell if an avocado is ripe. This trick will also help you pick out dip-ready avocados on your next trip to the supermarket.  

WHAT DO YOU DIP WITH?

Tortilla chips are classic vehicles for football party dips and guacamole, but a whole world of dunkers is waiting to be explored. Have you tried dipping into artichoke dip with a jicama stick? Or using a salty soft pretzel to eat your crab dip? If not, you’re in for a treat. Get the full list of alternate dippers here.
  Discover more game day dips, appetizers, and ideas here.  

The post The Top 6 Football Party Dips (That Aren’t Guacamole) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The 5 Sweetest Football Party Desserts https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/football-party-desserts Wed, 24 Jan 2024 22:32:21 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=32420

In the history of legendary football parties, there are two things that set the best above the rest: 1) a last-minute, game-winning play and 2) a delicious spread of party food. Come to think of it, dessert is really a combo of those two awesome things: It’s the last-minute, party-winning food that makes that win all the sweeter.

 

Football party desserts like brownies, cookies, and cupcakes are always good, but that just scratches the surface of sweets you can end the game on. So, when the clock strikes “fourth quarter,” be sure to have these five football party desserts on hand for the crew.

 

5 Football Party Desserts

1. Muddy Buddies Recipe

A sports fan’s classic, muddy buddies (or “puppy chow”) is a crazy-easy football dessert to dish up to the gang on game day. Finish up your burgers and guac early so you can dig into this stuff by halftime. To make it, all you need is four ingredients:

 

  • 8 c. rice cereal squares
  • 1 c. semisweet chocolate chips
  • 1 3/4 c. peanut butter (or almond butter)
  • 1 1/2 c. powdered sugar

 

Melt the chocolate chips and peanut butter in a pot over medium heat and combine well. Turn off the heat and add the cereal, mixing until every piece is coated. Scoop the mixture into a large plastic bag and add powdered sugar. Seal the bag and shake until the gooey chocolate cereal is coated in sugar. Let cool, then chow down — just be ready to lick your powdered fingers after every bite.

 

2. Avocado Cookies

There’s a saying that goes, “If it ain’t broke, don’t fix it,” and it was first said about how homemade cookies are at all the best parties. We totally agree, but we’re talking about football party desserts. Avocado makes a game night better, even more so when it’s for dessert. Check out our recipe for Avocookies, a buttery, creamy dessert that can be easily decorated with icing or sprinkles in your team’s colors.

 

FOOTBALL IS SWEETER WITH AVOCADO

Avocados From Mexico are naturally sugar-free, but that doesn’t mean they need to stay away from the dessert table. Avocados are berries (surprise!) with a creamy, agreeable flavor that adds a whole new level (and color) to football party desserts — why should other berries get all the fun? Get started with these chocolate-avocado dessert recipes.

 

3. Homemade Brownies

The other must-have football dessert: brownies. Although box-mix brownies are great, this is a big game — step it up with this dark chocolate avocado brownie recipe made all the creamier with Avocados From Mexico and all the chocolatey-er with extra dark chocolate chips. Serve it up with a hearty scoop of vanilla ice cream, and you’ll be able to keep your cool in the red zone for those final 15 minutes (if your dessert lasts that long).

 

4. Football Cupcakes

What’s not to love about a cupcake? It’s a small, portable cake you don’t have to share. Dig into our recipe for avocado chocolate cupcakes, made extra special with fresh and creamy Avocados From Mexico AND with a drizzly treat: cajeta, or Mexican caramel. It’ll turn that already-amazing cupcake into a dulce de leche masterpiece. Win or lose, they’ll be there for you.

 

SHOW SOME TEAM SPIRIT

The best football party dessert ideas are all about building the team spirit that brought everyone together. Let your snacks get in on the team pride: sprinkles and icing should be in your team colors, paper cupcake cups should rep your squad, and even your guacamole can show off your fanaticism. Learn the yummiest combos for making guacamole in YOUR team’s colors on our blog.

 

5. Chocolate Truffles Recipe

Bite-sized and easy to make, chocolate truffles add a delicious sense of luxury to your football party’s dessert table. We have two recipes we think pair perfectly with a Big Game watch party. The first is a super simple cookies-and-cream truffle, made with just four ingredients:

 

  • 18-oz. package of chocolate sandwich cookies, crushed
  • 8 oz. light cream cheese, softened
  • 2 c. semisweet chocolate chips
  • 1 tbsp. shortening (or coconut oil)

 

Blend the crushed cookies and cream cheese thoroughly until evenly distributed. Form small balls (each one a bit smaller than a golf ball) and refrigerate to help them solidify. Meanwhile, melt chocolate chips and shortening until pasty. Dip each truffle ball into the melted chocolate until coated. Add to a tray and refrigerate until the chocolate has hardened into a candy coating. If you can resist eating more than one, let us know.

 

Our other favorite truffle recipe includes a twist ingredient. Can you guess what it is? See if you guessed right by getting the recipe here. ( 👀 🥑 )

 

Now that you’ve planned out your football party desserts, you need apps. Find our favorite game day appetizers, dips, and more here.

The post The 5 Sweetest Football Party Desserts appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

In the history of legendary football parties, there are two things that set the best above the rest: 1) a last-minute, game-winning play and 2) a delicious spread of party food. Come to think of it, dessert is really a combo of those two awesome things: It’s the last-minute, party-winning food that makes that win all the sweeter.   Football party desserts like brownies, cookies, and cupcakes are always good, but that just scratches the surface of sweets you can end the game on. So, when the clock strikes “fourth quarter,” be sure to have these five football party desserts on hand for the crew.  

5 Football Party Desserts

1. Muddy Buddies Recipe

A sports fan’s classic, muddy buddies (or “puppy chow”) is a crazy-easy football dessert to dish up to the gang on game day. Finish up your burgers and guac early so you can dig into this stuff by halftime. To make it, all you need is four ingredients:  
  • 8 c. rice cereal squares
  • 1 c. semisweet chocolate chips
  • 1 3/4 c. peanut butter (or almond butter)
  • 1 1/2 c. powdered sugar
  Melt the chocolate chips and peanut butter in a pot over medium heat and combine well. Turn off the heat and add the cereal, mixing until every piece is coated. Scoop the mixture into a large plastic bag and add powdered sugar. Seal the bag and shake until the gooey chocolate cereal is coated in sugar. Let cool, then chow down — just be ready to lick your powdered fingers after every bite.  

2. Avocado Cookies

There’s a saying that goes, “If it ain’t broke, don’t fix it,” and it was first said about how homemade cookies are at all the best parties. We totally agree, but we’re talking about football party desserts. Avocado makes a game night better, even more so when it’s for dessert. Check out our recipe for Avocookies, a buttery, creamy dessert that can be easily decorated with icing or sprinkles in your team’s colors.  

FOOTBALL IS SWEETER WITH AVOCADO

Avocados From Mexico are naturally sugar-free, but that doesn’t mean they need to stay away from the dessert table. Avocados are berries (surprise!) with a creamy, agreeable flavor that adds a whole new level (and color) to football party desserts — why should other berries get all the fun? Get started with these chocolate-avocado dessert recipes.
 

3. Homemade Brownies

The other must-have football dessert: brownies. Although box-mix brownies are great, this is a big game — step it up with this dark chocolate avocado brownie recipe made all the creamier with Avocados From Mexico and all the chocolatey-er with extra dark chocolate chips. Serve it up with a hearty scoop of vanilla ice cream, and you’ll be able to keep your cool in the red zone for those final 15 minutes (if your dessert lasts that long).  

4. Football Cupcakes

What’s not to love about a cupcake? It’s a small, portable cake you don’t have to share. Dig into our recipe for avocado chocolate cupcakes, made extra special with fresh and creamy Avocados From Mexico AND with a drizzly treat: cajeta, or Mexican caramel. It’ll turn that already-amazing cupcake into a dulce de leche masterpiece. Win or lose, they’ll be there for you.  

SHOW SOME TEAM SPIRIT

The best football party dessert ideas are all about building the team spirit that brought everyone together. Let your snacks get in on the team pride: sprinkles and icing should be in your team colors, paper cupcake cups should rep your squad, and even your guacamole can show off your fanaticism. Learn the yummiest combos for making guacamole in YOUR team’s colors on our blog.
 

5. Chocolate Truffles Recipe

Bite-sized and easy to make, chocolate truffles add a delicious sense of luxury to your football party’s dessert table. We have two recipes we think pair perfectly with a Big Game watch party. The first is a super simple cookies-and-cream truffle, made with just four ingredients:  
  • 18-oz. package of chocolate sandwich cookies, crushed
  • 8 oz. light cream cheese, softened
  • 2 c. semisweet chocolate chips
  • 1 tbsp. shortening (or coconut oil)
  Blend the crushed cookies and cream cheese thoroughly until evenly distributed. Form small balls (each one a bit smaller than a golf ball) and refrigerate to help them solidify. Meanwhile, melt chocolate chips and shortening until pasty. Dip each truffle ball into the melted chocolate until coated. Add to a tray and refrigerate until the chocolate has hardened into a candy coating. If you can resist eating more than one, let us know.   Our other favorite truffle recipe includes a twist ingredient. Can you guess what it is? See if you guessed right by getting the recipe here. ( 👀 🥑 )   Now that you’ve planned out your football party desserts, you need apps. Find our favorite game day appetizers, dips, and more here.

The post The 5 Sweetest Football Party Desserts appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
7 of the Best Football Party Appetizers https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/football-party-appetizers Wed, 24 Jan 2024 22:22:59 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23170

The best football party appetizers are the ones that disappear by halftime. So, whether you’re hosting a Big Game watch party or looking for a football game appetizer to share at a tailgate, these recipes won’t disappoint.

 

GUACAMOLE IS 👑 OF FOOTBALL PARTY APPETIZERS

We wouldn’t be doing our jobs if we didn’t remind you that guacamole is THE game day appetizer. In fact, every year on the Sunday of the Big Game, Americans gobble up millions of pounds of guac. Needless to say, football fans love guac! Find hundreds of guacamole recipes here, and get even more inspo from our guacamole blog.

 

Football Party Appetizers Everyone Will Love

Not only will your guests not be able to resist these finger foods, but these apps are so easy to make you’ll almost feel guilty accepting all the praise. Almost. These recipes will save you some time and stress, which means more time watching the Big Game.

 

From sliders and dips to deviled eggs, here are the best easy football party appetizers around.

 

Better Deviled Eggs

Deviled eggs are a classic football party snack, but they get an extra kick of flavor when you add avocado, cilantro, and jalapeño. Use a food processor to mix the cooked yolks from half a dozen hard-boiled eggs with the flesh of one avocado, lime juice, jalapeño, and a couple tablespoons of chopped fresh cilantro. Blend until smooth, and use a pastry bag to refill your halved hard-boiled eggs. Check out other leveled up deviled egg recipes here!

 

Bacon Burger Bites

These Cheeseburger Bacon Bites are like mini burgers without the bun. Dress up turkey meatballs with bacon, cheese slices, and avocado, then add a dill pickle slice, a bit of lettuce, and cherry tomato on top. A toothpick will hold it all together and make it easy to grab. If you’re unsure how to dice avocado, this video will give you a how-to.

 

Buffalo Chicken Dip Recipe

Hot, gooey, creamy, and spicy — yep, buffalo chicken dip is heading to the football party appetizer Hall of Fame. You can make a simple five-ingredient version of buffalo chicken dip in your slow cooker. Combine 1 cup of your favorite buffalo sauce with 2 cups of shredded rotisserie chicken and heat it over the stove. Mix in 8 ounces of cream cheese and a 1/2 cup of ranch and stir until well-blended. Pour the mixture into your slow cooker and (generously) top with shredded cheddar or Mexican cheese. Cook on low for 30-45 minutes until bubbly, then serve it with tortilla chips.

 

HOST THE FOOTBALL PARTY OF THE CENTURY

Football watch party hosts can feel some pressure to make game day delicious, fun, and exciting — but the good news is, the pressure’s off! We’ve got some simple tips for hosting awesome parties at home, and they’re yours for free. You are officially the host(ess) with the most(est). 😉

 

Mexican Potato Skins

These Overloaded Mexican Potato Skins pack in a ton of flavor thanks to the bacon, cheese, and smoky chipotles in adobo sauce in this recipe. Fill your baked potato skins with a mixture of chipotle sauce and Mexican crema, cover with cheese, and place back into the oven until melted. Top them with bacon, avocado slices, and chives. The crowd will keep coming back for more!

 

7 Layer Dip Recipe

There’s a bit of everything (well, seven things) in this time-tested, fan-approved football party appetizer. Plus, this crowd-pleaser is easy to make well ahead of kickoff. In a glass pan, simply stack the following seven layers (listed here in order of bottom layer to top):

 

  • Refried beans
  • Sour cream or Greek yogurt
  • Guacamole (lots of it!)
  • Red or green salsa
  • Shredded cheese
  • Black and/or green olives
  • Lettuce

 

Voila, seven layers of heaven! Get even more non-guac dip ideas here.

 

Easy Cucumber Roll-ups

Friends with dietary restrictions will be happy to see these Cucumber and Avocado Roll-ups as part of the football party appetizer spread. Both vegan- and gluten-free, these appetizers are a fun way to get in some vegetables. Thinly slice a cucumber lengthwise into ribbons, spread on a mixture of hummus, avocado, and lime juice; add a couple of carrot matchsticks, and roll them up. Easy to make, tasty, and nutritious — does it get any better?

 

Plan Ahead for Your Football Party

Don’t be left avocado-less on game day. You can buy your avocados for these recipes up to a week in advance; just choose them according to when you will use them. Check out this video tip for how to select avocados for your week. If you have ripe avocados that you’re not ready to use, pop them in the fridge to slow down ripening and keep them fresh for a few more days. And if you need last-minute avos, don’t worry — you can get them delivered straight to your door!

 

Want to add even more WOW factor to your football party appetizer spread? Check out our guide to decorating your guacamole dip like a miniature football stadium.

 

The post 7 of the Best Football Party Appetizers appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The best football party appetizers are the ones that disappear by halftime. So, whether you’re hosting a Big Game watch party or looking for a football game appetizer to share at a tailgate, these recipes won’t disappoint.  

GUACAMOLE IS 👑 OF FOOTBALL PARTY APPETIZERS

We wouldn’t be doing our jobs if we didn’t remind you that guacamole is THE game day appetizer. In fact, every year on the Sunday of the Big Game, Americans gobble up millions of pounds of guac. Needless to say, football fans love guac! Find hundreds of guacamole recipes here, and get even more inspo from our guacamole blog.
 

Football Party Appetizers Everyone Will Love

Not only will your guests not be able to resist these finger foods, but these apps are so easy to make you’ll almost feel guilty accepting all the praise. Almost. These recipes will save you some time and stress, which means more time watching the Big Game.   From sliders and dips to deviled eggs, here are the best easy football party appetizers around.  

Better Deviled Eggs

Deviled eggs are a classic football party snack, but they get an extra kick of flavor when you add avocado, cilantro, and jalapeño. Use a food processor to mix the cooked yolks from half a dozen hard-boiled eggs with the flesh of one avocado, lime juice, jalapeño, and a couple tablespoons of chopped fresh cilantro. Blend until smooth, and use a pastry bag to refill your halved hard-boiled eggs. Check out other leveled up deviled egg recipes here!  

Bacon Burger Bites

These Cheeseburger Bacon Bites are like mini burgers without the bun. Dress up turkey meatballs with bacon, cheese slices, and avocado, then add a dill pickle slice, a bit of lettuce, and cherry tomato on top. A toothpick will hold it all together and make it easy to grab. If you’re unsure how to dice avocado, this video will give you a how-to.  

Buffalo Chicken Dip Recipe

Hot, gooey, creamy, and spicy — yep, buffalo chicken dip is heading to the football party appetizer Hall of Fame. You can make a simple five-ingredient version of buffalo chicken dip in your slow cooker. Combine 1 cup of your favorite buffalo sauce with 2 cups of shredded rotisserie chicken and heat it over the stove. Mix in 8 ounces of cream cheese and a 1/2 cup of ranch and stir until well-blended. Pour the mixture into your slow cooker and (generously) top with shredded cheddar or Mexican cheese. Cook on low for 30-45 minutes until bubbly, then serve it with tortilla chips.  

HOST THE FOOTBALL PARTY OF THE CENTURY

Football watch party hosts can feel some pressure to make game day delicious, fun, and exciting — but the good news is, the pressure’s off! We’ve got some simple tips for hosting awesome parties at home, and they’re yours for free. You are officially the host(ess) with the most(est). 😉
 

Mexican Potato Skins

These Overloaded Mexican Potato Skins pack in a ton of flavor thanks to the bacon, cheese, and smoky chipotles in adobo sauce in this recipe. Fill your baked potato skins with a mixture of chipotle sauce and Mexican crema, cover with cheese, and place back into the oven until melted. Top them with bacon, avocado slices, and chives. The crowd will keep coming back for more!  

7 Layer Dip Recipe

There’s a bit of everything (well, seven things) in this time-tested, fan-approved football party appetizer. Plus, this crowd-pleaser is easy to make well ahead of kickoff. In a glass pan, simply stack the following seven layers (listed here in order of bottom layer to top):  
  • Refried beans
  • Sour cream or Greek yogurt
  • Guacamole (lots of it!)
  • Red or green salsa
  • Shredded cheese
  • Black and/or green olives
  • Lettuce
  Voila, seven layers of heaven! Get even more non-guac dip ideas here.  

Easy Cucumber Roll-ups

Friends with dietary restrictions will be happy to see these Cucumber and Avocado Roll-ups as part of the football party appetizer spread. Both vegan- and gluten-free, these appetizers are a fun way to get in some vegetables. Thinly slice a cucumber lengthwise into ribbons, spread on a mixture of hummus, avocado, and lime juice; add a couple of carrot matchsticks, and roll them up. Easy to make, tasty, and nutritious — does it get any better?  

Plan Ahead for Your Football Party

Don’t be left avocado-less on game day. You can buy your avocados for these recipes up to a week in advance; just choose them according to when you will use them. Check out this video tip for how to select avocados for your week. If you have ripe avocados that you’re not ready to use, pop them in the fridge to slow down ripening and keep them fresh for a few more days. And if you need last-minute avos, don’t worry — you can get them delivered straight to your door!
  Want to add even more WOW factor to your football party appetizer spread? Check out our guide to decorating your guacamole dip like a miniature football stadium.  

The post 7 of the Best Football Party Appetizers appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Football Party Food for the Big Game https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/football-party-food/ Wed, 24 Jan 2024 21:39:35 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=32417

It’s game time! And you, the host, are the MVP of your watch party. Like a coach strategizing a winning play, you’re about to orchestrate the ultimate football party food lineup that will have your guests cheering for more. Consider this your playbook for good times during the Big Game, from touchdown dance-inspiring appetizers to game-winning desserts.

 

So, put on your apron, fire up the grill, and prepare to serve up football party food that will be remembered long after the final whistle blows. You’ve got this!

 

Football Party Appetizers

Kick off your football feast by bringing your A(vocado) game to the table — avocado appetizers! Just as the first quarter sets the tone for the game, football party appetizers are your first opportunity to build excitement and anticipation for your guests.

 

Game Day Guacamole Recipes

Is it even a football party food spread without guacamole? No appetizer compares to classic Mexican guacamole. But why not start the party with extra bravado by mashing up a bowl of championship guac made with crispy bacon and, of course, creamy, delicious avocados? Alternate move: Kick it up a notch with this spicy guac perfected by quarterback-turned-commentator Jesse Palmer.

 

Sometimes, an unexpected play turns into a big win. Tart pico de guac, for example, incorporates green apples and cucumbers, giving guacamole a tangy, cool zing. Then there’s jambalaya-style guacamole, which blends spicy andouille sausage with creamy avocado, or mango guacamole, which gives a sweet nod to the tropics.

 

How Can You Tell If an Avocado Is Ripe? 🤔

Ripe avocados gently yield to a little squeeze and smash easily into guacamole.

 

 

Finger Food Ideas

Finger foods make for some of the best football party foods because you won’t miss any action fiddling around with a fork! Whip up a batch of avocado broccoli tots made with nutrient-dense avocado, sweet potato, and sumptuous seasonings. For some crunch factor, try out these avocado shrimp bites served on fresh cucumber slices. Or put together a plate piled high with avocado sweet potato nachos drizzled with avocado lime ranch sauce.

 

Did you know?

Tailgates and football watch parties often lack fruits and veggies, which can leave guests in a slump by the fourth quarter. Luckily, avocado is a fresh fruit containing good fat, and a single serving is naturally sugar- and cholesterol-free.

 

Football Party Dips

It's time to huddle up for the next crucial play of the party: dips! Just as a versatile quarterback adapts to every play, good football party dips are your all-stars, ready to tackle every chip, cracker, and veggie stick thrown their way. Here are just a few game day dip ideas.

 

This goat cheese, bacon, and avocado dip is a flavor-packed powerhouse, blending creamy avocado, bold spices, and a sour kick that’ll have your taste buds doing a victory dance. Is it still snowing outside? Warm up with Mex-Tex three-cheese avocado dip — the creamiest, cheesiest chili dip you’ve ever put on a tortilla! Can’t imagine a game day table without French onion soup? This avocado French onion dip will satisfy your craving with a delightful, lighter texture.

 

Pro tip: To prevent dip-hogging fouls, put your dips into single-serving containers, like the kind in this recipe for spicy seven layer dip.

 

How to Slow Down Ripening 🦥

To plan your dip prep properly, make sure avocados don’t overripen by preserving them in the fridge.

 

 

The Best Football Party Dishes

Just like a team relies on its core players to carry the game, main football party dishes are the heavy hitters of your party spread. Remember, big plays move the ball forward in the heart of the game. This is your moment to shine, so go bold!

 

Better Burgers and Hot Dogs

Football is synonymous with grilled meats, and if you’re looking to tackle your guests’ hunger, look no further than a hearty hot dog topped with avocado relish or guacamole (a guac dog). Other easy crowd-pleasers include guaki-burgers made with Takis® rolled tortilla chips or smoky avocado and chipotle sliders piled high on Hawaiian buns.

 

Winter Chili Recipes

Certain events in the middle of winter (like a Big Game watch party) call for hearty football party food like chili. Try classic chunky beef chili topped with avocado, which proves that beans belong in chili once and for all. For a little lighter fare, try this amazing white chili with chicken.

 

Flavorful Sandwich Ideas

Mexican sandwiches are called tortas, and they’re a torta-ly fantastic football party food option. Check out the crazy chicken and plantain torta, which hits every flavor palate from salty to sweet. Looking for a kid-friendly sammie? With their fun pinwheel design, ham, cheese, and avocado rolls are a sure bet. Its grown-up cousin, bacon and avocado grilled cheese, will fly off the table, too!

 

All-Star Pizza Toppings

Casual get-togethers beg for pizza, right? Skip the delivery and create a gourmet-style pie in your kitchen instead. Avo fajita pizza looks fancy, but it’s easy to assemble and pop into the oven when guests arrive. You also can’t go wrong with a classic Margherita pizza with big slices of tomato and brilliant green avocado. Kids will especially dig into this chicken avocado pizza topped with feta cheese.

 

Tasty Taco Recipes

There’s a taco for every occasion, but when it comes to football party food, it’s best to bring out the classics, like carne asada tacos loaded with flavor and topped with creamy avocado or grilled chicken tacos that bring the sizzle in a super soft tortilla. Step things up a notch with sophisticated avocado pulled pork tacos made with kale and caramelized onion. Are pescatarian fans joining the party? No problem when you’ve got baja fish tacos or sweet salmon tacos on the table.

 

How to Save Half an Avocado 🥑

Don’t throw out your leftover avocado! Save it for later snacking by limiting its exposure to the air.

 

 

Football Party Desserts

Finally, it’s time for your football party food victory lap — dessert! As they say, heroes are made in the final quarter, and avocado-infused football party desserts will seal the deal and leave a lasting impression. Here are a few game day food ideas featuring avocado, the secret ingredient for sweet, sweet triumph.

 

Finish strong with a chocolate, cherry, and avocado fudge cake. The avocado makes this cake extra moist and adds a layer of nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Is the clock running out before the final horn blows? Whip up this no-bake avocado cheesecake in no time. Or keep your cool with this avocado flan, sweetened by pineapple juice.

 

There’s no shortage of ways to score points with chocolate fanatics. Consider avocado pistachio pudding, double dark chocolate avocado cookies, or creamy dark chocolate avocado mousse. Many consider chocolate brownies made with avocado the ultimate culinary touchdown, turning a great party into a legendary one.

 

Tackle These Game Day Food Ideas!

The best football party foods have two things in common. The first, as you can see, is avocado. The second is that the dish is made with pride — for your team and the family and friends who bring more goodness to game day. So, gather your ingredients, and get ready to bask in the glory of a party well played, avo-fans!

 

Feel like a champion all the time by working more nutrient-dense avocado recipes into your day.

The post Football Party Food for the Big Game appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It’s game time! And you, the host, are the MVP of your watch party. Like a coach strategizing a winning play, you’re about to orchestrate the ultimate football party food lineup that will have your guests cheering for more. Consider this your playbook for good times during the Big Game, from touchdown dance-inspiring appetizers to game-winning desserts.   So, put on your apron, fire up the grill, and prepare to serve up football party food that will be remembered long after the final whistle blows. You’ve got this!  

Football Party Appetizers

Kick off your football feast by bringing your A(vocado) game to the table — avocado appetizers! Just as the first quarter sets the tone for the game, football party appetizers are your first opportunity to build excitement and anticipation for your guests.  

Game Day Guacamole Recipes

Is it even a football party food spread without guacamole? No appetizer compares to classic Mexican guacamole. But why not start the party with extra bravado by mashing up a bowl of championship guac made with crispy bacon and, of course, creamy, delicious avocados? Alternate move: Kick it up a notch with this spicy guac perfected by quarterback-turned-commentator Jesse Palmer.   Sometimes, an unexpected play turns into a big win. Tart pico de guac, for example, incorporates green apples and cucumbers, giving guacamole a tangy, cool zing. Then there’s jambalaya-style guacamole, which blends spicy andouille sausage with creamy avocado, or mango guacamole, which gives a sweet nod to the tropics.  

How Can You Tell If an Avocado Is Ripe? 🤔

Ripe avocados gently yield to a little squeeze and smash easily into guacamole.  
 

Finger Food Ideas

Finger foods make for some of the best football party foods because you won’t miss any action fiddling around with a fork! Whip up a batch of avocado broccoli tots made with nutrient-dense avocado, sweet potato, and sumptuous seasonings. For some crunch factor, try out these avocado shrimp bites served on fresh cucumber slices. Or put together a plate piled high with avocado sweet potato nachos drizzled with avocado lime ranch sauce.  

Did you know?

Tailgates and football watch parties often lack fruits and veggies, which can leave guests in a slump by the fourth quarter. Luckily, avocado is a fresh fruit containing good fat, and a single serving is naturally sugar- and cholesterol-free.
 

Football Party Dips

It's time to huddle up for the next crucial play of the party: dips! Just as a versatile quarterback adapts to every play, good football party dips are your all-stars, ready to tackle every chip, cracker, and veggie stick thrown their way. Here are just a few game day dip ideas.   This goat cheese, bacon, and avocado dip is a flavor-packed powerhouse, blending creamy avocado, bold spices, and a sour kick that’ll have your taste buds doing a victory dance. Is it still snowing outside? Warm up with Mex-Tex three-cheese avocado dip — the creamiest, cheesiest chili dip you’ve ever put on a tortilla! Can’t imagine a game day table without French onion soup? This avocado French onion dip will satisfy your craving with a delightful, lighter texture.   Pro tip: To prevent dip-hogging fouls, put your dips into single-serving containers, like the kind in this recipe for spicy seven layer dip.  

How to Slow Down Ripening 🦥

To plan your dip prep properly, make sure avocados don’t overripen by preserving them in the fridge.  
 

The Best Football Party Dishes

Just like a team relies on its core players to carry the game, main football party dishes are the heavy hitters of your party spread. Remember, big plays move the ball forward in the heart of the game. This is your moment to shine, so go bold!  

Better Burgers and Hot Dogs

Football is synonymous with grilled meats, and if you’re looking to tackle your guests’ hunger, look no further than a hearty hot dog topped with avocado relish or guacamole (a guac dog). Other easy crowd-pleasers include guaki-burgers made with Takis® rolled tortilla chips or smoky avocado and chipotle sliders piled high on Hawaiian buns.  

Winter Chili Recipes

Certain events in the middle of winter (like a Big Game watch party) call for hearty football party food like chili. Try classic chunky beef chili topped with avocado, which proves that beans belong in chili once and for all. For a little lighter fare, try this amazing white chili with chicken.  

Flavorful Sandwich Ideas

Mexican sandwiches are called tortas, and they’re a torta-ly fantastic football party food option. Check out the crazy chicken and plantain torta, which hits every flavor palate from salty to sweet. Looking for a kid-friendly sammie? With their fun pinwheel design, ham, cheese, and avocado rolls are a sure bet. Its grown-up cousin, bacon and avocado grilled cheese, will fly off the table, too!  

All-Star Pizza Toppings

Casual get-togethers beg for pizza, right? Skip the delivery and create a gourmet-style pie in your kitchen instead. Avo fajita pizza looks fancy, but it’s easy to assemble and pop into the oven when guests arrive. You also can’t go wrong with a classic Margherita pizza with big slices of tomato and brilliant green avocado. Kids will especially dig into this chicken avocado pizza topped with feta cheese.  

Tasty Taco Recipes

There’s a taco for every occasion, but when it comes to football party food, it’s best to bring out the classics, like carne asada tacos loaded with flavor and topped with creamy avocado or grilled chicken tacos that bring the sizzle in a super soft tortilla. Step things up a notch with sophisticated avocado pulled pork tacos made with kale and caramelized onion. Are pescatarian fans joining the party? No problem when you’ve got baja fish tacos or sweet salmon tacos on the table.  

How to Save Half an Avocado 🥑

Don’t throw out your leftover avocado! Save it for later snacking by limiting its exposure to the air.  
 

Football Party Desserts

Finally, it’s time for your football party food victory lap — dessert! As they say, heroes are made in the final quarter, and avocado-infused football party desserts will seal the deal and leave a lasting impression. Here are a few game day food ideas featuring avocado, the secret ingredient for sweet, sweet triumph.   Finish strong with a chocolate, cherry, and avocado fudge cake. The avocado makes this cake extra moist and adds a layer of nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Is the clock running out before the final horn blows? Whip up this no-bake avocado cheesecake in no time. Or keep your cool with this avocado flan, sweetened by pineapple juice.   There’s no shortage of ways to score points with chocolate fanatics. Consider avocado pistachio pudding, double dark chocolate avocado cookies, or creamy dark chocolate avocado mousse. Many consider chocolate brownies made with avocado the ultimate culinary touchdown, turning a great party into a legendary one.  

Tackle These Game Day Food Ideas!

The best football party foods have two things in common. The first, as you can see, is avocado. The second is that the dish is made with pride — for your team and the family and friends who bring more goodness to game day. So, gather your ingredients, and get ready to bask in the glory of a party well played, avo-fans!   Feel like a champion all the time by working more nutrient-dense avocado recipes into your day.

The post Football Party Food for the Big Game appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Four Pumpkin-Flavored Foods and Treats https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/pumpkin-recipes Fri, 08 Dec 2023 16:55:39 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17871

The moment that first leaf changes from green to yellow to red, we’re calling it: It is officially pumpkin season! In other words, it’s time to eat (or drink!) all of the giant orange fruit you can get your hands on. But instead of indulging in pumpkin-flavored foods and beverages from coffee shops and restaurants, you can pack in maximum flavor and satisfy your creativity by making pumpkin-flavored recipes yourself.

 

The Foundation for All Pumpkin Recipes

Puréed pumpkin is the base of many delicious autumnal dishes, from traditional pumpkin pie to comforting fall soups. Canned pumpkin is perfectly acceptable, but to really get in the season’s spirit, try making your own pumpkin purée. The process is easy, and the result? Delicious!

 

First, buy an edible pumpkin (or squash/gourd), slice it in half, and remove all the seeds and guts. Place the cut side down on a baking sheet and roast in a 400°F oven until soft (a knife will go in easily).

 

Let it cool before scooping the flesh out of the skin. You now have your own pumpkin to use in dozens of pumpkin recipes. If you don’t use the puree within a few days, don’t worry — cooked pumpkin freezes well for year-round use.

 

In fact, you can keep your puréed pumpkin on hand for quick and delicious pumpkin-avocado breakfast smoothies. Make the energy-boosting drink by blending 1/2 cup of your pumpkin purée with 1/4 of an avocado, 1 ripe banana, 2 cups of fresh spinach, 1/2 teaspoon of cinnamon or nutmeg, and 8 ounces of your favorite nut milk (almond, cashew, or hazelnut all work beautifully with the pumpkin and avocado).

 

Who said pumpkin’s only for autumn, anyway?

 

Pumpkin-Flavored Foods

 

Pumpkin Butter

Pumpkin butter is basically a spreadable pumpkin pie (minus the crust) in a jar. Fill a roasting dish with 2 cups of pumpkin purée, 2/3 cup of brown sugar, your favorite pumpkin pie spices (think cinnamon, nutmeg, cardamom, and ginger), and a few tablespoons of butter for richness. Roast at 350°F for an hour, stirring it well every 15 minutes. It’s done when the mixture has thickened and browned slightly.

 

Then, it’s ready for countless different applications. Try it over ice cream, on top of a bagel with cream cheese, as a cake filling, or eat it by the spoonful (it’s OK; we won’t tell). Go crazy and make a pumpkin pie milkshake with vanilla ice cream, milk, pumpkin butter, and chunks of pie crust. You can also use its sweetness as a foil for a savory or more neutral dish, spreading it, for instance, on a tortilla and topping it with avocados and other taco fixings.

 

The butter can be stored in the fridge for a few weeks or in the freezer for a year.

 

Pumpkin Cocktail

Getting thirsty? That means it’s time for a pumpkin cocktail! Use some of the pumpkin butter you just made for a twist on a Moscow mule (vodka, ginger beer, and lime) by using bourbon, ginger beer, lime, and a few tablespoons of pumpkin butter. For a tarter cocktail, add a splash of cranberry juice. For a nonalcoholic variation, just leave out the bourbon. This autumn-in-a-glass cocktail is sure to warm you up from the inside out. Every hour is happy hour when you add avocados. Check out these cocktail-inspired guacamole recipes for your next get-together.

 

Pumpkin Curry

Pumpkin stands up perfectly to the strong flavors of an Indian curry, which lends a little sweetness to the dish. Make your own spice blend by combining garam masala, ground cumin, coriander, turmeric, cinnamon, and some hot pepper for heat. Use the spice blend to sauté some onions and finely chopped garlic, then add pumpkin purée, cooked chickpeas, and your favorite chopped vegetables (cauliflower and potato pair well), along with some chicken or vegetable stock and coconut milk. Cook until the vegetables have softened and the curry has thickened slightly. Serve the pumpkin curry with a few thin slices of avocado on top.

 

Pepitas

Don’t throw away those pumpkin seeds! Practically every part of the pumpkin is edible, and their seeds are some of the tastiest parts. Rinse the sticky pumpkin guts off the seeds, let the seeds (or “pepitas”) dry out on a baking sheet or kitchen towel overnight, and then get ready to roast!

 

Toss the seeds with a little olive oil and your favorite spices. You can go sweet with cinnamon and ginger or savory with chipotle powder, garlic, kosher salt, and freshly cracked black pepper. Then, spread the seeds in a single layer on a baking sheet and cook them in the oven for about 40 minutes at 300°F.

 

Once they’re nice and crispy, let them cool before you snack straight from the tray. If you’re OK with delayed gratification, add the pepitas to your favorite dishes for a little extra crunch. Pumpkin and avocado are a match made in heaven, and these roasted seeds step up any recipe. Pepitas go great with seasonal pumpkin spice guacamole, added into pumpkin cranberry avocado muffins, or on top of savory avocado toast.

 

AVO TIP: Need an idea for a tasty and gorgeous fall salad? Check out this fabulous recipe!

The post Four Pumpkin-Flavored Foods and Treats appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The moment that first leaf changes from green to yellow to red, we’re calling it: It is officially pumpkin season! In other words, it’s time to eat (or drink!) all of the giant orange fruit you can get your hands on. But instead of indulging in pumpkin-flavored foods and beverages from coffee shops and restaurants, you can pack in maximum flavor and satisfy your creativity by making pumpkin-flavored recipes yourself.  

The Foundation for All Pumpkin Recipes

Puréed pumpkin is the base of many delicious autumnal dishes, from traditional pumpkin pie to comforting fall soups. Canned pumpkin is perfectly acceptable, but to really get in the season’s spirit, try making your own pumpkin purée. The process is easy, and the result? Delicious!   First, buy an edible pumpkin (or squash/gourd), slice it in half, and remove all the seeds and guts. Place the cut side down on a baking sheet and roast in a 400°F oven until soft (a knife will go in easily).   Let it cool before scooping the flesh out of the skin. You now have your own pumpkin to use in dozens of pumpkin recipes. If you don’t use the puree within a few days, don’t worry — cooked pumpkin freezes well for year-round use.   In fact, you can keep your puréed pumpkin on hand for quick and delicious pumpkin-avocado breakfast smoothies. Make the energy-boosting drink by blending 1/2 cup of your pumpkin purée with 1/4 of an avocado, 1 ripe banana, 2 cups of fresh spinach, 1/2 teaspoon of cinnamon or nutmeg, and 8 ounces of your favorite nut milk (almond, cashew, or hazelnut all work beautifully with the pumpkin and avocado).   Who said pumpkin’s only for autumn, anyway?  

Pumpkin-Flavored Foods

 

Pumpkin Butter

Pumpkin butter is basically a spreadable pumpkin pie (minus the crust) in a jar. Fill a roasting dish with 2 cups of pumpkin purée, 2/3 cup of brown sugar, your favorite pumpkin pie spices (think cinnamon, nutmeg, cardamom, and ginger), and a few tablespoons of butter for richness. Roast at 350°F for an hour, stirring it well every 15 minutes. It’s done when the mixture has thickened and browned slightly.   Then, it’s ready for countless different applications. Try it over ice cream, on top of a bagel with cream cheese, as a cake filling, or eat it by the spoonful (it’s OK; we won’t tell). Go crazy and make a pumpkin pie milkshake with vanilla ice cream, milk, pumpkin butter, and chunks of pie crust. You can also use its sweetness as a foil for a savory or more neutral dish, spreading it, for instance, on a tortilla and topping it with avocados and other taco fixings.   The butter can be stored in the fridge for a few weeks or in the freezer for a year.  

Pumpkin Cocktail

Getting thirsty? That means it’s time for a pumpkin cocktail! Use some of the pumpkin butter you just made for a twist on a Moscow mule (vodka, ginger beer, and lime) by using bourbon, ginger beer, lime, and a few tablespoons of pumpkin butter. For a tarter cocktail, add a splash of cranberry juice. For a nonalcoholic variation, just leave out the bourbon. This autumn-in-a-glass cocktail is sure to warm you up from the inside out. Every hour is happy hour when you add avocados. Check out these cocktail-inspired guacamole recipes for your next get-together.  

Pumpkin Curry

Pumpkin stands up perfectly to the strong flavors of an Indian curry, which lends a little sweetness to the dish. Make your own spice blend by combining garam masala, ground cumin, coriander, turmeric, cinnamon, and some hot pepper for heat. Use the spice blend to sauté some onions and finely chopped garlic, then add pumpkin purée, cooked chickpeas, and your favorite chopped vegetables (cauliflower and potato pair well), along with some chicken or vegetable stock and coconut milk. Cook until the vegetables have softened and the curry has thickened slightly. Serve the pumpkin curry with a few thin slices of avocado on top.  

Pepitas

Don’t throw away those pumpkin seeds! Practically every part of the pumpkin is edible, and their seeds are some of the tastiest parts. Rinse the sticky pumpkin guts off the seeds, let the seeds (or “pepitas”) dry out on a baking sheet or kitchen towel overnight, and then get ready to roast!   Toss the seeds with a little olive oil and your favorite spices. You can go sweet with cinnamon and ginger or savory with chipotle powder, garlic, kosher salt, and freshly cracked black pepper. Then, spread the seeds in a single layer on a baking sheet and cook them in the oven for about 40 minutes at 300°F.   Once they’re nice and crispy, let them cool before you snack straight from the tray. If you’re OK with delayed gratification, add the pepitas to your favorite dishes for a little extra crunch. Pumpkin and avocado are a match made in heaven, and these roasted seeds step up any recipe. Pepitas go great with seasonal pumpkin spice guacamole, added into pumpkin cranberry avocado muffins, or on top of savory avocado toast.   AVO TIP: Need an idea for a tasty and gorgeous fall salad? Check out this fabulous recipe!

The post Four Pumpkin-Flavored Foods and Treats appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Mole Verde with Fresh Avocados From Mexico https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/mole-verde Fri, 08 Dec 2023 15:58:23 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=32362

When we think of mole verde (MOH-lay VER-day), only one thing comes to mind…FIESTA! Mole verde, known for its rich flavors and distinctive bright green color, is the perfect main dish to serve for special occasions, parties, holidays, and of course, at the dinner table. Unlike mole poblano (mole verde’s famous cousin), mole verde is a culinary celebration of delicious, fresh ingredients, including jalapeños, romaine lettuce, tomatillos, cilantro, and the star of this tasty recipe, Avocados From Mexico!

 

We know what you’re thinking: Is this another guacamole recipe? Far from it, but if that’s what you’re looking for, we have an extensive repertoire of delicious and innovative guacamole recipes on our recipe page, such as Hatch Chile Guacamole and Rocking Ranch Guacamole.

 

Adding avocado to this mouth-watering mole verde recipe creates a silky, smooth texture and a unique taste to the traditional Mexican mole verde, a spicy sauce made from a flavorful combination of vegetables, herbs, spices, and chiles. Just imagine the creamy texture of the Avocados From Mexico and the savory, spicy flavors of classic green mole. Tasty!

 

Did You Know?

Mole verde, also known as pipián or pipián verde, is a national treasure of Mexican gastronomy. Today’s mole is the evolution of the pre-Hispanic dish known as mulli, a combination of chiles, seeds, herbs, and meats served in important ceremonies. In Mexico, the state of Oaxaca is known as the land of the seven moles (negro, rojo, coloradito, amarillo, verde, chichilo, and manchamantel).

 

Contrary to popular belief, you don’t have to be a world-renowned chef to make mole verde at home. Any home cook can recreate those profound, spicy, and luscious flavors hallmark of green mole sauce, so leave those pre-made seasonings and condiments at the store. Give this simple recipe a try and impress your friends and family with a symphony of flavors that will make them feel like they're in Mexico. Let’s get the fiesta started!

 

How to Make Mole Verde with Avocado

Ingredients:

  • 1 1/2 c. pumpkin seeds, peeled
  • 1 c. tomatillos, peeled and cut in half
  • 1 ea. Avocados From Mexico, large, diced
  • 1/2 c. white onion, chopped into large pieces
  • 1/4 c. jalapeños, cleaned and roughly chopped
  • 1/2 c. cilantro, roughly chopped
  • 1/4 c. romaine lettuce, roughly chopped
  • 1 tsp. garlic, minced
  • 1 tbsp. lime juice, fresh
  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
  • 1 tsp. ground cumin
  • 1/2 tsp. cilantro, chopped
  • 1 c. chicken broth, unsalted
  • 1 tsp. kosher salt

 

Instructions:

  • Place the pumpkin seeds in a cast-iron skillet over medium heat and toast for about 5 minutes or until the seeds turn golden. Be sure to shake the pan occasionally to prevent the seeds from burning!
  • Then, remove the pan from the stove. Let the seeds cool for 5 minutes. Once cooled, add them to a blender.
  • Cut your Avocados From Mexico in half, lengthwise, and remove the pit. Then, add a cup of diced avocado to the blender. Store the other half of your avocado in the fridge.
  • Add the tomatillos, onion, jalapeños, cilantro, lettuce, and garlic to the blender. Blend the mixture until the sauce reaches a smooth consistency.
  • Heat your saucepan over medium-high heat and add a spoonful of olive oil. Add the ground cumin and cilantro and cook until aromatic (approximately 30 seconds).
  • Add the blended sauce mixture to the saucepan and stir for 5 minutes or until reaching a consistency similar to tomato paste.
  • Add the chicken broth to the pot, stirring until the sauce starts to boil. Reduce heat and let the mixture simmer for about 2-3 minutes.
  • Remove the green mole from the stove.
  • Add salt and lime juice to taste. ¡Que rico! (Yum!)

 

Healthy and Delicious!

Avocados are a good source of folate per 50g serving (1/3 medium avocado). Folate is an essential nutrient for proper brain function. Click here to learn more about the health benefits and nutritional value associated with regular consumption of avocados!

 

How to Serve Mole Verde

Traditionally, mole verde is served with chicken, turkey, or pork and a side of white rice. For a celebratory dinner, we recommend our delicious Christmas Rice, known for its notes of smoked bacon, green onions, and red pepper. There are endless ways to enjoy mole verde!

 

Start your day with a flavor fiesta and add our green mole to some of your breakfast favorites, like Loaded Guac Breakfast Burrito or Breakfast Polenta with Shredded Chicken and Avocado. Mole verde can also be used as a savory sauce to add more sazón (flavor) to your favorite dishes, such as Achiote Short Rib Tostada or Chicken Flautas. And of course, you can’t finish any meal without dessert! Our delicious Avocookies, accompanied by home-brewed coffee, are the perfect treat to satisfy your sweet tooth after a savory meal.

 

Visit our avocado recipes page for even more culinary inspiration! Indulge in our extensive library of recipes and cooking tips inspired by Mexican cuisine and global flavors. ¡Buen provecho! (Bon appétit!)

The post How to Make Mole Verde with Fresh Avocados From Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When we think of mole verde (MOH-lay VER-day), only one thing comes to mind…FIESTA! Mole verde, known for its rich flavors and distinctive bright green color, is the perfect main dish to serve for special occasions, parties, holidays, and of course, at the dinner table. Unlike mole poblano (mole verde’s famous cousin), mole verde is a culinary celebration of delicious, fresh ingredients, including jalapeños, romaine lettuce, tomatillos, cilantro, and the star of this tasty recipe, Avocados From Mexico!   We know what you’re thinking: Is this another guacamole recipe? Far from it, but if that’s what you’re looking for, we have an extensive repertoire of delicious and innovative guacamole recipes on our recipe page, such as Hatch Chile Guacamole and Rocking Ranch Guacamole.   Adding avocado to this mouth-watering mole verde recipe creates a silky, smooth texture and a unique taste to the traditional Mexican mole verde, a spicy sauce made from a flavorful combination of vegetables, herbs, spices, and chiles. Just imagine the creamy texture of the Avocados From Mexico and the savory, spicy flavors of classic green mole. Tasty!  

Did You Know?

Mole verde, also known as pipián or pipián verde, is a national treasure of Mexican gastronomy. Today’s mole is the evolution of the pre-Hispanic dish known as mulli, a combination of chiles, seeds, herbs, and meats served in important ceremonies. In Mexico, the state of Oaxaca is known as the land of the seven moles (negro, rojo, coloradito, amarillo, verde, chichilo, and manchamantel).   Contrary to popular belief, you don’t have to be a world-renowned chef to make mole verde at home. Any home cook can recreate those profound, spicy, and luscious flavors hallmark of green mole sauce, so leave those pre-made seasonings and condiments at the store. Give this simple recipe a try and impress your friends and family with a symphony of flavors that will make them feel like they're in Mexico. Let’s get the fiesta started!  

How to Make Mole Verde with Avocado

Ingredients:

  • 1 1/2 c. pumpkin seeds, peeled
  • 1 c. tomatillos, peeled and cut in half
  • 1 ea. Avocados From Mexico, large, diced
  • 1/2 c. white onion, chopped into large pieces
  • 1/4 c. jalapeños, cleaned and roughly chopped
  • 1/2 c. cilantro, roughly chopped
  • 1/4 c. romaine lettuce, roughly chopped
  • 1 tsp. garlic, minced
  • 1 tbsp. lime juice, fresh
  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
  • 1 tsp. ground cumin
  • 1/2 tsp. cilantro, chopped
  • 1 c. chicken broth, unsalted
  • 1 tsp. kosher salt
 

Instructions:

  • Place the pumpkin seeds in a cast-iron skillet over medium heat and toast for about 5 minutes or until the seeds turn golden. Be sure to shake the pan occasionally to prevent the seeds from burning!
  • Then, remove the pan from the stove. Let the seeds cool for 5 minutes. Once cooled, add them to a blender.
  • Cut your Avocados From Mexico in half, lengthwise, and remove the pit. Then, add a cup of diced avocado to the blender. Store the other half of your avocado in the fridge.
  • Add the tomatillos, onion, jalapeños, cilantro, lettuce, and garlic to the blender. Blend the mixture until the sauce reaches a smooth consistency.
  • Heat your saucepan over medium-high heat and add a spoonful of olive oil. Add the ground cumin and cilantro and cook until aromatic (approximately 30 seconds).
  • Add the blended sauce mixture to the saucepan and stir for 5 minutes or until reaching a consistency similar to tomato paste.
  • Add the chicken broth to the pot, stirring until the sauce starts to boil. Reduce heat and let the mixture simmer for about 2-3 minutes.
  • Remove the green mole from the stove.
  • Add salt and lime juice to taste. ¡Que rico! (Yum!)
 

Healthy and Delicious!

Avocados are a good source of folate per 50g serving (1/3 medium avocado). Folate is an essential nutrient for proper brain function. Click here to learn more about the health benefits and nutritional value associated with regular consumption of avocados!  

How to Serve Mole Verde

Traditionally, mole verde is served with chicken, turkey, or pork and a side of white rice. For a celebratory dinner, we recommend our delicious Christmas Rice, known for its notes of smoked bacon, green onions, and red pepper. There are endless ways to enjoy mole verde!   Start your day with a flavor fiesta and add our green mole to some of your breakfast favorites, like Loaded Guac Breakfast Burrito or Breakfast Polenta with Shredded Chicken and Avocado. Mole verde can also be used as a savory sauce to add more sazón (flavor) to your favorite dishes, such as Achiote Short Rib Tostada or Chicken Flautas. And of course, you can’t finish any meal without dessert! Our delicious Avocookies, accompanied by home-brewed coffee, are the perfect treat to satisfy your sweet tooth after a savory meal.   Visit our avocado recipes page for even more culinary inspiration! Indulge in our extensive library of recipes and cooking tips inspired by Mexican cuisine and global flavors. ¡Buen provecho! (Bon appétit!)

The post How to Make Mole Verde with Fresh Avocados From Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Cómo Preparar Mole Verde con Aguacates de Mexico https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/spanish/mole-verde Fri, 08 Dec 2023 12:54:02 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27333

¡El mole verde es sinónimo de FIESTAS! Conocido por sus profundos sabores y color distintivo verde brillante, este plato principal es perfecto para servir en ocasiones especiales, fiestas, celebraciones ¡y también en tu cena. A diferencia del mole poblano (el mole más conocido), el mole verde es celebrado por su deliciosa combinación de ingredientes frescos, como los jalapeños, lechuga romana, tomatillos, cilantro, y en esta sabrosa receta, ¡Aguacates De México!

 

Sabemos lo que estás pensando: ¿Sería otra receta de guacamole? No lo es, pero si te interesa, tenemos muchas recetas sabrosas e innovadoras de guacamole en nuestra página de recetas, como Guacamole Picantísimo y Pepita Guacamole.

 

Nuestra receta de mole verde con aguacate agrega una textura sedosa y un sabor único al tradicional mole verde mexicano, una salsa picante hecha de una sabrosa combinación de vegetales, hierbas, especias y chiles. Imagínate todo el sabor clásico de un mole típico junto a la cremosa textura de los Aguacates De México. ¡Que sabrosura!

 

¿Sabías Que?

También conocido como pipián o pipián verde, el mole verde es un platillo simbólico de la gastronomía mexicana. El mole de hoy es la evolución del plato prehispánico, conocido como mulli, el cual fue una combinación de chiles, semillas, hierbas y carnes servido en ceremonias importantes. En México, el estado de Oaxaca es conocido como la tierra de los siete moles (el negro, rojo, amarillo, verde, coloradito, estofado y chichilo).

 

Rico, picante y lleno de sabor, el mole verde es mucho más fácil de preparar en casa de lo que tú piensas, ¡así que puedes dejar de usar esos condimentos o polvos prehechos! Prueba esta sencilla receta e impresiona a tus amigos y familiares con una sinfonía de sabores que los harán sentir como si estuvieran en México. ¡A darle que es mole de olla!

 

Cómo Preparar Mole Verde con Aguacate

Ingredientes necesarios:

  • 1 1/2 tz. de pepitas, descascaradas
  • 1 tz. de tomatillos, cortados por la mitad y descascarados
  • 1 Avocado From Mexico grande
  • 1/2 tz. de cebolla blanca, picada en trozos grandes
  • 1/4 tz. de jalapeños limpios y picados en trozos grandes
  • 1/2 tz. de cilantro fresco, picado en trozos grandes
  • 1/4 tz. de lechuga romana, picada en trozos grandes
  • 1 cdita. de ajo picado
  • 1 cda. de jugo de lima fresco
  • 1 cda. de aceite de oliva
  • 1 cdita. de comino molido
  • 1/2 cdita. de cilantro molido
  • 1 tz. caldo de pollo, sin sal
  • 1 cdita. de sal kosher

 

Instrucciones:

  • Coloca las pepitas en un sartén de hierro fundido a fuego medio y tuéstalas durante unos 5 minutos o hasta que las pepitas adquieran un color dorado. ¡Asegúrate de agitar el sartén ocasionalmente para evitar que las semillas se quemen!
  • Después, remueve el sartén de la estufa. Deja que las pepitas se enfríen durante 5 minutos. Al enfriar, agrégalas a una licuadora.
  • Corta tu Aguacate De México por la mitad, hacia lo largo y deshuésalo. Luego, llena una taza de aguacate en cubitos y colócalos en la licuadora. Guarda la otra mitad de tu aguacate en la nevera.
  • Agrega los tomatillos, la cebolla, los jalapeños, el cilantro, la lechuga y el ajo en la licuadora. Licua la mezcla hasta que la salsa tenga una consistencia suave.
  • Calienta una cuchara de aceite de oliva en una cacerola a fuego medio-alto. Agrega el comino molido y el cilantro y cocina hasta que sean aromáticos (aproximadamente 30 segundos).
  • Agrega la salsa de la licuadora a la cacerola y revuélvela durante 5 minutos o hasta que tenga una consistencia parecida a la de pasta de tomate.
  • Agrega el caldo de pollo, revolviéndolo hasta que la salsa empiece a hervir. Reduce el fuego y deja que la mezcla hierva a fuego lento durante unos 2-3 minutos.
  • Remueve el mole verde del fuego.
  • Añade la sal y el jugo de limón verde al gusto. ¡Que rico!

 

Sabrosos y Sanos

Los aguacates son un buen fuente de folato, por porción de 50 g (un tercio de un aguacate mediano). El folato es un nutriente importante para una función cerebral adecuada. Haz clic aquí para conocer más información sobre la nutrición y los beneficios de consumir aguacates.

 

Cómo Servir el Mole Verde

Tradicionalmente, el mole verde es servido con pollo, pavo o carne de cerdo (puerco) y acompañado de arroz blanco. Para una cena muy especial, recomendamos nuestro Arroz Navideño, conocido por sus notas de tocino ahumado, cebollín verde y pimiento rojo. ¡Las opciones para disfrutar y saborear el mole verde no tienen límites!

 

Comienza tu día con una explosión de sabor y disfruta el mole verde durante el desayuno, por ejemplo, en tus taquitos de desayuno con aguacate o huevo al hoyo. El mole verde puede ser utilizado como una salsa para agregar más sazón a tus platos favoritos, como la quesadilla de camarón y aguacate y pollo al limón. ¡Y no te olvides del postre! Termina tu cena de mole verde con algunas dulces avogalletas y cafecito.

 

Visita nuestra página de recetas de aguacate para más inspiración culinaria! Brindamos una extensa biblioteca de recetas y consejos de la cocina inspirados en los sabores de México y el mundo. ¡Buen provecho!

The post Cómo Preparar Mole Verde con Aguacates de Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

¡El mole verde es sinónimo de FIESTAS! Conocido por sus profundos sabores y color distintivo verde brillante, este plato principal es perfecto para servir en ocasiones especiales, fiestas, celebraciones ¡y también en tu cena. A diferencia del mole poblano (el mole más conocido), el mole verde es celebrado por su deliciosa combinación de ingredientes frescos, como los jalapeños, lechuga romana, tomatillos, cilantro, y en esta sabrosa receta, ¡Aguacates De México!   Sabemos lo que estás pensando: ¿Sería otra receta de guacamole? No lo es, pero si te interesa, tenemos muchas recetas sabrosas e innovadoras de guacamole en nuestra página de recetas, como Guacamole Picantísimo y Pepita Guacamole.   Nuestra receta de mole verde con aguacate agrega una textura sedosa y un sabor único al tradicional mole verde mexicano, una salsa picante hecha de una sabrosa combinación de vegetales, hierbas, especias y chiles. Imagínate todo el sabor clásico de un mole típico junto a la cremosa textura de los Aguacates De México. ¡Que sabrosura!  

¿Sabías Que?

También conocido como pipián o pipián verde, el mole verde es un platillo simbólico de la gastronomía mexicana. El mole de hoy es la evolución del plato prehispánico, conocido como mulli, el cual fue una combinación de chiles, semillas, hierbas y carnes servido en ceremonias importantes. En México, el estado de Oaxaca es conocido como la tierra de los siete moles (el negro, rojo, amarillo, verde, coloradito, estofado y chichilo).   Rico, picante y lleno de sabor, el mole verde es mucho más fácil de preparar en casa de lo que tú piensas, ¡así que puedes dejar de usar esos condimentos o polvos prehechos! Prueba esta sencilla receta e impresiona a tus amigos y familiares con una sinfonía de sabores que los harán sentir como si estuvieran en México. ¡A darle que es mole de olla!
 

Cómo Preparar Mole Verde con Aguacate

Ingredientes necesarios:

  • 1 1/2 tz. de pepitas, descascaradas
  • 1 tz. de tomatillos, cortados por la mitad y descascarados
  • 1 Avocado From Mexico grande
  • 1/2 tz. de cebolla blanca, picada en trozos grandes
  • 1/4 tz. de jalapeños limpios y picados en trozos grandes
  • 1/2 tz. de cilantro fresco, picado en trozos grandes
  • 1/4 tz. de lechuga romana, picada en trozos grandes
  • 1 cdita. de ajo picado
  • 1 cda. de jugo de lima fresco
  • 1 cda. de aceite de oliva
  • 1 cdita. de comino molido
  • 1/2 cdita. de cilantro molido
  • 1 tz. caldo de pollo, sin sal
  • 1 cdita. de sal kosher
 

Instrucciones:

  • Coloca las pepitas en un sartén de hierro fundido a fuego medio y tuéstalas durante unos 5 minutos o hasta que las pepitas adquieran un color dorado. ¡Asegúrate de agitar el sartén ocasionalmente para evitar que las semillas se quemen!
  • Después, remueve el sartén de la estufa. Deja que las pepitas se enfríen durante 5 minutos. Al enfriar, agrégalas a una licuadora.
  • Corta tu Aguacate De México por la mitad, hacia lo largo y deshuésalo. Luego, llena una taza de aguacate en cubitos y colócalos en la licuadora. Guarda la otra mitad de tu aguacate en la nevera.
  • Agrega los tomatillos, la cebolla, los jalapeños, el cilantro, la lechuga y el ajo en la licuadora. Licua la mezcla hasta que la salsa tenga una consistencia suave.
  • Calienta una cuchara de aceite de oliva en una cacerola a fuego medio-alto. Agrega el comino molido y el cilantro y cocina hasta que sean aromáticos (aproximadamente 30 segundos).
  • Agrega la salsa de la licuadora a la cacerola y revuélvela durante 5 minutos o hasta que tenga una consistencia parecida a la de pasta de tomate.
  • Agrega el caldo de pollo, revolviéndolo hasta que la salsa empiece a hervir. Reduce el fuego y deja que la mezcla hierva a fuego lento durante unos 2-3 minutos.
  • Remueve el mole verde del fuego.
  • Añade la sal y el jugo de limón verde al gusto. ¡Que rico!
 

Sabrosos y Sanos

Los aguacates son un buen fuente de folato, por porción de 50 g (un tercio de un aguacate mediano). El folato es un nutriente importante para una función cerebral adecuada. Haz clic aquí para conocer más información sobre la nutrición y los beneficios de consumir aguacates.
 

Cómo Servir el Mole Verde

Tradicionalmente, el mole verde es servido con pollo, pavo o carne de cerdo (puerco) y acompañado de arroz blanco. Para una cena muy especial, recomendamos nuestro Arroz Navideño, conocido por sus notas de tocino ahumado, cebollín verde y pimiento rojo. ¡Las opciones para disfrutar y saborear el mole verde no tienen límites!   Comienza tu día con una explosión de sabor y disfruta el mole verde durante el desayuno, por ejemplo, en tus taquitos de desayuno con aguacate o huevo al hoyo. El mole verde puede ser utilizado como una salsa para agregar más sazón a tus platos favoritos, como la quesadilla de camarón y aguacate y pollo al limón. ¡Y no te olvides del postre! Termina tu cena de mole verde con algunas dulces avogalletas y cafecito.   Visita nuestra página de recetas de aguacate para más inspiración culinaria! Brindamos una extensa biblioteca de recetas y consejos de la cocina inspirados en los sabores de México y el mundo. ¡Buen provecho!

The post Cómo Preparar Mole Verde con Aguacates de Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Buns Have It: How to Make Sandwiches with Avocado Buns https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avocado-buns Fri, 08 Dec 2023 11:18:48 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=24136

What’s a burger bun alternative that looks as good as it tastes AND has your favorite fruit built into the sandwich’s structure? Avocado buns, baby. Not only will neighboring tailgaters watch in envy (green envy, of course) as you serve up your squad with the most beautiful burger imaginable, but avocado bun burgers have a whole host of nutritious pros.

 

Avocado buns are a great burger bun alternative for anyone living a gluten-free lifestyle. They can also help you cut down on simple carbohydrates and sugars in bread while adding nearly 20 vitamins and minerals to boot — plus, fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit! They provide naturally good fats and are cholesterol-, sugar-, and sodium-free. It’s a win-win-win!

 

Without further ado, we present avocado buns!

 

 

Um… not what we meant. Keep reading, please.

 

How to Make Avocado Buns

Avocado buns are simple to make and always camera-ready. Follow these quick steps, and you’re on your way to the sandwich hall of fame.

 

1. Pick the perfect avocado. The most important part of this process is selecting an avocado that is ripe but not too soft. The right avocado for the job will be large, dark-skinned, and give juuuuust a little bit when you squeeze it. You don’t want your avocado bun to be squishy and fall apart in your hands, but it’s also important that it’s ripe. Watch this video to learn how to check ripeness.

 

 

If you don’t want your avocados to get too ripe, or you want to try to preserve them just as they are before you whip up these burger buns, check out another how-to video for preserving your avocados and slowing down the ripening process.

 

2. Slice it in half. Slice your perfect avocado down the middle lengthwise. Carefully peel the skin away from each half and remove the pit. Cut a thin slice off the very bottom of one half, which will be the burger’s base, so it sits flat on the plate.

 

3. Sandwich, assemble! Start by adding your base fillings in the hole where the pit was (pro tip: this is a great place for storing extra sauce), then add your meat and other toppings. Add more sauce into the well of the top “bun” and set it on top of everything. For a “real” burger look, sprinkle the top avocado half with sesame seeds.

 

4. Eat up. Handheld avocado bun sandwiches work best when you hold them with a napkin or bit of parchment paper, but using no napkin means you get to lick your fingers at the end. That said, no one will judge if you want to keep your fingers clean by using a fork and knife.

 

We have some great recipe ideas for your avocado bun sandwich in the next part of this blog.

 

Birth of the Avocado Bun

The idea for making avocado buns first came online thanks to Dutch food photographer Colette Dike, who posted Instagram’s first avocado bun burger back in 2016. Colette, we applaud your innovation, photography, and (most of all) your taste! 👏 👏

 

6 Avocado Bun Recipes

 

1. Traditional Burger

Place a beef (or portobello mushroom) patty and your choice of toppings between the avocado buns. Traditional toppings include American cheese, lettuce, tomato, onion, mustard, ketchup, and pickles or relish. And while we love tradition, why not shake things up beyond the bun?

 

  • Spicy Burger: Blaze new burger trails with pepper jack cheese, fire-roasted jalapeños, and Sriracha mayo.
  • Cowboy Burger: Mmm, nothing like an avocado bun burger with bacon strips, cheddar cheese, and a big ol’ fried onion ring.
  • Steakhouse Burger: Avocado buns are elegant on their own, but we say go big or go home: Add caramelized onions, blue cheese crumbles, and arugula.

 

2. Meatball Sub

Squeeze a few meatballs (score extra points if you use creamy avocado meatballs) and some tomato sauce, along with parmesan or mozzarella, between your avocado buns. Napkins recommended — this could get messy!

 

3. Bacon ’n Egger

Avocado buns aren’t limited to lunch or dinner. A little bit of ketchup, some cheese, a couple of slices of bacon, and a fried or scrambled egg go great on an avocado bun for a breakfast sandwich beyond belief.

 

4. Southern-fried Chicken

Breaded, flattened, and fried chicken is delicious in an avocado bun when slathered with some spicy mayo or honey mustard sauce. Just add shredded lettuce, tomato, and sliced red onion.

 

5. BLT

Avocado buns be fancy, huh? Keep it simple with this classic, always-a-good-choice BLT. All you need is some salty bacon, crisp lettuce, and a juicy slice of tomato.

 

6. Chicago Roast Beef

Dealer’s choice between cold-cut or homemade roast beef, so long as you top it with hot giardiniera and au jus. This is another messy one — be sure to eat over a plate so no beef, broth, or buns go to waste!

 

When you’ve made your avocado bun burger, chicken sandwich, BLT, or whatever you decide, be sure to share a photo with us on Instagram. We’d love to see what you came up with!

The post The Buns Have It: How to Make Sandwiches with Avocado Buns appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

What’s a burger bun alternative that looks as good as it tastes AND has your favorite fruit built into the sandwich’s structure? Avocado buns, baby. Not only will neighboring tailgaters watch in envy (green envy, of course) as you serve up your squad with the most beautiful burger imaginable, but avocado bun burgers have a whole host of nutritious pros.   Avocado buns are a great burger bun alternative for anyone living a gluten-free lifestyle. They can also help you cut down on simple carbohydrates and sugars in bread while adding nearly 20 vitamins and minerals to boot — plus, fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit! They provide naturally good fats and are cholesterol-, sugar-, and sodium-free. It’s a win-win-win!   Without further ado, we present avocado buns!     Um… not what we meant. Keep reading, please.  

How to Make Avocado Buns

Avocado buns are simple to make and always camera-ready. Follow these quick steps, and you’re on your way to the sandwich hall of fame.   1. Pick the perfect avocado. The most important part of this process is selecting an avocado that is ripe but not too soft. The right avocado for the job will be large, dark-skinned, and give juuuuust a little bit when you squeeze it. You don’t want your avocado bun to be squishy and fall apart in your hands, but it’s also important that it’s ripe. Watch this video to learn how to check ripeness.     If you don’t want your avocados to get too ripe, or you want to try to preserve them just as they are before you whip up these burger buns, check out another how-to video for preserving your avocados and slowing down the ripening process.   2. Slice it in half. Slice your perfect avocado down the middle lengthwise. Carefully peel the skin away from each half and remove the pit. Cut a thin slice off the very bottom of one half, which will be the burger’s base, so it sits flat on the plate.   3. Sandwich, assemble! Start by adding your base fillings in the hole where the pit was (pro tip: this is a great place for storing extra sauce), then add your meat and other toppings. Add more sauce into the well of the top “bun” and set it on top of everything. For a “real” burger look, sprinkle the top avocado half with sesame seeds.   4. Eat up. Handheld avocado bun sandwiches work best when you hold them with a napkin or bit of parchment paper, but using no napkin means you get to lick your fingers at the end. That said, no one will judge if you want to keep your fingers clean by using a fork and knife.   We have some great recipe ideas for your avocado bun sandwich in the next part of this blog.  

Birth of the Avocado Bun

The idea for making avocado buns first came online thanks to Dutch food photographer Colette Dike, who posted Instagram’s first avocado bun burger back in 2016. Colette, we applaud your innovation, photography, and (most of all) your taste! 👏 👏
 

6 Avocado Bun Recipes

  1. Traditional Burger Place a beef (or portobello mushroom) patty and your choice of toppings between the avocado buns. Traditional toppings include American cheese, lettuce, tomato, onion, mustard, ketchup, and pickles or relish. And while we love tradition, why not shake things up beyond the bun?  
  • Spicy Burger: Blaze new burger trails with pepper jack cheese, fire-roasted jalapeños, and Sriracha mayo.
  • Cowboy Burger: Mmm, nothing like an avocado bun burger with bacon strips, cheddar cheese, and a big ol’ fried onion ring.
  • Steakhouse Burger: Avocado buns are elegant on their own, but we say go big or go home: Add caramelized onions, blue cheese crumbles, and arugula.
  2. Meatball Sub Squeeze a few meatballs (score extra points if you use creamy avocado meatballs) and some tomato sauce, along with parmesan or mozzarella, between your avocado buns. Napkins recommended — this could get messy!   3. Bacon ’n Egger Avocado buns aren’t limited to lunch or dinner. A little bit of ketchup, some cheese, a couple of slices of bacon, and a fried or scrambled egg go great on an avocado bun for a breakfast sandwich beyond belief.   4. Southern-fried Chicken Breaded, flattened, and fried chicken is delicious in an avocado bun when slathered with some spicy mayo or honey mustard sauce. Just add shredded lettuce, tomato, and sliced red onion.   5. BLT Avocado buns be fancy, huh? Keep it simple with this classic, always-a-good-choice BLT. All you need is some salty bacon, crisp lettuce, and a juicy slice of tomato.   6. Chicago Roast Beef Dealer’s choice between cold-cut or homemade roast beef, so long as you top it with hot giardiniera and au jus. This is another messy one — be sure to eat over a plate so no beef, broth, or buns go to waste!   When you’ve made your avocado bun burger, chicken sandwich, BLT, or whatever you decide, be sure to share a photo with us on Instagram. We’d love to see what you came up with!

The post The Buns Have It: How to Make Sandwiches with Avocado Buns appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Complete Guide to Eating Nachos and Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/nachos-and-guacamole Fri, 17 Nov 2023 12:34:25 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27789

Fact: You can’t make nachos without tortilla chips. Another fact: Guacamole is a tortilla chip’s best friend. Ultimate fact: You can’t make nachos without guacamole.

 

Today, we’re spreading the news that nachos aren’t complete without a side or topping of guacamole. We can confirm that once you put guac on your nachos, they’ll never be the same without it. Nachos with guacamole are a game-changer for tailgate appetizers, a showstopper on movie night, and the most scrumptious go-to grub for snack time, all the time.

 

Without further ado, here’s why nachos and guacamole go together so perfectly.

 

 

Why You Need Both Nachos And Guacamole

Let us paint you a picture: salty tortilla chips covered with gooey melted cheese, fresh pico de gallo, cilantro, and jalapeños. Maybe you enjoy them with seasoned beef or chicken. Perhaps you even drizzle them with your favorite hot sauce. If you think your tummy is grumbling now, just wait till we get to the next part.

 

Now imagine that, at the top of your sizzling nacho mountain, there’s a giant dollop of guacamole. Its creamy texture works naturally with tortilla chips. Its cooling flavor pairs perfectly with the spice. Its green color adds a bright contrast to the warm colors below. Ohhhh yeah.

 

A scoop of guac on your nachos is like the bow on a present or the candles on a birthday cake — sure, you don’t need them, but without them, you’re missing out on half the fun. And, unlike bows and candles, guacamole adds an irresistible flavor that will change the nacho game forever. (It’s undeniable! Truly hard-core avocado fans would love a scoop of guacamole on top of their birthday present.)

 

Top-Nacho Guacamole Recipe

Now that we have you convinced, it’s time to unveil the ultimate loaded nachos and guacamole recipe. Loaded with three cheeses, carne asada taco seasoning, and a fiesta medley of toppings, this giant serving is crowned with the guac of your choice. Grab plenty of napkins cause things are about to get pretty cheesy and pretty wild.

 

What’s Your Guac?

Before you start building your nachos, start with the cherry — er, the guac on top. Here are some tasty guac options that go well with our nacho recipe:

  • For Classicists: Got a taste for the O.G. stack of nachos? You can’t go wrong with this authentic guacamole recipe. It’s simple to make, with a time-tested flavor that will elevate any plate of nachos to a creamier, greener level.
  • For Hotheads: Spice daredevils will get a real kick out of adding this peppery guacamole to their nachos.
  • For Partiers: If you’re having a tiki party, this jerk guacamole made with pineapple and spices will be a unique addition to the DIY nacho bar.

 

Nacho Ingredients:

  • 1 lb. (1 bag) large tortilla chips*
  • 1 c. shredded cheddar cheese
  • 1 c. shredded Oaxaca cheese
  • 1 c. shredded pepper jack cheese
  • 1 tbsp. extra-virgin olive oil
  • 1 lb. raw ground beef
  • 1/4 c. water
  • 1 1/2 tbsp. taco seasoning**
  • 1 can (15 oz.) refried beans
  • 1/2 large white onion, diced
  • 2 jalapeños, diced
  • 1/2 c. cilantro, roughly chopped
  • 2 c. guacamole (see above for suggestions)

 

*Feelin’ crafty and crispy? Make your own delicious tortilla chips by following our easy how-to guide.

**Not to brag, but we have a great guide to the perfect taco seasoning recipe — plus six other spice mixes if you’re feeling avant-garde.

 

Directions:

Preheat oven to 400°F. Line a large baking sheet with foil, then evenly distribute half the tortilla chips around the pan. Sprinkle a 1/2 cup of each cheese over the tortilla chips.

 

Heat the olive oil in a large pan over medium heat. Add the ground beef and cook until no longer pink. Add 1/4 cup water and the taco seasoning and stir well until the water has reduced. Add the refried beans to the mixture, stirring until well-combined and beans are warm.

 

Spread half of the beef mixture over the tortilla chips and cheese. Sprinkle with half of the diced onion and jalapeños. Create a second layer on top with the rest of the tortilla chips, cheese, beef, beans, onion, and jalapeño.

 

Bake at 400°F for 10-15 minutes or until the cheese melts. Let cool and garnish with cilantro, then scoop the guacamole on top like it’s a creamy green crown on your nacho masterpiece. Serve to a room resounding with “ooh,” and “ahh,” and “me first.”

 

Bonus Nacho and Guacamole Recipes

Because who ever says no to extra guac?

  • Nacho Average Guac: Queso fresco-infused guacamole served up on a bed of crispy tortilla chips? Sign us up.
  • Chicken Nacho Guac Recipe: No time to let the oven preheat? No problem. These microwave nachos are topped with chicken guacamole and are ready lickety-split.

 

To browse even more inspiration for pairing nachos and guacamole, check out our guacamole recipes page.

The post The Complete Guide to Eating Nachos and Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Fact: You can’t make nachos without tortilla chips. Another fact: Guacamole is a tortilla chip’s best friend. Ultimate fact: You can’t make nachos without guacamole.   Today, we’re spreading the news that nachos aren’t complete without a side or topping of guacamole. We can confirm that once you put guac on your nachos, they’ll never be the same without it. Nachos with guacamole are a game-changer for tailgate appetizers, a showstopper on movie night, and the most scrumptious go-to grub for snack time, all the time.   Without further ado, here’s why nachos and guacamole go together so perfectly.    

Why You Need Both Nachos And Guacamole

Let us paint you a picture: salty tortilla chips covered with gooey melted cheese, fresh pico de gallo, cilantro, and jalapeños. Maybe you enjoy them with seasoned beef or chicken. Perhaps you even drizzle them with your favorite hot sauce. If you think your tummy is grumbling now, just wait till we get to the next part.   Now imagine that, at the top of your sizzling nacho mountain, there’s a giant dollop of guacamole. Its creamy texture works naturally with tortilla chips. Its cooling flavor pairs perfectly with the spice. Its green color adds a bright contrast to the warm colors below. Ohhhh yeah.   A scoop of guac on your nachos is like the bow on a present or the candles on a birthday cake — sure, you don’t need them, but without them, you’re missing out on half the fun. And, unlike bows and candles, guacamole adds an irresistible flavor that will change the nacho game forever. (It’s undeniable! Truly hard-core avocado fans would love a scoop of guacamole on top of their birthday present.)  

Top-Nacho Guacamole Recipe

Now that we have you convinced, it’s time to unveil the ultimate loaded nachos and guacamole recipe. Loaded with three cheeses, carne asada taco seasoning, and a fiesta medley of toppings, this giant serving is crowned with the guac of your choice. Grab plenty of napkins cause things are about to get pretty cheesy and pretty wild.  

What’s Your Guac?

Before you start building your nachos, start with the cherry — er, the guac on top. Here are some tasty guac options that go well with our nacho recipe:
  • For Classicists: Got a taste for the O.G. stack of nachos? You can’t go wrong with this authentic guacamole recipe. It’s simple to make, with a time-tested flavor that will elevate any plate of nachos to a creamier, greener level.
  • For Hotheads: Spice daredevils will get a real kick out of adding this peppery guacamole to their nachos.
  • For Partiers: If you’re having a tiki party, this jerk guacamole made with pineapple and spices will be a unique addition to the DIY nacho bar.
 

Nacho Ingredients:

  • 1 lb. (1 bag) large tortilla chips*
  • 1 c. shredded cheddar cheese
  • 1 c. shredded Oaxaca cheese
  • 1 c. shredded pepper jack cheese
  • 1 tbsp. extra-virgin olive oil
  • 1 lb. raw ground beef
  • 1/4 c. water
  • 1 1/2 tbsp. taco seasoning**
  • 1 can (15 oz.) refried beans
  • 1/2 large white onion, diced
  • 2 jalapeños, diced
  • 1/2 c. cilantro, roughly chopped
  • 2 c. guacamole (see above for suggestions)
  *Feelin’ crafty and crispy? Make your own delicious tortilla chips by following our easy how-to guide. **Not to brag, but we have a great guide to the perfect taco seasoning recipe — plus six other spice mixes if you’re feeling avant-garde.  

Directions:

Preheat oven to 400°F. Line a large baking sheet with foil, then evenly distribute half the tortilla chips around the pan. Sprinkle a 1/2 cup of each cheese over the tortilla chips.   Heat the olive oil in a large pan over medium heat. Add the ground beef and cook until no longer pink. Add 1/4 cup water and the taco seasoning and stir well until the water has reduced. Add the refried beans to the mixture, stirring until well-combined and beans are warm.   Spread half of the beef mixture over the tortilla chips and cheese. Sprinkle with half of the diced onion and jalapeños. Create a second layer on top with the rest of the tortilla chips, cheese, beef, beans, onion, and jalapeño.   Bake at 400°F for 10-15 minutes or until the cheese melts. Let cool and garnish with cilantro, then scoop the guacamole on top like it’s a creamy green crown on your nacho masterpiece. Serve to a room resounding with “ooh,” and “ahh,” and “me first.”  

Bonus Nacho and Guacamole Recipes

Because who ever says no to extra guac?
  • Nacho Average Guac: Queso fresco-infused guacamole served up on a bed of crispy tortilla chips? Sign us up.
  • Chicken Nacho Guac Recipe: No time to let the oven preheat? No problem. These microwave nachos are topped with chicken guacamole and are ready lickety-split.
  To browse even more inspiration for pairing nachos and guacamole, check out our guacamole recipes page.

The post The Complete Guide to Eating Nachos and Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Try Putting These 7 Nuts in Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/nuts-in-guacamole Fri, 17 Nov 2023 08:42:54 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=28025

There’s nuttin’ better than creamy, delicious guacamole recipes made with ripe Avocados From Mexico® — except maybe when you add freshly chopped nuts in said guacamole. Crunchy nuts complement the silky-smooth texture of mashed avocados and make for a great garnish to boot.

 

If you’re nuts for guacamole, check out these delicious, nutty recipes featuring seven different nuts in guacamole. Grab a few ripe avocados and chop to it!

 

 

Put These 7 Nuts in Guacamole

1. Peanuts

For dessert, Chocolate Guacamole offers an array of irresistible flavors, blending avocados with ripe bananas, cocoa powder, and peanut butter. Dip with apple slices or graham crackers. Serious foodies will enjoy slathering chocolate guacamole onto homemade cannoli shells and topping them with fresh avocado lime curd and an exotic fruit salad.

 

Both avocados and peanuts are beloved by people in nearly every culture around the world, and together, they’re simply unstoppable.

 

You’ll get a kick out of Botanero Guac — literally! This spicy-sweet guacamole recipe uses avocados and crunchy, Japanese-style peanuts (also called cracker nuts), which are coated in flour and deep-fried. Between the peanuts and toasted sesame seeds, this is a whole new level of chunky guac.

 

2. Cashews

Avocados and cashews are a creamy match made in heaven. This Nutty Shrimp and Cashew Guac uses cashews that have been browned on the stove with butter and red pepper. The combination of these spicy cashews with avocado, shrimp, and lemon feels like instant transportation to a tropical getaway.

 

3. Pecans

Pecan guacamole is both delicious and culturally significant. In Puebla, an area considered the cradle of Mexican cuisine, pecan guacamole is a patriotic delicacy, first created by nuns who prepared foods for visiting dignitaries. After the battle of Cinco de Mayo, the French eventually relinquished control of the city, but delicious pecan guacamole was there to stay!

 

Basic pecan guacamole requires only avocado, lime, pecans, and salt. But there are spicy and sweet variations deserving a spot on the table, too.

 

For example, this spicy Pecan Guacamole is a flavor sensation for Southern grub lovers. Mash your avocados into a butter-smooth bed of green goodness and top with slightly sweet, earthy pecans. Then crank up the heat with jalapeños!

 

For a sweeter flavor palette, try Figtastic Guacamole, which will satisfy your sweet tooth with buttery avocados; rich, sundried figs; fluffy ricotta cheese; and buttery, crumbled pecans.

 

4. Pine Nuts

If you’re pining for pine nut guacamole, try Pesto Caprese Guacamole. Pine nuts and avocados both have a buttery taste, combining to create twice the creamy goodness in each bite. And since avocados are characteristically cool and mild, guac is the perfect canvas to show off the pine nut’s delicate, woodsy flavor.

 

Hungry for a bit more pizzazz? Blast away your taste buds with this flavor-filled Hearty and Spicy Guacamole, which includes sumptuous sautéed garlic, earthy turmeric, fiery cayenne pepper, and crunchy pine nuts.

 

5. Walnuts

Avocados and walnuts make for a cozy autumn treat. You’ll have a lot to be thankful for with a bowl of this Thanksgiving Guac on the table. It has all the harvest flavors you crave in one bowl: buttery-soft avocados, acorn squash, apple cider vinegar, sour green apples, sweet cranberries, and rustic walnuts.

 

Plus, while it sounds fancy, this Ancho Plum Guacamole recipe isn’t a tough nut to crack. Adding this luscious nut in guacamole infuses the dip with a pleasant, savory flavor, along with subtle, bitter undertones. The tart crunch of chopped plums really gives this recipe a zing that sings.

 

6. Pistachios

Go green! Avocados and pistachios share nearly the same soft green hue, and together in one Pistachio Guacamole, they’re unstoppably creamy, nutty, and downright delicious.

 

For those who crave a more fiery mouthfeel, The Heat is On Guacamole brings plenty of spice with habanero chiles, roasted garlic, red onion, sweet blood oranges, and finely chopped, roasted pistachios.

 

Not everyone loves goat cheese, but avocados sure do! Pistachio Goat Cheese Guacamole pairs soft avocados with delightfully pungent goat cheese, savory shallots, and roughly chopped and roasted pistachios.

 

7. Almonds

Almonds have a toasty quality, which complements the lightly buttery flavor of a ripe avocado. They’re an especially excellent pairing for fall. Chipotle Apple & Almond Guacamole will warm your bones on a chilly autumn day. It features favorite fall flavors, from Honeycrisp apples, to roasted almonds, to a little pep of chipotle chile.

 

One Nutty Guac to Rule Them All

One nutty guacamole recipe is guaranteed to be a favorite for anyone whose spirit animal is a squirrel. It’s our Crazy Nut Salsa Macha Honey Guacamole, and it’s truly tempting for nut enthusiasts, containing pistachios, walnuts, and pine nuts all in one. An epic level of crunch!

 

In a nutshell, you can’t go wrong with these nutty guacamole recipes. Drop a handful of your favorite nuts into your next batch of guacamole. Toasted, roasted, or raw, any nut can give guacamole a delicious, crunchy twist.

 

Need more inspiration? Try adding nuts to any of these guacamole recipes.

The post Try Putting These 7 Nuts in Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There’s nuttin’ better than creamy, delicious guacamole recipes made with ripe Avocados From Mexico® — except maybe when you add freshly chopped nuts in said guacamole. Crunchy nuts complement the silky-smooth texture of mashed avocados and make for a great garnish to boot.   If you’re nuts for guacamole, check out these delicious, nutty recipes featuring seven different nuts in guacamole. Grab a few ripe avocados and chop to it!    

Put These 7 Nuts in Guacamole

1. Peanuts For dessert, Chocolate Guacamole offers an array of irresistible flavors, blending avocados with ripe bananas, cocoa powder, and peanut butter. Dip with apple slices or graham crackers. Serious foodies will enjoy slathering chocolate guacamole onto homemade cannoli shells and topping them with fresh avocado lime curd and an exotic fruit salad.   Both avocados and peanuts are beloved by people in nearly every culture around the world, and together, they’re simply unstoppable.   You’ll get a kick out of Botanero Guac — literally! This spicy-sweet guacamole recipe uses avocados and crunchy, Japanese-style peanuts (also called cracker nuts), which are coated in flour and deep-fried. Between the peanuts and toasted sesame seeds, this is a whole new level of chunky guac.   2. Cashews Avocados and cashews are a creamy match made in heaven. This Nutty Shrimp and Cashew Guac uses cashews that have been browned on the stove with butter and red pepper. The combination of these spicy cashews with avocado, shrimp, and lemon feels like instant transportation to a tropical getaway.   3. Pecans Pecan guacamole is both delicious and culturally significant. In Puebla, an area considered the cradle of Mexican cuisine, pecan guacamole is a patriotic delicacy, first created by nuns who prepared foods for visiting dignitaries. After the battle of Cinco de Mayo, the French eventually relinquished control of the city, but delicious pecan guacamole was there to stay!   Basic pecan guacamole requires only avocado, lime, pecans, and salt. But there are spicy and sweet variations deserving a spot on the table, too.   For example, this spicy Pecan Guacamole is a flavor sensation for Southern grub lovers. Mash your avocados into a butter-smooth bed of green goodness and top with slightly sweet, earthy pecans. Then crank up the heat with jalapeños!   For a sweeter flavor palette, try Figtastic Guacamole, which will satisfy your sweet tooth with buttery avocados; rich, sundried figs; fluffy ricotta cheese; and buttery, crumbled pecans.   4. Pine Nuts If you’re pining for pine nut guacamole, try Pesto Caprese Guacamole. Pine nuts and avocados both have a buttery taste, combining to create twice the creamy goodness in each bite. And since avocados are characteristically cool and mild, guac is the perfect canvas to show off the pine nut’s delicate, woodsy flavor.   Hungry for a bit more pizzazz? Blast away your taste buds with this flavor-filled Hearty and Spicy Guacamole, which includes sumptuous sautéed garlic, earthy turmeric, fiery cayenne pepper, and crunchy pine nuts.   5. Walnuts Avocados and walnuts make for a cozy autumn treat. You’ll have a lot to be thankful for with a bowl of this Thanksgiving Guac on the table. It has all the harvest flavors you crave in one bowl: buttery-soft avocados, acorn squash, apple cider vinegar, sour green apples, sweet cranberries, and rustic walnuts.   Plus, while it sounds fancy, this Ancho Plum Guacamole recipe isn’t a tough nut to crack. Adding this luscious nut in guacamole infuses the dip with a pleasant, savory flavor, along with subtle, bitter undertones. The tart crunch of chopped plums really gives this recipe a zing that sings.   6. Pistachios Go green! Avocados and pistachios share nearly the same soft green hue, and together in one Pistachio Guacamole, they’re unstoppably creamy, nutty, and downright delicious.   For those who crave a more fiery mouthfeel, The Heat is On Guacamole brings plenty of spice with habanero chiles, roasted garlic, red onion, sweet blood oranges, and finely chopped, roasted pistachios.   Not everyone loves goat cheese, but avocados sure do! Pistachio Goat Cheese Guacamole pairs soft avocados with delightfully pungent goat cheese, savory shallots, and roughly chopped and roasted pistachios.   7. Almonds Almonds have a toasty quality, which complements the lightly buttery flavor of a ripe avocado. They’re an especially excellent pairing for fall. Chipotle Apple & Almond Guacamole will warm your bones on a chilly autumn day. It features favorite fall flavors, from Honeycrisp apples, to roasted almonds, to a little pep of chipotle chile.  

One Nutty Guac to Rule Them All

One nutty guacamole recipe is guaranteed to be a favorite for anyone whose spirit animal is a squirrel. It’s our Crazy Nut Salsa Macha Honey Guacamole, and it’s truly tempting for nut enthusiasts, containing pistachios, walnuts, and pine nuts all in one. An epic level of crunch!   In a nutshell, you can’t go wrong with these nutty guacamole recipes. Drop a handful of your favorite nuts into your next batch of guacamole. Toasted, roasted, or raw, any nut can give guacamole a delicious, crunchy twist.   Need more inspiration? Try adding nuts to any of these guacamole recipes.

The post Try Putting These 7 Nuts in Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Become an Avocado Artist like Boris Toledo Doorm https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avocado-artist-boris-toledo-doorm Fri, 17 Nov 2023 08:07:26 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=24704

If you’re like most people, you probably have childhood memories of your parents telling you not to play with your food. But artist Boris Toledo Doorm either didn’t have a conventional parent or didn’t get the message because he plays with his food… a lot.

 

The Chilean artist is always treating the dinner table like a canvas. While Toledo Doorm does use traditional tools and techniques, such as pencils and paintbrushes, to create his artworks, he also likes to use what he has in his kitchen — literally — to make his creations. He’s used red wine to create this stunning Prince portrait, for example, and a potato to carve out an image of Pope Francis.

 

But what Toledo Doorm really loves to employ on his palette is everyone’s favorite green fruit: avocados. He takes the flesh of the fruit and creates avocado art of realistic renderings of famous people and pop culture characters. There’s Marilyn Monroe and Chuck Norris (complete with a cowboy hat), Mona Lisa and YodaMaleficent and Grumpy Cat.

 

And what does he do once he’s finished an artwork? He eats it, of course! Toledo Doorm loves getting all the avocado benefits, like good fats and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, by scraping up his creations and spooning them onto toast for an instant avo-toast delight!

 

Become an Avocado Artist

If this sounds fun, let Toledo Doorm’s avo-images inspire you to play with your own food to create more avocado art!

 

Step 1: Pick an art-ready avocado.
Avocados from Mexico make the perfect “paint” because they’re always good! You want to ensure your avocado is canvas-ready. How do you do that? A perfectly ripe avocado is not too green and not too hard. Look for avocados with dark, purple-ish black exteriors that are bumpy — like the skin of a crocodile. Go ahead and give it a simple squeeze test, and if it yields to gentle pressure, it’s ripe and ready to be turned into a masterpiece!

 

Step 1.5: If your avocado is before its prime, don’t panic.

There are many tricks and tips for ripening avocados, so if inspiration has struck, you don’t have to wait long to get on with your avocado artwork. Apples and bananas can help ready your avocado as they emit a specific type of plant pheromone that signals to other fruits that it’s time to ripen. Simply put your avocado in a paper bag with either a banana or an apple, and it will usually ripen within one to three days.

 

Step 2: Get the right tools.

To create edible art like Toledo Doorm, you really only need a fork, knife, and a toothpick. Forks help make patterns: hatch marks, swirls, and other textures. Meanwhile, a knife can help make deep cuts necessary to carve out specific shapes. The toothpick is where you can get into the fine details of your artwork, drawing freehand to bring intricate parts of your portrait to life.

 

These basic tools will get the job done, but it’s certainly not an exhaustive list. Experiment with other food-safe tools to get the patterns and looks you want. For example, a ruffled pie crust cutter could add a fun, wavy texture to your avocado art. The bristles of a pastry brush, too, could make an interesting, hairlike texture. A melon baller could make perfectly round scooping indentations, while herb scissors can make perfectly spaced grooves.

 

Step 3: Add tasty embellishments.
Toledo Doorm typically sticks with one edible item for each artwork, but there are limitless tasty and colorful additions that can take your creations to the next level. For example, blueberries, strawberries, and raspberries infuse your artwork with a pop of color. Likewise, nuts provide an earthy crunch factor, perfect for a delicious natural landscape. Other smearables are fun to swirl into the mix, too. Try decadent strokes of peanut butter, almond butter, or hazelnut butter. Or up the ante with chocolate sauce or caramel ribbons!

 

Once you’ve finished your avocado art and had the chance to admire it, it’s time to eat!

 

Play With Your Food and Eat It, Too

Toledo Doorm scrapes his avocado art onto toasted bread, but you can take it a step further with avocado toast recipes from Avocados From Mexico. Need some ideas for avocado toast with all the avocado benefits? Go all out with pomegranate seeds, goat cheese, and pistachio, or seek full-on flavor with this raspberry and blue cheese avocado toast recipe. Want to keep things simple? This avocado egg toast recipe is your next morning go-to.

 

To take your creation on the go, scrape your avocado art into a refreshing smoothie, like a green machine avocado smoothie bowl loaded with spinach, pineapple, banana, kiwi, and, of course, avocado! For an extra pep in your step, try the matcha-doing avocado smoothie, powered with creamy avocados and matcha green tea. Or keep with the classics by whipping up an avocado-strawberry smoothie made with only four ingredients: avocados, strawberries, milk, and a dash of sugar.

 

So, play with your food and show us your avocado art creations on social media!

The post Become an Avocado Artist like Boris Toledo Doorm appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you’re like most people, you probably have childhood memories of your parents telling you not to play with your food. But artist Boris Toledo Doorm either didn’t have a conventional parent or didn’t get the message because he plays with his food… a lot.   The Chilean artist is always treating the dinner table like a canvas. While Toledo Doorm does use traditional tools and techniques, such as pencils and paintbrushes, to create his artworks, he also likes to use what he has in his kitchen — literally — to make his creations. He’s used red wine to create this stunning Prince portrait, for example, and a potato to carve out an image of Pope Francis.   But what Toledo Doorm really loves to employ on his palette is everyone’s favorite green fruit: avocados. He takes the flesh of the fruit and creates avocado art of realistic renderings of famous people and pop culture characters. There’s Marilyn Monroe and Chuck Norris (complete with a cowboy hat), Mona Lisa and YodaMaleficent and Grumpy Cat.   And what does he do once he’s finished an artwork? He eats it, of course! Toledo Doorm loves getting all the avocado benefits, like good fats and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, by scraping up his creations and spooning them onto toast for an instant avo-toast delight!  

Become an Avocado Artist

If this sounds fun, let Toledo Doorm’s avo-images inspire you to play with your own food to create more avocado art!   Step 1: Pick an art-ready avocado. Avocados from Mexico make the perfect “paint” because they’re always good! You want to ensure your avocado is canvas-ready. How do you do that? A perfectly ripe avocado is not too green and not too hard. Look for avocados with dark, purple-ish black exteriors that are bumpy — like the skin of a crocodile. Go ahead and give it a simple squeeze test, and if it yields to gentle pressure, it’s ripe and ready to be turned into a masterpiece!   Step 1.5: If your avocado is before its prime, don’t panic. There are many tricks and tips for ripening avocados, so if inspiration has struck, you don’t have to wait long to get on with your avocado artwork. Apples and bananas can help ready your avocado as they emit a specific type of plant pheromone that signals to other fruits that it’s time to ripen. Simply put your avocado in a paper bag with either a banana or an apple, and it will usually ripen within one to three days.   Step 2: Get the right tools. To create edible art like Toledo Doorm, you really only need a fork, knife, and a toothpick. Forks help make patterns: hatch marks, swirls, and other textures. Meanwhile, a knife can help make deep cuts necessary to carve out specific shapes. The toothpick is where you can get into the fine details of your artwork, drawing freehand to bring intricate parts of your portrait to life.   These basic tools will get the job done, but it’s certainly not an exhaustive list. Experiment with other food-safe tools to get the patterns and looks you want. For example, a ruffled pie crust cutter could add a fun, wavy texture to your avocado art. The bristles of a pastry brush, too, could make an interesting, hairlike texture. A melon baller could make perfectly round scooping indentations, while herb scissors can make perfectly spaced grooves.   Step 3: Add tasty embellishments. Toledo Doorm typically sticks with one edible item for each artwork, but there are limitless tasty and colorful additions that can take your creations to the next level. For example, blueberries, strawberries, and raspberries infuse your artwork with a pop of color. Likewise, nuts provide an earthy crunch factor, perfect for a delicious natural landscape. Other smearables are fun to swirl into the mix, too. Try decadent strokes of peanut butter, almond butter, or hazelnut butter. Or up the ante with chocolate sauce or caramel ribbons!   Once you’ve finished your avocado art and had the chance to admire it, it’s time to eat!  

Play With Your Food and Eat It, Too

Toledo Doorm scrapes his avocado art onto toasted bread, but you can take it a step further with avocado toast recipes from Avocados From Mexico. Need some ideas for avocado toast with all the avocado benefits? Go all out with pomegranate seeds, goat cheese, and pistachio, or seek full-on flavor with this raspberry and blue cheese avocado toast recipe. Want to keep things simple? This avocado egg toast recipe is your next morning go-to.   To take your creation on the go, scrape your avocado art into a refreshing smoothie, like a green machine avocado smoothie bowl loaded with spinach, pineapple, banana, kiwi, and, of course, avocado! For an extra pep in your step, try the matcha-doing avocado smoothie, powered with creamy avocados and matcha green tea. Or keep with the classics by whipping up an avocado-strawberry smoothie made with only four ingredients: avocados, strawberries, milk, and a dash of sugar.   So, play with your food and show us your avocado art creations on social media!

The post Become an Avocado Artist like Boris Toledo Doorm appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Is Avocado Toast Good for Weight Loss? https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avocado-toast-good-for-weight-loss/ Thu, 19 Oct 2023 20:22:06 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=31897

 

Is avocado toast good for weight loss? Yes, avocado toast can be good for your weight loss journey when paired with an overall healthy diet.

 

Weight loss journeys are unique, but one key factor to losing weight and keeping it off is often overlooked: enjoyment. Sticking to a healthy eating pattern or exercise routine is easier when you look forward to your next meal or workout. That’s where avocado toast comes in.

 

Avocado toast is versatile enough to fit nearly any eating style and delicious enough to feel like a treat while delivering superpowered nutrients and minerals. Here, I highlight four nutritionist-approved tips to make the most of your avocado toast to aid your weight loss journey.

 

1. A Good Breakfast Fires Up Your Metabolism for the Day

The National Weight Control Registry studies people who have successfully lost at least 30 pounds and kept it off for one year or more, and their habits are illuminating. A major takeaway is that 78% eat breakfast every day.

 

What’s the big deal about breakfast? Early humans didn’t eat three meals a day; they hunted and gathered to eat when they could. Our metabolism evolved to survive famine. If you’re not using calories for a vital process, your body stores them as fat. This is why breakfast is so important. From a physiology standpoint, if you eat a balanced breakfast, you’re starting your metabolic “engine” earlier in the day, prompting your body to use calories more efficiently. Also, eating a nutritious meal in the morning will help prevent extreme hunger from building up by the afternoon, decreasing the likelihood of overeating.

 

What you eat for breakfast also matters. Good fat, like the kind in Hass avocados, is proven to leave you feeling satiated. In a clinical trial of overweight and obese adults, scientists found that eating a whole avocado at breakfast suppressed hunger and improved meal satisfaction. Greater satisfaction from the foods you eat can help you follow an enjoyable, nutrient-dense eating plan and better sets you up for honoring hunger cues throughout the day.

 

Good Fat 101

Avocado is one of the only fruits that provide good fats. Six grams of naturally good fat per serving, to be precise. This good fat helps our bodies absorb certain nutrients without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol levels. This is why avocado is considered a heart-healthy fruit.

 

2. Add Protein to Maintain Lean Body Mass

The not-so-secret secret of weight loss and weight management as you age is maintaining lean body mass (or muscle mass). The involuntary loss of muscle mass progresses as we age and decreases at a rate of 3-8% every decade after the age of 30. It’s essential to engage in physical activity such as strength training as we age to hold onto this metabolically active muscle mass that helps you burn more calories. The more muscle in your body, the higher your resting metabolism, which determines how many calories and macronutrients (fat, protein, carbs) you need to eat to maintain, gain, or lose weight. It’s not simply about the number on your scale; your body composition is important to your overall health.

 

Eating protein provides the amino acid building blocks that maintain lean body mass. As you age, even if you eat less, if you’re not consuming enough protein from foods, you’ll be less efficient in maintaining your body weight. Clinical trials show that consuming more protein as we age can reduce fat mass in the body while preserving fat-free mass (muscle), regardless of whether you’re on a low- or standard-calorie diet.

 

Most fruit and vegetables are not significant sources of protein, so if you love to eat avocado toast and your objective is weight loss, it’s a good idea to add protein in many delicious ways. Adding protein is easy, and there are so many affordable options too! At breakfast, top your avo toast with eggs, salmon, or cheese; shredded chicken, lean ham, or canned tuna are great savory toppings for a heartier lunch. For plant-based protein, gently mash ½ cup of beans, chickpeas, or edamame with your avocado to pump up the protein and/or sprinkle nuts or seeds of your choosing.

 

Try this recipe for protein-powered avocado toast!

 

3. Avocado Toast Can Fit All Eating Styles

Some people find the most success in losing weight with the help of a standardized eating style. There are many to choose from: Mediterranean, plant-based, high protein, gluten-free, etc. Here are a few ways to modify your avocado toast for weight loss:

  • Mediterranean: This eating pattern is one of my favorites because of its focus on lean meats and good fats. Fresh seafood is a big factor in this eating pattern, so break out the baked salmon, shrimp, or lox and use whole grain, seedy bread for Mediterranean-style avocado toast.
  • Plant-based: Looking for a plant-powered breakfast? Pile your toast high with berries, sliced fruit, or greens. (Spicy mango lime avocado toast, anybody?) Add nuts and beans for protein and fiber.
  • High protein: This eating style focuses heavily on eating protein and de-emphasizes the quantity of carbohydrates. However, no matter how you like to eat your toast, whether it’s on a slice of dietitian-approved whole grain toast, a low-carb tortilla, or bread, try avocado egg toast or a mini salad a la mean green guac toast with kale, pumpkin seeds, and pistachios.
  • Gluten-free: And who says avocado toast has to include bread? For folks with this eating pattern, swap out bread with slices of baked sweet potatoes, butternut squash, apples, or a corn tortilla.

 

4. Healthier Snacking with Fruits and Veggies

Avocado toast tastes great around the clock and is a decadently nutritious choice that helps you to add more fruits and vegetables into your diet. There’s a reason your mom (and dietitians) wants you to eat your vegetables — they provide vitamins, minerals, and nutrients, such as dietary fiber, that are hard to come by in other food groups. Less than 5% of Americans consume adequate dietary fiber (daily recommended intake ranges from 19-38 grams, depending on age), yet it plays a vital role in overall health.

 

Dietary fiber aids digestion, reduces blood cholesterol levels, reduces the risk for Type 2 diabetes and some cancers, and is key for people wanting to shed a few pounds! Dietary fiber absorbs water in the GI tract and adds bulk to food, improving satiety — the feeling of “fullness.” So, the next time you get those afternoon grumbles try snacking on avocado toast with cheese or roasted beet and avocado toast.

 

The Stellar Vitamins and Nutrients in Avocados

Avocados are nutrient-dense, so they pack a big nutritional punch in a small serving. You can find nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and nutrients inside an avocado, which keep you feeling and performing your best.

 

One serving (1/3 medium avocado the size of a tennis ball) provides:

  • Fiber 11% DV
  • Folate 10% DV
  • Vitamin K 10% DV
  • Pantothenic Acid 14%
  • Potassium 6%
  • Vitamin E 6%
  • Vitamin C 4%
  • Magnesium 4%
  • Niacin 6%
  • Copper 10%

 

A Toast (Avocado Toast!) to Good Health

In a nutshell: Yes, avocado toast is good for weight loss, and adopting a healthier eating pattern can help you lose weight, which reduces your risk of developing heart disease, high cholesterol, and Type 2 diabetes. It can also improve your quality of life by providing the nutrients your body needs to perform at its best. When you eat better, you feel better. So, toss out empty calories — and make room for avocado toast!

 

Learn more ways to eat avocados while losing weight.

The post Is Avocado Toast Good for Weight Loss? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

  Is avocado toast good for weight loss? Yes, avocado toast can be good for your weight loss journey when paired with an overall healthy diet.   Weight loss journeys are unique, but one key factor to losing weight and keeping it off is often overlooked: enjoyment. Sticking to a healthy eating pattern or exercise routine is easier when you look forward to your next meal or workout. That’s where avocado toast comes in.   Avocado toast is versatile enough to fit nearly any eating style and delicious enough to feel like a treat while delivering superpowered nutrients and minerals. Here, I highlight four nutritionist-approved tips to make the most of your avocado toast to aid your weight loss journey.  

1. A Good Breakfast Fires Up Your Metabolism for the Day

The National Weight Control Registry studies people who have successfully lost at least 30 pounds and kept it off for one year or more, and their habits are illuminating. A major takeaway is that 78% eat breakfast every day.   What’s the big deal about breakfast? Early humans didn’t eat three meals a day; they hunted and gathered to eat when they could. Our metabolism evolved to survive famine. If you’re not using calories for a vital process, your body stores them as fat. This is why breakfast is so important. From a physiology standpoint, if you eat a balanced breakfast, you’re starting your metabolic “engine” earlier in the day, prompting your body to use calories more efficiently. Also, eating a nutritious meal in the morning will help prevent extreme hunger from building up by the afternoon, decreasing the likelihood of overeating.   What you eat for breakfast also matters. Good fat, like the kind in Hass avocados, is proven to leave you feeling satiated. In a clinical trial of overweight and obese adults, scientists found that eating a whole avocado at breakfast suppressed hunger and improved meal satisfaction. Greater satisfaction from the foods you eat can help you follow an enjoyable, nutrient-dense eating plan and better sets you up for honoring hunger cues throughout the day.  

Good Fat 101

Avocado is one of the only fruits that provide good fats. Six grams of naturally good fat per serving, to be precise. This good fat helps our bodies absorb certain nutrients without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol levels. This is why avocado is considered a heart-healthy fruit.
 

2. Add Protein to Maintain Lean Body Mass

The not-so-secret secret of weight loss and weight management as you age is maintaining lean body mass (or muscle mass). The involuntary loss of muscle mass progresses as we age and decreases at a rate of 3-8% every decade after the age of 30. It’s essential to engage in physical activity such as strength training as we age to hold onto this metabolically active muscle mass that helps you burn more calories. The more muscle in your body, the higher your resting metabolism, which determines how many calories and macronutrients (fat, protein, carbs) you need to eat to maintain, gain, or lose weight. It’s not simply about the number on your scale; your body composition is important to your overall health.   Eating protein provides the amino acid building blocks that maintain lean body mass. As you age, even if you eat less, if you’re not consuming enough protein from foods, you’ll be less efficient in maintaining your body weight. Clinical trials show that consuming more protein as we age can reduce fat mass in the body while preserving fat-free mass (muscle), regardless of whether you’re on a low- or standard-calorie diet.   Most fruit and vegetables are not significant sources of protein, so if you love to eat avocado toast and your objective is weight loss, it’s a good idea to add protein in many delicious ways. Adding protein is easy, and there are so many affordable options too! At breakfast, top your avo toast with eggs, salmon, or cheese; shredded chicken, lean ham, or canned tuna are great savory toppings for a heartier lunch. For plant-based protein, gently mash ½ cup of beans, chickpeas, or edamame with your avocado to pump up the protein and/or sprinkle nuts or seeds of your choosing.  

Try this recipe for protein-powered avocado toast!

 

3. Avocado Toast Can Fit All Eating Styles

Some people find the most success in losing weight with the help of a standardized eating style. There are many to choose from: Mediterranean, plant-based, high protein, gluten-free, etc. Here are a few ways to modify your avocado toast for weight loss:
  • Mediterranean: This eating pattern is one of my favorites because of its focus on lean meats and good fats. Fresh seafood is a big factor in this eating pattern, so break out the baked salmon, shrimp, or lox and use whole grain, seedy bread for Mediterranean-style avocado toast.
  • Plant-based: Looking for a plant-powered breakfast? Pile your toast high with berries, sliced fruit, or greens. (Spicy mango lime avocado toast, anybody?) Add nuts and beans for protein and fiber.
  • High protein: This eating style focuses heavily on eating protein and de-emphasizes the quantity of carbohydrates. However, no matter how you like to eat your toast, whether it’s on a slice of dietitian-approved whole grain toast, a low-carb tortilla, or bread, try avocado egg toast or a mini salad a la mean green guac toast with kale, pumpkin seeds, and pistachios.
  • Gluten-free: And who says avocado toast has to include bread? For folks with this eating pattern, swap out bread with slices of baked sweet potatoes, butternut squash, apples, or a corn tortilla.
 

4. Healthier Snacking with Fruits and Veggies

Avocado toast tastes great around the clock and is a decadently nutritious choice that helps you to add more fruits and vegetables into your diet. There’s a reason your mom (and dietitians) wants you to eat your vegetables — they provide vitamins, minerals, and nutrients, such as dietary fiber, that are hard to come by in other food groups. Less than 5% of Americans consume adequate dietary fiber (daily recommended intake ranges from 19-38 grams, depending on age), yet it plays a vital role in overall health.   Dietary fiber aids digestion, reduces blood cholesterol levels, reduces the risk for Type 2 diabetes and some cancers, and is key for people wanting to shed a few pounds! Dietary fiber absorbs water in the GI tract and adds bulk to food, improving satiety — the feeling of “fullness.” So, the next time you get those afternoon grumbles try snacking on avocado toast with cheese or roasted beet and avocado toast.  

The Stellar Vitamins and Nutrients in Avocados

Avocados are nutrient-dense, so they pack a big nutritional punch in a small serving. You can find nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and nutrients inside an avocado, which keep you feeling and performing your best.   One serving (1/3 medium avocado the size of a tennis ball) provides:
  • Fiber 11% DV
  • Folate 10% DV
  • Vitamin K 10% DV
  • Pantothenic Acid 14%
  • Potassium 6%
  • Vitamin E 6%
  • Vitamin C 4%
  • Magnesium 4%
  • Niacin 6%
  • Copper 10%
 

A Toast (Avocado Toast!) to Good Health

In a nutshell: Yes, avocado toast is good for weight loss, and adopting a healthier eating pattern can help you lose weight, which reduces your risk of developing heart disease, high cholesterol, and Type 2 diabetes. It can also improve your quality of life by providing the nutrients your body needs to perform at its best. When you eat better, you feel better. So, toss out empty calories — and make room for avocado toast!   Learn more ways to eat avocados while losing weight.

The post Is Avocado Toast Good for Weight Loss? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Is Avocado Good for Weight Loss? https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/is-avocado-good-for-weight-loss/ Thu, 19 Oct 2023 18:45:21 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=31856 woman working out and eating a salad

woman working out and eating a salad

Over 70% of adults in the U.S. are weighed down by excess body weight. If you’re starting a weight loss or management journey to reduce your risks of chronic diseases associated with excess body fat, don’t toss avocado out with junk foods! There is mounting scientific evidence that nutrient-dense avocados are good for weight loss and weight management.

 

A National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey found that, on average, individuals who ate avocados weighed 7.5 pounds less, had a lower body mass index (BMI), and were less likely to be overweight than those who did not include avocados in their diet. Additionally, a more recent 2021 study on avocado consumption published in The Journal of Nutrition demonstrated that daily consumption of avocados can also impact abdominal body fat distribution in females. This is exciting information if you love eating avocados!

 

So, is avocado good for weight loss? I’ll answer by exploring five ways including avocados in your diet can support your weight loss or weight maintenance journey.

 

1. Monounsaturated Fats in Avocados May Help Reduce Cholesterol

Avocado is one of the only fruits with good fats. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommends replacing bad fats with good fats, as good fats offer benefits in the body without raising LDL (“bad”) cholesterol levels. One serving of avocado (50g, or about one-third of a medium, tennis ball-sized avocado) contains 5g of monounsaturated fat, which can help reduce bad cholesterol levels in your blood and lower your risk of heart disease and stroke.

 

Avo Mods for Fewer Calories

Making small dietary changes is a good way to consume fewer calories over time to manage your weight. The American Heart Association recommends replacing bad fats with good fats. Avocado makes a great substitute for foods high in saturated fat, such as butter and other full-fat spreads. And the beauty of avocado is you can add it to anything!

  • Instead of toast with butter and jelly, start your morning with avocado toast sprinkled with crushed red pepper or a squeeze of lemon.
  • Top burgers with a smear of avocado instead of bacon and cheese.
  • Swap sour cream for guacamole in your burrito bowl.

2. Feel Fuller Longer

Anyone who is trying to lose weight can tell you that a grumbling stomach and feeling hungry can be a trigger for overeating. Avocado to the rescue! The good fats and fiber in avocados help you feel full or satiated. A 2019 study published in Nutrients found that overweight and obese adults who replaced carbohydrates in high-carbohydrate meals with avocado-derived fat-fiber experienced higher feelings of satiety (fullness).

 

This is where good fat comes in. One serving of avocado has 6g of naturally good fat — that’s 5g of monounsaturated fat, plus 1g of polyunsaturated fats. Fat takes longer to digest than carbohydrates, making you feel fuller longer (which, in turn, can help deter excessive snacking and overeating).

 

Avocados can also help boost fiber intake. One serving provides 3g of fiber — 11% of your daily value —  which adds bulk (dietary fiber) in the diet that helps slow digestion, making you feel fuller longer and hampering the desire to overindulge.

 

Good Fat Is a Do-Gooder

Unsaturated fat (or “good fat”), the kind found in avocado, does mission-critical things for the body — like help us absorb vitamins A, D, E, and K — and is known to be essential for normal growth and development of the central nervous system and brain.

3. The Nutritional Value of an Avocado

Most Americans simply don’t eat enough fruits and vegetables that provide essential vitamins, minerals, and nutrients that improve health and longevity. Instead, the average American diet is filled with highly processed foods containing added sugar and salt and devoid of nutrients.

 

Take heart that avocados are nutrient dense. Not only do they taste great, but they also cover all the bases in terms of providing vitamins, minerals, and plant nutrients. Inside every bite of avocado, you’re getting nearly 20 vitamins and minerals and prioritizing nutrient-rich foods such as avocado in your diet while minimizing empty calories. This is an efficient (and tasty!) way to fuel your body while working toward your weight-loss goals.

 

Need help? Registered dietitians, available for free or at minimal cost in many local supermarkets across the U.S., can help individuals find affordable, easy, and delicious options.

 

The Mediterranean Diet

The Mediterranean Diet is an eating pattern that prioritizes nutrient-dense foods. Many dietitians, myself included, love it because it’s highly correlated with health and longevity. The unique thing about this diet is you don’t have to limit or pay attention to the total amount of fat in your diet. Instead, this eating pattern embraces “good fats” from plant foods (olive oil, avocados, nuts) and seafood (salmon, tuna, and bivalves, such as clams, oysters, and scallops). Yum!

4. A Healthy Treat

Avocados feel like forbidden fruit. They’re creamy and sumptuous, yet they’re nature-made and nourish your body with plant-based nutrients and minerals. Psychologically, when you feel like you’re eating something more indulgent and do not over-restrict, that helps to limit overeating or eating patterns that contribute to weight gain and obesity. So go ahead and treat yourself! Blend avocado into your smoothie. Smear it onto your toast. Get that thrill like you’re having a cheat meal (when, really, you’re being so, so good to your body!).

 

5. Good For Your Gut Health

The American Gastroenterological Association states that manipulating the gut microbiome to improve human health is one of the most promising areas of science today. That’s because those tiny gut bacteria do big things for the body — such as supporting nutrient absorption. Diets that include nutritious whole foods rich in various nutrients and fiber promote gut bacteria diversity more than diets low in fiber and high in fat and simple sugars. This is important because a less diverse microbiome is associated with a variety of adverse health conditions, including obesity and inflammatory bowel disease.

 

In a recent randomized controlled trial published in The Journal of Nutrition, researchers found that  overweight adults who ate an avocado a day saw higher gut bacteria and metabolite levels than adults in a control group, who, sadly, ate zero avocados during the 12-week study. While this study was small and can’t be generalized to larger populations just yet, it builds a strong case for suggesting that avocado plays a role in managing the digestive tract’s microbiome!

 

Is Avocado Good For Weight Loss?

Yes! If you’re one of the many Americans changing your eating patterns to feel good, look healthy, and reduce your risks of chronic diseases, put avocados on the menu, and remember to keep things fresh. Get creative by exploring ways to get more plants onto your plate and work more superfoods into your diet. Your weight management journey is an act of love for your body — so make it fun!

 

The post Is Avocado Good for Weight Loss? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
woman working out and eating a salad

woman working out and eating a salad

Over 70% of adults in the U.S. are weighed down by excess body weight. If you’re starting a weight loss or management journey to reduce your risks of chronic diseases associated with excess body fat, don’t toss avocado out with junk foods! There is mounting scientific evidence that nutrient-dense avocados are good for weight loss and weight management.   A National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey found that, on average, individuals who ate avocados weighed 7.5 pounds less, had a lower body mass index (BMI), and were less likely to be overweight than those who did not include avocados in their diet. Additionally, a more recent 2021 study on avocado consumption published in The Journal of Nutrition demonstrated that daily consumption of avocados can also impact abdominal body fat distribution in females. This is exciting information if you love eating avocados!   So, is avocado good for weight loss? I’ll answer by exploring five ways including avocados in your diet can support your weight loss or weight maintenance journey.  

1. Monounsaturated Fats in Avocados May Help Reduce Cholesterol

Avocado is one of the only fruits with good fats. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommends replacing bad fats with good fats, as good fats offer benefits in the body without raising LDL (“bad”) cholesterol levels. One serving of avocado (50g, or about one-third of a medium, tennis ball-sized avocado) contains 5g of monounsaturated fat, which can help reduce bad cholesterol levels in your blood and lower your risk of heart disease and stroke.  

Avo Mods for Fewer Calories

Making small dietary changes is a good way to consume fewer calories over time to manage your weight. The American Heart Association recommends replacing bad fats with good fats. Avocado makes a great substitute for foods high in saturated fat, such as butter and other full-fat spreads. And the beauty of avocado is you can add it to anything!
  • Instead of toast with butter and jelly, start your morning with avocado toast sprinkled with crushed red pepper or a squeeze of lemon.
  • Top burgers with a smear of avocado instead of bacon and cheese.
  • Swap sour cream for guacamole in your burrito bowl.

2. Feel Fuller Longer

Anyone who is trying to lose weight can tell you that a grumbling stomach and feeling hungry can be a trigger for overeating. Avocado to the rescue! The good fats and fiber in avocados help you feel full or satiated. A 2019 study published in Nutrients found that overweight and obese adults who replaced carbohydrates in high-carbohydrate meals with avocado-derived fat-fiber experienced higher feelings of satiety (fullness).   This is where good fat comes in. One serving of avocado has 6g of naturally good fat — that’s 5g of monounsaturated fat, plus 1g of polyunsaturated fats. Fat takes longer to digest than carbohydrates, making you feel fuller longer (which, in turn, can help deter excessive snacking and overeating).   Avocados can also help boost fiber intake. One serving provides 3g of fiber — 11% of your daily value —  which adds bulk (dietary fiber) in the diet that helps slow digestion, making you feel fuller longer and hampering the desire to overindulge.  

Good Fat Is a Do-Gooder

Unsaturated fat (or “good fat”), the kind found in avocado, does mission-critical things for the body — like help us absorb vitamins A, D, E, and K — and is known to be essential for normal growth and development of the central nervous system and brain.

3. The Nutritional Value of an Avocado

Most Americans simply don’t eat enough fruits and vegetables that provide essential vitamins, minerals, and nutrients that improve health and longevity. Instead, the average American diet is filled with highly processed foods containing added sugar and salt and devoid of nutrients.   Take heart that avocados are nutrient dense. Not only do they taste great, but they also cover all the bases in terms of providing vitamins, minerals, and plant nutrients. Inside every bite of avocado, you’re getting nearly 20 vitamins and minerals and prioritizing nutrient-rich foods such as avocado in your diet while minimizing empty calories. This is an efficient (and tasty!) way to fuel your body while working toward your weight-loss goals.   Need help? Registered dietitians, available for free or at minimal cost in many local supermarkets across the U.S., can help individuals find affordable, easy, and delicious options.  

The Mediterranean Diet

The Mediterranean Diet is an eating pattern that prioritizes nutrient-dense foods. Many dietitians, myself included, love it because it’s highly correlated with health and longevity. The unique thing about this diet is you don’t have to limit or pay attention to the total amount of fat in your diet. Instead, this eating pattern embraces “good fats” from plant foods (olive oil, avocados, nuts) and seafood (salmon, tuna, and bivalves, such as clams, oysters, and scallops). Yum!

4. A Healthy Treat

Avocados feel like forbidden fruit. They’re creamy and sumptuous, yet they’re nature-made and nourish your body with plant-based nutrients and minerals. Psychologically, when you feel like you’re eating something more indulgent and do not over-restrict, that helps to limit overeating or eating patterns that contribute to weight gain and obesity. So go ahead and treat yourself! Blend avocado into your smoothie. Smear it onto your toast. Get that thrill like you’re having a cheat meal (when, really, you’re being so, so good to your body!).  

5. Good For Your Gut Health

The American Gastroenterological Association states that manipulating the gut microbiome to improve human health is one of the most promising areas of science today. That’s because those tiny gut bacteria do big things for the body — such as supporting nutrient absorption. Diets that include nutritious whole foods rich in various nutrients and fiber promote gut bacteria diversity more than diets low in fiber and high in fat and simple sugars. This is important because a less diverse microbiome is associated with a variety of adverse health conditions, including obesity and inflammatory bowel disease.   In a recent randomized controlled trial published in The Journal of Nutrition, researchers found that  overweight adults who ate an avocado a day saw higher gut bacteria and metabolite levels than adults in a control group, who, sadly, ate zero avocados during the 12-week study. While this study was small and can’t be generalized to larger populations just yet, it builds a strong case for suggesting that avocado plays a role in managing the digestive tract’s microbiome!  

Is Avocado Good For Weight Loss?

Yes! If you’re one of the many Americans changing your eating patterns to feel good, look healthy, and reduce your risks of chronic diseases, put avocados on the menu, and remember to keep things fresh. Get creative by exploring ways to get more plants onto your plate and work more superfoods into your diet. Your weight management journey is an act of love for your body — so make it fun!  

The post Is Avocado Good for Weight Loss? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How Many Types of Avocados Are There? https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/many-types-avocados/ Tue, 27 Jun 2023 14:43:38 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=31892

Avocados are loved endlessly around the world. So, it’s a good thing there are lots of them!

 

There are more than 500 types of avocados in the world. The exact number of types of avocados is impossible to nail down, as new variations are constantly being created through selective breeding and natural genetic variation. All avocados, however, do fall into one of three groups: Mexican (our personal favorite), Guatemalan, and Indian.

 

15 Most Common Types of Avocados Around the World

We don’t believe in popularity contests, but there is no doubting the numbers that prove the Hass avocado is the most widely distributed type of avocado on the market.

 

Here’s a quick primer on 15 of the most common types of avocados, for when you encounter them in the wild (or the grocery aisle).

 

  • Bacon: Light brown skin and lighter taste.
  • Brogden: Dark purple hybrid, resistant to cold, and hard to peel.
  • Choquette: Smooth, glossy skin with watery flesh.
  • Cleopatra: Small dwarf avocado.
  • Ettinger: Bright green skin, large seed, and mild flavor.
  • Fuerte: Pear-shaped and oily texture similar to that of a hazelnut.
  • Gwen: Similar to Hass but has a thick, dark green skin.
  • Hass: The most popular type, available year-round.
  • Lula: Peaks in summertime and is resistant to cold but susceptible to fungi.
  • Maluma: Dark purple avocado discovered in South Africa.
  • Monroe: Firmer and can weigh over 2 pounds.
  • Pinkerton: Oblong shape with rough skin that is easy to peel.
  • Reed: Only available in summer, and skin remains green.
  • Sharwil: Rough, green peel, yellow flesh, and very oily.
  • Zutano: Lighter, yellow-green skin and mild, more buttery taste.

 

Fun Fact: Hass Is Tops

Each type of avocado has its own unique characteristics in terms of texture, flavor, and nutritional content. However, no such variety has quite taken the world by storm—and stood the test of time—like the Hass avocado.

 

While there are many types of avocados (too many to count!) Hass reigns supreme. Most of the avocados in the U.S. are Hass, so the next time you dive into a brilliant green bowl of guacamole, you have Rudolph Hass, part-time postal worker and amateur botanist, to thank.

 

So, how did Hass become the leader of all the types of avocados? Let’s take a stroll through history to find out.

 

How to Recognize a Hass Avocado

Hass avocados have a signature look and taste that’s unforgettable:

  • Bumpy skin that gradually deepens from medium green to purplish-black as the avocado ripens.
  • Buttery-smooth texture.
  • Lightly nutty taste.

 

Avocados Before Hass

Avocados predate humans. That’s right: Before football, or Cinco de Mayo, or the very concept of brunch, avocados grew wild in the nutrient-rich soil found in subtropical and tropical areas of the Americas. And the ancestors of the avocados we know and love today looked a little different than what we’re used to smashing on our avocado toast. It’s a pity, but ancient avocados were mostly pit.

 

Because ancient avocados were so large and, therefore, hard to swallow, the creatures that noshed on them were also outsized. Enter: giant ground sloths. These gentle giants swallowed avocados whole and then traveled many miles throughout their day, leaving undigested seeds in their droppings along the way. This is how avocados spread across the Americas. Slow clap for sloths!

 

Fast forward (but not too far) to 500 B.C., when early humans cultivated avocados in Central America and Mexico. Most of these types of avocados were smooth and green but blemished more easily than the Hass avocados we know and love today. The Spanish took avocados around the world, popularizing them on a global level. But the world had to wait until after the 1920s for the first Hass avocado tree to blossom into a worldwide sensation.

 

The Story of Hass

The Hass avocado’s humble story begins in La Habra Heights, California, close to Los Angeles. A postal worker named Rudolph Hass bought a variety of avocado seeds, which were of unknown origin, from a local nursery. He plunked them in the ground on his property, which already had a few mature Fuerte avocado trees.

 

The seeds grew into immature trees, which Hass then grafted onto his Fuerte trees. This technique fused the mystery avocado variety with the Fuerte avocado tree and later produced the world’s first Hass avocados.

 

With one bite, Hass and his family knew they had a winner on their hands. Hass avocados were slightly nutty, luxuriously creamy, and clearly superior to any avocado they’d eaten before. Even better, Hass avocados grew in clusters, and the trees offered a better yield than other types of avocados.

 

The trouble was they needed to get the good news about Hass avocados out to the public, who was generally thrown off by the dark purple color and bumpy texture of the Hass avocado’s skin.

 

Over time, though, growers and distributors began stocking more and more Hass avocados. The sturdy skin of the Hass avocado helped keep the fruit in good shape during shipping, and the black color hid mild blemishes. And once shoppers took a bite of the Hass avocado, they were hooked!

 

Hass Avocado Tree Facts

Hass avocado trees have unique characteristics that set them apart from other types of avocados. Here are a few reasons Hass avocado trees are boss:

  • One Hass avocado tree can produce over a million blooms.
  • Avocado trees bloom 2-3 times per year.
  • Most Hass avocado trees can live 200-400 years, depending on the climate.
  • Hass avocado trees typically grow 15-30 feet tall.

 

Why You Gotta Hass It

Today, 80% of avocados consumed around the world and 95% of avocados eaten in the U.S. are Hass. Its rich taste and buttery consistency are unlike those of any other type of avocado, making them the clear choice for guacamole, salads, smoothies, and sandwiches.

 

Another reason for the popularity of Hass avocados is their nutritional value. Hass avocados are higher in fat than other types—providing a buttery taste. This good fat does a world of good for our bodies. Need more proof? Hass avocados:

  • Contain 5g of monounsaturated fat in one serving (one-third of a medium avocado), which can help reduce bad cholesterol in your blood, lowering your risk of heart disease and stroke.
  • Are sodium-, sugar-, and cholesterol-free.
  • Contribute nearly 20 nutrients, including vitamins, minerals, dietary fiber, and phytonutrients.

 

Find mouth-watering recipes using Hass avocados in our recipe archives.

The post How Many Types of Avocados Are There? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados are loved endlessly around the world. So, it’s a good thing there are lots of them!   There are more than 500 types of avocados in the world. The exact number of types of avocados is impossible to nail down, as new variations are constantly being created through selective breeding and natural genetic variation. All avocados, however, do fall into one of three groups: Mexican (our personal favorite), Guatemalan, and Indian.  

15 Most Common Types of Avocados Around the World

We don’t believe in popularity contests, but there is no doubting the numbers that prove the Hass avocado is the most widely distributed type of avocado on the market.   Here’s a quick primer on 15 of the most common types of avocados, for when you encounter them in the wild (or the grocery aisle).  
  • Bacon: Light brown skin and lighter taste.
  • Brogden: Dark purple hybrid, resistant to cold, and hard to peel.
  • Choquette: Smooth, glossy skin with watery flesh.
  • Cleopatra: Small dwarf avocado.
  • Ettinger: Bright green skin, large seed, and mild flavor.
  • Fuerte: Pear-shaped and oily texture similar to that of a hazelnut.
  • Gwen: Similar to Hass but has a thick, dark green skin.
  • Hass: The most popular type, available year-round.
  • Lula: Peaks in summertime and is resistant to cold but susceptible to fungi.
  • Maluma: Dark purple avocado discovered in South Africa.
  • Monroe: Firmer and can weigh over 2 pounds.
  • Pinkerton: Oblong shape with rough skin that is easy to peel.
  • Reed: Only available in summer, and skin remains green.
  • Sharwil: Rough, green peel, yellow flesh, and very oily.
  • Zutano: Lighter, yellow-green skin and mild, more buttery taste.
 

Fun Fact: Hass Is Tops

Each type of avocado has its own unique characteristics in terms of texture, flavor, and nutritional content. However, no such variety has quite taken the world by storm—and stood the test of time—like the Hass avocado.   While there are many types of avocados (too many to count!) Hass reigns supreme. Most of the avocados in the U.S. are Hass, so the next time you dive into a brilliant green bowl of guacamole, you have Rudolph Hass, part-time postal worker and amateur botanist, to thank.   So, how did Hass become the leader of all the types of avocados? Let’s take a stroll through history to find out.  

How to Recognize a Hass Avocado

Hass avocados have a signature look and taste that’s unforgettable:
  • Bumpy skin that gradually deepens from medium green to purplish-black as the avocado ripens.
  • Buttery-smooth texture.
  • Lightly nutty taste.
 

Avocados Before Hass

Avocados predate humans. That’s right: Before football, or Cinco de Mayo, or the very concept of brunch, avocados grew wild in the nutrient-rich soil found in subtropical and tropical areas of the Americas. And the ancestors of the avocados we know and love today looked a little different than what we’re used to smashing on our avocado toast. It’s a pity, but ancient avocados were mostly pit.   Because ancient avocados were so large and, therefore, hard to swallow, the creatures that noshed on them were also outsized. Enter: giant ground sloths. These gentle giants swallowed avocados whole and then traveled many miles throughout their day, leaving undigested seeds in their droppings along the way. This is how avocados spread across the Americas. Slow clap for sloths!   Fast forward (but not too far) to 500 B.C., when early humans cultivated avocados in Central America and Mexico. Most of these types of avocados were smooth and green but blemished more easily than the Hass avocados we know and love today. The Spanish took avocados around the world, popularizing them on a global level. But the world had to wait until after the 1920s for the first Hass avocado tree to blossom into a worldwide sensation.  

The Story of Hass

The Hass avocado’s humble story begins in La Habra Heights, California, close to Los Angeles. A postal worker named Rudolph Hass bought a variety of avocado seeds, which were of unknown origin, from a local nursery. He plunked them in the ground on his property, which already had a few mature Fuerte avocado trees.   The seeds grew into immature trees, which Hass then grafted onto his Fuerte trees. This technique fused the mystery avocado variety with the Fuerte avocado tree and later produced the world’s first Hass avocados.   With one bite, Hass and his family knew they had a winner on their hands. Hass avocados were slightly nutty, luxuriously creamy, and clearly superior to any avocado they’d eaten before. Even better, Hass avocados grew in clusters, and the trees offered a better yield than other types of avocados.   The trouble was they needed to get the good news about Hass avocados out to the public, who was generally thrown off by the dark purple color and bumpy texture of the Hass avocado’s skin.   Over time, though, growers and distributors began stocking more and more Hass avocados. The sturdy skin of the Hass avocado helped keep the fruit in good shape during shipping, and the black color hid mild blemishes. And once shoppers took a bite of the Hass avocado, they were hooked!  

Hass Avocado Tree Facts

Hass avocado trees have unique characteristics that set them apart from other types of avocados. Here are a few reasons Hass avocado trees are boss:
  • One Hass avocado tree can produce over a million blooms.
  • Avocado trees bloom 2-3 times per year.
  • Most Hass avocado trees can live 200-400 years, depending on the climate.
  • Hass avocado trees typically grow 15-30 feet tall.
 

Why You Gotta Hass It

Today, 80% of avocados consumed around the world and 95% of avocados eaten in the U.S. are Hass. Its rich taste and buttery consistency are unlike those of any other type of avocado, making them the clear choice for guacamole, salads, smoothies, and sandwiches.   Another reason for the popularity of Hass avocados is their nutritional value. Hass avocados are higher in fat than other types—providing a buttery taste. This good fat does a world of good for our bodies. Need more proof? Hass avocados:
  • Contain 5g of monounsaturated fat in one serving (one-third of a medium avocado), which can help reduce bad cholesterol in your blood, lowering your risk of heart disease and stroke.
  • Are sodium-, sugar-, and cholesterol-free.
  • Contribute nearly 20 nutrients, including vitamins, minerals, dietary fiber, and phytonutrients.
  Find mouth-watering recipes using Hass avocados in our recipe archives.

The post How Many Types of Avocados Are There? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Do Avocados Grow on Trees? https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avocados-grow-trees/ Wed, 14 Jun 2023 20:01:03 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=31885

Avocados have become an everyday staple for many people. We nosh on avocado toast for breakfast and blend avocado smoothie bowls at snack time … but have you ever stopped to wonder where avocados come from? Do they grow on trees? Or do the perfect orbs of green goodness drop straight from the heavens for us to enjoy?

 

Find out the answer to this and all your existential avo questions here.

 

Do Avocados Grow on Trees?

Luckily, the answer is yes!  Avocados grow on trees around the world, but not every location is as blessed as we are. Mexico, specifically the state of Michoacán, is one of the only places in the world where avocado trees produce fruit 365 days a year.

 

So, the next time someone chastises you for eating all the avocados as if they grow on trees, you can say, “But avocados do grow on trees!” Avocado trees are native to Central America and Mexico, where they’ve been cultivated for, oh, say, thousands of years. It’s true! Early humans grew avocado trees as far back as 500 B.C.

 

 

What Does an Avocado Tree Look Like?

Avocado trees are evergreens belonging to the Lauraceae family, which includes other trees like cinnamon and bay laurel. Despite their classification as evergreens, they don’t look like a typical Christmas tree. They’re big and bushy, growing up to 60 feet tall and 35 feet wide! Avocado trees have a spreading, open canopy with large, leathery leaves that are dark green in color. These leaves can grow up to a foot long. Avocado trees first produce clusters of small, yellow-green flowers that, once pollinated, are followed by the fruit. Each avocado can weigh anywhere from a few ounces to several pounds, depending on the variety. (It’s not recommended to read a book sitting beneath an avocado tree!)

 

What Makes Hass Avocado Trees Different?

Do Hass avocados grow on trees, too? Yes! Hass avocados have high yields compared to other varieties of avocado trees. A mature Hass avocado tree can produce over a million blooms and typically lives for hundreds of years. Hass avocados have a bumpy skin that gradually deepens from a brilliant green to a deep purple, which is helpful for clueing you in when the avocado is ready to eat! (However, the best indicator is to give it a little squeeze.)

 

Hass avocado trees were first created by Rudolph Hass in 1926 in California. Rudolph grafted two different types of avocado trees together to create the Hass avocado tree — a tree that was sturdier and provided more fruit than Fuerte avocado trees, which were the most popular variety at the time in the Americas. Today, there are an estimated 10 million Hass avocado trees worldwide, all descendants of Rudolph Hass’s first grafted avocado tree!

 

How Do Avocado Trees Grow?

Avocado trees are native to tropical and sub-tropical areas and require ample sunshine, water, and well-draining soil to survive. (They are susceptible to root rot if the soil is too wet.) You can grow avocado trees outdoors in warm, tropical climates or indoors in a planter by a window that allows for lots of sunlight.

 

But there’s one thing you should know: Avocado trees are not self-pollinating. This means that they need another avocado tree nearby and the help of some friendly pollinators (bees, birds, or humans good with Q-tips) in order to produce fruit. Avocado trees have both male and female flowers, but they typically do not bloom at the same time. So, if you want your avocado tree to bear fruit, your avocado tree will need a friend. (Resulting in two avocado trees’ worth of avocados! Hooray!)

 

It is true that all good things come with time. Avocado trees take a few years to start producing fruit — but once they do, you’ll have a bounty of creamy, delicious avocados for decades. The amount of fruit produced by a single tree can vary widely depending on a variety of factors, including the age of the tree, the climate, and the quality of care it receives. So, keep your avocado tree nice and toasty (between 60 and 85°F), well-watered, and near plenty of sunshine.

 

When Do You Pick Avocados from Avocado Trees?

Avocados do not ripen on the tree. You must pick them off the tree by hand when they are firm to allow them to ripen. Have a fiesta on the books? Ripen your avocado faster by putting it inside a paper bag with a banana!

 

 

Once your avocado is ripe, you can pause the process by placing it in the refrigerator.

 

 

Thank Goodness for Avocado Trees

So, there you have it. Next time someone asks, “Do avocados grow on trees?” you can happily inform them that avocados do, indeed, grow on trees. And thank goodness they do! Avocado trees are an important part of Mexico’s agriculture industry, and they provide a delicious and nutritious fruit that is beloved by many around the world. With sunshine, water, and a little love, you can grow a whole new reason to love your favorite fruit even more!

 

 

Get some more food for thought. Explore other bits of zany avocado trivia here.

The post Do Avocados Grow on Trees? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados have become an everyday staple for many people. We nosh on avocado toast for breakfast and blend avocado smoothie bowls at snack time … but have you ever stopped to wonder where avocados come from? Do they grow on trees? Or do the perfect orbs of green goodness drop straight from the heavens for us to enjoy?   Find out the answer to this and all your existential avo questions here.  

Do Avocados Grow on Trees?

Luckily, the answer is yes!  Avocados grow on trees around the world, but not every location is as blessed as we are. Mexico, specifically the state of Michoacán, is one of the only places in the world where avocado trees produce fruit 365 days a year.   So, the next time someone chastises you for eating all the avocados as if they grow on trees, you can say, “But avocados do grow on trees!” Avocado trees are native to Central America and Mexico, where they’ve been cultivated for, oh, say, thousands of years. It’s true! Early humans grew avocado trees as far back as 500 B.C.    

What Does an Avocado Tree Look Like?

Avocado trees are evergreens belonging to the Lauraceae family, which includes other trees like cinnamon and bay laurel. Despite their classification as evergreens, they don’t look like a typical Christmas tree. They’re big and bushy, growing up to 60 feet tall and 35 feet wide! Avocado trees have a spreading, open canopy with large, leathery leaves that are dark green in color. These leaves can grow up to a foot long. Avocado trees first produce clusters of small, yellow-green flowers that, once pollinated, are followed by the fruit. Each avocado can weigh anywhere from a few ounces to several pounds, depending on the variety. (It’s not recommended to read a book sitting beneath an avocado tree!)  

What Makes Hass Avocado Trees Different?

Do Hass avocados grow on trees, too? Yes! Hass avocados have high yields compared to other varieties of avocado trees. A mature Hass avocado tree can produce over a million blooms and typically lives for hundreds of years. Hass avocados have a bumpy skin that gradually deepens from a brilliant green to a deep purple, which is helpful for clueing you in when the avocado is ready to eat! (However, the best indicator is to give it a little squeeze.)   Hass avocado trees were first created by Rudolph Hass in 1926 in California. Rudolph grafted two different types of avocado trees together to create the Hass avocado tree — a tree that was sturdier and provided more fruit than Fuerte avocado trees, which were the most popular variety at the time in the Americas. Today, there are an estimated 10 million Hass avocado trees worldwide, all descendants of Rudolph Hass’s first grafted avocado tree!  

How Do Avocado Trees Grow?

Avocado trees are native to tropical and sub-tropical areas and require ample sunshine, water, and well-draining soil to survive. (They are susceptible to root rot if the soil is too wet.) You can grow avocado trees outdoors in warm, tropical climates or indoors in a planter by a window that allows for lots of sunlight.   But there’s one thing you should know: Avocado trees are not self-pollinating. This means that they need another avocado tree nearby and the help of some friendly pollinators (bees, birds, or humans good with Q-tips) in order to produce fruit. Avocado trees have both male and female flowers, but they typically do not bloom at the same time. So, if you want your avocado tree to bear fruit, your avocado tree will need a friend. (Resulting in two avocado trees’ worth of avocados! Hooray!)   It is true that all good things come with time. Avocado trees take a few years to start producing fruit — but once they do, you’ll have a bounty of creamy, delicious avocados for decades. The amount of fruit produced by a single tree can vary widely depending on a variety of factors, including the age of the tree, the climate, and the quality of care it receives. So, keep your avocado tree nice and toasty (between 60 and 85°F), well-watered, and near plenty of sunshine.  

When Do You Pick Avocados from Avocado Trees?

Avocados do not ripen on the tree. You must pick them off the tree by hand when they are firm to allow them to ripen. Have a fiesta on the books? Ripen your avocado faster by putting it inside a paper bag with a banana!     Once your avocado is ripe, you can pause the process by placing it in the refrigerator.    

Thank Goodness for Avocado Trees

So, there you have it. Next time someone asks, “Do avocados grow on trees?” you can happily inform them that avocados do, indeed, grow on trees. And thank goodness they do! Avocado trees are an important part of Mexico’s agriculture industry, and they provide a delicious and nutritious fruit that is beloved by many around the world. With sunshine, water, and a little love, you can grow a whole new reason to love your favorite fruit even more!     Get some more food for thought. Explore other bits of zany avocado trivia here.

The post Do Avocados Grow on Trees? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Where Do Avocados Grow? https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/where-do-avocados-grow/ Mon, 01 May 2023 17:12:00 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=31847

You’ve just dipped into a beautiful bowl of guacamole. As soon as you bite into the smooth, green glob of guac, your world goes into slow motion. “How are avocados THIS good?” you wonder, munching meditatively. “Do they grow in heaven? If not, where do avocados grow on Earth? Is such goodness even possible here?”

 

While we’ve got you in slow motion, let us avo-splain where avocados grow. You’ve got time, and we love talking about all things avocados.

 

Where Do Avocados Grow?

Avocados probably grow in heaven, but thankfully they grow on Earth, too. Avocado trees thrive in humid, subtropical climates — you’ll find bustling orchards in places like Mexico, South America, and California. But there’s one place where avocados grow especially well that, y’know, it may as well be heaven after all.

 

That place is the Mexican state of Michoacán, where there are 42,000 avocado orchards. It’s the country’s central hub of avocado production, harvest, and exportation to the U.S. — in fact, more than 80% of the avocados in the U.S. come from Michoacán. Ohhh… THAT’s where we get our name.

 

There are three magic keys to Michoacán that make it an avocado paradise.

 

🌋 Yummy, rich volcanic soil. The avocado groves in Michoacán grow in the heart of the Trans-Mexican Volcanic Belt, a ring of more than 100 volcanoes. The ash from these volcanoes gives the area’s soil all kinds of precious nutrients, which avocado trees looooove.

 

🌧️ A whole lotta rainfall. Most avocado orchards in Michoacán are located near the city of Uruapan, which receives around 64 inches of precipitation every year. That rain feeds the rivers and lakes that allow avocado farmers to naturally irrigate their orchards. In fact, 61% of avocado orchards in Michoacán rely on rainfall as their primary source of irrigation.

 

🌎 Always blooming. Avocado trees only bear fruit in the right conditions — in most places, the avocado season only lasts for a few months every year. But here in Michoacán, our orchards are always blooming. It’s one of only two places in the world where avocados can bloom 365 days out of the year.

 

The avocado trees in Michoacán are planted at different elevations (ranging from 2,000 to 10,000 feet) among the mountains. The various elevations create four distinct seasons (we call them “blooms”) among the orchards. The orchards rhythmically bloom from higher to lower elevations and then back again. Plus, avocados can survive on the tree for up to six months after they’re ready to be picked. The result is a continual, uninterrupted avocado harvest — meaning Avocados From Mexico are always good and always available.

 

Welcome to ‘Avocadoland’

We are proud of our home in Mexican avocado orchards. Learn where avocados grow, how they are farmed, and how they get to the U.S. in our “Avocadoland” docuseries.

 

Avocados 🤝 Mexico

Where avocados grow best has always been Mexico. Archaeologists have even discovered avocado remnants in Mexico that are more than 10,000 years old. It’s no wonder, then, why the fruit has always been such a fixed part of Mexican culture and cuisine. To give you a taste of the cuisine where avocados grow, here are some of our favorite Mexican avocado recipes for you to try at home (with Avocados From Mexico, of course).

 

1. Snack Time: When it comes to snacking with avocados, nothing beats making Classic Mexican Guac the way it was intended: mashed avocado, salt, lime juice, and white onion. Perfecto.

 

2. Breakfast: Huevos Rancheros is a staple way to start the day in Mexico and much of the Southwest U.S. It’s a simple concept: corn tortilla, fried eggs, Monterey Jack cheese, and slices of avocado.

 

Always Super Good!

Now you know where avocados grow, but do you know what’s INSIDE them? Avocados From Mexico contribute good fats and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals to your diet (and taste great while doing it). If that’s not super good, we don’t know what is.

 

3. Lunch: We’ve got a recipe for cold Mexican soup, or Gazpacho, that adds blended avocado to create a creamy texture to a Mexican classic. It’s got a peppery kick to it, making it an #AlwaysGood choice for summer lunches.

 

4. Dinner: Our recipe for Tostadas de Tinga Poblano calls for Mexican-style sauteed pork, fried chorizo, and black beans, all loaded onto a crispy corn tortilla and topped with sliced avocado. Now we’re cookin’.

 

5. Dessert: Avocados are creamy and mild, meaning they’re an excellent base for sweet treats like this Orange and Avocado Natilla, a Mexican custard pudding. It takes less than 30 minutes to make and can chill in the fridge while you’re gobbling up dinner (or breakfast… no judgment).

 

The best part is these recipes are just scratching the surface of all the delicious dishes you can make with Avocados From Mexico. Dig into our recipe archive to discover endless avo inspo.

 

The post Where Do Avocados Grow? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You’ve just dipped into a beautiful bowl of guacamole. As soon as you bite into the smooth, green glob of guac, your world goes into slow motion. “How are avocados THIS good?” you wonder, munching meditatively. “Do they grow in heaven? If not, where do avocados grow on Earth? Is such goodness even possible here?”   While we’ve got you in slow motion, let us avo-splain where avocados grow. You’ve got time, and we love talking about all things avocados.  

Where Do Avocados Grow?

Avocados probably grow in heaven, but thankfully they grow on Earth, too. Avocado trees thrive in humid, subtropical climates — you’ll find bustling orchards in places like Mexico, South America, and California. But there’s one place where avocados grow especially well that, y’know, it may as well be heaven after all.   That place is the Mexican state of Michoacán, where there are 42,000 avocado orchards. It’s the country’s central hub of avocado production, harvest, and exportation to the U.S. — in fact, more than 80% of the avocados in the U.S. come from Michoacán. Ohhh… THAT’s where we get our name.   There are three magic keys to Michoacán that make it an avocado paradise.   🌋 Yummy, rich volcanic soil. The avocado groves in Michoacán grow in the heart of the Trans-Mexican Volcanic Belt, a ring of more than 100 volcanoes. The ash from these volcanoes gives the area’s soil all kinds of precious nutrients, which avocado trees looooove.   🌧️ A whole lotta rainfall. Most avocado orchards in Michoacán are located near the city of Uruapan, which receives around 64 inches of precipitation every year. That rain feeds the rivers and lakes that allow avocado farmers to naturally irrigate their orchards. In fact, 61% of avocado orchards in Michoacán rely on rainfall as their primary source of irrigation.   🌎 Always blooming. Avocado trees only bear fruit in the right conditions — in most places, the avocado season only lasts for a few months every year. But here in Michoacán, our orchards are always blooming. It’s one of only two places in the world where avocados can bloom 365 days out of the year.   The avocado trees in Michoacán are planted at different elevations (ranging from 2,000 to 10,000 feet) among the mountains. The various elevations create four distinct seasons (we call them “blooms”) among the orchards. The orchards rhythmically bloom from higher to lower elevations and then back again. Plus, avocados can survive on the tree for up to six months after they’re ready to be picked. The result is a continual, uninterrupted avocado harvest — meaning Avocados From Mexico are always good and always available.  

Welcome to ‘Avocadoland’

We are proud of our home in Mexican avocado orchards. Learn where avocados grow, how they are farmed, and how they get to the U.S. in our “Avocadoland” docuseries.
 

Avocados 🤝 Mexico

Where avocados grow best has always been Mexico. Archaeologists have even discovered avocado remnants in Mexico that are more than 10,000 years old. It’s no wonder, then, why the fruit has always been such a fixed part of Mexican culture and cuisine. To give you a taste of the cuisine where avocados grow, here are some of our favorite Mexican avocado recipes for you to try at home (with Avocados From Mexico, of course).   1. Snack Time: When it comes to snacking with avocados, nothing beats making Classic Mexican Guac the way it was intended: mashed avocado, salt, lime juice, and white onion. Perfecto.   2. Breakfast: Huevos Rancheros is a staple way to start the day in Mexico and much of the Southwest U.S. It’s a simple concept: corn tortilla, fried eggs, Monterey Jack cheese, and slices of avocado.  

Always Super Good!

Now you know where avocados grow, but do you know what’s INSIDE them? Avocados From Mexico contribute good fats and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals to your diet (and taste great while doing it). If that’s not super good, we don’t know what is.
  3. Lunch: We’ve got a recipe for cold Mexican soup, or Gazpacho, that adds blended avocado to create a creamy texture to a Mexican classic. It’s got a peppery kick to it, making it an #AlwaysGood choice for summer lunches.   4. Dinner: Our recipe for Tostadas de Tinga Poblano calls for Mexican-style sauteed pork, fried chorizo, and black beans, all loaded onto a crispy corn tortilla and topped with sliced avocado. Now we’re cookin’.   5. Dessert: Avocados are creamy and mild, meaning they’re an excellent base for sweet treats like this Orange and Avocado Natilla, a Mexican custard pudding. It takes less than 30 minutes to make and can chill in the fridge while you’re gobbling up dinner (or breakfast… no judgment).   The best part is these recipes are just scratching the surface of all the delicious dishes you can make with Avocados From Mexico. Dig into our recipe archive to discover endless avo inspo.  

The post Where Do Avocados Grow? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Make Your Food Extra ‘Super’ With Avocado! https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/make-food-extra-super-avocado/ Mon, 01 May 2023 16:33:03 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=31845

Avocados have been on trend for centuries. Mesoamerican Indigenous peoples in South Central Mexico started cultivating avocado trees 5,000 years ago. And, this year, avocados are the fourth top superfood of 2023, according to the 11th annual “What’s Trending In Nutrition?” dietitian survey. A couple of new superfoods made the exclusive list this year, too — each of which makes a powerful nutritional pairing with avocado.

 

Avocados are a unique and healthy fruit because they contain 6 grams of unsaturated “good” fat — and can act as a nutrient booster. Eating dietary fat helps the body absorb fat-soluble vitamins, like vitamins A, D, E, and K. So, if you want to enjoy all of the latest superfoods highlighted on this year’s list, consider pairing them with avocados to maximize nutrient benefits.

 

Here’s how to pair this year’s top picks with avocado to make your superfoods extra … well … super!

 

Aquatic Greens

New to the superfood list this year, algae, seaweed, and sea moss have long been culinary staples around the world. And now, more Americans are diving in on aquatic greens, too — partially due to their nutritional superpowers and partly because they’re marvelously sustainable.

 

We haven’t even scratched the surface of the nutritional wonders of aquatic greens, but we do know they are regarded as “nutraceuticals,” or foods that provide both nutritional value and may help to prevent health problems. Seaweeds have bioactive compounds that provide anti-inflammatory and antioxidant properties. Getting more of these nutrients in your diet supports your body’s defenses, helping you to maintain better health. Oh, yeah: Avocados have antioxidants, too!

 

Avocados & Antioxidants

One serving (1/3 medium avocado) contains:

  • 4% DV of Vitamin C.
  • 6% DV of Vitamin E.
  • 136 micrograms of lutein.

 

Nori (flat sheets of dried seaweed) also have minerals, including iodine. While it is often added to table salt, most Americans don’t consume enough iodine from natural sources. Our bodies need iodine to make thyroid hormones, which control the body’s metabolism and ensure proper bone and brain development.

 

There are so many fun ways to mix aquatic greens and avocado. You can roll avocado into sheets of seaweed as a snack or sprinkle furikake onto your avocado toast or guacamole. Furikake is a Japanese condiment that’s sort of like the East’s equivalent to everything bagel seasoning. It’s made of dried seaweed, sesame seeds, dried fish, and more.

 

Recipe: Salmon “Sushi” Burrito

Lay out a large, flat sheet of nori. Smash avocado in the center and top with cooked salmon. Sprinkle furikake seasoning on top. Roll the seaweed around the salmon and avocado like a burrito.

Fermented Foods

Fermented foods have topped the superfoods survey list for six years. These delightfully sour foods — such as pickles, kimchi, and kombucha tea — are in demand because they support a healthy gut microbiome.

 

Trillions of microorganisms live in your colon, which play an important role in your health and reduce your risk of certain diseases. As they say, variety is the spice of life. Having greater diversity of microorganisms in your gut is a good thing, and one way to do that is by eating fermented foods that contain live cultures.

 

Fiber also keeps our digestive systems in good shape. Over 90% of women and 95% of men don’t meet the recommended intakes for dietary fiber. To which I say… avocados to the rescue! A recent study showed that daily avocado consumption resulted in a greater abundance of bacteria that breaks down fiber and produces metabolites that foster gut health.

 

Avocados & Fiber

Eating avocado fills you up with joy — and fiber. One serving of avocado (1/3 a medium avocado) contains 3 grams of fiber, which is 11% of your daily value.

 

Your gut does so much for you. Return the favor with an avocado and fermented food power snack, like kimchi guacamole with gochujang crema swirl, sliced avocado and oranges with tahini yogurt sauce, tuna poke miso guacamole, or this American Heart Association-certified avocado, banana, orange, and yogurt smoothie, made with another fermented favorite yogurt! The creaminess of the avocado cuts the acidity of fermented foods splendidly!

 

Avocado-Banana-Orange Smoothie

Combine 1 avocado, ½ banana, 1 ½ c. orange juice, 6 oz. low-fat vanilla yogurt, and 1 c. ice in a blender and blend until smooth.

Nondairy Milk

It’s no surprise that plant-based (nondairy) milk made the top superfood list this year. It’s one of the fastest growing “plant” categories in the supermarket. People are looking for ways to eat more plants these days — and why not get more plants in while sipping your morning cup of Joe or using it in your post-workout smoothie?  Americans don’t eat enough plants, which is a shame because eating a variety of fruits and vegetables helps us control our weight, cholesterol, and blood pressure. Everyone should eat more plants — not just vegetarians or vegans.

 

Nondairy milk is a fast-growing category, with new plant-based milk popping up alongside cow’s milk in the grocery store seemingly every day, offering plenty of choices: almond milk, cashew milk, oat milk, soy milk … and a growing number of avocado milk!

 

Sadly, most stores don’t carry avocado milk just yet. In the meantime, use your favorite alternative milk in an avocado smoothie or inside overnight oats topped with avocado, berries, and coconut flakes. Make this delicious and chocolate-y chia seed cup for breakfast or as an anytime snack complete with three superfood all-stars — avocados, plant-based milk, and chia seeds!

 

Recipe: Avocado Cocoa Chia Cups

Ingredients:

1 Avocado From Mexico

3/4 c. plant-based milk

1/2 banana

1 tbsp. honey

2 tbsp. cocoa powder

2 tbsp. chia seeds

1 tsp. vanilla extract

Pinch of sea salt

 

Instructions: Combine all ingredients in a blender or food processor and blend until smooth. Pour into cups and cover with cling film for at least 30 minutes before serving. Makes four servings.

Avocados Are Always in Style

Eating nutrient-dense superfoods, like avocados, is a no-brainer. In every bite, they deliver a multitude of benefits. I love that avocados continue to move up the list of most popular superfoods because they offer so much of what our bodies need. I’m counting on you to push avocado into the top three superfoods next year.

 

Find more superfood recipes in my review of last year’s “What’s Trending in Nutrition?” survey.

 

+++SOURCES+++

https://www.producebluebook.com/2023/02/01/dietitian-survey-projects-affordability-over-immunity-as-top-food-purchase-driver-in-2023/
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/best-superfood-trends

 

The post Make Your Food Extra ‘Super’ With Avocado! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados have been on trend for centuries. Mesoamerican Indigenous peoples in South Central Mexico started cultivating avocado trees 5,000 years ago. And, this year, avocados are the fourth top superfood of 2023, according to the 11th annual “What’s Trending In Nutrition?” dietitian survey. A couple of new superfoods made the exclusive list this year, too — each of which makes a powerful nutritional pairing with avocado.   Avocados are a unique and healthy fruit because they contain 6 grams of unsaturated “good” fat — and can act as a nutrient booster. Eating dietary fat helps the body absorb fat-soluble vitamins, like vitamins A, D, E, and K. So, if you want to enjoy all of the latest superfoods highlighted on this year’s list, consider pairing them with avocados to maximize nutrient benefits.   Here’s how to pair this year’s top picks with avocado to make your superfoods extra … well … super!  

Aquatic Greens

New to the superfood list this year, algae, seaweed, and sea moss have long been culinary staples around the world. And now, more Americans are diving in on aquatic greens, too — partially due to their nutritional superpowers and partly because they’re marvelously sustainable.   We haven’t even scratched the surface of the nutritional wonders of aquatic greens, but we do know they are regarded as “nutraceuticals,” or foods that provide both nutritional value and may help to prevent health problems. Seaweeds have bioactive compounds that provide anti-inflammatory and antioxidant properties. Getting more of these nutrients in your diet supports your body’s defenses, helping you to maintain better health. Oh, yeah: Avocados have antioxidants, too!  

Avocados & Antioxidants

One serving (1/3 medium avocado) contains:
  • 4% DV of Vitamin C.
  • 6% DV of Vitamin E.
  • 136 micrograms of lutein.
  Nori (flat sheets of dried seaweed) also have minerals, including iodine. While it is often added to table salt, most Americans don’t consume enough iodine from natural sources. Our bodies need iodine to make thyroid hormones, which control the body’s metabolism and ensure proper bone and brain development.   There are so many fun ways to mix aquatic greens and avocado. You can roll avocado into sheets of seaweed as a snack or sprinkle furikake onto your avocado toast or guacamole. Furikake is a Japanese condiment that’s sort of like the East’s equivalent to everything bagel seasoning. It’s made of dried seaweed, sesame seeds, dried fish, and more.  

Recipe: Salmon “Sushi” Burrito

Lay out a large, flat sheet of nori. Smash avocado in the center and top with cooked salmon. Sprinkle furikake seasoning on top. Roll the seaweed around the salmon and avocado like a burrito.

Fermented Foods

Fermented foods have topped the superfoods survey list for six years. These delightfully sour foods — such as pickles, kimchi, and kombucha tea — are in demand because they support a healthy gut microbiome.   Trillions of microorganisms live in your colon, which play an important role in your health and reduce your risk of certain diseases. As they say, variety is the spice of life. Having greater diversity of microorganisms in your gut is a good thing, and one way to do that is by eating fermented foods that contain live cultures.   Fiber also keeps our digestive systems in good shape. Over 90% of women and 95% of men don’t meet the recommended intakes for dietary fiber. To which I say… avocados to the rescue! A recent study showed that daily avocado consumption resulted in a greater abundance of bacteria that breaks down fiber and produces metabolites that foster gut health.  

Avocados & Fiber

Eating avocado fills you up with joy — and fiber. One serving of avocado (1/3 a medium avocado) contains 3 grams of fiber, which is 11% of your daily value.
  Your gut does so much for you. Return the favor with an avocado and fermented food power snack, like kimchi guacamole with gochujang crema swirl, sliced avocado and oranges with tahini yogurt sauce, tuna poke miso guacamole, or this American Heart Association-certified avocado, banana, orange, and yogurt smoothie, made with another fermented favorite yogurt! The creaminess of the avocado cuts the acidity of fermented foods splendidly!  

Avocado-Banana-Orange Smoothie

Combine 1 avocado, ½ banana, 1 ½ c. orange juice, 6 oz. low-fat vanilla yogurt, and 1 c. ice in a blender and blend until smooth.

Nondairy Milk

It’s no surprise that plant-based (nondairy) milk made the top superfood list this year. It’s one of the fastest growing “plant” categories in the supermarket. People are looking for ways to eat more plants these days — and why not get more plants in while sipping your morning cup of Joe or using it in your post-workout smoothie?  Americans don’t eat enough plants, which is a shame because eating a variety of fruits and vegetables helps us control our weight, cholesterol, and blood pressure. Everyone should eat more plants — not just vegetarians or vegans.   Nondairy milk is a fast-growing category, with new plant-based milk popping up alongside cow’s milk in the grocery store seemingly every day, offering plenty of choices: almond milk, cashew milk, oat milk, soy milk … and a growing number of avocado milk!   Sadly, most stores don’t carry avocado milk just yet. In the meantime, use your favorite alternative milk in an avocado smoothie or inside overnight oats topped with avocado, berries, and coconut flakes. Make this delicious and chocolate-y chia seed cup for breakfast or as an anytime snack complete with three superfood all-stars — avocados, plant-based milk, and chia seeds!  

Recipe: Avocado Cocoa Chia Cups

Ingredients: 1 Avocado From Mexico 3/4 c. plant-based milk 1/2 banana 1 tbsp. honey 2 tbsp. cocoa powder 2 tbsp. chia seeds 1 tsp. vanilla extract Pinch of sea salt   Instructions: Combine all ingredients in a blender or food processor and blend until smooth. Pour into cups and cover with cling film for at least 30 minutes before serving. Makes four servings.

Avocados Are Always in Style

Eating nutrient-dense superfoods, like avocados, is a no-brainer. In every bite, they deliver a multitude of benefits. I love that avocados continue to move up the list of most popular superfoods because they offer so much of what our bodies need. I’m counting on you to push avocado into the top three superfoods next year.   Find more superfood recipes in my review of last year’s “What’s Trending in Nutrition?” survey.   +++SOURCES+++ https://www.producebluebook.com/2023/02/01/dietitian-survey-projects-affordability-over-immunity-as-top-food-purchase-driver-in-2023/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/best-superfood-trends  

The post Make Your Food Extra ‘Super’ With Avocado! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Creative (and Delicious) Guacamole Serving Bowls https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/creative-ways-make-serving-bowls-dishes-guacamole/ Tue, 28 Mar 2023 16:42:35 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19690

You’ve got a good time planned out: the guest list, the drinks, and your famous guacamole recipe. And then you realize: Guacamole this good deserves an equally awesome (and equally delicious) presentation.

 

Why not spice up your next dinner party, game day, or cocktail hour with something just as creative as your guac? We’ve gotchu covered with these delicious DIY guacamole serving bowl solutions.

 

Pro tip: Before you assemble your guac, though, make sure you know how to choose perfectly ripe avocados (Give a gentle squeeze. No, really, it’s that easy.) or how to ripen not-quite-ready avocados using other fruit and a paper bag.

 

1. Guac-Stuffed Avocados

Aka, avocado-ception. Slice your avocado in half (if you’re new to this, we can show you the right way to do that here) and scoop out the yummy green stuff to make your guac. Now, you have two cute little empty avocado skins that normally go in the trash — but if you want to get creative and reduce waste, you can reuse them as small, single-serving guacamole dishes. Just spoon the prepared guac back into the skins and serve ‘em up. These babies are perfect for a buffet-style appetizer table where guests can pick up their own individual dip.

 

2. Stuffed Fruits and Veggies

Look in your fruit bowl or vegetable crisper: You’ll find lots of items just waiting to be turned into guac-bearing vessels. Pineapples can be halved longways to become beautiful Hawaiian bowls (like in this Holy Pineapple Guacamole recipe). Halved bell peppers can perform the same function. Just make sure you’ve chopped off the top, cleaned out the seeds, and wiped the outside before filling with guacamole.

 

If you’re serving a crowd, a head of cauliflower can have the center florets trimmed out (don’t throw them away — they can be used instead of chips!), with the resulting hollow becoming a generous-sized guacamole serving bowl.

 

A BOWL O’ GOOD FATS

Obviously, you know that avocado is the star of guacamole. But did you know that fresh avocados are essentially the only fruit with good fats? It’s true — the American Heart Association has even certified avocados as heart-healthy. Oh, goodness!

 

3. Corn Tortilla Guaco Shells

Taco bowls made from tortillas are the ultimate edible serving dish, and they pair naturally with guac. You can buy them or bake them yourself — as long as you have a muffin tin (which you’ll turn upside down before baking), you can make the bowls yourself in just a couple of minutes. Unlike the fruit- and veggie-based bowls, tortilla shells can become soggy if the guac sits in them for too long, so don’t add the guac until you’re serving it to guests.

 

4. Guac-tail Glasses

Guacamole is always the center of attention at parties, and cocktail hour is no different. Serve up your guacamole in a large margarita glass, individual cocktail glasses, or even a copper Moscow mule mug to keep the snack on theme with the drinks. And while you’re at it, you may as well make one of these cocktail-inspired guacs, featuring everything from a Dry Martini Guac to a Piña Colada Guacamole.

 

5. Baked Cheese Bowls

If you love cheese, there’s no guacamole serving bowl better than a baked cheese bowl. Our cheese of choice is parmesan, but you can also make this with Oaxacan string cheese, quesillo, or any other cheese that gets crispy when baked or fried.

 

You’ll need about 1/2 cup of cheese per bowl. Pile each serving onto its own individual piece of parchment paper and spread the cheese into a nice circle about 2 inches in diameter. (Make sure all the cheese overlaps, so you don’t have holes in your bowl!) Put them on a baking sheet and bake at 350°F for 5-10 minutes. Watch them carefully — once they melt and become slightly golden, you’ll need to immediately take them out. Once your cheese circles are out of the oven, carefully use the parchment paper to flip them onto the round bottoms of the underside of a muffin pan or heat-safe cups to shape each gooey cheese circle into a bowl shape. When it cools and hardens, ba-da-bing, ba-da-bowl! Load it up with guac.

 

KEEP IT GOOD

Now that you have lots of creative ideas for serving your guac, how about a few creative tips on preserving it in case your guests arrive late or you simply want to save some for later? After you prepare your guacamole, pour a thin layer of milk over the top to keep it green until your guests arrive. When ready to serve, simply pour off the liquid. If you have some leftover guac after the party, you can add freshly squeezed lime juice to it, cover it, and put it in the fridge.

 

For more creative guacamole tips, explore our blog. And if you’re looking for the right recipe to serve in your fancy guacamole serving bowl, check out our guacamole recipe archive!

The post 5 Creative (and Delicious) Guacamole Serving Bowls appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You’ve got a good time planned out: the guest list, the drinks, and your famous guacamole recipe. And then you realize: Guacamole this good deserves an equally awesome (and equally delicious) presentation.   Why not spice up your next dinner party, game day, or cocktail hour with something just as creative as your guac? We’ve gotchu covered with these delicious DIY guacamole serving bowl solutions.   Pro tip: Before you assemble your guac, though, make sure you know how to choose perfectly ripe avocados (Give a gentle squeeze. No, really, it’s that easy.) or how to ripen not-quite-ready avocados using other fruit and a paper bag.  

1. Guac-Stuffed Avocados

Aka, avocado-ception. Slice your avocado in half (if you’re new to this, we can show you the right way to do that here) and scoop out the yummy green stuff to make your guac. Now, you have two cute little empty avocado skins that normally go in the trash — but if you want to get creative and reduce waste, you can reuse them as small, single-serving guacamole dishes. Just spoon the prepared guac back into the skins and serve ‘em up. These babies are perfect for a buffet-style appetizer table where guests can pick up their own individual dip.  

2. Stuffed Fruits and Veggies

Look in your fruit bowl or vegetable crisper: You’ll find lots of items just waiting to be turned into guac-bearing vessels. Pineapples can be halved longways to become beautiful Hawaiian bowls (like in this Holy Pineapple Guacamole recipe). Halved bell peppers can perform the same function. Just make sure you’ve chopped off the top, cleaned out the seeds, and wiped the outside before filling with guacamole.   If you’re serving a crowd, a head of cauliflower can have the center florets trimmed out (don’t throw them away — they can be used instead of chips!), with the resulting hollow becoming a generous-sized guacamole serving bowl.  

A BOWL O’ GOOD FATS

Obviously, you know that avocado is the star of guacamole. But did you know that fresh avocados are essentially the only fruit with good fats? It’s true — the American Heart Association has even certified avocados as heart-healthy. Oh, goodness!
 

3. Corn Tortilla Guaco Shells

Taco bowls made from tortillas are the ultimate edible serving dish, and they pair naturally with guac. You can buy them or bake them yourself — as long as you have a muffin tin (which you’ll turn upside down before baking), you can make the bowls yourself in just a couple of minutes. Unlike the fruit- and veggie-based bowls, tortilla shells can become soggy if the guac sits in them for too long, so don’t add the guac until you’re serving it to guests.  

4. Guac-tail Glasses

Guacamole is always the center of attention at parties, and cocktail hour is no different. Serve up your guacamole in a large margarita glass, individual cocktail glasses, or even a copper Moscow mule mug to keep the snack on theme with the drinks. And while you’re at it, you may as well make one of these cocktail-inspired guacs, featuring everything from a Dry Martini Guac to a Piña Colada Guacamole.  

5. Baked Cheese Bowls

If you love cheese, there’s no guacamole serving bowl better than a baked cheese bowl. Our cheese of choice is parmesan, but you can also make this with Oaxacan string cheese, quesillo, or any other cheese that gets crispy when baked or fried.   You’ll need about 1/2 cup of cheese per bowl. Pile each serving onto its own individual piece of parchment paper and spread the cheese into a nice circle about 2 inches in diameter. (Make sure all the cheese overlaps, so you don’t have holes in your bowl!) Put them on a baking sheet and bake at 350°F for 5-10 minutes. Watch them carefully — once they melt and become slightly golden, you’ll need to immediately take them out. Once your cheese circles are out of the oven, carefully use the parchment paper to flip them onto the round bottoms of the underside of a muffin pan or heat-safe cups to shape each gooey cheese circle into a bowl shape. When it cools and hardens, ba-da-bing, ba-da-bowl! Load it up with guac.  

KEEP IT GOOD

Now that you have lots of creative ideas for serving your guac, how about a few creative tips on preserving it in case your guests arrive late or you simply want to save some for later? After you prepare your guacamole, pour a thin layer of milk over the top to keep it green until your guests arrive. When ready to serve, simply pour off the liquid. If you have some leftover guac after the party, you can add freshly squeezed lime juice to it, cover it, and put it in the fridge.
  For more creative guacamole tips, explore our blog. And if you’re looking for the right recipe to serve in your fancy guacamole serving bowl, check out our guacamole recipe archive!

The post 5 Creative (and Delicious) Guacamole Serving Bowls appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Add Edible Flowers to Your Dishes for Garden Week https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/add-edible-flowers-dishes-garden-week/ Tue, 28 Mar 2023 16:32:29 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5242

By: M. Elise Giller

Flowers instantly perk up any room making it as fresh and inviting as a ripe avocado, and you can do the same for your food by using edible flowers in unexpected ways. Need to know which flowers are safe to eat? We’ve put together a list in honor of Garden Week.

Before we get started, a word of warning: Do not eat a flower if you’re not sure it’s consumable. Stick to those you’ve grown yourself or have purchased at a farmers market and know are safe to eat. Never eat flowers you’ve picked off the road or in public parks. Don’t have a farmers market nearby? Shop the produce section of your grocery store (not the florist section) or order online from a reputable seller. Sites like Marx Foods, Melissa’s, and Gourmet Sweet Botanicals ship overnight for the freshest picks.

Remember, when eating a flower, remove the pistils and stamens and eat only the petals.

Edible Options

  • Allium varies in flavor anywhere from leek to garlic.
  • Anise hyssop tastes, as you might suspect, like anise, or licorice.
  • Basil flowers taste like the leaf but are much milder.
  • Bean blossoms are sweet and crunchy.
  • Borage has a mild flavor like cucumber.
  • Carnations are sweet and mild, and taste like they smell.
  • Clover flowers are sweet and taste a bit like licorice.
  • Lavender is sweet, spicy, and perfumed, like the scent itself.
  • Marigold is spicy and peppery.
  • Nasturtiums have a sweet, floral flavor and a spicy pepper finish.
  • Pansies have a slight wintergreen flavor.
  • Rose petals taste perfumed and rich.
  • Violets are floral and sweet.

Floral How-To

  • Add to salads to amplify color and taste.
  • Stuff squash blossoms and larger flowers with mashed avocado and herbs.
  • Freeze small flowers in ice cubes and add to beverages.
  • Place fresh flowers on top of cakes and cupcakes.
  • Candy flowers to decorate cakes and candies.

The sky is the limit when using flowers to make food even more beautiful — and tasty.

Why not add edible flowers to our tasty avocado and pineapple salad? Find the recipe here.

 

FACT-CHECKING:

https://www.thespruceeats.com/cooking-with-edible-flowers-1809248

https://www.treehugger.com/green-food/42-flowers-you-can-eat.html

 https://www.goodhousekeeping.com/food-recipes/cooking/tips/a25640/how-to-use-edible-flowers/

 

The post Add Edible Flowers to Your Dishes for Garden Week appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By: M. Elise Giller Flowers instantly perk up any room making it as fresh and inviting as a ripe avocado, and you can do the same for your food by using edible flowers in unexpected ways. Need to know which flowers are safe to eat? We’ve put together a list in honor of Garden Week. Before we get started, a word of warning: Do not eat a flower if you’re not sure it’s consumable. Stick to those you’ve grown yourself or have purchased at a farmers market and know are safe to eat. Never eat flowers you’ve picked off the road or in public parks. Don’t have a farmers market nearby? Shop the produce section of your grocery store (not the florist section) or order online from a reputable seller. Sites like Marx Foods, Melissa’s, and Gourmet Sweet Botanicals ship overnight for the freshest picks. Remember, when eating a flower, remove the pistils and stamens and eat only the petals. Edible Options
  • Allium varies in flavor anywhere from leek to garlic.
  • Anise hyssop tastes, as you might suspect, like anise, or licorice.
  • Basil flowers taste like the leaf but are much milder.
  • Bean blossoms are sweet and crunchy.
  • Borage has a mild flavor like cucumber.
  • Carnations are sweet and mild, and taste like they smell.
  • Clover flowers are sweet and taste a bit like licorice.
  • Lavender is sweet, spicy, and perfumed, like the scent itself.
  • Marigold is spicy and peppery.
  • Nasturtiums have a sweet, floral flavor and a spicy pepper finish.
  • Pansies have a slight wintergreen flavor.
  • Rose petals taste perfumed and rich.
  • Violets are floral and sweet.

Floral How-To

  • Add to salads to amplify color and taste.
  • Stuff squash blossoms and larger flowers with mashed avocado and herbs.
  • Freeze small flowers in ice cubes and add to beverages.
  • Place fresh flowers on top of cakes and cupcakes.
  • Candy flowers to decorate cakes and candies.
The sky is the limit when using flowers to make food even more beautiful — and tasty. Why not add edible flowers to our tasty avocado and pineapple salad? Find the recipe here.  

FACT-CHECKING:

https://www.thespruceeats.com/cooking-with-edible-flowers-1809248 https://www.treehugger.com/green-food/42-flowers-you-can-eat.html  https://www.goodhousekeeping.com/food-recipes/cooking/tips/a25640/how-to-use-edible-flowers/  

The post Add Edible Flowers to Your Dishes for Garden Week appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
What Is “Food as Medicine”? https://avocadosfrommexico.com/food-as-medicine/ Fri, 16 Dec 2022 14:57:43 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=31578

There’s a health movement getting a lot of press right now: food as medicine. The White House recently hosted its first nutrition conference in over 50 years, where there was an entire section dedicated to the topic. Don’t be fooled, though. This isn’t just a trend or a buzzword — it’s the foundation of a dietitian’s profession! Nutritionists, like myself, love this philosophy because it empowers people to take the driver’s seat to impact their health through diet.

 

A simple shift in perspective — to see food as medicine — can positively impact your diet, overall well-being, and even your life span. Here’s what you need to know to adopt this thinking.

 

What Is Food as Medicine?

Food as medicine is an affirmation that food plays a critical role in sustaining health and preventing disease. It’s the belief that food is also a part of therapy for those with health conditions.

 

We’re all starting out with a clean slate, with propensities toward certain conditions, given our genetics. How you eat and your environment influence how your genes change over time. Diet is a big factor. Most people are unaware that what we put in our mouths is foundational to our well-being. Only 1 in 10 Americans eat enough fruits and vegetables, which can have profound effects on our health. How you eat significantly impacts your cancer risk and heart and brain function.

 

For those with existing conditions, food as medicine is not a replacement for medical treatment prescribed by a doctor, but it absolutely belongs in your treatment plan. Eating enough fruits and vegetables provides your body with the nutrients it needs to perform at its best, which is especially key when it’s struggling.

 

Why Is Food as Medicine Getting So Much Press?

Food as medicine is resonating today because people are more sensitized to their health. The COVID-19 pandemic reset many people’s perspectives. People are prioritizing their work-life balance and general well-being while also re-discovering the joy and health benefits of preparing more meals at home. In the long run, making the investment in healthier food choices and eating more at home is worth it if it can reduce the risk of heart disease, diabetes or other costly chronic illness that are related to poor dietary choices.

 

10 Heart-Healthy Avocado Quick Fixes

Check out these 10 recipes that meet the American Heart Association’s criteria for the Heart-Check Food Certification Program. They fit the AHA certification requirements for calories, sodium, saturated fat, added sugars, trans fat, and omega-3 fatty acids. And, importantly, they’re scrumptious.

 

What Role Do Avocados Play in Food as Medicine?

Avocados are a nutrient-dense, natural source of so much goodness. You’ve got antioxidants, vitamins and minerals, and good fats, all of which support your body’s well-being.

 

Vegetables and fruits, like avocado, are rich sources of antioxidants. Antioxidants — such as vitamins C, E, and lutein — help protect cells from damage caused by free radicals. One serving of avocado, or one-third of a medium avocado, contains 4% of the daily value (DV) for vitamin C, 6% of the DV for vitamin E, and 136 micrograms of lutein per serving.

 

Likewise, avocados are a unique and healthy fruit because they contain unsaturated fat — and can act as a nutrient booster by helping increase the absorption of fat-soluble nutrients like vitamins A, D, K, and E. Avocados contain 6 grams of naturally good fat per one-third of a medium avocado. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommends consuming good fats, like those found in avocados, as part of healthy eating patterns.

 

Avocados are the only fruit with good fats and are considered a heart-healthy fruit. That’s because they are low in saturated fat and cholesterol, are sodium free, and contain good fats, which offer benefits to the body without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol levels. In fact, monounsaturated fat can help reduce bad cholesterol levels in your blood, which can lower your risk of heart disease and stroke. One-third of a medium avocado contains 5 grams of monosaturated fat.

 

In a clinical trial of 11 participants, researchers investigated the effects adding half an avocado to a burger patty has on inflammation and vascular health. The Avocado Nutrition Center sponsored the study, and although more research is needed to generalize the results to larger, more diverse populations, the findings support the growing body of evidence showing avocados are a heart-healthy fruit.

 

The Mediterranean Diet

The Mediterranean diet incorporates sources of good fat, with a foundation of fruits, vegetables, whole grains, legumes, seafood, nuts, and potatoes. The types of food eaten on this diet help prevent heart attacks and strokes while reducing the risk of Type 2 diabetes.

 

Most adults don’t get enough fiber — more than 90% of women and 97% of men! Avocados are a good source of fiber. Diets rich in healthy foods containing fiber, such as vegetables and fruits (including avocado), may reduce the risk of heart disease, obesity, and Type 2 diabetes. Thirty-five percent of the fiber in avocado is soluble, which prevents your digestive tract from absorbing cholesterol and reduces the risk of heart disease.

 

How Do Avocados Support Your Body When You Have Existing Conditions?

Let’s say you’re fighting cancer. Chemo makes it difficult to eat a lot, so you need nutrient-dense foods to get more goodness in per bite and feel full. It is recommended that 85% of the food you eat should be nutrient dense. One-third of a medium avocado (one serving) has 80 calories and contributes nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, making it a healthy, nutrient-dense choice.

 

On the other hand, imagine you’re managing diabetes. Healthy eating patterns associated with improved Type 2 diabetes outcomes include plenty of fruits and vegetables and unsaturated fats, like those found in avocado. Also, unlike other fruits, avocado contains zero grams of naturally occurring sugar per serving and does not affect the glycemic response. And, again, one serving of avocado (one-third of a medium avocado) is a good source of fiber, which slows the absorption of sugar in the bloodstream. Avocados make for a satisfying snack because they’re a good source of fiber, offer a nutrient-dense source of good fats, all of which helps you feel satisfied.

 

 

One serving of avocado is one-third of a medium avocado — but don’t throw out the other two-thirds! Spritz lemon juice over the flesh, and save the remainder in plastic wrap to get the most of your grocery budget.

 

I Want to Start Using Food as Medicine. How Do I See a Dietitian for Free?

Most people have no idea there are tons of free resources available to them. Look up your local supermarket’s website and search for dietitian consultations. Some offer virtual services. Others offer to have a dietitian walk with you through the store as you shop to answer your questions. You get to go home with the peace of mind you purchased dietitian-approved foods.

 

A Better Future for American Nutrition

The science of nutrition continues to evolve, and I’m thrilled to see that the focus on living a healthy life is broadening. Food as medicine is part of a broader movement that encourages us to see our lifestyle as a big factor in our overall health, along with exercise, relaxation, and socialization.

 

Start eating more fruits and vegetables today. Here is Barb’s advice on how to eat more plants (and keep meals delicious!).

The post What Is “Food as Medicine”? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There’s a health movement getting a lot of press right now: food as medicine. The White House recently hosted its first nutrition conference in over 50 years, where there was an entire section dedicated to the topic. Don’t be fooled, though. This isn’t just a trend or a buzzword — it’s the foundation of a dietitian’s profession! Nutritionists, like myself, love this philosophy because it empowers people to take the driver’s seat to impact their health through diet.   A simple shift in perspective — to see food as medicine — can positively impact your diet, overall well-being, and even your life span. Here’s what you need to know to adopt this thinking.  

What Is Food as Medicine?

Food as medicine is an affirmation that food plays a critical role in sustaining health and preventing disease. It’s the belief that food is also a part of therapy for those with health conditions.   We’re all starting out with a clean slate, with propensities toward certain conditions, given our genetics. How you eat and your environment influence how your genes change over time. Diet is a big factor. Most people are unaware that what we put in our mouths is foundational to our well-being. Only 1 in 10 Americans eat enough fruits and vegetables, which can have profound effects on our health. How you eat significantly impacts your cancer risk and heart and brain function.   For those with existing conditions, food as medicine is not a replacement for medical treatment prescribed by a doctor, but it absolutely belongs in your treatment plan. Eating enough fruits and vegetables provides your body with the nutrients it needs to perform at its best, which is especially key when it’s struggling.  

Why Is Food as Medicine Getting So Much Press?

Food as medicine is resonating today because people are more sensitized to their health. The COVID-19 pandemic reset many people’s perspectives. People are prioritizing their work-life balance and general well-being while also re-discovering the joy and health benefits of preparing more meals at home. In the long run, making the investment in healthier food choices and eating more at home is worth it if it can reduce the risk of heart disease, diabetes or other costly chronic illness that are related to poor dietary choices.  

10 Heart-Healthy Avocado Quick Fixes

Check out these 10 recipes that meet the American Heart Association’s criteria for the Heart-Check Food Certification Program. They fit the AHA certification requirements for calories, sodium, saturated fat, added sugars, trans fat, and omega-3 fatty acids. And, importantly, they’re scrumptious.
 

What Role Do Avocados Play in Food as Medicine?

Avocados are a nutrient-dense, natural source of so much goodness. You’ve got antioxidants, vitamins and minerals, and good fats, all of which support your body’s well-being.   Vegetables and fruits, like avocado, are rich sources of antioxidants. Antioxidants — such as vitamins C, E, and lutein — help protect cells from damage caused by free radicals. One serving of avocado, or one-third of a medium avocado, contains 4% of the daily value (DV) for vitamin C, 6% of the DV for vitamin E, and 136 micrograms of lutein per serving.   Likewise, avocados are a unique and healthy fruit because they contain unsaturated fat — and can act as a nutrient booster by helping increase the absorption of fat-soluble nutrients like vitamins A, D, K, and E. Avocados contain 6 grams of naturally good fat per one-third of a medium avocado. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommends consuming good fats, like those found in avocados, as part of healthy eating patterns.   Avocados are the only fruit with good fats and are considered a heart-healthy fruit. That’s because they are low in saturated fat and cholesterol, are sodium free, and contain good fats, which offer benefits to the body without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol levels. In fact, monounsaturated fat can help reduce bad cholesterol levels in your blood, which can lower your risk of heart disease and stroke. One-third of a medium avocado contains 5 grams of monosaturated fat.   In a clinical trial of 11 participants, researchers investigated the effects adding half an avocado to a burger patty has on inflammation and vascular health. The Avocado Nutrition Center sponsored the study, and although more research is needed to generalize the results to larger, more diverse populations, the findings support the growing body of evidence showing avocados are a heart-healthy fruit.  

The Mediterranean Diet

The Mediterranean diet incorporates sources of good fat, with a foundation of fruits, vegetables, whole grains, legumes, seafood, nuts, and potatoes. The types of food eaten on this diet help prevent heart attacks and strokes while reducing the risk of Type 2 diabetes.
  Most adults don’t get enough fiber — more than 90% of women and 97% of men! Avocados are a good source of fiber. Diets rich in healthy foods containing fiber, such as vegetables and fruits (including avocado), may reduce the risk of heart disease, obesity, and Type 2 diabetes. Thirty-five percent of the fiber in avocado is soluble, which prevents your digestive tract from absorbing cholesterol and reduces the risk of heart disease.  

How Do Avocados Support Your Body When You Have Existing Conditions?

Let’s say you’re fighting cancer. Chemo makes it difficult to eat a lot, so you need nutrient-dense foods to get more goodness in per bite and feel full. It is recommended that 85% of the food you eat should be nutrient dense. One-third of a medium avocado (one serving) has 80 calories and contributes nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, making it a healthy, nutrient-dense choice.   On the other hand, imagine you’re managing diabetes. Healthy eating patterns associated with improved Type 2 diabetes outcomes include plenty of fruits and vegetables and unsaturated fats, like those found in avocado. Also, unlike other fruits, avocado contains zero grams of naturally occurring sugar per serving and does not affect the glycemic response. And, again, one serving of avocado (one-third of a medium avocado) is a good source of fiber, which slows the absorption of sugar in the bloodstream. Avocados make for a satisfying snack because they’re a good source of fiber, offer a nutrient-dense source of good fats, all of which helps you feel satisfied.     One serving of avocado is one-third of a medium avocado — but don’t throw out the other two-thirds! Spritz lemon juice over the flesh, and save the remainder in plastic wrap to get the most of your grocery budget.  

I Want to Start Using Food as Medicine. How Do I See a Dietitian for Free?

Most people have no idea there are tons of free resources available to them. Look up your local supermarket’s website and search for dietitian consultations. Some offer virtual services. Others offer to have a dietitian walk with you through the store as you shop to answer your questions. You get to go home with the peace of mind you purchased dietitian-approved foods.  

A Better Future for American Nutrition

The science of nutrition continues to evolve, and I’m thrilled to see that the focus on living a healthy life is broadening. Food as medicine is part of a broader movement that encourages us to see our lifestyle as a big factor in our overall health, along with exercise, relaxation, and socialization.   Start eating more fruits and vegetables today. Here is Barb’s advice on how to eat more plants (and keep meals delicious!).

The post What Is “Food as Medicine”? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Cocktail and Guacamole Pairings https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/cocktail-guacamole-pairings/ Fri, 16 Dec 2022 04:31:20 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25449

It’s 5 o’guac somewhere, so raise a Hass to these creative cocktail and guacamole pairings and say, “Cheers!” Whether you’re looking to wow a crowd or set a romantic table for two, there’s a combination of smoky, sweet, spicy, and savory flavors sure to spark good times.

 

Each pairing comes with a recipe for a homemade cocktail and guacamole. (The guac is just as good if you opt to lose the booze). Bottoms up!

 

1. Mango Guacamole & Roasted Jalapeño Margarita

Lots of snacks and drinks claim to be “sweet and spicy,” but this guacamole pairing is the real deal. Ragin’ Tajin tangos with mango in this guacamole recipe, and the whole thing goes delightfully with our jalapeño margarita recipe below. Suddenly, “sweet and spicy” is more like “yum and YOW!”

 

Roasted Jalapeño Margarita Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 1 jalapeño
  • Ice, desired amount
  • 3 oz. sour mix
  • 2 oz. reposado tequila
  • 1 lime, cut into wedges and wheels
  • Salt, for the rim if desired

 

Directions: Roast the jalapeño on a hot grill until skin blisters. (You can also broil it in the oven.) Slice it into 1/4-inch-wide coins. In a cocktail shaker, add two jalapeño coins (or more, if you like it even hotter) to the ice, sour mix, and tequila. Shake well, pour into a wide-rim glass, and garnish. Serve with guacamole and a napkin to dab the sweat from your brow.

 

2. Green Goddess Guacamole & Dry Martini

Smooth, not chunky — shaken, not stirred. This Green Goddess Guacamole might have some pungent ingredients (garlic, chives, and anchovies) but the outcome is what we imagine James Bond would order at a nightclub. Pair it with a dry martini (our recipe below) and a black-tie formal outfit for ultimate class.

 

Dry Martini Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 2 ½ oz. gin or vodka
  • 1/2 oz. dry vermouth
  • 1/2 oz. olive brine
  • Olives to garnish (optional)

 

Directions: Add all liquids to a cocktail shaker and mix well. Strain into a chilled glass and garnish with olives if you’re feeling dirty. Serve with guacamole and a million-dollar smile.

 

Dip Into Guactails 🍹

What would you say if we said you could mash a guacamole with all the fixings of your favorite cocktail? You’d probably say, “Thank you,” because such a thing exists. Get everything from mojito guacamole to piña colada guacamole here. (You’re welcome.)

 

3. Ceviche Guacamole & Red Sangria

Peru pairs nicely with Spain in this one. Get your seafood and spice in this Ceviche Guacamole and wash it down with a glass of sweet, sweet sangria. Here’s an easy recipe for homemade sangria.

 

Easy Sangria Recipe

Ingredients:

  • Mix of sliced fruit (Oranges, apples, pears, lemons, and limes are good choices.)
  • 1/2 c. red wine
  • 1/2 c. lemon-lime soda
  • Ice

 

Directions: Soak the sliced fruit in a bowl of wine and leave it covered in the refrigerator overnight. Add all ingredients to a glass and stir well. ¡Salud!

 

4. Bacon Cotija Guacamole & Mexican Bulldog

Something as epically good as this Bacon Cotija Guacamole should be washed down with an equally epic drink. Try this Mexican Bulldog on for size.

 

Mexican Bulldog Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 2 oz. tequila
  • Lime juice
  • 1/2 oz. triple sec
  • 1/2 oz. simple syrup
  • 1/2 c. crushed ice
  • 1 bottle of Mexican light beer

 

Directions: Add tequila, lime juice, triple sec, simple syrup, and ice to a blender. Mix until it’s blended into a frothy frozen texture. Pour into a large margarita glass. Here’s the tricky part: Take the beer bottle and hold your thumb over the opening. Flip the bottle upside down and lower it into the margarita glass, quickly removing your thumb just before you submerge it. Did you do it right? Booyah.

 

Just Right, Overnight

If your avocado isn’t quiiite ready for your guacamole and cocktail pairing party, don’t worry. We’ve got a trick for that.

 

5. Summer Brûléed Melon Guacamole & Mexican Mule

Ever thought to brûlée your guac? Pairing this airy, sweet Summer Brûléed Melon Guacamole with a spicy ginger Mexican Mule (our take on the Moscow Mule) is an #AlwaysGood treat, summer or not.

 

Mexican Mule Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 2 oz. tequila
  • 1/2 oz. lime juice
  • 6 oz. ginger beer
  • Lime wedge

 

Directions: Mix all ingredients in one of those fancy copper mugs. Serve with guacamole, and if that’s in a fancy copper mug, too, we salute your creativity.

 

6. Classic Guacamole & Old Fashioned

Nothin’ wrong with going old school. Mix up a traditional Mexican guacamole (avocados, salt, lime, and red onion) and pair it with an Old Fashioned.

 

Bourbon Old Fashioned Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 1 tsp. sugar
  • 3 dashes of bitters
  • 2 oz. bourbon
  • Orange peel twist to garnish

 

Directions: Add the sugar and bitters into a glass and stir until the sugar is nearly dissolved. (If necessary, add water to help sugar dissolve.) Fill the glass with ice, add the bourbon, and stir until well chilled. Strain into a tumbler glass and plunk in an ice cube or two. Garnish with an orange peel, serve with guac and chips, throw on a vinyl record, and enjoy your evening.

 

BONUS: A Lil Avocado Margarita

What if the guacamole … WAS the cocktail?! Yep, we drink avocado margaritas, and we’re proud of it. Get the recipe (and several variations) here.

 

With these cocktail and guacamole pairings on hand, you’re set to enjoy a dip and sip with equally good company. Chips and cheers!

 

Find guacamole recipes perfect for any occasion here.

The post Cocktail and Guacamole Pairings appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It’s 5 o’guac somewhere, so raise a Hass to these creative cocktail and guacamole pairings and say, “Cheers!” Whether you’re looking to wow a crowd or set a romantic table for two, there’s a combination of smoky, sweet, spicy, and savory flavors sure to spark good times.   Each pairing comes with a recipe for a homemade cocktail and guacamole. (The guac is just as good if you opt to lose the booze). Bottoms up!  

1. Mango Guacamole & Roasted Jalapeño Margarita

Lots of snacks and drinks claim to be “sweet and spicy,” but this guacamole pairing is the real deal. Ragin’ Tajin tangos with mango in this guacamole recipe, and the whole thing goes delightfully with our jalapeño margarita recipe below. Suddenly, “sweet and spicy” is more like “yum and YOW!”  

Roasted Jalapeño Margarita Recipe

Ingredients:
  • 1 jalapeño
  • Ice, desired amount
  • 3 oz. sour mix
  • 2 oz. reposado tequila
  • 1 lime, cut into wedges and wheels
  • Salt, for the rim if desired
  Directions: Roast the jalapeño on a hot grill until skin blisters. (You can also broil it in the oven.) Slice it into 1/4-inch-wide coins. In a cocktail shaker, add two jalapeño coins (or more, if you like it even hotter) to the ice, sour mix, and tequila. Shake well, pour into a wide-rim glass, and garnish. Serve with guacamole and a napkin to dab the sweat from your brow.  

2. Green Goddess Guacamole & Dry Martini

Smooth, not chunky — shaken, not stirred. This Green Goddess Guacamole might have some pungent ingredients (garlic, chives, and anchovies) but the outcome is what we imagine James Bond would order at a nightclub. Pair it with a dry martini (our recipe below) and a black-tie formal outfit for ultimate class.  

Dry Martini Recipe

Ingredients:
  • 2 ½ oz. gin or vodka
  • 1/2 oz. dry vermouth
  • 1/2 oz. olive brine
  • Olives to garnish (optional)
  Directions: Add all liquids to a cocktail shaker and mix well. Strain into a chilled glass and garnish with olives if you’re feeling dirty. Serve with guacamole and a million-dollar smile.  

Dip Into Guactails 🍹

What would you say if we said you could mash a guacamole with all the fixings of your favorite cocktail? You’d probably say, “Thank you,” because such a thing exists. Get everything from mojito guacamole to piña colada guacamole here. (You’re welcome.)
 

3. Ceviche Guacamole & Red Sangria

Peru pairs nicely with Spain in this one. Get your seafood and spice in this Ceviche Guacamole and wash it down with a glass of sweet, sweet sangria. Here’s an easy recipe for homemade sangria.  

Easy Sangria Recipe

Ingredients:
  • Mix of sliced fruit (Oranges, apples, pears, lemons, and limes are good choices.)
  • 1/2 c. red wine
  • 1/2 c. lemon-lime soda
  • Ice
  Directions: Soak the sliced fruit in a bowl of wine and leave it covered in the refrigerator overnight. Add all ingredients to a glass and stir well. ¡Salud!  

4. Bacon Cotija Guacamole & Mexican Bulldog

Something as epically good as this Bacon Cotija Guacamole should be washed down with an equally epic drink. Try this Mexican Bulldog on for size.  

Mexican Bulldog Recipe

Ingredients:
  • 2 oz. tequila
  • Lime juice
  • 1/2 oz. triple sec
  • 1/2 oz. simple syrup
  • 1/2 c. crushed ice
  • 1 bottle of Mexican light beer
  Directions: Add tequila, lime juice, triple sec, simple syrup, and ice to a blender. Mix until it’s blended into a frothy frozen texture. Pour into a large margarita glass. Here’s the tricky part: Take the beer bottle and hold your thumb over the opening. Flip the bottle upside down and lower it into the margarita glass, quickly removing your thumb just before you submerge it. Did you do it right? Booyah.  

Just Right, Overnight

If your avocado isn’t quiiite ready for your guacamole and cocktail pairing party, don’t worry. We’ve got a trick for that.
 

5. Summer Brûléed Melon Guacamole & Mexican Mule

Ever thought to brûlée your guac? Pairing this airy, sweet Summer Brûléed Melon Guacamole with a spicy ginger Mexican Mule (our take on the Moscow Mule) is an #AlwaysGood treat, summer or not.  

Mexican Mule Recipe

Ingredients:
  • 2 oz. tequila
  • 1/2 oz. lime juice
  • 6 oz. ginger beer
  • Lime wedge
  Directions: Mix all ingredients in one of those fancy copper mugs. Serve with guacamole, and if that’s in a fancy copper mug, too, we salute your creativity.  

6. Classic Guacamole & Old Fashioned

Nothin’ wrong with going old school. Mix up a traditional Mexican guacamole (avocados, salt, lime, and red onion) and pair it with an Old Fashioned.  

Bourbon Old Fashioned Recipe

Ingredients:
  • 1 tsp. sugar
  • 3 dashes of bitters
  • 2 oz. bourbon
  • Orange peel twist to garnish
  Directions: Add the sugar and bitters into a glass and stir until the sugar is nearly dissolved. (If necessary, add water to help sugar dissolve.) Fill the glass with ice, add the bourbon, and stir until well chilled. Strain into a tumbler glass and plunk in an ice cube or two. Garnish with an orange peel, serve with guac and chips, throw on a vinyl record, and enjoy your evening.  

BONUS: A Lil Avocado Margarita

What if the guacamole … WAS the cocktail?! Yep, we drink avocado margaritas, and we’re proud of it. Get the recipe (and several variations) here.
  With these cocktail and guacamole pairings on hand, you’re set to enjoy a dip and sip with equally good company. Chips and cheers!   Find guacamole recipes perfect for any occasion here.

The post Cocktail and Guacamole Pairings appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Stealthy Avocado Options for Picky Eaters https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/stealthy-avocado-options-picky-eaters/ Mon, 12 Sep 2022 19:14:30 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=31464

With so many tricky tools in your kitchen, letting kids help with meal prep can feel like a daunting supervisory task. Your youngsters may not be able to run the mixer or slice up produce, but they can easily mash avocados and mix in supporting ingredients to make these fresh and easy guacamole recipes.

 

Avocados are versatile, so there are plenty of ways to get creative in your additions — kids will have even more fun if they can munch on their favorite foods as they mix.

 

Related: Discover which nutrients avocados can bring to your family’s table.

 

Mix these easy guacamole recipes below into your menu for some culinary family fun.

 

5 Easy Guacamole Recipes to Make with Your Kids

Bacon Guacamole

Who doesn’t love snacking on bacon? Place chopped tomatoes, onions, and cilantro in separated bowls to help your kids create this dish.

 

Bacon Cotija Guacamole

Teach your kids about traditional Mexican flavors with the cotija cheese in this recipe. Prepare the bacon and let them mix in the cheese, cilantro, lime, salt, and pepper.

 

Cucumber Green Apple Guacamole

Let the kids mix and mash up the guacamole base while you slice and dice apple, white onion, English cucumber, and cilantro.

 

Grandma Guacamole

Show your kids a different take on guacamole with this easy-to-make mixture. As you mix, introduce them to ingredients they might not be used to, like bouillon powder and jicama.

 

Dark Chocolate Raspberry Dessert Guac

Kids can mix all of these ingredients together for a post-dinner sweet treat. Let them cover their creation in as much sauce as they like.

 

Don’t forget to teach your young sous-chefs how to know when avocados are ripe so that they can identify the perfect moments to whip up a batch of guac.

 

No matter which easy guacamole recipe you choose to tackle with your kids, talk to their doctor about their nutritional needs before changing their diet. Once you receive a doctor’s approval, stop by the grocery store on your way home to pick up the ingredients you will need. Then, get in the kitchen and guac!

 

Visit our avocado recipes page for more kid-friendly recipes.

The post Stealthy Avocado Options for Picky Eaters appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

With so many tricky tools in your kitchen, letting kids help with meal prep can feel like a daunting supervisory task. Your youngsters may not be able to run the mixer or slice up produce, but they can easily mash avocados and mix in supporting ingredients to make these fresh and easy guacamole recipes.   Avocados are versatile, so there are plenty of ways to get creative in your additions — kids will have even more fun if they can munch on their favorite foods as they mix.   Related: Discover which nutrients avocados can bring to your family’s table.   Mix these easy guacamole recipes below into your menu for some culinary family fun.  

5 Easy Guacamole Recipes to Make with Your Kids

Bacon Guacamole

Who doesn’t love snacking on bacon? Place chopped tomatoes, onions, and cilantro in separated bowls to help your kids create this dish.  

Bacon Cotija Guacamole

Teach your kids about traditional Mexican flavors with the cotija cheese in this recipe. Prepare the bacon and let them mix in the cheese, cilantro, lime, salt, and pepper.  

Cucumber Green Apple Guacamole

Let the kids mix and mash up the guacamole base while you slice and dice apple, white onion, English cucumber, and cilantro.  

Grandma Guacamole

Show your kids a different take on guacamole with this easy-to-make mixture. As you mix, introduce them to ingredients they might not be used to, like bouillon powder and jicama.  

Dark Chocolate Raspberry Dessert Guac

Kids can mix all of these ingredients together for a post-dinner sweet treat. Let them cover their creation in as much sauce as they like.   Don’t forget to teach your young sous-chefs how to know when avocados are ripe so that they can identify the perfect moments to whip up a batch of guac.   No matter which easy guacamole recipe you choose to tackle with your kids, talk to their doctor about their nutritional needs before changing their diet. Once you receive a doctor’s approval, stop by the grocery store on your way home to pick up the ingredients you will need. Then, get in the kitchen and guac!   Visit our avocado recipes page for more kid-friendly recipes.

The post Stealthy Avocado Options for Picky Eaters appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Be a Superfood Trend-Setter https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/best-superfood-trends Wed, 13 Apr 2022 19:13:09 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=31171

You may have heard this phrase before: “It’s what’s inside that counts.” As a nutritionist, I like to say, “It’s what’s inside your food that counts.” Which is why nutrient-rich superfoods (like avocados) are so critical to a healthy diet. They pack a nutritional punch. Avocados alone contain more than 20 vitamins and minerals and vital healthy fats — and when you mix them together with other superfoods in a delicious recipe your nutritional punch is more like … a nutritional roundhouse kick!

Good fat has gotten more and more good press in the last decade or so — and for good reason! Ranked as the No. 1 eating style for the fifth year in a row by U.S. News & World Report, the Mediterranean diet welcomes good fats from foods like olive oil, nuts, fish, and avocados. The good fat in avocados helps your body absorb vitamins A, D, E, and K. In fact, those vitamins are fat soluble, meaning they can only be absorbed by the body with the help of fats. No wonder nutrition nerds like myself countdown to National Healthy Fats Day every year — because good fats are good stuff!

 

 

Including any superfoods on your plate is a smart way to please your palate and do the body good.  If you’re an eating over-achiever (or a dietitian, like me), go ahead and combine avocado with your other favorite superfoods. I dare you!

According to more than 1,100 Registered Dietitian Nutritionists that were surveyed for this year’s 10th annual “What’s Trending in Nutrition” survey, these are the top 10 of the best superfoods. We challenge you to combine each with the delicious nutritiousness of avocados!

Superfood #1: Fermented Foods

A good day starts with a good gut biome. Build yourself a Greek Yogurt Parfait With Avocado for breakfast to give both probiotics and healthy fat a place in your morning routine. Sprinkle strawberries, blueberries, or raspberries on top for a little vitamin C and sweetness. On the go? Whip together an Avocado, Banana, Orange, and Yogurt Smoothie in a cinch.

If you have a dinner party on the books, impress your friends and family with a globally inspired Kimchi Guacamole, made with pickled cabbage. You can find jars of kimchi in the international section of your grocery store.

Superfood #2: Blueberries

Antioxidants, like the kind found in blueberries, are nature’s healers. They prevent or delay cell damage. Beyond being some of the best superfoods, avocados and blueberries share more in common than you’d expect. First of all, both blueberries and avocados are berries. And you’ll be “berry” happy when you put them together in a salad. Take this Mixed Greens Salad With Avo Poppyseed Dressing, for example. (Plus it’s made with spinach — yet another superfood!)

Avocados and blueberries blend well together into delicious smoothies. They also make a great pair on top of whole grain, nutty, or seedy toast. Speaking of which…

Superfood #3: Seeds

Today, humans everywhere love seeds for their abundance of good fat. One of the trendiest seeds at the moment is hemp hearts. Their sprinkleability makes them an excellent topper on avocado toast, and their hearty, rustic taste pairs well with fall harvest veggies, like Brussels sprouts and butternut squash. Is your mouth watering? Then you should give this Hemp & Harvest Guac Toast a try.

Next time you’re craving a bowl of guacamole, scan the pantry for some seeds. Pumpkin, pine nuts, pistachios, sesame … seeds of all kinds taste great in guacamole and bring a delightful little crunch to the mix.

Seeds of Wisdom

Fun fact: The pit of an avocado is a seed. One that giant prehistoric sloths spread across the Americas 66 million years ago. Without them, guacamole wouldn’t be possible today. Thanks, sloths.

Superfood #4: Exotic Fruits

Avocados are popular all around the world. Whatever continent you’re living on, there’s an exotic fruit just waiting to meet the avocado of its dreams inside a bowl, smoothie, or fruit salad.

If you want to wake up feeling like a winner, this Avocado Superfood Smoothie Bowl, made with avocado, acai, almonds, bananas, and dark chocolate is for you. The best part is that you can use frozen blueberries and strawberries year-round.

Or go with an Avo-licious Mango Smoothie Bowl, which blends avocados, yogurt, dragon fruit, and chia seeds. Between the avocado and chia, this bowl is full of digestive-system lovin’ fiber.

Superfood #5: Avocados!

You know what’s always good with avocado? More avocado. Or just avocado — it’s always good, even all on its own! Here are a few of our favorite ways to prep it:

Superfood #6: Green Tea

Green tea has been used for medicinal purposes in the East for thousands of years. Today, it’s a fantastic addition to your morning smoothie.

Here’s how to do it: Brew and steep green tea for a long time (30 minutes or so) and then the chill in the fridge. Blend avocado and your concentrated green tea into your smoothie mix for a superfood power up!

In the summer months, cool off with a green tea-infused avocado popsicle. It sounds fancy, but all you need is some Greek yogurt, avocado, green tea, and honey. Freeze overnight in a popsicle mold and you’re good to go.

Superfood #7: Nuts

Like avocados and seeds, nuts are a popular source of good fats — so you double up on your goodness when you put them together!

Avocado has a mild, nutty flavor, which naturally plays well with different types of nuts. Pistachios, walnuts, pecans, macadamia nuts, and peanuts are all great additions to guacamole — especially if you drizzle a little hot sauce on top. But beyond the mortar and pestle, nuts are an excellent protein to sprinkle into Avocado Bistro-Style Bowls, and nut butters fold terrifically into avocado breakfast smoothies.

Superfood #8: Ancient Grains

Think superfoods are just a passing trend? No way. Mankind has been eating avocados for almost 10,000 years! And ancient grains go back to … well, ancient times. People have loved avocados and ancient grains forever. And you’ll love power bowls like this sweet and savory Avocado Ancient Grains Bowl. It also contains hemp hearts — three times the superfood power!

When choosing an ancient grain to fold into your diet, look for grains that are packing protein. For example, you could add chunks of avocado to overnight oats or millet for breakfast.

Superfood #9: Leafy Greens

Leafy greens are low-calorie and high in nutrients like vitamin A, C or K, as well as calcium and iron. The good fat in avocados helps you absorb some of those nutrients. A genuine win-win!

So it’s a good thing there are infinite ways to bring avocado and leafy greens together: Chopped together in a salad. Stuffed inside baked chicken breasts. Blended together in smoothies. Mashed together into guacamole. On top of toast, sandwiches, protein bowls … the possibilities here are endless!

Overwhelmed by all the choices? A good place to start is the Salad Builder on Avocado From Mexico’s Salad Station. It will help you curate the perfect mix of flavor and texture to fit your tastes.

Superfood #10: Kale

OK, so technically kale is a leafy green, but it’s so popular that it earned its own spot on this list. Kale is one of the most nutrient-dense foods on the planet, including vitamins A, K, C, and B6, among others. And its signature sturdiness gives it a substantial texture and versatility in the kitchen. You can use it as the base of an avocado salad or use its large leaves for an avocado “burrito” wrap. You can even bake kale chips in the oven and crumble them over top of guacamole. But my favorite is the Kale and Avocado Buddha Bowl, which boasts plenty of fiber to keep you feeling fuller, longer.

 

Good Fats Will Never Go Out of Style

When it comes to making healthy choices, superfoods are a no-brainer, and in the case of avocado, possibly the most delicious part of your day! Keep eating foods that contain good fats and a multitude of essential nutrients to treat yourself and your body right.

For more ways to add good fat to your diet, dive into our enormous library of avocado recipes.

The post How to Be a Superfood Trend-Setter appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You may have heard this phrase before: “It’s what’s inside that counts.” As a nutritionist, I like to say, “It’s what’s inside your food that counts.” Which is why nutrient-rich superfoods (like avocados) are so critical to a healthy diet. They pack a nutritional punch. Avocados alone contain more than 20 vitamins and minerals and vital healthy fats — and when you mix them together with other superfoods in a delicious recipe your nutritional punch is more like … a nutritional roundhouse kick! Good fat has gotten more and more good press in the last decade or so — and for good reason! Ranked as the No. 1 eating style for the fifth year in a row by U.S. News & World Report, the Mediterranean diet welcomes good fats from foods like olive oil, nuts, fish, and avocados. The good fat in avocados helps your body absorb vitamins A, D, E, and K. In fact, those vitamins are fat soluble, meaning they can only be absorbed by the body with the help of fats. No wonder nutrition nerds like myself countdown to National Healthy Fats Day every year — because good fats are good stuff!  
  Including any superfoods on your plate is a smart way to please your palate and do the body good.  If you’re an eating over-achiever (or a dietitian, like me), go ahead and combine avocado with your other favorite superfoods. I dare you! According to more than 1,100 Registered Dietitian Nutritionists that were surveyed for this year’s 10th annual “What’s Trending in Nutrition” survey, these are the top 10 of the best superfoods. We challenge you to combine each with the delicious nutritiousness of avocados!

Superfood #1: Fermented Foods

A good day starts with a good gut biome. Build yourself a Greek Yogurt Parfait With Avocado for breakfast to give both probiotics and healthy fat a place in your morning routine. Sprinkle strawberries, blueberries, or raspberries on top for a little vitamin C and sweetness. On the go? Whip together an Avocado, Banana, Orange, and Yogurt Smoothie in a cinch. If you have a dinner party on the books, impress your friends and family with a globally inspired Kimchi Guacamole, made with pickled cabbage. You can find jars of kimchi in the international section of your grocery store.

Superfood #2: Blueberries

Antioxidants, like the kind found in blueberries, are nature’s healers. They prevent or delay cell damage. Beyond being some of the best superfoods, avocados and blueberries share more in common than you’d expect. First of all, both blueberries and avocados are berries. And you’ll be “berry” happy when you put them together in a salad. Take this Mixed Greens Salad With Avo Poppyseed Dressing, for example. (Plus it’s made with spinach — yet another superfood!) Avocados and blueberries blend well together into delicious smoothies. They also make a great pair on top of whole grain, nutty, or seedy toast. Speaking of which…

Superfood #3: Seeds

Today, humans everywhere love seeds for their abundance of good fat. One of the trendiest seeds at the moment is hemp hearts. Their sprinkleability makes them an excellent topper on avocado toast, and their hearty, rustic taste pairs well with fall harvest veggies, like Brussels sprouts and butternut squash. Is your mouth watering? Then you should give this Hemp & Harvest Guac Toast a try. Next time you’re craving a bowl of guacamole, scan the pantry for some seeds. Pumpkin, pine nuts, pistachios, sesame … seeds of all kinds taste great in guacamole and bring a delightful little crunch to the mix.

Seeds of Wisdom

Fun fact: The pit of an avocado is a seed. One that giant prehistoric sloths spread across the Americas 66 million years ago. Without them, guacamole wouldn’t be possible today. Thanks, sloths.

Superfood #4: Exotic Fruits

Avocados are popular all around the world. Whatever continent you’re living on, there’s an exotic fruit just waiting to meet the avocado of its dreams inside a bowl, smoothie, or fruit salad. If you want to wake up feeling like a winner, this Avocado Superfood Smoothie Bowl, made with avocado, acai, almonds, bananas, and dark chocolate is for you. The best part is that you can use frozen blueberries and strawberries year-round. Or go with an Avo-licious Mango Smoothie Bowl, which blends avocados, yogurt, dragon fruit, and chia seeds. Between the avocado and chia, this bowl is full of digestive-system lovin’ fiber.

Superfood #5: Avocados!

You know what’s always good with avocado? More avocado. Or just avocado — it’s always good, even all on its own! Here are a few of our favorite ways to prep it:

Superfood #6: Green Tea

Green tea has been used for medicinal purposes in the East for thousands of years. Today, it’s a fantastic addition to your morning smoothie. Here’s how to do it: Brew and steep green tea for a long time (30 minutes or so) and then the chill in the fridge. Blend avocado and your concentrated green tea into your smoothie mix for a superfood power up! In the summer months, cool off with a green tea-infused avocado popsicle. It sounds fancy, but all you need is some Greek yogurt, avocado, green tea, and honey. Freeze overnight in a popsicle mold and you’re good to go.

Superfood #7: Nuts

Like avocados and seeds, nuts are a popular source of good fats — so you double up on your goodness when you put them together! Avocado has a mild, nutty flavor, which naturally plays well with different types of nuts. Pistachios, walnuts, pecans, macadamia nuts, and peanuts are all great additions to guacamole — especially if you drizzle a little hot sauce on top. But beyond the mortar and pestle, nuts are an excellent protein to sprinkle into Avocado Bistro-Style Bowls, and nut butters fold terrifically into avocado breakfast smoothies.

Superfood #8: Ancient Grains

Think superfoods are just a passing trend? No way. Mankind has been eating avocados for almost 10,000 years! And ancient grains go back to … well, ancient times. People have loved avocados and ancient grains forever. And you’ll love power bowls like this sweet and savory Avocado Ancient Grains Bowl. It also contains hemp hearts — three times the superfood power! When choosing an ancient grain to fold into your diet, look for grains that are packing protein. For example, you could add chunks of avocado to overnight oats or millet for breakfast.

Superfood #9: Leafy Greens

Leafy greens are low-calorie and high in nutrients like vitamin A, C or K, as well as calcium and iron. The good fat in avocados helps you absorb some of those nutrients. A genuine win-win! So it’s a good thing there are infinite ways to bring avocado and leafy greens together: Chopped together in a salad. Stuffed inside baked chicken breasts. Blended together in smoothies. Mashed together into guacamole. On top of toast, sandwiches, protein bowls … the possibilities here are endless! Overwhelmed by all the choices? A good place to start is the Salad Builder on Avocado From Mexico’s Salad Station. It will help you curate the perfect mix of flavor and texture to fit your tastes.

Superfood #10: Kale

OK, so technically kale is a leafy green, but it’s so popular that it earned its own spot on this list. Kale is one of the most nutrient-dense foods on the planet, including vitamins A, K, C, and B6, among others. And its signature sturdiness gives it a substantial texture and versatility in the kitchen. You can use it as the base of an avocado salad or use its large leaves for an avocado “burrito” wrap. You can even bake kale chips in the oven and crumble them over top of guacamole. But my favorite is the Kale and Avocado Buddha Bowl, which boasts plenty of fiber to keep you feeling fuller, longer.  

Good Fats Will Never Go Out of Style

When it comes to making healthy choices, superfoods are a no-brainer, and in the case of avocado, possibly the most delicious part of your day! Keep eating foods that contain good fats and a multitude of essential nutrients to treat yourself and your body right. For more ways to add good fat to your diet, dive into our enormous library of avocado recipes.

The post How to Be a Superfood Trend-Setter appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Eat More Plants (and Keep Meals Delicious) https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/eat-more-plants-keep-meals-delicious/ Mon, 14 Mar 2022 22:56:32 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=31097

Over the past few years, there has been a huge growth in plant-based products. Dietitians all over the world are rejoicing that (finally!) word has gotten around that eating more plants is key to leading a healthy lifestyle. Yet, the consumption of fresh fruits and vegetables has hardly increased at all, despite their nutritious benefits.

Let’s look at how you can eat more plants while keeping mealtime delicious as ever.

It’s Not Hard to Eat More Plants

If you want to add more plants to your diet, it’s good to go straight to the source: fresh vegetables and fruits such as avocados! They contain nature-made vitamins and minerals, and it’s simpler to work more plants into your diet than you may think.

To begin, let’s clear the air around some common misconceptions about eating more plants and plant-powered meals.

Myth #1: Only vegetarian diets should focus on fruits and veggies.

The beauty of eating more plants is that it follows the dietary guidelines for all kinds of eating styles, including individuals who eat the typical American diet, Mediterranean, and vegetarian eating patterns.  Are you trying to follow a gluten-free diet, kosher, or some other style of eating that suits your lifestyle? When it comes to fruits and vegetables, the more the merrier for every eating pattern or lifestyle!

Myth #2: Grocery shopping for plant-powered meals is complicated.

Fruits and veggies will never make it onto your plate if they don’t make it into your grocery cart first. Before heading to the grocery store, find plant-powered recipes and build a shopping list to keep yourself organized and accountable. Bring a reusable shopping bag specifically designated to fill with fruits and veggies and head to the produce aisle first.

Myth #3: To eat more fruits and vegetables, I have to make boring salads.

As a dietitian, I’ve counseled people for many years about eating more salad. Some people groan because they assume salad tastes terrible! The good news is that almost any of your favorite foods can be turned into a salad you’ll love.

Here’s the formula: Think of your favorite meal. Chop all the ingredients for that meal into bite-sized pieces. Add your favorite chopped veggies. And last but never to be forgotten — add avocado!

For example, this Avocado Thai Noodle Crunch Salad hits the spot when you’re craving takeout. Or, if you’re a burger fanatic, grill up a patty and chop together with your most-loved toppings, such as avocado, tomato, onion, or pickles on a bed of spring greens or spinach. Whatever you like to eat, there’s a way to eat it with more plants.

How to Eat More Plants Without Sacrificing Deliciousness

With these myths debunked, it’s time for some fun. Here are some creative and easy tips to eat more plants at every meal — without getting bored!

Tip #1: Think outside the salad bowl.

Salads don’t need to be in a bowl, or even include leafy greens (though I always encourage them). Take these three recipes:

Tip #2: Dare to remix deli salads.

Just because a salad doesn’t have salad greens doesn’t mean it’s short on fruits and veggies! Mashed avocado is a fantastic base for deli salads, with the added bonus of a fluffy, whipped texture. For example, this Avocado Potato Salad makes for a light, yet satisfying, snack. The same goes for this Avocado Egg Salad. Try baking your own vegetable chips — made with thinly sliced sweet potatoes, beets, parsnips, or carrots — to dip into deli salads.

And remember: A diet powered by plants still needs plenty of healthy fats. Double up by adding avocados, which contain unsaturated fats that help the body absorb vitamins A, D, E, and K.

Not All Fats Are Created Equal

What’s so good about good fats? The body needs some dietary fat to help with the absorption of nutrients. Good fats do not raise LDL (bad) cholesterol levels. One-third of a medium avocado contains 6 grams of naturally good fat. Learn more about the good fats in avocados here.

Tip #3: Make it a family activity.

Many families have beloved weekly mealtime traditions centering around comfort foods: Taco Tuesday, pizza night, Sunday brunch, etc. You don’t need to give up these special occasions to make room for fruits and veggies. You can work plants right into the agenda.

For example, shake up taco night with a fresh Avocado Layered Taco Salad. On pizza night, experiment with a variety of fresh toppings (such as chicken and avocado!). For Sunday brunch, try avocado toast with berries on top, or an Egg White Omelet With Avocado, Spring Vegetables, and Prosciutto. Have the kids join in on the action to get firsthand experience preparing meals with fresh fruits and vegetables, which encourages a lifetime of healthy choices.

Tip #4: Just addvocados!

Avocados are one plant you don’t have to struggle to fit into your diet. Their mild, nutty flavor goes with every taste profile: salty, sweet, sour — you name it! Plus, depending on the ripeness of the avocado, you can have a firm texture (good for dicing on top of salads, fish, or meats) or a smooth, creamy texture that blends into smoothies and spreads in seconds. If you’re not sure how to make a good pick, here’s what to look for at the store:

 

While leading a healthy lifestyle may seem complicated on the outside, I find it’s all about simplification. If you want to eat more plant-based foods, fresh vegetables, and fruits, such as avocado, are always a good place to start.

For more delicious plant-powered recipes, head over to The Salad Bar.

The post How to Eat More Plants (and Keep Meals Delicious) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Over the past few years, there has been a huge growth in plant-based products. Dietitians all over the world are rejoicing that (finally!) word has gotten around that eating more plants is key to leading a healthy lifestyle. Yet, the consumption of fresh fruits and vegetables has hardly increased at all, despite their nutritious benefits. Let’s look at how you can eat more plants while keeping mealtime delicious as ever.

It’s Not Hard to Eat More Plants

If you want to add more plants to your diet, it’s good to go straight to the source: fresh vegetables and fruits such as avocados! They contain nature-made vitamins and minerals, and it’s simpler to work more plants into your diet than you may think. To begin, let’s clear the air around some common misconceptions about eating more plants and plant-powered meals.

Myth #1: Only vegetarian diets should focus on fruits and veggies.

The beauty of eating more plants is that it follows the dietary guidelines for all kinds of eating styles, including individuals who eat the typical American diet, Mediterranean, and vegetarian eating patterns.  Are you trying to follow a gluten-free diet, kosher, or some other style of eating that suits your lifestyle? When it comes to fruits and vegetables, the more the merrier for every eating pattern or lifestyle!

Myth #2: Grocery shopping for plant-powered meals is complicated.

Fruits and veggies will never make it onto your plate if they don’t make it into your grocery cart first. Before heading to the grocery store, find plant-powered recipes and build a shopping list to keep yourself organized and accountable. Bring a reusable shopping bag specifically designated to fill with fruits and veggies and head to the produce aisle first.

Myth #3: To eat more fruits and vegetables, I have to make boring salads.

As a dietitian, I’ve counseled people for many years about eating more salad. Some people groan because they assume salad tastes terrible! The good news is that almost any of your favorite foods can be turned into a salad you’ll love. Here’s the formula: Think of your favorite meal. Chop all the ingredients for that meal into bite-sized pieces. Add your favorite chopped veggies. And last but never to be forgotten — add avocado! For example, this Avocado Thai Noodle Crunch Salad hits the spot when you’re craving takeout. Or, if you’re a burger fanatic, grill up a patty and chop together with your most-loved toppings, such as avocado, tomato, onion, or pickles on a bed of spring greens or spinach. Whatever you like to eat, there’s a way to eat it with more plants.

How to Eat More Plants Without Sacrificing Deliciousness

With these myths debunked, it’s time for some fun. Here are some creative and easy tips to eat more plants at every meal — without getting bored!

Tip #1: Think outside the salad bowl.

Salads don’t need to be in a bowl, or even include leafy greens (though I always encourage them). Take these three recipes:

Tip #2: Dare to remix deli salads.

Just because a salad doesn’t have salad greens doesn’t mean it’s short on fruits and veggies! Mashed avocado is a fantastic base for deli salads, with the added bonus of a fluffy, whipped texture. For example, this Avocado Potato Salad makes for a light, yet satisfying, snack. The same goes for this Avocado Egg Salad. Try baking your own vegetable chips — made with thinly sliced sweet potatoes, beets, parsnips, or carrots — to dip into deli salads. And remember: A diet powered by plants still needs plenty of healthy fats. Double up by adding avocados, which contain unsaturated fats that help the body absorb vitamins A, D, E, and K.

Not All Fats Are Created Equal

What’s so good about good fats? The body needs some dietary fat to help with the absorption of nutrients. Good fats do not raise LDL (bad) cholesterol levels. One-third of a medium avocado contains 6 grams of naturally good fat. Learn more about the good fats in avocados here.

Tip #3: Make it a family activity.

Many families have beloved weekly mealtime traditions centering around comfort foods: Taco Tuesday, pizza night, Sunday brunch, etc. You don’t need to give up these special occasions to make room for fruits and veggies. You can work plants right into the agenda. For example, shake up taco night with a fresh Avocado Layered Taco Salad. On pizza night, experiment with a variety of fresh toppings (such as chicken and avocado!). For Sunday brunch, try avocado toast with berries on top, or an Egg White Omelet With Avocado, Spring Vegetables, and Prosciutto. Have the kids join in on the action to get firsthand experience preparing meals with fresh fruits and vegetables, which encourages a lifetime of healthy choices.

Tip #4: Just addvocados!

Avocados are one plant you don’t have to struggle to fit into your diet. Their mild, nutty flavor goes with every taste profile: salty, sweet, sour — you name it! Plus, depending on the ripeness of the avocado, you can have a firm texture (good for dicing on top of salads, fish, or meats) or a smooth, creamy texture that blends into smoothies and spreads in seconds. If you’re not sure how to make a good pick, here’s what to look for at the store:
  While leading a healthy lifestyle may seem complicated on the outside, I find it’s all about simplification. If you want to eat more plant-based foods, fresh vegetables, and fruits, such as avocado, are always a good place to start. For more delicious plant-powered recipes, head over to The Salad Bar.

The post How to Eat More Plants (and Keep Meals Delicious) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Complete Guide to Avocado Salsa https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/the-complete-guide-to-avocado-salsa Thu, 17 Feb 2022 17:13:29 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30932

What’s avocado salsa? Isn’t that just a fancy name for guacamole? A lot of their ingredients can be the same (and they both taste goooood) but they’re different. Let’s break down the fundamental difference.

GUACAMOLE (or “guac,” as the cool kids call it) is an avocado-based dip. SALSA, meanwhile, is (by its truest definition) a tomato-based sauce or dip. Avocado Salsa, then, is the best of both worlds — it’s a dip with a base of avocado and tomato. Both are equally in charge.

However you slice it, you can’t have too much of a good thing (that is, Avocados From Mexico). So if you’re working up a party spread, football appetizers, or a Taco Tuesday, guacamole and avocado salsa are both delicious options. The more options, the merrier!

Speaking of options, here’s a simple avocado salsa recipe. But if you consider yourself a Big League Blender, scroll down for recipes that are even swankier.

Beginner’s Avocado Salsa

Chunky and perfectly seasoned, this is an easy go-to when your avocado salsa cravings kick in. Here are the basic ingredients for avocado salsa.

Ingredients:

  • 2 medium Avocados From Mexico, diced
  • 1 large tomato, diced
  • 1/4 onion, finely chopped
  • 3 tbsp. cilantro, finely chopped
  • 2 tbsp. jalapeño, finely chopped
  • 2 tbsp. lime juice
  • 1/2 tsp. salt

Directions:

For a chunky texture, gently toss all ingredients in a medium bowl until mixed. For a smoother texture, put everything in the blender and pulse until it reaches your desired consistency. (Add water, olive oil, or more lime juice for a runnier salsa.) Pro tip: If you decide to lick the bowl clean afterwards, make sure no one is around to avoid an embarrassing explanation.

Keep It Ripe and Right

Ripe avocados will mash more easily, but they also taste perfecto. Don’t know how make a good pick? Check out this video to learn how to pick a good avocado every time.

Spice Junkie’s Avocado Salsas

Got that itch for something spicy? The avocado salsa recipe below is a versatile dip that will get you sweating — but creamy avocado and Mexican crema will temper the spice just enough to cool you down and keep you wanting more.

Ingredients:

  • 2 medium Avocados From Mexico
  • 3 husked tomatillos
  • 1 chile serrano (include seeds for more heat)
  • 1 clove garlic
  • 4 tbsp. Mexican crema
  • Juice of 1 lime
  • Salt, to taste

Directions:

Blend until smooth. If it’s too thick, add a couple tablespoons of water or lime juice for a little extra tang until you get your desired consistency.

Crank the 🔥🔥🔥: You can spice things up in this recipe (or any avocado salsa) by adding more hot peppers — jalapeño, serrano, habanero, you name it. Just be careful not to overdo it, since hot peppers pack a mighty punch.

Go Green

For a spicy twist on some green salsa goodness, try using serrano peppers instead of jalapeños in this fresh and zesty Avocado Salsa Verde — or use both if you think you’re brave enough.

Sweet-Tooth’s Avocado Salsas

Sweet and spicy can be a good match, which is why adding fruit to salsa is not a new concept. One of the most common fruits in salsa is mango since its sweetness doesn’t overpower other ingredients and its texture is awesome for dicing and blending.

Ingredients:

  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, diced
  • 1 large tomato, diced
  • 1 red onion, diced
  • 1/2 habanero (remove seeds)
  • 1 ripe mango, diced
  • 1/4 c. cilantro, finely chopped
  • 2 tbsp. fresh squeezed lime juice
  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
  • Salt, to taste

Directions:

Before you do anything, make sure you know what kind of heat you can handle. Habaneros are about 40x spicier than jalapeños — remove the seeds unless you’re trying to cause serious mouth-fires. Add all ingredients to a blender and pulse until desired consistency.

Sweet, Sweet Salsas: You can get as creative as you like with the fruits and sweet flavors. Try springing for recipes like Strawberry Avocado Salsa with Cinnamon Tortilla Chips, or this Avocado and Tropical Fruit Salsa. They’re unique for sure, but you won’t be disappointed.

That’s Salsa, Folks!

All of these salsas are easy to make ahead of time and store for later. Just cover them with plastic wrap or pour them into sealable container like a Mason jar or glassware. Keep your avocado salsa in the refrigerator to preserve it for up to a week. (Don’t worry about the avocado turning brown; the citric acid in the lime juice will prevent oxidation and keep their fresh colors from getting dull.)

All of these salsa go great with tortilla chips or dippable veggies like carrot and celery sticks. They’re also super good as sauce on tacos, loaded quesadillas, taquitos, enchiladas, or chicken tortilla soup.

For more good eatin’, head to our full avocado recipe archive.

The post The Complete Guide to Avocado Salsa appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

What’s avocado salsa? Isn’t that just a fancy name for guacamole? A lot of their ingredients can be the same (and they both taste goooood) but they’re different. Let’s break down the fundamental difference. GUACAMOLE (or “guac,” as the cool kids call it) is an avocado-based dip. SALSA, meanwhile, is (by its truest definition) a tomato-based sauce or dip. Avocado Salsa, then, is the best of both worlds — it’s a dip with a base of avocado and tomato. Both are equally in charge. However you slice it, you can’t have too much of a good thing (that is, Avocados From Mexico). So if you’re working up a party spread, football appetizers, or a Taco Tuesday, guacamole and avocado salsa are both delicious options. The more options, the merrier! Speaking of options, here’s a simple avocado salsa recipe. But if you consider yourself a Big League Blender, scroll down for recipes that are even swankier.

Beginner’s Avocado Salsa

Chunky and perfectly seasoned, this is an easy go-to when your avocado salsa cravings kick in. Here are the basic ingredients for avocado salsa.

Ingredients:

  • 2 medium Avocados From Mexico, diced
  • 1 large tomato, diced
  • 1/4 onion, finely chopped
  • 3 tbsp. cilantro, finely chopped
  • 2 tbsp. jalapeño, finely chopped
  • 2 tbsp. lime juice
  • 1/2 tsp. salt

Directions:

For a chunky texture, gently toss all ingredients in a medium bowl until mixed. For a smoother texture, put everything in the blender and pulse until it reaches your desired consistency. (Add water, olive oil, or more lime juice for a runnier salsa.) Pro tip: If you decide to lick the bowl clean afterwards, make sure no one is around to avoid an embarrassing explanation.

Keep It Ripe and Right

Ripe avocados will mash more easily, but they also taste perfecto. Don’t know how make a good pick? Check out this video to learn how to pick a good avocado every time.

Spice Junkie’s Avocado Salsas

Got that itch for something spicy? The avocado salsa recipe below is a versatile dip that will get you sweating — but creamy avocado and Mexican crema will temper the spice just enough to cool you down and keep you wanting more.

Ingredients:

  • 2 medium Avocados From Mexico
  • 3 husked tomatillos
  • 1 chile serrano (include seeds for more heat)
  • 1 clove garlic
  • 4 tbsp. Mexican crema
  • Juice of 1 lime
  • Salt, to taste

Directions:

Blend until smooth. If it’s too thick, add a couple tablespoons of water or lime juice for a little extra tang until you get your desired consistency. Crank the 🔥🔥🔥: You can spice things up in this recipe (or any avocado salsa) by adding more hot peppers — jalapeño, serrano, habanero, you name it. Just be careful not to overdo it, since hot peppers pack a mighty punch.

Go Green

For a spicy twist on some green salsa goodness, try using serrano peppers instead of jalapeños in this fresh and zesty Avocado Salsa Verde — or use both if you think you’re brave enough.

Sweet-Tooth’s Avocado Salsas

Sweet and spicy can be a good match, which is why adding fruit to salsa is not a new concept. One of the most common fruits in salsa is mango since its sweetness doesn’t overpower other ingredients and its texture is awesome for dicing and blending.

Ingredients:

  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, diced
  • 1 large tomato, diced
  • 1 red onion, diced
  • 1/2 habanero (remove seeds)
  • 1 ripe mango, diced
  • 1/4 c. cilantro, finely chopped
  • 2 tbsp. fresh squeezed lime juice
  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
  • Salt, to taste

Directions:

Before you do anything, make sure you know what kind of heat you can handle. Habaneros are about 40x spicier than jalapeños — remove the seeds unless you’re trying to cause serious mouth-fires. Add all ingredients to a blender and pulse until desired consistency. Sweet, Sweet Salsas: You can get as creative as you like with the fruits and sweet flavors. Try springing for recipes like Strawberry Avocado Salsa with Cinnamon Tortilla Chips, or this Avocado and Tropical Fruit Salsa. They’re unique for sure, but you won’t be disappointed.

That’s Salsa, Folks!

All of these salsas are easy to make ahead of time and store for later. Just cover them with plastic wrap or pour them into sealable container like a Mason jar or glassware. Keep your avocado salsa in the refrigerator to preserve it for up to a week. (Don’t worry about the avocado turning brown; the citric acid in the lime juice will prevent oxidation and keep their fresh colors from getting dull.) All of these salsa go great with tortilla chips or dippable veggies like carrot and celery sticks. They’re also super good as sauce on tacos, loaded quesadillas, taquitos, enchiladas, or chicken tortilla soup. For more good eatin’, head to our full avocado recipe archive.

The post The Complete Guide to Avocado Salsa appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
7 Avocado Smoothies to Fuel Your Day https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/7-avocado-smoothies-fuel-day/ Thu, 17 Feb 2022 16:00:34 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30950

Avocados are a versatile, delicious, and limitless fruit. They’re always good for adding some deliciousness to the table, beyond simply the classic chips-‘n-guac (which are always a classic). Avocados are also an awesome base for your next breakfast, lunch, or dinner smoothie.

Nothing is as refreshing as an avocado-green smoothie packed with the superpowers of superfoods. Avocado smoothies are an excellent way to load up on “good,” unsaturated fats and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals.
 

What Makes Avocado a Superfood?

Avocados are your friendly neighborhood superfood. The unsaturated fat in avocados can act as an immune system nutrient booster by helping increase the absorption of fat-soluble vitamins A, D, and E. Avocados naturally contain 6 grams of this good fat per serving, making them a unique fruit.

 

5-Minute Avocado Smoothie Recipe

This quick, easy recipe is one of our favorite avocado smoothies. All you need is five ingredients and five minutes, and you’ll be ready to sip on a superfood smoothie.

Ingredients:

  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, pitted and diced
  • 1 c. of milk of choice
  • 1/2 c. vanilla yogurt
  • 3 tbsp. honey or maple syrup
  • A handful of ice cubes (approx. 6-8)

Pro tip: Avocado is a plant-based dieter’s best friend. For a dairy-free avocado smoothie, opt for a plant-based milk and yogurt.

Pre-Prep: For an elevated sipping experience, place your glasses in the freezer for 30 minutes to an hour before use. Select the perfect Avocado From Mexico; carefully rinse and dry it. Slowly cut open the avocado and remove the pit. Dicing the avocado will help it blend faster and better. Here’s how to make a good (and safe) slice:

Directions:

  1. Place the diced avocado, milk, vanilla yogurt, honey, and ice cubes into the blender. Blend the mixture until smooth, about 30-45 seconds.
  2. Stop the blender to check the consistency of the mixture. Use a plastic spatula to scoop the mixture from the sides of the blender to ensure it is well blended. For a thicker texture, blend less; for a thinner consistency, blend longer.
  3. Pour the mixture into two chilled glasses. Serve with a reusable straw.
  4. Cover the remaining mixture and refrigerate it for up to three days. (If there’s any left!)

Sip, Sip, Hooray!

Once you’ve mastered the basics, you’ll want a more advanced take on avocado smoothies. Try these flavorful avocado smoothie recipe variations that include everything from chocolate and berries to spinach and kiwi. (They’re just as good, we promise.)

  • Chocolate Avocado Protein Smoothie: Blended avocado and banana create a thick, silky texture. Chocolate almond milk and unsweetened cocoa powder give this smoothie a rich, dessert-like taste.
  • Dairy-Free Berry Avocado Smoothie: This smoothie trades dairy for berries. Get creative with this recipe, adding in your favorite combination of berries. Go wild with the blueberries for a sweet, tart avocado blueberry smoothie. Bonus goodness: The AHA has certified this recipe as officially heart-healthy!
  • Spinach and Avocado Smoothie: Peach and avocado are awesome allies in this creamy, sweet concoction. Add more avocado for a velvety texture. For a heartier drink, trade the spinach for kale.

Cool Kids Love Avocado

Avocados aren’t just for adults! Even the pickiest of kids love avocado’s goodness, and parents love the fruit’s sugar-free, nutrient-dense composition. Avocados are the perfect fruit for you and your child at every stage, from pregnancy to pre-teen. Make nutrition fun: Let your kids help prepare your next batch of avocado smoothies.

Think Outside the Straw

Want to enjoy your avocado smoothie in a different format? Think outside the straw with these avocado smoothie bowls.

  • Avocado Strawberries & Cream Smoothie Bowl: This smoothie bowl is as pretty as it is delicious. Go ahead; Instagram it. Just don’t forget to tag us with #AlwaysGood when you do.
  • Avocado Superfood Smoothie Bowl: Start your morning with a bowl loaded with avocado, blueberries, banana, and walnut butter. Can it get better from here? We’re not sure. Your day might peak early, but that’s OK.
  • Green Machine Smoothie Bowl: Your straw will be green with envy when it gets a look at this beauty. Avocado is the perfect creamy base for pineapple, banana, and kiwi. Sweet, fresh, always good.

Now that you’ve found the perfect avocado smoothie recipe, order your avocado smoothie ingredients online and start blending!

Avocados ❤️ You

Not only do avocados offer “good” fats, they’re free of cholesterol and provide nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Avocado’s mild taste and creamy texture make it the ideal base for some of your favorite dishes — not just smoothies! With this superfood, healthy never tasted so good. Learn more about the good fats in avocados here.

Avocado smoothies are just the beginning. Scroll through our recipe page for avocado goodness in appetizers, salads, and entrees.

The post 7 Avocado Smoothies to Fuel Your Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados are a versatile, delicious, and limitless fruit. They’re always good for adding some deliciousness to the table, beyond simply the classic chips-‘n-guac (which are always a classic). Avocados are also an awesome base for your next breakfast, lunch, or dinner smoothie. Nothing is as refreshing as an avocado-green smoothie packed with the superpowers of superfoods. Avocado smoothies are an excellent way to load up on “good,” unsaturated fats and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals.  

What Makes Avocado a Superfood?

Avocados are your friendly neighborhood superfood. The unsaturated fat in avocados can act as an immune system nutrient booster by helping increase the absorption of fat-soluble vitamins A, D, and E. Avocados naturally contain 6 grams of this good fat per serving, making them a unique fruit.
 

5-Minute Avocado Smoothie Recipe

This quick, easy recipe is one of our favorite avocado smoothies. All you need is five ingredients and five minutes, and you’ll be ready to sip on a superfood smoothie.

Ingredients:

  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, pitted and diced
  • 1 c. of milk of choice
  • 1/2 c. vanilla yogurt
  • 3 tbsp. honey or maple syrup
  • A handful of ice cubes (approx. 6-8)
Pro tip: Avocado is a plant-based dieter’s best friend. For a dairy-free avocado smoothie, opt for a plant-based milk and yogurt. Pre-Prep: For an elevated sipping experience, place your glasses in the freezer for 30 minutes to an hour before use. Select the perfect Avocado From Mexico; carefully rinse and dry it. Slowly cut open the avocado and remove the pit. Dicing the avocado will help it blend faster and better. Here’s how to make a good (and safe) slice:

Directions:

  1. Place the diced avocado, milk, vanilla yogurt, honey, and ice cubes into the blender. Blend the mixture until smooth, about 30-45 seconds.
  2. Stop the blender to check the consistency of the mixture. Use a plastic spatula to scoop the mixture from the sides of the blender to ensure it is well blended. For a thicker texture, blend less; for a thinner consistency, blend longer.
  3. Pour the mixture into two chilled glasses. Serve with a reusable straw.
  4. Cover the remaining mixture and refrigerate it for up to three days. (If there’s any left!)

Sip, Sip, Hooray!

Once you’ve mastered the basics, you’ll want a more advanced take on avocado smoothies. Try these flavorful avocado smoothie recipe variations that include everything from chocolate and berries to spinach and kiwi. (They’re just as good, we promise.)
  • Chocolate Avocado Protein Smoothie: Blended avocado and banana create a thick, silky texture. Chocolate almond milk and unsweetened cocoa powder give this smoothie a rich, dessert-like taste.
  • Dairy-Free Berry Avocado Smoothie: This smoothie trades dairy for berries. Get creative with this recipe, adding in your favorite combination of berries. Go wild with the blueberries for a sweet, tart avocado blueberry smoothie. Bonus goodness: The AHA has certified this recipe as officially heart-healthy!
  • Spinach and Avocado Smoothie: Peach and avocado are awesome allies in this creamy, sweet concoction. Add more avocado for a velvety texture. For a heartier drink, trade the spinach for kale.

Cool Kids Love Avocado

Avocados aren’t just for adults! Even the pickiest of kids love avocado’s goodness, and parents love the fruit’s sugar-free, nutrient-dense composition. Avocados are the perfect fruit for you and your child at every stage, from pregnancy to pre-teen. Make nutrition fun: Let your kids help prepare your next batch of avocado smoothies.

Think Outside the Straw

Want to enjoy your avocado smoothie in a different format? Think outside the straw with these avocado smoothie bowls.
  • Avocado Strawberries & Cream Smoothie Bowl: This smoothie bowl is as pretty as it is delicious. Go ahead; Instagram it. Just don’t forget to tag us with #AlwaysGood when you do.
  • Avocado Superfood Smoothie Bowl: Start your morning with a bowl loaded with avocado, blueberries, banana, and walnut butter. Can it get better from here? We’re not sure. Your day might peak early, but that’s OK.
  • Green Machine Smoothie Bowl: Your straw will be green with envy when it gets a look at this beauty. Avocado is the perfect creamy base for pineapple, banana, and kiwi. Sweet, fresh, always good.
Now that you’ve found the perfect avocado smoothie recipe, order your avocado smoothie ingredients online and start blending!

Avocados ❤️ You

Not only do avocados offer “good” fats, they’re free of cholesterol and provide nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Avocado’s mild taste and creamy texture make it the ideal base for some of your favorite dishes — not just smoothies! With this superfood, healthy never tasted so good. Learn more about the good fats in avocados here.
Avocado smoothies are just the beginning. Scroll through our recipe page for avocado goodness in appetizers, salads, and entrees.

The post 7 Avocado Smoothies to Fuel Your Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Simple Party Tips for Awesome Parties https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/party-tips-awesome-parties Mon, 07 Feb 2022 19:13:25 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30933

Whether you’re bringing back board game night, toasting a newly engaged pal, or gathering the whole family for a backyard BBQ, nothing says good times like good food, good music, and good company. And while there are a thousand ways to throw a good party, some events stand a head above the others. We want to help your party get to that level.

So here they are: five simple party tips to turn your shindig into the event of the century.

1. Always have enough trash cans.

As any pro hostess will tell you, this is the No. 1 (and most forgotten) rule of party-throwing. Ever been to a cocktail party where you end up walking around trying to shake hands while holding a dirty plate because you can’t find the trash? Or a watch party where the one garbage you can find has been precariously stacked with a tower of cups, plates, and napkins just waiting to topple?

This party tip is completely practical. It helps with clean-up later and keeps used plates and sticky cups from piling up and making your perfectly planned event look, well … trashy. If you’re using disposable dishes and cutlery, this is especially important.

2. Come up with a good theme.

Some events are simply themed after what they’re celebrating, such as a big football game or “Congratulations Class of 2022!” Others need a bit of sprucing up and can benefit from the added layer of fun that comes with a theme. Some examples you’re welcome to steal:

Whatever the occasion may be, knowing where the general idea for your event is headed will allow you to choose the best location, coordinate the food spread, begin to gather ideas for decor, and even allow you to search for a fitting playlist.

3. It's good to be extra.

As the old saying goes: "If you have more than enough, no one will know. If you don't have enough, everyone will know." Of course, try to not go way overboard, but having an extra round of guac stashed in the fridge or an extra bag of chips ready in case the snack bowls run low is always a good idea. It’s fine if the fare is simple; just have lots of it.

This party tip is especially important with drinks. While food may dwindle by the end of the event, if there's nothing left to sip on, your guests will depart. Something like this irresistible avocado margarita should do the trick.

YOU get guac and YOU get guac!

There’s a simple formula for making sure there’s enough guacamole for everyone: The approximate rule is to use half an avocado per guest — but if your friends are dip fiends like us, you might opt for a few more. Get a full lesson on making guacamole for a crowd here.

4. Leave pleasant tasks for last.

Not all of us are great with time management. So, if you’re worried about being ready before people begin to arrive, leave until last any preparations you can do while spending time with guests. For example, it’s easy to hold a conversation while you finish assembling appetizers or wiping down the kitchen counters, but it’s no good to try and host while you scrub the bathroom.

And depending on your invite list, some guests may be interested in lending a hand by opening up chips or setting out toppings for those fabulous shrimp tacos that have the kitchen smelling oh so good. Make guests feel included — but don’t rely on them to do any heavy lifting. They’re here to party, not to do your laundry.

5. Cater to your crowd.

This party tip is kind of like knowing your audience when speaking in public. Two things to consider:

  • Allergies/Diets: Be sure to provide some options for guests who are on specific diets or who have known food allergies. Is someone at your taco night gluten-free? Offer corn tortillas in addition to flour or opt for pan-seared fish in these Baja-style lettuce fish tacos and you’re good to go.
  • Kids: If there are children on the guest list, they’ll be hungry — and probably for fun, kid-friendly snacks rather than a spinach and artichoke dip (which, by the way, is delicious).

There are countless ways to make your guests feel welcome, but nothing goes further than a little thoughtfulness.

Let the Good Times Roll

Even with all these simple party tips, ultimately, the best thing about your event will be the good friends and good times you’ve made. The right crowd (and right snacks, of course) can make any get-together memorable. So bust out the guacamole, pour the drinks, and party on!

Looking for a delicious dish to serve at your next party? Take a stroll through avocado heaven and bookmark all kinds of good stuff on our recipe page.

The post Simple Party Tips for Awesome Parties appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Whether you’re bringing back board game night, toasting a newly engaged pal, or gathering the whole family for a backyard BBQ, nothing says good times like good food, good music, and good company. And while there are a thousand ways to throw a good party, some events stand a head above the others. We want to help your party get to that level. So here they are: five simple party tips to turn your shindig into the event of the century.

1. Always have enough trash cans.

As any pro hostess will tell you, this is the No. 1 (and most forgotten) rule of party-throwing. Ever been to a cocktail party where you end up walking around trying to shake hands while holding a dirty plate because you can’t find the trash? Or a watch party where the one garbage you can find has been precariously stacked with a tower of cups, plates, and napkins just waiting to topple? This party tip is completely practical. It helps with clean-up later and keeps used plates and sticky cups from piling up and making your perfectly planned event look, well … trashy. If you’re using disposable dishes and cutlery, this is especially important.

2. Come up with a good theme.

Some events are simply themed after what they’re celebrating, such as a big football game or “Congratulations Class of 2022!” Others need a bit of sprucing up and can benefit from the added layer of fun that comes with a theme. Some examples you’re welcome to steal: Whatever the occasion may be, knowing where the general idea for your event is headed will allow you to choose the best location, coordinate the food spread, begin to gather ideas for decor, and even allow you to search for a fitting playlist.

3. It's good to be extra.

As the old saying goes: "If you have more than enough, no one will know. If you don't have enough, everyone will know." Of course, try to not go way overboard, but having an extra round of guac stashed in the fridge or an extra bag of chips ready in case the snack bowls run low is always a good idea. It’s fine if the fare is simple; just have lots of it. This party tip is especially important with drinks. While food may dwindle by the end of the event, if there's nothing left to sip on, your guests will depart. Something like this irresistible avocado margarita should do the trick.

YOU get guac and YOU get guac!

There’s a simple formula for making sure there’s enough guacamole for everyone: The approximate rule is to use half an avocado per guest — but if your friends are dip fiends like us, you might opt for a few more. Get a full lesson on making guacamole for a crowd here.

4. Leave pleasant tasks for last.

Not all of us are great with time management. So, if you’re worried about being ready before people begin to arrive, leave until last any preparations you can do while spending time with guests. For example, it’s easy to hold a conversation while you finish assembling appetizers or wiping down the kitchen counters, but it’s no good to try and host while you scrub the bathroom. And depending on your invite list, some guests may be interested in lending a hand by opening up chips or setting out toppings for those fabulous shrimp tacos that have the kitchen smelling oh so good. Make guests feel included — but don’t rely on them to do any heavy lifting. They’re here to party, not to do your laundry.

5. Cater to your crowd.

This party tip is kind of like knowing your audience when speaking in public. Two things to consider:
  • Allergies/Diets: Be sure to provide some options for guests who are on specific diets or who have known food allergies. Is someone at your taco night gluten-free? Offer corn tortillas in addition to flour or opt for pan-seared fish in these Baja-style lettuce fish tacos and you’re good to go.
  • Kids: If there are children on the guest list, they’ll be hungry — and probably for fun, kid-friendly snacks rather than a spinach and artichoke dip (which, by the way, is delicious).
There are countless ways to make your guests feel welcome, but nothing goes further than a little thoughtfulness.

Let the Good Times Roll

Even with all these simple party tips, ultimately, the best thing about your event will be the good friends and good times you’ve made. The right crowd (and right snacks, of course) can make any get-together memorable. So bust out the guacamole, pour the drinks, and party on! Looking for a delicious dish to serve at your next party? Take a stroll through avocado heaven and bookmark all kinds of good stuff on our recipe page.

The post Simple Party Tips for Awesome Parties appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Winter Salads With Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/5-winter-salads-avocado/ Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:55:43 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30749

Cold weather means two things: comfort foods and winter produce. We wanted to unite the two, which is what inspired these five winter avocado salads. Each recipe is packed with a variety of winter veggies, nuts, and fruits (like avocado!). Bellies, prepare to be comforted.

Related: Chew chew! All aboard for the Salad Station, where you can build your own salad and discover new recipes.

5 Winter Avocado Salads

  1. Avocado, Blood Orange, and Pear Salad With Gorgonzola Crumbles

    Sweet and satisfying, this salad made with pears, oranges, and avocados is a fresh and flavorful meal. Drizzled with dressing made from blood orange juice, oregano, and chipotle powder, it will have your taste buds watering and your guests wondering where they can get the recipe. (It’s OK, you can tell them it’s yours.)

  2. Avocado Brussels Sprouts Salad With Pumpkin Seeds

    This recipe is stellar when paired with rotisserie chicken or roast turkey — but it’s just as enjoyable on its own. The nutty notes of roasted Brussels sprouts and smooth avocado seem to shine under a dressing of bright lemon and spicy sriracha. Toss in the crunch of toasted pumpkin seeds, and you have a symphony of texture and flavor right on your dinner table.

  3. Farro Salad with Lemon & Fresh Dill Herbed Dressing

    A spectacular salad by any account, this recipe is chock-full of greens and grains. Perfectly delicious for anyone who’s on a Mediterranean diet or who’s just a fan of farro, this salad features goat cheese, cranberries, arugula, and walnuts. A true crowd pleaser, the goodness in this delicious salad is endless.

  4. Avocado Beet Salad

    This salad comes to your table in dramatic fashion, featuring beets, green onion, and smooth avocados, all atop a boat of crisp romaine. Topped off by a dressing of tangy apple cider vinegar and dill, it’s almost too pretty to eat. And beyond its deliciousness, the healthy avocado featured in this recipe is sodium- and cholesterol-free, so you can feel great about eating something that tastes so good!

  5. Shrimp, Avocado, Winter Fruit Salad

    Change up your winter meal rotation with this vibrant shrimp salad. Complete with crunchy red grapes and creamy avocado, this recipe is a small tropical escape from the cold weather with flavors of sweet mango and zesty lime.

Has your tummy been grumbling while you’ve been reading? Order your ingredients online and get to tossing!

And if you haven’t quite seen enough here, be sure to peruse our recipe page for more spectacular salads.

The post 5 Winter Salads With Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Cold weather means two things: comfort foods and winter produce. We wanted to unite the two, which is what inspired these five winter avocado salads. Each recipe is packed with a variety of winter veggies, nuts, and fruits (like avocado!). Bellies, prepare to be comforted. Related: Chew chew! All aboard for the Salad Station, where you can build your own salad and discover new recipes.

5 Winter Avocado Salads

  1. Avocado, Blood Orange, and Pear Salad With Gorgonzola Crumbles

    Sweet and satisfying, this salad made with pears, oranges, and avocados is a fresh and flavorful meal. Drizzled with dressing made from blood orange juice, oregano, and chipotle powder, it will have your taste buds watering and your guests wondering where they can get the recipe. (It’s OK, you can tell them it’s yours.)
  2. Avocado Brussels Sprouts Salad With Pumpkin Seeds

    This recipe is stellar when paired with rotisserie chicken or roast turkey — but it’s just as enjoyable on its own. The nutty notes of roasted Brussels sprouts and smooth avocado seem to shine under a dressing of bright lemon and spicy sriracha. Toss in the crunch of toasted pumpkin seeds, and you have a symphony of texture and flavor right on your dinner table.
  3. Farro Salad with Lemon & Fresh Dill Herbed Dressing

    A spectacular salad by any account, this recipe is chock-full of greens and grains. Perfectly delicious for anyone who’s on a Mediterranean diet or who’s just a fan of farro, this salad features goat cheese, cranberries, arugula, and walnuts. A true crowd pleaser, the goodness in this delicious salad is endless.
  4. Avocado Beet Salad

    This salad comes to your table in dramatic fashion, featuring beets, green onion, and smooth avocados, all atop a boat of crisp romaine. Topped off by a dressing of tangy apple cider vinegar and dill, it’s almost too pretty to eat. And beyond its deliciousness, the healthy avocado featured in this recipe is sodium- and cholesterol-free, so you can feel great about eating something that tastes so good!
  5. Shrimp, Avocado, Winter Fruit Salad

    Change up your winter meal rotation with this vibrant shrimp salad. Complete with crunchy red grapes and creamy avocado, this recipe is a small tropical escape from the cold weather with flavors of sweet mango and zesty lime.
Has your tummy been grumbling while you’ve been reading? Order your ingredients online and get to tossing! And if you haven’t quite seen enough here, be sure to peruse our recipe page for more spectacular salads.

The post 5 Winter Salads With Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
A Holly Jolly Avocado Milkshake https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/holly-jolly-avocado-milkshake/ Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:55:18 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30747

Welcome to your new holiday tradition! Decked with green, red, and white ingredients, this avocado milkshake recipe is everything merry and bright.

Related: Treat yourself to even more avocado holiday desserts here.

Ingredients:

  • 2 c. vanilla ice cream
  • 1/3 c. of crushed candy canes (about 5 candy canes)
  • 1/4 c. semisweet chocolate chips
  • 1/2 Avocado From Mexico, peeled, pitted, and cubed
  • 1 c. milk
  • White chocolate sauce
  • Whipped cream
  • Festive sprinkles

You’ll Also Need:

  • Blender
  • Resealable plastic baggie
  • 2 large glasses
  • Straws (red or green will look great!)

Directions:

  1. Put the candy canes in a resealable plastic baggie. Seal it, then smash the candy with a rolling pin. Smash firmly enough that the candy canes break but gently enough that the bag does not burst. You should aim for pieces about the size of chocolate chips (we’re blending them up later), but smaller, powdered pieces will taste just as good.
  2. Halve your avocado and scoop out the green goodness from one half. Here’s how to slice and dice an avocado the correct way.
  3. Now it’s time to shake things up. Scoop the ice cream, crushed candy cane, chocolate chips, avocado half, and milk into the blender. Blend in pulses and stir the chunks of candy out of the bottom as needed. Continue until well combined. Make sure the chocolate chips and candy canes are in small pieces that will easily fit through a straw.
  4. Separate blended mixture into two glasses and top with whipped cream, white chocolate sauce, and festive sprinkles. Add a whole candy cane and a straw to the glass and sit back to appreciate your masterpiece. Then dig in!

If you’re feeling extra creative, top your holly jolly avocado milkshake with crumbled peppermint bark, maraschino cherries, or chunks of a chocolate bar — the more you add, the merrier the milkshake.

For more good times, browse all our avocado sweet treats.

The post A Holly Jolly Avocado Milkshake appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Welcome to your new holiday tradition! Decked with green, red, and white ingredients, this avocado milkshake recipe is everything merry and bright. Related: Treat yourself to even more avocado holiday desserts here.

Ingredients:

  • 2 c. vanilla ice cream
  • 1/3 c. of crushed candy canes (about 5 candy canes)
  • 1/4 c. semisweet chocolate chips
  • 1/2 Avocado From Mexico, peeled, pitted, and cubed
  • 1 c. milk
  • White chocolate sauce
  • Whipped cream
  • Festive sprinkles

You’ll Also Need:

  • Blender
  • Resealable plastic baggie
  • 2 large glasses
  • Straws (red or green will look great!)

Directions:

  1. Put the candy canes in a resealable plastic baggie. Seal it, then smash the candy with a rolling pin. Smash firmly enough that the candy canes break but gently enough that the bag does not burst. You should aim for pieces about the size of chocolate chips (we’re blending them up later), but smaller, powdered pieces will taste just as good.
  2. Halve your avocado and scoop out the green goodness from one half. Here’s how to slice and dice an avocado the correct way.
  3. Now it’s time to shake things up. Scoop the ice cream, crushed candy cane, chocolate chips, avocado half, and milk into the blender. Blend in pulses and stir the chunks of candy out of the bottom as needed. Continue until well combined. Make sure the chocolate chips and candy canes are in small pieces that will easily fit through a straw.
  4. Separate blended mixture into two glasses and top with whipped cream, white chocolate sauce, and festive sprinkles. Add a whole candy cane and a straw to the glass and sit back to appreciate your masterpiece. Then dig in!
If you’re feeling extra creative, top your holly jolly avocado milkshake with crumbled peppermint bark, maraschino cherries, or chunks of a chocolate bar — the more you add, the merrier the milkshake. For more good times, browse all our avocado sweet treats.

The post A Holly Jolly Avocado Milkshake appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
4 Ways to Add Avocado to Christmas Eve Tamales https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/4-ways-add-avocado-christmas-eve-tamales/ Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:54:38 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30745

The holidays are a magical time, filled with traditions and good times with family, many of which take place in the kitchen. Like many families, our favorite tradition is Christmas Eve tamales — but we put a few spins on them. This year, make a new memory with the fam by adding creamy, festively green avocado to the mix!

Here are four fresh ideas for how to add avocado to Christmas Eve tamales.

  1. Avocado Crema

    Spicy, savory tamales are a perfect match for cool, velvety avocado crema. Whip up a batch of avocado crema using soft, ripe avocados. (You’ll know your avocados are ripe when they’re dark green and yield to gentle pressure.) Allow guests to drizzle their own avocado crema over the tamales to their liking.

  2. Vegetarian Avocado Tamales

    Making an inclusive holiday table for family and friends sometimes requires creativity. Allow your loved ones who are practicing a plant-based diet to join in on the family tradition by making a little modification to your tamales: Substitute any meat with thick slices of avocado and an assembly of your favorite proteins and veggies, such as beans, butternut squash, peppers, or poblano chiles.

    Are you hosting gluten-free relatives and friends over the holidays? Good news! Harissa masa and avocados are gluten free. As long as your tamale recipe contains no wheat products, your gluten-sensitive friends can enjoy your tamales to their heart’s content.

  3. Avocado Masa

    One of the avocado’s finest qualities is its ability to bring people together. Likewise, avocado also brings and holds ingredients together, making it a great addition to your masa recipe. Add avocado to your masa in a 3-to-1 (masa-to-avocado) ratio or follow this avocado tamale masa dough recipe here. The resulting texture will be a little lighter and fluffier — and a little greener too!

    As a Christmas bonus, avocados are superfoods filled with all the good stuff: good fats, nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, and zero cholesterol. When you add avocado to the mix, you’re bringing nutritious essentials to the table such as fiber, folate, and Vitamin K.

Related: What is “good fat”? Get the skinny about monosaturated and poly saturated fats here.

  1. Tomatillo Guacamole on the Side

    The best tamales are soft and juicy — and begging for a fresh zing! Enter: guacamole al tomatilla con queso fresco. Since tamales are made overnight, you have ample time before serving to whip up a fresh batch of guac. Serve with tortilla chips and leave a spoon in the bowl for family members to spoon straight onto their tamales. (And if this recipe isn’t quite your tempo, we’ve got plenty more.)

Make this year’s tradition of Christmas Eve tamales one for the books, and make the holidays even brighter with our library of avocado recipes to find crowd-pleading appetizers, main courses, and desserts.

The post 4 Ways to Add Avocado to Christmas Eve Tamales appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The holidays are a magical time, filled with traditions and good times with family, many of which take place in the kitchen. Like many families, our favorite tradition is Christmas Eve tamales — but we put a few spins on them. This year, make a new memory with the fam by adding creamy, festively green avocado to the mix! Here are four fresh ideas for how to add avocado to Christmas Eve tamales.
  1. Avocado Crema

    Spicy, savory tamales are a perfect match for cool, velvety avocado crema. Whip up a batch of avocado crema using soft, ripe avocados. (You’ll know your avocados are ripe when they’re dark green and yield to gentle pressure.) Allow guests to drizzle their own avocado crema over the tamales to their liking.
  2. Vegetarian Avocado Tamales

    Making an inclusive holiday table for family and friends sometimes requires creativity. Allow your loved ones who are practicing a plant-based diet to join in on the family tradition by making a little modification to your tamales: Substitute any meat with thick slices of avocado and an assembly of your favorite proteins and veggies, such as beans, butternut squash, peppers, or poblano chiles. Are you hosting gluten-free relatives and friends over the holidays? Good news! Harissa masa and avocados are gluten free. As long as your tamale recipe contains no wheat products, your gluten-sensitive friends can enjoy your tamales to their heart’s content.
  3. Avocado Masa

    One of the avocado’s finest qualities is its ability to bring people together. Likewise, avocado also brings and holds ingredients together, making it a great addition to your masa recipe. Add avocado to your masa in a 3-to-1 (masa-to-avocado) ratio or follow this avocado tamale masa dough recipe here. The resulting texture will be a little lighter and fluffier — and a little greener too! As a Christmas bonus, avocados are superfoods filled with all the good stuff: good fats, nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, and zero cholesterol. When you add avocado to the mix, you’re bringing nutritious essentials to the table such as fiber, folate, and Vitamin K.
Related: What is “good fat”? Get the skinny about monosaturated and poly saturated fats here.
  1. Tomatillo Guacamole on the Side

    The best tamales are soft and juicy — and begging for a fresh zing! Enter: guacamole al tomatilla con queso fresco. Since tamales are made overnight, you have ample time before serving to whip up a fresh batch of guac. Serve with tortilla chips and leave a spoon in the bowl for family members to spoon straight onto their tamales. (And if this recipe isn’t quite your tempo, we’ve got plenty more.)
Make this year’s tradition of Christmas Eve tamales one for the books, and make the holidays even brighter with our library of avocado recipes to find crowd-pleading appetizers, main courses, and desserts.

The post 4 Ways to Add Avocado to Christmas Eve Tamales appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Now Trending: Avocado Cauliflower Rice https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/now-trending-avocado-cauliflower-rice/ Fri, 10 Dec 2021 20:53:34 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30743

By Barbara Ruhs, MS, RDN

An avid avocado eater and guacamole lover, Barb is the Registered Dietitian/Nutritionist for Avocados From Mexico and former sports nutritionist for Harvard University. Her philosophy on food is simple: Enjoy what you eat, prepare food with love, and add avocados to everything!

Avocado cauliflower rice is having a well-deserved moment in the spotlight. It’s a filling and versatile dish that mixes well into salads and bowls while adding numerous vitamins and minerals to your meal. Whether you’re seeking a low-carb substitute for grains or simply want to fit more fruits and veggies on your plate, you’ve come to the right place. Avocado cauliflower rice is a winning combination any day of the week.

How to Make Avocado Cauliflower Rice

As a nutritionist, I can’t emphasize enough the importance of making healthy meals as easy to prepare as possible — because then you’re more likely to make them! Avocado cauliflower rice is a simple dish you can prepare with hardly any culinary experience.

Related: Check out my blog on one-pot meals to cut down on cooking time (and messy dishes).

The easiest way is to purchase cauliflower rice in the frozen-vegetables section of your grocery store and follow this avocado cauliflower rice recipe. Alternatively, you can buy and chop the cauliflower head yourself and cook it over the stovetop — or even in the microwave. Ding! Dinner is served.

Health Benefits

Avocado and cauliflower contain less than 5g of carbohydrates per serving (as compared to >50g in 1 cup of cooked rice). Served together, this powerhouse couple offers an antioxidant punch — in every serving of cauliflower (1 cup) combined with 1/3 medium avocado, they’re an excellent source of Vitamin C (60% daily value or 52 milligrams) and Vitamin K (25% DV or 30 micrograms). The heart-healthy duo provides dietary fiber (18% DV or 5 grams); avocados provide the good fats; and cauliflower is a good source (15% daily value) of Vitamin K. A recent 2021 study published by the American Heart Association demonstrated the benefits of Vitamin K for reducing the risk for heart disease and preventing blood clots.

Most Americans could use more veggies in their diets, and avocado cauliflower rice is a delicious way to check that box. One serving of avocado and cauliflower combined offers 5 grams of fiber, which supports digestion and leaves you feeling full longer.

If you’re looking for an alternative to grain rice, cauliflower is a filling substitute with a hearty texture and numerous health benefits. While anyone can enjoy the health benefits of avocado cauliflower rice, it’s an especially big win for people managing diabetes  that are counting carbohydrates. And if that’s not enough, both avocado and cauliflower are excellent additions to a gluten-free menu.

Ways to Eat Avocado Cauliflower Rice

Talk about versatility! Avocado cauliflower rice is so rich and tasty on its own that you don’t need much to spruce it up. Try mixing it into a stir-fry or serving it along side grilled meat. It can stand in for starches, too, like in this recipe for avocado cauli-risotto.

But if you’re on the bowl trend (and who isn’t these days?!), avocado cauliflower rice is the perfect base. Try it in a taco bowl, an Asian-inspired bowl, or a classic “rice”-and-beans recipe — you can browse a bunch of our favorite bowl recipes here.

Here are some helpful hacks to help you store, cut, and prepare avocados like a pro as part of your healthy lifestyle. Happy (and healthy) cooking!

The post Now Trending: Avocado Cauliflower Rice appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Barbara Ruhs, MS, RDN An avid avocado eater and guacamole lover, Barb is the Registered Dietitian/Nutritionist for Avocados From Mexico and former sports nutritionist for Harvard University. Her philosophy on food is simple: Enjoy what you eat, prepare food with love, and add avocados to everything! Avocado cauliflower rice is having a well-deserved moment in the spotlight. It’s a filling and versatile dish that mixes well into salads and bowls while adding numerous vitamins and minerals to your meal. Whether you’re seeking a low-carb substitute for grains or simply want to fit more fruits and veggies on your plate, you’ve come to the right place. Avocado cauliflower rice is a winning combination any day of the week.

How to Make Avocado Cauliflower Rice

As a nutritionist, I can’t emphasize enough the importance of making healthy meals as easy to prepare as possible — because then you’re more likely to make them! Avocado cauliflower rice is a simple dish you can prepare with hardly any culinary experience. Related: Check out my blog on one-pot meals to cut down on cooking time (and messy dishes). The easiest way is to purchase cauliflower rice in the frozen-vegetables section of your grocery store and follow this avocado cauliflower rice recipe. Alternatively, you can buy and chop the cauliflower head yourself and cook it over the stovetop — or even in the microwave. Ding! Dinner is served.

Health Benefits

Avocado and cauliflower contain less than 5g of carbohydrates per serving (as compared to >50g in 1 cup of cooked rice). Served together, this powerhouse couple offers an antioxidant punch — in every serving of cauliflower (1 cup) combined with 1/3 medium avocado, they’re an excellent source of Vitamin C (60% daily value or 52 milligrams) and Vitamin K (25% DV or 30 micrograms). The heart-healthy duo provides dietary fiber (18% DV or 5 grams); avocados provide the good fats; and cauliflower is a good source (15% daily value) of Vitamin K. A recent 2021 study published by the American Heart Association demonstrated the benefits of Vitamin K for reducing the risk for heart disease and preventing blood clots. Most Americans could use more veggies in their diets, and avocado cauliflower rice is a delicious way to check that box. One serving of avocado and cauliflower combined offers 5 grams of fiber, which supports digestion and leaves you feeling full longer. If you’re looking for an alternative to grain rice, cauliflower is a filling substitute with a hearty texture and numerous health benefits. While anyone can enjoy the health benefits of avocado cauliflower rice, it’s an especially big win for people managing diabetes  that are counting carbohydrates. And if that’s not enough, both avocado and cauliflower are excellent additions to a gluten-free menu.

Ways to Eat Avocado Cauliflower Rice

Talk about versatility! Avocado cauliflower rice is so rich and tasty on its own that you don’t need much to spruce it up. Try mixing it into a stir-fry or serving it along side grilled meat. It can stand in for starches, too, like in this recipe for avocado cauli-risotto. But if you’re on the bowl trend (and who isn’t these days?!), avocado cauliflower rice is the perfect base. Try it in a taco bowl, an Asian-inspired bowl, or a classic “rice”-and-beans recipe — you can browse a bunch of our favorite bowl recipes here. Here are some helpful hacks to help you store, cut, and prepare avocados like a pro as part of your healthy lifestyle. Happy (and healthy) cooking!

The post Now Trending: Avocado Cauliflower Rice appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
3 Holiday Avocado Appetizers Bursting With Good Cheer https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/3-holiday-avocado-appetizers-bursting-good-cheer/ Tue, 09 Nov 2021 15:32:15 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30627

It’s the most wonderful time of the year for avocado appetizer lovers. Show off your holiday spirit with spreads that look as festive as they taste. The following holiday avocado appetizer recipes will fill your friends and family with goodness and cheer — and the sleigh-load of vitamins and minerals found in avocados to boot!

Related: Got a holiday sweet tooth? These avocado desserts are perfect for the season.

  1. Guacamole Wreath

    Welcome guests to your holiday table with a festive guacamole wreath (no fancy glassware required). Simply place a small bowl upside down on top of a large plate. Scoop guacamole onto the plate surrounding the bowl and swirl smooth with the bottom of a spoon. Remove the bowl and voila! You’ve built your wreath’s base.

    Avocado’s gorgeous green hue is a great start for a holiday color palette. To complete the aesthetic, choose a guacamole recipe with hints of red — like tomatoes, strawberries, or pomegranate seeds — and maybe some dark greens, like chopped jalapeño, kale, or mint.

    Take it over the top with garnishes that resemble holly. All you need are a few cherry tomatoes (three per grouping is most aesthetically pleasing) surrounded by an herb that complements the flavor of your guacamole. Cilantro, mint, or rosemary work great!

  2. Avocado Pita Christmas Trees

    O Guacamole Tree, O Guacamole Tree, how delicious are thy branches! Do your kiddos love helping you in the kitchen around the holidays? Avocado pita Christmas trees are an easy and fun holiday appetizer the whole family can enjoy crafting together.

    All you need to do is cut pita bread into triangles and smear mashed avocado over the top. Insert a pretzel stick into the bottom of the pita slice for the trunk, and string “garlands” of finely chopped red bell peppers in a zigzag pattern across each tree. For the finishing touch, place a single, large-diced piece of yellow bell pepper as the tree topper.

Pro tip: This recipe works best with fully ripe avocados. Are they feeling a little hard? Use this hack to ripen avocados overnight!

  1. Holly Jolly Avocado Deviled Eggs

    Time is a precious commodity during the holidays. Avocado appetizers you can make ahead of time are a lifesaver. This recipe is a festive twist on one of the most famous finger foods of all time: deviled eggs, made festive with avocado. This recipe is also gluten-free!

    Follow this recipe for avocado deviled eggs. Then, choose your holly garnish materials: something red for the “holly berries” (diced red pepper or tomato, pomegranate seeds), and something green for the “holly leaves” (cilantro, mint, rosemary). Store in the fridge until party time.

Have a holly, jolly, healthful holiday season with the goodness of avocado. Learn more about avocado nutrition here.

The post 3 Holiday Avocado Appetizers Bursting With Good Cheer appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It’s the most wonderful time of the year for avocado appetizer lovers. Show off your holiday spirit with spreads that look as festive as they taste. The following holiday avocado appetizer recipes will fill your friends and family with goodness and cheer — and the sleigh-load of vitamins and minerals found in avocados to boot! Related: Got a holiday sweet tooth? These avocado desserts are perfect for the season.
  1. Guacamole Wreath

    Welcome guests to your holiday table with a festive guacamole wreath (no fancy glassware required). Simply place a small bowl upside down on top of a large plate. Scoop guacamole onto the plate surrounding the bowl and swirl smooth with the bottom of a spoon. Remove the bowl and voila! You’ve built your wreath’s base. Avocado’s gorgeous green hue is a great start for a holiday color palette. To complete the aesthetic, choose a guacamole recipe with hints of red — like tomatoes, strawberries, or pomegranate seeds — and maybe some dark greens, like chopped jalapeño, kale, or mint. Take it over the top with garnishes that resemble holly. All you need are a few cherry tomatoes (three per grouping is most aesthetically pleasing) surrounded by an herb that complements the flavor of your guacamole. Cilantro, mint, or rosemary work great!
  2. Avocado Pita Christmas Trees

    O Guacamole Tree, O Guacamole Tree, how delicious are thy branches! Do your kiddos love helping you in the kitchen around the holidays? Avocado pita Christmas trees are an easy and fun holiday appetizer the whole family can enjoy crafting together. All you need to do is cut pita bread into triangles and smear mashed avocado over the top. Insert a pretzel stick into the bottom of the pita slice for the trunk, and string “garlands” of finely chopped red bell peppers in a zigzag pattern across each tree. For the finishing touch, place a single, large-diced piece of yellow bell pepper as the tree topper.
Pro tip: This recipe works best with fully ripe avocados. Are they feeling a little hard? Use this hack to ripen avocados overnight!
  1. Holly Jolly Avocado Deviled Eggs

    Time is a precious commodity during the holidays. Avocado appetizers you can make ahead of time are a lifesaver. This recipe is a festive twist on one of the most famous finger foods of all time: deviled eggs, made festive with avocado. This recipe is also gluten-free! Follow this recipe for avocado deviled eggs. Then, choose your holly garnish materials: something red for the “holly berries” (diced red pepper or tomato, pomegranate seeds), and something green for the “holly leaves” (cilantro, mint, rosemary). Store in the fridge until party time.
Have a holly, jolly, healthful holiday season with the goodness of avocado. Learn more about avocado nutrition here.

The post 3 Holiday Avocado Appetizers Bursting With Good Cheer appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Cornbread Toast (and 4 Avocado Spreads to Top It Off) https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/make-cornbread-toast-4-avocado-spreads-top-off/ Tue, 09 Nov 2021 15:29:27 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30625

What could go better with chilly weather than cornbread? The cooler months ahead are the perfect time to try a seasonal take on avocado toast, throwing in gorgeous, golden brown, toasted cornbread instead of traditional toast. Accompanied by delicious avocado spreads that pair nicely with cornbread fresh out of the oven, this recipe will be sure to keep you warm all through the winter.

Ingredients:

  • 1 c. all-purpose flour
  • 1 c. yellow cornmeal or polenta
  • 1/2 tsp. salt
  • 1 tbsp. granulated sugar
  • 2 tsp. baking powder
  • 1/2 tsp. baking soda
  • 1/3 c. unsalted butter, melted
  • 2 eggs
  • 1 c. milk

Directions:

  1. Preheat the oven to 400°F. Lightly butter a 9-inch cast-iron skillet or a 9-inch baking dish. Place in the oven to heat up.
  2. In a medium mixing bowl, combine flour, cornmeal, salt, sugar, baking soda, and baking powder. Whisk well.
  3. Add butter, milk, and eggs to the center of the mixing bowl. Stir until just combined, as you want there to be some lumps remaining in the mixture.
  4. Remove your pan or dish from the oven, taking care, as the dish will be very hot. Pour cornmeal mixture into the hot dish and return to the oven for 20 to 25 minutes or until the top is a beautiful golden brown. When done, a toothpick should come out clean when inserted into the bread.
  5. For extra toasty-ness: Preheat oven on broil. Place fully baked cornbread on the top rack for 1 to 2 minutes or until the top has browned.
  6. Top each serving of cornbread with one of the avocado spreads below.

Toasted Cornbread Toppings

This cornbread is good with almost anything. Here are some of our favorite toppings:

Got leftovers? Be sure you know how to keep unused avocado fresh so you’ll have more for avocado cornbread toast tomorrow and the next day!

Click here for more inspirational avocado recipes.

The post How to Make Cornbread Toast (and 4 Avocado Spreads to Top It Off) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

What could go better with chilly weather than cornbread? The cooler months ahead are the perfect time to try a seasonal take on avocado toast, throwing in gorgeous, golden brown, toasted cornbread instead of traditional toast. Accompanied by delicious avocado spreads that pair nicely with cornbread fresh out of the oven, this recipe will be sure to keep you warm all through the winter.

Ingredients:

  • 1 c. all-purpose flour
  • 1 c. yellow cornmeal or polenta
  • 1/2 tsp. salt
  • 1 tbsp. granulated sugar
  • 2 tsp. baking powder
  • 1/2 tsp. baking soda
  • 1/3 c. unsalted butter, melted
  • 2 eggs
  • 1 c. milk

Directions:

  1. Preheat the oven to 400°F. Lightly butter a 9-inch cast-iron skillet or a 9-inch baking dish. Place in the oven to heat up.
  2. In a medium mixing bowl, combine flour, cornmeal, salt, sugar, baking soda, and baking powder. Whisk well.
  3. Add butter, milk, and eggs to the center of the mixing bowl. Stir until just combined, as you want there to be some lumps remaining in the mixture.
  4. Remove your pan or dish from the oven, taking care, as the dish will be very hot. Pour cornmeal mixture into the hot dish and return to the oven for 20 to 25 minutes or until the top is a beautiful golden brown. When done, a toothpick should come out clean when inserted into the bread.
  5. For extra toasty-ness: Preheat oven on broil. Place fully baked cornbread on the top rack for 1 to 2 minutes or until the top has browned.
  6. Top each serving of cornbread with one of the avocado spreads below.

Toasted Cornbread Toppings

This cornbread is good with almost anything. Here are some of our favorite toppings: Got leftovers? Be sure you know how to keep unused avocado fresh so you’ll have more for avocado cornbread toast tomorrow and the next day! Click here for more inspirational avocado recipes.

The post How to Make Cornbread Toast (and 4 Avocado Spreads to Top It Off) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
One-Pot Meals With Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/one-pot-meals-avocado/ Tue, 09 Nov 2021 15:22:27 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30621

By Barbara Ruhs, MS, RDN

An avid avocado eater and guacamole lover, Barb is the Registered Dietitian/Nutritionist for Avocados From Mexico and former sports nutritionist for Harvard University. Her philosophy on food is simple: Enjoy what you eat, prepare food with love, and add avocados to everything!

I’ll let you in on a not-so-secret bit of wisdom I’ve gleaned as a Registered Dietitian and Nutritionist: Adopting a healthy lifestyle is so much easier and more enjoyable when you keep meals simple. I love one-pot meals (and one-pan meals!) because they’re easy to assemble on busy weeknights, and they minimize dirty dishes afterward. With few ingredients — including nutrient-dense avocado — you know exactly what’s in your bowl, making it easier to hit your nutritional goals.

These are my three favorite one-pot meals and one-pan recipes that take roughly 30 minutes to prepare.

Related: Meal planning is easy when you’re eating an avocado a day. Here’s how we do it.

  1. Avocado Pesto Gnocchi With Leafy Greens

    If you’ve never made gnocchi before, don’t worry — it’s foolproof. Gnocchi is a potato pasta (great if you’re on a gluten-free diet) that’s almost impossible to overcook. You can find it in the pasta aisle at most grocery stores. This recipe looks complicated but it’s not — perfect for impressing a dinner date!

    Start by making fresh avocado pesto. If you’re in a hurry, simply combine half a cup of store-bought pesto with a fully ripe avocado in a blender or food processor. Combine with gnocchi and a cup of colorful cherry tomatoes (red, yellow, or orange). Tomatoes and avocado are a match made in nutritionist heaven because the good fats in avocados improves the absorption of Vitamin A and lycopene (a Vitamin A derivative) found in tomatoes.

    Place gnocchi and vegetable mixture in a baking dish and bake in the oven at 400°F for 20 minutes, tossing halfway through. Once finished, immediately mix in a handful of your favorite leafy greens, such as spinach or arugula, to add fresh flavor and even more nutritional goodness that will help you meet your veggie intake goals for the day. Allow the greens to wilt. Serve warm.

  2. Slow-Cooker Chili With Avocado

    I like to play a game: How many beans can I fit in one pot of chili? Black beans, pinto beans, chickpeas (garbanzo beans), and cannellini beans … all of these are plant-based proteins and powerhouses of fiber. Throw them all in a slow-cooker along with two large cans of stewed tomatoes, your favorite taco seasoning, and any veggies hanging out in your fridge. (Potatoes, carrots, peppers, and onions are all great choices.) Set your slow-cooker on high for a few of hours. Before serving, carefully slice fresh avocado and drop a few cool, refreshing slices on top.

  3. No-Cook Salad Bowl

    Salad bowls are an excellent choice for big families because they leave a lot of room for customization. Start by answering three questions:

    1. What’s your base? Choose a leafy green you love. Baby kale, spinach, butter lettuce, and romaine are all delicious no-prep selections.
    2. What’s your crunch? Radishes, carrots, jicama, or slaw mix all provide a satisfying bite.
    3. What’s your protein? No-cook options include rotisserie chicken and canned tuna or beans.

    Beyond this, just add your favorite co-star: avocado! Whether you like it diced or sliced, avocado adds an extra layer of health and takes your salad from “ho-hum” to “wow!” Not to mention the avocado adds good fats and nearly 20 vitamin and minerals to your salad.

    Last but not least: dressing. I recommend blending avocado into your favorite lite ranch or Greek yogurt dressing. If you have a few extra minutes, it’s worth it to prepare your own avocado salad dressings, made with honey and lemon, or avocado and cilantro.

Related: Create your own recipe by using our virtual Salad Builder.

Learn more about why I recommend avocados to anyone wanting more goodness on their tables as part of their healthy lifestyle.

The post One-Pot Meals With Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Barbara Ruhs, MS, RDN An avid avocado eater and guacamole lover, Barb is the Registered Dietitian/Nutritionist for Avocados From Mexico and former sports nutritionist for Harvard University. Her philosophy on food is simple: Enjoy what you eat, prepare food with love, and add avocados to everything! I’ll let you in on a not-so-secret bit of wisdom I’ve gleaned as a Registered Dietitian and Nutritionist: Adopting a healthy lifestyle is so much easier and more enjoyable when you keep meals simple. I love one-pot meals (and one-pan meals!) because they’re easy to assemble on busy weeknights, and they minimize dirty dishes afterward. With few ingredients — including nutrient-dense avocado — you know exactly what’s in your bowl, making it easier to hit your nutritional goals. These are my three favorite one-pot meals and one-pan recipes that take roughly 30 minutes to prepare. Related: Meal planning is easy when you’re eating an avocado a day. Here’s how we do it.
  1. Avocado Pesto Gnocchi With Leafy Greens

    If you’ve never made gnocchi before, don’t worry — it’s foolproof. Gnocchi is a potato pasta (great if you’re on a gluten-free diet) that’s almost impossible to overcook. You can find it in the pasta aisle at most grocery stores. This recipe looks complicated but it’s not — perfect for impressing a dinner date! Start by making fresh avocado pesto. If you’re in a hurry, simply combine half a cup of store-bought pesto with a fully ripe avocado in a blender or food processor. Combine with gnocchi and a cup of colorful cherry tomatoes (red, yellow, or orange). Tomatoes and avocado are a match made in nutritionist heaven because the good fats in avocados improves the absorption of Vitamin A and lycopene (a Vitamin A derivative) found in tomatoes. Place gnocchi and vegetable mixture in a baking dish and bake in the oven at 400°F for 20 minutes, tossing halfway through. Once finished, immediately mix in a handful of your favorite leafy greens, such as spinach or arugula, to add fresh flavor and even more nutritional goodness that will help you meet your veggie intake goals for the day. Allow the greens to wilt. Serve warm.
  2. Slow-Cooker Chili With Avocado

    I like to play a game: How many beans can I fit in one pot of chili? Black beans, pinto beans, chickpeas (garbanzo beans), and cannellini beans … all of these are plant-based proteins and powerhouses of fiber. Throw them all in a slow-cooker along with two large cans of stewed tomatoes, your favorite taco seasoning, and any veggies hanging out in your fridge. (Potatoes, carrots, peppers, and onions are all great choices.) Set your slow-cooker on high for a few of hours. Before serving, carefully slice fresh avocado and drop a few cool, refreshing slices on top.
  3. No-Cook Salad Bowl

    Salad bowls are an excellent choice for big families because they leave a lot of room for customization. Start by answering three questions:
    1. What’s your base? Choose a leafy green you love. Baby kale, spinach, butter lettuce, and romaine are all delicious no-prep selections.
    2. What’s your crunch? Radishes, carrots, jicama, or slaw mix all provide a satisfying bite.
    3. What’s your protein? No-cook options include rotisserie chicken and canned tuna or beans.
    Beyond this, just add your favorite co-star: avocado! Whether you like it diced or sliced, avocado adds an extra layer of health and takes your salad from “ho-hum” to “wow!” Not to mention the avocado adds good fats and nearly 20 vitamin and minerals to your salad. Last but not least: dressing. I recommend blending avocado into your favorite lite ranch or Greek yogurt dressing. If you have a few extra minutes, it’s worth it to prepare your own avocado salad dressings, made with honey and lemon, or avocado and cilantro.
Related: Create your own recipe by using our virtual Salad Builder. Learn more about why I recommend avocados to anyone wanting more goodness on their tables as part of their healthy lifestyle.

The post One-Pot Meals With Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Meal Planning With Avocados: 7 Days, 7 Ways https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/meal-planning-avocados-7-days-7-ways/ Tue, 12 Oct 2021 16:57:59 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30487

By Barbara Ruhs, MS, RDN

An avid avocado-eater and guacamole-lover, Barb is the Registered Dietitian/Nutritionist for Avocados From Mexico and former sports nutritionist for Harvard University. Her philosophy on food is simple: Enjoy what you eat, prepare food with love, and add avocados to everything!

As a Registered Dietitian and Nutritionist, I can’t say enough about the many virtues of avocados. They’re nearly a perfect food — a delicious fresh fruit you can fit into any meal, every day of the week. And there are many reasons you should! They’re virtually the only fruit with good fats (monosaturated fat and polysaturated fat) that help the body absorb vitamins A, D, K, and E. And they’re a good source of fiber, which adds bulk to your diet and can help you feel full faster and help manage your weight.

Whether you’re practicing a traditional balanced diet, or following a gluten-free or plant-based plan, avocado is a perfect way to pack more “goodness” into your meals. One serving of fresh avocado has nearly 20 vitamins and minerals!

Adding avocado to your diet doesn’t have to take a lot of time or effort. It’s a versatile fruit that requires little prep and zero cooking skills, and it can be combined with many pre-made or raw ingredients in a snap. Here’s a week’s full of inspiration to get you started on an avo-tricious journey.

  1. Super Salads Monday

    Avocado elevates salads with a dreamy touch. My advice is to play with texture. Some salad recipes taste great with creamy, melt-in-your-mouth ripe avocados, while others go well with firmer avocado slices. And if you’re looking to sneak even more veggies into your salads, try pureeing avocado into your salad dressing. If you want a dreamy green Caesar or homemade green goddess dressing, we’ve got you covered!

  2. Taco Tuesday

    Avocado and tacos are a classic pair! And a quick, easy, self-assembly dinner for the whole family on a busy weekday night — plus they are customizable to different taste preferences or eating styles. If you want a gluten-free or vegetarian alternative, no problem with simple substitutions. Taquitos and tostadas are a fun spin on taco night, too.

  3. Toast to Wednesday

    On the run? No time at breakfast? While it may be tempting to go for a toaster pastry, avocado toast takes just about the same amount of effort. Simply scoop out the avocado flesh with a spoon and smear it onto your favorite toasted bread. Here are a bunch of toast recipes to get you started. Bonus if you can add eggs, chicken, or berries on top! The combination of fiber and good fats from the avocado and protein provides energy to fuel your day and give you that extra oomph to make it to lunchtime.

    Another tip for early birds who are really in a rush: Grab a spoon, a ripe avocado, and a hard-boiled egg for an unbelievable on-the-go breakfast.

  4. Simply Satisfying Thursday

    One of the best parts of avocado is that it takes minimum effort to prepare a healthful dish. For example, you can mix chopped avocado with rotisserie chicken for a satisfying snack. Or layer avocado on wheat crisps with slices of tomato and a sprinkle of salt. And if you’ve got a sweet tooth, there are lots of ways to satisfy it with avocado (without any added sugar!).

  5. Friday, “Try” Day

    It’s always nice to kick off the weekend by making dinner together as a family — and with avocado, the possibilities are endless! Once a week, make a point to explore a new recipe with avocado. Take a trip around the world, while you’re at it, with globally inspired dishes, like Thai avocado shrimp bowls or Greek zoodles with cucumber and avocado.

  6. Swap-or-Top Saturday

    You can also swap butter with avocado in baking recipes, like these scrumptious cookies and delectable pies. They have about the same amount of fat per volume, and most of the fat in avocados is good fat, with the bonus of fiber and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Avocado also makes a great stand-in for sour cream or mayonnaise — a natural fit for sauces, dressings, and sandwich spreads. Try subbing the dairy in your smoothies with avocado for a creamy green twist!

Related: Learn how to tell if an avocado is ripe and ready to blend into a smoothie.

  1. Guac on Sunday

    Reward yourself for a week well done with the most stupendous of treats — guacamole! Since the long ago days of the ancient Aztecs, families have gathered around big bowls of guac to spend quality time together creating memorable moments. If you want to expand beyond the traditional tortilla chip, get creative with other dipping devices: apple or celery slices, veggie crisps and fresh slices of cucumber are all satisfying options! (And a fancy tip: Guacamole also is fun addition to charcuterie and cheese boards.)

There you have it: Seven days and seven ways to sneak avocados, a nutrient-dense food, into your everyday diet. Have a healthful week!

Explore our bottomless archive of avocado recipes for more mealtime inspiration.

The post Meal Planning With Avocados: 7 Days, 7 Ways appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Barbara Ruhs, MS, RDN An avid avocado-eater and guacamole-lover, Barb is the Registered Dietitian/Nutritionist for Avocados From Mexico and former sports nutritionist for Harvard University. Her philosophy on food is simple: Enjoy what you eat, prepare food with love, and add avocados to everything! As a Registered Dietitian and Nutritionist, I can’t say enough about the many virtues of avocados. They’re nearly a perfect food — a delicious fresh fruit you can fit into any meal, every day of the week. And there are many reasons you should! They’re virtually the only fruit with good fats (monosaturated fat and polysaturated fat) that help the body absorb vitamins A, D, K, and E. And they’re a good source of fiber, which adds bulk to your diet and can help you feel full faster and help manage your weight. Whether you’re practicing a traditional balanced diet, or following a gluten-free or plant-based plan, avocado is a perfect way to pack more “goodness” into your meals. One serving of fresh avocado has nearly 20 vitamins and minerals! Adding avocado to your diet doesn’t have to take a lot of time or effort. It’s a versatile fruit that requires little prep and zero cooking skills, and it can be combined with many pre-made or raw ingredients in a snap. Here’s a week’s full of inspiration to get you started on an avo-tricious journey.
  1. Super Salads Monday

    Avocado elevates salads with a dreamy touch. My advice is to play with texture. Some salad recipes taste great with creamy, melt-in-your-mouth ripe avocados, while others go well with firmer avocado slices. And if you’re looking to sneak even more veggies into your salads, try pureeing avocado into your salad dressing. If you want a dreamy green Caesar or homemade green goddess dressing, we’ve got you covered!
  2. Taco Tuesday

    Avocado and tacos are a classic pair! And a quick, easy, self-assembly dinner for the whole family on a busy weekday night — plus they are customizable to different taste preferences or eating styles. If you want a gluten-free or vegetarian alternative, no problem with simple substitutions. Taquitos and tostadas are a fun spin on taco night, too.
  3. Toast to Wednesday

    On the run? No time at breakfast? While it may be tempting to go for a toaster pastry, avocado toast takes just about the same amount of effort. Simply scoop out the avocado flesh with a spoon and smear it onto your favorite toasted bread. Here are a bunch of toast recipes to get you started. Bonus if you can add eggs, chicken, or berries on top! The combination of fiber and good fats from the avocado and protein provides energy to fuel your day and give you that extra oomph to make it to lunchtime. Another tip for early birds who are really in a rush: Grab a spoon, a ripe avocado, and a hard-boiled egg for an unbelievable on-the-go breakfast.
  4. Simply Satisfying Thursday

    One of the best parts of avocado is that it takes minimum effort to prepare a healthful dish. For example, you can mix chopped avocado with rotisserie chicken for a satisfying snack. Or layer avocado on wheat crisps with slices of tomato and a sprinkle of salt. And if you’ve got a sweet tooth, there are lots of ways to satisfy it with avocado (without any added sugar!).
  5. Friday, “Try” Day

    It’s always nice to kick off the weekend by making dinner together as a family — and with avocado, the possibilities are endless! Once a week, make a point to explore a new recipe with avocado. Take a trip around the world, while you’re at it, with globally inspired dishes, like Thai avocado shrimp bowls or Greek zoodles with cucumber and avocado.
  6. Swap-or-Top Saturday

    You can also swap butter with avocado in baking recipes, like these scrumptious cookies and delectable pies. They have about the same amount of fat per volume, and most of the fat in avocados is good fat, with the bonus of fiber and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Avocado also makes a great stand-in for sour cream or mayonnaise — a natural fit for sauces, dressings, and sandwich spreads. Try subbing the dairy in your smoothies with avocado for a creamy green twist!
Related: Learn how to tell if an avocado is ripe and ready to blend into a smoothie.
  1. Guac on Sunday

    Reward yourself for a week well done with the most stupendous of treats — guacamole! Since the long ago days of the ancient Aztecs, families have gathered around big bowls of guac to spend quality time together creating memorable moments. If you want to expand beyond the traditional tortilla chip, get creative with other dipping devices: apple or celery slices, veggie crisps and fresh slices of cucumber are all satisfying options! (And a fancy tip: Guacamole also is fun addition to charcuterie and cheese boards.)

There you have it: Seven days and seven ways to sneak avocados, a nutrient-dense food, into your everyday diet. Have a healthful week!

Explore our bottomless archive of avocado recipes for more mealtime inspiration.

The post Meal Planning With Avocados: 7 Days, 7 Ways appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
8 Easy Fall Dinners With Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/8-easy-fall-dinners-avocado/ Tue, 12 Oct 2021 16:57:43 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30491

The days are growing shorter, so why spend more time prepping dinner than you have to? Here are our favorite easy fall dinner recipes, each one containing Avocados From Mexico, and each ready in 30 minutes or less!

Related: Warm up on cool nights with our Mexican-Japanese fusion ramen recipe.

8 Easy Fall Dinners

  1. Sweet Potato and Turkey Burrito with Avocado Pico de Gallo
    A new take on a true classic, this burrito is bursting with fall flavors. Sweet potatoes and ground turkey are topped off by a bright pico de gallo made from fresh avocado, tomato, and jalapeño, all wrapped up in a cozy and warm flour tortilla.
  2. Ham & Swiss Panini With Apples, Honey, and Avocado-Mustard Spread
    Honey crisp apple, black forest ham, and a creamy avocado mustard spread you’ll want to put on everything — this crisp panini has it all. It’s easy to assemble, and when you’ve grilled it to peak-melty goodness, it’s guaranteed to you and your lucky family in a haze of autumnal contentment.
  3. Beef Chili With Avocado
    As the weather cools down, our kitchen is heating up with this hearty beef and avocado chili! Delightfully seasoned with cumin, garlic, chili powder, and other cozy flavors, this chili packs in the protein with beans, cheese, and ground beef. On top of it all are diced, nutrient-dense avocados that contain 20 vitamins and minerals in every bite.
  4. Lentil Apple Avocado Soup
    This easy fall dinner recipe just became the new apple of your eye. It’s brimming with the earthy flavors of lentils, shallots, ginger, and thyme and is beautifully dressed with an airy mix of finely chopped avocado, apple, cilantro, and mint. It’s perfect for especially cold nights!
  5. Cheesesteak Taquitos With Avocado Cream
    These cheesesteak taquitos are ready in minutes! Complete with sweet bell peppers, sizzling steak, and toasted corn tortillas, they are packed with comfort and flavor. Topped with cool and smooth avocado cream, this dish finishes with a zing of lime.
  6. Avocado Enchiladas
    Happiness comes from the simple things in life — like these quick and delicious enchiladas. Sprinkled with Manchego cheese and fresh cilantro, these creamy, flavorful chicken enchiladas are a perfect weeknight dinner for your family. Plus, the healthy avocado featured in this recipe is a good source of fiber and a great way to add fruit to your plate.
  7. Harvest Bowl Salad With Balsamic Vinaigrette
    Fall is the perfect backdrop to enjoy this harvest bowl of delicious fruits, nuts, grains, and greens. Avocado, sweet potatoes, and apples sit on a bed of quinoa and kale, all topped with pecans, cranberries, and a zesty homemade avocado balsamic vinaigrette. Delish!
  8. Roast Beef and Caramelized Onion Panini With Avo-Horseradish Sauce
    Gooey Swiss cheese, sweet, caramelized onion, and savory roast beef all make this delicious panini an instant family favorite. Topped with a spicy avocado horseradish spread and grilled to golden-brown perfection, this filling sandwich is all things fall.

It’s time to get cooking! Include Avocados From Mexico in your next grocery run, and be sure you know how to tell if an avocado is ripe, so you can select the best one every time.

Head over to our recipes archive to discover more easy dinner recipes that are always good, regardless of the season!

The post 8 Easy Fall Dinners With Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The days are growing shorter, so why spend more time prepping dinner than you have to? Here are our favorite easy fall dinner recipes, each one containing Avocados From Mexico, and each ready in 30 minutes or less! Related: Warm up on cool nights with our Mexican-Japanese fusion ramen recipe.

8 Easy Fall Dinners

  1. Sweet Potato and Turkey Burrito with Avocado Pico de Gallo A new take on a true classic, this burrito is bursting with fall flavors. Sweet potatoes and ground turkey are topped off by a bright pico de gallo made from fresh avocado, tomato, and jalapeño, all wrapped up in a cozy and warm flour tortilla.
  2. Ham & Swiss Panini With Apples, Honey, and Avocado-Mustard Spread Honey crisp apple, black forest ham, and a creamy avocado mustard spread you’ll want to put on everything — this crisp panini has it all. It’s easy to assemble, and when you’ve grilled it to peak-melty goodness, it’s guaranteed to you and your lucky family in a haze of autumnal contentment.
  3. Beef Chili With Avocado As the weather cools down, our kitchen is heating up with this hearty beef and avocado chili! Delightfully seasoned with cumin, garlic, chili powder, and other cozy flavors, this chili packs in the protein with beans, cheese, and ground beef. On top of it all are diced, nutrient-dense avocados that contain 20 vitamins and minerals in every bite.
  4. Lentil Apple Avocado Soup This easy fall dinner recipe just became the new apple of your eye. It’s brimming with the earthy flavors of lentils, shallots, ginger, and thyme and is beautifully dressed with an airy mix of finely chopped avocado, apple, cilantro, and mint. It’s perfect for especially cold nights!
  5. Cheesesteak Taquitos With Avocado Cream These cheesesteak taquitos are ready in minutes! Complete with sweet bell peppers, sizzling steak, and toasted corn tortillas, they are packed with comfort and flavor. Topped with cool and smooth avocado cream, this dish finishes with a zing of lime.
  6. Avocado Enchiladas Happiness comes from the simple things in life — like these quick and delicious enchiladas. Sprinkled with Manchego cheese and fresh cilantro, these creamy, flavorful chicken enchiladas are a perfect weeknight dinner for your family. Plus, the healthy avocado featured in this recipe is a good source of fiber and a great way to add fruit to your plate.
  7. Harvest Bowl Salad With Balsamic Vinaigrette Fall is the perfect backdrop to enjoy this harvest bowl of delicious fruits, nuts, grains, and greens. Avocado, sweet potatoes, and apples sit on a bed of quinoa and kale, all topped with pecans, cranberries, and a zesty homemade avocado balsamic vinaigrette. Delish!
  8. Roast Beef and Caramelized Onion Panini With Avo-Horseradish Sauce Gooey Swiss cheese, sweet, caramelized onion, and savory roast beef all make this delicious panini an instant family favorite. Topped with a spicy avocado horseradish spread and grilled to golden-brown perfection, this filling sandwich is all things fall.
It’s time to get cooking! Include Avocados From Mexico in your next grocery run, and be sure you know how to tell if an avocado is ripe, so you can select the best one every time. Head over to our recipes archive to discover more easy dinner recipes that are always good, regardless of the season!

The post 8 Easy Fall Dinners With Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make a Guacamole Football Stadium for Game Day https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/make-guacamole-football-stadium-game-day/ Tue, 12 Oct 2021 16:57:12 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30490

Game day snacks and sides made with Avocados From Mexico are a sure way to score a touchdown at your watch party, and nothing says game time like a guacamole football stadium. Just look out: With such a fun snack, it may be hard to keep people from playing with their food!

Related: Here’s how to show off your team pride with guacamole ingredients.

Ingredients:

Guacamole

  • 6 Avocados From Mexico
  • 1 medium onion, diced
  • 1 jalapeño, diced
  • Lime juice to taste
  • 1/4 cup chopped cilantro
  • Salt to taste

Decorations

  • Yellow bell pepper, sliced
  • Baby carrots
  • Cauliflower florets
  • Broccoli florets
  • Cherry tomatoes
  • Beef jerky bites or pretzel nuggets
  • Plastic resealable bag

Got your game day shopping done early? Be sure you know how to slow down ripening so you can have your avocados at the top of their game when the big day arrives.

Making the Guacamole:

  1. Any great game day snack starts with Avocados From Mexico. Halve, pit and skin your avocados. Place in a large bowl and mash until smooth (or desired consistency).
  2. Add diced onion, jalapeño, and cilantro.
  3. Flavor with salt and lime juice, taste testing between additions. Mix until all ingredients are well combined.

Decorating:

It’s time to bring out your inner artist. Let the masterpiece begin!

  1. Grass: Start by spreading your guacamole into a large, rectangular serving dish (a 13-by-9-by-2 or bigger). Be sure the top of the guacamole is smooth.
  2. Field lines: Next, create yard lines, end zones, and sidelines. Spoon sour cream into a resealable plastic bag. Cut one corner off of the bag to create a small hole and pipe your lines onto the guacamole. You may want to use a straight edge or a ruler to create smooth, evenly spaced lines.
  3. Uprights: Place two thick slices of yellow bell pepper into the guacamole at either side of the field. Pipe two small dots of sour cream on the ends of a third slice and place it across the top of each of the goal posts.
  4. Players: Of course, you’ll need two teams to play on your guacamole field! Is tonight’s game the Blue Corn Chips vs. Tortilla Chips? The Green vs. Black Olives? Red vs. Yellow Cherry Tomatoes? You decide.
  5. Grandstands: Line the field with broccoli, cauliflower, and cherry tomatoes. If possible,match your grandstand veggies with your team’s colors!
  6. The Football: Last but not least, you can’t have a guacamole football stadium without the ol’ pigskin itself. To make this recipe perfect for a gluten-free diet, place a beef jerky bite on the field as a football. Or, if you’d like to keep it vegetarian, reach for pretzel nuggets instead!

Serve your guacamole football field with extra sliced veggies, chips, or pretzels for dipping (that is, if you can bear to upset your masterpiece!). When the guests arrive, every member of your squad will agree: “It’s GOOOD!”

For more inspiration, head over to our guacamole recipe page.

The post How to Make a Guacamole Football Stadium for Game Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Game day snacks and sides made with Avocados From Mexico are a sure way to score a touchdown at your watch party, and nothing says game time like a guacamole football stadium. Just look out: With such a fun snack, it may be hard to keep people from playing with their food! Related: Here’s how to show off your team pride with guacamole ingredients.

Ingredients:

Guacamole

  • 6 Avocados From Mexico
  • 1 medium onion, diced
  • 1 jalapeño, diced
  • Lime juice to taste
  • 1/4 cup chopped cilantro
  • Salt to taste

Decorations

  • Yellow bell pepper, sliced
  • Baby carrots
  • Cauliflower florets
  • Broccoli florets
  • Cherry tomatoes
  • Beef jerky bites or pretzel nuggets
  • Plastic resealable bag
Got your game day shopping done early? Be sure you know how to slow down ripening so you can have your avocados at the top of their game when the big day arrives.

Making the Guacamole:

  1. Any great game day snack starts with Avocados From Mexico. Halve, pit and skin your avocados. Place in a large bowl and mash until smooth (or desired consistency).
  2. Add diced onion, jalapeño, and cilantro.
  3. Flavor with salt and lime juice, taste testing between additions. Mix until all ingredients are well combined.

Decorating:

It’s time to bring out your inner artist. Let the masterpiece begin!
  1. Grass: Start by spreading your guacamole into a large, rectangular serving dish (a 13-by-9-by-2 or bigger). Be sure the top of the guacamole is smooth.
  2. Field lines: Next, create yard lines, end zones, and sidelines. Spoon sour cream into a resealable plastic bag. Cut one corner off of the bag to create a small hole and pipe your lines onto the guacamole. You may want to use a straight edge or a ruler to create smooth, evenly spaced lines.
  3. Uprights: Place two thick slices of yellow bell pepper into the guacamole at either side of the field. Pipe two small dots of sour cream on the ends of a third slice and place it across the top of each of the goal posts.
  4. Players: Of course, you’ll need two teams to play on your guacamole field! Is tonight’s game the Blue Corn Chips vs. Tortilla Chips? The Green vs. Black Olives? Red vs. Yellow Cherry Tomatoes? You decide.
  5. Grandstands: Line the field with broccoli, cauliflower, and cherry tomatoes. If possible,match your grandstand veggies with your team’s colors!
  6. The Football: Last but not least, you can’t have a guacamole football stadium without the ol’ pigskin itself. To make this recipe perfect for a gluten-free diet, place a beef jerky bite on the field as a football. Or, if you’d like to keep it vegetarian, reach for pretzel nuggets instead!
Serve your guacamole football field with extra sliced veggies, chips, or pretzels for dipping (that is, if you can bear to upset your masterpiece!). When the guests arrive, every member of your squad will agree: “It’s GOOOD!” For more inspiration, head over to our guacamole recipe page.

The post How to Make a Guacamole Football Stadium for Game Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
3 recetas de guacamole para celebrar el Mes de la Herencia Hispana https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/spanish/3-recetas-de-guacamole-para-celebrar-el-mes-de-la-herencia-hispana/ Mon, 27 Sep 2021 13:50:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30445

Desde sus inicios en 1989, el Mes de la Herencia Hispana se celebra cada año desde el 15 de septiembre hasta 15 de octubre. Durante esta fecha celebremos la herencia, la cultura y las contribuciones de la gente Hispana que vive en los Estados Unidos. ¡Es una gran oportunidad para conocer más sobre los 21 países y territorios de habla hispana en Latinoamérica! ¿Y qué mejor manera de celebrar? ¡Una fiesta de guacamole junto a su familia y amigos!

¡Ya sabemos que el guacamole es el alma de cada fiesta! Su cremosa textura y rico sabor tiene el poder de unir a diferentes tipos de personas y culturas. Además, es un gran acompañamiento para distintas comidas típicas hispanas, como los tamales, tostones y tacos. Queremos inspirar más “guacamoments” compartiendo estas tres recetas de guacamole, elaboradas por la famosa chef Pati Jinich. Cada receta está inspirada en la cocina típica de un país de Latinoamérica. ¡Alista tu molcajete y arma una sabrosa fiesta de guacamole para celebrar el Mes de la Herencia Hispana!

  1. Guacamole Picante Con Pepitas

    Región: México, ¡la cuna del guacamole!
    Dicen que sin chile la comida no sabe y ¡esta receta sabe bien picante! Se requiere tres tipos de chiles diferentes, como el jalapeño, chile serrano y chile de árbol (también conocido como pico de pájaro). Estos chiles no solo aumentan el picor, también agregan un toque especial a esta mezcla. En vez de la cebolla tradicional, esta receta es elaborada con cebollín para un sabor de cebolla más suave. ¡Y para ese sabor único mexicano, que mejor decoración que pepitas tostadas y queso Cotija desmenuzado!

  2. Guacamole Con Pebre

    Región: Chile
    ¡Un guacamole que te hará gritar “chi chi chi…le le le”! Esta receta es 100% vegetariana y se prepara con una deliciosa combinación de aguacate machacado y“pebre”, un condimento chileno muy parecido a la salsa mexicana. Los ingredientes clave para un auténtico pebre chileno son cilantro, cebolla, chiles o “ajís” finamente picados y tomate.

    Esta receta requiere aceite de cártamo, lo cual está elaborado con las semillas de la planta de cártamo. Al igual que los aguacates, el aceite de cártamo contiene grasas monoinsaturadas y polisaturadas, mejor conocidas como "grasas buenas". Las grasas buenas son saludables y ayudan al cuerpo a absorbervitaminas importantes. Para esa sazón chilena, en esta receta también se utiliza el vinagre de vino tinto y el tomate maduro.En vez de totopos, sirve esta receta en rebanadas de pan crujiente o tostado para una presentación más tradicional.

  3. Guacamole Al Estilo Salvadoreño Con Curtido

    Región: El Salvador
    El famoso curtido es un acompañamiento muy típico en El Salvador. Inspirado en los sabores de este hermoso país, este guacamole esta preparado con una interesante combinación de aguacate machacado con huevos duros en cubitos y queso fresco. Y que mejor decoración que un curtido salvadoreño, una ensalada de repollo, zanahorias, y cebollas picadas finamente. A diferencia de la típica ensalada de col americana, el curtido salvadoreño se marina en vinagre de sidra de manzana. ¡Sirve esta deliciosa receta con chips de yuca o de plátano para así gozar el refrescante crujido del curtido!

Hay un mundo de guacamole para compartir con sus amigos y familiares, y estas recetas de guacamole en el Mes de la Herencia Hispana son solo el comienzo. Descubre más recetas en nuestra colección de recetas de guacamole.

The post 3 recetas de guacamole para celebrar el Mes de la Herencia Hispana appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Desde sus inicios en 1989, el Mes de la Herencia Hispana se celebra cada año desde el 15 de septiembre hasta 15 de octubre. Durante esta fecha celebremos la herencia, la cultura y las contribuciones de la gente Hispana que vive en los Estados Unidos. ¡Es una gran oportunidad para conocer más sobre los 21 países y territorios de habla hispana en Latinoamérica! ¿Y qué mejor manera de celebrar? ¡Una fiesta de guacamole junto a su familia y amigos! ¡Ya sabemos que el guacamole es el alma de cada fiesta! Su cremosa textura y rico sabor tiene el poder de unir a diferentes tipos de personas y culturas. Además, es un gran acompañamiento para distintas comidas típicas hispanas, como los tamales, tostones y tacos. Queremos inspirar más “guacamoments” compartiendo estas tres recetas de guacamole, elaboradas por la famosa chef Pati Jinich. Cada receta está inspirada en la cocina típica de un país de Latinoamérica. ¡Alista tu molcajete y arma una sabrosa fiesta de guacamole para celebrar el Mes de la Herencia Hispana!
  1. Guacamole Picante Con Pepitas

    Región: México, ¡la cuna del guacamole! Dicen que sin chile la comida no sabe y ¡esta receta sabe bien picante! Se requiere tres tipos de chiles diferentes, como el jalapeño, chile serrano y chile de árbol (también conocido como pico de pájaro). Estos chiles no solo aumentan el picor, también agregan un toque especial a esta mezcla. En vez de la cebolla tradicional, esta receta es elaborada con cebollín para un sabor de cebolla más suave. ¡Y para ese sabor único mexicano, que mejor decoración que pepitas tostadas y queso Cotija desmenuzado!
  2. Guacamole Con Pebre

    Región: Chile ¡Un guacamole que te hará gritar “chi chi chi…le le le”! Esta receta es 100% vegetariana y se prepara con una deliciosa combinación de aguacate machacado y“pebre”, un condimento chileno muy parecido a la salsa mexicana. Los ingredientes clave para un auténtico pebre chileno son cilantro, cebolla, chiles o “ajís” finamente picados y tomate. Esta receta requiere aceite de cártamo, lo cual está elaborado con las semillas de la planta de cártamo. Al igual que los aguacates, el aceite de cártamo contiene grasas monoinsaturadas y polisaturadas, mejor conocidas como "grasas buenas". Las grasas buenas son saludables y ayudan al cuerpo a absorbervitaminas importantes. Para esa sazón chilena, en esta receta también se utiliza el vinagre de vino tinto y el tomate maduro.En vez de totopos, sirve esta receta en rebanadas de pan crujiente o tostado para una presentación más tradicional.
  3. Guacamole Al Estilo Salvadoreño Con Curtido

    Región: El Salvador El famoso curtido es un acompañamiento muy típico en El Salvador. Inspirado en los sabores de este hermoso país, este guacamole esta preparado con una interesante combinación de aguacate machacado con huevos duros en cubitos y queso fresco. Y que mejor decoración que un curtido salvadoreño, una ensalada de repollo, zanahorias, y cebollas picadas finamente. A diferencia de la típica ensalada de col americana, el curtido salvadoreño se marina en vinagre de sidra de manzana. ¡Sirve esta deliciosa receta con chips de yuca o de plátano para así gozar el refrescante crujido del curtido!
Hay un mundo de guacamole para compartir con sus amigos y familiares, y estas recetas de guacamole en el Mes de la Herencia Hispana son solo el comienzo. Descubre más recetas en nuestra colección de recetas de guacamole.

The post 3 recetas de guacamole para celebrar el Mes de la Herencia Hispana appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Recipes for Guacamole Cocktail Hour https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-recipes-guacamole-cocktail-hour/ Thu, 02 Sep 2021 16:02:30 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30357

Nothing makes happy hour happier than adding a delicious appetizer to the menu. Our app of choice is always guacamole, so we've gathered up a fistful of smashing guacamole cocktail recipes to give you the best of both worlds. After all, what could possibly be better than a guac-tail?

Related: Keep calm and sip on with this classic avocado margarita recipe.

5 Guacamole Cocktail Recipes

  1. Strawberry Margarita Guac

    Fruity and refreshing, this guacamole is a burst of sweet summer time flavors! Blend up strawberry, lemon, and lime with your favorite tequila and loads of smooth avocado. Although this is one sweet dip, unlike most varieties of fruit, avocados are sugar-free. Trust us: One dip and this guacamole will have you sitting poolside.

  2. Dry Martini Guac

    This guac-tail comes shaken, not stirred. Well, to be honest, it's more like mashed, but you’ll still feel like royalty while dipping into this vodka-laced delicacy. Rich blue cheese, salty olives, and zesty lemon will have you coming back, chip after chip.

  3. Mojito Guac

    Drawing on inspiration from the classic Cuban highball, this minty guacamole is both invigorating and satisfying. Sweet cantaloupe and crisp jicama dance amid swirls of creamy avocado. And since avocados are a healthy, nutrient-dense fruit, there’s plenty to “cheers” with this guacamole cocktail. (Hint: This recipe is nonalcoholic, but feel free to add a tablespoon of your favorite white rum for some extra flavor.)

  4. Mezcal Guac

    This recipe takes you to the hot, agave-studded wilds of Mexico with each bite. The cool, smooth waves of avocado are a lush oasis from the sizzling flavors of tomatillos, onions, and habanero. Meanwhile, lime, cilantro, and Mezcal (the smoky cousin of tequila) bring all the other ingredients into perfect harmony. It’s a guac-tail with a kick.

  5. Piña Colada Guacamole

    Head straight to paradise with this tropical guac. Hear the call of the seagulls and the crash of waves in this blend of shredded coconut, delightful pineapple, and rum. To top it off, a perfect blend of cilantro, lime, and habanero will make you wish you were caught in the rain.

In case you’ve got any guac left at the end of your happy hour, be sure you know how to keep guacamole from turning brown, so you can enjoy your guacamole cocktail another time.

If these dips have got you craving avocado, explore more of our favorite guacamole recipes.

The post 5 Recipes for Guacamole Cocktail Hour appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Nothing makes happy hour happier than adding a delicious appetizer to the menu. Our app of choice is always guacamole, so we've gathered up a fistful of smashing guacamole cocktail recipes to give you the best of both worlds. After all, what could possibly be better than a guac-tail? Related: Keep calm and sip on with this classic avocado margarita recipe.

5 Guacamole Cocktail Recipes

  1. Strawberry Margarita Guac

    Fruity and refreshing, this guacamole is a burst of sweet summer time flavors! Blend up strawberry, lemon, and lime with your favorite tequila and loads of smooth avocado. Although this is one sweet dip, unlike most varieties of fruit, avocados are sugar-free. Trust us: One dip and this guacamole will have you sitting poolside.
  2. Dry Martini Guac

    This guac-tail comes shaken, not stirred. Well, to be honest, it's more like mashed, but you’ll still feel like royalty while dipping into this vodka-laced delicacy. Rich blue cheese, salty olives, and zesty lemon will have you coming back, chip after chip.
  3. Mojito Guac

    Drawing on inspiration from the classic Cuban highball, this minty guacamole is both invigorating and satisfying. Sweet cantaloupe and crisp jicama dance amid swirls of creamy avocado. And since avocados are a healthy, nutrient-dense fruit, there’s plenty to “cheers” with this guacamole cocktail. (Hint: This recipe is nonalcoholic, but feel free to add a tablespoon of your favorite white rum for some extra flavor.)
  4. Mezcal Guac

    This recipe takes you to the hot, agave-studded wilds of Mexico with each bite. The cool, smooth waves of avocado are a lush oasis from the sizzling flavors of tomatillos, onions, and habanero. Meanwhile, lime, cilantro, and Mezcal (the smoky cousin of tequila) bring all the other ingredients into perfect harmony. It’s a guac-tail with a kick.
  5. Piña Colada Guacamole

    Head straight to paradise with this tropical guac. Hear the call of the seagulls and the crash of waves in this blend of shredded coconut, delightful pineapple, and rum. To top it off, a perfect blend of cilantro, lime, and habanero will make you wish you were caught in the rain.
In case you’ve got any guac left at the end of your happy hour, be sure you know how to keep guacamole from turning brown, so you can enjoy your guacamole cocktail another time. If these dips have got you craving avocado, explore more of our favorite guacamole recipes.

The post 5 Recipes for Guacamole Cocktail Hour appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Egg Salad 3 Ways https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/avocado-egg-salad-3-ways/ Thu, 02 Sep 2021 16:02:06 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30359

Hearty and perfect for any meal, great for two or for a crowd, and never out of style, egg salad is among the most adaptable dishes you can make. But instead of using a traditional egg salad base such as mayonnaise, why not opt for creamy and delicious Avocados From Mexico?

Fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit. They provide naturally good fats, are low in saturated fat, and are cholesterol-, sugar-, and sodium-free. Not to mention that their delicious, green, creamy flavor is the perfect substitute for traditional salad spreads. It ain’t your grandma's egg salad, but it’s just as good!

Related: For more easy recipes, check out our five favorite shrimp and avocado salads.

Here are three unique ways to make avocado egg salad.

3 Avocado Egg Salad Recipes

  1. The Simple Way

    Eggs-cercise your taste buds with this simple avocado egg salad. Diced celery gives a small crunch among the creamy egg and avocado mixture while onion, pepper, and Dijon provide a tasty kick! This salad keeps you content and helps defend against aggressive hunger cravings.

Did You Know? Avocados are a good source of fiber and are a great way to add variety to the diet. Dietary fiber adds bulk to the diet and can help you feel fuller faster and help manage your weight.

  1. The Fruity Way

    This fruity avocado egg salad is stuffed with sweet pomegranate seeds, tangy orange, and Avocados From Mexico (because they’re a fruit too!). In fact, fresh avocados are essentially the only fruits with good fats. They are low in saturated fat and provide 6 grams of unsaturated fat per serving. You can see why they're our favorite!

  2. The Meaty Way

    Now here's a chicken and avocado egg salad to fight off even the biggest appetite. Tossed with a garlicky, onion-mustard dressing, this recipe is too good to ignore. Crunchy lettuce and smooth, delicious avocado strike a perfect texture balance. And since it's packed with hard-boiled eggs and strips of roasted chicken, this salad is a great addition to any high-protein dietary regimen. Plus, all the ingredients also fit perfectly with a gluten-free diet!

These delicious avocado egg salads may be easy to whip up, but they won’t make themselves. So next time you’re at the store, don’t forget the avocados! Or make it easier on yourself by ordering avocados online and having them delivered to your door.

Hungry for more? Head to our recipe page for hundreds of ways to satisfy your appetite.

The post Avocado Egg Salad 3 Ways appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Hearty and perfect for any meal, great for two or for a crowd, and never out of style, egg salad is among the most adaptable dishes you can make. But instead of using a traditional egg salad base such as mayonnaise, why not opt for creamy and delicious Avocados From Mexico? Fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit. They provide naturally good fats, are low in saturated fat, and are cholesterol-, sugar-, and sodium-free. Not to mention that their delicious, green, creamy flavor is the perfect substitute for traditional salad spreads. It ain’t your grandma's egg salad, but it’s just as good! Related: For more easy recipes, check out our five favorite shrimp and avocado salads. Here are three unique ways to make avocado egg salad.

3 Avocado Egg Salad Recipes

  1. The Simple Way

    Eggs-cercise your taste buds with this simple avocado egg salad. Diced celery gives a small crunch among the creamy egg and avocado mixture while onion, pepper, and Dijon provide a tasty kick! This salad keeps you content and helps defend against aggressive hunger cravings.
Did You Know? Avocados are a good source of fiber and are a great way to add variety to the diet. Dietary fiber adds bulk to the diet and can help you feel fuller faster and help manage your weight.
  1. The Fruity Way

    This fruity avocado egg salad is stuffed with sweet pomegranate seeds, tangy orange, and Avocados From Mexico (because they’re a fruit too!). In fact, fresh avocados are essentially the only fruits with good fats. They are low in saturated fat and provide 6 grams of unsaturated fat per serving. You can see why they're our favorite!
  2. The Meaty Way

    Now here's a chicken and avocado egg salad to fight off even the biggest appetite. Tossed with a garlicky, onion-mustard dressing, this recipe is too good to ignore. Crunchy lettuce and smooth, delicious avocado strike a perfect texture balance. And since it's packed with hard-boiled eggs and strips of roasted chicken, this salad is a great addition to any high-protein dietary regimen. Plus, all the ingredients also fit perfectly with a gluten-free diet!
These delicious avocado egg salads may be easy to whip up, but they won’t make themselves. So next time you’re at the store, don’t forget the avocados! Or make it easier on yourself by ordering avocados online and having them delivered to your door. Hungry for more? Head to our recipe page for hundreds of ways to satisfy your appetite.

The post Avocado Egg Salad 3 Ways appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Traditional Filipino Avocado Dessert You Need to Try https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/traditional-filipino-avocado-dessert-need-try/ Thu, 02 Sep 2021 16:01:43 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30361

Life is sweet in the Philippines — especially with refreshing desserts like this one! This scrumptious twist on ice cream is a traditional Filipino avocado dessert, but it can be enjoyed wherever you’re from and wherever you live.

It only takes about five minutes to prepare; no appliances required. Plus, you can savor this sweet fact: The creamy avocados inside contain good fats and almost 20 vitamins and minerals!

Related: Go guacamole-global with these international dips.

Here’s how to make it, plus some customization tips to make it your own.

The Best Filipino Avocado Dessert

Ingredients:

  • 3 ripe Avocados From Mexico
  • 1/3 c. of sweetened condensed milk
  • 4 tbsp. sugar
  • Crushed ice to taste

Directions:

  1. Carefully cut the avocado lengthwise with a sharp knife. Twist the halves in opposite directions and pull apart. Scoop out the green meat inside with a spoon.
  2. Combine avocado, sweetened condensed milk, and sugar in a bowl and smash together.
  3. Slowly stir in crushed ice.
  4. Sprinkle or drizzle with any desired toppings and serve immediately.

Toppings

Avocados have a naturally mild, nutty flavor. That means avocado plays well with many other flavor profiles. Are you nuts for nuts? Sprinkle your Filipino avocado dessert with chopped peanuts, or go for pistachios to create a green-on-green color scheme. If you’re more of a fruit-ophile, you might prefer banana slices, strawberries, or toasted coconut shavings! Chocoholic? You can’t go wrong with chocolate chips or a drizzle of chocolate syrup on top.

Sugar Alternatives

Watching your sugar intake? First of all, you’ll be excited to learn that avocados don’t contain sugar. But if you want to replace the scoop of sugar in this recipe, honey or agave syrup are natural substitutes. Artificial, no-calorie sweeteners are also a light option!

Milk Alternatives

If you’re living the vegan or plant-based life, don’t cross this scrumptious Filipino avocado dessert off the list. Simply swap sweetened condensed milk with plant-based powdered milks — oat, soy, or almond are all great options.

Explore the globe with other internationally famous avocado dessert recipes.

The post The Traditional Filipino Avocado Dessert You Need to Try appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Life is sweet in the Philippines — especially with refreshing desserts like this one! This scrumptious twist on ice cream is a traditional Filipino avocado dessert, but it can be enjoyed wherever you’re from and wherever you live. It only takes about five minutes to prepare; no appliances required. Plus, you can savor this sweet fact: The creamy avocados inside contain good fats and almost 20 vitamins and minerals! Related: Go guacamole-global with these international dips. Here’s how to make it, plus some customization tips to make it your own.

The Best Filipino Avocado Dessert

Ingredients:

  • 3 ripe Avocados From Mexico
  • 1/3 c. of sweetened condensed milk
  • 4 tbsp. sugar
  • Crushed ice to taste

Directions:

  1. Carefully cut the avocado lengthwise with a sharp knife. Twist the halves in opposite directions and pull apart. Scoop out the green meat inside with a spoon.
  2. Combine avocado, sweetened condensed milk, and sugar in a bowl and smash together.
  3. Slowly stir in crushed ice.
  4. Sprinkle or drizzle with any desired toppings and serve immediately.

Toppings

Avocados have a naturally mild, nutty flavor. That means avocado plays well with many other flavor profiles. Are you nuts for nuts? Sprinkle your Filipino avocado dessert with chopped peanuts, or go for pistachios to create a green-on-green color scheme. If you’re more of a fruit-ophile, you might prefer banana slices, strawberries, or toasted coconut shavings! Chocoholic? You can’t go wrong with chocolate chips or a drizzle of chocolate syrup on top.

Sugar Alternatives

Watching your sugar intake? First of all, you’ll be excited to learn that avocados don’t contain sugar. But if you want to replace the scoop of sugar in this recipe, honey or agave syrup are natural substitutes. Artificial, no-calorie sweeteners are also a light option!

Milk Alternatives

If you’re living the vegan or plant-based life, don’t cross this scrumptious Filipino avocado dessert off the list. Simply swap sweetened condensed milk with plant-based powdered milks — oat, soy, or almond are all great options. Explore the globe with other internationally famous avocado dessert recipes.

The post The Traditional Filipino Avocado Dessert You Need to Try appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Chicken-Avocado Tacos https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/tacos/5-chicken-avocado-tacos/ Thu, 02 Sep 2021 16:00:50 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30360

You don’t have to wait for Taco Tuesday — chicken-avocado tacos are terrific seven days a week! The following five recipes are easy to assemble and customize to fit with a vegan or gluten-free diet. In 20 minutes or less, you can whip up a scrumptious taco dinner. Plus, the delicious avocados inside add nearly 20 vitamins and minerals — talk about a powerhouse meal!

Here are our five favorite chicken-avocado tacos, plus tips for adapting them to gluten-free and vegan diets.

Related: For some extra green, top your tacos with this avocado salsa verde.

5 Chicken-Avocado Tacos

  1. Grilled Chicken Tacos

    You can’t go wrong with a classic. This recipe is piled high with juicy chicken, red bell pepper, and creamy avocado slices. The jalapeño will give you a little pep in your step!

Diet Modifications

  • Gluten-free: Use corn tortillas.
  • Vegan: Substitute chicken with sliced portobello mushrooms.
  1. Avocado Chicken Fajita Tacos

    As they say, sizzliness is next to godliness. These seasoned tacos contain multitudes of flavor. Inside, you’ll find irresistible avocado, buttery queso Oaxaca, tender chicken breasts, and more.

Diet Modifications

  • Gluten-free: Instead of a tortilla, stuff the ingredients inside a whole or halved bell pepper and roast in the oven.
  • Vegan: Nix the queso Oaxaca. Replace the chicken with a medley of veggie fajita favorites: baby bella mushrooms, sliced bell pepper, broccoli, and cauliflower.
  1. 20-Minute Easy Chicken Tacos

    Whether you’re short on time or patience, these easy-peasy chicken tacos will curb your craving quick. They’re quick to make but sacrifice no flavor — you’ll utilize a large share of your spice rack.

Diet Modifications:

  • Gluten-free: You’re good to go!
  • Vegan: Use the same marinade on diced potatoes. Roast them in the oven on a well-oiled baking sheet for 20 minutes at 400 degrees.
  1. Traditional Pollo Taquito With Avocado Drizzle

    Taquitos are technically not tacos … but they’re close! These made the list because they’re overflowing with chicken and avocado goodness and authentic Mexican flavors. Not to mention refried beans and cheddar cheese!

Diet Modifications:

  • Gluten-free: Don’t change a thing.
  • Vegan: Skip the cheese. Replace the avocado crema drizzle with slices of fresh avocado tucked inside the taquito.
  1. Lime-Rubbed Chicken Tacos With Corn Guacamole

    These tacos will put a little zip in your day! Fresh lime juice brightens the tacos with a sour bite, while the avocado helps cool down the fire of roasted jalapeño.

Diet Modifications:

  • Gluten-free: You’re all set with this one.
  • Vegan: Use extra-firm tofu or chickpeas for the main source of protein.

Chicken-avocado tacos are just the surface — there’s a whole world of avocado taco recipes ripe for the picking.

The post 5 Chicken-Avocado Tacos appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You don’t have to wait for Taco Tuesday — chicken-avocado tacos are terrific seven days a week! The following five recipes are easy to assemble and customize to fit with a vegan or gluten-free diet. In 20 minutes or less, you can whip up a scrumptious taco dinner. Plus, the delicious avocados inside add nearly 20 vitamins and minerals — talk about a powerhouse meal! Here are our five favorite chicken-avocado tacos, plus tips for adapting them to gluten-free and vegan diets. Related: For some extra green, top your tacos with this avocado salsa verde.

5 Chicken-Avocado Tacos

  1. Grilled Chicken Tacos

    You can’t go wrong with a classic. This recipe is piled high with juicy chicken, red bell pepper, and creamy avocado slices. The jalapeño will give you a little pep in your step!
Diet Modifications
  • Gluten-free: Use corn tortillas.
  • Vegan: Substitute chicken with sliced portobello mushrooms.
  1. Avocado Chicken Fajita Tacos

    As they say, sizzliness is next to godliness. These seasoned tacos contain multitudes of flavor. Inside, you’ll find irresistible avocado, buttery queso Oaxaca, tender chicken breasts, and more.
Diet Modifications
  • Gluten-free: Instead of a tortilla, stuff the ingredients inside a whole or halved bell pepper and roast in the oven.
  • Vegan: Nix the queso Oaxaca. Replace the chicken with a medley of veggie fajita favorites: baby bella mushrooms, sliced bell pepper, broccoli, and cauliflower.
  1. 20-Minute Easy Chicken Tacos

    Whether you’re short on time or patience, these easy-peasy chicken tacos will curb your craving quick. They’re quick to make but sacrifice no flavor — you’ll utilize a large share of your spice rack.
Diet Modifications:
  • Gluten-free: You’re good to go!
  • Vegan: Use the same marinade on diced potatoes. Roast them in the oven on a well-oiled baking sheet for 20 minutes at 400 degrees.
  1. Traditional Pollo Taquito With Avocado Drizzle

    Taquitos are technically not tacos … but they’re close! These made the list because they’re overflowing with chicken and avocado goodness and authentic Mexican flavors. Not to mention refried beans and cheddar cheese!
Diet Modifications:
  • Gluten-free: Don’t change a thing.
  • Vegan: Skip the cheese. Replace the avocado crema drizzle with slices of fresh avocado tucked inside the taquito.
  1. Lime-Rubbed Chicken Tacos With Corn Guacamole

    These tacos will put a little zip in your day! Fresh lime juice brightens the tacos with a sour bite, while the avocado helps cool down the fire of roasted jalapeño.
Diet Modifications:
  • Gluten-free: You’re all set with this one.
  • Vegan: Use extra-firm tofu or chickpeas for the main source of protein.
Chicken-avocado tacos are just the surface — there’s a whole world of avocado taco recipes ripe for the picking.

The post 5 Chicken-Avocado Tacos appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Giant Prehistoric Ground Sloths and Avocados: A Love Story https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/giant-prehistoric-ground-sloths-avocados-love-story/ Tue, 31 Aug 2021 16:08:13 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30319

A long time ago, before football loved guacamole and influencers loved avocado toast, giant ground sloths and avocados had a special relationship of their own.

We’re talking a long time ago, before humans even appeared on the scene — approximately 66 million years ago, during the early Cenozoic era.

In those days, wild avocado trees were already blossoming across the Americas, and enormous, prehistoric creatures roamed the ancient earth. Among these creatures was the original avo-holic: the giant ground sloth. These two-ton megafauna snacked on avocados for breakfast, lunch, and dinner, which was an important part of keeping avocados around long enough for us to enjoy too.

The World’s First Avocado Farmers

Prehistoric avocados had a different pit-to-flesh ratio than today’s avocados. Thanks to years of modern agriculture, Avocados From Mexico are mostly the creamy green parts that we love and eat. Way back when, avocados were more … hardcore. That is to say, they were mostly seed and less creamy green flesh. As a consequence, smaller animals couldn’t swallow avocados whole. Giant ground sloths, on the other hand, nearly inhaled them.

Eating avocados whole meant the seed stayed intact throughout their digestive system. (This is the important part.) The giant ground sloths then traveled great distances, depositing the undigested avocado seeds behind them along the way. These seeds would grow into new plants many miles away from their origin, with plenty of space to grow without other competing avocado trees nearby. Now that’s an example of symbiosis your science teacher would be proud of.

In a sense, giant prehistoric ground sloths were the “Johnny Avo-seeds” of the Americas.

One Mystery Remains

Sadly, the giant ground sloth went extinct during the Ice Age around 10,000 years ago, along with 68% of the other megafauna species in North America. No avocado popsicles for them, unfortunately. But they left humanity with a precious gift: avocado trees!

This leaves scientists with an unsolved puzzle. Smaller animals could not eat avocados whole. In fact, there are no known animals that eat avocado today. (PSA: Don’t give avocados to your pets!) So how did our favorite fruit survive between the extinction of the giant ground sloth and when humans first discovered avocado 10,000 years ago? The truth is scientists haven’t the slightest idea.

It’s no mystery, however, that the legacy left behind (literally) by the giant prehistoric ground sloth has provided us with a fruit containing good fats and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals that we can enjoy all year long in all kinds of delicious recipes.

So raise a toast to giant ground sloths and avocados for making guacamole possible today!

Learn more about the avocado’s fascinating history.

The post Giant Prehistoric Ground Sloths and Avocados: A Love Story appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

A long time ago, before football loved guacamole and influencers loved avocado toast, giant ground sloths and avocados had a special relationship of their own. We’re talking a long time ago, before humans even appeared on the scene — approximately 66 million years ago, during the early Cenozoic era. In those days, wild avocado trees were already blossoming across the Americas, and enormous, prehistoric creatures roamed the ancient earth. Among these creatures was the original avo-holic: the giant ground sloth. These two-ton megafauna snacked on avocados for breakfast, lunch, and dinner, which was an important part of keeping avocados around long enough for us to enjoy too.

The World’s First Avocado Farmers

Prehistoric avocados had a different pit-to-flesh ratio than today’s avocados. Thanks to years of modern agriculture, Avocados From Mexico are mostly the creamy green parts that we love and eat. Way back when, avocados were more … hardcore. That is to say, they were mostly seed and less creamy green flesh. As a consequence, smaller animals couldn’t swallow avocados whole. Giant ground sloths, on the other hand, nearly inhaled them. Eating avocados whole meant the seed stayed intact throughout their digestive system. (This is the important part.) The giant ground sloths then traveled great distances, depositing the undigested avocado seeds behind them along the way. These seeds would grow into new plants many miles away from their origin, with plenty of space to grow without other competing avocado trees nearby. Now that’s an example of symbiosis your science teacher would be proud of. In a sense, giant prehistoric ground sloths were the “Johnny Avo-seeds” of the Americas.

One Mystery Remains

Sadly, the giant ground sloth went extinct during the Ice Age around 10,000 years ago, along with 68% of the other megafauna species in North America. No avocado popsicles for them, unfortunately. But they left humanity with a precious gift: avocado trees! This leaves scientists with an unsolved puzzle. Smaller animals could not eat avocados whole. In fact, there are no known animals that eat avocado today. (PSA: Don’t give avocados to your pets!) So how did our favorite fruit survive between the extinction of the giant ground sloth and when humans first discovered avocado 10,000 years ago? The truth is scientists haven’t the slightest idea. It’s no mystery, however, that the legacy left behind (literally) by the giant prehistoric ground sloth has provided us with a fruit containing good fats and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals that we can enjoy all year long in all kinds of delicious recipes. So raise a toast to giant ground sloths and avocados for making guacamole possible today! Learn more about the avocado’s fascinating history.

The post Giant Prehistoric Ground Sloths and Avocados: A Love Story appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Ultimate Avocado Sauce for Fish Tacos https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/tacos/ultimate-avocado-sauce-fish-tacos/ Tue, 31 Aug 2021 16:07:45 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30318

Maybe your specialty is spicy catfish tacos. Maybe it’s battered tilapia. Maybe it’s just fish sticks in a tortilla. But no matter what the catch of the day is, a taco just isn’t a taco without the perfect sauce. And does anything beat avocado sauce?

Many traditional sauce recipes use spreads that contain saturated fats. Luckily, this homemade avocado sauce for fish tacos is a superb substitute. Most of the fat in avocados is unsaturated (monounsaturated and poly saturated fats), making avocados a great replacement for foods high in saturated fat. You get the same creamy texture, plus a brilliant green color. Bonus: This sauce is gluten free!

Related: For more fantastic fish, try out these Baja Fish and Guacamole tacos.

Avocado Sauce for Fish Tacos

Makes 5 servings.

Ingredients:

  • 1 ripe Avocado From Mexico
  • 1/2 c. cilantro, loosely packed
  • 1 clove of garlic, minced or chopped
  • Juice of one lime
  • 1/3 c. low-fat plain yogurt
  • Salt and pepper to taste
  • 1 jalapeño (optional)

Directions:

  1. Prepare all ingredients. Carefully cut open the avocado, lengthwise, with a sharp knife. Scoop out the flesh with a shallow spoon into a food processor or blender. Mince or chop the garlic clove into small pieces. Tightly chop the jalapeño (if using). Remove seeds to lessen the heat. Loosely chop cilantro, up to 1/2 cup. Do not pack it down. Combine ingredients in the food processor.
  2. Blend. In 10-second intervals, blend the mixture until creamy. Taste-test in between blends. Too thick? Add more lime juice or a sprinkle of water. Too runny? Add more avocado or yogurt to thicken the mixture.
  3. Get presentation points. If spooning into individual ramekins for guests, sprinkle a few cilantro leaves over the top of each serving. If drizzling the avocado sauce over fish tacos, use the “piping-bag” method. Place the sauce in a sandwich bag. Push the air out of the bag and seal. Twist the bag from the top down to create pressure at one corner. Cut a spout in that corner with scissors and drizzle the sauce in a zigzag pattern over the mouth of the tacos.
  4. Store. Avocado naturally oxidizes when exposed to air and turns brown. Keep your sauce a brilliant green by storing it in an air-tight container with a layer of plastic wrap inside, touching the top surface of the mixture. This recipe is good for about two days but tastes best when served fresh.

For more complementary condiments, check out our full spread of avocado spread recipes.

The post The Ultimate Avocado Sauce for Fish Tacos appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Maybe your specialty is spicy catfish tacos. Maybe it’s battered tilapia. Maybe it’s just fish sticks in a tortilla. But no matter what the catch of the day is, a taco just isn’t a taco without the perfect sauce. And does anything beat avocado sauce? Many traditional sauce recipes use spreads that contain saturated fats. Luckily, this homemade avocado sauce for fish tacos is a superb substitute. Most of the fat in avocados is unsaturated (monounsaturated and poly saturated fats), making avocados a great replacement for foods high in saturated fat. You get the same creamy texture, plus a brilliant green color. Bonus: This sauce is gluten free! Related: For more fantastic fish, try out these Baja Fish and Guacamole tacos.

Avocado Sauce for Fish Tacos

Makes 5 servings.

Ingredients:

  • 1 ripe Avocado From Mexico
  • 1/2 c. cilantro, loosely packed
  • 1 clove of garlic, minced or chopped
  • Juice of one lime
  • 1/3 c. low-fat plain yogurt
  • Salt and pepper to taste
  • 1 jalapeño (optional)

Directions:

  1. Prepare all ingredients. Carefully cut open the avocado, lengthwise, with a sharp knife. Scoop out the flesh with a shallow spoon into a food processor or blender. Mince or chop the garlic clove into small pieces. Tightly chop the jalapeño (if using). Remove seeds to lessen the heat. Loosely chop cilantro, up to 1/2 cup. Do not pack it down. Combine ingredients in the food processor.
  2. Blend. In 10-second intervals, blend the mixture until creamy. Taste-test in between blends. Too thick? Add more lime juice or a sprinkle of water. Too runny? Add more avocado or yogurt to thicken the mixture.
  3. Get presentation points. If spooning into individual ramekins for guests, sprinkle a few cilantro leaves over the top of each serving. If drizzling the avocado sauce over fish tacos, use the “piping-bag” method. Place the sauce in a sandwich bag. Push the air out of the bag and seal. Twist the bag from the top down to create pressure at one corner. Cut a spout in that corner with scissors and drizzle the sauce in a zigzag pattern over the mouth of the tacos.
  4. Store. Avocado naturally oxidizes when exposed to air and turns brown. Keep your sauce a brilliant green by storing it in an air-tight container with a layer of plastic wrap inside, touching the top surface of the mixture. This recipe is good for about two days but tastes best when served fresh.
For more complementary condiments, check out our full spread of avocado spread recipes.

The post The Ultimate Avocado Sauce for Fish Tacos appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Cold Avocado Pasta Salads https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/5-cold-avocado-pasta-salads/ Tue, 31 Aug 2021 16:07:11 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30317

A classic summer side dish, the cold pasta salad has never been more delicious than on lazy days. We’ve rounded up a few of our favorite avocado pasta salad recipes to keep your mealtimes cool and calm.

Whether you’re making these pasta salads as meal-prep lunches or for a lazy weekend dinner, remember that when you include Avocados From Mexico, you’re adding nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and phytonutrients to your family’s meal. That’s what we call using your noodle!

Related: You’ll never go back to regular mac after you try this avocado mac ‘n’ cheese recipe.

5 Avocado Pasta Salad Recipes

  • Avocado Tomato Basil Pasta Salad

    Looking for the perfect recipe? Remain chill; this vegetarian pasta salad has got you covered. Made with whole-wheat rotini pasta, cherry tomatoes, avocado cubes, red onion, chickpeas, feta, and Kalamata olives, this avocado pasta salad is bursting with colorful veggies. Once it’s been topped with a hearty helping of avocado basil dressing, you’ll be in pasta heaven.

  • Elbow Pasta Salad

    Sun-dried tomatoes, olives, and mozzarella cheese = good. Adding a dressing made from orange zest, raspberry chipotle hot sauce, and honey = even better. The final part of the formula: Topping it all with diced Avocados From Mexico. Now that’s perfection.

  • Mediterranean Avocado Pasta Salad

    This chilled pasta salad filled with garlic, cucumber, red onion, and feta will have your tastebuds sailing away off the shores of Santorini. Add cherry tomatoes, basil, and avocados and you might just never come back. This recipe calls for rotini, but you can use any of your favorite short pastas to make it truly yours.

Pro Tip: Try substituting quinoa or brown rice to make any of these recipes perfect for a gluten-free diet.

  • Avocado Pesto Pasta Salad With Oaxaca Cheese

    This avocado pasta salad is fantastic warm or cold. It features a homemade pesto and is topped with Oaxaca cheese — the perfect combo fora vegetarian entrée but just as great when served with salmon or grilled chicken. Just don’t forget to add the fresh avocado to help increase your family’s fruit and vegetable intake. They're delicious, heart-healthy, and a source of naturally good fats!

  • Spicy Pasta Salad

    Though refreshingly cool, this chilled pasta salad still brings the heat in its own way. Roasted chicken, cucumber, feta, and black olives are tossed in a bed of delicate orzo. The jalapeño dressing lights a fire in your mouth, but creamy avocado soothes the flames. It’s the perfect pasta to eat by the spoonful!

When the feasting is finished, be sure you know how to keep cut avocados from browning so you can enjoy the leftovers for the next few days. Hasta la pasta!

Discover more exciting recipes like these on our recipe page.

The post 5 Cold Avocado Pasta Salads appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

A classic summer side dish, the cold pasta salad has never been more delicious than on lazy days. We’ve rounded up a few of our favorite avocado pasta salad recipes to keep your mealtimes cool and calm. Whether you’re making these pasta salads as meal-prep lunches or for a lazy weekend dinner, remember that when you include Avocados From Mexico, you’re adding nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and phytonutrients to your family’s meal. That’s what we call using your noodle! Related: You’ll never go back to regular mac after you try this avocado mac ‘n’ cheese recipe.

5 Avocado Pasta Salad Recipes

  • Avocado Tomato Basil Pasta Salad

    Looking for the perfect recipe? Remain chill; this vegetarian pasta salad has got you covered. Made with whole-wheat rotini pasta, cherry tomatoes, avocado cubes, red onion, chickpeas, feta, and Kalamata olives, this avocado pasta salad is bursting with colorful veggies. Once it’s been topped with a hearty helping of avocado basil dressing, you’ll be in pasta heaven.
  • Elbow Pasta Salad

    Sun-dried tomatoes, olives, and mozzarella cheese = good. Adding a dressing made from orange zest, raspberry chipotle hot sauce, and honey = even better. The final part of the formula: Topping it all with diced Avocados From Mexico. Now that’s perfection.
  • Mediterranean Avocado Pasta Salad

    This chilled pasta salad filled with garlic, cucumber, red onion, and feta will have your tastebuds sailing away off the shores of Santorini. Add cherry tomatoes, basil, and avocados and you might just never come back. This recipe calls for rotini, but you can use any of your favorite short pastas to make it truly yours.
Pro Tip: Try substituting quinoa or brown rice to make any of these recipes perfect for a gluten-free diet.
  • Avocado Pesto Pasta Salad With Oaxaca Cheese

    This avocado pasta salad is fantastic warm or cold. It features a homemade pesto and is topped with Oaxaca cheese — the perfect combo fora vegetarian entrée but just as great when served with salmon or grilled chicken. Just don’t forget to add the fresh avocado to help increase your family’s fruit and vegetable intake. They're delicious, heart-healthy, and a source of naturally good fats!
  • Spicy Pasta Salad

    Though refreshingly cool, this chilled pasta salad still brings the heat in its own way. Roasted chicken, cucumber, feta, and black olives are tossed in a bed of delicate orzo. The jalapeño dressing lights a fire in your mouth, but creamy avocado soothes the flames. It’s the perfect pasta to eat by the spoonful!
When the feasting is finished, be sure you know how to keep cut avocados from browning so you can enjoy the leftovers for the next few days. Hasta la pasta! Discover more exciting recipes like these on our recipe page.

The post 5 Cold Avocado Pasta Salads appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Bruncher’s BFF: The Top 5 Avocado Breakfast Sandwiches https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/brunchers-bff-top-5-avocado-breakfast-sandwiches/ Tue, 31 Aug 2021 16:05:37 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30316

There are few things we love as much as avocados, but a good brunch may just be one of them. And getting out of bed has never been easier than it is when you know there’s an avocado breakfast sandwich with your name on it.

To get you started, here are five avocado breakfast sandwiches that will have you rising and shining every morning. Each one pairs perfectly with a cup of coffee, a glass of OJ, or a sparkling mimosa. Cheers!

Related: Don’t want to get out of bed to enjoy your avocado breakfast? We get it. We can help with that.

5 Avocado Breakfast Sandwiches

  1. Bacon, Lettuce, Avocado, and Tomato Breakfast Sandwich

    It’s the classic BLT — with a little something more. Tangy mayo melds with creamy avocado to create a perfect spread while crisp, salty bacon and sweet, juicy tomato dance on your taste buds. If that doesn't say “good morning,” nothing does.

  2. Loaded Breakfast Banh Mi With Toasted Sesame Guac

    Bursting with a fusion of flavors, this brunch sandwich will make your tummy happy. Instead of popular sandwich spreads or condiments, this breakfast banh mi uses a spread of creamy sesame guac. (Virtually the only fresh fruit with good fats, avocados can play a dual role in helping people meet both fruit and good fat recommendations.) And when your stomach gets a load of the spicy honey-roasted bacon, crunchy cabbage slaw, and hard-boiled eggs all atop a light, airy Vietnamese baguette, don’t be surprised if you feel tempted to burst into song.

  3. Mini Brioche Avocado Breakfast Sliders

    The early bird gets the breakfast sliders! This vegetarian-friendly brunch option includes fried halloumi cheese, scrambled eggs, and creamy Avocados From Mexico, all cascading over toasted, buttery mini brioche buns. Totally worth getting up and at 'em.

  4. Topper Breakfast Sandwich

    This avocado breakfast sandwich starring chorizo was created by Pati Jinich. Its co-stars are homemade pico de gallo, two fried eggs, and (of course) the ever-delectable Avocados From Mexico. It’s all stacked between a crisp, buttery English muffin. Is your stomach grumbling yet? If you know the best ways to ripen an avocado, you won’t have to wait so long to try this delicious breakfast sandwich.

  5. Bloody Mary Avocado Breakfast Sandwich

    If you’re looking to spice up your regular brunch game, we present this masterpiece of breakfast innovation. Hearty and satisfying, this sandwich will crush your hunger beneath strips of flat iron steak and cheddar-topped scrambled eggs. Then comes the kicker: Bloody Mary avocado salsa packed with all the classic flavors and spicy, crunchy veggies. After a breakfast like that, it’s never been such a great day to have a great day.

Each of these show-stopping avocado breakfast sandwiches is sure to wow at your next brunch, so shine the mimosa glasses and pick up some Avocados From Mexico — it’s brunchtime!

Wake up to even more avocado breakfast recipes here.

The post The Bruncher’s BFF: The Top 5 Avocado Breakfast Sandwiches appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There are few things we love as much as avocados, but a good brunch may just be one of them. And getting out of bed has never been easier than it is when you know there’s an avocado breakfast sandwich with your name on it. To get you started, here are five avocado breakfast sandwiches that will have you rising and shining every morning. Each one pairs perfectly with a cup of coffee, a glass of OJ, or a sparkling mimosa. Cheers! Related: Don’t want to get out of bed to enjoy your avocado breakfast? We get it. We can help with that.

5 Avocado Breakfast Sandwiches

  1. Bacon, Lettuce, Avocado, and Tomato Breakfast Sandwich

    It’s the classic BLT — with a little something more. Tangy mayo melds with creamy avocado to create a perfect spread while crisp, salty bacon and sweet, juicy tomato dance on your taste buds. If that doesn't say “good morning,” nothing does.
  2. Loaded Breakfast Banh Mi With Toasted Sesame Guac

    Bursting with a fusion of flavors, this brunch sandwich will make your tummy happy. Instead of popular sandwich spreads or condiments, this breakfast banh mi uses a spread of creamy sesame guac. (Virtually the only fresh fruit with good fats, avocados can play a dual role in helping people meet both fruit and good fat recommendations.) And when your stomach gets a load of the spicy honey-roasted bacon, crunchy cabbage slaw, and hard-boiled eggs all atop a light, airy Vietnamese baguette, don’t be surprised if you feel tempted to burst into song.
  3. Mini Brioche Avocado Breakfast Sliders

    The early bird gets the breakfast sliders! This vegetarian-friendly brunch option includes fried halloumi cheese, scrambled eggs, and creamy Avocados From Mexico, all cascading over toasted, buttery mini brioche buns. Totally worth getting up and at 'em.
  4. Topper Breakfast Sandwich

    This avocado breakfast sandwich starring chorizo was created by Pati Jinich. Its co-stars are homemade pico de gallo, two fried eggs, and (of course) the ever-delectable Avocados From Mexico. It’s all stacked between a crisp, buttery English muffin. Is your stomach grumbling yet? If you know the best ways to ripen an avocado, you won’t have to wait so long to try this delicious breakfast sandwich.
  5. Bloody Mary Avocado Breakfast Sandwich

    If you’re looking to spice up your regular brunch game, we present this masterpiece of breakfast innovation. Hearty and satisfying, this sandwich will crush your hunger beneath strips of flat iron steak and cheddar-topped scrambled eggs. Then comes the kicker: Bloody Mary avocado salsa packed with all the classic flavors and spicy, crunchy veggies. After a breakfast like that, it’s never been such a great day to have a great day.
Each of these show-stopping avocado breakfast sandwiches is sure to wow at your next brunch, so shine the mimosa glasses and pick up some Avocados From Mexico — it’s brunchtime! Wake up to even more avocado breakfast recipes here.

The post The Bruncher’s BFF: The Top 5 Avocado Breakfast Sandwiches appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Summer Potluck Dish: Corn, Tomato, and Avocado Salad https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/corn-tomato-avocado-salad/ Wed, 21 Jul 2021 20:02:53 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30167

There's nothing quite like a summer evening spent outside barbecuing and enjoying the company of family and friends. The days of sunshine and picnics are upon us, and we have the perfect potluck showstopper: corn, tomato, and avocado salad.

Bursting with fresh flavors and summertime colors, this salad is absolutely brimming with goodness. It goes great on a paper plate — pair it with BBQ regulars like veggies, burgers, and chicken, or enjoy it on its own. A word to the wise: Eat quickly. We can't promise there will be any leftovers.

Related: Cool off after a long, hot summer’s day with this chocolate avocado ice cream cake.

Corn, Tomato, and Avocado Salad Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 1/2 medium red onion, sliced thin
  • 2 c. cherry tomatoes, halved or quartered
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, diced
  • 3 ears of corn, in the husk
  • 1/4 c. cilantro, chopped
  • 2 tbsp. olive oil
  • 1 medium lime, juiced
  • 2 cloves of garlic, minced or pressed
  • 1 tsp. coarse salt
  • 1 tsp. fresh ground black pepper

Directions:

  1. Heat grill for high direct heat and trim your corn husks back about 1 inch from the end. Cut off the stalk and place on the grill. Turn every 5 minutes until desired level of char, about 20 minutes total. (If you don't have a grill, pan frying your corn kernels can create that summer cookout taste without firing up the coals.)
  2. Remove corn from grill and allow to cool until safe to handle. Slice down the outside of the corn ears from top to stalk, removing the kernels. Set aside.
  3. Dice avocado into bite size pieces. Be sure you know how to cut, slice, and dice an avocado the right way!
  4. In a large bowl, combine grilled corn, Avocados From Mexico, onion, cherry tomatoes, and cilantro. Mix well.
  5. Dress salad with remaining ingredients and combine until well coated. Add salt and pepper to taste. Dig in!

This corn, tomato, and avocado salad can be made a few hours in advance to allow for cooling, but tastes great when served immediately. Add extra lime juice to the dressing to help prevent the avocado from browning to keep your salad looking fresh!

Not only does it taste like summer in a spoon, but it’s also packed with veggies and topped with heart-healthy Avocados From Mexico. Avocados are low in saturated fat and are a great fresh-fruit option to help boost fiber intake. Who wouldn’t want them at the party?

Discover all kinds of new ways to enjoy avocado on our recipe page.

The post Summer Potluck Dish: Corn, Tomato, and Avocado Salad appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There's nothing quite like a summer evening spent outside barbecuing and enjoying the company of family and friends. The days of sunshine and picnics are upon us, and we have the perfect potluck showstopper: corn, tomato, and avocado salad. Bursting with fresh flavors and summertime colors, this salad is absolutely brimming with goodness. It goes great on a paper plate — pair it with BBQ regulars like veggies, burgers, and chicken, or enjoy it on its own. A word to the wise: Eat quickly. We can't promise there will be any leftovers. Related: Cool off after a long, hot summer’s day with this chocolate avocado ice cream cake.

Corn, Tomato, and Avocado Salad Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 1/2 medium red onion, sliced thin
  • 2 c. cherry tomatoes, halved or quartered
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, diced
  • 3 ears of corn, in the husk
  • 1/4 c. cilantro, chopped
  • 2 tbsp. olive oil
  • 1 medium lime, juiced
  • 2 cloves of garlic, minced or pressed
  • 1 tsp. coarse salt
  • 1 tsp. fresh ground black pepper

Directions:

  1. Heat grill for high direct heat and trim your corn husks back about 1 inch from the end. Cut off the stalk and place on the grill. Turn every 5 minutes until desired level of char, about 20 minutes total. (If you don't have a grill, pan frying your corn kernels can create that summer cookout taste without firing up the coals.)
  2. Remove corn from grill and allow to cool until safe to handle. Slice down the outside of the corn ears from top to stalk, removing the kernels. Set aside.
  3. Dice avocado into bite size pieces. Be sure you know how to cut, slice, and dice an avocado the right way!
  4. In a large bowl, combine grilled corn, Avocados From Mexico, onion, cherry tomatoes, and cilantro. Mix well.
  5. Dress salad with remaining ingredients and combine until well coated. Add salt and pepper to taste. Dig in!
This corn, tomato, and avocado salad can be made a few hours in advance to allow for cooling, but tastes great when served immediately. Add extra lime juice to the dressing to help prevent the avocado from browning to keep your salad looking fresh! Not only does it taste like summer in a spoon, but it’s also packed with veggies and topped with heart-healthy Avocados From Mexico. Avocados are low in saturated fat and are a great fresh-fruit option to help boost fiber intake. Who wouldn’t want them at the party? Discover all kinds of new ways to enjoy avocado on our recipe page.

The post Summer Potluck Dish: Corn, Tomato, and Avocado Salad appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Easy Summer Dinner Recipes With Heart-Healthy Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-summer-dinner-recipes-with-avocados-/ Wed, 21 Jul 2021 20:02:07 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30159

Summer days may be long, but that doesn't mean your dinner prep has to be. We've gathered up our best summer dinner recipes that can be prepared in 30 minutes or less, and each one includes fresh avocados — our favorite heart-heathy fruit.

With these quick and easy recipes, you can spend less time in the kitchen and more summertime with your family and friends. Ring the dinner bell — it’s time to eat!

Related: For ultimate summer freshness, dig into these ahi-avocado poke tostadas.

5 Easy Summer Dinner Recipes

  1. Thai Avocado Shrimp Bowl

    This quick dinner delivers the tastes of Thailand along with a fork full of fruits and veggies. And the best part? You don't even have to turn on the oven. Mango, cucumber, and mint keep things light while creamy avocado and sweet chili shrimp leave you wanting more. Bursting with flavor, this recipe is also a great option for anyone sticking to a gluten-free diet.

  2. Shredded Chicken and Avocado Pizza

    Throw a curveball at your regular family pizza night by topping it off with nutritious avocado. This pizza starts with a zesty tomato sauce and is topped with piles of delicious mozzarella cheese and shredded chicken. Baked to perfection in just 14 minutes, and topped with chunks of our favorite green fruit, it's everything you've avo wanted.

  3. Pineapple Hotdog Wraps With Spicy Avocado Dip

    Combining tropical with homestyle, this dinner cooks up fast and is perfect after an evening of backyard baseball. Since it takes less than 30 minutes to assemble these puppies, you’ll be dipping them into a spicy avocado-pineapple mash in no time.

Did You Know? Most Americans do not eat enough dietary fiber. Avocados to the rescue! Not only are they a heart-healthy fresh fruit, they’re also a good source of fiber and taste delicious — a triple win when you add them to your summer dinner recipes.

  1. Baja Fish Tacos

    Hear that? The beach is calling! Whether you’re on vacation or just dreaming of island living, you can bring the beach to your dinner table with these fantastic fish tacos. Crunchy red cabbage and fresh cilantro tilapia swim in a creamy, zesty yogurt sauce. Easy to assemble and a rainbow of colors, these tacos will have you sailing away on your very own flavor wave in no time.

  2. Tropical Chicken and Avocado Salad

    Go green and go grilled with this wholesome summer salad. Pineapple adds a crisp, tart twist to traditional salad, and avocado slices are an absolute must. The best part? You can mix up this tropical treat for the whole family in a matter of minutes.

With these quick and delicious summer dinner recipes, you won't have to sacrifice taste for time. And by adding heart-healthy avocados to your diet, you won't have to sacrifice delicious for nutrition.

Discover more avocado inspiration on our recipes page.

The post 5 Easy Summer Dinner Recipes With Heart-Healthy Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Summer days may be long, but that doesn't mean your dinner prep has to be. We've gathered up our best summer dinner recipes that can be prepared in 30 minutes or less, and each one includes fresh avocados — our favorite heart-heathy fruit. With these quick and easy recipes, you can spend less time in the kitchen and more summertime with your family and friends. Ring the dinner bell — it’s time to eat! Related: For ultimate summer freshness, dig into these ahi-avocado poke tostadas.

5 Easy Summer Dinner Recipes

  1. Thai Avocado Shrimp Bowl

    This quick dinner delivers the tastes of Thailand along with a fork full of fruits and veggies. And the best part? You don't even have to turn on the oven. Mango, cucumber, and mint keep things light while creamy avocado and sweet chili shrimp leave you wanting more. Bursting with flavor, this recipe is also a great option for anyone sticking to a gluten-free diet.
  2. Shredded Chicken and Avocado Pizza

    Throw a curveball at your regular family pizza night by topping it off with nutritious avocado. This pizza starts with a zesty tomato sauce and is topped with piles of delicious mozzarella cheese and shredded chicken. Baked to perfection in just 14 minutes, and topped with chunks of our favorite green fruit, it's everything you've avo wanted.
  3. Pineapple Hotdog Wraps With Spicy Avocado Dip

    Combining tropical with homestyle, this dinner cooks up fast and is perfect after an evening of backyard baseball. Since it takes less than 30 minutes to assemble these puppies, you’ll be dipping them into a spicy avocado-pineapple mash in no time.
Did You Know? Most Americans do not eat enough dietary fiber. Avocados to the rescue! Not only are they a heart-healthy fresh fruit, they’re also a good source of fiber and taste delicious — a triple win when you add them to your summer dinner recipes.
  1. Baja Fish Tacos

    Hear that? The beach is calling! Whether you’re on vacation or just dreaming of island living, you can bring the beach to your dinner table with these fantastic fish tacos. Crunchy red cabbage and fresh cilantro tilapia swim in a creamy, zesty yogurt sauce. Easy to assemble and a rainbow of colors, these tacos will have you sailing away on your very own flavor wave in no time.
  2. Tropical Chicken and Avocado Salad

    Go green and go grilled with this wholesome summer salad. Pineapple adds a crisp, tart twist to traditional salad, and avocado slices are an absolute must. The best part? You can mix up this tropical treat for the whole family in a matter of minutes.
With these quick and delicious summer dinner recipes, you won't have to sacrifice taste for time. And by adding heart-healthy avocados to your diet, you won't have to sacrifice delicious for nutrition. Discover more avocado inspiration on our recipes page.

The post 5 Easy Summer Dinner Recipes With Heart-Healthy Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Add Good Fats to Your Lunch With an Avocado Lettuce Wrap https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/lunch-avocado-lettuce-wrap/ Wed, 21 Jul 2021 20:00:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30161

For members of the gluten-free crowd who still like to enjoy a nice wrap from time to time, lettuce is a solid replacement for a tortilla. With a fresh taste and crunchy texture, it’s easy to see why lettuce wraps are exploding in popularity.

Add avocados into the mix, and you’ve got a recipe for flavor nirvana. The American Heart Association tells us that fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit. They provide naturally good fats, are low in saturated fat, and are cholesterol-, sugar-, and sodium-free. What’s not to love?

So jump headfirst into the avocado lettuce wraps below for some awesome lunchtime flavor.

Avocado Lettuce Wrap Recipes

  • Beach Vibes Avocado Shrimp Wrap

    Just in time for summer but delicious any time of year! A potent avocado-mango salsa joins forces with shrimp in these lettuce wraps, creating a flavorful synergy and groovy beach vibes. The flavor profile is rounded out by a long list of quality ingredients, including garlic powder, red onion, lime juice, and apple cider vinegar. You’ll also need diced avocados — if you’ve never diced an avocado before, here’s the easiest way to do it.

  • Mango Wrap

    With a range of ingredients, including mint, avocado, gorgonzola, jalapeño, basil, and orange juice, this wrap delivers a bountiful cornucopia of flavor. And if you’re trying to stay gluten-free, good news — you won’t find a trace of gluten here.

Related: Discover more ways to add avocado to lunchtime with these hearty avocado bowl recipes.

  • Crisp Avocado Barbacoa Wrap

    Who is the real hero of this wrap? Is it the adobo sauce, with its rich and intense flavor? Is it the beef brisket, cooked to perfection? Is it the avocado, with its creamy texture and abundance of good fats? The truth is, all of the ingredients are important, and the real hero of the recipe is teamwork. This avocado lettuce wrap works just as well as lunch or as dinner, and if you decide you want the leftovers as breakfast, well, who could blame you?

  • Buffalo Chicken Avocado Lettuce Wraps

    With a much shorter ingredient list than the rest of these recipes, this lettuce wrap helps you spend less time in the kitchen and more time in the flavor zone. When you take that first bite, you’ll feel the crunch of lettuce, the smoothness of avocado, and the fire of buffalo sauce. (To make this recipe truly gluten-free, opt for grilled chicken nuggets.)

Well, that’s a wrap…unless you want to check out even more avocado wraps. If so, head on over to our avocado wrap recipe page.

The post Add Good Fats to Your Lunch With an Avocado Lettuce Wrap appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

For members of the gluten-free crowd who still like to enjoy a nice wrap from time to time, lettuce is a solid replacement for a tortilla. With a fresh taste and crunchy texture, it’s easy to see why lettuce wraps are exploding in popularity. Add avocados into the mix, and you’ve got a recipe for flavor nirvana. The American Heart Association tells us that fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit. They provide naturally good fats, are low in saturated fat, and are cholesterol-, sugar-, and sodium-free. What’s not to love? So jump headfirst into the avocado lettuce wraps below for some awesome lunchtime flavor.

Avocado Lettuce Wrap Recipes

  • Beach Vibes Avocado Shrimp Wrap

    Just in time for summer but delicious any time of year! A potent avocado-mango salsa joins forces with shrimp in these lettuce wraps, creating a flavorful synergy and groovy beach vibes. The flavor profile is rounded out by a long list of quality ingredients, including garlic powder, red onion, lime juice, and apple cider vinegar. You’ll also need diced avocados — if you’ve never diced an avocado before, here’s the easiest way to do it.
  • Mango Wrap

    With a range of ingredients, including mint, avocado, gorgonzola, jalapeño, basil, and orange juice, this wrap delivers a bountiful cornucopia of flavor. And if you’re trying to stay gluten-free, good news — you won’t find a trace of gluten here.
Related: Discover more ways to add avocado to lunchtime with these hearty avocado bowl recipes.
  • Crisp Avocado Barbacoa Wrap

    Who is the real hero of this wrap? Is it the adobo sauce, with its rich and intense flavor? Is it the beef brisket, cooked to perfection? Is it the avocado, with its creamy texture and abundance of good fats? The truth is, all of the ingredients are important, and the real hero of the recipe is teamwork. This avocado lettuce wrap works just as well as lunch or as dinner, and if you decide you want the leftovers as breakfast, well, who could blame you?
  • Buffalo Chicken Avocado Lettuce Wraps

    With a much shorter ingredient list than the rest of these recipes, this lettuce wrap helps you spend less time in the kitchen and more time in the flavor zone. When you take that first bite, you’ll feel the crunch of lettuce, the smoothness of avocado, and the fire of buffalo sauce. (To make this recipe truly gluten-free, opt for grilled chicken nuggets.)
Well, that’s a wrap…unless you want to check out even more avocado wraps. If so, head on over to our avocado wrap recipe page.

The post Add Good Fats to Your Lunch With an Avocado Lettuce Wrap appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Shrimp and Avocado Salad Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/shrimp-avocado-salad-recipes/ Wed, 21 Jul 2021 19:59:57 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30165

Long gone are the days of boring salads! Avocado and shrimp is the perfect pair of powerhouse foods to liven up your plate. The following shrimp and avocado salad recipes are delicious and easy to whip up for potlucks, BBQs, and family meals on the fly.

Related: Learn the right way to slice an avocado in seconds.

Leafy Salads

Avocado and shrimp can make leafy greens go down easy, even for the pickiest eaters. The buttery texture of avocado softens a mouthful of hard greens, while shrimp delivers a satisfyingly savory bite.

  • Shrimp, Avocado, and Winter Fruit Salad

    This heart-healthy recipe is packed with delectable fruits available year-round: creamy avocado (yes, avocado is a fruit!), tangy mango, and juicy red grapes, colorfully arranged on a bed of fresh greens.

  • Thai Avocado Shrimp Bowl

    Feeling like Thai tonight? Make dinner a feast of Eastern flavors with this salad bowl, which combines a hearty helping of shrimp, mango, cucumber, peanuts, and avocado, drizzled all over with a homemade ginger-infused chili vinaigrette dressing. (And if you’re looking to whet your appetite, try one of these Thai guacamole recipes.)

  • Grilled Prawn Salad With Tomatoes & Avocado Aioli

    While prawns aren’t exactly shrimp, they’re close cousins and taste identical. Try this savory recipe, made with fragrant garlic, turkey bacon, and tomatoes. No prawns? No problem! Substitute shrimp instead.

Lump Salads

Lump salads are an excellent choice for appetizers or an easy-peasy lunch. Only, instead of mayonnaise, which is commonly used in tuna salad or chicken salad, it’s creamy avocado that holds all the ingredients together in these delectable recipes.

  • Avocado Shrimp Salad

    You can’t go wrong when you start with the basics. This classic recipe is easy to assemble in a pinch. It’s mostly made of—you guessed it—avocado and shrimp. Scoop it with pita or tortilla chips for an afternoon snack or scoop a spoonful onto crackers or lettuce leaves as an appetizer for party guests.

  • Avocado Shrimp Salad Open-Faced Sandwich

    Tired of same-old, same-old sandwiches for lunch? Go bold! This shrimp and avocado salad-wich is a delightful change of pace. It’s served on rustic rye bread, and layered with sizzling bacon, arugula, and slices of ripe avocado.

Make Your Own Shrimp and Avocado Salad

One of the best things about salads is that the possibilities are endless. You really only need two ingredients for a great avocado and shrimp salad—the rest is up to your imagination (and vegetable drawer).

Mix and match ingredients to make your very own salad recipe at the Avocado Salad Center, or scoot on over to our avocado salad recipe page.

The post Shrimp and Avocado Salad Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Long gone are the days of boring salads! Avocado and shrimp is the perfect pair of powerhouse foods to liven up your plate. The following shrimp and avocado salad recipes are delicious and easy to whip up for potlucks, BBQs, and family meals on the fly. Related: Learn the right way to slice an avocado in seconds.

Leafy Salads

Avocado and shrimp can make leafy greens go down easy, even for the pickiest eaters. The buttery texture of avocado softens a mouthful of hard greens, while shrimp delivers a satisfyingly savory bite.
  • Shrimp, Avocado, and Winter Fruit Salad

    This heart-healthy recipe is packed with delectable fruits available year-round: creamy avocado (yes, avocado is a fruit!), tangy mango, and juicy red grapes, colorfully arranged on a bed of fresh greens.
  • Thai Avocado Shrimp Bowl

    Feeling like Thai tonight? Make dinner a feast of Eastern flavors with this salad bowl, which combines a hearty helping of shrimp, mango, cucumber, peanuts, and avocado, drizzled all over with a homemade ginger-infused chili vinaigrette dressing. (And if you’re looking to whet your appetite, try one of these Thai guacamole recipes.)
  • Grilled Prawn Salad With Tomatoes & Avocado Aioli

    While prawns aren’t exactly shrimp, they’re close cousins and taste identical. Try this savory recipe, made with fragrant garlic, turkey bacon, and tomatoes. No prawns? No problem! Substitute shrimp instead.

Lump Salads

Lump salads are an excellent choice for appetizers or an easy-peasy lunch. Only, instead of mayonnaise, which is commonly used in tuna salad or chicken salad, it’s creamy avocado that holds all the ingredients together in these delectable recipes.
  • Avocado Shrimp Salad

    You can’t go wrong when you start with the basics. This classic recipe is easy to assemble in a pinch. It’s mostly made of—you guessed it—avocado and shrimp. Scoop it with pita or tortilla chips for an afternoon snack or scoop a spoonful onto crackers or lettuce leaves as an appetizer for party guests.
  • Avocado Shrimp Salad Open-Faced Sandwich

    Tired of same-old, same-old sandwiches for lunch? Go bold! This shrimp and avocado salad-wich is a delightful change of pace. It’s served on rustic rye bread, and layered with sizzling bacon, arugula, and slices of ripe avocado.

Make Your Own Shrimp and Avocado Salad

One of the best things about salads is that the possibilities are endless. You really only need two ingredients for a great avocado and shrimp salad—the rest is up to your imagination (and vegetable drawer). Mix and match ingredients to make your very own salad recipe at the Avocado Salad Center, or scoot on over to our avocado salad recipe page.

The post Shrimp and Avocado Salad Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
4 Vegetarian Avocado Sandwiches https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/4-vegetarian-avocado-sandwiches/ Wed, 21 Jul 2021 19:58:59 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30163

Sandwiches have been go-to lunch and dinner options since the dawn of sliced bread for carnivores and vegetarians alike. So if you’re looking for meatless sandwich options that are anything but boring, assembling a vegetarian avocado sandwich is the place to start.

To get the most out of a vegetarian diet, choose healthy plant-based foods, such as avocados, which provide a good source of fiber, vitamin K, folate, pantothenic acid, and copper per serving. That’s why we’ve pulled together four of our favorite recipes for you to try out. Enjoy!

Related: Learn more than a dozen new ways to make vegan guacamole here.

4 Vegetarian Avocado Sandwiches

  • Spicy Feta Avocado Sandwich Mash

    If you’re in a rush but don’t want to skimp on flavor, this ‘wich is definitely worth a try. You can make this recipe with just four ingredients (or three, if you want to ditch the feta and take it from vegetarian to vegan). This recipe is fast, easy, and features heart-healthy avocados front and center.

  • Cucumber Avocado English Tea Sandwiches

    These decadent tea sandwiches are sure to make you feel like royalty. Buttery avocado and crisp cucumber work well as a team, creating a pleasant contrast in texture. Alfalfa sprouts lend a subtle crunch and add to the refined feel of these handheld treats. Add in the tang of whipped cream cheese and you’re at the tippy-top of the tea sandwich game. Pinky out!

  • Tahini Avocado Grilled Cheese

    Avocado and tahini in a grilled cheese? You might be surprised by how good this one is. In this recipe, the classic grilled cheese soars to new heights with the help of avocado, tahini, and garlic. The result is a tasty vegetarian grilled cheese with some Mediterranean flair.

  • Avocado Chickpea Salad Sandwich

    This vegan-friendly sandwich features hummus, avocados, and chickpeas to create a hearty textured spread that feels right at home atop a slice of fresh whole-grain bread. Green onions and spinach add a vigorous crunch, and a spritz of lemon juice ties it all together. Consider toasting your bread for maximum enjoyment.

Looking for more vegetarian avocado sandwich recipes? Check out our recipe archive.

The post 4 Vegetarian Avocado Sandwiches appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Sandwiches have been go-to lunch and dinner options since the dawn of sliced bread for carnivores and vegetarians alike. So if you’re looking for meatless sandwich options that are anything but boring, assembling a vegetarian avocado sandwich is the place to start. To get the most out of a vegetarian diet, choose healthy plant-based foods, such as avocados, which provide a good source of fiber, vitamin K, folate, pantothenic acid, and copper per serving. That’s why we’ve pulled together four of our favorite recipes for you to try out. Enjoy! Related: Learn more than a dozen new ways to make vegan guacamole here.

4 Vegetarian Avocado Sandwiches

  • Spicy Feta Avocado Sandwich Mash

    If you’re in a rush but don’t want to skimp on flavor, this ‘wich is definitely worth a try. You can make this recipe with just four ingredients (or three, if you want to ditch the feta and take it from vegetarian to vegan). This recipe is fast, easy, and features heart-healthy avocados front and center.
  • Cucumber Avocado English Tea Sandwiches

    These decadent tea sandwiches are sure to make you feel like royalty. Buttery avocado and crisp cucumber work well as a team, creating a pleasant contrast in texture. Alfalfa sprouts lend a subtle crunch and add to the refined feel of these handheld treats. Add in the tang of whipped cream cheese and you’re at the tippy-top of the tea sandwich game. Pinky out!
  • Tahini Avocado Grilled Cheese

    Avocado and tahini in a grilled cheese? You might be surprised by how good this one is. In this recipe, the classic grilled cheese soars to new heights with the help of avocado, tahini, and garlic. The result is a tasty vegetarian grilled cheese with some Mediterranean flair.
  • Avocado Chickpea Salad Sandwich

    This vegan-friendly sandwich features hummus, avocados, and chickpeas to create a hearty textured spread that feels right at home atop a slice of fresh whole-grain bread. Green onions and spinach add a vigorous crunch, and a spritz of lemon juice ties it all together. Consider toasting your bread for maximum enjoyment.
Looking for more vegetarian avocado sandwich recipes? Check out our recipe archive.

The post 4 Vegetarian Avocado Sandwiches appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
An Avocado GIF for Every Occasion https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avocado-gif-every-occasion/ Fri, 28 May 2021 05:00:40 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30116

GIFs are essential communication tools for commenting on our friends’ posts, pinging our coworkers, and confusing our parents. Because we are Avocados From Mexico and this is our blog, you can probably tell where this is going. Yep — avocado GIFs. All the best ones, pulled together in one place, like a recipe box for 5-second animations you can text your friends.

 

When words won’t do a text justice, don’t worry. There’s an avocado GIF (and a corresponding avocado recipe) for every situation.

 

1. For gym day.

When you’re working hard and looking good, it’s OK to let the world know. Pair this avocado GIF with a Chocolate-Avocado Protein Smoothie, a frosty post-workout drink full of banana, yogurt, almond milk, and plenty of avocado. With that to look forward to after leg day, we’d be smiling just like this little guy:

 

Avocado working out

 

2. For the expectant mother.

This GIF is perfect for announcing a new addition to the family tree. Who doesn’t love hearing they’re becoming grandparents over text?

 

Two large avocados talking

 

The best part of this GIF: Pregnancy means eating avocado for two! And one serving of avocado provides folate, an essential vitamin that is especially important for people considering pregnancy. Avocados are a good source of folate, which is an essential vitamin required to make DNA and other genetic material. Avocados are a great (and yummy) place to start!

 

3. For emphasis that avocados are always good.

You tell ’em, Andy. Use this avocado GIF if someone isn’t getting the point: YOU LOVE AVOCADOS.

 

Two large avocados talking

 

Further proof there’s nothing like an avocado: Avocados are essentially the only fruit with good fats. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommends replacing bad fats with good fats as good fats offer benefits in the body without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol levels. You can’t argue with science. (Or this GIF.)

 

“Giff” or “Jiff”?

Ah yes, the age-old dispute. Is GIF pronounced “giff” with a hard G (like in “guacamole”)? Or “jiff” (as in “just made more guacamole”)? The inventor of the GIF said in 2013 that it’s pronounced the second way (“jiff”), but not everyone agrees with him. Personally, we like the first way better — imagine pronouncing it “juacamole.”

What’s your take? Let us know on Twitter.

 

4. For the guest who says they’re bringing guac.

That puts anyone in such a good mood, all they can do is bust a move. Just remind them of the golden rule of making guacamole for a crowd: You need half an avocado per guest!

Happy Avocado

Source: 

 

5. For your other half.

This avocado GIF is the perfect way to send a little love to the person who completes you. Let them know life without them would be the pits. This GIF pairs nicely with a DIY date night, featuring three courses of romantic avocado recipes. Ooh la la.

 

Slicing Avocado

 

6. For a shopping list reminder.

Roommate picking up the groceries? Send them a reminder to pick up something gooooood.

 

Avocado yoga

 

If avocados still don’t make it into your shopping cart, they can still make it into your kitchen. Just order them online right from your phone. What an age we live in — moving pictures AND avocados on demand!

 

7. For the friend who needs some avo-education.

Send them this avocado GIF and a link to our guide to slicing and dicing avocados.

 

Man holding an avocado

 

Practice Makes Goooood

Speaking of animated things, have you tried out our How-To Simulator? It’s a virtual experience that shows you the best ways to select ripe avocados at the store, slice and dice them at home, store leftovers, and more. It’s the practice-makes-perfect hub you’ve been looking for.

8. For the busy days.

Take a deep breath and focus on your core. Go to your happy place. (No judgment if it’s a giant bowl of guac.) You can start by staring at this totally Zen avocado and breathing in and out slowly with him:

 

RELAX avocado

 

Then, pick any of these simple avocado recipes. They can be tossed together with only a few ingredients in a matter of minutes, so you don’t need to take any extra time out of your busy schedule to plan a meal. We told you avocados were totally Zen.

 

9. For when you’ve finally found the one.

Nothing says “love at first sight” like a flawless avocado. If it’s truly the perfect avocado, there’s no need for fanciness. Give it the classic treatment in a bowl of traditional guacamole or on top of these simple beef tacos. Of course, then you have to let everyone know your dinner plans with this GIF:

 

RELAX avocado

 

Gimme Dat GIF

Which of these avocado GIFs is your favorite? Personally, we think they’re all good, just like a bowl of fresh guac or a salad topped with sliced avocados. Let us know on Facebook or Twitter.

The post An Avocado GIF for Every Occasion appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

GIFs are essential communication tools for commenting on our friends’ posts, pinging our coworkers, and confusing our parents. Because we are Avocados From Mexico and this is our blog, you can probably tell where this is going. Yep — avocado GIFs. All the best ones, pulled together in one place, like a recipe box for 5-second animations you can text your friends.   When words won’t do a text justice, don’t worry. There’s an avocado GIF (and a corresponding avocado recipe) for every situation.  

1. For gym day.

When you’re working hard and looking good, it’s OK to let the world know. Pair this avocado GIF with a Chocolate-Avocado Protein Smoothie, a frosty post-workout drink full of banana, yogurt, almond milk, and plenty of avocado. With that to look forward to after leg day, we’d be smiling just like this little guy:   Avocado working out  

2. For the expectant mother.

This GIF is perfect for announcing a new addition to the family tree. Who doesn’t love hearing they’re becoming grandparents over text?   Two large avocados talking   The best part of this GIF: Pregnancy means eating avocado for two! And one serving of avocado provides folate, an essential vitamin that is especially important for people considering pregnancy. Avocados are a good source of folate, which is an essential vitamin required to make DNA and other genetic material. Avocados are a great (and yummy) place to start!  

3. For emphasis that avocados are always good.

You tell ’em, Andy. Use this avocado GIF if someone isn’t getting the point: YOU LOVE AVOCADOS.   Two large avocados talking   Further proof there’s nothing like an avocado: Avocados are essentially the only fruit with good fats. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommends replacing bad fats with good fats as good fats offer benefits in the body without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol levels. You can’t argue with science. (Or this GIF.)  

“Giff” or “Jiff”?

Ah yes, the age-old dispute. Is GIF pronounced “giff” with a hard G (like in “guacamole”)? Or “jiff” (as in “just made more guacamole”)? The inventor of the GIF said in 2013 that it’s pronounced the second way (“jiff”), but not everyone agrees with him. Personally, we like the first way better — imagine pronouncing it “juacamole.” What’s your take? Let us know on Twitter.
 

4. For the guest who says they’re bringing guac.

That puts anyone in such a good mood, all they can do is bust a move. Just remind them of the golden rule of making guacamole for a crowd: You need half an avocado per guest! Happy Avocado Source:   

5. For your other half.

This avocado GIF is the perfect way to send a little love to the person who completes you. Let them know life without them would be the pits. This GIF pairs nicely with a DIY date night, featuring three courses of romantic avocado recipes. Ooh la la.   Slicing Avocado  

6. For a shopping list reminder.

Roommate picking up the groceries? Send them a reminder to pick up something gooooood.   Avocado yoga   If avocados still don’t make it into your shopping cart, they can still make it into your kitchen. Just order them online right from your phone. What an age we live in — moving pictures AND avocados on demand!  

7. For the friend who needs some avo-education.

Send them this avocado GIF and a link to our guide to slicing and dicing avocados.   Man holding an avocado  

Practice Makes Goooood

Speaking of animated things, have you tried out our How-To Simulator? It’s a virtual experience that shows you the best ways to select ripe avocados at the store, slice and dice them at home, store leftovers, and more. It’s the practice-makes-perfect hub you’ve been looking for.

8. For the busy days.

Take a deep breath and focus on your core. Go to your happy place. (No judgment if it’s a giant bowl of guac.) You can start by staring at this totally Zen avocado and breathing in and out slowly with him:   RELAX avocado   Then, pick any of these simple avocado recipes. They can be tossed together with only a few ingredients in a matter of minutes, so you don’t need to take any extra time out of your busy schedule to plan a meal. We told you avocados were totally Zen.  

9. For when you’ve finally found the one.

Nothing says “love at first sight” like a flawless avocado. If it’s truly the perfect avocado, there’s no need for fanciness. Give it the classic treatment in a bowl of traditional guacamole or on top of these simple beef tacos. Of course, then you have to let everyone know your dinner plans with this GIF:   RELAX avocado  

Gimme Dat GIF

Which of these avocado GIFs is your favorite? Personally, we think they’re all good, just like a bowl of fresh guac or a salad topped with sliced avocados. Let us know on Facebook or Twitter.

The post An Avocado GIF for Every Occasion appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Best Vegan Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/best-vegan-guacamole-recipes/ Fri, 28 May 2021 04:46:16 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30114

Vegans, part-time vegans, plant lovers, avocado enthusiasts, and everything in between — you’ve come to the right place. We’ve rounded up some of our favorite 100% plant-based, vegan guacamoles. The following recipes are easy to make at home and begging for a spot on your dairy-free, meatless table.

Related: Discover more thrilling vegan avocado dip recipes here.

Savory Vegan Guacamoles

Ripe avocados are deliciously meaty — but rest assured, these guacs are herbivore-friendly.

  • Vegan Guacamole

    This guac will have guests raving. It’s supercharged with plant-based ingredients: tender, sautéed tofu; crunchy cucumbers; and fresh tomatoes. Serve with whole-grain crackers.

  • Hatch Chile Guacamole

    Hatch chiles are mild enough for just about anybody’s heat tolerance… yet they make for a spicy conversation topic when blended into creamy guacamole!

  • Hearty and Spicy Guacamole

    This nutty guacamole is made with pine nuts and quinoa — which is technically a seed but is classified as a whole grain. It boasts a blend of rustic flavors, from garlic to turmeric and cayenne pepper.

  • Latin Sizzle Guacamole

    Is your heart in Havana? This guacamole delivers a host of favorite Latin flavors, with pan-fried plantains, black beans, and Cuban seasoning.

  • Indian Guacamole

    Naan other than the best vegan guacamole for you! This Indian-spiced guacamole is blended with aromatic curry powder, hearty chickpeas, and sesame seeds. Scoop with toasted naan bread.

  • Roasted Shroom Guacamole

    Bring the umami, woodsy flavor of portobello mushrooms to your next batch of guac. Serve on seed crackers for a crunchy bite.

Spicy Guacamole Recipes

Can you handle the heat? Go bold with a vegan guacamole that’ll make you break a sweat.

  • Three Pepper & Cayenne Spicy Guacamole

    Two spicy peppers and cayenne just weren’t enough. Meet the three musketeers of this spicy guac: jalapeño, serrano, and Fresno chile peppers. Yow!

  • The Heat Is On Guacamole

    This guacamole has quite the range: creamy, mashed avocado; tangy apple cider vinegar; blood orange; and fiery habanero chile that keeps you on your toes.

Sweet Vegan Guacamole Recipes

The vegan lifestyle is pretty sweet when you have fruity guac.

  • Pineapple Guacamole

    Creamy avocados and tart pineapple chunks are a match made in — well, guacamole! This recipe over-delivers on zing and gives a little delightful sting (thanks to the jalapeños).

  • Pomegranate Guacamole

    Your guests will gush about this surprisingly simple recipe. Pomegranate arils (those are the seeds) are small, yet they pack a tart punch. This recipe plates beautifully, thanks to the contrasting green and red colors.

  • Chipotle Apple & Almond Guacamole

    The guacamole doesn’t fall far from the apple tree with this recipe. Take your pick of sweet apples (honey crisp, fuji, gala, etc.) for this dessert-like treat.

  • Strawberry Pico Guacamole

    If you love classic guac but want to reach out a little, this recipe is the pick of the patch. It’s got all the tried-and-true flavors of traditional guacamole, with the addition of ripe strawberries.

  • Guava Coconut Guacamole

    Warning: You might find it difficult to not eat this guacamole with a spoon. Indulge your sweet tooth without the guilt. This recipe whirls together ripe avocado, coconut cream, and guava pulp.

Whether you’re looking for a snack or you’re feeding a crowd, guacamole is delicious just the way you make it: salty, sweet, vegan … in a word, perfect. Discover more guacamole dips and recipes here.

The post Best Vegan Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Vegans, part-time vegans, plant lovers, avocado enthusiasts, and everything in between — you’ve come to the right place. We’ve rounded up some of our favorite 100% plant-based, vegan guacamoles. The following recipes are easy to make at home and begging for a spot on your dairy-free, meatless table. Related: Discover more thrilling vegan avocado dip recipes here.

Savory Vegan Guacamoles

Ripe avocados are deliciously meaty — but rest assured, these guacs are herbivore-friendly.
  • Vegan Guacamole

    This guac will have guests raving. It’s supercharged with plant-based ingredients: tender, sautéed tofu; crunchy cucumbers; and fresh tomatoes. Serve with whole-grain crackers.
  • Hatch Chile Guacamole

    Hatch chiles are mild enough for just about anybody’s heat tolerance… yet they make for a spicy conversation topic when blended into creamy guacamole!
  • Hearty and Spicy Guacamole

    This nutty guacamole is made with pine nuts and quinoa — which is technically a seed but is classified as a whole grain. It boasts a blend of rustic flavors, from garlic to turmeric and cayenne pepper.
  • Latin Sizzle Guacamole

    Is your heart in Havana? This guacamole delivers a host of favorite Latin flavors, with pan-fried plantains, black beans, and Cuban seasoning.
  • Indian Guacamole

    Naan other than the best vegan guacamole for you! This Indian-spiced guacamole is blended with aromatic curry powder, hearty chickpeas, and sesame seeds. Scoop with toasted naan bread.
  • Roasted Shroom Guacamole

    Bring the umami, woodsy flavor of portobello mushrooms to your next batch of guac. Serve on seed crackers for a crunchy bite.

Spicy Guacamole Recipes

Can you handle the heat? Go bold with a vegan guacamole that’ll make you break a sweat.
  • Three Pepper & Cayenne Spicy Guacamole

    Two spicy peppers and cayenne just weren’t enough. Meet the three musketeers of this spicy guac: jalapeño, serrano, and Fresno chile peppers. Yow!
  • The Heat Is On Guacamole

    This guacamole has quite the range: creamy, mashed avocado; tangy apple cider vinegar; blood orange; and fiery habanero chile that keeps you on your toes.

Sweet Vegan Guacamole Recipes

The vegan lifestyle is pretty sweet when you have fruity guac.
  • Pineapple Guacamole

    Creamy avocados and tart pineapple chunks are a match made in — well, guacamole! This recipe over-delivers on zing and gives a little delightful sting (thanks to the jalapeños).
  • Pomegranate Guacamole

    Your guests will gush about this surprisingly simple recipe. Pomegranate arils (those are the seeds) are small, yet they pack a tart punch. This recipe plates beautifully, thanks to the contrasting green and red colors.
  • Chipotle Apple & Almond Guacamole

    The guacamole doesn’t fall far from the apple tree with this recipe. Take your pick of sweet apples (honey crisp, fuji, gala, etc.) for this dessert-like treat.
  • Strawberry Pico Guacamole

    If you love classic guac but want to reach out a little, this recipe is the pick of the patch. It’s got all the tried-and-true flavors of traditional guacamole, with the addition of ripe strawberries.
  • Guava Coconut Guacamole

    Warning: You might find it difficult to not eat this guacamole with a spoon. Indulge your sweet tooth without the guilt. This recipe whirls together ripe avocado, coconut cream, and guava pulp.
Whether you’re looking for a snack or you’re feeding a crowd, guacamole is delicious just the way you make it: salty, sweet, vegan … in a word, perfect. Discover more guacamole dips and recipes here.

The post Best Vegan Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Summer’s Night Avocado Ice-Cream Cake Recipe https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/summers-night-avocado-ice-cream-cake-recipe/ Fri, 28 May 2021 04:24:25 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30112

Avocados From Mexico are an American kitchen staple for a reason. A mild flavor profile, creamy texture, and year-round availability make avocados the perfect base for nearly anything — even ice-cream cake!

In the heat of summer, we’ve often got a hankering for a cold, creamy treat. So when the long day comes to a cool down, grab a couple of ripe avocados and make this no-bake avocado ice-cream cake with a chocolate-cookie crust.

Related: Satisfy your sweet tooth with these other chocolate avocado desserts.

No-Bake Avocado Ice-Cream Cake with a Chocolate-Cookie Crust

Crust Ingredients:

  • 25 chocolate cookies with white-cream filling
  • 4 T. butter, melted

Avocado Ice Cream Ingredients:

  • 2 Avocados From Mexico
  • 1 ⅓ c. condensed milk
  • 2 c. heavy whipping cream
  • Juice of 1 lime

Fudge Topping Ingredients:

  • 1/2 c. heavy cream
  • 1/4 c. cacao powder
  • 1/4 c. brown rice syrup (or corn syrup)
  • 1/3 c. semisweet chocolate chips

Directions:

For the crust:

  1. Pulse the chocolate, cream-filled cookies in a blender or food processor for approximately 1 minute; the crumbs should have a fine texture. Combine with melted butter.
  2. Firmly press the mixture into and along the sides of a 9-inch pie plate, creating an even surface on the bottom. (Pro tip: Use a large spoon or measuring cup to firmly press the mixture into the plate.)
  3. Place the crust in the refrigerator until solidified.

For the avocado ice cream:

  1. Wash, peel, and pit the avocados. Puree the avocado flesh in a blender or food processor.
  2. In a medium mixing bowl, stir in the avocado puree, condensed milk, and lime juice. Mix the ingredients at a low speed using an electric hand or stand mixer for about 2 minutes or until well mixed. Place mixture in the refrigerator.
  3. In a large mixing bowl, add the heavy whipping cream and slowly whip the mixture for approximately 4 minutes. Gradually increase the speed until fluffy with some formed peaks.
  4. Slowly fold the avocado puree mixture into the whipped cream until fully merged.
  5. Gently spread the avocado ice-cream mixture into the refrigerated cookie crust. Smooth the top with a spatula.
  6. Return ice-cream cake to the refrigerator.

For the fudge topping:

  1. Bring the heavy cream, cacao powder, and brown-rice syrup to a boil in a small pot. Reduce the heat; simmer for approximately 5 minutes or until slightly thickened. Remove from heat and stir in chocolate until smooth.
  2. Allow the fudge sauce to cool to room temperature before spreading on top of the avocado-ice-cream cake.

Freeze for 4 to 6 hours or overnight. Thaw for 5 minutes before serving.

Whip up more sweet treats with inspiration from our avocado desserts recipe page. Or make it a meal with ideas for everything from appetizers to main dishes on our avocado recipes page.

The post Summer’s Night Avocado Ice-Cream Cake Recipe appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados From Mexico are an American kitchen staple for a reason. A mild flavor profile, creamy texture, and year-round availability make avocados the perfect base for nearly anything — even ice-cream cake! In the heat of summer, we’ve often got a hankering for a cold, creamy treat. So when the long day comes to a cool down, grab a couple of ripe avocados and make this no-bake avocado ice-cream cake with a chocolate-cookie crust. Related: Satisfy your sweet tooth with these other chocolate avocado desserts.

No-Bake Avocado Ice-Cream Cake with a Chocolate-Cookie Crust

Crust Ingredients:

  • 25 chocolate cookies with white-cream filling
  • 4 T. butter, melted

Avocado Ice Cream Ingredients:

  • 2 Avocados From Mexico
  • 1 ⅓ c. condensed milk
  • 2 c. heavy whipping cream
  • Juice of 1 lime

Fudge Topping Ingredients:

  • 1/2 c. heavy cream
  • 1/4 c. cacao powder
  • 1/4 c. brown rice syrup (or corn syrup)
  • 1/3 c. semisweet chocolate chips

Directions:

For the crust:

  1. Pulse the chocolate, cream-filled cookies in a blender or food processor for approximately 1 minute; the crumbs should have a fine texture. Combine with melted butter.
  2. Firmly press the mixture into and along the sides of a 9-inch pie plate, creating an even surface on the bottom. (Pro tip: Use a large spoon or measuring cup to firmly press the mixture into the plate.)
  3. Place the crust in the refrigerator until solidified.

For the avocado ice cream:

  1. Wash, peel, and pit the avocados. Puree the avocado flesh in a blender or food processor.
  2. In a medium mixing bowl, stir in the avocado puree, condensed milk, and lime juice. Mix the ingredients at a low speed using an electric hand or stand mixer for about 2 minutes or until well mixed. Place mixture in the refrigerator.
  3. In a large mixing bowl, add the heavy whipping cream and slowly whip the mixture for approximately 4 minutes. Gradually increase the speed until fluffy with some formed peaks.
  4. Slowly fold the avocado puree mixture into the whipped cream until fully merged.
  5. Gently spread the avocado ice-cream mixture into the refrigerated cookie crust. Smooth the top with a spatula.
  6. Return ice-cream cake to the refrigerator.

For the fudge topping:

  1. Bring the heavy cream, cacao powder, and brown-rice syrup to a boil in a small pot. Reduce the heat; simmer for approximately 5 minutes or until slightly thickened. Remove from heat and stir in chocolate until smooth.
  2. Allow the fudge sauce to cool to room temperature before spreading on top of the avocado-ice-cream cake.
Freeze for 4 to 6 hours or overnight. Thaw for 5 minutes before serving. Whip up more sweet treats with inspiration from our avocado desserts recipe page. Or make it a meal with ideas for everything from appetizers to main dishes on our avocado recipes page.

The post Summer’s Night Avocado Ice-Cream Cake Recipe appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Mediterranean Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/5-mediterranean-guacamole-recipes/ Fri, 28 May 2021 03:59:39 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=30110

Mediterranean cuisine is all about fruits, vegetables, whole grains, and limiting saturated fats. So whether you’re on the Mediterranean diet or are simply a fan of the cuisine, you can leave Avocados From Mexico on your grocery list. That’s why we gathered five mouthwatering ways to make guacamole, each recipe inspired by the zest of the Mediterranean.

Related: Discover more internationally inspired recipes on the Guacamole World Tour.

Mediterranean Guacamoles Recipes

    • Mediterranean Tabbouleh Guacamole

      This hearty guac is stuffed with goodness. Tomato, feta, and parsley are blended perfectly with the umami of bulgur for a full-bodied snack to beat anyone’s hunger. Dip with pita flatbread or olive bread for some added grain.

    • Pesto Caprese Guacamole

      Pesto and avocado: They’re better together. Trust us. This guacamole highlights a zesty trio of lemon, basil, and garlic, creamed together with jalapeño for heat and pine nuts for texture. Squisito!

    • Figtastic Guacamole

      Delicious avocado is layered with dried figs and smooth ricotta, opening a whole new world of guac. Finish it off with the sweet nutty crunch of pecans, and this guac has it all fig-ured out.

    • Pomegranate Guacamole

      Beginning with a classically delicious guacamole of mashed avocado, red onion, cilantro, and lime, this guac takes it to the next level as exciting pomegranate morsels erupt throughout. More like Olympus than Vesuvius, this guac is totally divine.

    • Mint & Cucumber Guacamole

      This Mediterranean guacamole is dressed to impress. Cherry red tomato, onion, and refreshing cucumber stand out against velvety smooth waves of avocado. Throw in a distinctive hint of mint and this guac looks (and tastes) like a million bucks.

If you dig these Mediterranean guacamole recipes or are looking for more ways to include avocados in the Mediterranean diet, check out our guacamole recipe page.

The post 5 Mediterranean Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Mediterranean cuisine is all about fruits, vegetables, whole grains, and limiting saturated fats. So whether you’re on the Mediterranean diet or are simply a fan of the cuisine, you can leave Avocados From Mexico on your grocery list. That’s why we gathered five mouthwatering ways to make guacamole, each recipe inspired by the zest of the Mediterranean. Related: Discover more internationally inspired recipes on the Guacamole World Tour.

Mediterranean Guacamoles Recipes

    • Mediterranean Tabbouleh Guacamole

      This hearty guac is stuffed with goodness. Tomato, feta, and parsley are blended perfectly with the umami of bulgur for a full-bodied snack to beat anyone’s hunger. Dip with pita flatbread or olive bread for some added grain.
    • Pesto Caprese Guacamole

      Pesto and avocado: They’re better together. Trust us. This guacamole highlights a zesty trio of lemon, basil, and garlic, creamed together with jalapeño for heat and pine nuts for texture. Squisito!
    • Figtastic Guacamole

      Delicious avocado is layered with dried figs and smooth ricotta, opening a whole new world of guac. Finish it off with the sweet nutty crunch of pecans, and this guac has it all fig-ured out.
    • Pomegranate Guacamole

      Beginning with a classically delicious guacamole of mashed avocado, red onion, cilantro, and lime, this guac takes it to the next level as exciting pomegranate morsels erupt throughout. More like Olympus than Vesuvius, this guac is totally divine.
    • Mint & Cucumber Guacamole

      This Mediterranean guacamole is dressed to impress. Cherry red tomato, onion, and refreshing cucumber stand out against velvety smooth waves of avocado. Throw in a distinctive hint of mint and this guac looks (and tastes) like a million bucks.
If you dig these Mediterranean guacamole recipes or are looking for more ways to include avocados in the Mediterranean diet, check out our guacamole recipe page.

The post 5 Mediterranean Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Margarita (And More Avocado Cocktails) https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avocado-margarita-avocado-cocktails/ Mon, 26 Apr 2021 12:28:06 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29998

Avocado margaritas are the quintessential cocktail for Cinco de Mayo, beach days, or backyard BBQs — and for good reason! They’re creamy, cold, and refreshing, with the perfect blend of sour and sweet to get the party started. Classic avocado margaritas are easy enough for any novice mixologist to whip up in a blender, and once you’ve mastered the basics, you can shake things up (literally!) with complementary flavors.

While these avocado cocktails taste amazing, please fiesta responsibly. These recipes are for mixologists 21 years of age and older.

How to Make an Avocado Margarita

To make a classic avocado margarita, you’re first going to need ripe avocados to dice into chunks. In a blender, combine avocado chunks, sweet-and-sour margarita mix, tequila, orange-flavored liqueur, fresh lime juice, and ice. Blend into creamy goodness.

To rim serving glasses with chili-lime seasoning or salt, spread the seasoning in an even layer on a plate. Dampen the rim of your glasses with a wet paper towel and place the cups down into the salt. Twist back and forth and release.

Garnish with lime wheels and fresh avocado slices. All that’s left is to find a nearby beach, pool, or open window to sit by and sip.

Related: Keep the summer energy rocking by breaking out one of these tropical pineapple guacamoles.

Avocado Margarita Remixes

Half the fun of making margaritas is experimenting to create your own signature flavor. Shake it up!

  • Avocado Beer-rita: Bottoms up! Pick up a mini, 7-oz. bottle of your favorite light cerveza and dump it neck down inside your margarita glass. The beer will drain into the margarita as you drink.
  • Avocado Sangria Swirl: This overnight cocktail is worth the wait. The night before, stir together a fruity red wine, orange liqueur, and orange and lime juice. Poor into an ice cube tray and freeze. When it’s party time, blend the sangria ice cubes into your avocado margarita mix!
  • Mango Jalapeño Avocado Margarita: Is it hot in here? Blend finely chopped jalapeños and mango chunks into your basic avocado margarita recipe for a spicy-sweet treat. Feeling more mild than wild? Remove the jalapeño seeds beforehand to lessen the heat.

More Avocado Cocktails

The party doesn’t stop at avocado margaritas. Avocado cocktails come in all shapes and sizes. If you’re feeling more sweet than sour, give this Sweet Chili Avo Cocktail a sip. Prefer a spicy, garden-fresh adult beverage? Go with the Maria Verde Cocktail, made with avocado, tomatillos, green chile sauce, and jalapeño! For something really different, dare to toss back the Bandera Cocktail, made with fresh oysters and tomato.

Have your avocado and drink it too. Discover more avocado cocktails, smoothies, milkshakes, and more in our library of avocado beverage recipes.

The post Avocado Margarita (And More Avocado Cocktails) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocado margaritas are the quintessential cocktail for Cinco de Mayo, beach days, or backyard BBQs — and for good reason! They’re creamy, cold, and refreshing, with the perfect blend of sour and sweet to get the party started. Classic avocado margaritas are easy enough for any novice mixologist to whip up in a blender, and once you’ve mastered the basics, you can shake things up (literally!) with complementary flavors. While these avocado cocktails taste amazing, please fiesta responsibly. These recipes are for mixologists 21 years of age and older.

How to Make an Avocado Margarita

To make a classic avocado margarita, you’re first going to need ripe avocados to dice into chunks. In a blender, combine avocado chunks, sweet-and-sour margarita mix, tequila, orange-flavored liqueur, fresh lime juice, and ice. Blend into creamy goodness. To rim serving glasses with chili-lime seasoning or salt, spread the seasoning in an even layer on a plate. Dampen the rim of your glasses with a wet paper towel and place the cups down into the salt. Twist back and forth and release. Garnish with lime wheels and fresh avocado slices. All that’s left is to find a nearby beach, pool, or open window to sit by and sip. Related: Keep the summer energy rocking by breaking out one of these tropical pineapple guacamoles.

Avocado Margarita Remixes

Half the fun of making margaritas is experimenting to create your own signature flavor. Shake it up!
  • Avocado Beer-rita: Bottoms up! Pick up a mini, 7-oz. bottle of your favorite light cerveza and dump it neck down inside your margarita glass. The beer will drain into the margarita as you drink.
  • Avocado Sangria Swirl: This overnight cocktail is worth the wait. The night before, stir together a fruity red wine, orange liqueur, and orange and lime juice. Poor into an ice cube tray and freeze. When it’s party time, blend the sangria ice cubes into your avocado margarita mix!
  • Mango Jalapeño Avocado Margarita: Is it hot in here? Blend finely chopped jalapeños and mango chunks into your basic avocado margarita recipe for a spicy-sweet treat. Feeling more mild than wild? Remove the jalapeño seeds beforehand to lessen the heat.
More Avocado Cocktails The party doesn’t stop at avocado margaritas. Avocado cocktails come in all shapes and sizes. If you’re feeling more sweet than sour, give this Sweet Chili Avo Cocktail a sip. Prefer a spicy, garden-fresh adult beverage? Go with the Maria Verde Cocktail, made with avocado, tomatillos, green chile sauce, and jalapeño! For something really different, dare to toss back the Bandera Cocktail, made with fresh oysters and tomato. Have your avocado and drink it too. Discover more avocado cocktails, smoothies, milkshakes, and more in our library of avocado beverage recipes.

The post Avocado Margarita (And More Avocado Cocktails) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Fruit Guacamole Library https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/fruit-guacamole-library/ Mon, 26 Apr 2021 12:17:20 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29996

No backyard is complete without a heaping bowl of creamy guacamole. This summer, give your guests a sweet treat: a rainbow of fruit guacamole scooped into a flight formation.

To help you find the perfect fruit guacamole for you, we created this library of recipes for you to peruse. We don’t use the Dewey Decimal System in this library. Instead, just look for the emoji of the fruit you want to try.

Related: Did you know? Technically, all guacamole is fruit guacamole. Learn why avocado is a fruit, not a vegetable.

Apple Guacamole 🍎

Banana Guacamole 🍌

Coconut Guacamole 🥥

Cherry Guacamole 🍒

Mango Guacamole 🥭

Orange Guacamole 🍊

Peach Guacamole 🍑

Pineapple Guacamole 🍍

Strawberry Guacamole 🍓

Safety first! Before making guacamole, learn the correct way to cut, slice, and dice avocado. Then, you’re on your way to discovering all kinds of guacamoles and dips.

The post Fruit Guacamole Library appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

No backyard is complete without a heaping bowl of creamy guacamole. This summer, give your guests a sweet treat: a rainbow of fruit guacamole scooped into a flight formation. To help you find the perfect fruit guacamole for you, we created this library of recipes for you to peruse. We don’t use the Dewey Decimal System in this library. Instead, just look for the emoji of the fruit you want to try. Related: Did you know? Technically, all guacamole is fruit guacamole. Learn why avocado is a fruit, not a vegetable.

Apple Guacamole 🍎

Banana Guacamole 🍌

Coconut Guacamole 🥥

Cherry Guacamole 🍒

Mango Guacamole 🥭

Orange Guacamole 🍊

Peach Guacamole 🍑

Pineapple Guacamole 🍍

Strawberry Guacamole 🍓

Safety first! Before making guacamole, learn the correct way to cut, slice, and dice avocado. Then, you’re on your way to discovering all kinds of guacamoles and dips.

The post Fruit Guacamole Library appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Air-Fried Avocado Frites and 5 Dipping Sauces https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/air-fried-avocado-frites-5-dipping-sauces/ Mon, 26 Apr 2021 11:43:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29994

Foodies around the world are talking: Air fryers are hot right now. Of course, we wanted to get in on the action, so we’re sharing our very own recipe for air-fried avocado frites. These golden-brown morsels are delicious appetizers at any event — and they’re made even more appetizing by our favorite dipping sauces!

Related: Explore all the ways to serve guacamole as an appetizer here.

Air-Fried Avocado Frites Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 2 ea. Avocados From Mexico, sliced lengthwise
  • 4 large eggs
  • 1 c. all-purpose flour
  • 1 c. panko breadcrumbs
  • 1 tsp. salt
  • 1 tsp. black pepper
  • Nonstick cooking spray as needed

Instructions:

  1. Slice your Avocados From Mexico lengthwise. (Here’s how to do it like a pro.)
  2. In a medium bowl, whisk together the eggs with salt and black pepper. (Like it hot? Add cayenne pepper and chili powder to this bowl for a spicier batter.)
  3. Separate all-purpose flour and panko breadcrumbs into two bowls.
  4. Dredge each avocado slice in flour, shaking off the excess. Dip the floured avocado slice into egg mixture and then dredge in the panko breadcrumbs, pressing lightly to adhere. Repeat with all slices.
  5. Place the avocado wedges into the air fryer’s basket and cook at 400°F for 9 to 11 minutes. Turn them over halfway through cooking. Let cool before eating.

Feelin’ Saucy?

These five fantastic dips and dunkers are our gift to you, so you don’t have to go looking all over the Internet for the perfect sauce to dip your avocado frites in. Each one is easy to make and incredibly delicious.

Happy dipping! If you’re still hungry for more, check out the extensive catalog of recipes over at our avocado recipe page.

The post Air-Fried Avocado Frites and 5 Dipping Sauces appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Foodies around the world are talking: Air fryers are hot right now. Of course, we wanted to get in on the action, so we’re sharing our very own recipe for air-fried avocado frites. These golden-brown morsels are delicious appetizers at any event — and they’re made even more appetizing by our favorite dipping sauces! Related: Explore all the ways to serve guacamole as an appetizer here.

Air-Fried Avocado Frites Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 2 ea. Avocados From Mexico, sliced lengthwise
  • 4 large eggs
  • 1 c. all-purpose flour
  • 1 c. panko breadcrumbs
  • 1 tsp. salt
  • 1 tsp. black pepper
  • Nonstick cooking spray as needed

Instructions:

  1. Slice your Avocados From Mexico lengthwise. (Here’s how to do it like a pro.)
  2. In a medium bowl, whisk together the eggs with salt and black pepper. (Like it hot? Add cayenne pepper and chili powder to this bowl for a spicier batter.)
  3. Separate all-purpose flour and panko breadcrumbs into two bowls.
  4. Dredge each avocado slice in flour, shaking off the excess. Dip the floured avocado slice into egg mixture and then dredge in the panko breadcrumbs, pressing lightly to adhere. Repeat with all slices.
  5. Place the avocado wedges into the air fryer’s basket and cook at 400°F for 9 to 11 minutes. Turn them over halfway through cooking. Let cool before eating.

Feelin’ Saucy?

These five fantastic dips and dunkers are our gift to you, so you don’t have to go looking all over the Internet for the perfect sauce to dip your avocado frites in. Each one is easy to make and incredibly delicious. Happy dipping! If you’re still hungry for more, check out the extensive catalog of recipes over at our avocado recipe page.

The post Air-Fried Avocado Frites and 5 Dipping Sauces appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
6 Avocado Pizza Pies https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/6-avocado-pizza-pies/ Mon, 26 Apr 2021 11:29:49 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29992

If you haven’t heard, avocado pizza is in. With a crispy crust, ripe avocado, and gooey cheese, how can anyone resist? The best days begin with avocado breakfast pizza or end with a decorate-your-own avocado pizza with the kids. To help you have more days just like that, we’ve assembled a list of six of our favorite pies your family will fall in love with at first slice.

Related: Bonus recipe! Here’s how to make a Margherita pizza with avocado.

6 Avocado Pizza Recipes

  • Avocado Pita Breakfast Pizza

    Start your day sunny-side up with a personal-size avocado breakfast pizza. This recipe is so simple, you can start it well before your first cup of coffee. No oven necessary. Sub out the pita bread crust for whole-wheat toast or naan bread for a heartier bite.

  • Braised Brisket Skillet Breakfast Pizza With Egg, Avocado, and Chimichurri

    If your favorite pizza order is meat lovers, you’ll eat this up. This recipe begins the night before, with brisket simmering in a slow cooker. The next morning, you wake up to juicy, mouthwatering brisket ready to join freshly chopped avocado, tomatoes, and eggs on a pizza crust baked in an iron skillet.

  • Avocado Fajita Pizza

    Tell the kids it’s pizza night… and fajita night! This pie features familiar Tex-Mex flavors, such as fresh avocado, bell peppers, and fajita beef. Instead of mozzarella, use a Mexican blend of cheese, then drizzle with homemade avocado crema.

  • Chicken Avocado Pizza

    Sometimes, making the pizza is half the fun. Let your kiddos call the shots with a supervised night of top-it-yourself avocado pizza. Start with a premade, frozen dough and let your kids sprinkle on the toppings: diced avocado, feta cheese, cherry tomatoes, roasted chicken, and more!

  • Avocado Cauli-licious Pizza

    One more reason to love the gluten-free life: avocado pizza on a cauliflower crust. This pizza is layered with complex flavors from nutty avocado to bitter arugula, sun-dried figs, and slices of salty prosciutto. That’s one sophisticated pizza!

  • Chicago-Style Avocado Chicken Pizza

    If you like your pie layered sky-high, this Chicago-style avocado pizza is for you. This recipe shows you how to make your own deep-dish crust and fill it with a savory mix of classic ingredients. It’s all held together with a thick avocado-cilantro sauce.

Avocado pizza is versatile by nature. These recipes are just a starting point to get your creativity flowing. Add your favorite ingredients and improvise in the kitchen for a personalized avocado pizza experience!

Explore more clever ways to eat avocado from sunup to sundown on our recipes page.

The post 6 Avocado Pizza Pies appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you haven’t heard, avocado pizza is in. With a crispy crust, ripe avocado, and gooey cheese, how can anyone resist? The best days begin with avocado breakfast pizza or end with a decorate-your-own avocado pizza with the kids. To help you have more days just like that, we’ve assembled a list of six of our favorite pies your family will fall in love with at first slice. Related: Bonus recipe! Here’s how to make a Margherita pizza with avocado.

6 Avocado Pizza Recipes

  • Avocado Pita Breakfast Pizza

    Start your day sunny-side up with a personal-size avocado breakfast pizza. This recipe is so simple, you can start it well before your first cup of coffee. No oven necessary. Sub out the pita bread crust for whole-wheat toast or naan bread for a heartier bite.
  • Braised Brisket Skillet Breakfast Pizza With Egg, Avocado, and Chimichurri

    If your favorite pizza order is meat lovers, you’ll eat this up. This recipe begins the night before, with brisket simmering in a slow cooker. The next morning, you wake up to juicy, mouthwatering brisket ready to join freshly chopped avocado, tomatoes, and eggs on a pizza crust baked in an iron skillet.
  • Avocado Fajita Pizza

    Tell the kids it’s pizza night… and fajita night! This pie features familiar Tex-Mex flavors, such as fresh avocado, bell peppers, and fajita beef. Instead of mozzarella, use a Mexican blend of cheese, then drizzle with homemade avocado crema.
  • Chicken Avocado Pizza

    Sometimes, making the pizza is half the fun. Let your kiddos call the shots with a supervised night of top-it-yourself avocado pizza. Start with a premade, frozen dough and let your kids sprinkle on the toppings: diced avocado, feta cheese, cherry tomatoes, roasted chicken, and more!
  • Avocado Cauli-licious Pizza

    One more reason to love the gluten-free life: avocado pizza on a cauliflower crust. This pizza is layered with complex flavors from nutty avocado to bitter arugula, sun-dried figs, and slices of salty prosciutto. That’s one sophisticated pizza!
  • Chicago-Style Avocado Chicken Pizza

    If you like your pie layered sky-high, this Chicago-style avocado pizza is for you. This recipe shows you how to make your own deep-dish crust and fill it with a savory mix of classic ingredients. It’s all held together with a thick avocado-cilantro sauce.
Avocado pizza is versatile by nature. These recipes are just a starting point to get your creativity flowing. Add your favorite ingredients and improvise in the kitchen for a personalized avocado pizza experience! Explore more clever ways to eat avocado from sunup to sundown on our recipes page.

The post 6 Avocado Pizza Pies appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
4 Thai-Inspired Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/4-thai-inspired-guacamole-recipes/ Mon, 26 Apr 2021 11:21:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29990

Thai cuisine is known for its distinct flavor profile that combines four essential tastes: sweet, salty, sour, and spicy. Southeast Asian cuisine is a chef favorite in the fusion food space, which blends two or more regions’ distinct cooking methods and local ingredients to create a singular dish.

Try your own hand at fusion food with these four Thai-inspired guacamoles. Mexico meets Thailand among smooth, creamy Avocados From Mexico and strong hints of curry and sweet chili.

Related: These pad thai burritos fuse two of the world’s most beloved cuisines.

Our Four Favorite Thai Guacamole Recipes

  • Green Curry Guac

    Green curry paste, shredded coconut, and dried currants give this guacamole a delightfully sweet taste. Lime, cilantro, and pickled onions deepen the dip’s flavor. Keep the green theme going — while letting the complex essence shine through — by serving this delicacy with sliced green bell pepper.

  • Guacamole Masala

    Garam masala takes this guacamole to the next level. Expect a warm and flavorful dip with subdued spice. Want a spicier take? Kick up the heat by adding more sriracha and red pepper flakes. Slather this guacamole on your favorite cracker or add a dollop to your favorite Thai noodle dish.

Pro tip: Don’t wait. Learn how to quickly ripen an avocado.

  • Thai Guacamole with Asian Slaw

    This guacamole is more than a dip — it’s a highlight of beloved Thai flavors. Fresno and Thai chiles give the guacamole a complex heat. Enoki mushrooms, carrots, and radicchio tossed in sweet soy sauce and rice-wine vinegar create a hearty, flavorful slaw. Serve this guacamole as a beloved side dish.

  • Thai Sweet Chili Guacamole

    Sweet, savory, tangy, and spicy — this green goodness has it all! Coconut cream and avocado combine to create a cool, creamy base. Lime juice, scallions, and cilantro give this concoction a traditional taste of Thailand, and sweet chili sauce offers a craveable finishing touch. This dip is the perfect companion to crispy, flaky coconut shrimp.

Our avocado recipes page is a passport to creativity — and creamy, delicious guacamole variations.

The post 4 Thai-Inspired Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Thai cuisine is known for its distinct flavor profile that combines four essential tastes: sweet, salty, sour, and spicy. Southeast Asian cuisine is a chef favorite in the fusion food space, which blends two or more regions’ distinct cooking methods and local ingredients to create a singular dish. Try your own hand at fusion food with these four Thai-inspired guacamoles. Mexico meets Thailand among smooth, creamy Avocados From Mexico and strong hints of curry and sweet chili. Related: These pad thai burritos fuse two of the world’s most beloved cuisines.

Our Four Favorite Thai Guacamole Recipes

  • Green Curry Guac

    Green curry paste, shredded coconut, and dried currants give this guacamole a delightfully sweet taste. Lime, cilantro, and pickled onions deepen the dip’s flavor. Keep the green theme going — while letting the complex essence shine through — by serving this delicacy with sliced green bell pepper.
  • Guacamole Masala

    Garam masala takes this guacamole to the next level. Expect a warm and flavorful dip with subdued spice. Want a spicier take? Kick up the heat by adding more sriracha and red pepper flakes. Slather this guacamole on your favorite cracker or add a dollop to your favorite Thai noodle dish.
Pro tip: Don’t wait. Learn how to quickly ripen an avocado.
  • Thai Guacamole with Asian Slaw

    This guacamole is more than a dip — it’s a highlight of beloved Thai flavors. Fresno and Thai chiles give the guacamole a complex heat. Enoki mushrooms, carrots, and radicchio tossed in sweet soy sauce and rice-wine vinegar create a hearty, flavorful slaw. Serve this guacamole as a beloved side dish.
  • Thai Sweet Chili Guacamole

    Sweet, savory, tangy, and spicy — this green goodness has it all! Coconut cream and avocado combine to create a cool, creamy base. Lime juice, scallions, and cilantro give this concoction a traditional taste of Thailand, and sweet chili sauce offers a craveable finishing touch. This dip is the perfect companion to crispy, flaky coconut shrimp.
Our avocado recipes page is a passport to creativity — and creamy, delicious guacamole variations.

The post 4 Thai-Inspired Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Homemade Ahi-Avocado Poke Tostadas https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/home-made-ahi-avocado-poke-tostadas/ Mon, 29 Mar 2021 19:44:43 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29788

This ahi-avocado poke tostada fusion recipe offers exotic flavors hailing from oceans apart: creamy Avocados From Mexico and fresh ahi tuna poke from the Pacific. Together, they’re an unstoppable force of flavor, and they taste like an island getaway.

Related: Fan of Pacific cuisine? Try our irresistible recipe for Spam musubi with avocado.

Ahi-Avocado Poke Tostada Recipe

Ingredients:

Poke

  • 4 oz. sushi-grade ahi tuna
  • 1/4 c. soy sauce
  • 1/4 c. chopped green onions
  • 1/4 T. sesame oil
  • 1/4 T. toasted sesame seeds
  • 1/2 jalapeño, deseeded and diced
  • 1/2 T. finely crushed macadamia nuts

Slaw

  • 3 c. shredded cabbage
  • 1 T. rice wine vinegar
  • 2 t. honey
  • 3 T. roughly chopped fresh cilantro

Tostadas

  • 1 ripe Avocado From Mexico, sliced
  • 4 small corn tortillas
  • 1 T. avocado oil

Garnish

  • Toasted sesame seeds (to taste)
  • Sriracha whisked with mayonnaise (to taste)

How to Make Ahi-Avocado Poke Tostada:

  1. Prepare the poke. Using a sharp knife, cut ahi tuna against the grain into 1/2-inch pieces. Combine ahi tuna, soy sauce, sesame oil, green onion, toasted sesame seeds, jalapeño, and macadamia nut grounds in a plastic bag or medium glass bowl. Marinate in the refrigerator for at least two hours.
  2. Make the slaw. In a large mixing bowl, combine shredded cabbage with rice wine vinegar, honey, and cilantro. Set aside.
  3. Bake the tostada. Preheat the oven to 500F. Brush both sides of tortillas with avocado oil and set on a foil-lined baking sheet without overlapping. Set a timer for 5 minutes and continually check to see when the tortillas become crispy and golden. Allow to cool.
  4. Add toppings. Break out your ripe Avocado From Mexico. Carefully cut, lengthwise, around the pit. Twist the halves apart. Remove the pit and slice the avocado inside the skin. Scoop out the creamy, delicious avocado inside and smush onto the tortillas using a fork. Layer with slaw, ahi tuna, toasted sesame seeds, and a drizzle of spicy sriracha mayo.

Poke Around

Tuna poke and avocado are a dynamic flavor duo, and we love seeing them together. Try this tuna poke parfait with avocado wasabi crema next. Or if guac is more your scene, this tuna poke miso guacamole is for you. Fact is, we’ve got avocado recipes for all manners of taste. Feel free to poke around!

The post Homemade Ahi-Avocado Poke Tostadas appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

This ahi-avocado poke tostada fusion recipe offers exotic flavors hailing from oceans apart: creamy Avocados From Mexico and fresh ahi tuna poke from the Pacific. Together, they’re an unstoppable force of flavor, and they taste like an island getaway. Related: Fan of Pacific cuisine? Try our irresistible recipe for Spam musubi with avocado.

Ahi-Avocado Poke Tostada Recipe

Ingredients:

Poke
  • 4 oz. sushi-grade ahi tuna
  • 1/4 c. soy sauce
  • 1/4 c. chopped green onions
  • 1/4 T. sesame oil
  • 1/4 T. toasted sesame seeds
  • 1/2 jalapeño, deseeded and diced
  • 1/2 T. finely crushed macadamia nuts
Slaw
  • 3 c. shredded cabbage
  • 1 T. rice wine vinegar
  • 2 t. honey
  • 3 T. roughly chopped fresh cilantro
Tostadas
  • 1 ripe Avocado From Mexico, sliced
  • 4 small corn tortillas
  • 1 T. avocado oil
Garnish
  • Toasted sesame seeds (to taste)
  • Sriracha whisked with mayonnaise (to taste)

How to Make Ahi-Avocado Poke Tostada:

  1. Prepare the poke. Using a sharp knife, cut ahi tuna against the grain into 1/2-inch pieces. Combine ahi tuna, soy sauce, sesame oil, green onion, toasted sesame seeds, jalapeño, and macadamia nut grounds in a plastic bag or medium glass bowl. Marinate in the refrigerator for at least two hours.
  2. Make the slaw. In a large mixing bowl, combine shredded cabbage with rice wine vinegar, honey, and cilantro. Set aside.
  3. Bake the tostada. Preheat the oven to 500F. Brush both sides of tortillas with avocado oil and set on a foil-lined baking sheet without overlapping. Set a timer for 5 minutes and continually check to see when the tortillas become crispy and golden. Allow to cool.
  4. Add toppings. Break out your ripe Avocado From Mexico. Carefully cut, lengthwise, around the pit. Twist the halves apart. Remove the pit and slice the avocado inside the skin. Scoop out the creamy, delicious avocado inside and smush onto the tortillas using a fork. Layer with slaw, ahi tuna, toasted sesame seeds, and a drizzle of spicy sriracha mayo.
Poke Around Tuna poke and avocado are a dynamic flavor duo, and we love seeing them together. Try this tuna poke parfait with avocado wasabi crema next. Or if guac is more your scene, this tuna poke miso guacamole is for you. Fact is, we’ve got avocado recipes for all manners of taste. Feel free to poke around!

The post Homemade Ahi-Avocado Poke Tostadas appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Scratch Kitchen: Margherita Pizza with Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/scratch-kitchen-margherita-pizza-avocado/ Mon, 29 Mar 2021 19:41:45 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29789

No matter how you slice it, Margherita pizza is a classic staple for pizza-makers everywhere. Our original recipe has all the great things you come to expect from this traditional style of pizza — paper-thin crust, garlicky tomato sauce, leaves of basil, and globs of mozzarella. But we’ve taken it a step further: We added creamy Avocados From Mexico to push it over the edge, and we are never going back.

Related: Guacamole has a soft spot for pizza too. Here are five ways these two can be paired.

Margherita Pizza with Avocado

Ingredients:

Dough

  • 2 c. all-purpose flour
  • 1/2 tsp. sugar
  • 1/4 oz. instant yeast
  • 1 tsp. kosher salt
  • 3/4 c. warm water
  • 1 T. olive oil

Pizza Sauce

  • 15 oz. canned tomato sauce
  • 6 oz. canned tomato paste
  • 3 garlic cloves, minced
  • 1 tsp. olive oil
  • 1 T. dried oregano
  • 1/2 tsp. ground black pepper

Toppings

  • 4 oz. fresh mozzarella cheese
  • 6-8 fresh, large basil leaves
  • 1 Roma tomato, sliced thin
  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, sliced thin
  • Crushed red pepper flakes (optional)

How to Make Margherita Pizza with Avocado:

  1. Prepare the sauce. In a medium mixing bowl, combine all sauce ingredients and mix until smooth. Set aside.
  2. Make the dough. Put 3/4 cup warm water in a large mixing bowl. Be sure the water is warm but not boiling. Boiling water will kill the yeast and leave your dough flat. Add the sugar and yeast and stir until well mixed.
  3. Allow to sit for 5 minutes until the yeast begins to bubble. Add olive oil and combine.
  4. Add flour and salt and mix well until ball of dough forms. Dough should be slightly tacky and soft. Add water or flour to adjust the consistency as needed.
  5. Assemble the pizza. Roll out a section of parchment paper that will cover your pizza stone (or flat cookie sheet). Gently but firmly, shape and stretch the dough until it’s 1/4-inch thick and the desired shape. Brush dough with olive oil.
  6. Spread sauce to cover the dough, leaving roughly 1inch of border around the edge.
  7. Arrange all toppings evenly over the sauce-covered area.
  8. Bake. Place pizza in the oven at 475 F. (Pro tip: Use a pizza stone for an extra-excellent crust!)
  9. Bake until crust is golden and cheese is melted and bubbly, roughly 8-10 minutes. Cut, serve, and enjoy!

Still have an appetite for more? There are so many ways to use avocado every day, and it is always worth it! Find out just how many different ways we can spin this fantastic green fruit at our recipe page.

The post Scratch Kitchen: Margherita Pizza with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

No matter how you slice it, Margherita pizza is a classic staple for pizza-makers everywhere. Our original recipe has all the great things you come to expect from this traditional style of pizza — paper-thin crust, garlicky tomato sauce, leaves of basil, and globs of mozzarella. But we’ve taken it a step further: We added creamy Avocados From Mexico to push it over the edge, and we are never going back. Related: Guacamole has a soft spot for pizza too. Here are five ways these two can be paired.

Margherita Pizza with Avocado

Ingredients:

Dough
  • 2 c. all-purpose flour
  • 1/2 tsp. sugar
  • 1/4 oz. instant yeast
  • 1 tsp. kosher salt
  • 3/4 c. warm water
  • 1 T. olive oil
Pizza Sauce
  • 15 oz. canned tomato sauce
  • 6 oz. canned tomato paste
  • 3 garlic cloves, minced
  • 1 tsp. olive oil
  • 1 T. dried oregano
  • 1/2 tsp. ground black pepper
Toppings
  • 4 oz. fresh mozzarella cheese
  • 6-8 fresh, large basil leaves
  • 1 Roma tomato, sliced thin
  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, sliced thin
  • Crushed red pepper flakes (optional)

How to Make Margherita Pizza with Avocado:

  1. Prepare the sauce. In a medium mixing bowl, combine all sauce ingredients and mix until smooth. Set aside.
  2. Make the dough. Put 3/4 cup warm water in a large mixing bowl. Be sure the water is warm but not boiling. Boiling water will kill the yeast and leave your dough flat. Add the sugar and yeast and stir until well mixed.
  3. Allow to sit for 5 minutes until the yeast begins to bubble. Add olive oil and combine.
  4. Add flour and salt and mix well until ball of dough forms. Dough should be slightly tacky and soft. Add water or flour to adjust the consistency as needed.
  5. Assemble the pizza. Roll out a section of parchment paper that will cover your pizza stone (or flat cookie sheet). Gently but firmly, shape and stretch the dough until it’s 1/4-inch thick and the desired shape. Brush dough with olive oil.
  6. Spread sauce to cover the dough, leaving roughly 1inch of border around the edge.
  7. Arrange all toppings evenly over the sauce-covered area.
  8. Bake. Place pizza in the oven at 475 F. (Pro tip: Use a pizza stone for an extra-excellent crust!)
  9. Bake until crust is golden and cheese is melted and bubbly, roughly 8-10 minutes. Cut, serve, and enjoy!
Still have an appetite for more? There are so many ways to use avocado every day, and it is always worth it! Find out just how many different ways we can spin this fantastic green fruit at our recipe page.

The post Scratch Kitchen: Margherita Pizza with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Caramelized Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/make-caramelized-avocados/ Mon, 29 Mar 2021 19:38:44 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29791

Some people have a sweet tooth. All people have an avocado tooth. The luckiest have both — and for us, caramelized avocado hits the spot! Caramelizing avocado requires few ingredients and only a little prep time. It’s deceptively easy and divinely decadent. So, what are you waiting for? Sprinkle some sugar on snack time with this one-of-a-kind recipe.

How to Make Caramelized Avocados

Ingredients:

  • 1 ripe Avocado From Mexico
  • 1 T. granulated sugar
  • A pinch of salt
  • A pinch of ground black pepper
  • 1 T. avocado oil

Directions:

  1. Halve the avocado. Using a sharp knife, slowly cut into the avocado, lengthwise. Once you hit the pit, continue to cut all the way around it in a single line. Remove the knife and twist the halves apart with your hands. Gently tap the knife into the seed and twist to release. Then, peel the skin away with your fingers. (Learn more tips about cutting, slicing, and dicing avocado here.)
  2. Prepare the pan. Heat avocado oil in a small skillet on the stove over medium heat. Tilt the pan from side to side so that a thin layer of oil covers the entire bottom of the pan.
  3. Prep the avocado. Sprinkle both halves of the avocado with sugar, salt, and pepper to taste.
  4. Caramelize. The moment you’ve been waiting for! Add avocado halves to the heated pan, facedown. Cook 2-3 minutes, until golden in color and lightly fragrant. Flip and cook for another minute or two.

You can also recreate this recipe using avocado slices. Reduce the cooking time to 1-2 minutes and keep a watchful eye to make sure they don’t burn.

Related: If you love exploring new ways to enjoy avocado, you’ll love these State Fair-inspired recipes and games.

How to Serve Caramelized Avocado

There are near-infinite ways to work caramelized avocado into dining opportunities across the day. But if you need a good excuse…

  • Breakfast: Bring your sweetie breakfast in bed, featuring caramelized avocado on top of banana avocado pancakes or smashed onto a hearty slice of toast. Family always on the go? Kick-start your day at maximum power with an avocado superfood smoothie bowl topped with acai berries, blueberries, and caramelized avocado slices.
  • Snack time: Scoop savory meats like brisket or crumbled chipotle bacon inside the caramelized avocado half. Treat yourself to a caramelized avocado “boat” filled with sweet fruits and berries.
  • Dessert: Wind down after dinner with a decadent, caramelized avocado dessert. Top a caramelized avocado half with whipped cream and drizzle with chocolate sauce. You won’t be sorry.

Explore more ways to satisfy your sweet tooth by checking out our library of avocado dessert recipes.

The post How to Make Caramelized Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Some people have a sweet tooth. All people have an avocado tooth. The luckiest have both — and for us, caramelized avocado hits the spot! Caramelizing avocado requires few ingredients and only a little prep time. It’s deceptively easy and divinely decadent. So, what are you waiting for? Sprinkle some sugar on snack time with this one-of-a-kind recipe.

How to Make Caramelized Avocados

Ingredients:

  • 1 ripe Avocado From Mexico
  • 1 T. granulated sugar
  • A pinch of salt
  • A pinch of ground black pepper
  • 1 T. avocado oil

Directions:

  1. Halve the avocado. Using a sharp knife, slowly cut into the avocado, lengthwise. Once you hit the pit, continue to cut all the way around it in a single line. Remove the knife and twist the halves apart with your hands. Gently tap the knife into the seed and twist to release. Then, peel the skin away with your fingers. (Learn more tips about cutting, slicing, and dicing avocado here.)
  2. Prepare the pan. Heat avocado oil in a small skillet on the stove over medium heat. Tilt the pan from side to side so that a thin layer of oil covers the entire bottom of the pan.
  3. Prep the avocado. Sprinkle both halves of the avocado with sugar, salt, and pepper to taste.
  4. Caramelize. The moment you’ve been waiting for! Add avocado halves to the heated pan, facedown. Cook 2-3 minutes, until golden in color and lightly fragrant. Flip and cook for another minute or two.
You can also recreate this recipe using avocado slices. Reduce the cooking time to 1-2 minutes and keep a watchful eye to make sure they don’t burn. Related: If you love exploring new ways to enjoy avocado, you’ll love these State Fair-inspired recipes and games.

How to Serve Caramelized Avocado

There are near-infinite ways to work caramelized avocado into dining opportunities across the day. But if you need a good excuse…
  • Breakfast: Bring your sweetie breakfast in bed, featuring caramelized avocado on top of banana avocado pancakes or smashed onto a hearty slice of toast. Family always on the go? Kick-start your day at maximum power with an avocado superfood smoothie bowl topped with acai berries, blueberries, and caramelized avocado slices.
  • Snack time: Scoop savory meats like brisket or crumbled chipotle bacon inside the caramelized avocado half. Treat yourself to a caramelized avocado “boat” filled with sweet fruits and berries.
  • Dessert: Wind down after dinner with a decadent, caramelized avocado dessert. Top a caramelized avocado half with whipped cream and drizzle with chocolate sauce. You won’t be sorry.
Explore more ways to satisfy your sweet tooth by checking out our library of avocado dessert recipes.

The post How to Make Caramelized Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Colorful Vegan Avocado Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/5-colorful-vegan-avocado-recipes/ Mon, 29 Mar 2021 19:31:53 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29787

We’ve gathered our best vegan avocado recipes and assembled this collection of the most fantastic five. Each recipe is a delicious combo of fruits, veggies, grains, and greens that fit perfectly in a vegan lifestyle. And with flavors from all across the spectrum, there is something here for everyone.

To get started, learn the best ways to pick, store, and slice avocados. Then dive headfirst into this rainbow of color, flavor, and avocado.

Related: You won’t disappoint anyone, vegan or otherwise, with these plant-based guacamole recipes.

5 Vegan Avocado Recipes

  • Avocado Rainbow Roll-Ups

    Perfect for packed lunches, snacks on the go, or appetizers at a get-together, these bite-sized pinwheels are the perfect way to eat the rainbow. Rich hummus is your spread, uniting crisp red cabbage, carrot, sweet bell pepper and creamy avocado in a blanket of flavor. It’s all wrapped snuggly inside a spinach tortilla — it looks almost too good to eat!

  • Sicilian Citrus & Avocado Salad

    This is no ordinary salad — in fact, it’s extraordinary. Sweet, tangy blood orange complements the umami goodness of avocado while blending seamlessly with arugula and red onion. Finally, top it off with succulent pomegranate arils and crunchy, toasted pumpkin seeds. Orange you glad you discovered this vegan avocado recipe?

  • Black Bean Lettuce Cups

    Simple and delicious, these cute lettuce cups taste like pure happ-bean-ness. An easily assembled dish, this recipe is inspired by Mexican American cuisine, featuring cilantro lime rice, sweet corn, smooth avocados, and black beans. Lettuce just say it’s an instant classic.

  • Avocado Beet Salad

    Ideal for entertaining, this salad is as delicious as it is beautiful. Cubed avocado and beets are dressed to the nines and carried in on a leafy bed of lettuce. The best part: For minimal prep time, this recipe packs a mighty helping of flavor. You can’t beet that.

  • Vegan Avocado Breakfast Tacos

    Let’s break it down: A spicy hot tofu and mushroom mix takes center stage on a corn tortilla. Along comes a spoonful of avocado salsa to top it all off. Whether you’re vegan or not, you have to admit that this recipe is something to taco ‘bout.

Looking for more fun with our favorite green fruit? Check out our extensive recipe page for more mealtime magic.

The post 5 Colorful Vegan Avocado Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

We’ve gathered our best vegan avocado recipes and assembled this collection of the most fantastic five. Each recipe is a delicious combo of fruits, veggies, grains, and greens that fit perfectly in a vegan lifestyle. And with flavors from all across the spectrum, there is something here for everyone. To get started, learn the best ways to pick, store, and slice avocados. Then dive headfirst into this rainbow of color, flavor, and avocado. Related: You won’t disappoint anyone, vegan or otherwise, with these plant-based guacamole recipes.

5 Vegan Avocado Recipes

  • Avocado Rainbow Roll-Ups

    Perfect for packed lunches, snacks on the go, or appetizers at a get-together, these bite-sized pinwheels are the perfect way to eat the rainbow. Rich hummus is your spread, uniting crisp red cabbage, carrot, sweet bell pepper and creamy avocado in a blanket of flavor. It’s all wrapped snuggly inside a spinach tortilla — it looks almost too good to eat!
  • Sicilian Citrus & Avocado Salad

    This is no ordinary salad — in fact, it’s extraordinary. Sweet, tangy blood orange complements the umami goodness of avocado while blending seamlessly with arugula and red onion. Finally, top it off with succulent pomegranate arils and crunchy, toasted pumpkin seeds. Orange you glad you discovered this vegan avocado recipe?
  • Black Bean Lettuce Cups

    Simple and delicious, these cute lettuce cups taste like pure happ-bean-ness. An easily assembled dish, this recipe is inspired by Mexican American cuisine, featuring cilantro lime rice, sweet corn, smooth avocados, and black beans. Lettuce just say it’s an instant classic.
  • Avocado Beet Salad

    Ideal for entertaining, this salad is as delicious as it is beautiful. Cubed avocado and beets are dressed to the nines and carried in on a leafy bed of lettuce. The best part: For minimal prep time, this recipe packs a mighty helping of flavor. You can’t beet that.
  • Vegan Avocado Breakfast Tacos

    Let’s break it down: A spicy hot tofu and mushroom mix takes center stage on a corn tortilla. Along comes a spoonful of avocado salsa to top it all off. Whether you’re vegan or not, you have to admit that this recipe is something to taco ‘bout.
Looking for more fun with our favorite green fruit? Check out our extensive recipe page for more mealtime magic.

The post 5 Colorful Vegan Avocado Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Mexican-Indian Fusion: Slow Cooker Chicken Avocado Curry https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/mexican-indian-fusion-slow-cooker-chicken-avocado-curry/ Mon, 01 Mar 2021 23:37:52 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29732

When combining the cuisines of different cultures, exciting new flavors await you at every turn. Avocados From Mexico and chicken curry might be one combination you weren’t expecting, but we’re serious when we say avocado is delicious with everything.

Slow Cooker Chicken Avocado Curry (Serves 4)

Avocado Curry Ingredients:

  • 4 chicken breasts
  • 2 c. Mexican rice blend
  • 14 oz. (about 1 can) coconut milk
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, diced
  • 1 white onion, chopped
  • 4 tbsp. red curry paste
  • 2 jalapeños, sliced thin
  • Cilantro, chopped rough
  • Tortilla chips

Pro Tip: Learn how to cut, slice, and dice an avocado like a pro.

How to Make Avocado Curry:

  1. Chop your chicken into bite-size cubes and add to slow cooker with coconut milk, red curry paste, and chopped onion.
  2. Set the slow cooker on low and let cook for 4 hours.
  3. About 30 minutes before mealtime, cook Mexican rice by following directions on the package.
  4. Distribute the cooked rice evenly between four bowls and top with chicken. Use a slotted spoon to remove the chicken from the slow cooker while leaving the sauce.
  5. Ladle the sauce out of the slow cooker and into a blender. Add half of your diced avocado to the blender and pulse until you’ve achieved a smooth, even sauce. If you’re having trouble getting it to blend, you can add a bit of coconut milk or water, but be careful to not add too much. You’ll end up with a thin sauce — thick, rich, and creamy is what we’re going for.
  6. Pour the blended avocado curry sauce over each bowl.
  7. Top each bowl with chopped cilantro, sliced jalapeños, diced avocado, and crushed tortilla chips.

Chef notes: Try pairing your avocado curry with Indian guacamole. Serve it with your meal on naan bread for a delicious twist!

With both Mexican and Indian cuisines known for hearty helpings of spice and flavor, this chicken avocado curry is a scrumptious fusion of both. And with the aid of a slow cooker, it’s a convenient meal to prepare.

Related: Discover more culinary breakthroughs on our blog, such as our avocado ramen recipe.

If you enjoyed this recipe, have we got a treat for you! We’ve got all kinds of avocado recipes for you to explore, from guacamoles and salads to tacos and desserts.

The post Mexican-Indian Fusion: Slow Cooker Chicken Avocado Curry appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When combining the cuisines of different cultures, exciting new flavors await you at every turn. Avocados From Mexico and chicken curry might be one combination you weren’t expecting, but we’re serious when we say avocado is delicious with everything.

Slow Cooker Chicken Avocado Curry (Serves 4)

Avocado Curry Ingredients:

  • 4 chicken breasts
  • 2 c. Mexican rice blend
  • 14 oz. (about 1 can) coconut milk
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, diced
  • 1 white onion, chopped
  • 4 tbsp. red curry paste
  • 2 jalapeños, sliced thin
  • Cilantro, chopped rough
  • Tortilla chips
Pro Tip: Learn how to cut, slice, and dice an avocado like a pro.

How to Make Avocado Curry:

  1. Chop your chicken into bite-size cubes and add to slow cooker with coconut milk, red curry paste, and chopped onion.
  2. Set the slow cooker on low and let cook for 4 hours.
  3. About 30 minutes before mealtime, cook Mexican rice by following directions on the package.
  4. Distribute the cooked rice evenly between four bowls and top with chicken. Use a slotted spoon to remove the chicken from the slow cooker while leaving the sauce.
  5. Ladle the sauce out of the slow cooker and into a blender. Add half of your diced avocado to the blender and pulse until you’ve achieved a smooth, even sauce. If you’re having trouble getting it to blend, you can add a bit of coconut milk or water, but be careful to not add too much. You’ll end up with a thin sauce — thick, rich, and creamy is what we’re going for.
  6. Pour the blended avocado curry sauce over each bowl.
  7. Top each bowl with chopped cilantro, sliced jalapeños, diced avocado, and crushed tortilla chips.
Chef notes: Try pairing your avocado curry with Indian guacamole. Serve it with your meal on naan bread for a delicious twist! With both Mexican and Indian cuisines known for hearty helpings of spice and flavor, this chicken avocado curry is a scrumptious fusion of both. And with the aid of a slow cooker, it’s a convenient meal to prepare. Related: Discover more culinary breakthroughs on our blog, such as our avocado ramen recipe. If you enjoyed this recipe, have we got a treat for you! We’ve got all kinds of avocado recipes for you to explore, from guacamoles and salads to tacos and desserts.

The post Mexican-Indian Fusion: Slow Cooker Chicken Avocado Curry appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Spam Musubi with Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/spam-musubi-avocado/ Mon, 01 Mar 2021 23:37:03 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29733

Not everyone is familiar with Spam musubi. Inspired by onigiri, a Japanese snack made from rice and seaweed, Spam musubi has been enjoyed since the 1940s, when it found great popularity in Hawaii. Traditionally, it is eaten as an on-the-go snack or served during family breakfast or lunch.

Avocado Spam Musubi Ingredients:

  • 1 12-oz. can of Spam
  • 1/4 c. soy sauce
  • 1/4 c. oyster sauce
  • 1/2 c. white sugar
  • 2 medium Avocados From Mexico, sliced
  • 4 c. cooked sushi rice or short-grain rice
  • 5 sheets sushi seaweed (also called nori)

How to Make Avocado Spam Musubi:

  1. Mix oyster sauce, soy sauce, and sugar until dissolved. Set aside.
  2. Slice Spam lengthwise into 8 slices. Fry the slices on a skillet over medium heat until browned on each side. Add the soy sauce marinade to the pan until the sauce thickens.
  3. Cut the seaweed sheets into 2-inch-wide strips, then place vertically on a cutting board, shiny side down.
  4. Place a slice of fried Spam horizontally on the seaweed strip.
  5. Fill a musubi rice mold with 1/3 cup of rice, line up with the Spam slice and press down to release. If you don’t have a rice mold, use your hands to form the rice into a flat shape with firm pressure. Dip your fingers in water to keep rice from sticking to them.
  6. Using our guide, slice avocados. Place a slice on top of your rice, then roll it until the seaweed sheet is wrapped all the way around. Using your finger, seal the two ends of the seaweed with water. Repeat steps 4-6 for each roll.

Some enjoy Spam musubi warm, serving it right off the frying pan. Others store it in the fridge to be chilled and eaten later. (If you want to save your Spam musubi with avocado for later, we recommend spritzing the avocado with lemon juice to keep it fresh.) Serve with soy sauce, barbecue sauce, or ketchup.

Today, Spam musubi is being adapted and enjoyed all over the United States. It’s versatile and relatively simple to make, and it’s made all the more delicious with the addition of ripe Avocados From Mexico. Our recipe is a crispy, salty, and creamy treat that serves 4-8 people and takes no longer than 30 minutes to prepare.

Related: Keep the Hawaiian energies flowing with these six pineapple guacamole recipes.

Can’t get enough avocado dishes? Head to our avocado recipes page for endless inspiration.

The post Spam Musubi with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Not everyone is familiar with Spam musubi. Inspired by onigiri, a Japanese snack made from rice and seaweed, Spam musubi has been enjoyed since the 1940s, when it found great popularity in Hawaii. Traditionally, it is eaten as an on-the-go snack or served during family breakfast or lunch.

Avocado Spam Musubi Ingredients:

  • 1 12-oz. can of Spam
  • 1/4 c. soy sauce
  • 1/4 c. oyster sauce
  • 1/2 c. white sugar
  • 2 medium Avocados From Mexico, sliced
  • 4 c. cooked sushi rice or short-grain rice
  • 5 sheets sushi seaweed (also called nori)

How to Make Avocado Spam Musubi:

  1. Mix oyster sauce, soy sauce, and sugar until dissolved. Set aside.
  2. Slice Spam lengthwise into 8 slices. Fry the slices on a skillet over medium heat until browned on each side. Add the soy sauce marinade to the pan until the sauce thickens.
  3. Cut the seaweed sheets into 2-inch-wide strips, then place vertically on a cutting board, shiny side down.
  4. Place a slice of fried Spam horizontally on the seaweed strip.
  5. Fill a musubi rice mold with 1/3 cup of rice, line up with the Spam slice and press down to release. If you don’t have a rice mold, use your hands to form the rice into a flat shape with firm pressure. Dip your fingers in water to keep rice from sticking to them.
  6. Using our guide, slice avocados. Place a slice on top of your rice, then roll it until the seaweed sheet is wrapped all the way around. Using your finger, seal the two ends of the seaweed with water. Repeat steps 4-6 for each roll.
Some enjoy Spam musubi warm, serving it right off the frying pan. Others store it in the fridge to be chilled and eaten later. (If you want to save your Spam musubi with avocado for later, we recommend spritzing the avocado with lemon juice to keep it fresh.) Serve with soy sauce, barbecue sauce, or ketchup. Today, Spam musubi is being adapted and enjoyed all over the United States. It’s versatile and relatively simple to make, and it’s made all the more delicious with the addition of ripe Avocados From Mexico. Our recipe is a crispy, salty, and creamy treat that serves 4-8 people and takes no longer than 30 minutes to prepare. Related: Keep the Hawaiian energies flowing with these six pineapple guacamole recipes. Can’t get enough avocado dishes? Head to our avocado recipes page for endless inspiration.

The post Spam Musubi with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Salsa Verde https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avocado-salsa-verde/ Mon, 01 Mar 2021 23:35:38 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29731

How to Make Avocado Salsa Verde

When it comes to salsa, there’s a fine line between preserving tradition and innovation. That’s why we came up with this avocado salsa verde recipe: Fresh and smooth with a spicy zing, it’s the twist on dip that’s exactly what you’ve been craving.

Avocado Salsa Verde Ingredients:

  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
  • 10 medium tomatillos
  • 1/2 white onion, chopped
  • 1 jalapeño, seeded
  • 1 clove garlic
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, peeled and pitted
  • 1 serrano, seeded
  • 1/4 c. cilantro
  • 1/2 tsp. salt
  • 1/2tbsp. lime juice

How to Make Avocado Salsa Verde:

  1. Remove tomatillos from their papery covering and halve.
  2. Heat olive oil in a large pan. Add tomatillos, onion, and jalapeño. Sauté until tender, about 5 minutes. Add garlic and allow all the contents of the pan to sauté until lightly browned.
  3. Remove pan from heat and place contents into a blender. Add avocados, serrano, cilantro, lime juice, and salt. If you like your salsa extra spicy, add the serrano or jalapeño seeds back into the mix.
  4. Pulse for 1 minute or to desired consistency. Store in the refrigerator and let cool before serving.

Finally, it’s time to eat! You can dip right in with tortilla chips or use this fresh avocado salsa verde as a topping for your favorite tacos, salads, or tamales.

Chef notes: Salsa pairs well with many different dishes, but one of our favorite combinations is salsa and chicken. Try pairing this salsa with our grilled chicken and avocado BLT recipe!

The unique texture of avocados transforms this classic salsa into something closer to a salsa crema — only it’s made without cream! Not only is it easy to make, but you can make this avocado salsa verde any time of year — Avocados From Mexico are always in season. So break out the blender and have some chips on hand for this delicious new dip!

Related: Green is easy with avocados. Here are four leafy greens to add to your next guacamole.

For even more delicious recipes, head to our avocado recipe page.

The post Avocado Salsa Verde appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

How to Make Avocado Salsa Verde

When it comes to salsa, there’s a fine line between preserving tradition and innovation. That’s why we came up with this avocado salsa verde recipe: Fresh and smooth with a spicy zing, it’s the twist on dip that’s exactly what you’ve been craving.

Avocado Salsa Verde Ingredients:

  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
  • 10 medium tomatillos
  • 1/2 white onion, chopped
  • 1 jalapeño, seeded
  • 1 clove garlic
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, peeled and pitted
  • 1 serrano, seeded
  • 1/4 c. cilantro
  • 1/2 tsp. salt
  • 1/2tbsp. lime juice

How to Make Avocado Salsa Verde:

  1. Remove tomatillos from their papery covering and halve.
  2. Heat olive oil in a large pan. Add tomatillos, onion, and jalapeño. Sauté until tender, about 5 minutes. Add garlic and allow all the contents of the pan to sauté until lightly browned.
  3. Remove pan from heat and place contents into a blender. Add avocados, serrano, cilantro, lime juice, and salt. If you like your salsa extra spicy, add the serrano or jalapeño seeds back into the mix.
  4. Pulse for 1 minute or to desired consistency. Store in the refrigerator and let cool before serving.
Finally, it’s time to eat! You can dip right in with tortilla chips or use this fresh avocado salsa verde as a topping for your favorite tacos, salads, or tamales. Chef notes: Salsa pairs well with many different dishes, but one of our favorite combinations is salsa and chicken. Try pairing this salsa with our grilled chicken and avocado BLT recipe! The unique texture of avocados transforms this classic salsa into something closer to a salsa crema — only it’s made without cream! Not only is it easy to make, but you can make this avocado salsa verde any time of year — Avocados From Mexico are always in season. So break out the blender and have some chips on hand for this delicious new dip! Related: Green is easy with avocados. Here are four leafy greens to add to your next guacamole. For even more delicious recipes, head to our avocado recipe page.

The post Avocado Salsa Verde appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
AvocaDoables: Avocado Lunches Built by Kids https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avocadoables-avocado-lunches-built-kids/ Mon, 01 Feb 2021 16:39:54 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29662

Avocado Lunch Ideas for Kids

Over the past few years, children’s self-assembly lunches have achieved great popularity — and for good reason. Kids love to build their own lunch. To them, “some assembly required” is a selling point. But when prepare these lunches at home, Mom and Dad can rest assured that nutritious foods are packed inside — like avocados!

We call the following four recipes “AvocaDoables,” since they are easy, fun, and doable avocado lunches for kids to put together by themselves. They all add something yummy and green to their plate at lunchtime!

Related: Learn how to save half an avocado in the fridge for the next day’s lunch.

Kids’ Avocado Taco

What to pack:

  • Avocado slices
  • Miniature flour tortillas
  • Pico de gallo
  • Shredded Mexican cheese
  • Cooked chicken slices or ground beef

 

Kids’ Avocado Pizza

What to pack:

For the base:

  • Shredded mozzarella cheese
  • Marinara sauce
  • Bread thins or mini bagel slices

For the toppings (pick and choose):

  • Diced avocado
  • Pineapple chunks
  • Green bell pepper slices
  • Sliced black olives
  • Mini pepperoni slices

 

Kids’ Avocado Lunch Wrap

What to pack:

  • Thin avocado slices
  • Slice of preferred cheese
  • Slices of preferred deli meat (chicken, turkey, or ham)
  • Tomato slices
  • Spinach leaves or chopped romaine lettuce
  • Medium flour tortilla

 

Kids’ Avocado & Cracker Stacks

What to pack:

  • Avocado slices or cubes
  • Cheddar cheese slices
  • Rolled, thin-cut slices of ham or turkey
  • Cucumber slices
  • Whole wheat crackers

 

Pro Tip: Keep the avocado slices fresh in transit by spritzing them with a little lemon juice, lime juice, or olive oil spray. This prevents the air from reaching the surface, which oxidizes avocados and turns them brown.

If you find yourself with leftover slices after you pack your kids’ avocado lunches, don’t let it go to waste! Leftover avocado can be used as a kids’ side salad with tomato and feta cheese or in a fresh fruit salad with strawberries and pineapple. And if their lunchbox is full, go ahead and blend the avocado into a breakfast smoothie for yourself.

Check out more kid-friendly recipes that are perfect for school lunches, sleepovers, and birthday parties.

The post AvocaDoables: Avocado Lunches Built by Kids appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocado Lunch Ideas for Kids

Over the past few years, children’s self-assembly lunches have achieved great popularity — and for good reason. Kids love to build their own lunch. To them, “some assembly required” is a selling point. But when prepare these lunches at home, Mom and Dad can rest assured that nutritious foods are packed inside — like avocados! We call the following four recipes “AvocaDoables,” since they are easy, fun, and doable avocado lunches for kids to put together by themselves. They all add something yummy and green to their plate at lunchtime! Related: Learn how to save half an avocado in the fridge for the next day’s lunch.

Kids’ Avocado Taco

What to pack:
  • Avocado slices
  • Miniature flour tortillas
  • Pico de gallo
  • Shredded Mexican cheese
  • Cooked chicken slices or ground beef
 

Kids’ Avocado Pizza

What to pack: For the base:
  • Shredded mozzarella cheese
  • Marinara sauce
  • Bread thins or mini bagel slices
For the toppings (pick and choose):
  • Diced avocado
  • Pineapple chunks
  • Green bell pepper slices
  • Sliced black olives
  • Mini pepperoni slices
 

Kids’ Avocado Lunch Wrap

What to pack:
  • Thin avocado slices
  • Slice of preferred cheese
  • Slices of preferred deli meat (chicken, turkey, or ham)
  • Tomato slices
  • Spinach leaves or chopped romaine lettuce
  • Medium flour tortilla
 

Kids’ Avocado & Cracker Stacks

What to pack:
  • Avocado slices or cubes
  • Cheddar cheese slices
  • Rolled, thin-cut slices of ham or turkey
  • Cucumber slices
  • Whole wheat crackers
  Pro Tip: Keep the avocado slices fresh in transit by spritzing them with a little lemon juice, lime juice, or olive oil spray. This prevents the air from reaching the surface, which oxidizes avocados and turns them brown. If you find yourself with leftover slices after you pack your kids’ avocado lunches, don’t let it go to waste! Leftover avocado can be used as a kids’ side salad with tomato and feta cheese or in a fresh fruit salad with strawberries and pineapple. And if their lunchbox is full, go ahead and blend the avocado into a breakfast smoothie for yourself. Check out more kid-friendly recipes that are perfect for school lunches, sleepovers, and birthday parties.

The post AvocaDoables: Avocado Lunches Built by Kids appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Mexican-Thai Fusion: Pad Thai Burritos with Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/mexican-thai-fusion-pad-thai-burritos-avocado/ Mon, 01 Feb 2021 16:39:41 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29661

We created this Mexican-Thai fusion for those who love both cuisine styles and don’t want to choose. It unites the warm, delicious comfort of pad thai with the handheld convenience of Mexican burritos — complete, of course, with Avocados From Mexico.

So the next time you've got cravings for both Mexican and Thai, don't choose. Fuse!

Related: Thai isn't the only fusion-worthy cuisine. Try this Mexican-Japanese take on homemade ramen with avocado.

Pad Thai Burritos with Avocado

Pad Thai Sauce Ingredients:

  • 4 tbsp. Thai fish sauce
  • 1 tbsp. soy sauce
  • 4 tbsp. light brown sugar
  • 2 tbsp. tamarind paste
  • 1 tbsp. sriracha (add more to taste)

Pad Thai Burritos Ingredients:

  • 3 tbsp. vegetable oil
  • 8 oz. raw chicken, cut into 1/4-inch pieces
  • 4 cloves garlic, minced
  • 4 oz. shredded carrots
  • 1 red bell pepper, thinly sliced
  • 2 large eggs, beaten
  • 1 c. bean sprouts
  • 4 scallions, cut into 2-inch pieces
  • 1/4 c. dry-roasted peanuts, crushed
  • 4 large flour tortillas, warmed
  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, sliced
  • 1 lime, cut into fourths for garnish, optional
  • 1/2 c. fresh cilantro, chopped for garnish, optional

Directions:

  1. For the sauce: In a small bowl, stir together the sauce ingredients. Set mixture aside.
  2. In a large wok, heat 1 ½ tbsp. of vegetable oil on high. Evenly distribute the oil.
  3. Add the chicken, minced garlic, shredded carrots, and bell pepper to the pan. Cook for approximately 4 minutes, flipping the chicken once, or until the vegetables are tender and the chicken's internal temperature is at least 165 degrees Fahrenheit.
  4. Slide the mixture to one side of the pan. Add the remaining 1 ½ tbsp. of vegetable oil and 2 beaten Scramble to desired consistency.
  5. Turn the heat to low. Add sauce, bean sprouts, scallions, and half of the dry-roasted peanuts. Stir to combine. Set aside.
  6. Place 1 tortilla in a clean, stainless steel pan over medium heat. Warm the tortilla for 30 seconds on each side. Repeat for each tortilla.
  7. Spoon a hearty helping of the stir-fry mixture onto the flour tortillas. Place crushed peanuts, avocado, and cilantro on top before folding the tortilla into a burrito.

From Pad Thai Burrito to Bowl

Adding creamy guacamole is a quick, easy way to transform this into a delicious burrito bowl. Instead of a tortilla, load your mixture into a bowl and add a dollop of one of these delicious guacamoles:

Looking for more ways to use creamy, versatile avocado? Check out our avocado recipe page.

 

The post Mexican-Thai Fusion: Pad Thai Burritos with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

We created this Mexican-Thai fusion for those who love both cuisine styles and don’t want to choose. It unites the warm, delicious comfort of pad thai with the handheld convenience of Mexican burritos — complete, of course, with Avocados From Mexico. So the next time you've got cravings for both Mexican and Thai, don't choose. Fuse! Related: Thai isn't the only fusion-worthy cuisine. Try this Mexican-Japanese take on homemade ramen with avocado.

Pad Thai Burritos with Avocado

Pad Thai Sauce Ingredients:

  • 4 tbsp. Thai fish sauce
  • 1 tbsp. soy sauce
  • 4 tbsp. light brown sugar
  • 2 tbsp. tamarind paste
  • 1 tbsp. sriracha (add more to taste)

Pad Thai Burritos Ingredients:

  • 3 tbsp. vegetable oil
  • 8 oz. raw chicken, cut into 1/4-inch pieces
  • 4 cloves garlic, minced
  • 4 oz. shredded carrots
  • 1 red bell pepper, thinly sliced
  • 2 large eggs, beaten
  • 1 c. bean sprouts
  • 4 scallions, cut into 2-inch pieces
  • 1/4 c. dry-roasted peanuts, crushed
  • 4 large flour tortillas, warmed
  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, sliced
  • 1 lime, cut into fourths for garnish, optional
  • 1/2 c. fresh cilantro, chopped for garnish, optional

Directions:

  1. For the sauce: In a small bowl, stir together the sauce ingredients. Set mixture aside.
  2. In a large wok, heat 1 ½ tbsp. of vegetable oil on high. Evenly distribute the oil.
  3. Add the chicken, minced garlic, shredded carrots, and bell pepper to the pan. Cook for approximately 4 minutes, flipping the chicken once, or until the vegetables are tender and the chicken's internal temperature is at least 165 degrees Fahrenheit.
  4. Slide the mixture to one side of the pan. Add the remaining 1 ½ tbsp. of vegetable oil and 2 beaten Scramble to desired consistency.
  5. Turn the heat to low. Add sauce, bean sprouts, scallions, and half of the dry-roasted peanuts. Stir to combine. Set aside.
  6. Place 1 tortilla in a clean, stainless steel pan over medium heat. Warm the tortilla for 30 seconds on each side. Repeat for each tortilla.
  7. Spoon a hearty helping of the stir-fry mixture onto the flour tortillas. Place crushed peanuts, avocado, and cilantro on top before folding the tortilla into a burrito.

From Pad Thai Burrito to Bowl

Adding creamy guacamole is a quick, easy way to transform this into a delicious burrito bowl. Instead of a tortilla, load your mixture into a bowl and add a dollop of one of these delicious guacamoles: Looking for more ways to use creamy, versatile avocado? Check out our avocado recipe page.  

The post Mexican-Thai Fusion: Pad Thai Burritos with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Top Avocado Memes of All Time https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/top-avocado-memes-time/ Mon, 01 Feb 2021 16:39:26 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29650

The internet loves avocados. From celebrity tweets to holiday gift inspiration, people can’t get enough of our favorite green fruit. And we can’t blame them!

That’s why we figured it was about time we gathered up some of the best avocado memes around. This is to avocado lovers everywhere, with love and laughter.

Related: Guacamole is best with a dash of limelight. Here are five times pop culture referenced guac.

Our 10 Favorite Avocado Memes

  1. Avocados From Mexico are a source of naturally good fats, which can help the body absorb fat-soluble nutrients without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol levels when eaten as part of a healthy diet. No wonder we love them!Avocado good fats memeSource: https://www.pinterest.com/pin/371195194288037547/
  2. When you spend so much time making guacamole you develop feelings:Avocado relationship status memeSource: https://www.instagram.com/p/BLMgh8EjGLV/?utm_source=ig_embed
  3. If guacamole is allowed to be extra, you can be too. And that’s something to be proud of.Don't let anyone treat you like free salsa memeSource: https://www.pinterest.com/pin/685391637038172703/
  4. The perfect proposal doesn’t exi--Ring inside avocado memeSource: https://pin.it/pRLFM5y
  5. OK, clever joke. But someone should let this guy know that avocado pits are awesome. With a little creativity, you can use leftover avocado pits to create all kinds of arts and crafts — or even to grow your own avocado tree!Wooden ball avocado memeSource: https://www.pinterest.com/pin/694328467535523566/
  6. We doubt we’re the only ones who relied on the comfort of guacamole to help us through 2020. Every avocado pit (even the rare big one) has a green lining!2020 was an avocado memeSource: https://pin.it/6bBeKkW
  7. This dad is right on (and just our type when it comes to avocado dad jokes). Keep guacin’ out the haters, Dad.Guacamole ball memeSource: https://www.instagram.com/p/ByyfZEhh1qT/
  8. Looks cloudy with a chance of guac … the perfect storm of deliciousness. Someone grab the chips!Avocado storm forecast memeSource: https://memeguy.com/photo/314072/yesterdays-louisville-weather-forecast-chance-of-avocado
  9. Well, that’s one way to make an avocado burger.Avocado burger memeSource: https://ballmemes.com/i/waitress-do-you-want-avocado-in-your-burger-me-california-16489965
  10. Find someone who looks at you the way you look at perfect avocados.That moment when you find the perfect avocado memeSource: https://www.buzzfeed.com/kristatorres/avocados-rule-your-life?utm_term=.appKVkP4lz&sub=4297079_9070352

Got more avocado memes we haven’t seen? Share them with us on Facebook, Twitter, or Instagram. In the meantime, help yourself to our delicious archive of avocado recipes.

The post The Top Avocado Memes of All Time appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The internet loves avocados. From celebrity tweets to holiday gift inspiration, people can’t get enough of our favorite green fruit. And we can’t blame them! That’s why we figured it was about time we gathered up some of the best avocado memes around. This is to avocado lovers everywhere, with love and laughter. Related: Guacamole is best with a dash of limelight. Here are five times pop culture referenced guac.

Our 10 Favorite Avocado Memes

  1. Avocados From Mexico are a source of naturally good fats, which can help the body absorb fat-soluble nutrients without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol levels when eaten as part of a healthy diet. No wonder we love them!Avocado good fats memeSource: https://www.pinterest.com/pin/371195194288037547/
  2. When you spend so much time making guacamole you develop feelings:Avocado relationship status memeSource: https://www.instagram.com/p/BLMgh8EjGLV/?utm_source=ig_embed
  3. If guacamole is allowed to be extra, you can be too. And that’s something to be proud of.Don't let anyone treat you like free salsa memeSource: https://www.pinterest.com/pin/685391637038172703/
  4. The perfect proposal doesn’t exi--Ring inside avocado memeSource: https://pin.it/pRLFM5y
  5. OK, clever joke. But someone should let this guy know that avocado pits are awesome. With a little creativity, you can use leftover avocado pits to create all kinds of arts and crafts — or even to grow your own avocado tree!Wooden ball avocado memeSource: https://www.pinterest.com/pin/694328467535523566/
  6. We doubt we’re the only ones who relied on the comfort of guacamole to help us through 2020. Every avocado pit (even the rare big one) has a green lining!2020 was an avocado memeSource: https://pin.it/6bBeKkW
  7. This dad is right on (and just our type when it comes to avocado dad jokes). Keep guacin’ out the haters, Dad.Guacamole ball memeSource: https://www.instagram.com/p/ByyfZEhh1qT/
  8. Looks cloudy with a chance of guac … the perfect storm of deliciousness. Someone grab the chips!Avocado storm forecast memeSource: https://memeguy.com/photo/314072/yesterdays-louisville-weather-forecast-chance-of-avocado
  9. Well, that’s one way to make an avocado burger.Avocado burger memeSource: https://ballmemes.com/i/waitress-do-you-want-avocado-in-your-burger-me-california-16489965
  10. Find someone who looks at you the way you look at perfect avocados.That moment when you find the perfect avocado memeSource: https://www.buzzfeed.com/kristatorres/avocados-rule-your-life?utm_term=.appKVkP4lz&sub=4297079_9070352
Got more avocado memes we haven’t seen? Share them with us on Facebook, Twitter, or Instagram. In the meantime, help yourself to our delicious archive of avocado recipes.

The post The Top Avocado Memes of All Time appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Kosher Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/5-kosher-guacamole-recipes/ Mon, 01 Feb 2021 16:39:10 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29649

Lucky for avocado fans who stay Kosher, guacamole is a versatile dip that can be enjoyed in alignment with the diet’s parameters. In fact, there are any number of ways to take your guacamole game to the next level without breaking Kosher.

Below are five of our favorite guacamole recipes that comply with the Kosher diet. As all of these recipes are made with pareve ingredients. Just make sure you buy Kosher-approved produce and you’ll be set to dip.

Related: Learn more delicious ways to incorporate avocados into your Kosher diet.

5 Kosher Guacamole Recipes

  • Cilantro Guacamole

    For a simple start, this cilantro guacamole will help get things kicked off. All that is needed are ripe avocados, crushed Aleppo pepper, lime juice, and cilantro. The crushed pepper lends its unique edge to this recipe, while the cilantro adds a fresh kick.

  • Pomegranate Guacamole

    If you’ve been looking to incorporate pomegranate into your diet, this pomegranate guac is a great place to start! A creamy base of avocado allows pomegranates to shine, showing off their tart sweetness and adding an exotic splash of color. (If you’ve never cut open a pomegranate before, we’ll show you the easy way to get it done.)

  • Chipotle Apple & Almond Guacamole

    Though not the simplest on the list, the exciting combination of flavors in this recipe makes it worth the extra prep time. All-star ingredients include roasted almonds, Honeycrisp apples, and adobo sauce.

  • Cucumber Green Apple Guacamole

    For a rush of summery freshness, cucumbers are just the ticket. In this recipe, chopped white onions lend an aromatic zing while cilantro helps round out the flavors. Add in the sour tang of green apples, and you’ve got a crisp, refreshing guacamole that hits the spot any time of year.

These five recipes are just the surface of Kosher guacamole. Explore our guacamole recipe page for more inspiration.

The post 5 Kosher Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Lucky for avocado fans who stay Kosher, guacamole is a versatile dip that can be enjoyed in alignment with the diet’s parameters. In fact, there are any number of ways to take your guacamole game to the next level without breaking Kosher. Below are five of our favorite guacamole recipes that comply with the Kosher diet. As all of these recipes are made with pareve ingredients. Just make sure you buy Kosher-approved produce and you’ll be set to dip. Related: Learn more delicious ways to incorporate avocados into your Kosher diet.

5 Kosher Guacamole Recipes

  • Cilantro Guacamole

    For a simple start, this cilantro guacamole will help get things kicked off. All that is needed are ripe avocados, crushed Aleppo pepper, lime juice, and cilantro. The crushed pepper lends its unique edge to this recipe, while the cilantro adds a fresh kick.
  • Pomegranate Guacamole

    If you’ve been looking to incorporate pomegranate into your diet, this pomegranate guac is a great place to start! A creamy base of avocado allows pomegranates to shine, showing off their tart sweetness and adding an exotic splash of color. (If you’ve never cut open a pomegranate before, we’ll show you the easy way to get it done.)
  • Chipotle Apple & Almond Guacamole

    Though not the simplest on the list, the exciting combination of flavors in this recipe makes it worth the extra prep time. All-star ingredients include roasted almonds, Honeycrisp apples, and adobo sauce.
  • Cucumber Green Apple Guacamole

    For a rush of summery freshness, cucumbers are just the ticket. In this recipe, chopped white onions lend an aromatic zing while cilantro helps round out the flavors. Add in the sour tang of green apples, and you’ve got a crisp, refreshing guacamole that hits the spot any time of year.
These five recipes are just the surface of Kosher guacamole. Explore our guacamole recipe page for more inspiration.

The post 5 Kosher Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
4 Keto-Friendly Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/4-keto-friendly-guacamole-recipes/ Tue, 29 Dec 2020 15:53:56 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29349

Keto-Friendly Guacamole

The ketogenic diet consists of eating low-carb, high-fat foods, a program that allows followers to nosh on red meats, fatty fish, cheese, and butter — all while adhering to the program’s dietary guidelines.

Keto’s popularity is built on the notion that participants don’t have to “give up” some of their favorite high-fat foods. That sentiment keeps avocados well stocked in keto-focused kitchens. The majority of fat in avocados is naturally good fat, with 5 g of monounsaturated fat per serving (one-third of a medium avocado). Eating dietary fat helps the body absorb vitamins A, D, K, and E.

So if you’re on the keto diet, don’t skimp on avocados: You can have your guac and eat it, too.

Related: Brush up on your knife skills before cutting into that avocado. Here’s how to cut, slice, and dice an avocado.

4 Keto-Friendly Guacamole Recipes

  • Bacon & Blue Cheese Guacamole

    One taste of this sharp, salty, smooth mixture will have you daydreaming about ways to eat it. Crispy bacon flawlessly melts into soft, rich avocado. Slather this on a large leaf of butter lettuce and add an extra piece of bacon (or two!) for a quick, delicious lunch.

  • Chorizo Guacamole

    Individually, chorizo and avocado are culinary superstars. Take it to the next level by mixing them together for an extraordinary guacamole. For a spicier dip, add more chiles. Scoop a dollop on top of a bed of scrambled eggs for an all-star breakfast.

  • Smooth Spicy Guac

    Keep it classic with this delicious, creamy concoction. For extra heat, add more sriracha or cayenne pepper. Slather it on a fresh bell pepper, boiled shrimp, or—if you’re really missing the salty crunch of a tortilla chip—a pork rind.

  • Philly Cheesesteak Guacamole

    This keto-friendly guacamole features the best parts of your favorite sandwich. A generous portion of thinly sliced roast beef and sautéed onion fold into chunks of buttery-soft avocado — all topped with a blanket of provolone cheese. Keto purists should skip serving this guac on a hoagie roll (as the recipe suggests) and instead serve it up on a bed of leafy greens.

If you’re looking for more keto-friendly guacamole recipes, these four dips are just the start. Head to our extensive archive of guacamole recipes for inspiration.

The post 4 Keto-Friendly Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Keto-Friendly Guacamole

The ketogenic diet consists of eating low-carb, high-fat foods, a program that allows followers to nosh on red meats, fatty fish, cheese, and butter — all while adhering to the program’s dietary guidelines. Keto’s popularity is built on the notion that participants don’t have to “give up” some of their favorite high-fat foods. That sentiment keeps avocados well stocked in keto-focused kitchens. The majority of fat in avocados is naturally good fat, with 5 g of monounsaturated fat per serving (one-third of a medium avocado). Eating dietary fat helps the body absorb vitamins A, D, K, and E. So if you’re on the keto diet, don’t skimp on avocados: You can have your guac and eat it, too. Related: Brush up on your knife skills before cutting into that avocado. Here’s how to cut, slice, and dice an avocado.

4 Keto-Friendly Guacamole Recipes

  • Bacon & Blue Cheese Guacamole

    One taste of this sharp, salty, smooth mixture will have you daydreaming about ways to eat it. Crispy bacon flawlessly melts into soft, rich avocado. Slather this on a large leaf of butter lettuce and add an extra piece of bacon (or two!) for a quick, delicious lunch.
  • Chorizo Guacamole

    Individually, chorizo and avocado are culinary superstars. Take it to the next level by mixing them together for an extraordinary guacamole. For a spicier dip, add more chiles. Scoop a dollop on top of a bed of scrambled eggs for an all-star breakfast.
  • Smooth Spicy Guac

    Keep it classic with this delicious, creamy concoction. For extra heat, add more sriracha or cayenne pepper. Slather it on a fresh bell pepper, boiled shrimp, or—if you’re really missing the salty crunch of a tortilla chip—a pork rind.
  • Philly Cheesesteak Guacamole

    This keto-friendly guacamole features the best parts of your favorite sandwich. A generous portion of thinly sliced roast beef and sautéed onion fold into chunks of buttery-soft avocado — all topped with a blanket of provolone cheese. Keto purists should skip serving this guac on a hoagie roll (as the recipe suggests) and instead serve it up on a bed of leafy greens.
If you’re looking for more keto-friendly guacamole recipes, these four dips are just the start. Head to our extensive archive of guacamole recipes for inspiration.

The post 4 Keto-Friendly Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Throw an Avocado Birthday Party https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/throw-avocado-birthday-party/ Tue, 29 Dec 2020 15:53:48 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29351

For folks like us, avocado is a lifestyle. So when a birthday rolls around, what’s a more awesome way to celebrate than throwing an epic avocado birthday party? We’re talking avocado birthday cake, photo booths, piñatas, and desserts galore. Talk about a happy birthday.

 

Allow us to be your avocado birthday party planner with this guide to good times, and be sure to bookmark this page for later (and many happy returns 😉).

 

 

Avocado Birthday Cake 🎂

When it comes to birthday desserts, avocado takes the cake — literally. Imagine blowing out the candles on this made-from-scratch, ooey-gooey Chocolate, Cherry, and Avocado Fudge Cake. Don’t want to share? No judgment. Go for a single-serve option, such as Avocado Chocolate Cupcakes, to ensure everyone gets a piece. (Make them look extra adorbs with these avocado cupcake toppers.) Avo-chocoholics will also love rich, homemade Dark Chocolate Avocado Brownies that bake in just 30 minutes.

 

 

Ah-Faux-Cado Birthday Cake

Not up for baking with avocado? That’s OK (for now — we’ll change your mind later). You can still make a birthday cake LOOK like an avocado. Bake your cake in an oval bake pan. Have two shades of green icing on hand: dark green for the sides of the cake and yellow-green for the top. Plop a peanut butter cup on top for the pit. Voila!

 

Avocado Birthday Party Decorations 🎉

The first step to transforming your home into an avo-topia is by decking it out with avocado balloons. Serve up the birthday cake (or fresh guacamole) on these avocado-print plates, complete with matching cups and napkins. Lastly, string up this avocado bunting banner on the wall for extra flair.

 

Avocado Photo Booth 📸

Say, “Avocado!” Set up a photo booth for party guests to feel like they’re being followed by their own guacarazzi. These silly handheld props are a great place to start, but if you’re not a fan of special effects, we recommend just making a huge batch of guacamole. The finishing touch to your photo booth is having at least one of these avocado costumes — or, make your own!

Remember to tag us when you post on social so we can see how avo-mazing you look!

 

Avocado Birthday Snacks 🌮

It’s not a fiesta without finger foods. Load up the snack table with avocado appetizers such as bruschetta and shrimp guac-tails. You can also go for this avocado-spinach-artichoke dip that’s served up in a bread bowl so it looks as good as it tastes. Double-dipping is encouraged.

For something a little heartier, serve up a platter of these crispy beef tacos. For true finger food status (and extra cuteness), use miniature taco shells. These avocado chicken poppers are another delicious option for birthday party refreshments.

Don’t worry, we didn’t forget the guac. Would it even be an avocado birthday party without a DIY guacamole bar? Pro party tip for all our guac stars out there: Buy more tortilla chips than you think you need!

 

The Best B-Day Gift: Good Fats

Did you know fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit? They provide naturally good fats and are cholesterol-, sugar-, and sodium-free. Happy heart, happy birthday!

 

Avocado Birthday Party Games 🪅

1. Hot Avocado

This birthday party classic gets a no-tato twist. When the music starts playing, players begin to pass an avocado around the circle of guests. If you’re the one holding the avocado when the music stops, you’re out! (Don’t worry — that just means you can get back to eating guac.) Last person remaining wins the game and (the real prize) the avocado.

2. Pin the Pit on the Avocado

If DIY crafts are the fun of party planning for you, create your own pin the pit on the avocado game using poster board, markers, and tape. Blindfold the partygoers, spin them around three times, and let them try to pin the cardboard “pit” on the avocado. Whoever is closest to the center wins!

3. Avocado Piñata

Anyone who loves guacamole can tell you that avocados were made to be smashed. Now everyone can try their hand by swinging at an avocado piñata! There are plenty of avocado piñatas for purchase online or in party stores, or you can follow our guide and create your own piñata. And while filling your piñata with guacamole might be the most delicious option, we’d recommend using candy instead to save you the mess.

 

Avocado Party Goodies 🎁

Bring the good times home! Avocado party favors like these avocado keychains are great knickknacks for guests to remember the most epic party of all time with. For something a little more practical, hand out these avocado-print blank recipe cards. If they need recipes to fill them out with, send them over to our recipe page. We’ve got plenty of good stuff to share.

 

You can’t have an avocado birthday party without guacamole, so check out all of our delicious guacamole recipes. No need to thank us — think of it as our birthday gift.

The post How to Throw an Avocado Birthday Party appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

For folks like us, avocado is a lifestyle. So when a birthday rolls around, what’s a more awesome way to celebrate than throwing an epic avocado birthday party? We’re talking avocado birthday cake, photo booths, piñatas, and desserts galore. Talk about a happy birthday.   Allow us to be your avocado birthday party planner with this guide to good times, and be sure to bookmark this page for later (and many happy returns 😉).    

Avocado Birthday Cake 🎂

When it comes to birthday desserts, avocado takes the cake — literally. Imagine blowing out the candles on this made-from-scratch, ooey-gooey Chocolate, Cherry, and Avocado Fudge Cake. Don’t want to share? No judgment. Go for a single-serve option, such as Avocado Chocolate Cupcakes, to ensure everyone gets a piece. (Make them look extra adorbs with these avocado cupcake toppers.) Avo-chocoholics will also love rich, homemade Dark Chocolate Avocado Brownies that bake in just 30 minutes.    

Ah-Faux-Cado Birthday Cake

Not up for baking with avocado? That’s OK (for now — we’ll change your mind later). You can still make a birthday cake LOOK like an avocado. Bake your cake in an oval bake pan. Have two shades of green icing on hand: dark green for the sides of the cake and yellow-green for the top. Plop a peanut butter cup on top for the pit. Voila!
 

Avocado Birthday Party Decorations 🎉

The first step to transforming your home into an avo-topia is by decking it out with avocado balloons. Serve up the birthday cake (or fresh guacamole) on these avocado-print plates, complete with matching cups and napkins. Lastly, string up this avocado bunting banner on the wall for extra flair.  

Avocado Photo Booth 📸

Say, “Avocado!” Set up a photo booth for party guests to feel like they’re being followed by their own guacarazzi. These silly handheld props are a great place to start, but if you’re not a fan of special effects, we recommend just making a huge batch of guacamole. The finishing touch to your photo booth is having at least one of these avocado costumes — or, make your own! Remember to tag us when you post on social so we can see how avo-mazing you look!  

Avocado Birthday Snacks 🌮

It’s not a fiesta without finger foods. Load up the snack table with avocado appetizers such as bruschetta and shrimp guac-tails. You can also go for this avocado-spinach-artichoke dip that’s served up in a bread bowl so it looks as good as it tastes. Double-dipping is encouraged. For something a little heartier, serve up a platter of these crispy beef tacos. For true finger food status (and extra cuteness), use miniature taco shells. These avocado chicken poppers are another delicious option for birthday party refreshments. Don’t worry, we didn’t forget the guac. Would it even be an avocado birthday party without a DIY guacamole bar? Pro party tip for all our guac stars out there: Buy more tortilla chips than you think you need!  

The Best B-Day Gift: Good Fats

Did you know fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit? They provide naturally good fats and are cholesterol-, sugar-, and sodium-free. Happy heart, happy birthday!
 

Avocado Birthday Party Games 🪅

1. Hot Avocado

This birthday party classic gets a no-tato twist. When the music starts playing, players begin to pass an avocado around the circle of guests. If you’re the one holding the avocado when the music stops, you’re out! (Don’t worry — that just means you can get back to eating guac.) Last person remaining wins the game and (the real prize) the avocado.

2. Pin the Pit on the Avocado

If DIY crafts are the fun of party planning for you, create your own pin the pit on the avocado game using poster board, markers, and tape. Blindfold the partygoers, spin them around three times, and let them try to pin the cardboard “pit” on the avocado. Whoever is closest to the center wins!

3. Avocado Piñata

Anyone who loves guacamole can tell you that avocados were made to be smashed. Now everyone can try their hand by swinging at an avocado piñata! There are plenty of avocado piñatas for purchase online or in party stores, or you can follow our guide and create your own piñata. And while filling your piñata with guacamole might be the most delicious option, we’d recommend using candy instead to save you the mess.  

Avocado Party Goodies 🎁

Bring the good times home! Avocado party favors like these avocado keychains are great knickknacks for guests to remember the most epic party of all time with. For something a little more practical, hand out these avocado-print blank recipe cards. If they need recipes to fill them out with, send them over to our recipe page. We’ve got plenty of good stuff to share.   You can’t have an avocado birthday party without guacamole, so check out all of our delicious guacamole recipes. No need to thank us — think of it as our birthday gift.

The post How to Throw an Avocado Birthday Party appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Avocado Bowls Perfect for Lunch https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-avocado-bowls-perfect-lunch/ Tue, 29 Dec 2020 15:53:36 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29353

Avocado Bowl Recipes

Lunch takes center stage in your day, whether you’re at work, at home, or working at home. In fact, lunch break is probably the most anticipated time of most people’s workday (except maybe for 5 p.m.). As such, it’s important to enjoy that break with a delicious, nutritious meal.

But finding something to satisfy your hunger at work — or meal prep in general — can be the pits. That’s why we’ve gathered five avocado bowls that are perfect for lunches. These diverse recipes are simple to prep for the week and contain everything to keep you going through the day. Bon appétit!

Related: More of a brown-bag-lunch person? Check out these turkey and avocado sandwich recipes.

5 Lunchtime Avocado Bowls

  • Avocado Mediterranean Bowl

    Brimming with tastes of the Mediterranean, this bowl is jam packed with chickpeas, feta, cucumber, tomato, and olives, all laid out on a bed of bulger. Top with tangy avocado hummus and lemon vinaigrette for a wholesome bowl of “yum!”

  • Avocado California Bowl

    Turn your workday doldrums into lunchtime daydreams with this tasty California bowl. Full of pistachios, currants, golden raisins, and pine nuts, this nutty bowl of couscous is what California dreams are made of. Just add basil pesto vinaigrette made with Avocados From Mexico and juicy chicken to this bowl for lunch with a punch.

  • Avocado Ancient Grains Bowl

    Whether you’re going meatless or just have a hankering for something rustic, this bowl is a delicious vegetarian option. Quinoa, farro, and hemp hearts dance to the snap of snow peas with portabella mushrooms and garlic-honey sweet potatoes. Crown your creation with Avocados From Mexico and a drizzle of balsamic vinaigrette.

  • Avocado Fajita Bowl

    An instant classic, this lunch bowl is loaded with sizzling fajita beef, black beans, yellow corn, and onions. And like any great fajita skillet, it’s topped with cilantro, sour cream, and guacamole so creamy your appetite won’t stand a chance. Mix it together and top it with your favorite hot sauce for a satisfying lunch.

  • Thai Avocado Shrimp Bowl

    Sweet and spicy, fresh and tangy, it doesn’t get much better than this. Shrimp, mango, cucumber, and red onion share a bed of mixed greens while peanuts add a nutty punch of crunch. Fresh mint, sweet chili vinaigrette, and smooth Avocados From Mexico take this bowl (and lunches forever) to new heights.

Try your hand at any of these lunchtime avocado bowls or get creative by mixing and matching. As long as it’s got avocado, your lunch will be a great lunch. Check out more of our avocado recipes for new meal inspiration!

The post 5 Avocado Bowls Perfect for Lunch appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocado Bowl Recipes

Lunch takes center stage in your day, whether you’re at work, at home, or working at home. In fact, lunch break is probably the most anticipated time of most people’s workday (except maybe for 5 p.m.). As such, it’s important to enjoy that break with a delicious, nutritious meal. But finding something to satisfy your hunger at work — or meal prep in general — can be the pits. That’s why we’ve gathered five avocado bowls that are perfect for lunches. These diverse recipes are simple to prep for the week and contain everything to keep you going through the day. Bon appétit! Related: More of a brown-bag-lunch person? Check out these turkey and avocado sandwich recipes.

5 Lunchtime Avocado Bowls

  • Avocado Mediterranean Bowl

    Brimming with tastes of the Mediterranean, this bowl is jam packed with chickpeas, feta, cucumber, tomato, and olives, all laid out on a bed of bulger. Top with tangy avocado hummus and lemon vinaigrette for a wholesome bowl of “yum!”
  • Avocado California Bowl

    Turn your workday doldrums into lunchtime daydreams with this tasty California bowl. Full of pistachios, currants, golden raisins, and pine nuts, this nutty bowl of couscous is what California dreams are made of. Just add basil pesto vinaigrette made with Avocados From Mexico and juicy chicken to this bowl for lunch with a punch.
  • Avocado Ancient Grains Bowl

    Whether you’re going meatless or just have a hankering for something rustic, this bowl is a delicious vegetarian option. Quinoa, farro, and hemp hearts dance to the snap of snow peas with portabella mushrooms and garlic-honey sweet potatoes. Crown your creation with Avocados From Mexico and a drizzle of balsamic vinaigrette.
  • Avocado Fajita Bowl

    An instant classic, this lunch bowl is loaded with sizzling fajita beef, black beans, yellow corn, and onions. And like any great fajita skillet, it’s topped with cilantro, sour cream, and guacamole so creamy your appetite won’t stand a chance. Mix it together and top it with your favorite hot sauce for a satisfying lunch.
  • Thai Avocado Shrimp Bowl

    Sweet and spicy, fresh and tangy, it doesn’t get much better than this. Shrimp, mango, cucumber, and red onion share a bed of mixed greens while peanuts add a nutty punch of crunch. Fresh mint, sweet chili vinaigrette, and smooth Avocados From Mexico take this bowl (and lunches forever) to new heights.
Try your hand at any of these lunchtime avocado bowls or get creative by mixing and matching. As long as it’s got avocado, your lunch will be a great lunch. Check out more of our avocado recipes for new meal inspiration!

The post 5 Avocado Bowls Perfect for Lunch appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Plant-Based Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/5-plant-based-guacamole-recipes/ Tue, 29 Dec 2020 15:53:26 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29355

Plant-Based Guacamole

A plant-based diet consists of eating a diet made up of predominantly plants — not animal products. A typical plant-based grocery list might include foods such as broccoli, corn, beans, tofu, almond milk, and (thank goodness!) avocado.

Avocado has a wide range of culinary uses and can be enjoyed by anyone following a plant-based diet. The versatile green fruit is a great cooking substitute for animal products, such as meat or traditional spreads, for anyone on the plant-based diet.

If you’re on a plant-based diet and you’re looking to expand your snack repertoire, start by using these plant-based guacamole recipes.

Related: Learn more about the plant-based diet and how you can make avocado part of it.

5 Plant-Based Guacamole Recipes

  • Edamame Guacamole

    With similar flavor profiles, avocado and edamame create a buttery-soft mixture with sweet and nutty hints when blended. (Hint: For a creamier consistency, gradually add small amounts of water until the desired texture is reached.) Add a dollop to your favorite salad or spread it on top of toasted sesame crackers.

  • Spicy Three Pepper & Cayenne Guacamole

    The heat of the jalapeño, serrano chiles, and Fresno chiles is a perfect juxtaposition to avocado’s cool, smooth texture. Load this dip atop a crunchy bell pepper or lightly salted tortilla chip. No matter the vehicle, this guacamole is the star of the show.

  • Strawberry Pico Guacamole

    Creamy avocado is an ideal base for sweet, juicy strawberries. Fold in onion, cilantro, and jalapeño, and you have an unexpected combination that is a true celebration of flavors. Chances are you’ll scoop this directly from the bowl with a spoon. No judgement.

  • Sweet Potato Guac

    Two MVPs of the plant-based diet meet in this flavorful concoction. The versatility of avocado and sweet potatoes allows for a world of culinary creativity. In this dip, these kitchen essentials create the perfect foundation for an unparalleled taste, complete with sweet and savory traces throughout. Try this guacamole with your favorite tortilla chips or sliced fresh vegetables.

  • Vegan Guacamole

    Sautéed tofu gives this guacamole an edge on a bed of smooth avocado, cold cucumber, and fresh onion. For a more intense texture, leave the tofu in the skillet for a minute or two longer than directed. Serve with whole-grain crackers.

The possibilities are endless with guacamole, so don’t let the plant-based diet limit your imagination. Find more inspiration for guacamole recipes in our archive.

The post 5 Plant-Based Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Plant-Based Guacamole

A plant-based diet consists of eating a diet made up of predominantly plants — not animal products. A typical plant-based grocery list might include foods such as broccoli, corn, beans, tofu, almond milk, and (thank goodness!) avocado. Avocado has a wide range of culinary uses and can be enjoyed by anyone following a plant-based diet. The versatile green fruit is a great cooking substitute for animal products, such as meat or traditional spreads, for anyone on the plant-based diet. If you’re on a plant-based diet and you’re looking to expand your snack repertoire, start by using these plant-based guacamole recipes. Related: Learn more about the plant-based diet and how you can make avocado part of it.

5 Plant-Based Guacamole Recipes

  • Edamame Guacamole

    With similar flavor profiles, avocado and edamame create a buttery-soft mixture with sweet and nutty hints when blended. (Hint: For a creamier consistency, gradually add small amounts of water until the desired texture is reached.) Add a dollop to your favorite salad or spread it on top of toasted sesame crackers.
  • Spicy Three Pepper & Cayenne Guacamole

    The heat of the jalapeño, serrano chiles, and Fresno chiles is a perfect juxtaposition to avocado’s cool, smooth texture. Load this dip atop a crunchy bell pepper or lightly salted tortilla chip. No matter the vehicle, this guacamole is the star of the show.
  • Strawberry Pico Guacamole

    Creamy avocado is an ideal base for sweet, juicy strawberries. Fold in onion, cilantro, and jalapeño, and you have an unexpected combination that is a true celebration of flavors. Chances are you’ll scoop this directly from the bowl with a spoon. No judgement.
  • Sweet Potato Guac

    Two MVPs of the plant-based diet meet in this flavorful concoction. The versatility of avocado and sweet potatoes allows for a world of culinary creativity. In this dip, these kitchen essentials create the perfect foundation for an unparalleled taste, complete with sweet and savory traces throughout. Try this guacamole with your favorite tortilla chips or sliced fresh vegetables.
  • Vegan Guacamole

    Sautéed tofu gives this guacamole an edge on a bed of smooth avocado, cold cucumber, and fresh onion. For a more intense texture, leave the tofu in the skillet for a minute or two longer than directed. Serve with whole-grain crackers.
The possibilities are endless with guacamole, so don’t let the plant-based diet limit your imagination. Find more inspiration for guacamole recipes in our archive.

The post 5 Plant-Based Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Homemade Ramen with Avocado: Mexican-Japanese Fusion https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/homemade-ramen-avocado-mexican-japanese-fusion/ Wed, 09 Dec 2020 20:15:00 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29303

Whether you grew up with it or discovered the instant version in college, ramen is about as heartwarming as it gets. That’s why we’ve combined a classic Japanese ramen with Avocados From Mexico.

This recipe is a fusion cuisine like nothing you’ve tried before. Beginning with the simple umami of broth and classic ramen noodles, this recipe is made unique by its flavorful twist: jalapeño heat, cilantro, and smooth, creamy Avocados From Mexico.

So if you can’t decide between Mexican and Japanese — don’t! With this Mexican-Japanese fusion bowl, you won’t have to compromise your cravings.

Related: Discover more fusion fun with Jax’s list of international guacamole recipes.

Avocado Ramen Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 2 eggs
  • 1/2 tbsp. sesame oil
  • 1 tbsp. butter
  • 3 cloves of garlic, minced
  • 1 tbsp. ground ginger
  • 3 tbsp. reduced-sodium soy sauce
  • 32 oz. reduced-sodium chicken broth
  • 16 oz. dried ramen noodles
  • 1/2 c. shiitake mushrooms
  • 4 sheets seaweed snack
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, sliced
  • 1 jalapeño, thinly sliced
  • 1/3 c. cilantro, chopped
  • 3 green onions, thinly sliced
  • Salt to taste

Directions:

  1. To soft-boil the eggs, place them in a small pot and cover with about 1 inch of cold water. Bring the water to a boil and cook for 1 minute. Cover pot and remove from heat. Let stand for 8 minutes. After 8 minutes, peel the eggs and slice them in half. If they are still hot, run under cold water until manageable.
  2. Heat the oil and butter over medium heat in a large pot until butter is melted. Add garlic and ginger and cook until fragrant, about 1 minute, stirring constantly. Stir in the soy sauce, chicken broth, and mushrooms. Bring to a boil and allow to simmer for 8 minutes or until mushrooms are soft. Season broth with salt to taste.
  3. Add ramen noodles to broth and cook as directed, usually around 2-3 minutes. In the bottom of each serving bowl, place one sheet of seaweed snack. Divide noodles between serving bowls and place atop the seaweed snacks. Add broth to each bowl, leaving room for generous toppings.
  4. Top each serving with half an egg, avocado slices, jalapeño slices, cilantro, and green onions. Serve immediately and enjoy!

Feeling adventurous? Find more inspiration on our avocado recipe page. Let’s get cookin’!

The post Homemade Ramen with Avocado: Mexican-Japanese Fusion appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Whether you grew up with it or discovered the instant version in college, ramen is about as heartwarming as it gets. That’s why we’ve combined a classic Japanese ramen with Avocados From Mexico. This recipe is a fusion cuisine like nothing you’ve tried before. Beginning with the simple umami of broth and classic ramen noodles, this recipe is made unique by its flavorful twist: jalapeño heat, cilantro, and smooth, creamy Avocados From Mexico. So if you can’t decide between Mexican and Japanese — don’t! With this Mexican-Japanese fusion bowl, you won’t have to compromise your cravings. Related: Discover more fusion fun with Jax’s list of international guacamole recipes.

Avocado Ramen Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 2 eggs
  • 1/2 tbsp. sesame oil
  • 1 tbsp. butter
  • 3 cloves of garlic, minced
  • 1 tbsp. ground ginger
  • 3 tbsp. reduced-sodium soy sauce
  • 32 oz. reduced-sodium chicken broth
  • 16 oz. dried ramen noodles
  • 1/2 c. shiitake mushrooms
  • 4 sheets seaweed snack
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, sliced
  • 1 jalapeño, thinly sliced
  • 1/3 c. cilantro, chopped
  • 3 green onions, thinly sliced
  • Salt to taste

Directions:

  1. To soft-boil the eggs, place them in a small pot and cover with about 1 inch of cold water. Bring the water to a boil and cook for 1 minute. Cover pot and remove from heat. Let stand for 8 minutes. After 8 minutes, peel the eggs and slice them in half. If they are still hot, run under cold water until manageable.
  2. Heat the oil and butter over medium heat in a large pot until butter is melted. Add garlic and ginger and cook until fragrant, about 1 minute, stirring constantly. Stir in the soy sauce, chicken broth, and mushrooms. Bring to a boil and allow to simmer for 8 minutes or until mushrooms are soft. Season broth with salt to taste.
  3. Add ramen noodles to broth and cook as directed, usually around 2-3 minutes. In the bottom of each serving bowl, place one sheet of seaweed snack. Divide noodles between serving bowls and place atop the seaweed snacks. Add broth to each bowl, leaving room for generous toppings.
  4. Top each serving with half an egg, avocado slices, jalapeño slices, cilantro, and green onions. Serve immediately and enjoy!
Feeling adventurous? Find more inspiration on our avocado recipe page. Let’s get cookin’!

The post Homemade Ramen with Avocado: Mexican-Japanese Fusion appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Vegan Avocado Green Goddess Dressing https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/make-vegan-avocado-green-goddess-dressing/ Wed, 09 Dec 2020 20:14:53 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29305

Fresh and flavorful, green goddess dressing is a salad staple. But how do you make a classic even better (and greener)? Add avocado!

 

Hold the traditional spreads to make this popular dressing vegan friendly. Instead, add in ripe avocado as the base for this delicious dressing. Avocado’s smooth, creamy texture and subtle, malleable flavor profile make it an ideal stand-in for a vegan version of this fan-favorite dressing.

 

Related: Kick up your favorite salad with this spicy ranch avocado dressing.

 

Vegan Avocado Green Goddess Dressing

Ingredients:

  • 1 ½ Avocados From Mexico, diced
  • 2 tsp. capers
  • 2 tbsp. chives, minced
  • 1 garlic clove, grated or roughly chopped
  • 1 c. mixed herbs: dill, mint, tarragon, and cilantro
  • Juice of 1 medium lemon (approximately 4-5 tbsp.)
  • 1 c. parsley leaves
  • Freshly ground black pepper
  • Kosher salt to taste

 

Directions:

  1. Dice your avocado before using it. Here’s how to cut, slice, and dice everyone’s favorite versatile green fruit.
  2. Place all ingredients in a food processor or blender.
  3. Blend until smooth — approximately two minutes. For a thinner dressing, add a teaspoon of water. Gradually add more water until desired consistency is achieved.
  4. Add additional kosher salt and pepper to taste, if desired.
  5. Spoon the mixture into an airtight container and store it in the fridge for up to five days. (Have leftover avocado? Here’s how to keep avocado from going bad.)

 

Pour It On

Vegan avocado green goddess dressing is an exquisite accompaniment to your favorite salad. Shake up your greens with this dressing on deck. It’ll make the perfect pair for one of these avocado-inspired salads.

 

 

Ever versatile, Avocados From Mexico are a perfect base for some of your favorite vegan recipes, from vegan guacamole to vegan avocado breakfast tacos. For even more inspiration, head over to our avocado recipe page.

The post How to Make Vegan Avocado Green Goddess Dressing appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Fresh and flavorful, green goddess dressing is a salad staple. But how do you make a classic even better (and greener)? Add avocado!   Hold the traditional spreads to make this popular dressing vegan friendly. Instead, add in ripe avocado as the base for this delicious dressing. Avocado’s smooth, creamy texture and subtle, malleable flavor profile make it an ideal stand-in for a vegan version of this fan-favorite dressing.   Related: Kick up your favorite salad with this spicy ranch avocado dressing.  

Vegan Avocado Green Goddess Dressing

Ingredients:

  • 1 ½ Avocados From Mexico, diced
  • 2 tsp. capers
  • 2 tbsp. chives, minced
  • 1 garlic clove, grated or roughly chopped
  • 1 c. mixed herbs: dill, mint, tarragon, and cilantro
  • Juice of 1 medium lemon (approximately 4-5 tbsp.)
  • 1 c. parsley leaves
  • Freshly ground black pepper
  • Kosher salt to taste
 

Directions:

  1. Dice your avocado before using it. Here’s how to cut, slice, and dice everyone’s favorite versatile green fruit.
  2. Place all ingredients in a food processor or blender.
  3. Blend until smooth — approximately two minutes. For a thinner dressing, add a teaspoon of water. Gradually add more water until desired consistency is achieved.
  4. Add additional kosher salt and pepper to taste, if desired.
  5. Spoon the mixture into an airtight container and store it in the fridge for up to five days. (Have leftover avocado? Here’s how to keep avocado from going bad.)
 

Pour It On

Vegan avocado green goddess dressing is an exquisite accompaniment to your favorite salad. Shake up your greens with this dressing on deck. It’ll make the perfect pair for one of these avocado-inspired salads.     Ever versatile, Avocados From Mexico are a perfect base for some of your favorite vegan recipes, from vegan guacamole to vegan avocado breakfast tacos. For even more inspiration, head over to our avocado recipe page.

The post How to Make Vegan Avocado Green Goddess Dressing appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Create the Perfect Guacamole Flight for New Year’s Eve https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/create-perfect-guacamole-flight-new-years-eve/ Tue, 08 Dec 2020 18:10:39 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29307

It’s not a party without guacamole. So why choose only one recipe when you can offer your guests a smattering of your favorites?

Ring in the new year with a deliciously curated guacamole flight — a new dip for every hour! Gather some ripe avocados and wait for the ball to drop with these five delicious countdown dips.

Related: Start planning for your next themed gathering with this Mardi Gras guacamole.

Count Down to Midnight with Guacamole

  • 8 p.m.: Bacon Guacamole
    Kick off the countdown with this unexpected, savory delight that will get your guests mixing and mingling. Serve this delicious dip with assorted crackers and add extra crumbled bacon bits for a more intense flavor and defined texture.
  • 9 p.m.: Rich Roasted Garlic Guacamole
    For everyone planning on a New Year’s Eve kiss, we thought we’d get this garlicky guac out of the way early in the night. This potent dip packs the punch of 10 roasted garlic cloves — maybe have a toothbrush on hand?
  • 10 p.m.: Hatch Chile Guacamole
    Spice up the night with this hot, salsa-like guacamole. Avocado’s creamy consistency blends well with the hatch chile’s bold flavor. Turn up the heat by adding more chiles to the guacamole. Place this at the tail end of a DIY taco bar or keep it simple with your favorite tortilla chips.
  • 11 p.m.: Black-Eyed Pea Guacamole
    Almost there! Get a head start garnering good luck (and potential prosperity!) for the new year with this black-eyed-pea-packed iteration. This variation embraces a long-standing Southern tradition of serving black-eyed peas on New Year’s Day.
  • 12 a.m.: Chocolate Guacamole
    Happy New Year! This guac is the perfect midnight snack: Bananas, peanut butter, and cocoa powder blend with smooth avocado to create an unforgettable sweet treat. Serve it as a dip with sliced apples and graham crackers or top the creamy mixture with sliced strawberries, kiwi, and pineapple. And of course, this guacamole pairs nicely with crisp, chilled champagne.

Avocados From Mexico are the perfect base for any successful party. Expand your next guacamole flight with a peek into our extensive archive of guacamole recipes, where you’ll find something for every taste bud.

The post How to Create the Perfect Guacamole Flight for New Year’s Eve appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It’s not a party without guacamole. So why choose only one recipe when you can offer your guests a smattering of your favorites? Ring in the new year with a deliciously curated guacamole flight — a new dip for every hour! Gather some ripe avocados and wait for the ball to drop with these five delicious countdown dips. Related: Start planning for your next themed gathering with this Mardi Gras guacamole.

Count Down to Midnight with Guacamole

  • 8 p.m.: Bacon Guacamole Kick off the countdown with this unexpected, savory delight that will get your guests mixing and mingling. Serve this delicious dip with assorted crackers and add extra crumbled bacon bits for a more intense flavor and defined texture.
  • 9 p.m.: Rich Roasted Garlic Guacamole For everyone planning on a New Year’s Eve kiss, we thought we’d get this garlicky guac out of the way early in the night. This potent dip packs the punch of 10 roasted garlic cloves — maybe have a toothbrush on hand?
  • 10 p.m.: Hatch Chile Guacamole Spice up the night with this hot, salsa-like guacamole. Avocado’s creamy consistency blends well with the hatch chile’s bold flavor. Turn up the heat by adding more chiles to the guacamole. Place this at the tail end of a DIY taco bar or keep it simple with your favorite tortilla chips.
  • 11 p.m.: Black-Eyed Pea Guacamole Almost there! Get a head start garnering good luck (and potential prosperity!) for the new year with this black-eyed-pea-packed iteration. This variation embraces a long-standing Southern tradition of serving black-eyed peas on New Year’s Day.
  • 12 a.m.: Chocolate Guacamole Happy New Year! This guac is the perfect midnight snack: Bananas, peanut butter, and cocoa powder blend with smooth avocado to create an unforgettable sweet treat. Serve it as a dip with sliced apples and graham crackers or top the creamy mixture with sliced strawberries, kiwi, and pineapple. And of course, this guacamole pairs nicely with crisp, chilled champagne.
Avocados From Mexico are the perfect base for any successful party. Expand your next guacamole flight with a peek into our extensive archive of guacamole recipes, where you’ll find something for every taste bud.

The post How to Create the Perfect Guacamole Flight for New Year’s Eve appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Holiday-Themed Avocado Gifts for the Avo Lover in Your Life https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/holiday-themed-avocado-gifts-avo-lover-life/ Tue, 08 Dec 2020 17:10:55 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29301

To help you create a warm, fuzzy feeling of holiday spirit and appreciation in your loved ones, we’ve put together a holiday gift guide for the avocado lover in your life. There’s something for everyone here! The best part? These fantastic avocado gift ideas will have your loved ones saying, “It’s an avocado! Thanks!”

Related: Sometimes the best gifts are the handmade ones. Here are four avocado arts and crafts ideas.

Avocado Kitchen Gadgets

Have a chef in your life who just can’t get enough of delicious avocados? An avocado slicer is sure to make life easier and avocado prep quicker. And when there’s leftover guacamole, this guacamole keeper can be used to seal in the freshness — it’s the gift that keeps on giving. Lastly, don’t forget to wrap up this avocado apron, perfect for wearing while mashing avocados.

Avocado Stocking Stuffers

Stocking stuffers may be the little things on your list, but they can make a big impression. As the weather gets cooler, you can keep your loved one’s feet toasty with a pair of comfy avocado socks. An avocado case for wireless headphones or friendship key chain charms are both great ways to add fun to something that will be used every day.

Avocado Gifts for Him

If your husband or dad is an avo lover, they’ll love sporting this “Papacado” graphic tee (which can be paired with this “Mamacado” tee for some extra laughs). It will go great with this avocado dad hat and (of course) a healthy dose of dad jokes.

Avocado Gifts for Her

Pamper the woman in your life by providing her with everything she needs for a rejuvenating avocado spa day. If she’s more of a jewelry gal, these funky but tasteful avocado earrings are the perfect way to say, “I love you. And you love avocados.” Avocado stationery is an artistic and thoughtful gift — and if she’s a letter writer, you may get some mail after the holidays!

Avocado Gifts for Kids

Avocados are for everyone, and some kids can’t get enough of them. This avocado card game will get the whole family together for some holiday game-night fun. When game night’s over and it’s back to school, this avocado backpack will help them continue the fun! Take it to the next level by packing it with avocado-themed erasers, pens, pencils, and notebooks.

Turn your kid’s room into an avocado wonderland with avocado bedding and a plush avocado pal. With their favorite comfort food nestled all snug on their beds, visions of avocados will dance in their heads all night long.

Nothing creates smiles like uniquely irresistible avocados. Head to our avocado recipes pages for more delightful ideas to spark up your family’s holiday season.

The post Holiday-Themed Avocado Gifts for the Avo Lover in Your Life appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

To help you create a warm, fuzzy feeling of holiday spirit and appreciation in your loved ones, we’ve put together a holiday gift guide for the avocado lover in your life. There’s something for everyone here! The best part? These fantastic avocado gift ideas will have your loved ones saying, “It’s an avocado! Thanks!”

Related: Sometimes the best gifts are the handmade ones. Here are four avocado arts and crafts ideas.

Avocado Kitchen Gadgets

Have a chef in your life who just can’t get enough of delicious avocados? An avocado slicer is sure to make life easier and avocado prep quicker. And when there’s leftover guacamole, this guacamole keeper can be used to seal in the freshness — it’s the gift that keeps on giving. Lastly, don’t forget to wrap up this avocado apron, perfect for wearing while mashing avocados.

Avocado Stocking Stuffers

Stocking stuffers may be the little things on your list, but they can make a big impression. As the weather gets cooler, you can keep your loved one’s feet toasty with a pair of comfy avocado socks. An avocado case for wireless headphones or friendship key chain charms are both great ways to add fun to something that will be used every day.

Avocado Gifts for Him

If your husband or dad is an avo lover, they’ll love sporting this “Papacado” graphic tee (which can be paired with this “Mamacado” tee for some extra laughs). It will go great with this avocado dad hat and (of course) a healthy dose of dad jokes.

Avocado Gifts for Her

Pamper the woman in your life by providing her with everything she needs for a rejuvenating avocado spa day. If she’s more of a jewelry gal, these funky but tasteful avocado earrings are the perfect way to say, “I love you. And you love avocados.” Avocado stationery is an artistic and thoughtful gift — and if she’s a letter writer, you may get some mail after the holidays!

Avocado Gifts for Kids

Avocados are for everyone, and some kids can’t get enough of them. This avocado card game will get the whole family together for some holiday game-night fun. When game night’s over and it’s back to school, this avocado backpack will help them continue the fun! Take it to the next level by packing it with avocado-themed erasers, pens, pencils, and notebooks. Turn your kid’s room into an avocado wonderland with avocado bedding and a plush avocado pal. With their favorite comfort food nestled all snug on their beds, visions of avocados will dance in their heads all night long. Nothing creates smiles like uniquely irresistible avocados. Head to our avocado recipes pages for more delightful ideas to spark up your family’s holiday season.

The post Holiday-Themed Avocado Gifts for the Avo Lover in Your Life appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
4 Pomegranate Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/4-pomegranate-guacamole-recipes/ Tue, 01 Dec 2020 06:05:01 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29279

The word pomegranate means "apple with seeds" in Latin, and it's the seeds that are the really juicy treasures. Pomegranate seeds (or arils) offer a totally unique texture and a signature blend of sweet and sour. They are a tangy addition to many dishes - and guacamole is no exception.

Pomegranate seeds elevate even the simplest of guacamoles, while launching more adventurous guacs straight into the stratosphere. Plus, the red and green aesthetic is a bright addition to your meal. We’ve shared four of our favorite pomegranate guacamole recipes below.

Before you jump in, make sure you know how to pick your ingredients. Watch our video to learn how to pick a ripe avocado, then read on to learn how to pick and slice the perfect pomegranate.

Related: Get fruity! Check out these five fruit-filled guacamole recipes.

How to Pick and Cut a Pomegranate

Select a pomegranate that is firm and heavy. Heaviness is a good sign — it means that the pomegranate is full of sweet, delicious, juicy seeds. The color of the pomegranate may vary. What’s important is that the skin is firm and leathery.

To open the pomegranate, cut an inverted cone into the top (you can tell it’s the top because of the pointed blossom end). With a flat cut, remove the bottom. Looking down at it from the top, you’ll see that your pomegranate is not perfectly spherical — there are ridges running down the sides. With a paring knife, score vertically along each of the ridges. After scoring, the pomegranate should easily come apart along the ridges, freeing the seeds within. Time to mix up some pomegranate guacamole!

4 Pomegranate Guacamole Recipes

  • Basic Pomegranate Guacamole

    If you’re pressed for time or are just looking for the easiest way to get rolling on a pomegranate guac, this simple recipe is it. Red onions, cilantro, lime juice, pomegranate seeds, and (of course) Avocados From Mexico are all it takes to serve up a deliciously straightforward dip.

  • Spicy Pomegranate Guac

    In this recipe, the subtle smokiness of paprika melds with cilantro, red onion, and avocados to provide the perfect foundation for your pomegranate seeds. The sweetness of the juicy seeds is balanced by tart lime juice and the sharp freshness of red onions, creating a range of flavor and spice. It’s enough to make your mouth do a victory dance.

  • Carnivore Pomegranate Short Ribs and Feta Guacamole

    It sounds over-the-top, but this extravagant and meaty pomegranate guacamole might just be the best thing you’ve ever concocted. Created by Pati Jinich, this delicious dip (or should we say, meal) is bursting with a selection of herbs and spices. Between the juicy short ribs, tangy pomegranate seeds, and creamy avocado, this recipe is, in a word, remarkable.

  • Pomegranate, Mint, Goat Cheese, and Pistachio Avocado Toast

    There’s no snack quite as delectable as guacamole toast — except maybe pomegranate guacamole toast. This spread also features mint, goat cheese, and pistachios, creating a rustic melody of flavors perfect for any time of day.

For more exciting inspiration, head to our archive of guacamole recipes.

The post 4 Pomegranate Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The word pomegranate means "apple with seeds" in Latin, and it's the seeds that are the really juicy treasures. Pomegranate seeds (or arils) offer a totally unique texture and a signature blend of sweet and sour. They are a tangy addition to many dishes - and guacamole is no exception. Pomegranate seeds elevate even the simplest of guacamoles, while launching more adventurous guacs straight into the stratosphere. Plus, the red and green aesthetic is a bright addition to your meal. We’ve shared four of our favorite pomegranate guacamole recipes below. Before you jump in, make sure you know how to pick your ingredients. Watch our video to learn how to pick a ripe avocado, then read on to learn how to pick and slice the perfect pomegranate. Related: Get fruity! Check out these five fruit-filled guacamole recipes.

How to Pick and Cut a Pomegranate

Select a pomegranate that is firm and heavy. Heaviness is a good sign — it means that the pomegranate is full of sweet, delicious, juicy seeds. The color of the pomegranate may vary. What’s important is that the skin is firm and leathery. To open the pomegranate, cut an inverted cone into the top (you can tell it’s the top because of the pointed blossom end). With a flat cut, remove the bottom. Looking down at it from the top, you’ll see that your pomegranate is not perfectly spherical — there are ridges running down the sides. With a paring knife, score vertically along each of the ridges. After scoring, the pomegranate should easily come apart along the ridges, freeing the seeds within. Time to mix up some pomegranate guacamole!

4 Pomegranate Guacamole Recipes

  • Basic Pomegranate Guacamole

    If you’re pressed for time or are just looking for the easiest way to get rolling on a pomegranate guac, this simple recipe is it. Red onions, cilantro, lime juice, pomegranate seeds, and (of course) Avocados From Mexico are all it takes to serve up a deliciously straightforward dip.
  • Spicy Pomegranate Guac

    In this recipe, the subtle smokiness of paprika melds with cilantro, red onion, and avocados to provide the perfect foundation for your pomegranate seeds. The sweetness of the juicy seeds is balanced by tart lime juice and the sharp freshness of red onions, creating a range of flavor and spice. It’s enough to make your mouth do a victory dance.
  • Carnivore Pomegranate Short Ribs and Feta Guacamole

    It sounds over-the-top, but this extravagant and meaty pomegranate guacamole might just be the best thing you’ve ever concocted. Created by Pati Jinich, this delicious dip (or should we say, meal) is bursting with a selection of herbs and spices. Between the juicy short ribs, tangy pomegranate seeds, and creamy avocado, this recipe is, in a word, remarkable.
  • Pomegranate, Mint, Goat Cheese, and Pistachio Avocado Toast

    There’s no snack quite as delectable as guacamole toast — except maybe pomegranate guacamole toast. This spread also features mint, goat cheese, and pistachios, creating a rustic melody of flavors perfect for any time of day.
For more exciting inspiration, head to our archive of guacamole recipes.

The post 4 Pomegranate Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
6 Avocado Holiday Desserts https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/6-avocado-holiday-desserts/ Tue, 01 Dec 2020 05:56:40 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29277

When the holiday season is right around the corner, sweet tooths of all ages start tingling for festive desserts. Of course, we’re looking forward to sharing in these holiday desserts that all feature Avocados From Mexico.

From pies to puddings to eggnog, these avocado holiday dessert recipes are just what you need to get into the holiday spirit. Here are our six favorites.

Related: Keep the holiday season feeling relaxed with these DIY avocado spa hacks.

Our Favorite Avocado Holiday Desserts

  • Lemon Avocado Pie
    This pie recipe throws a delicious curve into your traditional holiday meringue. Citrusy and sweet, the cream of this pie is made fluffy and light by avocado, condensed milk, and whipped cream. It rides into your mouth on a buttery, flaky pie crust.
  • Chocolate Dipped Avo Mints
    These confectionary morsels unite a few traditional tastes of the season, pairing the crackle of peppermint candies with an avocado and white chocolate filling. And given that it’s wrapped up in a dark chocolate coating, you won’t be able to eat just one.
  • Avocado Flan
    Sweet, refreshing, and beautifully bright, this creamy avocado flan will stand out at any holiday celebration. A smooth blend of avocado and yogurt is perked up by the tropical notes of pineapple. It’s a perfectly balanced masterpiece. It’s flan-tastic.
  • Avocado and Pistachio Pudding
    Oh, bring us an avo pudding! Oh, bring us an avo pudding! Truly a delight, this recipe brings together velvety chocolate with the round, nutty flavors of pistachio and avocado. Topped with toasted coconut, the dish is sweetened up with a warm, gooey finish of honey. We won’t go until we get some.
  • Dark Chocolate Avocado Truffles
    Good things come in small packages, especially these truffles. Beneath the indulgent dark chocolate shell lies a silky, decadent filling. Top with festive sprinkles, coconut shavings, or coarse sea salt and this dessert will have you feeling merry and bright all season.
  • Coconut Avo Eggnog
    Coconut milk and avocado come together to make this eggnog thick yet airy, frothy and smooth: a perfect combination for a cold night. Top with nutmeg and serve with or without coconut rum for a timeless holiday treat.

If we’ve got your sweet tooth aching for more, here are even more avocado dessert recipes. Or head over to our avocado recipe page to find more apps and entrees for your holiday feast.

The post 6 Avocado Holiday Desserts appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When the holiday season is right around the corner, sweet tooths of all ages start tingling for festive desserts. Of course, we’re looking forward to sharing in these holiday desserts that all feature Avocados From Mexico. From pies to puddings to eggnog, these avocado holiday dessert recipes are just what you need to get into the holiday spirit. Here are our six favorites. Related: Keep the holiday season feeling relaxed with these DIY avocado spa hacks.

Our Favorite Avocado Holiday Desserts

  • Lemon Avocado Pie This pie recipe throws a delicious curve into your traditional holiday meringue. Citrusy and sweet, the cream of this pie is made fluffy and light by avocado, condensed milk, and whipped cream. It rides into your mouth on a buttery, flaky pie crust.
  • Chocolate Dipped Avo Mints These confectionary morsels unite a few traditional tastes of the season, pairing the crackle of peppermint candies with an avocado and white chocolate filling. And given that it’s wrapped up in a dark chocolate coating, you won’t be able to eat just one.
  • Avocado Flan Sweet, refreshing, and beautifully bright, this creamy avocado flan will stand out at any holiday celebration. A smooth blend of avocado and yogurt is perked up by the tropical notes of pineapple. It’s a perfectly balanced masterpiece. It’s flan-tastic.
  • Avocado and Pistachio Pudding Oh, bring us an avo pudding! Oh, bring us an avo pudding! Truly a delight, this recipe brings together velvety chocolate with the round, nutty flavors of pistachio and avocado. Topped with toasted coconut, the dish is sweetened up with a warm, gooey finish of honey. We won’t go until we get some.
  • Dark Chocolate Avocado Truffles Good things come in small packages, especially these truffles. Beneath the indulgent dark chocolate shell lies a silky, decadent filling. Top with festive sprinkles, coconut shavings, or coarse sea salt and this dessert will have you feeling merry and bright all season.
  • Coconut Avo Eggnog Coconut milk and avocado come together to make this eggnog thick yet airy, frothy and smooth: a perfect combination for a cold night. Top with nutmeg and serve with or without coconut rum for a timeless holiday treat.
If we’ve got your sweet tooth aching for more, here are even more avocado dessert recipes. Or head over to our avocado recipe page to find more apps and entrees for your holiday feast.

The post 6 Avocado Holiday Desserts appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Arts & Crafts for All Ages https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avocado-arts-crafts-ages/ Tue, 01 Dec 2020 05:39:04 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29270

Although avocados are delicious to eat, many people undervalue the pit and the peel of the fruit, disposing of them without a second thought. But why not give the scraps a second life as avocado arts and crafts projects?

For any of these projects, make sure you start with a ripe avocado. After you enjoy the delicious, creamy insides (for which we have plenty of guacamole recipes), save the peel and the pit and check out the imaginative craft ideas below to get started.

Related: Get your creative juices flowing early in the day by trying one of these breakfast guacamole recipes.

Avocado Pit Arts and Crafts

An avocado pit may look like nothing special at first, but it can be a treasure at the craft table. Dry off your avocado pit with a toweland let it sit until the outer skin begins to flake off.

Reindeer Ornament

You’ll need:

  • A large avocado pit, halved
  • Hot glue
  • Googly eyes
  • Small red pompom
  • Brown pipe cleaners
  • Ribbon

How to make it:

  1. Slice the pit down its natural divide.
  2. Using a hot glue gun (with adult supervision!), secure a loop of ribbon to the inside of one half.
  3. Shape two pipe cleaners into reindeer antlers and glue on either side of the ribbon.
  4. Glue the two halves of the pit back together and let dry.
  5. Finally, glue two googly eyes on the face and add a red pompom for a nose. Give your reindeer a proper name (we recommend Rudolph Hass) and hang it from your Christmas tree.

Avocado Garland

You’ll need:

  • Avocado pits — the more the better!
  • Hot glue
  • Sturdy string or ribbon
  • Decorative elements like beads, Christmas lights, or faux flora

How to make it:

  1. Save up your avocado pits and let them dry out.
  2. Split your dried pits in half along their natural divide.
  3. Glue a string or ribbon to the center each halved pit, gluing the other half back over the ribbon. The string should run right through the pit.
  4. Repeat these steps using the rest of the pits while stringing beads, fake flowers or leaves, Christmas lights, or other decorative elements between the pits.

This garland will look great draped over a windowsill, as a centerpiece for your table, or as a Christmas tree decoration.

Avocado Peel Arts and Crafts

Peeling creative? When creating a work of avocado art out of peels, make sure you have thoroughly washed your avocado. Once you’ve scooped all the avocado meat out, let the peels dry completely so they maintain their natural shape.

Avocado Sailboat

You’ll need:

  • Half of an avocado peel, cleaned and dried
  • Toothpick or mini popsicle stick
  • Craft clay
  • Colored construction paper

How to make it:

  1. Prop up your toothpick or popsicle stick in the center of the avocado peel by pressing it into a small wad of craft clay. Be sure to not cause any holes in the peel!
  2. Cut a small triangle out of colored construction paper to make a sail and tape it to the mast.

You can even add a toy sailor to captain your avo-sailboat across the bathtub. Bon voyage!

Avocado Puppets

You’ll need:

  • Avocado peels
  • Colored paints
  • Construction paper
  • Popsicle sticks

How to make it:

  1. Using colored paints, draw a face on your avocado peel to create a funny character.
  2. Tape a firm piece of construction paper to the back of the peel (where the meat and pit once were), then tape a popsicle stick to the rear.

Create as many avocado characters as you need to put on a show!

All of these fun projects begin with delicious Avocados From Mexico, but the possibilities go as far as your imagination will take them. Just don’t forget to fuel up on kid-friendly avocado recipes while you’re working. Happy crafting!

The post Avocado Arts & Crafts for All Ages appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Although avocados are delicious to eat, many people undervalue the pit and the peel of the fruit, disposing of them without a second thought. But why not give the scraps a second life as avocado arts and crafts projects? For any of these projects, make sure you start with a ripe avocado. After you enjoy the delicious, creamy insides (for which we have plenty of guacamole recipes), save the peel and the pit and check out the imaginative craft ideas below to get started. Related: Get your creative juices flowing early in the day by trying one of these breakfast guacamole recipes.

Avocado Pit Arts and Crafts

An avocado pit may look like nothing special at first, but it can be a treasure at the craft table. Dry off your avocado pit with a toweland let it sit until the outer skin begins to flake off.

Reindeer Ornament

You’ll need:

  • A large avocado pit, halved
  • Hot glue
  • Googly eyes
  • Small red pompom
  • Brown pipe cleaners
  • Ribbon

How to make it:

  1. Slice the pit down its natural divide.
  2. Using a hot glue gun (with adult supervision!), secure a loop of ribbon to the inside of one half.
  3. Shape two pipe cleaners into reindeer antlers and glue on either side of the ribbon.
  4. Glue the two halves of the pit back together and let dry.
  5. Finally, glue two googly eyes on the face and add a red pompom for a nose. Give your reindeer a proper name (we recommend Rudolph Hass) and hang it from your Christmas tree.

Avocado Garland

You’ll need:

  • Avocado pits — the more the better!
  • Hot glue
  • Sturdy string or ribbon
  • Decorative elements like beads, Christmas lights, or faux flora

How to make it:

  1. Save up your avocado pits and let them dry out.
  2. Split your dried pits in half along their natural divide.
  3. Glue a string or ribbon to the center each halved pit, gluing the other half back over the ribbon. The string should run right through the pit.
  4. Repeat these steps using the rest of the pits while stringing beads, fake flowers or leaves, Christmas lights, or other decorative elements between the pits.
This garland will look great draped over a windowsill, as a centerpiece for your table, or as a Christmas tree decoration.

Avocado Peel Arts and Crafts

Peeling creative? When creating a work of avocado art out of peels, make sure you have thoroughly washed your avocado. Once you’ve scooped all the avocado meat out, let the peels dry completely so they maintain their natural shape.

Avocado Sailboat

You’ll need:

  • Half of an avocado peel, cleaned and dried
  • Toothpick or mini popsicle stick
  • Craft clay
  • Colored construction paper

How to make it:

  1. Prop up your toothpick or popsicle stick in the center of the avocado peel by pressing it into a small wad of craft clay. Be sure to not cause any holes in the peel!
  2. Cut a small triangle out of colored construction paper to make a sail and tape it to the mast.
You can even add a toy sailor to captain your avo-sailboat across the bathtub. Bon voyage!

Avocado Puppets

You’ll need:

  • Avocado peels
  • Colored paints
  • Construction paper
  • Popsicle sticks

How to make it:

  1. Using colored paints, draw a face on your avocado peel to create a funny character.
  2. Tape a firm piece of construction paper to the back of the peel (where the meat and pit once were), then tape a popsicle stick to the rear.
Create as many avocado characters as you need to put on a show! All of these fun projects begin with delicious Avocados From Mexico, but the possibilities go as far as your imagination will take them. Just don’t forget to fuel up on kid-friendly avocado recipes while you’re working. Happy crafting!

The post Avocado Arts & Crafts for All Ages appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Thanksgiving Appetizers with Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/thanksgiving-appetizers-avocados/ Fri, 13 Nov 2020 05:58:55 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29162

While the turkey is in the oven and the game is on in the living room, tummies around your home are grumbling in anticipation. That’s why Thanksgiving appetizers are such an important tradition — but there’s always room for improvement.

Avocados are all about making life (and meals) more delicious, and for that we’re grateful. So this Thanksgiving, why not show your gratitude by adding these appetizers to your pre-dinner menu?

Here are some of our favorite Thanksgiving appetizers with avocados that the whole family will be grateful for.

Related: Looking for something to do with all of that leftover turkey? Try our recipes for cold turkey and avocado sandwiches.

Thanksgiving Appetizers Featuring Avocados

  • Pumpkin Cranberry Avocado Muffins

    To make these heartwarming delights, take all the best flavors of fall and just add avocado. Serve these muffins with pumpkin butter, whipped cream, and cinnamon sugar for an extra-cozy twist. They’re the perfect way to kick off your family’s Thanksgiving Day.

  • Thanksgiving Guac

    You love Thanksgiving, and you love guacamole, but have you ever thought to combine the two? Featuring green apples, cranberries, and walnuts and served in half of a roasted acorn squash, this autumnal, rustic dip is a hearty way to pass the time until dinner. Serve with tortilla chips during a football game and prepare to be thanked. (Don’t worry; you can thank us later.)

  • Spiced Turkey Burger Sliders with Avo-Feta Guac

    Nothing says Thanksgiving like turkey, but you know how we roll: Our recipe for turkey burger sliders comes with a heaping serving of guacamole. These flavor-packed morsels are a touchdown for the whole family, and they’re filling enough to keep the crew satisfied until dinner.

  • Avocado & Spinach Stuffed Mushroom Bites

    Mushroom bites are classic Thanksgiving appetizers, but spinach and avocado offer a new perspective on these popular delicacies. Cilantro, lemon juice, and shallots round out this appetizer, creating a cornucopia of flavor. Your guests never knew they could be so thankful.

Looking to add some avocado flair to other holidays? Check out all the exciting ways to incorporate avocado to traditional holiday dishes, and peruse our avocado recipes archive for even more inspiration.

The post Thanksgiving Appetizers with Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

While the turkey is in the oven and the game is on in the living room, tummies around your home are grumbling in anticipation. That’s why Thanksgiving appetizers are such an important tradition — but there’s always room for improvement. Avocados are all about making life (and meals) more delicious, and for that we’re grateful. So this Thanksgiving, why not show your gratitude by adding these appetizers to your pre-dinner menu? Here are some of our favorite Thanksgiving appetizers with avocados that the whole family will be grateful for. Related: Looking for something to do with all of that leftover turkey? Try our recipes for cold turkey and avocado sandwiches.

Thanksgiving Appetizers Featuring Avocados

  • Pumpkin Cranberry Avocado Muffins

    To make these heartwarming delights, take all the best flavors of fall and just add avocado. Serve these muffins with pumpkin butter, whipped cream, and cinnamon sugar for an extra-cozy twist. They’re the perfect way to kick off your family’s Thanksgiving Day.
  • Thanksgiving Guac

    You love Thanksgiving, and you love guacamole, but have you ever thought to combine the two? Featuring green apples, cranberries, and walnuts and served in half of a roasted acorn squash, this autumnal, rustic dip is a hearty way to pass the time until dinner. Serve with tortilla chips during a football game and prepare to be thanked. (Don’t worry; you can thank us later.)
  • Spiced Turkey Burger Sliders with Avo-Feta Guac

    Nothing says Thanksgiving like turkey, but you know how we roll: Our recipe for turkey burger sliders comes with a heaping serving of guacamole. These flavor-packed morsels are a touchdown for the whole family, and they’re filling enough to keep the crew satisfied until dinner.
  • Avocado & Spinach Stuffed Mushroom Bites

    Mushroom bites are classic Thanksgiving appetizers, but spinach and avocado offer a new perspective on these popular delicacies. Cilantro, lemon juice, and shallots round out this appetizer, creating a cornucopia of flavor. Your guests never knew they could be so thankful.
Looking to add some avocado flair to other holidays? Check out all the exciting ways to incorporate avocado to traditional holiday dishes, and peruse our avocado recipes archive for even more inspiration.

The post Thanksgiving Appetizers with Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
DIY State Fair: Avocado Recipes and Games https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/diy-state-fair-avocado-recipes-games/ Wed, 28 Oct 2020 10:39:16 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29017

Attending the annual state fair is a tradition in many families around the country, but it can be just as much fun at home. With a little imagination (and a couple of blue-ribbon-worthy avocados), you and your family can recreate the joy of the state fair right in your own backyard.

It shouldn’t surprise you that we put an avocado twist on traditional state fair grub. From corn dogs to ice cream, each of these recipes is made with fresh, creamy Avocados From Mexico. And as a special bonus, we’ve also included three DIY state fair games you can play at home. Step right up!

Related: As the weather cools down, turn up the heat! Learn the ins and outs of making spicy guacamole.

Guac Out with State Fair Guac

It sounds corny — or rather, corn-doggy — but State Fair Guacamole is easy to make and even easier to devour. All you have to do is mash a couple Avocados From Mexico with lemon juice and throw in some hot mini corn dogs for a festive dip.

If you prefer hot tots to hot dogs, Guac Tots are for you. These fried appetizers unite creamy avocados and classic cornmeal, and they’re topped with a double-whammy kick of spice: jalapeño and Louisiana-style hot sauce.

Chill Out with Frozen Avocado Treats

Cool down after you work up a sweat playing carnival games by enjoying a frozen treat. The night before your DIY state fair, gather pineapple chunks, frozen bananas, honey, and avocados to churn into Tropical Avocado “Nice” Cream that hardens overnight. Serve in a waffle cone — and don’t forget the sprinkles!

Popsicle lovers in your home will love these Coconut Avocado Popsicles. They’re perfect for carrying around the backyard while enjoying the festivities.

Deep Fried and Gone to Heaven – Deep Fried Avocado Snacks

State fairs are known for fantastic fried foods. If you don’t own a deep fryer at home, don’t worry — you can still make plenty of crunchy, golden-fried foods. These Tempura-Fried Avocado Bites, for instance, can be fried in a deep pan or cast iron. Just dice your avocados, toss them in batter, and fry until golden brown. Pro tip: Sprinkle them with powdered sugar for an authentic state fair touch.

Air fryers will get a kick out of these Air-Fried Avocado Fries with Chipotle Mayo. Avocado is the new potato — haven’t you heard?

DIY State Fair Games

You can make a surprising number of midway games using common household objects — including leftover avocado pits. Making the games is all part of the at-home amusement!

  • Build-A-Guac: Host a contest between the members of your household to see who can make the most unique guacamole recipe. Points are awarded based on creativity, deliciousness, and presentation.
  • Tin Can Toss: Wrap six empty tin cans in colored paper. Let the kids decorate them with markers and stickers. Stack the cans into a pyramid and take turns trying to knock them over with a tennis ball, a beanbag, or even an avocado pit.
  • Let’s Go Fishing: Get the whole family to draw colorful fish on pieces of paper. Cut them out and place them into plastic cups on a folding table. Take turns tossing a leftover avocado pit (or a similarly sized object) into the cups. Every time a player succeeds, they remove the cup and keep the fish. After the last cup is removed, the player with the most fish wins!
  • Beanbag Toss: Use sidewalk chalk to draw boxes on the ground — the more variety in size and shape, the better. Designate a point value for each box. Make your own beanbags by filling old socks with dried beans and sewing the opening shut. Take turns throwing the beanbags and tally up the points. After 10 throws each, the player with the most points wins! (Maybe their prize is a second helping of guacamole?)

Whoever says “Don’t play with your food” clearly never encountered an avocado. Try these kid-friendly avocado recipes that are both fun to cook and delicious to eat, or browse our recipe archive for more inspiration.

The post DIY State Fair: Avocado Recipes and Games appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Attending the annual state fair is a tradition in many families around the country, but it can be just as much fun at home. With a little imagination (and a couple of blue-ribbon-worthy avocados), you and your family can recreate the joy of the state fair right in your own backyard. It shouldn’t surprise you that we put an avocado twist on traditional state fair grub. From corn dogs to ice cream, each of these recipes is made with fresh, creamy Avocados From Mexico. And as a special bonus, we’ve also included three DIY state fair games you can play at home. Step right up! Related: As the weather cools down, turn up the heat! Learn the ins and outs of making spicy guacamole.

Guac Out with State Fair Guac

It sounds corny — or rather, corn-doggy — but State Fair Guacamole is easy to make and even easier to devour. All you have to do is mash a couple Avocados From Mexico with lemon juice and throw in some hot mini corn dogs for a festive dip. If you prefer hot tots to hot dogs, Guac Tots are for you. These fried appetizers unite creamy avocados and classic cornmeal, and they’re topped with a double-whammy kick of spice: jalapeño and Louisiana-style hot sauce.

Chill Out with Frozen Avocado Treats

Cool down after you work up a sweat playing carnival games by enjoying a frozen treat. The night before your DIY state fair, gather pineapple chunks, frozen bananas, honey, and avocados to churn into Tropical Avocado “Nice” Cream that hardens overnight. Serve in a waffle cone — and don’t forget the sprinkles! Popsicle lovers in your home will love these Coconut Avocado Popsicles. They’re perfect for carrying around the backyard while enjoying the festivities.

Deep Fried and Gone to Heaven – Deep Fried Avocado Snacks

State fairs are known for fantastic fried foods. If you don’t own a deep fryer at home, don’t worry — you can still make plenty of crunchy, golden-fried foods. These Tempura-Fried Avocado Bites, for instance, can be fried in a deep pan or cast iron. Just dice your avocados, toss them in batter, and fry until golden brown. Pro tip: Sprinkle them with powdered sugar for an authentic state fair touch. Air fryers will get a kick out of these Air-Fried Avocado Fries with Chipotle Mayo. Avocado is the new potato — haven’t you heard?

DIY State Fair Games

You can make a surprising number of midway games using common household objects — including leftover avocado pits. Making the games is all part of the at-home amusement!
  • Build-A-Guac: Host a contest between the members of your household to see who can make the most unique guacamole recipe. Points are awarded based on creativity, deliciousness, and presentation.
  • Tin Can Toss: Wrap six empty tin cans in colored paper. Let the kids decorate them with markers and stickers. Stack the cans into a pyramid and take turns trying to knock them over with a tennis ball, a beanbag, or even an avocado pit.
  • Let’s Go Fishing: Get the whole family to draw colorful fish on pieces of paper. Cut them out and place them into plastic cups on a folding table. Take turns tossing a leftover avocado pit (or a similarly sized object) into the cups. Every time a player succeeds, they remove the cup and keep the fish. After the last cup is removed, the player with the most fish wins!
  • Beanbag Toss: Use sidewalk chalk to draw boxes on the ground — the more variety in size and shape, the better. Designate a point value for each box. Make your own beanbags by filling old socks with dried beans and sewing the opening shut. Take turns throwing the beanbags and tally up the points. After 10 throws each, the player with the most points wins! (Maybe their prize is a second helping of guacamole?)
Whoever says “Don’t play with your food” clearly never encountered an avocado. Try these kid-friendly avocado recipes that are both fun to cook and delicious to eat, or browse our recipe archive for more inspiration.

The post DIY State Fair: Avocado Recipes and Games appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Team Spirit Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/team-spirit-guacamole-recipes/ Wed, 28 Oct 2020 10:24:07 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29015

Colorful Game Day Guacamole Ideas

We all want to show our devotion to our favorite team, even when watching the game from the couch. And while rooting for your team is second nature, incorporating your team colors into your game day spread is real dedication.

 

Guacamole is a versatile way to bring your team’s uniform to the table. From peewee to pro, we know you’re proud of your colors, so we’ve put together a winning lineup of game day guacamole ingredients for every fan of every team.

 

Don’t see your team’s colors? Get creative by mixing and matching! You can’t go wrong when you start with a base of traditional, authentic guacamole.

 

Related: Need a gluten-free crowd-pleaser? Here’s how to make gluten-free guacamole.

 

Red Guacamole…

  • … and Yellow/Gold: If these are your team’s jersey colors, try adding some flare to your guacamole with diced mangos. Toss in some pomegranate seeds and each bite of this sweet, creamy guac will have a satisfying crunch.
  • … and Black: Decked out in black and red, guacamole packed with black beans and tomatoes is a quick and easy Southwest classic with a chunky-smooth combo. If you want to add some heat, a bit of red cayenne pepper goes a long way.
  • … and White: Strawberries and feta cheese can make your guac the star player of any game day spread. It’s a delightfully sweet guacamole that’s fit for the big leagues.

 

Yellow/Gold Guacamole…

  • … and Green: Go bold or go home! Everyone will get a kick out of the spicy-sweet mix that comes from adding jalapeños, cilantro, and pineapple chunks to a creamy base of Avocados From Mexico.
  • … and Purple: Sports fans can take home the W with red onion and roasted-corn guacamole. Smoky and fresh, you can count on these ingredients to show off your team spirit.
  • … and Black: Slice a yellow bell pepper and roast until the edges are blackened. Add plenty of cracked black pepper and garnish with a lemon wedge.

 

Pro Tip: Deep down, all guacamole bleeds green. Make sure you buy ripe avocados before the big game! Did you know you can also buy avocados online?

 

Blue Guacamole…

  • … and White: Take pride in your team colors (and your guac) by adding blueberries and cubed apple chunks to the mix. Top with gorgonzola or blue cheese crumbles and wait for the applause.
  • … and Red: When you bleed blue and red, your game day guacamole does too. Throw diced tomatoes and red bell peppers into the mix and serve with blue corn tortilla chips.
  • … and Yellow/Gold: Represent these classic team colors by combining grilled corn, garlic powder, and crumbled blue corn tortilla strips.

 

Orange Guacamole…

  • … and Brown: Boil and skin sweet potatoes before you blend them with avocado and onion to create a guacamole base. Sprinkle with bacon bits and season with chipotle spices for a touchdown dip.
  • … and White: Dish up a guacamole game changer with potato chunks, white onion, sour cream, and sharp cheddar cheese. Top with garlic salt and your team guac is guaranteed a spot in the Appetizer Hall of Fame.

 

Pick up some delicious Avocados From Mexico and start planning your game day guacamole with help from our guacamole recipes archive.

The post Team Spirit Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Colorful Game Day Guacamole Ideas

We all want to show our devotion to our favorite team, even when watching the game from the couch. And while rooting for your team is second nature, incorporating your team colors into your game day spread is real dedication.   Guacamole is a versatile way to bring your team’s uniform to the table. From peewee to pro, we know you’re proud of your colors, so we’ve put together a winning lineup of game day guacamole ingredients for every fan of every team.   Don’t see your team’s colors? Get creative by mixing and matching! You can’t go wrong when you start with a base of traditional, authentic guacamole.   Related: Need a gluten-free crowd-pleaser? Here’s how to make gluten-free guacamole.  

Red Guacamole…

  • … and Yellow/Gold: If these are your team’s jersey colors, try adding some flare to your guacamole with diced mangos. Toss in some pomegranate seeds and each bite of this sweet, creamy guac will have a satisfying crunch.
  • … and Black: Decked out in black and red, guacamole packed with black beans and tomatoes is a quick and easy Southwest classic with a chunky-smooth combo. If you want to add some heat, a bit of red cayenne pepper goes a long way.
  • … and White: Strawberries and feta cheese can make your guac the star player of any game day spread. It’s a delightfully sweet guacamole that’s fit for the big leagues.
 

Yellow/Gold Guacamole…

  • … and Green: Go bold or go home! Everyone will get a kick out of the spicy-sweet mix that comes from adding jalapeños, cilantro, and pineapple chunks to a creamy base of Avocados From Mexico.
  • … and Purple: Sports fans can take home the W with red onion and roasted-corn guacamole. Smoky and fresh, you can count on these ingredients to show off your team spirit.
  • … and Black: Slice a yellow bell pepper and roast until the edges are blackened. Add plenty of cracked black pepper and garnish with a lemon wedge.
  Pro Tip: Deep down, all guacamole bleeds green. Make sure you buy ripe avocados before the big game! Did you know you can also buy avocados online?  

Blue Guacamole…

  • … and White: Take pride in your team colors (and your guac) by adding blueberries and cubed apple chunks to the mix. Top with gorgonzola or blue cheese crumbles and wait for the applause.
  • … and Red: When you bleed blue and red, your game day guacamole does too. Throw diced tomatoes and red bell peppers into the mix and serve with blue corn tortilla chips.
  • … and Yellow/Gold: Represent these classic team colors by combining grilled corn, garlic powder, and crumbled blue corn tortilla strips.
 

Orange Guacamole…

  • … and Brown: Boil and skin sweet potatoes before you blend them with avocado and onion to create a guacamole base. Sprinkle with bacon bits and season with chipotle spices for a touchdown dip.
  • … and White: Dish up a guacamole game changer with potato chunks, white onion, sour cream, and sharp cheddar cheese. Top with garlic salt and your team guac is guaranteed a spot in the Appetizer Hall of Fame.
  Pick up some delicious Avocados From Mexico and start planning your game day guacamole with help from our guacamole recipes archive.

The post Team Spirit Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Pumpkin Spice Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/make-pumpkin-spice-guacamole/ Tue, 27 Oct 2020 17:50:27 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=29002

Everyone and their mother seem to have tried their hand at the classic charcuterie board that took off during the pandemic. Since then, foodies and snack-a-holics alike have been creating elaborate versions of the increasingly popular grazing boards with s’mores, chicken wings, and even — infamously — butter. These boards have seemingly taken over social media.

 

Ready to put your own spin on this trend and wow guests at your family’s next gathering? This pumpkin spice guacamole is the seasonal dessert dip you never knew you needed. It might seem unconventional (because it is!), but this guac combines all your favorite comfort flavors with buttery, melt-in-your-mouth avocados — what could be cozier than that?

 

While it sounds downright decadent, this recipe is a breeze. Whip up a batch of pumpkin spice guacamole in five minutes or less. This dish is undoubtedly a crowd-pleaser, perfect for enjoying out in the crisp evening air at your next backyard bash or snuggling up and soaking in the pumpkin spice goodness from the warmth of your living room.

 

 

Now, let’s get to the ooey-gooey good part.

 

Pumpkin Spice Guacamole Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, diced
  • 1/3 c. brown sugar, lightly packed
  • 4 oz. canned pumpkin puree
  • 1 tsp. cinnamon
  • 1/2 tsp. ground cloves
  • 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
  • 1/2 tsp. ground nutmeg
  • 1/2 tsp. vanilla extract
  • Toasted and salted pumpkin seeds (for garnish)
  • Cinnamon sticks (for garnish)

 

Directions

  1. Make sure your Hass avocados are ripe before using them. (Here’s how to tell if your avocados are ripe.)
  2. Place all ingredients (except garnishes) into a food processor or blender, and puree until the mixture is smooth and the color is Don’t forget to recycle the inedible parts of your avocados! (Here are a few ideas for composting avocado skins and pits.)
  3. Move the creamy mixture into a serving bowl or several if you are increasing the serving size for a larger party. For presentation bonus points, smooth the top layer in a circular pattern with the underside of a spoon.
  4. Sprinkle the toasted and salted pumpkin seeds on top and garnish with a cinnamon stick to ensure your pumpkin spice guacamole is picture perfect.

 

What’s the Scoop?

Pumpkin spice guacamole tastes terrific with both salty and sweet dippers. And while tortilla chips are always a fantastic option, try using scoops that will complement the seasonality of this unique guac, including:

  • Graham crackers.
  • Rice crackers.
  • Cinnamon-sugar pita chips.
  • Honeycrisp apple slices.
  • Banana slices.
  • Soft pretzels.
  • Pretzel sticks.
  • Cookies (vanilla wafers, gingersnap, shortbread, etc.).

 

Once you have all your favorite dipping ingredients gathered, it’s time to let your creative juices flow! Place your bowl, or bowls, of pumpkin spice guacamole throughout your platter and arrange the scoops as you see fit. Create intricate patterns of alternating crackers and fruit slices, or color-coordinate cookies for a board that’s satisfying to both the eye and the taste buds.

 

Mix-Ins to Make It #AlwaysGood

What’s better than one pumpkin spice guacamole? A festive guac flight that satisfies every craving, of course. Whether your guests prefer fresh fruity flavors or want to indulge in a chocolate delight, this adaptable dip is easily customizable to your food mood.

 

If you’re serving a larger party, create a pumpkin spice guacamole flight with other appetizing additions, such as:

  • Dried cranberries.
  • Pomegranate seeds.
  • M&M’
  • Mini marshmallows.
  • Mini white chocolate chips.
  • Toasted coconut flakes.

 

Endless Possibilities

This simple, convenient, yet undeniably tasty dip will transform any occasion into a flavor filled feast made with brown sugar, pumpkin spice, and everything nice. You’ll want to sneak this dip into every meal, and there’s no shortage of combinations.

 

  • For a guacamole brunch, smear it onto breakfast bread, such as toast, muffins, or pancakes. Try mixing and matching sweet and savory components for a more substantial grazing platter.
  • Combine the pumpkin spice guacamole with this avocado cheese board for the ultimate snacking experience that serves as an appetizer and a sweet tooth cure that just so happens to pair perfectly with some bubbly.
  • Place the dip in an oven-safe bowl and top it with brown sugar, marshmallows, a drizzle of caramel, or all of the above, for an extra-gooey warm
  • Upgrade your annual pumpkin pie recipe and pour this dip directly into a flaky crust for a new-and-improved holiday dessert.

 

Whether it’s in one of our avocado dessert recipes or fresh takes on guacamole, there’s no wrong way to enjoy Avocados From Mexico. Show us how you choose to prepare and serve your pumpkin spice guacamole for your next wine night with the girls, a football watch party, or simply to treat yourself on Facebook or Twitter.

The post How to Make Pumpkin Spice Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Everyone and their mother seem to have tried their hand at the classic charcuterie board that took off during the pandemic. Since then, foodies and snack-a-holics alike have been creating elaborate versions of the increasingly popular grazing boards with s’mores, chicken wings, and even — infamously — butter. These boards have seemingly taken over social media.   Ready to put your own spin on this trend and wow guests at your family’s next gathering? This pumpkin spice guacamole is the seasonal dessert dip you never knew you needed. It might seem unconventional (because it is!), but this guac combines all your favorite comfort flavors with buttery, melt-in-your-mouth avocados — what could be cozier than that?   While it sounds downright decadent, this recipe is a breeze. Whip up a batch of pumpkin spice guacamole in five minutes or less. This dish is undoubtedly a crowd-pleaser, perfect for enjoying out in the crisp evening air at your next backyard bash or snuggling up and soaking in the pumpkin spice goodness from the warmth of your living room.     Now, let’s get to the ooey-gooey good part.  

Pumpkin Spice Guacamole Recipe

Ingredients:
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, diced
  • 1/3 c. brown sugar, lightly packed
  • 4 oz. canned pumpkin puree
  • 1 tsp. cinnamon
  • 1/2 tsp. ground cloves
  • 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
  • 1/2 tsp. ground nutmeg
  • 1/2 tsp. vanilla extract
  • Toasted and salted pumpkin seeds (for garnish)
  • Cinnamon sticks (for garnish)
  Directions
  1. Make sure your Hass avocados are ripe before using them. (Here’s how to tell if your avocados are ripe.)
  2. Place all ingredients (except garnishes) into a food processor or blender, and puree until the mixture is smooth and the color is Don’t forget to recycle the inedible parts of your avocados! (Here are a few ideas for composting avocado skins and pits.)
  3. Move the creamy mixture into a serving bowl or several if you are increasing the serving size for a larger party. For presentation bonus points, smooth the top layer in a circular pattern with the underside of a spoon.
  4. Sprinkle the toasted and salted pumpkin seeds on top and garnish with a cinnamon stick to ensure your pumpkin spice guacamole is picture perfect.
 

What’s the Scoop?

Pumpkin spice guacamole tastes terrific with both salty and sweet dippers. And while tortilla chips are always a fantastic option, try using scoops that will complement the seasonality of this unique guac, including:
  • Graham crackers.
  • Rice crackers.
  • Cinnamon-sugar pita chips.
  • Honeycrisp apple slices.
  • Banana slices.
  • Soft pretzels.
  • Pretzel sticks.
  • Cookies (vanilla wafers, gingersnap, shortbread, etc.).
  Once you have all your favorite dipping ingredients gathered, it’s time to let your creative juices flow! Place your bowl, or bowls, of pumpkin spice guacamole throughout your platter and arrange the scoops as you see fit. Create intricate patterns of alternating crackers and fruit slices, or color-coordinate cookies for a board that’s satisfying to both the eye and the taste buds.  

Mix-Ins to Make It #AlwaysGood

What’s better than one pumpkin spice guacamole? A festive guac flight that satisfies every craving, of course. Whether your guests prefer fresh fruity flavors or want to indulge in a chocolate delight, this adaptable dip is easily customizable to your food mood.   If you’re serving a larger party, create a pumpkin spice guacamole flight with other appetizing additions, such as:
  • Dried cranberries.
  • Pomegranate seeds.
  • M&M’
  • Mini marshmallows.
  • Mini white chocolate chips.
  • Toasted coconut flakes.
 

Endless Possibilities

This simple, convenient, yet undeniably tasty dip will transform any occasion into a flavor filled feast made with brown sugar, pumpkin spice, and everything nice. You’ll want to sneak this dip into every meal, and there’s no shortage of combinations.  
  • For a guacamole brunch, smear it onto breakfast bread, such as toast, muffins, or pancakes. Try mixing and matching sweet and savory components for a more substantial grazing platter.
  • Combine the pumpkin spice guacamole with this avocado cheese board for the ultimate snacking experience that serves as an appetizer and a sweet tooth cure that just so happens to pair perfectly with some bubbly.
  • Place the dip in an oven-safe bowl and top it with brown sugar, marshmallows, a drizzle of caramel, or all of the above, for an extra-gooey warm
  • Upgrade your annual pumpkin pie recipe and pour this dip directly into a flaky crust for a new-and-improved holiday dessert.
  Whether it’s in one of our avocado dessert recipes or fresh takes on guacamole, there’s no wrong way to enjoy Avocados From Mexico. Show us how you choose to prepare and serve your pumpkin spice guacamole for your next wine night with the girls, a football watch party, or simply to treat yourself on Facebook or Twitter.

The post How to Make Pumpkin Spice Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make a DIY Avocado Halloween Costume https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/how-to-make-an-avocado-themed-costume-for-halloween/ Fri, 23 Oct 2020 09:40:42 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=28949

Want to win “best costume” at your Halloween get-together? This DIY avocado costume is a shoo-in. Think about it: Avocados are scary good, right? And they’re the life of the party! From guacamole geeks to avocado addicts, everybody knows avocados equal good times.

 

You don’t need much to look frighteningly clever for trick or treat. An avocado Halloween costume only takes a few household materials to create. Here’s a step-by-step guide to making your own DIY avocado Halloween costume, no sewing or super glue required. It’s easy enough for (supervised) kids to create, and you can probably get it done within one hour. So, what’re you waiting for? Let’s go!

DIY Avocado Halloween Costume

Supplies:

  • Large piece of cardboard
  • Pencil
  • Scissors
  • Paint or large markers in green, yellow-green, and brown
  • String or ribbon

 

Directions:

  • Get in shape. Lay your cardboard flat and outline the distinctive shape of an avocado. A good-looking avocado has an oval shape with a slightly tapered top and smooth, rounded edges. If your pencil falters or the shape doesn’t come out perfect, don’t stress — every avocado is a little different and still delicious!
  • Slice your avocado. Using scissors (and safety!), cut along the lines to cut your avocado out of the cardboard.
  • Add the pit. Trace a large circle in the center of the bottom half. This will be the pit. Use a dinner plate or a large bowl as a stencil for a perfect circle.
  • Draw the peel. Draw a border around the edge of the avocado, about 1 inch thick. This is your avocado’s peel.
  • Add color. It’s time to give your avocado a fresh, ripe color! Using paint or markers, fill the space between the border and the pit with a yellow-green color, then use a darker shade of green for the peel and brown for the pit. Once everything dries, use a marker to add some depth with a bit of shading. How do you tell if a real avocado is ripe? Glad you asked.
  • Tie things up. To hang your costume around your neck, punch two holes on either side of the top of your avocado. Tie the string to one side and then loop to the other hole. Try it on and adjust the length of your string as needed before securing to the second hole.

 

It’s that easy!

Give Your Avocado Halloween Costume a Twist

If you’re feeling extra creative, here are a few more spooktacular ways to wear your avocado.

  • Avo-cardio: Pop on a sweatband and some tennis shoes and brush up on your knowledge of avocado nutrition for this punny twist.
  • Holy guacamole: Everyone knows avocados are divine. Add a halo, some angel wings, and a hand-held harp to make this heavenly variation.
  • For the couples: To turn your Halloween into a date night or, to add some double trouble, your partner can dress up as a tortilla chip, a taco, or a slice of toast. Get ready for photo ops!
  • For the expectant mothers: Avocados have nearly 20 vitamins and minerals important for prenatal nutrition. And when you cut them in half, they have a cute bump, too! For this twist on your avocado costume, cut out the pit from your avocado costume, wear a brown shirt, and let your baby bump fill the gap.

 

Bribe the Costume Contest Judges With Guac

Satisfy your monster appetite and that of those judging the costume contest (nudge, nudge) by bribing — er, bringing — Halloween-themed guacamole, like single-serving Witch Hat Guac and Guac-o’-Lanterns or a boo-tiful big batch of Spiderweb Guacamole Dip!

Sweeten the holiday by whipping together some Avocado Halloween Pumpkin Balls made with avocado, rolled oats, and peanut butter. They’re easy enough to make with the kids before party time. Add a little sugar on top with Halloween Blondies designed to look like Frankenstein’s monster. His signature green hue is thanks to … the avocado inside!

More DIY Avocado Arts and Crafts

A DIY Halloween is the best kind — because making your costume, treats, and décor is half the fun! If you’re having a gaggle of little ghouls come to your home for Halloween, DIY crafts are good activities for pre-trick or treating entertainment. Plus, kiddos get to come home with a little memento of their celebration.

 

These avocado peel sailboats will liven up any old apple bobbing contest. And keep your carving tools handy after making your jack-o’-lanterns. You can use them again to carve avocado pits into one-of-a-kind creations that will last for years to come. Paint or stain them how you please for use as décor, jewelry, keychains, and more.

 

Avocado Is Scary Good 365 Days a Year

While this DIY guide for making an avocado costume is great for Halloween, remember that Avocados From Mexico are always in season. So while you’re waiting for Halloween to roll around, these avocado recipes will still be available year-round. Happy Halloween!

 

The post How to Make a DIY Avocado Halloween Costume appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Want to win “best costume” at your Halloween get-together? This DIY avocado costume is a shoo-in. Think about it: Avocados are scary good, right? And they’re the life of the party! From guacamole geeks to avocado addicts, everybody knows avocados equal good times.  

You don’t need much to look frighteningly clever for trick or treat. An avocado Halloween costume only takes a few household materials to create. Here’s a step-by-step guide to making your own DIY avocado Halloween costume, no sewing or super glue required. It’s easy enough for (supervised) kids to create, and you can probably get it done within one hour. So, what’re you waiting for? Let’s go!

DIY Avocado Halloween Costume

Supplies:
  • Large piece of cardboard
  • Pencil
  • Scissors
  • Paint or large markers in green, yellow-green, and brown
  • String or ribbon
  Directions:
  • Get in shape. Lay your cardboard flat and outline the distinctive shape of an avocado. A good-looking avocado has an oval shape with a slightly tapered top and smooth, rounded edges. If your pencil falters or the shape doesn’t come out perfect, don’t stress — every avocado is a little different and still delicious!
  • Slice your avocado. Using scissors (and safety!), cut along the lines to cut your avocado out of the cardboard.
  • Add the pit. Trace a large circle in the center of the bottom half. This will be the pit. Use a dinner plate or a large bowl as a stencil for a perfect circle.
  • Draw the peel. Draw a border around the edge of the avocado, about 1 inch thick. This is your avocado’s peel.
  • Add color. It’s time to give your avocado a fresh, ripe color! Using paint or markers, fill the space between the border and the pit with a yellow-green color, then use a darker shade of green for the peel and brown for the pit. Once everything dries, use a marker to add some depth with a bit of shading. How do you tell if a real avocado is ripe? Glad you asked.
  • Tie things up. To hang your costume around your neck, punch two holes on either side of the top of your avocado. Tie the string to one side and then loop to the other hole. Try it on and adjust the length of your string as needed before securing to the second hole.
  It’s that easy!

Give Your Avocado Halloween Costume a Twist

If you’re feeling extra creative, here are a few more spooktacular ways to wear your avocado.
  • Avo-cardio: Pop on a sweatband and some tennis shoes and brush up on your knowledge of avocado nutrition for this punny twist.
  • Holy guacamole: Everyone knows avocados are divine. Add a halo, some angel wings, and a hand-held harp to make this heavenly variation.
  • For the couples: To turn your Halloween into a date night or, to add some double trouble, your partner can dress up as a tortilla chip, a taco, or a slice of toast. Get ready for photo ops!
  • For the expectant mothers: Avocados have nearly 20 vitamins and minerals important for prenatal nutrition. And when you cut them in half, they have a cute bump, too! For this twist on your avocado costume, cut out the pit from your avocado costume, wear a brown shirt, and let your baby bump fill the gap.
 

Bribe the Costume Contest Judges With Guac

Satisfy your monster appetite and that of those judging the costume contest (nudge, nudge) by bribing — er, bringing — Halloween-themed guacamole, like single-serving Witch Hat Guac and Guac-o’-Lanterns or a boo-tiful big batch of Spiderweb Guacamole Dip!

Sweeten the holiday by whipping together some Avocado Halloween Pumpkin Balls made with avocado, rolled oats, and peanut butter. They’re easy enough to make with the kids before party time. Add a little sugar on top with Halloween Blondies designed to look like Frankenstein’s monster. His signature green hue is thanks to … the avocado inside!

More DIY Avocado Arts and Crafts

A DIY Halloween is the best kind — because making your costume, treats, and décor is half the fun! If you’re having a gaggle of little ghouls come to your home for Halloween, DIY crafts are good activities for pre-trick or treating entertainment. Plus, kiddos get to come home with a little memento of their celebration.   These avocado peel sailboats will liven up any old apple bobbing contest. And keep your carving tools handy after making your jack-o’-lanterns. You can use them again to carve avocado pits into one-of-a-kind creations that will last for years to come. Paint or stain them how you please for use as décor, jewelry, keychains, and more.  

Avocado Is Scary Good 365 Days a Year

While this DIY guide for making an avocado costume is great for Halloween, remember that Avocados From Mexico are always in season. So while you’re waiting for Halloween to roll around, these avocado recipes will still be available year-round. Happy Halloween!  

The post How to Make a DIY Avocado Halloween Costume appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Our Choice for World’s Best Chicken Avocado Sandwich https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/choice-worlds-best-chicken-avocado-sandwich/ Wed, 05 Aug 2020 14:53:53 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=28079

The chefs at the AvoEatery at Trinity Groves in Dallas are channeling the traditional summer cookout energy through a newly famous menu-item: a chicken avocado sandwich. And it’s no wonder why this spicy creation is taking Texas by the horns.

The AvoEatery at Trinity Groves, a groovy restaurant marketplace in West Dallas, offers a vast selection of lunch and dinner items you can’t find anywhere else. There is an uncontested star in each dish, and it’s the twist on food we’ve all been waiting for: Every meal features Avocados From Mexico.

At the heart of this menu-nirvana is the Hot Chicken Sandwich, a piquant handheld that leaves diners with sweat on their brow and tears of joy on their cheeks. The crispy fried chicken is doused in a house-made hot sauce — not for the timid. On its own, this blazing hot sauce has enough fire to make a dragon cry “uncle.”

Don’t chicken out: This saucy inferno is tamed by the cooling nature of avocado. Its role is twofold: The sandwich is topped with pickled avocado slices that bring relief to your tongue, with a little help from leaves of baby spinach. Together with a velvety avocado ranch, the fire is quenched in a masterful deluge of flavor.

These are romantic descriptions of a chicken avocado sandwich, but the AvoEatery isn’t a place to refrain from embellishments. Its concept is avant-garde, its food is artisanal, and the Hot Chicken Sandwich is, in a word, exceptional.

Related: Are you a Texan at heart? Check out these five Texas guacamole recipes you can make at home.

You’re still here? Get yourself down to the AvoEatery at Trinity Groves in Dallas for pick-up, takeout, or dine-in and ask for the Hot Chicken Sandwich. And if you’re not in town, check out our avocado recipes archive in the meantime for new ways to satisfy your avocado cravings.

The post Our Choice for World’s Best Chicken Avocado Sandwich appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The chefs at the AvoEatery at Trinity Groves in Dallas are channeling the traditional summer cookout energy through a newly famous menu-item: a chicken avocado sandwich. And it’s no wonder why this spicy creation is taking Texas by the horns. The AvoEatery at Trinity Groves, a groovy restaurant marketplace in West Dallas, offers a vast selection of lunch and dinner items you can’t find anywhere else. There is an uncontested star in each dish, and it’s the twist on food we’ve all been waiting for: Every meal features Avocados From Mexico. At the heart of this menu-nirvana is the Hot Chicken Sandwich, a piquant handheld that leaves diners with sweat on their brow and tears of joy on their cheeks. The crispy fried chicken is doused in a house-made hot sauce — not for the timid. On its own, this blazing hot sauce has enough fire to make a dragon cry “uncle.” Don’t chicken out: This saucy inferno is tamed by the cooling nature of avocado. Its role is twofold: The sandwich is topped with pickled avocado slices that bring relief to your tongue, with a little help from leaves of baby spinach. Together with a velvety avocado ranch, the fire is quenched in a masterful deluge of flavor. These are romantic descriptions of a chicken avocado sandwich, but the AvoEatery isn’t a place to refrain from embellishments. Its concept is avant-garde, its food is artisanal, and the Hot Chicken Sandwich is, in a word, exceptional.

Related: Are you a Texan at heart? Check out these five Texas guacamole recipes you can make at home.

You’re still here? Get yourself down to the AvoEatery at Trinity Groves in Dallas for pick-up, takeout, or dine-in and ask for the Hot Chicken Sandwich. And if you’re not in town, check out our avocado recipes archive in the meantime for new ways to satisfy your avocado cravings.

The post Our Choice for World’s Best Chicken Avocado Sandwich appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guacamole Greens: 4 Leafy Guac Ingredients https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/guacamole-greens-4-leafy-guac-ingredients/ Fri, 12 Jun 2020 16:58:03 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=28031

The best things in life are green. Avocados top the list — no surprise there — but quite a few leafy vegetables contend for runner-up: savory Brussels sprouts, stout kale, and peppery arugula — just to name a few. And when you put leafy greens in guacamole, you’ve got a fresh mixture of green goodness that will make a gardener blush.

If you’ve got a hankering for good old-fashioned guacamole greens but don’t know where to start, then leaf it to me, the world’s guacamole expert.

Related: Get even more greens on your plate with these 6 Certified Heart-Healthy Salad Recipes Featuring Avocados.

My 4 Favorite Guacamole Greens

  • Arugula

    Arugula’s wispy leaves may look dainty, but they pack a flavorful punch. They’re pungent and peppery, and when chopped into small slivers and stirred into guacamole, they can really kick things up a notch. A little goes a long way, so start small.

    Expert tip: Arugula is a low-maintenance plant that’s easy to grow in a backyard garden or an indoor planter. Fresh arugula guacamole and avocado summer salad with arugula year-round? Count me in.

  • Kale

    Kale is known for its sturdy, waxy leaves. To maintain the delectable creamy texture of your guacamole (courtesy of ripe avocados), you’ll need to soften the leaves. Tear them from their hard stems, sprinkle with salt, and massage until the leaves are soft and dark green.

    Expert tip: Although kale can taste bitter, it will taste great with sweet guacamoles that include pineapple or mango.

  • Brussels Sprouts

    They may not look like the leaves you’re used to, but Brussels sprouts have leaves that are just as tasty as the sprout itself. They taste great in guacamole, especially when baked, because both avocados and cooked Brussels sprouts have nutty, savory flavors.

    Expert tip: Cut each sprout in half, brush with oil, sprinkle with salt and pepper, squeeze a lemon over top, and pop them in the oven until just crispy. Once cool, chop them up and mix them into your guac.

  • Spinach

    Picky eaters can take their pick of ways to add spinach to guacamole. Try blending spinach in a food processor for a smooth, dark green finish to your guac. Or you can chop it into small pieces and sprinkle on top for more of the leafy texture. 

    Expert tip: Spinach can complement other guacamole greens. Sauté your spinach in a pan with garlic and toss in a few preserved artichoke hearts for a fragrant twist.

Guacamole is the tastiest way to work more greens into your diet. Garden variety never tasted as good as it does in guac — I’ll leaf it at that.

Expand your guacamole repertoire even further with these creative and delectable guacamole recipes.

The post Guacamole Greens: 4 Leafy Guac Ingredients appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The best things in life are green. Avocados top the list — no surprise there — but quite a few leafy vegetables contend for runner-up: savory Brussels sprouts, stout kale, and peppery arugula — just to name a few. And when you put leafy greens in guacamole, you’ve got a fresh mixture of green goodness that will make a gardener blush. If you’ve got a hankering for good old-fashioned guacamole greens but don’t know where to start, then leaf it to me, the world’s guacamole expert. Related: Get even more greens on your plate with these 6 Certified Heart-Healthy Salad Recipes Featuring Avocados.

My 4 Favorite Guacamole Greens

  • Arugula

    Arugula’s wispy leaves may look dainty, but they pack a flavorful punch. They’re pungent and peppery, and when chopped into small slivers and stirred into guacamole, they can really kick things up a notch. A little goes a long way, so start small. Expert tip: Arugula is a low-maintenance plant that’s easy to grow in a backyard garden or an indoor planter. Fresh arugula guacamole and avocado summer salad with arugula year-round? Count me in.
  • Kale

    Kale is known for its sturdy, waxy leaves. To maintain the delectable creamy texture of your guacamole (courtesy of ripe avocados), you’ll need to soften the leaves. Tear them from their hard stems, sprinkle with salt, and massage until the leaves are soft and dark green. Expert tip: Although kale can taste bitter, it will taste great with sweet guacamoles that include pineapple or mango.
  • Brussels Sprouts

    They may not look like the leaves you’re used to, but Brussels sprouts have leaves that are just as tasty as the sprout itself. They taste great in guacamole, especially when baked, because both avocados and cooked Brussels sprouts have nutty, savory flavors. Expert tip: Cut each sprout in half, brush with oil, sprinkle with salt and pepper, squeeze a lemon over top, and pop them in the oven until just crispy. Once cool, chop them up and mix them into your guac.
  • Spinach

    Picky eaters can take their pick of ways to add spinach to guacamole. Try blending spinach in a food processor for a smooth, dark green finish to your guac. Or you can chop it into small pieces and sprinkle on top for more of the leafy texture.  Expert tip: Spinach can complement other guacamole greens. Sauté your spinach in a pan with garlic and toss in a few preserved artichoke hearts for a fragrant twist.
Guacamole is the tastiest way to work more greens into your diet. Garden variety never tasted as good as it does in guac — I’ll leaf it at that. Expand your guacamole repertoire even further with these creative and delectable guacamole recipes.

The post Guacamole Greens: 4 Leafy Guac Ingredients appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Top Secret: 5 Guacamole Life Hacks https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/top-secret5-guacamole-life-hacks/ Fri, 12 Jun 2020 07:32:01 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=28023

These guacamole life hacks aren’t secret anymore, and that’s no problem — mixing up a bowl of your favorite guacamole has never been easier. No need to thank us.

Whether you’re in a pinch for ingredients or you’re perfecting your guacamole game, we’re sharing tricks to help you streamline the guac-making process and give you more time to enjoy your handiwork.

Related: Are you a fan of trying new things? Check out these five unique guacamole ingredients for adventurous eaters.

Top 5 Guacamole Life Hacks

  1. Instant Guac

    Who says you have to do all the prep work yourself? Save on time by mixing in some pre-made pico de gallo from the supermarket. Made with diced tomato and onion and marinated in lime juice, pico de gallo is already equipped with many classic guacamole ingredients. Add some spices and you’ve got instant guac!

  2. Avo First, Veggies Last

    Mash your avocado to your desired consistency before adding your diced ingredients. Once added, lightly stir them in. This will help those cubes of red onion or jalapeño keep their juices inside, giving you a burst of fresh flavor in each bite.

  3. Secure the Bowl

    When two hands aren’t enough, place a damp washcloth under your mixing bowl to keep it in place. Now you can stir with one hand and add ingredients with the other.

    This guacamole life hack is a two-for-one: When the mixing is over, you can use the washcloth to wipe up the area around your mixing bowl and leave the counter spotless.

  4. Optimal Lime Juice.

    Even just a squirt of lime juice adds a zing to your guac. The ascorbic acid in the lime juice also slows the natural browning of your guacamole. You can get the most out of your limes by placing them in the microwave for up to 10 seconds and then rolling them firmly on the counter several times before squeezing.

  5. Spreading Guac Made Easy

    When you use guacamole as a taco topping or a toast spread, this tip will make sure no guac goes to waste: Spoon your guac mixture into a large resealable plastic bag. Press out all the air you can and then seal the bag. Use scissors to cut off one corner of the bag. Now you’re ready to squeeze perfect helpings of guac onto your main dish—be it tacos, sandwiches, or chicken. Mess-free distribution!

Ready to try out these new guacamole life hacks? Check out our guacamole recipes for delicious new ideas.

The post Top Secret: 5 Guacamole Life Hacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

These guacamole life hacks aren’t secret anymore, and that’s no problem — mixing up a bowl of your favorite guacamole has never been easier. No need to thank us. Whether you’re in a pinch for ingredients or you’re perfecting your guacamole game, we’re sharing tricks to help you streamline the guac-making process and give you more time to enjoy your handiwork. Related: Are you a fan of trying new things? Check out these five unique guacamole ingredients for adventurous eaters.

Top 5 Guacamole Life Hacks

  1. Instant Guac

    Who says you have to do all the prep work yourself? Save on time by mixing in some pre-made pico de gallo from the supermarket. Made with diced tomato and onion and marinated in lime juice, pico de gallo is already equipped with many classic guacamole ingredients. Add some spices and you’ve got instant guac!
  2. Avo First, Veggies Last

    Mash your avocado to your desired consistency before adding your diced ingredients. Once added, lightly stir them in. This will help those cubes of red onion or jalapeño keep their juices inside, giving you a burst of fresh flavor in each bite.
  3. Secure the Bowl

    When two hands aren’t enough, place a damp washcloth under your mixing bowl to keep it in place. Now you can stir with one hand and add ingredients with the other. This guacamole life hack is a two-for-one: When the mixing is over, you can use the washcloth to wipe up the area around your mixing bowl and leave the counter spotless.
  4. Optimal Lime Juice.

    Even just a squirt of lime juice adds a zing to your guac. The ascorbic acid in the lime juice also slows the natural browning of your guacamole. You can get the most out of your limes by placing them in the microwave for up to 10 seconds and then rolling them firmly on the counter several times before squeezing.
  5. Spreading Guac Made Easy

    When you use guacamole as a taco topping or a toast spread, this tip will make sure no guac goes to waste: Spoon your guac mixture into a large resealable plastic bag. Press out all the air you can and then seal the bag. Use scissors to cut off one corner of the bag. Now you’re ready to squeeze perfect helpings of guac onto your main dish—be it tacos, sandwiches, or chicken. Mess-free distribution!
Ready to try out these new guacamole life hacks? Check out our guacamole recipes for delicious new ideas.

The post Top Secret: 5 Guacamole Life Hacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Bacon Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/5-bacon-guacamole-recipes/ Fri, 12 Jun 2020 06:59:45 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=28019

Thick cut, hickory smoked, maple roasted, you name it… bacon of any kind is a hit. And because of its salty, crisp composition, bacon is the perfect complement to a creamy bowl of fresh guacamole.

So let’s get shakin’ and start eatin’ bacon! Here are our five favorite bacon guacamole recipes.

Related: Fresh avocados are the nutritious base to every guacamole. Find out how avocados love you back.

5 Bacon Guacamole Recipes

  • Crispy Bacon Guac

    This recipe begins as a simple, yet stout guacamole made with onion, cilantro, and lime. But everything changes when the applewood bacon is added, bringing on a salty crunch to each chipful.

  • Bacon Cotija Guacamole

    This bacon guacamole takes its inspiration from cotija cheese, a traditional hard Mexican cow cheese from the Michoacán region. And not only are there delicious crunchy crumbles of bacon, but the dip itself calls for rendered bacon fat to flavor the entire bowl.

  • I Want to Know What Guac Is

    Calling to mind summer days outdoors and a sunburst of flavors, this guacamole blends together the flavors of pale lager, hickory smoked bacon, jalapeños, and plum tomatoes. This guac is sure to show you what love is.

Pro-tip: Avocados are always in season, but be sure you know how to tell if your avocado is ripe.

  • Bacon & Blue Cheese Guacamole

    This guacamole is comin’ in hot with garlic and two types of chile pepper. To balance out the heat, you’ll find the robust and creamy flavors of blue cheese and the salty punch of chunky bacon bits.

  • Poblano and Bacon Guac

    A chunky guac like nothing you’ve seen before, this guac starts with diced avocados and smoky poblano peppers. It uses zesty lemon juice and is topped off with sweet and salty apple smoked bacon and tangy Gorgonzola cheese. No matter how you slice it, this guac rocks.

Ready for more? Fulfill your bacon guacamole cravings with new ideas from our archive of guacamole recipes.

The post 5 Bacon Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Thick cut, hickory smoked, maple roasted, you name it… bacon of any kind is a hit. And because of its salty, crisp composition, bacon is the perfect complement to a creamy bowl of fresh guacamole. So let’s get shakin’ and start eatin’ bacon! Here are our five favorite bacon guacamole recipes. Related: Fresh avocados are the nutritious base to every guacamole. Find out how avocados love you back.

5 Bacon Guacamole Recipes

  • Crispy Bacon Guac

    This recipe begins as a simple, yet stout guacamole made with onion, cilantro, and lime. But everything changes when the applewood bacon is added, bringing on a salty crunch to each chipful.
  • Bacon Cotija Guacamole

    This bacon guacamole takes its inspiration from cotija cheese, a traditional hard Mexican cow cheese from the Michoacán region. And not only are there delicious crunchy crumbles of bacon, but the dip itself calls for rendered bacon fat to flavor the entire bowl.
  • I Want to Know What Guac Is

    Calling to mind summer days outdoors and a sunburst of flavors, this guacamole blends together the flavors of pale lager, hickory smoked bacon, jalapeños, and plum tomatoes. This guac is sure to show you what love is.
Pro-tip: Avocados are always in season, but be sure you know how to tell if your avocado is ripe.
  • Bacon & Blue Cheese Guacamole

    This guacamole is comin’ in hot with garlic and two types of chile pepper. To balance out the heat, you’ll find the robust and creamy flavors of blue cheese and the salty punch of chunky bacon bits.
  • Poblano and Bacon Guac

    A chunky guac like nothing you’ve seen before, this guac starts with diced avocados and smoky poblano peppers. It uses zesty lemon juice and is topped off with sweet and salty apple smoked bacon and tangy Gorgonzola cheese. No matter how you slice it, this guac rocks.
Ready for more? Fulfill your bacon guacamole cravings with new ideas from our archive of guacamole recipes.

The post 5 Bacon Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guacamole Appetizers 101 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/guacamole-appetizers-101/ Wed, 03 Jun 2020 07:02:14 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27990

Guacamole is the king of appetizers. That creamy green dip just has no competition when it comes to whetting appetites. But chips and guac isn’t the end of the story — when it comes to guacamole appetizers, versatility knows no bounds.

From bruschetta to shrimp cocktails, guacamole puts a creamy green spin on your favorite apps. Plus, you’ll earn mad creativity points.

Here’s our guide to dishing up a wide array of guacamole appetizers.

Related: Another appetizer favorite is our original recipe for Shrimp and Avocado Ceviche. It’s not guac, but it’s just as delightful.

Our Favorite Ways to Serve Guacamole Appetizers

Keep It Classy

Making a great first impression with your appetizers will set the tone for your entire event. Make any gathering a class act by serving delicate favorites such as:

  • Shrimp Guac-tails: Take a cocktail glass and fill it with a smooth and creamy guacamole (the smoother the better). Balance large cocktail shrimp along the rim of the glass and serve it up. Talk about presentation.
  • Bruschetta Guacamole: Mix mashed avocado with diced tomato, red onion, salt, pepper, mozzarella pearls, and minced basil, then drizzle with balsamic vinaigrette for a guacamole twist on this Italian classic. Serve on toasted crostini for authenticity.
  • Stackable Guac Bites: Slicesturdy cucumber discs and top them with dollops of a simple guacamole. Additional toppings might include smoked salmon, bacon strips, or edible flowers.

Pro tip: If your avocados aren’t quite at peak ripeness yet but you’ve got to have guacamole pronto, you’re in luck: Check out how to ripen an avocado.

Keep It Classic

While guacamole and tortilla chips is a classic duo, why not change things up by dunking something different? These traditional appetizers are excellent alternatives for dipping into your guac:

  • Mozzarella sticks
  • Sliced celery, bell peppers, or carrots
  • Sweet potato fries
  • Wontons

But if your appetizer spread is overbooked with complex and experimental combinations, balance things out with the creamy subtlety of guacamole. Straight forward favorites are a great way to make people feel right at home.

Guacamole Appetizers Are Just the Beginning

Take a shot at upgrading your favorite apps with guac — we’ll bet you won’t regret it! Of course, appetizers are just the beginning. Find more avo-inspiration on our guacamole recipe page.

The post Guacamole Appetizers 101 appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Guacamole is the king of appetizers. That creamy green dip just has no competition when it comes to whetting appetites. But chips and guac isn’t the end of the story — when it comes to guacamole appetizers, versatility knows no bounds. From bruschetta to shrimp cocktails, guacamole puts a creamy green spin on your favorite apps. Plus, you’ll earn mad creativity points. Here’s our guide to dishing up a wide array of guacamole appetizers. Related: Another appetizer favorite is our original recipe for Shrimp and Avocado Ceviche. It’s not guac, but it’s just as delightful.

Our Favorite Ways to Serve Guacamole Appetizers

Keep It Classy

Making a great first impression with your appetizers will set the tone for your entire event. Make any gathering a class act by serving delicate favorites such as:
  • Shrimp Guac-tails: Take a cocktail glass and fill it with a smooth and creamy guacamole (the smoother the better). Balance large cocktail shrimp along the rim of the glass and serve it up. Talk about presentation.
  • Bruschetta Guacamole: Mix mashed avocado with diced tomato, red onion, salt, pepper, mozzarella pearls, and minced basil, then drizzle with balsamic vinaigrette for a guacamole twist on this Italian classic. Serve on toasted crostini for authenticity.
  • Stackable Guac Bites: Slicesturdy cucumber discs and top them with dollops of a simple guacamole. Additional toppings might include smoked salmon, bacon strips, or edible flowers.
Pro tip: If your avocados aren’t quite at peak ripeness yet but you’ve got to have guacamole pronto, you’re in luck: Check out how to ripen an avocado.

Keep It Classic

While guacamole and tortilla chips is a classic duo, why not change things up by dunking something different? These traditional appetizers are excellent alternatives for dipping into your guac:
  • Mozzarella sticks
  • Sliced celery, bell peppers, or carrots
  • Sweet potato fries
  • Wontons
But if your appetizer spread is overbooked with complex and experimental combinations, balance things out with the creamy subtlety of guacamole. Straight forward favorites are a great way to make people feel right at home.

Guacamole Appetizers Are Just the Beginning

Take a shot at upgrading your favorite apps with guac — we’ll bet you won’t regret it! Of course, appetizers are just the beginning. Find more avo-inspiration on our guacamole recipe page.

The post Guacamole Appetizers 101 appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Making the Most Out of Guacamole Toast https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/making-guacamole-toast/ Wed, 03 Jun 2020 06:34:15 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27988

As far as we’re concerned, there’s no wrong time to enjoy a scoop of guacamole over top of a slice of warm toast. Morning, noon, or night, guacamole toast is the perfect snack.

What’s more, your guacamole toast toppings can be as simple or as complex as you like. Leftover ingredients can be repurposed to decorate delicious guac slathered on a toasted slice of bread.

Here is inspiration for enjoying this versatile snack throughout the day, from sunup to sundown.

Related: Breakfast is better in bed, but nothing beats a guacamole breakfast in bed. Check out these guac breakfast hacks from Jax.

Morning Munchies

Guacamole toast is the finest way to start your day. The next time you’re craving cream cheese and lox, include mashed avocado in the morning mix, like we did with these salmon and guacamole bagels. Or wake up on a sweet note by piling your toast high with irresistibly sweet and mildly spicy Strawberry Pico Guacamole. Chocoholics will appreciate Chocolate Guacamole over top a slice of eggy brioche.

Speaking of eggs, have you tried an open-faced guacamole egg sandwich? Start with two pieces of toast. Create a cozy green bed out of Classic Mexican Guacamole on top and nestle your fried eggs into the mixture. Drizzle with hot sauce and dig in with a fork, knife, and napkin —it can get messy.

Afternoon Snack

When hunger strikes, it’s time to get creative. If you’ve got ripe avocados, a loaf of bread, and a little imagination, you’ve got a world of options.

Whatever leftovers you have from last night’s dinner may make a great guacamole toast topping. Fresh vegetables and herbs can complement guacamole’s smooth texture with a fresh crunch. Some excellent choices are:

  • Arugula
  • Tomato
  • Radish
  • Rosemary
  • Basil
  • Deli meat
  • Sliced hard-boiled egg

Once you’ve layered your ingredients, drizzle with your favorite sauces, such as balsamic vinegar, pesto, or hot sauce.

Midnight Snack

Guacamole toast always feels like a treat, but when the sun goes down, try adding to your palette (and your palate) with some colorful fruits. Dot your guacamole toast with fresh fruits such as:

If you’ve got an evening sweet tooth, take your pick of bitter dark chocolate chips, peanut butter, or hazelnut spread. Better yet, lightly drizzle chocolate syrup over your guacamole toast (trust us — it tastes better than it sounds).

The Guac-ibilities Are Endless

There are infinite ways to make guacamole toast all day long. Be proud to pile yours high with your favorite foods, and remember: The only limit to guacamole toast is your imagination.

Get those creative juices flowing by browsing more of our guacamole recipes.

The post Making the Most Out of Guacamole Toast appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

As far as we’re concerned, there’s no wrong time to enjoy a scoop of guacamole over top of a slice of warm toast. Morning, noon, or night, guacamole toast is the perfect snack. What’s more, your guacamole toast toppings can be as simple or as complex as you like. Leftover ingredients can be repurposed to decorate delicious guac slathered on a toasted slice of bread. Here is inspiration for enjoying this versatile snack throughout the day, from sunup to sundown. Related: Breakfast is better in bed, but nothing beats a guacamole breakfast in bed. Check out these guac breakfast hacks from Jax.

Morning Munchies

Guacamole toast is the finest way to start your day. The next time you’re craving cream cheese and lox, include mashed avocado in the morning mix, like we did with these salmon and guacamole bagels. Or wake up on a sweet note by piling your toast high with irresistibly sweet and mildly spicy Strawberry Pico Guacamole. Chocoholics will appreciate Chocolate Guacamole over top a slice of eggy brioche. Speaking of eggs, have you tried an open-faced guacamole egg sandwich? Start with two pieces of toast. Create a cozy green bed out of Classic Mexican Guacamole on top and nestle your fried eggs into the mixture. Drizzle with hot sauce and dig in with a fork, knife, and napkin —it can get messy.

Afternoon Snack

When hunger strikes, it’s time to get creative. If you’ve got ripe avocados, a loaf of bread, and a little imagination, you’ve got a world of options. Whatever leftovers you have from last night’s dinner may make a great guacamole toast topping. Fresh vegetables and herbs can complement guacamole’s smooth texture with a fresh crunch. Some excellent choices are:
  • Arugula
  • Tomato
  • Radish
  • Rosemary
  • Basil
  • Deli meat
  • Sliced hard-boiled egg
Once you’ve layered your ingredients, drizzle with your favorite sauces, such as balsamic vinegar, pesto, or hot sauce.

Midnight Snack

Guacamole toast always feels like a treat, but when the sun goes down, try adding to your palette (and your palate) with some colorful fruits. Dot your guacamole toast with fresh fruits such as: If you’ve got an evening sweet tooth, take your pick of bitter dark chocolate chips, peanut butter, or hazelnut spread. Better yet, lightly drizzle chocolate syrup over your guacamole toast (trust us — it tastes better than it sounds).

The Guac-ibilities Are Endless

There are infinite ways to make guacamole toast all day long. Be proud to pile yours high with your favorite foods, and remember: The only limit to guacamole toast is your imagination. Get those creative juices flowing by browsing more of our guacamole recipes.

The post Making the Most Out of Guacamole Toast appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Expert’s Choice: Jax’s 6 Best Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/experts-choice-jaxs6-best-guacamole-recipes/ Wed, 03 Jun 2020 06:12:02 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27986

As the world’s guacamole expert, I’m frequently asked which guacamole recipe I most enjoy. My answer: the one made with creamy, perfectly ripe avocados. Beyond that, it’s mathematically impossible for me to decide on just one. Guac is just too great.

Nevertheless, I selected six of the best guacamole recipes from my cookbook in GuacWorld. (If you haven’t had a chance to peruse it, you should definitely check it out.)

Related: I might not have just one favorite guac, but I have a favorite way to make it: spicy! Check out my blog all about making spicy guacamole.

Jax’s 6 Picks for the Best Guacamole Recipes

I’ve listed these guac recipes in no particular order — I just love them all too much to rank them. Try them for yourself and let me know your ranking on Twitter by including @AvosFromMexico in your tweet.

  • Guac Sandwiches That Are Never a Mi-Steak

    I’m usually hungry for knowledge, but this guacamole-and-steak sandwich makes my stomach grumble. This bad boy has great big globs of creamy guacamole and is topped with hearty hanger steak. It’s sandwiched between two slices of crusty, rustic bread. Yeah — it’s a plateful.

  • Mangonificent Mile Guacamole

    In this recipe, avocado and mango engage in a flavorful, nutty-tart tango on the tongue. Minced fresno chilis give this guacamole a mild heat, while fresh chunks of tart, melt-in-your-mouth mango sweeten the deal. Drizzle chamoy over the top for an extra decadent twist.

  • Tot-ally Delicious Guac Tots

    To guac tot, or not to guac tot? That is the question, and the answer is… to guac tot, every time. These bite-size, deep-fried guacamole bites are, frankly, addictive. Downside: They’re easy to share, but you’ll want them all for yourself. Upside: It’s finally socially acceptable to eat guacamole with your hands.

  • Main Squeeze Guacamole

    Guacamole is the love of my life, but I do suggest breaking out this guacamole recipe for a romantic date night. The lime juice and orange zest will put your lips into a pucker, and the combination of fresh, mashed avocados and orange blossom honey can melt any heart.

  • Coconut Your Average Guac

    Give your taste buds a vacation with a guacamole inspired by a tropical getaway. When you cross buttery-smooth avocados with coconut cream, you’re in for a rich treat. I add toasted coconut flakes over the top for a satisfying crunch.

  • A Guac in the Park

    Sometimes, with guacamole, less is more. This simple little recipe makes use of classic guacamole ingredients — with a twist. Tomatoes and basil infuse this guacamole with garden-fresh flavors, while chives and garlic provide just enough bite to leave you wanting more. True to its name, it’s easy to make and easy to love.

Consider This the Tip of the Guac-berg.

Being a guacamole enthusiast is a lifelong journey that begins and ends with one constant: ripe, delicious Hass avocados. The rest is up to you.

What do you think is one of the best guacamole recipes? You can find more in my GuacWorld cookbook and in our enormous archive of guacamole recipes.

The post Expert’s Choice: Jax’s 6 Best Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

As the world’s guacamole expert, I’m frequently asked which guacamole recipe I most enjoy. My answer: the one made with creamy, perfectly ripe avocados. Beyond that, it’s mathematically impossible for me to decide on just one. Guac is just too great. Nevertheless, I selected six of the best guacamole recipes from my cookbook in GuacWorld. (If you haven’t had a chance to peruse it, you should definitely check it out.) Related: I might not have just one favorite guac, but I have a favorite way to make it: spicy! Check out my blog all about making spicy guacamole.

Jax’s 6 Picks for the Best Guacamole Recipes

I’ve listed these guac recipes in no particular order — I just love them all too much to rank them. Try them for yourself and let me know your ranking on Twitter by including @AvosFromMexico in your tweet.
  • Guac Sandwiches That Are Never a Mi-Steak

    I’m usually hungry for knowledge, but this guacamole-and-steak sandwich makes my stomach grumble. This bad boy has great big globs of creamy guacamole and is topped with hearty hanger steak. It’s sandwiched between two slices of crusty, rustic bread. Yeah — it’s a plateful.
  • Mangonificent Mile Guacamole

    In this recipe, avocado and mango engage in a flavorful, nutty-tart tango on the tongue. Minced fresno chilis give this guacamole a mild heat, while fresh chunks of tart, melt-in-your-mouth mango sweeten the deal. Drizzle chamoy over the top for an extra decadent twist.
  • Tot-ally Delicious Guac Tots

    To guac tot, or not to guac tot? That is the question, and the answer is… to guac tot, every time. These bite-size, deep-fried guacamole bites are, frankly, addictive. Downside: They’re easy to share, but you’ll want them all for yourself. Upside: It’s finally socially acceptable to eat guacamole with your hands.
  • Main Squeeze Guacamole

    Guacamole is the love of my life, but I do suggest breaking out this guacamole recipe for a romantic date night. The lime juice and orange zest will put your lips into a pucker, and the combination of fresh, mashed avocados and orange blossom honey can melt any heart.
  • Coconut Your Average Guac

    Give your taste buds a vacation with a guacamole inspired by a tropical getaway. When you cross buttery-smooth avocados with coconut cream, you’re in for a rich treat. I add toasted coconut flakes over the top for a satisfying crunch.
  • A Guac in the Park

    Sometimes, with guacamole, less is more. This simple little recipe makes use of classic guacamole ingredients — with a twist. Tomatoes and basil infuse this guacamole with garden-fresh flavors, while chives and garlic provide just enough bite to leave you wanting more. True to its name, it’s easy to make and easy to love.

Consider This the Tip of the Guac-berg.

Being a guacamole enthusiast is a lifelong journey that begins and ends with one constant: ripe, delicious Hass avocados. The rest is up to you. What do you think is one of the best guacamole recipes? You can find more in my GuacWorld cookbook and in our enormous archive of guacamole recipes.

The post Expert’s Choice: Jax’s 6 Best Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Street Corn Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/make-street-corn-guacamole/ Wed, 03 Jun 2020 05:13:59 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27983

Street corn and guac are highly compatible: Both are traditional Mexican dishes, they’re easy to make, and they’re both versatile (and irresistible). It’s almost like they were made for each other. The question is: What’s the best way to bring them together?

You can make street corn guacamole in three easy steps. Let’s dive in.

Related: Get your sweat on — read the expert’s guide for making spicy guacamole.

How to Make Street Corn Guacamole

Step 1: Make the Guacamole

There’s really no wrong way to guacamole, but classic guacamole ingredients include:

  • Avocados
  • Salt
  • Lime juice

From there, you can expand your flavor and texture palette with ingredients such as:

  • Tomato
  • Onion
  • Garlic
  • Cilantro
  • Jalapeño

No pressure, but the ripeness of your avocado can make or break your guacamole. When choosing the perfect avocado, look for a dark color. Give it a light squeeze—ripe avocados will give a little without feeling mushy.

Carefully cut into your avocado longways, all the way around the pit. Twist the halves in opposite directions until loosened. Then, lightly tap your knife into the pit and twist sideways to remove it. Scoop out the flesh, place it into a bowl, then mix in your desired ingredients. Taste test and adjust as necessary.

Step 2: Prepare the Street Corn

Street corn is also known as “elote.” You need five base ingredients to make it:

  • Corn (on or off the cob)
  • Mayonnaise
  • Cotija cheese
  • Lime
  • Chili powder or hot sauce

Add flavor and texture with these extras:

  • Sour cream
  • Vegetable or canola oil
  • Cilantro
  • Garlic

Street corn is traditionally made on a grill, but you can also cook street corn in a cast-iron skillet on the stove or in the oven. The level of char depends on your preference.

Step 3: Combine, Eat, Rejoice!

Here’s the fun part. You have two options for eating guacamole with street corn:

      1. Slather your guacamole mixture across the cob lengthwise and chow down.
      2. Carefully slice the grilled corn kernels off the cob into your guacamole mixture. Stir to combine and sprinkle extra cotija cheese on top. Garnish with fresh cilantro for extra presentation points. Enjoy the classic way with tortilla chips!

What Are You Waiting For?

Street corn guacamole is a simple and fun snack to prepare, and it’s even more special when it’s made to share. Don’t be afraid to get creative and mix in new, unexpected flavors. The skillet’s the limit.

Get the inspiration flowing by browsing more of our favorite guacamole recipes.

The post How to Make Street Corn Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Street corn and guac are highly compatible: Both are traditional Mexican dishes, they’re easy to make, and they’re both versatile (and irresistible). It’s almost like they were made for each other. The question is: What’s the best way to bring them together? You can make street corn guacamole in three easy steps. Let’s dive in. Related: Get your sweat on — read the expert’s guide for making spicy guacamole.

How to Make Street Corn Guacamole

Step 1: Make the Guacamole

There’s really no wrong way to guacamole, but classic guacamole ingredients include:
  • Avocados
  • Salt
  • Lime juice
From there, you can expand your flavor and texture palette with ingredients such as:
  • Tomato
  • Onion
  • Garlic
  • Cilantro
  • Jalapeño
No pressure, but the ripeness of your avocado can make or break your guacamole. When choosing the perfect avocado, look for a dark color. Give it a light squeeze—ripe avocados will give a little without feeling mushy. Carefully cut into your avocado longways, all the way around the pit. Twist the halves in opposite directions until loosened. Then, lightly tap your knife into the pit and twist sideways to remove it. Scoop out the flesh, place it into a bowl, then mix in your desired ingredients. Taste test and adjust as necessary.

Step 2: Prepare the Street Corn

Street corn is also known as “elote.” You need five base ingredients to make it:
  • Corn (on or off the cob)
  • Mayonnaise
  • Cotija cheese
  • Lime
  • Chili powder or hot sauce
Add flavor and texture with these extras:
  • Sour cream
  • Vegetable or canola oil
  • Cilantro
  • Garlic
Street corn is traditionally made on a grill, but you can also cook street corn in a cast-iron skillet on the stove or in the oven. The level of char depends on your preference.

Step 3: Combine, Eat, Rejoice!

Here’s the fun part. You have two options for eating guacamole with street corn:
      1. Slather your guacamole mixture across the cob lengthwise and chow down.
      2. Carefully slice the grilled corn kernels off the cob into your guacamole mixture. Stir to combine and sprinkle extra cotija cheese on top. Garnish with fresh cilantro for extra presentation points. Enjoy the classic way with tortilla chips!

What Are You Waiting For?

Street corn guacamole is a simple and fun snack to prepare, and it’s even more special when it’s made to share. Don’t be afraid to get creative and mix in new, unexpected flavors. The skillet’s the limit. Get the inspiration flowing by browsing more of our favorite guacamole recipes.

The post How to Make Street Corn Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make BBQ Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/make-bbq-guacamole/ Wed, 03 Jun 2020 04:45:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27981

When hot summer weather approaches, we know you're rearing to fire up the coals for backyard cookouts and smoky BBQ fun. We’re right there with you.

That’s why we’ve collected ideas to bring BBQ and guacamole together in the perfect summer blend. Smoked pork, BBQ chicken, brisket… you name it, because guacamole goes with everything!

Wondering how to create BBQ guacamole for your cookout spread? Look no further. Here you’ll find several tips on how to meld classic BBQ flavors with fresh, green guacamole to get ready for those hot summer nights.

Related: Ready to add more avocado to your summer plans? Check out our guide for planning a guacamole picnic.

How to Make BBQ Guacamole

Carnivore Cravings

Grab your favorite meats and some delicious, ripe avocados! Add the smoky flavors of the firepit to the smooth cool texture of guacamole for a meat treat. Mix meats into your dip for added protein and fantastic flavor.

Try whipping up this Chicken Guacamole and use your own grilled chicken, BBQ chicken, or even buffalo chicken.

Pro tip: Get a load of flavor on your chip by chopping or shredding your pork, chicken, or beef into bite-size pieces. These can then be mixed into the guac or piled right on top.

After the meats have been picked over, you can be sure the mouthwatering drippings and shreds don't go to waste. This BBQ Guacamole recipe is the perfect way to use brisket ends and tasty burnt bits for a kick of flavor.

But wait! There’s more! Toss some strips of bacon on the grill while you cook. Crumble them and sprinkle on top of your favorite guacamole recipe!

Mean, Green Grilling

Don’t forget to eat your greens. Grill up veggies before dicing them into your favorite guacamole recipe for a smoky flavor. While the grill is hot, place your vegetables over the coals to bring that flavor to all the other dishes at your table. Try it out with this Grilled Guacamole recipe. (Bonus tip: Check out this guide on grilling an avocado.)

Top It All Off

From brisket tacos mounded with delicious guacamole to burgers with an avocado spread, guacamole is the perfect addition to your favorite BBQ dish.

A classic guacamole can go a long way when it compliments a juicy steak or grilled chicken. This recipe for Spicy Steak N’ Guac Sandwiches on Garlic Texas Toast is just one way to enjoy the day with guac.

If it's smoked, charred, or grilled, BBQ guacamole will make the day great! And if you’re hungry for more, our guacamole recipe page has tons of great ideas for making great guacamole.

The post How to Make BBQ Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When hot summer weather approaches, we know you're rearing to fire up the coals for backyard cookouts and smoky BBQ fun. We’re right there with you. That’s why we’ve collected ideas to bring BBQ and guacamole together in the perfect summer blend. Smoked pork, BBQ chicken, brisket… you name it, because guacamole goes with everything! Wondering how to create BBQ guacamole for your cookout spread? Look no further. Here you’ll find several tips on how to meld classic BBQ flavors with fresh, green guacamole to get ready for those hot summer nights.

Related: Ready to add more avocado to your summer plans? Check out our guide for planning a guacamole picnic.

How to Make BBQ Guacamole

Carnivore Cravings

Grab your favorite meats and some delicious, ripe avocados! Add the smoky flavors of the firepit to the smooth cool texture of guacamole for a meat treat. Mix meats into your dip for added protein and fantastic flavor. Try whipping up this Chicken Guacamole and use your own grilled chicken, BBQ chicken, or even buffalo chicken. Pro tip: Get a load of flavor on your chip by chopping or shredding your pork, chicken, or beef into bite-size pieces. These can then be mixed into the guac or piled right on top. After the meats have been picked over, you can be sure the mouthwatering drippings and shreds don't go to waste. This BBQ Guacamole recipe is the perfect way to use brisket ends and tasty burnt bits for a kick of flavor. But wait! There’s more! Toss some strips of bacon on the grill while you cook. Crumble them and sprinkle on top of your favorite guacamole recipe!

Mean, Green Grilling

Don’t forget to eat your greens. Grill up veggies before dicing them into your favorite guacamole recipe for a smoky flavor. While the grill is hot, place your vegetables over the coals to bring that flavor to all the other dishes at your table. Try it out with this Grilled Guacamole recipe. (Bonus tip: Check out this guide on grilling an avocado.)

Top It All Off

From brisket tacos mounded with delicious guacamole to burgers with an avocado spread, guacamole is the perfect addition to your favorite BBQ dish. A classic guacamole can go a long way when it compliments a juicy steak or grilled chicken. This recipe for Spicy Steak N’ Guac Sandwiches on Garlic Texas Toast is just one way to enjoy the day with guac. If it's smoked, charred, or grilled, BBQ guacamole will make the day great! And if you’re hungry for more, our guacamole recipe page has tons of great ideas for making great guacamole.

The post How to Make BBQ Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Lone Star Roundup: 5 Texas Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/lone-star-roundup-5-texas-guacamole-recipes/ Mon, 11 May 2020 20:24:28 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27886

They say everything is bigger in Texas, but they never said you need to live there to make a giant batch of Texas guacamole. From sweet Southern peaches to smoky BBQ, infusing your guac with flavors from the Lone Star State is a delicious way to spice up your favorite green dip.

When you’ve got a hankering for some Texas-sized fun, partner up with Avocados From Mexico for a tasty two-step in your own kitchen. We’ve rounded up our favorite Texas guacamole recipes just for you — dig in!

Related: Looking for more delicious Southern recipes? Take a gander at these avocado chili recipes and keep the flavor fiesta going!

5 Texas Guacamole Recipes

Southwestern Guacamole

Fix up this guacamole when you’re craving the most characteristic flavors of Tex-Mex. Spun together with corn, black beans, and Roma tomatoes, this dip is sure to be a hit. Throw in some cumin so no one thinks this is your first rodeo.

Peach Guacamole

You can’t go wrong when you start with delicious Avocados From Mexico, but add sweet Southern peaches, red onion, and cilantro, and you’ve got a real winner brewing. The kicker: Top it all off with some crumbled, home-cooked bacon.

Rustic Guac with Corn

You’ll feel right at home on the range with this guacamole. In addition to the sweet kernels of corn, this tasty dip features charred onion, jalapeños, and garlic, and it has no shortage when it comes to flavor!

BBQ Guacamole

This guacamole incorporates classic Texas brisket and BBQ flavors for a tinge of smoking coals mixed with refreshing red onion, cilantro, and zesty lime. The addition of roasted serrano chiles and chipotle powder is just enough to match the heat of a Texas summer.

Spicy Steak n’ Guac Sandwiches on Garlic Texas Toast

Putting together the best of the best, this sandwich will do-si-do around your palate as it brings together the spice of hanger steak, cool and tangy cream sauce, and the crunch of garlicy, buttery Texas toast. Topped off with a classically simple guacamole made with Avocados From Mexico, this sandwich makes it clear: Don’t mess with Texas!

Pro tip: Be sure your produce is clean and ready to go by knowing how to wash an avocado the right way.

Need more creative and delicious recipes? Mosey on over to our guacamole recipe page to find more ways to dish up everyone’s favorite green fruit.

The post Lone Star Roundup: 5 Texas Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

They say everything is bigger in Texas, but they never said you need to live there to make a giant batch of Texas guacamole. From sweet Southern peaches to smoky BBQ, infusing your guac with flavors from the Lone Star State is a delicious way to spice up your favorite green dip. When you’ve got a hankering for some Texas-sized fun, partner up with Avocados From Mexico for a tasty two-step in your own kitchen. We’ve rounded up our favorite Texas guacamole recipes just for you — dig in! Related: Looking for more delicious Southern recipes? Take a gander at these avocado chili recipes and keep the flavor fiesta going!

5 Texas Guacamole Recipes

Southwestern Guacamole

Fix up this guacamole when you’re craving the most characteristic flavors of Tex-Mex. Spun together with corn, black beans, and Roma tomatoes, this dip is sure to be a hit. Throw in some cumin so no one thinks this is your first rodeo.

Peach Guacamole

You can’t go wrong when you start with delicious Avocados From Mexico, but add sweet Southern peaches, red onion, and cilantro, and you’ve got a real winner brewing. The kicker: Top it all off with some crumbled, home-cooked bacon.

Rustic Guac with Corn

You’ll feel right at home on the range with this guacamole. In addition to the sweet kernels of corn, this tasty dip features charred onion, jalapeños, and garlic, and it has no shortage when it comes to flavor!

BBQ Guacamole

This guacamole incorporates classic Texas brisket and BBQ flavors for a tinge of smoking coals mixed with refreshing red onion, cilantro, and zesty lime. The addition of roasted serrano chiles and chipotle powder is just enough to match the heat of a Texas summer.

Spicy Steak n’ Guac Sandwiches on Garlic Texas Toast

Putting together the best of the best, this sandwich will do-si-do around your palate as it brings together the spice of hanger steak, cool and tangy cream sauce, and the crunch of garlicy, buttery Texas toast. Topped off with a classically simple guacamole made with Avocados From Mexico, this sandwich makes it clear: Don’t mess with Texas! Pro tip: Be sure your produce is clean and ready to go by knowing how to wash an avocado the right way. Need more creative and delicious recipes? Mosey on over to our guacamole recipe page to find more ways to dish up everyone’s favorite green fruit.

The post Lone Star Roundup: 5 Texas Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Spicy Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/make-spicy-guacamole/ Fri, 08 May 2020 04:33:55 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27884

By Jax

Guacamole has been setting hearts – and mouths — on fire for centuries. The Aztecs were the first to discover in the 14th century that creamy avocados and fiery peppers are the perfect pair. They mixed green chiles into their guacamole, and today, guacamole lovers around the world are finding new ways to give guacamole the heat they crave.

I’ve analyzed thousands of recipes on the web, and I’ve uncovered a formula to help you create a guacamole with the perfect amount of kick to suit your fancy.

Related: The guacamole adventure never ends — these five sauces each put a unique spin on your favorite guac.

How to Make Spicy Guacamole

Any spicy pepper can turn up the heat in your guac. The question is: How much heat can you handle?

Spice fanatics use something called Scoville Heat Units (SHU) to tell how fiery their food will be. I’ve ranked four of my favorite hot peppers from spicy to spiciest, based on the SHU of each. Word to the wise: Have a glass of something cold on hand before proceeding any further.

Step 1: Pick a Pepper

Jalapeño

SHU: 2,500-8,000

The classic choice of pepper for guacamole. Jalapeños range in heat from mild to “fire breathing dragon.” This is a great beginner pepper to play with, because most of the heat in jalapeños comes from the seeds. The more seeds you add to your guac, the more kick it will have. If you don’t have any peppers on hand, you can substitute jalapeño hot sauce, like the kind in this Spicy Bacon Guacamole.

Did you know that chipotle peppers come from dried and smoked jalapeños? Rich, smoky chipotle peppers have a unique spice — your grocery store will likely have ground chipotle powder ready to sprinkle onto recipes like this Chipotle Apple & Almond Guacamole.

Serrano

SHU: 10,000-23,000

These little guys pack approximately five times the heat of jalapeños. The word serrano means “of the mountains.” Many of these peppers grow in the elevated regions of Mexico, like Hidalgo and Puebla. Depending on the batch, they can taste anywhere from spicy-sweet to spicy-bright. Make your own variations of this Spicy Guacamole and see for yourself.

Cayenne

SHU: 30,000-50,000

You’ve likely encountered cayenne powder at your grocery store. It’s a bright red color and gives a pungently hot edge to your guac. In fact, cayenne is one of my favorite powdered peppers to add to guac — try this Spicy Three Pepper & Cayenne Guacamole for some classic cayenne heat, or crank it up with a Fiery Creole Guacamole that will make you sweat.

Habanero

SHU: 100,000-350,000

Guacamole is known to melt hearts, but guac with habanero peppers might melt more than that. These little orange peppers are like edible volcanoes — just one small habanero is enough to set your guac ablaze with delicious spice.

Daredevils will enjoy habanero recipes like The Heat Is On Guacamole, but be sure to warn your friends before they take a bite — or at least have your phone nearby to film their inevitable meltdown.

Step 2: Cool Down

Opposites attract, even when it comes to guacamole. Spicy guacamoles pair well with sweet and juicy fruits like pineapple, papaya, or (my personal favorite) mangoes. Check out how we used mango to put out the fires of this Spicy Mango Serrano Guacamole and this Habanero Mango Guac.

A more unique cool-down tactic? Try mixing in Greek yogurt, like in this Spicy Green Goddess Guacamole. Cream cheese and hummus will also add some smooth comfort to the mix and pair well with spice.

Variety Is the Spice of Life

People have been innovating spicy guacamole for hundreds of years. Imagine what the spiciest guacamole will look like in another few hundred centuries. Would you dare take a bite?

Find more spicy (and cool) dips on our guacamole recipes page.

The post How to Make Spicy Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Jax Guacamole has been setting hearts – and mouths — on fire for centuries. The Aztecs were the first to discover in the 14th century that creamy avocados and fiery peppers are the perfect pair. They mixed green chiles into their guacamole, and today, guacamole lovers around the world are finding new ways to give guacamole the heat they crave. I’ve analyzed thousands of recipes on the web, and I’ve uncovered a formula to help you create a guacamole with the perfect amount of kick to suit your fancy. Related: The guacamole adventure never ends — these five sauces each put a unique spin on your favorite guac.

How to Make Spicy Guacamole

Any spicy pepper can turn up the heat in your guac. The question is: How much heat can you handle? Spice fanatics use something called Scoville Heat Units (SHU) to tell how fiery their food will be. I’ve ranked four of my favorite hot peppers from spicy to spiciest, based on the SHU of each. Word to the wise: Have a glass of something cold on hand before proceeding any further.

Step 1: Pick a Pepper

Jalapeño

SHU: 2,500-8,000 The classic choice of pepper for guacamole. Jalapeños range in heat from mild to “fire breathing dragon.” This is a great beginner pepper to play with, because most of the heat in jalapeños comes from the seeds. The more seeds you add to your guac, the more kick it will have. If you don’t have any peppers on hand, you can substitute jalapeño hot sauce, like the kind in this Spicy Bacon Guacamole. Did you know that chipotle peppers come from dried and smoked jalapeños? Rich, smoky chipotle peppers have a unique spice — your grocery store will likely have ground chipotle powder ready to sprinkle onto recipes like this Chipotle Apple & Almond Guacamole.

Serrano

SHU: 10,000-23,000 These little guys pack approximately five times the heat of jalapeños. The word serrano means “of the mountains.” Many of these peppers grow in the elevated regions of Mexico, like Hidalgo and Puebla. Depending on the batch, they can taste anywhere from spicy-sweet to spicy-bright. Make your own variations of this Spicy Guacamole and see for yourself.

Cayenne

SHU: 30,000-50,000 You’ve likely encountered cayenne powder at your grocery store. It’s a bright red color and gives a pungently hot edge to your guac. In fact, cayenne is one of my favorite powdered peppers to add to guac — try this Spicy Three Pepper & Cayenne Guacamole for some classic cayenne heat, or crank it up with a Fiery Creole Guacamole that will make you sweat.

Habanero

SHU: 100,000-350,000 Guacamole is known to melt hearts, but guac with habanero peppers might melt more than that. These little orange peppers are like edible volcanoes — just one small habanero is enough to set your guac ablaze with delicious spice. Daredevils will enjoy habanero recipes like The Heat Is On Guacamole, but be sure to warn your friends before they take a bite — or at least have your phone nearby to film their inevitable meltdown.

Step 2: Cool Down

Opposites attract, even when it comes to guacamole. Spicy guacamoles pair well with sweet and juicy fruits like pineapple, papaya, or (my personal favorite) mangoes. Check out how we used mango to put out the fires of this Spicy Mango Serrano Guacamole and this Habanero Mango Guac. A more unique cool-down tactic? Try mixing in Greek yogurt, like in this Spicy Green Goddess Guacamole. Cream cheese and hummus will also add some smooth comfort to the mix and pair well with spice.

Variety Is the Spice of Life

People have been innovating spicy guacamole for hundreds of years. Imagine what the spiciest guacamole will look like in another few hundred centuries. Would you dare take a bite? Find more spicy (and cool) dips on our guacamole recipes page.

The post How to Make Spicy Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
6 Delicious Pineapple Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/6-pineapple-guacamole-recipes/ Fri, 08 May 2020 04:19:12 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27882

Who doesn’t sometimes dream of sunny shores and palm trees swaying in the breeze? Good news: You don’t need to leave your kitchen to create this tropical paradise for your taste buds.

Creamy, mashed avocado and chunks of sweet, golden pineapple … is your mouth watering yet? Thanks to Avocados From Mexico, you can mix up a juicy pineapple guacamole at home, and you can practically taste the vacation in each recipe.

Check out six of our favorite pineapple guacamole recipes that will set a new bar for your everyday dip.

Related: Keep thinking outside the guac box with these unique guacamole ingredients.

6 Pineapple Guacamole Recipes

Bright Pineapple & Orange Guacamole

Unite sweet pineapple and tangy citrus for a taste of sunshine and breezy beaches. This juicy guacamole couples the spice of serrano chiles with fresh fruit draped in waves of creamy avocado.

Jerk Guacamole

You won’t be able to resist the hot rhythm of this Caribbean-inspired dip. Look for the hot bite of peppery jerk seasoning while you sail through this deliciously smooth guacamole. Too spicy? Pair it with a tall glass of ice-cold lemonade.

Holy Pineapple Guacamole

Yes, this guacamole tastes as good as it looks. Kicking back in a pineapple boat, this guac features Roma tomatoes, cilantro, and red onion alongside chunks of this tropical fruit. It’s almost too gorgeous to eat — but you should eat it anyway.

Spicy Citrus Guac

With four different kinds of hot pepper, this guac is a sweet and spicy tiki party for your mouth. Swirl in the juice from blood oranges and lime to accent the sweet pineapple. Our secret ingredient? Maple syrup.

Botanero Guac

Inspired by Mexican small plates and traditional snack bars, this dip will have you floating past sunny rivieras on a wave of flavor. This guac features guajillo chiles, crunchy sesame seeds, and (of course) freshly diced pineapple — a blend of unique ingredients like you’ve never tasted.

Pineapple & Cucumber Guacamole

Pineapple, cucumber, lime, and avocados melt together to create what some might consider the freshest guac the world has ever seen. This chunky guac can be scooped and eaten with tortilla chips, or you can eat it with a fork. You’re on vacation, so who’s to judge?

Pro tip: Make your avocados last longer between trips to the grocery store by learning how to slow down ripening.

Escape to your own oasis with any of these pineapple guacamole recipes, then discover more ways to up your game with these guacamole recipes.

The post 6 Delicious Pineapple Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Who doesn’t sometimes dream of sunny shores and palm trees swaying in the breeze? Good news: You don’t need to leave your kitchen to create this tropical paradise for your taste buds. Creamy, mashed avocado and chunks of sweet, golden pineapple … is your mouth watering yet? Thanks to Avocados From Mexico, you can mix up a juicy pineapple guacamole at home, and you can practically taste the vacation in each recipe. Check out six of our favorite pineapple guacamole recipes that will set a new bar for your everyday dip. Related: Keep thinking outside the guac box with these unique guacamole ingredients.

6 Pineapple Guacamole Recipes

Bright Pineapple & Orange Guacamole

Unite sweet pineapple and tangy citrus for a taste of sunshine and breezy beaches. This juicy guacamole couples the spice of serrano chiles with fresh fruit draped in waves of creamy avocado.

Jerk Guacamole

You won’t be able to resist the hot rhythm of this Caribbean-inspired dip. Look for the hot bite of peppery jerk seasoning while you sail through this deliciously smooth guacamole. Too spicy? Pair it with a tall glass of ice-cold lemonade.

Holy Pineapple Guacamole

Yes, this guacamole tastes as good as it looks. Kicking back in a pineapple boat, this guac features Roma tomatoes, cilantro, and red onion alongside chunks of this tropical fruit. It’s almost too gorgeous to eat — but you should eat it anyway.

Spicy Citrus Guac

With four different kinds of hot pepper, this guac is a sweet and spicy tiki party for your mouth. Swirl in the juice from blood oranges and lime to accent the sweet pineapple. Our secret ingredient? Maple syrup.

Botanero Guac

Inspired by Mexican small plates and traditional snack bars, this dip will have you floating past sunny rivieras on a wave of flavor. This guac features guajillo chiles, crunchy sesame seeds, and (of course) freshly diced pineapple — a blend of unique ingredients like you’ve never tasted.

Pineapple & Cucumber Guacamole

Pineapple, cucumber, lime, and avocados melt together to create what some might consider the freshest guac the world has ever seen. This chunky guac can be scooped and eaten with tortilla chips, or you can eat it with a fork. You’re on vacation, so who’s to judge? Pro tip: Make your avocados last longer between trips to the grocery store by learning how to slow down ripening. Escape to your own oasis with any of these pineapple guacamole recipes, then discover more ways to up your game with these guacamole recipes.

The post 6 Delicious Pineapple Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Planning a Guacamole Picnic https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/planning-guacamole-picnic/ Fri, 08 May 2020 04:10:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27880

You can’t beat a good picnic — unless you turn it into a guacamole picnic. Besides, guac tastes even better while kicking back in the sunshine with your loved ones. Guacamole is a travel-friendly treat for a trip to the park and tastes great served up as part of a family dinner alfresco in the backyard.

Picnics are simple outings, but to make sure the occasion goes as smoothly as your favorite guacamole, here are some pro tips.

 

How to Store Guacamole for a Picnic

Curious how to keep your guacamole a brilliant green? Store it in an airtight container to limit its exposure to air. Spritz the top of your dip with lemon juice or water, which prevents oxygen from turning guacamole brown on top.

After mashing your guacamole, don’t let unused avocado halves go to waste. Keep the pit inside the unused half and coat the flesh of the avocado with lemon juice or olive oil. Wrap it immediately with plastic wrap and allow it to chill in the fridge.

Guacamole is so good that, sometimes, picnicgoers may (understandably) find it difficult to share. Make it so they don’t have to by prepping single-portion guacamole “boats,” such as savory Southwest Sweet Potato Guacamole or Poblano Stuffed Guac. Bonus: fewer dishes to pack and clean up later!

 

Gorgeous Guac Garnishes

Picnics are a social event, and if you’re posting to social media, you’ll get a thumbs up from picnic guests and social followers with an aesthetically garnished guac. These additions provide a pop of color and flavor:

  • Sliced lime
  • Mint leaves
  • Halved or quartered strawberries
  • Pomegranate seeds
  • Feta cheese crumbles
  • Diced mango

 

What’s Your Guacamole Picnic Vibe?

There are thousands of guacamoles for thousands of ways to picnic. Whether you’re a pit master pro or an outdoor adventurer looking for a treat along your travels, there’s a guacamole recipe for you.

Brunchin’ With Guac

For picnic brunches, Wakey Wakey Eggs & Bakey Guac is a delicious way to salute the rising sun with all the breakfast essentials in one bowl: creamy avocados, crunchy bacon, eggs, and crispy hash browns.

Hungry Parks And Recreation GIF

Guac & BBQ

Can’t imagine a picnic without firing up the barbeque? Mash together a basic guacamole recipe to elevate hamburgers, hot dogs, or brisket. Or use some of your rub spices to season a bowl of BBQ Guacamole.

 

Recipe: Classic Guacamole

  • 4 Avocados From Mexico, halved
  • 1 tbsp. lime juice
  • 1 tbsp. minced onion
  • 1 tsp. jalapeno, minced
  • ¼ tsp. salt

Mash avocado in a large bowl with a fork or mortar and pestle until chunky-smooth. Fold in all other ingredients until fully integrated into a cohesive, epically scrumptious guac.

Independence Day Eating GIF By Boomerang Official

Wine & Cheese & Guac

Picnic traditionalists will enjoy pairing wine and cheese with sweeter guacs, such as Strawberry Margarita Guacamole or Crunchy Candied Guacamole, made with melt-in-your-mouth pears, honey, and candied pecans. Any fruit plays well with avocados’ pleasantly subtle flavor and creamy texture. For the freshest taste, use in-season fruits, such as strawberries in spring or squash in late summer. And remember — Hass avocados are always in season, because they grow 365 days a year nourished by the Mexican sun and rain.

Guacos (Guacamole Tacos)

Tacos are another picnic favorite and can be assembled on-site. Make your picnic into a full-on fiesta by serving up Taco Guac made with ground beef and black beans or Elotes Guacamole, which is inspired by traditional Mexican street corn. You can dollop it on top of your tacos or serve it as a side.

Snoop Dogg GIF

Guac on the Trail

Take your guacamole to new heights, literally, by packing Trail Mix Guacamole to fuel your trek up mountains and through the woods. A single serving of avocado (1/3 medium avocado) provides 11% of your daily value of fiber, which will keep you feeling full. The protein from pecans, walnuts, and pepitas will nourish your muscles along the journey.

Mountains Get Outside Gif

Keep Pesky Ants Away from Your Guacamole Picnic

Ants (and apparently alligators) know how delicious guacamole is — but don’t let them bug you. Protect your guacamole from these six-legged party crashers by following a few simple preventative measures:

  • Choose a picnic spot at least 50 feet away from trash cans.
  • Rub vinegar, lemon juice, or garlic along your table, tablecloth, or blanket, as ants are repelled by those scents.
  • Stick the legs of your picnic table into shallow containers of water. Or place your plastic food storage containers inside larger containers filled with a shallow pool of water. Ants don’t swim, so they’ll leave your picnic spread in peace. Sorry, ants: No guacamole for you!

Boomunderground GIF

Find tons of guacamole recipes made with nutrient-dense avocados in our guacamole recipe archives.

The post Planning a Guacamole Picnic appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You can’t beat a good picnic — unless you turn it into a guacamole picnic. Besides, guac tastes even better while kicking back in the sunshine with your loved ones. Guacamole is a travel-friendly treat for a trip to the park and tastes great served up as part of a family dinner alfresco in the backyard. Picnics are simple outings, but to make sure the occasion goes as smoothly as your favorite guacamole, here are some pro tips.  

How to Store Guacamole for a Picnic

Curious how to keep your guacamole a brilliant green? Store it in an airtight container to limit its exposure to air. Spritz the top of your dip with lemon juice or water, which prevents oxygen from turning guacamole brown on top. After mashing your guacamole, don’t let unused avocado halves go to waste. Keep the pit inside the unused half and coat the flesh of the avocado with lemon juice or olive oil. Wrap it immediately with plastic wrap and allow it to chill in the fridge. Guacamole is so good that, sometimes, picnicgoers may (understandably) find it difficult to share. Make it so they don’t have to by prepping single-portion guacamole “boats,” such as savory Southwest Sweet Potato Guacamole or Poblano Stuffed Guac. Bonus: fewer dishes to pack and clean up later!  

Gorgeous Guac Garnishes

Picnics are a social event, and if you’re posting to social media, you’ll get a thumbs up from picnic guests and social followers with an aesthetically garnished guac. These additions provide a pop of color and flavor:
  • Sliced lime
  • Mint leaves
  • Halved or quartered strawberries
  • Pomegranate seeds
  • Feta cheese crumbles
  • Diced mango
 

What’s Your Guacamole Picnic Vibe?

There are thousands of guacamoles for thousands of ways to picnic. Whether you’re a pit master pro or an outdoor adventurer looking for a treat along your travels, there’s a guacamole recipe for you.

Brunchin’ With Guac

For picnic brunches, Wakey Wakey Eggs & Bakey Guac is a delicious way to salute the rising sun with all the breakfast essentials in one bowl: creamy avocados, crunchy bacon, eggs, and crispy hash browns. Hungry Parks And Recreation GIF

Guac & BBQ

Can’t imagine a picnic without firing up the barbeque? Mash together a basic guacamole recipe to elevate hamburgers, hot dogs, or brisket. Or use some of your rub spices to season a bowl of BBQ Guacamole.  

Recipe: Classic Guacamole

  • 4 Avocados From Mexico, halved
  • 1 tbsp. lime juice
  • 1 tbsp. minced onion
  • 1 tsp. jalapeno, minced
  • ¼ tsp. salt
Mash avocado in a large bowl with a fork or mortar and pestle until chunky-smooth. Fold in all other ingredients until fully integrated into a cohesive, epically scrumptious guac. Independence Day Eating GIF By Boomerang Official

Wine & Cheese & Guac

Picnic traditionalists will enjoy pairing wine and cheese with sweeter guacs, such as Strawberry Margarita Guacamole or Crunchy Candied Guacamole, made with melt-in-your-mouth pears, honey, and candied pecans. Any fruit plays well with avocados’ pleasantly subtle flavor and creamy texture. For the freshest taste, use in-season fruits, such as strawberries in spring or squash in late summer. And remember — Hass avocados are always in season, because they grow 365 days a year nourished by the Mexican sun and rain.

Guacos (Guacamole Tacos)

Tacos are another picnic favorite and can be assembled on-site. Make your picnic into a full-on fiesta by serving up Taco Guac made with ground beef and black beans or Elotes Guacamole, which is inspired by traditional Mexican street corn. You can dollop it on top of your tacos or serve it as a side. Snoop Dogg GIF

Guac on the Trail

Take your guacamole to new heights, literally, by packing Trail Mix Guacamole to fuel your trek up mountains and through the woods. A single serving of avocado (1/3 medium avocado) provides 11% of your daily value of fiber, which will keep you feeling full. The protein from pecans, walnuts, and pepitas will nourish your muscles along the journey. Mountains Get Outside Gif

Keep Pesky Ants Away from Your Guacamole Picnic

Ants (and apparently alligators) know how delicious guacamole is — but don’t let them bug you. Protect your guacamole from these six-legged party crashers by following a few simple preventative measures:
  • Choose a picnic spot at least 50 feet away from trash cans.
  • Rub vinegar, lemon juice, or garlic along your table, tablecloth, or blanket, as ants are repelled by those scents.
  • Stick the legs of your picnic table into shallow containers of water. Or place your plastic food storage containers inside larger containers filled with a shallow pool of water. Ants don’t swim, so they’ll leave your picnic spread in peace. Sorry, ants: No guacamole for you!
Boomunderground GIF Find tons of guacamole recipes made with nutrient-dense avocados in our guacamole recipe archives.

The post Planning a Guacamole Picnic appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Gluten-Free Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/make-gluten-free-guacamole/ Fri, 08 May 2020 03:42:22 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27878

If you thought guacamole couldn’t get any better, wait until you hear this: The basic ingredients of guacamole are Avocados From Mexico, salt, and lime juice — all of which are naturally gluten-free. But what if you want to amp up your gluten-free guacamole? Well, there’s good news there too.

Guacamole is one of the most versatile foods in the world and can host practically any ingredients you can imagine. So no matter what your favorite gluten-free ingredients are, they’ll fit right in with mashed avocado.

In other words, gluten-free guacamole is not only possible to make, it’s easy. Here are some tips to get you started.

Related: Need to swap out traditional spreads with something else? Try these tips for making avocado-based spreads.

Veggie Dippers

Tortilla chips are not the only guacamole-transportation vehicles that can deliver scoops of fresh, creamy guac into your mouth. Add some crunch and color to the table by swapping tortilla chips for gluten-free dippers like:

  • Corn chips
  • Cucumber slices
  • Baby carrots
  • Toasted sweet potato chips

Fruity Guacamole

Guacamole and fruits make a lively pair—maybe because avocados are a fruit as well! There are countless ways to mix and match guacamole with fruit.

Have you ever tried dipping slices of crisp apples into your guacamole instead of chips? If you want to add some fruit to the mix itself, start with pineapple or mango guacamole. For a festive feel, top your guac with raspberries or pomegranate seeds.

Meaty Guac

Embrace your inner carnivore! Experiment with gluten-free BBQ sauces, spice mixes, and cooking methods like grilling or stewing meats in a crockpot to find a texture you’ll love to sink your teeth into. Find a meat that fits your occasion:

  • Chicken
  • Pulled pork
  • Bacon
  • Brisket

A formal dinner may call for Guac & Pork Chips with Tequila Braised Pork Belly, while Bacon Gorgonzola Guacamole would hit the spot for a movie night at home.

Sweet-Treat Guac

Got a sweet tooth? Gluten-free guacamole can satisfy your sweet tooth with the right ingredients. Try mixing your favorite sweet sauces into your guac, like these:

  • Honey
  • Jams and jellies
  • Peanut butter

Keep Your Mind(and Mouth)Open

Guacamole is easygoing — you can mix in just about any of the foods close to your heart and end up even more in love with guac than before. Get creative in the kitchen with your own gluten-free guacamole recipe!

Discover more inspiration on our guacamole recipes page.

The post How to Make Gluten-Free Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you thought guacamole couldn’t get any better, wait until you hear this: The basic ingredients of guacamole are Avocados From Mexico, salt, and lime juice — all of which are naturally gluten-free. But what if you want to amp up your gluten-free guacamole? Well, there’s good news there too. Guacamole is one of the most versatile foods in the world and can host practically any ingredients you can imagine. So no matter what your favorite gluten-free ingredients are, they’ll fit right in with mashed avocado. In other words, gluten-free guacamole is not only possible to make, it’s easy. Here are some tips to get you started. Related: Need to swap out traditional spreads with something else? Try these tips for making avocado-based spreads.

Veggie Dippers

Tortilla chips are not the only guacamole-transportation vehicles that can deliver scoops of fresh, creamy guac into your mouth. Add some crunch and color to the table by swapping tortilla chips for gluten-free dippers like:
  • Corn chips
  • Cucumber slices
  • Baby carrots
  • Toasted sweet potato chips

Fruity Guacamole

Guacamole and fruits make a lively pair—maybe because avocados are a fruit as well! There are countless ways to mix and match guacamole with fruit. Have you ever tried dipping slices of crisp apples into your guacamole instead of chips? If you want to add some fruit to the mix itself, start with pineapple or mango guacamole. For a festive feel, top your guac with raspberries or pomegranate seeds.

Meaty Guac

Embrace your inner carnivore! Experiment with gluten-free BBQ sauces, spice mixes, and cooking methods like grilling or stewing meats in a crockpot to find a texture you’ll love to sink your teeth into. Find a meat that fits your occasion:
  • Chicken
  • Pulled pork
  • Bacon
  • Brisket
A formal dinner may call for Guac & Pork Chips with Tequila Braised Pork Belly, while Bacon Gorgonzola Guacamole would hit the spot for a movie night at home.

Sweet-Treat Guac

Got a sweet tooth? Gluten-free guacamole can satisfy your sweet tooth with the right ingredients. Try mixing your favorite sweet sauces into your guac, like these:
  • Honey
  • Jams and jellies
  • Peanut butter

Keep Your Mind(and Mouth)Open

Guacamole is easygoing — you can mix in just about any of the foods close to your heart and end up even more in love with guac than before. Get creative in the kitchen with your own gluten-free guacamole recipe! Discover more inspiration on our guacamole recipes page.

The post How to Make Gluten-Free Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
DIY Avocado Spa Hacks https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/diy-avocado-spa-hacks/ Wed, 08 Apr 2020 07:14:35 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27858

Are you planning a spa day at home and look for some spa hacks? From moisturizer to face masks, avocados can be included for some extra DIY fun.

Thankfully, Avocados From Mexico are always in season, so no matter when or where you are, they can be part of your spa day routine. So start the bubble bath and grab an avocado — it’s DIY spa day!

DIY Avocado SpaHacks

Avocado Sugar Scrub

Rub away dead skin cells and leave your skin soft and silky by adding a sugar scrub with avocados to your skin care routine. This DIY recipe offers you natural ingredients — like sugar and avocado — and helps control the ratio of rough materials to moisturizing materials in your scrub. Just make sure you’re using fresh, ripe avocados before making a homemade scrub (and here’s how to tell).

Avocado Moisturizer

Washing your skin with a DIY moisturizer can be a fun way to freshen up at home. One option is with a home made avocado moisturizer. Avocados are soft and creamy, making for a gentle moisturizing agent.

Related: Your hair can dry out in the winter too. Quench its thirst with these DIY avocado hair mask recipes.

Avocado Face Mask

Let’s face it: Making your own avocado face masks is as fun as it is simple. All it takes is 1/4 of an avocado and two teaspoons of honey to whip up this face mask recipe. Once applied, kick back with a bowl of guacamole and relax — you’ve earned it!

Visit our blog for even more avocado skin care techniques.

The post DIY Avocado Spa Hacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Are you planning a spa day at home and look for some spa hacks? From moisturizer to face masks, avocados can be included for some extra DIY fun. Thankfully, Avocados From Mexico are always in season, so no matter when or where you are, they can be part of your spa day routine. So start the bubble bath and grab an avocado — it’s DIY spa day!

DIY Avocado SpaHacks

Avocado Sugar Scrub

Rub away dead skin cells and leave your skin soft and silky by adding a sugar scrub with avocados to your skin care routine. This DIY recipe offers you natural ingredients — like sugar and avocado — and helps control the ratio of rough materials to moisturizing materials in your scrub. Just make sure you’re using fresh, ripe avocados before making a homemade scrub (and here’s how to tell).

Avocado Moisturizer

Washing your skin with a DIY moisturizer can be a fun way to freshen up at home. One option is with a home made avocado moisturizer. Avocados are soft and creamy, making for a gentle moisturizing agent. Related: Your hair can dry out in the winter too. Quench its thirst with these DIY avocado hair mask recipes.

Avocado Face Mask

Let’s face it: Making your own avocado face masks is as fun as it is simple. All it takes is 1/4 of an avocado and two teaspoons of honey to whip up this face mask recipe. Once applied, kick back with a bowl of guacamole and relax — you’ve earned it! Visit our blog for even more avocado skin care techniques.

The post DIY Avocado Spa Hacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Unique Guacamole Ingredients for Adventurous Eaters https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/5-unique-guacamole-ingredients-adventurous-eaters/ Wed, 08 Apr 2020 07:00:50 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27856

Unique Guacamole Ingredients

Throughout history, the most forward-thinking individuals were told, time and time again, to pipe down. Naysayers and doubters never thought we’d generate our own electricity, go to the moon, or make guacamole with caviar. But we did. And it’s awesome.

Now is your chance to become a guacamole pioneer and to explore the great unknown. The only required ingredient of guacamole is mashed avocado — the rest is limited only by your imagination.

Related: Jax is all about trying unique guacamole ingredients. Check out the pickle guacamole recipe on his blog.

Get started with these five unique guacamole ingredients the world has yet to try.

Five Guacamole Recipes the World Has Never Seen, but Should

  1. Breakfast Cereal Guacamole

    Start your day off right with classic cereal and Avocados From Mexico. Corn chips, chocolate puffs, crispy rice, or bran flakes would all add a satisfying crunch and a unique flavor to your guac. Serving suggestion: Eat while watching cartoons in your PJs.

  2. Passion Fruit Guacamole

    Doesn’t all great guacamole begin with passion? In this combination, the nutty, gentle demeanor of the avocado would balance out the passion fruit’s mouth-puckering, sour flavor.

  3. Trail Mix Guacamole

    We already know avocados are excellent camping snacks, but sprinkling trail mix into guacamole is a whole new adventure! With every bite, your yummy guacamole comes with a medley of surprises— sweet raisins, crunchy nuts, and bitter dark chocolate.

    Pro tip: Can’t wait to try these recipes? If you’re avocado isn’t quite ripe, follow these steps to speed up the ripening process.

  4. Espresso Guacamole

    Do you take your coffee black, with cream, or … green? Try mixing crunchy espresso beans into your guacamole for an extra perk to your dip. To add a layer of sweetness, opt for chocolate covered espresso beans instead.

  5. Pretzel Guacamole

    Crushing up salty pretzels and sprinkling them into your guacamole adds a whole new level of crunch without disturbing the flavor. Alternatively, use pretzel sticks or soft pretzels in lieu of tortilla chips with your favorite guac recipe — like this Classic Mexican Guacamole, for example.

These suggestions are just the beginning. What are you waiting for? There’s a big world of unique guacamole ingredients out there waiting to be explored.

For more avocado inspiration, check out our guacamole recipes page.

The post 5 Unique Guacamole Ingredients for Adventurous Eaters appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Unique Guacamole Ingredients

Throughout history, the most forward-thinking individuals were told, time and time again, to pipe down. Naysayers and doubters never thought we’d generate our own electricity, go to the moon, or make guacamole with caviar. But we did. And it’s awesome. Now is your chance to become a guacamole pioneer and to explore the great unknown. The only required ingredient of guacamole is mashed avocado — the rest is limited only by your imagination. Related: Jax is all about trying unique guacamole ingredients. Check out the pickle guacamole recipe on his blog. Get started with these five unique guacamole ingredients the world has yet to try.

Five Guacamole Recipes the World Has Never Seen, but Should

  1. Breakfast Cereal Guacamole

    Start your day off right with classic cereal and Avocados From Mexico. Corn chips, chocolate puffs, crispy rice, or bran flakes would all add a satisfying crunch and a unique flavor to your guac. Serving suggestion: Eat while watching cartoons in your PJs.
  2. Passion Fruit Guacamole

    Doesn’t all great guacamole begin with passion? In this combination, the nutty, gentle demeanor of the avocado would balance out the passion fruit’s mouth-puckering, sour flavor.
  3. Trail Mix Guacamole

    We already know avocados are excellent camping snacks, but sprinkling trail mix into guacamole is a whole new adventure! With every bite, your yummy guacamole comes with a medley of surprises— sweet raisins, crunchy nuts, and bitter dark chocolate. Pro tip: Can’t wait to try these recipes? If you’re avocado isn’t quite ripe, follow these steps to speed up the ripening process.
  4. Espresso Guacamole

    Do you take your coffee black, with cream, or … green? Try mixing crunchy espresso beans into your guacamole for an extra perk to your dip. To add a layer of sweetness, opt for chocolate covered espresso beans instead.
  5. Pretzel Guacamole

    Crushing up salty pretzels and sprinkling them into your guacamole adds a whole new level of crunch without disturbing the flavor. Alternatively, use pretzel sticks or soft pretzels in lieu of tortilla chips with your favorite guac recipe — like this Classic Mexican Guacamole, for example.
These suggestions are just the beginning. What are you waiting for? There’s a big world of unique guacamole ingredients out there waiting to be explored. For more avocado inspiration, check out our guacamole recipes page.

The post 5 Unique Guacamole Ingredients for Adventurous Eaters appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
4 Mango Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/4-mango-guacamole-recipes/ Wed, 08 Apr 2020 06:49:01 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27854

Mango boasts a sweet, tangy taste, while avocado packs a mild, buttery flavor. Both fruits are unlike anything else — so why fold both into a sweet and creamy mango guacamole?

Avocado’s smooth, velvety composition is perfect for a tango with mango’s juicy texture.Plus, the vibrant color palette of these guacs is a spectacle in itself.

Related: If you’re looking for other ways to bring fresh fruit and avocados together, try our Fruit Salad with Avocado Coconut Lime Dressing.

The next time you have a ripe avocado on hand, think beyond the usual and mix it up with one of these mango guacamole recipes.

4 Mango Guacamole Recipes

  1. Coconut Shrimp-Mango Guacamole

    Shrimp, coconut, and grilled corn kernels are the attention-grabbing ingredients, but juicy chunks of mango enhance this guacamole to a whole new level.

    Serving Suggestion: Dense and flavorful, this guac can double as a flatbread topping. But no judgement if you eat it straight from the bowl!

  2. Mango and Tomatillo Guacamole with Queso Fresco

    Smooth, buttery avocado blends mango’s sweetness with tomatillo’s tart, slightly acidic essence. Crumbled queso fresco enhances the cool, creamy texture.

    Serving Suggestion: Add a scoop (or two) to your favorite salad.

  3. Mango Guacamole

    This simple mango guacamole recipe features finely chopped tomato, onion, and serrano chile. Cilantro and mint add a cool complexity to the overall taste. Looking for less heat? Scoop out the chile seeds.

    Serving Suggestion: Pair with pita chips for a quick appetizer or use with sweet potato fries.

  4. Spicy Mango Serrano Guacamole

    Add some sweet heat to your table with this dip. Mango is a delightful surprise nestled among the cool, smooth texture of guacamole and queso fresco. If the serrano chile isn’t enough, turn up the heat by adding more Tajin.

    Serving Suggestion: A small dollop goes a long way on top of blackened mahi mahi tacos.

Look for more ways to dress up your favorite green dip on our guacamole recipes page.

The post 4 Mango Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Mango boasts a sweet, tangy taste, while avocado packs a mild, buttery flavor. Both fruits are unlike anything else — so why fold both into a sweet and creamy mango guacamole? Avocado’s smooth, velvety composition is perfect for a tango with mango’s juicy texture.Plus, the vibrant color palette of these guacs is a spectacle in itself. Related: If you’re looking for other ways to bring fresh fruit and avocados together, try our Fruit Salad with Avocado Coconut Lime Dressing. The next time you have a ripe avocado on hand, think beyond the usual and mix it up with one of these mango guacamole recipes.

4 Mango Guacamole Recipes

  1. Coconut Shrimp-Mango Guacamole

    Shrimp, coconut, and grilled corn kernels are the attention-grabbing ingredients, but juicy chunks of mango enhance this guacamole to a whole new level. Serving Suggestion: Dense and flavorful, this guac can double as a flatbread topping. But no judgement if you eat it straight from the bowl!
  2. Mango and Tomatillo Guacamole with Queso Fresco

    Smooth, buttery avocado blends mango’s sweetness with tomatillo’s tart, slightly acidic essence. Crumbled queso fresco enhances the cool, creamy texture. Serving Suggestion: Add a scoop (or two) to your favorite salad.
  3. Mango Guacamole

    This simple mango guacamole recipe features finely chopped tomato, onion, and serrano chile. Cilantro and mint add a cool complexity to the overall taste. Looking for less heat? Scoop out the chile seeds. Serving Suggestion: Pair with pita chips for a quick appetizer or use with sweet potato fries.
  4. Spicy Mango Serrano Guacamole

    Add some sweet heat to your table with this dip. Mango is a delightful surprise nestled among the cool, smooth texture of guacamole and queso fresco. If the serrano chile isn’t enough, turn up the heat by adding more Tajin. Serving Suggestion: A small dollop goes a long way on top of blackened mahi mahi tacos.
Look for more ways to dress up your favorite green dip on our guacamole recipes page.

The post 4 Mango Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guacamole Add-Ins: 5 Sauces to Put in Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/guacamole-add-ins-5-sauces-put-guacamole/ Wed, 08 Apr 2020 06:16:57 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27852

When it comes to ingredients, guacamole add-ins are limitless. Take any guacamole, drizzle or dash your favorite sauce on top, and — voila! Your guacamole has completely transformed, with a new flavor profile and texture in seconds.

So how do you know which sauce to try? Start by learning how to cut, slice, and dice an avocado. Mash it into a bowl along with your favorite ingredients. Do you prefer it spicy, salty, sweet, or all three?

Related: Spicy sauce fanatics might also appreciate this Spicy Ranch Avocado Dressing recipe.

There’s a sauce for every guacamole. Here are some guacamole add-ins to get you started.

5 Sauces to Put in Guacamole

Horseradish

Horseradish alone can bring tears to your eyes and fire to your tongue. Mix it with avocado, though, and you’ll be all smiles. In this Guasacaca recipe, for instance, avocados wrap the bitter horseradish in a creamy blanket of love until the horseradish is but a delightful zing.

Sriracha

Originating from a small town in Thailand named — you guessed it — Si Racha, this chili pepper sauce has the whole world drizzling it across their lunch, dinner, and snacks like this Tuna Poke Miso Guacamole. Avocados and sriracha are a natural pair: The dense, nutty flavor of the avocado is brightened by the tangy-sweet, vinegar-based sriracha.

Gochujang

As opposed to sriracha’s vinegary tang, gochujang’s flavor is characterized as earthy, sweet, and umami. In this Kimchi Guacamole with Gochujang Crema Swirl, the avocado lightens the heavily fermented taste of kimchi and gochujang.

Pesto

One thing to know for sure: two greens make a right. Make that three for Basil Pesto Guacamole! Fresh pesto has a strong, garlicky aroma, and a gritty texture, thanks to pine nuts and crumbled, hard cheeses. Avocados, herbs, and garlic make an unstoppable trio, each hitting upon a different flavor and texture.

Adobo Sauce

This fiery sauce can add a little earthy funk to your guac. It’s spicy, acidic, and full of pep — just ask this Roasted Tomato and Chipotle Guacamole. Add a dash or two to your guac but have a glass of ice water nearby.

Browse our avocado recipes page to discover more guacamole add-ins for tonight’s batch.

The post Guacamole Add-Ins: 5 Sauces to Put in Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When it comes to ingredients, guacamole add-ins are limitless. Take any guacamole, drizzle or dash your favorite sauce on top, and — voila! Your guacamole has completely transformed, with a new flavor profile and texture in seconds. So how do you know which sauce to try? Start by learning how to cut, slice, and dice an avocado. Mash it into a bowl along with your favorite ingredients. Do you prefer it spicy, salty, sweet, or all three? Related: Spicy sauce fanatics might also appreciate this Spicy Ranch Avocado Dressing recipe. There’s a sauce for every guacamole. Here are some guacamole add-ins to get you started.

5 Sauces to Put in Guacamole

Horseradish

Horseradish alone can bring tears to your eyes and fire to your tongue. Mix it with avocado, though, and you’ll be all smiles. In this Guasacaca recipe, for instance, avocados wrap the bitter horseradish in a creamy blanket of love until the horseradish is but a delightful zing.

Sriracha

Originating from a small town in Thailand named — you guessed it — Si Racha, this chili pepper sauce has the whole world drizzling it across their lunch, dinner, and snacks like this Tuna Poke Miso Guacamole. Avocados and sriracha are a natural pair: The dense, nutty flavor of the avocado is brightened by the tangy-sweet, vinegar-based sriracha.

Gochujang

As opposed to sriracha’s vinegary tang, gochujang’s flavor is characterized as earthy, sweet, and umami. In this Kimchi Guacamole with Gochujang Crema Swirl, the avocado lightens the heavily fermented taste of kimchi and gochujang.

Pesto

One thing to know for sure: two greens make a right. Make that three for Basil Pesto Guacamole! Fresh pesto has a strong, garlicky aroma, and a gritty texture, thanks to pine nuts and crumbled, hard cheeses. Avocados, herbs, and garlic make an unstoppable trio, each hitting upon a different flavor and texture.

Adobo Sauce

This fiery sauce can add a little earthy funk to your guac. It’s spicy, acidic, and full of pep — just ask this Roasted Tomato and Chipotle Guacamole. Add a dash or two to your guac but have a glass of ice water nearby. Browse our avocado recipes page to discover more guacamole add-ins for tonight’s batch.

The post Guacamole Add-Ins: 5 Sauces to Put in Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Ways to Make Guacamole Pizza https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/5-ways-make-guacamole-pizza/ Wed, 08 Apr 2020 06:07:54 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27850

Can you think of two dishes that are more popular, customizable, and delicious than guacamole and pizza? Neither can we. Now, what if we told you that you could have both in the same bite? Ooh la la.

Now listen, we get that trying new things can be tough and that some pairings sound a little weird. But think about it: a guacamole pizza pie? Those are three of our favorite words. (Yes, pie too!) No matter how you slice it, the combo is just too good to pass up.

There are five ways to make guacamole pizza, and at least one of them is going to change your life forever. Get ready for a pizza party like no other.

 

 

1. Guacamole Dunking Sauce

Perhaps the easiest way to bring guacamole to the pizza plan is by dunking your leftover crusts in your favorite guac. Bonus deliciousness-points for stuffed crust.

Picky eaters leaving crusts behind? Don’t toss ’em! Brush some melted garlic butter across the crusts and pop them in the oven. In 5-10 minutes, these repurposed crusts are ready for dunking.

Go-to Dunking Guacs:

 

2. Guac Base Sauce

Swap out marinara for guac in your next from-scratch pie. Trust us: Guac is just as delicious when served warm. If you want to keep your guacamole base sauce simple, whip up this easy guac — er, pizza sauce:

 

Ingredients:

  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, diced
  • 1 c. fresh cilantro, chopped
  • Juice from 1 lime
  • Salt to taste
  • 1 garlic clove, peeled
  • 1 tbsp. olive oil

 

Directions:

In a food processor, combine the avocados and cilantro. Puree while adding lime juice and salt to taste. Cover and set aside. Slice the garlic clove in half and rub the cut side over both sides of the pizza crust. Then, brush both sides with olive oil. Spread the avocado mixture generously over the top of each crust, and then add toppings.

 

How You Slice It

Unlike pizza, avocados might not be as simple to slice. But we’ve got a method to show you how easy it can be done — and how no avo will go to waste. Check out our video below.

 

3. Guaco-Taco Pizza

Doesn’t the name just sound good?! You can make a Mexican-inspired pizza using (you guessed it) a crispy tortilla as the crust. A large, toasty tostada shell works well, too. Spread some guacamole around the shell (this Simple Smooth Guac works great) as your “sauce.” Then, pile on cooked ground beef (don’t forget the taco seasoning), plenty of chunky salsa, and mountains of shredded cheese.

Set your oven to broil and put your Guaco-Taco Pizza on the top rack. Remove it once the cheese is melted and garnish your masterpiece with some cilantro leaves. Before digging in, be sure to snap a pic and send it to your friends.

 

4. Pizza Guacamole

OK, yes, “pizza guacamole” is fundamentally different than “guacamole pizza.” But it’s still pizza AND guacamole, right? And more importantly, it’s still goooood. Vegetarians will love our Mama Mia Guacamole, made with all the best meatless pizza fixings. Drop the parmesan and you’ve got a vegan pizza guac. Meat lovers might feel more inclined toward our recipe for Italian Guacamole, featuring turkey pepperoni and mozzarella pearls.

 

Pizza Dippers

Making pizza-flavored guac calls for taking pizza-flavored measures. So, while tortilla chips are delicious dippers, why not try dipping with something a little more pizza-crusty? Using pita chips, bagel chips, cauliflower crisps, or even slices of bell pepper can give your guac that extra pizza oomph you’re looking for.

 

5. Pizza Sandwich

If you have a HUGE appetite (and no shame when it comes to getting pizza sauce on your face), add a scoop of guac between two slices for the ultimate guacamole pizza sandwich. Thin-crust pizza works best for this method, especially thin slices of cheese pizza. But if you’ve got some deep-dish meat-lover’s cravings, we won’t stop you from adding guac. Load it up, baby. And since you’re clearly an adventurous eater, we recommend going big with this Garlic & Jalapeño Guacamole.

 

It’s-a Pizza Party

If pizza night is a few days away, slow down the ripening process by sticking your avocados in the fridge for a couple of days. For guac today and pizza tomorrow, keep that leftover green goodness from turning brown by squirting lime or lemon juice over the top. Then, wrap the bowl in plastic wrap, pressing down so it touches the guacamole and prevents air pockets from forming. It should be good in the fridge for one or two days!

Guacamole pizza is a meal made in paradise, but the possibilities don’t end there! Find ideas for more perfect pairings on our guacamole recipes page. Until next time, happy pizza partying!

Pizza Party

The post 5 Ways to Make Guacamole Pizza appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Can you think of two dishes that are more popular, customizable, and delicious than guacamole and pizza? Neither can we. Now, what if we told you that you could have both in the same bite? Ooh la la. Now listen, we get that trying new things can be tough and that some pairings sound a little weird. But think about it: a guacamole pizza pie? Those are three of our favorite words. (Yes, pie too!) No matter how you slice it, the combo is just too good to pass up. There are five ways to make guacamole pizza, and at least one of them is going to change your life forever. Get ready for a pizza party like no other.    

1. Guacamole Dunking Sauce

Perhaps the easiest way to bring guacamole to the pizza plan is by dunking your leftover crusts in your favorite guac. Bonus deliciousness-points for stuffed crust. Picky eaters leaving crusts behind? Don’t toss ’em! Brush some melted garlic butter across the crusts and pop them in the oven. In 5-10 minutes, these repurposed crusts are ready for dunking. Go-to Dunking Guacs:  

2. Guac Base Sauce

Swap out marinara for guac in your next from-scratch pie. Trust us: Guac is just as delicious when served warm. If you want to keep your guacamole base sauce simple, whip up this easy guac — er, pizza sauce:  

Ingredients:

  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, diced
  • 1 c. fresh cilantro, chopped
  • Juice from 1 lime
  • Salt to taste
  • 1 garlic clove, peeled
  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
 

Directions:

In a food processor, combine the avocados and cilantro. Puree while adding lime juice and salt to taste. Cover and set aside. Slice the garlic clove in half and rub the cut side over both sides of the pizza crust. Then, brush both sides with olive oil. Spread the avocado mixture generously over the top of each crust, and then add toppings.  

How You Slice It

Unlike pizza, avocados might not be as simple to slice. But we’ve got a method to show you how easy it can be done — and how no avo will go to waste. Check out our video below.
 

3. Guaco-Taco Pizza

Doesn’t the name just sound good?! You can make a Mexican-inspired pizza using (you guessed it) a crispy tortilla as the crust. A large, toasty tostada shell works well, too. Spread some guacamole around the shell (this Simple Smooth Guac works great) as your “sauce.” Then, pile on cooked ground beef (don’t forget the taco seasoning), plenty of chunky salsa, and mountains of shredded cheese. Set your oven to broil and put your Guaco-Taco Pizza on the top rack. Remove it once the cheese is melted and garnish your masterpiece with some cilantro leaves. Before digging in, be sure to snap a pic and send it to your friends.  

4. Pizza Guacamole

OK, yes, “pizza guacamole” is fundamentally different than “guacamole pizza.” But it’s still pizza AND guacamole, right? And more importantly, it’s still goooood. Vegetarians will love our Mama Mia Guacamole, made with all the best meatless pizza fixings. Drop the parmesan and you’ve got a vegan pizza guac. Meat lovers might feel more inclined toward our recipe for Italian Guacamole, featuring turkey pepperoni and mozzarella pearls.  

Pizza Dippers

Making pizza-flavored guac calls for taking pizza-flavored measures. So, while tortilla chips are delicious dippers, why not try dipping with something a little more pizza-crusty? Using pita chips, bagel chips, cauliflower crisps, or even slices of bell pepper can give your guac that extra pizza oomph you’re looking for.
 

5. Pizza Sandwich

If you have a HUGE appetite (and no shame when it comes to getting pizza sauce on your face), add a scoop of guac between two slices for the ultimate guacamole pizza sandwich. Thin-crust pizza works best for this method, especially thin slices of cheese pizza. But if you’ve got some deep-dish meat-lover’s cravings, we won’t stop you from adding guac. Load it up, baby. And since you’re clearly an adventurous eater, we recommend going big with this Garlic & Jalapeño Guacamole.  

It’s-a Pizza Party

If pizza night is a few days away, slow down the ripening process by sticking your avocados in the fridge for a couple of days. For guac today and pizza tomorrow, keep that leftover green goodness from turning brown by squirting lime or lemon juice over the top. Then, wrap the bowl in plastic wrap, pressing down so it touches the guacamole and prevents air pockets from forming. It should be good in the fridge for one or two days! Guacamole pizza is a meal made in paradise, but the possibilities don’t end there! Find ideas for more perfect pairings on our guacamole recipes page. Until next time, happy pizza partying! Pizza Party

The post 5 Ways to Make Guacamole Pizza appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
East Coast Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/east-coast-guacamole-recipes/ Wed, 08 Apr 2020 05:37:56 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27848

If you love East Coast cuisine and guacamole, you’re in luck: There’s nothing quite like the combination of Avocados From Mexico and East Coast classics when whipping up your favorite dip.

These four East Coast guacamole recipes feature a taste of the culinary delicacies that make New England so exceptional — from cream cheese to copious amounts of seafood.

Related: Take your guacamole tour worldwide with Jax the guac expert in his blog.

  • Everything-but-the-Bagel Guac

    Mix up a delicious love letter to a quintessential New York City necessity: the everything bagel. Cream cheese harmoniously blends with avocado to create a rich, velvety base for smoked salmon, poppy seeds, and garlic. Slather this across a piece of toasted rye or a classic New York bagel.

  • Maryland-Style Crab Guac

    Crab meat is the star of this simple yet delicious adaptation. With a mild taste and buttery texture, mashed avocado creates a balanced base, highlighting hints of Worcestershire sauce and Dijon mustard. For a decorative look, dollop this guac on a tray of water crackers.

Pro tip: Can’t wait to mix up one of these delicious guacs? Speed up the ripening process by putting your avocado in a brown paper bag alongside a banana overnight.

  • New York Deli Guac

    Start spreading the news: This guacamole features chunks of cream cheese, diced nova smoked salmon, and diced English cucumber that create a unique consistency and layered taste. Serve this dense and delicious dip with freshly baked crostini.

  • Traditional Guacamole

    Sure, this one’s pretty straightforward, but it also shines as part of a main dish and as a crafty condiment. Pair this classic comfort with your favorite East Coast dish, from Philly cheesesteaks to Wawa hoagies. It’s also perfect for dipping your favorite slice of New York-style pizza into!

If you enjoyed these East Coast guacamole recipes, check out our avocado recipes page for other regional takes on everyone’s favorite dip.

The post East Coast Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you love East Coast cuisine and guacamole, you’re in luck: There’s nothing quite like the combination of Avocados From Mexico and East Coast classics when whipping up your favorite dip. These four East Coast guacamole recipes feature a taste of the culinary delicacies that make New England so exceptional — from cream cheese to copious amounts of seafood. Related: Take your guacamole tour worldwide with Jax the guac expert in his blog.
  • Everything-but-the-Bagel Guac

    Mix up a delicious love letter to a quintessential New York City necessity: the everything bagel. Cream cheese harmoniously blends with avocado to create a rich, velvety base for smoked salmon, poppy seeds, and garlic. Slather this across a piece of toasted rye or a classic New York bagel.
  • Maryland-Style Crab Guac

    Crab meat is the star of this simple yet delicious adaptation. With a mild taste and buttery texture, mashed avocado creates a balanced base, highlighting hints of Worcestershire sauce and Dijon mustard. For a decorative look, dollop this guac on a tray of water crackers.
Pro tip: Can’t wait to mix up one of these delicious guacs? Speed up the ripening process by putting your avocado in a brown paper bag alongside a banana overnight.
  • New York Deli Guac

    Start spreading the news: This guacamole features chunks of cream cheese, diced nova smoked salmon, and diced English cucumber that create a unique consistency and layered taste. Serve this dense and delicious dip with freshly baked crostini.
  • Traditional Guacamole

    Sure, this one’s pretty straightforward, but it also shines as part of a main dish and as a crafty condiment. Pair this classic comfort with your favorite East Coast dish, from Philly cheesesteaks to Wawa hoagies. It’s also perfect for dipping your favorite slice of New York-style pizza into!
If you enjoyed these East Coast guacamole recipes, check out our avocado recipes page for other regional takes on everyone’s favorite dip.

The post East Coast Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
3 Ways You Can Satisfy Your Sweet Tooth With Fruit https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/3-ways-can-satisfy-sweet-tooth-fruit/ Tue, 31 Mar 2020 05:37:34 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27818

Incorporating Foods With No Added Sugar Into Your Meals

Maintaining an overall healthy eating regimen can pose a challenge, especially with an abundance of tempting treats so readily available.

The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommends limiting the calories from added sugars in your diet to no more than 10% daily — that’s 200 calories or fewer in a 2,000-calorie diet. Replacing foods and drinks high in added sugar with healthier options, like fruits, can help limit your added-sugar intake.

As a food with no added sugars, avocados offer a versatile fruit option that can be incorporated into a variety of eating styles. A serving of avocado — 1/3 of a medium-sized avocado or 50g.

No matter how you choose to work toward limiting your added-sugar intake, talk to your doctor before trying any of these tips. He or she can help discuss how to find a healthy eating pattern that works for you.

Let’s take a look at three tips for incorporating foods with no added sugars, like avocados, into your diet to reduce your added-sugar intake.

Related: Read about four other avocado health benefits.

3 Ways You Can Satisfy Your Sweet Tooth With Avocados

Pair with Proteins

Ensuring that savory meals are low in added sugar can be an easy way to limit your total added-sugar intake. The creamy texture and mild flavor of avocado make it a perfect protein pairing that contributes no added sugar to a meal. Try eating avocado with simply prepared protein options as an alternative to typical condiments.

In a Blended Breakfast

Making healthy choices at breakfast can help set a low-sugar tone for the day. Opt for simple avocado smoothies — featuring veggies, milk, avocado, and fruit — in the morning as an alternative to sweetened cereals and flavored yogurts.

Featured With Other Fruits

Choosing the naturally occurring sugars in fruits over the added sugar in dessert foods can provide an alternative that still satisfies your sweet tooth. Pair avocado with sliced fruit or berries next time you crave a sweet treat.

Visit our avocado nutrition page to learn more about the nutrients found in avocados.

The post 3 Ways You Can Satisfy Your Sweet Tooth With Fruit appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Incorporating Foods With No Added Sugar Into Your Meals

Maintaining an overall healthy eating regimen can pose a challenge, especially with an abundance of tempting treats so readily available. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommends limiting the calories from added sugars in your diet to no more than 10% daily — that’s 200 calories or fewer in a 2,000-calorie diet. Replacing foods and drinks high in added sugar with healthier options, like fruits, can help limit your added-sugar intake. As a food with no added sugars, avocados offer a versatile fruit option that can be incorporated into a variety of eating styles. A serving of avocado — 1/3 of a medium-sized avocado or 50g. No matter how you choose to work toward limiting your added-sugar intake, talk to your doctor before trying any of these tips. He or she can help discuss how to find a healthy eating pattern that works for you. Let’s take a look at three tips for incorporating foods with no added sugars, like avocados, into your diet to reduce your added-sugar intake.

Related: Read about four other avocado health benefits.

3 Ways You Can Satisfy Your Sweet Tooth With Avocados

Pair with Proteins

Ensuring that savory meals are low in added sugar can be an easy way to limit your total added-sugar intake. The creamy texture and mild flavor of avocado make it a perfect protein pairing that contributes no added sugar to a meal. Try eating avocado with simply prepared protein options as an alternative to typical condiments.

In a Blended Breakfast

Making healthy choices at breakfast can help set a low-sugar tone for the day. Opt for simple avocado smoothies — featuring veggies, milk, avocado, and fruit — in the morning as an alternative to sweetened cereals and flavored yogurts.

Featured With Other Fruits

Choosing the naturally occurring sugars in fruits over the added sugar in dessert foods can provide an alternative that still satisfies your sweet tooth. Pair avocado with sliced fruit or berries next time you crave a sweet treat. Visit our avocado nutrition page to learn more about the nutrients found in avocados.

The post 3 Ways You Can Satisfy Your Sweet Tooth With Fruit appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
6 Certified Heart-Healthy Salad Recipes Featuring Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/6-certified-heart-healthy-salad-recipes-featuring-avocados/ Sat, 28 Mar 2020 05:10:56 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27815

If you’re looking to add more greens to your diet, preparing salads is the way to go. And to add even brighter greens and enrich your salad with nutrients, fiber, and good fats, accent your salad with a heart-healthy portion of avocados.

In collaboration with the American Heart Association (AHA), we created these heart-healthy avocado salad recipes. To be certified, a recipe must meet specific category-based qualitative and nutrient requirements. A nutrient analysis of each recipe is submitted for review including: calories, sodium, saturated fat, added sugars, trans fat, and omega-3 fatty acids (for fish entrees Plus, they’re all easy to prepare for any meal!

Before making changes to your diet, be sure to talk to your doctor about implementing heart-healthy salads into your diet.

6 Certified Heart-Healthy Salad Recipes

Farro Salad with Lemon & Fresh Dill Herbed Dressing

In this recipe, farro grains meet fresh herbs and lemon for a heart-healthy salad that can help keep you full and energized. The salad pairs arugula with goat cheese, dried cranberries, and walnuts and is topped with a hearty avocado dressing.

Mixed Greens Salad with Avo Poppyseed Dressing

Lettuce, spinach, and avocados make up the greens of this salad and are tossed with a colorful blend of fresh fruits, pecans, and feta cheese. For some extra zing, drizzle your salad with avocado poppyseed dressing.

Avocado Tomato Basil Pasta Salad with Pesto Avocado Dressing

Made from a base of whole-wheat rotini pasta, protein-rich chickpeas, and avocado, this pasta salad uses the classic Italian combination of tomato and basil for a rich flavor. The addition of avocado and pesto dressing elevates this pasta salad to a whole new level.

Related: Looking for a snack-sized, heart-healthy recipe? These avocado and shrimp rafts are AHA certified and easy to prep!

Harvest Bowl Salad with Avo Balsamic Vinaigrette

This harvest bowl contains a medley of flavors that mingle together with a heart-healthy twist. The recipe calls for avocado, quinoa, arugula, kale, Brussels sprouts, and honey crisp apples, creating a tart, fresh salad bowl that will leave you satisfied.

Fruit Salad with Avo Coconut Lime Dressing

Avocados are a fruit, so why not include them in your fruit salad? This recipe mixes avocados with strawberries, mangos, blueberries, grapes, kiwi, mandarin oranges, bananas, and an avocado coconut lime dressing to satisfy your sweet tooth in a heart-healthy way.

Greek Goddess Salad on a Stick with Avo Mediterranean Greek Dressing

Forgo the salad bowl and opt for a skewer in this recipe. This delicious salad-on-a-stick features avocado, romaine, feta, cucumber, and olives. The finishing touch: a Mediterranean Greek dressing with an avocado base.

Pro Tip: After making some of these salads, you might find yourself with a leftover half of an avocado. Here’s how to store and preserve any extras.

Check out our recipe page for more delicious inspiration.

The post 6 Certified Heart-Healthy Salad Recipes Featuring Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you’re looking to add more greens to your diet, preparing salads is the way to go. And to add even brighter greens and enrich your salad with nutrients, fiber, and good fats, accent your salad with a heart-healthy portion of avocados. In collaboration with the American Heart Association (AHA), we created these heart-healthy avocado salad recipes. To be certified, a recipe must meet specific category-based qualitative and nutrient requirements. A nutrient analysis of each recipe is submitted for review including: calories, sodium, saturated fat, added sugars, trans fat, and omega-3 fatty acids (for fish entrees Plus, they’re all easy to prepare for any meal! Before making changes to your diet, be sure to talk to your doctor about implementing heart-healthy salads into your diet.

6 Certified Heart-Healthy Salad Recipes

Farro Salad with Lemon & Fresh Dill Herbed Dressing

In this recipe, farro grains meet fresh herbs and lemon for a heart-healthy salad that can help keep you full and energized. The salad pairs arugula with goat cheese, dried cranberries, and walnuts and is topped with a hearty avocado dressing.

Mixed Greens Salad with Avo Poppyseed Dressing

Lettuce, spinach, and avocados make up the greens of this salad and are tossed with a colorful blend of fresh fruits, pecans, and feta cheese. For some extra zing, drizzle your salad with avocado poppyseed dressing.

Avocado Tomato Basil Pasta Salad with Pesto Avocado Dressing

Made from a base of whole-wheat rotini pasta, protein-rich chickpeas, and avocado, this pasta salad uses the classic Italian combination of tomato and basil for a rich flavor. The addition of avocado and pesto dressing elevates this pasta salad to a whole new level. Related: Looking for a snack-sized, heart-healthy recipe? These avocado and shrimp rafts are AHA certified and easy to prep!

Harvest Bowl Salad with Avo Balsamic Vinaigrette

This harvest bowl contains a medley of flavors that mingle together with a heart-healthy twist. The recipe calls for avocado, quinoa, arugula, kale, Brussels sprouts, and honey crisp apples, creating a tart, fresh salad bowl that will leave you satisfied.

Fruit Salad with Avo Coconut Lime Dressing

Avocados are a fruit, so why not include them in your fruit salad? This recipe mixes avocados with strawberries, mangos, blueberries, grapes, kiwi, mandarin oranges, bananas, and an avocado coconut lime dressing to satisfy your sweet tooth in a heart-healthy way.

Greek Goddess Salad on a Stick with Avo Mediterranean Greek Dressing

Forgo the salad bowl and opt for a skewer in this recipe. This delicious salad-on-a-stick features avocado, romaine, feta, cucumber, and olives. The finishing touch: a Mediterranean Greek dressing with an avocado base. Pro Tip: After making some of these salads, you might find yourself with a leftover half of an avocado. Here’s how to store and preserve any extras. Check out our recipe page for more delicious inspiration.

The post 6 Certified Heart-Healthy Salad Recipes Featuring Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
10 Certified Heart-Healthy Recipes with Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/10-certified-heart-healthy-recipes-avocado/ Sat, 28 Mar 2020 05:02:49 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27813

Already a superfood, the avocado has earned another accolade as a key ingredient in these 10 heart-healthy recipes from Avocados From Mexico. Each one is loaded with avocado goodness and meets the American Heart Association’s criteria for the Heart-Check Food Certification Program.

In order to be AHA-certified, these recipes must meet specific category-based qualitative and nutrient requirements. A nutrient analysis of each recipe is submitted for review, including: calories, sodium, saturated fat, added sugars, trans fat, and omega-3 fatty acids (for fish entrees). And these avocado recipes all pass!

Before incorporating these recipes into your diet, talk to your doctor about how you can eat more heart-healthy meals.

From skillet chicken to avocado snacks and salads, these heart-healthy recipes will give your day a certifiably nutritious boost.

Try These Heart-Healthy Recipes :

Skillet Chicken with Savory Avocado Salsa

This recipe combines spicy jalapeño, zesty lime, and creamy avocado into a protein-packed, low-carb dinner option.

Avocado Stuffed with Pico de Gallo and Pineapple

Tomatoes, pineapple, cilantro, onion, and serrano chiles replace the pit of your favorite green fruit.

Bean, Avocado, and Pineapple Salad

For a vegetarian entrée combining tropical and savory flavors, mix beans, avocados, red onions, and cilantro. Lightly dress your salad with olive oil and lemon juice, then sprinkle in spicy cumin.

Avocado and Peach Salad

Raisins, peaches, and cream flavor this sweet, summery dish. Serve it in a scooped-out-avocado bowl and pair with lean cuts of pork loin for an extra dose of protein.

Avocado Chicken Waldorf Salad

This heart-healthy salad pairs sweet apple with savory walnut for a satisfying crunch. Vegetable oil, cider vinegar, mustard, sugar, salt, and pepper combine to create a dressing with a palate-cleansing zing.

Avocado Taco

This easy, heart-healthy dinner recipe is perfect for nights when you need a meal with minimal prep time. Warm corn tortillas in a skillet over medium heat and top with avocado slices.

Classic Mexican Guacamole

Mash avocados and combine with onions, jalapeños, a sprinkle of salt, and a squeeze of lime for a versatile dip that adds avocado flavor to any party spread.

Avocado, Banana, Orange, and Yogurt Smoothie

Blend a dollop of low-fat vanilla yogurt, a splash of orange juice, an avocado, and a banana for a quick, heart-healthy breakfast on the go.

Avocado and Shrimp Rafts

Sail into your next party with this low-sodium recipe. Bell peppers create a low-carb boat for heart-healthy avocado, salsa, and shrimp to rest in.

Avocado Pineapple Smoothie

Combine chunks of avocado and pineapple in a blender and puree when you need a quick, heart-healthy fix.

Any of these quick meals can help reduce your time in the kitchen and supply a heart-healthy helping of avocado. And with Avocados From Mexico set to release new certified-heart-healthy recipes soon, you will quickly have enough recipe options to start a full-fledged meal regimen.

Peruse our avocado recipe page for more culinary inspiration.

The post 10 Certified Heart-Healthy Recipes with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Already a superfood, the avocado has earned another accolade as a key ingredient in these 10 heart-healthy recipes from Avocados From Mexico. Each one is loaded with avocado goodness and meets the American Heart Association’s criteria for the Heart-Check Food Certification Program. In order to be AHA-certified, these recipes must meet specific category-based qualitative and nutrient requirements. A nutrient analysis of each recipe is submitted for review, including: calories, sodium, saturated fat, added sugars, trans fat, and omega-3 fatty acids (for fish entrees). And these avocado recipes all pass! Before incorporating these recipes into your diet, talk to your doctor about how you can eat more heart-healthy meals. From skillet chicken to avocado snacks and salads, these heart-healthy recipes will give your day a certifiably nutritious boost.

Try These Heart-Healthy Recipes :

Skillet Chicken with Savory Avocado Salsa

This recipe combines spicy jalapeño, zesty lime, and creamy avocado into a protein-packed, low-carb dinner option.

Avocado Stuffed with Pico de Gallo and Pineapple

Tomatoes, pineapple, cilantro, onion, and serrano chiles replace the pit of your favorite green fruit.

Bean, Avocado, and Pineapple Salad

For a vegetarian entrée combining tropical and savory flavors, mix beans, avocados, red onions, and cilantro. Lightly dress your salad with olive oil and lemon juice, then sprinkle in spicy cumin.

Avocado and Peach Salad

Raisins, peaches, and cream flavor this sweet, summery dish. Serve it in a scooped-out-avocado bowl and pair with lean cuts of pork loin for an extra dose of protein.

Avocado Chicken Waldorf Salad

This heart-healthy salad pairs sweet apple with savory walnut for a satisfying crunch. Vegetable oil, cider vinegar, mustard, sugar, salt, and pepper combine to create a dressing with a palate-cleansing zing.

Avocado Taco

This easy, heart-healthy dinner recipe is perfect for nights when you need a meal with minimal prep time. Warm corn tortillas in a skillet over medium heat and top with avocado slices.

Classic Mexican Guacamole

Mash avocados and combine with onions, jalapeños, a sprinkle of salt, and a squeeze of lime for a versatile dip that adds avocado flavor to any party spread.

Avocado, Banana, Orange, and Yogurt Smoothie

Blend a dollop of low-fat vanilla yogurt, a splash of orange juice, an avocado, and a banana for a quick, heart-healthy breakfast on the go.

Avocado and Shrimp Rafts

Sail into your next party with this low-sodium recipe. Bell peppers create a low-carb boat for heart-healthy avocado, salsa, and shrimp to rest in.

Avocado Pineapple Smoothie

Combine chunks of avocado and pineapple in a blender and puree when you need a quick, heart-healthy fix. Any of these quick meals can help reduce your time in the kitchen and supply a heart-healthy helping of avocado. And with Avocados From Mexico set to release new certified-heart-healthy recipes soon, you will quickly have enough recipe options to start a full-fledged meal regimen. Peruse our avocado recipe page for more culinary inspiration.

The post 10 Certified Heart-Healthy Recipes with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Cómo hacer ceviche de camarones y aguacate https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/spanish/como-hacer-ceviche-de-camarones-y-aguacate/ Tue, 03 Mar 2020 06:34:21 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27724

Hay muchas opciones que puedes considerar mientras buscas la receta de ceviche correcta, pero con Avocados From Mexico no puedes equivocarte. Hecho con jugo de frutas cítricas, aguacate, camarones y vegetales frescos y crujientes, este ceviche es el aperitivo perfecto para una fiesta familiar o una merienda.

Cómo hacer ceviche de camarones y aguacate

Ingredientes:

  • 1 libra de camarones pequeños crudos, pelados y desvenados
  • Jugo de un limón
  • 3/4 taza de jugo de lima fresco
  • 1/4 taza de jugo de naranja fresco
  • 2 tomates Roma grandes, cortados en cubos
  • 1 jalapeño, cortado en cubos
  • 1/2 taza de cebolla roja picada
  • Tortillas de maíz
  • 1 aguacate grande, cortado en cubos
  • 1/2 taza de cilantro, picado
  • Sal y pimienta al gusto
  • 3 cucharaditas de aceite de oliva

Instrucciones:

  1. En una olla grande con agua salada hirviendo, cocina los camarones por 2 minutos, o hasta que estén bien cocidos. Saca los camarones del agua y pon los en un recipiente grande. Corta los camarones cocidos en dados del tamaño que gustes o déjalos enteros.
  2. En una taza, mezcla el jugo de limón, lima y naranja con la sal y pon 2 cucharaditas de aceite de oliva. Echa la mezcla sobre los camarones, revuelve y colócalos en la nevera para marinarlos durante 30 minutos.
  3. Pica los tomates, el jalapeño y la cebolla roja. Añade al marinado de los camarones y el jugo y deja que se marinen juntos por otros 20 minutos.
  4. Unta las tortillas de maíz con 1 cucharada de aceite de oliva y colócalas en la parrilla hasta que estén crujientes. Para las tostadas, deja las tortillas enteras o córtalas en tiras antes de asarlas para las papas fritas.
  5. Agrega a la mezcla el aguacate cortado en cubos y el cilantro picado y ponle sal y pimienta al gusto.
  6. Servir inmediatamente sobre las tostadas o con las tiras de tortilla.

Relacionado: ¿Quieres más ceviche en tu vida? Sigue esta receta para hacer ceviche guacamole, perfecto para cualquier ocasión.

Ya sea que cocines para ti o prepares este ceviche de camarones y aguacate para una multitud, esta impresionante receta es fácil de hacer y deliciosa de comer. Si tienes ganas de hacer esta receta de ceviche de camarones y aguacate pero los aguacates no están del todo maduros, aquí tienes cómo acelerar el proceso de maduración.

Para más recetas de aguacate, mira nuestra página de recetas.

The post Cómo hacer ceviche de camarones y aguacate appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Hay muchas opciones que puedes considerar mientras buscas la receta de ceviche correcta, pero con Avocados From Mexico no puedes equivocarte. Hecho con jugo de frutas cítricas, aguacate, camarones y vegetales frescos y crujientes, este ceviche es el aperitivo perfecto para una fiesta familiar o una merienda.

Cómo hacer ceviche de camarones y aguacate

Ingredientes:

  • 1 libra de camarones pequeños crudos, pelados y desvenados
  • Jugo de un limón
  • 3/4 taza de jugo de lima fresco
  • 1/4 taza de jugo de naranja fresco
  • 2 tomates Roma grandes, cortados en cubos
  • 1 jalapeño, cortado en cubos
  • 1/2 taza de cebolla roja picada
  • Tortillas de maíz
  • 1 aguacate grande, cortado en cubos
  • 1/2 taza de cilantro, picado
  • Sal y pimienta al gusto
  • 3 cucharaditas de aceite de oliva

Instrucciones:

  1. En una olla grande con agua salada hirviendo, cocina los camarones por 2 minutos, o hasta que estén bien cocidos. Saca los camarones del agua y pon los en un recipiente grande. Corta los camarones cocidos en dados del tamaño que gustes o déjalos enteros.
  2. En una taza, mezcla el jugo de limón, lima y naranja con la sal y pon 2 cucharaditas de aceite de oliva. Echa la mezcla sobre los camarones, revuelve y colócalos en la nevera para marinarlos durante 30 minutos.
  3. Pica los tomates, el jalapeño y la cebolla roja. Añade al marinado de los camarones y el jugo y deja que se marinen juntos por otros 20 minutos.
  4. Unta las tortillas de maíz con 1 cucharada de aceite de oliva y colócalas en la parrilla hasta que estén crujientes. Para las tostadas, deja las tortillas enteras o córtalas en tiras antes de asarlas para las papas fritas.
  5. Agrega a la mezcla el aguacate cortado en cubos y el cilantro picado y ponle sal y pimienta al gusto.
  6. Servir inmediatamente sobre las tostadas o con las tiras de tortilla.
Relacionado: ¿Quieres más ceviche en tu vida? Sigue esta receta para hacer ceviche guacamole, perfecto para cualquier ocasión. Ya sea que cocines para ti o prepares este ceviche de camarones y aguacate para una multitud, esta impresionante receta es fácil de hacer y deliciosa de comer. Si tienes ganas de hacer esta receta de ceviche de camarones y aguacate pero los aguacates no están del todo maduros, aquí tienes cómo acelerar el proceso de maduración. Para más recetas de aguacate, mira nuestra página de recetas.

The post Cómo hacer ceviche de camarones y aguacate appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Shrimp and Avocado Ceviche https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/make-shrimp-avocado-ceviche/ Tue, 03 Mar 2020 06:25:27 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27722

Shrimp and Avocado Ceviche

There are a lot of options to consider while searching for the right ceviche recipe, but with Avocados From Mexico you can’t go wrong. Made with citrus fruit juice, avocado, shrimp, and fresh, crunchy vegetables, this ceviche is the perfect appetizer for a family party or afternoon snack.

 

Shrimp and Avocado Ceviche Ingredients:

  • 1 lb. raw small shrimp, peeled and deveined
  • Juice from one lemon
  • ¾ c. fresh lime juice
  • ¼ c. fresh orange juice
  • 2 large Roma tomatoes, diced
  • 1 large cucumber, diced
  • 1 jalapeño, diced
  • ½ c. chopped red onion
  • Corn tortillas
  • 1 large avocado, diced
  • ½ c. cilantro, roughly chopped
  • Salt and pepper to taste
  • 3 t. olive oil

 

How to Make Shrimp and Avocado Ceviche:

  1. In a large pot of boiling salted water, cook the shrimp for 2 minutes, or until cooked through. Remove shrimp from the water and place to the side in a large bowl. Dice up the cooked shrimp to desired size or leave whole.
  2. In a small bowl, mix together the lemon, lime, and orange juices along with salt and 2 t. of olive oil. Pour mixture over shrimp, stir together, and place in the fridge to marinate for 30 minutes.
  3. Dice tomatoes, cucumber, jalapeño, and red onion. Add to the shrimp and juice marinade and marinate for another 20 minutes.
  4. Brush corn tortillas with 1 t. olive oil, and place under broiler until crisp. For tostadas, leave the tortillas whole, or slice into strips before broiling for chips.
  5. Add diced avocado and chopped cilantro to the mixture. Add salt and pepper to taste.
  6. Serve immediately on tostadas or with tortilla strips.

 

Related: Can’t get enough ceviche in your life? Follow this recipe to make ceviche guacamole, perfect for dipping on any occasion.

 

Whether you’re cooking for yourself or preparing this shrimp and avocado ceviche for a crowd, this impressive recipe is easy to make and delicious to eat. If you’re itching to make this shrimp and avocado ceviche recipe but your avocados aren’t quite ripe, here’s how to speed up the ripening process.

 

Visit our recipe page for more avocado recipes.

The post How to Make Shrimp and Avocado Ceviche appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Shrimp and Avocado Ceviche

There are a lot of options to consider while searching for the right ceviche recipe, but with Avocados From Mexico you can’t go wrong. Made with citrus fruit juice, avocado, shrimp, and fresh, crunchy vegetables, this ceviche is the perfect appetizer for a family party or afternoon snack.  

Shrimp and Avocado Ceviche Ingredients:

  • 1 lb. raw small shrimp, peeled and deveined
  • Juice from one lemon
  • ¾ c. fresh lime juice
  • ¼ c. fresh orange juice
  • 2 large Roma tomatoes, diced
  • 1 large cucumber, diced
  • 1 jalapeño, diced
  • ½ c. chopped red onion
  • Corn tortillas
  • 1 large avocado, diced
  • ½ c. cilantro, roughly chopped
  • Salt and pepper to taste
  • 3 t. olive oil
 

How to Make Shrimp and Avocado Ceviche:

  1. In a large pot of boiling salted water, cook the shrimp for 2 minutes, or until cooked through. Remove shrimp from the water and place to the side in a large bowl. Dice up the cooked shrimp to desired size or leave whole.
  2. In a small bowl, mix together the lemon, lime, and orange juices along with salt and 2 t. of olive oil. Pour mixture over shrimp, stir together, and place in the fridge to marinate for 30 minutes.
  3. Dice tomatoes, cucumber, jalapeño, and red onion. Add to the shrimp and juice marinade and marinate for another 20 minutes.
  4. Brush corn tortillas with 1 t. olive oil, and place under broiler until crisp. For tostadas, leave the tortillas whole, or slice into strips before broiling for chips.
  5. Add diced avocado and chopped cilantro to the mixture. Add salt and pepper to taste.
  6. Serve immediately on tostadas or with tortilla strips.
  Related: Can’t get enough ceviche in your life? Follow this recipe to make ceviche guacamole, perfect for dipping on any occasion.   Whether you’re cooking for yourself or preparing this shrimp and avocado ceviche for a crowd, this impressive recipe is easy to make and delicious to eat. If you’re itching to make this shrimp and avocado ceviche recipe but your avocados aren’t quite ripe, here’s how to speed up the ripening process.   Visit our recipe page for more avocado recipes.

The post How to Make Shrimp and Avocado Ceviche appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
International Guacamole Recipes: A World Tour https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/international-guacamole-recipes-world-tour/ Tue, 03 Mar 2020 06:24:25 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27787

By Jax

The first recorded batch of guacamole was whipped up some time during the 14th century by the indigenous Aztec people in Mexico. Ever since then, guacamole has been traveling around the globe, taking on new forms inspired by various cultures — and each version is just as delectable as the last.

As the world’s resident guacamole expert, I went ahead and returned the favor by collecting my favorite international guacamole recipes right here on my blog. And even though each recipe is inspired by cuisine from around the world, they all have one thing in common: creamy and irresistible Avocados From Mexico.

So what are you waiting for? Pack your bags and join me on the Guacamole World Tour.

5 International Guacamole Recipes

  • Middle Eastern Tahini & Za’atar Spice Guacamole

    Our first stop is a Tahini and Za’atar Guacamole inspired by the spice bazaars of the Middle East. With a swirl of creamy tahini and the added punches of a za’atar spice blend, jalapeño, and cilantro, this recipe adds a bold flavor-twist to your Avocados From Mexico. For some extra authenticity and additional crunch, try crisping up some chickpeas and sprinkling them on top of this guac.

  • Irish Soda Bread Bowl Guac

    Top of the morning to this international guacamole recipe, which uses Dubliner Irish white cheddar cheese, carrots, shallots, and a Yukon gold potato to put a Celtic twist on our favorite food. Serve this hearty guacamole in an Irish soda bread bowl at your neighborhood potluck to win most crafty presentation. Sláinte!

Related: Take your taste buds on a cruise to Greece with this homemade avocado tzatziki sauce.

  • Sushi Guacamole

    Next stop: Japan. This unique guacamole recipe makes use of ginger, wasabi paste, katsuobushi, raw tuna, and Unagi sauce to mimic the sensation of sushi — all along with the familiar flavor of Avocados From Mexico. Bonus points if you manage to eat this guac with chopsticks.

  • Guac Like an Egyptian

    Rumor has it that Cleopatra liked her guacamole with dukkah spices, harissa, and diced Persian cucumber. Inspired by the flavors of Egypt, this creamy guacamole recipe is not for the faint of heart. And if you want my expertise, I’d say serve this dip alongside toasted lavash or freshly baked pita.

  • New England Style Crab Guacamole

    To finish off our expedition around the world, we’re returning to the East Coast for some salty air, nautical stripes, fresh crustaceans, and (of course) Avocados From Mexico. Complete with spicy seafood seasoning, lemon juice, and crab meat, this New England style guacamole will take you straight to the shores of the Atlantic.

Although these international guacamole recipes take inspiration from around the globe, there’s no place better to make them than your own kitchen. Store ripe avocados in the fridge so that you’ll never be without the perfect one.

To continue your adventures in guacamole, check out our guacamole recipes page.

The post International Guacamole Recipes: A World Tour appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Jax

The first recorded batch of guacamole was whipped up some time during the 14th century by the indigenous Aztec people in Mexico. Ever since then, guacamole has been traveling around the globe, taking on new forms inspired by various cultures — and each version is just as delectable as the last. As the world’s resident guacamole expert, I went ahead and returned the favor by collecting my favorite international guacamole recipes right here on my blog. And even though each recipe is inspired by cuisine from around the world, they all have one thing in common: creamy and irresistible Avocados From Mexico. So what are you waiting for? Pack your bags and join me on the Guacamole World Tour.

5 International Guacamole Recipes

  • Middle Eastern Tahini & Za’atar Spice Guacamole

    Our first stop is a Tahini and Za’atar Guacamole inspired by the spice bazaars of the Middle East. With a swirl of creamy tahini and the added punches of a za’atar spice blend, jalapeño, and cilantro, this recipe adds a bold flavor-twist to your Avocados From Mexico. For some extra authenticity and additional crunch, try crisping up some chickpeas and sprinkling them on top of this guac.
  • Irish Soda Bread Bowl Guac

    Top of the morning to this international guacamole recipe, which uses Dubliner Irish white cheddar cheese, carrots, shallots, and a Yukon gold potato to put a Celtic twist on our favorite food. Serve this hearty guacamole in an Irish soda bread bowl at your neighborhood potluck to win most crafty presentation. Sláinte!

Related: Take your taste buds on a cruise to Greece with this homemade avocado tzatziki sauce.

  • Sushi Guacamole

    Next stop: Japan. This unique guacamole recipe makes use of ginger, wasabi paste, katsuobushi, raw tuna, and Unagi sauce to mimic the sensation of sushi — all along with the familiar flavor of Avocados From Mexico. Bonus points if you manage to eat this guac with chopsticks.
  • Guac Like an Egyptian

    Rumor has it that Cleopatra liked her guacamole with dukkah spices, harissa, and diced Persian cucumber. Inspired by the flavors of Egypt, this creamy guacamole recipe is not for the faint of heart. And if you want my expertise, I’d say serve this dip alongside toasted lavash or freshly baked pita.
  • New England Style Crab Guacamole

    To finish off our expedition around the world, we’re returning to the East Coast for some salty air, nautical stripes, fresh crustaceans, and (of course) Avocados From Mexico. Complete with spicy seafood seasoning, lemon juice, and crab meat, this New England style guacamole will take you straight to the shores of the Atlantic.
Although these international guacamole recipes take inspiration from around the globe, there’s no place better to make them than your own kitchen. Store ripe avocados in the fridge so that you’ll never be without the perfect one. To continue your adventures in guacamole, check out our guacamole recipes page.

The post International Guacamole Recipes: A World Tour appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Benefits for Infants and Toddlers https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avocado-benefits-infants-toddlers/ Tue, 03 Mar 2020 06:16:12 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27720

Picky eaters come in a range of ages. Weaning an infant off of breastmilk can be an unwelcome struggle, and ensuring nutritious greens are worked into a fickle toddler’s diet can be an exhausting endeavor.

 

Thankfully there is a solution to these dietary dilemmas, and it comes in the shape of a round, delicious, nutritious superfood. Avocados have a uniquely smooth and creamy taste, making them an agreeable food for many babies and toddlers.

 

Let’s take a look at the benefits of avocados that infants, toddlers, and parents alike can enjoy, along with some methods for incorporating this delicious fruit into your family’s diet.

 

Avocado Recipes for Infants, Toddlers, and Moms

For Infants

For the first six months of their life, an infant won’t need to consume anything but breastmilk. But when it comes time to wean your baby off from breastmilk or formula, avocado is a terrific transitionary food because of its soft texture and creamy, neutral flavor. Not only that, but avocados are a nutrient-dense and sugar-free fruit, making small portions an easy, healthy meal.

 

The simplest way to incorporate avocado to a baby’s diet is with an avocado purée. Make sure you use a fully ripened avocado (here’s how to tell) and wash it thoroughly. Slice it and remove the pit, then pulverize the avocado in a blender or food processor, adding water until the texture is velvety and smooth. Adding breastmilk or formula will give the purée an extra creamy consistency. One medium avocado mixed with formula, breastmilk, or water produces approximately 6-8 ounces.*

 

For Toddlers

Toddlers who are up and on-the-go need energy and nutrients just like the rest of us, but it can be tough keeping their diet consistent.

 

Serving avocado in the form of these guac tots is a great way for little hands to develop motor skills. If you’re concerned about the heat level, leave out the jalapeño pepper and go easy on the hot sauce. Alternatively, a halved and pitted avocado seasoned with salt and pepper is a smooth and simple snack for your toddler to enjoy on their own, and an opportunity for practicing independent utensil use.*

 

 

For Mothers

For new moms or those considering starting a family, good nutrition is vital for you as well as your child. Pregnant mothers will be happy to learn that avocados are a good source of folate, a nutrient that is fundamental for pregnant women. The recommended intake of folate is 400mcg every day during their first trimester. Consuming adequate intakes of folate and folic acid may reduce the risk of premature births and birth defects.

 

An efficient method for mothers to start incorporating avocados into their daily meal routine is by mixing up this dairy-free berry avocado smoothie. Comprised of three kitchen staples (avocados, berries, and cranberry juice), this smoothie is a fast fix for breakfast on your way out the door. Avocado offers a smooth texture, while the berries and cranberry juice enhance the flavor.

 

*Before starting or introducing new foods, parents and caregivers should consult a physician or health care provider.

 

For more green-inspired goods with the nutritional benefits of avocado, browse our recipe page.

The post Avocado Benefits for Infants and Toddlers appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Picky eaters come in a range of ages. Weaning an infant off of breastmilk can be an unwelcome struggle, and ensuring nutritious greens are worked into a fickle toddler’s diet can be an exhausting endeavor.   Thankfully there is a solution to these dietary dilemmas, and it comes in the shape of a round, delicious, nutritious superfood. Avocados have a uniquely smooth and creamy taste, making them an agreeable food for many babies and toddlers.   Let’s take a look at the benefits of avocados that infants, toddlers, and parents alike can enjoy, along with some methods for incorporating this delicious fruit into your family’s diet.  

Avocado Recipes for Infants, Toddlers, and Moms

For Infants

For the first six months of their life, an infant won’t need to consume anything but breastmilk. But when it comes time to wean your baby off from breastmilk or formula, avocado is a terrific transitionary food because of its soft texture and creamy, neutral flavor. Not only that, but avocados are a nutrient-dense and sugar-free fruit, making small portions an easy, healthy meal.   The simplest way to incorporate avocado to a baby’s diet is with an avocado purée. Make sure you use a fully ripened avocado (here’s how to tell) and wash it thoroughly. Slice it and remove the pit, then pulverize the avocado in a blender or food processor, adding water until the texture is velvety and smooth. Adding breastmilk or formula will give the purée an extra creamy consistency. One medium avocado mixed with formula, breastmilk, or water produces approximately 6-8 ounces.*  

For Toddlers

Toddlers who are up and on-the-go need energy and nutrients just like the rest of us, but it can be tough keeping their diet consistent.   Serving avocado in the form of these guac tots is a great way for little hands to develop motor skills. If you’re concerned about the heat level, leave out the jalapeño pepper and go easy on the hot sauce. Alternatively, a halved and pitted avocado seasoned with salt and pepper is a smooth and simple snack for your toddler to enjoy on their own, and an opportunity for practicing independent utensil use.*    

For Mothers

For new moms or those considering starting a family, good nutrition is vital for you as well as your child. Pregnant mothers will be happy to learn that avocados are a good source of folate, a nutrient that is fundamental for pregnant women. The recommended intake of folate is 400mcg every day during their first trimester. Consuming adequate intakes of folate and folic acid may reduce the risk of premature births and birth defects.   An efficient method for mothers to start incorporating avocados into their daily meal routine is by mixing up this dairy-free berry avocado smoothie. Comprised of three kitchen staples (avocados, berries, and cranberry juice), this smoothie is a fast fix for breakfast on your way out the door. Avocado offers a smooth texture, while the berries and cranberry juice enhance the flavor.   *Before starting or introducing new foods, parents and caregivers should consult a physician or health care provider.   For more green-inspired goods with the nutritional benefits of avocado, browse our recipe page.

The post Avocado Benefits for Infants and Toddlers appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
You & Me & Avocado Makes Three: Recipes for Date Night https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-makes-three-recipes-date-night/ Tue, 03 Mar 2020 05:44:53 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27718

Date Night Recipes

There’s no better way to show your special someone how much you care than with a romantic, homemade dinner. To make it a truly special night, and one you and your date will never forget, invite everyone’s favorite nutritious third wheel: Avocados From Mexico.

Whether you’re celebrating an important anniversary or just looking for an excuse for a weeknight date, adding avocado to the menu is a guaranteed way to add some thrill to your romance.

From appetizers to dessert, peruse these romantic avocado recipes to get started in crafting your own three-course meal.

Appetizer Course

Avocado Bruschetta with Feta

Some of the most romantic evenings begin with bruschetta, and this one is topped with a delightful mix of avocado and tomato for a unique flavor and brightness. Serve to candlelight and enjoy a lovely beginning to your romantic meal.

Crostini with Whipped Goat Cheese, Pear Chutney Guacamole, and Crispy Prosciutto

This exceptional crostini recipe is a delicious way to start off any date night. Savory goat cheese and a slightly sweet pear guacamole are served with a topping of crisp prosciutto to balance it all out. Pair with amorous violin music for best results.

Cantaloupe with Avocado and Prosciutto

Sweet meets savory in this charming appetizer, combining juicy cantaloupe, fresh mint leaves, salty prosciutto, and nutty avocado. Drizzle with a balsamic glaze to start off the night with hint of extra sweetness.

Related: For another simple yet classy appetizer, arrange a beautiful avocado and cheese board by following this guide.

Main Course

Cheesy Avocado Risotto with Shrimp

This singular risotto recipe is bursting with flavor and color, thanks to rich avocado, garlic, shrimp, and arborio rice. Uncork some extra romance with a bottle of chardonnay, the perfect pairing to creamy avocado and seafood risotto.

Red Snapper Grilled with Dressing of Yogurt and Avocado

Bring out your inner grill skills with this delicious red snapper, grilled and then topped with a flavorful drizzle of yogurt and avocado dressing. Garnish with coriander leaves and serve with a flourish and impress your date with your style.

Spare Ribs with Minced Sauce

To really class things up on date night, try these spare ribs, seasoned with lemon and pepper and topped with a sauce of fresh tomatoes, ripe avocado, chiles serranos, onion, and cilantro. Light some candles and enjoy your homemade cuisine with a glass of red wine to compliment the avocado and savory ribs.

Dessert

Lime Meringue with Avocado Mascarpone Cream

When the candles have burned down to waxy stubs, that’s the signal to serve dessert — these lime meringues sandwiched by a stunning cream of mascarpone and avocado offer the perfect end to your lovely evening in.

Café de Olla Cheesecake with Avocado

Plan ahead of time to make this delicious homemade cheesecake, which uses sweetened condensed milk and avocado for a delicious filling, alongside a caffeinated topping of café de olla. Really, what could be more romantic than homemade cheesecake?

Berry Avocado Chocolate Mousse

Dim the lights and top off the wine glasses one last time before enjoying this mousse, which combines creamy avocado with cocoa and berries for a delightful touch of decadent sweetness.

If you end up with leftover avocado at the end of the night, use it for avocado toast the next morning by storing it the right way.

Visit our recipe page for more irresistible avocado recipes.

The post You & Me & Avocado Makes Three: Recipes for Date Night appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Date Night Recipes

There’s no better way to show your special someone how much you care than with a romantic, homemade dinner. To make it a truly special night, and one you and your date will never forget, invite everyone’s favorite nutritious third wheel: Avocados From Mexico. Whether you’re celebrating an important anniversary or just looking for an excuse for a weeknight date, adding avocado to the menu is a guaranteed way to add some thrill to your romance. From appetizers to dessert, peruse these romantic avocado recipes to get started in crafting your own three-course meal.

Appetizer Course

Avocado Bruschetta with Feta

Some of the most romantic evenings begin with bruschetta, and this one is topped with a delightful mix of avocado and tomato for a unique flavor and brightness. Serve to candlelight and enjoy a lovely beginning to your romantic meal.

Crostini with Whipped Goat Cheese, Pear Chutney Guacamole, and Crispy Prosciutto

This exceptional crostini recipe is a delicious way to start off any date night. Savory goat cheese and a slightly sweet pear guacamole are served with a topping of crisp prosciutto to balance it all out. Pair with amorous violin music for best results.

Cantaloupe with Avocado and Prosciutto

Sweet meets savory in this charming appetizer, combining juicy cantaloupe, fresh mint leaves, salty prosciutto, and nutty avocado. Drizzle with a balsamic glaze to start off the night with hint of extra sweetness. Related: For another simple yet classy appetizer, arrange a beautiful avocado and cheese board by following this guide.

Main Course

Cheesy Avocado Risotto with Shrimp

This singular risotto recipe is bursting with flavor and color, thanks to rich avocado, garlic, shrimp, and arborio rice. Uncork some extra romance with a bottle of chardonnay, the perfect pairing to creamy avocado and seafood risotto.

Red Snapper Grilled with Dressing of Yogurt and Avocado

Bring out your inner grill skills with this delicious red snapper, grilled and then topped with a flavorful drizzle of yogurt and avocado dressing. Garnish with coriander leaves and serve with a flourish and impress your date with your style.

Spare Ribs with Minced Sauce

To really class things up on date night, try these spare ribs, seasoned with lemon and pepper and topped with a sauce of fresh tomatoes, ripe avocado, chiles serranos, onion, and cilantro. Light some candles and enjoy your homemade cuisine with a glass of red wine to compliment the avocado and savory ribs.

Dessert

Lime Meringue with Avocado Mascarpone Cream

When the candles have burned down to waxy stubs, that’s the signal to serve dessert — these lime meringues sandwiched by a stunning cream of mascarpone and avocado offer the perfect end to your lovely evening in.

Café de Olla Cheesecake with Avocado

Plan ahead of time to make this delicious homemade cheesecake, which uses sweetened condensed milk and avocado for a delicious filling, alongside a caffeinated topping of café de olla. Really, what could be more romantic than homemade cheesecake?

Berry Avocado Chocolate Mousse

Dim the lights and top off the wine glasses one last time before enjoying this mousse, which combines creamy avocado with cocoa and berries for a delightful touch of decadent sweetness. If you end up with leftover avocado at the end of the night, use it for avocado toast the next morning by storing it the right way. Visit our recipe page for more irresistible avocado recipes.

The post You & Me & Avocado Makes Three: Recipes for Date Night appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Chili Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-chili-recipes/ Tue, 03 Mar 2020 05:26:30 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27716

4 Avocado Chili Recipes

Chili has been a favorite comfort food for a long time, and it’s no wonder: It’s satisfying, easy to make, and allows for a wide variety of ingredients — like avocado. With its mild, nutty flavor and creamy composition, topping any bowl of chili with a healthy helping of avocado will put a unique twist to your beloved, hearty mixture.

Much like avocado, chili is adaptable to nearly any palate or preference. So when it’s a chilly winter night, your annual chili cook off, or just an excuse to use up leftover avocados, get creative in the kitchen with these four avocado chili recipes.

  • Amazing White Chili

    Seasonal lager, sweet onions, and poblano peppers are standout ingredients in this flavorful take on traditional chili. A generous helping of diced avocado adds smooth, velvety bites to the overall flavor profile — an unexpected delight alongside the dish’s thick, roux-like texture.

  • Beef Chili with Avocado

    A blend of cumin, garlic, and chili powder — and a hint of fresh garlic — prove why this recipe is traditionally superior. Add chilled avocado as a topping for a complimentary contrast. For a thicker, smoother consistency, try smashing the avocado before adding it to the chili.

  • New World Chili

    Hold the meat for this vegan variation of chili. Crumbled soy, salsa, pinto beans, and lima beans form a tasty base, but diced avocado is the true star in this recipe.

  • Mex-Tex Three Cheese & Avocado Chili Dip

    This traditional dish is how chili was meant to be served — piled high on top of a perfectly salted, crunchy tortilla chip. Serve this dip in individual coffee mugs or ramekins for a perfectly portioned appetizer or keep it in a casserole dish for a free-for-all delight. No matter how you serve it, don’t forget to top it off with freshly diced avocado.

Related: If these got you craving a hearty stew, try our pozole recipe, a Mexican stew complete with diced avocados.

Hungry for more? Check out our avocado soup recipes page for more avocado soup and chili recipes.

The post Avocado Chili Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

4 Avocado Chili Recipes

Chili has been a favorite comfort food for a long time, and it’s no wonder: It’s satisfying, easy to make, and allows for a wide variety of ingredients — like avocado. With its mild, nutty flavor and creamy composition, topping any bowl of chili with a healthy helping of avocado will put a unique twist to your beloved, hearty mixture. Much like avocado, chili is adaptable to nearly any palate or preference. So when it’s a chilly winter night, your annual chili cook off, or just an excuse to use up leftover avocados, get creative in the kitchen with these four avocado chili recipes.
  • Amazing White Chili

    Seasonal lager, sweet onions, and poblano peppers are standout ingredients in this flavorful take on traditional chili. A generous helping of diced avocado adds smooth, velvety bites to the overall flavor profile — an unexpected delight alongside the dish’s thick, roux-like texture.
  • Beef Chili with Avocado

    A blend of cumin, garlic, and chili powder — and a hint of fresh garlic — prove why this recipe is traditionally superior. Add chilled avocado as a topping for a complimentary contrast. For a thicker, smoother consistency, try smashing the avocado before adding it to the chili.
  • New World Chili

    Hold the meat for this vegan variation of chili. Crumbled soy, salsa, pinto beans, and lima beans form a tasty base, but diced avocado is the true star in this recipe.
  • Mex-Tex Three Cheese & Avocado Chili Dip

    This traditional dish is how chili was meant to be served — piled high on top of a perfectly salted, crunchy tortilla chip. Serve this dip in individual coffee mugs or ramekins for a perfectly portioned appetizer or keep it in a casserole dish for a free-for-all delight. No matter how you serve it, don’t forget to top it off with freshly diced avocado.
Related: If these got you craving a hearty stew, try our pozole recipe, a Mexican stew complete with diced avocados. Hungry for more? Check out our avocado soup recipes page for more avocado soup and chili recipes.

The post Avocado Chili Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Swap Traditional Spreads with an Avocado Spread https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/swap-traditional-spreads-avocado-spread/ Tue, 03 Mar 2020 05:07:58 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27714

People enjoy putting spreads on everything, from breakfast toast and lunch wraps, to dinner steaks and baked potatoes. But what if we told you that you could swap these popular spreads for a creamier, greener alternative, while also maintaining a delicious, irresistible taste? The secret: Swap your spreads for a homemade, avocado spread.

Related: Looking to try out some more DIY condiments? Whip up a batch of our avocado mayonnaise with this five-step recipe.

The Avocado Adventure

Using an avocado-based spread in place of a more traditional condiment can be a thrilling, creamy adventure, and here’s why.

One third of a medium avocado contains 1g of saturated fat (5% DV). In fact, over 75% of the fat in avocados are unsaturated, meaning they help your body absorb important vitamins without raising “bad” cholesterol levels. On top of that, 1/3 of a medium avocado contains 80 calories and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, including 6% DV of potassium and 4% DV of vitamin C.

The most adventurous reason for making the swap to a homemade avocado-based spread: It’s uniquely delicious! Exchange condiments for one of these three DIY avocado spreads to see the difference.

3 DIY Avocado Spreads

Avocado Aioli

Combining fat-free Greek yogurt and puréed avocado creates a smooth, creamy concoction that makes the perfect substitute spread. Try spreading this on your next grilled cheese sandwich to liven up your next lunch.

Avocado Chipotle Spread

Adobo sauce, chipotle chiles, and avocado form a fiery medley with cool, velvety undertones. Whip up this spread while your potatoes are baking, then add a dollop or two in the place of other condiments.

Pro tip: Quickly ripen your avocados by setting them on a window sill in direct sunlight or by securing them in a brown paper bag with a banana overnight.

Avocado and Sea Salt Butter

This five-ingredient spread blends brown sugar with garlic and chile de árbol to create a kick of sweet heat. Slather this on a piece of toast in lieu of other condiments for a sweet and spicy version of avocado toast.

Find more avocado spreads on our recipe page.

The post How to Swap Traditional Spreads with an Avocado Spread appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

People enjoy putting spreads on everything, from breakfast toast and lunch wraps, to dinner steaks and baked potatoes. But what if we told you that you could swap these popular spreads for a creamier, greener alternative, while also maintaining a delicious, irresistible taste? The secret: Swap your spreads for a homemade, avocado spread. Related: Looking to try out some more DIY condiments? Whip up a batch of our avocado mayonnaise with this five-step recipe.

The Avocado Adventure

Using an avocado-based spread in place of a more traditional condiment can be a thrilling, creamy adventure, and here’s why. One third of a medium avocado contains 1g of saturated fat (5% DV). In fact, over 75% of the fat in avocados are unsaturated, meaning they help your body absorb important vitamins without raising “bad” cholesterol levels. On top of that, 1/3 of a medium avocado contains 80 calories and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, including 6% DV of potassium and 4% DV of vitamin C. The most adventurous reason for making the swap to a homemade avocado-based spread: It’s uniquely delicious! Exchange condiments for one of these three DIY avocado spreads to see the difference.

3 DIY Avocado Spreads

Avocado Aioli

Combining fat-free Greek yogurt and puréed avocado creates a smooth, creamy concoction that makes the perfect substitute spread. Try spreading this on your next grilled cheese sandwich to liven up your next lunch.

Avocado Chipotle Spread

Adobo sauce, chipotle chiles, and avocado form a fiery medley with cool, velvety undertones. Whip up this spread while your potatoes are baking, then add a dollop or two in the place of other condiments. Pro tip: Quickly ripen your avocados by setting them on a window sill in direct sunlight or by securing them in a brown paper bag with a banana overnight.

Avocado and Sea Salt Butter

This five-ingredient spread blends brown sugar with garlic and chile de árbol to create a kick of sweet heat. Slather this on a piece of toast in lieu of other condiments for a sweet and spicy version of avocado toast. Find more avocado spreads on our recipe page.

The post How to Swap Traditional Spreads with an Avocado Spread appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Breakfast Recipes With Guacamole (To Serve or Eat in Bed) https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/breakfast-recipes-guacamole/ Thu, 27 Feb 2020 05:50:50 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27784

Many lay their heads down at night and dream of guacamole, but only a lucky few will wake to actual guacamole by their bedside. To make that dream come true for a loved one, all it takes is some creativity — and a little help from your friendly neighborhood guac expert.

Whether for Mother’s Day, Father’s Day, a birthday, or even a regular old weekday, guacamole acts as a delicious addition to traditional breakfast items such as muffins, pancakes, waffles, bagels — the whole spread. Just remember to ripen your avocados overnight so that when you wake up bright and early, you’ll be ready to start mashing up breakfast.

Without further ado, here are my official picks for breakfast recipes with guacamole.

4 Breakfast Recipes With Guacamole

  • Guacamole Pancakes, or, “Flap-JAX”

    Everybody knows guacamole is the best thing since (and on) sliced bread. But have you heard of guacamole pancakes? Now that’s something special for a special someone.

    There are a few ways to accomplish this dreamy, creamy breakfast. The first is to blend up a guacamole dressing and pour it over your pancakes like a smooth green syrup. But if you’re sappy for traditional maple syrup, putting a dollop of simple, buttery guacamole (or this avocado hot honey butter spread) on top of your pancakes can go a long way — and it won’t contrast with maple syrup.

    No matter the method, you’re in for one sweet stack of flap-JAX.

  •  Guacamole Waffles, or, “Guaffles”

    Waffle-loving chocoholics will appreciate this chocolate guacamole recipe. Mash together avocados, bananas, cocoa powder, creamy peanut butter, and agave or sugar. Spread the mixture over your waffles and let it fill each little square pocket with joy. For an extra touch of sweetness, dust with a light shower of powdered sugar.

    To add a juicier, brighter taste to your waffles, try topping them with this summer brûléed melon guacamole. This recipe is a great way to incorporate melons into your early bird menu — not to mention that the smooth, creamy texture of guac pairs perfectly with warm, fluffy waffles.

    Related: Add a little egg-citement to your morning with four different ways to pair guacamole with breakfast eggs.

  • Guacamole Bagels, or, “Hole-y Guacamole”

    Everything bagels don’t truly live up to their name without a helping of guac smeared on top. Luckily, this everything-but-the-bagel guacamole recipe has got you covered. Zippy capers, hearty cream cheese, fresh dill, and smoked salmon work together with hand-mashed avocados to create a fun twist on traditional lox. Spread it on your (and your loved one’s) favorite bagel, and serve with coffee or orange juice.

  •  Guacamole Muffins, or, “Muffamole”

    Muffins complete the breakfast spread, and guacamole completes the muffin — especially if it’s this dark chocolate raspberry dessert guac. It’s downright indulgent, made with dark chocolate chips, fresh raspberries, and soft cream cheese that meld into the perfect whip when combined with fresh avocados. Sprinkle with powdered sugar and watch your beloved’s heart melt.

    For more inspiration, browse through our favorite guacamole recipes.

The post Breakfast Recipes With Guacamole (To Serve or Eat in Bed) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Many lay their heads down at night and dream of guacamole, but only a lucky few will wake to actual guacamole by their bedside. To make that dream come true for a loved one, all it takes is some creativity — and a little help from your friendly neighborhood guac expert. Whether for Mother’s Day, Father’s Day, a birthday, or even a regular old weekday, guacamole acts as a delicious addition to traditional breakfast items such as muffins, pancakes, waffles, bagels — the whole spread. Just remember to ripen your avocados overnight so that when you wake up bright and early, you’ll be ready to start mashing up breakfast. Without further ado, here are my official picks for breakfast recipes with guacamole.

4 Breakfast Recipes With Guacamole

  • Guacamole Pancakes, or, “Flap-JAX”

    Everybody knows guacamole is the best thing since (and on) sliced bread. But have you heard of guacamole pancakes? Now that’s something special for a special someone. There are a few ways to accomplish this dreamy, creamy breakfast. The first is to blend up a guacamole dressing and pour it over your pancakes like a smooth green syrup. But if you’re sappy for traditional maple syrup, putting a dollop of simple, buttery guacamole (or this avocado hot honey butter spread) on top of your pancakes can go a long way — and it won’t contrast with maple syrup. No matter the method, you’re in for one sweet stack of flap-JAX.
  •  Guacamole Waffles, or, “Guaffles”

    Waffle-loving chocoholics will appreciate this chocolate guacamole recipe. Mash together avocados, bananas, cocoa powder, creamy peanut butter, and agave or sugar. Spread the mixture over your waffles and let it fill each little square pocket with joy. For an extra touch of sweetness, dust with a light shower of powdered sugar. To add a juicier, brighter taste to your waffles, try topping them with this summer brûléed melon guacamole. This recipe is a great way to incorporate melons into your early bird menu — not to mention that the smooth, creamy texture of guac pairs perfectly with warm, fluffy waffles.

    Related: Add a little egg-citement to your morning with four different ways to pair guacamole with breakfast eggs.

  • Guacamole Bagels, or, “Hole-y Guacamole”

    Everything bagels don’t truly live up to their name without a helping of guac smeared on top. Luckily, this everything-but-the-bagel guacamole recipe has got you covered. Zippy capers, hearty cream cheese, fresh dill, and smoked salmon work together with hand-mashed avocados to create a fun twist on traditional lox. Spread it on your (and your loved one’s) favorite bagel, and serve with coffee or orange juice.
  •  Guacamole Muffins, or, “Muffamole”

    Muffins complete the breakfast spread, and guacamole completes the muffin — especially if it’s this dark chocolate raspberry dessert guac. It’s downright indulgent, made with dark chocolate chips, fresh raspberries, and soft cream cheese that meld into the perfect whip when combined with fresh avocados. Sprinkle with powdered sugar and watch your beloved’s heart melt. For more inspiration, browse through our favorite guacamole recipes.

The post Breakfast Recipes With Guacamole (To Serve or Eat in Bed) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Cómo hacer tamales con salsa de aguacate https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/spanish/como-hacer-tamales-con-salsa-de-aguacate/ Tue, 04 Feb 2020 05:05:51 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27578

Aunque las comidas sencillas suelen ser el mejor amigo del anfitrión, una ocasión especial puede requerir una creación culinaria más compleja. Sin embargo, hacer un menú más elaborado no tiene que significar que el anfitrión pase todo el evento en la cocina.

Una comida con muchos pasos y muy adecuada para cualquier ocasión, los tamales proveen la oportunidad perfecta para traer amigos y parientes a la cocina contigo. Pide a tus invitados que te ayuden a hacer tareas de la elaboración de tamales diferentes de esta receta, que incluye una salsa de aguacate, la próxima vez que necesites mostrar creatividad culinaria extra.

Cómo hacer tamales con salsa de aguacate

Ingredientes necesarios:

  • 1–1/2 lbs. de paleta de cerdo
  • 2 tz. de caldo de pollo
  • 1 cebolla mediana, cortada en cubitos
  • 2 chiles de Anaheim secos
  • 4 chiles guajillo secos
  • 1 diente de ajo, pelado
  • 31 cáscaras de maíz secas
  • 3 tz.de masa de maíz molida gruesa
  • 1–1/2 tz. de manteca de cerdo
  • 4 Aguacates De México, deshuesados, pelados y cortados en dados
  • 4 tomates grandes, deshuesados y cortados en dados
  • 8 Cdas. de jugo de lima
  • 8 Cdas. de cilantro, picado
  • 7-1/3 cdas. de sal

Para preparar el relleno

  • Coloca la paleta de cerdo, el caldo de pollo y 1–1/2 Cda. de sal en una olla grande.
  • Pica la cebolla, los chiles y el ajo en dados y añádelos a la olla grande.
  • Cocina la mezcla hasta que el caldo de pollo hierva: aproximadamente 15 minutos.
  • Reduce el fuego a fuego lento y deja que la carne se cocine durante aproximadamente una hora y media.
  • Cuando la carne se separe sin esfuerzo, cuélala sobre un tazón de tamaño mediano, guardando el caldo de pollo para usarlo para hacer la masa.

Para preparar la masa

  • Remoja las cáscaras de maíz en agua tibia en tu fregadero durante una hora o hasta que estén plegables.
  • Mientras las cáscaras de maíz se remojan, agrega la masa, 1–1/2 Cda. de sal, la mitad del caldo de pollo y la mitad de la manteca de cerdo a un tazón grande para mezclar.
  • Usa las manos para amasar la mezcla, incorporando poco a poco la manteca y el caldo de pollo restante mientras que se forma la masa. Tu masa debe estar húmeda y maleable cuando la golpees ligeramente. Si la masa está demasiado seca, añade más caldo de pollo y manteca de cerdo.

Para ensamblar y cocinar los tamales:

  • Agarra una sola cáscara de maíz con el lado liso hacia arriba y usa una cuchara para untar un círculo de masa de un centímetro de grosor sobre el centro de la cáscara.
  • Usa otra cuchara para poner una cucharada de tu relleno sobre la masa.
  • Dobla un lado de la cáscara de maíz para que el relleno quede totalmente encerrado en la masa. Luego, continúa enrollando hasta que llegue al otro lado de la cáscara. Repite este proceso hasta que hayas hecho 30 tamales.
  • Haz 30 tiras finas de cáscaras de maíz de la última cáscara. Úsalas para atar los tamales cerrados en un extremo, dejando el otro extremo abierto.
  • Coloca todos de tus tamales en una vaporera con el lado atado abajo y déjalos cocinar al vapor por 45 minutos.

Para preparar la salsa de aguacate:

  • Deja los aguacates en una bolsa de papel con un plátano durante la noche antes de preparar los tamales para asegurarte de que tus aguacates estén maduros.
  • Corta en dados los aguacates maduros y tomates frescos, luego mézclalos en un tazón grande con jugo de lima, cilantro y 4 cditas. de sal.

La hora de tamales

Cuando llegue la hora cuando cada uno de tus invitados haya puesto un tamal en su plato para desenvolverlo, les habrán servido no sólo una comida, sino también el orgullo de un trabajo bien hecho. Además, tú también habrás podido disfrutar de las risas y los recuerdos creados durante la elaboración de los tamales.

Visita nuestra página de recetas de aguacate para ver más ideas de comidas que llevarán a tus seres queridos a la cocina contigo.

The post Cómo hacer tamales con salsa de aguacate appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Aunque las comidas sencillas suelen ser el mejor amigo del anfitrión, una ocasión especial puede requerir una creación culinaria más compleja. Sin embargo, hacer un menú más elaborado no tiene que significar que el anfitrión pase todo el evento en la cocina. Una comida con muchos pasos y muy adecuada para cualquier ocasión, los tamales proveen la oportunidad perfecta para traer amigos y parientes a la cocina contigo. Pide a tus invitados que te ayuden a hacer tareas de la elaboración de tamales diferentes de esta receta, que incluye una salsa de aguacate, la próxima vez que necesites mostrar creatividad culinaria extra.

Cómo hacer tamales con salsa de aguacate

Ingredientes necesarios:

  • 1–1/2 lbs. de paleta de cerdo
  • 2 tz. de caldo de pollo
  • 1 cebolla mediana, cortada en cubitos
  • 2 chiles de Anaheim secos
  • 4 chiles guajillo secos
  • 1 diente de ajo, pelado
  • 31 cáscaras de maíz secas
  • 3 tz.de masa de maíz molida gruesa
  • 1–1/2 tz. de manteca de cerdo
  • 4 Aguacates De México, deshuesados, pelados y cortados en dados
  • 4 tomates grandes, deshuesados y cortados en dados
  • 8 Cdas. de jugo de lima
  • 8 Cdas. de cilantro, picado
  • 7-1/3 cdas. de sal
Para preparar el relleno
  • Coloca la paleta de cerdo, el caldo de pollo y 1–1/2 Cda. de sal en una olla grande.
  • Pica la cebolla, los chiles y el ajo en dados y añádelos a la olla grande.
  • Cocina la mezcla hasta que el caldo de pollo hierva: aproximadamente 15 minutos.
  • Reduce el fuego a fuego lento y deja que la carne se cocine durante aproximadamente una hora y media.
  • Cuando la carne se separe sin esfuerzo, cuélala sobre un tazón de tamaño mediano, guardando el caldo de pollo para usarlo para hacer la masa.
Para preparar la masa
  • Remoja las cáscaras de maíz en agua tibia en tu fregadero durante una hora o hasta que estén plegables.
  • Mientras las cáscaras de maíz se remojan, agrega la masa, 1–1/2 Cda. de sal, la mitad del caldo de pollo y la mitad de la manteca de cerdo a un tazón grande para mezclar.
  • Usa las manos para amasar la mezcla, incorporando poco a poco la manteca y el caldo de pollo restante mientras que se forma la masa. Tu masa debe estar húmeda y maleable cuando la golpees ligeramente. Si la masa está demasiado seca, añade más caldo de pollo y manteca de cerdo.
Para ensamblar y cocinar los tamales:
  • Agarra una sola cáscara de maíz con el lado liso hacia arriba y usa una cuchara para untar un círculo de masa de un centímetro de grosor sobre el centro de la cáscara.
  • Usa otra cuchara para poner una cucharada de tu relleno sobre la masa.
  • Dobla un lado de la cáscara de maíz para que el relleno quede totalmente encerrado en la masa. Luego, continúa enrollando hasta que llegue al otro lado de la cáscara. Repite este proceso hasta que hayas hecho 30 tamales.
  • Haz 30 tiras finas de cáscaras de maíz de la última cáscara. Úsalas para atar los tamales cerrados en un extremo, dejando el otro extremo abierto.
  • Coloca todos de tus tamales en una vaporera con el lado atado abajo y déjalos cocinar al vapor por 45 minutos.
Para preparar la salsa de aguacate:
  • Deja los aguacates en una bolsa de papel con un plátano durante la noche antes de preparar los tamales para asegurarte de que tus aguacates estén maduros.
  • Corta en dados los aguacates maduros y tomates frescos, luego mézclalos en un tazón grande con jugo de lima, cilantro y 4 cditas. de sal.

La hora de tamales

Cuando llegue la hora cuando cada uno de tus invitados haya puesto un tamal en su plato para desenvolverlo, les habrán servido no sólo una comida, sino también el orgullo de un trabajo bien hecho. Además, tú también habrás podido disfrutar de las risas y los recuerdos creados durante la elaboración de los tamales. Visita nuestra página de recetas de aguacate para ver más ideas de comidas que llevarán a tus seres queridos a la cocina contigo.

The post Cómo hacer tamales con salsa de aguacate appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Cómo convertir cinco recetas de tacos y aguacates en ensaladas https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/spanish/como-convertir-cinco-recetas-de-tacos-y-aguacates-en-ensaladas/ Tue, 04 Feb 2020 05:01:54 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27576

La mayoría de los invitados se vuelven locos por un buen taco bar, pero servir la misma configuración una y otra vez puede ser repetitivo para los anfitriones y los invitados de la fiesta.

Sencillo pero versátil, muchos tacos se pueden convertir de una comida de mano sustancioso en una ensalada sabrosa. La selección perfecta de verduras, coberturas y aderezos complementarios te permite mantener la integridad del relleno de tus tacos favoritos a la vez que añaden variedad a tu repertorio de recetas.

Aquí te decimos cómo convertir cinco recetas de tacos y aguacates en ensaladas.

Relacionado: Sustituye aguacates para pastas para untar en tus ensaladas.

Cómo convertir estas 5 recetas de tacos y aguacate en ensaladas

Para los creyentes en la carne de res

Ensalada de tacos fiesta con guacamole

Carne de res picante, el guacamole y tu queso favorito tienen el papel estelar en esta receta de tacos. Extiende el relleno de los tacos sobre una cama de lechuga romana y cúbrelo con totopos desmenuzados y aderezo de chipotle para una opción de ensalada ligera vestida para impresionar.

Ensalada de tacos de pimiento rojo y aguacate

No hay necesidad de echar la cáscara de los tacos cuando cambies esta receta de taco a una ensalada. Corta en dados la cáscara de pimiento rojo de esta receta de tacos de res y extiende las rebanadas sobre la lechuga iceberg. Luego, mezcla la base de la ensalada con la carne sazonada de la receta de tacos, el aguacate fresco, tomates asados al fuego, maíz dulce, queso cheddar, y unas gotas de aderezo ranch para crear una ensalada con éxito.

Para los cazadores de tacos de pollo

Ensalada de tacos de pollo con condimento de lima y aguacate

El pollo sazonado con lima y romero se une al guacamole de maíz, tomates y jalapeños en esta receta de tacos. Agrega los frijoles negros y el pimiento rojo rebanado, luego coloca todos los ingredientes del relleno sobre la lechuga romana para una versión con hierbas de una ensalada del suroeste. Aderézala ligeramente con vinagreta de cilantro.

Ensalada de tacos de pollo de tinga y aguacate

El aguacate cremoso se mezcla con salsa picante de adobo en esta receta de tacos de pollo de tinga. Sirve la mezcla de carne y los aguacates en rebanadas sobre un tazón de lechuga arrepollada, luego cúbrela con maíz amarillo a la plancha y tomatitos cherry jugosos. Salpica con partes iguales de jugo de lima, vinagre y aceite de oliva para un aderezo complementario que seguramente deslumbrará.

Para comedores voraces de verduras

Ensalada de taco con calabacitas y aguacate

Renunciar a la carne no significa renunciar al sabor con esta receta de aguacate y tacos que incluye calabacines salteados, ajo, y jalapeños. Sirve las calabacitas y el aguacate sobre una cama de espinaca tierna y cúbrela con aderezo ranch para mejorar tu menú de comidas sin carne.

Adquisición de taco a ensalada

Estas cinco conversiones de tacos en ensaladas seguramente transformarán tu comida y tu reunión, proveyendo una nueva versión al festín clásico de una cena de tacos. Después de servir con éxito tu ensalada elegida, guarda las sobras de aguacate en un recipiente hermético en tu nevera. Puedes incorporar estas sobras en tus comidas durante la semana con las ideas publicadas en nuestra página de recetas de aguacate.

The post Cómo convertir cinco recetas de tacos y aguacates en ensaladas appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

La mayoría de los invitados se vuelven locos por un buen taco bar, pero servir la misma configuración una y otra vez puede ser repetitivo para los anfitriones y los invitados de la fiesta. Sencillo pero versátil, muchos tacos se pueden convertir de una comida de mano sustancioso en una ensalada sabrosa. La selección perfecta de verduras, coberturas y aderezos complementarios te permite mantener la integridad del relleno de tus tacos favoritos a la vez que añaden variedad a tu repertorio de recetas. Aquí te decimos cómo convertir cinco recetas de tacos y aguacates en ensaladas. Relacionado: Sustituye aguacates para pastas para untar en tus ensaladas.

Cómo convertir estas 5 recetas de tacos y aguacate en ensaladas

Para los creyentes en la carne de res

Ensalada de tacos fiesta con guacamole

Carne de res picante, el guacamole y tu queso favorito tienen el papel estelar en esta receta de tacos. Extiende el relleno de los tacos sobre una cama de lechuga romana y cúbrelo con totopos desmenuzados y aderezo de chipotle para una opción de ensalada ligera vestida para impresionar.

Ensalada de tacos de pimiento rojo y aguacate

No hay necesidad de echar la cáscara de los tacos cuando cambies esta receta de taco a una ensalada. Corta en dados la cáscara de pimiento rojo de esta receta de tacos de res y extiende las rebanadas sobre la lechuga iceberg. Luego, mezcla la base de la ensalada con la carne sazonada de la receta de tacos, el aguacate fresco, tomates asados al fuego, maíz dulce, queso cheddar, y unas gotas de aderezo ranch para crear una ensalada con éxito. Para los cazadores de tacos de pollo

Ensalada de tacos de pollo con condimento de lima y aguacate

El pollo sazonado con lima y romero se une al guacamole de maíz, tomates y jalapeños en esta receta de tacos. Agrega los frijoles negros y el pimiento rojo rebanado, luego coloca todos los ingredientes del relleno sobre la lechuga romana para una versión con hierbas de una ensalada del suroeste. Aderézala ligeramente con vinagreta de cilantro.

Ensalada de tacos de pollo de tinga y aguacate

El aguacate cremoso se mezcla con salsa picante de adobo en esta receta de tacos de pollo de tinga. Sirve la mezcla de carne y los aguacates en rebanadas sobre un tazón de lechuga arrepollada, luego cúbrela con maíz amarillo a la plancha y tomatitos cherry jugosos. Salpica con partes iguales de jugo de lima, vinagre y aceite de oliva para un aderezo complementario que seguramente deslumbrará. Para comedores voraces de verduras

Ensalada de taco con calabacitas y aguacate

Renunciar a la carne no significa renunciar al sabor con esta receta de aguacate y tacos que incluye calabacines salteados, ajo, y jalapeños. Sirve las calabacitas y el aguacate sobre una cama de espinaca tierna y cúbrela con aderezo ranch para mejorar tu menú de comidas sin carne.

Adquisición de taco a ensalada

Estas cinco conversiones de tacos en ensaladas seguramente transformarán tu comida y tu reunión, proveyendo una nueva versión al festín clásico de una cena de tacos. Después de servir con éxito tu ensalada elegida, guarda las sobras de aguacate en un recipiente hermético en tu nevera. Puedes incorporar estas sobras en tus comidas durante la semana con las ideas publicadas en nuestra página de recetas de aguacate.

The post Cómo convertir cinco recetas de tacos y aguacates en ensaladas appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Pickle Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/make-pickle-guacamole/ Mon, 03 Feb 2020 06:46:29 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27791

To anyone who is reading the title of this blog and thinking “JAX, how dare you?” all I can say is: Hear me out.

The salty, vinegary juice in a pickle jar is called “brine,” and it has an incomparable, sour flavor. As a matter of fact, pickle brine isn’t far off from lemon or lime juice, the acidic juices traditionally used in guacamole. And, as you all know, I have an undying love for trying new things with guacamole.

If you’re a guacamole enthusiast like me, you’ll be interested to know that I’m offering three different ways to enjoy pickle guacamole — admit it, you’re curious.

Related: If you’re into guacamole with seeds, you should check out five of our favorite recipes featuring pomegranate, pumpkin, and sesame seeds.

Gettin’ Juicy With It

Most common guacamole recipes call for lemon or lime juice to add a flavorful, acidic kick that will also help your guac stay green longer. But as an alternative to citrus juice, take a walk on the wild side and use pickle brine from a jar of dill or sandwich pickles.

To get started, try this simple pickle juice guacamole recipe:

  • 2 ea. Avocados From Mexico, mashed
  • 1-1/2 T. pickle brine
  • 1/2 c. red onion, diced
  • 1/2 c. jalapeños, diced
  • 1/4 tsp. salt
  • Cilantro to taste

Mix all the ingredients together and serve with tortilla chips. Congratulations: You’ve just made pickle guacamole history.

Pro Tip: While pickles seem to last forever, avocados don’t. Check out this tip for slowing down the ripening process so guacamole can stay on the menu.

A New Use for Pickle Chips

I do love a good tortilla chip — but I also love adventure. As an alternative to tortilla chips, pita bread, or veggies, try pairing fried pickle chips with your next bowl of guac to keep the crunch while bringing a new flavor to the table. You can also use juicy dill pickles as dippers — they’ll add a crisp and tart aftertaste to every bite of guacamole.

My recommendation? Scoop up this BBQ guacamole with pickles for a unique fusion of sweet, saucy, and spicy.

Garnish That Guac

To add a unique layer of pizzazz to your guacamole, pickles are the perfect choice. Simply dice up some dill or sweet pickles and mix them right into your dip, like we did with this dill pickled guacamole. Miniature pickles are also a tasty companion to this everything-but-the-bagel guac, which doesn’t really have everything until you add pickles.

And there you have it: all the inspiration you need to explore the brave new world of pickle guacamole. While you’re busy drooling over your new favorite combo, I’ll be busy thinking up the next big thing in guacamole — and sharing it with you.

For even more uniquely irresistible guacamole, check out our guacamole recipes page.

The post How to Make Pickle Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

To anyone who is reading the title of this blog and thinking “JAX, how dare you?” all I can say is: Hear me out. The salty, vinegary juice in a pickle jar is called “brine,” and it has an incomparable, sour flavor. As a matter of fact, pickle brine isn’t far off from lemon or lime juice, the acidic juices traditionally used in guacamole. And, as you all know, I have an undying love for trying new things with guacamole. If you’re a guacamole enthusiast like me, you’ll be interested to know that I’m offering three different ways to enjoy pickle guacamole — admit it, you’re curious.

Related: If you’re into guacamole with seeds, you should check out five of our favorite recipes featuring pomegranate, pumpkin, and sesame seeds.

Gettin’ Juicy With It

Most common guacamole recipes call for lemon or lime juice to add a flavorful, acidic kick that will also help your guac stay green longer. But as an alternative to citrus juice, take a walk on the wild side and use pickle brine from a jar of dill or sandwich pickles. To get started, try this simple pickle juice guacamole recipe:
  • 2 ea. Avocados From Mexico, mashed
  • 1-1/2 T. pickle brine
  • 1/2 c. red onion, diced
  • 1/2 c. jalapeños, diced
  • 1/4 tsp. salt
  • Cilantro to taste
Mix all the ingredients together and serve with tortilla chips. Congratulations: You’ve just made pickle guacamole history. Pro Tip: While pickles seem to last forever, avocados don’t. Check out this tip for slowing down the ripening process so guacamole can stay on the menu.

A New Use for Pickle Chips

I do love a good tortilla chip — but I also love adventure. As an alternative to tortilla chips, pita bread, or veggies, try pairing fried pickle chips with your next bowl of guac to keep the crunch while bringing a new flavor to the table. You can also use juicy dill pickles as dippers — they’ll add a crisp and tart aftertaste to every bite of guacamole. My recommendation? Scoop up this BBQ guacamole with pickles for a unique fusion of sweet, saucy, and spicy.

Garnish That Guac

To add a unique layer of pizzazz to your guacamole, pickles are the perfect choice. Simply dice up some dill or sweet pickles and mix them right into your dip, like we did with this dill pickled guacamole. Miniature pickles are also a tasty companion to this everything-but-the-bagel guac, which doesn’t really have everything until you add pickles. And there you have it: all the inspiration you need to explore the brave new world of pickle guacamole. While you’re busy drooling over your new favorite combo, I’ll be busy thinking up the next big thing in guacamole — and sharing it with you. For even more uniquely irresistible guacamole, check out our guacamole recipes page.

The post How to Make Pickle Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
4 Red and Green Guacamole Recipes Sure to Brighten Your Table https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/4-red-green-guacamole-recipes-sure-brighten-table/ Fri, 31 Jan 2020 07:16:27 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27573

When entertaining guests, presentation is key — and what better way to show off your knack for design than through your appetizer spread? Whether it’s a Cinco de Mayo fiesta or a gathering for the winter holidays, a colorful snack table will make your party pop.

Guacamole is a delightful dish, and its vivid green hue will naturally draw the eye of your guests. And the cleaner the avocado, the greener the guacamole! But to really attract attention, decorate your guacamole with bright red fixings — like pomegranate seeds, cranberries, and tomato — and your dish will burst with color and flavor.

These four colorful guacamole recipes boast a bold contrast between green avocados and red accents and will make a vibrant addition to your party’s appetizer spread.

Related: Check out these tips for more ways to elevate your party presentation.

4 Red and Green Guacamole Recipes

Pomegranate Guacamole

A delicious blend of sweet and savory, this pomegranate-packed twist on traditional guacamole is a unique option for dipping with crispy corn chips or spreading atop toasted crackers for unconventional crostini.

Red accent: Pomegranate seeds.

Roasted Tomato Guacamole

Grape tomatoes and basil give a caprese twist to standard guacamole. Roasting the tomatoes in good olive oil and adding a touch of garlic gives this dip its rich color and taste. To top it off, drizzle balsamic vinegar reduction for an extra flavorful edge.

Red accent: Grape tomatoes.

Fall Harvest Guacamole

Dried cranberries, crumbled cotijacheese, roasted pumpkin seeds, and a hint of jalapeñoheat bring a diverse flavor to the table. Served with carrot sticks, this guacamole is ideal for tailgating, cocktails, potlucks, or as a holiday appetizer at home.

Red accent: Dried cranberries.

Spicy Three Pepper & Cayenne Guacamole

Have a glass of water ready for guests who approach this guacamole. The combined effect of jalapeño peppers, Serrano chiles, and Fresno chiles turn up the heat, and a sprinkling of cayenne pepper completes the spicy zest and colorful flair.

Red accent: Fresno chiles and cayenne pepper.

This list of avocado appetizers has something for everyone. Check out our recipe page for more party appetizers and snacks.

The post 4 Red and Green Guacamole Recipes Sure to Brighten Your Table appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When entertaining guests, presentation is key — and what better way to show off your knack for design than through your appetizer spread? Whether it’s a Cinco de Mayo fiesta or a gathering for the winter holidays, a colorful snack table will make your party pop. Guacamole is a delightful dish, and its vivid green hue will naturally draw the eye of your guests. And the cleaner the avocado, the greener the guacamole! But to really attract attention, decorate your guacamole with bright red fixings — like pomegranate seeds, cranberries, and tomato — and your dish will burst with color and flavor. These four colorful guacamole recipes boast a bold contrast between green avocados and red accents and will make a vibrant addition to your party’s appetizer spread. Related: Check out these tips for more ways to elevate your party presentation.

4 Red and Green Guacamole Recipes

Pomegranate Guacamole

A delicious blend of sweet and savory, this pomegranate-packed twist on traditional guacamole is a unique option for dipping with crispy corn chips or spreading atop toasted crackers for unconventional crostini. Red accent: Pomegranate seeds.

Roasted Tomato Guacamole

Grape tomatoes and basil give a caprese twist to standard guacamole. Roasting the tomatoes in good olive oil and adding a touch of garlic gives this dip its rich color and taste. To top it off, drizzle balsamic vinegar reduction for an extra flavorful edge. Red accent: Grape tomatoes.

Fall Harvest Guacamole

Dried cranberries, crumbled cotijacheese, roasted pumpkin seeds, and a hint of jalapeñoheat bring a diverse flavor to the table. Served with carrot sticks, this guacamole is ideal for tailgating, cocktails, potlucks, or as a holiday appetizer at home. Red accent: Dried cranberries.

Spicy Three Pepper & Cayenne Guacamole

Have a glass of water ready for guests who approach this guacamole. The combined effect of jalapeño peppers, Serrano chiles, and Fresno chiles turn up the heat, and a sprinkling of cayenne pepper completes the spicy zest and colorful flair. Red accent: Fresno chiles and cayenne pepper. This list of avocado appetizers has something for everyone. Check out our recipe page for more party appetizers and snacks.

The post 4 Red and Green Guacamole Recipes Sure to Brighten Your Table appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Your Own Spicy Ranch Avocado Dressing and Avocado Tzatziki Sauce https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/make-spicy-ranch-avocado-dressing-avocado-tzatziki-sauce/ Fri, 31 Jan 2020 07:09:49 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27571

Making a meal entirely from scratch is sure to impress your guests, but the extensive preparation often needed can leave you wondering if the time you’ll spend in the kitchen is worth the praise you’ll receive.

 

Both recipes that pair well with a number of meals, this spicy ranch avocado dressing and avocado tzatziki sauce bring versatility and taste to your kitchen — with minimal prep time. Combine either creation with sliced veggies, a simple salad, or a tasty taco, and you’ve created a meal sure to showcase your culinary stature.

 

Here’s how to make spicy ranch avocado dressing and avocado tzatziki sauce from scratch.

 

Related: Make your own avocado mayonnaise too.

 

To Make Spicy Ranch Avocado Dressing:

Necessary Ingredients:

  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, halved and pitted
  • 1/4 c. plain, nonfat Greek yogurt
  • 2 t. lemon juice
  • 1/2 c. skim milk
  • 1 clove garlic, finely grated
  • 1 t. white vinegar
  • 1/2 t. dried parsley
  • 1/2 t. dried dill
  • 1/2 t. dried chives
  • 1/2 t. dried onion
  • 1/2 t. smoked paprika
  • 1/8 t. salt
  • 1/8 t. cayenne pepper
  • Black pepper to taste

 

Instructions:

  • Place both avocado halves in a food processor with the Greek yogurt, lemon juice, grated garlic, white vinegar, parsley, dill, chives, onion, salt, paprika, cayenne pepper, and black pepper.
  • Pulse the blender in short spurts until the items are combined — about 30 seconds.
  • Add the milk to the processor in small amounts and continue pulsing the avocado dressing until it’s thick and creamy.
  • Chill the dressing in the refrigerator for one hour before topping your chosen salad or serving as a dip. It will keep in the refrigerator for three to five days.

 

To Make Avocado Tzatziki:

Necessary Ingredients:

  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, halved, pitted, and cubed
  • 2–1/2 T. lemon juice
  • 8 oz. large English cucumber; 3/4 of this mixture should be finely chopped and the remaining 1/4 should be finely grated.
  • 2 c. nonfat Greek yogurt
  • 2 T. dill, chopped
  • 2 T. mint, chopped
  • 1 t. lemon zest
  • 1–1/2 garlic clove, finely grated
  • 1/2 serrano chile, stemmed, seeded, and minced
  • 1 t. red pepper flakes
  • 8 drops of hot sauce
  • Salt, to taste
  • Ground black pepper, to taste

 

Instructions:

  • Ripen your avocados quickly by placing them in a paper bag with another ripe fruit the night before you make your avocado tzatziki.
  • Place the avocado cubes, garlic, lemon juice, hot sauce, Greek yogurt, and cucumber in a medium bowl.
  • Use a fork to mash the ingredients in the bowl until the texture is smooth and creamy.
  • Add in the dill, mint, lemon zest, serrano chile, red pepper flakes, salt, and black pepper. Mix well with a fork or plastic spatula.
  • Cover the dish and allow it to chill in the refrigerator for one hour before serving. Leftovers will keep in the refrigerator for up to four days.

 

Awesome Sauces

Top your favorite taco salad with your new ranch avocado dressing, or elevate a typical turkey sandwich with a generous serving of avocado tzatziki for easy meal options sure to garner party praise with minimal preparation. Your guests will appreciate the thought behind the meal, and you will appreciate its sauce’s simplicity.

 

Visit our recipe page for even more ideas for meals to pair with your new dressing and sauce.

The post How to Make Your Own Spicy Ranch Avocado Dressing and Avocado Tzatziki Sauce appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Making a meal entirely from scratch is sure to impress your guests, but the extensive preparation often needed can leave you wondering if the time you’ll spend in the kitchen is worth the praise you’ll receive.   Both recipes that pair well with a number of meals, this spicy ranch avocado dressing and avocado tzatziki sauce bring versatility and taste to your kitchen — with minimal prep time. Combine either creation with sliced veggies, a simple salad, or a tasty taco, and you’ve created a meal sure to showcase your culinary stature.   Here’s how to make spicy ranch avocado dressing and avocado tzatziki sauce from scratch.   Related: Make your own avocado mayonnaise too.  

To Make Spicy Ranch Avocado Dressing:

Necessary Ingredients:

  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, halved and pitted
  • 1/4 c. plain, nonfat Greek yogurt
  • 2 t. lemon juice
  • 1/2 c. skim milk
  • 1 clove garlic, finely grated
  • 1 t. white vinegar
  • 1/2 t. dried parsley
  • 1/2 t. dried dill
  • 1/2 t. dried chives
  • 1/2 t. dried onion
  • 1/2 t. smoked paprika
  • 1/8 t. salt
  • 1/8 t. cayenne pepper
  • Black pepper to taste
 

Instructions:

  • Place both avocado halves in a food processor with the Greek yogurt, lemon juice, grated garlic, white vinegar, parsley, dill, chives, onion, salt, paprika, cayenne pepper, and black pepper.
  • Pulse the blender in short spurts until the items are combined — about 30 seconds.
  • Add the milk to the processor in small amounts and continue pulsing the avocado dressing until it’s thick and creamy.
  • Chill the dressing in the refrigerator for one hour before topping your chosen salad or serving as a dip. It will keep in the refrigerator for three to five days.
 

To Make Avocado Tzatziki:

Necessary Ingredients:

  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, halved, pitted, and cubed
  • 2–1/2 T. lemon juice
  • 8 oz. large English cucumber; 3/4 of this mixture should be finely chopped and the remaining 1/4 should be finely grated.
  • 2 c. nonfat Greek yogurt
  • 2 T. dill, chopped
  • 2 T. mint, chopped
  • 1 t. lemon zest
  • 1–1/2 garlic clove, finely grated
  • 1/2 serrano chile, stemmed, seeded, and minced
  • 1 t. red pepper flakes
  • 8 drops of hot sauce
  • Salt, to taste
  • Ground black pepper, to taste
 

Instructions:

  • Ripen your avocados quickly by placing them in a paper bag with another ripe fruit the night before you make your avocado tzatziki.
  • Place the avocado cubes, garlic, lemon juice, hot sauce, Greek yogurt, and cucumber in a medium bowl.
  • Use a fork to mash the ingredients in the bowl until the texture is smooth and creamy.
  • Add in the dill, mint, lemon zest, serrano chile, red pepper flakes, salt, and black pepper. Mix well with a fork or plastic spatula.
  • Cover the dish and allow it to chill in the refrigerator for one hour before serving. Leftovers will keep in the refrigerator for up to four days.
 

Awesome Sauces

Top your favorite taco salad with your new ranch avocado dressing, or elevate a typical turkey sandwich with a generous serving of avocado tzatziki for easy meal options sure to garner party praise with minimal preparation. Your guests will appreciate the thought behind the meal, and you will appreciate its sauce’s simplicity.   Visit our recipe page for even more ideas for meals to pair with your new dressing and sauce.

The post How to Make Your Own Spicy Ranch Avocado Dressing and Avocado Tzatziki Sauce appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
6 Avocado Cookie Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/6-avocado-cookie-recipes/ Fri, 31 Jan 2020 06:51:28 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27569

There are any number of possibilities for eating avocados with breakfast, lunch, and dinner, but would you believe that they can also be in desserts? You’re not dreaming — thanks to their natural creaminess avocados can be a unique ingredient to mix into your next batch of cookies.

Feeling creative? Pull out your apron and get ready to mix up some sweet avoca-dough!

6 Avocado Cookie Recipes

Avocookies

A creamy twist on classic shortbread, these buttery cookies are mixed with avocados, cream cheese, butter, and walnuts. With their stylish design, avocookies are always partyready, even as part of the most refined dessert spread.

No-Bake Avocado Coconut Bites

Fresh shredded coconut mingles with avocado, cardamom, and condensed milk to create these easy-to-make dessert balls. Rich in texture and light in effort, these bites are coated in finely chopped cashews to add a satisfying crunch.

Double Dark Chocolate Avocado Cookies

Chocolate and avocado might seem an unlikely pair, but they complement each other nicely. The avocados provide a creamy, nutty taste,which harmonizes with the cocoa powder and rich dark chocolate chips.

Pro tip: Saving your baking for a later date? Don’t let those avocados go bad — slow down their ripening by storing them in the fridge!

Chocolate Avocado Energy Bites

Indulge your sweet tooth with this hearty alternative to traditional cookies. The simple, no-bake recipe combines honey, rolled oats, and peanut butter with mashed avocado and banana to create these nutritious and tempting treats.

Mexican Avocado & Walnut Cookies

These sweet and simple avocado walnut cookies are a great option for bake sales or seasonal gifts. Keep them in the cookie jar for after-school snacks or load them up with powdered sugar and festive sprinkles and leave them for Santa alongside a glass of milk.

Lime Cookies with Chocolate Glaze

Avocados, lime, and chocolate provide a uniquely sweet-and-sour surprise. Dipped in chocolate for a bit of decadence, these cookies look as good as they taste.

Related: Try our recipe for avocado matcha gingerbread cookies to indulge in even more cookie creativity.

Check out our recipe page for even more avocado desserts.

The post 6 Avocado Cookie Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There are any number of possibilities for eating avocados with breakfast, lunch, and dinner, but would you believe that they can also be in desserts? You’re not dreaming — thanks to their natural creaminess avocados can be a unique ingredient to mix into your next batch of cookies. Feeling creative? Pull out your apron and get ready to mix up some sweet avoca-dough!

6 Avocado Cookie Recipes

Avocookies

A creamy twist on classic shortbread, these buttery cookies are mixed with avocados, cream cheese, butter, and walnuts. With their stylish design, avocookies are always partyready, even as part of the most refined dessert spread.

No-Bake Avocado Coconut Bites

Fresh shredded coconut mingles with avocado, cardamom, and condensed milk to create these easy-to-make dessert balls. Rich in texture and light in effort, these bites are coated in finely chopped cashews to add a satisfying crunch.

Double Dark Chocolate Avocado Cookies

Chocolate and avocado might seem an unlikely pair, but they complement each other nicely. The avocados provide a creamy, nutty taste,which harmonizes with the cocoa powder and rich dark chocolate chips. Pro tip: Saving your baking for a later date? Don’t let those avocados go bad — slow down their ripening by storing them in the fridge!

Chocolate Avocado Energy Bites

Indulge your sweet tooth with this hearty alternative to traditional cookies. The simple, no-bake recipe combines honey, rolled oats, and peanut butter with mashed avocado and banana to create these nutritious and tempting treats.

Mexican Avocado & Walnut Cookies

These sweet and simple avocado walnut cookies are a great option for bake sales or seasonal gifts. Keep them in the cookie jar for after-school snacks or load them up with powdered sugar and festive sprinkles and leave them for Santa alongside a glass of milk.

Lime Cookies with Chocolate Glaze

Avocados, lime, and chocolate provide a uniquely sweet-and-sour surprise. Dipped in chocolate for a bit of decadence, these cookies look as good as they taste. Related: Try our recipe for avocado matcha gingerbread cookies to indulge in even more cookie creativity. Check out our recipe page for even more avocado desserts.

The post 6 Avocado Cookie Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Irresistibly Unique Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/irresistibly-unique-guacamole-recipes/ Thu, 23 Jan 2020 06:58:36 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27793

The first thing you should know about me is that, when it comes to guacamole, I’m a trailblazer. If it’s served with or mixed into a guac, I’m on board — and so far I haven’t regretted one chip I’ve dipped. If you’re a trailblazer like me, you’re not squeamish about trying the wackiest, most off-beat, and totally unique guacamole recipes the world has dared to dream up.

That’s why I rounded up four of the most unique guacamole recipes I could find and listed them here on my blog. Though odd, each recipe is uniquely irresistible in its own, beautiful way.

With that, I double-guac-dare you to step outside your comfort zone and try one (or all) of these unique guacamole recipes. Who knows — it could even become a new favorite.

4 Unique Guacamole Recipes

  • Squid Ink Hot Sauce Guacamole

    Now, don’t be squiddish. This bold recipe calls for a homemade hot sauce made from squid ink and a spicy, lip-puckering habanero vinegar — a mixture for the bravest of heart. Served with large gulf shrimp for extra oceanic flavor, this guacamole is as rare and mysterious as the Kraken itself.

  • Banana Chipotle Jelly Guacamole

    Get ready for a mouthwatering combo of flavors and textures. The ingredients of this guacamole include banana, mangos, grilled pineapple, and bacon — but it doesn’t end there. The final garnish is homemade chipotle jelly cubes that put the “olé” in this guacamole.

Related: Not the adventurous type? Maybe this Simple, Smooth Guacamole is more your speed — and it’s just as satisfying.

  • Purple Beet Guacamole

    Is purple guacamole even guacamole? The answer is “yes,” and making it is surprisingly simple — and delicious. This recipe has you mashing up your avocados with pickled beets and goat cheese, but its exotic purple hue actually comes from the addition of fresh beet juice. Pro tip: Use blue corn tortilla chips with this dip for a cool, complementary color.

  • Caviar Lemon Crème Fraîche Guacamole

    Guacamole is always classy, but caviar will take your guacamole to the next level of refinement. Caviar, or salt-cured fish eggs, is considered a delicacy by many a seafood lover with a courageous palate. The salty, semi-sweet eggs and fishy flavor are an exciting complement to the creamy texture of guacamole. For extravagant affairs, serve your guests this caviar guacamole in martini glasses and make a toast to the guac life.

Take it from me: As long as you’re using fresh, ripe avocados (and here’s how to tell), there’s no wrong way to guac.

Find other unique guacamole recipes to dazzle your dinner guests on our guacamole recipes page.

The post Irresistibly Unique Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The first thing you should know about me is that, when it comes to guacamole, I’m a trailblazer. If it’s served with or mixed into a guac, I’m on board — and so far I haven’t regretted one chip I’ve dipped. If you’re a trailblazer like me, you’re not squeamish about trying the wackiest, most off-beat, and totally unique guacamole recipes the world has dared to dream up. That’s why I rounded up four of the most unique guacamole recipes I could find and listed them here on my blog. Though odd, each recipe is uniquely irresistible in its own, beautiful way. With that, I double-guac-dare you to step outside your comfort zone and try one (or all) of these unique guacamole recipes. Who knows — it could even become a new favorite.

4 Unique Guacamole Recipes

  • Squid Ink Hot Sauce Guacamole

    Now, don’t be squiddish. This bold recipe calls for a homemade hot sauce made from squid ink and a spicy, lip-puckering habanero vinegar — a mixture for the bravest of heart. Served with large gulf shrimp for extra oceanic flavor, this guacamole is as rare and mysterious as the Kraken itself.
  • Banana Chipotle Jelly Guacamole

    Get ready for a mouthwatering combo of flavors and textures. The ingredients of this guacamole include banana, mangos, grilled pineapple, and bacon — but it doesn’t end there. The final garnish is homemade chipotle jelly cubes that put the “olé” in this guacamole.

Related: Not the adventurous type? Maybe this Simple, Smooth Guacamole is more your speed — and it’s just as satisfying.

  • Purple Beet Guacamole

    Is purple guacamole even guacamole? The answer is “yes,” and making it is surprisingly simple — and delicious. This recipe has you mashing up your avocados with pickled beets and goat cheese, but its exotic purple hue actually comes from the addition of fresh beet juice. Pro tip: Use blue corn tortilla chips with this dip for a cool, complementary color.
  • Caviar Lemon Crème Fraîche Guacamole

    Guacamole is always classy, but caviar will take your guacamole to the next level of refinement. Caviar, or salt-cured fish eggs, is considered a delicacy by many a seafood lover with a courageous palate. The salty, semi-sweet eggs and fishy flavor are an exciting complement to the creamy texture of guacamole. For extravagant affairs, serve your guests this caviar guacamole in martini glasses and make a toast to the guac life.
Take it from me: As long as you’re using fresh, ripe avocados (and here’s how to tell), there’s no wrong way to guac. Find other unique guacamole recipes to dazzle your dinner guests on our guacamole recipes page.

The post Irresistibly Unique Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Turkey and Avocado Sandwich Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/turkey-avocado-sandwich-recipes/ Wed, 22 Jan 2020 05:56:43 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27560

Whether it’s for you or for your kids, finding ways to add variety to daily brown-bag lunches can stretch your creativity — but you don’t need to reinvent the wheel. Adding new toppings to classic sandwiches can offer an easy way to change up the flavor and texture of your family’s daily lunches.

Easy-to-spread avocados pair well with a variety of turkey-sandwich recipes, adding mild flavor and creamy texture. Try these five turkey-avocado sandwich recipes next time you’d like to mix up your midday meal.

Related: Read how to upgrade Thanksgiving-turkey leftovers with avocados.

Here are 5 Turkey and Avocado Sandwich Recipes:

Avocado, Turkey, Cranberry, and Grilled Brie Sandwich

This sandwich combines tart cranberry sauce with mellow and creamy avocado in a turkey lunch reminiscent of a Thanksgiving meal. Brie cheese brings a buttery flavor and texture sure to make everyone in your family feel as though you’ve packed a treat.

Pepper and Turkey Sandwich

Three peppers and three cheeses combine in this turkey-avocado sandwich. Cayenne, jalapeño, and red bell pepper add heat, while cream cheese, Monterey Jack, and cheddar contribute a creamy texture that compliments sliced avocado.

Turkey, Tomato, and Dry Arugula Sandwich

Gouda cheese, sundried tomatoes, and arugula top ciabatta bread in this turkey-avocado sandwich featuring Mediterranean-food flavors. Mash your avocado for a savory spread or stack sliced avocado on top of the other ingredients for a tasty topping.

Avocado and Turkey on Cucumber Boats

Replace your favorite bread with cucumber slices in this green take on a turkey sandwich. Avocado, yogurt, and Dijon mustard combine in a savory spread, while Swiss cheese, tomato, and radish provide complimentary turkey toppings.

Hatch Green Chile and Turkey Grilled Cheese

Try this spicy take on a classic grilled cheese for an easy lunch you can reheat on the go. Hatch green chiles add heat balanced by smoked gouda slices, mozzarella, turkey, and avocado.

Turkey and Avocado Takeover

Whether you opt for a turkey sandwich with chiles, cranberry spread, or classic cheese, avocado is sure to offer the perfect creamy compliment. Store any avocado leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge so you can try more than one of these turkey-avocado sandwich recipes.

Once you master these five recipes, visit our avocado recipe page for more turkey-avocado sandwich ideas to help you and your family add variety to your meal plan and become the envy of any lunch table.

The post Turkey and Avocado Sandwich Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Whether it’s for you or for your kids, finding ways to add variety to daily brown-bag lunches can stretch your creativity — but you don’t need to reinvent the wheel. Adding new toppings to classic sandwiches can offer an easy way to change up the flavor and texture of your family’s daily lunches. Easy-to-spread avocados pair well with a variety of turkey-sandwich recipes, adding mild flavor and creamy texture. Try these five turkey-avocado sandwich recipes next time you’d like to mix up your midday meal. Related: Read how to upgrade Thanksgiving-turkey leftovers with avocados.

Here are 5 Turkey and Avocado Sandwich Recipes:

Avocado, Turkey, Cranberry, and Grilled Brie Sandwich

This sandwich combines tart cranberry sauce with mellow and creamy avocado in a turkey lunch reminiscent of a Thanksgiving meal. Brie cheese brings a buttery flavor and texture sure to make everyone in your family feel as though you’ve packed a treat.

Pepper and Turkey Sandwich

Three peppers and three cheeses combine in this turkey-avocado sandwich. Cayenne, jalapeño, and red bell pepper add heat, while cream cheese, Monterey Jack, and cheddar contribute a creamy texture that compliments sliced avocado.

Turkey, Tomato, and Dry Arugula Sandwich

Gouda cheese, sundried tomatoes, and arugula top ciabatta bread in this turkey-avocado sandwich featuring Mediterranean-food flavors. Mash your avocado for a savory spread or stack sliced avocado on top of the other ingredients for a tasty topping.

Avocado and Turkey on Cucumber Boats

Replace your favorite bread with cucumber slices in this green take on a turkey sandwich. Avocado, yogurt, and Dijon mustard combine in a savory spread, while Swiss cheese, tomato, and radish provide complimentary turkey toppings.

Hatch Green Chile and Turkey Grilled Cheese

Try this spicy take on a classic grilled cheese for an easy lunch you can reheat on the go. Hatch green chiles add heat balanced by smoked gouda slices, mozzarella, turkey, and avocado.

Turkey and Avocado Takeover

Whether you opt for a turkey sandwich with chiles, cranberry spread, or classic cheese, avocado is sure to offer the perfect creamy compliment. Store any avocado leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge so you can try more than one of these turkey-avocado sandwich recipes. Once you master these five recipes, visit our avocado recipe page for more turkey-avocado sandwich ideas to help you and your family add variety to your meal plan and become the envy of any lunch table.

The post Turkey and Avocado Sandwich Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Fiber in Avocados and Weight Management https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/thefiber-avocados-weight-management/ Wed, 22 Jan 2020 05:31:19 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27558

Navigating the roles and benefits behind each of the necessary nutrients in your diet can seem like a daunting task — especially when it comes to finding the few that can help you manage your weight without feeling hungry.

One way to help avoid hunger pangs while trying to maintain one’s weight is to opt for foods with fiber. A plant-food carbohydrate found in fruits, like avocados, fiber can help add bulk to your diet, helping you stay full longer and avoid overeating.

Let’s take a closer look at how the fiber in avocados affects our digestion and facilitates weight management as part of an overall balanced diet.

Fiber Functions

Most fiber-contributing foods, including avocados, contain a combination of soluble and insoluble fibers. Soluble converts into a gel-like substance as your body digests it. Your body breaks down very little of this gel-like substance into caloric energy, and what it does break down it breaks down very slowly. This means foods containing soluble fiber stay in your digestive system longer and contribute few calories to your diet — an attractive combination for those hoping to manage their weight without feeling hungry.

Insoluble fiber contributes no calories to your diet, as your body cannot break it down at all. This type of fiber moves through the intestine completely intact, attaching to other digested food particles and increasing the speed of elimination in the body. This process can help protect the lining of your colon and — like soluble fiber — help you feel full longer. By keeping you satiated and clearing your digestive tract without adding calories to your diet, insoluble fiber can also be an effective tool in maintaining a healthy weight.

Fuel Up with the Fiber in Avocados

With a composition that is nearly 79% fiber and water, avocados provide a tasty and versatile option for those seeking to manage their weight by incorporating fiber contributing foods into their diet. A serving of avocado — 50g or 1/3 of a medium-size avocado — is a good source of fiber, providing 3g of fiber, or 11% of the daily recommended intake.
Before changing your diet, talk to your doctor about how fiber contributing foods, like avocados, could help you manage your weight. He or she may give you a list of fiber-contributing foods — including avocados — to incorporate into an overall balanced diet.

Armed with new nutritional knowledge and your doctor’s approval, fuel up with avocados. As you cook, save any leftover avocado in an airtight container in the fridge so you can add the fiber in avocados to even more meals.

The post The Fiber in Avocados and Weight Management appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Navigating the roles and benefits behind each of the necessary nutrients in your diet can seem like a daunting task — especially when it comes to finding the few that can help you manage your weight without feeling hungry. One way to help avoid hunger pangs while trying to maintain one’s weight is to opt for foods with fiber. A plant-food carbohydrate found in fruits, like avocados, fiber can help add bulk to your diet, helping you stay full longer and avoid overeating. Let’s take a closer look at how the fiber in avocados affects our digestion and facilitates weight management as part of an overall balanced diet.

Fiber Functions

Most fiber-contributing foods, including avocados, contain a combination of soluble and insoluble fibers. Soluble converts into a gel-like substance as your body digests it. Your body breaks down very little of this gel-like substance into caloric energy, and what it does break down it breaks down very slowly. This means foods containing soluble fiber stay in your digestive system longer and contribute few calories to your diet — an attractive combination for those hoping to manage their weight without feeling hungry. Insoluble fiber contributes no calories to your diet, as your body cannot break it down at all. This type of fiber moves through the intestine completely intact, attaching to other digested food particles and increasing the speed of elimination in the body. This process can help protect the lining of your colon and — like soluble fiber — help you feel full longer. By keeping you satiated and clearing your digestive tract without adding calories to your diet, insoluble fiber can also be an effective tool in maintaining a healthy weight.

Fuel Up with the Fiber in Avocados

With a composition that is nearly 79% fiber and water, avocados provide a tasty and versatile option for those seeking to manage their weight by incorporating fiber contributing foods into their diet. A serving of avocado — 50g or 1/3 of a medium-size avocado — is a good source of fiber, providing 3g of fiber, or 11% of the daily recommended intake. Before changing your diet, talk to your doctor about how fiber contributing foods, like avocados, could help you manage your weight. He or she may give you a list of fiber-contributing foods — including avocados — to incorporate into an overall balanced diet. Armed with new nutritional knowledge and your doctor’s approval, fuel up with avocados. As you cook, save any leftover avocado in an airtight container in the fridge so you can add the fiber in avocados to even more meals.

The post The Fiber in Avocados and Weight Management appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Cranberry-Avocado Salsa https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/cranberry-avocado-salsa/ Wed, 22 Jan 2020 05:26:45 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27556

The perfect finger food compliment, salsa is a staple addition to any appetizer spread. However, finding a salsa that meets everyone’s preferred spice level can be far from simple.

Combining mild fruit flavors with moderate hits of heat can help serve up the best of both worlds and meet every party goer’s flavor preference. Try this slightly tart and spicy cranberry-avocado salsa recipe at your next group gathering to showcase your appetizer aptitude.

Related: Add this avocado-cranberry mash recipe to savory sandwiches to add color and flavor to your table.

Necessary Ingredients:

  • 3 Avocados From Mexico, cubed
  • 4 c. fresh cranberries
  • 2 T. honey
  • 1/2 c. orange juice
  • 1/4 c. lime juice
  • 1 jalapeño, seeded and chopped
  • Salt and pepper to taste
  • 1/4 c. fresh cilantro, chopped

How to Make Cranberry-Avocado Salsa:

To prepare the cranberries:

  1. Place the cranberries, honey, orange juice, and lime juice in a food processor for creamy salsa. Use the pulse function to blend until the cranberries are chopped to your texture preference. Creamy-salsa lovers will want to process the mixture until the cranberries are finely chopped.
  2. Move the ingredients to a medium-size bowl.
  3. Add the jalapeño to the mix and stir.

To prepare the avocado topping:

  1. Wash your avocado, then cube it.
  2. Stir in the cubed avocados and cilantro.
  3. Add salt and pepper to taste.
  4. Combine avocado topping with the cranberry mixture and serve.

Whether you choose to share with friends and family or enjoy your salsa solo, this tart take on a finger food favorite is sure to become a simple snack go-to. Serve your carefully craft edcran berry-avocado salsa alongside crunchy chips or as a compliment to chicken or turkey.

Visit our avocado recipe page for more avocado salsa, dressing, and sauce ideas.

The post Cranberry-Avocado Salsa appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The perfect finger food compliment, salsa is a staple addition to any appetizer spread. However, finding a salsa that meets everyone’s preferred spice level can be far from simple. Combining mild fruit flavors with moderate hits of heat can help serve up the best of both worlds and meet every party goer’s flavor preference. Try this slightly tart and spicy cranberry-avocado salsa recipe at your next group gathering to showcase your appetizer aptitude. Related: Add this avocado-cranberry mash recipe to savory sandwiches to add color and flavor to your table.

Necessary Ingredients:

  • 3 Avocados From Mexico, cubed
  • 4 c. fresh cranberries
  • 2 T. honey
  • 1/2 c. orange juice
  • 1/4 c. lime juice
  • 1 jalapeño, seeded and chopped
  • Salt and pepper to taste
  • 1/4 c. fresh cilantro, chopped

How to Make Cranberry-Avocado Salsa:

To prepare the cranberries:

  1. Place the cranberries, honey, orange juice, and lime juice in a food processor for creamy salsa. Use the pulse function to blend until the cranberries are chopped to your texture preference. Creamy-salsa lovers will want to process the mixture until the cranberries are finely chopped.
  2. Move the ingredients to a medium-size bowl.
  3. Add the jalapeño to the mix and stir.

To prepare the avocado topping:

  1. Wash your avocado, then cube it.
  2. Stir in the cubed avocados and cilantro.
  3. Add salt and pepper to taste.
  4. Combine avocado topping with the cranberry mixture and serve.
Whether you choose to share with friends and family or enjoy your salsa solo, this tart take on a finger food favorite is sure to become a simple snack go-to. Serve your carefully craft edcran berry-avocado salsa alongside crunchy chips or as a compliment to chicken or turkey. Visit our avocado recipe page for more avocado salsa, dressing, and sauce ideas.

The post Cranberry-Avocado Salsa appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Pie Recipes for Dessert (and Dinner!) https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-pie-recipes/ Wed, 22 Jan 2020 05:12:27 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27554

If you hear the words “avocado pie” and get weirded out, bear with us for a minute: Avocados are a fruit, just like cherries, blueberries, apples, and your other favorite pie fillings. Not to mention, they’re always good — that means their creamy texture, delicious flavor, and cool color bring a lot to the pie table. To prove it, we rounded up the best avocado pie recipes, both sweet AND savory.

 

And, as a bonus, we included our original recipe for an all-purpose avocado pie crust — scroll to the bottom!

 

 

6 Dessert Avocado Pie Recipes

1. Lemon-Avocado Pie

Citrus combines with ripe, creamy avocado in this cool confection. Condensed milk and a whipped cream topping complement the tart taste and the fluffy cloudlike texture. It’s like a little green slice of heaven.

 

2. Vegan Avocado Key Lime Pie

Creamy without cream, sweet without sugar. Oh yeah, that’s the good stuff. Watch this recipe video for the fluffiest and greenest key lime pie you’ve ever had.

 

3. Avocado Chocolate Bourbon Pecan Pie

Instant espresso gives a little extra something-something to this chocolate avocado pie filling. Smell those hints of almond and coconut? How about the bourbon, vanilla, and pecans? Those are the kinds of smells that make holiday get-togethers or dinner parties awesome.

 

Avocados are Sugar-Free? That's Pretty Sweet.

Avocados contain only a trace amount of sugar — little enough to be officially classified as “sugar-free.” It’s facts like that that make dessert-time even sweeter.

 

4. Avocado Chocolate Pie

Chocolate cookie crumble crust. Do we have your attention? Just wait, there’s more: avocado and dark chocolate cream cheese filling. And to top it all off, coconut whipped cream. Serve this one up alongside a hot cup of evening coffee to make any day end on a good note.

 

5. Tropical Chocolate Pie

Another chocolate pie, but this time with a graham cracker crust and a lighter, fluffier filling. Drizzle each slice with a sticky-sweet coconut syrup to satisfy that sweet tooth in just one bite — though, you will want to eat the whole thing, of course.

 

6. Pumpkin Avocado Pie

Replace the butter with avocado in this pumpkin butter recipe for a new take on a fall favorite. Add the avocado-pumpkin pie filling to a premade pie pastry before baking for an hour at 350 F. Then, top each slice with whipped cream and a sprinkle of cinnamon and nutmeg for a creamy, autumnal avocado creation any time of the year.

 

It's 🥧-O’-Clock: Is Your Avocado Ripe?

You can ripen your avocados quickly by placing them in a bag with a banana. Let them snuggle all night, and the avocado should be ready to make avocado pie recipes (and other goodies) in the morning.

 

3 Savory Avocado Pies

1. Chicken Corn Pie

This savory avocado pie recipe uses chicken breast as a crust of sorts, holding in a gooey cheesy interior stuffed with corn and topped with red peppers and avocado slices. And if you think that sentence is the most delicious thing you’ve ever read, just wait till you taste this pie.

 

2. Avocado Pizza Pies

These Mexican hand pies are stuffed with a meat trio: chorizo, beef, and pork. The best part, however, is dipping them head-first into a creamy avocado aioli. Mmm.

 

 

3. Avocado Picadillo Hand Pies

These Mexican hand pies are stuffed with a meat trio: chorizo, beef, and pork. The best part, however, is dipping them head-first into a creamy avocado aioli. Mmm.

 

Homemade Avoca-dough

Looking for a new homemade pie crust recipe? This one uses avocado for an extra dose of goodness and is an awesome swap for premade crusts. This avoca-dough is good for dessert pies, savory pies, hand pies, pizzas, and quiches. Just be warned: Once you go avoca-dough, you’ll never go back.

 

Ingredients:

  • 1/2 an Avocado From Mexico
  • 2½ c. all-purpose flour
  • 1 tsp. salt
  • 1 tsp. sugar
  • 1/2 c. butter, diced
  • 1/4 c. shortening, diced
  • 1/3 c. ice cold water

 

Directions: In a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, cream the avocado. Add the flour, salt, and sugar and blend until combined. Add butter and shortening and mix until the dough has the consistency of pebbles. With the mixer running, add ice cold water until the dough comes together in the center of the mixer. Remove dough from bowl, wrap in plastic, and refrigerate for at least one hour.

 

Pie, Pie for Now 👋

After reading this blog, we bet that getting a pie in the face sounds way more delicious — as long as it’s one of our avocado pie recipes.


For more avo inspo, visit our recipe page to discover more avocado desserts.

The post Avocado Pie Recipes for Dessert (and Dinner!) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you hear the words “avocado pie” and get weirded out, bear with us for a minute: Avocados are a fruit, just like cherries, blueberries, apples, and your other favorite pie fillings. Not to mention, they’re always good — that means their creamy texture, delicious flavor, and cool color bring a lot to the pie table. To prove it, we rounded up the best avocado pie recipes, both sweet AND savory.   And, as a bonus, we included our original recipe for an all-purpose avocado pie crust — scroll to the bottom!    

6 Dessert Avocado Pie Recipes

1. Lemon-Avocado Pie

Citrus combines with ripe, creamy avocado in this cool confection. Condensed milk and a whipped cream topping complement the tart taste and the fluffy cloudlike texture. It’s like a little green slice of heaven.  

2. Vegan Avocado Key Lime Pie

Creamy without cream, sweet without sugar. Oh yeah, that’s the good stuff. Watch this recipe video for the fluffiest and greenest key lime pie you’ve ever had.  

3. Avocado Chocolate Bourbon Pecan Pie

Instant espresso gives a little extra something-something to this chocolate avocado pie filling. Smell those hints of almond and coconut? How about the bourbon, vanilla, and pecans? Those are the kinds of smells that make holiday get-togethers or dinner parties awesome.  

Avocados are Sugar-Free? That's Pretty Sweet.

Avocados contain only a trace amount of sugar — little enough to be officially classified as “sugar-free.” It’s facts like that that make dessert-time even sweeter.
 

4. Avocado Chocolate Pie

Chocolate cookie crumble crust. Do we have your attention? Just wait, there’s more: avocado and dark chocolate cream cheese filling. And to top it all off, coconut whipped cream. Serve this one up alongside a hot cup of evening coffee to make any day end on a good note.  

5. Tropical Chocolate Pie

Another chocolate pie, but this time with a graham cracker crust and a lighter, fluffier filling. Drizzle each slice with a sticky-sweet coconut syrup to satisfy that sweet tooth in just one bite — though, you will want to eat the whole thing, of course.  

6. Pumpkin Avocado Pie

Replace the butter with avocado in this pumpkin butter recipe for a new take on a fall favorite. Add the avocado-pumpkin pie filling to a premade pie pastry before baking for an hour at 350 F. Then, top each slice with whipped cream and a sprinkle of cinnamon and nutmeg for a creamy, autumnal avocado creation any time of the year.  

It's 🥧-O’-Clock: Is Your Avocado Ripe?

You can ripen your avocados quickly by placing them in a bag with a banana. Let them snuggle all night, and the avocado should be ready to make avocado pie recipes (and other goodies) in the morning.
 

3 Savory Avocado Pies

1. Chicken Corn Pie

This savory avocado pie recipe uses chicken breast as a crust of sorts, holding in a gooey cheesy interior stuffed with corn and topped with red peppers and avocado slices. And if you think that sentence is the most delicious thing you’ve ever read, just wait till you taste this pie.  

2. Avocado Pizza Pies

These Mexican hand pies are stuffed with a meat trio: chorizo, beef, and pork. The best part, however, is dipping them head-first into a creamy avocado aioli. Mmm.    

3. Avocado Picadillo Hand Pies

These Mexican hand pies are stuffed with a meat trio: chorizo, beef, and pork. The best part, however, is dipping them head-first into a creamy avocado aioli. Mmm.  

Homemade Avoca-dough

Looking for a new homemade pie crust recipe? This one uses avocado for an extra dose of goodness and is an awesome swap for premade crusts. This avoca-dough is good for dessert pies, savory pies, hand pies, pizzas, and quiches. Just be warned: Once you go avoca-dough, you’ll never go back.   Ingredients:
  • 1/2 an Avocado From Mexico
  • 2½ c. all-purpose flour
  • 1 tsp. salt
  • 1 tsp. sugar
  • 1/2 c. butter, diced
  • 1/4 c. shortening, diced
  • 1/3 c. ice cold water
  Directions: In a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, cream the avocado. Add the flour, salt, and sugar and blend until combined. Add butter and shortening and mix until the dough has the consistency of pebbles. With the mixer running, add ice cold water until the dough comes together in the center of the mixer. Remove dough from bowl, wrap in plastic, and refrigerate for at least one hour.  

Pie, Pie for Now 👋

After reading this blog, we bet that getting a pie in the face sounds way more delicious — as long as it’s one of our avocado pie recipes. For more avo inspo, visit our recipe page to discover more avocado desserts.

The post Avocado Pie Recipes for Dessert (and Dinner!) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Prueba Esta Receta de Pan de Muertos de Aguacate y Chocolate https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/spanish/prueba-esta-receta-de-pan-de-muertos-de-aguacate-y-chocolate-2/ Wed, 11 Dec 2019 07:43:51 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27339

Receta de Pan de Muertos

Encontrar alimentos y actividades que pueden dar un giro sutil a una tradición antigua podría crear nuevos recuerdos y recetas favoritas en la familia sin dejar a las costumbres de una fiesta histórica en el olvido.

Prueba esta receta de pan de muertos de aguacate y chocolate para una versión un poco diferente de este sabroso y festivo dulce.

Relacionado: Mantiene la celebración del Día de Muertos con estas calaveras de aguacate que puedes hacer tú misma.

Cómo hacer Pan de Muertos de aguacate y chocolate

Ingredientes necesarios:

  1. 4 huevos
  2. 2 tz. de harina para todo uso
  3. 1/2 Aguacate De México
  4. 1/2 tz. de leche entera
  5. 1/3 tz. de cacao en polvo
  6. 1/3 tz. de azúcar
  7. 1/4 tz. de agua tibia
  8. 1 ctda. de extracto de anís
  9. 1/5 ctda. de sal
  10. 1 paquete de levadura seca activa
  11. 1/4tz. de azúcar en polvo
  12. 1 cda. de mantequilla derretida

Instrucciones:

Para preparar la masa de aguacate y chocolate:

  1. Combina la harina, el azúcar, la sal, el cacao en polvo y el extracto de anís en un tazón mediano. Una vez mezclado, ponlo a un lado.
  2. Revuelve bien el agua y la levadura durante 10 minutos para que la levadura se active.
  3. Corta por la mitad y deshuesa un aguacate. Corta en cubitos y machaca una de las mitades, luego mézclala bien con la leche hasta ambos ingredientes se combinen. Asegúrate que tenga una consistencia uniforme. Guarda la otra mitad del aguacate en un recipiente hermético en el refrigerador.
  4. Calienta la mezcla de aguacate y leche en una cacerola a fuego lento durante 10 minutos. Revuelve suavemente.
  5. Retira la cacerola del fuego y añade los huevos sin dejar de revolver.
  6. Combina los ingredientes húmedos y secos, alternando entre añadir pequeñas cantidades de la mezcla de levadura y pequeñas cantidades de la mezcla de aguacate, huevo, y leche a los ingredientes secos. Revuelve hasta que todas las mezclas estén completamente incorporadas y formen una masa.
  7. Amasa la masa durante 5 a 10 minutos hasta que tenga una textura uniforme.
  8. Coloca la masa en un tazón y tápala. Déjala reposar en un lugar caliente durante 90 minutos para que la levadura se eleve.
  9. Retira 1/5 de la masa para usarla para la decoración de los huesos y calaveras que pondrás encima del pan de muertos. Forma dos bolitas con el resto de la masa y ponlas en una bandeja de horno forrada con papel para hornear.

Para preparar la decoración de las calaveras y los huesos:

  1. Enrolla la masa que ya habías apartado en cuatro cilindros y dos bolitas: dos huesos y una calavera para cada bollo.
  2. Cruza los cilindros sobre las dos grandes bolas de masa, luego coloca una bolita sobre cada pila de huesos.

Instrucciones para hornear:

  1. Precalienta el horno a 350 grados Fahrenheit.
  2. Coloca la masa en el horno durante 30–40 minutos, o hasta que el pan suene hueco cuando se le dé pequeños golpes.

Nota del chef:

Usa una cuchara o un utensilio plano para dar pequeños golpes a la masa, no el dedo.

Instrucciones de enfriamiento:

  1. Saca los panes de muertos recién horneados del horno y déjalos enfriar en una rejilla de alambre durante 10 minutos.
  2. Aplica mantequilla derretida a los bollos, luego espolvoréalos con azúcar en polvo para un acabado decadente.

Sabores festivos nuevos

Ya sea que planees celebrar el Día de los Muertos con tu familia, amigos, o ambos, esta receta de pan de muertos de aguacate y chocolate seguramente se convertirá en una favorita de la multitud — y tal vez incluso se convierta en una nueva tradición familiar.

Visita nuestra página de recetas con aguacate para obtener más ideas de recetas de aguacate y chocolate.

The post Prueba Esta Receta de Pan de Muertos de Aguacate y Chocolate appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Receta de Pan de Muertos

Encontrar alimentos y actividades que pueden dar un giro sutil a una tradición antigua podría crear nuevos recuerdos y recetas favoritas en la familia sin dejar a las costumbres de una fiesta histórica en el olvido. Prueba esta receta de pan de muertos de aguacate y chocolate para una versión un poco diferente de este sabroso y festivo dulce. Relacionado: Mantiene la celebración del Día de Muertos con estas calaveras de aguacate que puedes hacer tú misma.

Cómo hacer Pan de Muertos de aguacate y chocolate

Ingredientes necesarios:

  1. 4 huevos
  2. 2 tz. de harina para todo uso
  3. 1/2 Aguacate De México
  4. 1/2 tz. de leche entera
  5. 1/3 tz. de cacao en polvo
  6. 1/3 tz. de azúcar
  7. 1/4 tz. de agua tibia
  8. 1 ctda. de extracto de anís
  9. 1/5 ctda. de sal
  10. 1 paquete de levadura seca activa
  11. 1/4tz. de azúcar en polvo
  12. 1 cda. de mantequilla derretida

Instrucciones:

Para preparar la masa de aguacate y chocolate:

  1. Combina la harina, el azúcar, la sal, el cacao en polvo y el extracto de anís en un tazón mediano. Una vez mezclado, ponlo a un lado.
  2. Revuelve bien el agua y la levadura durante 10 minutos para que la levadura se active.
  3. Corta por la mitad y deshuesa un aguacate. Corta en cubitos y machaca una de las mitades, luego mézclala bien con la leche hasta ambos ingredientes se combinen. Asegúrate que tenga una consistencia uniforme. Guarda la otra mitad del aguacate en un recipiente hermético en el refrigerador.
  4. Calienta la mezcla de aguacate y leche en una cacerola a fuego lento durante 10 minutos. Revuelve suavemente.
  5. Retira la cacerola del fuego y añade los huevos sin dejar de revolver.
  6. Combina los ingredientes húmedos y secos, alternando entre añadir pequeñas cantidades de la mezcla de levadura y pequeñas cantidades de la mezcla de aguacate, huevo, y leche a los ingredientes secos. Revuelve hasta que todas las mezclas estén completamente incorporadas y formen una masa.
  7. Amasa la masa durante 5 a 10 minutos hasta que tenga una textura uniforme.
  8. Coloca la masa en un tazón y tápala. Déjala reposar en un lugar caliente durante 90 minutos para que la levadura se eleve.
  9. Retira 1/5 de la masa para usarla para la decoración de los huesos y calaveras que pondrás encima del pan de muertos. Forma dos bolitas con el resto de la masa y ponlas en una bandeja de horno forrada con papel para hornear.

Para preparar la decoración de las calaveras y los huesos:

  1. Enrolla la masa que ya habías apartado en cuatro cilindros y dos bolitas: dos huesos y una calavera para cada bollo.
  2. Cruza los cilindros sobre las dos grandes bolas de masa, luego coloca una bolita sobre cada pila de huesos.

Instrucciones para hornear:

  1. Precalienta el horno a 350 grados Fahrenheit.
  2. Coloca la masa en el horno durante 30–40 minutos, o hasta que el pan suene hueco cuando se le dé pequeños golpes.

Nota del chef:

Usa una cuchara o un utensilio plano para dar pequeños golpes a la masa, no el dedo.

Instrucciones de enfriamiento:

  1. Saca los panes de muertos recién horneados del horno y déjalos enfriar en una rejilla de alambre durante 10 minutos.
  2. Aplica mantequilla derretida a los bollos, luego espolvoréalos con azúcar en polvo para un acabado decadente.

Sabores festivos nuevos

Ya sea que planees celebrar el Día de los Muertos con tu familia, amigos, o ambos, esta receta de pan de muertos de aguacate y chocolate seguramente se convertirá en una favorita de la multitud — y tal vez incluso se convierta en una nueva tradición familiar. Visita nuestra página de recetas con aguacate para obtener más ideas de recetas de aguacate y chocolate.

The post Prueba Esta Receta de Pan de Muertos de Aguacate y Chocolate appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Cómo hacer esta receta de elotes con aguacate a la parrilla https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/spanish/como-hacer-esta-receta-de-elotes-con-aguacate-la-parrilla/ Wed, 11 Dec 2019 07:16:10 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27337

Recetas de Elotes con Aguacate

Ya sea que estes caminando por una feria callejera con un elote o relajándote te estes relajando con un tazón de este cremoso plato mientras ves un partido con tus amigos, el elote es el complemento perfecto para cualquier fin de semana llena de diversión.

Para una versión nueva de este platofavorito de la comida mexicana, prueba esta receta de elotes con aguacate que sirve el maíz cremoso en mitades de aguacate a la parrilla.

Relacionado: Lee más versiones de tus platos fritos favoritos con aguacate.

Cómo hacer elotes con aguacate a la parrilla

Ingredientes necesarios:

  • 4 Aguacates De México
  • 1 tz.de maíz enlatado
  • 1/4 tz. de agua
  • 1/3 tz. de queso Cotija desmenuzado
  • 1/4 tz. de mayonesa
  • 2 1/2Cdas. de jugo de lima
  • 2 Cdas. de aceite vegetal
  • 1 Cdita. de sal
  • 1 Cdita. de chile en polvo
  • 1 Cdita. de pimienta de cayena en polvo
  • 1 lima, cortada en 8 rodajas

Instrucciones:

Para preparar los aguacates a la parrilla:

  1. Parte y deshuesa todos de los cuatro aguacates maduros. Sabrás que están maduros si son de color oscuro y si sientes que están blandos cuando los aprietas ligeramente.
  2. Calienta tu parrilla a fuego medio — o aproximadamente 500 grados Fahrenheit — y aplícale aceite vegetal para que los aguacates no se peguen a la parrilla.
  3. Coloca las mitades de aguacate boca abajo en la parrilla durante 5 minutos o hasta que veas las marcas de la parrilla. Ten paciencia: si los levantas demasiado pronto, podrían quedarse pegados trozos de aguacate en la parrilla.
  4. Voltea los aguacates y asa el lado de la piel durante otros 5 minutos.
  5. Quita los aguacates de la parrilla y colócalos en un plato.

Para preparar el maíz:

  1. Drena el maíz enlatado y añádelo a una cacerola con el agua y la sal.
  2. Cocina el maíz a fuego medio, revolviendo ocasionalmente hasta que el agua hierva.
  3. Quita el maíz del fuego y cuélalo.
  4. Pon una cucharadadel maíz cocido en el centro de cada mitad de aguacate a la parrilla.

Para preparar la salsa de elote:

  1. Combina la mayonesa, el jugo de lima, el chile en polvo, y la pimienta de cayena en polvo en un tazónde tamaño mediano.
  2. Salpica la salsa de elote sobre las mitades de aguacate a la parrilla y el maíz.
  3. Espolvorea queso Cotija encima de cada mitad de aguacate con elotes y adorna cada plato con una rodaja de lima.

Presentando: Tu nuevo plato favorito de la comida callejera

No importa la ocasión, esta receta de aguacate con elotes seguramente se convertirá en tu nuevo plato favorito de comida callejera. Si estás entreteniendo invitados, coloca los elotes con los aguates a la parrilla en un plato grande alrededor de un plato lleno de tortilla chips para una comida fácil de autoservicio. También puedes servir una o dos mitades de aguacate al lado de quesadillas de pollo o tacos de camarón para crear una combinación culinaria llena de sabor y especias.

Visita nuestra página de recetas de aguacate para más versiones nuevas de los platos clásicos de la comida mexicana.

The post Cómo hacer esta receta de elotes con aguacate a la parrilla appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Recetas de Elotes con Aguacate

Ya sea que estes caminando por una feria callejera con un elote o relajándote te estes relajando con un tazón de este cremoso plato mientras ves un partido con tus amigos, el elote es el complemento perfecto para cualquier fin de semana llena de diversión. Para una versión nueva de este platofavorito de la comida mexicana, prueba esta receta de elotes con aguacate que sirve el maíz cremoso en mitades de aguacate a la parrilla. Relacionado: Lee más versiones de tus platos fritos favoritos con aguacate.

Cómo hacer elotes con aguacate a la parrilla

Ingredientes necesarios:

  • 4 Aguacates De México
  • 1 tz.de maíz enlatado
  • 1/4 tz. de agua
  • 1/3 tz. de queso Cotija desmenuzado
  • 1/4 tz. de mayonesa
  • 2 1/2Cdas. de jugo de lima
  • 2 Cdas. de aceite vegetal
  • 1 Cdita. de sal
  • 1 Cdita. de chile en polvo
  • 1 Cdita. de pimienta de cayena en polvo
  • 1 lima, cortada en 8 rodajas

Instrucciones:

Para preparar los aguacates a la parrilla:

  1. Parte y deshuesa todos de los cuatro aguacates maduros. Sabrás que están maduros si son de color oscuro y si sientes que están blandos cuando los aprietas ligeramente.
  2. Calienta tu parrilla a fuego medio — o aproximadamente 500 grados Fahrenheit — y aplícale aceite vegetal para que los aguacates no se peguen a la parrilla.
  3. Coloca las mitades de aguacate boca abajo en la parrilla durante 5 minutos o hasta que veas las marcas de la parrilla. Ten paciencia: si los levantas demasiado pronto, podrían quedarse pegados trozos de aguacate en la parrilla.
  4. Voltea los aguacates y asa el lado de la piel durante otros 5 minutos.
  5. Quita los aguacates de la parrilla y colócalos en un plato.

Para preparar el maíz:

  1. Drena el maíz enlatado y añádelo a una cacerola con el agua y la sal.
  2. Cocina el maíz a fuego medio, revolviendo ocasionalmente hasta que el agua hierva.
  3. Quita el maíz del fuego y cuélalo.
  4. Pon una cucharadadel maíz cocido en el centro de cada mitad de aguacate a la parrilla.

Para preparar la salsa de elote:

  1. Combina la mayonesa, el jugo de lima, el chile en polvo, y la pimienta de cayena en polvo en un tazónde tamaño mediano.
  2. Salpica la salsa de elote sobre las mitades de aguacate a la parrilla y el maíz.
  3. Espolvorea queso Cotija encima de cada mitad de aguacate con elotes y adorna cada plato con una rodaja de lima.

Presentando: Tu nuevo plato favorito de la comida callejera

No importa la ocasión, esta receta de aguacate con elotes seguramente se convertirá en tu nuevo plato favorito de comida callejera. Si estás entreteniendo invitados, coloca los elotes con los aguates a la parrilla en un plato grande alrededor de un plato lleno de tortilla chips para una comida fácil de autoservicio. También puedes servir una o dos mitades de aguacate al lado de quesadillas de pollo o tacos de camarón para crear una combinación culinaria llena de sabor y especias. Visita nuestra página de recetas de aguacate para más versiones nuevas de los platos clásicos de la comida mexicana.

The post Cómo hacer esta receta de elotes con aguacate a la parrilla appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Avocado Green Mole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/make-avocado-green-mole/ Wed, 11 Dec 2019 07:02:48 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27335

Making small changes to a meal’s sauce, rather than tackling a full-fledged, main-course makeover, can provide an approachable method for adapting a familyrecipe. A simple pinch of pepper, a hint of heat, or an ingredient addition can help turn your great-grandmother’s classic, culinary creation into your own signature sauce.

Rich, spicy, and full of flavor, mole provides a traditional topping perfect for budding homechefs wishing to experiment. Try this mole verde recipe, featuring creamy avocados, to help put your own signature spinon a savory sauce.

How to Make Avocado Mole Verde

Necessary Ingredients:

  • 1 1/2 c. pepitas, husked
  • 1 c. tomatillos, halved and husked
  • 1 large Avocado From Mexico
  • 1/2 c. white onion, cut in large pieces
  • 1/4 c. jalapeños, cleaned andcut into large pieces
  • 1/2 c. fresh cilantro, cut into large pieces
  • 1/4 c. romaine lettuce, cut into large pieces
  • 1 t. garlic, minced
  • 1 T. fresh lime juice
  • 1 T. olive oil
  • 1 t. ground cumin
  • 1/2 t. ground coriander
  • 1 c. chicken stock, unsalted
  • 1 t. kosher salt

Instructions:

  • Place husked pepitas in a medium-size, cast-iron skillet over medium heatfor about 5 minutes or until they turn a golden-brown color. As the pepitas heat, shake the pan occasionally to ensure the seeds don’t stick.
  • Remove the skillet from the stove and allow the pepitas to cool for 5minutes. Then, put the pepitas into a blender.
  • Cut your Avocado From Mexico lengthwise and remove the pit. Then, cube 1 c. of the avocado and place it in a blender. Store the other half of your avocado in the fridge.
  • Add tomatillos, onion, jalapeños, cilantro, lettuce, and garlic to the blender and puree until the mixture has a smooth texture. Set the blender jar aside.
  • Heat olive oil in a saucepan on medium-high until simmering. Add the ground cumin and coriander, then cook until fragrant — about 30 seconds.
  • Add the blended mixture to the saucepan and stir for about 5minutes or until thickened to the consistency of tomato paste.
  • Add chicken broth, stirring until the sauce begins to boil. Reduce heat and allow the mixture to simmer for 2–3 minutes.
  • Remove the sauce from the heat.Then,add salt and lime juice.
  • Drizzle your avocado mole verde over Mexican handhelds, like shrimp tacos or taquitos. You can also try it over citrus-flavored dishes, such as Lime-Rubbed Chicken Tacos with Corn Guacamole, to create a blend of tang and spice.

Making Mole Moves

No matter how you plan to serve your new signature sauce, this avocado mole verde is sure to showcase your home-chef stature without abandoning family tradition. Who knows? It may even become a new, long-standing family recipe!

Visit our avocado recipe page for more new takes on Mexican-food classics.

The post How to Make Avocado Green Mole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Making small changes to a meal’s sauce, rather than tackling a full-fledged, main-course makeover, can provide an approachable method for adapting a familyrecipe. A simple pinch of pepper, a hint of heat, or an ingredient addition can help turn your great-grandmother’s classic, culinary creation into your own signature sauce. Rich, spicy, and full of flavor, mole provides a traditional topping perfect for budding homechefs wishing to experiment. Try this mole verde recipe, featuring creamy avocados, to help put your own signature spinon a savory sauce.

How to Make Avocado Mole Verde

Necessary Ingredients:

  • 1 1/2 c. pepitas, husked
  • 1 c. tomatillos, halved and husked
  • 1 large Avocado From Mexico
  • 1/2 c. white onion, cut in large pieces
  • 1/4 c. jalapeños, cleaned andcut into large pieces
  • 1/2 c. fresh cilantro, cut into large pieces
  • 1/4 c. romaine lettuce, cut into large pieces
  • 1 t. garlic, minced
  • 1 T. fresh lime juice
  • 1 T. olive oil
  • 1 t. ground cumin
  • 1/2 t. ground coriander
  • 1 c. chicken stock, unsalted
  • 1 t. kosher salt

Instructions:

  • Place husked pepitas in a medium-size, cast-iron skillet over medium heatfor about 5 minutes or until they turn a golden-brown color. As the pepitas heat, shake the pan occasionally to ensure the seeds don’t stick.
  • Remove the skillet from the stove and allow the pepitas to cool for 5minutes. Then, put the pepitas into a blender.
  • Cut your Avocado From Mexico lengthwise and remove the pit. Then, cube 1 c. of the avocado and place it in a blender. Store the other half of your avocado in the fridge.
  • Add tomatillos, onion, jalapeños, cilantro, lettuce, and garlic to the blender and puree until the mixture has a smooth texture. Set the blender jar aside.
  • Heat olive oil in a saucepan on medium-high until simmering. Add the ground cumin and coriander, then cook until fragrant — about 30 seconds.
  • Add the blended mixture to the saucepan and stir for about 5minutes or until thickened to the consistency of tomato paste.
  • Add chicken broth, stirring until the sauce begins to boil. Reduce heat and allow the mixture to simmer for 2–3 minutes.
  • Remove the sauce from the heat.Then,add salt and lime juice.
  • Drizzle your avocado mole verde over Mexican handhelds, like shrimp tacos or taquitos. You can also try it over citrus-flavored dishes, such as Lime-Rubbed Chicken Tacos with Corn Guacamole, to create a blend of tang and spice.

Making Mole Moves

No matter how you plan to serve your new signature sauce, this avocado mole verde is sure to showcase your home-chef stature without abandoning family tradition. Who knows? It may even become a new, long-standing family recipe! Visit our avocado recipe page for more new takes on Mexican-food classics.

The post How to Make Avocado Green Mole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
2 Chilaquiles Recipes With an Avocado Garnish https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/spanish/2-chilaquiles-recipes-avocado-garnish/ Wed, 11 Dec 2019 06:44:48 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27332

Anyone who says the perfect food doesn’t exist clearly hasn’t had chilaquiles!

 

What are chilaquiles? Chilaquiles (pronounced like “chee-lah-KEE-lehs”) is a traditional Mexican dish consisting of homemade tortilla chips stewed in a spicy, flavorful salsa. However, this crunchy picante recipe (not to be confused with nachos) is a highly versatile food with endless flavor combinations. So, have fun adding your own sazón (flavor) to your chilaquiles recipe. Try your favorite spices, chiles, salsas, specialty cheeses, proteins, and, of course, Avocados From Mexico.

 

Have stale corn tortillas lying around? Old tortillas are perfect for any chilaquiles recipe! Want to balance the heat of the spicy sauce? Top your chilaquiles with queso fresco and fresh avocado slices! Need something quick and easy to make for breakfast, lunch, or dinner? Chilaquiles can be made in no time!

 

Psst … Avocados Are Part of a Healthy Diet!

Fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit. They provide naturally good fats and are free of cholesterol, sugar, and sodium. Add chilaquiles and Avocados From Mexico to your weekly menu with these two zesty chilaquiles recipes.

 

Breakfast Chilaquiles With Avocado

Start your morning with a boost of flavor. Add fresh eggs and avocado to traditional chilaquiles for a powerful punch of protein and nutrition.

 

Ingredients:

  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, cubed
  • 12 6-inch corn tortillas, cut into strips
  • ½ c. salsa
  • 2 oz. jalapeños, diced
  • ¼ tsp. of salt
  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
  • 3 eggs
  • 1 tbsp. red onion, chopped
  • 1 tbsp. white onion, chopped
  • ½ tsp. Monterey Jack cheese, shredded

 

Instructions:

  • To make the tortilla chips: Preheat your oven to 350 F. Arrange the tortilla strips on a baking sheet. Bake for 10-12 minutes. (If you’d like, you can add a little bit of olive oil or cooking spray to the tortilla strips before baking to help them crisp well.)
  • To make the chilaquiles: Combine the salsa, jalapeños, and salt in a bowl. Pour the mixture over the tortilla strips and bake for 10-15 minutes at 350 F. Add the olive oil to a small nonstick skillet and fry the eggs to your desired doneness.
  • To serve: Pour the sauce over the tortilla chips and top with the fried eggs. Cut the avocado lengthwise and pit it. Then, use the point of a knife to cut the avocado into thin slices. Garnish with avocado, red and white onion, and shredded Monterey Jack cheese.

 

Beef Chilaquiles With Avocado and Queso Fresco

Beefy, cheesy, and ever so tasty! This chilaquiles recipe will earn you kitchen bragging rights for years to come.

 

Ingredients:

  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, sliced
  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
  • 15 6-inch corn tortillas, cut into triangles
  • 2 c. salsa
  • ½ lb. ground beef
  • 4 eggs
  • 2 c. white onion
  • 8 tbsp. queso fresco

 

Instructions:

  • To make the tortilla chips: Add 1 tbsp. olive oil to a nonstick skillet and fry the tortilla triangles for 3-4 minutes or until golden. Add the cooked tortilla chips to a large serving plate.
  • To make the chilaquiles: Add 1 tbsp. olive oil to a nonstick skillet and cook the beef thoroughly. Once the beef has cooked, pour the sauce over the beef, lower the heat, and cook for another 3 minutes. Add your last tablespoon of olive oil to a small, nonstick skillet and fry the eggs to your desired doneness.
  • To serve: Add the cooked beef and salsa mixture over the plated tortilla chips. Then, add the fried eggs on top. Using a knife, cut your fresh avocado lengthwise and pit it. Then, use the tip of a knife to cut the avocado into thin slices. Garnish your beef chilaquiles with avocado slices, onion, and queso fresco — enjoy!

 

Invite your family and friends to indulge in these classic Mexican-inspired flavors! No matter which variation of chilaquiles you choose, we know that these recipes will not only be the star of your next party but a winning recipe in your cookbook.

 

Need to cool down from all that chile? Accompany your chilaquiles recipes with a refreshing and creamy pear-avocado smoothie.

 

Or visit our Avocados From Mexico recipes page for more meal ideas to brighten your plate.

The post 2 Chilaquiles Recipes With an Avocado Garnish appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Anyone who says the perfect food doesn’t exist clearly hasn’t had chilaquiles!   What are chilaquiles? Chilaquiles (pronounced like “chee-lah-KEE-lehs”) is a traditional Mexican dish consisting of homemade tortilla chips stewed in a spicy, flavorful salsa. However, this crunchy picante recipe (not to be confused with nachos) is a highly versatile food with endless flavor combinations. So, have fun adding your own sazón (flavor) to your chilaquiles recipe. Try your favorite spices, chiles, salsas, specialty cheeses, proteins, and, of course, Avocados From Mexico.   Have stale corn tortillas lying around? Old tortillas are perfect for any chilaquiles recipe! Want to balance the heat of the spicy sauce? Top your chilaquiles with queso fresco and fresh avocado slices! Need something quick and easy to make for breakfast, lunch, or dinner? Chilaquiles can be made in no time!  

Psst … Avocados Are Part of a Healthy Diet!

Fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit. They provide naturally good fats and are free of cholesterol, sugar, and sodium. Add chilaquiles and Avocados From Mexico to your weekly menu with these two zesty chilaquiles recipes.
 

Breakfast Chilaquiles With Avocado

Start your morning with a boost of flavor. Add fresh eggs and avocado to traditional chilaquiles for a powerful punch of protein and nutrition.   Ingredients:
  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, cubed
  • 12 6-inch corn tortillas, cut into strips
  • ½ c. salsa
  • 2 oz. jalapeños, diced
  • ¼ tsp. of salt
  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
  • 3 eggs
  • 1 tbsp. red onion, chopped
  • 1 tbsp. white onion, chopped
  • ½ tsp. Monterey Jack cheese, shredded
  Instructions:
  • To make the tortilla chips: Preheat your oven to 350 F. Arrange the tortilla strips on a baking sheet. Bake for 10-12 minutes. (If you’d like, you can add a little bit of olive oil or cooking spray to the tortilla strips before baking to help them crisp well.)
  • To make the chilaquiles: Combine the salsa, jalapeños, and salt in a bowl. Pour the mixture over the tortilla strips and bake for 10-15 minutes at 350 F. Add the olive oil to a small nonstick skillet and fry the eggs to your desired doneness.
  • To serve: Pour the sauce over the tortilla chips and top with the fried eggs. Cut the avocado lengthwise and pit it. Then, use the point of a knife to cut the avocado into thin slices. Garnish with avocado, red and white onion, and shredded Monterey Jack cheese.
 

Beef Chilaquiles With Avocado and Queso Fresco

Beefy, cheesy, and ever so tasty! This chilaquiles recipe will earn you kitchen bragging rights for years to come.  

Ingredients:

  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, sliced
  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
  • 15 6-inch corn tortillas, cut into triangles
  • 2 c. salsa
  • ½ lb. ground beef
  • 4 eggs
  • 2 c. white onion
  • 8 tbsp. queso fresco
  Instructions:
  • To make the tortilla chips: Add 1 tbsp. olive oil to a nonstick skillet and fry the tortilla triangles for 3-4 minutes or until golden. Add the cooked tortilla chips to a large serving plate.
  • To make the chilaquiles: Add 1 tbsp. olive oil to a nonstick skillet and cook the beef thoroughly. Once the beef has cooked, pour the sauce over the beef, lower the heat, and cook for another 3 minutes. Add your last tablespoon of olive oil to a small, nonstick skillet and fry the eggs to your desired doneness.
  • To serve: Add the cooked beef and salsa mixture over the plated tortilla chips. Then, add the fried eggs on top. Using a knife, cut your fresh avocado lengthwise and pit it. Then, use the tip of a knife to cut the avocado into thin slices. Garnish your beef chilaquiles with avocado slices, onion, and queso fresco — enjoy!
  Invite your family and friends to indulge in these classic Mexican-inspired flavors! No matter which variation of chilaquiles you choose, we know that these recipes will not only be the star of your next party but a winning recipe in your cookbook.   Need to cool down from all that chile? Accompany your chilaquiles recipes with a refreshing and creamy pear-avocado smoothie.   Or visit our Avocados From Mexico recipes page for more meal ideas to brighten your plate.

The post 2 Chilaquiles Recipes With an Avocado Garnish appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
2 Recetas de Chilaquiles con una Guarnición de Aguacate https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/spanish/2-recetas-de-chilaquiles-conun-guarnicion-de-aguacate/ Wed, 11 Dec 2019 06:31:03 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27329

¡Cualquiera que diga que la comida perfecta no existe, claramente nunca ha probado los chilaquiles!

 

¿Qué son los chilaquiles? Los chilaquiles (pronunciados como “chi-la-ki-les”) son un plato tradicional mexicano que consiste en totopos (chips de tortillas) caseros guisados ​​en una salsa picante y sabrosa.

 

Sin embargo, esta receta picante y crujiente (que no debe confundirse con los nachos) es un alimento muy versátil que tiene infinitas combinaciones de sabores. Así que diviértete agregando tu propia sazón a tus recetas de chilaquiles, como tus especies favoritas, chiles, salsas, quesos especiales, proteínas y por supuesto, Aguacates De México.

 

¿Tienes tortillas de maíz pasadas? ¡Las tortillas pasadas son perfectas para cualquier receta de chilaquiles! ¿Quieres equilibrar el picor de la salsa picante? ¡Adorna sus chilaquiles con queso fresco y rebanadas de aguacate! ¿Necesitas algo rápido y fácil de preparar para el desayuno, el almuerzo o la cena? ¡Los chilaquiles se pueden preparar en muy poco tiempo!

 

¡Agrega chilaquiles y Aguacates De México a tu menú semanal con estas dos deliciosas recetas!

 

¿Sabías Que?

Los aguacates son alimentos saludables para el corazón. Son ricos en grasas buenas y no contienen colesterol, azúcar ni sodio.

 

Chilaquiles de aguacate y huevo

¡Empieza tu mañana con una explosión de sabor! Agrega huevos frescos y aguacate a los recetas de chilaquiles tradicionales para conseguir un desayuno rico en proteína y nutrición.

 

Ingredientes necesarios:

  • 1 Aguacate De México, cortado en cubitos
  • 12 tortillas de maíz de 6 pulgadas, cortadas en tiras
  • ½ tz. Salsa
  • 2 oz. jalapeños, cortados en dados
  • ¼ cdita. Sal
  • 1 cda. aceite de oliva
  • 3 huevos
  • 1 cda. cebolla roja, picada
  • 1 cda. cebolla blanca, picada
  • ½ cdita. queso Monterey Jack, rallado

 

Como hacer chilaquiles de aguacate y huevo:

  • Para hacer los totopos: Precalienta el horno a 350 F. Coloca las tiras de tortilla en una bandeja para hornear. Hornea por 10-12 minutos. (Consejo: Puedes agregar un poco de aceite de oliva o aceite en aerosol a las tiras de tortilla antes de hornearlas para que queden bien crocantes.)
  • Para hacer los chilaquiles: Combina la salsa, los jalapeños y la sal en un tazón. Vierte la salsa sobre las tiras de tortilla y hornéalas por 10-15 minutos a 350 F. Cubre un sartén pequeño con una capa de aceite de oliva y fríe los huevos hasta que queden estrellados.
  • Para servir: Vierte la salsa sobre los totopos y cúbrelos con los huevos fritos. Corta el aguacate a lo largo y deshuésalo. Luego, usa la punta de un cuchillo para cortar el aguacate en rebanadas finas. Adorna con aguacate, dos tipos de cebolla, y queso Monterey Jack rallado.

 

Chilaquiles de carne de res y aguacate con queso fresco

¡Combina carne de res y tortillas con aguacate y queso fresco para una opción de queso que seguramente te dará la fama que mereces en la cocina!

 

Ingredientes necesarios:

  • 1 Aguacate De México, rebanado
  • 1 cda. aceite de oliva
  • 15 tortillas de maíz cortadas en triángulos
  • 2 tz. salsa
  • ½ libra de carne de res molida
  • 4 huevos
  • 2 tz. cebolla blanca
  • 8 cda. queso fresco

 

Como hacer chilaquiles de carne de res y aguacate con queso fresco:

  • Para hacer los totopos: Cubre un sartén grande con 1 cda. de aceite de oliva y fríe los triángulos de tortilla por 3 a 4 minutos o hasta que estén dorados. Pon los totopos fritos en un plato grande para servir.
  • Para hacer los chilaquiles: Cubre un sartén de tamaño mediano con 1 cda. de aceite de oliva y cocina la carne de res al punto. Vierte la salsa encima de la carne de res, baja el fuego y cocina por otros 3 minutos. Usa la última cucharada de aceite de oliva para cubrir un sartén pequeño y freír los huevos estrellados.
  • Para servir: Retira la mezcla de carne de res con salsa del fuego y colócala encima de los totopos en el plato grande. A continuación, agrega los huevos fritos por encima. Corta el aguacate a lo largo y deshuésalo. Luego, usa la punta de un cuchillo para cortar el aguacate en rebanadas finas. Adorna tus chilaquiles de res con rebanadas de aguacate, cebolla, queso fresco y ¡disfruta!

 

¡Invita a tu familia y amigos a disfrutar de estos sabores clásicos de la cocina mexicana! No importa qué variación de chilaquiles eliges, sabemos que estas recetas no solo serán la estrella en tu próxima fiesta, sino una joya en tu menú de recetas.

 

¿Te enchilaste? ¡Acompaña tus chilaquiles con un refrescante y cremoso batido de pera y aguacate!

 

O visita nuestra página de recetas de aguacate para obtener más ideas de comidas que alegrarán tu día.

The post 2 Recetas de Chilaquiles con una Guarnición de Aguacate appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

¡Cualquiera que diga que la comida perfecta no existe, claramente nunca ha probado los chilaquiles!   ¿Qué son los chilaquiles? Los chilaquiles (pronunciados como “chi-la-ki-les”) son un plato tradicional mexicano que consiste en totopos (chips de tortillas) caseros guisados ​​en una salsa picante y sabrosa.   Sin embargo, esta receta picante y crujiente (que no debe confundirse con los nachos) es un alimento muy versátil que tiene infinitas combinaciones de sabores. Así que diviértete agregando tu propia sazón a tus recetas de chilaquiles, como tus especies favoritas, chiles, salsas, quesos especiales, proteínas y por supuesto, Aguacates De México.   ¿Tienes tortillas de maíz pasadas? ¡Las tortillas pasadas son perfectas para cualquier receta de chilaquiles! ¿Quieres equilibrar el picor de la salsa picante? ¡Adorna sus chilaquiles con queso fresco y rebanadas de aguacate! ¿Necesitas algo rápido y fácil de preparar para el desayuno, el almuerzo o la cena? ¡Los chilaquiles se pueden preparar en muy poco tiempo!   ¡Agrega chilaquiles y Aguacates De México a tu menú semanal con estas dos deliciosas recetas!  

¿Sabías Que?

Los aguacates son alimentos saludables para el corazón. Son ricos en grasas buenas y no contienen colesterol, azúcar ni sodio.
 

Chilaquiles de aguacate y huevo

¡Empieza tu mañana con una explosión de sabor! Agrega huevos frescos y aguacate a los recetas de chilaquiles tradicionales para conseguir un desayuno rico en proteína y nutrición.   Ingredientes necesarios:
  • 1 Aguacate De México, cortado en cubitos
  • 12 tortillas de maíz de 6 pulgadas, cortadas en tiras
  • ½ tz. Salsa
  • 2 oz. jalapeños, cortados en dados
  • ¼ cdita. Sal
  • 1 cda. aceite de oliva
  • 3 huevos
  • 1 cda. cebolla roja, picada
  • 1 cda. cebolla blanca, picada
  • ½ cdita. queso Monterey Jack, rallado
  Como hacer chilaquiles de aguacate y huevo:
  • Para hacer los totopos: Precalienta el horno a 350 F. Coloca las tiras de tortilla en una bandeja para hornear. Hornea por 10-12 minutos. (Consejo: Puedes agregar un poco de aceite de oliva o aceite en aerosol a las tiras de tortilla antes de hornearlas para que queden bien crocantes.)
  • Para hacer los chilaquiles: Combina la salsa, los jalapeños y la sal en un tazón. Vierte la salsa sobre las tiras de tortilla y hornéalas por 10-15 minutos a 350 F. Cubre un sartén pequeño con una capa de aceite de oliva y fríe los huevos hasta que queden estrellados.
  • Para servir: Vierte la salsa sobre los totopos y cúbrelos con los huevos fritos. Corta el aguacate a lo largo y deshuésalo. Luego, usa la punta de un cuchillo para cortar el aguacate en rebanadas finas. Adorna con aguacate, dos tipos de cebolla, y queso Monterey Jack rallado.
 

Chilaquiles de carne de res y aguacate con queso fresco

¡Combina carne de res y tortillas con aguacate y queso fresco para una opción de queso que seguramente te dará la fama que mereces en la cocina!   Ingredientes necesarios:
  • 1 Aguacate De México, rebanado
  • 1 cda. aceite de oliva
  • 15 tortillas de maíz cortadas en triángulos
  • 2 tz. salsa
  • ½ libra de carne de res molida
  • 4 huevos
  • 2 tz. cebolla blanca
  • 8 cda. queso fresco
  Como hacer chilaquiles de carne de res y aguacate con queso fresco:
  • Para hacer los totopos: Cubre un sartén grande con 1 cda. de aceite de oliva y fríe los triángulos de tortilla por 3 a 4 minutos o hasta que estén dorados. Pon los totopos fritos en un plato grande para servir.
  • Para hacer los chilaquiles: Cubre un sartén de tamaño mediano con 1 cda. de aceite de oliva y cocina la carne de res al punto. Vierte la salsa encima de la carne de res, baja el fuego y cocina por otros 3 minutos. Usa la última cucharada de aceite de oliva para cubrir un sartén pequeño y freír los huevos estrellados.
  • Para servir: Retira la mezcla de carne de res con salsa del fuego y colócala encima de los totopos en el plato grande. A continuación, agrega los huevos fritos por encima. Corta el aguacate a lo largo y deshuésalo. Luego, usa la punta de un cuchillo para cortar el aguacate en rebanadas finas. Adorna tus chilaquiles de res con rebanadas de aguacate, cebolla, queso fresco y ¡disfruta!
  ¡Invita a tu familia y amigos a disfrutar de estos sabores clásicos de la cocina mexicana! No importa qué variación de chilaquiles eliges, sabemos que estas recetas no solo serán la estrella en tu próxima fiesta, sino una joya en tu menú de recetas.   ¿Te enchilaste? ¡Acompaña tus chilaquiles con un refrescante y cremoso batido de pera y aguacate!   O visita nuestra página de recetas de aguacate para obtener más ideas de comidas que alegrarán tu día.

The post 2 Recetas de Chilaquiles con una Guarnición de Aguacate appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Prueba Esta Receta de Pan de Muertos de Aguacate y Chocolate https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/prueba-esta-receta-de-pan-de-muertos-de-aguacate-y-chocolate/ Wed, 20 Nov 2019 10:55:55 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27238

Receta de Pan de Muertos

Encontrar alimentos y actividades que pueden dar un giro sutil a una tradición antigua podría crear nuevos recuerdos y recetas favoritas en la familia sin dejar a las costumbres de una fiesta histórica en el olvido.

Prueba esta receta de pan de muertos de aguacate y chocolate para una versión un poco diferente de este sabroso y festivo dulce.

Relacionado: Mantiene la celebración del Día de Muertos con estas calaveras de aguacate que puedes hacer tú misma.

Cómo hacer Pan de Muertos de aguacate y chocolate

Ingredientes necesarios:

  1. 4 huevos
  2. 2 tz. de harina para todo uso
  3. 1/2 Aguacate De México
  4. 1/2 tz. de leche entera
  5. 1/3 tz. de cacao en polvo
  6. 1/3 tz. de azúcar
  7. 1/4 tz. de agua tibia
  8. 1 ctda. de extracto de anís
  9. 1/5 ctda. de sal
  10. 1 paquete de levadura seca activa
  11. 1/4tz. de azúcar en polvo
  12. 1 cda. de mantequilla derretida

Instrucciones:

Para preparar la masa de aguacate y chocolate:

  1. Combina la harina, el azúcar, la sal, el cacao en polvo y el extracto de anís en un tazón mediano. Una vez mezclado, ponlo a un lado.
  2. Revuelve bien el agua y la levadura durante 10 minutos para que la levadura se active.
  3. Corta por la mitad y deshuesa un aguacate. Corta en cubitos y machaca una de las mitades, luego mézclala bien con la leche hasta ambos ingredientes se combinen. Asegúrate que tenga una consistencia uniforme. Guarda la otra mitad del aguacate en un recipiente hermético en el refrigerador.
  4. Calienta la mezcla de aguacate y leche en una cacerola a fuego lento durante 10 minutos. Revuelve suavemente.
  5. Retira la cacerola del fuego y añade los huevos sin dejar de revolver.
  6. Combina los ingredientes húmedos y secos, alternando entre añadir pequeñas cantidades de la mezcla de levadura y pequeñas cantidades de la mezcla de aguacate, huevo, y leche a los ingredientes secos. Revuelve hasta que todas las mezclas estén completamente incorporadas y formen una masa.
  7. Amasa la masa durante 5 a 10 minutos hasta que tenga una textura uniforme.
  8. Coloca la masa en un tazón y tápala. Déjala reposar en un lugar caliente durante 90 minutos para que la levadura se eleve.
  9. Retira 1/5 de la masa para usarla para la decoración de los huesos y calaveras que pondrás encima del pan de muertos. Forma dos bolitas con el resto de la masa y ponlas en una bandeja de horno forrada con papel para hornear.

Para preparar la decoración de las calaveras y los huesos:

  1. Enrolla la masa que ya habías apartado en cuatro cilindros y dos bolitas: dos huesos y una calavera para cada bollo.
  2. Cruza los cilindros sobre las dos grandes bolas de masa, luego coloca una bolita sobre cada pila de huesos.

Instrucciones para hornear:

  1. Precalienta el horno a 350 grados Fahrenheit.
  2. Coloca la masa en el horno durante 30–40 minutos, o hasta que el pan suene hueco cuando se le dé pequeños golpes.

Nota del chef:

Usa una cuchara o un utensilio plano para dar pequeños golpes a la masa, no el dedo.

Instrucciones de enfriamiento:

  1. Saca los panes de muertos recién horneados del horno y déjalos enfriar en una rejilla de alambre durante 10 minutos.
  2. Aplica mantequilla derretida a los bollos, luego espolvoréalos con azúcar en polvo para un acabado decadente.

Sabores festivos nuevos

Ya sea que planees celebrar el Día de los Muertos con tu familia, amigos, o ambos, esta receta de pan de muertos de aguacate y chocolate seguramente se convertirá en una favorita de la multitud — y tal vez incluso se convierta en una nueva tradición familiar.

Visita nuestra página de recetas con aguacate para obtener más ideas de recetas de aguacate y chocolate.

The post Prueba Esta Receta de Pan de Muertos de Aguacate y Chocolate appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Receta de Pan de Muertos

Encontrar alimentos y actividades que pueden dar un giro sutil a una tradición antigua podría crear nuevos recuerdos y recetas favoritas en la familia sin dejar a las costumbres de una fiesta histórica en el olvido. Prueba esta receta de pan de muertos de aguacate y chocolate para una versión un poco diferente de este sabroso y festivo dulce. Relacionado: Mantiene la celebración del Día de Muertos con estas calaveras de aguacate que puedes hacer tú misma.

Cómo hacer Pan de Muertos de aguacate y chocolate

Ingredientes necesarios:

  1. 4 huevos
  2. 2 tz. de harina para todo uso
  3. 1/2 Aguacate De México
  4. 1/2 tz. de leche entera
  5. 1/3 tz. de cacao en polvo
  6. 1/3 tz. de azúcar
  7. 1/4 tz. de agua tibia
  8. 1 ctda. de extracto de anís
  9. 1/5 ctda. de sal
  10. 1 paquete de levadura seca activa
  11. 1/4tz. de azúcar en polvo
  12. 1 cda. de mantequilla derretida

Instrucciones:

Para preparar la masa de aguacate y chocolate:

  1. Combina la harina, el azúcar, la sal, el cacao en polvo y el extracto de anís en un tazón mediano. Una vez mezclado, ponlo a un lado.
  2. Revuelve bien el agua y la levadura durante 10 minutos para que la levadura se active.
  3. Corta por la mitad y deshuesa un aguacate. Corta en cubitos y machaca una de las mitades, luego mézclala bien con la leche hasta ambos ingredientes se combinen. Asegúrate que tenga una consistencia uniforme. Guarda la otra mitad del aguacate en un recipiente hermético en el refrigerador.
  4. Calienta la mezcla de aguacate y leche en una cacerola a fuego lento durante 10 minutos. Revuelve suavemente.
  5. Retira la cacerola del fuego y añade los huevos sin dejar de revolver.
  6. Combina los ingredientes húmedos y secos, alternando entre añadir pequeñas cantidades de la mezcla de levadura y pequeñas cantidades de la mezcla de aguacate, huevo, y leche a los ingredientes secos. Revuelve hasta que todas las mezclas estén completamente incorporadas y formen una masa.
  7. Amasa la masa durante 5 a 10 minutos hasta que tenga una textura uniforme.
  8. Coloca la masa en un tazón y tápala. Déjala reposar en un lugar caliente durante 90 minutos para que la levadura se eleve.
  9. Retira 1/5 de la masa para usarla para la decoración de los huesos y calaveras que pondrás encima del pan de muertos. Forma dos bolitas con el resto de la masa y ponlas en una bandeja de horno forrada con papel para hornear.

Para preparar la decoración de las calaveras y los huesos:

  1. Enrolla la masa que ya habías apartado en cuatro cilindros y dos bolitas: dos huesos y una calavera para cada bollo.
  2. Cruza los cilindros sobre las dos grandes bolas de masa, luego coloca una bolita sobre cada pila de huesos.

Instrucciones para hornear:

  1. Precalienta el horno a 350 grados Fahrenheit.
  2. Coloca la masa en el horno durante 30–40 minutos, o hasta que el pan suene hueco cuando se le dé pequeños golpes.

Nota del chef:

Usa una cuchara o un utensilio plano para dar pequeños golpes a la masa, no el dedo.

Instrucciones de enfriamiento:

  1. Saca los panes de muertos recién horneados del horno y déjalos enfriar en una rejilla de alambre durante 10 minutos.
  2. Aplica mantequilla derretida a los bollos, luego espolvoréalos con azúcar en polvo para un acabado decadente.

Sabores festivos nuevos

Ya sea que planees celebrar el Día de los Muertos con tu familia, amigos, o ambos, esta receta de pan de muertos de aguacate y chocolate seguramente se convertirá en una favorita de la multitud — y tal vez incluso se convierta en una nueva tradición familiar. Visita nuestra página de recetas con aguacate para obtener más ideas de recetas de aguacate y chocolate.

The post Prueba Esta Receta de Pan de Muertos de Aguacate y Chocolate appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Cómo hacer esta receta de elotes con aguacate a la parrilla https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/como-hacer-esta-receta-de-elotes-con-aguacate-la-parrilla-titulo-de-la-pagina-recetas-de-elotes-con-aguacate-avocados-de-mexico/ Wed, 20 Nov 2019 10:47:51 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27235

Recetas de Elotes con Aguacate

Ya sea que estescaminando por una feria callejera con un elote o relajándote te estes relajando con un tazón de este cremoso plato mientras ves un partido con tus amigos, el elote es el complemento perfecto para cualquier fin de semana llena de diversión.

Para una versión nueva de este platofavorito de la comida mexicana, prueba esta receta de elotes con aguacate que sirve el maíz cremoso en mitades de aguacate a la parrilla.

Relacionado: Lee más versiones de tus platos fritos favoritos con aguacate.

Cómo hacer elotes con aguacate a la parrilla

Ingredientes necesarios:

  1. 4 AguacatesDe México
  2. 1 tz.de maíz enlatado
  3. 1/4tz. de agua
  4. 1/3 tz. de queso Cotija desmenuzado
  5. 1/4 tz. de mayonesa
  6. 2 1/2Cdas. de jugo de lima
  7. 2 Cdas. de aceite vegetal
  8. 1 Cdita. de sal
  9. 1 Cdita. de chile en polvo
  10. 1 Cdita. de pimienta de cayena en polvo
  11. 1 lima, cortada en 8 rodajas

Instrucciones:

Para preparar los aguacates a la parrilla:

  1. Parte y deshuesatodos de los cuatro aguacates maduros. Sabrás que están maduros si son de color oscuro y si sientes que están blandos cuando los aprietas ligeramente.
  2. Calienta tu parrilla a fuego medio — o aproximadamente 500 grados Fahrenheit — y aplícale aceite vegetal para que los aguacates no se peguen a la parrilla.
  3. Coloca las mitades de aguacate boca abajo en la parrilla durante 5 minutos o hasta que veas las marcas de la parrilla. Ten paciencia: si los levantas demasiado pronto, podrían quedarse pegados trozos de aguacate en la parrilla.
  4. Voltea los aguacates y asa el lado de la piel durante otros 5 minutos.
  5. Quita los aguacates de la parrilla y colócalos en un plato

Para preparar el maíz:

  1. Drena el maíz enlatado y añádelo a una cacerola con el agua y la sal.
  2. Cocina el maíz a fuego medio, revolviendo ocasionalmente hasta que el agua hierva.
  3. Quita el maíz del fuego y cuélalo.
  4. Pon una cucharadadel maíz cocido en el centro de cada mitad de aguacate a la parrilla.

Para preparar la salsa de elote:

  1. Combina la mayonesa, el jugo de lima, el chile en polvo, y la pimienta de cayena en polvo en un tazónde tamaño mediano.
  2. Salpica la salsa de elote sobre las mitades de aguacate a la parrilla y el maíz.
  3. Espolvorea queso Cotija encima de cada mitad de aguacate con elotes y adorna cada plato con una rodaja de lima .

Presentando: Tu nuevo plato favorito de la comida callejera

No importa la ocasión, esta receta de aguacate con elotes seguramente se convertirá en tu nuevo plato favorito de comida callejera. Si estás entreteniendo invitados, coloca los elotes con los aguates a la parrilla en un plato grande alrededor de un plato lleno de tortilla chips para una comida fácil de autoservicio. También puedes servir una o dos mitades de aguacate al lado dequesadillas de pollo o tacos de camarón para crear una combinación culinaria llena de sabor y especias.

Visita nuestra página de recetas de aguacate para más versiones nuevas de los platos clásicos de la comida mexicana.

The post Cómo hacer esta receta de elotes con aguacate a la parrilla appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Recetas de Elotes con Aguacate

Ya sea que estescaminando por una feria callejera con un elote o relajándote te estes relajando con un tazón de este cremoso plato mientras ves un partido con tus amigos, el elote es el complemento perfecto para cualquier fin de semana llena de diversión. Para una versión nueva de este platofavorito de la comida mexicana, prueba esta receta de elotes con aguacate que sirve el maíz cremoso en mitades de aguacate a la parrilla. Relacionado: Lee más versiones de tus platos fritos favoritos con aguacate.

Cómo hacer elotes con aguacate a la parrilla

Ingredientes necesarios:

  1. 4 AguacatesDe México
  2. 1 tz.de maíz enlatado
  3. 1/4tz. de agua
  4. 1/3 tz. de queso Cotija desmenuzado
  5. 1/4 tz. de mayonesa
  6. 2 1/2Cdas. de jugo de lima
  7. 2 Cdas. de aceite vegetal
  8. 1 Cdita. de sal
  9. 1 Cdita. de chile en polvo
  10. 1 Cdita. de pimienta de cayena en polvo
  11. 1 lima, cortada en 8 rodajas

Instrucciones:

Para preparar los aguacates a la parrilla:
  1. Parte y deshuesatodos de los cuatro aguacates maduros. Sabrás que están maduros si son de color oscuro y si sientes que están blandos cuando los aprietas ligeramente.
  2. Calienta tu parrilla a fuego medio — o aproximadamente 500 grados Fahrenheit — y aplícale aceite vegetal para que los aguacates no se peguen a la parrilla.
  3. Coloca las mitades de aguacate boca abajo en la parrilla durante 5 minutos o hasta que veas las marcas de la parrilla. Ten paciencia: si los levantas demasiado pronto, podrían quedarse pegados trozos de aguacate en la parrilla.
  4. Voltea los aguacates y asa el lado de la piel durante otros 5 minutos.
  5. Quita los aguacates de la parrilla y colócalos en un plato

Para preparar el maíz:

  1. Drena el maíz enlatado y añádelo a una cacerola con el agua y la sal.
  2. Cocina el maíz a fuego medio, revolviendo ocasionalmente hasta que el agua hierva.
  3. Quita el maíz del fuego y cuélalo.
  4. Pon una cucharadadel maíz cocido en el centro de cada mitad de aguacate a la parrilla.

Para preparar la salsa de elote:

  1. Combina la mayonesa, el jugo de lima, el chile en polvo, y la pimienta de cayena en polvo en un tazónde tamaño mediano.
  2. Salpica la salsa de elote sobre las mitades de aguacate a la parrilla y el maíz.
  3. Espolvorea queso Cotija encima de cada mitad de aguacate con elotes y adorna cada plato con una rodaja de lima .

Presentando: Tu nuevo plato favorito de la comida callejera

No importa la ocasión, esta receta de aguacate con elotes seguramente se convertirá en tu nuevo plato favorito de comida callejera. Si estás entreteniendo invitados, coloca los elotes con los aguates a la parrilla en un plato grande alrededor de un plato lleno de tortilla chips para una comida fácil de autoservicio. También puedes servir una o dos mitades de aguacate al lado dequesadillas de pollo o tacos de camarón para crear una combinación culinaria llena de sabor y especias. Visita nuestra página de recetas de aguacate para más versiones nuevas de los platos clásicos de la comida mexicana.

The post Cómo hacer esta receta de elotes con aguacate a la parrilla appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
A Petrifying Presentation — Three Ways to Showcase Your Halloween Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/a-petrifying-presentation-three-ways-to-showcase-your-halloween-guacamole/ Wed, 20 Nov 2019 10:40:09 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27233

Halloween Guacamole Recipes

For party planners, tying your party-day dishes to the event’s chosen theme may be the most challenging decorative decision you make. But dressing up your Halloween guacamole need not prove any more difficult than choosing your own costume.

Try these three Halloween guacamole presentation tips to wow your costumed company and connect your culinary creations to the night’s frightful festivities.

3 Halloween Guacamole Recipes and Presentations

Witch-Hat Guac

Mix purple food coloring into this guacamole until it is a dark violet. Spread your guacamole on a sheet pan or large tray and use a spatula to shape it into the shape of a witch’s hat. Then, fan tortilla chips or sliced veggie sticks around the dish so guests can easily dip into your tastefully haunted headpiece.

Guac-o’-Lantern

Remove the insides from a small pumpkin and care your favorite, scary face on its front. Cut the hole at the top of the pumpkin large enough to slip a bowl of Fiesta Guacamole inside and serve. You can hollow out another pumpkin and fill with chips for a dynamic duo of pumpkin presentation.

Spider-Web Guacamole

Mix 1/2 c. heavy whipping cream, 1/2 c. sour cream, and salt to taste to create a Mexican crema that will top any simple guacamole recipe. Place your crema in a resealable bag and cut one corner to create a DIY pastry bag. Use the bag to decorate your guac with the crema — forming a spiderweb shape — then top with jalapeños for a creepy, crawly garnish.

Best Dressed

Whether you place your favorite recipe inside a cleverly carved pumpkin or weave a web with your chosen guacamole toppings, these presentation tips are sure to impress your Halloween guests. You may even inspire next year’s Halloween host to carefully costume their guacamole dishes!

Visit our avocado recipe page for more guacamole recipe ideas.

The post A Petrifying Presentation — Three Ways to Showcase Your Halloween Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Halloween Guacamole Recipes

For party planners, tying your party-day dishes to the event’s chosen theme may be the most challenging decorative decision you make. But dressing up your Halloween guacamole need not prove any more difficult than choosing your own costume. Try these three Halloween guacamole presentation tips to wow your costumed company and connect your culinary creations to the night’s frightful festivities.

3 Halloween Guacamole Recipes and Presentations

Witch-Hat Guac

Mix purple food coloring into this guacamole until it is a dark violet. Spread your guacamole on a sheet pan or large tray and use a spatula to shape it into the shape of a witch’s hat. Then, fan tortilla chips or sliced veggie sticks around the dish so guests can easily dip into your tastefully haunted headpiece.

Guac-o’-Lantern

Remove the insides from a small pumpkin and care your favorite, scary face on its front. Cut the hole at the top of the pumpkin large enough to slip a bowl of Fiesta Guacamole inside and serve. You can hollow out another pumpkin and fill with chips for a dynamic duo of pumpkin presentation.

Spider-Web Guacamole

Mix 1/2 c. heavy whipping cream, 1/2 c. sour cream, and salt to taste to create a Mexican crema that will top any simple guacamole recipe. Place your crema in a resealable bag and cut one corner to create a DIY pastry bag. Use the bag to decorate your guac with the crema — forming a spiderweb shape — then top with jalapeños for a creepy, crawly garnish.

Best Dressed

Whether you place your favorite recipe inside a cleverly carved pumpkin or weave a web with your chosen guacamole toppings, these presentation tips are sure to impress your Halloween guests. You may even inspire next year’s Halloween host to carefully costume their guacamole dishes! Visit our avocado recipe page for more guacamole recipe ideas.

The post A Petrifying Presentation — Three Ways to Showcase Your Halloween Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Sweet-Treat Expertise — 4 Chocolate-Avocado Dessert Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/sweet-treat-expertise-4-chocolate-avocado-dessert-recipes/ Wed, 20 Nov 2019 10:37:44 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27230

Chocolate Avocado Recipes

Whether you are putting together a single sweet or an entire treat table, finding new and unexpected ways to vary your dessert spread can seem daunting. But decadent and pleasantly unpredictable desserts are far from outside any home chef’s reach.

Mild and creamy, avocado combines seamlessly with chocolate to create new takes on treat favorites. Try incorporating these four chocolate-avocado treats into your recipe repertoire to showcase the variety and depth of sweet-treat expertise.

Related: Add this avocado dark-chocolate mocha pudding to your menu too!

4 Chocolate-Avocado Recipes

Avocado Chocolate “Pudding” Cups

Frozen blueberries, maple syrup, and Avocados From Mexico combine in this sweet pudding surprise. Top each cup of pudding with crumbled cookies to add taste and texture.

Chocolate-Avocado Brownies

Crunchy almonds top this avocado take on a classic party treat. A pinch of instant coffee creates a caffeine boost perfect for facing morning madness or engineering post-dinner productivity.

Dark-Chocolate and Avocado Truffles

Lemon zest adds an unexpected citrus zing to this vegan dessert. Brown sugar, vanilla, and unsweetened cocoa powder combine with avocado for a rich flavor sure to wow family and friends.

Chocolate Guacamole

Bananas, peanut butter, and avocado create a smooth texture, while cocoa powder and agave offer a touch of sweetness. Serve this chocolate creation with pretzel sticks for a sweetened version of a savory snack favorite.

Sweeten the Deal

No matter the sweet-treat need, chocolate-avocado desserts are sure to elevate your last-course layout. As you prepare each treat, be sure to cut your avocados safely by firmly holding the top of the fruit with one hand and using a paring knife to cut around the middle.

Once you have mastered the tricks of the avocado-preparation trade, set out your chocolate-avocado dessert delights for family and friends to enjoy.

Visit our avocado recipe page for more chocolate-avocado recipe ideas.

The post Sweet-Treat Expertise — 4 Chocolate-Avocado Dessert Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Chocolate Avocado Recipes

Whether you are putting together a single sweet or an entire treat table, finding new and unexpected ways to vary your dessert spread can seem daunting. But decadent and pleasantly unpredictable desserts are far from outside any home chef’s reach. Mild and creamy, avocado combines seamlessly with chocolate to create new takes on treat favorites. Try incorporating these four chocolate-avocado treats into your recipe repertoire to showcase the variety and depth of sweet-treat expertise. Related: Add this avocado dark-chocolate mocha pudding to your menu too!

4 Chocolate-Avocado Recipes

Avocado Chocolate “Pudding” Cups

Frozen blueberries, maple syrup, and Avocados From Mexico combine in this sweet pudding surprise. Top each cup of pudding with crumbled cookies to add taste and texture.

Chocolate-Avocado Brownies

Crunchy almonds top this avocado take on a classic party treat. A pinch of instant coffee creates a caffeine boost perfect for facing morning madness or engineering post-dinner productivity.

Dark-Chocolate and Avocado Truffles

Lemon zest adds an unexpected citrus zing to this vegan dessert. Brown sugar, vanilla, and unsweetened cocoa powder combine with avocado for a rich flavor sure to wow family and friends.

Chocolate Guacamole

Bananas, peanut butter, and avocado create a smooth texture, while cocoa powder and agave offer a touch of sweetness. Serve this chocolate creation with pretzel sticks for a sweetened version of a savory snack favorite.

Sweeten the Deal

No matter the sweet-treat need, chocolate-avocado desserts are sure to elevate your last-course layout. As you prepare each treat, be sure to cut your avocados safely by firmly holding the top of the fruit with one hand and using a paring knife to cut around the middle. Once you have mastered the tricks of the avocado-preparation trade, set out your chocolate-avocado dessert delights for family and friends to enjoy. Visit our avocado recipe page for more chocolate-avocado recipe ideas.

The post Sweet-Treat Expertise — 4 Chocolate-Avocado Dessert Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Your Own Avocado Mayonnaise https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/make-avocado-mayonnaise/ Wed, 20 Nov 2019 16:30:37 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=27228

The moment you run out of mayonnaise can cause a panic — especially if there's an impending party with no time for a grocery run. This creamy kitchen staple puts the finishing touch on everything from potato salad to your favorite sandwich. Not to be dramatic (but also #DramaticAndLovingIt), but this is one condiment you can’t go without.

And know what’s even better? Avocado mayonnaise. You better believe it’s real.

 

Guac to the Rescue!

If you’re short on mayo, give guac a go as a mayonnaise substitute on your favorite sandwich or wrap. Avocado’s lush texture gives it range and versatility. With the right guac recipe, you’ll get dish-enhancing flavor mixed right in. Try this creamiest ever easy guacamole dip recipe for a smooth spread or this hatch chile guacamole for a hint of heat. If you have some shredded sharp cheddar cheese on hand, try this pimento cheese guacamole. You’ll want to slather it on bread ... and spoon it directly from bowl to mouth.

With only five ingredients — many of which you may already have in your home — avocado mayonnaise is a mild and easy-to-make DIY option for chefs in a pinch or cooking enthusiasts seeking a challenge.

Follow these quick, easy five steps to make your own avocado mayonnaise.

 

How to Make Avocado Mayonnaise Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 2 Avocados From Mexico
  • Salt to taste
  • Juice of half a lime
  • 1/2 c. extra-virgin olive oil
  • 1 jalapeño (optional)

(Makes 1½ cups of avocado mayonnaise.)

 

Turn Up the Heat! 🌶

A little spice never hurt anything! If anything, it makes it better. Create a spicy spread by adding diced jalapeños, cayenne pepper, or chipotle chiles to your avocado mayonnaise. The more you add, the bolder the bite! Avocado’s velvety texture and neutral taste make it the ideal foundation for a thick, spreadable dressing. Get to chopping and stirring!

 

Instructions:

  1. Halve, pit, and peel your Avocado From Mexico. (Directions in the video above.)
  2. Place the avocado in a blender.
  3. Blend lime juice and salt with the avocado for about 10 to 15 seconds or until the mixture is smooth and thick.
  4. Slowly add in the extra-virgin olive oil as the mixture blends.
  5. Blend until smooth and creamy; the mixture should be a soft, light-green color.

 

Chef’s note: You may need to stop your blender occasionally to ensure the avocados do not stick to the side. If they do, scrape them back into the mixture with a spoon.

 

 

Make a Good Pick

If you’re looking for ripe and ready avocados, it’s all in the color. Avocados in the grocery store will range in color from bright green to nearly black. Choose wisely! Ripe avocados will have two defining characteristics:

  • A bumpy outer texture.
  • Skin that ranges in color from dark green to nearly black.

 

Elevate Your Eats With Avocado Aioli

If avocado mayonnaise is too bland for your liking, try one of these enhanced avocado aioli recipes. Over the past few years, aioli has become synonymous with mayonnaise thanks in part to chef-inspired menus highlighting the secret sauce. But, really, aioli is just a little garlic mixed with mayonnaise. Try these aioli recipes with an avocado twist.

 

4 Avocado Aioli Recipes

  1. Garlic Avocado Aioli
    This simple, four-ingredient mixture is a delicious, easy addition to nearly any meal. Add more minced garlic for a more flavorful mixture.
  2. Avocado Serrano Aioli
    Serrano chile, garlic, mayonnaise, and lime juice masterfully blend with creamy avocado. Drizzle this over shrimp tacos or add a dollop to crab cakes.
  3. Citrus Avocado Aioli
    You’ll get a sweet and sour zest with this saucy spread. Honey gives a tinge of sweetness, while lemon or orange juice (your choice) comes in with a slightly acidic spin.
  4. Spiced Avo-Mango Aioli
    Get the best of both worlds — sweet and heat — with this mango-infused spread. Avocado’s smooth, buttery consistency is an ideal foundation for this delectable dressing.

 

Avocados Spread Some Serious Love

Heart-healthy avocados put the “super” in “superfood” –As everyone’s favorite green fruit, avocado has nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Plus, they have good fats. Avocado offers benefits in the body without raising LDL, or “bad,” cholesterol levels. Also, you won't find cholesterol, sugar, or sodium in these green-hued delights. The best part? They taste great while doing all of this!

 

Mayo Moves

Once you have mastered your homemade avocado mayo, slather it on your favorite sandwich or wrap. Try the creamy condiment on spicy steak n’ guac sandwiches at your next group gathering or double down on the green goods for an easy lunch with this bacon and avocado grilled cheese.

 

Visit our blog for more DIY projects featuring #AlwaysGood avocados, or check out our recipe page for bottomless goodies.

The post How to Make Your Own Avocado Mayonnaise appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The moment you run out of mayonnaise can cause a panic — especially if there's an impending party with no time for a grocery run. This creamy kitchen staple puts the finishing touch on everything from potato salad to your favorite sandwich. Not to be dramatic (but also #DramaticAndLovingIt), but this is one condiment you can’t go without. And know what’s even better? Avocado mayonnaise. You better believe it’s real.  

Guac to the Rescue!

If you’re short on mayo, give guac a go as a mayonnaise substitute on your favorite sandwich or wrap. Avocado’s lush texture gives it range and versatility. With the right guac recipe, you’ll get dish-enhancing flavor mixed right in. Try this creamiest ever easy guacamole dip recipe for a smooth spread or this hatch chile guacamole for a hint of heat. If you have some shredded sharp cheddar cheese on hand, try this pimento cheese guacamole. You’ll want to slather it on bread ... and spoon it directly from bowl to mouth.
With only five ingredients — many of which you may already have in your home — avocado mayonnaise is a mild and easy-to-make DIY option for chefs in a pinch or cooking enthusiasts seeking a challenge. Follow these quick, easy five steps to make your own avocado mayonnaise.  

How to Make Avocado Mayonnaise Recipe

Ingredients:

  • 2 Avocados From Mexico
  • Salt to taste
  • Juice of half a lime
  • 1/2 c. extra-virgin olive oil
  • 1 jalapeño (optional)
(Makes 1½ cups of avocado mayonnaise.)  

Turn Up the Heat! 🌶

A little spice never hurt anything! If anything, it makes it better. Create a spicy spread by adding diced jalapeños, cayenne pepper, or chipotle chiles to your avocado mayonnaise. The more you add, the bolder the bite! Avocado’s velvety texture and neutral taste make it the ideal foundation for a thick, spreadable dressing. Get to chopping and stirring!
 

Instructions:

  1. Halve, pit, and peel your Avocado From Mexico. (Directions in the video above.)
  2. Place the avocado in a blender.
  3. Blend lime juice and salt with the avocado for about 10 to 15 seconds or until the mixture is smooth and thick.
  4. Slowly add in the extra-virgin olive oil as the mixture blends.
  5. Blend until smooth and creamy; the mixture should be a soft, light-green color.
  Chef’s note: You may need to stop your blender occasionally to ensure the avocados do not stick to the side. If they do, scrape them back into the mixture with a spoon.  
 

Make a Good Pick

If you’re looking for ripe and ready avocados, it’s all in the color. Avocados in the grocery store will range in color from bright green to nearly black. Choose wisely! Ripe avocados will have two defining characteristics:
  • A bumpy outer texture.
  • Skin that ranges in color from dark green to nearly black.
 

Elevate Your Eats With Avocado Aioli

If avocado mayonnaise is too bland for your liking, try one of these enhanced avocado aioli recipes. Over the past few years, aioli has become synonymous with mayonnaise thanks in part to chef-inspired menus highlighting the secret sauce. But, really, aioli is just a little garlic mixed with mayonnaise. Try these aioli recipes with an avocado twist.  

4 Avocado Aioli Recipes

  1. Garlic Avocado Aioli This simple, four-ingredient mixture is a delicious, easy addition to nearly any meal. Add more minced garlic for a more flavorful mixture.
  2. Avocado Serrano Aioli Serrano chile, garlic, mayonnaise, and lime juice masterfully blend with creamy avocado. Drizzle this over shrimp tacos or add a dollop to crab cakes.
  3. Citrus Avocado Aioli You’ll get a sweet and sour zest with this saucy spread. Honey gives a tinge of sweetness, while lemon or orange juice (your choice) comes in with a slightly acidic spin.
  4. Spiced Avo-Mango Aioli Get the best of both worlds — sweet and heat — with this mango-infused spread. Avocado’s smooth, buttery consistency is an ideal foundation for this delectable dressing.
 

Avocados Spread Some Serious Love

Heart-healthy avocados put the “super” in “superfood” –As everyone’s favorite green fruit, avocado has nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Plus, they have good fats. Avocado offers benefits in the body without raising LDL, or “bad,” cholesterol levels. Also, you won't find cholesterol, sugar, or sodium in these green-hued delights. The best part? They taste great while doing all of this!
 

Mayo Moves

Once you have mastered your homemade avocado mayo, slather it on your favorite sandwich or wrap. Try the creamy condiment on spicy steak n’ guac sandwiches at your next group gathering or double down on the green goods for an easy lunch with this bacon and avocado grilled cheese.   Visit our blog for more DIY projects featuring #AlwaysGood avocados, or check out our recipe page for bottomless goodies.

The post How to Make Your Own Avocado Mayonnaise appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Making Guacamole a Camping Snack https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/making-guacamole-a-camping-snack/ Fri, 11 Oct 2019 05:21:47 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26908

Camping Snacks – Don’t Forget Guacamole!

With wide-open spaces, glistening waters, and snow-covered peaks, the scenery during a camping trip can be breathtaking. Unfortunately, outdoor-adventure menus are not always as inspiring.

Preparing fresh camping snacks, like guacamole, can help bring variety and a taste of home to your trip’s menu. With a few simple tools — that you may already have in your pack — you and your camping crew will be coming back to the picnic table for s’more guac. Making guacamole while camping is easier than you’d think!

How to make Guacamole while camping:

Tools Needed:

  • 1 cloth (to wrap fruit for storage)
  • Resealable plastic bags (to mash ingredients in)
  • 1 knife (to slice fruit)

Ingredients Needed:

  • 3 Avocados From Mexico
  • 1 Lime
  1. Pack It

    Wrap three nearly ripe Avocados From Mexico and one lime in a cloth and carefully load them into your pack. You will also need resealable plastic bags and a knife. The cloth will protect the fresh food from bruising if rough terrain jostles your pack during your campsite commute or pre-picnic hike.

  2. Mash It

    When you are ready for a guacamole camping snack, remove the avocados and the lime. Slice the avocados lengthwise and remove each of the pits. Inside the avocado skin, dice the avocados into small squares, then scrape the pulp back into a resealable plastic bag. Us the flat edge of your knife to mash the avocado inside the bag.

  3. Enjoy It

    Cut into your lime lengthwise and squeeze the juice over the mashed avocado. Enjoy your fresh guacamole camping snack as a spread on a prepacked sandwich or as a dip with crunchy baby carrots or apple slices.

Gear Up and Guac

Whether you're an outdoor weekend warrior, a Cub Scout parent, or a road trip radical, making guacamole your new go-to camping snack is not as difficult as it seems. With a little planning and by closely following the three steps above, you can easily whip up this camping snack dip creation. Don’t forget the delicious and nutritious avocado.

Visit our guacamole recipe page for more dip-making tips, then gear up for your next adventure and guac!

The post Making Guacamole a Camping Snack appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Camping Snacks – Don’t Forget Guacamole!

With wide-open spaces, glistening waters, and snow-covered peaks, the scenery during a camping trip can be breathtaking. Unfortunately, outdoor-adventure menus are not always as inspiring. Preparing fresh camping snacks, like guacamole, can help bring variety and a taste of home to your trip’s menu. With a few simple tools — that you may already have in your pack — you and your camping crew will be coming back to the picnic table for s’more guac. Making guacamole while camping is easier than you’d think!

How to make Guacamole while camping:

Tools Needed:
  • 1 cloth (to wrap fruit for storage)
  • Resealable plastic bags (to mash ingredients in)
  • 1 knife (to slice fruit)
Ingredients Needed:
  • 3 Avocados From Mexico
  • 1 Lime
  1. Pack It

    Wrap three nearly ripe Avocados From Mexico and one lime in a cloth and carefully load them into your pack. You will also need resealable plastic bags and a knife. The cloth will protect the fresh food from bruising if rough terrain jostles your pack during your campsite commute or pre-picnic hike.
  2. Mash It

    When you are ready for a guacamole camping snack, remove the avocados and the lime. Slice the avocados lengthwise and remove each of the pits. Inside the avocado skin, dice the avocados into small squares, then scrape the pulp back into a resealable plastic bag. Us the flat edge of your knife to mash the avocado inside the bag.
  3. Enjoy It

    Cut into your lime lengthwise and squeeze the juice over the mashed avocado. Enjoy your fresh guacamole camping snack as a spread on a prepacked sandwich or as a dip with crunchy baby carrots or apple slices.

Gear Up and Guac

Whether you're an outdoor weekend warrior, a Cub Scout parent, or a road trip radical, making guacamole your new go-to camping snack is not as difficult as it seems. With a little planning and by closely following the three steps above, you can easily whip up this camping snack dip creation. Don’t forget the delicious and nutritious avocado. Visit our guacamole recipe page for more dip-making tips, then gear up for your next adventure and guac!

The post Making Guacamole a Camping Snack appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guacamole Soup Toppings https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/guacamole-soup-toppings/ Fri, 11 Oct 2019 05:18:17 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26906

Guacamole as a Soup Topping (5 of Our Favorite Recipes!)

The final element atop savory and spicy soup recipes can unite the entire meal’s flavors and elevate its presentation. Whether you are serving creamy or chunky soup at your next event, the perfect topping can grab guests’ attention and help make your meal memorable.

A versatile ingredient in many meals, guacamole pairs well with warm and cold dishes and makes for the perfect soup topping. Substitute a dollop of guac for the avocado toppings in these five soup recipes for a tasty twist.

  1. Bean Soup

    Create texture continuity in this bean soup dish with a guacamole topping. Black beans, cream cheese, and sour cream combine with oregano and cumin to create a seasoned take on this savory soup.

  2. Tortilla Soup

    Top tortilla soup with guacamole and queso fresco for creamy complements to crispy chips. A tomato-and-chicken broth base mix with onion, garlic, and cilantro in this comforting dish.

  3. Chicken and Tomatillo Stew

    Try topping this chicken and tomatillo stew with a spoonful of guacamole to create a creamy contrast to a chunky chicken and vegetable mix. Sweet potatoes, celery, and shredded chicken star in this stew seasoned with garlic, cumin, and onion.

  4. Pozole Soup

    For a spoonful of creamy spice, try this pozole recipe. A guacamole topping helps to balance the strong flavors provided by New Mexico chiles, garlic, and seasoned pork loin.

  5. Beef Chili Soup

    Spoon guacamole atop beef chili to balance the spice in the dish. Kidney beans and ground beef combine with garlic, cumin, and chile powder to create a dish that pairs well with salads.

Soup’s On!

Whether you’re looking to create creamy continuity or simply gain some presentation points, guacamole is sure to make any soup stand out. Add your guacamole topping to your favorite soup recipe, grab your ladle, and prepare to shout soup’s on!

Visit our guacamole recipe page for more soup-topping ideas.

The post Guacamole Soup Toppings appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Guacamole as a Soup Topping (5 of Our Favorite Recipes!)

The final element atop savory and spicy soup recipes can unite the entire meal’s flavors and elevate its presentation. Whether you are serving creamy or chunky soup at your next event, the perfect topping can grab guests’ attention and help make your meal memorable. A versatile ingredient in many meals, guacamole pairs well with warm and cold dishes and makes for the perfect soup topping. Substitute a dollop of guac for the avocado toppings in these five soup recipes for a tasty twist.
  1. Bean Soup

    Create texture continuity in this bean soup dish with a guacamole topping. Black beans, cream cheese, and sour cream combine with oregano and cumin to create a seasoned take on this savory soup.
  2. Tortilla Soup

    Top tortilla soup with guacamole and queso fresco for creamy complements to crispy chips. A tomato-and-chicken broth base mix with onion, garlic, and cilantro in this comforting dish.
  3. Chicken and Tomatillo Stew

    Try topping this chicken and tomatillo stew with a spoonful of guacamole to create a creamy contrast to a chunky chicken and vegetable mix. Sweet potatoes, celery, and shredded chicken star in this stew seasoned with garlic, cumin, and onion.
  4. Pozole Soup

    For a spoonful of creamy spice, try this pozole recipe. A guacamole topping helps to balance the strong flavors provided by New Mexico chiles, garlic, and seasoned pork loin.
  5. Beef Chili Soup

    Spoon guacamole atop beef chili to balance the spice in the dish. Kidney beans and ground beef combine with garlic, cumin, and chile powder to create a dish that pairs well with salads.

Soup’s On!

Whether you’re looking to create creamy continuity or simply gain some presentation points, guacamole is sure to make any soup stand out. Add your guacamole topping to your favorite soup recipe, grab your ladle, and prepare to shout soup’s on! Visit our guacamole recipe page for more soup-topping ideas.

The post Guacamole Soup Toppings appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Cheesy Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/cheesy-guacamole-recipes/ Fri, 11 Oct 2019 05:08:09 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26904

Cheesy Guacamole – A Combination That’s Hard to Beat!

Rich in flavor and creamy in texture, guacamole and cheese are the perfect culinary couple. Pair mild cheeses with bold or unconventional guacamole recipes to mellow out stronger flavors, or use cheese as a base to create a new take on the dip’s texture.

Here are six cheesy guacamole recipes to help get you started.

Cheesy Guacamole Recipes (6 of our Favorites!)

Elotes Guacamole

This combination of two Mexican menu favorites blends the cheeses and corn featured in elotes with the flavor and texture of guacamole. Paprika and chipotle chile seasoning add a kick.

Cheeses featured: Cotija

Pimento Cheese Guacamole

A dip that can double as a salad dressing, this guacamole combines mustard, mayonnaise, garlic, and red peppers for a seasoned mix with an extra creamy texture. Sharp cheddar cheese tops the dish.

Cheeses featured: Sharp cheddar

Bacon Gorgonzola Guacamole

Bacon and cranberries star in this unconventional guacamole mixture featuring Gorgonzola cheese. Chipotle powder and cilantro season the mix.

Cheeses featured: Gorgonzola

Charred Lemon and Feta Guacamole

Charred lemon juice adds a smoky citrus flavor to this cheesy guac, while parsley and feta provide subtle and savory toppings. Jalapeño creates a hint of heat.

Cheeses featured: Feta

Pistachio Goat Cheese Guacamole

This recipe pairs pistachios and goat cheese for a mix of creamy and crunchy. Lemon, shallots, and jalapeño bring spicy and citrus flavors to the table.

Cheeses featured: Goat cheese

Pesto Caprese Guacamole

Basil and pine nuts star in this guacamole recipe featuring a mild parmesan topping. Garlic and jalapeño add herbal and spicy flavors.

Cheeses featured: Parmesan

Say Cheese

No matter which cheese you choose to feature in your guacamole recipe, the texture and flavor complement it creates is sure to please any party.

Visit our guacamole recipe page for more cheesy guacamole recipes.

The post Cheesy Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Cheesy Guacamole – A Combination That’s Hard to Beat!

Rich in flavor and creamy in texture, guacamole and cheese are the perfect culinary couple. Pair mild cheeses with bold or unconventional guacamole recipes to mellow out stronger flavors, or use cheese as a base to create a new take on the dip’s texture. Here are six cheesy guacamole recipes to help get you started.

Cheesy Guacamole Recipes (6 of our Favorites!)

Elotes Guacamole

This combination of two Mexican menu favorites blends the cheeses and corn featured in elotes with the flavor and texture of guacamole. Paprika and chipotle chile seasoning add a kick. Cheeses featured: Cotija

Pimento Cheese Guacamole

A dip that can double as a salad dressing, this guacamole combines mustard, mayonnaise, garlic, and red peppers for a seasoned mix with an extra creamy texture. Sharp cheddar cheese tops the dish. Cheeses featured: Sharp cheddar

Bacon Gorgonzola Guacamole

Bacon and cranberries star in this unconventional guacamole mixture featuring Gorgonzola cheese. Chipotle powder and cilantro season the mix. Cheeses featured: Gorgonzola

Charred Lemon and Feta Guacamole

Charred lemon juice adds a smoky citrus flavor to this cheesy guac, while parsley and feta provide subtle and savory toppings. Jalapeño creates a hint of heat. Cheeses featured: Feta

Pistachio Goat Cheese Guacamole

This recipe pairs pistachios and goat cheese for a mix of creamy and crunchy. Lemon, shallots, and jalapeño bring spicy and citrus flavors to the table. Cheeses featured: Goat cheese

Pesto Caprese Guacamole

Basil and pine nuts star in this guacamole recipe featuring a mild parmesan topping. Garlic and jalapeño add herbal and spicy flavors. Cheeses featured: Parmesan

Say Cheese

No matter which cheese you choose to feature in your guacamole recipe, the texture and flavor complement it creates is sure to please any party. Visit our guacamole recipe page for more cheesy guacamole recipes.

The post Cheesy Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Guacamole Taco Toppings (4 of our Favorite Recipes!) https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/guacamole-taco-toppings/ Wed, 18 Sep 2019 14:30:58 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26864

Taco Toppings – Don’t Forget About Guacamole as a Topping!

As a host, you want your main course to be memorable, but finding ways to make your dinner dishes stick in guests’ minds can prove a challenge. Choosing toppings that seamlessly complement every aspect of your favorite taco recipe can create a cohesive dish sure to help your party stand out.

Guacamole pairs well with every taco meat and seasoning — from citrusy fish to spicy beef — and adds a creamy texture that easily integrates into any taco dish.

Here are 4 taco recipes featuring guacamole toppings that are sure to grab guests’ attention at your next event -

Tangy Fish Tacos

For a veggie-centered version of fish tacos, try these lettuce fish tacos with tangy guacamole and spicy vegetables. A citrus guacamole sits atop fried fish, seasoned pickled veggies, and leafy lettuce. Cotija cheese helps to mellow the flavors in lime, white wine vinegar, and spicy jalapeño.

Baja Fish Tacos

Classic guacamole complements the spicy seasonings in these baja-style fish tacos. Whitefish fillets seasoned in cumin and paprika bring the heat, while sliced vegetables add balance and color to the plate.

Beef Tacos

Try a traditional take on a Mexican street-food favorite with these crispy beef and guacamole tacos. Ground beef spiced with taco seasoning combines with shredded lettuce and a creamy guacamole topping.

Chicken Tacos

Guacamole made with garlic, corn, and grape tomatoes pairs with seasoned chicken breasts in this chicken taco recipe Rosemary, olive oil, and lime juice season the meat, while jalapeño adds a hint of heat to the guacamole topping.

Give Guests Something to Taco ‘Bout

No matter what meat filling you choose for the taco recipe at your next event, adding a guacamole topping will give guests something to taco ‘bout. Serve your guacamole taco topping in a bowl for guests to portion themselves or spoon it onto each plate yourself for festive flair.

Visit our guacamole recipe page for more taco topping recipe ideas.

The post The Guacamole Taco Toppings (4 of our Favorite Recipes!) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Taco Toppings – Don’t Forget About Guacamole as a Topping!

As a host, you want your main course to be memorable, but finding ways to make your dinner dishes stick in guests’ minds can prove a challenge. Choosing toppings that seamlessly complement every aspect of your favorite taco recipe can create a cohesive dish sure to help your party stand out. Guacamole pairs well with every taco meat and seasoning — from citrusy fish to spicy beef — and adds a creamy texture that easily integrates into any taco dish. Here are 4 taco recipes featuring guacamole toppings that are sure to grab guests’ attention at your next event -

Tangy Fish Tacos

For a veggie-centered version of fish tacos, try these lettuce fish tacos with tangy guacamole and spicy vegetables. A citrus guacamole sits atop fried fish, seasoned pickled veggies, and leafy lettuce. Cotija cheese helps to mellow the flavors in lime, white wine vinegar, and spicy jalapeño.

Baja Fish Tacos

Classic guacamole complements the spicy seasonings in these baja-style fish tacos. Whitefish fillets seasoned in cumin and paprika bring the heat, while sliced vegetables add balance and color to the plate.

Beef Tacos

Try a traditional take on a Mexican street-food favorite with these crispy beef and guacamole tacos. Ground beef spiced with taco seasoning combines with shredded lettuce and a creamy guacamole topping.

Chicken Tacos

Guacamole made with garlic, corn, and grape tomatoes pairs with seasoned chicken breasts in this chicken taco recipe Rosemary, olive oil, and lime juice season the meat, while jalapeño adds a hint of heat to the guacamole topping.

Give Guests Something to Taco ‘Bout

No matter what meat filling you choose for the taco recipe at your next event, adding a guacamole topping will give guests something to taco ‘bout. Serve your guacamole taco topping in a bowl for guests to portion themselves or spoon it onto each plate yourself for festive flair. Visit our guacamole recipe page for more taco topping recipe ideas.

The post The Guacamole Taco Toppings (4 of our Favorite Recipes!) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Edible Flower Garnishes for Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/edible-flower-garnishes-for-guacamole-recipes/ Wed, 18 Sep 2019 09:19:59 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26861

Edible Flower Recipes for Guacamole (6 of Our Favorites!)

Whether it is the last sprinkle of seasoning or the final olive garnish that tops a martini, a dish’s finishing touches can elevate its taste and presentation. As you plan your next group gathering, how can you make sure the details grab guests’ attention?

Edible flowers make for eye-catching guacamole garnishes that guests can both admire and eat. From herbal blooms that help create flavor continuity to brightly colored blossoms that finish recipes with citrus and spice, edible flowers pair well with endless guacamole recipes and create vibrant color contrasts sure to peak guests’ interests.

Before incorporating new foods into your diet, be sure to talk with your physician.

Try using the six edible-flower options below to garnish your guacamole recipe at your next get-together:

Savory Seasoning Complements

  • Basil. Match the basil seasonings found in pesto guac recipes with a purple flower adornment from the same herb.The beautiful basil blooms have a similar — but milder — flavor than the leaves.
  • Rosemary. Complement sundried or Roma tomato flavors with a rosemary garnish. These purple blossoms bring a mild flavor and savory scent to Italian-seasoned guacamole recipes.

FreshFruit Finish

  • Borage. Though not from the cucumber plant, borage flowers add cucumber flavor to any dish they decorate. Spruce up a cucumber guacamole recipe with indigo flowers that create flavor continuity.
  • Zucchini. Like the avocado, zucchini is a fruit often mistakenly classified as a vegetable. Its bright-orange flowers add a mellow, squash flavor to any sweet potato or chicken guac recipe.

Secondary Sprinkle of Spice

  • Marigold. Vibrant, orange marigold flowers finish any guacamole recipe on a mildly citrusy and peppery note. Bring an extra kick to spicy guacamole recipes or add a hint of heat to savory citrus-guacamole dishes.
  • Nasturtium. Subtle in neither presentation nor taste, nasturtium adds a strong pepper flavor to guacamole dishes. Give guests a grand garnish finale in already spicy guacamole recipes or create a pepper kick in subtler mixes.

Stop and Taste the Flowers

As you prepare your next party menu, stop and taste the flowers. Whether you choose to top your guacamole with the blooms from your favorite herbs, fruits, or colorful garden, edible flower garnishes are sure to add flavor and flair to any party dish’s presentation.

Visit our guacamole recipe page for more ways to feature unconventional ingredients, like edible flowers, in your dip dishes.

The post Edible Flower Garnishes for Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Edible Flower Recipes for Guacamole (6 of Our Favorites!)

Whether it is the last sprinkle of seasoning or the final olive garnish that tops a martini, a dish’s finishing touches can elevate its taste and presentation. As you plan your next group gathering, how can you make sure the details grab guests’ attention? Edible flowers make for eye-catching guacamole garnishes that guests can both admire and eat. From herbal blooms that help create flavor continuity to brightly colored blossoms that finish recipes with citrus and spice, edible flowers pair well with endless guacamole recipes and create vibrant color contrasts sure to peak guests’ interests. Before incorporating new foods into your diet, be sure to talk with your physician. Try using the six edible-flower options below to garnish your guacamole recipe at your next get-together:

Savory Seasoning Complements

  • Basil. Match the basil seasonings found in pesto guac recipes with a purple flower adornment from the same herb.The beautiful basil blooms have a similar — but milder — flavor than the leaves.
  • Rosemary. Complement sundried or Roma tomato flavors with a rosemary garnish. These purple blossoms bring a mild flavor and savory scent to Italian-seasoned guacamole recipes.

FreshFruit Finish

  • Borage. Though not from the cucumber plant, borage flowers add cucumber flavor to any dish they decorate. Spruce up a cucumber guacamole recipe with indigo flowers that create flavor continuity.
  • Zucchini. Like the avocado, zucchini is a fruit often mistakenly classified as a vegetable. Its bright-orange flowers add a mellow, squash flavor to any sweet potato or chicken guac recipe.

Secondary Sprinkle of Spice

  • Marigold. Vibrant, orange marigold flowers finish any guacamole recipe on a mildly citrusy and peppery note. Bring an extra kick to spicy guacamole recipes or add a hint of heat to savory citrus-guacamole dishes.
  • Nasturtium. Subtle in neither presentation nor taste, nasturtium adds a strong pepper flavor to guacamole dishes. Give guests a grand garnish finale in already spicy guacamole recipes or create a pepper kick in subtler mixes.

Stop and Taste the Flowers

As you prepare your next party menu, stop and taste the flowers. Whether you choose to top your guacamole with the blooms from your favorite herbs, fruits, or colorful garden, edible flower garnishes are sure to add flavor and flair to any party dish’s presentation. Visit our guacamole recipe page for more ways to feature unconventional ingredients, like edible flowers, in your dip dishes.

The post Edible Flower Garnishes for Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guacamole Recipes with Seeds https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/guacamole-recipes-with-seeds/ Wed, 18 Sep 2019 09:18:43 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26859

Guacamole Recipes with Seeds – (5 of our Favorites!)

Diversifying your party menu can pose a challenge for any host. Go too bold and many of your guests may be put off. Make only subtle changes and the same guests may not notice you changed anything at all.

Adding seeds to a guacamole provides a Goldilocks option when trying to tweak your appetizer inventory. Noticeably crunchy without overpowering flavors, seeds bring a slightly new taste and texture to any guacamole recipe.

Here are five guacamole recipes with seeds to try at your next event:

  1. Guacamole with Pomegranate Seeds

    For a sweeter seed, try this Pomegranate Seed Guacamole. Pomegranate arils top an avocado and red-onion base, and cilantro, lime juice, and salt season the mix.

  2. Guacamole with Pumpkin and Cranberry Seeds

    Try this pumpkin seed and cranberry guacamole for a blend of savory seeds and tart fruit flavors. Cotija cheese and white onion balance the heat of jalapeño in this recipe.

  3. Guacamole with Pine Nuts and Pesto

    Most nuts are seeds, but not most seeds are nuts. Try this guacamole recipe featuring pine nuts and pesto for a Mediterranean mix on your favorite Mexican mashup.

  4. Guacamole with Pistachio and Goat Cheese

    For a balanced blend of creamy and crunchy, try this pistachio and goat cheese guacamole recipe. Shallots and jalapeño add savory and spicy flavors to the mix.

  5. Pineapple Guacamole with Sesame Seeds

    Adding a sesame seed topping to fruit-guacamole mixtures can create an Asian-style take on a classic crowd-pleaser. Try this pineapple guacamole recipe featuring slices of jicama, peanuts, and a sesame seed topping.

Related: You can add seeds to these avocado smoothie bowls too.

Sprinkle in the Seeds

When it comes to adjusting your favorite guacamole mixtures, sprinkle in as many seeds as you see fit. From recipes with nut mixtures to fruit guacamole featuring pomegranate arils, guacamole recipes with seeds are sure to bring pleasantly surprising texture and taste to any group gathering.

Visit our guacamole recipe page for more guacamole recipes with seeds.

The post Guacamole Recipes with Seeds appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Guacamole Recipes with Seeds – (5 of our Favorites!)

Diversifying your party menu can pose a challenge for any host. Go too bold and many of your guests may be put off. Make only subtle changes and the same guests may not notice you changed anything at all. Adding seeds to a guacamole provides a Goldilocks option when trying to tweak your appetizer inventory. Noticeably crunchy without overpowering flavors, seeds bring a slightly new taste and texture to any guacamole recipe. Here are five guacamole recipes with seeds to try at your next event:
  1. Guacamole with Pomegranate Seeds

    For a sweeter seed, try this Pomegranate Seed Guacamole. Pomegranate arils top an avocado and red-onion base, and cilantro, lime juice, and salt season the mix.
  2. Guacamole with Pumpkin and Cranberry Seeds

    Try this pumpkin seed and cranberry guacamole for a blend of savory seeds and tart fruit flavors. Cotija cheese and white onion balance the heat of jalapeño in this recipe.
  3. Guacamole with Pine Nuts and Pesto

    Most nuts are seeds, but not most seeds are nuts. Try this guacamole recipe featuring pine nuts and pesto for a Mediterranean mix on your favorite Mexican mashup.
  4. Guacamole with Pistachio and Goat Cheese

    For a balanced blend of creamy and crunchy, try this pistachio and goat cheese guacamole recipe. Shallots and jalapeño add savory and spicy flavors to the mix.
  5. Pineapple Guacamole with Sesame Seeds

    Adding a sesame seed topping to fruit-guacamole mixtures can create an Asian-style take on a classic crowd-pleaser. Try this pineapple guacamole recipe featuring slices of jicama, peanuts, and a sesame seed topping.
Related: You can add seeds to these avocado smoothie bowls too.

Sprinkle in the Seeds

When it comes to adjusting your favorite guacamole mixtures, sprinkle in as many seeds as you see fit. From recipes with nut mixtures to fruit guacamole featuring pomegranate arils, guacamole recipes with seeds are sure to bring pleasantly surprising texture and taste to any group gathering. Visit our guacamole recipe page for more guacamole recipes with seeds.

The post Guacamole Recipes with Seeds appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guacamole Origin and History https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/guacamole-origin-and-history/ Wed, 18 Sep 2019 07:51:23 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26857

The History of Guacamole

From Cinco de Mayo celebrations to gameday tailgates, guacamole has become a popular food feature at group gatherings. But guacamole was not always the appetizer mainstay it is today. From the dip’s Aztec origins to its modern makings, the history of guacamole is a tale riddled with name and flavor transformations.

Read on for a brief look into guacamole’s origin and its cross-continental journey to American tables.

Related: Read about the history of guacamole’s base ingredient, the avocado.

Aztec Origins

Guacamole’s base ingredient, the avocado, was an important source of sustenance for the Aztecs between the 14th and 16th centuries. In one of their dishes, the Aztecs mashed avocado with a mortar and pestle. They then added chopped tomatoes, green chiles, and salt before enjoying this meal with warm tortillas.

The Aztecs named this avocado dip ahuacamolli: a combination of their languages’ words for avocado (ahucatl) and sauce (molli).

A Spanish Spinoff

In 1519, Spanish conquistadors reached modern-day Mexican shores and quickly developed a taste for ahuacamolli. They began to adapt the dish to their tastes and tongues, incorporating ingredients that they had brought to the Americas from Europe — including onions, lime, and cilantro — and christening the dip "guacamole".

The Spaniards also introduced lard, which they used to fry the tortillas that traditionally accompanied Aztec guacamole. The crispy bits of fried dough made it easier to scoop up the delicious dip.

Modern Guacamole Mashups

The dip dish that the Spaniards created forms the basis for the guacamole that modernity munches on. More than 400 years after the conquest of the Aztecs, Hass avocados made their way to America and the popularity of the fruit — and its dip varietal — gradually grew.

Common guacamole history questions:

Who first made guacamole?

The Aztecs first made guacamole. As mentioned, The Aztecs named this avocado dip ahuacamolli: a combination of their languages’ words for avocado (ahucatl) and sauce (molli).

When is National Guacamole Day?

National Guacamole Day is celebrated on September 16th of every year. This is the same day as Mexican Independence Day.

Now, get-togethers showcase endless twists and takes on the centuries-old dip — from meat lovers’ mixes to fresh fruit favorites.

Visit our guacamole recipe page for ideas to spice up your guacamole game or take the dip back to its Meso american roots.

The post Guacamole Origin and History appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The History of Guacamole

From Cinco de Mayo celebrations to gameday tailgates, guacamole has become a popular food feature at group gatherings. But guacamole was not always the appetizer mainstay it is today. From the dip’s Aztec origins to its modern makings, the history of guacamole is a tale riddled with name and flavor transformations. Read on for a brief look into guacamole’s origin and its cross-continental journey to American tables. Related: Read about the history of guacamole’s base ingredient, the avocado.

Aztec Origins

Guacamole’s base ingredient, the avocado, was an important source of sustenance for the Aztecs between the 14th and 16th centuries. In one of their dishes, the Aztecs mashed avocado with a mortar and pestle. They then added chopped tomatoes, green chiles, and salt before enjoying this meal with warm tortillas. The Aztecs named this avocado dip ahuacamolli: a combination of their languages’ words for avocado (ahucatl) and sauce (molli).

A Spanish Spinoff

In 1519, Spanish conquistadors reached modern-day Mexican shores and quickly developed a taste for ahuacamolli. They began to adapt the dish to their tastes and tongues, incorporating ingredients that they had brought to the Americas from Europe — including onions, lime, and cilantro — and christening the dip "guacamole". The Spaniards also introduced lard, which they used to fry the tortillas that traditionally accompanied Aztec guacamole. The crispy bits of fried dough made it easier to scoop up the delicious dip.

Modern Guacamole Mashups

The dip dish that the Spaniards created forms the basis for the guacamole that modernity munches on. More than 400 years after the conquest of the Aztecs, Hass avocados made their way to America and the popularity of the fruit — and its dip varietal — gradually grew.

Common guacamole history questions:

Who first made guacamole?

The Aztecs first made guacamole. As mentioned, The Aztecs named this avocado dip ahuacamolli: a combination of their languages’ words for avocado (ahucatl) and sauce (molli).

When is National Guacamole Day?

National Guacamole Day is celebrated on September 16th of every year. This is the same day as Mexican Independence Day. Now, get-togethers showcase endless twists and takes on the centuries-old dip — from meat lovers’ mixes to fresh fruit favorites. Visit our guacamole recipe page for ideas to spice up your guacamole game or take the dip back to its Meso american roots.

The post Guacamole Origin and History appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guacamole in Pop Culture https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/guacamole-pop-culture/ Wed, 18 Sep 2019 07:28:55 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26854

Guacamole in Pop Culture (5 of Our Favorite Mentions!)

Besides starring in your favorite party appetizer spreads, guacamole often plays a supporting role in the lives of celebrities, regularly receiving media mentions. From being the focus of celebrity-chef cooking tutorialsto making record-breaking news, guacamole frequently scores time on the tele and features in social media shout-outs.

Here are fivementions of guacamole in pop culture during the past two years -

Headline Guacamole Highlights

  1. Basketball player Stephen Curry’s wife, Ayesha Curry, shared her favorite guacamole recipe with Ellen DeGeneres Show fans in June. Fresh garlic and Havarti cheese starred in this guacamole-making mention.
  2. Guacamole made headlines in April 2018 during the 7th Annual Avocado Festival. More than 350 guac lovers in Tancítaro, Mexico, prepared and enjoyed roughly 8,300 pounds of guacamole — the world’s largest serving of guacamole according to Inside Edition and Guinness World Records.
  3. The dip made local Floridian news in June when an alligator in Lake Alice approached a couple of picnickers enjoying a full bowl of guacamole and some charcuterie favorites. The picnickers were forced to flee, surrendering their dip to the scaly guacamole grabber who ate everything — even the bowl.

Social Media Guacamole Shout-outs

  1. News reporter Rebecca Buck shared her signature guacamole secret with her Twitter followers last Cinco de Mayo. She wrote, “In honor of Cinco de Mayo, I’m going to share my secret ingredient for amazing guacamole (aside from the obvious, including good avocados). It’s lemon pepper. I’ve tried everything, and this consistently makes a positive difference. De nada!”

  2. Culinary cool factor and cuteness combine in this dog lovers’ Instagram post, Dogs Who Brunch, featuring a basset hound said to be waiting on a side of guac. His sad eyes communicate the important role of guacamole in restaurant dishes.

     

    View this post on Instagram

     

    Waiting for the side of guac like... Photo credit: @deanthebasset

    A post shared by Dogs Who Brunch (@dogswhobrunch) on

Related: See guacamole media mentions before 2018.

Steal the Show

Whether you are scanning through the television channels, your social media feed, or the appetizer table’s offerings, guacamole is a standout snack feature. Visit our guacamole recipe page for ways to feature this famous dish in your next party spread.

The post Guacamole in Pop Culture appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Guacamole in Pop Culture (5 of Our Favorite Mentions!)

Besides starring in your favorite party appetizer spreads, guacamole often plays a supporting role in the lives of celebrities, regularly receiving media mentions. From being the focus of celebrity-chef cooking tutorialsto making record-breaking news, guacamole frequently scores time on the tele and features in social media shout-outs. Here are fivementions of guacamole in pop culture during the past two years -

Headline Guacamole Highlights

  1. Basketball player Stephen Curry’s wife, Ayesha Curry, shared her favorite guacamole recipe with Ellen DeGeneres Show fans in June. Fresh garlic and Havarti cheese starred in this guacamole-making mention.
  2. Guacamole made headlines in April 2018 during the 7th Annual Avocado Festival. More than 350 guac lovers in Tancítaro, Mexico, prepared and enjoyed roughly 8,300 pounds of guacamole — the world’s largest serving of guacamole according to Inside Edition and Guinness World Records.
  3. The dip made local Floridian news in June when an alligator in Lake Alice approached a couple of picnickers enjoying a full bowl of guacamole and some charcuterie favorites. The picnickers were forced to flee, surrendering their dip to the scaly guacamole grabber who ate everything — even the bowl.

Social Media Guacamole Shout-outs

  1. News reporter Rebecca Buck shared her signature guacamole secret with her Twitter followers last Cinco de Mayo. She wrote, “In honor of Cinco de Mayo, I’m going to share my secret ingredient for amazing guacamole (aside from the obvious, including good avocados). It’s lemon pepper. I’ve tried everything, and this consistently makes a positive difference. De nada!”
  2. Culinary cool factor and cuteness combine in this dog lovers’ Instagram post, Dogs Who Brunch, featuring a basset hound said to be waiting on a side of guac. His sad eyes communicate the important role of guacamole in restaurant dishes.
     
    View this post on Instagram
     

    Waiting for the side of guac like... Photo credit: @deanthebasset

    A post shared by Dogs Who Brunch (@dogswhobrunch) on

Related: See guacamole media mentions before 2018.

Steal the Show

Whether you are scanning through the television channels, your social media feed, or the appetizer table’s offerings, guacamole is a standout snack feature. Visit our guacamole recipe page for ways to feature this famous dish in your next party spread.

The post Guacamole in Pop Culture appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guacamole Spread on Main Course Dishes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/guacamole-spread-on-main-course-dishes/ Tue, 10 Sep 2019 06:41:15 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26848

Guacamole Spread Ideas – 5 of Our Favorites!

What do you do when you have amazing appetizer aptitude, but your host has asked you to bring a main course? Served as a spread, guacamole pairs well with a variety of main course dishes — making it the perfect solution to an unexpected dinnertime designation.

Here are 5 ways to incorporate your favorite predinner dip into a memorable main course by using guacamole as a spread.

On Pizza

For a self-serve main course, try this Chicago-style pizza recipe that substitutes a classic guacamole spread for traditional marinera sauce. Cheese, chicken, and cayenne pepper top the dish.

On Sandwiches

Cut several of these spicy steak sandwiches into halves so guests can pair with available sides and salads. Guacamole spread and sour cream sauce balance the garlic and spicy flavors.

Substitute the avocado-chipotle mayonnaise in this meatball sub recipe for your favorite guacamole mixture, spread onto bread, and let guests fill their own sandwiches. Pro-tip: Use a spicy guacamole to enhance this recipe’s flavors.

On Burgers

Combine classic dinner-and-dip favorites in these guacamole burgers. Add your own signature guacamole ingredients to the spread in this recipe for extra dinner delight.

Combine classic dinner-and-dip favorites with these spiced turkey burger sliders with avo-feta guac. Feta cheese, lemon juice, and red pepper flakes add flavor and texture to this guacamole spread that complements lean turkey patties.

Mix Up Your Main Course

Whether it’s a family gathering or a fun festivity with friends, incorporating guacamole spread into dinner is sure to please the crowd. Use these recipes to let your appetizer-making abilities guide you on your way to main-course mastery.

Visit our guacamole recipes page for more dishes featuring guacamole spread.

The post Guacamole Spread on Main Course Dishes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Guacamole Spread Ideas – 5 of Our Favorites!

What do you do when you have amazing appetizer aptitude, but your host has asked you to bring a main course? Served as a spread, guacamole pairs well with a variety of main course dishes — making it the perfect solution to an unexpected dinnertime designation. Here are 5 ways to incorporate your favorite predinner dip into a memorable main course by using guacamole as a spread.

On Pizza

For a self-serve main course, try this Chicago-style pizza recipe that substitutes a classic guacamole spread for traditional marinera sauce. Cheese, chicken, and cayenne pepper top the dish.

On Sandwiches

Cut several of these spicy steak sandwiches into halves so guests can pair with available sides and salads. Guacamole spread and sour cream sauce balance the garlic and spicy flavors. Substitute the avocado-chipotle mayonnaise in this meatball sub recipe for your favorite guacamole mixture, spread onto bread, and let guests fill their own sandwiches. Pro-tip: Use a spicy guacamole to enhance this recipe’s flavors.

On Burgers

Combine classic dinner-and-dip favorites in these guacamole burgers. Add your own signature guacamole ingredients to the spread in this recipe for extra dinner delight. Combine classic dinner-and-dip favorites with these spiced turkey burger sliders with avo-feta guac. Feta cheese, lemon juice, and red pepper flakes add flavor and texture to this guacamole spread that complements lean turkey patties.

Mix Up Your Main Course

Whether it’s a family gathering or a fun festivity with friends, incorporating guacamole spread into dinner is sure to please the crowd. Use these recipes to let your appetizer-making abilities guide you on your way to main-course mastery. Visit our guacamole recipes page for more dishes featuring guacamole spread.

The post Guacamole Spread on Main Course Dishes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Wondering How to Freeze Guacamole? Here’s Why You Shouldn’t https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/how-to-freeze-guacamole-a-guide-to-making-guac-last/ Tue, 10 Sep 2019 11:19:33 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26845

So, you want to learn how to freeze guacamole? Stop right there! Here’s the thing: When frozen and thawed, avocados lose most of that buttery, fresh taste that make them so delicious. So, the next time you have an abundance of this delicious green fruit, think flavor-first. Explore your avo options that don’t involve a freezer.

 

Avocados Are Always Good

Avocados are always in season! That means you can always count on fresh, delicious guacamole, no matter how far ahead you’re party planning. The rich soil, abundant sunshine, and timely rainfall in Michoacán (where your Avocados From Mexico come from) make this the ideal location for harvesting avocados. Learn more about the avocado’s journey from Mexico here.

Can Avocados or Guacamole Be Frozen?

Sure, like just about anything, guacamole can be frozen. But just because you can do something doesn’t mean you should! Frozen guac loses its fresh flavor and creamy texture. Even worse, other key, crisp ingredients — such as onions, jalapeños, and tomatoes — will not maintain their texture once frozen. And who wants rubbery tomatoes?

 

Forgo the Freezer

In lieu of freezing your avocados or guacamole, here are a few preservation tips — and some ideas on what to do with extra pre-cut avocados.

  • Coat the flesh with lime or lemon juice or olive oil before covering it in plastic wrap and placing it in the refrigerator.
  • Place the flesh-side down in a container of water. Refrigerate it for up to two days.
  • Turn leftover avocados into your favorite sweet treat. Hey! If you can’t freeze ’em, eat ’em.

4 Avocado Ice Cream Recipes

If you want to freeze your avocados — and eat them, too — try these smooth, cool avocado ice cream recipes. It might not be the guacamole you’re used to, but life’s a party when you try new things.

1. Tropical Avocado “Nice” Cream
Pineapple chunks, banana slices, and honey coalesce for an island-inspired essence, while coconut milk and avocado lend this concoction it’s creamy texture.

2. Coconut Avocado Ice Cream
This simple, delicious, and smooth ice cream recipe is the perfect solution when you have several ripe avocados on your hands.

 

3. Avocado and Banana Ice Cream
This fruit-filled treat gets its creaminess from avocados and sweetness from bananas and honey. Even better, it’s quick and easy to make.
4. Avocado and Pistachio Ice Cream
Pistachios give a slightly sweet flavor that perfectly blends with avocado’s smooth, neutral taste. Avocado is the perfect base for a delectable dessert.

 

4 Chocolatey Avocado Recipes

They’re not frozen, but these chocolate recipes are delicious ways to use leftover (or too-ripe) avocado.

1. Avocado Chocolate “Pudding” Cups
Your palate will appreciate the velvet texture created by avocados, unsweetened almond milk, and maple syrup. Shredded coconut on top gives an extra pop of gusto.

2. Chocolate Guacamole
A sweet take on savory guacamole is just what you need to get your next party started! Avocado mashed with bananas, cocoa powder, and creamy peanut butter is the combination you never knew you needed.

3. Tropical Chocolate Pie
Dense. Delicious. Decadent. This pie has it all! A luscious, soft avocado chocolate filling perfectly sits on top of a graham cracker crust. Together, it’s magic.

4. Chocolate Avocado Brownies
This is a sneakily delicious way to increase your fruit intake. Neutral avocado boosts the addition of semisweet chocolate and vanilla extract, while crushed almonds provide a satisfying crunch.

 

 

How to Grill an Avocado

If you don’t want to blend or refrigerate your avocados, try throwing your extra avos on the grill at your next backyard barbecue. Here’s how:

  • While your grill reaches 300-350 degrees, prep your avocado. Cut it in half lengthwise and gently pull apart. Remove the pit. (Pro tip: Squeeze some lemon juice on your avocado halves if it’s going to be a while before their moment on the grill.)
  • Brush the avocado halves with olive oil and sprinkle them with salt and pepper.
  • Lay the halves on the grill, flesh side down, for two or three minutes. Once you see sear marks, you’ll know they’re ready.

Learn more about grilling avocados — and how to serve them — here.

The post Wondering How to Freeze Guacamole? Here’s Why You Shouldn’t appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

So, you want to learn how to freeze guacamole? Stop right there! Here’s the thing: When frozen and thawed, avocados lose most of that buttery, fresh taste that make them so delicious. So, the next time you have an abundance of this delicious green fruit, think flavor-first. Explore your avo options that don’t involve a freezer.  

Avocados Are Always Good

Avocados are always in season! That means you can always count on fresh, delicious guacamole, no matter how far ahead you’re party planning. The rich soil, abundant sunshine, and timely rainfall in Michoacán (where your Avocados From Mexico come from) make this the ideal location for harvesting avocados. Learn more about the avocado’s journey from Mexico here.

Can Avocados or Guacamole Be Frozen?

Sure, like just about anything, guacamole can be frozen. But just because you can do something doesn’t mean you should! Frozen guac loses its fresh flavor and creamy texture. Even worse, other key, crisp ingredients — such as onions, jalapeños, and tomatoes — will not maintain their texture once frozen. And who wants rubbery tomatoes?  

Forgo the Freezer

In lieu of freezing your avocados or guacamole, here are a few preservation tips — and some ideas on what to do with extra pre-cut avocados.
  • Coat the flesh with lime or lemon juice or olive oil before covering it in plastic wrap and placing it in the refrigerator.
  • Place the flesh-side down in a container of water. Refrigerate it for up to two days.
  • Turn leftover avocados into your favorite sweet treat. Hey! If you can’t freeze ’em, eat ’em.

4 Avocado Ice Cream Recipes

If you want to freeze your avocados — and eat them, too — try these smooth, cool avocado ice cream recipes. It might not be the guacamole you’re used to, but life’s a party when you try new things. 1. Tropical Avocado “Nice” Cream Pineapple chunks, banana slices, and honey coalesce for an island-inspired essence, while coconut milk and avocado lend this concoction it’s creamy texture. 2. Coconut Avocado Ice Cream This simple, delicious, and smooth ice cream recipe is the perfect solution when you have several ripe avocados on your hands.   3. Avocado and Banana Ice Cream This fruit-filled treat gets its creaminess from avocados and sweetness from bananas and honey. Even better, it’s quick and easy to make. 4. Avocado and Pistachio Ice Cream Pistachios give a slightly sweet flavor that perfectly blends with avocado’s smooth, neutral taste. Avocado is the perfect base for a delectable dessert.  

4 Chocolatey Avocado Recipes

They’re not frozen, but these chocolate recipes are delicious ways to use leftover (or too-ripe) avocado. 1. Avocado Chocolate “Pudding” Cups Your palate will appreciate the velvet texture created by avocados, unsweetened almond milk, and maple syrup. Shredded coconut on top gives an extra pop of gusto. 2. Chocolate Guacamole A sweet take on savory guacamole is just what you need to get your next party started! Avocado mashed with bananas, cocoa powder, and creamy peanut butter is the combination you never knew you needed. 3. Tropical Chocolate Pie Dense. Delicious. Decadent. This pie has it all! A luscious, soft avocado chocolate filling perfectly sits on top of a graham cracker crust. Together, it’s magic. 4. Chocolate Avocado Brownies This is a sneakily delicious way to increase your fruit intake. Neutral avocado boosts the addition of semisweet chocolate and vanilla extract, while crushed almonds provide a satisfying crunch.    

How to Grill an Avocado

If you don’t want to blend or refrigerate your avocados, try throwing your extra avos on the grill at your next backyard barbecue. Here’s how:
  • While your grill reaches 300-350 degrees, prep your avocado. Cut it in half lengthwise and gently pull apart. Remove the pit. (Pro tip: Squeeze some lemon juice on your avocado halves if it’s going to be a while before their moment on the grill.)
  • Brush the avocado halves with olive oil and sprinkle them with salt and pepper.
  • Lay the halves on the grill, flesh side down, for two or three minutes. Once you see sear marks, you’ll know they’re ready.
Learn more about grilling avocados — and how to serve them — here.

The post Wondering How to Freeze Guacamole? Here’s Why You Shouldn’t appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guacamole and Eggs Breakfast Recipe Pairings https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/guacamole-and-eggs-breakfast-recipe-pairings/ Tue, 10 Sep 2019 06:09:07 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26842

Rise and shine, breakfast lovers! Let’s make good times happen in the kitchen and start your day off right. We rounded up our favorite recipes that feature guacamole and eggs, two ingredients with countless ways to prep them.

 

Here are 10 breakfast recipes starring guacamole and eggs.

 

1. Breakfast Guacamole

It’s a little unconventional, but it’s a lot goooood. This Bacon, Egg, and Queso’mole is a bacon guacamole topped with gooey queso and fried eggs. You can eat it with tortilla chips the way guac was intended, but if you’re looking for that brunchy flair, you can dip with crispy fries or spread it on a sturdy piece of toast. Get the full recipe here.

 

How to Hit ‘Snooze’ on an Avocado ⏰

Is your avocado ripening before you’re up and ready for breakfast? They tend to do that, but there’s a way to slow down their ripening so they’ll be ready when you are. Check out how to slow their roll in this video:

 

2. Breakfast Guac Toast

Keep on the sunny side of life with this breakfast avocado toast. Warm sourdough bread topped with a hearty heaping of bacon guacamole and Havarti cheese is made oh-so-extra-good with a fried egg on top. For a true brunch experience, serve up this beauty with an iced coffee, mimosa, or both. Get the full recipe here.

 

3. Loaded Breakfast Banh Mi

It’s not your traditional breakfast item, but if you’re looking to kick off your day with a hearty, spicy sandwich, try this recipe for Loaded Breakfast Banh Mi with Toasted Sesame Guac. It’s got roasted bacon, medium-boiled eggs, and cabbage slaw on top of toasted baguettes. And who could forget that spice-packed guacamole? Hellooooo, brunch! Get the full recipe here.

 

4. Guacamole Egg Rolls

If you’re someone who’d prefer not to taste the eggs in your breakfast, opt for these Guacamole Egg Rolls. A crunchy crust coated with beaten egg surrounds creamy guacamole while ginger, coriander, garlic, black pepper, and serrano chiles combine to season a honey-tamarind dipping sauce complement. This one really puts the “mmm” in “morning.” Get the full recipe here.

 

5. Guacamole and Egg Breakfast Bowl

Getting out of bed never sounded so exciting as it will when you know this Guacamole and Egg Breakfast Bowl is waiting for you. It’s a spinach salad bowl topped with chipotle guacamole, hard-boiled eggs, and crunchy tortilla chips. Get the full recipe here.

 

6. Poached Egg Avocado Toast

Is a blog about guacamole-and-egg breakfast pairings complete without another avocado toast recipe? This Poached Egg and Avocado Toast is a simple addition to the breakfast rotation, adorned with sunflower seeds and simple herbs. For a little bit of everything, try a toasted everything bagel instead. Get the full recipe here.

 

Good Morning, Good Fats ☀️💛

Give your heart a good morning with a healthy helping of avocado in your breakfast. Five grams of monounsaturated fat are naturally found in one-third of a medium avocado. Monounsaturated fats can help lower your LDL (bad) cholesterol. Keeping your LDL levels low reduces your risk for heart disease and stroke.

 

7. Guacamole, Fried Egg, and Gruyere English Muffin

A simple breakfast sandwich goes a long way. Guacamole and eggs cuddle up between two English muffins while wrapped together in a sweet blanket of Gruyere cheese. It only takes a few minutes to make (and it’s even quicker to eat) but the flavor will last you way past brunchtime. Get the full recipe here.

 

8. Hearty Breakfast Egg Sandwich

Five ingredients? Sign us up for the morning shift. Mash up some guacamole and spread it on an English muffin, then load it up with scrambled eggs, cheddar cheese, and sliced tomato. Yep, that’s it. Bon appetit, and see you back here for seconds. Get the full recipe here.

 

9. Breakfast Burrito à la Mexicana

Although Chef Pati Jinich didn’t write this recipe with guacamole, it’s super easy to mash your avocado for this instead of using slices – it’s just too good of a breakfast to pass up. Just look at that veggie medley coated in queso fresco. Just imagine the smell of those scrambled eggs. It’s a dream worth waking up from if it means making it a reality. Get the full recipe here.

 

10. Wakey Wakey Eggs and Bakey Guac

It’s like breakfast nachos, which sounds like a pretty darn good way to wake up. This guacamole is made of bacon, chives, and onions. Smother that all over freshly fried hash browns, sprinkle it with queso fresco, and top it all off with two fried eggs. Grab a fork; things are about to get deliciously messy. Get the full recipe here.

 

It’s Sounding Like a GOOD Morning, Indeed!

Whenever you meet a motivated morning, these 10 recipes starring guacamole and eggs are #AlwaysGood options guaranteed to make you rise and shine.

 

Dig into more avocado breakfast recipes here.

The post Guacamole and Eggs Breakfast Recipe Pairings appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Rise and shine, breakfast lovers! Let’s make good times happen in the kitchen and start your day off right. We rounded up our favorite recipes that feature guacamole and eggs, two ingredients with countless ways to prep them.   Here are 10 breakfast recipes starring guacamole and eggs.  

1. Breakfast Guacamole

It’s a little unconventional, but it’s a lot goooood. This Bacon, Egg, and Queso’mole is a bacon guacamole topped with gooey queso and fried eggs. You can eat it with tortilla chips the way guac was intended, but if you’re looking for that brunchy flair, you can dip with crispy fries or spread it on a sturdy piece of toast. Get the full recipe here.  

How to Hit ‘Snooze’ on an Avocado ⏰

Is your avocado ripening before you’re up and ready for breakfast? They tend to do that, but there’s a way to slow down their ripening so they’ll be ready when you are. Check out how to slow their roll in this video:
 

2. Breakfast Guac Toast

Keep on the sunny side of life with this breakfast avocado toast. Warm sourdough bread topped with a hearty heaping of bacon guacamole and Havarti cheese is made oh-so-extra-good with a fried egg on top. For a true brunch experience, serve up this beauty with an iced coffee, mimosa, or both. Get the full recipe here.  

3. Loaded Breakfast Banh Mi

It’s not your traditional breakfast item, but if you’re looking to kick off your day with a hearty, spicy sandwich, try this recipe for Loaded Breakfast Banh Mi with Toasted Sesame Guac. It’s got roasted bacon, medium-boiled eggs, and cabbage slaw on top of toasted baguettes. And who could forget that spice-packed guacamole? Hellooooo, brunch! Get the full recipe here.  

4. Guacamole Egg Rolls

If you’re someone who’d prefer not to taste the eggs in your breakfast, opt for these Guacamole Egg Rolls. A crunchy crust coated with beaten egg surrounds creamy guacamole while ginger, coriander, garlic, black pepper, and serrano chiles combine to season a honey-tamarind dipping sauce complement. This one really puts the “mmm” in “morning.” Get the full recipe here.  

5. Guacamole and Egg Breakfast Bowl

Getting out of bed never sounded so exciting as it will when you know this Guacamole and Egg Breakfast Bowl is waiting for you. It’s a spinach salad bowl topped with chipotle guacamole, hard-boiled eggs, and crunchy tortilla chips. Get the full recipe here.  

6. Poached Egg Avocado Toast

Is a blog about guacamole-and-egg breakfast pairings complete without another avocado toast recipe? This Poached Egg and Avocado Toast is a simple addition to the breakfast rotation, adorned with sunflower seeds and simple herbs. For a little bit of everything, try a toasted everything bagel instead. Get the full recipe here.  

Good Morning, Good Fats ☀️💛

Give your heart a good morning with a healthy helping of avocado in your breakfast. Five grams of monounsaturated fat are naturally found in one-third of a medium avocado. Monounsaturated fats can help lower your LDL (bad) cholesterol. Keeping your LDL levels low reduces your risk for heart disease and stroke.
 

7. Guacamole, Fried Egg, and Gruyere English Muffin

A simple breakfast sandwich goes a long way. Guacamole and eggs cuddle up between two English muffins while wrapped together in a sweet blanket of Gruyere cheese. It only takes a few minutes to make (and it’s even quicker to eat) but the flavor will last you way past brunchtime. Get the full recipe here.  

8. Hearty Breakfast Egg Sandwich

Five ingredients? Sign us up for the morning shift. Mash up some guacamole and spread it on an English muffin, then load it up with scrambled eggs, cheddar cheese, and sliced tomato. Yep, that’s it. Bon appetit, and see you back here for seconds. Get the full recipe here.  

9. Breakfast Burrito à la Mexicana

Although Chef Pati Jinich didn’t write this recipe with guacamole, it’s super easy to mash your avocado for this instead of using slices – it’s just too good of a breakfast to pass up. Just look at that veggie medley coated in queso fresco. Just imagine the smell of those scrambled eggs. It’s a dream worth waking up from if it means making it a reality. Get the full recipe here.  

10. Wakey Wakey Eggs and Bakey Guac

It’s like breakfast nachos, which sounds like a pretty darn good way to wake up. This guacamole is made of bacon, chives, and onions. Smother that all over freshly fried hash browns, sprinkle it with queso fresco, and top it all off with two fried eggs. Grab a fork; things are about to get deliciously messy. Get the full recipe here.  

It’s Sounding Like a GOOD Morning, Indeed!

Whenever you meet a motivated morning, these 10 recipes starring guacamole and eggs are #AlwaysGood options guaranteed to make you rise and shine.   Dig into more avocado breakfast recipes here.

The post Guacamole and Eggs Breakfast Recipe Pairings appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Pineapple Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/pineapple-guacamole-recipes/ Tue, 10 Sep 2019 05:59:32 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26839

Pineapple Guacamole Recipes – A Delicious Tropical Twist! (5 of Our Favorites!)

A tightly packed suitcase, white sandy beaches, colorful swimwear, and soft ocean waves may not have made it into this year’s schedule or budget. But, adding tropical touches, like pineapple, to your appetizer spread can bring images of island life to any party menu.

A classic crowd pleaser and excellent complement to citrus flavors, guacamole provides the perfect pineapple pairing. Add in a hint of heat - or mix in slices of other fresh fruits - for a festive, finger food feature.

Read on for five pineapple guacamole recipes that are sure to bring a taste of the tropics to your table.

Bright Pineapple & Orange Guacamole

Diced pineapple and orange segments star in this tropical take on guacamole. Serrano chiles pack a heated punch, and a sprinkle of salt seasons the mix. Avocados add delicious nutrients.

Pineapple & Cucumber Guacamole

Cubes of cucumber, avocado, pineapple, and avocado combine in this textured guac recipe. Cilantro, red onion, and lime juice unite fresh fruit flavors.

Holy Pineapple Guacamole

Served in a pineapple half, this recipe incorporates tropical touches into its presentation and its ingredients. Roma tomatoes, avocado, jalapeño, and black pepper add spicy and savory flavors to this tropical guacamole.

Chipotle Pineapple Guacamole

Cumin and chipotle sauce spice up this pineapple guacamole recipe. Red onions, cilantro, avocado, and lime juice contribute traditional touches of Mexican flavors.

Spicy Citrus Guac

Avocados, and sweet red and poblano chiles combine with jalapeño in this spicy recipe. Blood orange and lime juice complement citrus, pineapple flavors, and a drizzle of maple syrup sweetens the deal.

Related: Find other fruit-guacamole recipes here.

Taste the Tropics

Whether you are hosting a pool party, a BBQ, or a festive family event, pineapple guacamole adds a tropical twist to any group gathering.

Visit our recipe page for more pineapple guacamole ideas.

The post Pineapple Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Pineapple Guacamole Recipes – A Delicious Tropical Twist! (5 of Our Favorites!)

A tightly packed suitcase, white sandy beaches, colorful swimwear, and soft ocean waves may not have made it into this year’s schedule or budget. But, adding tropical touches, like pineapple, to your appetizer spread can bring images of island life to any party menu. A classic crowd pleaser and excellent complement to citrus flavors, guacamole provides the perfect pineapple pairing. Add in a hint of heat - or mix in slices of other fresh fruits - for a festive, finger food feature. Read on for five pineapple guacamole recipes that are sure to bring a taste of the tropics to your table.

Bright Pineapple & Orange Guacamole

Diced pineapple and orange segments star in this tropical take on guacamole. Serrano chiles pack a heated punch, and a sprinkle of salt seasons the mix. Avocados add delicious nutrients.

Pineapple & Cucumber Guacamole

Cubes of cucumber, avocado, pineapple, and avocado combine in this textured guac recipe. Cilantro, red onion, and lime juice unite fresh fruit flavors.

Holy Pineapple Guacamole

Served in a pineapple half, this recipe incorporates tropical touches into its presentation and its ingredients. Roma tomatoes, avocado, jalapeño, and black pepper add spicy and savory flavors to this tropical guacamole.

Chipotle Pineapple Guacamole

Cumin and chipotle sauce spice up this pineapple guacamole recipe. Red onions, cilantro, avocado, and lime juice contribute traditional touches of Mexican flavors.

Spicy Citrus Guac

Avocados, and sweet red and poblano chiles combine with jalapeño in this spicy recipe. Blood orange and lime juice complement citrus, pineapple flavors, and a drizzle of maple syrup sweetens the deal. Related: Find other fruit-guacamole recipes here.

Taste the Tropics

Whether you are hosting a pool party, a BBQ, or a festive family event, pineapple guacamole adds a tropical twist to any group gathering. Visit our recipe page for more pineapple guacamole ideas.

The post Pineapple Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Baked Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/how-to-make-baked-guacamole/ Tue, 10 Sep 2019 05:44:42 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26836

Baked Guacamole Recipe

If you’re a habitual host, your guests may think they have seen the extent of your appetizer inventory. But your snack spread need not be predictable: Simple tweaks to classic dip dishes can create new takes on finger-food favorites.

Looking for a quick appetizer? Guacamole is easy and quick to prepare before guests arrive. It provides an adaptable appetizer classic to keep friends and family guessing. You can even throw it in the oven for a heated take on a conventionally cool-and-creamy crowd pleaser.

Related: Try these avocado appetizers at your next event.

How to Make Baked Guacamole

Ingredients Needed:

  • 2 avocados from Mexico
  • 1 T of lime juice
  • 1 T of minced onion
  • 1 t of Jalapeño
  • ¼ t of salt
  • ½ c of shredded cheddar cheese
  • Sour cream (optional)
  • Cilantro (optional)

Recipe Steps:

  1. Mash two avocados in an oven-safe dish and drizzle 1T of lime juice over the top.
  2. Mince 1T onion and 1t jalapeño and add to the avocado mash.
  3. Try incorporating 1T of any unconventional guacamole ingredients — such as fresh fruit, bacon, or chicken — to further vary your dip recipe (optional).
  4. Stir 1/4t of salt into the mixture and top with 1/2c of shredded cheddar cheese.
  5. Bake on low for 15-20 minutes — until the cheese is slightly brown and bubbly — then remove the dish and top with a few dollops of sour cream or salsa and a pinch of freshly chopped cilantro.
  6. Serve with tortilla chips or fresh veggies.

Chef’s Note: Be sure to place this dish over a pot holder before placing it alongside your other appetizer options.

The Heat Is On

Whether you are preparing for a family dinner or a party with friends, baked guacamole provides the perfect unexpected addition to any appetizer spread. Before you get your oven roaring, talk to your doctor about incorporating baked guacamole in your diet. Once you get his or her approval, fire up the oven!

Visit our guacamole recipes page for more ideas to help spice up your appetizer inventory.

The post How to Make Baked Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Baked Guacamole Recipe

If you’re a habitual host, your guests may think they have seen the extent of your appetizer inventory. But your snack spread need not be predictable: Simple tweaks to classic dip dishes can create new takes on finger-food favorites. Looking for a quick appetizer? Guacamole is easy and quick to prepare before guests arrive. It provides an adaptable appetizer classic to keep friends and family guessing. You can even throw it in the oven for a heated take on a conventionally cool-and-creamy crowd pleaser. Related: Try these avocado appetizers at your next event.

How to Make Baked Guacamole

Ingredients Needed:
  • 2 avocados from Mexico
  • 1 T of lime juice
  • 1 T of minced onion
  • 1 t of Jalapeño
  • ¼ t of salt
  • ½ c of shredded cheddar cheese
  • Sour cream (optional)
  • Cilantro (optional)
Recipe Steps:
  1. Mash two avocados in an oven-safe dish and drizzle 1T of lime juice over the top.
  2. Mince 1T onion and 1t jalapeño and add to the avocado mash.
  3. Try incorporating 1T of any unconventional guacamole ingredients — such as fresh fruit, bacon, or chicken — to further vary your dip recipe (optional).
  4. Stir 1/4t of salt into the mixture and top with 1/2c of shredded cheddar cheese.
  5. Bake on low for 15-20 minutes — until the cheese is slightly brown and bubbly — then remove the dish and top with a few dollops of sour cream or salsa and a pinch of freshly chopped cilantro.
  6. Serve with tortilla chips or fresh veggies.
Chef’s Note: Be sure to place this dish over a pot holder before placing it alongside your other appetizer options.

The Heat Is On

Whether you are preparing for a family dinner or a party with friends, baked guacamole provides the perfect unexpected addition to any appetizer spread. Before you get your oven roaring, talk to your doctor about incorporating baked guacamole in your diet. Once you get his or her approval, fire up the oven! Visit our guacamole recipes page for more ideas to help spice up your appetizer inventory.

The post How to Make Baked Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guacamole Salad Recipes That Are Instagram Worthy https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/guacamole-salad-recipes-that-are-instagram-worthy/ Fri, 30 Aug 2019 19:04:03 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26825

Whether you are looking to capture Instagram likes or partygoers’ compliments, perfecting the presentation of your dishes is a must. Even science suggests that the way food looks affects our perception of how it tastes. Sometimes, even a simple ingredient swap can create an eye-catching contrast that makes a dish appear more appetizing.

Versatile and vibrant, guacamole salad recipes provide impressive options that taste as good as they look. Work the dip in as a salad dressing — or swap it in for a traditional topping — to add a pop of color, texture, and flavor that neither your guests nor the camera will shy away from.

Here are five pretty salad recipes with guacamole-substitution options that are sure to bring beauty to your table — and your Instagram account.

Related: Use these food photography tips to get more Instagram likes!

5 Guacamole Salad Recipes

  1. Papaya, Guacamole, and Pineapple Salad

Substitute a scoop of Spicy Three-Pepper and Cayenne Guacamole for the avocado and vinegar in this salad and serve as a seasoned appetizer or side dish. Colorful citrus and tropical fruit create a vibrant display sure to ignite interests and whet appetites.

  1. Mexican Buddha Bowl

Spoon the guacamole recipe of your choice into the section where diced avocado would normally sit in this savory salad. Arranging each ingredient separately serves to highlight the variety of colors in this dish.

  1. Zesty Guacamole Chicken Salad in Lettuce Cups

Swap out mashed avocado and Dijon mustard for a savory guacamole featuring eye-catching ingredients — like bacon and gorgonzola cheese — to vary the textures and flavors in this salad.

  1. Fruit Spinach Salad

Remove the diced avocados and place a scoop of Guacamole atop this salad. The dip can serve as a savory dressing alternative to raspberry vinaigrette, and its creamy texture contrasts against the fruits and leafy greens in this meal.

  1. Grilled Prawn Salad with Tomatoes and Guacamole

Trade the avocado aioli sauce for Spicy Guacamole to finish this shrimp, turkey bacon, and tomato salad with a textured topping. Salad greens serve as a base, unifying the bold flavors provided by each ingredient.

Whether you decide to capture your guests’ and followers’ attention with texture or color contrasts, talk to your doctor before incorporating these salad recipes with guacamole substitutions into your diet.

Visit our guacamole recipe page for more ways to use guacamole to enhance your plates’ presentation.

The post Guacamole Salad Recipes That Are Instagram Worthy appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Whether you are looking to capture Instagram likes or partygoers’ compliments, perfecting the presentation of your dishes is a must. Even science suggests that the way food looks affects our perception of how it tastes. Sometimes, even a simple ingredient swap can create an eye-catching contrast that makes a dish appear more appetizing. Versatile and vibrant, guacamole salad recipes provide impressive options that taste as good as they look. Work the dip in as a salad dressing — or swap it in for a traditional topping — to add a pop of color, texture, and flavor that neither your guests nor the camera will shy away from. Here are five pretty salad recipes with guacamole-substitution options that are sure to bring beauty to your table — and your Instagram account. Related: Use these food photography tips to get more Instagram likes! 5 Guacamole Salad Recipes
  1. Papaya, Guacamole, and Pineapple Salad
Substitute a scoop of Spicy Three-Pepper and Cayenne Guacamole for the avocado and vinegar in this salad and serve as a seasoned appetizer or side dish. Colorful citrus and tropical fruit create a vibrant display sure to ignite interests and whet appetites.
  1. Mexican Buddha Bowl
Spoon the guacamole recipe of your choice into the section where diced avocado would normally sit in this savory salad. Arranging each ingredient separately serves to highlight the variety of colors in this dish.
  1. Zesty Guacamole Chicken Salad in Lettuce Cups
Swap out mashed avocado and Dijon mustard for a savory guacamole featuring eye-catching ingredients — like bacon and gorgonzola cheese — to vary the textures and flavors in this salad.
  1. Fruit Spinach Salad
Remove the diced avocados and place a scoop of Guacamole atop this salad. The dip can serve as a savory dressing alternative to raspberry vinaigrette, and its creamy texture contrasts against the fruits and leafy greens in this meal.
  1. Grilled Prawn Salad with Tomatoes and Guacamole
Trade the avocado aioli sauce for Spicy Guacamole to finish this shrimp, turkey bacon, and tomato salad with a textured topping. Salad greens serve as a base, unifying the bold flavors provided by each ingredient. Whether you decide to capture your guests’ and followers’ attention with texture or color contrasts, talk to your doctor before incorporating these salad recipes with guacamole substitutions into your diet. Visit our guacamole recipe page for more ways to use guacamole to enhance your plates’ presentation.

The post Guacamole Salad Recipes That Are Instagram Worthy appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Your Own Guacamole Seasoning https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/how-to-make-your-own-guacamole-seasoning-4-seasoning-recipes/ Fri, 30 Aug 2019 13:39:05 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26824

Some home chefs are born great. Others have greatness thrust upon them the moment they have their “Eureka!” moment in the kitchen. And if your “Eureka!” moment is a homemade guacamole seasoning, you’ve gone from being great to being a legend.

 

Guacamole provides the perfect blank canvas for budding chefs to experiment on. Adding a simple, homemade seasoning to your favorite guacamole recipe can create a signature dip sure to please the entire crowd. Here are four basic homemade guacamole seasonings to help you get started in discovering your signature spice mix.

 

1. Let's Taco 'Bout Seasoning

People love dolloping guac onto tacos. So why not flip the script and dollop taco into your guac? We recommend mixing the same spices that season your tacos into a savory guacamole recipe for a traditional flavor palate full of smoke and spice. Below, you’ll find everything you need to make a classic taco seasoning for your guacamole.

 

Ingredients:

  • 2 tbsp. chili powder
  • 1 tbsp. ground cumin
  • 1 tsp. paprika
  • 1/2 tsp. garlic powder
  • 1/2 tsp. onion powder
  • 1 tsp. salt
  • 1 tsp. ground black pepper
  • Crushed red pepper flakes, to taste

 

You can double (or even triple) the recipe to make extra taco seasoning for future guacamoles and Taco Tuesdays. Label and store in an airtight container for later use.

 

2. Home, Home on the Ranch

We think ranch is cool. We think guacamole with cool ranch is even cooler. Substitute this signature ranch guacamole for the blue cheese dressing in these Buffalo Chicken and Avocado Blue Cheese Hoagies, or as the avocado-based sauce on this Chicago-Style Avocado Chicken Pizza. Coolness overload? You know it, dude.

 

Ingredients:

  • 1 tbsp. dried parsley
  • 1 tbsp. garlic powder
  • 1 tbsp. onion powder
  • 2 tbsp. dried dill weed
  • 1 tsp. dried chives
  • 1/2 tsp. ground black pepper

 

Tip: Adding a 1/2 cup of dried buttermilk powder can round out the flavor profile of this guacamole spice mix and give it a bit more of ranch dressing’s characteristic creamy tang.

 

It’s Good to Be Cool 😎

There are two ways to make cool ranch dressing even cooler:

  1. Wearing sunglasses while you herd cattle.
  2. Adding avocado to your homemade dressing. Get the recipe here.

 

3. Sizzlin’ Seasonin’

For those craving a hit of heat, adding a blend of chipotle seasoning to guacamole is the way to go. Chipotle is especially tasty in guacamole recipes with citrus, such as this Chipotle Pineapple Guacamole. But if you’re going rogue with your seasoning (and we say good on you), here is a base mix to get you started.

 

Ingredients:

  • 1 tbsp. chipotle powder
  • 1 tbsp. smoked paprika
  • 1 tbsp. ground cumin
  • 1 tsp. oregano
  • 1 tsp. ground coriander
  • 1 tsp. salt

 

Be sure you’re ready to handle the heat. Don’t add too much chipotle seasoning to an already spicy guacamole recipe. It’s best to start off with a small amount and add it bit by bit till it reaches the level of heat just right for you.

 

4. Lemon Pepper Zinger

Traditionally used to season poultry and seafood, lemon pepper can be used to add a tart twist to any basic guacamole recipe. And if you’re planning to add chicken or shrimp to your guac, even better.

 

Ingredients:

  • 1 tbsp. dried lemon zest (directions below)
  • 2 ½ tbsp. ground black peppercorns
  • 1 tbsp. onion powder
  • 1 tbsp. salt
  • 2 tsp. garlic powder

 

DIY Lemon Zest: Bonus recipe because homemade zest is best. Put the zest from one lemon on parchment paper and bake on the lowest oven setting (about 175°F) until completely dry (up to an hour). Let cool before mixing with other seasoning ingredients.

 

Avocados Love You Back

A topping for almost any dish and the base for creamy guacamole, avocados aren’t just delicious. There are nearly 20 vitamins and minerals in an avocado — it’s all a part of being a heart-healthy fruit.

 

Whether you are looking for an easy-to-make family snack or want to spice up your guacamole game for an upcoming event, the simple addition of homemade guacamole seasoning can elevate your dip and add a personalized touch.

 

Is your stomach in the mood for more? Check out our guacamole archive for even more recipes.

The post How to Make Your Own Guacamole Seasoning appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Some home chefs are born great. Others have greatness thrust upon them the moment they have their “Eureka!” moment in the kitchen. And if your “Eureka!” moment is a homemade guacamole seasoning, you’ve gone from being great to being a legend.   Guacamole provides the perfect blank canvas for budding chefs to experiment on. Adding a simple, homemade seasoning to your favorite guacamole recipe can create a signature dip sure to please the entire crowd. Here are four basic homemade guacamole seasonings to help you get started in discovering your signature spice mix.  

1. Let's Taco 'Bout Seasoning

People love dolloping guac onto tacos. So why not flip the script and dollop taco into your guac? We recommend mixing the same spices that season your tacos into a savory guacamole recipe for a traditional flavor palate full of smoke and spice. Below, you’ll find everything you need to make a classic taco seasoning for your guacamole.  

Ingredients:

  • 2 tbsp. chili powder
  • 1 tbsp. ground cumin
  • 1 tsp. paprika
  • 1/2 tsp. garlic powder
  • 1/2 tsp. onion powder
  • 1 tsp. salt
  • 1 tsp. ground black pepper
  • Crushed red pepper flakes, to taste
  You can double (or even triple) the recipe to make extra taco seasoning for future guacamoles and Taco Tuesdays. Label and store in an airtight container for later use.  

2. Home, Home on the Ranch

We think ranch is cool. We think guacamole with cool ranch is even cooler. Substitute this signature ranch guacamole for the blue cheese dressing in these Buffalo Chicken and Avocado Blue Cheese Hoagies, or as the avocado-based sauce on this Chicago-Style Avocado Chicken Pizza. Coolness overload? You know it, dude.  

Ingredients:

  • 1 tbsp. dried parsley
  • 1 tbsp. garlic powder
  • 1 tbsp. onion powder
  • 2 tbsp. dried dill weed
  • 1 tsp. dried chives
  • 1/2 tsp. ground black pepper
  Tip: Adding a 1/2 cup of dried buttermilk powder can round out the flavor profile of this guacamole spice mix and give it a bit more of ranch dressing’s characteristic creamy tang.  

It’s Good to Be Cool 😎

There are two ways to make cool ranch dressing even cooler:
  1. Wearing sunglasses while you herd cattle.
  2. Adding avocado to your homemade dressing. Get the recipe here.
 

3. Sizzlin’ Seasonin’

For those craving a hit of heat, adding a blend of chipotle seasoning to guacamole is the way to go. Chipotle is especially tasty in guacamole recipes with citrus, such as this Chipotle Pineapple Guacamole. But if you’re going rogue with your seasoning (and we say good on you), here is a base mix to get you started.  

Ingredients:

  • 1 tbsp. chipotle powder
  • 1 tbsp. smoked paprika
  • 1 tbsp. ground cumin
  • 1 tsp. oregano
  • 1 tsp. ground coriander
  • 1 tsp. salt
  Be sure you’re ready to handle the heat. Don’t add too much chipotle seasoning to an already spicy guacamole recipe. It’s best to start off with a small amount and add it bit by bit till it reaches the level of heat just right for you.  

4. Lemon Pepper Zinger

Traditionally used to season poultry and seafood, lemon pepper can be used to add a tart twist to any basic guacamole recipe. And if you’re planning to add chicken or shrimp to your guac, even better.  

Ingredients:

  • 1 tbsp. dried lemon zest (directions below)
  • 2 ½ tbsp. ground black peppercorns
  • 1 tbsp. onion powder
  • 1 tbsp. salt
  • 2 tsp. garlic powder
  DIY Lemon Zest: Bonus recipe because homemade zest is best. Put the zest from one lemon on parchment paper and bake on the lowest oven setting (about 175°F) until completely dry (up to an hour). Let cool before mixing with other seasoning ingredients.  

Avocados Love You Back

A topping for almost any dish and the base for creamy guacamole, avocados aren’t just delicious. There are nearly 20 vitamins and minerals in an avocado — it’s all a part of being a heart-healthy fruit.
  Whether you are looking for an easy-to-make family snack or want to spice up your guacamole game for an upcoming event, the simple addition of homemade guacamole seasoning can elevate your dip and add a personalized touch.   Is your stomach in the mood for more? Check out our guacamole archive for even more recipes.

The post How to Make Your Own Guacamole Seasoning appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Five Fruit Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/five-fruit-guacamole-recipes/ Fri, 30 Aug 2019 13:34:31 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26819

A glance inside your fridge may uncover ample amounts of colorful, fresh fruit. A second look may reveal that the fruit is fully ripe and ready to eat — all at the same time. How will you use all of your fresh-fruit inventory before any goes to waste?

Able to highlight natural flavors, add a hit of complementary heat, or unite savory and sweet ingredients, guacamole provides a delicious and versatile option that pairs well with fresh fruit. It even uses a fruit — avocados — as a base.

Here are five fruit guacamole recipes to help you enjoy the ripefruit in your fridge.

5 Fruit Guacamole Recipes

  1. Strawberry Pico Guacamole

Fresh strawberries combine with jalapeño peppers in this sweet and spicy recipe. Onion, lime, and cilantro add more traditional guacamole flavors.

Featured fruit: strawberry, lime.

  1. Mango and Tajín Guacamole

Tajín and chamoy sauce season this guacamole starring diced mango. Save any leftover dip and serve it atop salads as a fruit-filled dressing or creamy topping.

Featured fruit: mango, lime.

  1. Peach Charred Chile Guacamole

Grilled peaches pair with caramelized onions in this fruit guacamole recipe. Fresh sage, thyme, and chives subtly season the mix.

Featured fruit: peach, lime.

  1. Ancho Plum Guacamole

Ancho chiles and jalapeños pack a heated punch in this unconventional plum guacamole. Walnuts, sesame seeds, and red onions add complimentary crunch.

Featured fruit: plum, lime.

  1. Fruit Guacamole with Sweet Potato Creme

This multipart recipe reaches deep into your fridge and spice cabinet to create a sweet fruit guacamole variation. Maple syrup, nutmeg, and cinnamon unite berry, kiwi, pomegranate, sweet potato, and cream flavors.

Featured fruit: Gooseberry, strawberry, kiwi, pomegranate, lemon.

Before cooking with the fruit inventory in your fridge, talk to your doctor about incorporating these fruit guacamole recipes into your diet. Once you get the go-ahead, mix, mash, and enjoy the fruits of your guacamole labor.

Visit our guacamole recipe page for more fruit guacamole recipes.

The post Five Fruit Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

A glance inside your fridge may uncover ample amounts of colorful, fresh fruit. A second look may reveal that the fruit is fully ripe and ready to eat — all at the same time. How will you use all of your fresh-fruit inventory before any goes to waste? Able to highlight natural flavors, add a hit of complementary heat, or unite savory and sweet ingredients, guacamole provides a delicious and versatile option that pairs well with fresh fruit. It even uses a fruit — avocados — as a base. Here are five fruit guacamole recipes to help you enjoy the ripefruit in your fridge. 5 Fruit Guacamole Recipes
  1. Strawberry Pico Guacamole
Fresh strawberries combine with jalapeño peppers in this sweet and spicy recipe. Onion, lime, and cilantro add more traditional guacamole flavors. Featured fruit: strawberry, lime.
  1. Mango and Tajín Guacamole
Tajín and chamoy sauce season this guacamole starring diced mango. Save any leftover dip and serve it atop salads as a fruit-filled dressing or creamy topping. Featured fruit: mango, lime.
  1. Peach Charred Chile Guacamole
Grilled peaches pair with caramelized onions in this fruit guacamole recipe. Fresh sage, thyme, and chives subtly season the mix. Featured fruit: peach, lime.
  1. Ancho Plum Guacamole
Ancho chiles and jalapeños pack a heated punch in this unconventional plum guacamole. Walnuts, sesame seeds, and red onions add complimentary crunch. Featured fruit: plum, lime.
  1. Fruit Guacamole with Sweet Potato Creme
This multipart recipe reaches deep into your fridge and spice cabinet to create a sweet fruit guacamole variation. Maple syrup, nutmeg, and cinnamon unite berry, kiwi, pomegranate, sweet potato, and cream flavors. Featured fruit: Gooseberry, strawberry, kiwi, pomegranate, lemon. Before cooking with the fruit inventory in your fridge, talk to your doctor about incorporating these fruit guacamole recipes into your diet. Once you get the go-ahead, mix, mash, and enjoy the fruits of your guacamole labor. Visit our guacamole recipe page for more fruit guacamole recipes.

The post Five Fruit Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
DIY Guacamole Bar https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/diy-guacamole-bar/ Fri, 30 Aug 2019 13:26:00 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26816

DIY Guacamole Bar – Save Time With These Tips

When you’re hosting, it can be difficult to cater to your guests’ many tastes with a single dip. Rather than trying to concoct the perfect guacamole compromise, give all your guests what they want by placing the ingredients in their hands — have a DIY guacamole bar.

Here’s how to set up your DIY guacamole bar and what to include to ensure every one of your guacamole-loving guests is equipped with the ingredients they need to make their own mashed-up masterpiece.

Must-Have Ingredients for Your Guacamole Bar

Stock up on perfectly ripe Avocados From Mexico before your party — estimate one avocado per guest. Then, choose ingredients for guests to mix into their mashed avocado base. Below are some ingredients you’ll need or can add if you’d like.

Ingredients You’ll Need:

  • Finely chopped onions
  • Diced tomatoes
  • Fresh cilantro
  • Sliced jalapeños
  • Lime wedges
  • Pico de gallo or salsa

Optional Ingredients:

  • Diced bell peppers
  • Black beans
  • Sliced olives
  • Chopped, cooked bacon
  • Finely sliced radishes
  • Grated cheddar, crumbled cotija, or goat cheese
  • Chopped nuts
  • Pumpkin seeds
  • Diced mango
  • Pineapple chunks

Tips for a Superior Guacamole Bar Setup

Mash all of the avocados before your event — a potato masher works great for large batches. As you mash, cater to those guests who prefer chunky guacamole and set out forks for those who may wish to mash more when creating their own mix. Squeeze the juice of a few limes over the mashed-avocado base to keep it green until party time, then sprinkle in some salt for flavor.

Set the avocado base in a large bowl on one end of your table and place another bowl with chips or fresh veggies at the other end. Line all the other ingredients up in smaller bowls across the center of the table.

Make sure to accompany each bowl, including the one containing the avocado base, with a spoon for easy, self-serve assembly. Include napkins near the chips or fresh veggies to minimize mess.

Go Forth and Guac

Whether you’re hosting a party with friends or a family get-together, alleviate some preparation pressure with a DIY guacamole bar sure to meet everyone’s taste and texture preferences.

Visit our avocado recipe page for more guacamole-ingredient inspiration to help build your next guacamole bar.

The post DIY Guacamole Bar appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

DIY Guacamole Bar – Save Time With These Tips When you’re hosting, it can be difficult to cater to your guests’ many tastes with a single dip. Rather than trying to concoct the perfect guacamole compromise, give all your guests what they want by placing the ingredients in their hands — have a DIY guacamole bar. Here’s how to set up your DIY guacamole bar and what to include to ensure every one of your guacamole-loving guests is equipped with the ingredients they need to make their own mashed-up masterpiece. Must-Have Ingredients for Your Guacamole Bar Stock up on perfectly ripe Avocados From Mexico before your party — estimate one avocado per guest. Then, choose ingredients for guests to mix into their mashed avocado base. Below are some ingredients you’ll need or can add if you’d like. Ingredients You’ll Need:
  • Finely chopped onions
  • Diced tomatoes
  • Fresh cilantro
  • Sliced jalapeños
  • Lime wedges
  • Pico de gallo or salsa
Optional Ingredients:
  • Diced bell peppers
  • Black beans
  • Sliced olives
  • Chopped, cooked bacon
  • Finely sliced radishes
  • Grated cheddar, crumbled cotija, or goat cheese
  • Chopped nuts
  • Pumpkin seeds
  • Diced mango
  • Pineapple chunks
Tips for a Superior Guacamole Bar Setup Mash all of the avocados before your event — a potato masher works great for large batches. As you mash, cater to those guests who prefer chunky guacamole and set out forks for those who may wish to mash more when creating their own mix. Squeeze the juice of a few limes over the mashed-avocado base to keep it green until party time, then sprinkle in some salt for flavor. Set the avocado base in a large bowl on one end of your table and place another bowl with chips or fresh veggies at the other end. Line all the other ingredients up in smaller bowls across the center of the table. Make sure to accompany each bowl, including the one containing the avocado base, with a spoon for easy, self-serve assembly. Include napkins near the chips or fresh veggies to minimize mess. Go Forth and Guac Whether you’re hosting a party with friends or a family get-together, alleviate some preparation pressure with a DIY guacamole bar sure to meet everyone’s taste and texture preferences. Visit our avocado recipe page for more guacamole-ingredient inspiration to help build your next guacamole bar.

The post DIY Guacamole Bar appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Mix and Mash — 5 Easy Guacamole Recipes to Make with Your Kids https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/mix-and-mash-5-easy-guacamole-recipes-to-make-with-your-kids/ Wed, 19 Jun 2019 10:12:24 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26657

With so many tricky tools in your kitchen, letting kids help with meal prep can feel like a daunting supervisory task. Your youngsters may not be able to run the mixer or slice up produce, but they can easily mash avocados and mix in supporting ingredients to make these fresh and easy guacamole recipes.

Avocados are versatile, so there are plenty of ways to get creative in your additions — kids will have even more fun if they can munch on their favorite foods as they mix.

Related: Discover which nutrients avocados can bring to your family’s table.

Mix these easy guacamole recipes below into your menu for some culinary family fun.

5 Easy Guacamole Recipes to Make with Your Kids

Bacon Guacamole

Who doesn’t love snacking on bacon? Place chopped tomatoes, onions, and cilantro in separated bowls to help your kids create this dish.

Bacon Cotija Guacamole

Teach your kids about traditional Mexican flavors with the cotija cheese in this recipe. Prepare the bacon and let them mix in the cheese, cilantro, lime, salt, and pepper.

Cucumber Green Apple Guacamole

Let the kids mix and mash up the guacamole base while you slice and dice apple, white onion, English cucumber, and cilantro.

Grandma Guacamole

Show your kids a different take on guacamole with this easy-to-make mixture. As you mix, introduce them to ingredients they might not be used to, like bouillon powder and jicama.

Dark Chocolate Raspberry Dessert Guac

Kids can mix all of these ingredients together for a post-dinner sweet treat. Let them cover their creation in as much sauce as they like.

Don’t forget to teach your young sous-chefs how to know when avocados are ripe so that they can identify the perfect moments to whip up a batch of guac.

No matter which easy guacamole recipe you choose to tackle with your kids, talk to their doctor about their nutritional needs before changing their diet. Once you receive a doctor’s approval, stop by the grocery store on your way home to pick up the ingredients you will need. Then, get in the kitchen and guac!

Visit our avocado recipes page for more kid-friendly recipes.

The post Mix and Mash — 5 Easy Guacamole Recipes to Make with Your Kids appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

With so many tricky tools in your kitchen, letting kids help with meal prep can feel like a daunting supervisory task. Your youngsters may not be able to run the mixer or slice up produce, but they can easily mash avocados and mix in supporting ingredients to make these fresh and easy guacamole recipes. Avocados are versatile, so there are plenty of ways to get creative in your additions — kids will have even more fun if they can munch on their favorite foods as they mix. Related: Discover which nutrients avocados can bring to your family’s table. Mix these easy guacamole recipes below into your menu for some culinary family fun.

5 Easy Guacamole Recipes to Make with Your Kids

Bacon Guacamole

Who doesn’t love snacking on bacon? Place chopped tomatoes, onions, and cilantro in separated bowls to help your kids create this dish.

Bacon Cotija Guacamole

Teach your kids about traditional Mexican flavors with the cotija cheese in this recipe. Prepare the bacon and let them mix in the cheese, cilantro, lime, salt, and pepper.

Cucumber Green Apple Guacamole

Let the kids mix and mash up the guacamole base while you slice and dice apple, white onion, English cucumber, and cilantro.

Grandma Guacamole

Show your kids a different take on guacamole with this easy-to-make mixture. As you mix, introduce them to ingredients they might not be used to, like bouillon powder and jicama.

Dark Chocolate Raspberry Dessert Guac

Kids can mix all of these ingredients together for a post-dinner sweet treat. Let them cover their creation in as much sauce as they like. Don’t forget to teach your young sous-chefs how to know when avocados are ripe so that they can identify the perfect moments to whip up a batch of guac. No matter which easy guacamole recipe you choose to tackle with your kids, talk to their doctor about their nutritional needs before changing their diet. Once you receive a doctor’s approval, stop by the grocery store on your way home to pick up the ingredients you will need. Then, get in the kitchen and guac! Visit our avocado recipes page for more kid-friendly recipes.

The post Mix and Mash — 5 Easy Guacamole Recipes to Make with Your Kids appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
6 Kid-Friendly Avocado Recipes Your Young Ones Can Help Prepare https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/6-kid-friendly-avocado-recipes-your-young-ones-can-help-prepare/ Wed, 19 Jun 2019 10:05:51 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26656

When you’re a busy parent, multitasking is a must — and mealtime is no exception. Bringing the kids into the kitchen to help you prep keeps them busy alongside you and helps ensure it’ll be a meal that everyone enjoys.

As a versatile super food, avocados can provide nutritious fit for the whole crew. Read the six kid-friendly avocado recipes below to bring everyone together over avocados.

Related: Find out more about which nutrients avocados can bring to your child’s diet.

6 Kid-Friendly Avocado Recipes That Young Ones Can Help Prepare

Avocado Sandwich

Turkey Pizza

  • Add some fun for your cheese-pizza fanatic with this avocado turkey pizza. Grate mozzarella and let kids sprinkle it over their individual piece.

Caprese Skewers

Mexican Sushi

  • Adventurous eaters can give Mexican sushi a go. Teach the kids how to roll and fill their own tortilla wraps.

Avocado Pasta

  • Creamy avocado pasta makes for a hearty, fast favorite. Prepare the ingredients, then let your kids blend avocados, garlic, basil, and lemon juice into a sauce and drizzle it over their pasta of choice.

Avocado Ice Cream

  • If dinner is already done, finish with tropical avocado ice cream. Show kids how to blend chunks of frozen pineapple and banana, coconut milk, avocado, lime juice, and honey, then place this treat in the freezer to enjoy the next day.

By incorporating these recipes into your menu, you’re more able to focus on what matters most during meal prep: your family.

Before changing your child’s eating habits, talk to their doctor about these recipes and how you can incorporate avocados into a balanced diet. Once you’ve created a doctor-approved meal plan, visit our avocado recipes page for more kid-friendly avocado recipes you can make with your youngsters.

The post 6 Kid-Friendly Avocado Recipes Your Young Ones Can Help Prepare appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When you’re a busy parent, multitasking is a must — and mealtime is no exception. Bringing the kids into the kitchen to help you prep keeps them busy alongside you and helps ensure it’ll be a meal that everyone enjoys. As a versatile super food, avocados can provide nutritious fit for the whole crew. Read the six kid-friendly avocado recipes below to bring everyone together over avocados. Related: Find out more about which nutrients avocados can bring to your child’s diet.

6 Kid-Friendly Avocado Recipes That Young Ones Can Help Prepare

Avocado Sandwich

Turkey Pizza

  • Add some fun for your cheese-pizza fanatic with this avocado turkey pizza. Grate mozzarella and let kids sprinkle it over their individual piece.

Caprese Skewers

Mexican Sushi

  • Adventurous eaters can give Mexican sushi a go. Teach the kids how to roll and fill their own tortilla wraps.

Avocado Pasta

  • Creamy avocado pasta makes for a hearty, fast favorite. Prepare the ingredients, then let your kids blend avocados, garlic, basil, and lemon juice into a sauce and drizzle it over their pasta of choice.

Avocado Ice Cream

  • If dinner is already done, finish with tropical avocado ice cream. Show kids how to blend chunks of frozen pineapple and banana, coconut milk, avocado, lime juice, and honey, then place this treat in the freezer to enjoy the next day.
By incorporating these recipes into your menu, you’re more able to focus on what matters most during meal prep: your family. Before changing your child’s eating habits, talk to their doctor about these recipes and how you can incorporate avocados into a balanced diet. Once you’ve created a doctor-approved meal plan, visit our avocado recipes page for more kid-friendly avocado recipes you can make with your youngsters.

The post 6 Kid-Friendly Avocado Recipes Your Young Ones Can Help Prepare appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
6 Ways to Add Whole Fruits to Your Morning Routine https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/6-ways-to-add-whole-fruits-to-your-morning-routine/ Wed, 19 Jun 2019 09:41:25 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26652

Whether you ease into the day over a hot breakfast or rush out of the house with a smoothie in hand, including whole fruits, like avocados, in your morning meal can help make it a breakfast of champions.

Try these six recipes to incorporate whole fruits into your morning routine, no matter what it entails.

Related: Learn more about why whole fruits are important for your diet.

Here are 6 quick breakfast recipes with whole fruit, including the avocado:

Spinach and Avocado Smoothie

Blend spinach, avocado, peach, and flax seed with a scoop of your favorite protein powder for a green breakfast on the go.

Avocado, Chia, and Frozen Fruit Smoothie

If you fear fruit because some goes bad before you get around to eating it, try incorporating frozen fruit. Blend with a fresh banana, avocado, and chia seeds for a dairy-free treat.

Chocolate Avocado Protein Smoothie

If you wake up craving sweets, try this blended beverage featuring cocoa powder, chocolate almond milk, and green avocados.

Avocado Toast with Pomegranate, Mint, and Walnuts

Pomegranate pieces add a pop of color to this avocado toast. Prepare your ingredients the night before for quick morning assembly.

Spicy Mango Lime Avocado Toast

Kick off your morning with some heat with this sweet and spicy recipe featuring lime, avocado, and chile lime salt.

Savory Avocado and Cottage Cheese Oatmeal

Save this savory recipe for mornings when you have time to relax. Avocado, garlic powder, and cottage cheese combine for a flavorful take on a breakfast classic.

No matter how you choose to start the day, talk to your doctor about how you can incorporate more whole fruits into your breakfast. He or she may provide you with a list of whole fruits, like avocados.

Visit our avocado breakfast recipes page for more avocado recipes.

The post 6 Ways to Add Whole Fruits to Your Morning Routine appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Whether you ease into the day over a hot breakfast or rush out of the house with a smoothie in hand, including whole fruits, like avocados, in your morning meal can help make it a breakfast of champions. Try these six recipes to incorporate whole fruits into your morning routine, no matter what it entails. Related: Learn more about why whole fruits are important for your diet. Here are 6 quick breakfast recipes with whole fruit, including the avocado:

Spinach and Avocado Smoothie

Blend spinach, avocado, peach, and flax seed with a scoop of your favorite protein powder for a green breakfast on the go.

Avocado, Chia, and Frozen Fruit Smoothie

If you fear fruit because some goes bad before you get around to eating it, try incorporating frozen fruit. Blend with a fresh banana, avocado, and chia seeds for a dairy-free treat.

Chocolate Avocado Protein Smoothie

If you wake up craving sweets, try this blended beverage featuring cocoa powder, chocolate almond milk, and green avocados.

Avocado Toast with Pomegranate, Mint, and Walnuts

Pomegranate pieces add a pop of color to this avocado toast. Prepare your ingredients the night before for quick morning assembly.

Spicy Mango Lime Avocado Toast

Kick off your morning with some heat with this sweet and spicy recipe featuring lime, avocado, and chile lime salt.

Savory Avocado and Cottage Cheese Oatmeal

Save this savory recipe for mornings when you have time to relax. Avocado, garlic powder, and cottage cheese combine for a flavorful take on a breakfast classic. No matter how you choose to start the day, talk to your doctor about how you can incorporate more whole fruits into your breakfast. He or she may provide you with a list of whole fruits, like avocados. Visit our avocado breakfast recipes page for more avocado recipes.

The post 6 Ways to Add Whole Fruits to Your Morning Routine appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Avocado Smoothie Recipes to Add Nutrient-Dense Foods to Your Diet https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-avocado-smoothie-recipes-to-add-nutrient-dense-foods-to-your-diet/ Wed, 19 Jun 2019 09:34:17 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26650

The word is out: Adding flavor and nutrients, getting green goodness into your smoothies is a must. With their creamy texture and ample health benefits, avocados are the perfect base — andfrom pineapple to horchata to almond butter, the flavor combinations are endless.

Read on for five nutrient-dense smoothie and shake recipes to try for your next on-the-go meal.

Related: Find out more about why avocados are a nutrient-dense food on our blog.

5 Easy Avocado Smoothie Recipes

5-Minute Avocado Horchata

Garnished with cinnamon sticks, this avocado-fueled take on a traditional Mexican beverage requires far less preparation than traditional horchata recipes.

Avocado Ginger Lassi

Cardamom and ginger spice up this frozen treat featuring creamy avocados.

Spicy Pineapple Avo Smoothie

If you’re brave enough to add jalapeño into your mixture, try this green blend of pineapple, chard leaves, lime juice, and avocado.

Indonesian-Style Avocado Coffee Milkshake

For an international take on a morning pick-me-up, blend avocados with strong coffee and condensed milk in this shake.

Avocado, Almond Butter, Green Smoothie

Mango, almond butter, and agave sweeten this spinach-and-avocado smoothie that gives a good dose of greens.

How ever you decide to shake up your mealtime routine, talk to your doctor about ways to incorporate nutrient-dense foods into your diet. He or she may provide a list of foods, like avocados, that you can easily mix into your next on-the-go treat.

Visit our avocado beverage and shakes recipe page for more ways to incorporate nutrient dense avocados into your daily routine.

The post 5 Avocado Smoothie Recipes to Add Nutrient-Dense Foods to Your Diet appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The word is out: Adding flavor and nutrients, getting green goodness into your smoothies is a must. With their creamy texture and ample health benefits, avocados are the perfect base — andfrom pineapple to horchata to almond butter, the flavor combinations are endless. Read on for five nutrient-dense smoothie and shake recipes to try for your next on-the-go meal. Related: Find out more about why avocados are a nutrient-dense food on our blog.

5 Easy Avocado Smoothie Recipes

5-Minute Avocado Horchata

Garnished with cinnamon sticks, this avocado-fueled take on a traditional Mexican beverage requires far less preparation than traditional horchata recipes.

Avocado Ginger Lassi

Cardamom and ginger spice up this frozen treat featuring creamy avocados.

Spicy Pineapple Avo Smoothie

If you’re brave enough to add jalapeño into your mixture, try this green blend of pineapple, chard leaves, lime juice, and avocado.

Indonesian-Style Avocado Coffee Milkshake

For an international take on a morning pick-me-up, blend avocados with strong coffee and condensed milk in this shake.

Avocado, Almond Butter, Green Smoothie

Mango, almond butter, and agave sweeten this spinach-and-avocado smoothie that gives a good dose of greens. How ever you decide to shake up your mealtime routine, talk to your doctor about ways to incorporate nutrient-dense foods into your diet. He or she may provide a list of foods, like avocados, that you can easily mix into your next on-the-go treat. Visit our avocado beverage and shakes recipe page for more ways to incorporate nutrient dense avocados into your daily routine.

The post 5 Avocado Smoothie Recipes to Add Nutrient-Dense Foods to Your Diet appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Portion Your Plate With the USDA MyPlate Website https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/portion-your-plate-with-the-usda-myplate-website/ Wed, 19 Jun 2019 09:27:45 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26648

Whether you’re eating off your grandmother’s china, a mismatched set of colorful Fiesta ware, or a checkered table cloth at a neighborhood barbecue, healthy eating habits begin on your plate.

The USDA MyPlate website is a useful tool for improving your diet. The site provides tips and resources to help you fill your plate mindfully and healthfully, with inspiring ideas to help you choose nutrient-dense foods, like avocados.

Check out the site’s features to make sure you hit a dietary home run the next time you step up to your plate.

What is USDA MyPlate?

The USDA MyPlate site models how to portion key food groups across your plate during breakfast, lunch, and dinner.

Follow these recommendations to bring your best plate to the table:

Fruits and Vegetables

The USDA MyPlate site recommends filling half of your plate with fresh fruits and vegetables, like avocados. Focus on choosing fresh, sautéed, roasted, or steamed vegetables and whole fruits — these are among the healthiest ways to prepare these colorful ingredients.

Try this: Adding 1/3 of a medium-size avocado to an omelet, salad, or sandwich can help add good fats, fiber, and a serving of whole fruit to your meal.

Grains

The remaining half of your plate should be split across grains, proteins, and dairy.

Grains include foods made from wheat, rice, oats, cornmeal, barley, or another cereal grain. Choose whole grains, which are less processed, over refined grains.MyPlate recommends making half of your grains whole grains, like oatmeal or brown rice.

Try this: Spread 50g of creamy avocado on a slice of whole-grain toast. Here’s our favorite avocado toast recipe.

Protein

MyPlate recommends varying the source of protein within each meal to help maximize your nutrient intake. Choose lean or low-fat proteins when possible and include at least 8 oz of cooked seafood in your weekly protein intake. Vegetarians can hit their protein quota with options like beans and peas, soy products, and nuts and seeds.

Try this: This Mexican Ceviche recipe offers ample protein and the fresh taste of avocados.

Dairy

Dairy can serve as an additional source of protein and calcium. The USDA recommends taking in three cups of dairy daily and choosing low-fat or fat-free milks and yogurts.

Try this: Substitute fat-free Greek yogurt in this parfait recipe for two cups of dairy.

How to Plan Your Plate

MyPlate Plan will help you create a personalized daily eating plan based on your age, sex, height, weight, and physical activity.The plan helps you track calories and intake for each food group and offers recipes, cookbooks, and sample meal plans to help set you up for success.

Before making any changes to your diet, talk to your doctor about how you can begin forming healthy eating habits. He or she may provide a list of healthy foods, like avocados, that fit in with USDA MyPlate’s recommendations.

Visit our avocados recipe page for even more recipes featuring avocados.

The post Portion Your Plate With the USDA MyPlate Website appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Whether you’re eating off your grandmother’s china, a mismatched set of colorful Fiesta ware, or a checkered table cloth at a neighborhood barbecue, healthy eating habits begin on your plate. The USDA MyPlate website is a useful tool for improving your diet. The site provides tips and resources to help you fill your plate mindfully and healthfully, with inspiring ideas to help you choose nutrient-dense foods, like avocados. Check out the site’s features to make sure you hit a dietary home run the next time you step up to your plate.

What is USDA MyPlate?

The USDA MyPlate site models how to portion key food groups across your plate during breakfast, lunch, and dinner. Follow these recommendations to bring your best plate to the table:

Fruits and Vegetables

The USDA MyPlate site recommends filling half of your plate with fresh fruits and vegetables, like avocados. Focus on choosing fresh, sautéed, roasted, or steamed vegetables and whole fruits — these are among the healthiest ways to prepare these colorful ingredients. Try this: Adding 1/3 of a medium-size avocado to an omelet, salad, or sandwich can help add good fats, fiber, and a serving of whole fruit to your meal.

Grains

The remaining half of your plate should be split across grains, proteins, and dairy. Grains include foods made from wheat, rice, oats, cornmeal, barley, or another cereal grain. Choose whole grains, which are less processed, over refined grains.MyPlate recommends making half of your grains whole grains, like oatmeal or brown rice. Try this: Spread 50g of creamy avocado on a slice of whole-grain toast. Here’s our favorite avocado toast recipe.

Protein

MyPlate recommends varying the source of protein within each meal to help maximize your nutrient intake. Choose lean or low-fat proteins when possible and include at least 8 oz of cooked seafood in your weekly protein intake. Vegetarians can hit their protein quota with options like beans and peas, soy products, and nuts and seeds. Try this: This Mexican Ceviche recipe offers ample protein and the fresh taste of avocados.

Dairy

Dairy can serve as an additional source of protein and calcium. The USDA recommends taking in three cups of dairy daily and choosing low-fat or fat-free milks and yogurts. Try this: Substitute fat-free Greek yogurt in this parfait recipe for two cups of dairy.

How to Plan Your Plate

MyPlate Plan will help you create a personalized daily eating plan based on your age, sex, height, weight, and physical activity.The plan helps you track calories and intake for each food group and offers recipes, cookbooks, and sample meal plans to help set you up for success. Before making any changes to your diet, talk to your doctor about how you can begin forming healthy eating habits. He or she may provide a list of healthy foods, like avocados, that fit in with USDA MyPlate’s recommendations. Visit our avocados recipe page for even more recipes featuring avocados.

The post Portion Your Plate With the USDA MyPlate Website appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Get the Goods: Avocados as a Source of Good Fats https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/get-the-goods-avocados-as-a-source-of-good-fats/ Wed, 19 Jun 2019 09:15:17 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26645

The words good and fat don’t seem a likely pair. But in the context of a well-balanced diet, good fats might be just what you need.

You can’t — and shouldn’t — completely cut fats from your diet, but you can strive to get the right mix. Incorporating sources of good fats, like avocados, into your meals can help balance your fat and nutrient intake without compromising your heart health.

Read on for a closer look at what makes some fats good and why sources of good fats, like avocados, may fit well in a balanced diet.

The Skinny on Fats in Food

All fats are among the essential macro nutrients that provide caloric energy. They are an energy-dense form of food that supply nine calories per gram— more than twice as much as protein and carbohydrates. Your body needs the energy in calories to function, and with fats, you get more energy from less food.

Good fats also help the body absorb specific nutrients like vitamins A, D, E, and K. These nutrients are stored in fatty tissue and do great things for your body. For example, vitamin E helps keep your immune system strong and protects against tissue damage in your body.

Still, not all fats are created equal.

Good Fats vs. Bad Fats

Understanding the difference between good fats and bad fats starts with understanding the difference between good and bad cholesterol. Bad cholesterol, or LDL, can build up in your blood vessels, putting you at greater risk for heart attacks and strokes. Good cholesterol, or HDL, helps you fight this buildup by carrying cholesterol to the liver, where it is then flushed from the body.

What are Bad Fats?

“Bad fats,” meaning saturated and trans fats, raise your levels of bad (LDL) cholesterol.

Saturated fats raise both bad cholesterol, fats increase bad cholesterol and lower good cholesterol. Both may increase your risk of cardiovascular disease.

What are Good Fats?

“Good fats,” meaning unsaturated fats, improve your dietary intake without raising bad cholesterol levels. Unsaturated fats, like monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids, are mostly derived from plants, and replacing the bad fats in your diet with these goods fats may reduce your risk of cardiovascular disease.

Go Green — Choose the Good Fats in Avocados

Avocados are a good place to start when trading bad fats for good fats. Over 75% of the total fat in avocados is considered “good,” making our favorite green super food a heart-healthy choice with all-around goodness.

Once you have a better understanding of the function of good fats in your body, talk to your doctor about dietary sources of good fats that you can incorporate into your diet. He or she may provide a list of recommended foods — like the avocado.

Find out more about the nutrients in avocados.

The post Get the Goods: Avocados as a Source of Good Fats appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The words good and fat don’t seem a likely pair. But in the context of a well-balanced diet, good fats might be just what you need. You can’t — and shouldn’t — completely cut fats from your diet, but you can strive to get the right mix. Incorporating sources of good fats, like avocados, into your meals can help balance your fat and nutrient intake without compromising your heart health. Read on for a closer look at what makes some fats good and why sources of good fats, like avocados, may fit well in a balanced diet.

The Skinny on Fats in Food

All fats are among the essential macro nutrients that provide caloric energy. They are an energy-dense form of food that supply nine calories per gram— more than twice as much as protein and carbohydrates. Your body needs the energy in calories to function, and with fats, you get more energy from less food. Good fats also help the body absorb specific nutrients like vitamins A, D, E, and K. These nutrients are stored in fatty tissue and do great things for your body. For example, vitamin E helps keep your immune system strong and protects against tissue damage in your body. Still, not all fats are created equal.

Good Fats vs. Bad Fats

Understanding the difference between good fats and bad fats starts with understanding the difference between good and bad cholesterol. Bad cholesterol, or LDL, can build up in your blood vessels, putting you at greater risk for heart attacks and strokes. Good cholesterol, or HDL, helps you fight this buildup by carrying cholesterol to the liver, where it is then flushed from the body.

What are Bad Fats?

“Bad fats,” meaning saturated and trans fats, raise your levels of bad (LDL) cholesterol. Saturated fats raise both bad cholesterol, fats increase bad cholesterol and lower good cholesterol. Both may increase your risk of cardiovascular disease.

What are Good Fats?

“Good fats,” meaning unsaturated fats, improve your dietary intake without raising bad cholesterol levels. Unsaturated fats, like monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids, are mostly derived from plants, and replacing the bad fats in your diet with these goods fats may reduce your risk of cardiovascular disease.

Go Green — Choose the Good Fats in Avocados

Avocados are a good place to start when trading bad fats for good fats. Over 75% of the total fat in avocados is considered “good,” making our favorite green super food a heart-healthy choice with all-around goodness. Once you have a better understanding of the function of good fats in your body, talk to your doctor about dietary sources of good fats that you can incorporate into your diet. He or she may provide a list of recommended foods — like the avocado. Find out more about the nutrients in avocados.

The post Get the Goods: Avocados as a Source of Good Fats appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocados and Cheese, Please https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avocados-and-cheese-please-getting-the-good-fats-in-our-favorite-fruit/ Wed, 19 Jun 2019 09:04:59 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26643

If there were as many kinds of avocados as there are kinds of cheese, the world would be a much greener place. Both filled with flavor, avocados and cheese combined make for endless delicious meals — like the five we love below.

Related: Learn more about the health benefits of avocados.

5 Totally Cheesy Avocado Recipes

In Queso You Love Mexican

Chiles Rellenos

Serve these stuffed chiles as a cheesy appetizer at your next party or pair small servings with meals throughout your week.

Chicken Tostadas

Sliced avocado, fresh vegetables, and crumbled queso fresco sits on a bed of refried beans in this chicken-and-tortilla classic.

Tortilla Soup with Avocado

Avocados and your choice of cheese top this spicy soup. Choose queso fresco or feta for a crumbly coating, or substitute mozzarella for a melted finish.

For Comfort Foods

Bacon and Avocado Grilled Cheese

Say cheese for this classic comfort food starring bacon, tomato, avocado, and mozzarella. Dip it in a soup of your choice for warm and hearty accompaniment.

Avocado Mac and Cheese

Cover macaroni noodles in a sharp white-cheddar cheese sauce, then top with peas and avocado. Choose macaroni cut into your child’s favorite TV character for some extra, kid-friendly fun.

Related: Pair avocado and cheese in internationally inspired cheese boards.

No matter how you pair avocados and cheese, talk to your doctor before changing your diet. He or she may include avocados in a list of foods that can be incorporated into an overall healthy diet. Once you get the go-ahead, visit our avocado recipes page for more delicious dishes.

The post Avocados and Cheese, Please appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If there were as many kinds of avocados as there are kinds of cheese, the world would be a much greener place. Both filled with flavor, avocados and cheese combined make for endless delicious meals — like the five we love below. Related: Learn more about the health benefits of avocados.

5 Totally Cheesy Avocado Recipes

In Queso You Love Mexican

Chiles Rellenos

Serve these stuffed chiles as a cheesy appetizer at your next party or pair small servings with meals throughout your week.

Chicken Tostadas

Sliced avocado, fresh vegetables, and crumbled queso fresco sits on a bed of refried beans in this chicken-and-tortilla classic.

Tortilla Soup with Avocado

Avocados and your choice of cheese top this spicy soup. Choose queso fresco or feta for a crumbly coating, or substitute mozzarella for a melted finish.

For Comfort Foods

Bacon and Avocado Grilled Cheese

Say cheese for this classic comfort food starring bacon, tomato, avocado, and mozzarella. Dip it in a soup of your choice for warm and hearty accompaniment.

Avocado Mac and Cheese

Cover macaroni noodles in a sharp white-cheddar cheese sauce, then top with peas and avocado. Choose macaroni cut into your child’s favorite TV character for some extra, kid-friendly fun. Related: Pair avocado and cheese in internationally inspired cheese boards. No matter how you pair avocados and cheese, talk to your doctor before changing your diet. He or she may include avocados in a list of foods that can be incorporated into an overall healthy diet. Once you get the go-ahead, visit our avocado recipes page for more delicious dishes.

The post Avocados and Cheese, Please appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Simple Avocado Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-simple-avocado-recipes/ Wed, 19 Jun 2019 08:55:29 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26641

When life gets busy, it’s easy to let your usual eating habits go to the wayside. But whether you’re overdue for a trip to the grocery store or just running low on time, a few simple ingredients and a little ingenuity can make for a meal that’s not only quick and easy but delicious as well.

Versatile and a source of good fats, avocados are a great place to start. Next time you’re in a pinch, try these five simple avocado recipes.

Related: See what other nutrients help make avocados the star of your plate.

5 Simple Avocado Recipes

Grapefruit and Avocado Salad – 3 Ingredients

Slices of avocado contrast with tangy pink grapefruit in this fruit salad. A drizzle of dressing helps unify the strong flavors of the plate.

Avocado Toast with Ham – 4 Ingredients

York ham and aioli sauce top this Instagram-worthy favorite. Mash and spread avocados on whole wheat toast to form the picture-perfect base for this simple avocado recipe.

Avocado Butter with Sea Salt – 5 Ingredients

This spread can provide an alternative to nut butters that is filled with good fats. Garlic and chile de árbol combine with brown sugar for a sweetened spice.

Salmon and Avocado Crackers – 6 Ingredients

These bites are a tango of two textures with crunchy crackers and creamy avocados. Smoked salmon adds a protein punch.

Avocado Roll with Cucumber – 6 Ingredients

As a base ingredient in many sauces and dips, avocado provides a bold flavor that still mingles well with other condiments. Hummus, avocado, and red sauce work to season the savory vegetables that make up these roll-ups.

Whether you decide to use avocados as a spread, a sauce, or a centerpiece in your next simple meal, talk to your doctor about how you can healthfully include the good fats in avocados in your diet before preparing these recipes with avocado.

Visit our avocado recipes page to discover more easy ways to get the good fats from avocados into your diet.

The post 5 Simple Avocado Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When life gets busy, it’s easy to let your usual eating habits go to the wayside. But whether you’re overdue for a trip to the grocery store or just running low on time, a few simple ingredients and a little ingenuity can make for a meal that’s not only quick and easy but delicious as well. Versatile and a source of good fats, avocados are a great place to start. Next time you’re in a pinch, try these five simple avocado recipes. Related: See what other nutrients help make avocados the star of your plate.

5 Simple Avocado Recipes

Grapefruit and Avocado Salad – 3 Ingredients

Slices of avocado contrast with tangy pink grapefruit in this fruit salad. A drizzle of dressing helps unify the strong flavors of the plate.

Avocado Toast with Ham – 4 Ingredients

York ham and aioli sauce top this Instagram-worthy favorite. Mash and spread avocados on whole wheat toast to form the picture-perfect base for this simple avocado recipe.

Avocado Butter with Sea Salt – 5 Ingredients

This spread can provide an alternative to nut butters that is filled with good fats. Garlic and chile de árbol combine with brown sugar for a sweetened spice.

Salmon and Avocado Crackers – 6 Ingredients

These bites are a tango of two textures with crunchy crackers and creamy avocados. Smoked salmon adds a protein punch.

Avocado Roll with Cucumber – 6 Ingredients

As a base ingredient in many sauces and dips, avocado provides a bold flavor that still mingles well with other condiments. Hummus, avocado, and red sauce work to season the savory vegetables that make up these roll-ups. Whether you decide to use avocados as a spread, a sauce, or a centerpiece in your next simple meal, talk to your doctor about how you can healthfully include the good fats in avocados in your diet before preparing these recipes with avocado. Visit our avocado recipes page to discover more easy ways to get the good fats from avocados into your diet.

The post 5 Simple Avocado Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Nutrient-Dense Definition: Getting to the Pit of Avocado Nutrition https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/the-nutrient-dense-definition-getting-to-the-pit-of-avocado-nutrition/ Wed, 19 Jun 2019 08:45:28 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26639

Sometimes, it feels like you need an advanced degree in science just to understand food labels and nutritional claims. Even seemingly simple terms, like nutrient dense, aren’t as clear as they seem. What does it actually mean — and why does it matter?

The Food and Drug Administration defines nutrient-dense foods as “foods and beverages that contain vitamins, minerals, dietary fiber, and other beneficial substances that may have positive health effects.” These foods are also low in bad fats, sugars, starches, and sodium.

Avocados are among the foods that fit the nutrient-dense foods definition. Here’s how:

  • Provide vitamins, minerals, and other substances that may have positive health benefits: Avocados contain 20 vitamins and minerals, including iron, potassium, and vitamin C. Many of these vitamins carry positive health benefits;for example, iron produces a protein that helps transport oxygen throughout your body, while potassium can help contract muscles and regulate fluids in the body.
  • Dietary Fiber: Avocados are a good source of dietary fiber. With 3g of fiber per 50g serving, avocados contain 11% of your recommended daily fiber intake.
  • Low in bad fats: 75% of the fat in avocados is considered good fat because it’s comprised of monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats. These fats provide energy without increasing levels of bad cholesterol when eaten as part of a healthy diet.
  • Low in sugar: Avocados are sugar-free.
  • Low in starches: A serving of avocados (50g or 1/3 of a medium-sized avocado)contains 4g of total carbohydrates, which is only 1% of the recommended daily value.
  • Low in sodium: Avocados are sodium-free.

Related: Learn more about all of the nutrients in avocados.

Prepping for Success

It’s not only what you cook but how you cook it that counts. Keeping the structural integrity of nutrient-dense foods is also critical to reaping their full benefits.

When prepared without solid fats, sugars, refined starches, and sodium, the following are considered nutrient-dense foods:

  • Fruits and vegetables
  • Whole grains
  • Seafood, lean meats, and poultry
  • Eggs and fat-free and low-fat milk
  • Beans and peas
  • Unsalted nuts and seeds

As a fruit, avocadosare no exception. There are many ways to prepare avocado without altering its nutrient-dense status; for example, try using avocado as a basefor dishes ranging from smoothies to dips.

Why and How to Get the Nutrient-Dense Goods

Over time, eating nutrient-dense foods, like avocados,as part of an overall healthy diet can help limit the threat of health issues such as Type 2 diabetes, heart disease, and certain types of cancer.

Many nutrient-dense foods also feature fiber, which can balance blood sugars, prevent constipation, lower cholesterol, and help you feel full faster. With 3g of fiber per 50g serving, avocados contain 11% of your recommended daily fiber intake.

How to Add Nutrient-Dense Foods to Your Diet

Avocados are an easy way to incorporate nutrient-dense goodness into your meals. Before making any changes to your diet, talk to your doctor about how you can incorporate nutrient-dense foods into your eating routine. He or she may provide a list of healthy foods, including avocados. Once you get the go-ahead, visit our avocado recipes page for more nutrient-dense meals starring avocados.

The post The Nutrient-Dense Definition: Getting to the Pit of Avocado Nutrition appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Sometimes, it feels like you need an advanced degree in science just to understand food labels and nutritional claims. Even seemingly simple terms, like nutrient dense, aren’t as clear as they seem. What does it actually mean — and why does it matter? The Food and Drug Administration defines nutrient-dense foods as “foods and beverages that contain vitamins, minerals, dietary fiber, and other beneficial substances that may have positive health effects.” These foods are also low in bad fats, sugars, starches, and sodium. Avocados are among the foods that fit the nutrient-dense foods definition. Here’s how:
  • Provide vitamins, minerals, and other substances that may have positive health benefits: Avocados contain 20 vitamins and minerals, including iron, potassium, and vitamin C. Many of these vitamins carry positive health benefits;for example, iron produces a protein that helps transport oxygen throughout your body, while potassium can help contract muscles and regulate fluids in the body.
  • Dietary Fiber: Avocados are a good source of dietary fiber. With 3g of fiber per 50g serving, avocados contain 11% of your recommended daily fiber intake.
  • Low in bad fats: 75% of the fat in avocados is considered good fat because it’s comprised of monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats. These fats provide energy without increasing levels of bad cholesterol when eaten as part of a healthy diet.
  • Low in sugar: Avocados are sugar-free.
  • Low in starches: A serving of avocados (50g or 1/3 of a medium-sized avocado)contains 4g of total carbohydrates, which is only 1% of the recommended daily value.
  • Low in sodium: Avocados are sodium-free.
Related: Learn more about all of the nutrients in avocados. Prepping for Success It’s not only what you cook but how you cook it that counts. Keeping the structural integrity of nutrient-dense foods is also critical to reaping their full benefits. When prepared without solid fats, sugars, refined starches, and sodium, the following are considered nutrient-dense foods:
  • Fruits and vegetables
  • Whole grains
  • Seafood, lean meats, and poultry
  • Eggs and fat-free and low-fat milk
  • Beans and peas
  • Unsalted nuts and seeds
As a fruit, avocadosare no exception. There are many ways to prepare avocado without altering its nutrient-dense status; for example, try using avocado as a basefor dishes ranging from smoothies to dips.

Why and How to Get the Nutrient-Dense Goods

Over time, eating nutrient-dense foods, like avocados,as part of an overall healthy diet can help limit the threat of health issues such as Type 2 diabetes, heart disease, and certain types of cancer. Many nutrient-dense foods also feature fiber, which can balance blood sugars, prevent constipation, lower cholesterol, and help you feel full faster. With 3g of fiber per 50g serving, avocados contain 11% of your recommended daily fiber intake.

How to Add Nutrient-Dense Foods to Your Diet

Avocados are an easy way to incorporate nutrient-dense goodness into your meals. Before making any changes to your diet, talk to your doctor about how you can incorporate nutrient-dense foods into your eating routine. He or she may provide a list of healthy foods, including avocados. Once you get the go-ahead, visit our avocado recipes page for more nutrient-dense meals starring avocados.

The post The Nutrient-Dense Definition: Getting to the Pit of Avocado Nutrition appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Recipes With Avocado Burger Toppings for Your Summer Cookouts https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-recipes-with-avocado-burger-toppings-for-your-summer-cookouts/ Wed, 19 Jun 2019 07:04:14 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26633

Awash in sunny skies and star-spangled decor, your summer gatherings deserve a dish as American as the season’s holidays themselves. And what’s more classic than rounding everyone up in the backyard to grill hamburgers?

As you pile the patties high, don’t forget the fixings. A versatile and nutrient-dense super food, avocados — served as a spread, a relish, or a sliced garnish — provide the perfect burger topping.

Related: Read more about what it means to be a nutrient-dense food on our blog.

Here are five burger recipes with avocado toppings to try throughout this year’s cookout season.

5 Burger Recipes with Avocado Toppings

for Your Summer Cookouts

Beef Burger

If you go mad for mushrooms, try this beef and mushroom burger with “guacachurri,” starring cremini mushrooms topped with diced, seasoned avocados.

Veggie Burger

For a vegetarian version of an American cookout classic, try this white avocado burger topped with sliced tomato and avocado.

Bacon Burger

Substitute avocado for traditional condiments in this bacon burger with sweet &savory avocado-bacon spread that combines pepper, onion, and garlic flavors.

Shrimp Burger

Mix avocado, corn, and jalapeño to form a textured topping for this spicy shrimp burger with charred corn and avocado relish and citrus avocado aioli.

Salmon Burger

If you prefer seafood, try these grilled salmon burgers topped with an avocado spread. Lime juice adds a spritz of citrus flavor.

No matter which burger-and-avocado combination you choose for your summer cookouts, talk to your doctor before trying these recipes. He or she may provide a list of nutrient-dense foods, including avocados.

Visit our avocado recipes page for more ways to incorporate nutrient-dense avocados into your diet.

The post 5 Recipes With Avocado Burger Toppings for Your Summer Cookouts appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Awash in sunny skies and star-spangled decor, your summer gatherings deserve a dish as American as the season’s holidays themselves. And what’s more classic than rounding everyone up in the backyard to grill hamburgers? As you pile the patties high, don’t forget the fixings. A versatile and nutrient-dense super food, avocados — served as a spread, a relish, or a sliced garnish — provide the perfect burger topping. Related: Read more about what it means to be a nutrient-dense food on our blog. Here are five burger recipes with avocado toppings to try throughout this year’s cookout season.

5 Burger Recipes with Avocado Toppings

for Your Summer Cookouts

Beef Burger

If you go mad for mushrooms, try this beef and mushroom burger with “guacachurri,” starring cremini mushrooms topped with diced, seasoned avocados.

Veggie Burger

For a vegetarian version of an American cookout classic, try this white avocado burger topped with sliced tomato and avocado.

Bacon Burger

Substitute avocado for traditional condiments in this bacon burger with sweet &savory avocado-bacon spread that combines pepper, onion, and garlic flavors.

Shrimp Burger

Mix avocado, corn, and jalapeño to form a textured topping for this spicy shrimp burger with charred corn and avocado relish and citrus avocado aioli.

Salmon Burger

If you prefer seafood, try these grilled salmon burgers topped with an avocado spread. Lime juice adds a spritz of citrus flavor. No matter which burger-and-avocado combination you choose for your summer cookouts, talk to your doctor before trying these recipes. He or she may provide a list of nutrient-dense foods, including avocados. Visit our avocado recipes page for more ways to incorporate nutrient-dense avocados into your diet.

The post 5 Recipes With Avocado Burger Toppings for Your Summer Cookouts appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
6 Avocado Recipes to Help Add Whole Fruits and Vegetables to Your Plate https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/6-avocado-recipes-to-help-add-whole-fruits-and-vegetables-to-your-plate/ Wed, 19 Jun 2019 06:31:06 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26631

There was a reason that your parents always told you to eat your fruits and vegetables. Both are considered nutrient-dense foods, meaning they are relatively low in calories and can provide the body with a variety of vitamins and minerals.

The USDA recommends filling half your plate with whole fruits and vegetables. The recommended daily amount of fruits and vegetables varies based on age, sex, and physical activity. Values for adults range from one and one-half to two cups of fruit and two to three cups of vegetables. A serving can include raw fruits and vegetables, 100% fruit juice, dried fruits, or cooked vegetables.

Related: See more USDA recommendations for your plate.

Simple Smoothies

Dairy-Free Mango Avocado Smoothie

This refreshing beverage is an easy grab-and-go meal for busy mornings. Creamy avocado and tropical mango combine in this dairy-free drink.

  • Featured fruits and vegetables: avocado, mango, orange juice
  • Cups of whole fruits and vegetables included: 1

Beet, Pineapple, Avocado & OJ Smoothie

Savory and citrus combine in this colorful beverage starring avocado and beets.

  • Featured fruits and vegetables: avocado, beets, pineapple, orange juice
  • Cups of whole fruits and vegetables included: 5

Starter Salads

Avocado Summer Berry Citrus Salad

Served on a bed of spinach and arugula, this salad is tangy, sweet, peppery, and creamy.

  • Featured fruits and vegetables: avocado, strawberries, spinach, arugula, mandarin slices, mandarin juice, red onion
  • Cups of whole fruits and vegetables included: 1

Fruit Spinach Salad

Avocado, apple, kiwi fruit, orange, strawberry, and spinach combine to create a salad bursting with flavor, color, and texture.

  • Featured fruits and vegetables: avocado, apple, kiwi, orange, strawberry, spinach
  • Cups of whole fruits and vegetables included: 1

Guacamole Go-Tos

Strawberry Pico Guacamole

Mix up your favorite guacamole snack with fresh strawberries. The sweet fruit flavor pairs well with the spice in jalapeños.

  • Featured fruits and vegetables: avocado, strawberry, lime juice, jalapeño, white onion
  • Cups of whole fruits and vegetables included:4.5

Pineapple & Cucumber Guacamole

Chunks of pineapple, cucumber, and avocado combine in this fruity guacamole.

  • Featured fruits and vegetables: avocado, pineapple, cucumber, jalapeño, red onion, lime juice
  • Cups of whole fruits and vegetables included: 1

Whichever dish you choose, talk to your doctor about ways to incorporate more whole fruits and vegetables into your diet. He or she may provide a list of foods, including avocados.

Visit our avocado recipes page for more ways to incorporate our favorite whole fruit, the avocado, in your diet.

The post 6 Avocado Recipes to Help Add Whole Fruits and Vegetables to Your Plate appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There was a reason that your parents always told you to eat your fruits and vegetables. Both are considered nutrient-dense foods, meaning they are relatively low in calories and can provide the body with a variety of vitamins and minerals. The USDA recommends filling half your plate with whole fruits and vegetables. The recommended daily amount of fruits and vegetables varies based on age, sex, and physical activity. Values for adults range from one and one-half to two cups of fruit and two to three cups of vegetables. A serving can include raw fruits and vegetables, 100% fruit juice, dried fruits, or cooked vegetables. Related: See more USDA recommendations for your plate.

Simple Smoothies

Dairy-Free Mango Avocado Smoothie

This refreshing beverage is an easy grab-and-go meal for busy mornings. Creamy avocado and tropical mango combine in this dairy-free drink.
  • Featured fruits and vegetables: avocado, mango, orange juice
  • Cups of whole fruits and vegetables included: 1

Beet, Pineapple, Avocado & OJ Smoothie

Savory and citrus combine in this colorful beverage starring avocado and beets.
  • Featured fruits and vegetables: avocado, beets, pineapple, orange juice
  • Cups of whole fruits and vegetables included: 5

Starter Salads

Avocado Summer Berry Citrus Salad

Served on a bed of spinach and arugula, this salad is tangy, sweet, peppery, and creamy.
  • Featured fruits and vegetables: avocado, strawberries, spinach, arugula, mandarin slices, mandarin juice, red onion
  • Cups of whole fruits and vegetables included: 1

Fruit Spinach Salad

Avocado, apple, kiwi fruit, orange, strawberry, and spinach combine to create a salad bursting with flavor, color, and texture.
  • Featured fruits and vegetables: avocado, apple, kiwi, orange, strawberry, spinach
  • Cups of whole fruits and vegetables included: 1

Guacamole Go-Tos

Strawberry Pico Guacamole

Mix up your favorite guacamole snack with fresh strawberries. The sweet fruit flavor pairs well with the spice in jalapeños.
  • Featured fruits and vegetables: avocado, strawberry, lime juice, jalapeño, white onion
  • Cups of whole fruits and vegetables included:4.5

Pineapple & Cucumber Guacamole

Chunks of pineapple, cucumber, and avocado combine in this fruity guacamole.
  • Featured fruits and vegetables: avocado, pineapple, cucumber, jalapeño, red onion, lime juice
  • Cups of whole fruits and vegetables included: 1
Whichever dish you choose, talk to your doctor about ways to incorporate more whole fruits and vegetables into your diet. He or she may provide a list of foods, including avocados. Visit our avocado recipes page for more ways to incorporate our favorite whole fruit, the avocado, in your diet.

The post 6 Avocado Recipes to Help Add Whole Fruits and Vegetables to Your Plate appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Unconventional Guacamole Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-unconventional-guacamole-recipes/ Thu, 23 May 2019 03:39:28 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26556

If your host has five people covering party dips, how can you make sure yours steals the spotlight? Avocados pair well with tons of nontraditional ingredients, from bacon and garlic to wasabi and tuna, which makes them a perfect base ingredient for creative concoctions.

Add culinary cool-factor to any party spread with these five unconventional guacamole recipes.

Related: Create even more avocado dips with ideas from our blog.

 5 Unconventional Guacamoles to Try at Your Next Party 

For the Non-Chef Trying to Impress

Creamiest-Ever Easy Guacamole Dip

Creamy mayo makes this dip a great addition to dishes like baja fish & guac tacos, so leftovers need never go to waste.

For the Rebellious Traditionalist

Elotes Guacamole

This recipe combines two Mexican favorites. Fire up the grill and fuse Cotija cheese, Mexican crema, and ground chipotle chile.

For the Summer-Cookout Enthusiast

I Want to Know What Guac Is

Hickory-smoked bacon and green onion lend a smoky flavor reminiscent of a summer cookout, while jalapeño and cilantro round out this mix with spicy and savory flavors.

For the Lover of All Things Green

Spicy Green Goddess Guacamole

Divinely green, this variation includes scallions, limes, parsley, and jalapeño. A spicy green sauce pulls this concoction together with an extra hit of heat. This guac can also double as a salad dressing.

For the food Fusionist

Sushi Guacamole

Fresh tuna sits atop a blend of avocado, eel sauce, wasabi paste, and ground chipotle. This dip also works well as a delicious spread for lettuce wraps.

No matter what kind of chef you choose to be, these unconventional guacamole recipes are sure to mix up your party menu for the better. Now, go forth and guac!

Looking for more inspiration to help liven up your next party? Explore our recipe archive.

 

The post 5 Unconventional Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If your host has five people covering party dips, how can you make sure yours steals the spotlight? Avocados pair well with tons of nontraditional ingredients, from bacon and garlic to wasabi and tuna, which makes them a perfect base ingredient for creative concoctions. Add culinary cool-factor to any party spread with these five unconventional guacamole recipes. Related: Create even more avocado dips with ideas from our blog.  5 Unconventional Guacamoles to Try at Your Next Party  For the Non-Chef Trying to Impress Creamiest-Ever Easy Guacamole Dip Creamy mayo makes this dip a great addition to dishes like baja fish & guac tacos, so leftovers need never go to waste. For the Rebellious Traditionalist Elotes Guacamole This recipe combines two Mexican favorites. Fire up the grill and fuse Cotija cheese, Mexican crema, and ground chipotle chile. For the Summer-Cookout Enthusiast I Want to Know What Guac Is Hickory-smoked bacon and green onion lend a smoky flavor reminiscent of a summer cookout, while jalapeño and cilantro round out this mix with spicy and savory flavors. For the Lover of All Things Green Spicy Green Goddess Guacamole Divinely green, this variation includes scallions, limes, parsley, and jalapeño. A spicy green sauce pulls this concoction together with an extra hit of heat. This guac can also double as a salad dressing. For the food Fusionist Sushi Guacamole Fresh tuna sits atop a blend of avocado, eel sauce, wasabi paste, and ground chipotle. This dip also works well as a delicious spread for lettuce wraps. No matter what kind of chef you choose to be, these unconventional guacamole recipes are sure to mix up your party menu for the better. Now, go forth and guac! Looking for more inspiration to help liven up your next party? Explore our recipe archive.  

The post 5 Unconventional Guacamole Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Avocado Appetizers for Your Next Festive Gathering https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-avocado-appetizers-for-your-next-festive-gathering/ Thu, 23 May 2019 03:32:52 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26555

Finding the perfect venue for your next festive gathering may be tricky, but finding the perfect appetizers for the occasion should be a no-brainer. Avocados provide a balance of delicious and nutritious, and they are easy to incorporate into any predinner menu.

To help get you started, check out five of our favorite avocado appetizers below.

5 Avocado Appetizers

For Any Assembly:

  • Guacamole Bites. Your guests will love the Mediterranean flare of these bite-size appetizers featuring our favorite dip. Fresh tomatoes, olives, feta, and parsley perch atop fresh cucumber slices in these easy and pretty snacks.
  • Avocado and Shrimp Quesadilla. This crowd pleaser is perfect for picky eaters or those looking for a fresh and flavorful predinner bite. Made with Monterey Jack cheese, onions, tomatoes, and a blend of Mexican spices, these shrimp quesadillas are easy to make and pair well with salsa.
  • Cantaloupe With Avocado and Prosciutto. Refreshing cantaloupe and sprigs of mint meet creamy avocado and thin slices of prosciutto in this fruit favorite. Serve with slivered almonds and a honey drizzle for added pizzazz.

For Formal Festivities:

  • Ceviche Acapulco. Serve red snapper, herbs, and avocado in a martini glass for a festive and formal way to munch. Serrano chilies, oregano, and cilantro complete the flavorful package.
  • Mini Vegetable Focaccia. Top a base of focaccia, cream cheese and mozzarella with peppers, onions, and garlic. Freshly sliced avocado seals the deal and creates a beautifully colorful presentation.

No matter where summer takes you, time with loved ones is a time to celebrate. Whether you choose to get together at a family member’s home, in the park, or at a large, rented space, make unforgettable moments with family and friends as you enjoy one of these avocado appetizers.

Visit our recipe archive for more avocado appetizer ideas.

The post 5 Avocado Appetizers for Your Next Festive Gathering appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Finding the perfect venue for your next festive gathering may be tricky, but finding the perfect appetizers for the occasion should be a no-brainer. Avocados provide a balance of delicious and nutritious, and they are easy to incorporate into any predinner menu. To help get you started, check out five of our favorite avocado appetizers below. 5 Avocado Appetizers For Any Assembly:
  • Guacamole Bites. Your guests will love the Mediterranean flare of these bite-size appetizers featuring our favorite dip. Fresh tomatoes, olives, feta, and parsley perch atop fresh cucumber slices in these easy and pretty snacks.
  • Avocado and Shrimp Quesadilla. This crowd pleaser is perfect for picky eaters or those looking for a fresh and flavorful predinner bite. Made with Monterey Jack cheese, onions, tomatoes, and a blend of Mexican spices, these shrimp quesadillas are easy to make and pair well with salsa.
  • Cantaloupe With Avocado and Prosciutto. Refreshing cantaloupe and sprigs of mint meet creamy avocado and thin slices of prosciutto in this fruit favorite. Serve with slivered almonds and a honey drizzle for added pizzazz.
For Formal Festivities:
  • Ceviche Acapulco. Serve red snapper, herbs, and avocado in a martini glass for a festive and formal way to munch. Serrano chilies, oregano, and cilantro complete the flavorful package.
  • Mini Vegetable Focaccia. Top a base of focaccia, cream cheese and mozzarella with peppers, onions, and garlic. Freshly sliced avocado seals the deal and creates a beautifully colorful presentation.
No matter where summer takes you, time with loved ones is a time to celebrate. Whether you choose to get together at a family member’s home, in the park, or at a large, rented space, make unforgettable moments with family and friends as you enjoy one of these avocado appetizers. Visit our recipe archive for more avocado appetizer ideas.

The post 5 Avocado Appetizers for Your Next Festive Gathering appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Avocado-Salad Recipes with In-Season Spring Ingredients https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/5-avocado-salad-recipes-with-in-season-spring-ingredients/ Thu, 23 May 2019 03:29:23 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26552

A trip to the farmers market or a walk down the produce aisle are feasts for the senses this time of year. The colorful fruits and veggies piled high and toothpick-speared samples peppering the rows are enough to inspire any passerby to get creative in the kitchen, and one of the best ways to bring all those vibrant seasonal foods to the table is with a fresh spring salad.

Always in season, avocados are the perfect ingredient to start with. With nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, this superfood is a good source of fiber, which adds bulk to your diet and can help you feel full faster. That means that incorporating avocado into an overall healthy diet could help you control your hunger throughout the day and even help manage your weight.

Related: See what other nutrients avocados can bring to your table.

Spring is a prime opportunity to pair this cholesterol-free superfood with in-season fruits and vegetables like apples, kiwis, mushrooms, or radishes. These ingredients mingle well and offer versatility.

Try these five, spring avocado-salad recipes as a light lunch or a savory side dish.

Avocado-Salad Recipes to Put on the Menu This Spring

  1. If You Heart Artichokes

Avocado, Artichoke Hearts, and Mushroom Salad With Parmesan Vinaigrette

Let this savory salad be the star of your next dinner party. Avocado, artichoke, and mushroom balance the heat from the toasted chiles de árbol.

  1. For Tropical Taste buds

Avocado Pineapple Salad

This simple avocado-salad recipe packs a flavorful punch with juicy chunks of pineapple and smooth avocado scattered across a bed of romaine lettuce. It stands wonderfully on its own as a light lunch or pairs well with shrimp and avocado enchiladas in creamy red sauce for a heartier meal.

  1. For a Kale Crunch

Crispy Kale Salad With Lemon-Lime Dressing

You’ll have to turn the oven on for this one, but it’s worth the extra step. Seasonal highlights in this salad include radishes, beets, and lemon juice. Garlic and jalapeño leave a flavorful impression.

  1. If You Spring For Spinach

Fruit Spinach Salad

This sweet, crisp salad combines some of the season’s most anticipated fruits. Diced avocado complements red apple, kiwi, orange, and strawberry flavors.

  1. To Sweeten the Deal

Superfood Green-and-Blue Avocado Salad with Avocado-Lime Dressing

Starring seasonal spring kale, this salad features blueberry, almond, and goat cheese flavors. An avocado-lime dressing with notes of mint and honey provides a slightly sweet accompaniment.

Avocado-salad recipes aren’t the only way to pair seasonal fruits and vegetables with our favorite green superfood. Avocados can be easily incorporated into a variety of recipes, but before changing your eating habits, talk to your doctor about healthy diets. He or she may suggest avocados in a list of healthy foods to help manage your weight.

Visit our recipe archive for more avocado meals.

The post 5 Avocado-Salad Recipes with In-Season Spring Ingredients appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

A trip to the farmers market or a walk down the produce aisle are feasts for the senses this time of year. The colorful fruits and veggies piled high and toothpick-speared samples peppering the rows are enough to inspire any passerby to get creative in the kitchen, and one of the best ways to bring all those vibrant seasonal foods to the table is with a fresh spring salad. Always in season, avocados are the perfect ingredient to start with. With nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, this superfood is a good source of fiber, which adds bulk to your diet and can help you feel full faster. That means that incorporating avocado into an overall healthy diet could help you control your hunger throughout the day and even help manage your weight. Related: See what other nutrients avocados can bring to your table. Spring is a prime opportunity to pair this cholesterol-free superfood with in-season fruits and vegetables like apples, kiwis, mushrooms, or radishes. These ingredients mingle well and offer versatility. Try these five, spring avocado-salad recipes as a light lunch or a savory side dish. Avocado-Salad Recipes to Put on the Menu This Spring
  1. If You Heart Artichokes
Avocado, Artichoke Hearts, and Mushroom Salad With Parmesan Vinaigrette Let this savory salad be the star of your next dinner party. Avocado, artichoke, and mushroom balance the heat from the toasted chiles de árbol.
  1. For Tropical Taste buds
Avocado Pineapple Salad This simple avocado-salad recipe packs a flavorful punch with juicy chunks of pineapple and smooth avocado scattered across a bed of romaine lettuce. It stands wonderfully on its own as a light lunch or pairs well with shrimp and avocado enchiladas in creamy red sauce for a heartier meal.
  1. For a Kale Crunch
Crispy Kale Salad With Lemon-Lime Dressing You’ll have to turn the oven on for this one, but it’s worth the extra step. Seasonal highlights in this salad include radishes, beets, and lemon juice. Garlic and jalapeño leave a flavorful impression.
  1. If You Spring For Spinach
Fruit Spinach Salad This sweet, crisp salad combines some of the season’s most anticipated fruits. Diced avocado complements red apple, kiwi, orange, and strawberry flavors.
  1. To Sweeten the Deal
Superfood Green-and-Blue Avocado Salad with Avocado-Lime Dressing Starring seasonal spring kale, this salad features blueberry, almond, and goat cheese flavors. An avocado-lime dressing with notes of mint and honey provides a slightly sweet accompaniment. Avocado-salad recipes aren’t the only way to pair seasonal fruits and vegetables with our favorite green superfood. Avocados can be easily incorporated into a variety of recipes, but before changing your eating habits, talk to your doctor about healthy diets. He or she may suggest avocados in a list of healthy foods to help manage your weight. Visit our recipe archive for more avocado meals.

The post 5 Avocado-Salad Recipes with In-Season Spring Ingredients appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Throw a Cinco de Mayo Party While Lost at Sea https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/how-to-throw-a-cinco-de-mayo-party-while-lost-at-sea/ Tue, 23 Apr 2019 21:00:42 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26407

Hello and welcome aboard the SS Nautilus! This is your captain speaking.

Aboard the SS Nautilus, you will find adventure. You will find your sea legs. You will find a true sailor’s heart. You will find depths of your soul you never knew existed. You will find Jimmy’s smelly socks in your bunk, because he always loses them. Don’t worry about them. Just throw them overboard!   

That reminds me: safety rules. You should never actually throw things overboard. Especially not people.  

 Now, if my charts are correct — which, of course, they are! — we’ll be arriving at our island destination on the best day of the year: Cinco de Mayo! 

 As you can see, we are currently going … east. Eastish. Sort of like a north, east-south direction. You don’t have to be too precise about it. The sea will take you where she pleases! 

The first thing you need to know about being lost at sea — not that we’re lost — is how to keep a happy crew. That’s why I decided to bring us ashore on May 5, so we can throw a proper Cinco de Mayo party. It’s that kind of attention to detail that makes me the best captain ever and allows me to ignore other details like the barometer and objects in our path, like that ship, which I’m sure will just go around us.  

Captain’s Log 

May 5, Cinco de Mayo party day: Day 144 on the SS Nautilus. Speed: 4 knots. Weather: Cloudyish. Probably fine. Sails: up. Crew is getting restive. Suspect mutiny. Some crew think we are lost. Definitely not lost. Definitely still going eastish.  


Plus, who cares if we are not technically on land yet? It’s the day everyone’s been waiting for. Where there’s guacamole made from Avocados From Mexico, there’s Cinco. 

And being the good captain that you are, you’ve got secret rations to get them back on your side. Here’s what you do:

  • Pull out the secret rations. This is the real key to any successful boat venture of which there may possibly be no end. This is how you tell your crew, “I am your captain. I love you, you love me, and no one is mad at anyone else or in any way at fault for the current situation we’re in. Let’s have a Cinco de Mayo party and share some guacamole!”
  • Point out that this is not just any guacamole. It is pineapple and cucumber guacamole. It is amazing. The avocados are ripe and no one has mutinied yet.
  • Notice that you have been hiding the ingredients in a secret compartment in the bilge along with an SOS radio and flares. Toss them. Those probably won’t be useful. But the guacamole sure will be.
  • Craft tiny Cinco de Mayoparty hats out of chart paper. These charts are garbage. Plus, those storm clouds are really looking nasty, so perhaps a hat will protect you from the elements while creating a festive atmosphere.
  • Share the guacamole! For the crewmates with scurvy, this will be especially great because of the citrus fruits.
  • Party! Look, even Ed is dancing! Sure, he is delirious, but he’s also made friends with that seagull who has been hitchhiking with us, and it really seems to have brought meaning back into his life. Everyone should try to be more like Ed.

Everyone will make it to land eventually. Until then, it’s a Cinco de Mayo party aboard the SS Nautilus. That’s not so bad, right?

Visit our recipe archive for more ideas for your Cinco de Mayo party.

We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post How to Throw a Cinco de Mayo Party While Lost at Sea appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Hello and welcome aboard the SS Nautilus! This is your captain speaking. Aboard the SS Nautilus, you will find adventure. You will find your sea legs. You will find a true sailor’s heart. You will find depths of your soul you never knew existed. You will find Jimmy’s smelly socks in your bunk, because he always loses them. Don’t worry about them. Just throw them overboard!    That reminds me: safety rules. You should never actually throw things overboard. Especially not people.    Now, if my charts are correct — which, of course, they are! — we’ll be arriving at our island destination on the best day of the year: Cinco de Mayo!   As you can see, we are currently going … east. Eastish. Sort of like a north, east-south direction. You don’t have to be too precise about it. The sea will take you where she pleases!  The first thing you need to know about being lost at sea — not that we’re lost — is how to keep a happy crew. That’s why I decided to bring us ashore on May 5, so we can throw a proper Cinco de Mayo party. It’s that kind of attention to detail that makes me the best captain ever and allows me to ignore other details like the barometer and objects in our path, like that ship, which I’m sure will just go around us.   Captain’s Log  May 5, Cinco de Mayo party day: Day 144 on the SS Nautilus. Speed: 4 knots. Weather: Cloudyish. Probably fine. Sails: up. Crew is getting restive. Suspect mutiny. Some crew think we are lost. Definitely not lost. Definitely still going eastish.   Plus, who cares if we are not technically on land yet? It’s the day everyone’s been waiting for. Where there’s guacamole made from Avocados From Mexico, there’s Cinco.  And being the good captain that you are, you’ve got secret rations to get them back on your side. Here’s what you do:
  • Pull out the secret rations. This is the real key to any successful boat venture of which there may possibly be no end. This is how you tell your crew, “I am your captain. I love you, you love me, and no one is mad at anyone else or in any way at fault for the current situation we’re in. Let’s have a Cinco de Mayo party and share some guacamole!”
  • Point out that this is not just any guacamole. It is pineapple and cucumber guacamole. It is amazing. The avocados are ripe and no one has mutinied yet.
  • Notice that you have been hiding the ingredients in a secret compartment in the bilge along with an SOS radio and flares. Toss them. Those probably won’t be useful. But the guacamole sure will be.
  • Craft tiny Cinco de Mayoparty hats out of chart paper. These charts are garbage. Plus, those storm clouds are really looking nasty, so perhaps a hat will protect you from the elements while creating a festive atmosphere.
  • Share the guacamole! For the crewmates with scurvy, this will be especially great because of the citrus fruits.
  • Party! Look, even Ed is dancing! Sure, he is delirious, but he’s also made friends with that seagull who has been hitchhiking with us, and it really seems to have brought meaning back into his life. Everyone should try to be more like Ed.
Everyone will make it to land eventually. Until then, it’s a Cinco de Mayo party aboard the SS Nautilus. That’s not so bad, right? Visit our recipe archive for more ideas for your Cinco de Mayo party. We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post How to Throw a Cinco de Mayo Party While Lost at Sea appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Have a Great Cinco de Mayo Celebration Even Though You Just Made the Ultimate Mistake: Walking Directly Between a Mother Bear and Her Cubs https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/have-a-great-cinco-de-mayo-celebration-even-though-you-just-made-the-ultimate-mistake/ Tue, 23 Apr 2019 20:54:11 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26405

You're walking to a friend's Cinco de Mayo celebration and decide to take a shortcut through the woods. It's a lovely day, and you stroll along the path humming, enjoying the crisp scent of pine needles underfoot and the sound of birds singing. What could go wrong?, you think to yourself.

You reach a small clearing and notice two bear cubs frolicking among wildflowers. Adorable! You stop for a moment to watch them, crouching down to beckon them toward you. But then, you hear a rumbling growl from behind you.

Breathless from fear, you realize your mistake. You turn and see her no more than 10 feet away: the angry mother bear.

Here’s how to make it out alive so you can get to your Cinco de Mayo celebration:

  • Though your urge is to run, you must keep still and explain the situation: “Hey, friend…I'm just on my way to a Cinco de Mayo celebration. I'll be on my way...” Take a slow step backward.
  • The cubs may still approach you; after all, you have that nature-kid charm, plus a bag full of Avocados From Mexico guac. If so, remain calm. No sudden movements.
  • If one of the cubs swats the bag you're holding, drop it and take another slow step back. The baby bears will be curious about what's in the bag, as it contains some nachos and your favorite party-pleaser, Elotes Guacamole.
  • Try to catch a glance at the mother bear. She is watching her cubs, who have managed to open the bag of chips. One of them is happily munching while the other fumbles with the tub of guacamole.
  • Reach down slowly, open the container, and present it to the cubs as a peace offering. The bear cubs will be thrilled with the chips and guac, and now, mama bear will likely want some too.
  • When the mother bear’s enormous shadow engulfs you as she approaches, try not to scream. It’s always embarrassing when you do that.
  • As the mama bear towers above you, offer her a chip dipped in guac. Keep speaking softly: “The secret to really tasty guacamole is nice, ripe avocados. If they're ripe before you need them, you can slow down ripening by popping them in the refrigerator. Which, I mean, you probably don’t have one, but you can borrow mine, you know, as long as I’m alive and stuff.”

She sniffs, samples, and smiles an enormous bear smile. She loves it! You knew your guac recipe had a transcendent kind of goodness. The bears roar in celebration, and although your bear-speak skills are only novice, you roughly translate it to, “Where there’s guac made with Avocados From Mexico, there’s Cinco de Mayo!”

You all plop down on your hind legs to enjoy your delicious Avocados From Mexico snack. This will definitely be a Cinco de Mayo party to remember!

Visit our recipe archive for more guac ideas that will help you take Cinco wherever Cinco takes you.

We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post Have a Great Cinco de Mayo Celebration Even Though You Just Made the Ultimate Mistake: Walking Directly Between a Mother Bear and Her Cubs appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You're walking to a friend's Cinco de Mayo celebration and decide to take a shortcut through the woods. It's a lovely day, and you stroll along the path humming, enjoying the crisp scent of pine needles underfoot and the sound of birds singing. What could go wrong?, you think to yourself. You reach a small clearing and notice two bear cubs frolicking among wildflowers. Adorable! You stop for a moment to watch them, crouching down to beckon them toward you. But then, you hear a rumbling growl from behind you. Breathless from fear, you realize your mistake. You turn and see her no more than 10 feet away: the angry mother bear. Here’s how to make it out alive so you can get to your Cinco de Mayo celebration:
  • Though your urge is to run, you must keep still and explain the situation: “Hey, friend…I'm just on my way to a Cinco de Mayo celebration. I'll be on my way...” Take a slow step backward.
  • The cubs may still approach you; after all, you have that nature-kid charm, plus a bag full of Avocados From Mexico guac. If so, remain calm. No sudden movements.
  • If one of the cubs swats the bag you're holding, drop it and take another slow step back. The baby bears will be curious about what's in the bag, as it contains some nachos and your favorite party-pleaser, Elotes Guacamole.
  • Try to catch a glance at the mother bear. She is watching her cubs, who have managed to open the bag of chips. One of them is happily munching while the other fumbles with the tub of guacamole.
  • Reach down slowly, open the container, and present it to the cubs as a peace offering. The bear cubs will be thrilled with the chips and guac, and now, mama bear will likely want some too.
  • When the mother bear’s enormous shadow engulfs you as she approaches, try not to scream. It’s always embarrassing when you do that.
  • As the mama bear towers above you, offer her a chip dipped in guac. Keep speaking softly: “The secret to really tasty guacamole is nice, ripe avocados. If they're ripe before you need them, you can slow down ripening by popping them in the refrigerator. Which, I mean, you probably don’t have one, but you can borrow mine, you know, as long as I’m alive and stuff.”
She sniffs, samples, and smiles an enormous bear smile. She loves it! You knew your guac recipe had a transcendent kind of goodness. The bears roar in celebration, and although your bear-speak skills are only novice, you roughly translate it to, “Where there’s guac made with Avocados From Mexico, there’s Cinco de Mayo!” You all plop down on your hind legs to enjoy your delicious Avocados From Mexico snack. This will definitely be a Cinco de Mayo party to remember! Visit our recipe archive for more guac ideas that will help you take Cinco wherever Cinco takes you. We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post Have a Great Cinco de Mayo Celebration Even Though You Just Made the Ultimate Mistake: Walking Directly Between a Mother Bear and Her Cubs appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
So You’ve Been Cinco de Mayo Shrink-Rayed. What Next? https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/so-youve-been-cinco-de-mayo-shrink-rayed-what-next/ Mon, 22 Apr 2019 19:38:26 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26403

There’s nothing that makes getting to a Cinco de Mayo party harder than being very, very small — like one one-hundredth of the size of a normal human — because you’ve been shrunk by a mad scientist named Viktor.

As you know after having worked with him in his secret underground lair for many months now, Viktor can be a volatile person. He cares deeply about science, so you should never upset him — especially if he is at work on his shrink-ray, which he has been for some time now.

But Viktor has always been like this. Looking back, you probably should have realized he wasn’t one of those “good scientists” who works in a “real lab.” (It is a lair, after all.) Then, there is the fact that he is very jumpy when surprised and is prone to dropping beakerfuls of chemicals that explode and light everything on fire.

So, you really shouldn’t be surprised when he suddenly shrink-rays you right between the eyes after you completely by accident steal his “world domination” serum.

Everything shoots up into the air — Viktor, the shrink-ray, the table, the table legs. Suddenly, you are an inch from the ground. An avocado rolls past you and nearly squishes you flat as a tortilla.

Viktor picks you up in his hand. “How could you do this to me, Viktor?!” you squeak. But to Viktor, all you are is science. “Hold still!” he says excitedly. He wants to see if the cat is interested in you. Viktor is right. It is.

But you’ve got a Cinco de Mayo party to make it to, and with or without Viktor’s help, you’re determined to make it, even though you are far, far too small to get in the door or even be noticed when you get there. Here’s what to do:

  • Make the most of the cat situation. Jump on its back and hold on tight as it takes you up to its favorite spot on the counter, between the Bunsen burner and the bowl of Avocados From Mexico.
  • Make guacamole. Once you’ve climbed into the bowl and stepped on some avocados to make sure they are ripe, you assemble your amazing guacamole with lime and queso fresco. Yum. It is almost so good that you forget about the sadness of being small, except that tortilla chips are now like canoes to you, so that is a harsh reminder.
  • Find a way to carry your guac to the party. OK, this is going to be way more difficult than you imagined.

Suddenly, Viktor stalks in from the lab. He sees you — sad, perched on the edge of the guacamole bowl — and his face softens.

“I am sorry you’re small now,” he says. He then turns the shrink-ray on himself, joining you on the edge of the avocado bowl and patting you on your tiny shoulder in a surprisingly fatherly way. “You know, where there’s guacamole made with Avocados From Mexico, there’s Cinco de Mayo. Plus, my shrink-ray worked! So let’s have a tiny party.”

Visit our recipe archive for more guacamole ideas that will help you take Cinco wherever Cinco takes you.

We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post So You’ve Been Cinco de Mayo Shrink-Rayed. What Next? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There’s nothing that makes getting to a Cinco de Mayo party harder than being very, very small — like one one-hundredth of the size of a normal human — because you’ve been shrunk by a mad scientist named Viktor. As you know after having worked with him in his secret underground lair for many months now, Viktor can be a volatile person. He cares deeply about science, so you should never upset him — especially if he is at work on his shrink-ray, which he has been for some time now. But Viktor has always been like this. Looking back, you probably should have realized he wasn’t one of those “good scientists” who works in a “real lab.” (It is a lair, after all.) Then, there is the fact that he is very jumpy when surprised and is prone to dropping beakerfuls of chemicals that explode and light everything on fire. So, you really shouldn’t be surprised when he suddenly shrink-rays you right between the eyes after you completely by accident steal his “world domination” serum. Everything shoots up into the air — Viktor, the shrink-ray, the table, the table legs. Suddenly, you are an inch from the ground. An avocado rolls past you and nearly squishes you flat as a tortilla. Viktor picks you up in his hand. “How could you do this to me, Viktor?!” you squeak. But to Viktor, all you are is science. “Hold still!” he says excitedly. He wants to see if the cat is interested in you. Viktor is right. It is. But you’ve got a Cinco de Mayo party to make it to, and with or without Viktor’s help, you’re determined to make it, even though you are far, far too small to get in the door or even be noticed when you get there. Here’s what to do:
  • Make the most of the cat situation. Jump on its back and hold on tight as it takes you up to its favorite spot on the counter, between the Bunsen burner and the bowl of Avocados From Mexico.
  • Make guacamole. Once you’ve climbed into the bowl and stepped on some avocados to make sure they are ripe, you assemble your amazing guacamole with lime and queso fresco. Yum. It is almost so good that you forget about the sadness of being small, except that tortilla chips are now like canoes to you, so that is a harsh reminder.
  • Find a way to carry your guac to the party. OK, this is going to be way more difficult than you imagined.
Suddenly, Viktor stalks in from the lab. He sees you — sad, perched on the edge of the guacamole bowl — and his face softens. “I am sorry you’re small now,” he says. He then turns the shrink-ray on himself, joining you on the edge of the avocado bowl and patting you on your tiny shoulder in a surprisingly fatherly way. “You know, where there’s guacamole made with Avocados From Mexico, there’s Cinco de Mayo. Plus, my shrink-ray worked! So let’s have a tiny party.” Visit our recipe archive for more guacamole ideas that will help you take Cinco wherever Cinco takes you. We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post So You’ve Been Cinco de Mayo Shrink-Rayed. What Next? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Have an Otherworldly Cinco de Mayo Party with Your Alien Captors https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/have-an-otherworldly-cinco-de-mayo-party-with-your-alien-captors/ Mon, 22 Apr 2019 12:43:47 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26397

After months aboard the International Space Station, you are finally on your way back to Earth. You can’t wait to soak up the scenery — and the menu — you’ve so dearly missed back home before NASA sends you on another mission into the great beyond.

As you break the sound barrier, your mind wanders to the ingredients you have been storing in your spaceship’s Cryogenic Avocado Safekeeping Chamber to make guacamole as a celebratory snack en route to Earth. Your journey is perfectly timed: You will arrive just in time for the Cinco de Mayo party.

A blinding light shakes you from your daydreams. You are disoriented, but you realize that your ship has stopped. Are you dreaming, or are those gurgling voices you hear coming from tiny, one-eyed beings the shade of the Avocados From Mexico you’ve been craving? 

When you come to, you realize that the only thing you were dreaming about was the guacamole. You’ve been abducted by aliens and transported to planet Mars. Only one thought races through your mind: How will you celebrate Cinco de Mayo if you can’t enjoy your guac?  

Luckily, you don't need gravity to think on your feet. Here’s how you bring a Cinco de Mayo party to the red planet:

  • First things first: Escape captivity. Use your physical differences to your advantage and slip out of your confines. With 10 fingers instead of 16 and two legs instead of six, your bindings leave more than a little wiggle room.
  • Before they become upset by your escape: Delight them with an earthly treat. It’s time to open the Cryogenic Avocado Safekeeping Chamber on your ship and break out the limes and delicious Avocados From Mexico. Show the aliens how to cut and eat avocados as you whip up your Bacon & Blue Cheese Guacamole to serve as a peace offering.
  • Use the leftover avocado pits to start a game: Grab a nearby stick and channel your inner home run hitter. "Ooooooooh!" they coo. You've just invented the ultimate summer moon-time distraction: Avocado Spaceball. Play human vs. aliens, or take turns trying to hit the pit into nearby craters.

The aliens agree to free you on one condition: You promise to make more out-of-this-world-good guacamole for them when they finally make that visit to Earth they’ve been planning for supereons.  You run toward your ship, nearly tripping over a crater in the excitement of your escape. You fire up the engines and prepare to return to your own home planet. You feel the ship lift, and you leave the Martian air behind you before anyone could even think to say, “Blast off!”

Once you land, you will need to start planning the recipes you promised your green, gurgling friends. Visit our recipe archive for more dips to delight every species during your next mission.

We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post Have an Otherworldly Cinco de Mayo Party with Your Alien Captors appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

After months aboard the International Space Station, you are finally on your way back to Earth. You can’t wait to soak up the scenery — and the menu — you’ve so dearly missed back home before NASA sends you on another mission into the great beyond. As you break the sound barrier, your mind wanders to the ingredients you have been storing in your spaceship’s Cryogenic Avocado Safekeeping Chamber to make guacamole as a celebratory snack en route to Earth. Your journey is perfectly timed: You will arrive just in time for the Cinco de Mayo party. A blinding light shakes you from your daydreams. You are disoriented, but you realize that your ship has stopped. Are you dreaming, or are those gurgling voices you hear coming from tiny, one-eyed beings the shade of the Avocados From Mexico you’ve been craving?  When you come to, you realize that the only thing you were dreaming about was the guacamole. You’ve been abducted by aliens and transported to planet Mars. Only one thought races through your mind: How will you celebrate Cinco de Mayo if you can’t enjoy your guac?   Luckily, you don't need gravity to think on your feet. Here’s how you bring a Cinco de Mayo party to the red planet:
  • First things first: Escape captivity. Use your physical differences to your advantage and slip out of your confines. With 10 fingers instead of 16 and two legs instead of six, your bindings leave more than a little wiggle room.
  • Before they become upset by your escape: Delight them with an earthly treat. It’s time to open the Cryogenic Avocado Safekeeping Chamber on your ship and break out the limes and delicious Avocados From Mexico. Show the aliens how to cut and eat avocados as you whip up your Bacon & Blue Cheese Guacamole to serve as a peace offering.
  • Use the leftover avocado pits to start a game: Grab a nearby stick and channel your inner home run hitter. "Ooooooooh!" they coo. You've just invented the ultimate summer moon-time distraction: Avocado Spaceball. Play human vs. aliens, or take turns trying to hit the pit into nearby craters.
The aliens agree to free you on one condition: You promise to make more out-of-this-world-good guacamole for them when they finally make that visit to Earth they’ve been planning for supereons.  You run toward your ship, nearly tripping over a crater in the excitement of your escape. You fire up the engines and prepare to return to your own home planet. You feel the ship lift, and you leave the Martian air behind you before anyone could even think to say, “Blast off!” Once you land, you will need to start planning the recipes you promised your green, gurgling friends. Visit our recipe archive for more dips to delight every species during your next mission. We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post Have an Otherworldly Cinco de Mayo Party with Your Alien Captors appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Friends With Dinosaurs (With Avocados!) https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/how-to-make-friends-with-dinosaurs-with-avocados/ Mon, 22 Apr 2019 12:34:31 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26394

Happy Cinco de Mayo, and thanks for celebrating with us on the Space-Time Continuity Disrupter! Please be careful when boarding.

Open your guide tablet to page 394 and observe the correct procedures for time travel. (Please note: Your insurance package does not cover prehistoric trips. Coverage for dismemberment, ancient disease, and “lost in time” disorder sold separately.)

When disembarking from this timecraft, be sure to take all your supplies. Suggested supplies include: tent, stove, lighter, sword (if traveling back more than 200 years), food rations, a magic wand (if traveling back to times when people believed in magic), and bug spray. Now, select your journey.

You have selected: The Cretaceous Period!

Here’s how to survive your epic journey and still celebrate Cinco de Mayo:

  • As you step off the timecraft, you notice the florid ancient megafauna, the screaming cries of the majestic Tyrannosaurus rex, and the hot sun baking the surface of the earth. What an exciting time to be alive. Still, you want to find shelter — and fast — before the dinosaurs eat you.
  • Take your compass — you have a compass, right? — and head for shade. You recall that the herbivorous dinosaurs such as the Brontosaurus tend to hang around trees, and they will not eat you unless you are hiding so well that they gobble you up while grabbing for leaves.
  • Once you have selected your shelter — remember, good enough so that the carnivores won’t find you, but not so good that a Brontosaurus might accidentally eat you — take stock of your supplies. You have:
    • Your tent
    • Your sword (not that that will really make much of a difference in a dinosaur fight)
    • Your magic wand (yeah, good luck that)
    • Two Avocados From Mexico, a Roma tomato, a red onion, lime, tequila …

That’s right: You have decided to bring, instead of the lifesaving survival tools outlined in your guide tablet, the recipe for Tequila Guacamole. It is almost Cinco de Mayo, after all, and guac made from Avocados From Mexico is always worth it, no matter the peril around you.

  • See that Tyrannosaurus rex poking his head through your makeshift shelter of leaves? Try befriending him with an offer of guacamole and an invitation to celebrate Cinco de Mayo at your party.

Unfortunately, the concept of Cinco de Mayo will probably be lost on this vicious predator, who is living approximately 66 million years before the holiday was invented and before the battle between Mexico and France that it commemorates even happened and before such concepts of “Mexico” and “France” were even conceivable. But as long as you have guacamole made with Avocados From Mexico, you have Cinco de Mayo.

Yeah … that was a long shot. You should probably run back to your timecraft. Don’t forget to rate your experience flying with TimeAir!

Visit our recipe archive to whip up another batch that will help you take Cinco wherever Cinco takes you.

We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post How to Make Friends With Dinosaurs (With Avocados!) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Happy Cinco de Mayo, and thanks for celebrating with us on the Space-Time Continuity Disrupter! Please be careful when boarding. Open your guide tablet to page 394 and observe the correct procedures for time travel. (Please note: Your insurance package does not cover prehistoric trips. Coverage for dismemberment, ancient disease, and “lost in time” disorder sold separately.) When disembarking from this timecraft, be sure to take all your supplies. Suggested supplies include: tent, stove, lighter, sword (if traveling back more than 200 years), food rations, a magic wand (if traveling back to times when people believed in magic), and bug spray. Now, select your journey. You have selected: The Cretaceous Period! Here’s how to survive your epic journey and still celebrate Cinco de Mayo:
  • As you step off the timecraft, you notice the florid ancient megafauna, the screaming cries of the majestic Tyrannosaurus rex, and the hot sun baking the surface of the earth. What an exciting time to be alive. Still, you want to find shelter — and fast — before the dinosaurs eat you.
  • Take your compass — you have a compass, right? — and head for shade. You recall that the herbivorous dinosaurs such as the Brontosaurus tend to hang around trees, and they will not eat you unless you are hiding so well that they gobble you up while grabbing for leaves.
  • Once you have selected your shelter — remember, good enough so that the carnivores won’t find you, but not so good that a Brontosaurus might accidentally eat you — take stock of your supplies. You have:
    • Your tent
    • Your sword (not that that will really make much of a difference in a dinosaur fight)
    • Your magic wand (yeah, good luck that)
    • Two Avocados From Mexico, a Roma tomato, a red onion, lime, tequila …
That’s right: You have decided to bring, instead of the lifesaving survival tools outlined in your guide tablet, the recipe for Tequila Guacamole. It is almost Cinco de Mayo, after all, and guac made from Avocados From Mexico is always worth it, no matter the peril around you.
  • See that Tyrannosaurus rex poking his head through your makeshift shelter of leaves? Try befriending him with an offer of guacamole and an invitation to celebrate Cinco de Mayo at your party.
Unfortunately, the concept of Cinco de Mayo will probably be lost on this vicious predator, who is living approximately 66 million years before the holiday was invented and before the battle between Mexico and France that it commemorates even happened and before such concepts of “Mexico” and “France” were even conceivable. But as long as you have guacamole made with Avocados From Mexico, you have Cinco de Mayo. Yeah … that was a long shot. You should probably run back to your timecraft. Don’t forget to rate your experience flying with TimeAir! Visit our recipe archive to whip up another batch that will help you take Cinco wherever Cinco takes you. We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post How to Make Friends With Dinosaurs (With Avocados!) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Celebrate Cinco de Mayo in a Rogue Hot Air Balloon https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/how-to-celebrate-cinco-de-mayo-in-a-rogue-hot-air-balloon/ Mon, 22 Apr 2019 12:22:56 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26392

Rays of early-morning sun stream across the horizon as you step into the basket. A kaleidoscope of color balloons above you, preparing to lift you high above this quiet field outside Albuquerque. The pilot reports calm, clear skies for the journey ahead — your first hot air balloon ride. A flame roars and ropes drop to the ground below you. You have liftoff!

You spend the morning waving to the pinprick pedestrians below, reveling in the tranquility that comes from being high above it all. This feels poetic, so you mention it to your pilot, who probably just doesn’t hear you. Now that you think of it, it is pretty windy…

Your basket sways, thunder claps, and it becomes clear that his weather predictions were sorely mistaken. He fights to steer you back on track, but the swirling winds are clearly in charge here. The sky turns gray, and you brace yourself for a wild ride.

As you soar off course over the petroglyphs and into the desert, you think of Maria’s party tonight. Will you and your precious tub of Avocados From Mexico guacamole make it in time to celebrate Cinco de Mayo?

Though you know next to nothing about air travel, you decide to do your best to help celebrate Cinco de Mayo the best you know how:

  • Try to bond with your pilot: “Sometimes my mom says I’m full of hot air,” you say. He ignores you.
  • Break out the guac: Your bowl of Botanero Guac may not make it to Maria’s table, but you can still be the star of this satellite Cinco de Mayo.
  • Drop a few guac bombs: Five points to yourself if you can hit one of the cacti below with a glob of guac.
  • Play optical illusion tricks: Pretend you’re a giant who’s squishing the mountains and houses below between your fingers. Hey — houses! Is that a backyard Cinco de Mayo party you spy below?

As fast as it came on, the storm subsides. Your pilot opts to land on the front lawn of the house you spotted above, and you can hardly believe it when you realize it’s not just any party — it’s Maria’s Cinco de Mayo celebration!

You quickly become a Cinco de Mayo star as you tell your perilous tale between bites of guacamole goodness. You even get approval from your pilot who, as he hoists himself back up into the sky, shouts, “Where there’s guac made with Avocados From Mexico, there’s Cinco de Mayo!” How poetic, you think, as his avocado-adorned balloon fades into the distance.

Everyone will be asking you for the guacamole recipe from your iconic Cinco de Mayo. Direct them to Avocados From Mexico’s recipe archive so they can try yours, or find a signature snack of their own.

We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post How to Celebrate Cinco de Mayo in a Rogue Hot Air Balloon appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Rays of early-morning sun stream across the horizon as you step into the basket. A kaleidoscope of color balloons above you, preparing to lift you high above this quiet field outside Albuquerque. The pilot reports calm, clear skies for the journey ahead — your first hot air balloon ride. A flame roars and ropes drop to the ground below you. You have liftoff! You spend the morning waving to the pinprick pedestrians below, reveling in the tranquility that comes from being high above it all. This feels poetic, so you mention it to your pilot, who probably just doesn’t hear you. Now that you think of it, it is pretty windy… Your basket sways, thunder claps, and it becomes clear that his weather predictions were sorely mistaken. He fights to steer you back on track, but the swirling winds are clearly in charge here. The sky turns gray, and you brace yourself for a wild ride. As you soar off course over the petroglyphs and into the desert, you think of Maria’s party tonight. Will you and your precious tub of Avocados From Mexico guacamole make it in time to celebrate Cinco de Mayo? Though you know next to nothing about air travel, you decide to do your best to help celebrate Cinco de Mayo the best you know how:
  • Try to bond with your pilot: “Sometimes my mom says I’m full of hot air,” you say. He ignores you.
  • Break out the guac: Your bowl of Botanero Guac may not make it to Maria’s table, but you can still be the star of this satellite Cinco de Mayo.
  • Drop a few guac bombs: Five points to yourself if you can hit one of the cacti below with a glob of guac.
  • Play optical illusion tricks: Pretend you’re a giant who’s squishing the mountains and houses below between your fingers. Hey — houses! Is that a backyard Cinco de Mayo party you spy below?
As fast as it came on, the storm subsides. Your pilot opts to land on the front lawn of the house you spotted above, and you can hardly believe it when you realize it’s not just any party — it’s Maria’s Cinco de Mayo celebration! You quickly become a Cinco de Mayo star as you tell your perilous tale between bites of guacamole goodness. You even get approval from your pilot who, as he hoists himself back up into the sky, shouts, “Where there’s guac made with Avocados From Mexico, there’s Cinco de Mayo!” How poetic, you think, as his avocado-adorned balloon fades into the distance. Everyone will be asking you for the guacamole recipe from your iconic Cinco de Mayo. Direct them to Avocados From Mexico’s recipe archive so they can try yours, or find a signature snack of their own. We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post How to Celebrate Cinco de Mayo in a Rogue Hot Air Balloon appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Stuck on a Roller Coaster? Here’s How to Get Your Cinco Back on Track https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/stuck-on-a-roller-coaster-heres-how-to-get-your-cinco-back-on-track/ Wed, 17 Apr 2019 18:01:40 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26385

It’s official: Your Cinco de Mayo has gone off the rails.

You’re on your way to Maria's Cinco de Mayo party when you pass the amusement park. With its mountainous peaks and devastating drops, you can’t resist admiring the Falcon Fall Frenzy coaster, and you quickly find you can't just stand by. Armed with your party snack of choice — Guac a la Veracruzana With Plantain Chips — you work your way through the line and board the ride.

The wind flies through your hair as you wave your hands above your head and scream. But just as your cart climbs to the highest peak, the wheels skid to a stop. The adrenaline subsides. You’re stuck. You become self-conscious about your windswept hair.

After an hour, your stomach is rumbling, and you just can't wait any longer to bust out your guacamole. It's time to celebrate Cinco de Mayo, even though you're stuck on a roller coaster. Here are some tips for making the most of it:

  • First things first: Crowdsource some dippers. Break out the chips and see who has a bag of carrot sticks, cucumber slices, or fruit in their fanny pack. (Find out more about guac dippers with our video on how to eat avocados.)
  • To protect your guac from flying foes, you’ll need a scarecrow. Grab a jacket from the guy behind you, borrow that kid’s balloon, and put it in the hood. Draw an angry face on the balloon. You want to enjoy this guac, not fight a flock of birds for it.
  • Make sure you save a bit for the firefighters who arrive to rescue you. They deserve to experience the goodness of the guac too.
  • Make a mental note to check the scream cam after your rescue. Hopefully, you’ll find some useful material for the "faces of people overwhelmed by the delicious flavor of Avocados From Mexico" coffee-table book you’ve got in the works.

“I can’t believe they make you guys work on Cinco de Mayo!” you say when the firefighters finally arrive. One of them turns to you and says, “It’s not Cinco. At least not yet!” then takes a generous scoop of your guacamole. “Now that’s Cinco!”

Visit our recipe archive for more guac ideas that will help you make the most of Cinco de Mayo, wherever it takes you.

We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post Stuck on a Roller Coaster? Here’s How to Get Your Cinco Back on Track appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It’s official: Your Cinco de Mayo has gone off the rails. You’re on your way to Maria's Cinco de Mayo party when you pass the amusement park. With its mountainous peaks and devastating drops, you can’t resist admiring the Falcon Fall Frenzy coaster, and you quickly find you can't just stand by. Armed with your party snack of choice — Guac a la Veracruzana With Plantain Chips — you work your way through the line and board the ride. The wind flies through your hair as you wave your hands above your head and scream. But just as your cart climbs to the highest peak, the wheels skid to a stop. The adrenaline subsides. You’re stuck. You become self-conscious about your windswept hair. After an hour, your stomach is rumbling, and you just can't wait any longer to bust out your guacamole. It's time to celebrate Cinco de Mayo, even though you're stuck on a roller coaster. Here are some tips for making the most of it:
  • First things first: Crowdsource some dippers. Break out the chips and see who has a bag of carrot sticks, cucumber slices, or fruit in their fanny pack. (Find out more about guac dippers with our video on how to eat avocados.)
  • To protect your guac from flying foes, you’ll need a scarecrow. Grab a jacket from the guy behind you, borrow that kid’s balloon, and put it in the hood. Draw an angry face on the balloon. You want to enjoy this guac, not fight a flock of birds for it.
  • Make sure you save a bit for the firefighters who arrive to rescue you. They deserve to experience the goodness of the guac too.
  • Make a mental note to check the scream cam after your rescue. Hopefully, you’ll find some useful material for the "faces of people overwhelmed by the delicious flavor of Avocados From Mexico" coffee-table book you’ve got in the works.
“I can’t believe they make you guys work on Cinco de Mayo!” you say when the firefighters finally arrive. One of them turns to you and says, “It’s not Cinco. At least not yet!” then takes a generous scoop of your guacamole. “Now that’s Cinco!” Visit our recipe archive for more guac ideas that will help you make the most of Cinco de Mayo, wherever it takes you. We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post Stuck on a Roller Coaster? Here’s How to Get Your Cinco Back on Track appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Celebrate Cinco de Mayo Trapped in an Elevator with a Mime https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/how-to-celebrate-cinco-de-mayo-trapped-in-an-elevator-with-a-mime/ Wed, 17 Apr 2019 17:58:43 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26382

Rushing to Beth’s Cinco de Mayo party, you step into an empty elevator carrying a large container of your favorite Avocados From Mexico Authentic Guacamole. As the doors are closing, a white-gloved hand appears between them. A mime enters. “Which floor?" you ask. He pantomimes himself climbing a flight of stairs five times in a row. By the end, he is out of breath. You admire his commitment.

You press 5, then 7, for Beth’s floor. But as you begin to rise, the fluorescent lights above flicker and the elevator groans and lurches to a halt. Panicking, you jam your thumb into the 6, the 2, the 14. Nothing. As your worst nightmare unfolds around you, the mime begins doing the “trapped in a box" routine. How ironically appropriate.

But if you’re anything, it’s a Cinco champion, and you won’t let the holiday fall prey to this unusual predicament. Here’s how to make the most of your Cinco de Mayo trapped in an elevator with a mime.

  • Play charades: What better time to practice your charades skills than in the presence of an expert? His “life cycle of an avocado plant” is beautiful and vulnerable. You are proud when he awards you a thumbs-up for your “man eating sandwich” impression.
  • Share your secrets: Since he does not speak, it’s probably safe to divulge your secret avocado dicing technique. Still, it’s probably safest to ask that he act out taking an oath before you dish the details.
  • Break out the guacamole: OK, so you’re curious to see someone eat guacamole in gloves and face paint. But you also feel a kinship with your new friend, and what better way to bond than over your favorite snack?

As you pop off the lid, he grins and exclaims, “Where there's guac made with Avocados From Mexico, there's Cinco de Mayo!” He immediately covers his mouth, and you both delight in his oafish gaffe!

Looking for more ways to spread the Cinco de Mayo spirit? Read through our recipe archive for more dishes good enough to make a mime shout.

We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post How to Celebrate Cinco de Mayo Trapped in an Elevator with a Mime appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Rushing to Beth’s Cinco de Mayo party, you step into an empty elevator carrying a large container of your favorite Avocados From Mexico Authentic Guacamole. As the doors are closing, a white-gloved hand appears between them. A mime enters. “Which floor?" you ask. He pantomimes himself climbing a flight of stairs five times in a row. By the end, he is out of breath. You admire his commitment. You press 5, then 7, for Beth’s floor. But as you begin to rise, the fluorescent lights above flicker and the elevator groans and lurches to a halt. Panicking, you jam your thumb into the 6, the 2, the 14. Nothing. As your worst nightmare unfolds around you, the mime begins doing the “trapped in a box" routine. How ironically appropriate. But if you’re anything, it’s a Cinco champion, and you won’t let the holiday fall prey to this unusual predicament. Here’s how to make the most of your Cinco de Mayo trapped in an elevator with a mime.
  • Play charades: What better time to practice your charades skills than in the presence of an expert? His “life cycle of an avocado plant” is beautiful and vulnerable. You are proud when he awards you a thumbs-up for your “man eating sandwich” impression.
  • Share your secrets: Since he does not speak, it’s probably safe to divulge your secret avocado dicing technique. Still, it’s probably safest to ask that he act out taking an oath before you dish the details.
  • Break out the guacamole: OK, so you’re curious to see someone eat guacamole in gloves and face paint. But you also feel a kinship with your new friend, and what better way to bond than over your favorite snack?
As you pop off the lid, he grins and exclaims, “Where there's guac made with Avocados From Mexico, there's Cinco de Mayo!” He immediately covers his mouth, and you both delight in his oafish gaffe! Looking for more ways to spread the Cinco de Mayo spirit? Read through our recipe archive for more dishes good enough to make a mime shout. We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post How to Celebrate Cinco de Mayo Trapped in an Elevator with a Mime appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Prep for a Perilous Arctic Avocado-Retrieval Mission to Save Your Cinco de Mayo Celebration https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/antarctica/ Wed, 10 Apr 2019 16:48:00 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26338

You were living the dream when you got the internship studying macaroni penguins on Antarctica. You’d studied tirelessly and were prepared to impress your colleagues with your vast knowledge of the species, hopefully landing you a full-time spot on the team by the end of the summer.

During your first week, you had even more to celebrate: It was Cinco de Mayo week. If there’s anything that you’re just as passionate about as those spiky-browed little birds, it’s Cinco de Mayo, so you know good and well that there’s no Cinco de Mayo celebration without guac made with Avocados From Mexico.

You would have come prepared, bringing enough fresh Avocados From Mexico for the whole team to enjoy — hey, you’ve got to get the brownie points where you can — but then the big blizzard hit, leaving you separated from your precious avocados. They were at Research Base A, and you were miles away at Base D.

Though perilous, you knew what had to be done. Here’s how to survive your avocado rescue mission to save your Cinco de Mayo celebration.

  • Bring a GPS. In close proximity to the South Pole, a traditional compass will not function, and if you get lost in this vast wasteland, you’re through.
  • Bring a Steak Offering in case Icegoat isn’t a myth.
  • Layer Up. Put on clothes, then repeat. Repeat again. The less human-like your shape becomes, the better. Speaking of layers, you bet the team will go wild for your signature Fiesta Guacamole.

When you finally make it back to Base A, you realize you weren’t the only one seeking shelter for your Cinco de Mayo celebration — the camp has been taken over by macaroni penguins! They coo as you enter, and you decide it’s time for a party pit stop. After all, you’re as frozen as an avocado popsicle…not that that’s enough to stop you from high-fiving one of your new friends and chipping a piece of ice from your sleeve to dig into your snowy stash of guac.

The story doesn’t stop here. Check out this video to see where the rest of your Arctic Cinco de Mayo journey takes you. And visit our recipe archive for more guac ideas that will help you celebrate Cinco anywhere. 

We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post How to Prep for a Perilous Arctic Avocado-Retrieval Mission to Save Your Cinco de Mayo Celebration appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You were living the dream when you got the internship studying macaroni penguins on Antarctica. You’d studied tirelessly and were prepared to impress your colleagues with your vast knowledge of the species, hopefully landing you a full-time spot on the team by the end of the summer. During your first week, you had even more to celebrate: It was Cinco de Mayo week. If there’s anything that you’re just as passionate about as those spiky-browed little birds, it’s Cinco de Mayo, so you know good and well that there’s no Cinco de Mayo celebration without guac made with Avocados From Mexico. You would have come prepared, bringing enough fresh Avocados From Mexico for the whole team to enjoy — hey, you’ve got to get the brownie points where you can — but then the big blizzard hit, leaving you separated from your precious avocados. They were at Research Base A, and you were miles away at Base D. Though perilous, you knew what had to be done. Here’s how to survive your avocado rescue mission to save your Cinco de Mayo celebration.
  • Bring a GPS. In close proximity to the South Pole, a traditional compass will not function, and if you get lost in this vast wasteland, you’re through.
  • Bring a Steak Offering in case Icegoat isn’t a myth.
  • Layer Up. Put on clothes, then repeat. Repeat again. The less human-like your shape becomes, the better. Speaking of layers, you bet the team will go wild for your signature Fiesta Guacamole.
When you finally make it back to Base A, you realize you weren’t the only one seeking shelter for your Cinco de Mayo celebration — the camp has been taken over by macaroni penguins! They coo as you enter, and you decide it’s time for a party pit stop. After all, you’re as frozen as an avocado popsicle…not that that’s enough to stop you from high-fiving one of your new friends and chipping a piece of ice from your sleeve to dig into your snowy stash of guac. The story doesn’t stop here. Check out this video to see where the rest of your Arctic Cinco de Mayo journey takes you. And visit our recipe archive for more guac ideas that will help you celebrate Cinco anywhere.  We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

The post How to Prep for a Perilous Arctic Avocado-Retrieval Mission to Save Your Cinco de Mayo Celebration appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Summoned for Jury Duty this Cinco de Mayo? Bring the Party to the Panel https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/jury-duty/ Wed, 10 Apr 2019 16:46:51 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=26336

You were killing it. The sun was radiant, the birds were chirping. You finished all your work ahead of schedule, high-fived your boss, and left the office. You even had time to slip off to the store to buy Avocados From Mexico for the Tostitos® SalsaGuac and Cinco Layer Dip by Tostitos® that you’re perfecting for Joe’s upcoming Cinco de Mayo party. But when you got home, you went to check your mailbox and … jury duty.

Just like that, you plummet back to earth. You open the envelope and bad becomes worse when you see the summons is for Cinco de Mayo weekend.

When the day comes, you arrive at court and wouldn’t you know it: You’re one of the few who is actually picked. You take a seat in the jury box, but you’re having a hard time focusing on upholding the law. On any other day, this would have been fine — a thrill, even — but it’s Cinco, and you’re missing the big party at Joe’s. Your mind drifts and you can’t stop thinking about how Rachel is probably getting scooped up by some other guy during the annual “Kiss the Cook” Party Dip Mix-Off.

Fear not: It’s possible to help the jury reach a verdict and still celebrate Cinco de Mayo.

  • Unzip your bag and remove the large containers of Tostitos SalsaGuac and Cinco Layer Dip made with Avocados From Mexico that you brought to share. They would have been shoo-in wins at Joe’s.
  • If you forgot to pack chips, you’ll need to beg a bag off one of your fellow jurors. Speaking of which, there’s something familiar about the woman in the low-brimmed hat to your left …
  • She packed Tostitos. You feel a spark.
  • Begin enjoying your Tostitos® SalsaGuac made with Avocados From Mexico, then weep along with the defendant: You have been hit with an overwhelming combination of crunch and creamy avocado flavor, and he has been found guilty of wire fraud and sentenced to a Cinco de Mayo behind bars.
  • Whisper a tearful thank-you to the woman next to you. Only when she raises her hat do you realize — holy guacamole, it’s been Rachel all along!
  • Tell her it really is true what they say: “Where there’s guac, there’s Cinco.”
  • When the judge brings down the gavel to dismiss, lean in for the kiss.

You and your Cinco sweetie will need some future date ideas, and what better than a dinner in? For more guac ideas to help recreate the moment it all started and further celebrate Cinco de Mayo, visit our recipe archive.

We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.

 

 

The post Summoned for Jury Duty this Cinco de Mayo? Bring the Party to the Panel appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You were killing it. The sun was radiant, the birds were chirping. You finished all your work ahead of schedule, high-fived your boss, and left the office. You even had time to slip off to the store to buy Avocados From Mexico for the Tostitos® SalsaGuac and Cinco Layer Dip by Tostitos® that you’re perfecting for Joe’s upcoming Cinco de Mayo party. But when you got home, you went to check your mailbox and … jury duty. Just like that, you plummet back to earth. You open the envelope and bad becomes worse when you see the summons is for Cinco de Mayo weekend. When the day comes, you arrive at court and wouldn’t you know it: You’re one of the few who is actually picked. You take a seat in the jury box, but you’re having a hard time focusing on upholding the law. On any other day, this would have been fine — a thrill, even — but it’s Cinco, and you’re missing the big party at Joe’s. Your mind drifts and you can’t stop thinking about how Rachel is probably getting scooped up by some other guy during the annual “Kiss the Cook” Party Dip Mix-Off. Fear not: It’s possible to help the jury reach a verdict and still celebrate Cinco de Mayo.
  • Unzip your bag and remove the large containers of Tostitos SalsaGuac and Cinco Layer Dip made with Avocados From Mexico that you brought to share. They would have been shoo-in wins at Joe’s.
  • If you forgot to pack chips, you’ll need to beg a bag off one of your fellow jurors. Speaking of which, there’s something familiar about the woman in the low-brimmed hat to your left …
  • She packed Tostitos. You feel a spark.
  • Begin enjoying your Tostitos® SalsaGuac made with Avocados From Mexico, then weep along with the defendant: You have been hit with an overwhelming combination of crunch and creamy avocado flavor, and he has been found guilty of wire fraud and sentenced to a Cinco de Mayo behind bars.
  • Whisper a tearful thank-you to the woman next to you. Only when she raises her hat do you realize — holy guacamole, it’s been Rachel all along!
  • Tell her it really is true what they say: “Where there’s guac, there’s Cinco.”
  • When the judge brings down the gavel to dismiss, lean in for the kiss.
You and your Cinco sweetie will need some future date ideas, and what better than a dinner in? For more guac ideas to help recreate the moment it all started and further celebrate Cinco de Mayo, visit our recipe archive. We’ve got plenty more blogs to show you just how to make the most of your Cinco, no matter where Cinco takes you.  
 

The post Summoned for Jury Duty this Cinco de Mayo? Bring the Party to the Panel appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Tasty Avocado Snacks for Students https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/tasty-avocado-snacks-for-students/ Tue, 26 Mar 2019 20:54:58 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25818

No one wants their student to be distracted by hunger or overloaded with energy while they study. Avocados can provide a versatile and sugar-free way to keep kids feeling full throughout the school week. Avocados are a good source of fiber, a substance that can help your child feel satiated faster, and with zero grams of sugar per 50g serving of avocado, there is no need to worry about sugar highs and crashes. A serving of avocado also has nearly 20 vitamins and minerals.

With so many nutritional benefits, avocados could be the perfect addition to your student’s snack repertoire, and we have some recipe ideas to help get your family started. These avocado snacks are minimally messy, making them an excellent choice for snack breaks during the school week. Make sure you are fully equipped with ripe avocados and a knowledge of how to store avocado leftovers, as the ingredients for these snacks can be worked into multiple family meals.

Avocados are a sugar-free food, but some of these recipes may contain sugar. Before altering your student’s diet, talk to their doctor. They may include avocados in a list of healthy foods you can incorporate into your student’s diet. Be sure to mention these recipes during your discussion to ensure that they are the proper fit for your student’s dietary needs.

Salmon Cracker Sandwiches

If your student loves texture and crunch, these avocado and smoked salmon cracker sandwiches will fit the bill. Layer avocado spread onto a crispy cracker and top with smoked salmon for a savory seafood crunch. While the recipe pictures these seafood-and-avocado bites as open-faced sandwiches, we recommend closing the sandwich with an additional cracker for leak-free lunchbox loading.

Ham and Cheese Avocado Roll-ups

If soft snacks are the way to your student's heart, our ham and cheese avocado roll-ups are a simple and portable option.

Combine one mashed avocado with mayonnaise, mustard, and chipotle chiles in adobo sauce to create an avocado spread. Roll out each piece of sandwich bread with a rolling pin until completely flat, then layer on the avocado spread. Leave an inch around the sides of the bread bare. Top with slices of ham and cheese and roll up the sandwich. You can easily make them vegetarian by replacing the ham with sautéed spinach or veggies.

Avocado Fries

Dredge thick slices of Avocados From Mexico in chile-lime flour, egg, and panko breadcrumbs and bake them into avocado fries. The crisp coating mingles perfectly with the creamy, warm avocado innards for a health-conscious indulgence.

Cut 2 whole avocados into wedges and preheat your broiler to 500°F. Warm a baking sheet in the oven. Prepare 3 mixing bowls. Mix flour and chili-lime salt in the first bowl, beat 1 egg in the second bowl, and place panko bread crumbs and any remaining chili salt in the third bowl to create an avocado-fry assembly line. Place an avocado wedge in the first bowl to coat it in flour, then use a fork to coat it in egg. Finally, coat it in the panko breadcrumbs. Repeat for each of the avocado wedges.

Coat your baking pan in oil and fan the avocado wedges across it. Place them under the broiler for 5 minutes, flip them over, then return them to the broiler for an additional 2 minutes. Let them cool, then pack into sandwich bags for your student to enjoy.

Visit our blog for other avocado recipe ideas.

The post Tasty Avocado Snacks for Students appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

No one wants their student to be distracted by hunger or overloaded with energy while they study. Avocados can provide a versatile and sugar-free way to keep kids feeling full throughout the school week. Avocados are a good source of fiber, a substance that can help your child feel satiated faster, and with zero grams of sugar per 50g serving of avocado, there is no need to worry about sugar highs and crashes. A serving of avocado also has nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. With so many nutritional benefits, avocados could be the perfect addition to your student’s snack repertoire, and we have some recipe ideas to help get your family started. These avocado snacks are minimally messy, making them an excellent choice for snack breaks during the school week. Make sure you are fully equipped with ripe avocados and a knowledge of how to store avocado leftovers, as the ingredients for these snacks can be worked into multiple family meals. Avocados are a sugar-free food, but some of these recipes may contain sugar. Before altering your student’s diet, talk to their doctor. They may include avocados in a list of healthy foods you can incorporate into your student’s diet. Be sure to mention these recipes during your discussion to ensure that they are the proper fit for your student’s dietary needs. Salmon Cracker Sandwiches If your student loves texture and crunch, these avocado and smoked salmon cracker sandwiches will fit the bill. Layer avocado spread onto a crispy cracker and top with smoked salmon for a savory seafood crunch. While the recipe pictures these seafood-and-avocado bites as open-faced sandwiches, we recommend closing the sandwich with an additional cracker for leak-free lunchbox loading. Ham and Cheese Avocado Roll-ups If soft snacks are the way to your student's heart, our ham and cheese avocado roll-ups are a simple and portable option. Combine one mashed avocado with mayonnaise, mustard, and chipotle chiles in adobo sauce to create an avocado spread. Roll out each piece of sandwich bread with a rolling pin until completely flat, then layer on the avocado spread. Leave an inch around the sides of the bread bare. Top with slices of ham and cheese and roll up the sandwich. You can easily make them vegetarian by replacing the ham with sautéed spinach or veggies. Avocado Fries Dredge thick slices of Avocados From Mexico in chile-lime flour, egg, and panko breadcrumbs and bake them into avocado fries. The crisp coating mingles perfectly with the creamy, warm avocado innards for a health-conscious indulgence. Cut 2 whole avocados into wedges and preheat your broiler to 500°F. Warm a baking sheet in the oven. Prepare 3 mixing bowls. Mix flour and chili-lime salt in the first bowl, beat 1 egg in the second bowl, and place panko bread crumbs and any remaining chili salt in the third bowl to create an avocado-fry assembly line. Place an avocado wedge in the first bowl to coat it in flour, then use a fork to coat it in egg. Finally, coat it in the panko breadcrumbs. Repeat for each of the avocado wedges. Coat your baking pan in oil and fan the avocado wedges across it. Place them under the broiler for 5 minutes, flip them over, then return them to the broiler for an additional 2 minutes. Let them cool, then pack into sandwich bags for your student to enjoy. Visit our blog for other avocado recipe ideas.

The post Tasty Avocado Snacks for Students appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
DIY Avocado-Oil Insect Repellent https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/diy-avocado-oil-insect-repellent/ Tue, 26 Mar 2019 20:53:47 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25816

Warm weather often sparks a desire to be close to nature. Unfortunately, that desire can come back to bite us — literally. Bug spray can be an essential in the spring and summer months if you hope to do less scratching and more exploring. This blend of essential oils with an avocado-oil base provides an opportunity to try a natural, DIY bug spray.

DIY Avocado Oil Extraction

Essential oil blends often require a carrier oil: an oil that dilutes the other oils mixed into it. Avocado oil is among the most commonly used carrier oils as it is easily absorbed into skin.

To extract avocado oil, begin by slicing three avocados and removing the skin and pit. Mash the green pulp of the avocado with a mortar or food processor. Three avocados will yield approximately 37.5 ml of oil: a bit over 2.5 T. For larger quantities, gather your green guts, keeping in mind that a single avocado will produce roughly 12.5 ml of oil. Spread the avocado mash on a baking pan in thin layers and place in an oven at 155°F for 5 hours. This will dry out the pulp and prepare it for oil extraction.

When the pulp is brown, but not black, remove it from the oven. Use a cloth to wring the dried pulp over a bowl to catch the avocado oil. Strain and restrain until there are no avocado chunks in the mixture. Once smooth, your avocado oil is ready to combine with essential oils.

Related: Visit our blog for ways to incorporate DIY avocado oil into your beauty regimen.

Combine with Fragrant Essential Oils

Essential oils are oils extracted from a single herb or flower that may carry purposeful perks. Those with bug-busting benefits generally include citronella, lemongrass, patchouli, and lavender. Depending on the insect you hope to avoid, some oils are more effective than others. Lemon, eucalyptus, and rosemary are among those that tend to target mosquitos specifically, while cedarwood oil works well against fleas and ticks. Choose the bugs you want to send flying and the oils that correspond.

Combine 20 total drops of essential oils with approximately 30 ml of DIY avocado oil (2T). How much of each oil you choose to incorporate is up to you, so long as you maintain this ratio. Stir and enjoy trying this new, natural approach to bug spray.

Application Advice

You may wish to apply a few dabs of your blend to your skin to test whether you have adverse reactions to any of the ingredients. A good practice is to apply the DIY avocado oil to skin first to verify that no reactions occur to this ingredient alone. Many advise against the direct application of essential oils to skin in the absence of a carrier oil. When applying the insect repellent mixture, avoid the mouth, eyes, and open wounds, as essential oils can cause these areas to burn. If all goes well, set out on your natural adventure and reapply as needed.

For more DIY avocado projects, visit our blog.

The post DIY Avocado-Oil Insect Repellent appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Warm weather often sparks a desire to be close to nature. Unfortunately, that desire can come back to bite us — literally. Bug spray can be an essential in the spring and summer months if you hope to do less scratching and more exploring. This blend of essential oils with an avocado-oil base provides an opportunity to try a natural, DIY bug spray. DIY Avocado Oil Extraction Essential oil blends often require a carrier oil: an oil that dilutes the other oils mixed into it. Avocado oil is among the most commonly used carrier oils as it is easily absorbed into skin. To extract avocado oil, begin by slicing three avocados and removing the skin and pit. Mash the green pulp of the avocado with a mortar or food processor. Three avocados will yield approximately 37.5 ml of oil: a bit over 2.5 T. For larger quantities, gather your green guts, keeping in mind that a single avocado will produce roughly 12.5 ml of oil. Spread the avocado mash on a baking pan in thin layers and place in an oven at 155°F for 5 hours. This will dry out the pulp and prepare it for oil extraction. When the pulp is brown, but not black, remove it from the oven. Use a cloth to wring the dried pulp over a bowl to catch the avocado oil. Strain and restrain until there are no avocado chunks in the mixture. Once smooth, your avocado oil is ready to combine with essential oils. Related: Visit our blog for ways to incorporate DIY avocado oil into your beauty regimen. Combine with Fragrant Essential Oils Essential oils are oils extracted from a single herb or flower that may carry purposeful perks. Those with bug-busting benefits generally include citronella, lemongrass, patchouli, and lavender. Depending on the insect you hope to avoid, some oils are more effective than others. Lemon, eucalyptus, and rosemary are among those that tend to target mosquitos specifically, while cedarwood oil works well against fleas and ticks. Choose the bugs you want to send flying and the oils that correspond. Combine 20 total drops of essential oils with approximately 30 ml of DIY avocado oil (2T). How much of each oil you choose to incorporate is up to you, so long as you maintain this ratio. Stir and enjoy trying this new, natural approach to bug spray. Application Advice You may wish to apply a few dabs of your blend to your skin to test whether you have adverse reactions to any of the ingredients. A good practice is to apply the DIY avocado oil to skin first to verify that no reactions occur to this ingredient alone. Many advise against the direct application of essential oils to skin in the absence of a carrier oil. When applying the insect repellent mixture, avoid the mouth, eyes, and open wounds, as essential oils can cause these areas to burn. If all goes well, set out on your natural adventure and reapply as needed. For more DIY avocado projects, visit our blog.

The post DIY Avocado-Oil Insect Repellent appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Instagram-Ready Avocado Frittata Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/instagram-ready-avocado-frittata-recipes/ Tue, 26 Mar 2019 20:52:30 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25815

Many believe breakfast is the most important meal of the day, but not all breakfasts are created equal. Setting the tone for your day by pairing good fats and proteins is a great start. USDA’s My Plate recommends making half your plate fruits and veggies and varying your protein routine. One large egg contains 6g of high-quality protein, making it one of nature’s best protein sources. A 1/3 serving of a medium avocado is a good source of good fat. With a little help from our favorite green fruit, you can make an avocado frittata fit for your Sunday brunch Instagram post.

Egg Frittata with Green Garnish

Frittatas are a tasty family-favorite that are easy to prepare and can be decorated with avocado wedges. Crack 2 eggs per person and beat with a splash of milk and pinches of salt and pepper. Throw in a handful of shredded mozzarella and stir to combine. Cook in an oiled, non-stick skillet over medium-low heat until the bottom side is lightly browned and the top side is par-cooked.

While this egg-centric entrée bubbles away, prepare your toppings. Crumble Cotija or feta cheese and slice avocado wedges to garnish your morning masterpiece. Upon removing the frittata from the skillet, fan your avocado slices atop the frittata and sprinkle on the cheese. To ensure your avocado puts its best pit forward, you will need to wash and cut it correctly. Place your dish under the broiler for 5 minutes, then remove your avocado frittata and enjoy.

Green Eggs and Optional Ham

If you’d prefer a more integrated avocado flavor in your frittata, or you simply want to update your avocado recipe repertoire, mix half a creamy avocado into your eggs. It will substitute for the milk normally whipped into the eggs and make for a green, dairy-free break-feast. A perfectly ripe avocado is a must for this blending technique, so choose one with a dark skin that yields to slight pressure.

Whip 6 eggs with half an avocado using a hand mixer, then season with pinches of salt and pepper. You can add bacon bits for a crunchy texture and salty kick, or grated cheese and chopped grilled vegetables can create a cocktail of fresh, savory flavors. Stir your choices into the egg-and-avocado mixture to combine, and place in an oiled, non-stick skillet over medium heat. Once the base starts browning, place the frittata on a dish and put it under a broiler for 5 minutes or until the top begins to caramelize.

Green goodness inside or on top — your taste buds are winners either way with these egg and avocado breakfast bites.

For more breakfast recipe ideas featuring avocados, check out our recipe archive.

The post Instagram-Ready Avocado Frittata Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Many believe breakfast is the most important meal of the day, but not all breakfasts are created equal. Setting the tone for your day by pairing good fats and proteins is a great start. USDA’s My Plate recommends making half your plate fruits and veggies and varying your protein routine. One large egg contains 6g of high-quality protein, making it one of nature’s best protein sources. A 1/3 serving of a medium avocado is a good source of good fat. With a little help from our favorite green fruit, you can make an avocado frittata fit for your Sunday brunch Instagram post. Egg Frittata with Green Garnish Frittatas are a tasty family-favorite that are easy to prepare and can be decorated with avocado wedges. Crack 2 eggs per person and beat with a splash of milk and pinches of salt and pepper. Throw in a handful of shredded mozzarella and stir to combine. Cook in an oiled, non-stick skillet over medium-low heat until the bottom side is lightly browned and the top side is par-cooked. While this egg-centric entrée bubbles away, prepare your toppings. Crumble Cotija or feta cheese and slice avocado wedges to garnish your morning masterpiece. Upon removing the frittata from the skillet, fan your avocado slices atop the frittata and sprinkle on the cheese. To ensure your avocado puts its best pit forward, you will need to wash and cut it correctly. Place your dish under the broiler for 5 minutes, then remove your avocado frittata and enjoy. Green Eggs and Optional Ham If you’d prefer a more integrated avocado flavor in your frittata, or you simply want to update your avocado recipe repertoire, mix half a creamy avocado into your eggs. It will substitute for the milk normally whipped into the eggs and make for a green, dairy-free break-feast. A perfectly ripe avocado is a must for this blending technique, so choose one with a dark skin that yields to slight pressure. Whip 6 eggs with half an avocado using a hand mixer, then season with pinches of salt and pepper. You can add bacon bits for a crunchy texture and salty kick, or grated cheese and chopped grilled vegetables can create a cocktail of fresh, savory flavors. Stir your choices into the egg-and-avocado mixture to combine, and place in an oiled, non-stick skillet over medium heat. Once the base starts browning, place the frittata on a dish and put it under a broiler for 5 minutes or until the top begins to caramelize. Green goodness inside or on top — your taste buds are winners either way with these egg and avocado breakfast bites. For more breakfast recipe ideas featuring avocados, check out our recipe archive.

The post Instagram-Ready Avocado Frittata Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Green Avocado Recipes and Garments for St. Patrick’s Day Fun https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/green-avocado-recipes-and-garments-for-st-patricks-day-fun/ Mon, 11 Mar 2019 12:29:25 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25583

St. Patrick's Day is a time to celebrate everything Irish, but it's also the perfect occasion to enjoy your favorite green fruit. This March, you can show love for avocados through unabashedly green food, drink, and clothing choices and still fit into the festive fray.

Go with a Green Getup

You don't need to sport shamrocks to avoid being pinched on March 17. St. Patrick's Day is an excellent occasion to deck yourself out in green garb while watching a parade or attending a party. Feel festive in an avocado T-shirt or comfy avocado socks. For a more subtle approach, stay warm during a St. Patrick’s Day parade with a cozy avocado scarf.

Offer Naturally Green Food Options

Avoid adding artificial food coloring to your drinks and dishes by having dark green, slightly bumpy, ripe avocados on hand during your St. Patrick’s Day party. Take advantage of the natural green goodness of avocados to festively color your plates. In addition to remaining healthfully on theme, you'll add a nutritional boost of good fats, fiber, vitamins, and minerals. There are many other green party foods you can serve besides guacamole, like overloaded potato skins topped with avocado slices.

How to Make Avo-loaded Potato Skins

To make, poke holes in 3 or 4 Russet potatoes and place them on a baking sheet. Bake for about an hour at 400°F. As they bake, cook several slices of bacon in a skillet until crispy and prepare the filling for these loaded skins by mixing crema with chipotle in adobo sauce. Remove the potatoes from the oven and scoop out the innards, leaving about an inch of cooked-potato lining inside the skins. Spoon the crema and chipotle sauce mixture inside the potato skins and cover with a layer of your favorite grated cheese. Bake for 5 or 6 more minutes at 500°F before topping with sliced avocado and crispy chunks of bacon.

Raise glasses filled with spicy avocado margaritas and toast the versatile fruit (and the Irish, of course). Cheers!

Prepare for other upcoming festivities with our avocado recipe archive.

The post Green Avocado Recipes and Garments for St. Patrick’s Day Fun appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

St. Patrick's Day is a time to celebrate everything Irish, but it's also the perfect occasion to enjoy your favorite green fruit. This March, you can show love for avocados through unabashedly green food, drink, and clothing choices and still fit into the festive fray.

Go with a Green Getup

You don't need to sport shamrocks to avoid being pinched on March 17. St. Patrick's Day is an excellent occasion to deck yourself out in green garb while watching a parade or attending a party. Feel festive in an avocado T-shirt or comfy avocado socks. For a more subtle approach, stay warm during a St. Patrick’s Day parade with a cozy avocado scarf.

Offer Naturally Green Food Options

Avoid adding artificial food coloring to your drinks and dishes by having dark green, slightly bumpy, ripe avocados on hand during your St. Patrick’s Day party. Take advantage of the natural green goodness of avocados to festively color your plates. In addition to remaining healthfully on theme, you'll add a nutritional boost of good fats, fiber, vitamins, and minerals. There are many other green party foods you can serve besides guacamole, like overloaded potato skins topped with avocado slices.

How to Make Avo-loaded Potato Skins

To make, poke holes in 3 or 4 Russet potatoes and place them on a baking sheet. Bake for about an hour at 400°F. As they bake, cook several slices of bacon in a skillet until crispy and prepare the filling for these loaded skins by mixing crema with chipotle in adobo sauce. Remove the potatoes from the oven and scoop out the innards, leaving about an inch of cooked-potato lining inside the skins. Spoon the crema and chipotle sauce mixture inside the potato skins and cover with a layer of your favorite grated cheese. Bake for 5 or 6 more minutes at 500°F before topping with sliced avocado and crispy chunks of bacon. Raise glasses filled with spicy avocado margaritas and toast the versatile fruit (and the Irish, of course). Cheers! Prepare for other upcoming festivities with our avocado recipe archive.

The post Green Avocado Recipes and Garments for St. Patrick’s Day Fun appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Tea Party Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-tea-party-recipes/ Mon, 11 Mar 2019 12:27:49 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25582

Whether it's a Mother's Day celebration, a spring baby shower, or you simply feel like gathering the ladies for a spot of tea, the sweet cakes and savory bites served alongside your British beverages speak volumes of your party planning abilities. These tea party recipes for avocado sandwiches and cookies are sure to have your guests’ plates full and pinkies raised throughout your midday soiree.

A New Take on Finger Sandwiches

A tea party isn't complete without the requisite dainty sandwiches. We recommend this take on a cucumber sandwich with a creamy avocado twist. Mash half an avocado and a splash of lime juice into a bowl before spreading it on a slice of whole grain, crust-less bread. Top the other slice of bread with a layer of whipped cream cheese, thinly sliced English cucumbers, and a small handful of alfalfa for a rich, vegetarian delight. To add a protein punch, swap the cucumber slices for a layer of smoked salmon or egg salad.

Avocado and Dill Deviled Eggs

For a greener version of this favorite, hard boil a dozen eggs and let them cool. Peel away the shells, slice the eggs into halves, and carefully remove the yolks. Mash the hard-boiled egg yolks with one perfectly-ripened avocado in a mixing bowl. Add a dollop of Greek yogurt, chopped fresh dill, and white pepper, and stir until evenly combined. Pipe the green mixture into the egg-white halves and garnish with freshly chopped chives. If you're feeling fancy, a small, edible flower on each half will gild the lily.

Chocolate-dipped Dessert Bites

You'll want something sweet to round out this repast, and these lime cookies with a chocolate glaze are deliciously citrusy. Beat coconut oil and avocado at medium speed until smooth, adding powdered sugar, egg, vanilla, lime zest, and lime juice until fully incorporated. In another bowl, stir flour, baking soda, baking powder, and salt. Combine wet and dry ingredients on a low setting and let chill in a log form for up to 24 hours. Slice into individually portioned cookies before baking. While these avocado-and-citrus-centered beauties bake, prepare the chocolate glaze that will sweeten the mix.

Melt the chocolate with coconut oil. After you bake and cool your cookies, dip each one in the bowl of chocolate glaze. Enjoy with a cup of Cream of Earl Grey or Buckingham Palace Garden tea.

Store any leftover avocados in the fridge for up to 5 days, and use this list of avocado recipes for ideas on how to incorporate the remaining green goodness into your daily routine.

The post Avocado Tea Party Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Whether it's a Mother's Day celebration, a spring baby shower, or you simply feel like gathering the ladies for a spot of tea, the sweet cakes and savory bites served alongside your British beverages speak volumes of your party planning abilities. These tea party recipes for avocado sandwiches and cookies are sure to have your guests’ plates full and pinkies raised throughout your midday soiree.

A New Take on Finger Sandwiches

A tea party isn't complete without the requisite dainty sandwiches. We recommend this take on a cucumber sandwich with a creamy avocado twist. Mash half an avocado and a splash of lime juice into a bowl before spreading it on a slice of whole grain, crust-less bread. Top the other slice of bread with a layer of whipped cream cheese, thinly sliced English cucumbers, and a small handful of alfalfa for a rich, vegetarian delight. To add a protein punch, swap the cucumber slices for a layer of smoked salmon or egg salad.

Avocado and Dill Deviled Eggs

For a greener version of this favorite, hard boil a dozen eggs and let them cool. Peel away the shells, slice the eggs into halves, and carefully remove the yolks. Mash the hard-boiled egg yolks with one perfectly-ripened avocado in a mixing bowl. Add a dollop of Greek yogurt, chopped fresh dill, and white pepper, and stir until evenly combined. Pipe the green mixture into the egg-white halves and garnish with freshly chopped chives. If you're feeling fancy, a small, edible flower on each half will gild the lily.

Chocolate-dipped Dessert Bites

You'll want something sweet to round out this repast, and these lime cookies with a chocolate glaze are deliciously citrusy. Beat coconut oil and avocado at medium speed until smooth, adding powdered sugar, egg, vanilla, lime zest, and lime juice until fully incorporated. In another bowl, stir flour, baking soda, baking powder, and salt. Combine wet and dry ingredients on a low setting and let chill in a log form for up to 24 hours. Slice into individually portioned cookies before baking. While these avocado-and-citrus-centered beauties bake, prepare the chocolate glaze that will sweeten the mix. Melt the chocolate with coconut oil. After you bake and cool your cookies, dip each one in the bowl of chocolate glaze. Enjoy with a cup of Cream of Earl Grey or Buckingham Palace Garden tea. Store any leftover avocados in the fridge for up to 5 days, and use this list of avocado recipes for ideas on how to incorporate the remaining green goodness into your daily routine.

The post Avocado Tea Party Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Craft the Ultimate Avocado Cheese Board https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/how-to-craft-the-ultimate-avocado-cheese-board/ Mon, 11 Mar 2019 12:24:48 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25581

If you need snacks to pair with pre-dinner party drinks, a cheese board is a guaranteed crowd pleaser. Avocado complements the classic components of a charcuterie board and provides color that enhances presentation. It also contrasts well with sharp, aged cheese or highlights the flavors in smooth, mellow varieties.

Get ready to receive appetizer accolades with these globally inspired cheese board ideas that feature the green goodness of Avocados From Mexico.

A Cheese Board that is Très Bien!

Draw inspiration from France for this meat-and-cheese board that's an absolute beauty, especially when served with sparkling wine or a clean Chenin blanc.

A ripe wedge of French Brie, Époisses, or Camembert works wonders when paired with thinly sliced, ripe avocado slivers. You'll also get loads of complementary mileage with a bunch of fresh, green grapes, an herbed, tangy chèvre, and cucumber spears. Grill an olive-oil-brushed baguette cut into rounds to add crunch and include French olives.

¡Vamos a España!

Take your guests on a Spanish journey with slices of aged Manchego or Ibérico cheese from the country's dry, central region. Then, color outside the lines with Payoyo from Cádiz in the country's south. Pair with lightly glazed tortas de aceite: crunchy, thin, cracker-like rounds that you can find in many specialty grocery stores.

To amplify the color and texture of your board, add thin slices of dried Catalan sausage called fuet, dried, paprika-laced chorizo, jamón Serrano, cherry tomatoes, buttery arbequina olives, and dried figs. Try layering avocado slices on a torta with a slice of Ibérico and a round of fuet to make your own montadito, or open-faced sandwich. Serve alongside chilled cava or a dry manzanilla from Sanlúcar.

Per Chance, a British Blue

If you'd prefer some tried-and-true British favorites, grab a wedge of Stilton — a mature, crumbly cheddar — or some Shropshire Blue to pair with juicy apple and pear slices, avocado slivers, and oat or water crackers. The adventurous host can serve toasted slices of sourdough brushed with butter and create a spread by mashing avocado in with cooked green peas. Layer the spread on the sourdough slices and top with crumbled cheese before you place them under the broiler. Serve these gooey, open-faced goodies on a platter.

Have pickle spears, dry-roasted walnut morsels, slices of smoked ham or roast beef, and grainy mustard on hand, and serve it all alongside a pint of Porter or a British Stout.

For more avocado appetizer recipes, visit our recipe archive here.

The post How to Craft the Ultimate Avocado Cheese Board appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you need snacks to pair with pre-dinner party drinks, a cheese board is a guaranteed crowd pleaser. Avocado complements the classic components of a charcuterie board and provides color that enhances presentation. It also contrasts well with sharp, aged cheese or highlights the flavors in smooth, mellow varieties. Get ready to receive appetizer accolades with these globally inspired cheese board ideas that feature the green goodness of Avocados From Mexico.

A Cheese Board that is Très Bien!

Draw inspiration from France for this meat-and-cheese board that's an absolute beauty, especially when served with sparkling wine or a clean Chenin blanc. A ripe wedge of French Brie, Époisses, or Camembert works wonders when paired with thinly sliced, ripe avocado slivers. You'll also get loads of complementary mileage with a bunch of fresh, green grapes, an herbed, tangy chèvre, and cucumber spears. Grill an olive-oil-brushed baguette cut into rounds to add crunch and include French olives.

¡Vamos a España!

Take your guests on a Spanish journey with slices of aged Manchego or Ibérico cheese from the country's dry, central region. Then, color outside the lines with Payoyo from Cádiz in the country's south. Pair with lightly glazed tortas de aceite: crunchy, thin, cracker-like rounds that you can find in many specialty grocery stores. To amplify the color and texture of your board, add thin slices of dried Catalan sausage called fuet, dried, paprika-laced chorizo, jamón Serrano, cherry tomatoes, buttery arbequina olives, and dried figs. Try layering avocado slices on a torta with a slice of Ibérico and a round of fuet to make your own montadito, or open-faced sandwich. Serve alongside chilled cava or a dry manzanilla from Sanlúcar.

Per Chance, a British Blue

If you'd prefer some tried-and-true British favorites, grab a wedge of Stilton — a mature, crumbly cheddar — or some Shropshire Blue to pair with juicy apple and pear slices, avocado slivers, and oat or water crackers. The adventurous host can serve toasted slices of sourdough brushed with butter and create a spread by mashing avocado in with cooked green peas. Layer the spread on the sourdough slices and top with crumbled cheese before you place them under the broiler. Serve these gooey, open-faced goodies on a platter. Have pickle spears, dry-roasted walnut morsels, slices of smoked ham or roast beef, and grainy mustard on hand, and serve it all alongside a pint of Porter or a British Stout. For more avocado appetizer recipes, visit our recipe archive here.

The post How to Craft the Ultimate Avocado Cheese Board appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Spectacular Avocado Salad Recipes for Spring and Beyond https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/spectacular-avocado-salad-recipes-for-spring-and-beyond/ Tue, 05 Mar 2019 19:11:42 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25561

Salads can be so much more than a bowl of leafy greens! They’re irresistible when you put flavor, texture, and color in every bite!

Take a look at these incredible recipes I shared at a recent Twitter party on behalf of Avocados from Mexico (#AvoChat #AvocadoSalad). The ideas and recipes I tweeted will take your salads way beyond boring. There are side salads, main dish salads, salads rich with the array of crunchy vegetables and sweet fruits of Mexico, including, of course, the amazing avocado!

Avocado adds a nutritious kind of fat and a creamy goodness that helps salads hold together and gives dressing a decadence you’ll love!

Eating better is easy with the right recipes in hand. You may have missed the Twitter party, so here’s a recap! And don’t forget to check out the Salad Hub on the Avocados From Mexico site for more ideas.

Seafood Salads

Avocado blends easily with sweet crab, shrimp and surimi. Here are a couple of my favorite seafood salads.

Fruit Salads

Don’t forget that avocado is a fruit and combines beautifully with other fruits.

  • Morelia Style Gazpacho Fruit Salad with Avocado. In Mexico, we love to eat fresh fruit topped with lime and ground chile! And this Gazpacho salad with fruit hints at that delicious concept!
  • Red Leaf Salad with Candied Pineapple, Spiced Pepitas and Avocado Dressing. I adore the sweetness of the candied pineapple and the crunch of the spiced pepitas, or pumpkin seeds, in this one!
  • Watercress, Mango and Avocado Salad. Creamy avocado bridges the flavors between the slightly bitter watercress and sweet mango. And three cheers for watercress! It’s a wonderful, sometimes overlooked green that I find delightful.

Entrée Salads

Great Dressings

Salad dressings can work in many ways!

  • Lime-Honey Vinaigrette. The dressing for my Tri-Color Salad also works well with chicken and more!
  • Pico de Guac. This topper mixes tart tomatillos and green apples with a little heat—mellowed by creamy avo! Perfect for adding a little something to chicken dishes or greens.
  • Avo Dressing. This is positively decadent! It’s part of the recipe for my Boston Lettuce Salad, but I use it on sandwiches, wraps, and more.
  • Pumpkin Seed Dressing. I use this one in Chayote Salad with Avocado but for drizzling on other things, as well.
  • Parmesan Vinaigrette. You’ll find this pairs perfectly with the Artichoke Hearts and Mushroom Salad, but it’s delicious over chicken and potatoes, too!
  • Ancho Chile Vinaigrette. I refer to this as candy because it has a sweet-and-spicy flavor that’s addicting!
  • Everyday Green Salad This is a go-to salad in my house, and the dressing just gets better and better when you store it in the fridge. The sliced red onions pickle in the vinaigrette, adding tang and crunch whenever you use it

Handheld “Salads”

Finally, not all salads are eaten in a bowl. The same ingredients on a skewer or in a warm tortilla offer nutrition on the go.

Before you make any of these recipes with avocados, learn how to choose a ripe one. You also need to know how to ripen them in a hurry: sunlight can help, or put them inside a bag with rice.

It’s easy to plan for eating more nutritious food with the Salad Hub from Avocados From Mexico!

The post Spectacular Avocado Salad Recipes for Spring and Beyond appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Salads can be so much more than a bowl of leafy greens! They’re irresistible when you put flavor, texture, and color in every bite! Take a look at these incredible recipes I shared at a recent Twitter party on behalf of Avocados from Mexico (#AvoChat #AvocadoSalad). The ideas and recipes I tweeted will take your salads way beyond boring. There are side salads, main dish salads, salads rich with the array of crunchy vegetables and sweet fruits of Mexico, including, of course, the amazing avocado! Avocado adds a nutritious kind of fat and a creamy goodness that helps salads hold together and gives dressing a decadence you’ll love! Eating better is easy with the right recipes in hand. You may have missed the Twitter party, so here’s a recap! And don’t forget to check out the Salad Hub on the Avocados From Mexico site for more ideas.

Seafood Salads

Avocado blends easily with sweet crab, shrimp and surimi. Here are a couple of my favorite seafood salads.

Fruit Salads

Don’t forget that avocado is a fruit and combines beautifully with other fruits.
  • Morelia Style Gazpacho Fruit Salad with Avocado. In Mexico, we love to eat fresh fruit topped with lime and ground chile! And this Gazpacho salad with fruit hints at that delicious concept!
  • Red Leaf Salad with Candied Pineapple, Spiced Pepitas and Avocado Dressing. I adore the sweetness of the candied pineapple and the crunch of the spiced pepitas, or pumpkin seeds, in this one!
  • Watercress, Mango and Avocado Salad. Creamy avocado bridges the flavors between the slightly bitter watercress and sweet mango. And three cheers for watercress! It’s a wonderful, sometimes overlooked green that I find delightful.

Entrée Salads

Great Dressings

Salad dressings can work in many ways!
  • Lime-Honey Vinaigrette. The dressing for my Tri-Color Salad also works well with chicken and more!
  • Pico de Guac. This topper mixes tart tomatillos and green apples with a little heat—mellowed by creamy avo! Perfect for adding a little something to chicken dishes or greens.
  • Avo Dressing. This is positively decadent! It’s part of the recipe for my Boston Lettuce Salad, but I use it on sandwiches, wraps, and more.
  • Pumpkin Seed Dressing. I use this one in Chayote Salad with Avocado but for drizzling on other things, as well.
  • Parmesan Vinaigrette. You’ll find this pairs perfectly with the Artichoke Hearts and Mushroom Salad, but it’s delicious over chicken and potatoes, too!
  • Ancho Chile Vinaigrette. I refer to this as candy because it has a sweet-and-spicy flavor that’s addicting!
  • Everyday Green Salad This is a go-to salad in my house, and the dressing just gets better and better when you store it in the fridge. The sliced red onions pickle in the vinaigrette, adding tang and crunch whenever you use it

Handheld “Salads”

Finally, not all salads are eaten in a bowl. The same ingredients on a skewer or in a warm tortilla offer nutrition on the go. Before you make any of these recipes with avocados, learn how to choose a ripe one. You also need to know how to ripen them in a hurry: sunlight can help, or put them inside a bag with rice. It’s easy to plan for eating more nutritious food with the Salad Hub from Avocados From Mexico!

The post Spectacular Avocado Salad Recipes for Spring and Beyond appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Keto-Friendly Avocado Recipes for St. Patrick’s Day https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/keto-friendly-avocado-recipes-for-st-patricks-day/ Fri, 01 Mar 2019 12:00:01 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25168

By Jackie Veling

St. Patrick’s Day is about going green — and that goes beyond your attire.

This year, focus on adding some good-for-you greens to your holiday meals. Avocados are a great place to start: Besides being green as can be, they’re a staple for those following low-carb, high-fat eating regimens such as the keto plan.

A medium-sized avocado contributes 6g of unsaturated “good” fats. Avocados also contribute 4g of carbohydrates compared to other fruits, making them a fantastic keto snack.

Quick, Keto-Friendly Green Dips

This green hummus is as creative as it is quick. For a more classic option, guacamole never goes out of style — this chorizo chipotle version adds a zing of flavor and a protein punch. Make these snacks even more keto-friendly by providing fresh veggies for dipping.

Keto-Friendly Green Appetizers

Mix in some color with fresh ceviche. This tangy recipe requires four filets of fish and gets its pop of green from the olives and diced avocado (learn how to perfectly slice and dice an avocado with this video).

Another crowd-pleaser is stuffed chiles, which contain a keto-approved mix of cheeses and tasty spices.

Keto-Friendly Green Mocktails

What’s St. Patrick’s Day without a toast? The keto eating plan is alcohol-free, but there are plenty of other beverages you can use to fill (and raise) a glass with your crew. For example, this Maria verde cocktail is just as tasty sans-alcohol.

Want more keto-friendly avocado recipes? Check out this video for five other ways to enjoy avocados.

The post Keto-Friendly Avocado Recipes for St. Patrick’s Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Jackie Veling St. Patrick’s Day is about going green — and that goes beyond your attire. This year, focus on adding some good-for-you greens to your holiday meals. Avocados are a great place to start: Besides being green as can be, they’re a staple for those following low-carb, high-fat eating regimens such as the keto plan. A medium-sized avocado contributes 6g of unsaturated “good” fats. Avocados also contribute 4g of carbohydrates compared to other fruits, making them a fantastic keto snack.

Quick, Keto-Friendly Green Dips

This green hummus is as creative as it is quick. For a more classic option, guacamole never goes out of style — this chorizo chipotle version adds a zing of flavor and a protein punch. Make these snacks even more keto-friendly by providing fresh veggies for dipping.

Keto-Friendly Green Appetizers

Mix in some color with fresh ceviche. This tangy recipe requires four filets of fish and gets its pop of green from the olives and diced avocado (learn how to perfectly slice and dice an avocado with this video). Another crowd-pleaser is stuffed chiles, which contain a keto-approved mix of cheeses and tasty spices.

Keto-Friendly Green Mocktails

What’s St. Patrick’s Day without a toast? The keto eating plan is alcohol-free, but there are plenty of other beverages you can use to fill (and raise) a glass with your crew. For example, this Maria verde cocktail is just as tasty sans-alcohol. Want more keto-friendly avocado recipes? Check out this video for five other ways to enjoy avocados.

The post Keto-Friendly Avocado Recipes for St. Patrick’s Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Easy Slow Cooker Recipes Featuring Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/easy-slow-cooker-recipes-featuring-avocado/ Mon, 11 Feb 2019 03:04:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25432

With about 83% of American households owning a slow cooker, it's safe to say it's one of our favorite inventions. These time and energy efficient kitchen appliances allow you to produce warm, nourishing, and complete meals that would otherwise take a lot of effort – all of this while you're out of the house or doing something else!

Take credit for being the ultimate dinner multi-tasker with these wonderfully avo-licious twists on classic slow cooker recipes.

Slow Cooker Chili

There are few things as heart- (and belly-) warming as a good chili, especially when it's freezing outside. This vegetarian twist makes for a dinner that is not only tasty but nutrient-dense as well.

Using a classic 4-quart slow cooker, combine some soy-based ground "meat," a cup of your beans of choice, corn kernels, and a jar of tomato salsa, spicing it up to your own preferences with some chili powder, hot sauce, and/or black pepper.

Set the temperature to low and pat yourself on the back – you're 4 to 6 hours away from a delicious meal! Once the chili is cooked, add a dash of salt and then transfer to individual serving bowls. Add some creamy freshness by topping each serving off with some diced onions and ripe avocado.

To ensure that your avocado is perfectly ripe and ready to eat, look for a dark-skinned fruit which gives under slight pressure. Here are some visual cues to help you out!

Slow Cooker Tacos

You can also use your slow cooker to create the basis for a lot of tasty fun to come, like a delicious pulled-chicken filling that the whole family can enjoy in their own custom-made tacos.

All you need is 2 boneless chicken breasts, 3 tablespoons of taco seasoning, and a cup of chicken broth. Dissolve the taco spices in the chicken broth and then pour it over the chicken breasts you've placed in your slow cooker. Set the heat to low and let it cook for 6-8 hours, which leaves you lots of time to shred some cheese, chop some tomatoes, and create a deliciously zesty avocado crema to drizzle on top.

To start on the crema, you'll need to slice your avocado open and scoop out the pit using an avocado scoop or tablespoon.

Once you have the fruit scooped out into a bowl, add half a cup of sour cream and the zest of one lime, and then whip it all together in a blender. Once your chicken is cooked, shred the meat using 2 forks and warm up some fresh corn tortillas. Build your taco according to your own preferences, topping it off with some crema – presto! An interactive (and nutritious) dinner for the whole family!

Now you've spruced up some of your favorite slow cooker recipes with a little help from Avocados From Mexico.

The post Easy Slow Cooker Recipes Featuring Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

With about 83% of American households owning a slow cooker, it's safe to say it's one of our favorite inventions. These time and energy efficient kitchen appliances allow you to produce warm, nourishing, and complete meals that would otherwise take a lot of effort – all of this while you're out of the house or doing something else! Take credit for being the ultimate dinner multi-tasker with these wonderfully avo-licious twists on classic slow cooker recipes.

Slow Cooker Chili

There are few things as heart- (and belly-) warming as a good chili, especially when it's freezing outside. This vegetarian twist makes for a dinner that is not only tasty but nutrient-dense as well. Using a classic 4-quart slow cooker, combine some soy-based ground "meat," a cup of your beans of choice, corn kernels, and a jar of tomato salsa, spicing it up to your own preferences with some chili powder, hot sauce, and/or black pepper. Set the temperature to low and pat yourself on the back – you're 4 to 6 hours away from a delicious meal! Once the chili is cooked, add a dash of salt and then transfer to individual serving bowls. Add some creamy freshness by topping each serving off with some diced onions and ripe avocado. To ensure that your avocado is perfectly ripe and ready to eat, look for a dark-skinned fruit which gives under slight pressure. Here are some visual cues to help you out!

Slow Cooker Tacos

You can also use your slow cooker to create the basis for a lot of tasty fun to come, like a delicious pulled-chicken filling that the whole family can enjoy in their own custom-made tacos. All you need is 2 boneless chicken breasts, 3 tablespoons of taco seasoning, and a cup of chicken broth. Dissolve the taco spices in the chicken broth and then pour it over the chicken breasts you've placed in your slow cooker. Set the heat to low and let it cook for 6-8 hours, which leaves you lots of time to shred some cheese, chop some tomatoes, and create a deliciously zesty avocado crema to drizzle on top. To start on the crema, you'll need to slice your avocado open and scoop out the pit using an avocado scoop or tablespoon. Once you have the fruit scooped out into a bowl, add half a cup of sour cream and the zest of one lime, and then whip it all together in a blender. Once your chicken is cooked, shred the meat using 2 forks and warm up some fresh corn tortillas. Build your taco according to your own preferences, topping it off with some crema – presto! An interactive (and nutritious) dinner for the whole family! Now you've spruced up some of your favorite slow cooker recipes with a little help from Avocados From Mexico.

The post Easy Slow Cooker Recipes Featuring Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Chocolate Bourbon Pecan Pie https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-chocolate-bourbon-pecan-pie/ Mon, 11 Feb 2019 03:03:55 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25429

Looking for a great combination that will appeal to nutty palettes and chocolate-lovers alike? Try this chocolate bourbon pecan pie (with a creamy lift from Avocados From Mexico) at your next get-together.

Chocolatey from cocoa powder, creamy from your favorite green fruit, a nice crunch from roasted pecans, and salty, thanks to a bourbon-date-caramel sauce, this pie is everything you never knew you needed in your life. Plus, it's easy to make.

First, you need perfectly ripe Avocados From Mexico to achieve a creamy interior texture. This video shows you how to spot (and feel!) the perfectly ripe fruit for your pie. Once you have the perfect avo, this video can show you how to peel, cut, or chop your avo for the recipe.

Then, bust out your pie tin and get baking!

Avocado Chocolate Bourbon Pecan Pie

Yield: 6-8 servings

Difficulty: Easy

Prep Time: 10 minutes

Total Time: 17 minutes

Filling

3 ripe medium (6-8oz) Avocados From Mexico

½-c. cocoa powder, sifted

1 t. instant espresso powder

⅔-c. sifted powdered sugar

¼-c. melted coconut oil

2 t. pure vanilla extract

¼-t. almond extract

½ t. kosher salt

Crust

1 store bought pie crust, partially-baked

Topping

1 c. pitted dates

½-c. water

1 T. bourbon

Kosher salt to taste

½-t. vanilla extract

1 c. roasted pecan halves

Directions

In a food processor, puree the avocados until smooth, then slowly add the coconut oil. Add the remaining ingredients and puree until smooth. Taste, and add more powdered sugar, cocoa powder, or salt as needed. Pour into the cooled baked pie shell, then place in the fridge to solidify, 1-2 hours, depending on how low the temperature is set on your fridge. No need to further bake the pie, the pie shell should be crispy enough to hold up to the filling.

Soak dates in ½ cup water for a half-hour, then drain, saving the water. Put dates in the food processor, add the bourbon and 3 tablespoons of reserved water, and puree until you reach a spreadable consistency. If too thick, add a tablespoon of water at a time until achieved. Season with salt to taste (start with ½ a teaspoon and increase as needed) and vanilla. Spread on top of the filling, then top with pecans and a sprinkle of salt. Store in the fridge for at least 2 hours, until the pie firms up.

Leftovers can be stored in a covered container in the fridge for two days.

The post Avocado Chocolate Bourbon Pecan Pie appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Looking for a great combination that will appeal to nutty palettes and chocolate-lovers alike? Try this chocolate bourbon pecan pie (with a creamy lift from Avocados From Mexico) at your next get-together. Chocolatey from cocoa powder, creamy from your favorite green fruit, a nice crunch from roasted pecans, and salty, thanks to a bourbon-date-caramel sauce, this pie is everything you never knew you needed in your life. Plus, it's easy to make. First, you need perfectly ripe Avocados From Mexico to achieve a creamy interior texture. This video shows you how to spot (and feel!) the perfectly ripe fruit for your pie. Once you have the perfect avo, this video can show you how to peel, cut, or chop your avo for the recipe. Then, bust out your pie tin and get baking!

Avocado Chocolate Bourbon Pecan Pie

Yield: 6-8 servings Difficulty: Easy Prep Time: 10 minutes Total Time: 17 minutes

Filling

3 ripe medium (6-8oz) Avocados From Mexico ½-c. cocoa powder, sifted 1 t. instant espresso powder ⅔-c. sifted powdered sugar ¼-c. melted coconut oil 2 t. pure vanilla extract ¼-t. almond extract ½ t. kosher salt

Crust

1 store bought pie crust, partially-baked

Topping

1 c. pitted dates ½-c. water 1 T. bourbon Kosher salt to taste ½-t. vanilla extract 1 c. roasted pecan halves

Directions

In a food processor, puree the avocados until smooth, then slowly add the coconut oil. Add the remaining ingredients and puree until smooth. Taste, and add more powdered sugar, cocoa powder, or salt as needed. Pour into the cooled baked pie shell, then place in the fridge to solidify, 1-2 hours, depending on how low the temperature is set on your fridge. No need to further bake the pie, the pie shell should be crispy enough to hold up to the filling. Soak dates in ½ cup water for a half-hour, then drain, saving the water. Put dates in the food processor, add the bourbon and 3 tablespoons of reserved water, and puree until you reach a spreadable consistency. If too thick, add a tablespoon of water at a time until achieved. Season with salt to taste (start with ½ a teaspoon and increase as needed) and vanilla. Spread on top of the filling, then top with pecans and a sprinkle of salt. Store in the fridge for at least 2 hours, until the pie firms up. Leftovers can be stored in a covered container in the fridge for two days.

The post Avocado Chocolate Bourbon Pecan Pie appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Brides, Babies, and Avocados: Bridal and Baby Shower Ideas https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/brides-babies-avocados-bridal-baby-shower-ideas/ Mon, 11 Feb 2019 03:03:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25433

Celebrate bridal and baby showers by promoting goodwill for years to come with an avocado theme! After all, they're adorbs — plus, they're symbols of health and prosperity. Avo-loving brides and moms-to-be, rejoice! Your dreams of an all-avo shower have come true, and Avocados From Mexico is here to inspire you.

Avocado Decorations, Invites, and Gifts

A quick internet search will yield many options for avocado-themed decorations from an avocado pinata to adorable avocado lights! Give them a photo op with avocado banners. And delight your guests with paper products to continue the theme.

Send invitations to your bridal or baby shower that show off your avo-loving theme, too! You can buy them pre-designed or create your own flair by hand-painting avocado designs on each one.

For the bride, shower her with avocado-prepping tools for the kitchen. And come bearing the right baby shower gifts, like an avo-dorable onesie for the new babe or avocado baby food – bought or homemade.

Avocado Refreshments

Keep guests satisfied with bridal and baby shower nibbles, too! For these recipes, you need perfectly ripe avocados. Too hard or too ripe, and they won't be their tastiest. If you can only find hard, unripened avocados, check out this video for tips about ripening your avos in a few days' time. If your avos are perfectly ripe and you don't need them for a few days, watch this video for how to slow down ripening.

Impress guests with an avocado toast bar that offers a variety of breads and toppings. There are plenty of great combinations to try, like mango and jalapeño, fried egg and hot sauce, or pomegranate with goat cheese and honey. You can also serve guacamole and avocado deviled eggs, which are the perfect bite of protein for your party.

When it comes to drinks, non-alcoholic avo mocktails like a salty chile-rimmed avocado margarita are perfect for moms-to-be. More recipes here.

Make the most of your avocado-themed bridal or baby shower with the right avo-centric details and delicacies.

The post Brides, Babies, and Avocados: Bridal and Baby Shower Ideas appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Celebrate bridal and baby showers by promoting goodwill for years to come with an avocado theme! After all, they're adorbs — plus, they're symbols of health and prosperity. Avo-loving brides and moms-to-be, rejoice! Your dreams of an all-avo shower have come true, and Avocados From Mexico is here to inspire you.

Avocado Decorations, Invites, and Gifts

A quick internet search will yield many options for avocado-themed decorations from an avocado pinata to adorable avocado lights! Give them a photo op with avocado banners. And delight your guests with paper products to continue the theme. Send invitations to your bridal or baby shower that show off your avo-loving theme, too! You can buy them pre-designed or create your own flair by hand-painting avocado designs on each one. For the bride, shower her with avocado-prepping tools for the kitchen. And come bearing the right baby shower gifts, like an avo-dorable onesie for the new babe or avocado baby food – bought or homemade.

Avocado Refreshments

Keep guests satisfied with bridal and baby shower nibbles, too! For these recipes, you need perfectly ripe avocados. Too hard or too ripe, and they won't be their tastiest. If you can only find hard, unripened avocados, check out this video for tips about ripening your avos in a few days' time. If your avos are perfectly ripe and you don't need them for a few days, watch this video for how to slow down ripening. Impress guests with an avocado toast bar that offers a variety of breads and toppings. There are plenty of great combinations to try, like mango and jalapeño, fried egg and hot sauce, or pomegranate with goat cheese and honey. You can also serve guacamole and avocado deviled eggs, which are the perfect bite of protein for your party. When it comes to drinks, non-alcoholic avo mocktails like a salty chile-rimmed avocado margarita are perfect for moms-to-be. More recipes here. Make the most of your avocado-themed bridal or baby shower with the right avo-centric details and delicacies.

The post Brides, Babies, and Avocados: Bridal and Baby Shower Ideas appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Roses are Red, Avocados are Green: Valentine’s Day Dinner Ideas https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/roses-red-avocados-green-valentines-day-dinner-ideas/ Mon, 11 Feb 2019 03:03:36 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25431

Add some green to your red, heart-filled Valentine's Day dinner this year, with the creamy, luscious presence of Avocados From Mexico. We've got an inspired menu all planned out for you, including accessible, delicious recipes to boot. You'll have your partner saying “more, por favor” with these Valentine's Day dinner ideas.

Spicy Apps

Wake up your taste buds with gourmet avocado deviled eggs. Avocados give the egg yolk filling a pale, green hue, and jalapeño peppers add a spicy hit. If that's not enough spice for you, up the ante by topping your deviled eggs with crushed red pepper flakes.

It's as easy as taking boiled, cooled egg yolks, avocado, and lime juice and mashing until smooth. Then, add your finely chopped jalapeño, salt, pepper, and cilantro before spooning onto each boiled egg white half. Top, chill, and serve for a spicy start to your Valentine's Day dinner.

You'll need to have some ripe avocados on hand to make this recipe and the ones that follow. If you're in a rush, speed up the ripening process with a brown paper bag.

The Main Event

Woo your sweetheart by whipping up this easy and fabulous chicken Parmesan recipe, topped with a zesty avocado crema, for your Valentine's Day dinner main course.

Start by pounding two, boneless chicken breasts to 1/4-inch thickness. Season both sides with salt and pepper and set aside. In a medium bowl, combine 1/4 cup of bread crumbs and 1/4 cup of grated Parmesan. In another bowl, beat two eggs with a tablespoon of milk. Dip each chicken piece into the egg wash and then coat with the bread crumb and cheese mixture.

Heat 2 tablespoons of avocado or olive oil on medium-high heat and fry in large skillet for 4-5 minutes on each side or until cooked through (the internal temperature should reach 165°F).

While your chicken cooks, combine one avocado, a pinch of salt, zest of half a lemon, 1/2 cup of sour cream and 1/4 cup of chopped parsley in a blender. Blend until smooth and pour over your chicken when you're ready to serve.

Serve with a fresh, crisp green salad and a quick tomato and avocado salsa. Combine a diced large, ripe tomato, half an avocado (also diced) and half a finely chopped shallot with a squeeze of lemon juice and a good drizzle of olive oil. Toss in a pinch of salt and pepper, mix to combine, and pour over your washed, dried salad greens and enjoy.

Sweet Endings

End your Valentine's Day dinner with a classic, rice cereal treat cut into the shape of a heart. This version features half a pureed avocado, which also reduces the butter without sacrificing taste.

Start by melting 4 cups of mini marshmallows with 2 tablespoons of butter. Add a teaspoonful of vanilla, a pinch of sea salt, your pureed avocado, and mix in your 6 cups of rice cereal until fully combined. Press into a buttered baking pan (9x13 inches works), with wet hands and smooth the cereal out. Cool, slice, and enjoy with a glass of bubbly, because, there's no such thing as “too sweet” on Valentine's Day!

And because we know you'll want to make all of these sweetheart recipes, here are some handy tips to help you pick your avocados for the week, so that you get perfectly ripe avocados at home, every time.

The post Roses are Red, Avocados are Green: Valentine’s Day Dinner Ideas appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Add some green to your red, heart-filled Valentine's Day dinner this year, with the creamy, luscious presence of Avocados From Mexico. We've got an inspired menu all planned out for you, including accessible, delicious recipes to boot. You'll have your partner saying “more, por favor” with these Valentine's Day dinner ideas.

Spicy Apps

Wake up your taste buds with gourmet avocado deviled eggs. Avocados give the egg yolk filling a pale, green hue, and jalapeño peppers add a spicy hit. If that's not enough spice for you, up the ante by topping your deviled eggs with crushed red pepper flakes. It's as easy as taking boiled, cooled egg yolks, avocado, and lime juice and mashing until smooth. Then, add your finely chopped jalapeño, salt, pepper, and cilantro before spooning onto each boiled egg white half. Top, chill, and serve for a spicy start to your Valentine's Day dinner. You'll need to have some ripe avocados on hand to make this recipe and the ones that follow. If you're in a rush, speed up the ripening process with a brown paper bag.

The Main Event

Woo your sweetheart by whipping up this easy and fabulous chicken Parmesan recipe, topped with a zesty avocado crema, for your Valentine's Day dinner main course. Start by pounding two, boneless chicken breasts to 1/4-inch thickness. Season both sides with salt and pepper and set aside. In a medium bowl, combine 1/4 cup of bread crumbs and 1/4 cup of grated Parmesan. In another bowl, beat two eggs with a tablespoon of milk. Dip each chicken piece into the egg wash and then coat with the bread crumb and cheese mixture. Heat 2 tablespoons of avocado or olive oil on medium-high heat and fry in large skillet for 4-5 minutes on each side or until cooked through (the internal temperature should reach 165°F). While your chicken cooks, combine one avocado, a pinch of salt, zest of half a lemon, 1/2 cup of sour cream and 1/4 cup of chopped parsley in a blender. Blend until smooth and pour over your chicken when you're ready to serve. Serve with a fresh, crisp green salad and a quick tomato and avocado salsa. Combine a diced large, ripe tomato, half an avocado (also diced) and half a finely chopped shallot with a squeeze of lemon juice and a good drizzle of olive oil. Toss in a pinch of salt and pepper, mix to combine, and pour over your washed, dried salad greens and enjoy.

Sweet Endings

End your Valentine's Day dinner with a classic, rice cereal treat cut into the shape of a heart. This version features half a pureed avocado, which also reduces the butter without sacrificing taste. Start by melting 4 cups of mini marshmallows with 2 tablespoons of butter. Add a teaspoonful of vanilla, a pinch of sea salt, your pureed avocado, and mix in your 6 cups of rice cereal until fully combined. Press into a buttered baking pan (9x13 inches works), with wet hands and smooth the cereal out. Cool, slice, and enjoy with a glass of bubbly, because, there's no such thing as “too sweet” on Valentine's Day! And because we know you'll want to make all of these sweetheart recipes, here are some handy tips to help you pick your avocados for the week, so that you get perfectly ripe avocados at home, every time.

The post Roses are Red, Avocados are Green: Valentine’s Day Dinner Ideas appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
DIY Valentine’s Day Cards with an Avo-Twist https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/diy-valentines-day-cards-avo-twist/ Mon, 11 Feb 2019 03:03:24 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25434

Ah, Valentine's Day – the season of celebrating love and making sure your child has Valentine's Day cards and treats to bring to all their classmates. Have fun bonding time with your child and help them stand out from the pack by making DIY Valentine's Day cards together!

At a loss for ideas? Create unique, punny cards with a little help from Avocados From Mexico. For a bonus, add a helpful avocado recipe for them to take home to their families, too!

So, grab some crafty items — card stock, glue, glitter, washi tape, old magazines, crayons, markers, whatever you have handy! — and call the kids to the dining room table. It's time to DIY!

Feed the Troops

Crafting can make a crew hungry, so make sure you've stocked up on some edible inspiration! Avocados are available year-round and can be used in every kind of recipe, from breakfast to dessert. For your craft extravaganza, you'll probably just want some snacks, so check our our favorite kid-friendly munchies recipes here.

And what if you don't even know how to pick an avocado? We've got you covered, whether you need help knowing when an avocado is ripe or how to slice and dice your green fruit.

Making Valentine's Day Cards

Ok, now that you've got your snacks and your supplies, you're ready to start making those Valentine's Day cards! Fold a piece of paper in half and have your child draw, collage, or paint an avocado on the front. Then you can write an avocado-inspired message on the inside and slip a recipe in for their parents.

Need some ideas for punny one-liners? Try these:

You're everything I've avo-wanted in a friend.

I like you more than avocado toast. (Include an avocado toast recipe on the back!)

We go together like chips and guacamole. (Obviously, a guacamole recipe is needed here!)

I avo-lutely like you!

Avo great Valentine's Day!

These homemade Valentine's Day cards are sure to delight your child's classmate – and their parents!

The post DIY Valentine’s Day Cards with an Avo-Twist appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Ah, Valentine's Day – the season of celebrating love and making sure your child has Valentine's Day cards and treats to bring to all their classmates. Have fun bonding time with your child and help them stand out from the pack by making DIY Valentine's Day cards together! At a loss for ideas? Create unique, punny cards with a little help from Avocados From Mexico. For a bonus, add a helpful avocado recipe for them to take home to their families, too! So, grab some crafty items — card stock, glue, glitter, washi tape, old magazines, crayons, markers, whatever you have handy! — and call the kids to the dining room table. It's time to DIY!

Feed the Troops

Crafting can make a crew hungry, so make sure you've stocked up on some edible inspiration! Avocados are available year-round and can be used in every kind of recipe, from breakfast to dessert. For your craft extravaganza, you'll probably just want some snacks, so check our our favorite kid-friendly munchies recipes here. And what if you don't even know how to pick an avocado? We've got you covered, whether you need help knowing when an avocado is ripe or how to slice and dice your green fruit.

Making Valentine's Day Cards

Ok, now that you've got your snacks and your supplies, you're ready to start making those Valentine's Day cards! Fold a piece of paper in half and have your child draw, collage, or paint an avocado on the front. Then you can write an avocado-inspired message on the inside and slip a recipe in for their parents. Need some ideas for punny one-liners? Try these: You're everything I've avo-wanted in a friend. I like you more than avocado toast. (Include an avocado toast recipe on the back!) We go together like chips and guacamole. (Obviously, a guacamole recipe is needed here!) I avo-lutely like you! Avo great Valentine's Day! These homemade Valentine's Day cards are sure to delight your child's classmate – and their parents!

The post DIY Valentine’s Day Cards with an Avo-Twist appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Love is in the Avo with a Keto-Friendly Meal https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/love-is-in-the-avo-with-a-keto-friendly-meal/ Fri, 01 Feb 2019 12:00:26 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25167

By Kristy Alpert

There’s nothing sweet about turning your Valentine’s Day into a cheat day — with food, that is — especially if you and your sweetheart are following a ketogenic eating plan.

This holiday is a great time to celebrate healthy relationships and together time with some tasty, nutritional recipes that make hearts go pitter-patter. This Valentine’s Day, pull out all the stops and show your sweetie what love is all about with a fanciful and keto-friendly feast served ala avocado.

Keto-Friendly Appetizers to Share

Fan the flames of your keto-friendly love affair with a grilled avocado bruschetta. This tangy mixture of balsamic vinegar, tender tomatoes, and grilled avocado puts a lovely twist on the traditional appetizer. Top it off with fresh basil and a drizzle of olive oil. Yum.

Keto-Friendly Soup for Two

Simple is better when it comes to preparing a full course of keto-friendly fare, which is why this four-ingredient avocado chipotle soup is our go-to for an ingenious indulgence between courses. The trick is to hold off on adding the blended sour cream, chipotle, and avocado mixture until the chicken stock has been boiled and removed from the heat. Then it’s just a matter of smoothing the soup out with an immersion blender, dishing it out, and garnishing with parsley or cilantro.

The Keto-Friendly Main Squeeze

Substitute the honey in this recipe for grilled salmon with avocado and tomato vinaigrette with Yacón syrup to make it the star of your keto-friendly offerings. After some heavy sighs and hand-holding, you can switch to a sweeter note.

Happily Ever After — Keto-Style

This recipe for chocolate avocado mousse is decadent and rich even with a substitution of stevia for confectioners sugar, and these dark chocolate avocado truffles require no substitutions and are undoubtedly smooch-worthy.

To show that love is in the air, try shaping components of each dish into hearts, and add a sense of elegance to the event by savoring each stage and bringing out courses one at a time.

The post Love is in the Avo with a Keto-Friendly Meal appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Kristy Alpert There’s nothing sweet about turning your Valentine’s Day into a cheat day — with food, that is — especially if you and your sweetheart are following a ketogenic eating plan. This holiday is a great time to celebrate healthy relationships and together time with some tasty, nutritional recipes that make hearts go pitter-patter. This Valentine’s Day, pull out all the stops and show your sweetie what love is all about with a fanciful and keto-friendly feast served ala avocado.

Keto-Friendly Appetizers to Share

Fan the flames of your keto-friendly love affair with a grilled avocado bruschetta. This tangy mixture of balsamic vinegar, tender tomatoes, and grilled avocado puts a lovely twist on the traditional appetizer. Top it off with fresh basil and a drizzle of olive oil. Yum.

Keto-Friendly Soup for Two

Simple is better when it comes to preparing a full course of keto-friendly fare, which is why this four-ingredient avocado chipotle soup is our go-to for an ingenious indulgence between courses. The trick is to hold off on adding the blended sour cream, chipotle, and avocado mixture until the chicken stock has been boiled and removed from the heat. Then it’s just a matter of smoothing the soup out with an immersion blender, dishing it out, and garnishing with parsley or cilantro.

The Keto-Friendly Main Squeeze

Substitute the honey in this recipe for grilled salmon with avocado and tomato vinaigrette with Yacón syrup to make it the star of your keto-friendly offerings. After some heavy sighs and hand-holding, you can switch to a sweeter note.

Happily Ever After — Keto-Style

This recipe for chocolate avocado mousse is decadent and rich even with a substitution of stevia for confectioners sugar, and these dark chocolate avocado truffles require no substitutions and are undoubtedly smooch-worthy. To show that love is in the air, try shaping components of each dish into hearts, and add a sense of elegance to the event by savoring each stage and bringing out courses one at a time.

The post Love is in the Avo with a Keto-Friendly Meal appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Homemade Movie Snacks With an Avocado Twist https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/5-homemade-movie-snacks-avocado-twist/ Tue, 15 Jan 2019 22:43:48 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25447

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM

When you’re planning a movie night, choosing the perfect movie snack is as crucial as the film selection itself. And with taste like yours, who says you should stop at what’s offered at the concession stand?

For your next streaming session, try pairing avocado-inspired snacks with your favorite film genre. This superfood is nutrient-dense, and its uses are as diverse as the movie selections in your queue — so get cooking.

 

For the Rom-Com Connoisseur

Add Mexican sushi to the menu for your next girls’ night in — this fresh take on the classic pinwheel is as pleasantly quirky as your favorite Rom-Com character. Fresh pico de gallo, reduced-fat cream cheese, and avocado equal a delicious combination.

To accompany your sushi, try a batch of this garlic and jalapeño guacamole. You’re not expecting an earth-rattling, end-of-the-movie kiss anyway, so go ahead and add that extra hit of garlic.

 

For the Streaming Aficionado

A classic movie binge is best served with this avocado hummus by your side. It’s the perfect compromise for the at-home moviegoer: The recipe yields enough to feed a small group, or a party of one — and it won’t judge you no matter how many hours you log on the couch or double-dips you take.

 

For the Holiday Guru

Listen, sometimes a holiday film can cure the ills of a very bad, no-good week, no matter the temperature or time of the year. It can be the best, and cheapest, form of brief escapism.

Stream your favorite Halloween-themed film while enjoying these Halloween taco-stuffed pepper-pumpkins. Or, settle in for a Christmas in July viewing of any winter-themed adventures while cooling off with these coconut avocado popsicles. Just like avocados, a nostalgic film is always in season.

The best part? You don’t have to smuggle these movie snacks into a theater via an oversize tote. (Not that you’ve ever done that or anything.) So go on — add this year-round superfood into rotation for the perfect cinematic snack.

The post 5 Homemade Movie Snacks With an Avocado Twist appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM When you’re planning a movie night, choosing the perfect movie snack is as crucial as the film selection itself. And with taste like yours, who says you should stop at what’s offered at the concession stand? For your next streaming session, try pairing avocado-inspired snacks with your favorite film genre. This superfood is nutrient-dense, and its uses are as diverse as the movie selections in your queue — so get cooking.   For the Rom-Com Connoisseur Add Mexican sushi to the menu for your next girls’ night in — this fresh take on the classic pinwheel is as pleasantly quirky as your favorite Rom-Com character. Fresh pico de gallo, reduced-fat cream cheese, and avocado equal a delicious combination. To accompany your sushi, try a batch of this garlic and jalapeño guacamole. You’re not expecting an earth-rattling, end-of-the-movie kiss anyway, so go ahead and add that extra hit of garlic.   For the Streaming Aficionado A classic movie binge is best served with this avocado hummus by your side. It’s the perfect compromise for the at-home moviegoer: The recipe yields enough to feed a small group, or a party of one — and it won’t judge you no matter how many hours you log on the couch or double-dips you take.   For the Holiday Guru Listen, sometimes a holiday film can cure the ills of a very bad, no-good week, no matter the temperature or time of the year. It can be the best, and cheapest, form of brief escapism. Stream your favorite Halloween-themed film while enjoying these Halloween taco-stuffed pepper-pumpkins. Or, settle in for a Christmas in July viewing of any winter-themed adventures while cooling off with these coconut avocado popsicles. Just like avocados, a nostalgic film is always in season. The best part? You don’t have to smuggle these movie snacks into a theater via an oversize tote. (Not that you’ve ever done that or anything.) So go on — add this year-round superfood into rotation for the perfect cinematic snack.

The post 5 Homemade Movie Snacks With an Avocado Twist appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
4 Guacamole Textures for Every Taste https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/4-guacamole-textures-for-every-taste/ Tue, 15 Jan 2019 22:31:32 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25446

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM

People come from all guacs of life. Some prefer to mash or smash their guacamole, while purists insist chunky is the way to go. But worry not — there’s no wrong way to get your guac on.

Read on for four key guacamole textures and a quick guide to crafting each.

Diced Guacamole

Chunk level: 10/10

Method used for: Super chunky guacamole, ceviche, salad toppings

Step 1: Cut the avocado in half. Slice the avocado lengthwise until the knife hits the pit. Then rotate the avocado to cut all the way around it. Twist the halves apart.

Step 2: Remove the pit. Slide a spoon under the pit. Gently rock it back and forth until the pit releases.

Step 3: Score the avocado halves. Crosshatch the avocado halves with a knife. Scoop out the pieces with a shallow spoon. Eat a few bites when no one is looking.

Smashed Guacamole

Chunk level: 3/10

Method used for: Avocado toast, burger and sandwich spreads, guacamole

Start by following the instructions for diced guacamole above. Scoop the avocado into a bowl. Then, you have a couple of options to meet your desired guacamole texture:

Smashing Idea No. 1: Fork

Alternate between mashing and stirring with a fork until you have a tasty paste. 

Smashing Idea No. 2: Potato Masher

Repeatedly smoosh until your avocado is dreamy and creamy.

Smashing Idea No. 3: Molcajete (Mortar and Pestle)

A mortar can mean various types of strong, deep bowls used for crushing ingredients, but a traditional Mexican mortar is made out of basalt, native to Mexico. Foodies claim the rock itself gives guacamole its authentic flavor. For this method, place your ingredients in the mortar and use your pestle to crush away. It’s recommended to start by crushing the hardest ingredients first, gradually adding in softer ingredients (like your precious avos).

Avoca-pro tip:

If your avocados aren’t quite ripe and won’t smash easily, spritz them with lime juice and let sit for 30 minutes before mashing.

Pureed Guacamole

Chunk Level: 1/10

Method used for: Super creamy guacamole, smoothies, dressings, frozen treats

Follow the instructions for diced avocados above. From there, place the diced avocado into a food processor or blender, along with seasonings and/or lime juice.

Press start and watch a green tornado of deliciousness whip to life.

Guac on the Rocks

Chunk level: 7/10

Method used for: Giving creamy guacamole a little hidden texture.

Make a base of either pureed or smashed guacamole using the instructions above. Then, make diced guacamole, also using the instructions above. Stir lightly to combine guacamole texture. This one offers an unexpectedly hearty bite of rich avocado goodness amid softer-textured guac.

Use any of these methods to mix to your heart’s content — there’s no wrong way to go when it comes to making this delicious dip. Happy snacking!

Ready to get cooking? Explore more guacamole recipes here.

 

The post 4 Guacamole Textures for Every Taste appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM People come from all guacs of life. Some prefer to mash or smash their guacamole, while purists insist chunky is the way to go. But worry not — there’s no wrong way to get your guac on. Read on for four key guacamole textures and a quick guide to crafting each. Diced Guacamole Chunk level: 10/10 Method used for: Super chunky guacamole, ceviche, salad toppings Step 1: Cut the avocado in half. Slice the avocado lengthwise until the knife hits the pit. Then rotate the avocado to cut all the way around it. Twist the halves apart. Step 2: Remove the pit. Slide a spoon under the pit. Gently rock it back and forth until the pit releases. Step 3: Score the avocado halves. Crosshatch the avocado halves with a knife. Scoop out the pieces with a shallow spoon. Eat a few bites when no one is looking. Smashed Guacamole Chunk level: 3/10 Method used for: Avocado toast, burger and sandwich spreads, guacamole Start by following the instructions for diced guacamole above. Scoop the avocado into a bowl. Then, you have a couple of options to meet your desired guacamole texture: Smashing Idea No. 1: Fork Alternate between mashing and stirring with a fork until you have a tasty paste.  Smashing Idea No. 2: Potato Masher Repeatedly smoosh until your avocado is dreamy and creamy. Smashing Idea No. 3: Molcajete (Mortar and Pestle) A mortar can mean various types of strong, deep bowls used for crushing ingredients, but a traditional Mexican mortar is made out of basalt, native to Mexico. Foodies claim the rock itself gives guacamole its authentic flavor. For this method, place your ingredients in the mortar and use your pestle to crush away. It’s recommended to start by crushing the hardest ingredients first, gradually adding in softer ingredients (like your precious avos). Avoca-pro tip: If your avocados aren’t quite ripe and won’t smash easily, spritz them with lime juice and let sit for 30 minutes before mashing. Pureed Guacamole Chunk Level: 1/10 Method used for: Super creamy guacamole, smoothies, dressings, frozen treats Follow the instructions for diced avocados above. From there, place the diced avocado into a food processor or blender, along with seasonings and/or lime juice. Press start and watch a green tornado of deliciousness whip to life. Guac on the Rocks Chunk level: 7/10 Method used for: Giving creamy guacamole a little hidden texture. Make a base of either pureed or smashed guacamole using the instructions above. Then, make diced guacamole, also using the instructions above. Stir lightly to combine guacamole texture. This one offers an unexpectedly hearty bite of rich avocado goodness amid softer-textured guac. Use any of these methods to mix to your heart’s content — there’s no wrong way to go when it comes to making this delicious dip. Happy snacking! Ready to get cooking? Explore more guacamole recipes here.  

The post 4 Guacamole Textures for Every Taste appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Companion Planting: Guacamole Starter Kit Edition https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/companion-planting-guacamole-starter-kit-edition/ Tue, 15 Jan 2019 22:31:31 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25445

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM

If you’re an avocado aficionado, homemade guacamole is likely a non-negotiable staple in your diet. But running to the grocery store every week to make sure you have all the right ingredients can get old.

What if you had access to fresh avocados, garlic, cilantro, and more right in your own backyard? Growing a garden using the companion planting method — where crops are planted in strategic proximity to each other to help save space and improve growth — could be your secret to a killer DIY guacamole bar.

Avocados

Obviously, Avocados From Mexico are available all year long and you should never hesitate to pick some up from your local store. However, if you’d like to try growing your own, here’s one way to do it.

Avocados are the superfood stars of your garden, so you’ll want to use plenty of TLC when planting the green fruit. The toothpick approach for getting started is popular for its simplicity, but you’ll need to ensure that the avocados get plenty of light and water in the initial stages. Ultimately, you should plant them in a 3-by-3-foot hole in soil that gets plenty of sunlight.

Tomatoes

 Good guacamole needs a splash of red. Tomatoes grow best in warmer months, and you’ll want to plant them deep. If you plant with cages, the individual plants should be 3 feet apart (2 if using stakes). These beauties need plenty of sunlight and moist soil, making them a perfect companion to avocado trees.

Garlic

Garlic is essential for giving your guacamole the right kick, and it’s fairly easy to grow. The herb requires compost and well-drained soil, so when companion planting, position it far from the tomatoes. It’s ready to harvest when the leaves have turned brown, but be sure to let the garlic dry for a few weeks before using.

Chiles

 To add some heat, you’ll need chiles on hand. Use chile pepper seeds in a raised portion of your garden and space them about a foot apart, near the tomatoes. Keep them mulched and watered.

Cilantro 

Your guacamole bar won’t be the same without cilantro, so don’t overlook these little guys. They need full sun (light shade will also do) and moist soil, and the seeds should be planted about a half a foot apart. Compost helps them grow, so situate them next to the garlic. Cilantro grows very quickly and the leaves can be cut anytime, so go ahead and use generously in your guac.

Limes require their own trees, so they won’t make a home in your companion-planting garden. But keep some on hand to finish your homegrown guacamole right. Mix all of the ingredients together, top with lime juice, and enjoy the fruits of your labor.

The post Companion Planting: Guacamole Starter Kit Edition appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM If you’re an avocado aficionado, homemade guacamole is likely a non-negotiable staple in your diet. But running to the grocery store every week to make sure you have all the right ingredients can get old. What if you had access to fresh avocados, garlic, cilantro, and more right in your own backyard? Growing a garden using the companion planting method — where crops are planted in strategic proximity to each other to help save space and improve growth — could be your secret to a killer DIY guacamole bar. Avocados Obviously, Avocados From Mexico are available all year long and you should never hesitate to pick some up from your local store. However, if you’d like to try growing your own, here’s one way to do it. Avocados are the superfood stars of your garden, so you’ll want to use plenty of TLC when planting the green fruit. The toothpick approach for getting started is popular for its simplicity, but you’ll need to ensure that the avocados get plenty of light and water in the initial stages. Ultimately, you should plant them in a 3-by-3-foot hole in soil that gets plenty of sunlight. Tomatoes  Good guacamole needs a splash of red. Tomatoes grow best in warmer months, and you’ll want to plant them deep. If you plant with cages, the individual plants should be 3 feet apart (2 if using stakes). These beauties need plenty of sunlight and moist soil, making them a perfect companion to avocado trees. Garlic Garlic is essential for giving your guacamole the right kick, and it’s fairly easy to grow. The herb requires compost and well-drained soil, so when companion planting, position it far from the tomatoes. It’s ready to harvest when the leaves have turned brown, but be sure to let the garlic dry for a few weeks before using. Chiles  To add some heat, you’ll need chiles on hand. Use chile pepper seeds in a raised portion of your garden and space them about a foot apart, near the tomatoes. Keep them mulched and watered. Cilantro  Your guacamole bar won’t be the same without cilantro, so don’t overlook these little guys. They need full sun (light shade will also do) and moist soil, and the seeds should be planted about a half a foot apart. Compost helps them grow, so situate them next to the garlic. Cilantro grows very quickly and the leaves can be cut anytime, so go ahead and use generously in your guac. Limes require their own trees, so they won’t make a home in your companion-planting garden. But keep some on hand to finish your homegrown guacamole right. Mix all of the ingredients together, top with lime juice, and enjoy the fruits of your labor.

The post Companion Planting: Guacamole Starter Kit Edition appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
A Foolproof Guide to Delicious Homemade Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/a-foolproof-guide-to-delicious-homemade-guacamole/ Tue, 15 Jan 2019 22:31:29 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25453

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM

Every master once started by learning the basics. It’s “Chopsticks” before tickling the ivories in front of a packed concert hall, training wheels before winning a cycling race in the Alps, and 3-step homemade guacamole before whatever Avocados from Mexico masterpiece you’re destined to create.

Your guide to guac involves just three simple steps.

Step 1: Picking

Get those avocados. You’re ideally looking for two ripe Hass avocados, dark and bumpy-skinned, that give a little when gently squeezed.

Step 2: Planning

Determine your ingredients and ratios. Every guacamole recipe is unique, so there are no hard and fast rules here — but the guidelines below are an excellent place to start.

You’ll want to gather:

  • Two Hass avocados, halved and pitted
  • Half a medium onion, diced. Yellow or white onions are most common, but red onion can add a festive air.
  • One small, ripe tomato,
  • Fresh cilantro leaves (optional), chopped.
  • One small lime. Your guac needs the tangy boost that contrasts the creamy goodness of ripe avocados. Half a fresh-squeezed lime is good, but a whole lime can do wonders too.
  • Salt and fresh-ground pepper to taste.
  • Spice friend in the house? Keep them happy by finely dicing some fresh jalapeño to toss in.

Step 3: Prepping

The perfect consistency is a matter of preference. Like peanut butter, guacamole tastes great creamy or chunky — it depends only on the person and their mood.

If you prefer chunky, dice up the avocado and give it a few easy presses with the flat side of a fork. If creamy is your choice, hang on to that fork and keep mashing until it suits your taste. You can also use a small whisk or food processor if you need to get your homemade guac super smooth.

Bonus Step: Preserving

Though probably not necessary if you called all your friends, in the event you need to store leftover guacamole, cover it with a thin layer of water or milk, then plastic wrap, and put it in the fridge. Your guac will remain fresh and green. When you’re ready to finish it, tip off the liquid and grab the chips.

Once you’ve got this down, it’s on you to add your own personal touches. Go for spicy, smoky, fresh, or something unexpected — your homemade guacamole is a blank canvas for creative cooking.

Looking for inspiration? Browse dozens of delicious guacamole recipes here.

 

The post A Foolproof Guide to Delicious Homemade Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM Every master once started by learning the basics. It’s “Chopsticks” before tickling the ivories in front of a packed concert hall, training wheels before winning a cycling race in the Alps, and 3-step homemade guacamole before whatever Avocados from Mexico masterpiece you’re destined to create. Your guide to guac involves just three simple steps. Step 1: Picking Get those avocados. You’re ideally looking for two ripe Hass avocados, dark and bumpy-skinned, that give a little when gently squeezed. Step 2: Planning Determine your ingredients and ratios. Every guacamole recipe is unique, so there are no hard and fast rules here — but the guidelines below are an excellent place to start. You’ll want to gather:
  • Two Hass avocados, halved and pitted
  • Half a medium onion, diced. Yellow or white onions are most common, but red onion can add a festive air.
  • One small, ripe tomato,
  • Fresh cilantro leaves (optional), chopped.
  • One small lime. Your guac needs the tangy boost that contrasts the creamy goodness of ripe avocados. Half a fresh-squeezed lime is good, but a whole lime can do wonders too.
  • Salt and fresh-ground pepper to taste.
  • Spice friend in the house? Keep them happy by finely dicing some fresh jalapeño to toss in.
Step 3: Prepping The perfect consistency is a matter of preference. Like peanut butter, guacamole tastes great creamy or chunky — it depends only on the person and their mood. If you prefer chunky, dice up the avocado and give it a few easy presses with the flat side of a fork. If creamy is your choice, hang on to that fork and keep mashing until it suits your taste. You can also use a small whisk or food processor if you need to get your homemade guac super smooth. Bonus Step: Preserving Though probably not necessary if you called all your friends, in the event you need to store leftover guacamole, cover it with a thin layer of water or milk, then plastic wrap, and put it in the fridge. Your guac will remain fresh and green. When you’re ready to finish it, tip off the liquid and grab the chips. Once you’ve got this down, it’s on you to add your own personal touches. Go for spicy, smoky, fresh, or something unexpected — your homemade guacamole is a blank canvas for creative cooking. Looking for inspiration? Browse dozens of delicious guacamole recipes here.  

The post A Foolproof Guide to Delicious Homemade Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Guacamole in Less Than Five Minutes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/how-to-make-guacamole-in-less-than-five-minutes/ Tue, 15 Jan 2019 22:31:27 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25452

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM

Guacamole cravings are practically universal, and anyone who’s been there knows that when you’re struck by a craving for creamy avocado, a citrus punch, a slow spice burn — there’s no shaking it until you’ve had your fix.

But sometimes, time’s not on your side. Fear not: This doesn’t mean you have to go without the guac. Read on to learn how to make guacamole in less than five minutes.

Rule of Thumb: Keep Avocados On Hand

You’ll need an avocado or two; ripe Hass avocados are best. The foundation of any homemade guacamole, avocados are indispensable, so make them a mainstay on your weekly shopping list. In the case of a Code Guac at home, even one avocado might save your life (or party).

Make Simple Guacamole in 2 Minutes

The lowdown on the absolute fastest way to make guacamole: Prep your avocado base (open, remove pit, scoop, and mash), and then take any salsa you have on hand and fold a few generous tablespoons into your mashed avocado. Add salt and pepper to taste, and if you have a lime on hand, squeeze that fresh juice into the mix.

No lime? Lemon works in a pinch. Just do your best to add one of the two; avocado needs citrus contrast for depth. Scoop that guac into a pretty bowl, set out your chips, and watch them disappear right along with your craving.

Make Gourmet Guacamole in 5 Minutes  

If you shop for groceries more frequently, your emergency guac recipe can get an easy gourmet boost. Which means that step 1 is to scout your kitchen.

If you find a tomato, or even cherry tomatoes, forget the salsa and dice the tomato, combining it with your mashed avocado. Got an onion, of any color, in whole or in part? Ditto: Dice it up and toss it in. These are just the basics. Consider kale, fruit, basil, bacon … only you can judge which food additions are a fit for your coveted guac.

Don’t forget the salt and pepper — fresh-ground is best. You can also spice up your emergency ration with Tabasco sauce, red pepper flakes, chile powder, or ground cayenne pepper. Really need a slow burn? Finely chop fresh jalapeños, or even canned jalapeños, and mix them in.

Guacamole is, above all, a simple (but powerful!) recipe, so don’t be weary of keeping it quick and simple — and don’t deny yourself a fix to your guac cravings. The heart wants what the heart wants, after all; and it’s safe to say that goes for your taste buds, too.

The post How to Make Guacamole in Less Than Five Minutes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM Guacamole cravings are practically universal, and anyone who’s been there knows that when you’re struck by a craving for creamy avocado, a citrus punch, a slow spice burn — there’s no shaking it until you’ve had your fix. But sometimes, time’s not on your side. Fear not: This doesn’t mean you have to go without the guac. Read on to learn how to make guacamole in less than five minutes. Rule of Thumb: Keep Avocados On Hand You’ll need an avocado or two; ripe Hass avocados are best. The foundation of any homemade guacamole, avocados are indispensable, so make them a mainstay on your weekly shopping list. In the case of a Code Guac at home, even one avocado might save your life (or party). Make Simple Guacamole in 2 Minutes The lowdown on the absolute fastest way to make guacamole: Prep your avocado base (open, remove pit, scoop, and mash), and then take any salsa you have on hand and fold a few generous tablespoons into your mashed avocado. Add salt and pepper to taste, and if you have a lime on hand, squeeze that fresh juice into the mix. No lime? Lemon works in a pinch. Just do your best to add one of the two; avocado needs citrus contrast for depth. Scoop that guac into a pretty bowl, set out your chips, and watch them disappear right along with your craving. Make Gourmet Guacamole in 5 Minutes   If you shop for groceries more frequently, your emergency guac recipe can get an easy gourmet boost. Which means that step 1 is to scout your kitchen. If you find a tomato, or even cherry tomatoes, forget the salsa and dice the tomato, combining it with your mashed avocado. Got an onion, of any color, in whole or in part? Ditto: Dice it up and toss it in. These are just the basics. Consider kale, fruit, basil, bacon … only you can judge which food additions are a fit for your coveted guac. Don’t forget the salt and pepper — fresh-ground is best. You can also spice up your emergency ration with Tabasco sauce, red pepper flakes, chile powder, or ground cayenne pepper. Really need a slow burn? Finely chop fresh jalapeños, or even canned jalapeños, and mix them in. Guacamole is, above all, a simple (but powerful!) recipe, so don’t be weary of keeping it quick and simple — and don’t deny yourself a fix to your guac cravings. The heart wants what the heart wants, after all; and it’s safe to say that goes for your taste buds, too.

The post How to Make Guacamole in Less Than Five Minutes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Dip for Days: 4 Best Practices for Storing Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/dip-for-days-4-best-practices-for-storing-guacamole/ Tue, 15 Jan 2019 22:31:25 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25451

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM

Turns out it is easy being green — at least when it comes to keeping your guacamole vibrant and fresh for one more day.

But why does guacamole turn brown in the first place? Ancient avocado theorists (and basic science) say that the flesh of avocados darkens without the protection of the skin (similar to an apple) due to oxidation. But we say you’ll never need to know this thanks to the following tips and tricks for storing guacamole.

Pass the Milk

Pour a thin layer of milk or water over the prepared dip, cover the dish with plastic wrap, and put it back in the fridge until ready to eat. (Chip-worthy note: Drain the liquid before scooping.)

Just Chill

Transfer leftover guacamole to an airtight container, top with a thin layer of lime juice, and place in the freezer. The next day, put the container in a bowl of cold water for about 30 minutes, or until the guacamole softens. Drain lime juice and mix with a spoon before accepting the partygoer’s award for best dip.

Layer Up

Using a spoon, smash leftover guacamole into the bottom of a container with an airtight lid. Once you’ve eliminated any air bubbles, top the guacamole with salsa or sour cream (the lactic acid in sour cream helps stave off oxidation), seal tightly, and store in the fridge.

Lime Light

Add a shallow layer of lime juice (or lemon juice) to the surface of the dip and wrap the container tightly with plastic wrap. The acidic nature of the lime/lemon will combat the enzyme that turns guacamole brown in the first place. Drain the lime juice before devouring or stir it in if you’re feeling more sour than sweet.

Here’s to storing guacamole and extending its life for another dip-tastic day!

The post Dip for Days: 4 Best Practices for Storing Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM Turns out it is easy being green — at least when it comes to keeping your guacamole vibrant and fresh for one more day. But why does guacamole turn brown in the first place? Ancient avocado theorists (and basic science) say that the flesh of avocados darkens without the protection of the skin (similar to an apple) due to oxidation. But we say you’ll never need to know this thanks to the following tips and tricks for storing guacamole. Pass the Milk Pour a thin layer of milk or water over the prepared dip, cover the dish with plastic wrap, and put it back in the fridge until ready to eat. (Chip-worthy note: Drain the liquid before scooping.) Just Chill Transfer leftover guacamole to an airtight container, top with a thin layer of lime juice, and place in the freezer. The next day, put the container in a bowl of cold water for about 30 minutes, or until the guacamole softens. Drain lime juice and mix with a spoon before accepting the partygoer’s award for best dip. Layer Up Using a spoon, smash leftover guacamole into the bottom of a container with an airtight lid. Once you’ve eliminated any air bubbles, top the guacamole with salsa or sour cream (the lactic acid in sour cream helps stave off oxidation), seal tightly, and store in the fridge. Lime Light Add a shallow layer of lime juice (or lemon juice) to the surface of the dip and wrap the container tightly with plastic wrap. The acidic nature of the lime/lemon will combat the enzyme that turns guacamole brown in the first place. Drain the lime juice before devouring or stir it in if you’re feeling more sour than sweet. Here’s to storing guacamole and extending its life for another dip-tastic day!

The post Dip for Days: 4 Best Practices for Storing Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Kitchen Tools Every Guac Lover Needs https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/kitchen-tools-every-guac-lover-needs/ Tue, 15 Jan 2019 22:31:23 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25450

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM

If you’re a guacamole fan — and let’s face it, who isn’t — waiting days to order the majestic green dip at your favorite Tex-Mex joint sometimes just doesn’t cut it. You need to take matters into your own hands, but it requires the right kitchen tools for the job. After all, avocado, chile pepper, cilantro, onion, lime, and salt is a sacred combo, not to be trifled with.

These five suggested essential gadgets can help you create your own chef-grade guac.

Set the Stage

When it comes to preparing the green superfood, efficiency is key. That’s why the OXO 3-in-1 Avocado Tool is the answer to your pitting problems. This nifty little kitchen tool has a serrated blade to split the avocado skin, a round pitter to scoop out the pit, and lined plastic blades to create perfect, even slices. It takes the hassle right out of the first, and often messy, step to any guacamole.

Mix Things Up

A molcajete is the traditional Mexican stone method used for grinding your guacamole spices, like chiles, onion, salt, and garlic. It’s very effective in releasing flavor compounds — for which your taste buds and friends will thank you. After grinding the spices, you can also mash your avocado slices using this tool, leaving some chunks of green goodness to add texture.

Stay Smooth

If you prefer your guac to be a little smoother, or you can’t be bothered with mashing by hand, a mini food processor is the ideal kitchen tool for you. Take your avocados, spices, and cilantro for a spin. (Just be careful not to over-mix.)

Zest to Impress

All loyal guacamole groupies know that lime juice makes the mash. The tart liquid lends the zest that brings guac to life, and a proper handheld citrus juicer makes adding the finishing touch that much simpler. With an inverted press, the tool can extract maximum juice from a halved lime with minimum time and energy spent. Win-win.

Keep It Fresh

What’s the point of making top-notch guacamole if you don’t properly store it? The Guac-Lock storage container can solve that. If you’re saving leftover dip for tomorrow or taking it to a shindig, this tool will ensure your guac stays green. It locks in freshness and doubles as a serving dish.

Now that you have the kitchen tools you need to deliciously succeed, go forth and make guac!

 

The post Kitchen Tools Every Guac Lover Needs appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM If you’re a guacamole fan — and let’s face it, who isn’t — waiting days to order the majestic green dip at your favorite Tex-Mex joint sometimes just doesn’t cut it. You need to take matters into your own hands, but it requires the right kitchen tools for the job. After all, avocado, chile pepper, cilantro, onion, lime, and salt is a sacred combo, not to be trifled with. These five suggested essential gadgets can help you create your own chef-grade guac. Set the Stage When it comes to preparing the green superfood, efficiency is key. That’s why the OXO 3-in-1 Avocado Tool is the answer to your pitting problems. This nifty little kitchen tool has a serrated blade to split the avocado skin, a round pitter to scoop out the pit, and lined plastic blades to create perfect, even slices. It takes the hassle right out of the first, and often messy, step to any guacamole. Mix Things Up A molcajete is the traditional Mexican stone method used for grinding your guacamole spices, like chiles, onion, salt, and garlic. It’s very effective in releasing flavor compounds — for which your taste buds and friends will thank you. After grinding the spices, you can also mash your avocado slices using this tool, leaving some chunks of green goodness to add texture. Stay Smooth If you prefer your guac to be a little smoother, or you can’t be bothered with mashing by hand, a mini food processor is the ideal kitchen tool for you. Take your avocados, spices, and cilantro for a spin. (Just be careful not to over-mix.) Zest to Impress All loyal guacamole groupies know that lime juice makes the mash. The tart liquid lends the zest that brings guac to life, and a proper handheld citrus juicer makes adding the finishing touch that much simpler. With an inverted press, the tool can extract maximum juice from a halved lime with minimum time and energy spent. Win-win. Keep It Fresh What’s the point of making top-notch guacamole if you don’t properly store it? The Guac-Lock storage container can solve that. If you’re saving leftover dip for tomorrow or taking it to a shindig, this tool will ensure your guac stays green. It locks in freshness and doubles as a serving dish. Now that you have the kitchen tools you need to deliciously succeed, go forth and make guac!  

The post Kitchen Tools Every Guac Lover Needs appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Red Hot Chile Peppers for Spicy Guacamole Lovers https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/red-hot-chile-peppers-spicy-guacamole-lovers/ Tue, 15 Jan 2019 22:31:17 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25448

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM

Avocados and chile peppers are the power ballad of the fruit world: The fiery duo go way back (both have roots in Mexico), and when brought together they bring joy (and at times, tears) to their hordes of fans.

Similar to your taste in music, recipes for spicy guacs vary. But how spicy is too spicy? Judge for yourself: Using the Scoville scale — a measurement of capsaicin, the chemical stuff that makes chile peppers hot — we rated the following popular peppers so you can adjust your spicy guacamole to cater to any crowd.

Hatch Green Chile (1 chile pepper on the heat index)

Scoville heat units (SHU): 1,000–8,000

Get them while they’re hot: These smoky, subtle peppers grow in the Hatch Valley of New Mexico — hence the name — and have a short cultivation season (August to September).

To keep the flavor year-round, roast and freeze the peppers for a mild version of spicy guacamole dip that won’t scare delicate palates.

Jalapeño (2 peppers)

SHU: 2,500–8,000

Fun fact for your next spicy guacamole get-together: This popular pepper is also known as “chile gordo” — or the fat chile pepper — due to its stout shape. Most jalapeños are grown in New Mexico, Texas, and California, or are imported, and the fire factor varies based on location and thickness, among other elements.

For example, the senorita jalapeño is mild, about one-tenth the strength of a regular store-bought jalapeño, and when smoked becomes a chipotle chile.

If your jalapeño is too spicy, reduce the heat by removing the innards. Or, choose red jalapeño peppers, which are sweeter with less heat. Try it minced with avocado or as a medium jolt to other fresh guacamole recipes.

Cayenne (3 peppers)  

SHU: 30,000–50,000

Be warned: A pinch of cayenne goes a long way for spicy guacamole. These skinny red peppers have a mild aroma but pack a considerable punch — a slow heat — when added to homemade dressings, marinades, and other avocado dishes.

As a staple in Southwestern and Mexican cuisine, cayenne peppers are commonly dried and used as a powder or sliced fresh.

Habanero (4 peppers)

SHU: 100,000–325,000

Some like it hot, and those people are habanero lovers. This potent, slightly fruity pepper is typically red or orange and hails from the Yucatán Peninsula in Mexico.

The thin, waxy skin thrives in hot weather, so it’s fitting that the round, small peppers bring the heat in small doses (Note: The habanero’s oil will spread easily to the skin, so protect yourself with gloves when slicing and dicing).

The actual degree of hotness varies according to climate and genetics. For a tame version of spicy guacamole, try removing the seeds and membrane, the hottest parts of the habanero.

Ghost Pepper (5 peppers)

SHU: 800,000–1,001,300

Think of this one as the Anthony Kiedis of peppers. Bhut jolokia — the ghost pepper — is a chile hybrid cultivated in India and one of the hottest peppers in the world (more than 400 times hotter than Tabasco sauce!). Ripe peppers are red, yellow, orange, or chocolate color and can be used fresh or dried.

Those who want to feel the burn should still proceed with caution: One seed is so intense, you may feel like you’re breathing fire for more than 30 minutes after consuming it.

Feeling the burn? Here are more spicy guacamole recipes to spark your interest.

The post Red Hot Chile Peppers for Spicy Guacamole Lovers appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

VISIT GUACWORLD.COM Avocados and chile peppers are the power ballad of the fruit world: The fiery duo go way back (both have roots in Mexico), and when brought together they bring joy (and at times, tears) to their hordes of fans. Similar to your taste in music, recipes for spicy guacs vary. But how spicy is too spicy? Judge for yourself: Using the Scoville scale — a measurement of capsaicin, the chemical stuff that makes chile peppers hot — we rated the following popular peppers so you can adjust your spicy guacamole to cater to any crowd. Hatch Green Chile (1 chile pepper on the heat index) Scoville heat units (SHU): 1,000–8,000 Get them while they’re hot: These smoky, subtle peppers grow in the Hatch Valley of New Mexico — hence the name — and have a short cultivation season (August to September). To keep the flavor year-round, roast and freeze the peppers for a mild version of spicy guacamole dip that won’t scare delicate palates. Jalapeño (2 peppers) SHU: 2,500–8,000 Fun fact for your next spicy guacamole get-together: This popular pepper is also known as “chile gordo” — or the fat chile pepper — due to its stout shape. Most jalapeños are grown in New Mexico, Texas, and California, or are imported, and the fire factor varies based on location and thickness, among other elements. For example, the senorita jalapeño is mild, about one-tenth the strength of a regular store-bought jalapeño, and when smoked becomes a chipotle chile. If your jalapeño is too spicy, reduce the heat by removing the innards. Or, choose red jalapeño peppers, which are sweeter with less heat. Try it minced with avocado or as a medium jolt to other fresh guacamole recipes. Cayenne (3 peppers)   SHU: 30,000–50,000 Be warned: A pinch of cayenne goes a long way for spicy guacamole. These skinny red peppers have a mild aroma but pack a considerable punch — a slow heat — when added to homemade dressings, marinades, and other avocado dishes. As a staple in Southwestern and Mexican cuisine, cayenne peppers are commonly dried and used as a powder or sliced fresh. Habanero (4 peppers) SHU: 100,000–325,000 Some like it hot, and those people are habanero lovers. This potent, slightly fruity pepper is typically red or orange and hails from the Yucatán Peninsula in Mexico. The thin, waxy skin thrives in hot weather, so it’s fitting that the round, small peppers bring the heat in small doses (Note: The habanero’s oil will spread easily to the skin, so protect yourself with gloves when slicing and dicing). The actual degree of hotness varies according to climate and genetics. For a tame version of spicy guacamole, try removing the seeds and membrane, the hottest parts of the habanero. Ghost Pepper (5 peppers) SHU: 800,000–1,001,300 Think of this one as the Anthony Kiedis of peppers. Bhut jolokia — the ghost pepper — is a chile hybrid cultivated in India and one of the hottest peppers in the world (more than 400 times hotter than Tabasco sauce!). Ripe peppers are red, yellow, orange, or chocolate color and can be used fresh or dried. Those who want to feel the burn should still proceed with caution: One seed is so intense, you may feel like you’re breathing fire for more than 30 minutes after consuming it. Feeling the burn? Here are more spicy guacamole recipes to spark your interest.

The post Red Hot Chile Peppers for Spicy Guacamole Lovers appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
DIY Avocado Body Scrub for Dry Season https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/diy-avocado-body-scrub-for-dry-season/ Tue, 08 Jan 2019 18:13:23 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25310

Winter weather can do a number on your skin. From dry patches, itchy flakes, and cracks, this avocado body scrub can help mitigate the worst winter has to throw at you. Prior to starting or changing your in-home routine, be sure to speak with your dermatologist.

Making the Avocado Body Scrub

Ingredients:

½ a ripe Avocado From Mexico

½ cup avocado oil

1 cup brown sugar

Essential oils or vanilla extract (optional)

Start by mashing half an avocado into a thin paste, adding oil as needed for consistency. Using a fork, combing brown sugar into the avocado paste to add the scrubbing material.

The paste works great on its own, but you can add a drop or two of lavender or chamomile essential oils or a touch of vanilla extract for its soothing fresh-cookies scent.

Using Your Avocado Body Scrub

Use the scrub on wet skin, after a short soak in a warm tub, or after a quick shower. Gently rub into your skin, paying close attention to rough areas like knees and elbows, and being especially careful on sensitive areas. Let the paste sit on your skin for 5-10 minutes, then rinse it off gently, patting dry with a towel.

If you want to plan a weekend spa day at home, you can slow your avocado ripening process, so it’s ripe just when you need it. This avocado body scrub is sure to work wonders and have everyone asking about your avo glow in the dead of winter.

The post DIY Avocado Body Scrub for Dry Season appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Winter weather can do a number on your skin. From dry patches, itchy flakes, and cracks, this avocado body scrub can help mitigate the worst winter has to throw at you. Prior to starting or changing your in-home routine, be sure to speak with your dermatologist.

Making the Avocado Body Scrub

Ingredients: ½ a ripe Avocado From Mexico ½ cup avocado oil 1 cup brown sugar Essential oils or vanilla extract (optional) Start by mashing half an avocado into a thin paste, adding oil as needed for consistency. Using a fork, combing brown sugar into the avocado paste to add the scrubbing material. The paste works great on its own, but you can add a drop or two of lavender or chamomile essential oils or a touch of vanilla extract for its soothing fresh-cookies scent.

Using Your Avocado Body Scrub

Use the scrub on wet skin, after a short soak in a warm tub, or after a quick shower. Gently rub into your skin, paying close attention to rough areas like knees and elbows, and being especially careful on sensitive areas. Let the paste sit on your skin for 5-10 minutes, then rinse it off gently, patting dry with a towel. If you want to plan a weekend spa day at home, you can slow your avocado ripening process, so it’s ripe just when you need it. This avocado body scrub is sure to work wonders and have everyone asking about your avo glow in the dead of winter.

The post DIY Avocado Body Scrub for Dry Season appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
4 Avocado Hair Masks https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/4-avocado-hair-masks/ Tue, 08 Jan 2019 18:13:22 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25304

After months of dry, hair-damaging weather, you are probably fighting breakage and bad hair days. These four avocado hair masks can help hydrate damaged dos and give your style a refreshing boost to get through the winter.

Green Goddess Balancing Volumizer

FOR THIN OR BRITTLE HAIR

Does your hair break easily or lack body? Does it stand up on end when you take off your winter hat? This volumizing avocado hair mask helps moisturize each strand.

1/2 Avocado From Mexico, mashed

1 Tb. honey

1 Tb. thick Greek yogurt

Almond, olive, or avocado oil, as needed

  1. Start by scooping out and mashing the avocado. Check out this videofor tips on slicing and dicing.
  2. Mix together avocado mash, honey, and yogurt until you have a thick paste.
  3. Slowly whisk in a thin stream of oil, allowing the paste to get fluffy, stopping before it becomes too thin. For added avocado benefits, use avo oil in this step.
  4. Apply to your hair starting from the roots. (Double the recipe for extra-long hair.) Gather up under a shower cap or plastic bag for 10-15 minutes. Wash out with cool or lukewarm water.

Conditioning Avo+Apple Degreaser

FOR WAXY OR OILY HAIR

1 part mashed Avocado From Mexico

1 part applesauce

1 tsp. apple cider vinegar

water, as needed

  1. Scoop and mash your avocado.
  2. Use a blender to mix in the applesauce and cider vinegar. You want a creamy liquid consistency, so add a bit of water in until you get there.
  3. Apply to your hair in chunks, ensuring it soaks through, especially in tough spots like at the nape of your neck. Use your fingers to work it through, massaging into your scalp and the strands. Rinse out with warm water.

Hot Oil Peanut Butter Protein Mask

FOR CURLS

Try a 100% peanut butter hair mask, but keep in mind it can also require a lot of work and hot water to get out, ultimately causing more damage to the hair. This recipe helps mitigate that problem with a boost of avocado moisture.

1 part peanut butter

1 part mashed Avocado From Mexico

avocado oil, as needed

  1. Mash an avocado for added creamy texture. Make sure it is nice and ripe. This videois a great resource for figuring out if your avocado is ready to use (hint: it's all about color and texture).
  2. Warm peanut butter in a microwave or on the stove, careful not to burn it.
  3. In a blender, mix peanut butter, avocado mash, and avocado or olive oil until the mix is liquid enough to apply easily to your hair without dripping.
  4. Apply the warm paste to your dry locks, careful not to mash them together so they don't tangle. Keep on your hair for at least 20 minutes, wrapped in plastic, before washing out, one lock of hair at a time, with warm water.
  5. For extra benefits, keep the paste warm by blow-drying intermittently during the mask. Dry with an old t-shirt rather than a towel after.

911 Emergency Repair Mash

FOR DAMAGED OR TREATED HAIR

equal parts avocado and banana (1 medium banana, 1 medium avocado)

  1. Mash a very ripe Avocado From Mexico with a very ripe banana until you've formed a wet paste.
  2. Spread the paste on your hair, focusing especially on the ends, careful not to tangle it. Wrap in plastic for 30-45 minutes, then rinse out in warm water.

Whatever your hair type, the right avocado hair mask is sure to snap your strands out of their winter blues.

The post 4 Avocado Hair Masks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

After months of dry, hair-damaging weather, you are probably fighting breakage and bad hair days. These four avocado hair masks can help hydrate damaged dos and give your style a refreshing boost to get through the winter.

Green Goddess Balancing Volumizer

FOR THIN OR BRITTLE HAIR
Does your hair break easily or lack body? Does it stand up on end when you take off your winter hat? This volumizing avocado hair mask helps moisturize each strand. 1/2 Avocado From Mexico, mashed 1 Tb. honey 1 Tb. thick Greek yogurt Almond, olive, or avocado oil, as needed
  1. Start by scooping out and mashing the avocado. Check out this videofor tips on slicing and dicing.
  2. Mix together avocado mash, honey, and yogurt until you have a thick paste.
  3. Slowly whisk in a thin stream of oil, allowing the paste to get fluffy, stopping before it becomes too thin. For added avocado benefits, use avo oil in this step.
  4. Apply to your hair starting from the roots. (Double the recipe for extra-long hair.) Gather up under a shower cap or plastic bag for 10-15 minutes. Wash out with cool or lukewarm water.

Conditioning Avo+Apple Degreaser

FOR WAXY OR OILY HAIR
1 part mashed Avocado From Mexico 1 part applesauce 1 tsp. apple cider vinegar water, as needed
  1. Scoop and mash your avocado.
  2. Use a blender to mix in the applesauce and cider vinegar. You want a creamy liquid consistency, so add a bit of water in until you get there.
  3. Apply to your hair in chunks, ensuring it soaks through, especially in tough spots like at the nape of your neck. Use your fingers to work it through, massaging into your scalp and the strands. Rinse out with warm water.

Hot Oil Peanut Butter Protein Mask

FOR CURLS
Try a 100% peanut butter hair mask, but keep in mind it can also require a lot of work and hot water to get out, ultimately causing more damage to the hair. This recipe helps mitigate that problem with a boost of avocado moisture. 1 part peanut butter 1 part mashed Avocado From Mexico avocado oil, as needed
  1. Mash an avocado for added creamy texture. Make sure it is nice and ripe. This videois a great resource for figuring out if your avocado is ready to use (hint: it's all about color and texture).
  2. Warm peanut butter in a microwave or on the stove, careful not to burn it.
  3. In a blender, mix peanut butter, avocado mash, and avocado or olive oil until the mix is liquid enough to apply easily to your hair without dripping.
  4. Apply the warm paste to your dry locks, careful not to mash them together so they don't tangle. Keep on your hair for at least 20 minutes, wrapped in plastic, before washing out, one lock of hair at a time, with warm water.
  5. For extra benefits, keep the paste warm by blow-drying intermittently during the mask. Dry with an old t-shirt rather than a towel after.

911 Emergency Repair Mash

FOR DAMAGED OR TREATED HAIR
equal parts avocado and banana (1 medium banana, 1 medium avocado)
  1. Mash a very ripe Avocado From Mexico with a very ripe banana until you've formed a wet paste.
  2. Spread the paste on your hair, focusing especially on the ends, careful not to tangle it. Wrap in plastic for 30-45 minutes, then rinse out in warm water.
Whatever your hair type, the right avocado hair mask is sure to snap your strands out of their winter blues.

The post 4 Avocado Hair Masks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Holy Mole! Using the Avocado Pit https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/holy-mole-using-the-avocado-pit/ Tue, 08 Jan 2019 18:09:55 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25303

Believe it or not, avocado pits can make themselves perfectly at home in your favorite mole, that quintessential Mexican dish whose namesake means "sauce" in the Aztec Nahuatl language. Avocado pits are not only easy to integrate into your favorite mole, but they add flavor, too!

 

Más Mole

Depending on the chiles used and methods employed, moles can range from light green, fresh and herbaceous, to the deeply smoky, almost mystical coloradito (red) and dark moles like earthy, inky chichilo. These usually contain anywhere from 20 to 30 or more ingredients, and are a labor of love to make from scratch. But the results are oh-so-worth-it. Bonus ingredient: adding grated avocado pit adds another layer of depth and complexity to these beautiful sauces.

 

First, you'll need to source a perfectly ripe avocado, and, once you have your delicious avocado at home and washed, you'll want to remove the pit.

 

Preparing the Pit

Now wash the pit (with water only) and let the seed dry so that it doesn't slip out of your hands while you handle it. While the pit is drying, you can continue to make your mole, beginning with toasting your chiles and spices. Here's a Sizzling Red Mole Chilaquiles recipe you can use to give this idea a try! Once you're done with the toasting process, sift ingredients through a strainer and set them aside to cool.

 

At this point, you can grate your avocado seed*. Note that it may turn orange during this process. You'll need only about a tablespoon of the grated seed, which you can add directly to your toasted peppers and spice mixture. A tablespoon of the grated seed will add just the perfect amount of nutty bitterness to your moles.

 

Note: Adding any more avocado seed can lead to an overly bitter taste.

 

Use the delicious green fruit to garnish or snack on as your mole cooks, building the complex flavors that have made moles such a staple across Mexico - and beyond!

 

*Grating an avocado pit can be dangerous and should only be performed by an adult with the utmost caution.

The post Holy Mole! Using the Avocado Pit appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Believe it or not, avocado pits can make themselves perfectly at home in your favorite mole, that quintessential Mexican dish whose namesake means "sauce" in the Aztec Nahuatl language. Avocado pits are not only easy to integrate into your favorite mole, but they add flavor, too!  

Más Mole

Depending on the chiles used and methods employed, moles can range from light green, fresh and herbaceous, to the deeply smoky, almost mystical coloradito (red) and dark moles like earthy, inky chichilo. These usually contain anywhere from 20 to 30 or more ingredients, and are a labor of love to make from scratch. But the results are oh-so-worth-it. Bonus ingredient: adding grated avocado pit adds another layer of depth and complexity to these beautiful sauces.   First, you'll need to source a perfectly ripe avocado, and, once you have your delicious avocado at home and washed, you'll want to remove the pit.  

Preparing the Pit

Now wash the pit (with water only) and let the seed dry so that it doesn't slip out of your hands while you handle it. While the pit is drying, you can continue to make your mole, beginning with toasting your chiles and spices. Here's a Sizzling Red Mole Chilaquiles recipe you can use to give this idea a try! Once you're done with the toasting process, sift ingredients through a strainer and set them aside to cool.   At this point, you can grate your avocado seed*. Note that it may turn orange during this process. You'll need only about a tablespoon of the grated seed, which you can add directly to your toasted peppers and spice mixture. A tablespoon of the grated seed will add just the perfect amount of nutty bitterness to your moles.   Note: Adding any more avocado seed can lead to an overly bitter taste.   Use the delicious green fruit to garnish or snack on as your mole cooks, building the complex flavors that have made moles such a staple across Mexico - and beyond!  

*Grating an avocado pit can be dangerous and should only be performed by an adult with the utmost caution.

The post Holy Mole! Using the Avocado Pit appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Boost Your Traditional New Year Dishes with Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/boost-your-traditional-new-year-dishes-with-avocado/ Tue, 08 Jan 2019 18:08:11 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25302

It's time to ring in the New Year, and there’s no better way to do this than with traditional New Year dishes like cabbage and black eyed peas with the added flair of Avocados From Mexico.

Luck of the Cabbage

In the South, greens are a central part of culinary culture, but especially in the new year. As the old saying goes, "Peas for pennies, greens for dollars, and cornbread for gold." Cabbage, and all long cooking greens, are considered to be lucky New Year dishes because they represent money and wealth. Double your investment in this New Year tradition with the added green of a perfectly picked avocado.

For this New Year's meal, look no further than this tasty guacamole with pickled cabbage. The cabbage and avocado duo is positively addictive with a crunchy, bright flavor that pairs well with fatty meats or even a rich, runny fried egg.

Fortunate Peas

The tradition of eating black-eyed peas on the first of the year goes back to the Jewish Talmud, which lists five traditional New Year dishes to eat for good fortune in the Rosh Hashanah. Some historians say Sephardic Jews brought this custom to the American South as early as 1733.

If you're looking for a creative new black-eyed pea recipe this year, check out this black eyed pea guacamole. Try raw veggies and crackers to carry this perfectly diced and mashed dip.

With a boost from Avocados From Mexico, start your new year with some good fortune and your favorite fruit in traditional New Year dishes.

The post Boost Your Traditional New Year Dishes with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It's time to ring in the New Year, and there’s no better way to do this than with traditional New Year dishes like cabbage and black eyed peas with the added flair of Avocados From Mexico.

Luck of the Cabbage

In the South, greens are a central part of culinary culture, but especially in the new year. As the old saying goes, "Peas for pennies, greens for dollars, and cornbread for gold." Cabbage, and all long cooking greens, are considered to be lucky New Year dishes because they represent money and wealth. Double your investment in this New Year tradition with the added green of a perfectly picked avocado. For this New Year's meal, look no further than this tasty guacamole with pickled cabbage. The cabbage and avocado duo is positively addictive with a crunchy, bright flavor that pairs well with fatty meats or even a rich, runny fried egg.

Fortunate Peas

The tradition of eating black-eyed peas on the first of the year goes back to the Jewish Talmud, which lists five traditional New Year dishes to eat for good fortune in the Rosh Hashanah. Some historians say Sephardic Jews brought this custom to the American South as early as 1733. If you're looking for a creative new black-eyed pea recipe this year, check out this black eyed pea guacamole. Try raw veggies and crackers to carry this perfectly diced and mashed dip. With a boost from Avocados From Mexico, start your new year with some good fortune and your favorite fruit in traditional New Year dishes.

The post Boost Your Traditional New Year Dishes with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How To Stay Fit and Full With a 2019 Meal Plan Featuring Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/how-to-stay-fit-and-full-with-a-2019-meal-plan-featuring-avocados/ Tue, 08 Jan 2019 18:05:19 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25300

You’ve committed to making this year your best one yet by setting new fitness and eating goals, and we’re here to help you succeed.

We've got a lot of ideas and tips to share with you to make sure you're ready to seize success, but first things first: Before you make any changes to your exercise or food routines, be sure to consult with your doctor to make sure your plans are doc-approved.

Staying On Track with Avocados

This green fruit is sure to be the star of your 2019 meal planning to keep you fit and full all year. Nearly 75% of the fat in avocados considered to be “good fat”, which helps absorb nutrients and does not raise bad cholesterol levels. Avocados also are a good source of fiber, which helps you feel fuller faster and can increase satiety and possibly help manage weight.

The 2015 Dietary Guidelines suggest shifting food choices from those high in saturated fats to those high in unsaturated fats.  Avocados are virtually the only healthy fruit with monounsaturated fat and polyunsaturated fat or good fats. In fact, over 75% of the fat in healthy avocados is “good fat.” The body needs some dietary fat to help with absorption of nutrients, but not all fats are the same and keeping a healthy balance of fat intake is key. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommend replacing bad fats with good fats and, good fats can help improve intake of dietary fat without raising LDL (“bad”) cholesterol levels.  Avocados From Mexico (which are available all year long!) are a great way to bring more unsaturated fats into your diet to meet your goals this year. 

An Avocado for Every Meal

Avocado is a versatile fruit, making it an easy addition to every meal — even dessert!

In the morning, you can add a ripe avocado to the smoothie or your choice, like this one, to fill your morning and your stomach.

For lunch or dinner, you can top a salad with avo slices to shake you out of your frozen meal-for-one routine. These avo-equipped meals can keep you fuller longer, thanks to the fiber in every serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium-sized avocado contains 11% of your daily recommended fiber).

Enjoy your new year and new meal plan with the versatile, nutrient-dense addition of Avocados From Mexico in all your meal times.

The post How To Stay Fit and Full With a 2019 Meal Plan Featuring Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You’ve committed to making this year your best one yet by setting new fitness and eating goals, and we’re here to help you succeed. We've got a lot of ideas and tips to share with you to make sure you're ready to seize success, but first things first: Before you make any changes to your exercise or food routines, be sure to consult with your doctor to make sure your plans are doc-approved.

Staying On Track with Avocados

This green fruit is sure to be the star of your 2019 meal planning to keep you fit and full all year. Nearly 75% of the fat in avocados considered to be “good fat”, which helps absorb nutrients and does not raise bad cholesterol levels. Avocados also are a good source of fiber, which helps you feel fuller faster and can increase satiety and possibly help manage weight. The 2015 Dietary Guidelines suggest shifting food choices from those high in saturated fats to those high in unsaturated fats.  Avocados are virtually the only healthy fruit with monounsaturated fat and polyunsaturated fat or good fats. In fact, over 75% of the fat in healthy avocados is “good fat.” The body needs some dietary fat to help with absorption of nutrients, but not all fats are the same and keeping a healthy balance of fat intake is key. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommend replacing bad fats with good fats and, good fats can help improve intake of dietary fat without raising LDL (“bad”) cholesterol levels.  Avocados From Mexico (which are available all year long!) are a great way to bring more unsaturated fats into your diet to meet your goals this year. 

An Avocado for Every Meal

Avocado is a versatile fruit, making it an easy addition to every meal — even dessert! In the morning, you can add a ripe avocado to the smoothie or your choice, like this one, to fill your morning and your stomach. For lunch or dinner, you can top a salad with avo slices to shake you out of your frozen meal-for-one routine. These avo-equipped meals can keep you fuller longer, thanks to the fiber in every serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium-sized avocado contains 11% of your daily recommended fiber). Enjoy your new year and new meal plan with the versatile, nutrient-dense addition of Avocados From Mexico in all your meal times.

The post How To Stay Fit and Full With a 2019 Meal Plan Featuring Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Game Day Snacks: Creamy Avocado Bacon Poutine Skins https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/game-day-snacks-creamy-avocado-bacon-poutine-skins/ Tue, 08 Jan 2019 17:57:31 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25301

There comes a time when your game day snack repertoire needs a reboot. We get it! It's not easy to keep the hungry hordes happy, but we've unlocked one sure way to reach snack nirvana.

Creamy avocado bacon poutine skins are the ultimate party food that doubles as snack. These golden, cheesy, creamy boats are nearly magical. Here's how you make them the star of your game day snacks.

But First, What's Poutine?

Bien, oui! Poutine is one of Quebec's most admired Canadian treasures. It's usually made with French fries, cheese curds, and a healthy ladle of hot, flavorful gravy.

To make this oven-baked, more portable-friendly version, you'll need to start by selecting perfectly ripe avocados.

Ingredients:

3 ripe Avocados From Mexico, peeled and pitted

8 baking potatoes, cleaned and dried

2 tablespoons vegetable oil

Sea salt

2 cups cheese curds or grated Monterrey Jack Cheese

6 slices smoked bacon, fried, drained, and chopped

2 stalks green onion, thinly sliced

1/2 cup full-fat Greek-style yogurt

2 tablespoons fresh lime juice

1 tablespoon garlic powder

1/2 teaspoon chili powder

Salt & pepper to taste

Directions:

  1. Preheat oven to 400°F.
  2. Using a fork, pierce each potato, ensuring you've covered all sides. Put potatoes on a baking tray, then place in hot oven. Bake 45-50 minutes, or until you pierce a potato and it feels soft. It's OK if the skins are a bit crisped at this point.
  3. Transfer to a wire rack and let cool for 15-20 minutes.
  4. Turn the oven function to broil.
  5. In the meantime, cut each potato in half, lengthwise. Using a grapefruit spoon or a melon baller, make a well in the potato. Leave roughly 1/4 inch of potato on all sides.
  6. Brush oil over all sides and inside of each potato. Sprinkle skin-side with sea salt.
  7. Place potato halves evenly spaced on a baking tray and broil 2-3 minutes or until you see the potatoes begin to crisp. This happens quickly, so don't let your attention wander or you'll end up with burnt potato shells and you'll need to start over.
  8. Once crisped, remove from oven and fill with green onion and bacon and top with cheese.
  9. Broil once again for 4-5 minutes or until cheese is bubbly and golden.
  10. Remove from the broiler.
  11. Sprinkle more green onion on top.

For the Avocado Sauce:

  1. In a blender, combine avocados, yogurt, lime juice, garlic powder, chili powder, salt and pepper to taste, pulsing until smooth. Drizzle avocado sauce over each potato half, reserving some for a dipping sauce.

These game day snacks are sure to delight fans and families alike.

The post Game Day Snacks: Creamy Avocado Bacon Poutine Skins appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There comes a time when your game day snack repertoire needs a reboot. We get it! It's not easy to keep the hungry hordes happy, but we've unlocked one sure way to reach snack nirvana. Creamy avocado bacon poutine skins are the ultimate party food that doubles as snack. These golden, cheesy, creamy boats are nearly magical. Here's how you make them the star of your game day snacks.

But First, What's Poutine?

Bien, oui! Poutine is one of Quebec's most admired Canadian treasures. It's usually made with French fries, cheese curds, and a healthy ladle of hot, flavorful gravy. To make this oven-baked, more portable-friendly version, you'll need to start by selecting perfectly ripe avocados.

Ingredients:

3 ripe Avocados From Mexico, peeled and pitted 8 baking potatoes, cleaned and dried 2 tablespoons vegetable oil Sea salt 2 cups cheese curds or grated Monterrey Jack Cheese 6 slices smoked bacon, fried, drained, and chopped 2 stalks green onion, thinly sliced 1/2 cup full-fat Greek-style yogurt 2 tablespoons fresh lime juice 1 tablespoon garlic powder 1/2 teaspoon chili powder Salt & pepper to taste

Directions:

  1. Preheat oven to 400°F.
  2. Using a fork, pierce each potato, ensuring you've covered all sides. Put potatoes on a baking tray, then place in hot oven. Bake 45-50 minutes, or until you pierce a potato and it feels soft. It's OK if the skins are a bit crisped at this point.
  3. Transfer to a wire rack and let cool for 15-20 minutes.
  4. Turn the oven function to broil.
  5. In the meantime, cut each potato in half, lengthwise. Using a grapefruit spoon or a melon baller, make a well in the potato. Leave roughly 1/4 inch of potato on all sides.
  6. Brush oil over all sides and inside of each potato. Sprinkle skin-side with sea salt.
  7. Place potato halves evenly spaced on a baking tray and broil 2-3 minutes or until you see the potatoes begin to crisp. This happens quickly, so don't let your attention wander or you'll end up with burnt potato shells and you'll need to start over.
  8. Once crisped, remove from oven and fill with green onion and bacon and top with cheese.
  9. Broil once again for 4-5 minutes or until cheese is bubbly and golden.
  10. Remove from the broiler.
  11. Sprinkle more green onion on top.
For the Avocado Sauce:
  1. In a blender, combine avocados, yogurt, lime juice, garlic powder, chili powder, salt and pepper to taste, pulsing until smooth. Drizzle avocado sauce over each potato half, reserving some for a dipping sauce.
These game day snacks are sure to delight fans and families alike.

The post Game Day Snacks: Creamy Avocado Bacon Poutine Skins appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Tackle Your Resolutions with Keto-Friendly Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/tackle-your-resolutions-with-keto-friendly-recipes/ Tue, 01 Jan 2019 12:00:42 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25166

By Jackie Veling

If you’re looking to shake up your eating habits in the new year, you’re not alone. The keto eating plan — a low-carb, high-fat regimen meant to increase the body’s fat-burning capabilities — is a growing trend.

Avocados, famous for being a superfood because of their nearly 20 vitamins, minerals and phytonutrients, are a great asset for keto thanks to their 6 g of good fats in one-third of a medium-sized avocado, (or 50 g) and low carbohydrate content (4 g).

Here are a few keto-friendly recipes to rev up your nutritional know-how and get you through the next 365 days.

Breakfast Basics

They say breakfast is the most important meal of the day, and prioritizing fiber can get you off to the right start. Avocados are a good source of fiber, containing 11% of the daily value per 50 g serving. Dietary fiber adds bulk to the diet and can help you feel fuller faster, which can increase satiety and help manage weight. A simple avocado baked egg comes together fast and keeps your stomach from grumbling during long morning meetings.

Shakes are also a great way to stay fueled when you’re on-the-go. You can even combine your breakfast and your morning caffeine fix with this Indonesian-style avocado coffee shake. Just make sure to stick to non-sweetened milk if you want your drink to be keto-approved.

Lunchtime Greens

When lunchtime hunger hits, up your daily greens intake by turning to salad — and we’re not talking about just a sad bag of lettuce. Snap things up with this hearty avocado Brussel sprouts salad with pumpkin seeds or a zesty avocado chicken salad served in lettuce cups.

If you’re bringing avocados to the office, check out the best ways to store them so they’re always ripe at the perfect time.

Savory Dinner Meats

This indulgent grilled steak with avocado chimichurri sauce will make it hard to believe you’re following a diet of any kind.

And both poached chicken with pistachio sauce and smoked salmon rolls are on the plan, too. You can even cure your late-night sweet tooth by whipping up some creamy avocado mousse.

The post Tackle Your Resolutions with Keto-Friendly Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Jackie Veling If you’re looking to shake up your eating habits in the new year, you’re not alone. The keto eating plan — a low-carb, high-fat regimen meant to increase the body’s fat-burning capabilities — is a growing trend. Avocados, famous for being a superfood because of their nearly 20 vitamins, minerals and phytonutrients, are a great asset for keto thanks to their 6 g of good fats in one-third of a medium-sized avocado, (or 50 g) and low carbohydrate content (4 g). Here are a few keto-friendly recipes to rev up your nutritional know-how and get you through the next 365 days.

Breakfast Basics

They say breakfast is the most important meal of the day, and prioritizing fiber can get you off to the right start. Avocados are a good source of fiber, containing 11% of the daily value per 50 g serving. Dietary fiber adds bulk to the diet and can help you feel fuller faster, which can increase satiety and help manage weight. A simple avocado baked egg comes together fast and keeps your stomach from grumbling during long morning meetings. Shakes are also a great way to stay fueled when you’re on-the-go. You can even combine your breakfast and your morning caffeine fix with this Indonesian-style avocado coffee shake. Just make sure to stick to non-sweetened milk if you want your drink to be keto-approved.

Lunchtime Greens

When lunchtime hunger hits, up your daily greens intake by turning to salad — and we’re not talking about just a sad bag of lettuce. Snap things up with this hearty avocado Brussel sprouts salad with pumpkin seeds or a zesty avocado chicken salad served in lettuce cups. If you’re bringing avocados to the office, check out the best ways to store them so they’re always ripe at the perfect time.

Savory Dinner Meats

This indulgent grilled steak with avocado chimichurri sauce will make it hard to believe you’re following a diet of any kind. And both poached chicken with pistachio sauce and smoked salmon rolls are on the plan, too. You can even cure your late-night sweet tooth by whipping up some creamy avocado mousse.

The post Tackle Your Resolutions with Keto-Friendly Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Have a Very Merry Keto-Friendly Christmas https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/have-a-very-merry-keto-friendly-christmas/ Thu, 29 Nov 2018 16:26:33 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25165

By Kristy Alpert

Tis’ the season for cookie swaps, ugly sweater parties, and other joyful gatherings with friends. It’s also the season of sugar-laden party trays, decadent holiday treats, and starchy side dishes, all artfully adorned.

It’s easy to overindulge this time of year, but indulging in the merriment of the holidays doesn’t have to mean giving up your keto ways.

Keto-friendly holiday dishes can be just as satisfying and, are just as indulgent as their traditional counterparts, especially when they include the creamy, buttery taste of fresh avocados. Avocados from Mexico are always in season, and these festive fruits add a satisfying taste and the perfect low-carb (only 4 grams in 1/3 of a medium avocado) punch to any healthy holiday celebration or dinner party.

Keto-Friendly Appetizers

Celebrate the holidays without losing sight of your health goals with keto-friendly avocado appetizers like these easy-to-make avocado, mozzarella, and tomato skewers. Not only can this simple recipe be assembled in a matter of minutes, but the red, green, and snowball-like shapes add some festive flair to your holiday table.

Another option: Put stuffed mushrooms back on your list of approved dishes by ditching the traditional breadcrumb fillings and serving low-carb stuffed mushroom bites flavorfully enhanced with avocados and spinach instead.

Keto-Friendly Sides

Side dishes bring flavor and variety to any holiday meal, and show-stopping recipes like this keto-friendly avocado, asparagus, artichoke, and hearts of palm salad or this roasted green bean medley with avocado vinaigrette are sure to become table traditions.

Keto-Friendly Main Dishes

A low-carb main course can be far more appealing than you’d expect. Need convincing? Imagine Serrano chiles and finely diced avocados adding a kick of keto goodness to fork-tender spare ribs and poached chicken with pistachio sauce.

Keto-Friendly Sweet Treats

Keto-friendly desserts, like these fudgy “fat bombs”, often use avocados as the secret ingredient for their creamy texture, but there are also plenty of lighter ways to add the benefits of avocados into traditional Christmas treats. Try substituting stevia for the sugar in this recipe and omit the rum for an avocado eggnog that will warm and nourish you from the inside out.

The post Have a Very Merry Keto-Friendly Christmas appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Kristy Alpert Tis’ the season for cookie swaps, ugly sweater parties, and other joyful gatherings with friends. It’s also the season of sugar-laden party trays, decadent holiday treats, and starchy side dishes, all artfully adorned. It’s easy to overindulge this time of year, but indulging in the merriment of the holidays doesn’t have to mean giving up your keto ways. Keto-friendly holiday dishes can be just as satisfying and, are just as indulgent as their traditional counterparts, especially when they include the creamy, buttery taste of fresh avocados. Avocados from Mexico are always in season, and these festive fruits add a satisfying taste and the perfect low-carb (only 4 grams in 1/3 of a medium avocado) punch to any healthy holiday celebration or dinner party.

Keto-Friendly Appetizers

Celebrate the holidays without losing sight of your health goals with keto-friendly avocado appetizers like these easy-to-make avocado, mozzarella, and tomato skewers. Not only can this simple recipe be assembled in a matter of minutes, but the red, green, and snowball-like shapes add some festive flair to your holiday table. Another option: Put stuffed mushrooms back on your list of approved dishes by ditching the traditional breadcrumb fillings and serving low-carb stuffed mushroom bites flavorfully enhanced with avocados and spinach instead.

Keto-Friendly Sides

Side dishes bring flavor and variety to any holiday meal, and show-stopping recipes like this keto-friendly avocado, asparagus, artichoke, and hearts of palm salad or this roasted green bean medley with avocado vinaigrette are sure to become table traditions.

Keto-Friendly Main Dishes

A low-carb main course can be far more appealing than you’d expect. Need convincing? Imagine Serrano chiles and finely diced avocados adding a kick of keto goodness to fork-tender spare ribs and poached chicken with pistachio sauce.

Keto-Friendly Sweet Treats

Keto-friendly desserts, like these fudgy “fat bombs”, often use avocados as the secret ingredient for their creamy texture, but there are also plenty of lighter ways to add the benefits of avocados into traditional Christmas treats. Try substituting stevia for the sugar in this recipe and omit the rum for an avocado eggnog that will warm and nourish you from the inside out.

The post Have a Very Merry Keto-Friendly Christmas appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Deck the Halls with Avocado Stocking Stuffers https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/deck-the-halls-with-avocado-stocking-stuffers/ Wed, 28 Nov 2018 15:44:31 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25159

The holidays are right around the corner, and whether you need stocking stuffers, a present for one of the eight crazy nights of Hannukah, a Kwanzaa zawadi or you just like gift giving, nothing says “I like you" better than a gift that celebrates everyone's favorite fruit, the avocado.

Good Ol’ Avocado

The first, best, and easiest gift you can give your friends and family is one perfectly ripe Avocado From Mexico. Sound silly? Well, it's actually a throwback gift! Starting in the Great Depression, families who couldn't afford gifts would put an exotic fruit, such as an orange, in their kids' stockings. Obviously oranges are much more commonplace today, but just about everyone would appreciate an avocado, especially if it's an Avocado From Mexico! (They're in season year-round, by the way!)

But how to pick out the best avocado for stocking stuffers? The first step is figuring out when an avocado is perfectly ripe. This video shows you how to use skin color and feel of an avocado to get a just-right piece of fruit. Once you have your avocados for your loved ones, you'll need to store them until the holidays.

Avo-Themed Stocking Stuffers

Ok, but what if you don't want to gift a perishable piece of fruit? There are plenty of gifts that celebrate avo love! One perfect gift is this scraper, which allows you to scrape out avo flesh or cut it into slices in one movement. It not only makes your avo eating experience better, it's also compact, taking up little kitchen space.

Or why not gift something that will plaster avocados over their most used item? This phone case not only has avocados all over it, but it can also be customized with your loved one's name or favorite phrase (like “Yes, I know guac is extra.").

Wearable Stocking Stuffers

If your friends prefer wearable gifts, check out these fun avocado socks that work for any gender. This delicate little avocado necklace is another great way to say happy holidays to those you love.

When it comes to t-shirts, the possibilities are endless. There's the Christmasy “Avo Merry Christmas!". There's also this hard but relatable life truth: “You can't make everyone happy. You aren't an avocado." And then there's the hilarious “I said you were the good kind of fat!"

Whatever avo-centric stocking stuffers and gifts you choose, it's sure to be a holiday favorite for everyone!

The post Deck the Halls with Avocado Stocking Stuffers appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The holidays are right around the corner, and whether you need stocking stuffers, a present for one of the eight crazy nights of Hannukah, a Kwanzaa zawadi or you just like gift giving, nothing says “I like you" better than a gift that celebrates everyone's favorite fruit, the avocado.

Good Ol’ Avocado

The first, best, and easiest gift you can give your friends and family is one perfectly ripe Avocado From Mexico. Sound silly? Well, it's actually a throwback gift! Starting in the Great Depression, families who couldn't afford gifts would put an exotic fruit, such as an orange, in their kids' stockings. Obviously oranges are much more commonplace today, but just about everyone would appreciate an avocado, especially if it's an Avocado From Mexico! (They're in season year-round, by the way!) But how to pick out the best avocado for stocking stuffers? The first step is figuring out when an avocado is perfectly ripe. This video shows you how to use skin color and feel of an avocado to get a just-right piece of fruit. Once you have your avocados for your loved ones, you'll need to store them until the holidays.

Avo-Themed Stocking Stuffers

Ok, but what if you don't want to gift a perishable piece of fruit? There are plenty of gifts that celebrate avo love! One perfect gift is this scraper, which allows you to scrape out avo flesh or cut it into slices in one movement. It not only makes your avo eating experience better, it's also compact, taking up little kitchen space. Or why not gift something that will plaster avocados over their most used item? This phone case not only has avocados all over it, but it can also be customized with your loved one's name or favorite phrase (like “Yes, I know guac is extra.").

Wearable Stocking Stuffers

If your friends prefer wearable gifts, check out these fun avocado socks that work for any gender. This delicate little avocado necklace is another great way to say happy holidays to those you love. When it comes to t-shirts, the possibilities are endless. There's the Christmasy “Avo Merry Christmas!". There's also this hard but relatable life truth: “You can't make everyone happy. You aren't an avocado." And then there's the hilarious “I said you were the good kind of fat!" Whatever avo-centric stocking stuffers and gifts you choose, it's sure to be a holiday favorite for everyone!

The post Deck the Halls with Avocado Stocking Stuffers appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
6 Avocado Kitchen Tools You Wish You’d Found Sooner https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/6-avocado-kitchen-tools-you-wish-youd-found-sooner/ Wed, 28 Nov 2018 15:40:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25156

Want to get every last bit of avo goodness out of the fruit and into your recipes? Here are some avocado kitchen tools to make your avocado dishes delicious and Instagram-worthy.

Ripe, Ripe Baby

So, you've scoured the nearest markets and all the available avocados are bright green and rock hard. Don't fret – help is close at hand, thanks to this avocado kitchen tool: the avocado sock.

Simply place your unripened avocado into the natural lanolin and warmth of these woolly socks and you'll have avocados that are dark-skinned and yield to slight pressure in as little as 24 hours – ready to be eaten... in even less time than using the paper bag trick.

Slice and Dice

Now that you have a perfectly ripe avocado, you want to make sure that you release its deliciously creamy contents in the best possible fashion. There's a surprising number of avocado kitchen tools to help you do just that depending on your end goal.

  1. Snag every last morsel of avocado flesh with an avocado scoop like this one, whose rounded edge helps scoop up every bit of green goodness.
  2. If you'd like some consistent cubes, then an avocado cuber like this is the one for you. Simply remove the pit, insert this miniature lacrosse-stick into an avocado half and – voila!
  3. Looking for just one avocado kitchen tool? A nifty The 3-in-1 avocado slicer like this one, which not only splits the avocados but also has a tool for removing the pit and cutting it into tidy slices, is the Swiss Army knife you need.

Keep it Fresh

Nobody likes losing half an avocado to oxidization or spoilage. For the few of you who can fight the urge to eat a whole avocado, there are a few options out there for saving the other half.

  1. Give your avocado half some love with an avocado hugger like this to keep it fresh until the next snack time.
  2. Or prepare your avocado half for the road with something like this avocado Tupperware, whose hard exterior will stop just about anything coming between you and your avo-licious loaded lunch.

You can count on these avocado kitchen tools to make your avocado meal prep a breeze. (P.S. They make great gift options, too!)

The post 6 Avocado Kitchen Tools You Wish You’d Found Sooner appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Want to get every last bit of avo goodness out of the fruit and into your recipes? Here are some avocado kitchen tools to make your avocado dishes delicious and Instagram-worthy.

Ripe, Ripe Baby

So, you've scoured the nearest markets and all the available avocados are bright green and rock hard. Don't fret – help is close at hand, thanks to this avocado kitchen tool: the avocado sock. Simply place your unripened avocado into the natural lanolin and warmth of these woolly socks and you'll have avocados that are dark-skinned and yield to slight pressure in as little as 24 hours – ready to be eaten... in even less time than using the paper bag trick.

Slice and Dice

Now that you have a perfectly ripe avocado, you want to make sure that you release its deliciously creamy contents in the best possible fashion. There's a surprising number of avocado kitchen tools to help you do just that depending on your end goal.
  1. Snag every last morsel of avocado flesh with an avocado scoop like this one, whose rounded edge helps scoop up every bit of green goodness.
  2. If you'd like some consistent cubes, then an avocado cuber like this is the one for you. Simply remove the pit, insert this miniature lacrosse-stick into an avocado half and – voila!
  3. Looking for just one avocado kitchen tool? A nifty The 3-in-1 avocado slicer like this one, which not only splits the avocados but also has a tool for removing the pit and cutting it into tidy slices, is the Swiss Army knife you need.

Keep it Fresh

Nobody likes losing half an avocado to oxidization or spoilage. For the few of you who can fight the urge to eat a whole avocado, there are a few options out there for saving the other half.
  1. Give your avocado half some love with an avocado hugger like this to keep it fresh until the next snack time.
  2. Or prepare your avocado half for the road with something like this avocado Tupperware, whose hard exterior will stop just about anything coming between you and your avo-licious loaded lunch.
You can count on these avocado kitchen tools to make your avocado meal prep a breeze. (P.S. They make great gift options, too!)

The post 6 Avocado Kitchen Tools You Wish You’d Found Sooner appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Oatmeal for Winter Morning Boosts https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-oatmeal-for-winter-morning-boosts/ Wed, 28 Nov 2018 15:34:08 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25154

As the colder weather starts spreading its frosty tentacles northward, we instinctively turn toward the comfort foods that nourish our bodies and provide us with the warmth we crave.

And what better way to start the day off than with a wholesome breakfast that is quick, easy, and delicious? Enter avocado oatmeal! Bonus points for being tasty enough to snack upon whenever the mood, or a growling stomach, strikes.

Oats-so-easy

The beauty of oats is the fact that they are equally delicious in sweet or savory dishes. Chilly winters compel anyone to yearn for comforting, filling meals, and a hearty avocado oatmeal is just the ticket. This recipe for avocado oatmeal provides an already wholesome meal with a burst of green freshness and adds variety to a breakfast classic.

First, you'll need to make sure that your avocado is perfectly ripe in order to ensure you have the creamy topping your oatmeal deserves. To choose the perfect avocado, look for a dark green bumpy skin and a fruit that gently yields to light pressure without caving in.

Using a little bit of oil in a saucepan, toast up some chili flakes, garlic powder, and any other favorite spice. Once they're sizzling, add a cup of water and bring to a boil, adding the rolled oats once it comes to temperature. Reduce the heat and then chop up half of the avocado while you wait for your oatmeal to finish cooking.

Once your oatmeal is just about cooked, add the spring onion and an egg, stirring vigorously to incorporate and cook the egg. Tip the contents into a bowl and gently spoon the diced avocado out of its skin and into the bowl.

There you have it – a scrumptious, hot breakfast in no time at all.

The post Avocado Oatmeal for Winter Morning Boosts appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

As the colder weather starts spreading its frosty tentacles northward, we instinctively turn toward the comfort foods that nourish our bodies and provide us with the warmth we crave. And what better way to start the day off than with a wholesome breakfast that is quick, easy, and delicious? Enter avocado oatmeal! Bonus points for being tasty enough to snack upon whenever the mood, or a growling stomach, strikes.

Oats-so-easy

The beauty of oats is the fact that they are equally delicious in sweet or savory dishes. Chilly winters compel anyone to yearn for comforting, filling meals, and a hearty avocado oatmeal is just the ticket. This recipe for avocado oatmeal provides an already wholesome meal with a burst of green freshness and adds variety to a breakfast classic. First, you'll need to make sure that your avocado is perfectly ripe in order to ensure you have the creamy topping your oatmeal deserves. To choose the perfect avocado, look for a dark green bumpy skin and a fruit that gently yields to light pressure without caving in. Using a little bit of oil in a saucepan, toast up some chili flakes, garlic powder, and any other favorite spice. Once they're sizzling, add a cup of water and bring to a boil, adding the rolled oats once it comes to temperature. Reduce the heat and then chop up half of the avocado while you wait for your oatmeal to finish cooking. Once your oatmeal is just about cooked, add the spring onion and an egg, stirring vigorously to incorporate and cook the egg. Tip the contents into a bowl and gently spoon the diced avocado out of its skin and into the bowl. There you have it – a scrumptious, hot breakfast in no time at all.

The post Avocado Oatmeal for Winter Morning Boosts appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Matcha Gingerbread Cookies for the Holidays https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-matcha-gingerbread-cookies-for-the-holidays/ Wed, 28 Nov 2018 15:28:03 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25152

With the holiday season coming up, why not gift loved ones with a decidedly new twist on a Christmas classic... Avocado Matcha Gingerbread Cookies! We know, it's a mouthful, right? And a delicious one at that since you get the delicate flavor of Japanese green tea with gingerbread spices and the creamy goodness of avocado.

Enjoy a more nutrient dense version of the original iteration and a tasty treat you can make with the kids. And bonus? The final product has a hint of festive green to dress up any dessert table, countertop, or gift basket.

The Edible Gift

To make these tasty treats, you'll need to set out all of the ingredients listed below before you start mixing. Also bust out your favorite cookie cutters, a couple of parchment-lined cookie sheets, and line up your willing little helpers.

Crank up the holiday tunes and get baking, little Elves!

Avocado Matcha Gingerbread Cookies

Makes approximately 30 cookies

Ingredients

1/2 Avocado From Mexico, mashed

1/2 c. buckwheat or wild flower honey

2 T. butter, unsalted

1/4 c. raw cane sugar

1/4 t. sea salt

1 large egg

1 t. vanilla extract

2 c. all-purpose flour

1 T. matcha powder

1 t. baking powder

1/2 t. ground cinnamon

2 t. ground ginger

1/8 t. ground cloves

1/4 t. grated nutmeg

Directions

  1. Preheat oven to 350º F.
  2. In a small saucepan set on medium-low heat, combine honey, butter, sugar, and salt, warming until the ingredients are melted and combined. Take off the heat once melted and set aside to cool.
  3. In a large bowl, beat together eggs, vanilla extract, and mashed avocado with the cooled honey mixture using a hand mixer until light and creamy.
  4. In another bowl, whisk together flour, matcha powder, and spices until combined.
  5. Add the dry ingredients to the wet ingredients and stir to combine using a spatula.
  6. Gather your dough using your hands and form into a disc. Cover with plastic wrap and refrigerate for 1 hour or more.
  7. Once chilled, flour a work surface and roll the dough until it's approximately 1/4" thick.
  8. Use your favorite cookie cutters to create shapes and place the cookies on a parchment-lined cookie sheet.
  9. Bake 8 minutes or until the bottom edges begin to get a bit golden.
  10. Gently move to a wire rack to cool.
  11. Box up in a pretty tin or container, tie with a decorative ribbon, and take a bow for a tasty Christmas treat, well done!

What to do about the other avocado half? Make a double batch for a crowd or store it to enjoy later. Simply fill a glass or plastic container with water and submerge your avo half, flesh side down, in the water. Cover and refrigerate and your avo will stay fresh for another two days until you're ready. Need some ideas on how to devour your remaining avocado? We've got plenty of those, too! Check out these delicious ideas.

The post Avocado Matcha Gingerbread Cookies for the Holidays appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

With the holiday season coming up, why not gift loved ones with a decidedly new twist on a Christmas classic... Avocado Matcha Gingerbread Cookies! We know, it's a mouthful, right? And a delicious one at that since you get the delicate flavor of Japanese green tea with gingerbread spices and the creamy goodness of avocado. Enjoy a more nutrient dense version of the original iteration and a tasty treat you can make with the kids. And bonus? The final product has a hint of festive green to dress up any dessert table, countertop, or gift basket.

The Edible Gift

To make these tasty treats, you'll need to set out all of the ingredients listed below before you start mixing. Also bust out your favorite cookie cutters, a couple of parchment-lined cookie sheets, and line up your willing little helpers. Crank up the holiday tunes and get baking, little Elves!

Avocado Matcha Gingerbread Cookies

Makes approximately 30 cookies

Ingredients

1/2 Avocado From Mexico, mashed 1/2 c. buckwheat or wild flower honey 2 T. butter, unsalted 1/4 c. raw cane sugar 1/4 t. sea salt 1 large egg 1 t. vanilla extract 2 c. all-purpose flour 1 T. matcha powder 1 t. baking powder 1/2 t. ground cinnamon 2 t. ground ginger 1/8 t. ground cloves 1/4 t. grated nutmeg

Directions

  1. Preheat oven to 350º F.
  2. In a small saucepan set on medium-low heat, combine honey, butter, sugar, and salt, warming until the ingredients are melted and combined. Take off the heat once melted and set aside to cool.
  3. In a large bowl, beat together eggs, vanilla extract, and mashed avocado with the cooled honey mixture using a hand mixer until light and creamy.
  4. In another bowl, whisk together flour, matcha powder, and spices until combined.
  5. Add the dry ingredients to the wet ingredients and stir to combine using a spatula.
  6. Gather your dough using your hands and form into a disc. Cover with plastic wrap and refrigerate for 1 hour or more.
  7. Once chilled, flour a work surface and roll the dough until it's approximately 1/4" thick.
  8. Use your favorite cookie cutters to create shapes and place the cookies on a parchment-lined cookie sheet.
  9. Bake 8 minutes or until the bottom edges begin to get a bit golden.
  10. Gently move to a wire rack to cool.
  11. Box up in a pretty tin or container, tie with a decorative ribbon, and take a bow for a tasty Christmas treat, well done!
What to do about the other avocado half? Make a double batch for a crowd or store it to enjoy later. Simply fill a glass or plastic container with water and submerge your avo half, flesh side down, in the water. Cover and refrigerate and your avo will stay fresh for another two days until you're ready. Need some ideas on how to devour your remaining avocado? We've got plenty of those, too! Check out these delicious ideas.

The post Avocado Matcha Gingerbread Cookies for the Holidays appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Spread Made Perfect: A Delectable Avocado Aioli https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/spread-made-perfect-a-delectable-avocado-aioli/ Wed, 28 Nov 2018 15:22:12 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25144

Do your sandwiches and snacks need an upgrade? Look no further than this delectable avocado aioli.

Prepare Your Avocado Aioli

As any avo fan knows, there are a few steps you need to take to ensure you are getting the ultimate Avocados From Mexico experience. The first is picking a perfectly ripe piece of fruit. It helps to know the best way to cut your avocado before turning it into delicious aioli in the food processor. Chopped avocados will blend easier and quicker than large chunks of fruit, which will help ensure a smooth aioli.

This perfect avocado aioli recipe is super versatile. Toss the ingredients in a food processor, and in seconds, you'll have a creamy, bright spread to use on your favorite sandwiches and the perfect dip for raw veggies. Want more garlic? Up the amount in the recipe to 1 tablespoon of finely minced garlic for more flavor power. Enjoy the avocado aioli with fries or crispy mashed potatoes.

Other Avocado Aioli Uses

Want a meaty spread for your burgers? Blend some chopped crispy bacon into the spread.

Want a little smoky heat? Add one canned chipotle pepper to the food processor.

Need a quick salad dressing? Slowly pour in ¼ cup of avocado or olive oil until it thins to a pourable sauce. And don't forget to taste as you make changes, adjusting the salt, pepper, and lemon juice until it makes you happy.

You're just one avocado away from your newest obsession – avocado aioli on everything!

The post Spread Made Perfect: A Delectable Avocado Aioli appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Do your sandwiches and snacks need an upgrade? Look no further than this delectable avocado aioli.

Prepare Your Avocado Aioli

As any avo fan knows, there are a few steps you need to take to ensure you are getting the ultimate Avocados From Mexico experience. The first is picking a perfectly ripe piece of fruit. It helps to know the best way to cut your avocado before turning it into delicious aioli in the food processor. Chopped avocados will blend easier and quicker than large chunks of fruit, which will help ensure a smooth aioli. This perfect avocado aioli recipe is super versatile. Toss the ingredients in a food processor, and in seconds, you'll have a creamy, bright spread to use on your favorite sandwiches and the perfect dip for raw veggies. Want more garlic? Up the amount in the recipe to 1 tablespoon of finely minced garlic for more flavor power. Enjoy the avocado aioli with fries or crispy mashed potatoes.

Other Avocado Aioli Uses

Want a meaty spread for your burgers? Blend some chopped crispy bacon into the spread. Want a little smoky heat? Add one canned chipotle pepper to the food processor. Need a quick salad dressing? Slowly pour in ¼ cup of avocado or olive oil until it thins to a pourable sauce. And don't forget to taste as you make changes, adjusting the salt, pepper, and lemon juice until it makes you happy. You're just one avocado away from your newest obsession – avocado aioli on everything!

The post Spread Made Perfect: A Delectable Avocado Aioli appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avo-Infused Oils for Winter Nail Care https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/avo-infused-oils-for-winter-nail-care/ Wed, 28 Nov 2018 15:14:23 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25145

Winter is harsh on the skin. Blustery cold and dry heated homes can lead to brittle nails and cracked, parched skin on your hands and feet. Wrapped up in gloves or shoved into boots, your fingers and toes deserve a little extra care in the dark months of the year.

Creating Your Own Oil Blend

Avocado oil can make a fine nail moisturizer all on its own, but you can also mix in other oils, such as jojoba or Vitamin E, to get a nice texture and absorption for your skin type. Any seed oil will do for this nail moisturizer recipe. If you prefer a cuticle cream to a cuticle oil, add more solid substances in your mix, like cocoa butter and beeswax.

If the skin on your fingers tends to crack in the winter, you might want to avoid adding any kind of essential oil to the blend. And if you are only battling a bit of dryness, a few drops of lavender can be very soothing.

Winter Nail Care To-Go

Add your avo-infused oil blend to a roller ball bottle, a small dropper bottle, or even an empty, clean nail polish bottle. Consider using dark glass, especially if you have added essential oils, which can speed up oxidation and cause the oil to thicken over time.

Once your blend is prepared, keep it on hand to use as a on-the-go winter nail care moisturizer. The benefits of cuticle oils aren't just thanks to the moisturizing protection provided, but also to the massage required to apply them. Put only a small drop of oil on each finger or toenail, rubbing gently into the cuticles in small circles. This stimulates blood flow to the area, which is especially helpful in the winter when colder weather slows blood flow to your extremities.

Once your nail beds are all sufficiently moisturized, pop your socks and gloves back on to keep them warm, helping maintain their moisture as much as possible in the drying wind, snow, and cold. At home, you can wear your socks and gloves to bed, or invest in a humidifier to help keep your skin from drying out overnight.

The post Avo-Infused Oils for Winter Nail Care appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Winter is harsh on the skin. Blustery cold and dry heated homes can lead to brittle nails and cracked, parched skin on your hands and feet. Wrapped up in gloves or shoved into boots, your fingers and toes deserve a little extra care in the dark months of the year.

Creating Your Own Oil Blend

Avocado oil can make a fine nail moisturizer all on its own, but you can also mix in other oils, such as jojoba or Vitamin E, to get a nice texture and absorption for your skin type. Any seed oil will do for this nail moisturizer recipe. If you prefer a cuticle cream to a cuticle oil, add more solid substances in your mix, like cocoa butter and beeswax. If the skin on your fingers tends to crack in the winter, you might want to avoid adding any kind of essential oil to the blend. And if you are only battling a bit of dryness, a few drops of lavender can be very soothing.

Winter Nail Care To-Go

Add your avo-infused oil blend to a roller ball bottle, a small dropper bottle, or even an empty, clean nail polish bottle. Consider using dark glass, especially if you have added essential oils, which can speed up oxidation and cause the oil to thicken over time. Once your blend is prepared, keep it on hand to use as a on-the-go winter nail care moisturizer. The benefits of cuticle oils aren't just thanks to the moisturizing protection provided, but also to the massage required to apply them. Put only a small drop of oil on each finger or toenail, rubbing gently into the cuticles in small circles. This stimulates blood flow to the area, which is especially helpful in the winter when colder weather slows blood flow to your extremities. Once your nail beds are all sufficiently moisturized, pop your socks and gloves back on to keep them warm, helping maintain their moisture as much as possible in the drying wind, snow, and cold. At home, you can wear your socks and gloves to bed, or invest in a humidifier to help keep your skin from drying out overnight.

The post Avo-Infused Oils for Winter Nail Care appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Keto-Friendly Dishes for Thanksgiving https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/keto-friendly-dishes-thanksgiving/ Sat, 17 Nov 2018 00:35:45 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25107

By Jackie Veling

Nutritional eating around the holidays can be a challenge — especially on Thanksgiving, with so many sides stuffing our tables and stuffing our turkeys.

Thankfully, avocados are an option to your keto-following dreams. Here’s how you can keep your Thanksgiving keto-friendly with a touch of avocado goodness.

Starters and Sides

If you’re in charge of a starter or side, wow your friends with this tasty recipe.

The world of sides, where mashed potatoes and mac and cheese reign supreme, tends to be a little carb-heavy. This avocado cauliflower rice is a terrific alternative.

Other crowd favorites: deviled eggs and tiny turkey burger bites (who says you have to save your turkey for the main course?).

Before you begin preparing your keto-friendly dishes, check that your avocados are ripe with this quick informational video.

The Main Course

Let’s get to the meat of this meal. Main courses tend to revolve around a certain large bird, and thus are easy to adapt to a ketogenic plan or other low-carb regime. Add some extra good fats to your meal with this chicken-stuffed avocado with seasonal pumpkin sauce. Did you know, 50 g or one-third of a medium avocado contributes 6 g of good fats per serving?

You can even make your leftovers keto-friendly — cucumber boats are a great way to have your turkey sandwich and eat it, too.

Sweet Treats

Dessert can be the hardest time to let go of gluten, carbs, and sugar. But it gets a whole lot easier when you replace those bread- or flour-based desserts with delicious options like avocado cheesecake or dark chocolate avocado mousse.

Avocados From Mexico does not advocate for the keto diet, or any other diet, other than those recommended in the Dietary Guidelines. Always consult your physician before starting a new diet. For more information, click here.

The post Keto-Friendly Dishes for Thanksgiving appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Jackie Veling Nutritional eating around the holidays can be a challenge — especially on Thanksgiving, with so many sides stuffing our tables and stuffing our turkeys. Thankfully, avocados are an option to your keto-following dreams. Here’s how you can keep your Thanksgiving keto-friendly with a touch of avocado goodness.

Starters and Sides

If you’re in charge of a starter or side, wow your friends with this tasty recipe. The world of sides, where mashed potatoes and mac and cheese reign supreme, tends to be a little carb-heavy. This avocado cauliflower rice is a terrific alternative. Other crowd favorites: deviled eggs and tiny turkey burger bites (who says you have to save your turkey for the main course?). Before you begin preparing your keto-friendly dishes, check that your avocados are ripe with this quick informational video.

The Main Course

Let’s get to the meat of this meal. Main courses tend to revolve around a certain large bird, and thus are easy to adapt to a ketogenic plan or other low-carb regime. Add some extra good fats to your meal with this chicken-stuffed avocado with seasonal pumpkin sauce. Did you know, 50 g or one-third of a medium avocado contributes 6 g of good fats per serving? You can even make your leftovers keto-friendly — cucumber boats are a great way to have your turkey sandwich and eat it, too.

Sweet Treats

Dessert can be the hardest time to let go of gluten, carbs, and sugar. But it gets a whole lot easier when you replace those bread- or flour-based desserts with delicious options like avocado cheesecake or dark chocolate avocado mousse. Avocados From Mexico does not advocate for the keto diet, or any other diet, other than those recommended in the Dietary Guidelines. Always consult your physician before starting a new diet. For more information, click here.

The post Keto-Friendly Dishes for Thanksgiving appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Go Nuts for Avocado Nut Bread https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/go-nuts-for-avocado-nut-bread/ Fri, 09 Nov 2018 15:44:21 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25085

The holiday season (a.k.a. baking season!) is almost upon us and you may be planning to whip up all sorts of baked goods, including cakes, cookies, and breads. While you're in planning mode, consider making avocado nut bread along with all your other traditional goodies.

Avocado nut bread is a perfect treat for the holidays: it's slightly sweet and has a wonderful velvety texture. The combination of nuts and avocado make it very satisfying, as both contribute good fats and fiber.

Baking With Avocados

Of course, you're familiar with banana bread and pumpkin bread. But avocado also makes an excellent addition to a wide variety of baked goods. Avocados From Mexico are always in season and, besides adding a wonderful velvety texture to baked goods, they are a great nutrient-dense addition to any recipe.

As a general rule, you can substitute half the amount of butter or shortening in your recipe with pureed avocado. Even better, by adding avocados, you'll be adding in 11 percent of the daily value for fiber and good fats (6 g per 50 g serving) as well as nearly 20 vitamins and minerals — all of this without losing any of the rich texture and moistness that make baked goods so delicious.

Before you start, be sure to have some ripe avocados on hand. To use in baking, they should be quite ripe so that they mash well. To check if an avocado is ripe, gently press it with your finger. It should give a little. If your avocado isn't quite ready, you can speed up the maturation process by putting it in a brown paper bag with a banana for a day or two.

How to Make Avocado Nut Bread

Avocado nut bread is easy and quick to make. Preheat the oven to 375 degrees F. In a large mixing bowl, combine 2 cups of flour, ¾ cup of sugar, 1-½ teaspoons of baking powder, ½ teaspoon of baking soda, and a pinch of salt, and mix well. In a separate bowl, beat together ½ cup of pureed avocado (about one medium avocado) and one egg. Stir in ½ cup of buttermilk and a teaspoon of vanilla. Fold the wet ingredients into the dry. Stir in ½ cup of chopped pecans or walnuts and pour the batter into a greased 9" x 5" loaf pan. Bake for 50 minutes to an hour or until a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean.

Avocado nut bread is perfect for sharing. Bring a loaf to a holiday party or make several and wrap them up to give to your family and friends. They'll be thankful you did!

The post Go Nuts for Avocado Nut Bread appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The holiday season (a.k.a. baking season!) is almost upon us and you may be planning to whip up all sorts of baked goods, including cakes, cookies, and breads. While you're in planning mode, consider making avocado nut bread along with all your other traditional goodies. Avocado nut bread is a perfect treat for the holidays: it's slightly sweet and has a wonderful velvety texture. The combination of nuts and avocado make it very satisfying, as both contribute good fats and fiber.

Baking With Avocados

Of course, you're familiar with banana bread and pumpkin bread. But avocado also makes an excellent addition to a wide variety of baked goods. Avocados From Mexico are always in season and, besides adding a wonderful velvety texture to baked goods, they are a great nutrient-dense addition to any recipe. As a general rule, you can substitute half the amount of butter or shortening in your recipe with pureed avocado. Even better, by adding avocados, you'll be adding in 11 percent of the daily value for fiber and good fats (6 g per 50 g serving) as well as nearly 20 vitamins and minerals — all of this without losing any of the rich texture and moistness that make baked goods so delicious. Before you start, be sure to have some ripe avocados on hand. To use in baking, they should be quite ripe so that they mash well. To check if an avocado is ripe, gently press it with your finger. It should give a little. If your avocado isn't quite ready, you can speed up the maturation process by putting it in a brown paper bag with a banana for a day or two.

How to Make Avocado Nut Bread

Avocado nut bread is easy and quick to make. Preheat the oven to 375 degrees F. In a large mixing bowl, combine 2 cups of flour, ¾ cup of sugar, 1-½ teaspoons of baking powder, ½ teaspoon of baking soda, and a pinch of salt, and mix well. In a separate bowl, beat together ½ cup of pureed avocado (about one medium avocado) and one egg. Stir in ½ cup of buttermilk and a teaspoon of vanilla. Fold the wet ingredients into the dry. Stir in ½ cup of chopped pecans or walnuts and pour the batter into a greased 9" x 5" loaf pan. Bake for 50 minutes to an hour or until a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean. Avocado nut bread is perfect for sharing. Bring a loaf to a holiday party or make several and wrap them up to give to your family and friends. They'll be thankful you did!

The post Go Nuts for Avocado Nut Bread appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Southwest Avocado Stuffing for Thanksgiving https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/southwest-avocado-stuffing-thanksgiving/ Wed, 07 Nov 2018 14:39:41 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25075

You've got the basics covered for Thanksgiving – turkey, cranberry sauce, green bean casserole. And, of course, you can’t forget the stuffing! Give this traditional favorite a tasty twist with help from the buttery, creamy goodness of Avocados From Mexico.

The avocado stuffing features avocados, cornbread, and Mexican chorizo. And you'll find a bonus tip and recipe to get more satiating fiber into the mix too, if you're looking for flavorful stuffing sans guilt.

This Southwestern-inspired dish marries the flavors of jalapeño cornbread, Mexican chorizo, fire-roasted corn, and avocado.

Making the Jalapeño Cornbread

Start by making the cornbread with cornmeal, flour, sugar, baking powder, and salt, to which you'll add buttermilk and eggs. Pop that into a greased baking dish until golden, then allow to cool before cutting into cubes.

Crafting Chorizo and Corn Components

Now, onto making the meaty component of the stuffing. Take the chorizo out of its casings and sauté until it begins to brown. Add finely chopped carrots, celery, onion, and garlic, stirring occasionally until softened. To this mixture, add the corn and cilantro, season with salt and pepper, and set aside.

The Final Touches

Toss the cubed cornbread with a blend of eggs beaten with chicken stock. Add chorizo to combine and pour into a prepared baking pan and cook until golden (approximately 25 minutes). Right before serving, blend one ripe avocado with sour cream and drizzle over the top alongside some diced avocado.

Avocado Storage Tips

You'll likely have more than one avocado on hand, so to store them, place ripe avos in your fridge for 2-3 days to keep them fresh. If you need to ripen yours, leave them out on your countertop and within a few days, they should be ready for you to enjoy- check daily for peak ripeness. You're looking for a little give when gentle pressure is applied. Check here for more storage tips.

And if you've got half an avocado and want to keep it fresh, simply submerge it in a water-filled container, cover it and place in your fridge. You're good to for up to three days!

Bonus: Upping the Ante

Turn your stuffing into a show-stopping side by giving it personal-sized healthy vessel – acorn squashes. Half and deseed the acorn squashes, brush the inside with olive oil, and season with salt and pepper. Scoop a spoonful of this delicious stuffing into each half and bake until softened, approximately 40-50 minutes.

For a gluten-free alternative, stuff each half with vegetable broth cooked quinoa, cubed avocado, black beans, chopped jalapeño, green onion, corn, and roasted garlic.

Now, pass the gravy and enjoy an avocado stuffing your loved ones will thank you for.

The post Southwest Avocado Stuffing for Thanksgiving appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You've got the basics covered for Thanksgiving – turkey, cranberry sauce, green bean casserole. And, of course, you can’t forget the stuffing! Give this traditional favorite a tasty twist with help from the buttery, creamy goodness of Avocados From Mexico. The avocado stuffing features avocados, cornbread, and Mexican chorizo. And you'll find a bonus tip and recipe to get more satiating fiber into the mix too, if you're looking for flavorful stuffing sans guilt. This Southwestern-inspired dish marries the flavors of jalapeño cornbread, Mexican chorizo, fire-roasted corn, and avocado.

Making the Jalapeño Cornbread

Start by making the cornbread with cornmeal, flour, sugar, baking powder, and salt, to which you'll add buttermilk and eggs. Pop that into a greased baking dish until golden, then allow to cool before cutting into cubes.

Crafting Chorizo and Corn Components

Now, onto making the meaty component of the stuffing. Take the chorizo out of its casings and sauté until it begins to brown. Add finely chopped carrots, celery, onion, and garlic, stirring occasionally until softened. To this mixture, add the corn and cilantro, season with salt and pepper, and set aside.

The Final Touches

Toss the cubed cornbread with a blend of eggs beaten with chicken stock. Add chorizo to combine and pour into a prepared baking pan and cook until golden (approximately 25 minutes). Right before serving, blend one ripe avocado with sour cream and drizzle over the top alongside some diced avocado.

Avocado Storage Tips

You'll likely have more than one avocado on hand, so to store them, place ripe avos in your fridge for 2-3 days to keep them fresh. If you need to ripen yours, leave them out on your countertop and within a few days, they should be ready for you to enjoy- check daily for peak ripeness. You're looking for a little give when gentle pressure is applied. Check here for more storage tips. And if you've got half an avocado and want to keep it fresh, simply submerge it in a water-filled container, cover it and place in your fridge. You're good to for up to three days!

Bonus: Upping the Ante

Turn your stuffing into a show-stopping side by giving it personal-sized healthy vessel – acorn squashes. Half and deseed the acorn squashes, brush the inside with olive oil, and season with salt and pepper. Scoop a spoonful of this delicious stuffing into each half and bake until softened, approximately 40-50 minutes. For a gluten-free alternative, stuff each half with vegetable broth cooked quinoa, cubed avocado, black beans, chopped jalapeño, green onion, corn, and roasted garlic. Now, pass the gravy and enjoy an avocado stuffing your loved ones will thank you for.

The post Southwest Avocado Stuffing for Thanksgiving appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Veggie Crudité: A Veggie Tray Reborn https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-veggie-crudite-a-veggie-tray-reborn/ Wed, 07 Nov 2018 14:37:00 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25074

We know what you're thinking: a veggie platter can be an unwelcome party guest. But it doesn't have to be that way. A carefully prepared vegetable crudité platter – a French appetizer of raw, cut vegetables with a dip – can be the perfect pre-dinner plate.

There are a few tricks to curating a beautiful platter, and one of them includes a naturally creamy, flavorful avocado-based dip. We bet our radishes you'll not only delight but impress your guests at your next dinner party. Here's how.

Putting Together the Perfect Platter

There are a few key tips and tricks to pulling together a fresh, beautiful arrangement of crudité. The first is to use whatever veggies are in season so they're at their peak when you buy them. You want a mix of textures, from crisp cucumber spears and crunchy radish slivers to pop-in-your-mouth cherry tomatoes. Chop and slice no more than two hours prior to serving so that they remain crisp on your avocado veggie crudité.

If you're using green vegetables like French green beans or snap peas, be sure to blanch them first to bring out their vibrant green hue and to give them that tender-crisp snap. Separate small lettuce heads such as Belgian endive or radicchio, and include at least four vegetables, including some that are pickled, to provide another layer of briny flavor.

You can even do as the French do and mix in some charcuterie (fine deli meats) and cheese along with crostini or fresh baguette slices. The final piece to your avocado veggie crudité is the avocado itself – in the form of a delicious dip.

The Dip

The ideal dip will have enough heft to stick to the vegetables, character of its own, and a pleasing mouth-feel so that you want to dunk another time or two.

This Spicy Avocado Dip harnesses the naturally creamy texture of Avocados From Mexico by combining it with cream cheese, cilantro, jalapeño chile, lime juice, salt and pepper. This gets whirled in a food processor until creamy and served to complete your avocado veggie crudité.

The Perfect Avocado

To ensure you're buying a perfectly ripe specimen, just hold the avocado in the palm of your hand and gently squeeze. The fruit should yield a little (don't press hard — a little pressure is all you want here). Watch this handy video to see how it's done.

But if you've already purchased your avocados and found they're a bit under-ripe, simply put your avocado in a bowl and cover with rice. The grain will do the trick in a couple of days.

This avocado veggie crudité will be the talk of the party.

The post Avocado Veggie Crudité: A Veggie Tray Reborn appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

We know what you're thinking: a veggie platter can be an unwelcome party guest. But it doesn't have to be that way. A carefully prepared vegetable crudité platter – a French appetizer of raw, cut vegetables with a dip – can be the perfect pre-dinner plate. There are a few tricks to curating a beautiful platter, and one of them includes a naturally creamy, flavorful avocado-based dip. We bet our radishes you'll not only delight but impress your guests at your next dinner party. Here's how.

Putting Together the Perfect Platter

There are a few key tips and tricks to pulling together a fresh, beautiful arrangement of crudité. The first is to use whatever veggies are in season so they're at their peak when you buy them. You want a mix of textures, from crisp cucumber spears and crunchy radish slivers to pop-in-your-mouth cherry tomatoes. Chop and slice no more than two hours prior to serving so that they remain crisp on your avocado veggie crudité. If you're using green vegetables like French green beans or snap peas, be sure to blanch them first to bring out their vibrant green hue and to give them that tender-crisp snap. Separate small lettuce heads such as Belgian endive or radicchio, and include at least four vegetables, including some that are pickled, to provide another layer of briny flavor. You can even do as the French do and mix in some charcuterie (fine deli meats) and cheese along with crostini or fresh baguette slices. The final piece to your avocado veggie crudité is the avocado itself – in the form of a delicious dip.

The Dip

The ideal dip will have enough heft to stick to the vegetables, character of its own, and a pleasing mouth-feel so that you want to dunk another time or two. This Spicy Avocado Dip harnesses the naturally creamy texture of Avocados From Mexico by combining it with cream cheese, cilantro, jalapeño chile, lime juice, salt and pepper. This gets whirled in a food processor until creamy and served to complete your avocado veggie crudité.

The Perfect Avocado

To ensure you're buying a perfectly ripe specimen, just hold the avocado in the palm of your hand and gently squeeze. The fruit should yield a little (don't press hard — a little pressure is all you want here). Watch this handy video to see how it's done. But if you've already purchased your avocados and found they're a bit under-ripe, simply put your avocado in a bowl and cover with rice. The grain will do the trick in a couple of days. This avocado veggie crudité will be the talk of the party.

The post Avocado Veggie Crudité: A Veggie Tray Reborn appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Pre-Thanksgiving Diet: 5 Nutrient dense Avocado Meals https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/pre-thanksgiving-diet-5-nutrient-dense-avocado-meals/ Wed, 07 Nov 2018 14:32:48 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25073

With our national day of overeating, Thanksgiving, just around the corner, it's time to think about prep for the big day. And no, we're not talking about when to cook what and how many pounds of turkey per guest you need. A healthy diet in the days leading up to Thanksgiving can make you feel a whole lot better about the day of indulgence.

What better fruit to nourish your body than Avocados From Mexico? Avocados From Mexico are a source of good, monounsaturated fat and polyunsaturated fat contributing 6 g per one-third serving of a medium avocado or 50 g. Plus, they have no cholesterol, and they're a good source of five essential nutrients – fiber, folate, vitamin K, pantothenic acid, and copper. And of course, they taste great and work in a large variety of recipes, so your tastebuds will never be bored!

Picking the Best Avos

But first, before we dive into these simple and healthy avocado meals, let's review some avocado basics that will make your life easier. Did you know that just by looking at an avo's color, touching its skin, and squeezing it gently, you can find a perfectly ripe Avocado From Mexico every time? Check out this video for more details.

And once you have perfectly ripe avocados for the week, do you know the best way to avoid them going mushy and inedible? This video shows you how storing ripe avos in the fridge keeps the fruit at the perfect level of ripeness for one entire week.

Check out these five delicious and nutrient dense avocado meals that will help you go into Thanksgiving refreshed and healthy.

Start Your Day

For a breakfast with a good mix of protein and fiber, look no further than this tasty black bean, mushroom, and avocado scramble (if you used canned beans, it comes together super quick).

Snack Time Favorites

For snacks, these cucumber avocado rolls are a fast and refreshing way to fill up, including a bit of hummus for protein and carbs. If sweet and savory is more your jam, try these cantaloupe avocado prosciutto wraps.

Entrees to Savor

For lunch and dinner, these shrimp-stuffed avocados are filling, yet deliciously light. This grilled salmon with avocados and tomato vinaigrette is another great healthy avocado meal that comes together quickly and tastes like you worked all day (especially needed before crazy Thanksgiving dinner prep).

With a little help from healthy avocado meals, you'll be prepared to indulge sans guilt on Thanksgiving.

The post Pre-Thanksgiving Diet: 5 Nutrient dense Avocado Meals appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

With our national day of overeating, Thanksgiving, just around the corner, it's time to think about prep for the big day. And no, we're not talking about when to cook what and how many pounds of turkey per guest you need. A healthy diet in the days leading up to Thanksgiving can make you feel a whole lot better about the day of indulgence. What better fruit to nourish your body than Avocados From Mexico? Avocados From Mexico are a source of good, monounsaturated fat and polyunsaturated fat contributing 6 g per one-third serving of a medium avocado or 50 g. Plus, they have no cholesterol, and they're a good source of five essential nutrients – fiber, folate, vitamin K, pantothenic acid, and copper. And of course, they taste great and work in a large variety of recipes, so your tastebuds will never be bored!

Picking the Best Avos

But first, before we dive into these simple and healthy avocado meals, let's review some avocado basics that will make your life easier. Did you know that just by looking at an avo's color, touching its skin, and squeezing it gently, you can find a perfectly ripe Avocado From Mexico every time? Check out this video for more details. And once you have perfectly ripe avocados for the week, do you know the best way to avoid them going mushy and inedible? This video shows you how storing ripe avos in the fridge keeps the fruit at the perfect level of ripeness for one entire week. Check out these five delicious and nutrient dense avocado meals that will help you go into Thanksgiving refreshed and healthy.

Start Your Day

For a breakfast with a good mix of protein and fiber, look no further than this tasty black bean, mushroom, and avocado scramble (if you used canned beans, it comes together super quick).

Snack Time Favorites

For snacks, these cucumber avocado rolls are a fast and refreshing way to fill up, including a bit of hummus for protein and carbs. If sweet and savory is more your jam, try these cantaloupe avocado prosciutto wraps.

Entrees to Savor

For lunch and dinner, these shrimp-stuffed avocados are filling, yet deliciously light. This grilled salmon with avocados and tomato vinaigrette is another great healthy avocado meal that comes together quickly and tastes like you worked all day (especially needed before crazy Thanksgiving dinner prep). With a little help from healthy avocado meals, you'll be prepared to indulge sans guilt on Thanksgiving.

The post Pre-Thanksgiving Diet: 5 Nutrient dense Avocado Meals appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Adding Avocado to Your Meal Subscription Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/adding-avocado-to-your-meal-subscription-recipes/ Wed, 07 Nov 2018 14:30:31 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25072

Do you love your meal subscription box because, well, what could be easier than receiving a box full of portioned ingredients, with instructions and photos that walk you through every step in the cooking process?

We get it! Meal subscription boxes may just be one of the greatest inventions of the past few years. They help busy moms take the guess-work out of meal planning, and let you serve up delicious and healthy meals that impress the family and — bonus! — are easy to make.

But if you've been subscribing to meal boxes for a while and feeling like adding your own special flourish to the pre-packaged menus so you can really dazzle your family at the dinner table, we're here to help! Setting your boxed meal apart from the crowd can really be as simple as topping and garnishing your dinners with some go-to "extras" — like Avocados From Mexico.

Picking the Best Avocados

First things first, you'll want to buy a few avocados that will see you through the whole week of meal subscription recipes. How do you know when an avocado is ripe? Texture, color, and give are the three variables. Learn more in this video.

But what if you have an unripe avocado and you need to speed up its ripening? There are lots of tricks to ripen an avo, including submerging it in rice. And there's a trick for slowing down ripening, too.

Adding Avocado to Your Meal Subscription Recipes

Now, how can you incorporate the nutrient-dense avocado and its nearly 20 vitamins and minerals per one-third of a medium avocado (50 g) into the nightly line-up of meal subscription recipes?

Dice and add it to the top of a salad.

Slice it thinly and use it as a topping on a burger, tacos, stuffed baked potato, or any rice or grain bowl.

Chop or dice for a fantastic finisher for soups and stews, too.

A Sweet Addition

If your meal subscription recipes includes dessert, you don't have to put avocado to the side. The great green fruit is simply amazing when it comes to adding texture and flavor to sweets. And if you're up for the challenge of whipping up your own meal finisher, check out our recipe box full of treats here.

The post Adding Avocado to Your Meal Subscription Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Do you love your meal subscription box because, well, what could be easier than receiving a box full of portioned ingredients, with instructions and photos that walk you through every step in the cooking process? We get it! Meal subscription boxes may just be one of the greatest inventions of the past few years. They help busy moms take the guess-work out of meal planning, and let you serve up delicious and healthy meals that impress the family and — bonus! — are easy to make. But if you've been subscribing to meal boxes for a while and feeling like adding your own special flourish to the pre-packaged menus so you can really dazzle your family at the dinner table, we're here to help! Setting your boxed meal apart from the crowd can really be as simple as topping and garnishing your dinners with some go-to "extras" — like Avocados From Mexico.

Picking the Best Avocados

First things first, you'll want to buy a few avocados that will see you through the whole week of meal subscription recipes. How do you know when an avocado is ripe? Texture, color, and give are the three variables. Learn more in this video. But what if you have an unripe avocado and you need to speed up its ripening? There are lots of tricks to ripen an avo, including submerging it in rice. And there's a trick for slowing down ripening, too.

Adding Avocado to Your Meal Subscription Recipes

Now, how can you incorporate the nutrient-dense avocado and its nearly 20 vitamins and minerals per one-third of a medium avocado (50 g) into the nightly line-up of meal subscription recipes? Dice and add it to the top of a salad. Slice it thinly and use it as a topping on a burger, tacos, stuffed baked potato, or any rice or grain bowl. Chop or dice for a fantastic finisher for soups and stews, too.

A Sweet Addition

If your meal subscription recipes includes dessert, you don't have to put avocado to the side. The great green fruit is simply amazing when it comes to adding texture and flavor to sweets. And if you're up for the challenge of whipping up your own meal finisher, check out our recipe box full of treats here.

The post Adding Avocado to Your Meal Subscription Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How the Avocado Became a Pop Culture Icon https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/how-the-avocado-became-a-pop-culture-icon/ Wed, 07 Nov 2018 14:28:34 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=25065

Avocados are everywhere. In 2017, 1.73 billion Avocados From Mexico were exported from Mexico to the U.S. From guac bowls and avocado toast to clothes, tweets, and Instagram trends, this creamy fruit has truly become of symbol of an entire generation, a mascot for millennials. And you only have to look to pop culture to see proof of this avocado trend.

Let's take a look at some of the biggest avocado moments lately.

Twitter Avocado Trend

All over Twitter, you can find people professing their love for the green fruit:

People love eating avocado so much, that there is nothing sadder than a hard, unripe avocado. It just means that much longer until you can actually enjoy it! As @Caitlin0Sanders said on Twitter, “I wish I could get a ripe avocado sent to my house everyday.” But good news: You can actually speed up the ripening process! Sunlight is a great way to quicken your avo's ripening time (check out this video for tips!). You can also use dry rice to speed up ripening (more here).

Avocado Trend for Eating Healthier

The #eatclean movement is all over cookbook shelves, Twitter, and Instagram. And the darling of the movement by far as been avocados, leading people to find new ways to be creative with it. From pretty avocado roses like this:

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by Taguj #dnessnidam (@dneska_snidam) on

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by Jake Cohen (@jakecohen) on

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by Megan Boswell, APD2be 👩🏻‍🌾 (@thehealthylabel) on

There are over 950,000 post with #avocadotoast on Instagram, so you could literally spend all day looking at photos.

To add to the avocado trends, Australian millionaire Tim Gurner said that millennials could afford to buy houses if they stop buying so much avocado toast. That comment alone brought forth even stronger loyalties to the avocado trend, as you can see in comments like:

And this:

Avocado Trends in Hollywood

In the movie "Hotel Transylvania 2," the grandpa vampire is forced by his daughter to feed his baby grandson avocado. He jokes, “Apparently it's good fat!" And who could forget that scene in the movie "Step Brothers" when the brothers had made their own bunk bed and Dale asked Brennan if he liked guacamole to try bonding?

But perhaps the biggest sign that avocado trend has morphed into a pop culture icon is celebrity endorsement.

Chrissy Teigen loves the green fruit so much, she got matching avo bathing suits for her and her daughter for her cookbook photo shoot.

 

View this post on Instagram

 

A post shared by chrissy teigen (@chrissyteigen) on

And then there's actress and cookbook author Gwyneth Paltrow loves to incorporate avocados into her recipes.

What are your favorite signs that avocado trend has become a pop culture icon? Let us know on social media.

The post How the Avocado Became a Pop Culture Icon appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados are everywhere. In 2017, 1.73 billion Avocados From Mexico were exported from Mexico to the U.S. From guac bowls and avocado toast to clothes, tweets, and Instagram trends, this creamy fruit has truly become of symbol of an entire generation, a mascot for millennials. And you only have to look to pop culture to see proof of this avocado trend. Let's take a look at some of the biggest avocado moments lately.

Twitter Avocado Trend

All over Twitter, you can find people professing their love for the green fruit: People love eating avocado so much, that there is nothing sadder than a hard, unripe avocado. It just means that much longer until you can actually enjoy it! As @Caitlin0Sanders said on Twitter, “I wish I could get a ripe avocado sent to my house everyday.” But good news: You can actually speed up the ripening process! Sunlight is a great way to quicken your avo's ripening time (check out this video for tips!). You can also use dry rice to speed up ripening (more here).

Avocado Trend for Eating Healthier

The #eatclean movement is all over cookbook shelves, Twitter, and Instagram. And the darling of the movement by far as been avocados, leading people to find new ways to be creative with it. From pretty avocado roses like this:
 
View this post on Instagram
 

A post shared by Taguj #dnessnidam (@dneska_snidam) on

 
View this post on Instagram
 

A post shared by Jake Cohen (@jakecohen) on

 
View this post on Instagram
 

A post shared by Megan Boswell, APD2be 👩🏻‍🌾 (@thehealthylabel) on

There are over 950,000 post with #avocadotoast on Instagram, so you could literally spend all day looking at photos. To add to the avocado trends, Australian millionaire Tim Gurner said that millennials could afford to buy houses if they stop buying so much avocado toast. That comment alone brought forth even stronger loyalties to the avocado trend, as you can see in comments like: And this:

Avocado Trends in Hollywood

In the movie "Hotel Transylvania 2," the grandpa vampire is forced by his daughter to feed his baby grandson avocado. He jokes, “Apparently it's good fat!" And who could forget that scene in the movie "Step Brothers" when the brothers had made their own bunk bed and Dale asked Brennan if he liked guacamole to try bonding? But perhaps the biggest sign that avocado trend has morphed into a pop culture icon is celebrity endorsement. Chrissy Teigen loves the green fruit so much, she got matching avo bathing suits for her and her daughter for her cookbook photo shoot.
 
View this post on Instagram
 

A post shared by chrissy teigen (@chrissyteigen) on

And then there's actress and cookbook author Gwyneth Paltrow loves to incorporate avocados into her recipes.

What are your favorite signs that avocado trend has become a pop culture icon? Let us know on social media.

The post How the Avocado Became a Pop Culture Icon appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Día de los Muertos Tabletop Avo Skulls: Carving How-To https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/dia-de-los-muertos-tabletop-avo-skulls-carving-how-to/ Mon, 15 Oct 2018 21:46:03 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=24928

Día de los Muertos is a widely celebrated holiday, not just in Latin America, but also in the U.S. The holiday demands preparation of all kinds, from cuisine and costumes, to decorations and dancing tunes, to prayers and parties. The season tends to bring out traditional harvest foods, like maize, pumpkins, and colorful beans dried on the vine, but have you ever thought of including avocado carving in your holiday crafts?

Yes, you read that right, avocado carving! You only need a few simple tools and ingredients and you can use this ancient Mexican fruit to make your very own Day of the Dead-themed skull carvings.

What you need:

  • Avocados From Mexico (one per skull) and a lemon
  • an X-Acto knife or other small blade
  • a marker or food-safe pen
  • a wooden skewer or toothpick

The pattern is simple and the results are stunning. If you use all food-safe ingredients, you can even turn your carving into guac later and get all that wonderful avocado nutrition as well.

For this project, you'll want relatively firm avocados. If you're buying your avocados ahead of time, here are some tips you need to know about how to keep your avocado fresh and ready to carve. Just pop it in the fridge and it will keep well for up to 5 days, and longer if it is extra-firm when you bring it home.

Now, here's how to make those skulls!

  1. Draw two very large eyes, an upside down heart for a nose, and a long rectangle for the mouth. The eyes should take up the entire half of the largest end of the avocado.
  2. Using the X-Acto knife, cut out all the marked areas of skin.
  3. Now, cut out the eyes, on an angle inward, all the way down to the pit, so the inner part of the eye holes where the pit shows through is smaller than the opening. Remove the chunks of avocado from the holes.
  4. Cut out the nose straight down, without an angle, again all the way to the pit.
  5. Now, cut only the skin off the mouth area, peeling it away to reveal the avocado beneath. Then, use the skewer or toothpick to draw the teeth inside.
  6. Finally, squeeze the juice of a lemon (or any other acid like vinegar) to keep the avocado flesh green. This technique works well not just for crafts, but for all kinds of avocado dishes! For other options, check out this video with tips for keeping your guacamole green.

When you have your finished skull, don't hesitate to decorate it! Add some lace trim around its neck, or put a fancy hat on top. If you don't intend to eat it, you could even paint it for more color and flare.

The post Día de los Muertos Tabletop Avo Skulls: Carving How-To appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Día de los Muertos is a widely celebrated holiday, not just in Latin America, but also in the U.S. The holiday demands preparation of all kinds, from cuisine and costumes, to decorations and dancing tunes, to prayers and parties. The season tends to bring out traditional harvest foods, like maize, pumpkins, and colorful beans dried on the vine, but have you ever thought of including avocado carving in your holiday crafts? Yes, you read that right, avocado carving! You only need a few simple tools and ingredients and you can use this ancient Mexican fruit to make your very own Day of the Dead-themed skull carvings. What you need:
  • Avocados From Mexico (one per skull) and a lemon
  • an X-Acto knife or other small blade
  • a marker or food-safe pen
  • a wooden skewer or toothpick
The pattern is simple and the results are stunning. If you use all food-safe ingredients, you can even turn your carving into guac later and get all that wonderful avocado nutrition as well. For this project, you'll want relatively firm avocados. If you're buying your avocados ahead of time, here are some tips you need to know about how to keep your avocado fresh and ready to carve. Just pop it in the fridge and it will keep well for up to 5 days, and longer if it is extra-firm when you bring it home. Now, here's how to make those skulls!
  1. Draw two very large eyes, an upside down heart for a nose, and a long rectangle for the mouth. The eyes should take up the entire half of the largest end of the avocado.
  2. Using the X-Acto knife, cut out all the marked areas of skin.
  3. Now, cut out the eyes, on an angle inward, all the way down to the pit, so the inner part of the eye holes where the pit shows through is smaller than the opening. Remove the chunks of avocado from the holes.
  4. Cut out the nose straight down, without an angle, again all the way to the pit.
  5. Now, cut only the skin off the mouth area, peeling it away to reveal the avocado beneath. Then, use the skewer or toothpick to draw the teeth inside.
  6. Finally, squeeze the juice of a lemon (or any other acid like vinegar) to keep the avocado flesh green. This technique works well not just for crafts, but for all kinds of avocado dishes! For other options, check out this video with tips for keeping your guacamole green.
When you have your finished skull, don't hesitate to decorate it! Add some lace trim around its neck, or put a fancy hat on top. If you don't intend to eat it, you could even paint it for more color and flare.

The post Día de los Muertos Tabletop Avo Skulls: Carving How-To appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Chicken Stuffed Avocados in Pumpkin Mole Sauce https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/chicken-stuffed-avocados-in-pumpkin-mole-sauce/ Thu, 04 Oct 2018 02:09:35 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=24706

Mole, a traditional dish from the Mexican states of Puebla and Oaxaca, is a rich, thick sauce made by grinding chiles, nuts, seeds and fruit (as well as chocolate in some versions). It's usually served over chicken, turkey or other meat and accompanied by rice and tortillas, but creative chefs are finding that this sauce adds depth of flavor to a variety of foods, and mole is becoming more popular as people discover its wide range of uses in nutritious diets.

This recipe brings a fall season theme to stuffed avocados. Mole and pumpkin are fall favorites and avocado is in season year-round, so this is a great recipe to prepare when the weather starts turning chilly. Also a source of good fats, avocados provide 6g per 1/3 serving of a medium avocado making it a great addition to a nutritious diet.

This is a dish that is sure to impress because it seems very complex, but it's actually quite easy to put together. You'll need to prepare the mole sauce separately - you can make it a day or two in advance and keep it in the fridge, but using mole paste instead of making mole from scratch makes the whole process simple and quick.

For the Mole

In a saucepan, combine a cup of prepared mole paste with half a cup of pumpkin puree and two or three cups of chicken broth (add more or less broth to get the right consistency). Cook on medium heat stirring constantly. Bring to a boil, and simmer until the desired thickness is achieved - add more chicken broth if it gets too thick. Remove from heat and add salt and sugar to taste. Reserve half of the mole sauce and mix cooked shredded chicken or turkey into the rest of the mole.

For the Stuffed Avocados

For this recipe, the avocados you use should be firm enough to keep their shape, so when selecting avocados, be sure they give only slightly when pressed, as shown in this how-to video. Once you have selected your avocados, you will need to cut them in half. To cut the avocados, run a knife around the circumference of the fruit from top to bottom, then twist to separate the halves. Then stick the knife into the seed and give the knife a little twist to remove the seed from the fruit. Place the chicken in pumpkin mole sauce in the center of each avocado half and spoon some of the extra mole sauce on top. Garnish with queso fresco, fresh cilantro and pomegranate seeds.

Enjoy this fall-inspired favorite that is sure to be a staple in your nutritious diet.

The post Chicken Stuffed Avocados in Pumpkin Mole Sauce appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Mole, a traditional dish from the Mexican states of Puebla and Oaxaca, is a rich, thick sauce made by grinding chiles, nuts, seeds and fruit (as well as chocolate in some versions). It's usually served over chicken, turkey or other meat and accompanied by rice and tortillas, but creative chefs are finding that this sauce adds depth of flavor to a variety of foods, and mole is becoming more popular as people discover its wide range of uses in nutritious diets. This recipe brings a fall season theme to stuffed avocados. Mole and pumpkin are fall favorites and avocado is in season year-round, so this is a great recipe to prepare when the weather starts turning chilly. Also a source of good fats, avocados provide 6g per 1/3 serving of a medium avocado making it a great addition to a nutritious diet. This is a dish that is sure to impress because it seems very complex, but it's actually quite easy to put together. You'll need to prepare the mole sauce separately - you can make it a day or two in advance and keep it in the fridge, but using mole paste instead of making mole from scratch makes the whole process simple and quick.

For the Mole

In a saucepan, combine a cup of prepared mole paste with half a cup of pumpkin puree and two or three cups of chicken broth (add more or less broth to get the right consistency). Cook on medium heat stirring constantly. Bring to a boil, and simmer until the desired thickness is achieved - add more chicken broth if it gets too thick. Remove from heat and add salt and sugar to taste. Reserve half of the mole sauce and mix cooked shredded chicken or turkey into the rest of the mole.

For the Stuffed Avocados

For this recipe, the avocados you use should be firm enough to keep their shape, so when selecting avocados, be sure they give only slightly when pressed, as shown in this how-to video. Once you have selected your avocados, you will need to cut them in half. To cut the avocados, run a knife around the circumference of the fruit from top to bottom, then twist to separate the halves. Then stick the knife into the seed and give the knife a little twist to remove the seed from the fruit. Place the chicken in pumpkin mole sauce in the center of each avocado half and spoon some of the extra mole sauce on top. Garnish with queso fresco, fresh cilantro and pomegranate seeds. Enjoy this fall-inspired favorite that is sure to be a staple in your nutritious diet.

The post Chicken Stuffed Avocados in Pumpkin Mole Sauce appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Every Fondue-Lover’s Dream: Avocado Fondue https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/every-fondue-lovers-dream-avocado-fondue/ Thu, 04 Oct 2018 02:08:44 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=24707

If you haven't heard yet, let us be the first ones to tell you: the 1970s dinner party staple – fondue – is making a comeback.

And this time around, fondue's no longer limited to bread or veggies dipped in gooey cheese and fruit dipped in bubbling chocolate. New age fondue has grown up and guess what heart-healthy food has found its way into the fondue pot? Avocado!

Avocado fondue is silky, sophisticated, and surprising, offering dinner party guests a range of dipping options, such as shrimp, baby corn, broccoli, or other crunchy veggies (you can steam them lightly before serving if you don't want to eat them raw). A single serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium-sized avocado) contains 6 grams of naturally good fats. These good fats help your body absorb vitamins A, D, K and E. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommend a diet plan that substitutes good fats in place of bad, within moderation, to receive the nutrient benefits of dietary fat without raising LDL (“bad”) cholesterol.

Make Your Own Avocado Fondue

Want to try this recipe at home? You'll start by making a basic roux. Melt one stick of butter in your fondue pot, and then stir in a large shallot that's been sliced into thin ribbons, along with two minced garlic cloves. Once the onion and garlic have softened, add 1/4 cup of all-purpose flour and whisk until it has incorporated and formed a thick paste.

Remove the fondue pot from the heat source and pour in 3/4 cups each of milk and half and half, stirring until smooth. Place the fondue pot back on the heat source and add a dash of salt and fresh ground pepper, the juice of two lemons, and 1 t. of smoked paprika. Keep stirring.

Add the flesh of one ripe Avocado From Mexico. Want to know how to choose a ripe and ready avocado? There are three main criteria: color and texture of the flesh, and whether the avocado gives bit to gentle pressure from your thumb. Need a tutorial? Check out this video.

While you're at the store, go ahead and buy some extras. This video shows you how to store avocados until you're ready to try one of the hundreds of delicious and nutritious recipes on our website!

Continue stirring until you have a uniform, smooth fondue. At the end, you can add a couple tablespoons of your favorite cheese: a smoky Gouda or a cheese with truffles are both good options.

Arrange your dipping items and fondue forks or skewers on a plate and call everyone to the table to enjoy avocado fondue and delicious foods for a fun dinner party.

Word count: 455

The post Every Fondue-Lover’s Dream: Avocado Fondue appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you haven't heard yet, let us be the first ones to tell you: the 1970s dinner party staple – fondue – is making a comeback. And this time around, fondue's no longer limited to bread or veggies dipped in gooey cheese and fruit dipped in bubbling chocolate. New age fondue has grown up and guess what heart-healthy food has found its way into the fondue pot? Avocado! Avocado fondue is silky, sophisticated, and surprising, offering dinner party guests a range of dipping options, such as shrimp, baby corn, broccoli, or other crunchy veggies (you can steam them lightly before serving if you don't want to eat them raw). A single serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium-sized avocado) contains 6 grams of naturally good fats. These good fats help your body absorb vitamins A, D, K and E. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommend a diet plan that substitutes good fats in place of bad, within moderation, to receive the nutrient benefits of dietary fat without raising LDL (“bad”) cholesterol.

Make Your Own Avocado Fondue

Want to try this recipe at home? You'll start by making a basic roux. Melt one stick of butter in your fondue pot, and then stir in a large shallot that's been sliced into thin ribbons, along with two minced garlic cloves. Once the onion and garlic have softened, add 1/4 cup of all-purpose flour and whisk until it has incorporated and formed a thick paste. Remove the fondue pot from the heat source and pour in 3/4 cups each of milk and half and half, stirring until smooth. Place the fondue pot back on the heat source and add a dash of salt and fresh ground pepper, the juice of two lemons, and 1 t. of smoked paprika. Keep stirring. Add the flesh of one ripe Avocado From Mexico. Want to know how to choose a ripe and ready avocado? There are three main criteria: color and texture of the flesh, and whether the avocado gives bit to gentle pressure from your thumb. Need a tutorial? Check out this video. While you're at the store, go ahead and buy some extras. This video shows you how to store avocados until you're ready to try one of the hundreds of delicious and nutritious recipes on our website! Continue stirring until you have a uniform, smooth fondue. At the end, you can add a couple tablespoons of your favorite cheese: a smoky Gouda or a cheese with truffles are both good options. Arrange your dipping items and fondue forks or skewers on a plate and call everyone to the table to enjoy avocado fondue and delicious foods for a fun dinner party.
Word count: 455

The post Every Fondue-Lover’s Dream: Avocado Fondue appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
A Toast to Avocado Toast: Our Favorite Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/a-toast-to-avocado-toast-our-favorite-recipes/ Thu, 04 Oct 2018 02:08:06 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=24705

Avocado toast has become a favorite breakfast food in many parts of the world. Why? It's easy to make, it's tasty, and it's totally versatile. You can customize it any way you want: use a toasted bagel instead of regular bread, add tomatoes or chopped fruit, drizzle with olive oil, or garnish it with herbs. And, of course, you can always top it with an egg!

Avocado Toast for Starters

Start with a slice of hearty artisan bread, plain or wholegrain. Toast it to your liking and lay it on a plate. Now, get your avocado. This video will show you how to choose the perfect Avocado from Mexico, nice and ripe. Cut it in half, scoop out the creamy flesh with a spoon and sprinkle with lemon juice to prevent oxidization. You don't want brown bits on your avocado toast! What if you use only one half of an avocado and want to save the rest? This video will show you how to do it – no muss, no fuss.

Sweet Creations

Now, this is where the possibilities are endless. Do you prefer a sweet treat? Mash the avocado and mix it with 1 T. honey. Add 1 T. chopped pistachios or any other unsalted nuts and spread on your toast. Or indulge yourself with this decadent chocolate avocado chunky monkey toast.

Savory Handhelds

If savory food is more to your liking, scramble a couple of eggs, spread on a piece of toast and top with avocado slices. Or mix mashed avocado with chopped cherry tomatoes and crown with a poached egg. If you're short on time in the morning, spread aioli mayo on a piece of toast, then place a slice of ham on top, along with a few slices of avocado. Add extra protein and fiber to your day with this cannellini bean and avocado toast. Sprinkle raspberries and crumbled blue cheese on your toast for a sweet and salty contrast.

If you like entertaining friends for Sunday brunch, dazzle them with this smoked salmon avocado toast. A pomegranate, mint, goat cheese and pistachio avocado toast looks elegant and tastes great, too. Good company and good food make life better.

Start your day right with this portable and nutritional powerhouse!

The post A Toast to Avocado Toast: Our Favorite Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocado toast has become a favorite breakfast food in many parts of the world. Why? It's easy to make, it's tasty, and it's totally versatile. You can customize it any way you want: use a toasted bagel instead of regular bread, add tomatoes or chopped fruit, drizzle with olive oil, or garnish it with herbs. And, of course, you can always top it with an egg!

Avocado Toast for Starters

Start with a slice of hearty artisan bread, plain or wholegrain. Toast it to your liking and lay it on a plate. Now, get your avocado. This video will show you how to choose the perfect Avocado from Mexico, nice and ripe. Cut it in half, scoop out the creamy flesh with a spoon and sprinkle with lemon juice to prevent oxidization. You don't want brown bits on your avocado toast! What if you use only one half of an avocado and want to save the rest? This video will show you how to do it – no muss, no fuss.

Sweet Creations

Now, this is where the possibilities are endless. Do you prefer a sweet treat? Mash the avocado and mix it with 1 T. honey. Add 1 T. chopped pistachios or any other unsalted nuts and spread on your toast. Or indulge yourself with this decadent chocolate avocado chunky monkey toast.

Savory Handhelds

If savory food is more to your liking, scramble a couple of eggs, spread on a piece of toast and top with avocado slices. Or mix mashed avocado with chopped cherry tomatoes and crown with a poached egg. If you're short on time in the morning, spread aioli mayo on a piece of toast, then place a slice of ham on top, along with a few slices of avocado. Add extra protein and fiber to your day with this cannellini bean and avocado toast. Sprinkle raspberries and crumbled blue cheese on your toast for a sweet and salty contrast. If you like entertaining friends for Sunday brunch, dazzle them with this smoked salmon avocado toast. A pomegranate, mint, goat cheese and pistachio avocado toast looks elegant and tastes great, too. Good company and good food make life better. Start your day right with this portable and nutritional powerhouse!

The post A Toast to Avocado Toast: Our Favorite Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Fall Avocado and Chocolate Sweets https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/fall-avocado-chocolate-sweets/ Thu, 04 Oct 2018 02:06:04 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=24703

The second we start to see fun-sized candy bars and treats popping up in stores, it's undeniable: Halloween season is upon us. Whatever candy your kids love to ask for, you can switch up the routine a bit this year with some heart-healthy avocado and chocolate recipes (Yes! It's true) that will instantly satisfy all of your kids' chocolate needs. This year, the gigantic bags of fun-sized chocolates will not win!

Avocados aren't just tasty fruits, they're stars of nutritious recipes. A single serving, 50 g which is about 1/3 of a medium-sized avocado, contains 5 g of monounsaturated fats and 1 g of polyunsaturated fats, also known as good fats. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans and the American Heart Association recommend eating a variety of nutritious foods from all food groups. Eating a variety of fruits and vegetables may help one control their weight, cholesterol and blood pressure. Avocados are a healthy nutrient-rich food that can help boost fruit intake.

Picking the Perfect Avocado

Before you run to the store to grab your avocados and chocolate, it's helpful to know a few tips on dealing with avocados. Perfectly ripe avocados are the best for these heart healthy recipes, so check out this video for tips (you're looking for an avo with dark green to black skin, with a bumpy texture, that yields to firm, gentle pressure but isn't mushy). A lot of these recipes call for mashed avocado, which is super easy to make. First, you need to cut up your avo (check out this video for tips), then you mash the chunks of avocado in a large bowl with a fork or masher.

Recipes with Avocado and Chocolate

Peppermint patties are one popular fun-sized chocolate whose flavors are easy to recreate. These avocado brownie bites with mint frosting are the perfect mix of rich chocolate and refreshing mint.

If a more pure chocolate experience is what you are after, these dark chocolate avocado truffles are the perfect, rich chocolatey treat. For another punch of dark chocolate goodness, this dark chocolate mousse gets an extra creamy lift from your favorite green fruit. Pair it with some fresh berries or bananas for the perfect balance of sweet and tart.

If cupcakes are more your thing, you can replace the fats in your favorite buttercream with avo, for a heart healthy recipe for chocolate avocado frosting. Just pop 8 ounces of avocado flesh into a food processor with 1 pound of sifted powdered sugar and 1-½ teaspoons of lemon juice. Sift in ¼ cup of cocoa powder, then blend until smooth and creamy and use to decorate your favorite cake or cupcakes.

Make your own avocado and chocolate treats this Halloween season that are sure to satisfy your sweet tooth.

The post Fall Avocado and Chocolate Sweets appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The second we start to see fun-sized candy bars and treats popping up in stores, it's undeniable: Halloween season is upon us. Whatever candy your kids love to ask for, you can switch up the routine a bit this year with some heart-healthy avocado and chocolate recipes (Yes! It's true) that will instantly satisfy all of your kids' chocolate needs. This year, the gigantic bags of fun-sized chocolates will not win! Avocados aren't just tasty fruits, they're stars of nutritious recipes. A single serving, 50 g which is about 1/3 of a medium-sized avocado, contains 5 g of monounsaturated fats and 1 g of polyunsaturated fats, also known as good fats. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans and the American Heart Association recommend eating a variety of nutritious foods from all food groups. Eating a variety of fruits and vegetables may help one control their weight, cholesterol and blood pressure. Avocados are a healthy nutrient-rich food that can help boost fruit intake.

Picking the Perfect Avocado

Before you run to the store to grab your avocados and chocolate, it's helpful to know a few tips on dealing with avocados. Perfectly ripe avocados are the best for these heart healthy recipes, so check out this video for tips (you're looking for an avo with dark green to black skin, with a bumpy texture, that yields to firm, gentle pressure but isn't mushy). A lot of these recipes call for mashed avocado, which is super easy to make. First, you need to cut up your avo (check out this video for tips), then you mash the chunks of avocado in a large bowl with a fork or masher.

Recipes with Avocado and Chocolate

Peppermint patties are one popular fun-sized chocolate whose flavors are easy to recreate. These avocado brownie bites with mint frosting are the perfect mix of rich chocolate and refreshing mint. If a more pure chocolate experience is what you are after, these dark chocolate avocado truffles are the perfect, rich chocolatey treat. For another punch of dark chocolate goodness, this dark chocolate mousse gets an extra creamy lift from your favorite green fruit. Pair it with some fresh berries or bananas for the perfect balance of sweet and tart. If cupcakes are more your thing, you can replace the fats in your favorite buttercream with avo, for a heart healthy recipe for chocolate avocado frosting. Just pop 8 ounces of avocado flesh into a food processor with 1 pound of sifted powdered sugar and 1-½ teaspoons of lemon juice. Sift in ¼ cup of cocoa powder, then blend until smooth and creamy and use to decorate your favorite cake or cupcakes. Make your own avocado and chocolate treats this Halloween season that are sure to satisfy your sweet tooth.

The post Fall Avocado and Chocolate Sweets appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Celebrate National Guacamole Day Like a Guacstar https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/everything-you-need-to-know-to-celebrate-national-guacamole-day-sunday-september-16/ Wed, 29 Aug 2018 05:22:49 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=24137

Guacamole is worth celebrating all 365 days of the year — but Sept. 16 is National Guacamole Day, a special commemoration (see: excuse) for guac lovers around the world to break out their mortar and pestles for good times with family and friends around great, big gobs of guacamole.

 

This National Guacamole Day, impress your crew with your deep knowledge of all things guac, recipes, and guacamole-making games to get the party started.

 
Party
 

Where Does the Word ‘Guacamole’ Come From?

In the beginning, there was guacamole. OK, not really, but almost! The word guacamole goes back as far as the word for avocado, and the recipe is almost as old. Guacamole was invented in the 14th century by the Aztecs, who named ahuacamolli from a mashup of the words ahuacatl (avocado) and mulli (sauce). Spanish conquistadors found this word difficult to say and landed on the similar sounding “guacamole” instead.

 

Guacamole, or “avocado sauce,” can vary in consistency from very thick and chunky to a thin green salsa. If you like your guac extra thick, try this Classic Mexican Guacamole recipe. For a thinner guacamole that you can pour, add a bit of water and blend it up.

 

Guac Trivia: Fact vs. Fiction

“Most people have no hesitation eating the last bite of guacamole.”

TRUE! The majority of party guests say they have no problem eating the last bite of guacamole. It’s just that good. Irresistible.

 

“Plop an avocado pit into your guac to keep it from turning brown.”

FALSE! The way to keep guacamole from turning brown is to minimize its exposure to air. Fill a bowl all the way up to the top with guacamole, spritz with olive oil spray or lemon or lime juice, and press cling wrap over the top before storing it in the fridge. For short-term storage before the party starts, a spritz of lime juice will do the trick.

 

“I shouldn’t eat guacamole because it contains fat!”

FALSE! The fresh avocados in guacamole are a source of good fat. What makes the fat good? Eating dietary fat helps the body absorb vitamins A, D, K, and E. The majority of fat in avocados is naturally good fat, with 5 grams of monounsaturated fat per serving — or about one-third of a medium avocado. For good health, replace sources of saturated fats with unsaturated fats. Avocados naturally contain 6 grams of unsaturated fats.

 

The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommend replacing bad fats with good fats because replacing your intake of saturated fat with unsaturated fat is associated with reduced risk of cardiovascular disease events.

 

“There’s no wrong way to make guacamole.”

TRUE! There are a million — nay, a bazillion — ways to make guacamole. The basic ingredients are avocados, lime juice, and salt. But there are endless possibilities to make your guacamole recipe your own. There are guacamole recipes inspired by flavors from around the world, including Thai-Inspired Guacamole Recipes, Hawaiian Guacamole, Indian Guacamole, and more!

 

Guacamole-Making Party Game

The only thing better than a fresh bowl of guacamole is … a table full of fresh guacamole! Instruct guests to choose a guacamole recipe, bring their ingredients, and work together in the kitchen to create an array of different delicious guacamole flavors. Eat within two hours for optimal freshness.

 

If party day is coming up fast and your avocados are still a little too firm, don’t despair! There are a few hacks to naturally speed up the ripening process; all you need is a paper bag and a banana.

 

 

DIY Guacamole Mad-Dash Contest

This contest is similar — but with a twist. Ask guests to contribute to a guacamole ingredient fund and gather an assemblage of ingredients for guacamole-making. Think outside the box: sesame seeds, lox, wasabi, curry powder, passion fruit, etc. Put all ingredients on the counter and start a timer for 15 minutes. Guests race against the clock to create the best original guacamole recipe on the fly. No cheating! Have all contestants put their cellphones in a box. When the timer sounds, it’s pestles down. Put a notepad by each bowl of guacamole and have each contestant taste test and write their initials by their favorite (aside from their own, of course!). The masher with the most signatures gets the coveted title of National Guacamole Day Champion and unlimited bragging rights.

 

Make sure you have ample ripe avocados ready for mashing. An avocado is ripe when it is dark-greenish-purple and gives a little when squeezed.
 

 

Make a Night of It

One o’guac, two o’guac, three o’guac, rock! Guac around the clock! National Guacamole Day in the U.S. is the same day as Mexican Independence Day, Sept. 16. Have a contest to see who can make the most interesting guacamole, then stay up all night on the night of the 15th, until the wee hours of the morning of Independence Day, to dar el grito, or give a shout out in honor of the 1810 revolution.

 

Find tons of crowd-pleasing recipes to celebrate National Guacamole Day with friends and family in our extensive guacamole recipe archive.

The post Celebrate National Guacamole Day Like a Guacstar appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Guacamole is worth celebrating all 365 days of the year — but Sept. 16 is National Guacamole Day, a special commemoration (see: excuse) for guac lovers around the world to break out their mortar and pestles for good times with family and friends around great, big gobs of guacamole.   This National Guacamole Day, impress your crew with your deep knowledge of all things guac, recipes, and guacamole-making games to get the party started.   Party  

Where Does the Word ‘Guacamole’ Come From?

In the beginning, there was guacamole. OK, not really, but almost! The word guacamole goes back as far as the word for avocado, and the recipe is almost as old. Guacamole was invented in the 14th century by the Aztecs, who named ahuacamolli from a mashup of the words ahuacatl (avocado) and mulli (sauce). Spanish conquistadors found this word difficult to say and landed on the similar sounding “guacamole” instead.   Guacamole, or “avocado sauce,” can vary in consistency from very thick and chunky to a thin green salsa. If you like your guac extra thick, try this Classic Mexican Guacamole recipe. For a thinner guacamole that you can pour, add a bit of water and blend it up.  

Guac Trivia: Fact vs. Fiction

“Most people have no hesitation eating the last bite of guacamole.” TRUE! The majority of party guests say they have no problem eating the last bite of guacamole. It’s just that good. Irresistible.   “Plop an avocado pit into your guac to keep it from turning brown.” FALSE! The way to keep guacamole from turning brown is to minimize its exposure to air. Fill a bowl all the way up to the top with guacamole, spritz with olive oil spray or lemon or lime juice, and press cling wrap over the top before storing it in the fridge. For short-term storage before the party starts, a spritz of lime juice will do the trick.   “I shouldn’t eat guacamole because it contains fat!” FALSE! The fresh avocados in guacamole are a source of good fat. What makes the fat good? Eating dietary fat helps the body absorb vitamins A, D, K, and E. The majority of fat in avocados is naturally good fat, with 5 grams of monounsaturated fat per serving — or about one-third of a medium avocado. For good health, replace sources of saturated fats with unsaturated fats. Avocados naturally contain 6 grams of unsaturated fats.   The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommend replacing bad fats with good fats because replacing your intake of saturated fat with unsaturated fat is associated with reduced risk of cardiovascular disease events.   “There’s no wrong way to make guacamole.” TRUE! There are a million — nay, a bazillion — ways to make guacamole. The basic ingredients are avocados, lime juice, and salt. But there are endless possibilities to make your guacamole recipe your own. There are guacamole recipes inspired by flavors from around the world, including Thai-Inspired Guacamole Recipes, Hawaiian Guacamole, Indian Guacamole, and more!  

Guacamole-Making Party Game

The only thing better than a fresh bowl of guacamole is … a table full of fresh guacamole! Instruct guests to choose a guacamole recipe, bring their ingredients, and work together in the kitchen to create an array of different delicious guacamole flavors. Eat within two hours for optimal freshness.   If party day is coming up fast and your avocados are still a little too firm, don’t despair! There are a few hacks to naturally speed up the ripening process; all you need is a paper bag and a banana.    

DIY Guacamole Mad-Dash Contest

This contest is similar — but with a twist. Ask guests to contribute to a guacamole ingredient fund and gather an assemblage of ingredients for guacamole-making. Think outside the box: sesame seeds, lox, wasabi, curry powder, passion fruit, etc. Put all ingredients on the counter and start a timer for 15 minutes. Guests race against the clock to create the best original guacamole recipe on the fly. No cheating! Have all contestants put their cellphones in a box. When the timer sounds, it’s pestles down. Put a notepad by each bowl of guacamole and have each contestant taste test and write their initials by their favorite (aside from their own, of course!). The masher with the most signatures gets the coveted title of National Guacamole Day Champion and unlimited bragging rights.   Make sure you have ample ripe avocados ready for mashing. An avocado is ripe when it is dark-greenish-purple and gives a little when squeezed.    

Make a Night of It

One o’guac, two o’guac, three o’guac, rock! Guac around the clock! National Guacamole Day in the U.S. is the same day as Mexican Independence Day, Sept. 16. Have a contest to see who can make the most interesting guacamole, then stay up all night on the night of the 15th, until the wee hours of the morning of Independence Day, to dar el grito, or give a shout out in honor of the 1810 revolution.   Find tons of crowd-pleasing recipes to celebrate National Guacamole Day with friends and family in our extensive guacamole recipe archive.

The post Celebrate National Guacamole Day Like a Guacstar appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
An Avo-Inspired Take on Your Favorite Fried Fair Foods https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/an-avo-inspired-take-on-your-favorite-fried-fair-foods/ Wed, 29 Aug 2018 05:16:47 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=24135

No state fair visit is complete without the indulgence of fried fair foods. You're probably well aware of popular foods such as funnel cakes and corn dogs. But did you know you can use your favorite fruit, Avocados From Mexico, to create a delicious twist on some of those fried fair regulars and give you some new to look forward to this fall?

First, a few avocado tips to help you get the perfect avo experience. It's important to understand how to pick a perfectly ripe Avocado From Mexico. Darker green ones that give a little when gently squeezed are ready to eat! If you happen to buy a ripe avocado that you want to save, you can place it in the fridge and it will last another 2–3 days.

Here's what you need to know when recreating the perfect fried fair foods.

Step 1: Choose your frying fat wisely.

Avocado oil's high smoke point (520 F) and slightly nutty flavor make it ideal for deep-frying. While consuming some oil is needed for health, oils still contain calories. Oils and solid fats both contain about 120 calories per tablespoon.

Step 2: Pick your foods to fry.

French fries are typical state fair food, but avocado french fries are on a whole new level, providing the ultimate contrast of textures: the crispy, crunchy crust with creamy, smooth avocado. Serve with an Asian sweet chili sauce to add a little heat to the game.

Avo slices not enough for you? Try making deep-fried stuffed avocado halves, Italian-style. Scoop each half out of the skin in one piece, then add some cooked bacon and fresh mozzarella to the hole in each half. Dip the whole thing in an egg whisked with some water, then roll in a bowl of pulverized panko crumbs seasoned with salt. Repeat this process until the entire avo is coated in crumbs. Gently shake off the excess and deep-fry in 350 F oil for 4 minutes, until golden brown, then serve with a side of marinara sauce.

Another winner is fried guacamole. All you have to do is freeze the guacamole in 1–2 rounded tablespoon portions, then dip into beaten eggs, roll in crushed tortilla chips, repeat the breading process once more, and deep-fry at 375 F for 1–2 minutes. Serve with your favorite sour cream or crema mixed with fresh lime juice for dipping.

No trip to the state fair would be complete without a little dessert. Start off by baking this delicious avocado coconut pound cake (but hold the glaze), then cube, dip in pancake batter and deep-fry at 375 F until the outside is brown and crisp. For the real state fair experience, spear the fried pound cake with a skewer along with some ripe seasonal fruit, like mango or berries.

The post An Avo-Inspired Take on Your Favorite Fried Fair Foods appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

No state fair visit is complete without the indulgence of fried fair foods. You're probably well aware of popular foods such as funnel cakes and corn dogs. But did you know you can use your favorite fruit, Avocados From Mexico, to create a delicious twist on some of those fried fair regulars and give you some new to look forward to this fall? First, a few avocado tips to help you get the perfect avo experience. It's important to understand how to pick a perfectly ripe Avocado From Mexico. Darker green ones that give a little when gently squeezed are ready to eat! If you happen to buy a ripe avocado that you want to save, you can place it in the fridge and it will last another 2–3 days. Here's what you need to know when recreating the perfect fried fair foods.

Step 1: Choose your frying fat wisely.

Avocado oil's high smoke point (520 F) and slightly nutty flavor make it ideal for deep-frying. While consuming some oil is needed for health, oils still contain calories. Oils and solid fats both contain about 120 calories per tablespoon.

Step 2: Pick your foods to fry.

French fries are typical state fair food, but avocado french fries are on a whole new level, providing the ultimate contrast of textures: the crispy, crunchy crust with creamy, smooth avocado. Serve with an Asian sweet chili sauce to add a little heat to the game. Avo slices not enough for you? Try making deep-fried stuffed avocado halves, Italian-style. Scoop each half out of the skin in one piece, then add some cooked bacon and fresh mozzarella to the hole in each half. Dip the whole thing in an egg whisked with some water, then roll in a bowl of pulverized panko crumbs seasoned with salt. Repeat this process until the entire avo is coated in crumbs. Gently shake off the excess and deep-fry in 350 F oil for 4 minutes, until golden brown, then serve with a side of marinara sauce. Another winner is fried guacamole. All you have to do is freeze the guacamole in 1–2 rounded tablespoon portions, then dip into beaten eggs, roll in crushed tortilla chips, repeat the breading process once more, and deep-fry at 375 F for 1–2 minutes. Serve with your favorite sour cream or crema mixed with fresh lime juice for dipping. No trip to the state fair would be complete without a little dessert. Start off by baking this delicious avocado coconut pound cake (but hold the glaze), then cube, dip in pancake batter and deep-fry at 375 F until the outside is brown and crisp. For the real state fair experience, spear the fried pound cake with a skewer along with some ripe seasonal fruit, like mango or berries.

The post An Avo-Inspired Take on Your Favorite Fried Fair Foods appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avo-themed Fun for Your Labor Day Party https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avo-themed-fun-for-your-labor-day-party/ Mon, 06 Aug 2018 12:46:55 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23857

What better way to celebrate the end of summer than with an avocado-themed Labor Day party? It's the perfect fruit to use as inspiration for a lakeside shindig including food, entertainment, decorations, and clothing.

For relaxing on water, just type “avocado float" into any search engine. You'll quickly find large, inflatable avocados with a scoop out of the center for your body, guaranteed to float you into relaxation. Add to the festivities with avocado-centric clothing, be it shirts with avocado prints, or even just clothing the same shade of green as a beautifully ripe Avocado From Mexico. Avocado piñatas are another must and can easily be found at most party stores. Got kids you need to keep busy? Put out a bowl of pits from Avocados From Mexico, and let them carve their own decorations!

Did you know that Avocados From Mexico can even prepare your skin for an avocado party? This article tells you how to turn Avocados From Mexico into moisturizing cream, and avocado oil can be found in some sunscreens — an on-theme bonus for your party.

When it comes to Labor Day party foods, avocados can be made into savory and sweet dishes and drinks. First, you'll want to learn how to pick a perfectly ripe avocado by selecting avocados that are dark green and give a little when squeezed, and how to slice and dice it properly. Once that's under control, let your imagination go wild! Include a refreshing guacamole with tortilla chips and veggies for dipping – try this recipe with fresh mint. Avo is the perfect addition to a freshly grilled burger or hot dog, too. For refreshments, check out these avocado-based cocktails, including a delicious avocado margarita (chile lime salt rim, anyone?). And because everyone has a sweet tooth, consider including avocado in your desserts! Avocados go well in brownies, popsicles, and ice cream.

The post Avo-themed Fun for Your Labor Day Party appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

What better way to celebrate the end of summer than with an avocado-themed Labor Day party? It's the perfect fruit to use as inspiration for a lakeside shindig including food, entertainment, decorations, and clothing. For relaxing on water, just type “avocado float" into any search engine. You'll quickly find large, inflatable avocados with a scoop out of the center for your body, guaranteed to float you into relaxation. Add to the festivities with avocado-centric clothing, be it shirts with avocado prints, or even just clothing the same shade of green as a beautifully ripe Avocado From Mexico. Avocado piñatas are another must and can easily be found at most party stores. Got kids you need to keep busy? Put out a bowl of pits from Avocados From Mexico, and let them carve their own decorations! Did you know that Avocados From Mexico can even prepare your skin for an avocado party? This article tells you how to turn Avocados From Mexico into moisturizing cream, and avocado oil can be found in some sunscreens — an on-theme bonus for your party. When it comes to Labor Day party foods, avocados can be made into savory and sweet dishes and drinks. First, you'll want to learn how to pick a perfectly ripe avocado by selecting avocados that are dark green and give a little when squeezed, and how to slice and dice it properly. Once that's under control, let your imagination go wild! Include a refreshing guacamole with tortilla chips and veggies for dipping – try this recipe with fresh mint. Avo is the perfect addition to a freshly grilled burger or hot dog, too. For refreshments, check out these avocado-based cocktails, including a delicious avocado margarita (chile lime salt rim, anyone?). And because everyone has a sweet tooth, consider including avocado in your desserts! Avocados go well in brownies, popsicles, and ice cream.

The post Avo-themed Fun for Your Labor Day Party appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Chill Out with a DIY Avocado Eye Mask https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/chill-out-with-a-diy-avocado-eye-mask/ Mon, 06 Aug 2018 12:45:59 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23856

Summer is nearing it’s end, and the heat has yet to cease. Add this easy, do-it-yourself mask to your home beauty routine to cool down and feel refreshed. A chilled avocado eye mask not only can lower your body temperature and it’s also an ideal way to slow down and relax.*

Easy After-Dinner Avocado Eye Mask

The simplest way to make an avocado eye mask is to use the extra green pulp left in the skin when you're done making guac (though guacamole isn't the only thing you can make with avocados. Check out this video for five ideas on how to eat avocados).

Throw the leftover avocado skin and a spoon into the freezer for just a few minutes to chill. Chill a cup of water as well, with a few slices of cucumber if you want to make it extra special. Just don't let them freeze!

When they are cool, use the back of the spoon to scrape the skin, gathering up that juicy green pulp. Wipe it gently under your eye for a refreshing way to cool down during those busy, hot summer days. Dip a few cotton balls in the chilled water and place them over the avocado eye mask. Sit back for 10 minutes and relax. Use warm water to remove.

Make-Ahead Avocado and Aloe Eye Mask

If you want an avocado eye mask recipe that you can keep in the fridge, try this mix of equal parts avocado, aloe vera gel, and cucumber. You can store this sealed in a small jar or a plastic bag for a few days, so it makes a great morning pick-me-up in your beauty routine.

If you want to mash your avocado or blend it until smooth, you need to be sure it is fully ripe. Can't tell? Check out this video to see how you can tell when your avocado is ready for your face by holding it in the palm of your hand and giving it a gentle squeeze. If it gives a little and the skin is dark green, you’re good to go. If the skin is light green and it still feels hard to the touch, it needs a little more time to ripen. By the way, did you know you can actually speed up the ripening of an avocado by putting it in direct sunlight or in a brown paper sack with a banana?

Mash your avocado well, then mix in your aloe vera. For a smooth paste, chop in your chunks of cucumber, leaving the peel on. You can adjust the ingredients depending on how you want to apply the mask. For a thicker paste, use slightly more avocado, and slightly less cucumber. For a liquid, applied with cotton rounds to help you reach more of your inner eye, increase the cucumber, or use a bit of rosewater for its floral, calming scent.

Chill the paste well before using, or add some ice cubes to the liquid before dipping your cotton pads in. Again, recline and relax for 10 minutes, breathing deeply and resting while the ingredients do their work. Remove any avocado residue by gently washing your face in warm water.

*Before starting any new beauty routine, it’s always a good idea to consult your dermatologist.

The post Chill Out with a DIY Avocado Eye Mask appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Summer is nearing it’s end, and the heat has yet to cease. Add this easy, do-it-yourself mask to your home beauty routine to cool down and feel refreshed. A chilled avocado eye mask not only can lower your body temperature and it’s also an ideal way to slow down and relax.*

Easy After-Dinner Avocado Eye Mask

The simplest way to make an avocado eye mask is to use the extra green pulp left in the skin when you're done making guac (though guacamole isn't the only thing you can make with avocados. Check out this video for five ideas on how to eat avocados). Throw the leftover avocado skin and a spoon into the freezer for just a few minutes to chill. Chill a cup of water as well, with a few slices of cucumber if you want to make it extra special. Just don't let them freeze! When they are cool, use the back of the spoon to scrape the skin, gathering up that juicy green pulp. Wipe it gently under your eye for a refreshing way to cool down during those busy, hot summer days. Dip a few cotton balls in the chilled water and place them over the avocado eye mask. Sit back for 10 minutes and relax. Use warm water to remove.

Make-Ahead Avocado and Aloe Eye Mask

If you want an avocado eye mask recipe that you can keep in the fridge, try this mix of equal parts avocado, aloe vera gel, and cucumber. You can store this sealed in a small jar or a plastic bag for a few days, so it makes a great morning pick-me-up in your beauty routine. If you want to mash your avocado or blend it until smooth, you need to be sure it is fully ripe. Can't tell? Check out this video to see how you can tell when your avocado is ready for your face by holding it in the palm of your hand and giving it a gentle squeeze. If it gives a little and the skin is dark green, you’re good to go. If the skin is light green and it still feels hard to the touch, it needs a little more time to ripen. By the way, did you know you can actually speed up the ripening of an avocado by putting it in direct sunlight or in a brown paper sack with a banana? Mash your avocado well, then mix in your aloe vera. For a smooth paste, chop in your chunks of cucumber, leaving the peel on. You can adjust the ingredients depending on how you want to apply the mask. For a thicker paste, use slightly more avocado, and slightly less cucumber. For a liquid, applied with cotton rounds to help you reach more of your inner eye, increase the cucumber, or use a bit of rosewater for its floral, calming scent. Chill the paste well before using, or add some ice cubes to the liquid before dipping your cotton pads in. Again, recline and relax for 10 minutes, breathing deeply and resting while the ingredients do their work. Remove any avocado residue by gently washing your face in warm water. *Before starting any new beauty routine, it’s always a good idea to consult your dermatologist.

The post Chill Out with a DIY Avocado Eye Mask appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
3 Avo-Infused Breakfast Juice Ideas https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/3-avo-infused-breakfast-juice-ideas/ Mon, 06 Aug 2018 12:44:40 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23855

Ever had avocado juice? You may not think about the gorgeous green fruit when you are putting together your morning smoothie, but the pulp from avocados can really add great flavor and thickness to your favorite breakfast juice. Plus, fresh avocados are heart-healthy and contribute nearly 20 vitamins and minerals to your diet. And as a good source of fiber, avocados can help you stay full and energized. Avo-infused juices are a great way to start your day!

Minty Melon Avocado Juice

Watermelon is a refreshing juice on a hot summer day, with just a touch of natural sweetness. To enjoy this breakfast juice, use about 1/4 of an Avocado From Mexico for every 1 cup of watermelon. Squeeze in the juice of half a lime. Add the mint whole, along with a bit of coconut or cucumber water. Alternatively, make a simple overnight mint tea in the fridge and strain before adding to your smoothie.

Blend and drink! If you want your breakfast juice to pack even more of a punch, add a bit of fresh greens like spinach or chard into the mix. If the watermelon isn't quite sweet enough, add a teaspoon or two of honey.

If you love a breakfast smoothie daily, be sure to buy avocados at a variety of ripeness stages, so you can have them ripe and ready to go. Avocados that have lighter green skins and feel hard to the touch typically need a few more days to ripen while avocados with dark green, bumpy skins that give a little when squeezed are ready to consume right now! Watch this video for tips on shopping for avocados to last the whole week.

Toe-may-toe, Toe-mah-toe, the Avocado Clamato

You can use bottled or jarred tomato juice if you're in a hurry, and simply blend in a scoop of fresh avocado, but this breakfast juice is easier than you might think to make from scratch.

In a blender, mix four medium tomatoes, between one half and one whole Avocado From Mexico, and the juice of half a lemon. Use fresh herbs or spices, like a bunch of basil or parsley leaves, to make this an especially savory treat. You can add a touch of chili powder or red pepper flakes for heat.

Top the smoothie with a bit of sea salt and cracked black pepper to bring out the sweetness of the tomatoes.

You don't want a chunky avocado juice, so make sure your fruit is ripe, smooth, and creamy. You can use this simple paper bag and banana method to ripen your avocadosmore quickly or simply put it in direct sunlight.

The Avocado Zinger

This recipe is best with freshly juiced apples, but if you don't have a juicer, a bottle of natural apple juice will do just as well. If you're going this route, add a few slices of ginger the day before to infuse the juice. If you're making fresh juice, just pop a knob of ginger into the juicer with your apples.

Squeeze in the juice of half a lemon. Now, to thicken the drink, add half an avocado to your blender. Add the juice a bit at a time, blending it first into a paste, and then thinning it out until you have a fresh green avocado breakfast juice!

The post 3 Avo-Infused Breakfast Juice Ideas appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Ever had avocado juice? You may not think about the gorgeous green fruit when you are putting together your morning smoothie, but the pulp from avocados can really add great flavor and thickness to your favorite breakfast juice. Plus, fresh avocados are heart-healthy and contribute nearly 20 vitamins and minerals to your diet. And as a good source of fiber, avocados can help you stay full and energized. Avo-infused juices are a great way to start your day!

Minty Melon Avocado Juice

Watermelon is a refreshing juice on a hot summer day, with just a touch of natural sweetness. To enjoy this breakfast juice, use about 1/4 of an Avocado From Mexico for every 1 cup of watermelon. Squeeze in the juice of half a lime. Add the mint whole, along with a bit of coconut or cucumber water. Alternatively, make a simple overnight mint tea in the fridge and strain before adding to your smoothie. Blend and drink! If you want your breakfast juice to pack even more of a punch, add a bit of fresh greens like spinach or chard into the mix. If the watermelon isn't quite sweet enough, add a teaspoon or two of honey. If you love a breakfast smoothie daily, be sure to buy avocados at a variety of ripeness stages, so you can have them ripe and ready to go. Avocados that have lighter green skins and feel hard to the touch typically need a few more days to ripen while avocados with dark green, bumpy skins that give a little when squeezed are ready to consume right now! Watch this video for tips on shopping for avocados to last the whole week.

Toe-may-toe, Toe-mah-toe, the Avocado Clamato

You can use bottled or jarred tomato juice if you're in a hurry, and simply blend in a scoop of fresh avocado, but this breakfast juice is easier than you might think to make from scratch. In a blender, mix four medium tomatoes, between one half and one whole Avocado From Mexico, and the juice of half a lemon. Use fresh herbs or spices, like a bunch of basil or parsley leaves, to make this an especially savory treat. You can add a touch of chili powder or red pepper flakes for heat. Top the smoothie with a bit of sea salt and cracked black pepper to bring out the sweetness of the tomatoes. You don't want a chunky avocado juice, so make sure your fruit is ripe, smooth, and creamy. You can use this simple paper bag and banana method to ripen your avocadosmore quickly or simply put it in direct sunlight.

The Avocado Zinger

This recipe is best with freshly juiced apples, but if you don't have a juicer, a bottle of natural apple juice will do just as well. If you're going this route, add a few slices of ginger the day before to infuse the juice. If you're making fresh juice, just pop a knob of ginger into the juicer with your apples. Squeeze in the juice of half a lemon. Now, to thicken the drink, add half an avocado to your blender. Add the juice a bit at a time, blending it first into a paste, and then thinning it out until you have a fresh green avocado breakfast juice!

The post 3 Avo-Infused Breakfast Juice Ideas appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Shrimp Scampi with Avocado Sauce and Zucchini Noodles https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/shrimp-scampi-with-avocado-sauce-and-zucchini-noodles/ Mon, 06 Aug 2018 12:43:39 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23854

Shrimp scampi is one of those classic summer recipes, offering a breezy mix of fresh seafood and bright citrusy flavors. Sometimes, though, the dish can feel heavy in the summer heat. Why not liven up your plate with this shrimp scampi and avocado sauce over some zucchini noodles, instead? You get all of the flavor without the density.

Green and Fresh

Avocados have good fats, and this avocado sauce uses light sour cream and zesty lime juice to lift up the flavors while doubling as the perfect summer sauce thanks to the fruit's natural creaminess.

Make sure your avocado is perfectly ripe by checking to see if the skin is a dark green to almost black color, bumpy in texture, and gives a little when gently squeezed — or just view this video for a clearer picture. When you've picked a medium Avocado From Mexico, simply combine with 2 tablespoons of lime juice, ¼ cup of light sour cream, and cilantro to taste. Pop it all into a blender and presto! Set the sauce aside while you work on the rest of your dish.

Get some salted water boiling in a medium pot and spiralize a zucchini or two. Once the water is boiling, drop the zucchini in and lightly toss with tongs, making sure you don't overcook it — about 3 or 4 minutes and the spirals should be perfectly al dente. Drain the zucchini and layer on a plate to form the base of your meal — you're just 5 minutes away from deliciousness!

Super Scampi

Shrimp is a perennial favorite in many summer dishes, and for this one, we suggest using the wild caught version for an even better-tasting dish. You'll want these little guys to be deveined. Then, simply cook them in a splash of olive oil in a non-stick skillet over medium heat. Watch them sizzle until they turn pink, adding some sea salt, pepper, and chopped garlic. Once cooked, scatter the shrimp over your plated zucchini noodles.

Your final touch will be to drizzle your light, citrusy avocado sauce over the shrimp, giving you the luscious finish you desire. If you have any sauce left over, you can make it last longer by pouring a thin layer of milk over it and putting it in the fridge.

The post Shrimp Scampi with Avocado Sauce and Zucchini Noodles appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Shrimp scampi is one of those classic summer recipes, offering a breezy mix of fresh seafood and bright citrusy flavors. Sometimes, though, the dish can feel heavy in the summer heat. Why not liven up your plate with this shrimp scampi and avocado sauce over some zucchini noodles, instead? You get all of the flavor without the density.

Green and Fresh

Avocados have good fats, and this avocado sauce uses light sour cream and zesty lime juice to lift up the flavors while doubling as the perfect summer sauce thanks to the fruit's natural creaminess. Make sure your avocado is perfectly ripe by checking to see if the skin is a dark green to almost black color, bumpy in texture, and gives a little when gently squeezed — or just view this video for a clearer picture. When you've picked a medium Avocado From Mexico, simply combine with 2 tablespoons of lime juice, ¼ cup of light sour cream, and cilantro to taste. Pop it all into a blender and presto! Set the sauce aside while you work on the rest of your dish. Get some salted water boiling in a medium pot and spiralize a zucchini or two. Once the water is boiling, drop the zucchini in and lightly toss with tongs, making sure you don't overcook it — about 3 or 4 minutes and the spirals should be perfectly al dente. Drain the zucchini and layer on a plate to form the base of your meal — you're just 5 minutes away from deliciousness!

Super Scampi

Shrimp is a perennial favorite in many summer dishes, and for this one, we suggest using the wild caught version for an even better-tasting dish. You'll want these little guys to be deveined. Then, simply cook them in a splash of olive oil in a non-stick skillet over medium heat. Watch them sizzle until they turn pink, adding some sea salt, pepper, and chopped garlic. Once cooked, scatter the shrimp over your plated zucchini noodles. Your final touch will be to drizzle your light, citrusy avocado sauce over the shrimp, giving you the luscious finish you desire. If you have any sauce left over, you can make it last longer by pouring a thin layer of milk over it and putting it in the fridge.

The post Shrimp Scampi with Avocado Sauce and Zucchini Noodles appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Beat the Summer Heat with Cool Avocado Snacks https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/beat-the-summer-heat-with-cool-avocado-snacks/ Mon, 06 Aug 2018 12:42:22 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23846

We know that when the mercury rises, the idea of a hot meal isn't as comforting as it sounds in the winter. Instead, harness the cooling powers of Avocados From Mexico to deal with the dog days of summer. Chill out with these refreshing snack ideas that'll keep you full and happy all summer long.

Freeze the Fruit

You've heard of freezing ripe bananas and using them later for everything from vegan ice cream to banana bread, right? Well, here's a "How'd I miss that? " trick: You can do the same thing with frozen chunks of the glorious green fruit. Simply peel and pit a ripe avocado or two, seal them in an air-tight freezer bag, and freeze until you're ready to use them.

Craving a freshly made, ice-cold smoothie? Or how about your own vegan ice cream, avo fruit ice pops, or a green goddess dressing? Check, check, and check! You can even blend frozen avo chunks with agave, vanilla, and cocoa powder for a dreamy, creamy vegan "sauce" to top off a fruit salad.

Puree It

Whether you like your avocado puree chunky or smooth, it's the piece de resistance for any sub, wrap, roll-up, baguette, banh mi, crepe, or garden variety sandwich. We're talking about this basil pesto guacamole for example, that would be a beautiful addition to any roasted turkey, cucumber slices, tomato wedges and romaine lettuce sandwich.

Or keep it simple and puree ripe avocado with sea salt, chile pepper flakes, and lemon juice for a pleasing go-to for your favorite sandwich. It's also perfect for a cool alternative to a chip dip.

If you'd like some other suggestions on how to eat a perfectly ripe avocado, we've got those, too. Check out our video on the many ways you can eat avocados including on salads, in sandwiches or even just by themselves. And trust us on the raw with just a hit of S&P! Lastly, do you know how to choose a ripe avocado? There's a simple test in which you give an avocado a gentle squeeze. If it gives a little, you're ready to go. You can see the test demonstrated and learn more about it in this quick video.

Guac Your Way

And of course, if you're a purist and you just want a bowl of chilled guacamole with crisp tortilla chips or a platter of fresh, crunchy veggie spears, there's a guac just for you. Some of our favorites include the seafood flecked Ceviche Guacamole and the summer-fresh Peach Charred Chile Guacamole.

Leftover guacamole? It rarely happens, we know, but just in case - here's how to keep it fresh until the next craving hits: cover with a thin layer of water and milk and refrigerate. When you're ready to snack, just tip out the liquid and you're good to go!

The post Beat the Summer Heat with Cool Avocado Snacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

We know that when the mercury rises, the idea of a hot meal isn't as comforting as it sounds in the winter. Instead, harness the cooling powers of Avocados From Mexico to deal with the dog days of summer. Chill out with these refreshing snack ideas that'll keep you full and happy all summer long.

Freeze the Fruit

You've heard of freezing ripe bananas and using them later for everything from vegan ice cream to banana bread, right? Well, here's a "How'd I miss that? " trick: You can do the same thing with frozen chunks of the glorious green fruit. Simply peel and pit a ripe avocado or two, seal them in an air-tight freezer bag, and freeze until you're ready to use them. Craving a freshly made, ice-cold smoothie? Or how about your own vegan ice cream, avo fruit ice pops, or a green goddess dressing? Check, check, and check! You can even blend frozen avo chunks with agave, vanilla, and cocoa powder for a dreamy, creamy vegan "sauce" to top off a fruit salad.

Puree It

Whether you like your avocado puree chunky or smooth, it's the piece de resistance for any sub, wrap, roll-up, baguette, banh mi, crepe, or garden variety sandwich. We're talking about this basil pesto guacamole for example, that would be a beautiful addition to any roasted turkey, cucumber slices, tomato wedges and romaine lettuce sandwich. Or keep it simple and puree ripe avocado with sea salt, chile pepper flakes, and lemon juice for a pleasing go-to for your favorite sandwich. It's also perfect for a cool alternative to a chip dip. If you'd like some other suggestions on how to eat a perfectly ripe avocado, we've got those, too. Check out our video on the many ways you can eat avocados including on salads, in sandwiches or even just by themselves. And trust us on the raw with just a hit of S&P! Lastly, do you know how to choose a ripe avocado? There's a simple test in which you give an avocado a gentle squeeze. If it gives a little, you're ready to go. You can see the test demonstrated and learn more about it in this quick video.

Guac Your Way

And of course, if you're a purist and you just want a bowl of chilled guacamole with crisp tortilla chips or a platter of fresh, crunchy veggie spears, there's a guac just for you. Some of our favorites include the seafood flecked Ceviche Guacamole and the summer-fresh Peach Charred Chile Guacamole. Leftover guacamole? It rarely happens, we know, but just in case - here's how to keep it fresh until the next craving hits: cover with a thin layer of water and milk and refrigerate. When you're ready to snack, just tip out the liquid and you're good to go!

The post Beat the Summer Heat with Cool Avocado Snacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
3 Avo-Centric After-School Snacks https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/3-avo-centric-after-school-snacks/ Mon, 06 Aug 2018 12:41:51 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23853

As soon as kids arrive home from school, they're starving. Having nutritious, tasty snacks on hand can go a long way toward keeping kids happy and avoiding run-ins with hangry ones. Avocados are a great food to include in after-school snacks because the fiber helps keep kids satisfied and fueled until dinner time. They also help kids add good fats to their diet.

To select avocados that are perfectly ripe, look for ones that have dark green or black skin with a bumpy texture. Give the avocado a gentle squeeze. If it yields to gentle pressure, it's ready to eat. If it's still hard, you can speed up ripening by placing it in a paper sack with a banana or an apple for a day or two.

Here are three avocado recipes that are ideal after-school snacks.

Avocado-Tomato Skewers

Foods served on a stick are easy to make and fun to eat. For these Avocado-Tomato Skewers, you'll need some cherry tomatoes, fresh mozzarella cheese balls, and cubed avocado. Make sure to use the right technique when cutting your avocado cubes so they stay on the skewer — this video tip shows how. Once you have the ingredients prepared, the kids can help by assembling the skewers. You can serve them as-is, or drizzle some balsamic vinaigrette over them for an extra dash of flavor.

Watermelon-Avocado Fruit Medley

Avocados pair very well with other fruits, like watermelon. The contrast of textures between the crisp, fresh sweetness of watermelon and the creamy, mild flavor of avocados makes this fruit duo a delicious combination. All you have to do is mix cubed avocado and watermelon, squeeze the juice of half an orange over it, and enjoy! You can also add any other fruit you have on hand — strawberries, blueberries, or grapes for more variety of tastes and textures.

Avocado-Honey Ice Cream

Combining avocado and honey into this frozen treat results in a sweet flavor, from the honey, with velvety texture from the good fat in avocados. Puree the flesh of two medium avocados with 2-1/2 cups of whole milk and half a cup of honey in a blender until smooth. If you want to make it extra creamy, substitute a cup of cream for one of the cups of milk, or for a vegan option, use coconut milk and coconut cream. If you have an ice cream maker, proceed according to the manufacturer's instructions. If you don't have an ice cream maker, pour the mixture into a chilled metal pan and place it in the freezer, taking it out to stir every 30 minutes until your ice cream is firm and perfectly smooth. Your kids may enjoy helping to make it almost as much as they enjoy eating it, making it ideal for an after-school snack.

The post 3 Avo-Centric After-School Snacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

As soon as kids arrive home from school, they're starving. Having nutritious, tasty snacks on hand can go a long way toward keeping kids happy and avoiding run-ins with hangry ones. Avocados are a great food to include in after-school snacks because the fiber helps keep kids satisfied and fueled until dinner time. They also help kids add good fats to their diet. To select avocados that are perfectly ripe, look for ones that have dark green or black skin with a bumpy texture. Give the avocado a gentle squeeze. If it yields to gentle pressure, it's ready to eat. If it's still hard, you can speed up ripening by placing it in a paper sack with a banana or an apple for a day or two. Here are three avocado recipes that are ideal after-school snacks.

Avocado-Tomato Skewers

Foods served on a stick are easy to make and fun to eat. For these Avocado-Tomato Skewers, you'll need some cherry tomatoes, fresh mozzarella cheese balls, and cubed avocado. Make sure to use the right technique when cutting your avocado cubes so they stay on the skewer — this video tip shows how. Once you have the ingredients prepared, the kids can help by assembling the skewers. You can serve them as-is, or drizzle some balsamic vinaigrette over them for an extra dash of flavor.

Watermelon-Avocado Fruit Medley

Avocados pair very well with other fruits, like watermelon. The contrast of textures between the crisp, fresh sweetness of watermelon and the creamy, mild flavor of avocados makes this fruit duo a delicious combination. All you have to do is mix cubed avocado and watermelon, squeeze the juice of half an orange over it, and enjoy! You can also add any other fruit you have on hand — strawberries, blueberries, or grapes for more variety of tastes and textures.

Avocado-Honey Ice Cream

Combining avocado and honey into this frozen treat results in a sweet flavor, from the honey, with velvety texture from the good fat in avocados. Puree the flesh of two medium avocados with 2-1/2 cups of whole milk and half a cup of honey in a blender until smooth. If you want to make it extra creamy, substitute a cup of cream for one of the cups of milk, or for a vegan option, use coconut milk and coconut cream. If you have an ice cream maker, proceed according to the manufacturer's instructions. If you don't have an ice cream maker, pour the mixture into a chilled metal pan and place it in the freezer, taking it out to stir every 30 minutes until your ice cream is firm and perfectly smooth. Your kids may enjoy helping to make it almost as much as they enjoy eating it, making it ideal for an after-school snack.

The post 3 Avo-Centric After-School Snacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Pit Crafts and Jewelry https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/nothing-but-the-pits-ideas-for-avocado-pit-crafts-and-jewelry/ Mon, 25 Jun 2018 23:13:33 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23819

To most people, avocado skins and pits go in the trash. But with a bit of creative inspiration, you can turn your avo pits into DIY crafts. Whether making jewelry, chess pieces, or even DIY body scrubs, the possibilities for avocado pit crafts are far from pitiful.


Before you begin, please note that carving an avocado pit can be dangerous and should only be performed by an adult or under adult supervision.

 

Carving Crafts

One of the best ways to make unique trinkets or gifts from avocado pits is carving. Avocado pits are ideal for carving crafts because the pit is soft when fresh but hardens when it dries.

 

So, how do you get the avocado pit out of the fruit? Remove the pit by gently whacking it with a knife and twisting to release it from the flesh. Then, scoop out the creamy tastiness inside, and don’t let all that avocado goodness go to waste! Chop up an avocado fruit salad or mash yourself some delicious taco guacamole!

 

Once you’ve isolated the pit, here’s the hard part: waiting for it to dry and harden for three days or until the thin skin starts to flake off. Don’t leave it for more than two weeks. Too little drying time and it will be too fragile and may crumble; too much drying time and it will become shriveled and solid. Once the thin skin of the pit begins to flake, you’re ready to begin crafting!


Start by removing the skin from the pit. The pit should have a natural seam down the middle. If you want to work with this flat surface, you can split the stone in half to make two different carvings. This technique also works well if you plan to drill a hole through the pit to make a necklace or other jewelry. If you want a challenge, you can break the pit into quarters or even smaller pieces to make beads or small chess pieces.

 

For carving tools, you have options. Try a precision knife or similar blade, or use skewers, screwdrivers, and other sharp-tipped tools to create marks in various shapes and sizes. Try carving faces, animals, fairies and other forest creatures, or flora and fauna. Carve deeply, shaping the pit into a completely new form, or shallowly, maintaining the round shape to create a scene or portrait on its surface.

 

If you cut your avocado too soon, don’t worry. You’ll still be able to eat it in a couple of days if you sprinkle a little lemon juice on it, put the halves back together, cover it in plastic wrap, and let it chill in the fridge.

 

When you have completed your carving, let the finished piece dry and harden for 24 hours or more, checking any small holes and redrilling if they look like they might close. You can finish the surface with avocado oil or another oil for a natural wood look or paint it with lacquer or acrylic color for a bright and shiny finish.

 

TL;DR: How to Carve Avocado Pits

Let the pit harden for three to 14 days. Peel off the skin of the avocado pit. Saw in half if you want a flat surface to carve. Use a precision blade to carve your desired image or pit pieces. Let your avocado pit crafts harden for at least a day. Finish with avocado oil or paint with acrylic for a pop of color!

 

Avocado Pit Buttons

If carving seems too complex, try avocado pit buttons instead. Split the pit in half, then carefully cut each half into two or three slices. Using a sharp skewer or a small drill, put four holes in the shape of a small square in the center of each slice. Voilà — homemade avocado pit buttons!

 

Avocado Pit DIY Beauty

In a single serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium avocado), there is 6g of good fat, or unsaturated fat, which gives avocado its luxuriously creamy texture. Good fats are essential to our diet because they do not raise LDL (bad) cholesterol levels while helping the body absorb nutrients from our food. Good fats, along with a healthy diet, have a positive impact on the body. So, as you eat your avocado, consider adding it to your skin regimen for the ultimate self-care. The creamy texture of avocados makes them such a good ingredient for things like DIY under-eye care.

 

The “meat” of the avocado is good to promote moisture, but the pit also deserves a spot in your beauty routine as the abrasive in avocado scrubs for your body or feet. You’ll need to dry the pit, just like for carving, before grating it to make an avocado scrub. However, because you have leeway with being less precise in the amount of dryness (it’s going to crumble anyway!), you can afford to speed up the drying process by popping the pit in the oven on the lowest setting at 200 F for two hours.

 

Don’t toss that avo pit — give it a second life with DIY avocado pit crafts!

 

Did you know avocado pits are also edible? Use grated avocado pit to give your mole an earthy complexity.

The post Avocado Pit Crafts and Jewelry appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

To most people, avocado skins and pits go in the trash. But with a bit of creative inspiration, you can turn your avo pits into DIY crafts. Whether making jewelry, chess pieces, or even DIY body scrubs, the possibilities for avocado pit crafts are far from pitiful. Before you begin, please note that carving an avocado pit can be dangerous and should only be performed by an adult or under adult supervision.  

Carving Crafts

One of the best ways to make unique trinkets or gifts from avocado pits is carving. Avocado pits are ideal for carving crafts because the pit is soft when fresh but hardens when it dries.   So, how do you get the avocado pit out of the fruit? Remove the pit by gently whacking it with a knife and twisting to release it from the flesh. Then, scoop out the creamy tastiness inside, and don’t let all that avocado goodness go to waste! Chop up an avocado fruit salad or mash yourself some delicious taco guacamole!   Once you’ve isolated the pit, here’s the hard part: waiting for it to dry and harden for three days or until the thin skin starts to flake off. Don’t leave it for more than two weeks. Too little drying time and it will be too fragile and may crumble; too much drying time and it will become shriveled and solid. Once the thin skin of the pit begins to flake, you’re ready to begin crafting! Start by removing the skin from the pit. The pit should have a natural seam down the middle. If you want to work with this flat surface, you can split the stone in half to make two different carvings. This technique also works well if you plan to drill a hole through the pit to make a necklace or other jewelry. If you want a challenge, you can break the pit into quarters or even smaller pieces to make beads or small chess pieces.   For carving tools, you have options. Try a precision knife or similar blade, or use skewers, screwdrivers, and other sharp-tipped tools to create marks in various shapes and sizes. Try carving faces, animals, fairies and other forest creatures, or flora and fauna. Carve deeply, shaping the pit into a completely new form, or shallowly, maintaining the round shape to create a scene or portrait on its surface.   If you cut your avocado too soon, don’t worry. You’ll still be able to eat it in a couple of days if you sprinkle a little lemon juice on it, put the halves back together, cover it in plastic wrap, and let it chill in the fridge.   When you have completed your carving, let the finished piece dry and harden for 24 hours or more, checking any small holes and redrilling if they look like they might close. You can finish the surface with avocado oil or another oil for a natural wood look or paint it with lacquer or acrylic color for a bright and shiny finish.  

TL;DR: How to Carve Avocado Pits

Let the pit harden for three to 14 days. Peel off the skin of the avocado pit. Saw in half if you want a flat surface to carve. Use a precision blade to carve your desired image or pit pieces. Let your avocado pit crafts harden for at least a day. Finish with avocado oil or paint with acrylic for a pop of color!
 

Avocado Pit Buttons

If carving seems too complex, try avocado pit buttons instead. Split the pit in half, then carefully cut each half into two or three slices. Using a sharp skewer or a small drill, put four holes in the shape of a small square in the center of each slice. Voilà — homemade avocado pit buttons!  

Avocado Pit DIY Beauty

In a single serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium avocado), there is 6g of good fat, or unsaturated fat, which gives avocado its luxuriously creamy texture. Good fats are essential to our diet because they do not raise LDL (bad) cholesterol levels while helping the body absorb nutrients from our food. Good fats, along with a healthy diet, have a positive impact on the body. So, as you eat your avocado, consider adding it to your skin regimen for the ultimate self-care. The creamy texture of avocados makes them such a good ingredient for things like DIY under-eye care.   The “meat” of the avocado is good to promote moisture, but the pit also deserves a spot in your beauty routine as the abrasive in avocado scrubs for your body or feet. You’ll need to dry the pit, just like for carving, before grating it to make an avocado scrub. However, because you have leeway with being less precise in the amount of dryness (it’s going to crumble anyway!), you can afford to speed up the drying process by popping the pit in the oven on the lowest setting at 200 F for two hours.   Don’t toss that avo pit — give it a second life with DIY avocado pit crafts!   Did you know avocado pits are also edible? Use grated avocado pit to give your mole an earthy complexity.

The post Avocado Pit Crafts and Jewelry appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Digging In: How to Grow an Avocado Tree https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/digging-in-avocado-gardening-process/ Mon, 25 Jun 2018 23:11:26 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23816

Before Avocados From Mexico become your famous Big Game guacamole, they grow in our orchards down in Michoacán. Thanks to the area’s tropical climate, natural irrigation, and rich volcanic soil, the hardworking farmers have been cultivating Michoacán’s avocado trees for generations to keep producing the delicious, #AlwaysGood avocados we love today.

 

But if avocado farming is YOUR dream (it’s definitely ours), why not try to grow your own avocados at home? It’s not the easiest job, but with the right steps, it can be a fruitful challenge. (Get it?!). You can keep an avocado tree indoors as a houseplant, or if the temperature never goes below freezing where you live, plant it in your yard. (Avocado trees thrive at temperatures between 60 and 85°F).

 

Here’s how to grow an avocado tree just by using the pit!

 

Start With a Seed

Select an avocado at the store. Remember to look for a dark green to black fruit with a bumpy texture that gives a bit when you squeeze it gently. This video will show you how.

 

 

With the perfectly ripe avo picked, prepare your favorite avocado recipe and set aside the pit. After you’ve enjoyed the snack, you’re ready to set up the seed to sprout. The beginning of the process is probably the toughest phase of growing an avocado tree, but if you can get through these steps, you’re on your way to a beautiful homegrown tree.

 

  1. Wash the seed. Scrub it with water and peel off the pit’s papery skin.
  2. Turn the seed broad-side down. One end of the seed is a bit broader than the other and has a slight indentation. This is the side from which the avocado tree’s roots will sprout — the broad side must be on the bottom.
  3. Prop up the seed on a glass of water. Take three toothpicks and stick them into the seed around its center at an angle. Set it atop a glass of water so that the lower half of the seed is submerged.
  4. Keep it in a warm spot out of direct sunlight. You’ll need to wait a few weeks, adding water as needed. After a couple of weeks, you should see roots and a stem starting to emerge. (If six weeks have passed and nothing has sprouted, discard it, and try again with a new pit.)
  5. When the stem is about 6 inches long, cut it back to about 3 inches to encourage thicker growth. When the stem reaches 6 inches in length again, it’s time to pot your avocado plant in soil!

 

BEYOND TREES

If your thumb is more of an arts-and-crafts kind of green, there’s plenty more to do with an avocado pit. You can make jewelry, a foot scrub, or even Christmas ornaments — which would look just lovely dangling from the branches of your avocado tree. 👀

 

Potting and Caring for Your Avocado Plant

Choose a pot that’s about 10 inches in diameter and use rich humus soil. Leave the top half of the seed exposed. Once in soil, place your avocado plant in direct sunlight. (We love the sun. 😎) Water it a few times a week. If the tips of the leaves turn yellow, you may be overwatering your plant, so let it dry out for a few days. If it starts to turn brown, it may be because of an accumulation of salt in the soil. Let water run into the pot and drain it.

 

Expect a Wait

It will probably take several years for your avocado tree to bear avocados, but don’t get discouraged. If you made it this far, you’re doing great! Be patient while you dream of the day when you’ll be able to enjoy guacamole made with avocados from your very own tree.

 

In the meantime, there’s no need to deny yourself of the tasty fruit — Avocados From Mexico are delicious and available year-round. And if you can’t tear yourself away from your little plant, you can even have avocados delivered right to your door. When your avocado tree sees the delicious guacamole you’re making, it will feel even more encouraged to grow up and produce its own for you to enjoy! (Well, maybe not. But avocado trees are pretty magical, so who knows?)

 

Your Very Own Avocado Tree!

Before you know it, you’ll wake up one day and see an avocado growing from your little friend’s branches. You’ll be so proud that you might shed a tear and feel the impulse to hug your avocado tree and tell it how proud you are. You two have come a long way!

 

Now that you know how to grow an avocado tree, the first avocado deserves the perfect recipe. Here are a few options:

  • Classic Guacamole: You can’t go wrong with guacamole, and this classic recipe is the Guac de la Guac. It’s the perfect first guac for your homegrown avocado.
  • Veggie Tacos: By getting this far, it’s clear you’ve got heart. So try out these American Heart Association-certified heart-healthy veggie tacos, the perfect meal for your avocado to star in.
  • Avocado Salad: Avocados are always good, and salads are infinitely customizable. Check out our Salad Station to build a salad recipe fit for your avocado tree’s firstborn.

 

These recipes are just the beginning of a long, happy life for you and your avocado tree. Dig into our recipe archive to discover hundreds of new ways to prep avocados. Happy gardening!

The post Digging In: How to Grow an Avocado Tree appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Before Avocados From Mexico become your famous Big Game guacamole, they grow in our orchards down in Michoacán. Thanks to the area’s tropical climate, natural irrigation, and rich volcanic soil, the hardworking farmers have been cultivating Michoacán’s avocado trees for generations to keep producing the delicious, #AlwaysGood avocados we love today.   But if avocado farming is YOUR dream (it’s definitely ours), why not try to grow your own avocados at home? It’s not the easiest job, but with the right steps, it can be a fruitful challenge. (Get it?!). You can keep an avocado tree indoors as a houseplant, or if the temperature never goes below freezing where you live, plant it in your yard. (Avocado trees thrive at temperatures between 60 and 85°F).   Here’s how to grow an avocado tree just by using the pit!  

Start With a Seed

Select an avocado at the store. Remember to look for a dark green to black fruit with a bumpy texture that gives a bit when you squeeze it gently. This video will show you how.     With the perfectly ripe avo picked, prepare your favorite avocado recipe and set aside the pit. After you’ve enjoyed the snack, you’re ready to set up the seed to sprout. The beginning of the process is probably the toughest phase of growing an avocado tree, but if you can get through these steps, you’re on your way to a beautiful homegrown tree.  
  1. Wash the seed. Scrub it with water and peel off the pit’s papery skin.
  2. Turn the seed broad-side down. One end of the seed is a bit broader than the other and has a slight indentation. This is the side from which the avocado tree’s roots will sprout — the broad side must be on the bottom.
  3. Prop up the seed on a glass of water. Take three toothpicks and stick them into the seed around its center at an angle. Set it atop a glass of water so that the lower half of the seed is submerged.
  4. Keep it in a warm spot out of direct sunlight. You’ll need to wait a few weeks, adding water as needed. After a couple of weeks, you should see roots and a stem starting to emerge. (If six weeks have passed and nothing has sprouted, discard it, and try again with a new pit.)
  5. When the stem is about 6 inches long, cut it back to about 3 inches to encourage thicker growth. When the stem reaches 6 inches in length again, it’s time to pot your avocado plant in soil!
 

BEYOND TREES

If your thumb is more of an arts-and-crafts kind of green, there’s plenty more to do with an avocado pit. You can make jewelry, a foot scrub, or even Christmas ornaments — which would look just lovely dangling from the branches of your avocado tree. 👀
 

Potting and Caring for Your Avocado Plant

Choose a pot that’s about 10 inches in diameter and use rich humus soil. Leave the top half of the seed exposed. Once in soil, place your avocado plant in direct sunlight. (We love the sun. 😎) Water it a few times a week. If the tips of the leaves turn yellow, you may be overwatering your plant, so let it dry out for a few days. If it starts to turn brown, it may be because of an accumulation of salt in the soil. Let water run into the pot and drain it.  

Expect a Wait

It will probably take several years for your avocado tree to bear avocados, but don’t get discouraged. If you made it this far, you’re doing great! Be patient while you dream of the day when you’ll be able to enjoy guacamole made with avocados from your very own tree.   In the meantime, there’s no need to deny yourself of the tasty fruit — Avocados From Mexico are delicious and available year-round. And if you can’t tear yourself away from your little plant, you can even have avocados delivered right to your door. When your avocado tree sees the delicious guacamole you’re making, it will feel even more encouraged to grow up and produce its own for you to enjoy! (Well, maybe not. But avocado trees are pretty magical, so who knows?)  

Your Very Own Avocado Tree!

Before you know it, you’ll wake up one day and see an avocado growing from your little friend’s branches. You’ll be so proud that you might shed a tear and feel the impulse to hug your avocado tree and tell it how proud you are. You two have come a long way!   Now that you know how to grow an avocado tree, the first avocado deserves the perfect recipe. Here are a few options:
  • Classic Guacamole: You can’t go wrong with guacamole, and this classic recipe is the Guac de la Guac. It’s the perfect first guac for your homegrown avocado.
  • Veggie Tacos: By getting this far, it’s clear you’ve got heart. So try out these American Heart Association-certified heart-healthy veggie tacos, the perfect meal for your avocado to star in.
  • Avocado Salad: Avocados are always good, and salads are infinitely customizable. Check out our Salad Station to build a salad recipe fit for your avocado tree’s firstborn.
  These recipes are just the beginning of a long, happy life for you and your avocado tree. Dig into our recipe archive to discover hundreds of new ways to prep avocados. Happy gardening!

The post Digging In: How to Grow an Avocado Tree appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
3 Avocado-Sushi Combos (that Aren’t California Rolls) https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/3-avocado-sushi-combos-that-arent-california-rolls/ Mon, 25 Jun 2018 23:09:53 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23815

The avocado has always been a staple in the California roll, but that's not where the green goodness ends. There are countless ways to incorporate avocado into fresh sushi rolls. Need some inspiration? We'll give you a tutorial on how to roll your sushi, and we'll teach you how to make some of our favorite rolls, too.

Setting the Stage

For a good sushi roll, you need short-grain Japanese rice. Cook the rice according to package instructions and use Japanese rice vinegar, heated with sugar and salt, to season it. Once the sugar and salt are dissolved and heated through in the vinegar, pour it over the rice, gently folding and stirring (try to keep the grains intact) until all liquid is absorbed. Use a rice paddle for this step and a fan to cool the rice as you go.

Cover your sushi mat with a piece of plastic wrap and lay your nori (seaweed) shiny-side down. On top of that, with damp hands, gently spread a layer (about 3/4 cup) of the sushi rice over the nori. Spread rice to about 1 inch from the far end of the sheet; the exposed nori will "glue" the roll together. Press the rice down with your hands so it sticks to the seaweed, then arrange ingredients in a horizontal line in the center of the rice.

Add Your Favorite Fillings

Before we begin, a quick tip on choosing perfectly ripe avocados: Look for the ones in the store with dark-green or even black skins that are a little bumpy to the touch and 'give' a little when you squeeze them.

Roll Your Meal

Avocado and Cucumber Roll

For a fresh avocado and cucumber roll, peel, pit, and slice half an Avocado From Mexico, and have thin cucumber slivers on hand. Lay across your prepared rice and nori (add micro greens if you're feeling fancy). Top with toasted sesame seeds and roll, slice, and serve with a good Japanese tamari and pickled ginger.

Wasabi Shrimp Roll

If you're a seafood fan, use cooked shrimp — sliced in half crosswise — in your roll, along with sliced avocado, fresh chives, and a drizzle of mayonnaise mixed with wasabi.

Golden Avocado Roll

If you prefer a Golden Avocado Roll, try tinting your rice with the anti-inflammatory benefits of turmeric and filling it with surimi, diced avocado, and tobiko roe for a truly golden roll. Or go vegan and opt for slivers of yellow pepper, mango, avocado, tofu, and toasted sesame seeds.

The post 3 Avocado-Sushi Combos (that Aren’t California Rolls) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The avocado has always been a staple in the California roll, but that's not where the green goodness ends. There are countless ways to incorporate avocado into fresh sushi rolls. Need some inspiration? We'll give you a tutorial on how to roll your sushi, and we'll teach you how to make some of our favorite rolls, too.

Setting the Stage

For a good sushi roll, you need short-grain Japanese rice. Cook the rice according to package instructions and use Japanese rice vinegar, heated with sugar and salt, to season it. Once the sugar and salt are dissolved and heated through in the vinegar, pour it over the rice, gently folding and stirring (try to keep the grains intact) until all liquid is absorbed. Use a rice paddle for this step and a fan to cool the rice as you go. Cover your sushi mat with a piece of plastic wrap and lay your nori (seaweed) shiny-side down. On top of that, with damp hands, gently spread a layer (about 3/4 cup) of the sushi rice over the nori. Spread rice to about 1 inch from the far end of the sheet; the exposed nori will "glue" the roll together. Press the rice down with your hands so it sticks to the seaweed, then arrange ingredients in a horizontal line in the center of the rice.

Add Your Favorite Fillings

Before we begin, a quick tip on choosing perfectly ripe avocados: Look for the ones in the store with dark-green or even black skins that are a little bumpy to the touch and 'give' a little when you squeeze them.

Roll Your Meal

Avocado and Cucumber Roll

For a fresh avocado and cucumber roll, peel, pit, and slice half an Avocado From Mexico, and have thin cucumber slivers on hand. Lay across your prepared rice and nori (add micro greens if you're feeling fancy). Top with toasted sesame seeds and roll, slice, and serve with a good Japanese tamari and pickled ginger.

Wasabi Shrimp Roll

If you're a seafood fan, use cooked shrimp — sliced in half crosswise — in your roll, along with sliced avocado, fresh chives, and a drizzle of mayonnaise mixed with wasabi.

Golden Avocado Roll

If you prefer a Golden Avocado Roll, try tinting your rice with the anti-inflammatory benefits of turmeric and filling it with surimi, diced avocado, and tobiko roe for a truly golden roll. Or go vegan and opt for slivers of yellow pepper, mango, avocado, tofu, and toasted sesame seeds.

The post 3 Avocado-Sushi Combos (that Aren’t California Rolls) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Kids’ Books https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avocado-kids-books/ Mon, 25 Jun 2018 23:08:24 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23814

Experts say it constantly, and you know it's true: Reading to and with your children is one of the most important habits you can establish as a family. Not only does it help them develop early literacy skills; it also fosters empathy, a wider awareness of the world, imagination, and problem-solving skills. Plus, snuggling up with a book and a baby deepens family ties. In non-expert language? Reading together feels fantastic.

Here at Avocados From Mexico, we love to read, and it probably won't surprise you to learn that our favorite books are about — what else?! — the great green fruit. What might surprise you? To learn that there are so many children's books about avocados! Below are a few that are worth adding to your kids' bookshelf and ones you'd no doubt love to read to your kids while eating this delicious green fruit.

In fact, the next time you're at the grocery store, try teaching your child how to choose ripe avocados. Simply look for avos with dark green or even black skins that are a little bumpy. Give a little squeeze, and if they 'give' slightly when you apply gentle pressure, they're ready.

Now, on to the books!*

Avocado Baby

written and illustrated by John Burningham

If you've got a picky eater on your hands, this book might be an especially good bedtime read. The scrawny, not-so-healthy Hargraves have two children and are expecting a third, one they hope won't be as weak as the other family members. And they're in luck: Their picky infant has decided he loves avocados, and because he's so well-fed, he becomes capable of incredible feats.

While avocados won't help a little tyke push a car or move a piano, they are delicious and a source of nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, so they're a good addition to a baby's diet when they start on solids.

Silly Goose and the Avocado Moose: A Wonderful Adventure

written by David Shimones and illustrated by Talena Streeter

The title of this book hints at just how playful it is; populated with funny characters. In addition to the Avocado Moose (who, yes, has an avocado-shaped body), your kids will meet Watermelon Toad, Banana Billy Goat, Pineapple Parrot, and Apple Pie Cat, who are all part of a grand adventure that makes for great read-aloud fun.

Something really heartwarming about this book: The author, David Shimones, says it was inspired by his young daughter. Once, while driving to the grocery store, he looked at her in the rearview mirror and saw her making funny faces at him. He called her a silly goose and she piped back, "Hey, you avocado moose!" Dad had to cut the shopping trip short so he could hurry home and write the book.

Pancho Bandito and the Avocado Desperadoes

written by Mike Sundy and illustrated by David Sundy

Mexican mythology, avocados, guacamole, and incredibly colorful, whimsical illustrations? We'll take a heaping serving, please. Avocado farmers are after hungry bandits who steal their crops. (If only they knew that Avocados From Mexico are available year-round at their local grocery store!) Your young ones will have fun with this "old Western"-style story. And hey, if you want to make some guacamole to go along with it, check out our go-to trick for keeping guac green (hint: You'll need some plastic wrap and milk).

* Please note that Avocados From Mexico is in no way affiliated with nor endorses the authors or publishers of the books listed in this blog. We are simply great fans of their work!

The post Avocado Kids’ Books appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Experts say it constantly, and you know it's true: Reading to and with your children is one of the most important habits you can establish as a family. Not only does it help them develop early literacy skills; it also fosters empathy, a wider awareness of the world, imagination, and problem-solving skills. Plus, snuggling up with a book and a baby deepens family ties. In non-expert language? Reading together feels fantastic. Here at Avocados From Mexico, we love to read, and it probably won't surprise you to learn that our favorite books are about — what else?! — the great green fruit. What might surprise you? To learn that there are so many children's books about avocados! Below are a few that are worth adding to your kids' bookshelf and ones you'd no doubt love to read to your kids while eating this delicious green fruit. In fact, the next time you're at the grocery store, try teaching your child how to choose ripe avocados. Simply look for avos with dark green or even black skins that are a little bumpy. Give a little squeeze, and if they 'give' slightly when you apply gentle pressure, they're ready. Now, on to the books!*

Avocado Baby

written and illustrated by John Burningham If you've got a picky eater on your hands, this book might be an especially good bedtime read. The scrawny, not-so-healthy Hargraves have two children and are expecting a third, one they hope won't be as weak as the other family members. And they're in luck: Their picky infant has decided he loves avocados, and because he's so well-fed, he becomes capable of incredible feats. While avocados won't help a little tyke push a car or move a piano, they are delicious and a source of nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, so they're a good addition to a baby's diet when they start on solids.

Silly Goose and the Avocado Moose: A Wonderful Adventure

written by David Shimones and illustrated by Talena Streeter The title of this book hints at just how playful it is; populated with funny characters. In addition to the Avocado Moose (who, yes, has an avocado-shaped body), your kids will meet Watermelon Toad, Banana Billy Goat, Pineapple Parrot, and Apple Pie Cat, who are all part of a grand adventure that makes for great read-aloud fun. Something really heartwarming about this book: The author, David Shimones, says it was inspired by his young daughter. Once, while driving to the grocery store, he looked at her in the rearview mirror and saw her making funny faces at him. He called her a silly goose and she piped back, "Hey, you avocado moose!" Dad had to cut the shopping trip short so he could hurry home and write the book.

Pancho Bandito and the Avocado Desperadoes

written by Mike Sundy and illustrated by David Sundy Mexican mythology, avocados, guacamole, and incredibly colorful, whimsical illustrations? We'll take a heaping serving, please. Avocado farmers are after hungry bandits who steal their crops. (If only they knew that Avocados From Mexico are available year-round at their local grocery store!) Your young ones will have fun with this "old Western"-style story. And hey, if you want to make some guacamole to go along with it, check out our go-to trick for keeping guac green (hint: You'll need some plastic wrap and milk). * Please note that Avocados From Mexico is in no way affiliated with nor endorses the authors or publishers of the books listed in this blog. We are simply great fans of their work!

The post Avocado Kids’ Books appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
3 Nutritious Avocado Smoothie Bowls https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/3-nutritious-avocado-smoothie-bowls/ Mon, 25 Jun 2018 23:05:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23813

A smoothie bowl is what it sounds like: A smoothie in a bowl. But it's got much to offer, serving as an actual meal, a nutrient-dense snack, or a post-workout fortifier. A few customizable key ingredients and toppings round out these bowls to make them taste as good as they look, and trust us: You'll want to share the finished product on Instagram. Here are three of our favorites.

Let's Talk Toppings

Your smoothie-bowl toppings can be tailor-made to your taste. If you like the sweetness of fresh fruit, try berries, pineapple chunks, slices of apple or pear, or cubes of watermelon. Nuts work wonders, as do shredded coconut, chia seeds, cacao nibs, dried fruit, or dark chocolate chunks. Your only limits are your pantry and your imagination.

Recipe 1: The Super Green Smoothie Bowl

If you're a fan of foods that taste good, look good, and make you feel good, this bowl is for you. But first, you need to ensure that you've got a perfectly ripe avocado to do the job. Look for a dark green or almost black avocado with bumpy skin that yields to gentle pressure. For visual cues of avocado ripeness, you can watch this video.

To make the green smoothie bowl, take half a ripe, peeled, pitted, and sliced Avocado From Mexico and put it in a blender. Add a small bunch of washed and dried kale, spinach, and parsley. Sweeten the deal with half a mango, your choice of nut or dairy milk, a cup of crushed ice, and a teaspoon of Spirulina. Blend until creamy. If you'd like it sweeter, add agave or maple syrup. Top as you like.

With half an avocado left, here's how to store this fruit: Place your exposed-side down into a small bowl of water and refrigerate. (Here are a few other ideas to keep your halved avocado fresh.)

Recipe 2: The Straight-Up Green Avocado Smoothie Bowl

For this beauty, take two peeled, pitted, and diced Avocados From Mexico, one peeled and sliced kiwi and apple, and 10 ounces of almond milk and honey. Put all those ingredients into a blender and process until smooth. Pour into a bowl and add your favorite toppings.

Recipe 3: The Avocado-Pineapple Smoothie Bowl

This one's a cinch: one avocado, peeled, pitted, and diced, one 20-ounce can of pineapple chunks in their juice, and two cups of ice, all blended until smooth. Garnish to your liking and dig in.

The post 3 Nutritious Avocado Smoothie Bowls appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

A smoothie bowl is what it sounds like: A smoothie in a bowl. But it's got much to offer, serving as an actual meal, a nutrient-dense snack, or a post-workout fortifier. A few customizable key ingredients and toppings round out these bowls to make them taste as good as they look, and trust us: You'll want to share the finished product on Instagram. Here are three of our favorites.

Let's Talk Toppings

Your smoothie-bowl toppings can be tailor-made to your taste. If you like the sweetness of fresh fruit, try berries, pineapple chunks, slices of apple or pear, or cubes of watermelon. Nuts work wonders, as do shredded coconut, chia seeds, cacao nibs, dried fruit, or dark chocolate chunks. Your only limits are your pantry and your imagination.

Recipe 1: The Super Green Smoothie Bowl

If you're a fan of foods that taste good, look good, and make you feel good, this bowl is for you. But first, you need to ensure that you've got a perfectly ripe avocado to do the job. Look for a dark green or almost black avocado with bumpy skin that yields to gentle pressure. For visual cues of avocado ripeness, you can watch this video. To make the green smoothie bowl, take half a ripe, peeled, pitted, and sliced Avocado From Mexico and put it in a blender. Add a small bunch of washed and dried kale, spinach, and parsley. Sweeten the deal with half a mango, your choice of nut or dairy milk, a cup of crushed ice, and a teaspoon of Spirulina. Blend until creamy. If you'd like it sweeter, add agave or maple syrup. Top as you like. With half an avocado left, here's how to store this fruit: Place your exposed-side down into a small bowl of water and refrigerate. (Here are a few other ideas to keep your halved avocado fresh.)

Recipe 2: The Straight-Up Green Avocado Smoothie Bowl

For this beauty, take two peeled, pitted, and diced Avocados From Mexico, one peeled and sliced kiwi and apple, and 10 ounces of almond milk and honey. Put all those ingredients into a blender and process until smooth. Pour into a bowl and add your favorite toppings.

Recipe 3: The Avocado-Pineapple Smoothie Bowl

This one's a cinch: one avocado, peeled, pitted, and diced, one 20-ounce can of pineapple chunks in their juice, and two cups of ice, all blended until smooth. Garnish to your liking and dig in.

The post 3 Nutritious Avocado Smoothie Bowls appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado French Fries https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-french-fries/ Mon, 25 Jun 2018 23:03:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23812

Crisp yet creamy, salty but sweet — when french fries found avocados, it was a match made and heaven.

For the perfect avocado french fries, you need firm, ripe Avocados From Mexico. As this helpful guide shows, one of the best ways to determine ripeness is holding an avocado in the palm of your hand and giving it a gentle squeeze. It's best to find fruit that has the smallest give to it — this will ensure the avocado is ripe enough to eat but sturdy enough to handle the breading process. If you are buying your fruit a few days before you plan on using it, prevent it from ripening too quickly by storing it in the refrigerator.

Once you've picked the cream of the crop, you're ready to fry this delicious fruit to perfection.

Yields: 2–3 servings of fries

Difficulty: Medium

Prep Time: 5 minutes

Total Time: 17 minutes

Ingredients:

 

2 firm, ripe, medium-size (6–8 oz.) Avocados From Mexico, peeled, halved, and quartered

1/2 t. and 1 T. chile lime salt, divided

3 T. all-purpose flour

1 egg

2/3 c. panko breadcrumbs

Cooking oil (spray is best, or liquid oil, applied with brush)

  1. Cut avocados into wedges.
  2. Preheat broiler to 500°F. Place baking sheet in the oven to heat it up.
  3. Gather 3 bowls large enough to fit a wedge of avocado in the bottom. Place the flour in one bowl and season it with 1/2 teaspoon of chile lime salt, stirring to mix it in. Beat egg well in the second bowl. Toss panko with remaining chile lime salt in the third bowl.
  4. Drop one wedge into the flour bowl and gently shake the bowl to coat it in flour. Shake off the excess and drop the wedge into the egg bowl. Use a fork to help coat it in egg, then lift it out slowly. Place it in the breadcrumbs, and shake the bowl for a few seconds until it's coated. Set it on a plate and continue with the remaining wedges.
  5. Remove the baking sheet from the oven, spray it with oil, then top with wedges, spread 1–2 inches apart. Spray the avocados with cooking oil. Set the pan under the broiler for 5 minutes, until the top of the wedges are lightly brown and crisp. Then, flip the wedges and cook for another 2 minutes. Enjoy immediately with your favorite dipping sauce.

Took the edginess out both up here and in the SoMe. Thank you.

The post Avocado French Fries appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Crisp yet creamy, salty but sweet — when french fries found avocados, it was a match made and heaven. For the perfect avocado french fries, you need firm, ripe Avocados From Mexico. As this helpful guide shows, one of the best ways to determine ripeness is holding an avocado in the palm of your hand and giving it a gentle squeeze. It's best to find fruit that has the smallest give to it — this will ensure the avocado is ripe enough to eat but sturdy enough to handle the breading process. If you are buying your fruit a few days before you plan on using it, prevent it from ripening too quickly by storing it in the refrigerator. Once you've picked the cream of the crop, you're ready to fry this delicious fruit to perfection. Yields: 2–3 servings of fries Difficulty: Medium Prep Time: 5 minutes Total Time: 17 minutes

Ingredients:

  2 firm, ripe, medium-size (6–8 oz.) Avocados From Mexico, peeled, halved, and quartered 1/2 t. and 1 T. chile lime salt, divided 3 T. all-purpose flour 1 egg 2/3 c. panko breadcrumbs Cooking oil (spray is best, or liquid oil, applied with brush)
  1. Cut avocados into wedges.
  2. Preheat broiler to 500°F. Place baking sheet in the oven to heat it up.
  3. Gather 3 bowls large enough to fit a wedge of avocado in the bottom. Place the flour in one bowl and season it with 1/2 teaspoon of chile lime salt, stirring to mix it in. Beat egg well in the second bowl. Toss panko with remaining chile lime salt in the third bowl.
  4. Drop one wedge into the flour bowl and gently shake the bowl to coat it in flour. Shake off the excess and drop the wedge into the egg bowl. Use a fork to help coat it in egg, then lift it out slowly. Place it in the breadcrumbs, and shake the bowl for a few seconds until it's coated. Set it on a plate and continue with the remaining wedges.
  5. Remove the baking sheet from the oven, spray it with oil, then top with wedges, spread 1–2 inches apart. Spray the avocados with cooking oil. Set the pan under the broiler for 5 minutes, until the top of the wedges are lightly brown and crisp. Then, flip the wedges and cook for another 2 minutes. Enjoy immediately with your favorite dipping sauce.
Took the edginess out both up here and in the SoMe. Thank you.

The post Avocado French Fries appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5-Ingredient Avocado Pineapple Milkshake https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-ingredient-avocado-pineapple-milkshake/ Tue, 05 Jun 2018 22:49:11 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23800

If you're a guacamole lover, you should definitely consider adding avocado to a sweet, creamy, and delicious milkshake. Join the club who already know that the avo milkshake is an especially welcome treat during steamy summer months when a refreshing, nutrient-dense drink does wonders to quench your thirst. And the best part? Apart from the ice, there are only five ingredients.

Easy and delicious? What more could you ask for?

The Avo Shake

If you've never used avocado in any sweet recipe, you've been missing out! Don't forget, an avocado, while a fruit, is really versatile. It adds creaminess to vegan treats and smooths out a milkshake like few other fruits can. It can also be used in other desserts, serving as a substitute for eggs or butter.

Pick Perfection

First, you'll want to pick the perfectly ripe avocado for this recipe. To do that, make sure the skin is dark green to black in color, bumpy in texture, and gives a little when gently squeezed (the key word here is "gentle" — don't squeeze the fruit too enthusiastically or you'll bruise it). Give this video a view to get the whole scoop on picking the ripest avocado.

The Recipe

In this Avocado Pineapple Milkshake recipe, you add one peeled and pitted Avocado From Mexico into a blender. We definitely recommend cutting up the avocado first and this video will have you slicing and dicing in no time! Once you've got your avocado in the blender, add two cups of milk, an 8 oz. can of pineapple chunks along with its juice, four tablespoons of sugar (or try some condensed milk instead), a pinch of salt, and one cup of ice. Pulse until smooth, pour, and enjoy.

Looking for more interesting ways to use your avocados in tasty recipes? Here are some more ideas to get you started because with avocados, there's a whole world of recipes to discover!

The post 5-Ingredient Avocado Pineapple Milkshake appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you're a guacamole lover, you should definitely consider adding avocado to a sweet, creamy, and delicious milkshake. Join the club who already know that the avo milkshake is an especially welcome treat during steamy summer months when a refreshing, nutrient-dense drink does wonders to quench your thirst. And the best part? Apart from the ice, there are only five ingredients. Easy and delicious? What more could you ask for?

The Avo Shake

If you've never used avocado in any sweet recipe, you've been missing out! Don't forget, an avocado, while a fruit, is really versatile. It adds creaminess to vegan treats and smooths out a milkshake like few other fruits can. It can also be used in other desserts, serving as a substitute for eggs or butter.

Pick Perfection

First, you'll want to pick the perfectly ripe avocado for this recipe. To do that, make sure the skin is dark green to black in color, bumpy in texture, and gives a little when gently squeezed (the key word here is "gentle" — don't squeeze the fruit too enthusiastically or you'll bruise it). Give this video a view to get the whole scoop on picking the ripest avocado.

The Recipe

In this Avocado Pineapple Milkshake recipe, you add one peeled and pitted Avocado From Mexico into a blender. We definitely recommend cutting up the avocado first and this video will have you slicing and dicing in no time! Once you've got your avocado in the blender, add two cups of milk, an 8 oz. can of pineapple chunks along with its juice, four tablespoons of sugar (or try some condensed milk instead), a pinch of salt, and one cup of ice. Pulse until smooth, pour, and enjoy. Looking for more interesting ways to use your avocados in tasty recipes? Here are some more ideas to get you started because with avocados, there's a whole world of recipes to discover!

The post 5-Ingredient Avocado Pineapple Milkshake appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Ways to Use Avocado with Barbecue Sauce https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/5-ways-to-use-avocado-with-barbecue-sauce/ Tue, 05 Jun 2018 22:47:10 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23799

Summer evokes lazy weekend afternoons by the pool with your favorite people and the mouth-watering smell of barbecue wafting through the air. Kick it up a notch by adding everyone’s favorite green fruit — creamy, buttery avocado. This might seem like an unassuming addition to your barbecue spread, but avocado’s neutral taste and mind-bending versatility make it a perfect addition. You can recreate that sensation in your kitchen any time of the year with a little culinary magic featuring avocado and barbecue sauce.

 

Always Good, Always in Season

They say there’s a season for everything. But every season is the season for avocado. The Mexican state of Michoacán is home to more than 40,000 avocado orchards that bloom 365 days a year. Avocados are always good, so you can count on them to be there at your next party — no matter the time of year!

 

Know How to Pick 'Em

When choosing avocados, look for the ones with dark green or even black skins that are a little bumpy to the touch and give just a little when you can squeeze them in the palm of your hand. These will be ready to eat in one or two days.

If you’re buying avocados for later in the week, look for ones with smooth, green skin that stay firm after a little squeeze. You’ll have three or four days until these are ready to eat. To slow down avocado ripening, put it in the fridge for up to five days.

 

4 Avocado Barbecue Recipes

1. Pineapple, Avocado, & BBQ Chicken Bites
Pineapple, Avocado, & BBQ Chicken Bites
These bites pack a major flavor punch with barbecue sauce, pineapple, and lime doing the heavy lifting. Cubes of cool avocado add a delicious texture to these bites. For an added touch, drizzle Spicy Ranch Avocado Dressing on top.

 
2. BBQ Guacamole
Pineapple, Avocado, & BBQ Chicken Bites
This guac is so good, you’ll swear that it belongs on the menu at your favorite barbecue joint. Assertive red onions, chipotle powder, and a serrano chile bring the heat — a perfect complement to mild, creamy mashed avocado.

 

 
3. BBQ Chicken Tamale Bites
Pineapple, Avocado, & BBQ Chicken Bites
Diced avocado adds depth and smoothness to this cornbread-based concoction. You’ll appreciate the melding of tastes, as each bite is filled with chicken, avocado, and cornbread with hints of barbecue sauce.

 
4. Avocado Ancho BBQ Sauce
Avocado Ancho BBQ Sauce
This is the easiest way to make bottled barbecue sauce your own. Pureed avocado thickens the mixture, while ancho paste and smoked paprika kick up the spice a notch — or two! Add hot sauce or extra paprika for a hotter, spicier sauce.

 

How to Cut, Slice, and Dice Your Avocados

You’ll want to carefully peel and cut your avocados the right way to get the most out of them! Start by washing your cutting board and gently rinsing the avocados in cool or lukewarm water.

  • With a sharp knife, slice the avocado in half, slowing cutting from top to bottom. You’ll hit the pit.
  • Gently pry apart the two parts or slowly twist them away from one another.
  • Remove the pit with a spoon or a knife.
  • If the avocado is ripe, the skin will easily peel away.

 

Get a Quick Avocado Barbecue Fix

This barbecue avocado toast is excellent when you’re pressed for time and need a tasty and nutritious snack.

  1. Spread your favorite barbecue sauce on multi-grain bread (the more seeds and grains, the better!).
  2. Add slices of avocado and mozzarella cheese.
  3. Toast the sandwich until the cheese is all gooey and delicious.

 

Grilled Avocado: A New Cookout Favorite

Surprise your guests at your next backyard barbecue by sliding a few avocado halves on the grill. Hey, there’s more than one way to eat avocado!

  • Prep your avocados for their big break while your grill reaches 300-350°F.
  • After cutting the avocados in half lengthwise, remove the seed with a spoon or knife.
  • Brush the green flesh with olive oil and sprinkle on salt and pepper.
  • Your avocados will be ready in about three minutes. (Don’t worry; you’ll see those awesome sear marks.)

 

 

How to Preserve an Avocado

If you have leftover avocados, there are a few options for keeping them fresh. Ripe, whole, uncut avocados will hold in the fridge for up to three days. If you’re dealing with cut avocados, here’s how to keep the brown at bay:

  • Squeeze lemon or lime juice on the green goodness, wrap it in plastic, and set it in the fridge. (Olive oil also works if you don’t have any citrus on hand.)
  • Fill a container with water and submerge the avocado half, flesh-side down.

Enjoy that summery feeling — no matter what day of the week it is! There are all kinds of good ways to use avocado in your everyday meals, including avocado barbecue.

Think outside the guacamole bowl and get inspired with these always good avocado recipes.

The post 5 Ways to Use Avocado with Barbecue Sauce appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Summer evokes lazy weekend afternoons by the pool with your favorite people and the mouth-watering smell of barbecue wafting through the air. Kick it up a notch by adding everyone’s favorite green fruit — creamy, buttery avocado. This might seem like an unassuming addition to your barbecue spread, but avocado’s neutral taste and mind-bending versatility make it a perfect addition. You can recreate that sensation in your kitchen any time of the year with a little culinary magic featuring avocado and barbecue sauce.  

Always Good, Always in Season

They say there’s a season for everything. But every season is the season for avocado. The Mexican state of Michoacán is home to more than 40,000 avocado orchards that bloom 365 days a year. Avocados are always good, so you can count on them to be there at your next party — no matter the time of year!
 

Know How to Pick 'Em

When choosing avocados, look for the ones with dark green or even black skins that are a little bumpy to the touch and give just a little when you can squeeze them in the palm of your hand. These will be ready to eat in one or two days. If you’re buying avocados for later in the week, look for ones with smooth, green skin that stay firm after a little squeeze. You’ll have three or four days until these are ready to eat. To slow down avocado ripening, put it in the fridge for up to five days.  

4 Avocado Barbecue Recipes

1. Pineapple, Avocado, & BBQ Chicken Bites Pineapple, Avocado, & BBQ Chicken Bites These bites pack a major flavor punch with barbecue sauce, pineapple, and lime doing the heavy lifting. Cubes of cool avocado add a delicious texture to these bites. For an added touch, drizzle Spicy Ranch Avocado Dressing on top.   2. BBQ Guacamole Pineapple, Avocado, & BBQ Chicken Bites This guac is so good, you’ll swear that it belongs on the menu at your favorite barbecue joint. Assertive red onions, chipotle powder, and a serrano chile bring the heat — a perfect complement to mild, creamy mashed avocado.     3. BBQ Chicken Tamale Bites Pineapple, Avocado, & BBQ Chicken Bites Diced avocado adds depth and smoothness to this cornbread-based concoction. You’ll appreciate the melding of tastes, as each bite is filled with chicken, avocado, and cornbread with hints of barbecue sauce.   4. Avocado Ancho BBQ Sauce Avocado Ancho BBQ Sauce This is the easiest way to make bottled barbecue sauce your own. Pureed avocado thickens the mixture, while ancho paste and smoked paprika kick up the spice a notch — or two! Add hot sauce or extra paprika for a hotter, spicier sauce.  

How to Cut, Slice, and Dice Your Avocados

You’ll want to carefully peel and cut your avocados the right way to get the most out of them! Start by washing your cutting board and gently rinsing the avocados in cool or lukewarm water.
  • With a sharp knife, slice the avocado in half, slowing cutting from top to bottom. You’ll hit the pit.
  • Gently pry apart the two parts or slowly twist them away from one another.
  • Remove the pit with a spoon or a knife.
  • If the avocado is ripe, the skin will easily peel away.
 

Get a Quick Avocado Barbecue Fix

This barbecue avocado toast is excellent when you’re pressed for time and need a tasty and nutritious snack.
  1. Spread your favorite barbecue sauce on multi-grain bread (the more seeds and grains, the better!).
  2. Add slices of avocado and mozzarella cheese.
  3. Toast the sandwich until the cheese is all gooey and delicious.
 

Grilled Avocado: A New Cookout Favorite

Surprise your guests at your next backyard barbecue by sliding a few avocado halves on the grill. Hey, there’s more than one way to eat avocado!
  • Prep your avocados for their big break while your grill reaches 300-350°F.
  • After cutting the avocados in half lengthwise, remove the seed with a spoon or knife.
  • Brush the green flesh with olive oil and sprinkle on salt and pepper.
  • Your avocados will be ready in about three minutes. (Don’t worry; you’ll see those awesome sear marks.)
   

How to Preserve an Avocado

If you have leftover avocados, there are a few options for keeping them fresh. Ripe, whole, uncut avocados will hold in the fridge for up to three days. If you’re dealing with cut avocados, here’s how to keep the brown at bay:
  • Squeeze lemon or lime juice on the green goodness, wrap it in plastic, and set it in the fridge. (Olive oil also works if you don’t have any citrus on hand.)
  • Fill a container with water and submerge the avocado half, flesh-side down.
Enjoy that summery feeling — no matter what day of the week it is! There are all kinds of good ways to use avocado in your everyday meals, including avocado barbecue. Think outside the guacamole bowl and get inspired with these always good avocado recipes.

The post 5 Ways to Use Avocado with Barbecue Sauce appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Meal Planning Made Easier with Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/meal-planning-made-easier-avocados/ Tue, 05 Jun 2018 22:45:20 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23798

Finding time to cook during the busy work week can be hard, but eating homemade meals can be healthier and more cost efficient than eating out or having dinner delivered. With that in mind, we present to you the meal planning life hack that helps you plan and prep weekly meals on the weekend, saving time and money.

Avocados are an ideal food to include in your weekly meal prep. Besides the fact that they're creamy and delicious, they add nearly 20 vitamins and minerals per 50g serving, good fats and fiber (11% of your daily recommended value!) that will leave you satisfied and feeling full for a longer period of time. When buying avocados for the week, you can choose them at different stages of ripeness so you'll have some to eat that day or the next day and some that will reach peak ripeness later in the week. Avocados with dark green or even black, bumpy skins that give a little when squeezed in your hand are ready to go! Lighter green avocados that are smoother and hard to the touch need a few days.

When meal prepping with avocados, squeeze some lemon or lime juice over the avocado to keep it from turning brown, or prepare the rest of the dish beforehand and add the avocado just before you eat. If you have cut avocado that you want to save for later, you can submerge it in water, cover it with plastic wrap or a plastic lid, and keep it in the fridge - it will stay fresh and green for up to three days. Also, if you need to ripen your avocados quicker, you can simply put them in direct sunlight or submerged in a bowl of rice or in brown paper bag along with a banana or apple. These helpful tips and more at Avocados From Mexico's “How-To” page.

Here are some recipe ideas that are great for weekly meal prep:

Avocado and Egg Breakfast

For a perfectly balanced breakfast that will give you lots of energy to last through the day, sauté some spinach or kale with garlic and a sprinkle of red pepper flakes, and layer it over a bed of brown rice or quinoa. Prepare two eggs how you like them and place them on the greens, then top with half of a sliced avocado.

Avocado-Stuffed Peppers

Bell pepper can serve as a container for any combination of fillings, it's low carb and won't get soggy. You can leave the bell peppers raw if you like them crunchy or boil them for just a few minutes to soften. Fill with avocado egg salad, tuna salad, or a mixture of rice and beans. Top your pepper with some fresh vegetables and diced avocado or a dollop of guacamole.

Baked Salmon Salad with Cilantro Lime Dressing

Brush a salmon fillet with a mixture of lemon juice, olive oil, and seasonings, then bake for 40 minutes. During the last 20 minutes, pop a pan of vegetables in the oven to roast. While waiting for the timer to go off, prepare a dressing by placing a handful of fresh cilantro in the blender along with lime juice, a clove of garlic, olive oil, and salt and pepper. When you're ready to eat, serve your salmon and roasted veggies on a bed of fresh greens with sliced avocado and a drizzle of cilantro and lime dressing for a quick and delicious lunch or dinner.

The post Meal Planning Made Easier with Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Finding time to cook during the busy work week can be hard, but eating homemade meals can be healthier and more cost efficient than eating out or having dinner delivered. With that in mind, we present to you the meal planning life hack that helps you plan and prep weekly meals on the weekend, saving time and money. Avocados are an ideal food to include in your weekly meal prep. Besides the fact that they're creamy and delicious, they add nearly 20 vitamins and minerals per 50g serving, good fats and fiber (11% of your daily recommended value!) that will leave you satisfied and feeling full for a longer period of time. When buying avocados for the week, you can choose them at different stages of ripeness so you'll have some to eat that day or the next day and some that will reach peak ripeness later in the week. Avocados with dark green or even black, bumpy skins that give a little when squeezed in your hand are ready to go! Lighter green avocados that are smoother and hard to the touch need a few days. When meal prepping with avocados, squeeze some lemon or lime juice over the avocado to keep it from turning brown, or prepare the rest of the dish beforehand and add the avocado just before you eat. If you have cut avocado that you want to save for later, you can submerge it in water, cover it with plastic wrap or a plastic lid, and keep it in the fridge - it will stay fresh and green for up to three days. Also, if you need to ripen your avocados quicker, you can simply put them in direct sunlight or submerged in a bowl of rice or in brown paper bag along with a banana or apple. These helpful tips and more at Avocados From Mexico's “How-To” page. Here are some recipe ideas that are great for weekly meal prep:

Avocado and Egg Breakfast

For a perfectly balanced breakfast that will give you lots of energy to last through the day, sauté some spinach or kale with garlic and a sprinkle of red pepper flakes, and layer it over a bed of brown rice or quinoa. Prepare two eggs how you like them and place them on the greens, then top with half of a sliced avocado.

Avocado-Stuffed Peppers

Bell pepper can serve as a container for any combination of fillings, it's low carb and won't get soggy. You can leave the bell peppers raw if you like them crunchy or boil them for just a few minutes to soften. Fill with avocado egg salad, tuna salad, or a mixture of rice and beans. Top your pepper with some fresh vegetables and diced avocado or a dollop of guacamole.

Baked Salmon Salad with Cilantro Lime Dressing

Brush a salmon fillet with a mixture of lemon juice, olive oil, and seasonings, then bake for 40 minutes. During the last 20 minutes, pop a pan of vegetables in the oven to roast. While waiting for the timer to go off, prepare a dressing by placing a handful of fresh cilantro in the blender along with lime juice, a clove of garlic, olive oil, and salt and pepper. When you're ready to eat, serve your salmon and roasted veggies on a bed of fresh greens with sliced avocado and a drizzle of cilantro and lime dressing for a quick and delicious lunch or dinner.

The post Meal Planning Made Easier with Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Mom-Approved Avocado Dad Jokes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/mom-approved-avocado-dad-jokes/ Tue, 05 Jun 2018 22:43:17 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23797

UPDATE: JUNE 2020

Father’s Day is upon us once again, so we’re back with more dad-worthy avocado jokes— but this time with a guacamole theme. We might have gotten a bit carried away this time: We even feature new takes on classic dad sayings, idioms, and what we think counts as wisdom.

Without further avo, here are some of our favorite guacamole dad jokes that would make your papa proud.

Related: Entertain Dad and test your knowledge with some fun avocado trivia.

Dad’s Guacamole Sayings

Any father who can’t resist a good turn of phrase will love these expressions. And since everything is better with guacamole, we've mixed it up so he can have the best of both worlds. Or, should we say, he can have his guac and eat it too…

  • “You’re a chip off the ol’ guac.”

    You're following the example of your parents. You can only hope they make great guac.

  • “You spilled the guac!”

    To reveal something that was meant to be a secret — perhaps the key ingredient in Dad’s special guacamole.

  • “Birds of a feather guac together.”

    Similar people share similar interests — particularly if it’s a love of guacamole.

Dad’s Guacamole Wisdom

Fathers can be known for their sound advice and sage council. Here are some nuggets of guacamole wisdom any dad would be proud to share:

  • No use crying over spilled guac.

    Though the idea of guacamole going to waste is a terrible shame, what’s done is done. It’s no good worrying about what can’t be changed — so make some more!

  • Guac a mile in someone else’s shoes.

    This doesn’t mean go scoop guacamole into your friend’s sneakers. It means considering someone else’s point of view before you judge their lifestyle, behavior, or favorite guacamole ingredients.

  • When life gives you avocados, make guacamole.

    It’s not always what you’re given but what you make of it that matters. When you meet with opposition, look for opportunity — especially if that opportunity involves guac.

Guacamole Dad Jokes

And now, the moment we’ve all been waiting for: cringeworthy wisecracks that will have your pop rolling with laughter — or just rolling his eyes.

  • Why was the avocado followed by the paparazzi?

    He was a guac star.

  • What did the sad avocado say?

    “It’s a hard guac life.”

  • What do you call an alligator that loves guacamole?

    A guacodile.

  • What do you shout when the guacamole is ready?

    “Chip-chip, hooray!”

  • What was Elvis’ favorite Mexican snack?

    The jailhouse guac.

  • What do you get when you put an avocado, a tomato, and an onion in a mosh pit?

    A punk guac concert!

If these guacamole dad jokes and puns are making you hungry (instead of laugh), check out our archive of guacamole recipes to pick out your next snack.


In honor of Father's Day, here are some of some avocado-related Dad jokes to impress your fun-loving Dad with at your Father's Day get-together. And hey - these are evergreen, just like Avocados From Mexico, which are available year-round. (In other words: Don't hesitate to pull them out for some easy entertainment even when it's not Dad's special day!)

Want to bring an avo-inspired dish to the party to compliment your avo-inspired jokes? Check out this video with five simple avocado preparation methods for the versatile green fruit. (It's not all guac!) And here's another video to help you pick perfectly ripe avocados by looking for ones that have dark green skins with bumpy textures and give a little when you squeeze them.

On to the jokes!

9 Avocado Jokes Dad Will Love

What do you call an avocado in church? Holy Guacamole!

What is an avocado's favorite song? “I Guac the Line"

What did one avocado half say to the other? "Without you, I'm empty inside!"

What did the tortilla chip say to the avocado? "Well, this is guacward." (Dip, scoop, munch!)

What did the tortilla chip say to the avocado when the dip bowl was empty? "We've hit guac bottom!"

But seriously folks, don't hit guac bottom at your get-together. Before the party gets started, you can prep plenty of extra guac and keep it fresh in the fridge for later with these tips and tricks to keep guac green like pouring a thin layer of milk over the top. (Hint: Make sure you've got some plastic wrap.)

Now back to the jokes…

What did the avocado say to the fork? "You guac my world."

What's an avocado's favorite kind of exercise? Avocardio!

How did the avocado feel after a day at the gym? Hard core.

And for dads with kids who are growing up right before your eyes: "So your new boyfriend has his license? Does he avocado!?!"

Can't help but chuckle at groan-worthy puns like these? If you have a favorite avocado dad joke, please share it with us on one of our many social media feeds.

The post Mom-Approved Avocado Dad Jokes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

UPDATE: JUNE 2020 Father’s Day is upon us once again, so we’re back with more dad-worthy avocado jokes— but this time with a guacamole theme. We might have gotten a bit carried away this time: We even feature new takes on classic dad sayings, idioms, and what we think counts as wisdom. Without further avo, here are some of our favorite guacamole dad jokes that would make your papa proud. Related: Entertain Dad and test your knowledge with some fun avocado trivia.

Dad’s Guacamole Sayings

Any father who can’t resist a good turn of phrase will love these expressions. And since everything is better with guacamole, we've mixed it up so he can have the best of both worlds. Or, should we say, he can have his guac and eat it too…
  • “You’re a chip off the ol’ guac.”

    You're following the example of your parents. You can only hope they make great guac.
  • “You spilled the guac!”

    To reveal something that was meant to be a secret — perhaps the key ingredient in Dad’s special guacamole.
  • “Birds of a feather guac together.”

    Similar people share similar interests — particularly if it’s a love of guacamole.

Dad’s Guacamole Wisdom

Fathers can be known for their sound advice and sage council. Here are some nuggets of guacamole wisdom any dad would be proud to share:
  • No use crying over spilled guac.

    Though the idea of guacamole going to waste is a terrible shame, what’s done is done. It’s no good worrying about what can’t be changed — so make some more!
  • Guac a mile in someone else’s shoes.

    This doesn’t mean go scoop guacamole into your friend’s sneakers. It means considering someone else’s point of view before you judge their lifestyle, behavior, or favorite guacamole ingredients.
  • When life gives you avocados, make guacamole.

    It’s not always what you’re given but what you make of it that matters. When you meet with opposition, look for opportunity — especially if that opportunity involves guac.

Guacamole Dad Jokes

And now, the moment we’ve all been waiting for: cringeworthy wisecracks that will have your pop rolling with laughter — or just rolling his eyes.
  • Why was the avocado followed by the paparazzi?

    He was a guac star.
  • What did the sad avocado say?

    “It’s a hard guac life.”
  • What do you call an alligator that loves guacamole?

    A guacodile.
  • What do you shout when the guacamole is ready?

    “Chip-chip, hooray!”
  • What was Elvis’ favorite Mexican snack?

    The jailhouse guac.
  • What do you get when you put an avocado, a tomato, and an onion in a mosh pit?

    A punk guac concert!
If these guacamole dad jokes and puns are making you hungry (instead of laugh), check out our archive of guacamole recipes to pick out your next snack.

In honor of Father's Day, here are some of some avocado-related Dad jokes to impress your fun-loving Dad with at your Father's Day get-together. And hey - these are evergreen, just like Avocados From Mexico, which are available year-round. (In other words: Don't hesitate to pull them out for some easy entertainment even when it's not Dad's special day!) Want to bring an avo-inspired dish to the party to compliment your avo-inspired jokes? Check out this video with five simple avocado preparation methods for the versatile green fruit. (It's not all guac!) And here's another video to help you pick perfectly ripe avocados by looking for ones that have dark green skins with bumpy textures and give a little when you squeeze them. On to the jokes! 9 Avocado Jokes Dad Will Love What do you call an avocado in church? Holy Guacamole! What is an avocado's favorite song? “I Guac the Line" What did one avocado half say to the other? "Without you, I'm empty inside!" What did the tortilla chip say to the avocado? "Well, this is guacward." (Dip, scoop, munch!) What did the tortilla chip say to the avocado when the dip bowl was empty? "We've hit guac bottom!" But seriously folks, don't hit guac bottom at your get-together. Before the party gets started, you can prep plenty of extra guac and keep it fresh in the fridge for later with these tips and tricks to keep guac green like pouring a thin layer of milk over the top. (Hint: Make sure you've got some plastic wrap.) Now back to the jokes… What did the avocado say to the fork? "You guac my world." What's an avocado's favorite kind of exercise? Avocardio! How did the avocado feel after a day at the gym? Hard core. And for dads with kids who are growing up right before your eyes: "So your new boyfriend has his license? Does he avocado!?!" Can't help but chuckle at groan-worthy puns like these? If you have a favorite avocado dad joke, please share it with us on one of our many social media feeds.

The post Mom-Approved Avocado Dad Jokes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado and Tuna 3 Ways https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-tuna-3-ways/ Tue, 05 Jun 2018 22:41:18 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23796

There's nothing like pairing the protein-rich goodness of a simple can of tuna, with the creamy qualities of nature's deliciously versatile green fruit that's available year-round, the Avocado From Mexico. Here we'll share three unique ways to combine the two ingredients, so that you're covered when you need lunch or dinner on-the-go.

Before we begin, a quick tip on choosing perfectly ripe avocados. Look for the ones in the store with dark green or even black skins that are a little bump to the touch and give just a little when you can squeeze them in the palm of your hand.

Tuna Cobb Salad

Switch up a traditional chicken Cobb with an avocado and tuna alternative. If you already have perfectly ripe avocados, but don't plan to make this recipe for another day or so, take our advice and pop them into the fridge to slow down the ripening process. Or if you have an uneaten half of an avocado that you want to preserve until later, simply squeeze some lemon juice on it, cover with plastic wrap, and put it in the fridge.

When you're ready to build your salad, arrange slices of crisp cucumber, grated carrots, grilled or cooked corn kernels, and torn lettuce leaves on a pretty serving plate. On top, fan out slices from half an avocado for an impressive finish. In a separate bowl, combine:

  • the other avocado half,
  • freshly chopped herbs, like cilantro or parsley,
  • two small, drained cans of tuna,
  • olive oil,
  • salt and pepper to taste and
  • freshly squeezed lemon juice.

Mix to combine and spoon the tuna mixture over your lettuce leaves. Top with a little freshly sliced green onion and adjust seasoning if necessary. That's it!

Stuffed Avo

Pinterest and Instagram users love recipes featuring avocado halves with eggs baked inside. But halved avos can hold more than just egg. Stuff those beauties with a fresh tuna salad for a handheld lunch on-the-go!

Peel and pit one large Avocado From Mexico and set your avo “boat" halves aside. Mix a large can of tuna (drained) with some chopped roasted red peppers, lime juice, a pinch of cayenne pepper, and salt. If you want even more creaminess, add a dollop of some thick Greek yogurt. Mix to combine, heap onto your avo halves and enjoy.

Avo-Tuna Melt Bites

Take the goodness of a tuna melt and combine it with avocado — genius! For this recipe, you'll want to mix a 10-ounce, drained can of tuna with mayonnaise and grated, aged cheddar cheese. Instead of salt, add onion powder and a dash of your favorite all-purpose seasoning. Then, blend to taste.

You'll need to cube your avocado for this recipe, so we suggest you use a spoon to take the fruit's seed out and then score with a paring knife and use a spoon to scoop out the flesh. For step by step instructions for safely cutting open an avocado, please check out this blog and for a visual tutorial and more information on how slice and dice the avocado flesh, please check out this quick video.

Once you've scooped the flesh of one avocado into your tuna mixture, blend and mash to combine. Feel free to add chile pepper flakes if you like it spicy. Roll golf ball-sized spheres around in a plate of almond flour. Heat some canola or vegetable oil on medium-high in a heavy-bottomed, deep skillet and fry your avo-tuna melt bites, turning on all sides, until golden brown. Serve hot and enjoy!

The post Avocado and Tuna 3 Ways appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There's nothing like pairing the protein-rich goodness of a simple can of tuna, with the creamy qualities of nature's deliciously versatile green fruit that's available year-round, the Avocado From Mexico. Here we'll share three unique ways to combine the two ingredients, so that you're covered when you need lunch or dinner on-the-go. Before we begin, a quick tip on choosing perfectly ripe avocados. Look for the ones in the store with dark green or even black skins that are a little bump to the touch and give just a little when you can squeeze them in the palm of your hand.

Tuna Cobb Salad

Switch up a traditional chicken Cobb with an avocado and tuna alternative. If you already have perfectly ripe avocados, but don't plan to make this recipe for another day or so, take our advice and pop them into the fridge to slow down the ripening process. Or if you have an uneaten half of an avocado that you want to preserve until later, simply squeeze some lemon juice on it, cover with plastic wrap, and put it in the fridge. When you're ready to build your salad, arrange slices of crisp cucumber, grated carrots, grilled or cooked corn kernels, and torn lettuce leaves on a pretty serving plate. On top, fan out slices from half an avocado for an impressive finish. In a separate bowl, combine:
  • the other avocado half,
  • freshly chopped herbs, like cilantro or parsley,
  • two small, drained cans of tuna,
  • olive oil,
  • salt and pepper to taste and
  • freshly squeezed lemon juice.
Mix to combine and spoon the tuna mixture over your lettuce leaves. Top with a little freshly sliced green onion and adjust seasoning if necessary. That's it!

Stuffed Avo

Pinterest and Instagram users love recipes featuring avocado halves with eggs baked inside. But halved avos can hold more than just egg. Stuff those beauties with a fresh tuna salad for a handheld lunch on-the-go! Peel and pit one large Avocado From Mexico and set your avo “boat" halves aside. Mix a large can of tuna (drained) with some chopped roasted red peppers, lime juice, a pinch of cayenne pepper, and salt. If you want even more creaminess, add a dollop of some thick Greek yogurt. Mix to combine, heap onto your avo halves and enjoy.

Avo-Tuna Melt Bites

Take the goodness of a tuna melt and combine it with avocado — genius! For this recipe, you'll want to mix a 10-ounce, drained can of tuna with mayonnaise and grated, aged cheddar cheese. Instead of salt, add onion powder and a dash of your favorite all-purpose seasoning. Then, blend to taste. You'll need to cube your avocado for this recipe, so we suggest you use a spoon to take the fruit's seed out and then score with a paring knife and use a spoon to scoop out the flesh. For step by step instructions for safely cutting open an avocado, please check out this blog and for a visual tutorial and more information on how slice and dice the avocado flesh, please check out this quick video. Once you've scooped the flesh of one avocado into your tuna mixture, blend and mash to combine. Feel free to add chile pepper flakes if you like it spicy. Roll golf ball-sized spheres around in a plate of almond flour. Heat some canola or vegetable oil on medium-high in a heavy-bottomed, deep skillet and fry your avo-tuna melt bites, turning on all sides, until golden brown. Serve hot and enjoy!

The post Avocado and Tuna 3 Ways appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Buddha Bowls 3 Ways https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-buddha-bowls-3-ways/ Tue, 05 Jun 2018 22:38:55 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23795

A Buddha bowl is one of the most convenient all-in-one dish meals.

Where did this delicious idea come from? Well, according to legend, Buddha often relied on the charity of neighbors for food. He would go out every day with his bowl and people would put whatever they had to offer in it, resulting in an assortment of foods.

Nowadays, more planning goes into a Buddha bowl, and it usually contains a grain such as brown rice or quinoa, a lean protein, and lots of fresh fruit and vegetables - some raw and some cooked. Drizzle a sauce or dressing over it and you have the perfect one-dish meal that's both tasty and nutritious.

Here are three Buddha Bowl ideas to inspire you:

Vegan Buddha Bowl

Cook up some brown rice as your grain and cover it with roasted broccoli, sweet potato, and chickpeas. Roast the broccoli florets and cubed sweet potato along with the chickpeas by tossing them with olive oil, salt, black pepper, and paprika, then laying them out on a baking sheet and popping them in the oven for about 45 minutes, turning a couple of times during the process.

Top your bowl with about one-third of an avocado to add some good fats. Choose an avocado that's perfectly ripe by looking for avocados that are dark green skins with slightly bumpy textures and give a little when squeezed in the palm of your hand. If it yields to light pressure, it's ready to eat. A cilantro mango dressing is great on this bowl. Choose a ripe mango and put the flesh in the blender along with some fresh cilantro and a squeeze of lime juice. Blend until smooth and add honey, cumin, salt and pepper, and chili flakes for a bit of heat.

Buddha Bowl with Avocado and Quinoa

Red quinoa and roasted acorn squash topped with a variety of colorful chopped veggies and a splash of tahini dressing make for a delicious Buddha bowl. Roast diced acorn squash in the oven while you cook the quinoa with vegetable broth, then slice your vegetables. Cabbage, bell pepper, carrot, red onion, and parsley are good, but you can also use whatever you have in your fridge.

Top with some diced avocado for a tasty touch. Sometimes slicing and dicing avocados can be a bit intimidating. Here is a simple video demonstration that will show you how. Add grilled chicken breast or tofu for protein. For the dressing, blend tahini with some apple cider vinegar, cayenne pepper, honey and freshly grated ginger, and add water until you get the desired consistency.

Kale and Avocado Buddha Bowl

With wild rice, kale, and avocado, this Buddha bowl is a source of fiber and nutrients to help keep you feeling fuller, longer. Start with a base of wild rice, then add some kale that's been lightly sautéed with onion and garlic. Add a sliced hardboiled egg and half a sliced avocado. Orange segments, pomegranate, and pumpkin seeds make for an eye-catching and delightfully unexpected flavor combination.

Get a double serving of avocado by topping this bowl with some avocado-lime dressing. Blend half a medium avocado with 3 tablespoons of lime juice and some fresh mint leaves along with a bit of water until smooth. Add salt to taste.

Here's on last quick tip: if should happen to only use half of an avocado, here's you can easily preserve half of it for later by squeezing some lemon or lime juice on it, covering it with plastic wrap and placing it in the fridge.

Buddha bowls are wonderful because of their versatility: it's easy to make them vegetarian, vegan, or gluten-free. You can swap out ingredients and add what you happen to have on hand (it's a great way to re-purpose leftovers). Don't be shy to try out unexpected combinations!

The post Avocado Buddha Bowls 3 Ways appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

A Buddha bowl is one of the most convenient all-in-one dish meals. Where did this delicious idea come from? Well, according to legend, Buddha often relied on the charity of neighbors for food. He would go out every day with his bowl and people would put whatever they had to offer in it, resulting in an assortment of foods. Nowadays, more planning goes into a Buddha bowl, and it usually contains a grain such as brown rice or quinoa, a lean protein, and lots of fresh fruit and vegetables - some raw and some cooked. Drizzle a sauce or dressing over it and you have the perfect one-dish meal that's both tasty and nutritious. Here are three Buddha Bowl ideas to inspire you:

Vegan Buddha Bowl

Cook up some brown rice as your grain and cover it with roasted broccoli, sweet potato, and chickpeas. Roast the broccoli florets and cubed sweet potato along with the chickpeas by tossing them with olive oil, salt, black pepper, and paprika, then laying them out on a baking sheet and popping them in the oven for about 45 minutes, turning a couple of times during the process. Top your bowl with about one-third of an avocado to add some good fats. Choose an avocado that's perfectly ripe by looking for avocados that are dark green skins with slightly bumpy textures and give a little when squeezed in the palm of your hand. If it yields to light pressure, it's ready to eat. A cilantro mango dressing is great on this bowl. Choose a ripe mango and put the flesh in the blender along with some fresh cilantro and a squeeze of lime juice. Blend until smooth and add honey, cumin, salt and pepper, and chili flakes for a bit of heat.

Buddha Bowl with Avocado and Quinoa

Red quinoa and roasted acorn squash topped with a variety of colorful chopped veggies and a splash of tahini dressing make for a delicious Buddha bowl. Roast diced acorn squash in the oven while you cook the quinoa with vegetable broth, then slice your vegetables. Cabbage, bell pepper, carrot, red onion, and parsley are good, but you can also use whatever you have in your fridge. Top with some diced avocado for a tasty touch. Sometimes slicing and dicing avocados can be a bit intimidating. Here is a simple video demonstration that will show you how. Add grilled chicken breast or tofu for protein. For the dressing, blend tahini with some apple cider vinegar, cayenne pepper, honey and freshly grated ginger, and add water until you get the desired consistency.

Kale and Avocado Buddha Bowl

With wild rice, kale, and avocado, this Buddha bowl is a source of fiber and nutrients to help keep you feeling fuller, longer. Start with a base of wild rice, then add some kale that's been lightly sautéed with onion and garlic. Add a sliced hardboiled egg and half a sliced avocado. Orange segments, pomegranate, and pumpkin seeds make for an eye-catching and delightfully unexpected flavor combination. Get a double serving of avocado by topping this bowl with some avocado-lime dressing. Blend half a medium avocado with 3 tablespoons of lime juice and some fresh mint leaves along with a bit of water until smooth. Add salt to taste. Here's on last quick tip: if should happen to only use half of an avocado, here's you can easily preserve half of it for later by squeezing some lemon or lime juice on it, covering it with plastic wrap and placing it in the fridge. Buddha bowls are wonderful because of their versatility: it's easy to make them vegetarian, vegan, or gluten-free. You can swap out ingredients and add what you happen to have on hand (it's a great way to re-purpose leftovers). Don't be shy to try out unexpected combinations!

The post Avocado Buddha Bowls 3 Ways appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
A Grocery Habit to Adopt from Millennials https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/a-grocery-habit-to-adopt-from-millennials/ Tue, 08 May 2018 14:31:12 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23735

Oh, those millennials. According to an abundance of news headlines, Gen Y'ers are self-centered, entitled splurgers who lack restraint and only live for today. They are often criticized for spending rather than saving and not knowing the value of a dollar. And in 2017, there was no better evidence of this than stories about millennials' avocado-toast obsession, which went viral when an Australian millionaire said that the generation's insatiable taste for the snack meant they'd never have enough money to buy homes.

It was a clever sound bite that gained plenty of internet traction, especially when paired with news of new avocado-centric restaurants and cafés offering avocado lattés. Critics denounced avocados as treats: a garnish or side dish for special occasions; a food that these Gen Y’ers shouldn't be splurging on.

But despite popular opinion, millennials aren't actually any less thrifty than their parents and grandparents. Their love for avocados, on the other hand, is accurate — but considering that avocados are heart-healthy and contribute nearly 20 vitamins and minerals per 50g serving, they’re not a bad snack to splurge on. While many factors affect heart disease, eating fruits and vegetables, such as avocados, as part of a diet low in saturated fat and cholesterol may reduce the risk of heart disease." And with money-saving tips — like preserving guacamole by covering it with a thin layer of milk and refrigerating — millennials have found plenty of ways to stay cost-conscious.

Here are a few reasons to put nutrient-dense avocados on your grocery list:

  1. Avocados have naturally good fats. Why naturally good fats? Because the body needs some dietary fat in moderation to help with absorption of nutrients. Good fats do not raise LDL “bad” cholesterol levels. Healthy avocados contain 6 g of naturally good fat per 50 g serving, one-third of a medium avocado.
  2. Avocados, like other whole fruits and vegetables, are a good source of fiber, which helps digestion. In one serving of avocado (approximately one-third of the fruit), you'll get 11 percent of your daily fiber. Looking for uses beyond avocado toast? Check out this video about the many ways to eat avocados.
  3. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans and the American Heart Association recommend eating a variety of nutritious foods from all food groups. Eating a variety of fruits and vegetables may help one control their weight, cholesterol and blood pressure. Avocados are a healthy nutrient-rich food that can help boost fruit intake.
  4. Nutrient-dense foods like avocado are rare. Avocados offer a unique blend of fiber and fat and are sugar- and sodium-free. Pop one in your bag and take it on the go — when you're hungry, you can eat it right out of the skin with a spoon. To really show the naysayers how thrifty you can be, preserve an uneaten avocado-half by coating it with lime or olive oil, covering it with some plastic wrap, and placing it in the fridge.

The post A Grocery Habit to Adopt from Millennials appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Oh, those millennials. According to an abundance of news headlines, Gen Y'ers are self-centered, entitled splurgers who lack restraint and only live for today. They are often criticized for spending rather than saving and not knowing the value of a dollar. And in 2017, there was no better evidence of this than stories about millennials' avocado-toast obsession, which went viral when an Australian millionaire said that the generation's insatiable taste for the snack meant they'd never have enough money to buy homes. It was a clever sound bite that gained plenty of internet traction, especially when paired with news of new avocado-centric restaurants and cafés offering avocado lattés. Critics denounced avocados as treats: a garnish or side dish for special occasions; a food that these Gen Y’ers shouldn't be splurging on. But despite popular opinion, millennials aren't actually any less thrifty than their parents and grandparents. Their love for avocados, on the other hand, is accurate — but considering that avocados are heart-healthy and contribute nearly 20 vitamins and minerals per 50g serving, they’re not a bad snack to splurge on. While many factors affect heart disease, eating fruits and vegetables, such as avocados, as part of a diet low in saturated fat and cholesterol may reduce the risk of heart disease." And with money-saving tips — like preserving guacamole by covering it with a thin layer of milk and refrigerating — millennials have found plenty of ways to stay cost-conscious. Here are a few reasons to put nutrient-dense avocados on your grocery list:
  1. Avocados have naturally good fats. Why naturally good fats? Because the body needs some dietary fat in moderation to help with absorption of nutrients. Good fats do not raise LDL “bad” cholesterol levels. Healthy avocados contain 6 g of naturally good fat per 50 g serving, one-third of a medium avocado.
  2. Avocados, like other whole fruits and vegetables, are a good source of fiber, which helps digestion. In one serving of avocado (approximately one-third of the fruit), you'll get 11 percent of your daily fiber. Looking for uses beyond avocado toast? Check out this video about the many ways to eat avocados.
  3. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans and the American Heart Association recommend eating a variety of nutritious foods from all food groups. Eating a variety of fruits and vegetables may help one control their weight, cholesterol and blood pressure. Avocados are a healthy nutrient-rich food that can help boost fruit intake.
  4. Nutrient-dense foods like avocado are rare. Avocados offer a unique blend of fiber and fat and are sugar- and sodium-free. Pop one in your bag and take it on the go — when you're hungry, you can eat it right out of the skin with a spoon. To really show the naysayers how thrifty you can be, preserve an uneaten avocado-half by coating it with lime or olive oil, covering it with some plastic wrap, and placing it in the fridge.

The post A Grocery Habit to Adopt from Millennials appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Ways to Add Avocado to Your Picnic https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/5-ways-to-add-avocado-to-your-picnic/ Tue, 08 May 2018 19:30:31 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23734

As the summer nears, warm days beckon us outdoors. What better way to soak up the sun than a picnic in the company of family and friends at the park? All you need is a blanket and a basket full of goodies to guarantee a good time. And the easiest way to fit more goodness in your picnic basket is with avocado.

 

Whether you’re an adventurous eater or a steadfast fan of picnic classics like sandwiches and guacamole, avocado elevates the occasion with both flavor and nutritional benefits, thanks to its nutrient-dense profile.

 

Here are five clever ways to incorporate avocado into your picnics:

 

1. Build-Your-Own Avocado Power Bowl

Avocados are great on plates, all that in wraps, and totally the bomb in bowls. Perhaps the best part of an avocado power bowl is the fact that each picnicker can tailor their bowl just so to their dietary needs and preferences. You really just need a few core ingredients: veggies (greens, root veggies, etc.), protein (chicken, pulled pork, steak, etc.), and fruit (“hello, avocado”).

 

Power bowls can be as simple or complex as you like and borrow flavors from around the world, like this Thai avocado shrimp bowl or Mexican Buddha bowl. Throw in a handful of green and your bowl might just become … a salad!

 

Another bonus of power bowls? Minimum dishware to clean post-picnic. Can I get an “Amen!”?

 

2. Avocado Deli Salads

Deli salads are the quintessential picnic salads, and with good reason: they travel well in a cooler, and picknickers can easily heap scoops of deli salad onto slices of French bread, crackers, pitas, or homemade veggie crisps. And you can keep the container closed between bites to deter ants! Win-win, for most everyone. (Sorry not sorry, ants!)

Avocado seamlessly blends into tuna salad, chicken salad, and egg salad. In fact, you can take nearly any recipe for deli salad and swap out the mayonnaise for mashed avocado. Your recipe will still have a delightful, creamy texture, with the added benefits of good fat and nearly twenty vitamins and minerals.

 

Good Fats Heart Picnics 🧺

One-third of a medium avocado contains 6g of good fat. Why is that good? Monosaturated and polysaturated fats (“good fats”) can help improve the intake of dietary fat without raising “bad” cholesterol levels. The American Heart Association recommends replacing bad fats with good fats, which is associated with reducing the risk of cardiovascular disease events.

 

3. Avocado + Tomatoes

Avocados From Mexico are good any time of year because they’re always in season. For an especially fresh tasting picnic, choose recipes that pair avocados with other fruits and vegetables in season, like tomatoes. A classic avocado and tomato salad is an easy choice. Or break out the burrata to get the party started with a roasted tomato and avocado caprese salad! This avocado and tuna salad stack provides layers of refreshing, cool flavors perfect for a day in the sun.

 

Is your picnic days away … but your avocado is still too hard to eat? Turn a tough avocado into a total softy with this simple trick:

4. Sandwiches and Handhelds Dressed up With Avocado

Sandwiches and wraps are a natural choice for picnickers on the go — and avocados can keep you feeling full on your adventures, thanks to its dietary fiber. Smash slices of ripe avocado onto both sides of bread to give your sandwiches a little something special and “glue” toppings in place for easier traveling. Or whip up a turkey avocado wrap with roaster red-pepper avocado hummus or an avocado buffalo chicken wrap before heading out of the house. Also fun, plant-based, and portable: avocado mango and tofu rolls!

 

Avocados & Fiber

One serving of avocado (that’s one-third of a medium-sized fruit) gives you 11% of your daily recommended intake of fiber. That’s a whole lotta fiber in a little package! Dietary fiber aids digestion and gives you that satisfied, full feeling after a snack or meal.

 
How do you know if your avocado is ripe and ready to be squashed into a scrumptious smear onto sandwich or inside your wrap? Glad you asked.

5. Trendy Avocado Picnic Treats That Wow

Planning a romantic date at the park? Joining the extended family for a family reunion barbeque? Step up your picnic game with on-trend avocado-rific appetizers and dishes. For example, explore different ways to combine avocado with other superfoods, like mashing up some antioxidant-rich kimchi guacamole, or assembling a hearty avocado ancient grains bowl.

 

Keep the number of dishes down — and the number of good, nutritious foods up — by cooking up one of Registered Dietitian/Nutritionist Barbara Ruhs’ “one-pan” avocado recipes by Barbara Ruhs. Her recipe for avocado pesto gnocchi with leafy greens will be the talk of your picnic — and no one needs to know you made it in under 30 minutes!

 

Find oodles of picnic-perfect avocado treats in our recipe archives.

The post 5 Ways to Add Avocado to Your Picnic appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

As the summer nears, warm days beckon us outdoors. What better way to soak up the sun than a picnic in the company of family and friends at the park? All you need is a blanket and a basket full of goodies to guarantee a good time. And the easiest way to fit more goodness in your picnic basket is with avocado.   Whether you’re an adventurous eater or a steadfast fan of picnic classics like sandwiches and guacamole, avocado elevates the occasion with both flavor and nutritional benefits, thanks to its nutrient-dense profile.   Here are five clever ways to incorporate avocado into your picnics:  

1. Build-Your-Own Avocado Power Bowl

Avocados are great on plates, all that in wraps, and totally the bomb in bowls. Perhaps the best part of an avocado power bowl is the fact that each picnicker can tailor their bowl just so to their dietary needs and preferences. You really just need a few core ingredients: veggies (greens, root veggies, etc.), protein (chicken, pulled pork, steak, etc.), and fruit (“hello, avocado”).   Power bowls can be as simple or complex as you like and borrow flavors from around the world, like this Thai avocado shrimp bowl or Mexican Buddha bowl. Throw in a handful of green and your bowl might just become … a salad!   Another bonus of power bowls? Minimum dishware to clean post-picnic. Can I get an “Amen!”?  

2. Avocado Deli Salads

Deli salads are the quintessential picnic salads, and with good reason: they travel well in a cooler, and picknickers can easily heap scoops of deli salad onto slices of French bread, crackers, pitas, or homemade veggie crisps. And you can keep the container closed between bites to deter ants! Win-win, for most everyone. (Sorry not sorry, ants!) Avocado seamlessly blends into tuna salad, chicken salad, and egg salad. In fact, you can take nearly any recipe for deli salad and swap out the mayonnaise for mashed avocado. Your recipe will still have a delightful, creamy texture, with the added benefits of good fat and nearly twenty vitamins and minerals.  

Good Fats Heart Picnics 🧺

One-third of a medium avocado contains 6g of good fat. Why is that good? Monosaturated and polysaturated fats (“good fats”) can help improve the intake of dietary fat without raising “bad” cholesterol levels. The American Heart Association recommends replacing bad fats with good fats, which is associated with reducing the risk of cardiovascular disease events.
 

3. Avocado + Tomatoes

Avocados From Mexico are good any time of year because they’re always in season. For an especially fresh tasting picnic, choose recipes that pair avocados with other fruits and vegetables in season, like tomatoes. A classic avocado and tomato salad is an easy choice. Or break out the burrata to get the party started with a roasted tomato and avocado caprese salad! This avocado and tuna salad stack provides layers of refreshing, cool flavors perfect for a day in the sun.   Is your picnic days away … but your avocado is still too hard to eat? Turn a tough avocado into a total softy with this simple trick:

4. Sandwiches and Handhelds Dressed up With Avocado

Sandwiches and wraps are a natural choice for picnickers on the go — and avocados can keep you feeling full on your adventures, thanks to its dietary fiber. Smash slices of ripe avocado onto both sides of bread to give your sandwiches a little something special and “glue” toppings in place for easier traveling. Or whip up a turkey avocado wrap with roaster red-pepper avocado hummus or an avocado buffalo chicken wrap before heading out of the house. Also fun, plant-based, and portable: avocado mango and tofu rolls!  

Avocados & Fiber

One serving of avocado (that’s one-third of a medium-sized fruit) gives you 11% of your daily recommended intake of fiber. That’s a whole lotta fiber in a little package! Dietary fiber aids digestion and gives you that satisfied, full feeling after a snack or meal.
  How do you know if your avocado is ripe and ready to be squashed into a scrumptious smear onto sandwich or inside your wrap? Glad you asked.

5. Trendy Avocado Picnic Treats That Wow

Planning a romantic date at the park? Joining the extended family for a family reunion barbeque? Step up your picnic game with on-trend avocado-rific appetizers and dishes. For example, explore different ways to combine avocado with other superfoods, like mashing up some antioxidant-rich kimchi guacamole, or assembling a hearty avocado ancient grains bowl.   Keep the number of dishes down — and the number of good, nutritious foods up — by cooking up one of Registered Dietitian/Nutritionist Barbara Ruhs’ “one-pan” avocado recipes by Barbara Ruhs. Her recipe for avocado pesto gnocchi with leafy greens will be the talk of your picnic — and no one needs to know you made it in under 30 minutes!   Find oodles of picnic-perfect avocado treats in our recipe archives.

The post 5 Ways to Add Avocado to Your Picnic appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Vegan-Approved Avocado Lasagna https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/vegan-approved-avocado-lasagna/ Tue, 08 May 2018 14:29:18 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23733

Few dishes are as comforting as a plate of layered, sauce-drenched noodles crowned with a nest of grated Parmesan. You know what we're talking about: lasagna! And while this plate isn't traditionally laden with the nutrient-dense goodness of avocado, we've got a few tricks for using this superfood to take your lasagna game to the next level.

The Secret's in the Sauce

Here's what we love about this recipe: You get a decadent-tasting, nutrient-rich, béchamel-like sauce that's avocado-based, vegan, and easy to prepare. By taking one ripe avocado and blending it with lemon juice, garlic, olive oil, fresh basil, salt, and pepper, you get a base-sauce suited to replace tomato sauce.

In the meantime, roast a tray of sliced mushrooms, carrots, zucchini, bell peppers, and cherry tomatoes that have been drizzled with olive oil and seasoned with salt and pepper. Roast for about 15 minutes at 425°F.

Start assembling your masterpiece by first spreading a layer of your avocado béchamel. On top of that, arrange your oven-ready lasagna sheets, then more béchamel, roasted veggies, and grated mozzarella. Continue layering until done, then cover with foil and bake. (If you’re serving vegan guests, opt for vegan cheese.)

If you're about to attempt this (or any avo-based recipe) but realize that your avocado is not fully ripe, try putting it in direct sunlight — on a windowsill, kitchen counter, or wherever the sun shines brightest in your home. Warm temperatures help fruits ripen faster. Here are a few other tips to get your avocados to peak ripeness stat.

Cheesy Goodness

If you'd rather prep a full-on, multi-cheese lasagna, try combining your favorite Italian cheese blend with a large tub of ricotta, a large egg, salt, pepper, a minced garlic clove, Italian seasonings, and one ripe, mashed avocado. Feel free to add a handful or two of wilted spinach if you want more green in the mix. Mix well.

Whip up a batch of your favorite marinara or meat sauce and add a few ladles of sauce to the bottom of your baking dish. Top with oven-ready lasagna noodles and layer your cheese filling, more noodles, and sauce, repeating until done.

If you have a leftover avocado or avocado-half after your lasagna is complete, no problem. To preserve the avocado-half, coat it with lime juice or olive oil, cover it with plastic wrap, and place it in the fridge. For an uncut avocado, just pop it in the fridge — it should stay fresh for the next five days.

The post Vegan-Approved Avocado Lasagna appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Few dishes are as comforting as a plate of layered, sauce-drenched noodles crowned with a nest of grated Parmesan. You know what we're talking about: lasagna! And while this plate isn't traditionally laden with the nutrient-dense goodness of avocado, we've got a few tricks for using this superfood to take your lasagna game to the next level.

The Secret's in the Sauce

Here's what we love about this recipe: You get a decadent-tasting, nutrient-rich, béchamel-like sauce that's avocado-based, vegan, and easy to prepare. By taking one ripe avocado and blending it with lemon juice, garlic, olive oil, fresh basil, salt, and pepper, you get a base-sauce suited to replace tomato sauce. In the meantime, roast a tray of sliced mushrooms, carrots, zucchini, bell peppers, and cherry tomatoes that have been drizzled with olive oil and seasoned with salt and pepper. Roast for about 15 minutes at 425°F. Start assembling your masterpiece by first spreading a layer of your avocado béchamel. On top of that, arrange your oven-ready lasagna sheets, then more béchamel, roasted veggies, and grated mozzarella. Continue layering until done, then cover with foil and bake. (If you’re serving vegan guests, opt for vegan cheese.) If you're about to attempt this (or any avo-based recipe) but realize that your avocado is not fully ripe, try putting it in direct sunlight — on a windowsill, kitchen counter, or wherever the sun shines brightest in your home. Warm temperatures help fruits ripen faster. Here are a few other tips to get your avocados to peak ripeness stat.

Cheesy Goodness

If you'd rather prep a full-on, multi-cheese lasagna, try combining your favorite Italian cheese blend with a large tub of ricotta, a large egg, salt, pepper, a minced garlic clove, Italian seasonings, and one ripe, mashed avocado. Feel free to add a handful or two of wilted spinach if you want more green in the mix. Mix well. Whip up a batch of your favorite marinara or meat sauce and add a few ladles of sauce to the bottom of your baking dish. Top with oven-ready lasagna noodles and layer your cheese filling, more noodles, and sauce, repeating until done. If you have a leftover avocado or avocado-half after your lasagna is complete, no problem. To preserve the avocado-half, coat it with lime juice or olive oil, cover it with plastic wrap, and place it in the fridge. For an uncut avocado, just pop it in the fridge — it should stay fresh for the next five days.

The post Vegan-Approved Avocado Lasagna appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Let Them Eat Avocado Cake https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/let-them-eat-avocado-cake/ Tue, 08 May 2018 14:28:38 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23732

The new star of the cake show? It's avocado! While you may associate avocado with savory dishes, the green fruit is also great in desserts. Maybe best of all is that you can make this recipe all year long: Avocados From Mexico are always in season.

 

Ingredients:

For the cake:

1 – 1–1/2 Avocados From Mexico

1 t. lime juice

1 c. butter, room temperature

1 c. sugar

1 t. vanilla extract

Pinch of salt

4 eggs

2–3/4 c. all-purpose flour

3–3/4 t. baking powder

1/2 c. ground almonds

3–1/2 T. milk

 

For the glaze:

1/2 c. powdered sugar

3 T. lime juice

2 T. chopped pistachios

 

DIRECTIONS:

Preheat the oven to 350˚F. Put the avocado flesh in a bowl and use a mixer or fork to mash the avocado along with the lime juice until the mix is smooth. You did buy a ripe avocado, right? If you're not sure how to tell when an avocado is at its optimal ripeness, check out this video for a simple three-step test. You’re looking for avocados that are dark green (almost black), have a bumpy texture, and give slightly when you squeeze them.

Add the butter, vanilla extract, and salt, and mix until all ingredients are blended. In a separate bowl, mix the baking powder, flour, and ground almonds. Fold this mix into the avocado in two or three parts, alternating with the milk.

Grease a 12-inch bread pan and dust it with flour. Pour the mix into the pan and use a spatula to smooth out the surface. Bake for one hour or until a toothpick comes out clean. Allow the cake to cool in the mold for a few minutes.

While the cake is in the oven, prepare the glaze. Mix the powdered sugar with the lime juice. When you unmold the cake, set it on a plate and cover the top with the glaze, dappling the cake with the chopped pistachios.

Finally, prepare tea or coffee and sit down to enjoy this delicious cake with family or friends!

By the way: If you have a leftover avocado-half that you want to save for another delicious recipe, you can learn how to preserve it by coating the open half with lime juice or olive oil, covering it in plastic wrap, and refrigerating it — along with other tips — here.

The post Let Them Eat Avocado Cake appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The new star of the cake show? It's avocado! While you may associate avocado with savory dishes, the green fruit is also great in desserts. Maybe best of all is that you can make this recipe all year long: Avocados From Mexico are always in season.  

Ingredients:

For the cake: 1 – 1–1/2 Avocados From Mexico 1 t. lime juice 1 c. butter, room temperature 1 c. sugar 1 t. vanilla extract Pinch of salt 4 eggs 2–3/4 c. all-purpose flour 3–3/4 t. baking powder 1/2 c. ground almonds 3–1/2 T. milk   For the glaze: 1/2 c. powdered sugar 3 T. lime juice 2 T. chopped pistachios  

DIRECTIONS:

Preheat the oven to 350˚F. Put the avocado flesh in a bowl and use a mixer or fork to mash the avocado along with the lime juice until the mix is smooth. You did buy a ripe avocado, right? If you're not sure how to tell when an avocado is at its optimal ripeness, check out this video for a simple three-step test. You’re looking for avocados that are dark green (almost black), have a bumpy texture, and give slightly when you squeeze them. Add the butter, vanilla extract, and salt, and mix until all ingredients are blended. In a separate bowl, mix the baking powder, flour, and ground almonds. Fold this mix into the avocado in two or three parts, alternating with the milk. Grease a 12-inch bread pan and dust it with flour. Pour the mix into the pan and use a spatula to smooth out the surface. Bake for one hour or until a toothpick comes out clean. Allow the cake to cool in the mold for a few minutes. While the cake is in the oven, prepare the glaze. Mix the powdered sugar with the lime juice. When you unmold the cake, set it on a plate and cover the top with the glaze, dappling the cake with the chopped pistachios. Finally, prepare tea or coffee and sit down to enjoy this delicious cake with family or friends! By the way: If you have a leftover avocado-half that you want to save for another delicious recipe, you can learn how to preserve it by coating the open half with lime juice or olive oil, covering it in plastic wrap, and refrigerating it — along with other tips — here.

The post Let Them Eat Avocado Cake appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Make Breakfast for Your Avo-Loving Mom https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/make-breakfast-for-your-avo-loving-mom/ Tue, 08 May 2018 14:27:20 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23731

When Mother's Day arrives, treat the special lady with a little TLC, whether it’s a homemade breakfast in bed or the whole gang around the kitchen table. It's easy with these delicious, avo-enhanced recipes.

The Sweet Life

If Mom's got a sweet tooth and loves a fluffy pancake with her coffee (or tea), we've got just the recipe for you. These banana-avocado pancakes almost make themselves. Bonus: They’re flourless, which means they’re also gluten-free. This recipe replaces wheat flour with oats, which are blended with avocado, banana, egg, vanilla, and soy milk for a silky-smooth batter. Just pour a few tablespoons into a nonstick heated pan, flip to golden brown perfection, and serve with fresh blueberries and maple syrup.

Need some help making sure you have the perfect avocados for the morning of Mother’s Day? Here’s a quick three-step test for choosing ripe ones. Look for dark green avocados (almost black) that have bumpy skin and give a little when you gently squeeze.

Should you get home and have some avocados that aren’t quite ripe, you can speed up the ripening process by placing them in a brown bag with a banana; placing them in a bowl of rice; or simply placing them in direct sunlight.

And if you buy avocados that are already ripe and need to preserve them for a day or two, you can keep simply place them in the refrigerator.

Eggs Benny with Avocado

Few dishes say brunch better than eggs Benedict with hollandaise. Start with a sweet corn cake and enrich the hollandaise with avocado, and Mom is sure to be pleased. Start by whisking 1/2 cup of whole-wheat flour with 1/3 cup of cornmeal, 1/2 teaspoon of baking soda, and a pinch of salt and ground pepper. Add just under a cup of sweet, cooked corn kernels; 1/2 diced red pepper; and 1 minced shallot to the mix, along with the wet ingredients: 1 egg, 1 cup of buttermilk, and 1 tablespoon of avocado oil. Mix until everything just combines.

Heat a nonstick oiled pan over medium heat and spoon out 1/3 cup of the batter to form your cakes. Fry up the batch and set aside on a parchment-lined baking sheet that you can keep warm in the oven on low heat while you prepare the rest of the dish.

To make the hollandaise, add 1 ripe avocado (which you'll be able to spot with its dark-green-to-black bumpy skin; it will be firm to the touch when you apply gentle pressure), juice of 1 lime, and 1/3 cup hot water to a blender. Pulse until smooth. Add 1/4 cup of avocado oil in a steady stream while the blender is running and season with salt and pepper.

To assemble, start with your warm corn cakes, top with a poached egg and any other garnishes you like (such as smoked salmon or bacon), spoon the hollandaise over the top, and serve with love.

The post Make Breakfast for Your Avo-Loving Mom appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When Mother's Day arrives, treat the special lady with a little TLC, whether it’s a homemade breakfast in bed or the whole gang around the kitchen table. It's easy with these delicious, avo-enhanced recipes.

The Sweet Life

If Mom's got a sweet tooth and loves a fluffy pancake with her coffee (or tea), we've got just the recipe for you. These banana-avocado pancakes almost make themselves. Bonus: They’re flourless, which means they’re also gluten-free. This recipe replaces wheat flour with oats, which are blended with avocado, banana, egg, vanilla, and soy milk for a silky-smooth batter. Just pour a few tablespoons into a nonstick heated pan, flip to golden brown perfection, and serve with fresh blueberries and maple syrup. Need some help making sure you have the perfect avocados for the morning of Mother’s Day? Here’s a quick three-step test for choosing ripe ones. Look for dark green avocados (almost black) that have bumpy skin and give a little when you gently squeeze. Should you get home and have some avocados that aren’t quite ripe, you can speed up the ripening process by placing them in a brown bag with a banana; placing them in a bowl of rice; or simply placing them in direct sunlight. And if you buy avocados that are already ripe and need to preserve them for a day or two, you can keep simply place them in the refrigerator.

Eggs Benny with Avocado

Few dishes say brunch better than eggs Benedict with hollandaise. Start with a sweet corn cake and enrich the hollandaise with avocado, and Mom is sure to be pleased. Start by whisking 1/2 cup of whole-wheat flour with 1/3 cup of cornmeal, 1/2 teaspoon of baking soda, and a pinch of salt and ground pepper. Add just under a cup of sweet, cooked corn kernels; 1/2 diced red pepper; and 1 minced shallot to the mix, along with the wet ingredients: 1 egg, 1 cup of buttermilk, and 1 tablespoon of avocado oil. Mix until everything just combines. Heat a nonstick oiled pan over medium heat and spoon out 1/3 cup of the batter to form your cakes. Fry up the batch and set aside on a parchment-lined baking sheet that you can keep warm in the oven on low heat while you prepare the rest of the dish. To make the hollandaise, add 1 ripe avocado (which you'll be able to spot with its dark-green-to-black bumpy skin; it will be firm to the touch when you apply gentle pressure), juice of 1 lime, and 1/3 cup hot water to a blender. Pulse until smooth. Add 1/4 cup of avocado oil in a steady stream while the blender is running and season with salt and pepper. To assemble, start with your warm corn cakes, top with a poached egg and any other garnishes you like (such as smoked salmon or bacon), spoon the hollandaise over the top, and serve with love.

The post Make Breakfast for Your Avo-Loving Mom appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Make Your Own Avocado Moisturizer https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/make-your-own-avocado-moisturizing-cream/ Tue, 08 May 2018 14:26:21 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23730

The effects of stress, fatigue, and exposure to the elements often show up on the fine skin around your eyes more than anywhere else. You can help alleviate some of these effects by giving that delicate area a little extra pampering.

Avocados are delicious and nutritional to eat, but they can also moisturize your skin. This wonderful green fruit contributes nearly 20 vitamins and minerals per 50 g serving (one-third of a medium avocado), including 6% daily value for potassium, and 4% daily value vitamin C, and 6% daily value of E when consumed as part of an overall healthy diet. The natural fats in avocados make them a good option when you need to moisturize — plus, they’re gentle and can be used on skin.

Here's a quick guide to making your own avocado moisturizer from scratch.

Related: Make any day a spa day with help from Avocados From Mexico.

How to Make Avocado Moisturizer

Making your own avocado moisturizer is simple and only requires two ingredients: a quarter of a ripe, medium-sized avocado, and your choice of sweet almond oil, coconut oil, or olive oil.

Mash the avocado into a fine pulp using a fork, then add a few drops of oil and mix it in well. Spread the avocado moisturizer on the skin around face with your fingertips, taking care not to get it in your eyes. Lie down and relax for 10–15 minutes as you let the nutrients sink in, then rinse off with lukewarm water. This moisturizer will leave your skin feeling fresh and hydrated with only a few minutes’ work.

Picking the Right Avocado

If you’re not sure how to tell if your avocado is ripe enough, give it a gentle squeeze. If it yields to pressure, it’s ready to use. If you’re making guacamole or another avocado snack, set aside a quarter of an avocado to use for your moisturizer. If you’re cutting open a new avocado to make your moisturizer, you can save the rest for later by squeezing a little lemon juice on the exposed flesh, covering it with plastic wrap, and popping it in the refrigerator.

Learn more avocado beauty secrets here, or dig into our recipe collection for delicious inspiration.

The post Make Your Own Avocado Moisturizer appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The effects of stress, fatigue, and exposure to the elements often show up on the fine skin around your eyes more than anywhere else. You can help alleviate some of these effects by giving that delicate area a little extra pampering. Avocados are delicious and nutritional to eat, but they can also moisturize your skin. This wonderful green fruit contributes nearly 20 vitamins and minerals per 50 g serving (one-third of a medium avocado), including 6% daily value for potassium, and 4% daily value vitamin C, and 6% daily value of E when consumed as part of an overall healthy diet. The natural fats in avocados make them a good option when you need to moisturize — plus, they’re gentle and can be used on skin. Here's a quick guide to making your own avocado moisturizer from scratch. Related: Make any day a spa day with help from Avocados From Mexico.

How to Make Avocado Moisturizer

Making your own avocado moisturizer is simple and only requires two ingredients: a quarter of a ripe, medium-sized avocado, and your choice of sweet almond oil, coconut oil, or olive oil. Mash the avocado into a fine pulp using a fork, then add a few drops of oil and mix it in well. Spread the avocado moisturizer on the skin around face with your fingertips, taking care not to get it in your eyes. Lie down and relax for 10–15 minutes as you let the nutrients sink in, then rinse off with lukewarm water. This moisturizer will leave your skin feeling fresh and hydrated with only a few minutes’ work.

Picking the Right Avocado

If you’re not sure how to tell if your avocado is ripe enough, give it a gentle squeeze. If it yields to pressure, it’s ready to use. If you’re making guacamole or another avocado snack, set aside a quarter of an avocado to use for your moisturizer. If you’re cutting open a new avocado to make your moisturizer, you can save the rest for later by squeezing a little lemon juice on the exposed flesh, covering it with plastic wrap, and popping it in the refrigerator. Learn more avocado beauty secrets here, or dig into our recipe collection for delicious inspiration.

The post Make Your Own Avocado Moisturizer appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Spectacular Ways to Celebrate Cinco de Mayo https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/spectacular-ways-to-celebrate-cinco-de-mayo/ Wed, 02 May 2018 23:16:26 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23700

By Chef Pati Jinich

Guacamole is the undisputed mainstay of Cinco de Mayo celebrations. When it's Cinco, that means dishing out some next-level guac.

Avocados From Mexico make any celebration extra delicious and special. With the recipes and tips below, you can host a Cinco de Mayo party that can last all day and well into the night.

Before we get to the recipes, make sure you’re ready to pick out the perfect avocados for the big day. For avocados that will be ripe and ready to eat that day or the following, choose avocados that are dark green, have a bumpy texture, and give a little in your hand when you gently squeeze them. Should you somehow end up with avocados that are a little too hard, no problem: There are many ways to speed up ripening, like putting the avocados in direct sunlight, inside a brown paper bag with a banana, or even submerged in a bowl of rice. Lastly, if you have ripe avocados but your party is a few days away, place them in your refrigerator to slow down the ripening process.

For more tips like these, please visit the “How-To” page on the Avocados From Mexico website.

Now, on to the recipes!

Great Guacs and Dips

Another cool avocado tip: If you need to prepare your guacamole well before your party starts, you can keep it green by pouring a thin layer of milk over the top and placing it in the fridge.

Fun Finger Foods

Half-Avocado Bar

Let guests choose from an assortment of fillings used to stuff avocado halves. (A squeeze of lime juice will help keep sliced avocados fresh.)

  • Fruit-based fillings: This sweet-and-spicy blend of pineapple and pico de gallo inside a ripe avocado works oh-so well. (Make sure your halves are ripe by buying avocados that give a little when you squeeze.)
  • Veggie fillings: Offer a range of options, from fresh hearts of palm and artichoke salad to a veggie mix with oregano-lime cream.
  • Seafood salads: Try these go-to shrimp and tuna salad avocado boats.

Beverage Counter

Yes, they’re a must for Cinco celebrations. Serve different types in pitchers with all the fixings: glasses, salt, and lime wedges. You can’t go wrong with this avocado margarita, a grilled pineapple margarita, or a coconut-lime version.

  • Creative cocktails: How about this decadent cocktail with a Cinco twist? It’s a martini made with creamy dulce de leche. Scrumptious!
  • Aguas frescas: There are lots of options for this refreshing non-alcoholic Mexican specialty, from popular horchata flavored with cinnamon and vanilla, to one from my childhood: Jamaica Water.
  • A Michelada: Play with this fun tradition of dressing up Mexican beer with hot sauce and spices to please the beer-lovers on your guest list.

Add fresh-cut flowers, pull out the brightly colored tablecloths, and get your playlist ready for an extra special Cinco de Mayo!

The post Spectacular Ways to Celebrate Cinco de Mayo appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Chef Pati Jinich Guacamole is the undisputed mainstay of Cinco de Mayo celebrations. When it's Cinco, that means dishing out some next-level guac. Avocados From Mexico make any celebration extra delicious and special. With the recipes and tips below, you can host a Cinco de Mayo party that can last all day and well into the night. Before we get to the recipes, make sure you’re ready to pick out the perfect avocados for the big day. For avocados that will be ripe and ready to eat that day or the following, choose avocados that are dark green, have a bumpy texture, and give a little in your hand when you gently squeeze them. Should you somehow end up with avocados that are a little too hard, no problem: There are many ways to speed up ripening, like putting the avocados in direct sunlight, inside a brown paper bag with a banana, or even submerged in a bowl of rice. Lastly, if you have ripe avocados but your party is a few days away, place them in your refrigerator to slow down the ripening process. For more tips like these, please visit the “How-To” page on the Avocados From Mexico website. Now, on to the recipes!

Great Guacs and Dips

Another cool avocado tip: If you need to prepare your guacamole well before your party starts, you can keep it green by pouring a thin layer of milk over the top and placing it in the fridge.

Fun Finger Foods

Half-Avocado Bar

Let guests choose from an assortment of fillings used to stuff avocado halves. (A squeeze of lime juice will help keep sliced avocados fresh.)
  • Fruit-based fillings: This sweet-and-spicy blend of pineapple and pico de gallo inside a ripe avocado works oh-so well. (Make sure your halves are ripe by buying avocados that give a little when you squeeze.)
  • Veggie fillings: Offer a range of options, from fresh hearts of palm and artichoke salad to a veggie mix with oregano-lime cream.
  • Seafood salads: Try these go-to shrimp and tuna salad avocado boats.

Beverage Counter

Yes, they’re a must for Cinco celebrations. Serve different types in pitchers with all the fixings: glasses, salt, and lime wedges. You can’t go wrong with this avocado margarita, a grilled pineapple margarita, or a coconut-lime version.
  • Creative cocktails: How about this decadent cocktail with a Cinco twist? It’s a martini made with creamy dulce de leche. Scrumptious!
  • Aguas frescas: There are lots of options for this refreshing non-alcoholic Mexican specialty, from popular horchata flavored with cinnamon and vanilla, to one from my childhood: Jamaica Water.
  • A Michelada: Play with this fun tradition of dressing up Mexican beer with hot sauce and spices to please the beer-lovers on your guest list.
Add fresh-cut flowers, pull out the brightly colored tablecloths, and get your playlist ready for an extra special Cinco de Mayo!

The post Spectacular Ways to Celebrate Cinco de Mayo appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Dirt on Avocados: How to Make Avocado Soap https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/the-dirt-on-avocados-how-to-make-avocado-soap/ Mon, 02 Apr 2018 22:49:54 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23560

Cleanliness is next to godliness and, well, we contend avocados are, too. So, making avocado soap sounds like a no-brainer. With the right tools and materials, and a few simple safety precautions, these DIY avocado soap recipes can be made in your own home.

In order to make hard soap, you will need to use something called sodium hydroxide, also known as lye. This chemical, which can be made from ingredients as simple as ashes and rainwater, can burn the skin or eyes. When mixed with oil, lye reacts to create sudsy solid soap bars, with the chemical neutralized and most of the oils converted through a process called saponification.

If you use too much lye, it won't all be neutralized and your soap will fail, or worse, burn. If you don't use enough, the material won't solidify into soap bars. Soap makers aim for anywhere between 1 to 10 percent "superfat," and the higher the percentage, the creamier your soap will be.

Soap making is a relatively simple process, but you don't want to cut corners or take shortcuts. Recipes can be flexible, so play around and have some fun while following these basic directions. When you are using the following recipes, don't neglect to use a lye calculator like this one to determine the correct amount you will need based on how much lye and water your recipe contains.

1. Set up your work space.

You'll want to start your soap making adventure in a well-ventilated area with a well-protected work surface. In addition to your fats/oils, lye, and water, you will want:

  • Eye goggles, a long sleeve shirt, and work pants, and heavy-duty rubber gloves
  • A silicone soap mold, or a loaf pan lined with freezer/butcher paper
  • A digital scale with at least one decimal place
  • A stainless steel sauce pot (no aluminum)
  • An immersion blender
  • A candy thermometer
  • Several plastic spoons
  • Old plastic containers
  • A tall glass container (a pitcher or vase works well) for blending
  • An antioxidant to prevent spoilage. Rosemary Oleoresin Extract (ROE) works especially well, preventing oil from going rancid
  • Optional extra ingredients include essential oils, herbs, clay, sugar, charcoal, oats, spirulina, avocado purée, goat's milk, and natural colorants (Keep in mind that any organic matter will shorten the shelf-life of your soap, but you can extend it slightly by adding an antibiotic essential oil like lavender.)

2. Measure your oils and fats.

Put the fats into the saucepan to melt while you measure your water and lye into two of the old plastic containers. Slowly put the lye into the water (not the other way around, this is dangerous!) and stir until dissolved. Be sure you have a fan running and the windows open if you are indoors. Do not breathe the fumes from the lye water.

3. Mix the melted fat with the oil.

Now, get out your thermometer! The lye water solution is going to heat up. You want to mix your lye water and your fats together, when both solutions are somewhere around 120–130F, within no less than 10 degrees of each other.

4. Get ready to blend!

When the oil is the right temperature, put it into your tall glass container and get ready with the immersion blender. Slowly pour the lye solution into the oil, using the blender to stir without turning it on. Pulse the blender a few times, quickly, until the mixture thickens. This stage, called "trace," is when you can drizzle some of the soap onto the surface in the container, and still see the outline of it, without it fully dissolving back into the mixture.

5. Mold the mix.

Pour the mixture into the mold and cover with plastic wrap for at least 24 hours. Wear gloves again, as the lye may be active for another couple of days. If you can press a finger into the soap and the surface doesn't give, it's ready to remove from the mold. Cut the soap into bars and lay them out on a nonmetal surface to dry, turning them every few days for anywhere from four to six weeks.

Adding avocado pulp to the basic recipe will make your soap extra smooth and creamy. Not sure if the avocados you have on hand are ripe ? With this quick how-to video, you'll always know when your avos are ready to go thanks to three simple tips: check color, assess the avocado skin's texture, and squeeze gently.

Try not to go above 3 percent superfat in this recipe, as the avocado pulp adds more oils and moisture. Water content should be about 38 percent of the total oil, with half being actual water and the other half being avocado pulp. Just scoop it out of the skin, throw it in a blender, and add it to the fats when they are melted.

If you're not sure how to cut up that avocado into blendable chunks, check out this video for an expert's guide to slicing and dicing those avos just right. First, you'll want to carefully cut the avocado in half, remove the pit, slice through the avocado meat length-wise and width-wise, creating little squares and, voila, you have a perfectly sliced and diced avocado.

The post The Dirt on Avocados: How to Make Avocado Soap appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Cleanliness is next to godliness and, well, we contend avocados are, too. So, making avocado soap sounds like a no-brainer. With the right tools and materials, and a few simple safety precautions, these DIY avocado soap recipes can be made in your own home. In order to make hard soap, you will need to use something called sodium hydroxide, also known as lye. This chemical, which can be made from ingredients as simple as ashes and rainwater, can burn the skin or eyes. When mixed with oil, lye reacts to create sudsy solid soap bars, with the chemical neutralized and most of the oils converted through a process called saponification. If you use too much lye, it won't all be neutralized and your soap will fail, or worse, burn. If you don't use enough, the material won't solidify into soap bars. Soap makers aim for anywhere between 1 to 10 percent "superfat," and the higher the percentage, the creamier your soap will be. Soap making is a relatively simple process, but you don't want to cut corners or take shortcuts. Recipes can be flexible, so play around and have some fun while following these basic directions. When you are using the following recipes, don't neglect to use a lye calculator like this one to determine the correct amount you will need based on how much lye and water your recipe contains.

1. Set up your work space.

You'll want to start your soap making adventure in a well-ventilated area with a well-protected work surface. In addition to your fats/oils, lye, and water, you will want:
  • Eye goggles, a long sleeve shirt, and work pants, and heavy-duty rubber gloves
  • A silicone soap mold, or a loaf pan lined with freezer/butcher paper
  • A digital scale with at least one decimal place
  • A stainless steel sauce pot (no aluminum)
  • An immersion blender
  • A candy thermometer
  • Several plastic spoons
  • Old plastic containers
  • A tall glass container (a pitcher or vase works well) for blending
  • An antioxidant to prevent spoilage. Rosemary Oleoresin Extract (ROE) works especially well, preventing oil from going rancid
  • Optional extra ingredients include essential oils, herbs, clay, sugar, charcoal, oats, spirulina, avocado purée, goat's milk, and natural colorants (Keep in mind that any organic matter will shorten the shelf-life of your soap, but you can extend it slightly by adding an antibiotic essential oil like lavender.)
2. Measure your oils and fats. Put the fats into the saucepan to melt while you measure your water and lye into two of the old plastic containers. Slowly put the lye into the water (not the other way around, this is dangerous!) and stir until dissolved. Be sure you have a fan running and the windows open if you are indoors. Do not breathe the fumes from the lye water.

3. Mix the melted fat with the oil.

Now, get out your thermometer! The lye water solution is going to heat up. You want to mix your lye water and your fats together, when both solutions are somewhere around 120–130F, within no less than 10 degrees of each other.

4. Get ready to blend!

When the oil is the right temperature, put it into your tall glass container and get ready with the immersion blender. Slowly pour the lye solution into the oil, using the blender to stir without turning it on. Pulse the blender a few times, quickly, until the mixture thickens. This stage, called "trace," is when you can drizzle some of the soap onto the surface in the container, and still see the outline of it, without it fully dissolving back into the mixture.

5. Mold the mix.

Pour the mixture into the mold and cover with plastic wrap for at least 24 hours. Wear gloves again, as the lye may be active for another couple of days. If you can press a finger into the soap and the surface doesn't give, it's ready to remove from the mold. Cut the soap into bars and lay them out on a nonmetal surface to dry, turning them every few days for anywhere from four to six weeks. Adding avocado pulp to the basic recipe will make your soap extra smooth and creamy. Not sure if the avocados you have on hand are ripe ? With this quick how-to video, you'll always know when your avos are ready to go thanks to three simple tips: check color, assess the avocado skin's texture, and squeeze gently. Try not to go above 3 percent superfat in this recipe, as the avocado pulp adds more oils and moisture. Water content should be about 38 percent of the total oil, with half being actual water and the other half being avocado pulp. Just scoop it out of the skin, throw it in a blender, and add it to the fats when they are melted. If you're not sure how to cut up that avocado into blendable chunks, check out this video for an expert's guide to slicing and dicing those avos just right. First, you'll want to carefully cut the avocado in half, remove the pit, slice through the avocado meat length-wise and width-wise, creating little squares and, voila, you have a perfectly sliced and diced avocado.

The post The Dirt on Avocados: How to Make Avocado Soap appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Roll with It: Avocado Spring Rolls and Egg Rolls https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/roll-avocado-spring-rolls-egg-rolls/ Mon, 02 Apr 2018 14:16:26 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23550

Enjoying spring can mean a lot of things: the new season, a spring in your step, an extra hour of sunlight, or spring rolls. We hope you get a chance to enjoy all of the above this season, and, if you make some delicious spring rolls (or their cousin, the egg roll), kick them up a notch by adding some of our favorite green fruit: avocado.

Keeping it Fresh

You're probably familiar with deep-fried egg rolls, but let's keep things a little lighter while taking advantage of the warmer weather by giving you a fresh take on these bite-sized favorites. In this avocado, mango, and tofu spring roll recipe, the addition of sweet mango contrasts with the saltiness of soy sauce, while the crunchy carrot and fresh cilantro get enrobed in deliciously creamy avocado.

As an added bonus, it's all about the chopping and assembly here – cooking is limited to putting some vermicelli noodles in hot water! Once they soften, fill your rice paper with shredded carrots, cilantro, mango, and half a ripe avocado.

To ensure your avocado is at its peak readiness, look for one that is dark green to nearly black and yields to the gentlest pressure without being mushy. Take a look at the visual cues here. Add some finely diced tofu and then roll it all up. You'll want to make sure the accompanying dipping sauce is ready so you can dig in with abandon.

Snackable Bites

If you're craving something a little more crispy, then this terrific version of the classic finger and party food, the egg roll, might just be the ticket. This baked bacon and avocado egg roll recipe also allows you to be as decadent or health-conscious as you like. Being good? Bake up some turkey bacon. Feel like indulging? Then fry up some smoked bacon. The recipe also lends itself to playing with flavors that work for you. Don't like cilantro? Then grab a bunch of parsley or some chopped chives for your filling and add a chiffonade of mint into your yogurt dip. The same goes for spices, whether cumin calls to you or paprika beckons.

Best of all, you bake these egg rolls, which saves you from having to use the deep fryer (and extra calories). Be playful with your flavors while still getting your protein fix, paired alongside creamy, satisfying avocado. Ever wonder how the experts easily dice an avocado? Wonder no more, and use this technique in the above-noted egg roll recipe. All you have to do is cut the avocado in half, remove the pit, slice through the meat in squares, and, voila, a perfectly dice avocado!

The post Roll with It: Avocado Spring Rolls and Egg Rolls appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Enjoying spring can mean a lot of things: the new season, a spring in your step, an extra hour of sunlight, or spring rolls. We hope you get a chance to enjoy all of the above this season, and, if you make some delicious spring rolls (or their cousin, the egg roll), kick them up a notch by adding some of our favorite green fruit: avocado.

Keeping it Fresh

You're probably familiar with deep-fried egg rolls, but let's keep things a little lighter while taking advantage of the warmer weather by giving you a fresh take on these bite-sized favorites. In this avocado, mango, and tofu spring roll recipe, the addition of sweet mango contrasts with the saltiness of soy sauce, while the crunchy carrot and fresh cilantro get enrobed in deliciously creamy avocado. As an added bonus, it's all about the chopping and assembly here – cooking is limited to putting some vermicelli noodles in hot water! Once they soften, fill your rice paper with shredded carrots, cilantro, mango, and half a ripe avocado. To ensure your avocado is at its peak readiness, look for one that is dark green to nearly black and yields to the gentlest pressure without being mushy. Take a look at the visual cues here. Add some finely diced tofu and then roll it all up. You'll want to make sure the accompanying dipping sauce is ready so you can dig in with abandon.

Snackable Bites

If you're craving something a little more crispy, then this terrific version of the classic finger and party food, the egg roll, might just be the ticket. This baked bacon and avocado egg roll recipe also allows you to be as decadent or health-conscious as you like. Being good? Bake up some turkey bacon. Feel like indulging? Then fry up some smoked bacon. The recipe also lends itself to playing with flavors that work for you. Don't like cilantro? Then grab a bunch of parsley or some chopped chives for your filling and add a chiffonade of mint into your yogurt dip. The same goes for spices, whether cumin calls to you or paprika beckons. Best of all, you bake these egg rolls, which saves you from having to use the deep fryer (and extra calories). Be playful with your flavors while still getting your protein fix, paired alongside creamy, satisfying avocado. Ever wonder how the experts easily dice an avocado? Wonder no more, and use this technique in the above-noted egg roll recipe. All you have to do is cut the avocado in half, remove the pit, slice through the meat in squares, and, voila, a perfectly dice avocado!

The post Roll with It: Avocado Spring Rolls and Egg Rolls appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
3 Avo-based Salsas for Your Cinco de Mayo Party https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/3-avo-based-salsas-cinco-de-mayo-party/ Mon, 02 Apr 2018 14:16:24 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23549

Cinco de Mayo is fast approaching, and you're probably wondering what to serve at your get-together. Margaritas, palomas, and a taco bar buffet sound like a no-brainer. And you'll definitely want plenty of guacamole and chips and salsa to keep the party going. To spice up your salsa game, these avocado-based salsas will give your guests delicious options that will keep them coming back for more. Just make sure you keep the chip bowl full!

Basic creamy avocado salsa

This salsa is very versatile. You can play around with it, adding more heat or spices, like earthy cumin. Choose ripe avocados (don't know how to select them? Check out our how-to video that shows you the process: make sure the skin of the avocado is dark and yields to gentle pressure) because they mash more easily. Put all of the following into a blender: the flesh of 3 ripe Avocados From Mexico, 3 dehusked tomatillos, 1 chile serrano (leave the seeds if you want a spicy salsa,) 1 clove garlic, 4 tablespoons Mexican crema, the juice of 1 lime, and salt to taste. Blend until smooth. If it's too thick, add a couple tablespoons of water or lime juice for extra tang until you get the desired consistency.

Mango and avocado salsa

This sweet and tangy salsa will leave your taste buds tingling. Simply combine 1 diced avocado , 1 finely diced red onion, 1/2 minced habanero (remove the seeds if you want your salsa less spicy), 1 diced ripe mango, 1/4 cup finely chopped cilantro, 2 tablespoons lime juice, 1 tablespoon oil, and salt to taste. Serve with chips or raw vegetables.

If dicing avocados is something a little foreign to you, this how-to video will help you out. Simply cut the avocado in half, remove the pit, and slice through the avocado meat creating little squares.

Avocado black-eyed pea salsa

This chunky and delicious salsa will satisfy the most demanding palates! Dice 2 ripe Avocados From Mexico and combine with 1/2 chopped green onion, 1/4 cup chopped cilantro, 1 can black-eyed peas, 1 jalapeño (seeded and diced), 1 can sweet corn, 1 cup diced tomato, 1/4 cup red wine vinegar, 1/4 cup olive oil, salt, 1 teaspoon cumin, and 1 teaspoon minced garlic.

Make these salsas ahead of time, cover tightly with plastic wrap and chill in the refrigerator to allow the flavors to meld. Don't worry about the avocado turning brown; the citric acid in the lime juice will prevent oxidation.

Have a salsa-ful Cinco de Mayo!

The post 3 Avo-based Salsas for Your Cinco de Mayo Party appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Cinco de Mayo is fast approaching, and you're probably wondering what to serve at your get-together. Margaritas, palomas, and a taco bar buffet sound like a no-brainer. And you'll definitely want plenty of guacamole and chips and salsa to keep the party going. To spice up your salsa game, these avocado-based salsas will give your guests delicious options that will keep them coming back for more. Just make sure you keep the chip bowl full!

Basic creamy avocado salsa

This salsa is very versatile. You can play around with it, adding more heat or spices, like earthy cumin. Choose ripe avocados (don't know how to select them? Check out our how-to video that shows you the process: make sure the skin of the avocado is dark and yields to gentle pressure) because they mash more easily. Put all of the following into a blender: the flesh of 3 ripe Avocados From Mexico, 3 dehusked tomatillos, 1 chile serrano (leave the seeds if you want a spicy salsa,) 1 clove garlic, 4 tablespoons Mexican crema, the juice of 1 lime, and salt to taste. Blend until smooth. If it's too thick, add a couple tablespoons of water or lime juice for extra tang until you get the desired consistency.

Mango and avocado salsa

This sweet and tangy salsa will leave your taste buds tingling. Simply combine 1 diced avocado , 1 finely diced red onion, 1/2 minced habanero (remove the seeds if you want your salsa less spicy), 1 diced ripe mango, 1/4 cup finely chopped cilantro, 2 tablespoons lime juice, 1 tablespoon oil, and salt to taste. Serve with chips or raw vegetables. If dicing avocados is something a little foreign to you, this how-to video will help you out. Simply cut the avocado in half, remove the pit, and slice through the avocado meat creating little squares. Avocado black-eyed pea salsa This chunky and delicious salsa will satisfy the most demanding palates! Dice 2 ripe Avocados From Mexico and combine with 1/2 chopped green onion, 1/4 cup chopped cilantro, 1 can black-eyed peas, 1 jalapeño (seeded and diced), 1 can sweet corn, 1 cup diced tomato, 1/4 cup red wine vinegar, 1/4 cup olive oil, salt, 1 teaspoon cumin, and 1 teaspoon minced garlic. Make these salsas ahead of time, cover tightly with plastic wrap and chill in the refrigerator to allow the flavors to meld. Don't worry about the avocado turning brown; the citric acid in the lime juice will prevent oxidation. Have a salsa-ful Cinco de Mayo!

The post 3 Avo-based Salsas for Your Cinco de Mayo Party appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Pair Beer with Your Avocado-Infused Cinco de Mayo https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/how-to-pair-beer-with-your-avocado-infused-cinco-de-mayo/ Mon, 02 Apr 2018 14:16:20 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23548

Beer's a natural beverage choice to go with your avo-packed Cinco de Mayo celebration. But, before you go out and buy a 12-pack of cerveza, we thought you might like to know that your choice of beverage can greatly affect the taste of your delicious meal and appetizers. Here's a quick guide to help you find the perfect beer to pair with your avos.

However, before you pick the beer, it helps to know how to pick the perfect avocados. This video shows you the easiest way to find a perfectly ripe avocado, with a little squeeze test. If you gently squeeze the avocado and it's hard, it's not ripe enough. If it yields slightly to pressure, this is your ripe one! On the other hand, if it makes a large indentation, that's a sign your avocado is overripe and might not be the best choice. Now, when it comes to make your guacamole, you'll want to know how far ahead you can make it to prep for your party. This video explains that it's best eaten within two hours, but a little splash of lime juice will keep it fresh in the fridge for a few extra hours before your party.

Now that you know how to find the best avos for your party, it's time to think about the food. Most Cinco de Mayo parties start with guacamole, a spicy, creamy dip for tortilla chips and raw veggies. Or maybe you'd like something crispy to get the party started. These fried avocado slices with chipotle dipping sauce are an ideal snack for your party. Tacos are an obvious choice for your main dish because they go so well with a little chopped avocado, like in these tacos norteños.

So what type of beer should you drink with it? For starters, the fizz and acidity that come with a beer's carbonation will help cut through the rich fat of any avocado dish. Look for Belgian-style beers, like witbier, saison, or tripels, which are known for their higher carbonation. What's nice about a witbier is that it's light and crisp, and often flavored with coriander and citrus peel, which is similar to flavors often paired with avocados (cilantro and citrus juice). Any beer with bitterness from hops will also pair well with avocados, like a pilsner. A beer with more bitterness, like a strong IPA, can stand up to stronger flavors you might want to pair with your avocados, like in the guacamole. Just know that the bitterness will also accentuate any spiciness in your dish!

With a little focus on a beer's carbonation, bitterness from hops and flavorings, you can easily find the perfect beer for your ultimate Cinco de Mayo party with Avocados From Mexico!

The post How to Pair Beer with Your Avocado-Infused Cinco de Mayo appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Beer's a natural beverage choice to go with your avo-packed Cinco de Mayo celebration. But, before you go out and buy a 12-pack of cerveza, we thought you might like to know that your choice of beverage can greatly affect the taste of your delicious meal and appetizers. Here's a quick guide to help you find the perfect beer to pair with your avos. However, before you pick the beer, it helps to know how to pick the perfect avocados. This video shows you the easiest way to find a perfectly ripe avocado, with a little squeeze test. If you gently squeeze the avocado and it's hard, it's not ripe enough. If it yields slightly to pressure, this is your ripe one! On the other hand, if it makes a large indentation, that's a sign your avocado is overripe and might not be the best choice. Now, when it comes to make your guacamole, you'll want to know how far ahead you can make it to prep for your party. This video explains that it's best eaten within two hours, but a little splash of lime juice will keep it fresh in the fridge for a few extra hours before your party. Now that you know how to find the best avos for your party, it's time to think about the food. Most Cinco de Mayo parties start with guacamole, a spicy, creamy dip for tortilla chips and raw veggies. Or maybe you'd like something crispy to get the party started. These fried avocado slices with chipotle dipping sauce are an ideal snack for your party. Tacos are an obvious choice for your main dish because they go so well with a little chopped avocado, like in these tacos norteños. So what type of beer should you drink with it? For starters, the fizz and acidity that come with a beer's carbonation will help cut through the rich fat of any avocado dish. Look for Belgian-style beers, like witbier, saison, or tripels, which are known for their higher carbonation. What's nice about a witbier is that it's light and crisp, and often flavored with coriander and citrus peel, which is similar to flavors often paired with avocados (cilantro and citrus juice). Any beer with bitterness from hops will also pair well with avocados, like a pilsner. A beer with more bitterness, like a strong IPA, can stand up to stronger flavors you might want to pair with your avocados, like in the guacamole. Just know that the bitterness will also accentuate any spiciness in your dish! With a little focus on a beer's carbonation, bitterness from hops and flavorings, you can easily find the perfect beer for your ultimate Cinco de Mayo party with Avocados From Mexico!

The post How to Pair Beer with Your Avocado-Infused Cinco de Mayo appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Debunking 8 Avocado Myths https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/debunking-avocado-myths/ Mon, 02 Apr 2018 14:16:17 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23547

The fruit, the myth, the legend. The avocado can be as mysterious as it is delicious — an unusual shape, alligator-like skin, and bright green flesh don’t help! There are many fallacies that follow the avocado: “Do avocado pits in guacamole help keep it green?” “Are avocados fattening?” “Does eating too many avocados cause constipation?” And so on.

Listen. We know you’re looking for the truth, but the internet is big and full of misinformation. So let’s bust some common avocado myths to help you clear the air.

Avocado Myth #1: Pits keep guacamole green.

Sure, this sounds like a neat party trick. But sadly, it isn’t true. Over time, guacamole exposed to air will oxidize and turn brown. The same goes for cut avocados. A squeeze of lime will help if you need to keep your guacamole for a little while. But for a longer wait, pour a small amount of water or milk on top of your guac — just enough to cover the surface — and keep it in the refrigerator. When you’re ready to eat it, pour off the liquid and serve. Trust us; it works!

Avocado Myth #2: Avocados cause constipation.

Avocados are actually a good source of dietary fiber, your digestive system’s best friend. Eating one serving of avocado (a third of a medium fruit) will give you 3 grams of dietary fiber — 11% of the recommended daily intake. Bottom line: Eating avocados on a regular basis can be a good way to help keep things moving along.

Avocado Myth #3: Avocados are fattening.

Compared with other fruits, avocados do contain a lot of fat, but that doesn’t mean they’re “fattening.” When it comes to avocados, “fat” is a GOOD word. That’s because the vast majority of fat in avocados is good fat, which helps increase the intake of dietary fat without raising bad cholesterol levels. If anything, you should add more avocados to your daily food routine.

Putting the ‘Super’ in ‘Superfood’

The good fats in avocado help the body absorb certain nutrients, like vitamins A, D, E, and K. Avocados provide 6 grams of unsaturated fat per serving (50g), plus nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and nutrients. That’s a lot of goodness! If that’s not super, we don’t know what is.

Avocado Myth #4: You shouldn't eat avocados every day.

Avocados are a goooood addition to any healthy diet. The versatile green fruit has it all: good fats; nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and nutrients; beneficial plant compounds; a great flavor and creamy texture. In fact, here are some tips for meal planning with avocados for the whole week.

Avocado Myth #5: You can freeze avocados.

OK, so you can freeze avocados. But why would you? Despite what you might have heard or read, avocados lose some of their goodness when they’ve been frozen and thawed. This is a classic case of just because you can do something, doesn’t mean you should. Instead, go fresh. You won’t regret it.

Avocado Myth #6: Babies shouldn't have avocados.

On the contrary! Avocado’s creamy texture and neutral flavor make it a great “first food” for infants older than 6 months. Even better, a nutrient-dense composition elevates the fruit’s green goodness. The easiest way to ease avocado into a baby’s diet is through a simple avocado puree. (You can get between 6 and 8 ounces out of a medium avocado mixed with formula, breastmilk, or water.) Of course, talk to your pediatrician before giving your baby transitionary foods.

Avocado Myth #7: Microwaving avocados makes them ripen faster.

This method might make your avocado feel ripe, but don’t be fooled. Most likely, you’ll be missing the good, classic taste you’ve come to love and expect from this luscious green fruit. A ripe avocado is a goodness worth waiting for.

If you’re really in a rush, here are three ways to speed up an avocado’s ripening process without tampering with Mother Nature’s process:

  1. Toss an avocado and banana in a brown paper bag. Peek in on the avocado daily — ripening could happen overnight, depending on the avocado.
  2. Submerge an avocado in a bowl of uncooked rice. Check the avocado daily; this process takes a few days.
  3. Place the avocado in direct sunlight.

Avocado Myth #8: Avocados are only good in guacamole.

Look, guacamole is great. But, umm, have you heard of avocado toast? Or avocado on a burger? Or in a salad? The list goes on and on. Fact is, avocado is always good.

Check out our recipe page where you’ll find avocado goodness in dishes ranging from delectable dips to savory entrees, each one as good as the last.

The post Debunking 8 Avocado Myths appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The fruit, the myth, the legend. The avocado can be as mysterious as it is delicious — an unusual shape, alligator-like skin, and bright green flesh don’t help! There are many fallacies that follow the avocado: “Do avocado pits in guacamole help keep it green?” “Are avocados fattening?” “Does eating too many avocados cause constipation?” And so on. Listen. We know you’re looking for the truth, but the internet is big and full of misinformation. So let’s bust some common avocado myths to help you clear the air.

Avocado Myth #1: Pits keep guacamole green.

Sure, this sounds like a neat party trick. But sadly, it isn’t true. Over time, guacamole exposed to air will oxidize and turn brown. The same goes for cut avocados. A squeeze of lime will help if you need to keep your guacamole for a little while. But for a longer wait, pour a small amount of water or milk on top of your guac — just enough to cover the surface — and keep it in the refrigerator. When you’re ready to eat it, pour off the liquid and serve. Trust us; it works!

Avocado Myth #2: Avocados cause constipation.

Avocados are actually a good source of dietary fiber, your digestive system’s best friend. Eating one serving of avocado (a third of a medium fruit) will give you 3 grams of dietary fiber — 11% of the recommended daily intake. Bottom line: Eating avocados on a regular basis can be a good way to help keep things moving along.

Avocado Myth #3: Avocados are fattening.

Compared with other fruits, avocados do contain a lot of fat, but that doesn’t mean they’re “fattening.” When it comes to avocados, “fat” is a GOOD word. That’s because the vast majority of fat in avocados is good fat, which helps increase the intake of dietary fat without raising bad cholesterol levels. If anything, you should add more avocados to your daily food routine.

Putting the ‘Super’ in ‘Superfood’

The good fats in avocado help the body absorb certain nutrients, like vitamins A, D, E, and K. Avocados provide 6 grams of unsaturated fat per serving (50g), plus nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and nutrients. That’s a lot of goodness! If that’s not super, we don’t know what is.

Avocado Myth #4: You shouldn't eat avocados every day.

Avocados are a goooood addition to any healthy diet. The versatile green fruit has it all: good fats; nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and nutrients; beneficial plant compounds; a great flavor and creamy texture. In fact, here are some tips for meal planning with avocados for the whole week.

Avocado Myth #5: You can freeze avocados.

OK, so you can freeze avocados. But why would you? Despite what you might have heard or read, avocados lose some of their goodness when they’ve been frozen and thawed. This is a classic case of just because you can do something, doesn’t mean you should. Instead, go fresh. You won’t regret it.

Avocado Myth #6: Babies shouldn't have avocados.

On the contrary! Avocado’s creamy texture and neutral flavor make it a great “first food” for infants older than 6 months. Even better, a nutrient-dense composition elevates the fruit’s green goodness. The easiest way to ease avocado into a baby’s diet is through a simple avocado puree. (You can get between 6 and 8 ounces out of a medium avocado mixed with formula, breastmilk, or water.) Of course, talk to your pediatrician before giving your baby transitionary foods.

Avocado Myth #7: Microwaving avocados makes them ripen faster.

This method might make your avocado feel ripe, but don’t be fooled. Most likely, you’ll be missing the good, classic taste you’ve come to love and expect from this luscious green fruit. A ripe avocado is a goodness worth waiting for. If you’re really in a rush, here are three ways to speed up an avocado’s ripening process without tampering with Mother Nature’s process:
  1. Toss an avocado and banana in a brown paper bag. Peek in on the avocado daily — ripening could happen overnight, depending on the avocado.
  2. Submerge an avocado in a bowl of uncooked rice. Check the avocado daily; this process takes a few days.
  3. Place the avocado in direct sunlight.

Avocado Myth #8: Avocados are only good in guacamole.

Look, guacamole is great. But, umm, have you heard of avocado toast? Or avocado on a burger? Or in a salad? The list goes on and on. Fact is, avocado is always good. Check out our recipe page where you’ll find avocado goodness in dishes ranging from delectable dips to savory entrees, each one as good as the last.

The post Debunking 8 Avocado Myths appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
10 Ways to Use Avocado Oil https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/10-ways-use-avocado-oil/ Mon, 02 Apr 2018 14:16:14 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23546

We obviously love avocado and enjoy using it in many different facets of our lives. While many might associate the green fruit as the main ingredient of guacamole or as a delicious addition to any meal, most probably don't know that there are also ways to use its oil, too! With its mild nutty taste, avocado oil is a great addition to your shopping list.

Here are 10 ways you can add avocado oil to your life. You'll thank us later!

1. As a body scrub

: Mix 1 part avocado oil to 2 parts brown sugar — a natural exfoliant — and rub on your skin to slough off dead cells and moisturize your skin.

2. To make DIY infused oils:

If you've noticed more infused oils popping up on grocery store shelves and you've thought about trying them, there's no need to splurge to discover which one you like. Instead, buy a bottle of avocado oil and a few small glass jars, and make your own infused oils for cooking. Rosemary, jalapeño, and lemon are some great options.

3. As the finishing touch on a fast and easy appetizer:

If you love the taste of nuts but can't actually eat them, this melon-prosciutto appetizer can be made nut-free by leaving out the almonds and replacing them with a drizzle of nutty-tasting avocado oil.

4. In salad dressings and vinaigrettes

: Replace regular oil with avocado oil when you make your favorite dressing. Or make this surprisingly delicious vinaigrette with 3 tablespoons balsamic vinegar, 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard, 1 minced garlic clove, 1/2 cup avocado oil, and salt and pepper to taste. Combine in a bowl and add to your green salad.

5. In homemade mayonnaise

: Combine 1 egg yolk (at room temperature,) 1/2 teaspoon Dijon mustard, 1/4 teaspoon salt, and 1–1/2 teaspoons fresh lemon juice. Trickle in 3/4 cup avocado oil as you whisk until the mixture is creamy and well-blended. Refrigerate and use within two days.

6. As a marinade for grilling

: Avocado oil is ideal because it can take high heat. Marinate protein (chicken, fish, beef) in some avocado oil and your favorite spices. Discard excess marinade and grill.

7. As a finishing touch on pizza or soup

: A drizzle on pizzas and soups adds a touch of nutty flavor and color to your food. Of course, ripe avocado cubes or slices also make a great finishing touch. All you have to do is cut the avocado in half, remove the pit, and slice through the avocado meat both length-wise and width-wise. This video shows you just how easy it is!

8. In dips

: Combine avocado oil with dried herbs and spices to create delectable bread-dipping oil: ground pepper, crushed dried rosemary, red pepper flakes, oregano, and dill all work well. Let your imagination run wild!

9. In baked goods

: Use avocado oil instead of corn or canola oil in your baked goods. You can even swap avocado oil for butter in many recipes.

10. To make veggie chips

: Thinly slice potatoes, parsnips, or any other root vegetable with a mandoline. Place a single layer of veggie slices on a baking tray and drizzle with avocado oil. Bake at 375 F for 20 minutes or until crisp. Sprinkle with salt and enjoy with some guacamole! If you are enjoying it with some delicious guacamole, this video shows you how to pour a thin layer of water or milk over your guac to keep it green if you have some leftovers.

The post 10 Ways to Use Avocado Oil appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

We obviously love avocado and enjoy using it in many different facets of our lives. While many might associate the green fruit as the main ingredient of guacamole or as a delicious addition to any meal, most probably don't know that there are also ways to use its oil, too! With its mild nutty taste, avocado oil is a great addition to your shopping list. Here are 10 ways you can add avocado oil to your life. You'll thank us later!

1. As a body scrub

: Mix 1 part avocado oil to 2 parts brown sugar — a natural exfoliant — and rub on your skin to slough off dead cells and moisturize your skin.

2. To make DIY infused oils:

If you've noticed more infused oils popping up on grocery store shelves and you've thought about trying them, there's no need to splurge to discover which one you like. Instead, buy a bottle of avocado oil and a few small glass jars, and make your own infused oils for cooking. Rosemary, jalapeño, and lemon are some great options.

3. As the finishing touch on a fast and easy appetizer:

If you love the taste of nuts but can't actually eat them, this melon-prosciutto appetizer can be made nut-free by leaving out the almonds and replacing them with a drizzle of nutty-tasting avocado oil.

4. In salad dressings and vinaigrettes

: Replace regular oil with avocado oil when you make your favorite dressing. Or make this surprisingly delicious vinaigrette with 3 tablespoons balsamic vinegar, 1 tablespoon Dijon mustard, 1 minced garlic clove, 1/2 cup avocado oil, and salt and pepper to taste. Combine in a bowl and add to your green salad.

5. In homemade mayonnaise

: Combine 1 egg yolk (at room temperature,) 1/2 teaspoon Dijon mustard, 1/4 teaspoon salt, and 1–1/2 teaspoons fresh lemon juice. Trickle in 3/4 cup avocado oil as you whisk until the mixture is creamy and well-blended. Refrigerate and use within two days.

6. As a marinade for grilling

: Avocado oil is ideal because it can take high heat. Marinate protein (chicken, fish, beef) in some avocado oil and your favorite spices. Discard excess marinade and grill.

7. As a finishing touch on pizza or soup

: A drizzle on pizzas and soups adds a touch of nutty flavor and color to your food. Of course, ripe avocado cubes or slices also make a great finishing touch. All you have to do is cut the avocado in half, remove the pit, and slice through the avocado meat both length-wise and width-wise. This video shows you just how easy it is!

8. In dips

: Combine avocado oil with dried herbs and spices to create delectable bread-dipping oil: ground pepper, crushed dried rosemary, red pepper flakes, oregano, and dill all work well. Let your imagination run wild!

9. In baked goods

: Use avocado oil instead of corn or canola oil in your baked goods. You can even swap avocado oil for butter in many recipes.

10. To make veggie chips

: Thinly slice potatoes, parsnips, or any other root vegetable with a mandoline. Place a single layer of veggie slices on a baking tray and drizzle with avocado oil. Bake at 375 F for 20 minutes or until crisp. Sprinkle with salt and enjoy with some guacamole! If you are enjoying it with some delicious guacamole, this video shows you how to pour a thin layer of water or milk over your guac to keep it green if you have some leftovers.

The post 10 Ways to Use Avocado Oil appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
A Cinematic Snack: Avocado Popcorn https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/cinematic-snack-avocado-popcorn/ Mon, 02 Apr 2018 14:16:11 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23545

Popcorn without butter? Is that even legal? Seriously, I know it sounds odd, but have you ever considered putting an alternative to butter on your popcorn like avocados?

 

That's right; avocados and popcorn go together like peanut butter and jelly. Avocados are not only tasty and creamy like butter, but one-third of a medium avocado (5o g) contribute nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and phytonutrients making it a healthy nutrient-rich choice.

 

Is your curiosity piqued? Here are a few helpful tips to get you started:

 

The key to a great bowl of avocado popcorn is choosing a perfectly ripe avocado. This video explains the three quick ways to find a ripe avocado, which include looking for dark green or black skin, skin with bumps, and finding an avocado that yields to gentle pressure.

 

Once you have a perfectly ripe avocado, you'll need to dice it for the popcorn recipe.

 

To help you, check out this video, which explains how easy it is to slice and dice, which requires you to cut it in half, remove the pit, and gently slice it while it's still in the skin. Just run a large spoon between the flesh and the skin, and you'll have a diced avocado ready to use in your bowl of avo popcorn.

 

And yes, the addition of avocados in your popcorn may make things a little messy, but with a few extra napkins nearby, trust us, no one will mind! The next time you want to binge your favorite streaming program or need a quick, flavorful snack for the kids, check out our avocado popcorn with chile lime salt!

 

Avocado Popcorn with Chile Lime Salt

Yield: 3 cups

Difficulty: Easy

Prep time: 5 minutes

Total time: 8 minutes

 

Ingredients

1/2 ripe Avocado From Mexico, peeled, pitted, and diced

3 cups of plain popped popcorn

1 teaspoon olive oil

1–1/2 tablespoon chile lime salt

 

Directions

  1. Put the popcorn in a medium-sized bowl and drizzle with olive oil. Toss with your hands until popcorn is evenly coated.
  2. Sprinkle the chile lime salt on top of popcorn and toss with your hands until evenly coated.
  3. Gently toss in the diced avocado. Enjoy immediately with lots of napkins on the side.

 

The post A Cinematic Snack: Avocado Popcorn appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Popcorn without butter? Is that even legal? Seriously, I know it sounds odd, but have you ever considered putting an alternative to butter on your popcorn like avocados?   That's right; avocados and popcorn go together like peanut butter and jelly. Avocados are not only tasty and creamy like butter, but one-third of a medium avocado (5o g) contribute nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and phytonutrients making it a healthy nutrient-rich choice.   Is your curiosity piqued? Here are a few helpful tips to get you started:   The key to a great bowl of avocado popcorn is choosing a perfectly ripe avocado. This video explains the three quick ways to find a ripe avocado, which include looking for dark green or black skin, skin with bumps, and finding an avocado that yields to gentle pressure.   Once you have a perfectly ripe avocado, you'll need to dice it for the popcorn recipe.   To help you, check out this video, which explains how easy it is to slice and dice, which requires you to cut it in half, remove the pit, and gently slice it while it's still in the skin. Just run a large spoon between the flesh and the skin, and you'll have a diced avocado ready to use in your bowl of avo popcorn.   And yes, the addition of avocados in your popcorn may make things a little messy, but with a few extra napkins nearby, trust us, no one will mind! The next time you want to binge your favorite streaming program or need a quick, flavorful snack for the kids, check out our avocado popcorn with chile lime salt!  

Avocado Popcorn with Chile Lime Salt

Yield: 3 cups Difficulty: Easy Prep time: 5 minutes Total time: 8 minutes  

Ingredients

1/2 ripe Avocado From Mexico, peeled, pitted, and diced 3 cups of plain popped popcorn 1 teaspoon olive oil 1–1/2 tablespoon chile lime salt  

Directions

  1. Put the popcorn in a medium-sized bowl and drizzle with olive oil. Toss with your hands until popcorn is evenly coated.
  2. Sprinkle the chile lime salt on top of popcorn and toss with your hands until evenly coated.
  3. Gently toss in the diced avocado. Enjoy immediately with lots of napkins on the side.
 

The post A Cinematic Snack: Avocado Popcorn appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Classic Grilled Cheese with an Avo-Twist https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/classic-grilled-cheese-avo-twist/ Mon, 02 Apr 2018 14:15:58 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23544

Few combinations are as enduring as a good old grilled cheese sandwich. Two slices of bread, some butter, your cheese of choice, and a hot grill — that's all it takes to turn out a beloved American staple. Feel like taking this classic to another creamy, dreamy level? Take our advice and add some gloriously good avocado and taste the difference for yourself!

A Twist on a Timeless Classic

Maybe you're saying, "Why mess with a good thing?" To that we say: because some rules are meant to be deliciously broken. Try mashing a ripe Avocado From Mexico with freshly squeezed lime juice and a bit of salt and pepper, and spread that on the unbuttered side of two buttered slices of bread. Add a slice or two of pepper jack cheese and grill butter side down until your bread is crisp and golden. But be warned, these are so good your family will be clamoring for more.

To ensure your avocado is always ripe and ready when you need it, you need to know a few indispensable tips and tricks. One of our favorites requires a paper bag and a banana. Take the green, unripe avocado and place it in the paper bag with the yellow banana. Check every day for four to five days, and you'll have a delicious, ripe avocado ready for use. To learn more, watch our quick how-to video!

Sweet Version

Feeling like a sweet version of a classic grilled cheese with avocado? Try this tasty turkey, cranberry & Brie grilled cheese recipe that uses cinnamon raisin swirl bread and cranberry sauce to bring a sweet nuance to this classic dish. It's perfect for any turkey or roasted chicken leftovers, too!

And if you're lucky enough to have several ripe and ready-to-eat avocados on hand, remember that there are loads of ways to enjoy them. Beyond guacamole and sandwiches, you can also combine them with egg for a nutritious breakfast, use them in place of croutons for your salad, or just sprinkle a little salt and paper on top and enjoy. Check out this video for some new inspiring ideas on how to use avocado for your next meal.

The post The Classic Grilled Cheese with an Avo-Twist appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Few combinations are as enduring as a good old grilled cheese sandwich. Two slices of bread, some butter, your cheese of choice, and a hot grill — that's all it takes to turn out a beloved American staple. Feel like taking this classic to another creamy, dreamy level? Take our advice and add some gloriously good avocado and taste the difference for yourself!

A Twist on a Timeless Classic

Maybe you're saying, "Why mess with a good thing?" To that we say: because some rules are meant to be deliciously broken. Try mashing a ripe Avocado From Mexico with freshly squeezed lime juice and a bit of salt and pepper, and spread that on the unbuttered side of two buttered slices of bread. Add a slice or two of pepper jack cheese and grill butter side down until your bread is crisp and golden. But be warned, these are so good your family will be clamoring for more. To ensure your avocado is always ripe and ready when you need it, you need to know a few indispensable tips and tricks. One of our favorites requires a paper bag and a banana. Take the green, unripe avocado and place it in the paper bag with the yellow banana. Check every day for four to five days, and you'll have a delicious, ripe avocado ready for use. To learn more, watch our quick how-to video!

Sweet Version

Feeling like a sweet version of a classic grilled cheese with avocado? Try this tasty turkey, cranberry & Brie grilled cheese recipe that uses cinnamon raisin swirl bread and cranberry sauce to bring a sweet nuance to this classic dish. It's perfect for any turkey or roasted chicken leftovers, too! And if you're lucky enough to have several ripe and ready-to-eat avocados on hand, remember that there are loads of ways to enjoy them. Beyond guacamole and sandwiches, you can also combine them with egg for a nutritious breakfast, use them in place of croutons for your salad, or just sprinkle a little salt and paper on top and enjoy. Check out this video for some new inspiring ideas on how to use avocado for your next meal.

The post The Classic Grilled Cheese with an Avo-Twist appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Versatility of Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/the-versatility-of-avocado Wed, 07 Mar 2018 15:36:01 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23459

The avocado is an incredibly versatile fruit. You can use it in delicious savory dishes as well as amazing desserts. Avocados bring many nutritional benefits to the table: their dietary fat help absorb nutrients like vitamins A,D,K, and E, they have 5g of monounsaturated fat per serving (one-third of a medium avocado). They're also sugar-free, and contain 11% of your daily recommended intake of dietary fiber. What's more, replacing saturated or trans fats with unsaturated fats is associated with reduced risk of cardiovascular disease, according to the Dietary Guidelines for Americans. More than 75% of the fat in healthy avocados is unsaturated.

The great news is that, thanks to its creamy texture and good fat content, avocados can have a starring role in your baking repertoire, playing roles similar to traditional baking ingredients.

How to Use Avocados When Baking

How do you substitute avocados when you're baking? The formula is pretty simple to remember! You can use a 1:1 ratio (one cup of ripe avocado per cup of whatever you're substituting). Not sure how to pick an avocado that's ripe? Avoid picking those vibrant green avocados and opt for a darker green skin that yields slightly to pressure. Watch this quick how-to video to help you out!

Make sure you smoothly purée the avocado before measuring and pack it tightly in the measuring cup. You'll have to decrease the oven temperature by 25 degrees to prevent over-browning and bake the goods for a bit longer, so check from time to time. Treat yourself and your family to delicious baked desserts, like dark double chocolate cookies or dark chocolate brownies with all the benefits of avocados!

Avocados can also be used as a binding agent - all it takes is 2 tablespoons to 1/4 cup puréed avocado. If it turns out that you don't need the whole fruit, our how-to video can walk you through the super-simple process of storing the avocado in the fridge to prevent browning — it's as easy as removing the pit, squeezing on lemon juice, and covering tightly with plastic wrap.

Do we have any other clever, unusual uses of avocados in common recipes? You bet! Avocados can be used in sandwich and salad dressings, spreads like this avocado aioli, and any other dish that calls for traditional sandwich spreads.

To make avocado mayo, put two ripe avocados, 1/4 cup oil, the juice of 1/2 lemon, and 1 teaspoon salt in a food blender. You can also add other flavors to taste, like garlic powder, cayenne pepper, or mustard. Blend at medium speed until the mixture emulsifies and looks creamy and smooth. Store in an airtight container in the refrigerator. Add to your favorite wraps, salads, and burgers … be creative! You'll add a nutritional boost, flavor, and color to your food.

The post The Versatility of Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The avocado is an incredibly versatile fruit. You can use it in delicious savory dishes as well as amazing desserts. Avocados bring many nutritional benefits to the table: their dietary fat help absorb nutrients like vitamins A,D,K, and E, they have 5g of monounsaturated fat per serving (one-third of a medium avocado). They're also sugar-free, and contain 11% of your daily recommended intake of dietary fiber. What's more, replacing saturated or trans fats with unsaturated fats is associated with reduced risk of cardiovascular disease, according to the Dietary Guidelines for Americans. More than 75% of the fat in healthy avocados is unsaturated. The great news is that, thanks to its creamy texture and good fat content, avocados can have a starring role in your baking repertoire, playing roles similar to traditional baking ingredients.

How to Use Avocados When Baking

How do you substitute avocados when you're baking? The formula is pretty simple to remember! You can use a 1:1 ratio (one cup of ripe avocado per cup of whatever you're substituting). Not sure how to pick an avocado that's ripe? Avoid picking those vibrant green avocados and opt for a darker green skin that yields slightly to pressure. Watch this quick how-to video to help you out! Make sure you smoothly purée the avocado before measuring and pack it tightly in the measuring cup. You'll have to decrease the oven temperature by 25 degrees to prevent over-browning and bake the goods for a bit longer, so check from time to time. Treat yourself and your family to delicious baked desserts, like dark double chocolate cookies or dark chocolate brownies with all the benefits of avocados! Avocados can also be used as a binding agent - all it takes is 2 tablespoons to 1/4 cup puréed avocado. If it turns out that you don't need the whole fruit, our how-to video can walk you through the super-simple process of storing the avocado in the fridge to prevent browning — it's as easy as removing the pit, squeezing on lemon juice, and covering tightly with plastic wrap. Do we have any other clever, unusual uses of avocados in common recipes? You bet! Avocados can be used in sandwich and salad dressings, spreads like this avocado aioli, and any other dish that calls for traditional sandwich spreads. To make avocado mayo, put two ripe avocados, 1/4 cup oil, the juice of 1/2 lemon, and 1 teaspoon salt in a food blender. You can also add other flavors to taste, like garlic powder, cayenne pepper, or mustard. Blend at medium speed until the mixture emulsifies and looks creamy and smooth. Store in an airtight container in the refrigerator. Add to your favorite wraps, salads, and burgers … be creative! You'll add a nutritional boost, flavor, and color to your food.

The post The Versatility of Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Homemade Baby Food https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/homemade-baby-food/ Wed, 07 Mar 2018 15:35:55 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23458

It's tough being a new parent. Aside from your lack of sleep, you worry whether your little one is getting enough rest and whether they're healthy and happy. And then there's that other big concern: Are they eating enough nutrient-rich food?

Remember: It’s important that you consult your pediatrician before starting your baby on a new diet, and find out whether they are ready to start eating solid foods. Your pediatrician knows best!

Here’s our tips to helping your baby include some nutrient-dense, yummy baby food that you can whip up from the comfort of your home.

Avocado: The great green fruit

Why are avocados so good for you and your wee one? There are lots of reasons! First, avocados have good fats and are nutrient dense — but wait, there’s more. Avocados are fruits that are naturally free of sugar and sodium. They’re soft and creamy, making for an excellent transitionary food for babies practicing with solid foods.

The proof is in the pudding

In general, most pediatricians suggest you start out by offering babies single servings of fruits or vegetables. And we bet it won't be a problem to get your little person to eat up a buttery, creamy avocado mash. Simply purée or mash one pitted and peeled Avocado From Mexico with a little bit of baby formula or breast milk to yield almost a cup of purée.

If your baby is interested in exploring new flavors, try mashing some ripe banana into the avocado to sweeten the deal. If you need to refrigerate any leftovers, pour a thin layer of milk or water over your purée, cover, and store. You can watch this video to ensure you're doing it right! When you're ready to feed it to baby, dump the liquid and enjoy! (Psst! The same storage tip applies to guacamole!)

To select a ripe avocado for making your baby's avo purée, look for skin that's dark green to nearly black, bumpy in texture, and yields to pressure when you give it a gentle squeeze — without feeling mushy. If you’re more of a visual learner, you can click this link to watch the video! And just like that, you're set for whenever baby's mealtime hits, with something that ticks all the boxes for fast, easy, delicious, and nutritious!

The post Homemade Baby Food appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It's tough being a new parent. Aside from your lack of sleep, you worry whether your little one is getting enough rest and whether they're healthy and happy. And then there's that other big concern: Are they eating enough nutrient-rich food? Remember: It’s important that you consult your pediatrician before starting your baby on a new diet, and find out whether they are ready to start eating solid foods. Your pediatrician knows best! Here’s our tips to helping your baby include some nutrient-dense, yummy baby food that you can whip up from the comfort of your home.

Avocado: The great green fruit

Why are avocados so good for you and your wee one? There are lots of reasons! First, avocados have good fats and are nutrient dense — but wait, there’s more. Avocados are fruits that are naturally free of sugar and sodium. They’re soft and creamy, making for an excellent transitionary food for babies practicing with solid foods.

The proof is in the pudding

In general, most pediatricians suggest you start out by offering babies single servings of fruits or vegetables. And we bet it won't be a problem to get your little person to eat up a buttery, creamy avocado mash. Simply purée or mash one pitted and peeled Avocado From Mexico with a little bit of baby formula or breast milk to yield almost a cup of purée. If your baby is interested in exploring new flavors, try mashing some ripe banana into the avocado to sweeten the deal. If you need to refrigerate any leftovers, pour a thin layer of milk or water over your purée, cover, and store. You can watch this video to ensure you're doing it right! When you're ready to feed it to baby, dump the liquid and enjoy! (Psst! The same storage tip applies to guacamole!) To select a ripe avocado for making your baby's avo purée, look for skin that's dark green to nearly black, bumpy in texture, and yields to pressure when you give it a gentle squeeze — without feeling mushy. If you’re more of a visual learner, you can click this link to watch the video! And just like that, you're set for whenever baby's mealtime hits, with something that ticks all the boxes for fast, easy, delicious, and nutritious!

The post Homemade Baby Food appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Preserving the Green to Get the Green https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/preserving-green-get-green/ Wed, 07 Mar 2018 15:35:54 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23457

You have this fantastic meal planned. You buy all the ingredients and follow the many steps the recipe requires. But, in the hustle and bustle of cooking, you forgot one critical ingredient: the ripe avocado you recently bought for the meal. You even sliced it by cutting it in half, removing the pit, and cutting it lengthwise by following this helpful video. But all of sudden, your once beautifully green avocado has started to turn brown.

First of all, why does cut avocado turn brown? Avocados contain enzymes that react in contact with oxygen and create the unsightly brown pigment we all dislike. So, if you cut an avocado and don't use it immediately, the best thing to do is to prevent oxygen exposure so that it doesn't turn brown. These tips will help you keep your avocados fresh and green until you use them.

If you're into kitchen gadgets and you buy avocados regularly, you might want to purchase an avocado-shaped silicone cup that closely covers the cut side of one half of an avocado. It comes with a pit pocket that you can push in or out as needed. The cup stops the flesh of the avocado from browning as it prevents contact with oxygen.

A more traditional method is to use lemon or lime juice. The citric acid present in the juice is a potent antioxidant that slows the browning process. Simply sprinkle a small amount of juice over cut avocado or guacamole to keep it green.

Another low-tech option is to brush a thin layer of any cooking oil on the surface of a cut avocado. The oil acts as a barrier so the flesh doesn't come in contact with oxygen.

Alternatively, you can wrap the cut avocado as tightly as possible with cling film after covering it in lime juice or olive oil, just as you see in this how-to video. Make sure there are no air pockets and that the film is in full contact with the fruit. You can use the pit as a seal. Simply push it back into the hole, pressing the plastic film gently into place.

With these tips, avocados will never again turn brown on your watch! And if you need more tips on picking, using, and storing avocados, our how-to page will give you plenty of advice, including how to keep a cut avocado green until it ripens if you've cut it too soon (hint: lime juice and cling film to the rescue again!)

The post Preserving the Green to Get the Green appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You have this fantastic meal planned. You buy all the ingredients and follow the many steps the recipe requires. But, in the hustle and bustle of cooking, you forgot one critical ingredient: the ripe avocado you recently bought for the meal. You even sliced it by cutting it in half, removing the pit, and cutting it lengthwise by following this helpful video. But all of sudden, your once beautifully green avocado has started to turn brown. First of all, why does cut avocado turn brown? Avocados contain enzymes that react in contact with oxygen and create the unsightly brown pigment we all dislike. So, if you cut an avocado and don't use it immediately, the best thing to do is to prevent oxygen exposure so that it doesn't turn brown. These tips will help you keep your avocados fresh and green until you use them. If you're into kitchen gadgets and you buy avocados regularly, you might want to purchase an avocado-shaped silicone cup that closely covers the cut side of one half of an avocado. It comes with a pit pocket that you can push in or out as needed. The cup stops the flesh of the avocado from browning as it prevents contact with oxygen. A more traditional method is to use lemon or lime juice. The citric acid present in the juice is a potent antioxidant that slows the browning process. Simply sprinkle a small amount of juice over cut avocado or guacamole to keep it green. Another low-tech option is to brush a thin layer of any cooking oil on the surface of a cut avocado. The oil acts as a barrier so the flesh doesn't come in contact with oxygen. Alternatively, you can wrap the cut avocado as tightly as possible with cling film after covering it in lime juice or olive oil, just as you see in this how-to video. Make sure there are no air pockets and that the film is in full contact with the fruit. You can use the pit as a seal. Simply push it back into the hole, pressing the plastic film gently into place. With these tips, avocados will never again turn brown on your watch! And if you need more tips on picking, using, and storing avocados, our how-to page will give you plenty of advice, including how to keep a cut avocado green until it ripens if you've cut it too soon (hint: lime juice and cling film to the rescue again!)

The post Preserving the Green to Get the Green appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Properly Wash Your Avocados and Other Fruit https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/how-to-properly-wash-your-avocados-and-other-fruit/ Wed, 07 Mar 2018 15:35:51 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23456

You come home from the supermarket, put the perishables in the refrigerator, the dry goods in the pantry, and wash the fruit and vegetables right away. But not all of them. There's no need to wash oranges, bananas, or avocados since we don't eat the peel, right?

True, we don't eat them whole, and we keep fruit that doesn't need refrigeration in the same pretty fruit bowl, which does double duty as a nice centerpiece. However, nasty little germs get everywhere, even on fruit peels. And when we slice and dice our avocados, these germs transfer from the peel, to the knife, to the fruit, to our stomachs, and we may end up with a tummy ache or worse. To prevent the spread of germs follow these tips to washing your fruit:

1. Choose the freshest produce you can find.

Make sure it isn't bruised or damaged because bacteria thrive in brown spots or bruises. If avocados play a starring role on your shopping list, this handy video will help you choose the best Avocados From Mexico: firm, fresh, and delicious, ripe when they yield to gentle pressure.

2. Remember what Mom always said.

Wash your hands! This is especially important both before and after handling food.

3. Rinse all produce.

Even if you're not planning to eat the fruit and vegetables right away, wash all fruits and vegetables thoroughly under running water. There's no need to use any kind of soap, dish liquid, or commercial produce wash. Clean water is enough. Rub produce gently with your hands to remove unwanted dirt and bacteria or use a vegetable brush to scrub produce with a thick or irregular rind to get to all the nooks and crannies, even avocados.

4. Keep your cutting boards clean.

If you're planning to prepare raw meat, poultry, or fish, wash the cutting board and utensils with hot water and dish soap before preparing the raw vegetables for a fresh salad or delicious guacamole. Even better, keep separate cutting boards for raw meats and for fruit and vegetables.

5. Store food properly.

Be aware that inadequate storage may help spread germs. Make sure you keep uncooked meat, chicken, or fish covered and separate from fruit and vegetables that you eat raw. Doing this will avoid cross-contamination in your kitchen. You can also store already-ripe avocados by putting them in fridge. This will ensure they stay good for up to a week. You can watch this video to learn more.

The post How to Properly Wash Your Avocados and Other Fruit appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You come home from the supermarket, put the perishables in the refrigerator, the dry goods in the pantry, and wash the fruit and vegetables right away. But not all of them. There's no need to wash oranges, bananas, or avocados since we don't eat the peel, right? True, we don't eat them whole, and we keep fruit that doesn't need refrigeration in the same pretty fruit bowl, which does double duty as a nice centerpiece. However, nasty little germs get everywhere, even on fruit peels. And when we slice and dice our avocados, these germs transfer from the peel, to the knife, to the fruit, to our stomachs, and we may end up with a tummy ache or worse. To prevent the spread of germs follow these tips to washing your fruit:

1. Choose the freshest produce you can find.

Make sure it isn't bruised or damaged because bacteria thrive in brown spots or bruises. If avocados play a starring role on your shopping list, this handy video will help you choose the best Avocados From Mexico: firm, fresh, and delicious, ripe when they yield to gentle pressure.

2. Remember what Mom always said.

Wash your hands! This is especially important both before and after handling food.

3. Rinse all produce.

Even if you're not planning to eat the fruit and vegetables right away, wash all fruits and vegetables thoroughly under running water. There's no need to use any kind of soap, dish liquid, or commercial produce wash. Clean water is enough. Rub produce gently with your hands to remove unwanted dirt and bacteria or use a vegetable brush to scrub produce with a thick or irregular rind to get to all the nooks and crannies, even avocados.

4. Keep your cutting boards clean.

If you're planning to prepare raw meat, poultry, or fish, wash the cutting board and utensils with hot water and dish soap before preparing the raw vegetables for a fresh salad or delicious guacamole. Even better, keep separate cutting boards for raw meats and for fruit and vegetables.

5. Store food properly.

Be aware that inadequate storage may help spread germs. Make sure you keep uncooked meat, chicken, or fish covered and separate from fruit and vegetables that you eat raw. Doing this will avoid cross-contamination in your kitchen. You can also store already-ripe avocados by putting them in fridge. This will ensure they stay good for up to a week. You can watch this video to learn more.

The post How to Properly Wash Your Avocados and Other Fruit appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
St. Patrick’s Day Avocado Cheesecake https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/st-patricks-day-avocado-cheesecake/ Wed, 07 Mar 2018 15:35:48 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23455

There's no better time to pair the luck of the Irish with the glorious, green goodness of an Avocado From Mexico than St. Patrick's Day. How? Why, with a beautifully green-hued, nutrient-dense cheesecake, of course!

We've got a few tasty, easy ideas to make this happen for you in a snap, and all of them are perfect for sharing with friends. These are practical, make-ahead options that are fridge and freezer storable and ready when you are. St. Paddy would approve!

Tropical Sensation

A ripe avocado, lime juice, and cream cheese are a cheesecake trifecta. One of our favorite versions includes preparing a traditional graham cracker crust, using one sleeve of crackers with 5–6 tablespoons of butter, 1/3 cup of sugar and a pinch of salt to line an eight- or nine-inch pie plate. The avocado cheesecake filling combines one and a half ripe Avocados From Mexico with 6 ounces of cream cheese, the zest of one lime, ½ cup of lime juice and a pinch of salt. Pulse in a food processor until smooth.

If you accidentally bought a few too many avocados (though we've never heard of having "too many" avocados) and want to slow down the ripening process, simply put your avocados in the fridge to keep them fresh for up to five days.

In a sauce pan, add 1 1/2 cups of heavy cream and 3/4 cups of raw cane sugar, warming on medium-low heat until the sugar dissolves. Remove from heat, let cool, and add to avocado mixture. Pulse until fully incorporated and smooth.

If you feel like giving this cheesecake a flavorful twist, try adding dark chocolate mint chips to the cheesecake filling. Or simply pour the mixture as is into the prepared pie plate, smooth, cover, and put in your freezer for several hours or overnight. When you're ready to serve, let it thaw before garnishing with mint, dark or white chocolate curls and a sprinkling of lime zest. Pair the cheesecake with a good cup of Irish coffee.

How do you store the remaining half of an avocado? Squeeze a few drops of lemon juice on top of the exposed half, spread around the avocado flesh and cover it tightly in plastic wrap before popping into the fridge. It will be good to go for a few extra days.

Speaking of simple, here's a gluten-free take on a cheesecake that's refreshing and creatively served in individual cups. Try this Cheesecake Avocado Gelatin recipe that serves 8 and sets in the fridge, ready to be devoured after any mid-winter meal. Happy St. Paddy's Day!

The post St. Patrick’s Day Avocado Cheesecake appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There's no better time to pair the luck of the Irish with the glorious, green goodness of an Avocado From Mexico than St. Patrick's Day. How? Why, with a beautifully green-hued, nutrient-dense cheesecake, of course! We've got a few tasty, easy ideas to make this happen for you in a snap, and all of them are perfect for sharing with friends. These are practical, make-ahead options that are fridge and freezer storable and ready when you are. St. Paddy would approve!

Tropical Sensation

A ripe avocado, lime juice, and cream cheese are a cheesecake trifecta. One of our favorite versions includes preparing a traditional graham cracker crust, using one sleeve of crackers with 5–6 tablespoons of butter, 1/3 cup of sugar and a pinch of salt to line an eight- or nine-inch pie plate. The avocado cheesecake filling combines one and a half ripe Avocados From Mexico with 6 ounces of cream cheese, the zest of one lime, ½ cup of lime juice and a pinch of salt. Pulse in a food processor until smooth. If you accidentally bought a few too many avocados (though we've never heard of having "too many" avocados) and want to slow down the ripening process, simply put your avocados in the fridge to keep them fresh for up to five days. In a sauce pan, add 1 1/2 cups of heavy cream and 3/4 cups of raw cane sugar, warming on medium-low heat until the sugar dissolves. Remove from heat, let cool, and add to avocado mixture. Pulse until fully incorporated and smooth. If you feel like giving this cheesecake a flavorful twist, try adding dark chocolate mint chips to the cheesecake filling. Or simply pour the mixture as is into the prepared pie plate, smooth, cover, and put in your freezer for several hours or overnight. When you're ready to serve, let it thaw before garnishing with mint, dark or white chocolate curls and a sprinkling of lime zest. Pair the cheesecake with a good cup of Irish coffee. How do you store the remaining half of an avocado? Squeeze a few drops of lemon juice on top of the exposed half, spread around the avocado flesh and cover it tightly in plastic wrap before popping into the fridge. It will be good to go for a few extra days. Speaking of simple, here's a gluten-free take on a cheesecake that's refreshing and creatively served in individual cups. Try this Cheesecake Avocado Gelatin recipe that serves 8 and sets in the fridge, ready to be devoured after any mid-winter meal. Happy St. Paddy's Day!

The post St. Patrick’s Day Avocado Cheesecake appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Prepare for Spring Break with Avocados From Mexico https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/prepare-spring-break-avocados-mexico/ Wed, 07 Mar 2018 15:35:45 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23454

With spring break fast approaching, you might be concerned about how closely you've stuck to your New Year's resolutions. Fortunately, the year is still young and there's still plenty of time to hit the reset button and make changes to your diet and exercise plan to hit your end-of-year goals.

Rather than taking extreme measures like severely limiting your caloric intake, the best way to recover from winter indulgences is by eating a variety of fresh foods each day and gradually increasing the amount you exercise. Of course, avocados are an excellent addition to any diet reboot. Their smooth and creamy texture is both tasty and extremely satisfying thanks to their good fats and fiber. In fact, one serving of avocado (about a third of a medium fruit) contains 3 grams of dietary fiber, which is 11% of the recommended daily intake. They also contain nearly 20 vitamins, minerals and beneficial plant coumpounds that can enhance the nutrient quality of the diet.

One way to avoid making poor food choices is the out of sight out of mind approach by keeping plenty of fresh fruits and vegetables on hand. Buy avocados and other produce for the week so you have the ingredients to prepare healthy meals and snacks. Choose avocados at the perfect stage of ripeness: dark green or black avocados that yield to gentle pressure are ready to eat right away, whereas lighter green avocados that are hard to the touch will be ready in a few days. Take a look at this video to learn more.

Make an Avocado Soup

An avocado soup is an ideal food to include on your menu when trying to get your eating back on track. It's quick and easy to prepare and you probably already have all the ingredients you need in your kitchen. Peel and remove the seeds from a medium-sized cucumber and put it in the blender along with the flesh of one Avocado From Mexico, a tablespoon of diced onion, a squeeze of lime juice, a dash of salt, and half a cup of water. Blend on high until it's smooth. Then, with the blender on low, add a drizzle of olive oil to give your soup an even silkier texture. You can add some apple cider vinegar and chile powder to taste, and garnish with cilantro. Serve by itself or with some kale chips for a refreshing and light meal that is surprisingly satisfying.

If you have any leftover avocado from your recipe, keep it from turning brown by squeezing lime juice on it and pressing some plastic wrap against the flesh. Pop it in the refrigerator and it will stay green and keep until you're ready to eat it.

This soup is ready in minutes, and since it's served cool, it's convenient to take with you on the go, so you won't be tempted by high calorie snacks while you're out and about. By improving your food choices and increasing your activity level in the weeks leading up to spring break, you can feel confident come bathing suit season.

The post Prepare for Spring Break with Avocados From Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

With spring break fast approaching, you might be concerned about how closely you've stuck to your New Year's resolutions. Fortunately, the year is still young and there's still plenty of time to hit the reset button and make changes to your diet and exercise plan to hit your end-of-year goals. Rather than taking extreme measures like severely limiting your caloric intake, the best way to recover from winter indulgences is by eating a variety of fresh foods each day and gradually increasing the amount you exercise. Of course, avocados are an excellent addition to any diet reboot. Their smooth and creamy texture is both tasty and extremely satisfying thanks to their good fats and fiber. In fact, one serving of avocado (about a third of a medium fruit) contains 3 grams of dietary fiber, which is 11% of the recommended daily intake. They also contain nearly 20 vitamins, minerals and beneficial plant coumpounds that can enhance the nutrient quality of the diet. One way to avoid making poor food choices is the out of sight out of mind approach by keeping plenty of fresh fruits and vegetables on hand. Buy avocados and other produce for the week so you have the ingredients to prepare healthy meals and snacks. Choose avocados at the perfect stage of ripeness: dark green or black avocados that yield to gentle pressure are ready to eat right away, whereas lighter green avocados that are hard to the touch will be ready in a few days. Take a look at this video to learn more.

Make an Avocado Soup

An avocado soup is an ideal food to include on your menu when trying to get your eating back on track. It's quick and easy to prepare and you probably already have all the ingredients you need in your kitchen. Peel and remove the seeds from a medium-sized cucumber and put it in the blender along with the flesh of one Avocado From Mexico, a tablespoon of diced onion, a squeeze of lime juice, a dash of salt, and half a cup of water. Blend on high until it's smooth. Then, with the blender on low, add a drizzle of olive oil to give your soup an even silkier texture. You can add some apple cider vinegar and chile powder to taste, and garnish with cilantro. Serve by itself or with some kale chips for a refreshing and light meal that is surprisingly satisfying. If you have any leftover avocado from your recipe, keep it from turning brown by squeezing lime juice on it and pressing some plastic wrap against the flesh. Pop it in the refrigerator and it will stay green and keep until you're ready to eat it. This soup is ready in minutes, and since it's served cool, it's convenient to take with you on the go, so you won't be tempted by high calorie snacks while you're out and about. By improving your food choices and increasing your activity level in the weeks leading up to spring break, you can feel confident come bathing suit season.

The post Prepare for Spring Break with Avocados From Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Quiz: How Well Do You Know the Avocado? https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/quiz-how-well-do-you-know-the-avocado/ Thu, 08 Feb 2018 03:46:17 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23405

Everybody knows avocados are good stuff … but to be an avo-expert is an exceptional life accomplishment. Can you truly call yourself an avo-know-it-all? Do you know the best hacks to help you pick and prepare an avocado for eating? What about the story of the avocado’s journey from humble prehistoric fruit to the world’s most beloved food? Wait — you DO know avocado’s a fruit, right?

Whether you’re a causal avo-toast muncher or an avid avo-lover, this avocado fact quiz is good fun for all.

[viralQuiz id=9]

The post Quiz: How Well Do You Know the Avocado? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Everybody knows avocados are good stuff … but to be an avo-expert is an exceptional life accomplishment. Can you truly call yourself an avo-know-it-all? Do you know the best hacks to help you pick and prepare an avocado for eating? What about the story of the avocado’s journey from humble prehistoric fruit to the world’s most beloved food? Wait — you DO know avocado’s a fruit, right? Whether you’re a causal avo-toast muncher or an avid avo-lover, this avocado fact quiz is good fun for all. [viralQuiz id=9]

The post Quiz: How Well Do You Know the Avocado? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Perfect Galentine’s Recipe: Chicken-Avocado Crescent Ring https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/the-perfect-galentines-recipe-chicken-avocado-crescent-ring/ Thu, 08 Feb 2018 03:31:49 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23397

February 14, a day full of chocolates, flowers, and greetings cards full of romantic platitudes, Valentine's Day is a day for new love, old love, those in committed relationships, and even star-crossed lovers. But rewind one day to February 13, and we have Galentine's Day — a time for single females to gather and celebrate one another. As it continues to be intimated often throughout pop culture, this is truly a day about ladies celebrating ladies.

And what does every good celebration need? Appetizers! Foods you can share and pass around while catching up with your favorite gals. If it also needs to be affordable and easy, then we recommend whipping together a crescent roll ring stuffed with your favorite fruit, avocado. With just a can of pre-made crescent rolls, your favorite meat or vegetable, and cheese, you're less than 30 minutes away from a crave-able, shareable snack that will make all of your lady friends feel loved.

But first, you'll need to find an avocado that is ripe, but still a little firm. Check out this video, which demonstrates how to find avocados that are ready by looking for dark green ones that give a little when you squeeze them in the palm of your hand. Once you have the perfect avo, you'll need to peel and dice it for the recipe. This handy video will help you accomplish the perfect dice.

Chicken Avocado Crescent Ring

Serves: 8

Difficulty: Easy

Prep Time: 5 minutes

Total Time: 25 minutes

Ingredients

1 medium (6-8 ounce before pitting) firm but ripe Avocado From Mexico, peeled, pitted and diced

1-8 ounce tube of refrigerated crescent rolls

2/3 cup of your favorite shredded melting cheese

1 cup of cooked chicken, medium diced (you can replace the chicken with your favorite cooked meat of choice, or toss the meat with 1/4 cup of your favorite salsa or hot sauce)

1 egg for egg wash

Kosher salt for topping

Add-ins (pick one): 3 slices of crispy, cooked bacon, chopped; 3 tablespoons chopped, rehydrated sun-dried tomato, 3 T. chopped olives; 1 c. finely chopped baby spinach; 1 tablespoon of your favorite fresh herb chopped (rosemary or thyme would be great).

INSTRUCTIONS

  1. Preheat oven to 375 F, and prepare a baking sheet by spraying with non-stick oil or lining with parchment paper.
  2. Unroll dough, then layer the triangles in a circle on the baking sheet, overlapping in the center.
  3. Sprinkle on half of the cheese, then the meat and avocado, followed by remaining cheese and any add-in you like.
  4. Roll the outer part of each roll toward the center and tuck it under to help seal the dough. Beat the egg with a few tablespoons of water, then lightly brush the top of the ring with the egg wash. Sprinkle kosher salt on top, then bake for 15-20 minutes, or until lightly brown and golden on top. Serve warm and pair with your favorite dip or condiment (try honey mustard!).

The post The Perfect Galentine’s Recipe: Chicken-Avocado Crescent Ring appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

February 14, a day full of chocolates, flowers, and greetings cards full of romantic platitudes, Valentine's Day is a day for new love, old love, those in committed relationships, and even star-crossed lovers. But rewind one day to February 13, and we have Galentine's Day — a time for single females to gather and celebrate one another. As it continues to be intimated often throughout pop culture, this is truly a day about ladies celebrating ladies. And what does every good celebration need? Appetizers! Foods you can share and pass around while catching up with your favorite gals. If it also needs to be affordable and easy, then we recommend whipping together a crescent roll ring stuffed with your favorite fruit, avocado. With just a can of pre-made crescent rolls, your favorite meat or vegetable, and cheese, you're less than 30 minutes away from a crave-able, shareable snack that will make all of your lady friends feel loved. But first, you'll need to find an avocado that is ripe, but still a little firm. Check out this video, which demonstrates how to find avocados that are ready by looking for dark green ones that give a little when you squeeze them in the palm of your hand. Once you have the perfect avo, you'll need to peel and dice it for the recipe. This handy video will help you accomplish the perfect dice.

Chicken Avocado Crescent Ring

Serves: 8 Difficulty: Easy Prep Time: 5 minutes Total Time: 25 minutes

Ingredients

1 medium (6-8 ounce before pitting) firm but ripe Avocado From Mexico, peeled, pitted and diced 1-8 ounce tube of refrigerated crescent rolls 2/3 cup of your favorite shredded melting cheese 1 cup of cooked chicken, medium diced (you can replace the chicken with your favorite cooked meat of choice, or toss the meat with 1/4 cup of your favorite salsa or hot sauce) 1 egg for egg wash Kosher salt for topping Add-ins (pick one): 3 slices of crispy, cooked bacon, chopped; 3 tablespoons chopped, rehydrated sun-dried tomato, 3 T. chopped olives; 1 c. finely chopped baby spinach; 1 tablespoon of your favorite fresh herb chopped (rosemary or thyme would be great).

INSTRUCTIONS

  1. Preheat oven to 375 F, and prepare a baking sheet by spraying with non-stick oil or lining with parchment paper.
  2. Unroll dough, then layer the triangles in a circle on the baking sheet, overlapping in the center.
  3. Sprinkle on half of the cheese, then the meat and avocado, followed by remaining cheese and any add-in you like.
  4. Roll the outer part of each roll toward the center and tuck it under to help seal the dough. Beat the egg with a few tablespoons of water, then lightly brush the top of the ring with the egg wash. Sprinkle kosher salt on top, then bake for 15-20 minutes, or until lightly brown and golden on top. Serve warm and pair with your favorite dip or condiment (try honey mustard!).

The post The Perfect Galentine’s Recipe: Chicken-Avocado Crescent Ring appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Great Mystery: Avocados Through the Ages https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/the-great-mystery-avocados-through-the-ages/ Thu, 08 Feb 2018 03:31:43 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23398

If we're going to label any fruit a mystery, avocados surely have apples and oranges beat in spades. The avocado is a fruit on a different level and of a different age.

The Cenozoic Era, which began about 65 million years ago, marked a time of “megafauna" — a term that describes any animal weighing over 100 pounds. The Cenozoic's megafauna tended to be extra-large versions of animals that are familiar to us today: giant sloths, armadillos, birds, and snakes, all of which were able to eat these ancient avocados whole, spreading the seeds far and wide as they continued to travel on their way.

Over the past 50,000 years, however, the world's largest creatures experienced several waves of extinction. As land animals tended to become smaller than humans, they stopped eating avocado in this manner. So one question remains: How did the avocado seed spread? What or who was indulging in this delicious fruit?

(By the way, you may not be able to eat avocado seeds whole, but you can do lots of other things with them, including making guacamole, everyone's favorite dip! Check out this video to learn how to keep your guac fresh and green by adding a little lime juice, covering it with plastic wrap and putting it in the refrigerator.)

We know that humans have been engaged in some form of agriculture for at least 10,000 years, particularly in Mesoamerica, where several ancient varieties of avocado originated. The avocado's resilience during megafauna extinction suggests that perhaps we've been responsible for plants for much longer.

Avocados are unique among fruits. Unlike most fruit, which have more sugar and less fat and which will get soft and fall off the tree if they aren't picked, mature avocados can stay fresh and ready to ripen on the tree for a year or longer! Maybe early humans didn't know that they were spreading the plant, but avocados are definitely the perfect portable food! And here's a tip: There are plenty of ways to get avocados from freshly-picked to soft and creamy. Here are three of our favorite ways to ripen avocados quickly, the simplest one being placing the avocado where it can get direct sunlight like a window sill in your home.

Nomadic tribes could have picked handfuls of avos to carry, waiting for them to become soft enough to enjoy and dropping the seeds along their path when they were done. It wouldn't take many generations of walking the same trails between the ancient caves and the valley gathering sites in the Oaxaca Valley, for example, to realize that new groups of avocado trees would sprout up and eventually produce fruit in the same place where seeds had been left behind.

It seems like early humans were as in love with avocados as we are today, and who can blame them? We have their hard work and resilience, over the course of tens of thousands of years, to thank for the abundance of fruits and vegetables we enjoy today.

The post The Great Mystery: Avocados Through the Ages appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If we're going to label any fruit a mystery, avocados surely have apples and oranges beat in spades. The avocado is a fruit on a different level and of a different age. The Cenozoic Era, which began about 65 million years ago, marked a time of “megafauna" — a term that describes any animal weighing over 100 pounds. The Cenozoic's megafauna tended to be extra-large versions of animals that are familiar to us today: giant sloths, armadillos, birds, and snakes, all of which were able to eat these ancient avocados whole, spreading the seeds far and wide as they continued to travel on their way. Over the past 50,000 years, however, the world's largest creatures experienced several waves of extinction. As land animals tended to become smaller than humans, they stopped eating avocado in this manner. So one question remains: How did the avocado seed spread? What or who was indulging in this delicious fruit? (By the way, you may not be able to eat avocado seeds whole, but you can do lots of other things with them, including making guacamole, everyone's favorite dip! Check out this video to learn how to keep your guac fresh and green by adding a little lime juice, covering it with plastic wrap and putting it in the refrigerator.) We know that humans have been engaged in some form of agriculture for at least 10,000 years, particularly in Mesoamerica, where several ancient varieties of avocado originated. The avocado's resilience during megafauna extinction suggests that perhaps we've been responsible for plants for much longer. Avocados are unique among fruits. Unlike most fruit, which have more sugar and less fat and which will get soft and fall off the tree if they aren't picked, mature avocados can stay fresh and ready to ripen on the tree for a year or longer! Maybe early humans didn't know that they were spreading the plant, but avocados are definitely the perfect portable food! And here's a tip: There are plenty of ways to get avocados from freshly-picked to soft and creamy. Here are three of our favorite ways to ripen avocados quickly, the simplest one being placing the avocado where it can get direct sunlight like a window sill in your home. Nomadic tribes could have picked handfuls of avos to carry, waiting for them to become soft enough to enjoy and dropping the seeds along their path when they were done. It wouldn't take many generations of walking the same trails between the ancient caves and the valley gathering sites in the Oaxaca Valley, for example, to realize that new groups of avocado trees would sprout up and eventually produce fruit in the same place where seeds had been left behind. It seems like early humans were as in love with avocados as we are today, and who can blame them? We have their hard work and resilience, over the course of tens of thousands of years, to thank for the abundance of fruits and vegetables we enjoy today.

The post The Great Mystery: Avocados Through the Ages appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Nation: The Green Fruit Phenomenon https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avocado-nation-the-green-fruit-phenomenon/ Thu, 08 Feb 2018 03:31:41 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23399

The avocado craze may seem relatively new, but avocados were popular long before their rise to social media stardom. Public perception of this delicious green fruit has gone through different phases throughout history, but its popularity has stood the test of time.

The Rise of Popularity

The ancient people of Mexico and Central America ate avocados thousands of years ago, and shortly after the Europeans arrived in the Americas, they took to the fruit, too. Avocados were introduced as a crop in the United States in the 1800s, but they weren't widely cultivated until the following century. In the 1920s and 30s, they were acclaimed as “the aristocrat of salad fruits" and served at elegant dinner parties in recipes such as avocado with grapefruit salad and French dressing, or lobster-stuffed avocados. They were mostly consumed in California, Florida and Hawaii, as that was where they were most widely available.

By the 1950s, avocados had entered the mainstream and frequently appeared on restaurant menus and were served at home in salads and guacamole. In the 1960s and 1970s, the color “avocado green" was all the rage, and kitchen appliances and bathroom fixtures paid tribute to the buttery fruit.

Fall from Favor

Avocados fell out of favor in the 1980s when low-fat diets became the trend. At the time, nutritionists extolled the advantages of reducing fat consumption across the board without distinguishing among the different kinds of dietary fats and their varied health impacts. Surprisingly for a fruit, avocados have good fats, but they pack a nutritional punch with nearly 20 vitamins and minerals per 50g serving, or one-third of a medium avocado. Over 75 percent of the fat in avocados is considered “good" fat, plus they contain 10 percent of the daily recommended value of Vitamin K, folate, and copper, 11 percent of daily recommended fiber, and 14 percent of pantothenic acid.

A Staple Fruit

When it became clear that some types of fat are an important part of a healthy diet, avocados regained their lost popularity and then some. In the 1990s, markets were opened, allowing Avocados From Mexico to reach consumers all over the United States. No longer restricted to a particular geographical region or season, they are now a staple fruit, available year-round.

When shopping for avocados, look for ones that are dark green to black in color and yield to gentle pressure. Once cut, an avocado will discolor over time, so if you have part of an avocado left over, squeeze some lemon or lime juice over it and press cling wrap firmly against the flesh. That will keep it from turning brown.

As for what the future holds, the sky's the limit! The avocado craze shows no signs of abating: Avocados are winning over new fans every day as more and more people become aware of the nutritional benefits of this delicious fruit and its extreme versatility.

The post Avocado Nation: The Green Fruit Phenomenon appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The avocado craze may seem relatively new, but avocados were popular long before their rise to social media stardom. Public perception of this delicious green fruit has gone through different phases throughout history, but its popularity has stood the test of time.

The Rise of Popularity

The ancient people of Mexico and Central America ate avocados thousands of years ago, and shortly after the Europeans arrived in the Americas, they took to the fruit, too. Avocados were introduced as a crop in the United States in the 1800s, but they weren't widely cultivated until the following century. In the 1920s and 30s, they were acclaimed as “the aristocrat of salad fruits" and served at elegant dinner parties in recipes such as avocado with grapefruit salad and French dressing, or lobster-stuffed avocados. They were mostly consumed in California, Florida and Hawaii, as that was where they were most widely available. By the 1950s, avocados had entered the mainstream and frequently appeared on restaurant menus and were served at home in salads and guacamole. In the 1960s and 1970s, the color “avocado green" was all the rage, and kitchen appliances and bathroom fixtures paid tribute to the buttery fruit.

Fall from Favor

Avocados fell out of favor in the 1980s when low-fat diets became the trend. At the time, nutritionists extolled the advantages of reducing fat consumption across the board without distinguishing among the different kinds of dietary fats and their varied health impacts. Surprisingly for a fruit, avocados have good fats, but they pack a nutritional punch with nearly 20 vitamins and minerals per 50g serving, or one-third of a medium avocado. Over 75 percent of the fat in avocados is considered “good" fat, plus they contain 10 percent of the daily recommended value of Vitamin K, folate, and copper, 11 percent of daily recommended fiber, and 14 percent of pantothenic acid.

A Staple Fruit

When it became clear that some types of fat are an important part of a healthy diet, avocados regained their lost popularity and then some. In the 1990s, markets were opened, allowing Avocados From Mexico to reach consumers all over the United States. No longer restricted to a particular geographical region or season, they are now a staple fruit, available year-round. When shopping for avocados, look for ones that are dark green to black in color and yield to gentle pressure. Once cut, an avocado will discolor over time, so if you have part of an avocado left over, squeeze some lemon or lime juice over it and press cling wrap firmly against the flesh. That will keep it from turning brown. As for what the future holds, the sky's the limit! The avocado craze shows no signs of abating: Avocados are winning over new fans every day as more and more people become aware of the nutritional benefits of this delicious fruit and its extreme versatility.

The post Avocado Nation: The Green Fruit Phenomenon appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Appetizing Avocado Alfredo https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/appetizing-avocado-alfredo/ Thu, 08 Feb 2018 03:31:35 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23395

Italy and Mexico, while residing on separate continents and whose culinary fares are distinct in both flavor and presentation, can merge to form a delectable meal. In the middle of the coldest winter weather, we've got elegant comfort in a bowl with an avocado-based version of a traditional pasta Alfredo dish.

The Basics

Alfredo always incorporates generous amounts of butter, cream, and cheese in its repertoire. But if you're vegan or simply crave that luscious creaminess the dish is known for without the dairy, you'll be happy to know you can achieve that velvety goodness with nature's green fruit, the avocado. If you feel like adding Parmesan shavings, that's perfectly delicious, too!

A few other key ingredients like toasted pine nuts or walnuts, olive oil, lemon juice, freshly cracked black pepper, basil or parsley and, of course, ripe avocados, make this a simple wonder.

And, if you're buying a bunch of avocados to make this delicious pasta for a large family gathering, keep these handy tips in mind: Ready-to-eat avocados have dark green to black skin that yields to gentle pressure. If you're holding out for a couple of days, look for green fruit with black speckled skin. Here's a handy video to walk you through all of your tasty avo-purchasing options.

Whiz Kid

The beauty of this recipe, apart from ease and accessibility, is it's a one-blender or food processor marvel. You combine everything until creamy smooth, later tossing the pasta with your avo-alfredo and a little bit of the pasta cooking water to loosen your "alfredo."

Have some leftover sauce that you haven't tossed with pasta yet? Treat it like guac by pouring a little water over your sauce before covering with cling film and storing in the fridge for a day or two. Easy-peasy and ready for your next snack or meal.

The post Appetizing Avocado Alfredo appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Italy and Mexico, while residing on separate continents and whose culinary fares are distinct in both flavor and presentation, can merge to form a delectable meal. In the middle of the coldest winter weather, we've got elegant comfort in a bowl with an avocado-based version of a traditional pasta Alfredo dish.

The Basics

Alfredo always incorporates generous amounts of butter, cream, and cheese in its repertoire. But if you're vegan or simply crave that luscious creaminess the dish is known for without the dairy, you'll be happy to know you can achieve that velvety goodness with nature's green fruit, the avocado. If you feel like adding Parmesan shavings, that's perfectly delicious, too! A few other key ingredients like toasted pine nuts or walnuts, olive oil, lemon juice, freshly cracked black pepper, basil or parsley and, of course, ripe avocados, make this a simple wonder. And, if you're buying a bunch of avocados to make this delicious pasta for a large family gathering, keep these handy tips in mind: Ready-to-eat avocados have dark green to black skin that yields to gentle pressure. If you're holding out for a couple of days, look for green fruit with black speckled skin. Here's a handy video to walk you through all of your tasty avo-purchasing options.

Whiz Kid

The beauty of this recipe, apart from ease and accessibility, is it's a one-blender or food processor marvel. You combine everything until creamy smooth, later tossing the pasta with your avo-alfredo and a little bit of the pasta cooking water to loosen your "alfredo." Have some leftover sauce that you haven't tossed with pasta yet? Treat it like guac by pouring a little water over your sauce before covering with cling film and storing in the fridge for a day or two. Easy-peasy and ready for your next snack or meal.

The post Appetizing Avocado Alfredo appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Delectable Avocado Truffles for Your Valentine https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/delectable-avocado-truffles-for-your-valentine/ Thu, 08 Feb 2018 03:31:35 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23396

This Valentine's Day, delight your loved ones with creamy, fudgy, tasty chocolate avocado truffles. Now, we know what you're thinking: avocados and truffles sounds like a combination made by someone with a severe lack of taste buds. But, you naysayers will be surprised with how delectable swapping heavy cream for avocado can be.

The beauty of these chocolate avocado truffles is that you can customize them however you like, and they'll be sure to please every member of the family. But, first, the basic recipe!

Ingredients

1 rich and creamy Avocado From Mexico (darker green avocados that give a little when you squeeze them in the palm of your hand are perfect…watch this video to see how to pick the best one!)

6 ounces of chocolate chips

Pinch of sea salt

1/4 teaspoon of vanilla extract.

Directions

Melt the chocolate chips in the microwave. Heat for 30 seconds, stir, and put back in the microwave for another 20 seconds or until the chocolate chips have melted. Place in a food blender with the avocado flesh (this video shows you how to slice and dice it first), the salt, and the vanilla extract. Pulse until the mixture is well combined. Let it cool in the refrigerator for about a half-hour or until it has firmed up. Roll a tablespoon of mixture between your hands to form a ball.

Getting Creative

Now that you've mastered the basic recipe, you can get creative to cater to everyone's taste. Choose 90 percent cacao dark chocolate chips for dark chocolate snobs, or milk chocolate chips for younger palates. You can sweeten the truffles with two tablespoons of maple syrup or brown sugar if you prefer. Enjoy immediately. In the unlikely event that there are leftover truffles, store them in an airtight container in the refrigerator.

The sky's the limit when it comes to toppings. Roll the truffles in cocoa powder or sprinkle a little smoky chipotle chile powder on them (or both!). Roll them in shredded coconut, graham cracker crumbs, sprinkles, or finely chopped nuts. Add some color with a sprinkling of green matcha powder or red beet-root powder. No matter what you choose, your edible gift will be a hit!

This February, celebrate love and chocolate with these mouthwatering truffles.

The post Delectable Avocado Truffles for Your Valentine appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

This Valentine's Day, delight your loved ones with creamy, fudgy, tasty chocolate avocado truffles. Now, we know what you're thinking: avocados and truffles sounds like a combination made by someone with a severe lack of taste buds. But, you naysayers will be surprised with how delectable swapping heavy cream for avocado can be. The beauty of these chocolate avocado truffles is that you can customize them however you like, and they'll be sure to please every member of the family. But, first, the basic recipe!

Ingredients

1 rich and creamy Avocado From Mexico (darker green avocados that give a little when you squeeze them in the palm of your hand are perfect…watch this video to see how to pick the best one!) 6 ounces of chocolate chips Pinch of sea salt 1/4 teaspoon of vanilla extract.

Directions

Melt the chocolate chips in the microwave. Heat for 30 seconds, stir, and put back in the microwave for another 20 seconds or until the chocolate chips have melted. Place in a food blender with the avocado flesh (this video shows you how to slice and dice it first), the salt, and the vanilla extract. Pulse until the mixture is well combined. Let it cool in the refrigerator for about a half-hour or until it has firmed up. Roll a tablespoon of mixture between your hands to form a ball.

Getting Creative

Now that you've mastered the basic recipe, you can get creative to cater to everyone's taste. Choose 90 percent cacao dark chocolate chips for dark chocolate snobs, or milk chocolate chips for younger palates. You can sweeten the truffles with two tablespoons of maple syrup or brown sugar if you prefer. Enjoy immediately. In the unlikely event that there are leftover truffles, store them in an airtight container in the refrigerator. The sky's the limit when it comes to toppings. Roll the truffles in cocoa powder or sprinkle a little smoky chipotle chile powder on them (or both!). Roll them in shredded coconut, graham cracker crumbs, sprinkles, or finely chopped nuts. Add some color with a sprinkling of green matcha powder or red beet-root powder. No matter what you choose, your edible gift will be a hit! This February, celebrate love and chocolate with these mouthwatering truffles.

The post Delectable Avocado Truffles for Your Valentine appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
New Year, New You – Featuring Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/new-year-new-featuring-avocados/ Tue, 02 Jan 2018 16:23:13 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23169

Everyone knows that keeping a New Year's resolution is no easy task, especially after weeks of holiday chaos and indulgence. Want to get a head start on your goals now? Here are five ideas to make some changes today.

1. Get heart healthy

Avocados are known for being a heart-healthy food, and if you're going to focus on any health goals this New Year, getting this vital organ in top shape should be a priority. Avocados have heart-healthy properties thanks to their good fats, as well as their fibercontent (a serving of avocado contains 11% of your daily fiber needs!); and if that's not enough incentive to try avocados, check out some other unexpected health benefits too!

Need to learn how to prepare an avocado quickly and easily? We created this video to show how to handle and cut the green fruit by simply cutting it in half and putting a little bit of lemon juice salt on each half. Cover the half you don't eat in plastic wrap and put it in the fridge to preserve it for later.

2. Spend more time with friends and family

Make it a resolution to recommit to healthy back-to-school habits, and stress-free entertaining to bring the ones you love together in the new year. Consider making your back-to-school routines easier than ever with these simple fixes and tips. And before you go back to the same old routines, why not make everything a bit easier with these party life hacks, after all there's no need to wait until the next holiday to reconnect with friends and family. Entertain your favorite people throughout the year in a way that doesn't feel like a chore with this advice for throwing better parties. Let the good times roll!

3. Change the world

When things in the world seem hard, scary, or overwhelming, you may wonder whether you can make a difference. Don't let the pessimism stick! There are so many things you can do to be the change you wish to see in the world. Try some of these tips for reducing food waste and recycling more at home. Consider reducing your intake of animal products or even becoming vegetarian, and for a bonding opportunity to bring the family together, set aside a time and place to volunteer to a cause that matters to you and yours.

4. Take self-care to the next level

The phrase "self-care" might seem like a bit of a buzzword, but it is vitally important if you have any kind of health or happiness-related resolutions. Self-care doesn't just mean taking a spa day, or resting your puffy eyes, though it definitely can. It means getting up early and eating breakfast when you would rather sleep in, nourishing your body with fruits and veggies, and ensuring you get all the vitamins and minerals your body needs. If you want to make avocados a part of your new daily routine, use this video's tips for buying avocados at the perfect stage of ripeness to last you all week. Darker green avocados that give slightly when squeezed are ready to eat right away whereas lighter green avocados that feel hard to the touch will be ready to eat in about two to four days.

5. Reach your exercise goals

Last but not least, everyone's favorite resolution is getting fit. These tips will help you stay active in the winter, but the best tip is to pick a more specific fitness goal, like training for a 5k run.

No matter what your goals, it can be a challenge to introduce change into your life. Use these tips to make sure you have a fighting chance of keeping your resolutions when the holidays are over.

The post New Year, New You – Featuring Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Everyone knows that keeping a New Year's resolution is no easy task, especially after weeks of holiday chaos and indulgence. Want to get a head start on your goals now? Here are five ideas to make some changes today.

1. Get heart healthy

Avocados are known for being a heart-healthy food, and if you're going to focus on any health goals this New Year, getting this vital organ in top shape should be a priority. Avocados have heart-healthy properties thanks to their good fats, as well as their fibercontent (a serving of avocado contains 11% of your daily fiber needs!); and if that's not enough incentive to try avocados, check out some other unexpected health benefits too! Need to learn how to prepare an avocado quickly and easily? We created this video to show how to handle and cut the green fruit by simply cutting it in half and putting a little bit of lemon juice salt on each half. Cover the half you don't eat in plastic wrap and put it in the fridge to preserve it for later.

2. Spend more time with friends and family

Make it a resolution to recommit to healthy back-to-school habits, and stress-free entertaining to bring the ones you love together in the new year. Consider making your back-to-school routines easier than ever with these simple fixes and tips. And before you go back to the same old routines, why not make everything a bit easier with these party life hacks, after all there's no need to wait until the next holiday to reconnect with friends and family. Entertain your favorite people throughout the year in a way that doesn't feel like a chore with this advice for throwing better parties. Let the good times roll!

3. Change the world

When things in the world seem hard, scary, or overwhelming, you may wonder whether you can make a difference. Don't let the pessimism stick! There are so many things you can do to be the change you wish to see in the world. Try some of these tips for reducing food waste and recycling more at home. Consider reducing your intake of animal products or even becoming vegetarian, and for a bonding opportunity to bring the family together, set aside a time and place to volunteer to a cause that matters to you and yours.

4. Take self-care to the next level

The phrase "self-care" might seem like a bit of a buzzword, but it is vitally important if you have any kind of health or happiness-related resolutions. Self-care doesn't just mean taking a spa day, or resting your puffy eyes, though it definitely can. It means getting up early and eating breakfast when you would rather sleep in, nourishing your body with fruits and veggies, and ensuring you get all the vitamins and minerals your body needs. If you want to make avocados a part of your new daily routine, use this video's tips for buying avocados at the perfect stage of ripeness to last you all week. Darker green avocados that give slightly when squeezed are ready to eat right away whereas lighter green avocados that feel hard to the touch will be ready to eat in about two to four days.

5. Reach your exercise goals

Last but not least, everyone's favorite resolution is getting fit. These tips will help you stay active in the winter, but the best tip is to pick a more specific fitness goal, like training for a 5k run. No matter what your goals, it can be a challenge to introduce change into your life. Use these tips to make sure you have a fighting chance of keeping your resolutions when the holidays are over.

The post New Year, New You – Featuring Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Reduce Your Food Waste, Starting with Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/how-to-reduce-your-food-waste-starting-with-avocados/ Tue, 02 Jan 2018 16:22:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23171

Food makes up a substantial amount of our trash that ends up in landfills, between 30-40 percent of the food supply in the U.S., to be precise. Change your shopping, and cooking routines to reduce food waste and your carbon footprint. Read on to find out how you can help!

1. Assess your food waste by keeping a journal.

For at least a week, write down every food and food-related item that goes in the garbage. This includes packaging, eggshells, plastic wrap, discarded leftovers, and twist ties. Knowing where your waste comes from will help you identify where to cut down when you go shopping.

2. Make a weekly meal plan...

... and organize it so you are eating the most perishable food earlier in the week. Use your waste journal as a reference! Then, write a detailed grocery list, with items as well as amounts you actually need. This will prevent you from over-buying, all while saving you some money in the process.

3. Learn how to determine ripeness.

To buy avocados for a week, you'll want to get them at different stages of readiness—some to eat right away and others that will become ripe in a day or two, or preserved until later in the week. In this helpful video, you'll see how darker green avocados that give slightly when squeezed are ready to eat right away, whereas lighter green avocados that feel hard to the touch will be ready to eat in about two to four days. If you find that you have some vegetables and fruits, such as avocados, that ripen faster than you can use them, our recipe section has lots of tasty last-minute ideas.

4. Don't be picky about how your produce looks.

A great deal of the food wasted in our system is due to "imperfect" pieces of fruit and vegetables that get discarded. While there's nothing wrong with the taste of these items, they still end up in landfills. Beat the stigma by choosing some less ideal-looking produce. After all, you determine fruit and veggie ripeness by touch, hue, and smell (not odd shape, imperfections, or unconventional size).

5. Store your food to reduce food waste.

Make sure your fridge is at or below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Keep track of food expiration dates, and store fruits and vegetables so that the gases they give off don't ripen other produce prematurely. To keep avocados from ripening too quickly, store them in the fridge for up to five days! This video tells you all about it.

6. Use as much of your food as possible...

... including scraps and leftovers. Give them a second chance to shine in soups, stews, curries, stir fries, casseroles, pancakes or fritters, loaves or muffins. You can also preserve leftovers, and seasonal fruit in the freezer for later use. Remember: most produce can be dried, canned, pickled, frozen or fermented with the right equipment. Get creative, and the earth will thank you!

The post How to Reduce Your Food Waste, Starting with Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Food makes up a substantial amount of our trash that ends up in landfills, between 30-40 percent of the food supply in the U.S., to be precise. Change your shopping, and cooking routines to reduce food waste and your carbon footprint. Read on to find out how you can help!

1. Assess your food waste by keeping a journal.

For at least a week, write down every food and food-related item that goes in the garbage. This includes packaging, eggshells, plastic wrap, discarded leftovers, and twist ties. Knowing where your waste comes from will help you identify where to cut down when you go shopping.

2. Make a weekly meal plan...

... and organize it so you are eating the most perishable food earlier in the week. Use your waste journal as a reference! Then, write a detailed grocery list, with items as well as amounts you actually need. This will prevent you from over-buying, all while saving you some money in the process.

3. Learn how to determine ripeness.

To buy avocados for a week, you'll want to get them at different stages of readiness—some to eat right away and others that will become ripe in a day or two, or preserved until later in the week. In this helpful video, you'll see how darker green avocados that give slightly when squeezed are ready to eat right away, whereas lighter green avocados that feel hard to the touch will be ready to eat in about two to four days. If you find that you have some vegetables and fruits, such as avocados, that ripen faster than you can use them, our recipe section has lots of tasty last-minute ideas.

4. Don't be picky about how your produce looks.

A great deal of the food wasted in our system is due to "imperfect" pieces of fruit and vegetables that get discarded. While there's nothing wrong with the taste of these items, they still end up in landfills. Beat the stigma by choosing some less ideal-looking produce. After all, you determine fruit and veggie ripeness by touch, hue, and smell (not odd shape, imperfections, or unconventional size).

5. Store your food to reduce food waste.

Make sure your fridge is at or below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Keep track of food expiration dates, and store fruits and vegetables so that the gases they give off don't ripen other produce prematurely. To keep avocados from ripening too quickly, store them in the fridge for up to five days! This video tells you all about it.

6. Use as much of your food as possible...

... including scraps and leftovers. Give them a second chance to shine in soups, stews, curries, stir fries, casseroles, pancakes or fritters, loaves or muffins. You can also preserve leftovers, and seasonal fruit in the freezer for later use. Remember: most produce can be dried, canned, pickled, frozen or fermented with the right equipment. Get creative, and the earth will thank you!

The post How to Reduce Your Food Waste, Starting with Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocados from Mexi-cocoa https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocados-from-mexi-cocoa/ Tue, 02 Jan 2018 16:22:38 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23172

There's nothing better to warm you up on a cold day than a cup of hot cocoa; and if you add avocado, it'll be even more nourishing, thick, and velvety. It may seem like a strange combination, but the subtle flavor of the avocado is practically imperceptible and it gives a creaminess to the drink that is both rich and satisfying.

This recipe is wonderfully flexible. You can make it sugar-free or vegan, and add some extra spice and flavorings depending on your tastes and the occasion -- the variations are limitless! Even though this is a treat, you can rest assured knowing that by including avocado in your cocoa, you're adding a good source of fiber (11% of your recommended daily needs!), good fats and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals.

The Basic Recipe

Start with two cups of milk and one avocado. You can adjust the amounts depending on how thick you would like your cocoa. When selecting your avocado, you'll want to find one that's perfectly ripe. A gentle squeeze will let you know if your avocado is ripeenough. An ideal avocado should yield to light pressure, however, one that is a little too soft for slicing will work perfectly fine for this recipe as well. You can help speed up ripening a hard avocado by placing it in a paper bag with a banana and checking it daily until it's ready.

Once you've got your avocado, scoop out the flesh and blend it with milk in a blender or food processor until smooth. Add a third of a cup of natural cocoa and finish blending. Heat in the microwave or on the stovetop on low until just under a simmer. Sweeten to taste with sugar, add spices and topping to taste, and enjoy!

Go Sugar-free or Vegan

To sweeten your hot chocolate without refined sugar, you can use maple syrup or stevia, or soak a couple of Medjool dates in hot water for a few minutes to soften and add to the blender along with the milk and avocado (blend a little bit longer to completely pulverize the dates). You can make this hot cocoa vegan by using almond or coconut milk instead of regular milk.

Spice it up

This hot cocoa is delicious with the warming flavors of cinnamon, and cloves. If you're feeling inspired to try it as they did in the ancient times, add a dash of chile powder and cayenne to taste. This will definitely add a kick to your drink so just remember, add a little at a time, taste, and add more if desired. You can always add more later!

Top it or Spike it

Though delicious on its own, top it with some whipped cream, chocolate shavings, or mini marshmallows for extra decadence. And for the adult crowd, there's always the option to add a shot of tequila, mezcal, or coffee liqueur-- we won't judge!

The post Avocados from Mexi-cocoa appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There's nothing better to warm you up on a cold day than a cup of hot cocoa; and if you add avocado, it'll be even more nourishing, thick, and velvety. It may seem like a strange combination, but the subtle flavor of the avocado is practically imperceptible and it gives a creaminess to the drink that is both rich and satisfying. This recipe is wonderfully flexible. You can make it sugar-free or vegan, and add some extra spice and flavorings depending on your tastes and the occasion -- the variations are limitless! Even though this is a treat, you can rest assured knowing that by including avocado in your cocoa, you're adding a good source of fiber (11% of your recommended daily needs!), good fats and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals.

The Basic Recipe

Start with two cups of milk and one avocado. You can adjust the amounts depending on how thick you would like your cocoa. When selecting your avocado, you'll want to find one that's perfectly ripe. A gentle squeeze will let you know if your avocado is ripeenough. An ideal avocado should yield to light pressure, however, one that is a little too soft for slicing will work perfectly fine for this recipe as well. You can help speed up ripening a hard avocado by placing it in a paper bag with a banana and checking it daily until it's ready. Once you've got your avocado, scoop out the flesh and blend it with milk in a blender or food processor until smooth. Add a third of a cup of natural cocoa and finish blending. Heat in the microwave or on the stovetop on low until just under a simmer. Sweeten to taste with sugar, add spices and topping to taste, and enjoy!

Go Sugar-free or Vegan

To sweeten your hot chocolate without refined sugar, you can use maple syrup or stevia, or soak a couple of Medjool dates in hot water for a few minutes to soften and add to the blender along with the milk and avocado (blend a little bit longer to completely pulverize the dates). You can make this hot cocoa vegan by using almond or coconut milk instead of regular milk.

Spice it up

This hot cocoa is delicious with the warming flavors of cinnamon, and cloves. If you're feeling inspired to try it as they did in the ancient times, add a dash of chile powder and cayenne to taste. This will definitely add a kick to your drink so just remember, add a little at a time, taste, and add more if desired. You can always add more later!

Top it or Spike it

Though delicious on its own, top it with some whipped cream, chocolate shavings, or mini marshmallows for extra decadence. And for the adult crowd, there's always the option to add a shot of tequila, mezcal, or coffee liqueur-- we won't judge!

The post Avocados from Mexi-cocoa appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Guacamole for a Crowd https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/how-to-make-guacamole-for-a-crowd-at-your-big-game-watch-party/ Tue, 02 Jan 2018 16:22:17 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23173

If you’re hosting a watch party for the big game, a birthday celebration, or simply a gathering of friends at your home, you want to be the host with the most — most guacamole, that is.

 

We don’t doubt that your friends love dipping into always good guacamole. But have you ever made your world-famous guacamole for a crowd? Nothing kills a party faster than a dry guac bowl, so it’s important to make sure there’s enough to go around. These tips and tricks will help you make enough guacamole for everyone (even pesky party crashers) to enjoy, all while keeping things fresh.

 

 

How Many Avocados Do I Need?

It depends on your guacamole recipe, but a good rule to follow is roughly half an avocado per person. Count your guests and divide by two to yield the number of avocados you’ll need. It’s not rocket science, it’s guac-it science.

Picking Avocados in Time for the Party

A party-size bowl of guacamole calls for the right avocados — ripe avocados. A good rule of thumb is that the darker the avocado, the riper it is. You can also give an avocado a light squeeze, and if it gives a little, it’s ready to party.

 

To make enough guacamole for a crowd, you may want to consider getting your avocados a couple days in advance. Here’s a cheat sheet for perfect timing:

  • If the party is today or tomorrow, buy avocados that are dark green with bumpy skin and are slightly soft when you squeeze them.
  • If the party is in two or three days, buy avocados that are green and firm. Let them sit on the counter until the day of the party — they’ll ripen just in time!
  • If the party is in four or five days, buy avocados that are green and firm, but store them in the refrigerator. Take them out and let them ripen on the counter two or three days ahead of the big day.

 

See what we mean in this video:

 

How to Make Guacamole for a Crowd

Basic guacamole is mashed Avocados From Mexico, lime juice, and salt. Traditional ingredients include chopped tomatoes, onion, jalapeños, and cilantro — you can’t go wrong with that. But since everyone has different tastes, making guacamole for a big crowd means you’ll need to make something for everyone. Good thing guacamole is the most customizable snack food in the world.

 

When you’re preparing guacamole for a crowd, here are some things to consider:

  1. Spice: Some like it hot, others do not. If you have fire-eaters coming over, consider making a bowl of spicy guacamole just for them. Here’s our pepper-picking guide.
  2. Texture: Are you a chunky guac person? Or do you keep things smoooooth? Consult our guacamole texture guide to get that perfect consistency.
  3. Allergies/Diets: Do any of your guests have allergies or diets to consider? Don’t give up on the guacamole. It’s easy to make gluten-free guacamole, and there are plenty of vegan guacamole recipes, too.
  4. Crazy Ingredients: You might be a fan of banana chipotle jelly guacamole, but unless you run with a really niche crowd, not everyone will appreciate such a … umm, unique appetizer. We say follow your heart, but maybe serve up something more traditional, too.

 

A fun solution to make sure everyone at your shindig has the perfect guacamole: Set up a DIY guacamole bar. Guests can mash their own custom dip and make things as simple, spicy, or wacky as they want. Win-win-win-etc.

 

The ♥️ of the Party

Know what’s a good party trick? Showing off how much you know about avocado nutrition. Let your guests know that avocados are essentially the only fruit with good fats, which offer benefits in the body without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol levels. That means fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit, and are cholesterol-, sugar-, and sodium-free.

In other words, you should invite them to more parties.

 

Leftover Guacamole = An Awesome After-Party

When the party’s a-rockin’, folks are a-guacin’. But when the fun ends and your guests head home, you might have some leftover guacamole. Lucky you!

 

The good news about leftover guac: You can store it for later! When avocado flesh is exposed to oxygen, it oxidizes and turns brown. Just squirt lime juice over the surface and cover with plastic cling film. Make sure that the cling film is pressed firmly against the surface with no air pockets. Store it in the refrigerator and your guac will remain bright green, fresh, and delicious for a couple days. The party lives on!

 

Party Tips Beyond the Dips

Guacamole is enough to create good times on its own, but pro hosts know that with awesome parties comes awesome responsibility. Discover our top party-planning tips here.

 

Get more avocado inspiration on our recipes page.

The post How to Make Guacamole for a Crowd appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you’re hosting a watch party for the big game, a birthday celebration, or simply a gathering of friends at your home, you want to be the host with the most — most guacamole, that is.   We don’t doubt that your friends love dipping into always good guacamole. But have you ever made your world-famous guacamole for a crowd? Nothing kills a party faster than a dry guac bowl, so it’s important to make sure there’s enough to go around. These tips and tricks will help you make enough guacamole for everyone (even pesky party crashers) to enjoy, all while keeping things fresh.    

How Many Avocados Do I Need?

It depends on your guacamole recipe, but a good rule to follow is roughly half an avocado per person. Count your guests and divide by two to yield the number of avocados you’ll need. It’s not rocket science, it’s guac-it science.

Picking Avocados in Time for the Party

A party-size bowl of guacamole calls for the right avocados — ripe avocados. A good rule of thumb is that the darker the avocado, the riper it is. You can also give an avocado a light squeeze, and if it gives a little, it’s ready to party.   To make enough guacamole for a crowd, you may want to consider getting your avocados a couple days in advance. Here’s a cheat sheet for perfect timing:
  • If the party is today or tomorrow, buy avocados that are dark green with bumpy skin and are slightly soft when you squeeze them.
  • If the party is in two or three days, buy avocados that are green and firm. Let them sit on the counter until the day of the party — they’ll ripen just in time!
  • If the party is in four or five days, buy avocados that are green and firm, but store them in the refrigerator. Take them out and let them ripen on the counter two or three days ahead of the big day.
  See what we mean in this video:  

How to Make Guacamole for a Crowd

Basic guacamole is mashed Avocados From Mexico, lime juice, and salt. Traditional ingredients include chopped tomatoes, onion, jalapeños, and cilantro — you can’t go wrong with that. But since everyone has different tastes, making guacamole for a big crowd means you’ll need to make something for everyone. Good thing guacamole is the most customizable snack food in the world.   When you’re preparing guacamole for a crowd, here are some things to consider:
  1. Spice: Some like it hot, others do not. If you have fire-eaters coming over, consider making a bowl of spicy guacamole just for them. Here’s our pepper-picking guide.
  2. Texture: Are you a chunky guac person? Or do you keep things smoooooth? Consult our guacamole texture guide to get that perfect consistency.
  3. Allergies/Diets: Do any of your guests have allergies or diets to consider? Don’t give up on the guacamole. It’s easy to make gluten-free guacamole, and there are plenty of vegan guacamole recipes, too.
  4. Crazy Ingredients: You might be a fan of banana chipotle jelly guacamole, but unless you run with a really niche crowd, not everyone will appreciate such a … umm, unique appetizer. We say follow your heart, but maybe serve up something more traditional, too.
  A fun solution to make sure everyone at your shindig has the perfect guacamole: Set up a DIY guacamole bar. Guests can mash their own custom dip and make things as simple, spicy, or wacky as they want. Win-win-win-etc.  

The ♥️ of the Party

Know what’s a good party trick? Showing off how much you know about avocado nutrition. Let your guests know that avocados are essentially the only fruit with good fats, which offer benefits in the body without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol levels. That means fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit, and are cholesterol-, sugar-, and sodium-free. In other words, you should invite them to more parties.
 

Leftover Guacamole = An Awesome After-Party

When the party’s a-rockin’, folks are a-guacin’. But when the fun ends and your guests head home, you might have some leftover guacamole. Lucky you!   The good news about leftover guac: You can store it for later! When avocado flesh is exposed to oxygen, it oxidizes and turns brown. Just squirt lime juice over the surface and cover with plastic cling film. Make sure that the cling film is pressed firmly against the surface with no air pockets. Store it in the refrigerator and your guac will remain bright green, fresh, and delicious for a couple days. The party lives on!  

Party Tips Beyond the Dips

Guacamole is enough to create good times on its own, but pro hosts know that with awesome parties comes awesome responsibility. Discover our top party-planning tips here.
  Get more avocado inspiration on our recipes page.

The post How to Make Guacamole for a Crowd appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Black Eyed Pea Salsa https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-black-eyed-pea-salsa/ Tue, 02 Jan 2018 16:22:07 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23174

The new year means one thing: resolutions. We have the rest of the year to stick to them, so why not get the projects started on the right foot with a helping of health and luck. Ring in a fresh year with always-in-season Avocados From Mexico, and lucky black-eyed peas for a salsa sure to bring a serving of success to everyone's plate.

Black-eyed peas are a long-established New Year's Eve dish eaten for luck and prosperity. This tradition goes back to ancient times and is still carried out today. As for the salsa? Black-eyed peas are a lovely, healthful ingredient that pair beautifully with avocados!

This delicious and versatile dish is great as a dip with corn chips, as a side dish to beef, fish, or poultry, or even as a stand-alone salad. Just add a scoop of salsa to a bed of greens like butter lettuce, arugula, or watercress. This salsa lends itself to creative adaptations, so each guest can eat it as they please.

Start with perfectly ripe avocados. This video shows how to pick them at the grocery store by holding one in the palm of your hand and gently squeezing. If it gives slightly, you have a ripe one! You will need 2 ripe and firm Avocados From Mexico, peeled and diced as shown in this video, plus a 1/2 cup chopped green onion, 1/4 cup chopped fresh cilantro, 1 cup diced tomato, 1 can black-eyed peas (rinsed and drained), 1 jalapeño pepper (seeded and diced) or 1/3 cup chopped green bell pepper, and 1 can sweet corn (drained). Mix all the ingredients well in a big bowl.

For the dressing, whisk 1/4 cup red wine vinegar, 1/4 cup olive oil, salt to taste, 1 tablespoon minced garlic, and 1 teaspoon ground cumin. Add to the salsa and allow flavors to meld before bringing to the table.

Serve with a bowl of corn chips, tortillas, lean protein, and a bowl of greens to please everyone at the table. Happy eating, and Happy New Year!

The post Avocado Black Eyed Pea Salsa appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The new year means one thing: resolutions. We have the rest of the year to stick to them, so why not get the projects started on the right foot with a helping of health and luck. Ring in a fresh year with always-in-season Avocados From Mexico, and lucky black-eyed peas for a salsa sure to bring a serving of success to everyone's plate. Black-eyed peas are a long-established New Year's Eve dish eaten for luck and prosperity. This tradition goes back to ancient times and is still carried out today. As for the salsa? Black-eyed peas are a lovely, healthful ingredient that pair beautifully with avocados! This delicious and versatile dish is great as a dip with corn chips, as a side dish to beef, fish, or poultry, or even as a stand-alone salad. Just add a scoop of salsa to a bed of greens like butter lettuce, arugula, or watercress. This salsa lends itself to creative adaptations, so each guest can eat it as they please. Start with perfectly ripe avocados. This video shows how to pick them at the grocery store by holding one in the palm of your hand and gently squeezing. If it gives slightly, you have a ripe one! You will need 2 ripe and firm Avocados From Mexico, peeled and diced as shown in this video, plus a 1/2 cup chopped green onion, 1/4 cup chopped fresh cilantro, 1 cup diced tomato, 1 can black-eyed peas (rinsed and drained), 1 jalapeño pepper (seeded and diced) or 1/3 cup chopped green bell pepper, and 1 can sweet corn (drained). Mix all the ingredients well in a big bowl. For the dressing, whisk 1/4 cup red wine vinegar, 1/4 cup olive oil, salt to taste, 1 tablespoon minced garlic, and 1 teaspoon ground cumin. Add to the salsa and allow flavors to meld before bringing to the table. Serve with a bowl of corn chips, tortillas, lean protein, and a bowl of greens to please everyone at the table. Happy eating, and Happy New Year!

The post Avocado Black Eyed Pea Salsa appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Best Breakfast Ideas for Christmas Morning https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/best-breakfast-ideas-christmas-morning/ Mon, 18 Dec 2017 21:27:38 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23160

By Chef Pati Jinich

Looking for some new breakfast recipe ideas for Christmas morning? I shared a flurry of tried-and-true favorites — along with some new ideas — during a recent Twitter party (#AvoChat #SeasonsEatings). Consider it an early present from me!

Before we dive into all the muy delicioso recipes below, let’s make sure you’re in good shape to have ripe Avocados From Mexico on hand. Here’s a helpful video on how to choose avocados based on how many days out you buy them. The further out that you buy them, the lighter green and harder you want the avocados to be. For immediate consumption, you’ll want darker avocados that give a little when you squeeze them.

But let’s say your avocados are still a little bit hard to the touch a few days before Christmas. You can speed up the ripening process by putting them in direct sunlight or inside a bag with rice. If they are ripening quicker than you’d like, you can slow them down by putting them in the fridge!

Christmas Breakfast Recipe Ideas

  • Breakfast Burritos. This easy Breakfast Burrito A La Mexico looks festive with red tomatoes and green avocados.
  • Egg sandwiches. My boys adore the Señor Breakfast Sandwich, with eggs and a creamy chipotle béchamel sauce. Another simple egg sandwich features mashed avocados, eggs, and bacon inside a brioche bun.
  • For a low-stress solution that you can put in the oven during gift exchange, look no further than the Baked Egg Casserole — a salsa ranchera blends with eggs, refried beans, and your choice of turkey or ham. Avocados cool down the spice of the charred tomatoes and peppers in my Eggs in Salsa Martajada. And for the really hungry crowd, fill a casserole dish with Big Brunch Enchiladas.
  • This traditional Mexican comfort food gets an upgrade with Avocados from Mexico. Green Chilaquiles start with tortilla strips piled high with fresh tomatillos, cheese, avos, and more — delicioso!
  • Avocado toast. So popular these days — and healthy! How about Christmas tree-shaped Avo Toast topped with pomegranate and mint? Or Avo Toast with Savory Seeds Crunch? And for me, I’ll have the citrus-tinged, sesame-flavored Avo Toast
  • Want something light before a big Christmas dinner? Start the day with this beet-red smoothie that I call Vampirito, which blends avocados with beets, pineapple, and orange juice!
  • Brunch fare. For a heartier mix, include Mexican Gravlax, an open-face sandwich with tequila-flavored salmon and avocado crema! Round out the plate with my version of Mexico’s Christmas Salad that features rows of avocado, jicama, beets, and oranges. A side dish of Oaxaca-Style Refried Beans is topped like a Christmas tree with toasted avocado leaves, fresh avocado, and queso fresco. [Look for avocado leaves in international markets or online.] Orange and Avocado Natilla, a sweet Christmas pudding, is the perfect way to end a brunch lineup.
  • Want sandwich options? Consider the Crazy Torta, with its sweet surprise of fried plantains, or the basic ham-and-cheese hero, topped with avocado!
  • No holiday morning’s complete without Mexican coffee, and for this occasion, this fun seasonal twist on eggnog made with coconut milk and avocado makes for a perfect Christmas breakfast.

For more holiday fun, visit Avocados From Mexico’s #SeasonsEatings page for more breakfast recipe ideas, to share pictures of you and your loved ones enjoying avocados this holiday season, and to enter to win a 7-day Princess Cruise in our #SeasonsEatings giveaway! Enter here!

The post Best Breakfast Ideas for Christmas Morning appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Chef Pati Jinich Looking for some new breakfast recipe ideas for Christmas morning? I shared a flurry of tried-and-true favorites — along with some new ideas — during a recent Twitter party (#AvoChat #SeasonsEatings). Consider it an early present from me! Before we dive into all the muy delicioso recipes below, let’s make sure you’re in good shape to have ripe Avocados From Mexico on hand. Here’s a helpful video on how to choose avocados based on how many days out you buy them. The further out that you buy them, the lighter green and harder you want the avocados to be. For immediate consumption, you’ll want darker avocados that give a little when you squeeze them. But let’s say your avocados are still a little bit hard to the touch a few days before Christmas. You can speed up the ripening process by putting them in direct sunlight or inside a bag with rice. If they are ripening quicker than you’d like, you can slow them down by putting them in the fridge! Christmas Breakfast Recipe Ideas
  • Breakfast Burritos. This easy Breakfast Burrito A La Mexico looks festive with red tomatoes and green avocados.
  • Egg sandwiches. My boys adore the Señor Breakfast Sandwich, with eggs and a creamy chipotle béchamel sauce. Another simple egg sandwich features mashed avocados, eggs, and bacon inside a brioche bun.
  • For a low-stress solution that you can put in the oven during gift exchange, look no further than the Baked Egg Casserole — a salsa ranchera blends with eggs, refried beans, and your choice of turkey or ham. Avocados cool down the spice of the charred tomatoes and peppers in my Eggs in Salsa Martajada. And for the really hungry crowd, fill a casserole dish with Big Brunch Enchiladas.
  • This traditional Mexican comfort food gets an upgrade with Avocados from Mexico. Green Chilaquiles start with tortilla strips piled high with fresh tomatillos, cheese, avos, and more — delicioso!
  • Avocado toast. So popular these days — and healthy! How about Christmas tree-shaped Avo Toast topped with pomegranate and mint? Or Avo Toast with Savory Seeds Crunch? And for me, I’ll have the citrus-tinged, sesame-flavored Avo Toast
  • Want something light before a big Christmas dinner? Start the day with this beet-red smoothie that I call Vampirito, which blends avocados with beets, pineapple, and orange juice!
  • Brunch fare. For a heartier mix, include Mexican Gravlax, an open-face sandwich with tequila-flavored salmon and avocado crema! Round out the plate with my version of Mexico’s Christmas Salad that features rows of avocado, jicama, beets, and oranges. A side dish of Oaxaca-Style Refried Beans is topped like a Christmas tree with toasted avocado leaves, fresh avocado, and queso fresco. [Look for avocado leaves in international markets or online.] Orange and Avocado Natilla, a sweet Christmas pudding, is the perfect way to end a brunch lineup.
  • Want sandwich options? Consider the Crazy Torta, with its sweet surprise of fried plantains, or the basic ham-and-cheese hero, topped with avocado!
  • No holiday morning’s complete without Mexican coffee, and for this occasion, this fun seasonal twist on eggnog made with coconut milk and avocado makes for a perfect Christmas breakfast.
For more holiday fun, visit Avocados From Mexico’s #SeasonsEatings page for more breakfast recipe ideas, to share pictures of you and your loved ones enjoying avocados this holiday season, and to enter to win a 7-day Princess Cruise in our #SeasonsEatings giveaway! Enter here!

The post Best Breakfast Ideas for Christmas Morning appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Pairings with Traditional Holiday Dishes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-pairings-traditional-holiday-dishes/ Fri, 08 Dec 2017 16:13:03 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23113

The holidays are just around the corner, and if you're like many people, you probably have some concerns about the health impact of chowing down on all your favorite holiday goodies. But if you eat in moderation, there's no reason to feel guilty about indulging in holiday favorites, especially if you keep up your exercise routine and you pair traditional holiday dishes with these delicious avocado pairings.

Yes, avocados go great with some of your holiday favorites — you may be surprised by how much of a supporting role they can play! Of course avocado slices or a creamy guacamole are a match made in heaven when paired with chicken tamales, or these sweet potato empanadas. But what about with a ham or turkey dinner?

Here are just a few quick tips for making avocados shine at your next holiday meal.

  1. Start the meal off with this holiday avocado fruit salad, or make a thick and hearty avo dressing to fancy up your holiday greens.
  2. Avocados aren't just for spread. Did you know that you can bake them right into your cornbread for an extra kick?
  3. Whether you prefer potatoes or rice, you have some delicious options for adding avocados into the mix. Check out these two avocado pairings with these au gratin potatoes, or this festive Christmas-colored rice. You can even add avocados to your favorite baked veggie dish.If your avocados aren't quite ripe, you can use the dry rice you have on hand for this recipe to help soften them up! Watch the video here.
  4. Great avocado pairings aren't limited to dinner! For the kids, try these tree-shaped avo toasts as part of your holiday-morning meal.
  5. Do you love to make chocolates for the holidays? Avocado makes delicious, creamy truffles. Your guests will go wild for these!
  6. Avocados also make an excellent base for a smooth, silky ice cream. This recipe is for pistachio ice cream, but you can flavor yours with vanilla, chocolate, mint, or your favorite holiday spices. Pair it with just-from-the-oven pie for best results!
  7. If you like to go all out with your baking, don't forget that you can use avocados in your Christmas cookies! Try this simple walnut recipe, or the classic chocolate chip.
  8. And, of course, it wouldn't be the holidays without a glass of frothy eggnog! Make your rompopo extra thick by adding avocados using this take on a classic recipe.

If you don't want to worry about ripening avocados at home, be sure to buy fruit at just the right ripeness. Consider both the color of the skin and firmness of the flesh to find the ones that are just right. Watch the video here to learn more!

The post Avocado Pairings with Traditional Holiday Dishes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The holidays are just around the corner, and if you're like many people, you probably have some concerns about the health impact of chowing down on all your favorite holiday goodies. But if you eat in moderation, there's no reason to feel guilty about indulging in holiday favorites, especially if you keep up your exercise routine and you pair traditional holiday dishes with these delicious avocado pairings. Yes, avocados go great with some of your holiday favorites — you may be surprised by how much of a supporting role they can play! Of course avocado slices or a creamy guacamole are a match made in heaven when paired with chicken tamales, or these sweet potato empanadas. But what about with a ham or turkey dinner? Here are just a few quick tips for making avocados shine at your next holiday meal.
  1. Start the meal off with this holiday avocado fruit salad, or make a thick and hearty avo dressing to fancy up your holiday greens.
  2. Avocados aren't just for spread. Did you know that you can bake them right into your cornbread for an extra kick?
  3. Whether you prefer potatoes or rice, you have some delicious options for adding avocados into the mix. Check out these two avocado pairings with these au gratin potatoes, or this festive Christmas-colored rice. You can even add avocados to your favorite baked veggie dish.If your avocados aren't quite ripe, you can use the dry rice you have on hand for this recipe to help soften them up! Watch the video here.
  4. Great avocado pairings aren't limited to dinner! For the kids, try these tree-shaped avo toasts as part of your holiday-morning meal.
  5. Do you love to make chocolates for the holidays? Avocado makes delicious, creamy truffles. Your guests will go wild for these!
  6. Avocados also make an excellent base for a smooth, silky ice cream. This recipe is for pistachio ice cream, but you can flavor yours with vanilla, chocolate, mint, or your favorite holiday spices. Pair it with just-from-the-oven pie for best results!
  7. If you like to go all out with your baking, don't forget that you can use avocados in your Christmas cookies! Try this simple walnut recipe, or the classic chocolate chip.
  8. And, of course, it wouldn't be the holidays without a glass of frothy eggnog! Make your rompopo extra thick by adding avocados using this take on a classic recipe.
If you don't want to worry about ripening avocados at home, be sure to buy fruit at just the right ripeness. Consider both the color of the skin and firmness of the flesh to find the ones that are just right. Watch the video here to learn more!

The post Avocado Pairings with Traditional Holiday Dishes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Travel-friendly Party Dishes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/travel-friendly-party-dishes/ Fri, 08 Dec 2017 16:12:49 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23112

Make no mistake, holiday season is party season. Since most of us lead busy lives, hosts appreciate when guests arrive with treats in-hand. Need some ideas? Here are some tips to ensure you and your party dish arrive in style!

Dill's the season

Dill is one of the most versatile herbs around. Potatoes, avocados, and salmon all love dill. This dish combines all of the above and looks good when you show up at the party. Simply halve and roast some fingerling potatoes. While the potatoes are in the oven, mash ripe avocado with dill, lemon zest and lemon juice. To make sure you get a creamy mash, make sure your avocados are ripe. You want to buy avocados with a dark green skin that yields slightly to pressure. Once your potatoes are done, let them cool before taking your ingredients to the party. Once there, layer some avo mash and top with a sliver of smoked salmon. Crown with some dill and presto! Insta-delish party dish!

Salad days

Salads are a popular, transportable choice for any potluck party. The festive season offers the perfect excuse to marry fresh greens with something a little more hearty – like sweet potatoes. Bake your sweet potatoes in advance and take along a bag of washed greens and an avocado or two. Once you arrive, lay down a base of salad, toss in some dried cranberries, diced sweet potato and avocado, then dress with a simple vinaigrette and serve. The easiest way to slice and pit an avocado is to cut lengthwise, then remove the pit and dice the flesh while it is still in the skin, as you can see here in a tutorial video.

You want fries with that?

If you have access to a kitchen (and your host doesn't mind), whip up some tasty avocado fries a la minute! All you'll need to bring with you are a few firm avocados and your choice of dip like this smoky chipotle yogurt. Then, borrow some flour, eggs, breadcrumbs, and bake away. Serve these hot and fresh!

Taco to go?

Bring your own taco bar to the party! Make your salsa and guacamole in advance, as well as some grilled, diced chicken breast. Store all the ingredients in individual portable containers. When it comes time to party, all you have to do is warm some tortillas and the diced chicken breast if you want it warm. Grab a tub of sour cream from your portable cooler and everyone gets to build their own tacos while you enjoy the fiesta!

Tasty taquitos

These diminutive bites offer crunch and delicious, customizable fillings. Grab a tortilla and fill the lower third with two tablespoons of your favorite filling – whether it's shredded pork, pickled onions and cilantro or a vegetarian mix of zucchini, cheese and sweet potato. Roll up the tortillas and secure them with a toothpick before baking them to crispy perfection. Once cooled, these are easy to transport and serve at room temperature alongside your best guacamole. We guarantee there will be no leftovers to travel home with you!

The post Travel-friendly Party Dishes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Make no mistake, holiday season is party season. Since most of us lead busy lives, hosts appreciate when guests arrive with treats in-hand. Need some ideas? Here are some tips to ensure you and your party dish arrive in style!

Dill's the season

Dill is one of the most versatile herbs around. Potatoes, avocados, and salmon all love dill. This dish combines all of the above and looks good when you show up at the party. Simply halve and roast some fingerling potatoes. While the potatoes are in the oven, mash ripe avocado with dill, lemon zest and lemon juice. To make sure you get a creamy mash, make sure your avocados are ripe. You want to buy avocados with a dark green skin that yields slightly to pressure. Once your potatoes are done, let them cool before taking your ingredients to the party. Once there, layer some avo mash and top with a sliver of smoked salmon. Crown with some dill and presto! Insta-delish party dish!

Salad days

Salads are a popular, transportable choice for any potluck party. The festive season offers the perfect excuse to marry fresh greens with something a little more hearty – like sweet potatoes. Bake your sweet potatoes in advance and take along a bag of washed greens and an avocado or two. Once you arrive, lay down a base of salad, toss in some dried cranberries, diced sweet potato and avocado, then dress with a simple vinaigrette and serve. The easiest way to slice and pit an avocado is to cut lengthwise, then remove the pit and dice the flesh while it is still in the skin, as you can see here in a tutorial video.

You want fries with that?

If you have access to a kitchen (and your host doesn't mind), whip up some tasty avocado fries a la minute! All you'll need to bring with you are a few firm avocados and your choice of dip like this smoky chipotle yogurt. Then, borrow some flour, eggs, breadcrumbs, and bake away. Serve these hot and fresh!

Taco to go?

Bring your own taco bar to the party! Make your salsa and guacamole in advance, as well as some grilled, diced chicken breast. Store all the ingredients in individual portable containers. When it comes time to party, all you have to do is warm some tortillas and the diced chicken breast if you want it warm. Grab a tub of sour cream from your portable cooler and everyone gets to build their own tacos while you enjoy the fiesta!

Tasty taquitos

These diminutive bites offer crunch and delicious, customizable fillings. Grab a tortilla and fill the lower third with two tablespoons of your favorite filling – whether it's shredded pork, pickled onions and cilantro or a vegetarian mix of zucchini, cheese and sweet potato. Roll up the tortillas and secure them with a toothpick before baking them to crispy perfection. Once cooled, these are easy to transport and serve at room temperature alongside your best guacamole. We guarantee there will be no leftovers to travel home with you!

The post Travel-friendly Party Dishes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Making Avocado-shaped Felt Ornaments https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/making-avocado-shaped-felt-ornaments/ Fri, 08 Dec 2017 16:12:34 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23108

There's little sense in keeping your love of avocados close to the chest. Instead, you can proudly display your love for avocados while getting into the holiday spirit by making some avocado-shaped felt ornaments for your tree. These adorable ornaments are great conversation starters and definitely add personality and style to your holiday decorations. Turn on some Christmas music and make some fast and easy snacks to keep hunger at bay while you get the family together to create these special DIY ornaments.

Snack attack!

Turn your crafting session into a party by serving Christmas-tree shaped avocado toastwith pomegranate arils as the decorations. Guacamole bites are another perfect snack to accompany this fun family activity. Avocados From Mexico are always in season and guacamole represents Christmas colors perfectly!

When you're selecting avocados for your holiday recipes, it's easy to know when they're ready to eat. Just give each avocado a gentle squeeze. If it doesn't yield to pressure, you can quicken up ripening by putting it in a paper bag with a banana for a day or two. You can also slow down ripening if you're not ready to eat it just yet by keeping it in the refrigerator. These simple tips will ensure you always serve your avocados at their creamy, smooth best.

Now, get crafting!

Now, it's time to get out your crafting kit. This should include needles and thread, stuffing, glue, ribbon, and felt. Be sure to have plenty of green and brown felt on hand. To make your ornaments, cut two avocado shapes, one in light green for the front, and one in dark green or black for the back. Cut a brown circle for the avocado pit. Stitch the pit onto the light green avocado felt and then stitch the avocado front to the back with dark green thread. Leave a small opening if you wish to add stuffing, add a ribbon loop for hanging, then stitch closed.

If you would like to put a face on your avocado, you can make stitches for the eyes and mouth, or the kids might like to glue on scraps of felt or other materials, such as googly eyes and yarn.

This craft is easy to adapt for children of different ages and abilities. For the smallest ones, you can cut the felt beforehand and instead of stitching, just let them glue the pieces together. Older kids can use a model to trace the shapes on the felt and cut them out. Sewing is a great way to work on those fine motor skills.

There's no better way to get into the holiday spirit than by doing some crafts together as a family, and you'll create a memory that you can savor every year when you hang your ornaments on your tree. If you have enough materials, make a few extra! These ornaments are great Christmas gifts for family and friends who love avocados!

The post Making Avocado-shaped Felt Ornaments appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There's little sense in keeping your love of avocados close to the chest. Instead, you can proudly display your love for avocados while getting into the holiday spirit by making some avocado-shaped felt ornaments for your tree. These adorable ornaments are great conversation starters and definitely add personality and style to your holiday decorations. Turn on some Christmas music and make some fast and easy snacks to keep hunger at bay while you get the family together to create these special DIY ornaments.

Snack attack!

Turn your crafting session into a party by serving Christmas-tree shaped avocado toastwith pomegranate arils as the decorations. Guacamole bites are another perfect snack to accompany this fun family activity. Avocados From Mexico are always in season and guacamole represents Christmas colors perfectly! When you're selecting avocados for your holiday recipes, it's easy to know when they're ready to eat. Just give each avocado a gentle squeeze. If it doesn't yield to pressure, you can quicken up ripening by putting it in a paper bag with a banana for a day or two. You can also slow down ripening if you're not ready to eat it just yet by keeping it in the refrigerator. These simple tips will ensure you always serve your avocados at their creamy, smooth best.

Now, get crafting!

Now, it's time to get out your crafting kit. This should include needles and thread, stuffing, glue, ribbon, and felt. Be sure to have plenty of green and brown felt on hand. To make your ornaments, cut two avocado shapes, one in light green for the front, and one in dark green or black for the back. Cut a brown circle for the avocado pit. Stitch the pit onto the light green avocado felt and then stitch the avocado front to the back with dark green thread. Leave a small opening if you wish to add stuffing, add a ribbon loop for hanging, then stitch closed. If you would like to put a face on your avocado, you can make stitches for the eyes and mouth, or the kids might like to glue on scraps of felt or other materials, such as googly eyes and yarn. This craft is easy to adapt for children of different ages and abilities. For the smallest ones, you can cut the felt beforehand and instead of stitching, just let them glue the pieces together. Older kids can use a model to trace the shapes on the felt and cut them out. Sewing is a great way to work on those fine motor skills. There's no better way to get into the holiday spirit than by doing some crafts together as a family, and you'll create a memory that you can savor every year when you hang your ornaments on your tree. If you have enough materials, make a few extra! These ornaments are great Christmas gifts for family and friends who love avocados!

The post Making Avocado-shaped Felt Ornaments appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Volunteer at a Soup Kitchen https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/volunteer-soup-kitchen/ Fri, 08 Dec 2017 16:12:31 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23109

Spread some holiday spirit this season by volunteering in your local community. Whether it's at a soup kitchen, preparing food packages at homeless shelters or fundraising to help out your favorite cause, there's no better season than the holidays to do something meaningful and good.

Here are some ways to lend a hand, along with a couple of avocado-based, warming soup recipes to nourish body and soul.

Getting Started

Volunteers are always needed in just about every town or city across the country. Ask local government agencies, churches or schools in your community for the name of a soup kitchen, shelter, or food pantry that's looking for help over the holidays. These are, after all, 365 days-a-year operations and the influx of people in need always increases over the holidays.

In the Spirit of Giving

Why not grab some friends this year and organize a shift at a soup kitchen as your way of paying it forward? Always check with the shelter or volunteer soup kitchen's manager to arrange a time when your group can lend a hand. And even though this isn't a paid gig, treat it like a job. Show up when you say you will and do your part respectfully. Skipping out on your shift could have a huge impact on workflow since most soup kitchens rely on volunteer help to fulfill their obligations.

Soup's on

Cold weather eating calls for warming soups, like this Heart-Healthy Creamy Sweet Potato Avocado Soup. Packed with fiber and Vitamin A, it's a delicious, nutrient-dense choice. If the soup kitchen in your community has a glut of avocados, suggest they store them in the fridge to slow down the ripening process for later use. Or use them in this savory Miso and Mushroom Soup that replaces tofu with creamy chunks of avocado. You can prevent any leftover, cut green fruit from spoiling by submerging it in water and placing in your fridge to keep it fresh and ripe for another three days.

Not much of a cook and don't fancy kitchen work? No problem. There are many other ways to help. Consider organizing a holiday bake sale with proceeds going to your favorite soup kitchen. Or rally your friends to buy non-perishable goods and other foods to donate once you check with your local soup kitchen to ask them what they need. You can even try getting a local business to give you some support in the form of cash or product donations to help meet your goals. Or fill food boxes at your local food pantry for those who need it at this time of year.

Whatever you choose to do, the fact that you've chosen to help is a gift in itself — especially for those who feel alone and hungry. Sharing of yourself, with those who need it most, is the greatest gift of all.

The post How to Volunteer at a Soup Kitchen appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Spread some holiday spirit this season by volunteering in your local community. Whether it's at a soup kitchen, preparing food packages at homeless shelters or fundraising to help out your favorite cause, there's no better season than the holidays to do something meaningful and good. Here are some ways to lend a hand, along with a couple of avocado-based, warming soup recipes to nourish body and soul.

Getting Started

Volunteers are always needed in just about every town or city across the country. Ask local government agencies, churches or schools in your community for the name of a soup kitchen, shelter, or food pantry that's looking for help over the holidays. These are, after all, 365 days-a-year operations and the influx of people in need always increases over the holidays.

In the Spirit of Giving

Why not grab some friends this year and organize a shift at a soup kitchen as your way of paying it forward? Always check with the shelter or volunteer soup kitchen's manager to arrange a time when your group can lend a hand. And even though this isn't a paid gig, treat it like a job. Show up when you say you will and do your part respectfully. Skipping out on your shift could have a huge impact on workflow since most soup kitchens rely on volunteer help to fulfill their obligations.

Soup's on

Cold weather eating calls for warming soups, like this Heart-Healthy Creamy Sweet Potato Avocado Soup. Packed with fiber and Vitamin A, it's a delicious, nutrient-dense choice. If the soup kitchen in your community has a glut of avocados, suggest they store them in the fridge to slow down the ripening process for later use. Or use them in this savory Miso and Mushroom Soup that replaces tofu with creamy chunks of avocado. You can prevent any leftover, cut green fruit from spoiling by submerging it in water and placing in your fridge to keep it fresh and ripe for another three days. Not much of a cook and don't fancy kitchen work? No problem. There are many other ways to help. Consider organizing a holiday bake sale with proceeds going to your favorite soup kitchen. Or rally your friends to buy non-perishable goods and other foods to donate once you check with your local soup kitchen to ask them what they need. You can even try getting a local business to give you some support in the form of cash or product donations to help meet your goals. Or fill food boxes at your local food pantry for those who need it at this time of year. Whatever you choose to do, the fact that you've chosen to help is a gift in itself — especially for those who feel alone and hungry. Sharing of yourself, with those who need it most, is the greatest gift of all.

The post How to Volunteer at a Soup Kitchen appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Cut Down on Calories at Cocktail Parties https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/cut-calories-cocktail-parties/ Fri, 08 Dec 2017 16:12:06 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23111

The holiday season is fast approaching and, with it, the threat of packing on extra pounds. Think of all those parties and all that terrific, calorific food! So how can you celebrate the holidays, enjoy yourself at those parties and manage weight gain? These savvy tips and strategies will help you stay merry well into the New Year.

Stick to a schedule.

It's tempting to fast during the day when you're planning to party at night, but eat your square meals and snack on fruits, lean protein, and whole grains the day of the festivities. Fibers and proteins will keep you feeling full and help you stave off the impulse to binge at the party. Avocados offer 11% of your daily fiber needs, so they're a great choice for keeping you feeling fuller for a longer period of time.

Control portions and stop before seconds.

Portion control is very important, as is moderation. Help yourself to portions roughly the size of your fist. Stop and think if you really need that second helping.

Try to use smaller plates, like salad plates, and divide yours in two halves. Fill up one half with vegetables or salad, or both. Divide the other half in two and fill up one-quarter with carbs like rice or potatoes, and reserve the other quarter for animal proteins, like turkey or beef, or vegetable proteins like garbanzo beans or quinoa. This balanced plate will help you feel sated.

If you're still tempted to go back for seconds, give yourself a 15-minute rule. Yes, that pie was delicious, but wait 15 minutes after finishing the first piece to see if you still feel you really need a second piece.

Be the hostess with the mostess...

If you're the one hosting the holiday party, plan your menu with health-optimizing dishes in mind. Avocados aren't just a beautiful green that add color to the table — they can also add unsaturated “good" fat to the holiday menu. And if you find you've run out of butter or mayonnaise, guess what? Avocado makes a handy substitute! Simply swap butter with avocado in baked goods, like these avocado chocolate cupcakes or this avocado coconut pound cake. On the savory front, swap mayonnaise for avocados in salad dressings. Check out these videos on how to save half an avocado if the recipe calls only a part of the fruit by squeezing lime on it and covering with plastic wrap, and learn how to pick avocados for the week when you shop in advance by looking at the color and squeezing it gently to see if it yields to a little pressure. The darker green and softer an avocado is the closer it is to being ready to eat. The lighter green and harder an avocado is the more time it needs to ripen.

... and the guest with a great gift.

Need to come up with a hostess gift? You can never go wrong by bringing your own favorite healthy side dish or dessert. You can still indulge in other foods in moderation, but you know you have a delicious, nutritious dish that you can fall back on.

Work it off tomorrow.

Stay active! And it doesn't take much time or effort to burn off the calories gained the day before. You can go for power walks, or do 15-minute high-impact workouts. Plan fun outdoor activities with your family for after the party, like taking part in a 5K fun run in your area or a game of flag football. Or go for a hike in the woods. Exercise burns calories, reduces stress, boosts self-esteem, and improves sleep. Physical activity will also help you survive the holidays!

With these tips and tricks, you will not only enjoy the holiday season, but also keep those calories at bay.

The post How to Cut Down on Calories at Cocktail Parties appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The holiday season is fast approaching and, with it, the threat of packing on extra pounds. Think of all those parties and all that terrific, calorific food! So how can you celebrate the holidays, enjoy yourself at those parties and manage weight gain? These savvy tips and strategies will help you stay merry well into the New Year.

Stick to a schedule.

It's tempting to fast during the day when you're planning to party at night, but eat your square meals and snack on fruits, lean protein, and whole grains the day of the festivities. Fibers and proteins will keep you feeling full and help you stave off the impulse to binge at the party. Avocados offer 11% of your daily fiber needs, so they're a great choice for keeping you feeling fuller for a longer period of time.

Control portions and stop before seconds.

Portion control is very important, as is moderation. Help yourself to portions roughly the size of your fist. Stop and think if you really need that second helping. Try to use smaller plates, like salad plates, and divide yours in two halves. Fill up one half with vegetables or salad, or both. Divide the other half in two and fill up one-quarter with carbs like rice or potatoes, and reserve the other quarter for animal proteins, like turkey or beef, or vegetable proteins like garbanzo beans or quinoa. This balanced plate will help you feel sated. If you're still tempted to go back for seconds, give yourself a 15-minute rule. Yes, that pie was delicious, but wait 15 minutes after finishing the first piece to see if you still feel you really need a second piece.

Be the hostess with the mostess...

If you're the one hosting the holiday party, plan your menu with health-optimizing dishes in mind. Avocados aren't just a beautiful green that add color to the table — they can also add unsaturated “good" fat to the holiday menu. And if you find you've run out of butter or mayonnaise, guess what? Avocado makes a handy substitute! Simply swap butter with avocado in baked goods, like these avocado chocolate cupcakes or this avocado coconut pound cake. On the savory front, swap mayonnaise for avocados in salad dressings. Check out these videos on how to save half an avocado if the recipe calls only a part of the fruit by squeezing lime on it and covering with plastic wrap, and learn how to pick avocados for the week when you shop in advance by looking at the color and squeezing it gently to see if it yields to a little pressure. The darker green and softer an avocado is the closer it is to being ready to eat. The lighter green and harder an avocado is the more time it needs to ripen.

... and the guest with a great gift.

Need to come up with a hostess gift? You can never go wrong by bringing your own favorite healthy side dish or dessert. You can still indulge in other foods in moderation, but you know you have a delicious, nutritious dish that you can fall back on.

Work it off tomorrow.

Stay active! And it doesn't take much time or effort to burn off the calories gained the day before. You can go for power walks, or do 15-minute high-impact workouts. Plan fun outdoor activities with your family for after the party, like taking part in a 5K fun run in your area or a game of flag football. Or go for a hike in the woods. Exercise burns calories, reduces stress, boosts self-esteem, and improves sleep. Physical activity will also help you survive the holidays! With these tips and tricks, you will not only enjoy the holiday season, but also keep those calories at bay.

The post How to Cut Down on Calories at Cocktail Parties appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avo Cookies for Santa https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avo-cookies-santa/ Fri, 08 Dec 2017 16:11:58 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=23110

There's a good reason we leave Santa cookies on Christmas Eve: delivering gifts to every kid in the world in one night is a logistical nightmare. Santa deserves a break, and if cookies are his weakness, who are we to hold it against the guy?

But there's a way to give Santa (and your family) a treat without the bulk, and the secret is hidden inside your favorite fruit: avocado. By swapping out the butter in this recipe with avocado, you can reduce the amount of calories, saturated fat, cholesterol and sodium Santa eats with his treats. And by pairing avocados with rich cocoa powder and a few treats (chocolate chips or crushed peppermint candies, for example), he won't miss a thing.

There are two tricks to this recipe. The first is to pick a perfectly ripe avocado, one that yields to gentle pressure, but isn't too soft. Check out this short video to learn more. Depending on the size of the avocado you buy, you may have some leftover after making this recipe. A quick sprinkle of lemon or lime juice plus plastic wrap will help preserve it in the fridge until your next salad or snack (this video shows you how).

The other secret to this recipe is to serve it cold. Once the cookies cool, pop them in the freezer for at least a few hours (or store them in a freezer bag until you or Santa are ready to eat). It changes from a soft cookie into a brownie/cookie hybrid, super fudgey and rich.

The recipe is written using Dutch-process cocoa powder, which is treated with an alkali to neutralize the acidity and give the cocoa a smoother flavor. You can also use a natural cocoa powder if you prefer your chocolate more bitter, but swap out the baking powder for half the amount of baking soda.

Chocolate Avo Cookies

Yield: 8 cookies

¾-cup Avocado From Mexico flesh

½-cup sugar (can easily be swapped with coconut sugar)

1 egg

½-cup Dutch-process cocoa powder

1 teaspoon baking powder

1 teaspoon kosher salt (plus more for sprinkling after baking)

60 grams of mix-ins (chocolate chips or crushed peppermint candies work well)

Preheat the oven to 350 degrees Fahrenheit, and line a 9x13 baking sheet with parchment paper. Put the first six ingredients in a blender and process until smooth (this can also be done with a bowl and a hand mixer). Stir in the mix-ins by hand, then scoop dough out in 1 ½-tablespoon increments until there are eight cookies. The cookies won't spread much while baking, so use a spoon to spread them out a bit on the sheet pan.

Bake the cookies for 15 minutes, then check to see if they can be gently lifted off of the pan. If not, put them back in for a few minutes and repeat until they hold together. The time is less important than the appearance of the cookie: you want it to be baked enough that it doesn't stick to the pan or crumble when you lift it with a spatula. As soon as the cookies are finished, sprinkle them with a little bit of salt and gently press the salt into the tops. Once the cookies cool to room temperature, transfer them into a freezer bag and freeze until ready to eat.

Santa will thank you.

The post Avo Cookies for Santa appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There's a good reason we leave Santa cookies on Christmas Eve: delivering gifts to every kid in the world in one night is a logistical nightmare. Santa deserves a break, and if cookies are his weakness, who are we to hold it against the guy? But there's a way to give Santa (and your family) a treat without the bulk, and the secret is hidden inside your favorite fruit: avocado. By swapping out the butter in this recipe with avocado, you can reduce the amount of calories, saturated fat, cholesterol and sodium Santa eats with his treats. And by pairing avocados with rich cocoa powder and a few treats (chocolate chips or crushed peppermint candies, for example), he won't miss a thing. There are two tricks to this recipe. The first is to pick a perfectly ripe avocado, one that yields to gentle pressure, but isn't too soft. Check out this short video to learn more. Depending on the size of the avocado you buy, you may have some leftover after making this recipe. A quick sprinkle of lemon or lime juice plus plastic wrap will help preserve it in the fridge until your next salad or snack (this video shows you how). The other secret to this recipe is to serve it cold. Once the cookies cool, pop them in the freezer for at least a few hours (or store them in a freezer bag until you or Santa are ready to eat). It changes from a soft cookie into a brownie/cookie hybrid, super fudgey and rich. The recipe is written using Dutch-process cocoa powder, which is treated with an alkali to neutralize the acidity and give the cocoa a smoother flavor. You can also use a natural cocoa powder if you prefer your chocolate more bitter, but swap out the baking powder for half the amount of baking soda.

Chocolate Avo Cookies

Yield: 8 cookies ¾-cup Avocado From Mexico flesh ½-cup sugar (can easily be swapped with coconut sugar) 1 egg ½-cup Dutch-process cocoa powder 1 teaspoon baking powder 1 teaspoon kosher salt (plus more for sprinkling after baking) 60 grams of mix-ins (chocolate chips or crushed peppermint candies work well) Preheat the oven to 350 degrees Fahrenheit, and line a 9x13 baking sheet with parchment paper. Put the first six ingredients in a blender and process until smooth (this can also be done with a bowl and a hand mixer). Stir in the mix-ins by hand, then scoop dough out in 1 ½-tablespoon increments until there are eight cookies. The cookies won't spread much while baking, so use a spoon to spread them out a bit on the sheet pan. Bake the cookies for 15 minutes, then check to see if they can be gently lifted off of the pan. If not, put them back in for a few minutes and repeat until they hold together. The time is less important than the appearance of the cookie: you want it to be baked enough that it doesn't stick to the pan or crumble when you lift it with a spatula. As soon as the cookies are finished, sprinkle them with a little bit of salt and gently press the salt into the tops. Once the cookies cool to room temperature, transfer them into a freezer bag and freeze until ready to eat. Santa will thank you.

The post Avo Cookies for Santa appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Science Fair Projects https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avocado-science-fair-projects/ Sat, 11 Nov 2017 14:12:10 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22806

It's science fair time! Whether you're scrambling to figure out how to work with the ingredients in your kitchen, or you just want to avoid the clichéd baking-soda-and-vinegar volcano and its requisite papier-mâché mess, Avocados From Mexico has you covered.

Here are three unique science projects for kids aged five to nine.

Kindergarten and Up - Holy Guacamole!

Get your kids to do an experiment that will help you in the kitchen, too! With this project, you and your little one will learn why guacamole turns brown and how to stop it — or at least slow it down.

There is a common belief that the avocado pit has some kind of special attribute that helps prevent mashed avocado from browning. You can do an experiment to find out whether this is true! Research what causes browning and how it can be prevented, in just a few easy steps.

Have your little scientist compare a regular bowl of guac to one with a pit in it. Compare these to a second experiment using a light bulb in place of the pit, and a fourth exploring the effects of ascorbic acid (Vitamin C) on the discoloration process.

(And here's a quick kitchen tip: If you want to make sure your guac stays green and fresh, just pour a thin layer of milk or water over the spread. Check out this and other how-to videos from Avocados From Mexico.

Grade One - The Avocado Tree and Me

Learn how a seed becomes a tree — or at least see the first few stages in action — with this experiment to germinate an avocado pit.

Under the right conditions, an avocado tree can make a lovely houseplant, and the germinating seeds can make an exciting science experiment. Just use a few toothpicks to suspend the pit, narrow end up, in a glass of water, and wait for the root to sprout. With a little time to mature, it can be potted and will slowly grow into a sturdy tree. And you can use it in the kitchen even if it never bears fruit: avocado leaf is a common herb used in making black beans, especially in bean tamales.

Grade Two - How to Get Avocados Perfectly Ripe

This experiment tests various avocado ripening methods to figure out which one works best and uncovers the chemical reaction behind fruit maturation.

Using a bag of rock-hard avocados, compare the length of time they take to ripen under different conditions: in the fridge, on the counter, in a paper bag, and in a bag with various other pieces of fruit, like a banana. Explore what it is about each set of conditions that impacts the ripening speed.

And if you want one more idea for ripening your avocados for meals, there are even more strategies! Watch our video about ripening with rice, or this one on using heat.

The post Avocado Science Fair Projects appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It's science fair time! Whether you're scrambling to figure out how to work with the ingredients in your kitchen, or you just want to avoid the clichéd baking-soda-and-vinegar volcano and its requisite papier-mâché mess, Avocados From Mexico has you covered. Here are three unique science projects for kids aged five to nine.

Kindergarten and Up - Holy Guacamole!

Get your kids to do an experiment that will help you in the kitchen, too! With this project, you and your little one will learn why guacamole turns brown and how to stop it — or at least slow it down. There is a common belief that the avocado pit has some kind of special attribute that helps prevent mashed avocado from browning. You can do an experiment to find out whether this is true! Research what causes browning and how it can be prevented, in just a few easy steps. Have your little scientist compare a regular bowl of guac to one with a pit in it. Compare these to a second experiment using a light bulb in place of the pit, and a fourth exploring the effects of ascorbic acid (Vitamin C) on the discoloration process. (And here's a quick kitchen tip: If you want to make sure your guac stays green and fresh, just pour a thin layer of milk or water over the spread. Check out this and other how-to videos from Avocados From Mexico.

Grade One - The Avocado Tree and Me

Learn how a seed becomes a tree — or at least see the first few stages in action — with this experiment to germinate an avocado pit. Under the right conditions, an avocado tree can make a lovely houseplant, and the germinating seeds can make an exciting science experiment. Just use a few toothpicks to suspend the pit, narrow end up, in a glass of water, and wait for the root to sprout. With a little time to mature, it can be potted and will slowly grow into a sturdy tree. And you can use it in the kitchen even if it never bears fruit: avocado leaf is a common herb used in making black beans, especially in bean tamales.

Grade Two - How to Get Avocados Perfectly Ripe

This experiment tests various avocado ripening methods to figure out which one works best and uncovers the chemical reaction behind fruit maturation. Using a bag of rock-hard avocados, compare the length of time they take to ripen under different conditions: in the fridge, on the counter, in a paper bag, and in a bag with various other pieces of fruit, like a banana. Explore what it is about each set of conditions that impacts the ripening speed. And if you want one more idea for ripening your avocados for meals, there are even more strategies! Watch our video about ripening with rice, or this one on using heat.

The post Avocado Science Fair Projects appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Kabobs https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-kabobs/ Sat, 11 Nov 2017 14:11:35 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22800

Wanna stick it to a diet full of bad fats and too much cholesterol while retaining great taste? Avocado kabobs are the perfect remedy. This delicious, creamy fruit takes on smoky flavors when grilled with protein and other veggies on a stick, which also makes it easier to flip and fun to eat. All you need is a grill (or grill pan), some skewers, and, of course, avocados!

But first, a few avocado tips before you start. You'll want to buy avocados that are slightly ripe (yield to light pressure), but still a little firm so they don't fall apart. Check out this video to watch the tried and true touch technique that will help you find ripe avocados. For leftover avocado, this video shows you how to rub a little fresh lemon juice on an avocado half before wrapping it tightly in plastic wrap to preserve it for a day or two.

There are two ways to make avocado kabobs: grill avocado on a skewer, or make a marinade/vinaigrette for the kabobs. But first, be sure to soak your skewers in water for 20 minutes if you plan on using a grill; this will keep your skewers from burning.

Shrimp Avocado Kabobs:

Pierce chunks of bell pepper, red onion, peeled, tail-on shrimp (seasoned with salt, pepper, and minced garlic) and chunks of Avocado From Mexico on the skewers. Cook on an oil-rubbed grill or grill plate for 8 minutes on each side, then brush with your favorite vinaigrette and serve extra on the side for dipping.

Steak and Avocado Kabobs:

Mix together 1 tablespoon of olive oil, ½ teaspoon chipotle chile powder, ¼ teaspoon kosher salt, and rub over a 1-pound top sirloin steak. Cut the steak into chunks, then thread the pieces on skewers with pieces of Avocado From Mexico and cherry tomatoes. Spray with cooking oil, sprinkle with kosher salt, then grill until steak is cooked to your desired doneness, turning occasionally for even browning.

Avocado Fruit Kabob Salad:

Put pieces of pineapple, whole strawberries, and chunks of Avocado From Mexico onto skewers. Set on top of mixed salad greens. To make the vinaigrette, blend ¼ cup honey, 3 tablespoons lime juice, ¼ cup each of cilantro leaves, mint leaves, and parsley leaves, ½ teaspoon paprika, ¼ teaspoon salt, ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper, and ¼ teaspoon red pepper flakes until smooth, then slowly drizzle in ½ cup of olive oil until emulsified. Drizzle vinaigrette on top of kabobs and salad.

Chicken Kabobs with Avocado Vinaigrette:

Puree one Avocado From Mexico (cut into chunks), a clove of garlic, a small chunk of ginger, 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar and 1 teaspoon Dijon mustard until smooth, then slowly drizzle in 3 tablespoons olive oil (or more until it is a pourable consistency) and salt and pepper to taste. Marinate chunks of chicken thighs in a portion of the vinaigrette for at least 30 minutes and as long as overnight, then thread chicken with your favorite vegetables onto skewers and grill until chicken is cooked. Serve the skewers with leftover vinaigrette for dipping.

The post Avocado Kabobs appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Wanna stick it to a diet full of bad fats and too much cholesterol while retaining great taste? Avocado kabobs are the perfect remedy. This delicious, creamy fruit takes on smoky flavors when grilled with protein and other veggies on a stick, which also makes it easier to flip and fun to eat. All you need is a grill (or grill pan), some skewers, and, of course, avocados! But first, a few avocado tips before you start. You'll want to buy avocados that are slightly ripe (yield to light pressure), but still a little firm so they don't fall apart. Check out this video to watch the tried and true touch technique that will help you find ripe avocados. For leftover avocado, this video shows you how to rub a little fresh lemon juice on an avocado half before wrapping it tightly in plastic wrap to preserve it for a day or two. There are two ways to make avocado kabobs: grill avocado on a skewer, or make a marinade/vinaigrette for the kabobs. But first, be sure to soak your skewers in water for 20 minutes if you plan on using a grill; this will keep your skewers from burning.

Shrimp Avocado Kabobs:

Pierce chunks of bell pepper, red onion, peeled, tail-on shrimp (seasoned with salt, pepper, and minced garlic) and chunks of Avocado From Mexico on the skewers. Cook on an oil-rubbed grill or grill plate for 8 minutes on each side, then brush with your favorite vinaigrette and serve extra on the side for dipping.

Steak and Avocado Kabobs:

Mix together 1 tablespoon of olive oil, ½ teaspoon chipotle chile powder, ¼ teaspoon kosher salt, and rub over a 1-pound top sirloin steak. Cut the steak into chunks, then thread the pieces on skewers with pieces of Avocado From Mexico and cherry tomatoes. Spray with cooking oil, sprinkle with kosher salt, then grill until steak is cooked to your desired doneness, turning occasionally for even browning.

Avocado Fruit Kabob Salad:

Put pieces of pineapple, whole strawberries, and chunks of Avocado From Mexico onto skewers. Set on top of mixed salad greens. To make the vinaigrette, blend ¼ cup honey, 3 tablespoons lime juice, ¼ cup each of cilantro leaves, mint leaves, and parsley leaves, ½ teaspoon paprika, ¼ teaspoon salt, ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper, and ¼ teaspoon red pepper flakes until smooth, then slowly drizzle in ½ cup of olive oil until emulsified. Drizzle vinaigrette on top of kabobs and salad.

Chicken Kabobs with Avocado Vinaigrette:

Puree one Avocado From Mexico (cut into chunks), a clove of garlic, a small chunk of ginger, 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar and 1 teaspoon Dijon mustard until smooth, then slowly drizzle in 3 tablespoons olive oil (or more until it is a pourable consistency) and salt and pepper to taste. Marinate chunks of chicken thighs in a portion of the vinaigrette for at least 30 minutes and as long as overnight, then thread chicken with your favorite vegetables onto skewers and grill until chicken is cooked. Serve the skewers with leftover vinaigrette for dipping.

The post Avocado Kabobs appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Trivia Time: 10 Things You Didn’t Know About Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/10-things-didnt-know-avocados-mexico/ Sat, 11 Nov 2017 14:11:02 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22799

You love avocados, but how much do you really know about them? Here are 10 avocado facts to make you an Avo-Know-It-All, so you can impress any avocado lover who joins you at the dinner table.

 

1. Avocados are the only fruit that can stay fully mature on the tree indefinitely.

While avocados only get soft and edible after they have been picked, they can grow to maturity and stay on the tree for weeks or even months. This is why you can enjoy fresh Avocados From Mexico any time of the year — they’re always in season!

If for some reason you need to wait to eat your avos, here’s how to slow down ripening once your avocado has left the tree.

 

2. The O.G. avocados are from Mexico.

The avocado as we know it is thought to have first been domesticated in south-central Mexico, where approximately 70% of non-grain vegetables also originated. Mexico still produces the most avocados of any country in the world — no wonder we’re so good.

 

3. Avocados have only survived to present day because of humans (and giant sloths).

This delicious green fruit has existed in one form or another for millions of years. Prehistorically, the avocado relied on enormous ground sloths that would eat the avocados whole, digest the flesh, and eliminate the whole seed somewhere far away, planting a new tree. After the extinction of these massive animals, and with only birds and other small creatures knocking avocados off the trees, it was left to humans to cultivate the avocado for our own uses. Go us!

 

4. Avocados are easier to choose, use, and store than you might think.

A simple touch test can tell you whether the avocado you want to buy is ripe and ready to eat, if the avocado slightly yields to gentle pressure then it is ready for you. Practice your avocado skills on our virtual How-To Simulator.

 

Avocado Arts & Crafts

Puppets, ornaments, garlands, you name it. Try your hand at some of our avocado art ideas, perfect for all ages.

 

5. The serving size of an avocado is 1/3 of a medium-sized one.

Don’t worry, we won’t tell anyone if you eat more.

 

6. The avocado has been a superfood since ancient times.

The avocado was extremely important among the indigenous people of ancient Mesoamerica, as the fruit provided sustenance and was believed to possess mythological powers. In ancient Maya, the fourteenth month of the calendar (K’ank’in) was represented by the glyph for the avocado, and the Aztec people believed avocado to provide strength to whomever consumed it.

 

7. Avocados are berries.

Avocados aren’t just fruits, they are technically single-seed berries, and avocado trees produce a crop every year — one year large, the next year small.

 

8. Avocados From Mexico are 100% sodium-, cholesterol-, and trans-fat-free.

While guacamole can be unhealthy if unhealthy ingredients are added and if overconsumerd, I think we can all rejoice in the knowledge that one serving of fresh avocado is sodium, cholesterol and trans-fat-free.

 

Good Facts ‘Bout Good Fats

Not all fats are created equal. Fortunately for you and your taste buds, Avocados from Mexico have good fats, an important part of a good diet. We wouldn’t have them any other way.

 

9. “Avocado” is not the original name.

An early English name for the fruit, dating back to the 17th century, was “avocado pear,” which lazy speakers misinterpreted as “alligator pear” (not exactly the most appetizing sounding name for a fruit). And due to the fruit’s alligator skin-like exterior, the name stuck until a marketing effort from American growers in the early 1900s successfully changed the name to avocado. (What will it be 200 years from now? 🤔)

 

10. Avocado farming goes back 5,000 years.

It’s believed that Mesoamerican tribes first domesticated the avocado tree (Persea Americana) 5,000 years ago, making the cultivation of avocados by humans as old as the invention of the wheel! It’s clear that this fruit never goes out of style.

BONUS AVOCADO FACT: With nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, avocados provide 11% of your daily recommended fiber, and 10% each of your daily recommended intake of Vitamin K and folate. That’s a lot of goodness in one bite!

The More You Know
You may already know that avocados can play a role at any meal — even dessert! From flourless avocado pancakes at breakfast (yes, really!) to a Mexican Buddha bowl at lunch and avocado turkey pizza for dinner, make sure you stock up on plenty of the #AlwayGood fruit because it’s good at any time of the day. And as for those desserts, check out some of our favorite sweet avocado recipes.

 

Now that you've gotten a taste for avocado facts, our recipes page is bursting with delicious ways to enjoy our favorite green fruit, any time, any day — and that's a fact!

The post Trivia Time: 10 Things You Didn’t Know About Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You love avocados, but how much do you really know about them? Here are 10 avocado facts to make you an Avo-Know-It-All, so you can impress any avocado lover who joins you at the dinner table.  

1. Avocados are the only fruit that can stay fully mature on the tree indefinitely.

While avocados only get soft and edible after they have been picked, they can grow to maturity and stay on the tree for weeks or even months. This is why you can enjoy fresh Avocados From Mexico any time of the year — they’re always in season! If for some reason you need to wait to eat your avos, here’s how to slow down ripening once your avocado has left the tree.  

2. The O.G. avocados are from Mexico.

The avocado as we know it is thought to have first been domesticated in south-central Mexico, where approximately 70% of non-grain vegetables also originated. Mexico still produces the most avocados of any country in the world — no wonder we’re so good.  

3. Avocados have only survived to present day because of humans (and giant sloths).

This delicious green fruit has existed in one form or another for millions of years. Prehistorically, the avocado relied on enormous ground sloths that would eat the avocados whole, digest the flesh, and eliminate the whole seed somewhere far away, planting a new tree. After the extinction of these massive animals, and with only birds and other small creatures knocking avocados off the trees, it was left to humans to cultivate the avocado for our own uses. Go us!  

4. Avocados are easier to choose, use, and store than you might think.

A simple touch test can tell you whether the avocado you want to buy is ripe and ready to eat, if the avocado slightly yields to gentle pressure then it is ready for you. Practice your avocado skills on our virtual How-To Simulator.  

Avocado Arts & Crafts

Puppets, ornaments, garlands, you name it. Try your hand at some of our avocado art ideas, perfect for all ages.
 

5. The serving size of an avocado is 1/3 of a medium-sized one.

Don’t worry, we won’t tell anyone if you eat more.  

6. The avocado has been a superfood since ancient times.

The avocado was extremely important among the indigenous people of ancient Mesoamerica, as the fruit provided sustenance and was believed to possess mythological powers. In ancient Maya, the fourteenth month of the calendar (K’ank’in) was represented by the glyph for the avocado, and the Aztec people believed avocado to provide strength to whomever consumed it.  

7. Avocados are berries.

Avocados aren’t just fruits, they are technically single-seed berries, and avocado trees produce a crop every year — one year large, the next year small.  

8. Avocados From Mexico are 100% sodium-, cholesterol-, and trans-fat-free.

While guacamole can be unhealthy if unhealthy ingredients are added and if overconsumerd, I think we can all rejoice in the knowledge that one serving of fresh avocado is sodium, cholesterol and trans-fat-free.  

Good Facts ‘Bout Good Fats

Not all fats are created equal. Fortunately for you and your taste buds, Avocados from Mexico have good fats, an important part of a good diet. We wouldn’t have them any other way.
 

9. “Avocado” is not the original name.

An early English name for the fruit, dating back to the 17th century, was “avocado pear,” which lazy speakers misinterpreted as “alligator pear” (not exactly the most appetizing sounding name for a fruit). And due to the fruit’s alligator skin-like exterior, the name stuck until a marketing effort from American growers in the early 1900s successfully changed the name to avocado. (What will it be 200 years from now? 🤔)  

10. Avocado farming goes back 5,000 years.

It’s believed that Mesoamerican tribes first domesticated the avocado tree (Persea Americana) 5,000 years ago, making the cultivation of avocados by humans as old as the invention of the wheel! It’s clear that this fruit never goes out of style. BONUS AVOCADO FACT: With nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, avocados provide 11% of your daily recommended fiber, and 10% each of your daily recommended intake of Vitamin K and folate. That’s a lot of goodness in one bite! The More You Know You may already know that avocados can play a role at any meal — even dessert! From flourless avocado pancakes at breakfast (yes, really!) to a Mexican Buddha bowl at lunch and avocado turkey pizza for dinner, make sure you stock up on plenty of the #AlwayGood fruit because it’s good at any time of the day. And as for those desserts, check out some of our favorite sweet avocado recipes.   Now that you've gotten a taste for avocado facts, our recipes page is bursting with delicious ways to enjoy our favorite green fruit, any time, any day — and that's a fact!

The post Trivia Time: 10 Things You Didn’t Know About Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Presentation 101 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/presentation-101/ Sat, 11 Nov 2017 14:10:36 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22798

It's not news that we eat with our eyes first. This is especially the case when you gather family and friends around the table for a holiday meal like Thanksgiving. Well, something you're sure to be thankful for when the holidays roll around is our eye-pleasing presentation tips. We can also help you show off your newly-minted plating and table setting skills with a couple of crowd-friendly, avocado-based delights to boot!

 

Set the Scene

Whether you want casual elegance, high-end formality, or rustic charm, start by thinking about your table settings in terms of the food you'll serve. This is the time to bring out the good stuff, like that fine bone china that usually sits in your cupboard. Or, follow the lead of many high-end restaurants by mixing natural elements like slate or polished wooden boards with any of your fancier plates and silverware for family-style food service. If you're still not sure what plates to pull, stick to classic white.

 

For a terrific appetizer this Thanksgiving, try this in-season, colorful tortilla soup, topped with cubes of bright green avocado in a beautiful hand-thrown pottery bowl or wide-mouthed mug. To get that tidy dice, cut your Avocado From Mexico in half, use a spoon to remove the pit, cut length-wise to slice, and then dice into little squares. Check out our video for a quick tutorial.

 

While you're at it, bring in some elements from the outdoors. Pretty pine cones, twigs wrapped in festive ribbon that complement your table's color scheme, colorful dried corn on the cob, or mini gourds all make for interesting centerpieces.

 

Perfect Plates

Whether you're plating individual courses or platters, there are a few handy rules to keep in mind for plate success. First: Don't overcrowd a plate or platter. Food won't look as appetizing, and you'll have no "white space" left to admire your hard work. Try to keep big-ticket items, like a turkey or fish, whole. There's a "wow-factor" in a whole turkey arriving at the table.

 

If you're serving individual plates, remember: odd numbers look better than even ones. So that's three olives, not four, for example. And consider serving food using the old-school "clock" method: 11 o'clock is for carbs, 2 o'clock features veggies (covering half the plate), and 6 o'clock is for proteins, covering one-quarter of the plate.

 

And don't forget dessert — it's a holiday after all! Try these enticing Mint Avocado Brownie bites.

 

When looking for the perfect avocado, check that the bumpy skin on your avo is dark, and if it slightly yields to gentle pressure you can be sure you've got a good one.

The post Presentation 101 appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It's not news that we eat with our eyes first. This is especially the case when you gather family and friends around the table for a holiday meal like Thanksgiving. Well, something you're sure to be thankful for when the holidays roll around is our eye-pleasing presentation tips. We can also help you show off your newly-minted plating and table setting skills with a couple of crowd-friendly, avocado-based delights to boot!  

Set the Scene

Whether you want casual elegance, high-end formality, or rustic charm, start by thinking about your table settings in terms of the food you'll serve. This is the time to bring out the good stuff, like that fine bone china that usually sits in your cupboard. Or, follow the lead of many high-end restaurants by mixing natural elements like slate or polished wooden boards with any of your fancier plates and silverware for family-style food service. If you're still not sure what plates to pull, stick to classic white.   For a terrific appetizer this Thanksgiving, try this in-season, colorful tortilla soup, topped with cubes of bright green avocado in a beautiful hand-thrown pottery bowl or wide-mouthed mug. To get that tidy dice, cut your Avocado From Mexico in half, use a spoon to remove the pit, cut length-wise to slice, and then dice into little squares. Check out our video for a quick tutorial.   While you're at it, bring in some elements from the outdoors. Pretty pine cones, twigs wrapped in festive ribbon that complement your table's color scheme, colorful dried corn on the cob, or mini gourds all make for interesting centerpieces.  

Perfect Plates

Whether you're plating individual courses or platters, there are a few handy rules to keep in mind for plate success. First: Don't overcrowd a plate or platter. Food won't look as appetizing, and you'll have no "white space" left to admire your hard work. Try to keep big-ticket items, like a turkey or fish, whole. There's a "wow-factor" in a whole turkey arriving at the table.   If you're serving individual plates, remember: odd numbers look better than even ones. So that's three olives, not four, for example. And consider serving food using the old-school "clock" method: 11 o'clock is for carbs, 2 o'clock features veggies (covering half the plate), and 6 o'clock is for proteins, covering one-quarter of the plate.  

And don't forget dessert — it's a holiday after all! Try these enticing Mint Avocado Brownie bites.

  When looking for the perfect avocado, check that the bumpy skin on your avo is dark, and if it slightly yields to gentle pressure you can be sure you've got a good one.

The post Presentation 101 appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Upgrade Leftovers with Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/upgrade-leftovers-avocados/ Sat, 11 Nov 2017 14:10:05 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22797

Thanksgiving festivities are over and great memories were made ... as was a huge amount of food. What to do with the mountain of leftovers? The prospect of eating turkey and mashed potatoes for the next few days seems daunting and certainly monotonous, but you don't want to waste any food.

How about we give Thanksgiving leftovers a twist with some avocado? (This video will help you pick the perfect avocado -- and it's easier than you think: All you have to do is give the fruit a gentle squeeze!). Playing with your food is frowned upon, but being playful and creative in the kitchen is not. Let's start creating amazing dishes!

Upgrade your favorite turkey salad with chopped Avocado From Mexico and use some to stuff dinner rolls for your kids' lunch boxes. You can also make a variation on a Latin American classic, salpicón de ave, a cold chopped salad with turkey, potatoes, chopped sweet red pepper, hard boiled eggs, and avocado mayonnaise or avocado aioli. You can serve this as a side dish or as the main entreé, paired with warm tortillas.

Use up your leftover sweet potatoes in a brunch hash with chopped onion and bacon. Top it off with a fried egg and a dollop of avocado cream (simply pulse avocado, salt, pepper, and lime juice in a food processor). You'll maybe wish those leftovers lasted even longer!

Too many mashed potatoes? Turn them into pancake-shaped croquettes. Mix with one beaten egg, shredded Cheddar cheese, salt, and pepper. Drop dollops on a hot griddle and fry until golden. Serve with sliced Avocados From Mexico and a poached egg.

Go classic with a turkey BLT sandwich, layered with thinly sliced turkey, lettuce, tomatoes, avocados (this video shows you how easy it is to slice them), bacon, and mayonnaise. Alternatively, you can replace the mayo with a mashed avocado and lime juice sandwich spread. Make corn salsa with leftover corn on the cob kernels, chopped jalapeño, and tomato, and use it to spice up a turkey and avocado wrap with shredded cheese.

The crisp fall weather is ideal for hearty soups. While Mother Nature works her magic outside and trees turn russet, red, and yellow, you can create your own magic in the kitchen for your family. Finish off Southwestern turkey soup, made with shredded leftover turkey, tomatoes, green chiles, cumin, and cayenne pepper, with fresh Avocado From Mexico and cilantro.

If you have any more roasted sweet potatoes left after that brunch hash, use them for a fantastic soup with sautéed onion, chicken broth, ground cumin, and chipotle powder. Remove from heat, let it cool, add one avocado and blend. You can use leftover corn on the cob in a delicious soup, too. Just chop and sauté red sweet pepper and onion, and add broth, corn kernels, and shredded turkey. Garnish with fresh cilantro.

You're now ready to tackle the post-Thanksgiving fridge!

The post Upgrade Leftovers with Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Thanksgiving festivities are over and great memories were made ... as was a huge amount of food. What to do with the mountain of leftovers? The prospect of eating turkey and mashed potatoes for the next few days seems daunting and certainly monotonous, but you don't want to waste any food. How about we give Thanksgiving leftovers a twist with some avocado? (This video will help you pick the perfect avocado -- and it's easier than you think: All you have to do is give the fruit a gentle squeeze!). Playing with your food is frowned upon, but being playful and creative in the kitchen is not. Let's start creating amazing dishes! Upgrade your favorite turkey salad with chopped Avocado From Mexico and use some to stuff dinner rolls for your kids' lunch boxes. You can also make a variation on a Latin American classic, salpicón de ave, a cold chopped salad with turkey, potatoes, chopped sweet red pepper, hard boiled eggs, and avocado mayonnaise or avocado aioli. You can serve this as a side dish or as the main entreé, paired with warm tortillas. Use up your leftover sweet potatoes in a brunch hash with chopped onion and bacon. Top it off with a fried egg and a dollop of avocado cream (simply pulse avocado, salt, pepper, and lime juice in a food processor). You'll maybe wish those leftovers lasted even longer! Too many mashed potatoes? Turn them into pancake-shaped croquettes. Mix with one beaten egg, shredded Cheddar cheese, salt, and pepper. Drop dollops on a hot griddle and fry until golden. Serve with sliced Avocados From Mexico and a poached egg. Go classic with a turkey BLT sandwich, layered with thinly sliced turkey, lettuce, tomatoes, avocados (this video shows you how easy it is to slice them), bacon, and mayonnaise. Alternatively, you can replace the mayo with a mashed avocado and lime juice sandwich spread. Make corn salsa with leftover corn on the cob kernels, chopped jalapeño, and tomato, and use it to spice up a turkey and avocado wrap with shredded cheese. The crisp fall weather is ideal for hearty soups. While Mother Nature works her magic outside and trees turn russet, red, and yellow, you can create your own magic in the kitchen for your family. Finish off Southwestern turkey soup, made with shredded leftover turkey, tomatoes, green chiles, cumin, and cayenne pepper, with fresh Avocado From Mexico and cilantro. If you have any more roasted sweet potatoes left after that brunch hash, use them for a fantastic soup with sautéed onion, chicken broth, ground cumin, and chipotle powder. Remove from heat, let it cool, add one avocado and blend. You can use leftover corn on the cob in a delicious soup, too. Just chop and sauté red sweet pepper and onion, and add broth, corn kernels, and shredded turkey. Garnish with fresh cilantro. You're now ready to tackle the post-Thanksgiving fridge!

The post Upgrade Leftovers with Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Thanksgiving Side Dishes with Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/thanksgiving-side-dishes-avocado/ Sat, 11 Nov 2017 14:10:00 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22796

A traditional Thanksgiving dinner includes many familiar favorites, but you can jazz up your meal by adding some side dishes featuring the most beloved fruit, the avocado, which is available year-round from Mexico. Tasty, satisfying, and with nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, Avocados From Mexico make a great addition to a holiday feast. And who knows — these dishes may become new family favorites!

Including avocado in a side salad is perhaps the most obvious way to slip some creamy goodness into your meal, but you can get creative and surprise your guests with a Waldorf avocado salad with both tart green and sweet red apples. Or stay on track with the fall theme and serve a roasted squash salad with avocado and cannellini beans. A bit of crumbled goat cheese completes this festive side that hits all the right notes.

If you're new to buying avocados or feel confused about how to choose them at perfect ripeness, watch this video to see how a simple touch test will always make sure you go home with a "ready-today" avocado. If the avocado slightly yields to gentle pressure then it is ready for you!

Want some smart and satisfying ideas for sides other than salads?

Skip the standard green beans and broccoli, and opt instead for some more interesting greens, such as guacamole stuffed peppers. They may not be standard Thanksgiving fare, but like many of the traditional foods associated with the holiday, avocados and chiles are native to the Americas, and they're the perfect complement to roast turkey and mashed potatoes. All you have to do is peel and deseed some poblano chiles and stuff them with your favorite guacamole recipe.

If you love avocado toast, step up your game by offering avocado crostini on your Thanksgiving table. It makes for a welcome, creamy addition to any holiday spread. Just dice some tomato, onion, and avocado (if you're worried about squashing your avocado when you're trying to dice it, find out how to slice and dice an avocado), add in small chunks of mozzarella and some minced fresh basil, and season with salt, pepper, and garlic powder. It's the perfect topping for toasted slices of a crusty loaf of bread.

A savory avocado mousse provides a magnificent contrast to tangy cranberry sauce and also goes surprisingly well with turkey. Use your food processor to puree fresh cilantro along with an avocado, a squeeze of lime juice and a serrano chile for a kick of heat, mix in cream cheese and a packet of gelatin previously dissolved in a couple of tablespoons of water, and allow it to set in a serving dish in the refrigerator for a few hours or up to two days in advance. It'll provide both color and an unexpected flash of flavor to your feast.

The post Thanksgiving Side Dishes with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

A traditional Thanksgiving dinner includes many familiar favorites, but you can jazz up your meal by adding some side dishes featuring the most beloved fruit, the avocado, which is available year-round from Mexico. Tasty, satisfying, and with nearly 20 vitamins and minerals, Avocados From Mexico make a great addition to a holiday feast. And who knows — these dishes may become new family favorites! Including avocado in a side salad is perhaps the most obvious way to slip some creamy goodness into your meal, but you can get creative and surprise your guests with a Waldorf avocado salad with both tart green and sweet red apples. Or stay on track with the fall theme and serve a roasted squash salad with avocado and cannellini beans. A bit of crumbled goat cheese completes this festive side that hits all the right notes. If you're new to buying avocados or feel confused about how to choose them at perfect ripeness, watch this video to see how a simple touch test will always make sure you go home with a "ready-today" avocado. If the avocado slightly yields to gentle pressure then it is ready for you! Want some smart and satisfying ideas for sides other than salads? Skip the standard green beans and broccoli, and opt instead for some more interesting greens, such as guacamole stuffed peppers. They may not be standard Thanksgiving fare, but like many of the traditional foods associated with the holiday, avocados and chiles are native to the Americas, and they're the perfect complement to roast turkey and mashed potatoes. All you have to do is peel and deseed some poblano chiles and stuff them with your favorite guacamole recipe. If you love avocado toast, step up your game by offering avocado crostini on your Thanksgiving table. It makes for a welcome, creamy addition to any holiday spread. Just dice some tomato, onion, and avocado (if you're worried about squashing your avocado when you're trying to dice it, find out how to slice and dice an avocado), add in small chunks of mozzarella and some minced fresh basil, and season with salt, pepper, and garlic powder. It's the perfect topping for toasted slices of a crusty loaf of bread. A savory avocado mousse provides a magnificent contrast to tangy cranberry sauce and also goes surprisingly well with turkey. Use your food processor to puree fresh cilantro along with an avocado, a squeeze of lime juice and a serrano chile for a kick of heat, mix in cream cheese and a packet of gelatin previously dissolved in a couple of tablespoons of water, and allow it to set in a serving dish in the refrigerator for a few hours or up to two days in advance. It'll provide both color and an unexpected flash of flavor to your feast.

The post Thanksgiving Side Dishes with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Vitamins You Didn’t Know Were in Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/vitamins-you-didnt-know-were-in-avocados/ Wed, 11 Oct 2017 17:48:42 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22666

It's not news that avocados contribute good fats (6 g per 1/3 of a medium avocado (50 g) and fiber (in fact, 11 percent of your daily recommended intake!), but were you aware that the green fruit contains other important vitamins and minerals, too?

If your answer is "No," then here's what you need to know about the other vitamins and minerals that make avocados an important part of your diet. Be sure to consult with your doctor before making changes or additions to your diet.

Getting B's... and K's

Folate is probably the most well-known of the B-complex vitamins, though you may not have known that it often goes by the name "B9". While it is recommended especially for people who are pregnant or who are attempting to conceive, folate is an important nutrient for everyone. Avocados can get your day started with 44 mcg per 50 g of fruit. That's 10 percent of your daily needs. Be sure to speak with your doctor before making any changes to your diet or health care routine.

Vitamin K is another fat-soluble substance that is important for a number of vital bodily functions, like blood clotting. 1/3 of a medium avocado (50 g) provides 10% of the DV of vitamin K.

If you're new to avocados and aren't sure how to open them and get to that delicious fruit, check out this video with instructions on slicing and dicing. Once you've sliced (or diced) the flesh, use a spoon to scoop the pieces out, getting everything off of the skin.

Animal, Vegetable, or Mineral?

Potassium is a mineral that your body needs to work properly. It is responsible for the electrical activity that keeps your heart beating. It's also used to metabolize carbohydrates so your body can use them for fuel, and to assemble proteins used to build muscle. All meats and many vegetables, like leafy greens and root vegetables with the skin on, can be sources of potassium. Combined with other sources of potassium, the avocado can contribute to your daily potassium needs. You'll find 254 mg of potassium (6% DV) in 1/3 of an avocado (50 g).

Guacamole, of course, is a great way to use up perfectly ripe avocados. This video tipreminds you that guac is best eaten within two hours of being made, and provides a tip — squeeze a bit of lime on top — for ultimate freshness.

Copper and Pantothenic Acid

Copper may come to mind more often as a metal found in pennies, electronics, and home appliances, but it's also an important part of our diets. Copper collaborates with iron to promote the formation of red blood cells, helps with iron absorption, and is considered vital to bone and blood health. Ten percent of your recommended daily allowance of copper is provided by a serving of avocado, which is 1/3 of a medium-sized fruit, or 50 g.

Panto-what?! Pantothenic acid may be hard to pronounce, but this water-soluble B vitamin helps the body convert foods to energy. At 14 percent of your RDA per serving, an avocado is a good source of pantothenic acid.

The post Vitamins You Didn’t Know Were in Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It's not news that avocados contribute good fats (6 g per 1/3 of a medium avocado (50 g) and fiber (in fact, 11 percent of your daily recommended intake!), but were you aware that the green fruit contains other important vitamins and minerals, too? If your answer is "No," then here's what you need to know about the other vitamins and minerals that make avocados an important part of your diet. Be sure to consult with your doctor before making changes or additions to your diet.

Getting B's... and K's

Folate is probably the most well-known of the B-complex vitamins, though you may not have known that it often goes by the name "B9". While it is recommended especially for people who are pregnant or who are attempting to conceive, folate is an important nutrient for everyone. Avocados can get your day started with 44 mcg per 50 g of fruit. That's 10 percent of your daily needs. Be sure to speak with your doctor before making any changes to your diet or health care routine. Vitamin K is another fat-soluble substance that is important for a number of vital bodily functions, like blood clotting. 1/3 of a medium avocado (50 g) provides 10% of the DV of vitamin K. If you're new to avocados and aren't sure how to open them and get to that delicious fruit, check out this video with instructions on slicing and dicing. Once you've sliced (or diced) the flesh, use a spoon to scoop the pieces out, getting everything off of the skin.

Animal, Vegetable, or Mineral?

Potassium is a mineral that your body needs to work properly. It is responsible for the electrical activity that keeps your heart beating. It's also used to metabolize carbohydrates so your body can use them for fuel, and to assemble proteins used to build muscle. All meats and many vegetables, like leafy greens and root vegetables with the skin on, can be sources of potassium. Combined with other sources of potassium, the avocado can contribute to your daily potassium needs. You'll find 254 mg of potassium (6% DV) in 1/3 of an avocado (50 g). Guacamole, of course, is a great way to use up perfectly ripe avocados. This video tipreminds you that guac is best eaten within two hours of being made, and provides a tip — squeeze a bit of lime on top — for ultimate freshness.

Copper and Pantothenic Acid

Copper may come to mind more often as a metal found in pennies, electronics, and home appliances, but it's also an important part of our diets. Copper collaborates with iron to promote the formation of red blood cells, helps with iron absorption, and is considered vital to bone and blood health. Ten percent of your recommended daily allowance of copper is provided by a serving of avocado, which is 1/3 of a medium-sized fruit, or 50 g. Panto-what?! Pantothenic acid may be hard to pronounce, but this water-soluble B vitamin helps the body convert foods to energy. At 14 percent of your RDA per serving, an avocado is a good source of pantothenic acid.

The post Vitamins You Didn’t Know Were in Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Spooky Avocado Treats for Halloween https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/spooky-avocado-treats-for-halloween/ Wed, 11 Oct 2017 17:48:36 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22661

There's no better time than Halloween to indulge your imagination and delight every ghoul and boy! We suggest you trick and treat your guests to some wickedly good, avo-based horror d'oeuvres and snacks. There's a frightfully good Frankenguac on the menu, along with some eerie deviled eggs and sweet Halloween blondies, all sure to make any Halloween gathering spooktacular!

Boo-tiful Snacks

Guacamole is a party go-to, and it lends itself to some creative twists for Halloween. Frankenguac, anyone? We suggest you start with your favorite recipe or try our tequila-inspired version (for the adults, or make it without the alcohol for the little ones), and then it's time to get creative. You can mound your dip in a bowl and then create a face using olives and roasted red pepper rounds along with a dollop of yogurt for eyes. Place your bowl on a platter and then fan out rows of blue and white tortillas above it for a "Bride of Frankenstein" effect. Or simply place a smattering of dark tortilla chips around the bowl for Frankenstein's hair. Monsterrific!

Not serving your guacamole for a while? Take our advice on how to keep the dip gorgeously (and monstrously) green here. It's literally as easy as pouring a layer of milk or water over the guac until you're ready to serve (at which point you simply dump the liquid). So you might want to save the decorating until you're ready to serve the dip to your hungry guests.

For the sheer goofy and tasty fun of it, you can also whip up a dozen deviled eggs, using the glorious goodness of avocados. You'll want the ripest avos possible for this and just about every avo-based recipe on your roster, so don't forget to check for readiness by seeing if it yields to gentle pressure. This video shows you exactly how.

Once your hard boiled eggs are stuffed with the yolk, mayo, lime juice, herbs, and avocado mixture, get out the craft paint brushes and red food dye to paint "bloodshot" eye veins around the egg whites. Top with a slice of black olive and presto! Creepy never tasted so good!

Fearsome Finishes

There's no better way to end Halloween night than on a sweet but spooky note. We recommend these avo-based Halloween blondies that get dressed up for the occasion by using pretzel sticks, white chocolate, and icing. The addition of candy eyeballs completes the scar-faced blondie ensemble — a perfect way to wish your guests sweet dreams.

The post Spooky Avocado Treats for Halloween appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There's no better time than Halloween to indulge your imagination and delight every ghoul and boy! We suggest you trick and treat your guests to some wickedly good, avo-based horror d'oeuvres and snacks. There's a frightfully good Frankenguac on the menu, along with some eerie deviled eggs and sweet Halloween blondies, all sure to make any Halloween gathering spooktacular!

Boo-tiful Snacks

Guacamole is a party go-to, and it lends itself to some creative twists for Halloween. Frankenguac, anyone? We suggest you start with your favorite recipe or try our tequila-inspired version (for the adults, or make it without the alcohol for the little ones), and then it's time to get creative. You can mound your dip in a bowl and then create a face using olives and roasted red pepper rounds along with a dollop of yogurt for eyes. Place your bowl on a platter and then fan out rows of blue and white tortillas above it for a "Bride of Frankenstein" effect. Or simply place a smattering of dark tortilla chips around the bowl for Frankenstein's hair. Monsterrific! Not serving your guacamole for a while? Take our advice on how to keep the dip gorgeously (and monstrously) green here. It's literally as easy as pouring a layer of milk or water over the guac until you're ready to serve (at which point you simply dump the liquid). So you might want to save the decorating until you're ready to serve the dip to your hungry guests. For the sheer goofy and tasty fun of it, you can also whip up a dozen deviled eggs, using the glorious goodness of avocados. You'll want the ripest avos possible for this and just about every avo-based recipe on your roster, so don't forget to check for readiness by seeing if it yields to gentle pressure. This video shows you exactly how. Once your hard boiled eggs are stuffed with the yolk, mayo, lime juice, herbs, and avocado mixture, get out the craft paint brushes and red food dye to paint "bloodshot" eye veins around the egg whites. Top with a slice of black olive and presto! Creepy never tasted so good!

Fearsome Finishes

There's no better way to end Halloween night than on a sweet but spooky note. We recommend these avo-based Halloween blondies that get dressed up for the occasion by using pretzel sticks, white chocolate, and icing. The addition of candy eyeballs completes the scar-faced blondie ensemble — a perfect way to wish your guests sweet dreams.

The post Spooky Avocado Treats for Halloween appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avo-Inspired Eye Makeup https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/avo-inspired-eye-makeup/ Wed, 11 Oct 2017 17:48:20 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22663

You already use avocados to make your skin moisturized and your hair soft. Now it's time to take your beauty routine to the next level by trying your hand at DIY avo-inspired eye makeup. It's a tough look to master, but by following these tips, you'll have a creative, conversation-starting look in no time!

Step 1: Prime and define

Start by covering your eyelids with a shadow primer or a nude shade. Define the edges of the eye with a contrasting color—for a vibrant avocado green, a dark avocado-skin purple is just perfect. For an edgy look, use a pencil or a very thin brush to apply purple liner directly to the crease toward the edge of the eye, connecting it to the liner in a small wing.

Use the same purple shadow or a dark green color to fill in the outer corner. For a softer look, use a round brush to apply purple shadow to the outer lid and the edge of the eye, sweeping it into the crease.

Step 2: Fill it in

Use a medium shade of green to fill in the middle of the lid, blending to create a soft gradient from one side of the eye to the other.

Step 3: Lighten it up

Using the lightest shade of green, color the inner edge of the eye, and add a bit of shimmer to your lower lid. Apply the gradient to the lower lid as well, using the darker green and purple color to complete the outer corner. For even more pop, add a dab of yellow or gold shadow to the center of the lid and blend well with the medium green.

Step 4. Apply the finishing touches

Top everything off with two coats of black mascara. Pair with a shimmery lip color and your best avocado accessories for a perfect look for your next potluck party. Bring an avocado appetizer to match your outfit!

If you're going for a classic guac, learn how lemon juice can help it keep a bit longer, so you aren't busy whipping up the dip while you should be perfecting your look! And if you're instead adding diced avocado to your salad or side, here's what you need to know about slicing them right. Check out the Avocados From Mexico page for even more helpful how-to videos.

The post Avo-Inspired Eye Makeup appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You already use avocados to make your skin moisturized and your hair soft. Now it's time to take your beauty routine to the next level by trying your hand at DIY avo-inspired eye makeup. It's a tough look to master, but by following these tips, you'll have a creative, conversation-starting look in no time!

Step 1: Prime and define

Start by covering your eyelids with a shadow primer or a nude shade. Define the edges of the eye with a contrasting color—for a vibrant avocado green, a dark avocado-skin purple is just perfect. For an edgy look, use a pencil or a very thin brush to apply purple liner directly to the crease toward the edge of the eye, connecting it to the liner in a small wing. Use the same purple shadow or a dark green color to fill in the outer corner. For a softer look, use a round brush to apply purple shadow to the outer lid and the edge of the eye, sweeping it into the crease.

Step 2: Fill it in

Use a medium shade of green to fill in the middle of the lid, blending to create a soft gradient from one side of the eye to the other.

Step 3: Lighten it up

Using the lightest shade of green, color the inner edge of the eye, and add a bit of shimmer to your lower lid. Apply the gradient to the lower lid as well, using the darker green and purple color to complete the outer corner. For even more pop, add a dab of yellow or gold shadow to the center of the lid and blend well with the medium green.

Step 4. Apply the finishing touches

Top everything off with two coats of black mascara. Pair with a shimmery lip color and your best avocado accessories for a perfect look for your next potluck party. Bring an avocado appetizer to match your outfit! If you're going for a classic guac, learn how lemon juice can help it keep a bit longer, so you aren't busy whipping up the dip while you should be perfecting your look! And if you're instead adding diced avocado to your salad or side, here's what you need to know about slicing them right. Check out the Avocados From Mexico page for even more helpful how-to videos.

The post Avo-Inspired Eye Makeup appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
No-bake Avocado Lime Cheesecake https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/no-bake-avocado-lime-cheesecake/ Wed, 11 Oct 2017 17:48:10 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22664

You know avocados are tasty in guacamole, salads, and sandwiches, but have you ever thought of avocados in cheesecake? Avocados can add an extra bit of creaminess to the batter and when spiked with a healthy dose of lime juice and zest (an avo's best friend!), the results are phenomenal. Bonus: You don't even have to turn on the oven for this cheesecake!

One of the key ingredients is a ripe avocado, so picking the perfect fruit is key. You'll want to look for one that isn't too green, and yields to gentle pressure (this video gives a great visual). If you can only find hard avocados, you can speed up ripening by storing them buried in a bowl of dried rice (this video shows you how).

The most difficult part of this recipe is whipping the heavy cream to stiff peaks. You can check to see what stage your whipped cream is at by dipping the whisk in and out of the mixture. If it slumps, keep whipping. If it stands up straight, you are there! And hey, if you decide to substitute a packaged whipped topping, no one will judge you.

No-bake Avocado Lime Cheesecake

Crust

1 ¼ cup graham cracker crumbs (you can use a food processor or rolling pin to crush the crackers)

Pinch of kosher salt

6 tablespoons of melted butter

1/4 cup sugar

Filling

2 cups of heavy whipping cream

1/2 cup powdered sugar

1 lb. cream cheese, softened

2 ripe Avocados From Mexico, peeled and pitted

2 tablespoons lime juice

2 teaspoons lime zest

1/2 cup sugar

Pinch of kosher salt

Directions

To make the crust, mix the sugar and salt into the graham cracker crumbs, then stir in the butter. Press evenly into the bottom of a greased and parchment-lined 9-inch springform pan.

Using a hand mixer, stand mixer, or whisk (if you like a work-out), whip the heavy cream and powdered sugar until it forms stiff peaks. Process the remaining ingredients in a food processor until smooth, then pour into a large bowl. Use a rubber spatula to slowly fold in the whipped cream, then pour the filling into the pan. Chill until firm, at least 4-5 hours. Run a knife around the rim of the pan before removing to separate the cheesecake.

The post No-bake Avocado Lime Cheesecake appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You know avocados are tasty in guacamole, salads, and sandwiches, but have you ever thought of avocados in cheesecake? Avocados can add an extra bit of creaminess to the batter and when spiked with a healthy dose of lime juice and zest (an avo's best friend!), the results are phenomenal. Bonus: You don't even have to turn on the oven for this cheesecake! One of the key ingredients is a ripe avocado, so picking the perfect fruit is key. You'll want to look for one that isn't too green, and yields to gentle pressure (this video gives a great visual). If you can only find hard avocados, you can speed up ripening by storing them buried in a bowl of dried rice (this video shows you how). The most difficult part of this recipe is whipping the heavy cream to stiff peaks. You can check to see what stage your whipped cream is at by dipping the whisk in and out of the mixture. If it slumps, keep whipping. If it stands up straight, you are there! And hey, if you decide to substitute a packaged whipped topping, no one will judge you.

No-bake Avocado Lime Cheesecake

Crust

1 ¼ cup graham cracker crumbs (you can use a food processor or rolling pin to crush the crackers) Pinch of kosher salt 6 tablespoons of melted butter 1/4 cup sugar

Filling

2 cups of heavy whipping cream 1/2 cup powdered sugar 1 lb. cream cheese, softened 2 ripe Avocados From Mexico, peeled and pitted 2 tablespoons lime juice 2 teaspoons lime zest 1/2 cup sugar Pinch of kosher salt

Directions

To make the crust, mix the sugar and salt into the graham cracker crumbs, then stir in the butter. Press evenly into the bottom of a greased and parchment-lined 9-inch springform pan. Using a hand mixer, stand mixer, or whisk (if you like a work-out), whip the heavy cream and powdered sugar until it forms stiff peaks. Process the remaining ingredients in a food processor until smooth, then pour into a large bowl. Use a rubber spatula to slowly fold in the whipped cream, then pour the filling into the pan. Chill until firm, at least 4-5 hours. Run a knife around the rim of the pan before removing to separate the cheesecake.

The post No-bake Avocado Lime Cheesecake appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Sweet Potato Toast https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-sweet-potato-toast/ Wed, 11 Oct 2017 17:48:02 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22665 Avocado Sweet Potato Toast

Avocado Sweet Potato Toast

Who doesn't love avocado toast? It's a quick and filling fix for an anytime meal. But if you ever feel like changing things up a bit, there's a different combo you could try. You get to keep the creamy goodness of your favorite avocado topping while swapping out your toasted bread for...sweet potato! It's simple and it adds a touch of sweetness — as well as a different set of vitamins and minerals — to your default bread choice.

Here's how to make the most delicious avocado sweet potato toast:

The "Bread" Prep

First, you'll want to peel a large sweet potato and cut it length-wise into oblong slices. If you're a fan of a softer texture, you can make your sweet potato discs a little thicker, just shy of an inch. The thinner you cut them, the crispier they'll get. Another trick to getting crispier sweet potato is to ensure they are very dry and then to give them a very light dusting of cornstarch before roasting/toasting.

Once your oven is hot (450 F), give your sweet potato discs a sprinkle of olive oil, salt, and pepper, and then roast (or "toast") them on a baking sheet for about 15 minutes, or until the surface starts browning and blistering.

Top It

While the toast is baking, it's time to whip up your favorite avocado topping. Of course, you can start off with your classic guacamole by combining red onion, cilantro, lime juice, and jalapeño with your perfectly ripe avocado. Not perfectly ripe? If you want to ensure that you have a constant supply of ripe avocados, simply use one of our most popular hacks and put them in a brown paper bag with a banana. They'll be ripe in no time!

If you want to up the ante and add some protein, make your topping by mashing up an avocado with some salt and chili flakes, and then top it off with an over-easy egg. The heat from the chile pairs well with the sweetness of your toast, while the gooey yolk adds that little indulgence.

Textural Variety

You can also add a variety of textures to your topping by keeping your avocado sliced. To avoid bruising your avocado, simply cut them in half length wise and then safely remove the pit with a spoon, as described here.

Once your avo is cleanly sliced, top it with a combination of radishes, crumbly cheese, chives, and chile pepper sprinkles. For a vegan spin, replace the crumbly cheese with some alfalfa sprouts and a dash of salt for a crunchy, silky, salty, and sweet combo atop toast that delivers the most!

The post Avocado Sweet Potato Toast appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Sweet Potato Toast

Avocado Sweet Potato Toast

Who doesn't love avocado toast? It's a quick and filling fix for an anytime meal. But if you ever feel like changing things up a bit, there's a different combo you could try. You get to keep the creamy goodness of your favorite avocado topping while swapping out your toasted bread for...sweet potato! It's simple and it adds a touch of sweetness — as well as a different set of vitamins and minerals — to your default bread choice. Here's how to make the most delicious avocado sweet potato toast:

The "Bread" Prep

First, you'll want to peel a large sweet potato and cut it length-wise into oblong slices. If you're a fan of a softer texture, you can make your sweet potato discs a little thicker, just shy of an inch. The thinner you cut them, the crispier they'll get. Another trick to getting crispier sweet potato is to ensure they are very dry and then to give them a very light dusting of cornstarch before roasting/toasting. Once your oven is hot (450 F), give your sweet potato discs a sprinkle of olive oil, salt, and pepper, and then roast (or "toast") them on a baking sheet for about 15 minutes, or until the surface starts browning and blistering.

Top It

While the toast is baking, it's time to whip up your favorite avocado topping. Of course, you can start off with your classic guacamole by combining red onion, cilantro, lime juice, and jalapeño with your perfectly ripe avocado. Not perfectly ripe? If you want to ensure that you have a constant supply of ripe avocados, simply use one of our most popular hacks and put them in a brown paper bag with a banana. They'll be ripe in no time! If you want to up the ante and add some protein, make your topping by mashing up an avocado with some salt and chili flakes, and then top it off with an over-easy egg. The heat from the chile pairs well with the sweetness of your toast, while the gooey yolk adds that little indulgence.

Textural Variety

You can also add a variety of textures to your topping by keeping your avocado sliced. To avoid bruising your avocado, simply cut them in half length wise and then safely remove the pit with a spoon, as described here. Once your avo is cleanly sliced, top it with a combination of radishes, crumbly cheese, chives, and chile pepper sprinkles. For a vegan spin, replace the crumbly cheese with some alfalfa sprouts and a dash of salt for a crunchy, silky, salty, and sweet combo atop toast that delivers the most!

The post Avocado Sweet Potato Toast appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Best Pregnancy Foods https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/best-pregnancy-foods/ Mon, 18 Sep 2017 05:31:19 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22504

BEING PREGNANT IS AN ANXIOUS TIME FOR MANY PARENTS-TO-BE, SO THE LAST THING YOU NEED IS TO STRESS ABOUT WHAT TO EAT. HERE'S A LIST OF GO-TO FOODS DURING PREGNANCY. THEY'LL KEEP YOU FED, FUELED, AND FULL, AND EVEN CONVEY SOME KEY NUTRITIONAL BENEFITS DURING THIS CRUCIAL PERIOD. REMEMBER: BEFORE CHANGING YOUR DIET, TALK WITH YOUR PHYSICIAN ABOUT THE PRENATAL PLAN THAT'S BEST FOR YOU.

1. Hard boiled Eggs

Hard boiled eggs are a great snack for anyone who is meat-averse during pregnancy or who can't handle the strong smell of food while cooking. Boil up a few eggs, peel them quickly, and keep them sealed until you are ready to eat. Eggs and other animal products are also a rich source of choline, which is an essential nutrient with wide-ranging uses in the body, many of which complement the work of the prenatal vitamin you've probably already heard of: folate.

2. Legumes

If you are having trouble eating meat, a common phenomenon during pregnancy, you'll want to try some alternative protein sources, like beans and lentils. You can use them to make all kinds of burgers, chili, and other meat-alternative dishes. In addition to a protein boost, you'll get lots of fiber to help keep you regular.

3. Dried Fruits and Nuts

These are a great way to pack a lot of calories, vitamins, and fiber into a small package. Try mixing chopped dates with chopped nuts and nut butter, and rolling small balls or logs in dried unsweetened coconut for a carb-and-protein-packed snack that's easy on the stomach.

4. Hard Cheese and Yogurt

Soft cheeses are off the table, but hard cheese and yogurt can help you boost your calcium levels as well as your protein intake, which is important if you experience meat aversion. Calcium is vital — and not just for developing healthy bones. It is also believed to help reduce the risk of preeclampsia during pregnancy.

5. Leafy Greens

Eat kale for the calcium, but be sure to get plenty of spinach too, as it's high in both iron and folate, which your body needs to support a growing fetus. Folate is required for brain development in utero, helping to form the neural tubes, which develop further to form the brain and spinal column. Folates are also required for metabolism and important in preventing cardiovascular disease. Steam the leaves of the greens for best results.

6. Avocados

In addition to folate, one serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium sized fruit) also contains 6 grams of unsaturated fats, which are known to be important for normal growth and development of the central nervous system and brain. Avocados are also a nutritionally dense food, with plenty of fiber (11% of your daily recommended amount) and quality calories for those who might be struggling to eat through nausea.

Check out Avocados From Mexico's avo-tips for all your avocado preparation information needs. You'll find videos on how to save those avocados you cut open to use before you realized you feel too sick to eat! You can submerge your avocado in water, or splash it with lemon juice and cover with plastic, to keep it fresh in the fridge for a few hours or a few days.

The post Best Pregnancy Foods appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

BEING PREGNANT IS AN ANXIOUS TIME FOR MANY PARENTS-TO-BE, SO THE LAST THING YOU NEED IS TO STRESS ABOUT WHAT TO EAT. HERE'S A LIST OF GO-TO FOODS DURING PREGNANCY. THEY'LL KEEP YOU FED, FUELED, AND FULL, AND EVEN CONVEY SOME KEY NUTRITIONAL BENEFITS DURING THIS CRUCIAL PERIOD. REMEMBER: BEFORE CHANGING YOUR DIET, TALK WITH YOUR PHYSICIAN ABOUT THE PRENATAL PLAN THAT'S BEST FOR YOU.

1. Hard boiled Eggs

Hard boiled eggs are a great snack for anyone who is meat-averse during pregnancy or who can't handle the strong smell of food while cooking. Boil up a few eggs, peel them quickly, and keep them sealed until you are ready to eat. Eggs and other animal products are also a rich source of choline, which is an essential nutrient with wide-ranging uses in the body, many of which complement the work of the prenatal vitamin you've probably already heard of: folate.

2. Legumes

If you are having trouble eating meat, a common phenomenon during pregnancy, you'll want to try some alternative protein sources, like beans and lentils. You can use them to make all kinds of burgers, chili, and other meat-alternative dishes. In addition to a protein boost, you'll get lots of fiber to help keep you regular.

3. Dried Fruits and Nuts

These are a great way to pack a lot of calories, vitamins, and fiber into a small package. Try mixing chopped dates with chopped nuts and nut butter, and rolling small balls or logs in dried unsweetened coconut for a carb-and-protein-packed snack that's easy on the stomach.

4. Hard Cheese and Yogurt

Soft cheeses are off the table, but hard cheese and yogurt can help you boost your calcium levels as well as your protein intake, which is important if you experience meat aversion. Calcium is vital — and not just for developing healthy bones. It is also believed to help reduce the risk of preeclampsia during pregnancy.

5. Leafy Greens

Eat kale for the calcium, but be sure to get plenty of spinach too, as it's high in both iron and folate, which your body needs to support a growing fetus. Folate is required for brain development in utero, helping to form the neural tubes, which develop further to form the brain and spinal column. Folates are also required for metabolism and important in preventing cardiovascular disease. Steam the leaves of the greens for best results.

6. Avocados

In addition to folate, one serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium sized fruit) also contains 6 grams of unsaturated fats, which are known to be important for normal growth and development of the central nervous system and brain. Avocados are also a nutritionally dense food, with plenty of fiber (11% of your daily recommended amount) and quality calories for those who might be struggling to eat through nausea. Check out Avocados From Mexico's avo-tips for all your avocado preparation information needs. You'll find videos on how to save those avocados you cut open to use before you realized you feel too sick to eat! You can submerge your avocado in water, or splash it with lemon juice and cover with plastic, to keep it fresh in the fridge for a few hours or a few days.

The post Best Pregnancy Foods appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Make Your Own Avocado Bread https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/make-avocado-bread/ Mon, 18 Sep 2017 05:23:44 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22502

It can be difficult to keep up with today's plethora of dietary restrictions and preferences. Luckily, there exist many options that make it easier to accommodate most dietary challenges so we can continue to enjoy eating good, delicious food!

Carbohydrate reduction is nothing new, but making reduced-carb breads usually has varying degrees of success. Enter "oopsie bread," home-baked, easy-to-make flatbread that reduces the wheat gluten, offers reduced carbs, and still satisfies with just-baked freshness. And if you're wondering, the name of this bread comes from — you guessed it! — a kitchen mistake that turned out to be quite tasty!

Skip the cheese

Most oopsie bread recipes make use of cream cheese or ricotta to provide moisture and body, so if you avoid dairy, this tasty flatbread wouldn't have been an option — until now. The deliciously healthy and versatile avocado lends moisture and good fats to the bread, but leaves out the lactose that causes some people issues. You'll need to have some ripe avocados handy, and if you're in a rush, a brown paper bag is all you need to bring them to maturation more quickly.

In fact, keep them around the kitchen to make sure you've got a steady supply of mashable avos on hand. No ripe avocados at your local grocery store? No problem! Brown bag your avos with a banana for up to four days (check in between for perfect ripeness). Problem solved.

As this recipe replaces the creaminess of cheese, it's important to start with the right avocado to give you just the perfect texture. Look for a dark avocado that's firm to the touch but not rock hard. For these and other handy avo-tips, check out the Avocados From Mexico how-to video guides.

The Process

Before you get going on your avocado, simply beat some egg whites to stiff peaks, adding some cream of tartar to help you get the right consistency. After that, peel, pit, and purée your ripe avocado in a food processor until it's completely smooth. Then, gently fold into the egg whites so as to maintain the fluffiness.

You can also add some almond flour and psyllium husks for additional texture and fiber; just be sure to fold everything in gently without whipping. After that, it's as simple as putting the mix on a parchment-lined baking sheet and waiting for the magic to happen.

Go ahead and use the bread as tasty substitutes for burger buns and sandwich bread. And don't worry if they dry out. You can make toast rounds for breakfast (and top them with a serving of avocado, of course!).

The post Make Your Own Avocado Bread appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It can be difficult to keep up with today's plethora of dietary restrictions and preferences. Luckily, there exist many options that make it easier to accommodate most dietary challenges so we can continue to enjoy eating good, delicious food! Carbohydrate reduction is nothing new, but making reduced-carb breads usually has varying degrees of success. Enter "oopsie bread," home-baked, easy-to-make flatbread that reduces the wheat gluten, offers reduced carbs, and still satisfies with just-baked freshness. And if you're wondering, the name of this bread comes from — you guessed it! — a kitchen mistake that turned out to be quite tasty!

Skip the cheese

Most oopsie bread recipes make use of cream cheese or ricotta to provide moisture and body, so if you avoid dairy, this tasty flatbread wouldn't have been an option — until now. The deliciously healthy and versatile avocado lends moisture and good fats to the bread, but leaves out the lactose that causes some people issues. You'll need to have some ripe avocados handy, and if you're in a rush, a brown paper bag is all you need to bring them to maturation more quickly. In fact, keep them around the kitchen to make sure you've got a steady supply of mashable avos on hand. No ripe avocados at your local grocery store? No problem! Brown bag your avos with a banana for up to four days (check in between for perfect ripeness). Problem solved. As this recipe replaces the creaminess of cheese, it's important to start with the right avocado to give you just the perfect texture. Look for a dark avocado that's firm to the touch but not rock hard. For these and other handy avo-tips, check out the Avocados From Mexico how-to video guides.

The Process

Before you get going on your avocado, simply beat some egg whites to stiff peaks, adding some cream of tartar to help you get the right consistency. After that, peel, pit, and purée your ripe avocado in a food processor until it's completely smooth. Then, gently fold into the egg whites so as to maintain the fluffiness. You can also add some almond flour and psyllium husks for additional texture and fiber; just be sure to fold everything in gently without whipping. After that, it's as simple as putting the mix on a parchment-lined baking sheet and waiting for the magic to happen. Go ahead and use the bread as tasty substitutes for burger buns and sandwich bread. And don't worry if they dry out. You can make toast rounds for breakfast (and top them with a serving of avocado, of course!).

The post Make Your Own Avocado Bread appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Keep Avocados Fresh in the Cooler https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/keep-avocados-fresh-cooler/ Mon, 18 Sep 2017 05:21:36 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22501

Camping and road tripping are great fun for the whole family, but they require careful planning. You need to think about stops along the way and where you'll sleep each night, as well as food, especially the ingredients for your meals.

Avocados make an ideal road trip companion, so pack a few. You may want to kick back and relax with a bowl of freshly made guacamole and chips and a cold drink after a full day of exploring. The next morning, wake up and feed your family avocado toast for breakfast for an extra energy boost.

Worried about how you'll keep your avocados fresh for the trip? Take a deep breath and relax! This guide will show you how to keep avocados fresh and free from bruises in the cooler.

Before you hit the road, a trip to the grocery store is in order. You want to buy the freshest avocados. How can you tell when an avocado is ripe? This handy video shows you what to look for. Pick the one that yields to a little pressure and refrain from pinching it, as it'll bruise.

Rinse the avocados and pat them dry before you pack them in your cooler for the trip. Store them stem-end up in an airtight stackable container with a snug fit. You want to avoid rubbing or pressure damage. There's nothing more disappointing than finding brown spots in your avocado! Alternatively, you can place the fruit by itself near the top of the cooler to avoid crushing and bruising. It may be a good idea to give it some bubble-wrap love for extra protection. The kids (or you — we won't tell!) can pop the bubbles for fun afterward!

If the avocado isn't quite as ripe as you'd like, this video shows you how to ripen it with a paper bag. Add a banana for extra ethylene gas, which helps ripen fruit. Remember to check often and to keep it out of the cooler because low temperatures slow the maturing process.

You're all set to pack your avocados for your camping trip. They'll keep fresh and bruise free until you start cooking. Now, go and create memories with your loved ones!

The post How to Keep Avocados Fresh in the Cooler appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Camping and road tripping are great fun for the whole family, but they require careful planning. You need to think about stops along the way and where you'll sleep each night, as well as food, especially the ingredients for your meals. Avocados make an ideal road trip companion, so pack a few. You may want to kick back and relax with a bowl of freshly made guacamole and chips and a cold drink after a full day of exploring. The next morning, wake up and feed your family avocado toast for breakfast for an extra energy boost. Worried about how you'll keep your avocados fresh for the trip? Take a deep breath and relax! This guide will show you how to keep avocados fresh and free from bruises in the cooler. Before you hit the road, a trip to the grocery store is in order. You want to buy the freshest avocados. How can you tell when an avocado is ripe? This handy video shows you what to look for. Pick the one that yields to a little pressure and refrain from pinching it, as it'll bruise. Rinse the avocados and pat them dry before you pack them in your cooler for the trip. Store them stem-end up in an airtight stackable container with a snug fit. You want to avoid rubbing or pressure damage. There's nothing more disappointing than finding brown spots in your avocado! Alternatively, you can place the fruit by itself near the top of the cooler to avoid crushing and bruising. It may be a good idea to give it some bubble-wrap love for extra protection. The kids (or you — we won't tell!) can pop the bubbles for fun afterward! If the avocado isn't quite as ripe as you'd like, this video shows you how to ripen it with a paper bag. Add a banana for extra ethylene gas, which helps ripen fruit. Remember to check often and to keep it out of the cooler because low temperatures slow the maturing process. You're all set to pack your avocados for your camping trip. They'll keep fresh and bruise free until you start cooking. Now, go and create memories with your loved ones!

The post How to Keep Avocados Fresh in the Cooler appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Nourish for a 5K https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/how-to-nourish-for-a-5k/ Mon, 18 Sep 2017 05:20:09 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22499

Training for a road race — even a short one — can be physically demanding beyond your expectations. Whether you're already a runner or you're going all the way from the couch to a 5K, you'll need to do more than just stretch and sprint to train. You'll likely also need to tweak your diet to support the physical activity in your new daily routine.

Remember: Before making any additions or changes to your diet or fitness routine, be sure to discuss your plan with your physician.

Before the Race

While developing an exercise routine to support your 5K goal, this is also the time to make changes to your dietary habits to help fuel your new activity. Again, you'll want to talk with your doctor about both exercise and dietary changes.

You've probably heard runners say that activity-fueling is all about carb loading, but your doctor will likely tell you that things are more complex than that. Carbohydrates are definitely important — they're the easiest fuel for your body to burn during exercise and if you aren't eating enough of them, you might not see the kind of improvement you're looking for — but they aren't everything. Fats have more than double the calories per gram compared to protein or carbohydrates (9 vs. 4 kcal/g).

Are you lucky enough to have a bowl full of ripe avocados? Check out these how-to videos for information on how to keep them. You can store a whole ripe avocado in the fridge for up to a week, if you can wait that long! Or you can whip it up and keep your guac fresh and green with a layer of milk or water on top — just pour it off when you go back for leftovers.

When You Run

In the days and weeks leading up to your race, you'll want to test some simple ways to consume extra calories before, during, and after you run. Prepared drinks with easily digestible sugars and electrolytes are popular with runners, but you can also make your own tasty drinks with simple ingredients like sugar, fresh mint, lime juice, cucumber, salt, and water. Try freezing some of this mix into ice cubes so your drink stays cold while you race.

Make your daily meals with whole foods that prioritize ingredients with higher percentages of protein and fiber. Be sure you are getting plenty of fluids. And if, during training, you find yourself feeling off, or not progressing in the ways you'd like, consider keeping a diary. Track all your food and drink, as well as your exercise, moods and energy levels, sleep, and any injuries, pain, or discomfort you experience. Use this information to tweak and personalize a diet that works for you and, of course, to discuss these issues with your doctor.

After the Race

If you finish your race strong but tired, you are in the zone. After you finish, be sure to take in more fluids, and within an hour of finishing, eat a snack with both carbs and protein. When your body settles, two or three hours after race time, your body will be ready for a meal.

The post How to Nourish for a 5K appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Training for a road race — even a short one — can be physically demanding beyond your expectations. Whether you're already a runner or you're going all the way from the couch to a 5K, you'll need to do more than just stretch and sprint to train. You'll likely also need to tweak your diet to support the physical activity in your new daily routine. Remember: Before making any additions or changes to your diet or fitness routine, be sure to discuss your plan with your physician.

Before the Race

While developing an exercise routine to support your 5K goal, this is also the time to make changes to your dietary habits to help fuel your new activity. Again, you'll want to talk with your doctor about both exercise and dietary changes. You've probably heard runners say that activity-fueling is all about carb loading, but your doctor will likely tell you that things are more complex than that. Carbohydrates are definitely important — they're the easiest fuel for your body to burn during exercise and if you aren't eating enough of them, you might not see the kind of improvement you're looking for — but they aren't everything. Fats have more than double the calories per gram compared to protein or carbohydrates (9 vs. 4 kcal/g). Are you lucky enough to have a bowl full of ripe avocados? Check out these how-to videos for information on how to keep them. You can store a whole ripe avocado in the fridge for up to a week, if you can wait that long! Or you can whip it up and keep your guac fresh and green with a layer of milk or water on top — just pour it off when you go back for leftovers.

When You Run

In the days and weeks leading up to your race, you'll want to test some simple ways to consume extra calories before, during, and after you run. Prepared drinks with easily digestible sugars and electrolytes are popular with runners, but you can also make your own tasty drinks with simple ingredients like sugar, fresh mint, lime juice, cucumber, salt, and water. Try freezing some of this mix into ice cubes so your drink stays cold while you race. Make your daily meals with whole foods that prioritize ingredients with higher percentages of protein and fiber. Be sure you are getting plenty of fluids. And if, during training, you find yourself feeling off, or not progressing in the ways you'd like, consider keeping a diary. Track all your food and drink, as well as your exercise, moods and energy levels, sleep, and any injuries, pain, or discomfort you experience. Use this information to tweak and personalize a diet that works for you and, of course, to discuss these issues with your doctor.

After the Race

If you finish your race strong but tired, you are in the zone. After you finish, be sure to take in more fluids, and within an hour of finishing, eat a snack with both carbs and protein. When your body settles, two or three hours after race time, your body will be ready for a meal.

The post How to Nourish for a 5K appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avo Art https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avo-art/ Mon, 18 Sep 2017 05:18:03 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22497

Avocados are an incredibly versatile fruit, as any true avo lover knows. They're at home in savory dishes like guacamole and salads, but just as comfortable in a sweet paleta (popsicle) or chocolate cake.

But did you know that you can make art with avocados, too? Professional and amateur artists around the world have been experimenting with using avocados for art. Their work ranges from simple pieces, like these avocado toasts with cutouts, or incredibly intricate, like this beautifully carved avo. You can paint with smashed avocado (make funny faces or shapes on a plate using a spoon as your paint brush) to impress your kids, or just decorate creatively using colorful edible flowers, herbs, and spices.

Feeling inspired? All you need is a little creativity, patience, and a few pro tips to start creating your own avocado works of art.

Pro tip #1:

If you want to use the fruit, the trick is finding a slightly ripe avocado that's still a bit firm. Too ripe and it won't cut cleanly. Too hard and it won't cut easily or come out of the skin.

This video is a helpful guide to finding a ripe avocado, one that isn't too green and yields to gentle pressure. If you can only find hard avocados, this video shows you how to speed up the ripening process by placing them near a sunny window.

An easy avocado art project to get your feet wet is the avocado rose, which is a thinly sliced avocado half that's been fanned out and curled into a rose. In order to pull it all together for floral perfection, you'll need...

Pro tip #2:

Oil the cutting board and the knife to prevent any slices from sticking. Avocado roses can gussy up a plate of eggs, perfectly accent a salad, or bring a pop of color to enchiladas. And if at first you don't succeed, take heart in knowing that you are not alone: Avocados are delicate, and plenty of people struggle making roses!

Another easy avocado art project is a pixelated avocado. Just cut thin slices vertically across a peeled avocado half, then do the same thing horizontally. The center will collapse a bit, but that just adds dimension to the pixelated look.

Pro-tip #3:

Don't let your beautiful art fade! Once avocados are cut, they start to oxidize and change from a lovely pale green shade to a less-appealing brown. To prevent browning — or at least slow it down — douse them liberally with lemon or lime juice to protect their color and give them a pop of flavor.

You can cut avocados with anything that can score its soft flesh. Use cookie cutters to up your avocado toast game, a small melon baller to create a Swiss cheese effect, or a vegetable peeler to shave avocado slices and roll them into curls. If sculpting is your secret hobby, grab a scalpel and carve your favorite pattern into an avocado half, like this avo or this one.

Have fun, get creative, and make your own avocado art today!

The post Avo Art appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados are an incredibly versatile fruit, as any true avo lover knows. They're at home in savory dishes like guacamole and salads, but just as comfortable in a sweet paleta (popsicle) or chocolate cake. But did you know that you can make art with avocados, too? Professional and amateur artists around the world have been experimenting with using avocados for art. Their work ranges from simple pieces, like these avocado toasts with cutouts, or incredibly intricate, like this beautifully carved avo. You can paint with smashed avocado (make funny faces or shapes on a plate using a spoon as your paint brush) to impress your kids, or just decorate creatively using colorful edible flowers, herbs, and spices. Feeling inspired? All you need is a little creativity, patience, and a few pro tips to start creating your own avocado works of art.

Pro tip #1:

If you want to use the fruit, the trick is finding a slightly ripe avocado that's still a bit firm. Too ripe and it won't cut cleanly. Too hard and it won't cut easily or come out of the skin. This video is a helpful guide to finding a ripe avocado, one that isn't too green and yields to gentle pressure. If you can only find hard avocados, this video shows you how to speed up the ripening process by placing them near a sunny window. An easy avocado art project to get your feet wet is the avocado rose, which is a thinly sliced avocado half that's been fanned out and curled into a rose. In order to pull it all together for floral perfection, you'll need...

Pro tip #2:

Oil the cutting board and the knife to prevent any slices from sticking. Avocado roses can gussy up a plate of eggs, perfectly accent a salad, or bring a pop of color to enchiladas. And if at first you don't succeed, take heart in knowing that you are not alone: Avocados are delicate, and plenty of people struggle making roses! Another easy avocado art project is a pixelated avocado. Just cut thin slices vertically across a peeled avocado half, then do the same thing horizontally. The center will collapse a bit, but that just adds dimension to the pixelated look.

Pro-tip #3:

Don't let your beautiful art fade! Once avocados are cut, they start to oxidize and change from a lovely pale green shade to a less-appealing brown. To prevent browning — or at least slow it down — douse them liberally with lemon or lime juice to protect their color and give them a pop of flavor. You can cut avocados with anything that can score its soft flesh. Use cookie cutters to up your avocado toast game, a small melon baller to create a Swiss cheese effect, or a vegetable peeler to shave avocado slices and roll them into curls. If sculpting is your secret hobby, grab a scalpel and carve your favorite pattern into an avocado half, like this avo or this one. Have fun, get creative, and make your own avocado art today!

The post Avo Art appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Pesto https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-pesto/ Mon, 18 Sep 2017 05:15:47 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22494

Few dishes celebrate summer's delicious bounty better than a good pesto. The lack of cooking leaves its freshness intact, while the peak availability of herbs offers dishes a burst of sunny flavor. As an added bonus, pesto is so versatile that if pasta's not your game, there are so many other ways to use this deliciously green taste of summer!

The Classic – with a Twist

Generally, pesto includes a generous fistful of basil along with some garlic, lemon juice, olive oil, pine nuts, and Parmesan cheese, which come together for a beautifully blended sauce. But did you know that you can swap out two ripe avocados for the Parmesan to create a creamy, versatile pesto suitable for vegans and non-vegans alike?

You'll know your avocados are ripe when they yield to slight pressure (easy does it!) without caving in around your thumb. If your avocados aren't quite there, and you want to speed up the process, grab a brown paper bag and toss your avocados in it, along with a banana, and they'll be ripe in no time at all!

So Many Uses

Once your pesto is ready, you have a world of options to use up every last bit. You can take the classic approach and add your pesto to some freshly cooked noodles, topping it off with some grated Parmesan. If you find the consistency too thick, simply loosen it up with a little bit of warm pasta water.

Or try toasting up some baguette rounds and — presto pesto! — you have a tasty little hors d'oeuvres platter ready to go. Turn your flavor dial to maximum by substituting your newly blended pesto for other popular spreads on your sandwiches. Not only is it an added burst of flavor, but it's super creamy.

Flavor-Spike Some Classics!

While we're on the path of updating our pesto recipe, you can also use this delicious mix as a flavor enhancer on your grilled cheese sandwiches. Vibrant green and citrusy notes burst through all that gooey good cheese.

You can also use pesto as a dip instead of hummus. Just chop up some crunchy peppers and cucumbers, roll out the cherry tomatoes, and dip to your heart's delight. And if you feel like you need more green, add some spinach to your blender before you blitz your pesto.

Any leftovers can also be refrigerated for up to five days — just make sure to place a layer of plastic wrap directly on the surface of your pesto in order to prevent oxidization (and the brown color that follows).

The post Avocado Pesto appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Few dishes celebrate summer's delicious bounty better than a good pesto. The lack of cooking leaves its freshness intact, while the peak availability of herbs offers dishes a burst of sunny flavor. As an added bonus, pesto is so versatile that if pasta's not your game, there are so many other ways to use this deliciously green taste of summer!

The Classic – with a Twist

Generally, pesto includes a generous fistful of basil along with some garlic, lemon juice, olive oil, pine nuts, and Parmesan cheese, which come together for a beautifully blended sauce. But did you know that you can swap out two ripe avocados for the Parmesan to create a creamy, versatile pesto suitable for vegans and non-vegans alike? You'll know your avocados are ripe when they yield to slight pressure (easy does it!) without caving in around your thumb. If your avocados aren't quite there, and you want to speed up the process, grab a brown paper bag and toss your avocados in it, along with a banana, and they'll be ripe in no time at all!

So Many Uses

Once your pesto is ready, you have a world of options to use up every last bit. You can take the classic approach and add your pesto to some freshly cooked noodles, topping it off with some grated Parmesan. If you find the consistency too thick, simply loosen it up with a little bit of warm pasta water. Or try toasting up some baguette rounds and — presto pesto! — you have a tasty little hors d'oeuvres platter ready to go. Turn your flavor dial to maximum by substituting your newly blended pesto for other popular spreads on your sandwiches. Not only is it an added burst of flavor, but it's super creamy.

Flavor-Spike Some Classics!

While we're on the path of updating our pesto recipe, you can also use this delicious mix as a flavor enhancer on your grilled cheese sandwiches. Vibrant green and citrusy notes burst through all that gooey good cheese. You can also use pesto as a dip instead of hummus. Just chop up some crunchy peppers and cucumbers, roll out the cherry tomatoes, and dip to your heart's delight. And if you feel like you need more green, add some spinach to your blender before you blitz your pesto. Any leftovers can also be refrigerated for up to five days — just make sure to place a layer of plastic wrap directly on the surface of your pesto in order to prevent oxidization (and the brown color that follows).

The post Avocado Pesto appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Quick Back-to-School Lunches https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/quick-back-school-lunches/ Tue, 15 Aug 2017 14:03:23 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22147

There are 180 days in an average school year. That's almost half a year of getting up early.

 

Help make lunchtime exciting with these tasty and creative quick lunch ideas, all featuring avocado.

 

But first, you might want to know how to pick out avocados to eat throughout the week. Nothing is worse than realizing your avocado has gone bad before you can use it! Check out this video, which shows you how to pick out avocados in several different stages of ripeness. Brown or blackish skin that yields to gentle pressure is ready to eat now, while brown and green speckled skin means it will be ready in a few days, and hard, green skin means three to four days until it is ready. And if an avocado is ripe before you're ready to eat it, check out this video, which shows you that you can keep a ripe avocado fresh by storing it in the fridge for a week.

 

Now that you're armed with the proper avocado knowledge, on to the recipes! Some of the best recipes are those that require little time and you can make ahead, which means you do the work for a week's worth of lunches in one single day. These turkey albondigas stuffed with avocado are a great make-ahead dish, especially when sent to school with a little salsa or guacamole. This bean, avocado and pineapple salad is a creamy and sweet source of protein, and a recipe you can make ahead. Just mix everything but the avocado on a Sunday, and stir in fresh avo chunks the morning you plan to send the salad with your kid to school.

 

No time to cook ahead? These salami avocado skewers with honey mustard dipping sauce are fun to eat and go together in 10 minutes. Or try this tortilla roll-up with apples, avocados, and peanut butter, which only takes five minutes to make. If your child's school has nut restrictions, you can make the same recipe with a little cream cheese that has been sweetened with honey in place of the peanut butter.

 

The best part of any lunch are the snacks, so don't skimp here! If you have fond memories of eating pudding cups at school, recreate that with this berry and chocolate avocado mousse recipe. The avocado replaces the dairy with its smooth and sweet texture. If the school doesn't have nut restrictions, this chocolate avocado energy bar is another great snack, filled with sunflower seeds and dates (but they'll never know, promise!). For nut-free, try making this banana avocado muffin recipe without the nuts. And always be sure to make extra and store them in the freezer.

 

School lunches never have to get old. With avocados, your kids can have fun meals that get them excited for the lunch bell to ring.

The post Quick Back-to-School Lunches appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There are 180 days in an average school year. That's almost half a year of getting up early.   Help make lunchtime exciting with these tasty and creative quick lunch ideas, all featuring avocado.   But first, you might want to know how to pick out avocados to eat throughout the week. Nothing is worse than realizing your avocado has gone bad before you can use it! Check out this video, which shows you how to pick out avocados in several different stages of ripeness. Brown or blackish skin that yields to gentle pressure is ready to eat now, while brown and green speckled skin means it will be ready in a few days, and hard, green skin means three to four days until it is ready. And if an avocado is ripe before you're ready to eat it, check out this video, which shows you that you can keep a ripe avocado fresh by storing it in the fridge for a week.   Now that you're armed with the proper avocado knowledge, on to the recipes! Some of the best recipes are those that require little time and you can make ahead, which means you do the work for a week's worth of lunches in one single day. These turkey albondigas stuffed with avocado are a great make-ahead dish, especially when sent to school with a little salsa or guacamole. This bean, avocado and pineapple salad is a creamy and sweet source of protein, and a recipe you can make ahead. Just mix everything but the avocado on a Sunday, and stir in fresh avo chunks the morning you plan to send the salad with your kid to school.   No time to cook ahead? These salami avocado skewers with honey mustard dipping sauce are fun to eat and go together in 10 minutes. Or try this tortilla roll-up with apples, avocados, and peanut butter, which only takes five minutes to make. If your child's school has nut restrictions, you can make the same recipe with a little cream cheese that has been sweetened with honey in place of the peanut butter.   The best part of any lunch are the snacks, so don't skimp here! If you have fond memories of eating pudding cups at school, recreate that with this berry and chocolate avocado mousse recipe. The avocado replaces the dairy with its smooth and sweet texture. If the school doesn't have nut restrictions, this chocolate avocado energy bar is another great snack, filled with sunflower seeds and dates (but they'll never know, promise!). For nut-free, try making this banana avocado muffin recipe without the nuts. And always be sure to make extra and store them in the freezer.   School lunches never have to get old. With avocados, your kids can have fun meals that get them excited for the lunch bell to ring.

The post Quick Back-to-School Lunches appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Food Allergy Lowdown https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/food-allergy-lowdown/ Tue, 15 Aug 2017 14:03:07 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22150

Dealing with food allergies can be incredibly challenging. Dairy sensitivities (including lactose intolerance, as well as allergies to milk protein), egg allergies, gluten-free diets, and reactions to soy can make eating out, or enjoying many of your favorite snacks, feel difficult. Luckily, creamy Avocados From Mexico can sub many common allergy-triggering foods in recipes.

When using avocado to swap eggs or dairy, you want the green fruit to be perfectly ripe, soft, smooth, and easy to mash or blend. Our how-to page has the tips you need to have an avocado ready for every meal. Watch this video to choose a perfectly ripe avocado. All you need to do is look for dark skin that yields to gentle pressure. And if you happen to cut into a not-quite-ripe avocado, don't throw it away! This video tells you exactly what to do to save it: a little bit of lemon juice and plastic wrap will keep it fresh in the fridge until it's ready to eat.

Here are a few recipes that successfully use avocado to swap common allergenic foods.

1. Eggs in mayo:

You can make your own egg-free mayo by mixing two ripe avocados with a quarter cup of oil (avocado or olive), adding a teaspoon each of lemon juice and mustard, plus salt to taste. Blend and spread!

2. Butter in baking:

Avocado is a great substitute if you're looking for a creamy swap for butter when baking cakes, muffins, and plenty of other baked goods. Try it out with these dark chocolate avocado brownies.

3. Cheese in sandwiches:

If you're sensitive to dairy, avocados are a great way to add a satisfying creamy texture to a sandwich. And, as a bonus, one-third of a medium avocado (50 g) has just 1 gram of saturated fat; most of its fats are unsaturated (6 g), which are the "good fats" for you.

4. Sour cream or yogurt in dips and dressings:

Guacamole isn't the only way to enjoy avocados in dip form. Simply mix your favorite herbs directly into whipped avocado and use a bit of oil, juice, or non-dairy milk to thin it out as needed.

5. Bread in an "egg in a hole" breakfast:

No, avocados don't really "replace" bread in any kind of textural way, but they do make eggs more interesting for folks who can't eat bread, or who don't have any gluten-free slices around. Try this baked avo and eggs recipe.

6. Dairy in shakes and smoothies:

You may not think of avocado as a dessert food, but remember: it is a fruit! Replace dairy with avo and blend it up with mangoberries, or pineapple. Add juice or non-dairy milk for a thinner version, or freeze the fruit first for an even thicker, colder recipe.

The post Food Allergy Lowdown appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Dealing with food allergies can be incredibly challenging. Dairy sensitivities (including lactose intolerance, as well as allergies to milk protein), egg allergies, gluten-free diets, and reactions to soy can make eating out, or enjoying many of your favorite snacks, feel difficult. Luckily, creamy Avocados From Mexico can sub many common allergy-triggering foods in recipes. When using avocado to swap eggs or dairy, you want the green fruit to be perfectly ripe, soft, smooth, and easy to mash or blend. Our how-to page has the tips you need to have an avocado ready for every meal. Watch this video to choose a perfectly ripe avocado. All you need to do is look for dark skin that yields to gentle pressure. And if you happen to cut into a not-quite-ripe avocado, don't throw it away! This video tells you exactly what to do to save it: a little bit of lemon juice and plastic wrap will keep it fresh in the fridge until it's ready to eat. Here are a few recipes that successfully use avocado to swap common allergenic foods.

1. Eggs in mayo:

You can make your own egg-free mayo by mixing two ripe avocados with a quarter cup of oil (avocado or olive), adding a teaspoon each of lemon juice and mustard, plus salt to taste. Blend and spread!

2. Butter in baking:

Avocado is a great substitute if you're looking for a creamy swap for butter when baking cakes, muffins, and plenty of other baked goods. Try it out with these dark chocolate avocado brownies.

3. Cheese in sandwiches:

If you're sensitive to dairy, avocados are a great way to add a satisfying creamy texture to a sandwich. And, as a bonus, one-third of a medium avocado (50 g) has just 1 gram of saturated fat; most of its fats are unsaturated (6 g), which are the "good fats" for you.

4. Sour cream or yogurt in dips and dressings:

Guacamole isn't the only way to enjoy avocados in dip form. Simply mix your favorite herbs directly into whipped avocado and use a bit of oil, juice, or non-dairy milk to thin it out as needed.

5. Bread in an "egg in a hole" breakfast:

No, avocados don't really "replace" bread in any kind of textural way, but they do make eggs more interesting for folks who can't eat bread, or who don't have any gluten-free slices around. Try this baked avo and eggs recipe.

6. Dairy in shakes and smoothies:

You may not think of avocado as a dessert food, but remember: it is a fruit! Replace dairy with avo and blend it up with mangoberries, or pineapple. Add juice or non-dairy milk for a thinner version, or freeze the fruit first for an even thicker, colder recipe.

The post Food Allergy Lowdown appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Kid-friendly Snacks https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/kid-friendly-snacks/ Tue, 15 Aug 2017 14:02:41 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22143

Parents the world over worry whether their kids are getting the recommended amount of vitamins and minerals in their diets. But they also know that telling a child to eat something because “it's good for you" often has the opposite effect. Sound familiar? If so, you're probably already doing your best to introduce fruits and vegetables into your kids' food in creative ways. These fun avocado recipes will have your kids asking for more, simply because they're so delicious.

Rock the Guac!

One third of a medium avocado (50 g) provides 11% of the daily value recommended for fiber, as well as 10% each of recommended daily value for folate and Vitamin K. Plus, there's no sugar or sodium in the great green fruit, so obviously, you want to put avocado into regular rotation in your kids' diet. One of the easiest ways to work avocado in is through guacamole. Kids love it because it's creamy and easy to eat, plus, they get to dip (fun!) and crunch (is there anything more satisfying that biting into a crispy, crunch tortilla chip or veggies like baby carrots, broccoli, and cauliflower?).

To make your own award-winning guac, skin and deseed 3 avocados like an expert by following these easy-to-follow video tips. All you need to do is cut the avos in half and then scoop out the pit with a spoon. Then, use the same spoon to scoop the avo flesh into a bowl, add the juice of one lime, some chopped cilantro, onion and garlic, and a dash of salt, and mash the ingredients all up. Some people like to add diced tomatoes, too.

It's as tasty as it is simple! Serve with crunchy tortilla chips or use the guac instead of mayo on a sandwich. Or have fun and use the shell of half an avocado as your "dish," stick a bread stick as your "ship's" mast, and two tortilla chips as the sail, and watch your snack disappear.

If you've made your guacamole in advance and want to keep it looking green and fresh, simply cover it with a thin layer of water or milk and then drain it before serving. Another great tip for those of us who are just as keen on meal presentation as we are on taste!

Pass the Pasta

If your little ones aren't sold on the idea of eating chunks of avocado, then a little bit of “pasta disguise" is in order. While your pasta is cooking, simply blitz some fresh herbs or greens such as basil, parsley, or spinach in your food processor or blender. Add a clove or two of garlic, some freshly squeezed lemon juice, a dash of sea salt and pepper, a glug of olive oil, one diced avocado, a little water, and blend again.

Once your pasta is cooked, drain it and add the sauce to the warm pasta, at which point your sauce and pasta become one delicious creamy dish. Top off with some good, grated cheese and presto — avo pasta!

Choc-ful of Goodness!

When it comes to kids, there's no greater resistance-melter than chocolate. These chocolatey cupcakes give a sweet finish to any meal, making your kid eager to be part of the Clean Plate Club, while still packing in the nutritional goodness of their secret ingredient: avocado! And they're not the only dessert that feature avocado. Check out more sweet treat ideas here.

Get more kid-friendly snack ideas in this special recipe section just for them!

The post Kid-friendly Snacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Parents the world over worry whether their kids are getting the recommended amount of vitamins and minerals in their diets. But they also know that telling a child to eat something because “it's good for you" often has the opposite effect. Sound familiar? If so, you're probably already doing your best to introduce fruits and vegetables into your kids' food in creative ways. These fun avocado recipes will have your kids asking for more, simply because they're so delicious.

Rock the Guac!

One third of a medium avocado (50 g) provides 11% of the daily value recommended for fiber, as well as 10% each of recommended daily value for folate and Vitamin K. Plus, there's no sugar or sodium in the great green fruit, so obviously, you want to put avocado into regular rotation in your kids' diet. One of the easiest ways to work avocado in is through guacamole. Kids love it because it's creamy and easy to eat, plus, they get to dip (fun!) and crunch (is there anything more satisfying that biting into a crispy, crunch tortilla chip or veggies like baby carrots, broccoli, and cauliflower?). To make your own award-winning guac, skin and deseed 3 avocados like an expert by following these easy-to-follow video tips. All you need to do is cut the avos in half and then scoop out the pit with a spoon. Then, use the same spoon to scoop the avo flesh into a bowl, add the juice of one lime, some chopped cilantro, onion and garlic, and a dash of salt, and mash the ingredients all up. Some people like to add diced tomatoes, too. It's as tasty as it is simple! Serve with crunchy tortilla chips or use the guac instead of mayo on a sandwich. Or have fun and use the shell of half an avocado as your "dish," stick a bread stick as your "ship's" mast, and two tortilla chips as the sail, and watch your snack disappear. If you've made your guacamole in advance and want to keep it looking green and fresh, simply cover it with a thin layer of water or milk and then drain it before serving. Another great tip for those of us who are just as keen on meal presentation as we are on taste!

Pass the Pasta

If your little ones aren't sold on the idea of eating chunks of avocado, then a little bit of “pasta disguise" is in order. While your pasta is cooking, simply blitz some fresh herbs or greens such as basil, parsley, or spinach in your food processor or blender. Add a clove or two of garlic, some freshly squeezed lemon juice, a dash of sea salt and pepper, a glug of olive oil, one diced avocado, a little water, and blend again. Once your pasta is cooked, drain it and add the sauce to the warm pasta, at which point your sauce and pasta become one delicious creamy dish. Top off with some good, grated cheese and presto — avo pasta!

Choc-ful of Goodness!

When it comes to kids, there's no greater resistance-melter than chocolate. These chocolatey cupcakes give a sweet finish to any meal, making your kid eager to be part of the Clean Plate Club, while still packing in the nutritional goodness of their secret ingredient: avocado! And they're not the only dessert that feature avocado. Check out more sweet treat ideas here. Get more kid-friendly snack ideas in this special recipe section just for them!

The post Kid-friendly Snacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Finger Foods https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avocado-finger-foods/ Tue, 15 Aug 2017 14:02:39 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22140

There's a whole world of mouth-watering, avocado-based finger foods you can serve at your next get-together. And here's the best part: You're not just limited to the perennially popular chips and guac. Really! Here are some of our favorite suggestions and avo-based tips to turn any get-together into a celebration!

Skewer It:

Skewers are the ultimate party finger food. And while you may hear "skewer" and think "meat and veg," you can actually create fast, easy, and delicious fruit and cheese skewers with avocado as the main ingredient! Take your bamboo or metal skewers and thread a piece of juicy watermelon, a small chunk of feta or bocconcini (a small, mozzarella-like ball) cheese, a medium-sized cube of ripe avocado, and repeat until your skewer is complete. Lay the skewers on a serving platter, drizzle with a little extra virgin olive oil, some chopped, fresh mint, and a few flakes of sea salt, and voilà. These are refreshing, delicious, and ready to eat in mere minutes.

You're going to want perfectly ripe avocados for these recipes, so here's a good way to get there without much fuss. You likely know about the banana and paper bag avo-ripening tip already from Avocados From Mexico's handy "how-to" avo tips page, right? Here's another: bury your unripened avocado in a bowl of uncooked rice. Check every day for ripeness and you should be good to go in a day or two. Neat, huh!? And yes, you can reuse the rice afterward.

Plus, since Avocados From Mexico go with so many different dishes or just great by themselves, should you happen to cut one too many ripe avocados, simply store the remaining piece submerged in water in a resealable container in your refrigerator for up to three days and use it in your next meal or for a delicious morning or afternoon snack. It really is that easy!

Crazy for Crostini

People love to customize their food — party snacks included. Why not set up an easy crostini bar at your next get-together, with all the fixings ready to go? Brush some baguette rounds with olive oil, grill quickly on both sides, and then invite guests to top with chopped avocado and a basil, tomato, and olive bruschetta-style topper.

Or go with something sweeter like a chopped avocado, juicy diced pear, thyme, olive oil and pomegranate seeds. If you'd rather have something a bit meatier, offer a diced, grilled Italian sausage, cubed avocado, roasted red pepper, chile flake, and parsley crostini topper.

Need more ideas for crowd-pleasing party foods? We have dozens of recipes for appetizers and snacks right here, and you can download our guac guide on the Avocados From Mexico home page.

The post Avocado Finger Foods appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There's a whole world of mouth-watering, avocado-based finger foods you can serve at your next get-together. And here's the best part: You're not just limited to the perennially popular chips and guac. Really! Here are some of our favorite suggestions and avo-based tips to turn any get-together into a celebration!

Skewer It:

Skewers are the ultimate party finger food. And while you may hear "skewer" and think "meat and veg," you can actually create fast, easy, and delicious fruit and cheese skewers with avocado as the main ingredient! Take your bamboo or metal skewers and thread a piece of juicy watermelon, a small chunk of feta or bocconcini (a small, mozzarella-like ball) cheese, a medium-sized cube of ripe avocado, and repeat until your skewer is complete. Lay the skewers on a serving platter, drizzle with a little extra virgin olive oil, some chopped, fresh mint, and a few flakes of sea salt, and voilà. These are refreshing, delicious, and ready to eat in mere minutes. You're going to want perfectly ripe avocados for these recipes, so here's a good way to get there without much fuss. You likely know about the banana and paper bag avo-ripening tip already from Avocados From Mexico's handy "how-to" avo tips page, right? Here's another: bury your unripened avocado in a bowl of uncooked rice. Check every day for ripeness and you should be good to go in a day or two. Neat, huh!? And yes, you can reuse the rice afterward. Plus, since Avocados From Mexico go with so many different dishes or just great by themselves, should you happen to cut one too many ripe avocados, simply store the remaining piece submerged in water in a resealable container in your refrigerator for up to three days and use it in your next meal or for a delicious morning or afternoon snack. It really is that easy!

Crazy for Crostini

People love to customize their food — party snacks included. Why not set up an easy crostini bar at your next get-together, with all the fixings ready to go? Brush some baguette rounds with olive oil, grill quickly on both sides, and then invite guests to top with chopped avocado and a basil, tomato, and olive bruschetta-style topper. Or go with something sweeter like a chopped avocado, juicy diced pear, thyme, olive oil and pomegranate seeds. If you'd rather have something a bit meatier, offer a diced, grilled Italian sausage, cubed avocado, roasted red pepper, chile flake, and parsley crostini topper. Need more ideas for crowd-pleasing party foods? We have dozens of recipes for appetizers and snacks right here, and you can download our guac guide on the Avocados From Mexico home page.

The post Avocado Finger Foods appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Need to Boost Your Fiber Intake? https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/need-boost-fiber-intake/ Tue, 15 Aug 2017 14:02:34 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22138

According to the 2015 Dietary Guidelines, while a majority of Americans consume sufficient amounts of most nutrients, there are some nutrients, like dietary fiber, that are consumed below the Estimated Average Requirement or Adequate Intake level. The average adult should consume around 30 grams of fiber daily, or about 15 grams for every 1,000 calories consumed. Of the underconsumed nutrients, dietary fiber is considered one of the nutrients of public health concern because low intakes are associated with health concerns. The Guidelines recommend shifting to eat more vegetables, fruits, whole grains, and dairy to increase intake of nutrients of public health concerns.

Here's what you need to know about fiber and how to maximize it in your diet. Be sure to speak with your doctor before changing your diet.

What is Fiber?

Fiber is the part of the food you eat that your body cannot digest. Unlike fat, carbohydrates, protein, and nutrients like vitamins and minerals, fiber passes intact through your digestive system. It might be surprising to think about something you can't digest as important to your health, but fiber plays so many roles in your body.

For one thing, fiber is best known for maintaining bowel health and preventing digestive problems. to help lower bad cholesterol and may play a role in decreasing blood pressure and inflammation. It also slows the absorption of sugar, which can be especially important for people with diabetes.

How Does it Work?

The word "fiber" actually describes a complex group of substances with a variety of physical health benefits. It is generally classified as either soluble or insoluble. Soluble fiber dissolves in water to form a gel-like substance. It can be most abundantly found in oats, peas, beans, carrots, barley, apples, and citrus fruits. It plays the biggest role in controlling cholesterol and blood sugar.

Insoluble fiber does not dissolve in water and is easy to get from whole grains, nuts, and legumes. It's what makes your digestive system work and keeps everything moving along smoothly, absorbing any excess water but also preventing things from getting stopped up.

Where Can I Get More?

One serving of avocado (50 grams, or about 1/3 of a medium fruit) contains 3 grams of dietary fiber, or 11% of your recommended daily intake, so it makes an excellent addition to your diet. One big benefit? It keeps you feelling fuller, longer.

Vegetables and fruits should make up most of your dietary fiber, with beans and legumes, whole grains, nuts, and other seeds fulfilling the rest of your fiber needs.

Want to work more avocados into your diet? Guacamole is everyone's favorite dip, so pop over to the "how-to" tips page for information about how to keep your guac green — can you believe the answer is "pour milk over it"?! But first, you'll want to make sure you know how to pick a ripe avocado at the grocery store. This video will show you that the trick is simple: Look for a darker skinned fruit that yields to gentle pressure from your thumb.

The post Need to Boost Your Fiber Intake? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

According to the 2015 Dietary Guidelines, while a majority of Americans consume sufficient amounts of most nutrients, there are some nutrients, like dietary fiber, that are consumed below the Estimated Average Requirement or Adequate Intake level. The average adult should consume around 30 grams of fiber daily, or about 15 grams for every 1,000 calories consumed. Of the underconsumed nutrients, dietary fiber is considered one of the nutrients of public health concern because low intakes are associated with health concerns. The Guidelines recommend shifting to eat more vegetables, fruits, whole grains, and dairy to increase intake of nutrients of public health concerns. Here's what you need to know about fiber and how to maximize it in your diet. Be sure to speak with your doctor before changing your diet.

What is Fiber?

Fiber is the part of the food you eat that your body cannot digest. Unlike fat, carbohydrates, protein, and nutrients like vitamins and minerals, fiber passes intact through your digestive system. It might be surprising to think about something you can't digest as important to your health, but fiber plays so many roles in your body. For one thing, fiber is best known for maintaining bowel health and preventing digestive problems. to help lower bad cholesterol and may play a role in decreasing blood pressure and inflammation. It also slows the absorption of sugar, which can be especially important for people with diabetes.

How Does it Work?

The word "fiber" actually describes a complex group of substances with a variety of physical health benefits. It is generally classified as either soluble or insoluble. Soluble fiber dissolves in water to form a gel-like substance. It can be most abundantly found in oats, peas, beans, carrots, barley, apples, and citrus fruits. It plays the biggest role in controlling cholesterol and blood sugar. Insoluble fiber does not dissolve in water and is easy to get from whole grains, nuts, and legumes. It's what makes your digestive system work and keeps everything moving along smoothly, absorbing any excess water but also preventing things from getting stopped up.

Where Can I Get More?

One serving of avocado (50 grams, or about 1/3 of a medium fruit) contains 3 grams of dietary fiber, or 11% of your recommended daily intake, so it makes an excellent addition to your diet. One big benefit? It keeps you feelling fuller, longer. Vegetables and fruits should make up most of your dietary fiber, with beans and legumes, whole grains, nuts, and other seeds fulfilling the rest of your fiber needs. Want to work more avocados into your diet? Guacamole is everyone's favorite dip, so pop over to the "how-to" tips page for information about how to keep your guac green — can you believe the answer is "pour milk over it"?! But first, you'll want to make sure you know how to pick a ripe avocado at the grocery store. This video will show you that the trick is simple: Look for a darker skinned fruit that yields to gentle pressure from your thumb.

The post Need to Boost Your Fiber Intake? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Zucchini Noodles with Avocado Sauce https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/zucchini-noodles-avocado-sauce/ Mon, 14 Aug 2017 14:03:34 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22145

Getting kids to eat vegetables can be a struggle, but they also tend to love the unexpected, and having vegetables prepared in this way adds a new, playful element to dinner. So, if you're looking for a new nutritious, quick, and easy meal that the whole family will love, zucchini noodles with avocado sauce is a great choice!

Zucchini noodles are gluten-free and low-carb, and the avocado sauce adds a creamy texture that coats the noodles and makes them absolutely delicious.

 

Making the Noodles

A spiralizer is the best tool for making vegetable noodles, but if you don't have one on hand, a julienne peeler or mandolin slicer can also produce similar noodle-like strands. Let your older kids have a turn with the spiralizer while the younger ones enjoy seeing the vegetable ribbons that magically come out the other side.

Your zucchini should be fresh and firm. You don't need to peel or salt the zucchini beforehand; just wash it, cut off the ends, and spiralize. You can eat the noodles raw, but if you prefer them warmed, sautée them with a bit of olive oil in a skillet for 3 to 5 minutes, and avoid overcooking because they may become mushy.

 

Making the Sauce

To make the avocado sauce, you'll need some fresh basil, a clove of garlic, a bit of lemon juice and olive oil, and a ripe medium-sized avocado. If you're not sure how to tell if your avocado is ripe, this handy video shows you how: just check the color of the avocado's skin and press on it gently to see if the avocado yields to pressure. If your avocado isn't quite ready, you can help it ripen a little faster by placing it in a paper bag with a banana and leaving it for a few days. Check on it daily to see when it's ready.

Once your avocado is ripe, all you have to do is blend the flesh along with the other ingredients in a food processor or blender until smooth and enjoy on top of your zucchini noodles.

If you or someone in your family is gluten-free, spiralized veggies offer a great alternative to conventional pasta noodles. The avocado sauce adds great taste for a meal that's low in carbs and super tasty. Easy and fast, you can prepare this meal for your family in just a few minutes. Odds are, the kids (and adults too!) will be far more willing to eat their vegetables when they're in a fun shape and topped with this delicious avocado sauce.

The post Zucchini Noodles with Avocado Sauce appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Getting kids to eat vegetables can be a struggle, but they also tend to love the unexpected, and having vegetables prepared in this way adds a new, playful element to dinner. So, if you're looking for a new nutritious, quick, and easy meal that the whole family will love, zucchini noodles with avocado sauce is a great choice! Zucchini noodles are gluten-free and low-carb, and the avocado sauce adds a creamy texture that coats the noodles and makes them absolutely delicious.  

Making the Noodles

A spiralizer is the best tool for making vegetable noodles, but if you don't have one on hand, a julienne peeler or mandolin slicer can also produce similar noodle-like strands. Let your older kids have a turn with the spiralizer while the younger ones enjoy seeing the vegetable ribbons that magically come out the other side. Your zucchini should be fresh and firm. You don't need to peel or salt the zucchini beforehand; just wash it, cut off the ends, and spiralize. You can eat the noodles raw, but if you prefer them warmed, sautée them with a bit of olive oil in a skillet for 3 to 5 minutes, and avoid overcooking because they may become mushy.  

Making the Sauce

To make the avocado sauce, you'll need some fresh basil, a clove of garlic, a bit of lemon juice and olive oil, and a ripe medium-sized avocado. If you're not sure how to tell if your avocado is ripe, this handy video shows you how: just check the color of the avocado's skin and press on it gently to see if the avocado yields to pressure. If your avocado isn't quite ready, you can help it ripen a little faster by placing it in a paper bag with a banana and leaving it for a few days. Check on it daily to see when it's ready. Once your avocado is ripe, all you have to do is blend the flesh along with the other ingredients in a food processor or blender until smooth and enjoy on top of your zucchini noodles. If you or someone in your family is gluten-free, spiralized veggies offer a great alternative to conventional pasta noodles. The avocado sauce adds great taste for a meal that's low in carbs and super tasty. Easy and fast, you can prepare this meal for your family in just a few minutes. Odds are, the kids (and adults too!) will be far more willing to eat their vegetables when they're in a fun shape and topped with this delicious avocado sauce.

The post Zucchini Noodles with Avocado Sauce appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Truth about Carbs https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/the-truth-about-carbs/ Sat, 12 Aug 2017 03:48:42 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22136

Back when low-fat diets were all the rage, whole grains and fruits were seen as a staple in any healthy diet. Now that the winds of diet trends have shifted, people are panicking over the dangers of carbs. So which is it? Are carbs good or bad for you?

Carbohydrates are one of three main macronutrients that your body needs to live, along with protein and fats. The reason why carbs get a bad reputation is because of a misconception that all sugars are bad for you, which is untrue.

Your body breaks down most complex carbohydrates into simple sugars, absorbs these sugars into the bloodstream and burns what it needs for energy. Any leftover carbohydrates turns into body fat to be used as a reserve if blood sugar becomes low. It's impossible to have a 100% sugar- or carb-free diet. For example, your brain needs carbs to function no matter what.

However, there is a difference between carbs from whole foods (like fruit or bread) and carbs from added sugars. Carbs from whole foods come along with dietary fiber as well as protein or fat. These other components slow down the absorption of sugars into the bloodstream, increase satiety to keep you full for a longer period of time, and provide your body with much-needed micronutrients as well. Carbs that come from added sugar, also known as caloric sweeteners, do not have these same nutritional benefits; they are what nutritionists call empty calories.

The 2015-2020 Dietary Guidelines For Americans suggests shifting from refined to whole-grain versions of commonly consumed foods – such as from white to 100% whole wheat breads, white to whole grain pasta, and white to brown rice. Between 45 and 65% of your total calories should come from carbohydrates, which works out to between 225 and 325 grams, if you eat 2,000 calories daily. Yet, there are medical conditions that require special consideration when it comes to carbohydrates. People with diabetes might eat a low-glycemic diet, which focuses on limiting carbs that are absorbed into the bloodstream quickly, causing sugar spikes in those who can't produce insulin to control it. Even in these cases, carbohydrates are a vital part of any healthy diet. You just need to be conscious of where they come from, and how they impact your metabolism.

Found in nearly all complex foods — even red meat — carbs are most abundant in fruits, vegetables, grains, legumes, nuts, seeds, and dairy. One-third of a medium avocado (50 g), has 4 grams of carbohydrates per serving (3 of which come from fiber), are one of the few fruits that are low in carbohydrates while also contributing good fats. Why naturally good fats? Because the body needs some dietary fat in moderation to help with absorption of nutrients. Good fats do not raise LDL “bad" cholesterol levels. Healthy avocados contain 6 g of naturally good fats.

You can boost your fiber intake and help slow down the absorption of sugar from grains or other fruits by adding an avocado to your daily meal plan. Not sure how to have an avocado that's ripe for every day of the week? Check out our handy “how-to" avo tips page, where you'll find several helpful videos, including a guide to shopping for ripe avocados — all you need to do is check the color of the avocado's skin and press gently with your thumb to see if the avocado yields a bit. And if your supermarket doesn't have any ripe avocados available, don't worry! In this video about how to ripen avocados faster, you'll learn the paper bag trick: Place your unripe avocado in a paper bag with a banana and leave it to ripen for up to four days.

If you're concerned about carbohydrates in your diet or you just want to learn more about this important macronutrient, be sure to talk with your doctor and ask for more information.

The post The Truth about Carbs appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Back when low-fat diets were all the rage, whole grains and fruits were seen as a staple in any healthy diet. Now that the winds of diet trends have shifted, people are panicking over the dangers of carbs. So which is it? Are carbs good or bad for you? Carbohydrates are one of three main macronutrients that your body needs to live, along with protein and fats. The reason why carbs get a bad reputation is because of a misconception that all sugars are bad for you, which is untrue. Your body breaks down most complex carbohydrates into simple sugars, absorbs these sugars into the bloodstream and burns what it needs for energy. Any leftover carbohydrates turns into body fat to be used as a reserve if blood sugar becomes low. It's impossible to have a 100% sugar- or carb-free diet. For example, your brain needs carbs to function no matter what. However, there is a difference between carbs from whole foods (like fruit or bread) and carbs from added sugars. Carbs from whole foods come along with dietary fiber as well as protein or fat. These other components slow down the absorption of sugars into the bloodstream, increase satiety to keep you full for a longer period of time, and provide your body with much-needed micronutrients as well. Carbs that come from added sugar, also known as caloric sweeteners, do not have these same nutritional benefits; they are what nutritionists call empty calories. The 2015-2020 Dietary Guidelines For Americans suggests shifting from refined to whole-grain versions of commonly consumed foods – such as from white to 100% whole wheat breads, white to whole grain pasta, and white to brown rice. Between 45 and 65% of your total calories should come from carbohydrates, which works out to between 225 and 325 grams, if you eat 2,000 calories daily. Yet, there are medical conditions that require special consideration when it comes to carbohydrates. People with diabetes might eat a low-glycemic diet, which focuses on limiting carbs that are absorbed into the bloodstream quickly, causing sugar spikes in those who can't produce insulin to control it. Even in these cases, carbohydrates are a vital part of any healthy diet. You just need to be conscious of where they come from, and how they impact your metabolism. Found in nearly all complex foods — even red meat — carbs are most abundant in fruits, vegetables, grains, legumes, nuts, seeds, and dairy. One-third of a medium avocado (50 g), has 4 grams of carbohydrates per serving (3 of which come from fiber), are one of the few fruits that are low in carbohydrates while also contributing good fats. Why naturally good fats? Because the body needs some dietary fat in moderation to help with absorption of nutrients. Good fats do not raise LDL “bad" cholesterol levels. Healthy avocados contain 6 g of naturally good fats. You can boost your fiber intake and help slow down the absorption of sugar from grains or other fruits by adding an avocado to your daily meal plan. Not sure how to have an avocado that's ripe for every day of the week? Check out our handy “how-to" avo tips page, where you'll find several helpful videos, including a guide to shopping for ripe avocados — all you need to do is check the color of the avocado's skin and press gently with your thumb to see if the avocado yields a bit. And if your supermarket doesn't have any ripe avocados available, don't worry! In this video about how to ripen avocados faster, you'll learn the paper bag trick: Place your unripe avocado in a paper bag with a banana and leave it to ripen for up to four days. If you're concerned about carbohydrates in your diet or you just want to learn more about this important macronutrient, be sure to talk with your doctor and ask for more information.

The post The Truth about Carbs appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Why Avocados Are Heart-Healthy https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avocados-heart-healthy/ Sat, 12 Aug 2017 03:42:48 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22134

You hear a lot these days about eating heart healthy and taking care of your cardiovascular system, and for good reason. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, heart disease is the leading cause of death in the U.S., and nearly half of all Americans have at least one of the three major risk factors that can lead to heart disease: high blood pressure, high cholesterol, or a history of smoking.

The obvious question is, "What can I do for my heart health?" The American Heart Association recommends replacing saturated with unsaturated fats for heart health, but you don’t have to sacrifice flavor — Avocados From Mexico are a heart-healthy fruit. (Of course, always talk to your physician before making changes to you or your family’s diet.)

It may surprise you to learn that fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit. After all, haven't you heard that avocados are high in calories and fat? You may have been taught that low-fat diets are important for heart health, and that's not entirely inaccurate. But low-fat is not the same as no-fat.

When health experts talk about "good fats" and "bad fats" they aren't judging your snack habits. Good fats, which are monounsaturated or polyunsaturated, help nourish your body. In fact, the Dietary Guidelines for Americans explains the importance of limiting intakes of saturated fat to support healthy dietary patterns. One-third of a medium avocado offers 5 grams of monounsaturated fat and 1 gram of polyunsaturated fat in every 50 gram serving.

The "bad fats" are saturated fat and trans-fat, which can cause trouble for your heart if they dominate your diet. More than 75% of the fats in avocados are the "good" kind, plus they have absolutely zero cholesterol. But the benefits don’t stop there! Avocados are sugar-free and are a good source of fiber, contributing 3 grams of fiber per 50 g serving.

Best of all, it’s now easier than ever to add avocados into your diet. Avocados are extremely versatile and go fantastically with a number of traditional meals, the latest trends in cuisine, or even plain by themselves. Visit the “how-to” page to learn terrific tips, like how to pick a ripe avocado or how to slice and dice during preparation. It’s easier than you think: Just cut it in half, twist, remove the seed, cut into long slices or dice into cubes, and you’re all set.

So what are you waiting for? You can search endless avocado and guacamole recipes on our recipe page.

DISCLAIMER: While many factors affect heart disease, eating avocados as part of a diet low in saturated fat and cholesterol may reduce the risk.

The post Why Avocados Are Heart-Healthy appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You hear a lot these days about eating heart healthy and taking care of your cardiovascular system, and for good reason. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, heart disease is the leading cause of death in the U.S., and nearly half of all Americans have at least one of the three major risk factors that can lead to heart disease: high blood pressure, high cholesterol, or a history of smoking. The obvious question is, "What can I do for my heart health?" The American Heart Association recommends replacing saturated with unsaturated fats for heart health, but you don’t have to sacrifice flavor — Avocados From Mexico are a heart-healthy fruit. (Of course, always talk to your physician before making changes to you or your family’s diet.) It may surprise you to learn that fresh avocados are a heart-healthy fruit. After all, haven't you heard that avocados are high in calories and fat? You may have been taught that low-fat diets are important for heart health, and that's not entirely inaccurate. But low-fat is not the same as no-fat. When health experts talk about "good fats" and "bad fats" they aren't judging your snack habits. Good fats, which are monounsaturated or polyunsaturated, help nourish your body. In fact, the Dietary Guidelines for Americans explains the importance of limiting intakes of saturated fat to support healthy dietary patterns. One-third of a medium avocado offers 5 grams of monounsaturated fat and 1 gram of polyunsaturated fat in every 50 gram serving. The "bad fats" are saturated fat and trans-fat, which can cause trouble for your heart if they dominate your diet. More than 75% of the fats in avocados are the "good" kind, plus they have absolutely zero cholesterol. But the benefits don’t stop there! Avocados are sugar-free and are a good source of fiber, contributing 3 grams of fiber per 50 g serving. Best of all, it’s now easier than ever to add avocados into your diet. Avocados are extremely versatile and go fantastically with a number of traditional meals, the latest trends in cuisine, or even plain by themselves. Visit the “how-to” page to learn terrific tips, like how to pick a ripe avocado or how to slice and dice during preparation. It’s easier than you think: Just cut it in half, twist, remove the seed, cut into long slices or dice into cubes, and you’re all set. So what are you waiting for? You can search endless avocado and guacamole recipes on our recipe page. DISCLAIMER: While many factors affect heart disease, eating avocados as part of a diet low in saturated fat and cholesterol may reduce the risk.

The post Why Avocados Are Heart-Healthy appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Benefits of Eating Avocados at Different Life Stages https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/benefits-eating-avocados-different-life-stages/ Sat, 12 Aug 2017 03:41:20 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22132

Have you ever wondered if avocados are safe for the newest member of the family? Curious about the benefits of an adulthood filled with avo goodness? If so, we're here to answer some of your questions. Remember: Consult with your doctor before making changes to your diet.

Infancy and Toddlerhood

Avocados can be a great addition to what is known as the complementary feeding period, the time between ages six months and two years when children are typically weaned and transitioned to solid foods. The healthy avocado – soft, neutrally flavored and nutrient-rich – appears to be one of the most ideal complementary and transitional foods available. And because it has no sugars, avocados can be introduced as a sugar-free fruit that might help your child avoid developing an early preference for sweet foods with added sugars.

Nutrient density is essential because infants eat only a tiny amount of solid foods. Avocados are also a source of some micronutrients. With 10% of the adult recommended daily allowance (RDA) of folate, healthy avocados provide a good source of folate per 50 g serving (one-third of a medium avocado). Folate is important for proper brain function. And avocados are good for pregnant women, too: Consuming adequate intakes of folate/folic acid may reduce the risk for premature births and birth defects.

Purée is the best form for serving ripe, soft avo to baby. To choose a perfectly ripe avocado, simply hold it in the palm of your hand and give it a gentle squeeze. If it gives a little, you've chosen a winner. You can avoid chunks by slicing and dicing it as thinly as possible before blending or smashing. Not sure how? It's simple: Cut the avocado in half, remove the seed, and then cut length-wise to slice or into little squares to dice. You can see exactly how these techniques work in this short video. Infants between six and 10 months should be served a very smooth purée. Before starting or making changes to your little one's diet, be sure to speak with their pediatrician.

Adulthood

Avocado's nutrient density continues to benefit the body even after it's grown out of diapers. Growing kids and teens need abundant nutrients, yes, but so do health-minded adults. Diets rich in healthy foods containing fiber, such as some vegetables and fruits, may reduce the risk of heart disease, obesity, and type 2 diabetes. Healthy avocados are a good source of fiber (3 g per 50 g serving) and are a great fresh fruit option to help boost fiber intake.

Prepared avocado can turn brown quickly. Keep your avocado nice and green by rubbing the cut half with a lemon, covering it with plastic wrap, and storing it in the fridge until you're ready to use the rest of it. See this and other tips explained in our helpful assortment of avocado how-to videos.

Nutrient density takes on new significance for older adults. Preventing or treating cardiovascular disease continues to be a priority, and controlling blood pressure and blood sugar remains very important. Avocados can be part of a healthy diet because more than 75% of the fat in healthy avocados is unsaturated (monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats), making them a great substitute for foods high in saturated fat. Also, avocados are sodium and salt-free.

If you were lucky enough to enjoy delicious Avocados From Mexico as a child, you have a chance to pass on this healthy preference on to the next generation. Keep the tradition, and your own health goals, alive and well.

The post Benefits of Eating Avocados at Different Life Stages appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Have you ever wondered if avocados are safe for the newest member of the family? Curious about the benefits of an adulthood filled with avo goodness? If so, we're here to answer some of your questions. Remember: Consult with your doctor before making changes to your diet.

Infancy and Toddlerhood

Avocados can be a great addition to what is known as the complementary feeding period, the time between ages six months and two years when children are typically weaned and transitioned to solid foods. The healthy avocado – soft, neutrally flavored and nutrient-rich – appears to be one of the most ideal complementary and transitional foods available. And because it has no sugars, avocados can be introduced as a sugar-free fruit that might help your child avoid developing an early preference for sweet foods with added sugars. Nutrient density is essential because infants eat only a tiny amount of solid foods. Avocados are also a source of some micronutrients. With 10% of the adult recommended daily allowance (RDA) of folate, healthy avocados provide a good source of folate per 50 g serving (one-third of a medium avocado). Folate is important for proper brain function. And avocados are good for pregnant women, too: Consuming adequate intakes of folate/folic acid may reduce the risk for premature births and birth defects. Purée is the best form for serving ripe, soft avo to baby. To choose a perfectly ripe avocado, simply hold it in the palm of your hand and give it a gentle squeeze. If it gives a little, you've chosen a winner. You can avoid chunks by slicing and dicing it as thinly as possible before blending or smashing. Not sure how? It's simple: Cut the avocado in half, remove the seed, and then cut length-wise to slice or into little squares to dice. You can see exactly how these techniques work in this short video. Infants between six and 10 months should be served a very smooth purée. Before starting or making changes to your little one's diet, be sure to speak with their pediatrician.

Adulthood

Avocado's nutrient density continues to benefit the body even after it's grown out of diapers. Growing kids and teens need abundant nutrients, yes, but so do health-minded adults. Diets rich in healthy foods containing fiber, such as some vegetables and fruits, may reduce the risk of heart disease, obesity, and type 2 diabetes. Healthy avocados are a good source of fiber (3 g per 50 g serving) and are a great fresh fruit option to help boost fiber intake. Prepared avocado can turn brown quickly. Keep your avocado nice and green by rubbing the cut half with a lemon, covering it with plastic wrap, and storing it in the fridge until you're ready to use the rest of it. See this and other tips explained in our helpful assortment of avocado how-to videos. Nutrient density takes on new significance for older adults. Preventing or treating cardiovascular disease continues to be a priority, and controlling blood pressure and blood sugar remains very important. Avocados can be part of a healthy diet because more than 75% of the fat in healthy avocados is unsaturated (monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats), making them a great substitute for foods high in saturated fat. Also, avocados are sodium and salt-free. If you were lucky enough to enjoy delicious Avocados From Mexico as a child, you have a chance to pass on this healthy preference on to the next generation. Keep the tradition, and your own health goals, alive and well.

The post Benefits of Eating Avocados at Different Life Stages appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Avocado Lip Balm https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/make-avocado-lip-balm/ Sat, 12 Aug 2017 03:40:32 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=22128

Summer is winding down, which means colder weather is on the way. And you know what that means: dry skin and chapped lips. Luckily, Avocados From Mexico — and the avocado oil made from them — are available all year long. Not only can you have delicious guac any season, but you can also whip up an avocado lip balm at home with nutritious, moisturizing avocado oil as your base.

Not sure how to find those creamy Avocados From Mexico? Watch this video from our "how-to" avocado tips page for all the details: Just look for the bumpy, dark exterior that holds the delicious flesh of the Hass avocado. And if you don't have time to run to the grocery store every couple of days for a fresh one, don't fret. Try picking avocados at varying stages of ripeness — from green and firm to dark and soft — to shorten the amount of grocery store trips.

Pick up a bottle of avocado oil on your next trip, too. It's great on salads and for cooking, but it really shines in this DIY avocado lip balm. This recipe will make a soft lip balm ideal for pouring into small pots. Use harder fats for a firmer lip balm, and add extra beeswax for a matte finish. You can reuse old lip balm containers and pots (be sure to wash them out first!), or you can buy new containers online or from your local craft supplier.

Homemade Avocado Lip Balm Ingredients

  • 1 oz. beeswax finely chopped or grated
  • 1/8 c. of brittle fat (such as cocoa butter or palm kernel oil)
  • 1/8 c. solid fat (such as mango, coconut, or shea butter)
  • 1/4 c. of avocado oil
  • Vitamine E (if desired)
  • Flavored oil (to taste)
  • Liquid stevia, or honey (to taste)

Directions:

  1. Start the water of a double boiler on the stove.
  2. In the top of the double boiler, mix together all ingredients.
  3. Melt the ingredients over the boiling water.
  4. When the ingredients are mixed and melted, use a turkey baster or heat-proof measuring cup to pour the balm into tubes or pots for storage.
  5. Allow the balm to cool completely before using.

Your avocado lip balm will keep best in the fridge or a cool cellar, especially if the heat in your home tends to fluctuate. If it softens and separates, just heat and pour all over again. Soon, you'll be enjoying the benefits of homemade lip balm all winter long!

Find more avocado beauty care tips here.

The post How to Make Avocado Lip Balm appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Summer is winding down, which means colder weather is on the way. And you know what that means: dry skin and chapped lips. Luckily, Avocados From Mexico — and the avocado oil made from them — are available all year long. Not only can you have delicious guac any season, but you can also whip up an avocado lip balm at home with nutritious, moisturizing avocado oil as your base. Not sure how to find those creamy Avocados From Mexico? Watch this video from our "how-to" avocado tips page for all the details: Just look for the bumpy, dark exterior that holds the delicious flesh of the Hass avocado. And if you don't have time to run to the grocery store every couple of days for a fresh one, don't fret. Try picking avocados at varying stages of ripeness — from green and firm to dark and soft — to shorten the amount of grocery store trips. Pick up a bottle of avocado oil on your next trip, too. It's great on salads and for cooking, but it really shines in this DIY avocado lip balm. This recipe will make a soft lip balm ideal for pouring into small pots. Use harder fats for a firmer lip balm, and add extra beeswax for a matte finish. You can reuse old lip balm containers and pots (be sure to wash them out first!), or you can buy new containers online or from your local craft supplier.

Homemade Avocado Lip Balm Ingredients

  • 1 oz. beeswax finely chopped or grated
  • 1/8 c. of brittle fat (such as cocoa butter or palm kernel oil)
  • 1/8 c. solid fat (such as mango, coconut, or shea butter)
  • 1/4 c. of avocado oil
  • Vitamine E (if desired)
  • Flavored oil (to taste)
  • Liquid stevia, or honey (to taste)

Directions:

  1. Start the water of a double boiler on the stove.
  2. In the top of the double boiler, mix together all ingredients.
  3. Melt the ingredients over the boiling water.
  4. When the ingredients are mixed and melted, use a turkey baster or heat-proof measuring cup to pour the balm into tubes or pots for storage.
  5. Allow the balm to cool completely before using.
Your avocado lip balm will keep best in the fridge or a cool cellar, especially if the heat in your home tends to fluctuate. If it softens and separates, just heat and pour all over again. Soon, you'll be enjoying the benefits of homemade lip balm all winter long! Find more avocado beauty care tips here.

The post How to Make Avocado Lip Balm appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocaderia: The World’s First Avocado Bar is All-In on Avocados From Mexico https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avocaderia-worlds-first-avocado-bar-avocados-mexico/ Wed, 26 Jul 2017 05:06:55 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=21647

When one thinks of bars, it’s likely spirits, peanuts, dart boards, and pool tables are the first things to come to mind. What doesn’t immediately come to mind? That bumpy green fruit called avocados.

Well, there’s one establishment looking to change this perception and add a little flare to the notion of a smoke-drenched bar with sticky floors and greasy foods.

Nestled in the middle of Industry City, Brooklyn lives the trendy Avocaderia — the world’s first avocado bar.

Founded by Italian avocado evangelists Alberto Gramigni, Alessandro Biggi, and Francesco Brachetti, Avocaderia serves healthy, Instagram-friendly avocado-based dishes such as decadent avocado toasts, creamy smoothies and “avoburgers.” Name any dish, and they’ve got it with an avocado twist.

Essentially, if you’re an avomaniac, a visit to this bar should make its way to the top of your bucket list.

Avocaderia opened in April to massive success — running out of its supply of 200 avocados in three hours on opening day. While some might attribute this to hype or everyone’s new-found hunger for the delicious avocado, we also think it’s because of these avocados’ origin. The majority of the Hass avocados served at Avocaderia is organically grown in the birthplace of the creamy fruit: Mexico.

“The creamy and rich taste of Hass avocados is unbeatable,” Brachetti said. “It is one of the best quality of avocado available in the world.”

As for the popularity of this innovative avocado bar, Brachetti believes the restaurant is here to stay because the love affair with avocados will not fade anytime soon.

“I see avocados playing a major role in the American diet as it’s shifting its focus to healthier options,” Brachetti said. “Because avocados are both healthy and tasty, you can eat one avocado a day since it is rich in nutrient and healthy fats.”

A mere three months since opening their doors, the restaurant now goes through 650 pounds of avocados from Mexico per week and has plans to expand their restaurant into Manhattan. There’s no doubt that Brachetti sees the first Avocaderia bar in Brooklyn as a prelude to a nation-wide chain.

“If you can prove your concept here,” Brachetti told QSR Magazine. “You can do it anywhere.”

Feeling inspired but can’t make the trek to New York? It’s okay, Avocados from Mexico has got you covered with several recipe options. And to take full advantage of all these recipe ideas and more, you’ll definitely want to check out Avocados from Mexico’s helpful “how-to” avocado tips page where you’ll find several helpful videos, everything from how to ripen avocados quicker by burying them in rice for a couple of days to how best to preserve half of an avocado that you’d like to eat later by rubbing it with lemon juice, covering it with plastic wrap, and putting it in the fridge.”

The post Avocaderia: The World’s First Avocado Bar is All-In on Avocados From Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When one thinks of bars, it’s likely spirits, peanuts, dart boards, and pool tables are the first things to come to mind. What doesn’t immediately come to mind? That bumpy green fruit called avocados. Well, there’s one establishment looking to change this perception and add a little flare to the notion of a smoke-drenched bar with sticky floors and greasy foods. Nestled in the middle of Industry City, Brooklyn lives the trendy Avocaderia — the world’s first avocado bar. Founded by Italian avocado evangelists Alberto Gramigni, Alessandro Biggi, and Francesco Brachetti, Avocaderia serves healthy, Instagram-friendly avocado-based dishes such as decadent avocado toasts, creamy smoothies and “avoburgers.” Name any dish, and they’ve got it with an avocado twist. Essentially, if you’re an avomaniac, a visit to this bar should make its way to the top of your bucket list. Avocaderia opened in April to massive success — running out of its supply of 200 avocados in three hours on opening day. While some might attribute this to hype or everyone’s new-found hunger for the delicious avocado, we also think it’s because of these avocados’ origin. The majority of the Hass avocados served at Avocaderia is organically grown in the birthplace of the creamy fruit: Mexico. “The creamy and rich taste of Hass avocados is unbeatable,” Brachetti said. “It is one of the best quality of avocado available in the world.” As for the popularity of this innovative avocado bar, Brachetti believes the restaurant is here to stay because the love affair with avocados will not fade anytime soon. “I see avocados playing a major role in the American diet as it’s shifting its focus to healthier options,” Brachetti said. “Because avocados are both healthy and tasty, you can eat one avocado a day since it is rich in nutrient and healthy fats.” A mere three months since opening their doors, the restaurant now goes through 650 pounds of avocados from Mexico per week and has plans to expand their restaurant into Manhattan. There’s no doubt that Brachetti sees the first Avocaderia bar in Brooklyn as a prelude to a nation-wide chain. “If you can prove your concept here,” Brachetti told QSR Magazine. “You can do it anywhere.” Feeling inspired but can’t make the trek to New York? It’s okay, Avocados from Mexico has got you covered with several recipe options. And to take full advantage of all these recipe ideas and more, you’ll definitely want to check out Avocados from Mexico’s helpful “how-to” avocado tips page where you’ll find several helpful videos, everything from how to ripen avocados quicker by burying them in rice for a couple of days to how best to preserve half of an avocado that you’d like to eat later by rubbing it with lemon juice, covering it with plastic wrap, and putting it in the fridge.”

The post Avocaderia: The World’s First Avocado Bar is All-In on Avocados From Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
7 Easy Post-Workout Snacks https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/easy-post-workout-meals/ Sat, 22 Jul 2017 06:04:33 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=21591

We’ve all been there. Maybe you’ve just run a few miles, finished a Pilates class, or done so many burpees you want to cry. Then it hits you: You’re so hungry, you could eat a horse. Well, maybe just one of those smaller, Shetland pony-type horses. That horse-hungry feeling is your body is nudging you to refuel after a hard workout.

Here’s how it works: When you work out, your body uses stored glycogen and breaks down proteins in your muscles. Post-workout, your body starts to repair your muscles, and it needs certain foods as soon as possible to help accomplish this. (Most experts say to eat no later than 30-45 minutes after a workout.) And not just any food, but specifically foods that contribute carbohydrates, proteins, and good fats.

Avocados + You: A Love Story

You won’t find unrequited love here! Avocados are the ideal dietary post-workout partner. A creamy texture, mild taste, and good fats make them an irresistible choice for some of your favorite dishes. But the green goodness doesn’t stop there. Avocados also have nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Good things happen when you add avocado to your everyday routine. Learn more about how this heart-healthy fruit loves you back.

Avocados are an excellent post-workout snack because they are nutrient-dense and a source of good fats. Combine it with other sources of carbs and proteins, and you’ll have yourself the perfect post-workout snack.

 

7 Avocado Post-workout Snacks

1. Avocado Smoothies

If you’re craving something sweet, make this Avocado, Banana, Orange, and Yogurt Smoothie with Greek yogurt. Bonus points for using plain Greek yogurt and stirring in a little vanilla extract for fewer refined sugars.

For an extra dash of protein, try this Chocolate Avocado Protein Smoothie. It calls for coffee-flavored Greek yogurt at its base, making it a perfect addition to your morning workout routine.

2. Avocado and Eggs

Pairing avocados with eggs is a great choice, because eggs are a complete source of protein. Try this avocado and egg “pizza” for a scrumptious post-workout snack.

3. Avocado Hummus

In a dipping mood? Try this avocado hummus with whole-wheat pita and raw vegetables. The chickpeas contain protein and carbs, and the avocado gives the dip a creamy texture.

This Trick Is 🍌🍌🍌

You haven’t experienced true longing until you’ve found the perfect avocado recipe … but must wait for this delectable fruit to ripen. Patience is a virtue, but — lucky for you — it’s not one you have to grapple with today! Here’s how to ripen an avocado overnight:

4. Avocado Deviled Eggs

These Avocado Deviled Eggs With Red Pepper are an egg-cellent snack to have on hand after a workout. You’ll get creamy, well-seasoned avocado in every bite.

5. Celery Sticks

If you’re looking for something quick and light, whip up a batch of these Celery Sticks Stuffed With Avocado. This is the perfect snack after a hot, high-intensity workout. Mashed avocado blended with sour cream, hot sauce, and garlic is a cool, savory treat.

6. Stuffed Avocado

Need more than a snack but not quite ready for a meal? These Stuffed Avocados grant you half an avocado, black beans, and shredded queso. Simplicity has never tasted so good!

This Tuna Salad-Stuffed Avocado is another great choice. Tuna is a delicious protein, and packing it into an avocado allows you to get a mouthful of the smooth fruit with each bite.

7. Avopinchos

With 14 g of protein per serving, these avopinchos are a solid snack. They’re like little skewers of deliciousness.

 

How to Pick #AlwaysGood Avocados

When you’re planning your weekly workout routine, you can make sure you’ve got an avocado that will be ready for each day. Here’s the secret: Buy them in various stages of ripeness.

  • Dark Avocados: Dark green, almost black avocados that yield to gentle pressure are perfect to eat today or tomorrow. Keep dark avocados in the refrigerator if you’re not quite ready to eat them.
  • Green Avocados: Green avocados will be ripe and ready in a few days. Store them on the counter if you’re looking to eat them soon.
  • Bright Green Avocados: Avocados that are bright green and firm will be ready toward the end of the week.

Here’s a breakdown of avocado stages of ripeness:

Keep ‘Em Green

You’ve made a delicious snack, and now there’s a perfectly good avocado half staring back at you. You feel oddly responsible to preserve this green goodness. We get it. Luckily, you have options! Here are two ways to save half of an avocado for your next post-workout snack:

  1. Coat the avocado flesh with lemon or lime juice and tightly secure it in plastic wrap before putting it in the fridge.
  2. Submerge the exposed half in water in a glass or plastic container and slide it in the fridge. It’ll hold for approximately two days.

Continue the journey to our avocado recipe page for more post-workout snack inspiration.

The post 7 Easy Post-Workout Snacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

We’ve all been there. Maybe you’ve just run a few miles, finished a Pilates class, or done so many burpees you want to cry. Then it hits you: You’re so hungry, you could eat a horse. Well, maybe just one of those smaller, Shetland pony-type horses. That horse-hungry feeling is your body is nudging you to refuel after a hard workout. Here’s how it works: When you work out, your body uses stored glycogen and breaks down proteins in your muscles. Post-workout, your body starts to repair your muscles, and it needs certain foods as soon as possible to help accomplish this. (Most experts say to eat no later than 30-45 minutes after a workout.) And not just any food, but specifically foods that contribute carbohydrates, proteins, and good fats.

Avocados + You: A Love Story

You won’t find unrequited love here! Avocados are the ideal dietary post-workout partner. A creamy texture, mild taste, and good fats make them an irresistible choice for some of your favorite dishes. But the green goodness doesn’t stop there. Avocados also have nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Good things happen when you add avocado to your everyday routine. Learn more about how this heart-healthy fruit loves you back.
Avocados are an excellent post-workout snack because they are nutrient-dense and a source of good fats. Combine it with other sources of carbs and proteins, and you’ll have yourself the perfect post-workout snack.  

7 Avocado Post-workout Snacks

1. Avocado Smoothies

If you’re craving something sweet, make this Avocado, Banana, Orange, and Yogurt Smoothie with Greek yogurt. Bonus points for using plain Greek yogurt and stirring in a little vanilla extract for fewer refined sugars. For an extra dash of protein, try this Chocolate Avocado Protein Smoothie. It calls for coffee-flavored Greek yogurt at its base, making it a perfect addition to your morning workout routine.

2. Avocado and Eggs

Pairing avocados with eggs is a great choice, because eggs are a complete source of protein. Try this avocado and egg “pizza” for a scrumptious post-workout snack.

3. Avocado Hummus

In a dipping mood? Try this avocado hummus with whole-wheat pita and raw vegetables. The chickpeas contain protein and carbs, and the avocado gives the dip a creamy texture.

This Trick Is 🍌🍌🍌

You haven’t experienced true longing until you’ve found the perfect avocado recipe … but must wait for this delectable fruit to ripen. Patience is a virtue, but — lucky for you — it’s not one you have to grapple with today! Here’s how to ripen an avocado overnight:

4. Avocado Deviled Eggs

These Avocado Deviled Eggs With Red Pepper are an egg-cellent snack to have on hand after a workout. You’ll get creamy, well-seasoned avocado in every bite.

5. Celery Sticks

If you’re looking for something quick and light, whip up a batch of these Celery Sticks Stuffed With Avocado. This is the perfect snack after a hot, high-intensity workout. Mashed avocado blended with sour cream, hot sauce, and garlic is a cool, savory treat.

6. Stuffed Avocado

Need more than a snack but not quite ready for a meal? These Stuffed Avocados grant you half an avocado, black beans, and shredded queso. Simplicity has never tasted so good! This Tuna Salad-Stuffed Avocado is another great choice. Tuna is a delicious protein, and packing it into an avocado allows you to get a mouthful of the smooth fruit with each bite.

7. Avopinchos

With 14 g of protein per serving, these avopinchos are a solid snack. They’re like little skewers of deliciousness.  

How to Pick #AlwaysGood Avocados

When you’re planning your weekly workout routine, you can make sure you’ve got an avocado that will be ready for each day. Here’s the secret: Buy them in various stages of ripeness.
  • Dark Avocados: Dark green, almost black avocados that yield to gentle pressure are perfect to eat today or tomorrow. Keep dark avocados in the refrigerator if you’re not quite ready to eat them.
  • Green Avocados: Green avocados will be ripe and ready in a few days. Store them on the counter if you’re looking to eat them soon.
  • Bright Green Avocados: Avocados that are bright green and firm will be ready toward the end of the week.
Here’s a breakdown of avocado stages of ripeness:

Keep ‘Em Green

You’ve made a delicious snack, and now there’s a perfectly good avocado half staring back at you. You feel oddly responsible to preserve this green goodness. We get it. Luckily, you have options! Here are two ways to save half of an avocado for your next post-workout snack:
  1. Coat the avocado flesh with lemon or lime juice and tightly secure it in plastic wrap before putting it in the fridge.
  2. Submerge the exposed half in water in a glass or plastic container and slide it in the fridge. It’ll hold for approximately two days.
Continue the journey to our avocado recipe page for more post-workout snack inspiration.

The post 7 Easy Post-Workout Snacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Reduce Food Waste https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/reduce-food-waste/ Sat, 22 Jul 2017 05:59:46 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=21589

It's a sobering statistic: 31 percent of the food that's produced for human consumption is lost or wasted every year. That's 33 billion pounds of food worth about $161.6 billion. While not all of the waste comes from individual consumers, a considerable amount does get discarded at the household level. Food waste isn't good for the environment and it's not good for your budget, either. The average American household loses $370 per person each year due to food waste.

If you're among the many Americans throwing away food, it's time to change your buying, cooking, and eating strategies in order to do better for the Earth and for your wallet. Here are a few ideas and resources to get you started:

Shop from a list

We know that you're busy, and it's often easier to drop by the grocery store and shop from the running list you keep in your head, but this strategy isn't conducive to reducing food waste. When you shop without a list, you're more likely to buy items you don't actually need and don't have a plan for using. Buy what you need, when you need it, and make sure your fruits and vegetables are at the appropriate level of maturation. Not sure how to judge an avocado's readiness, for instance? Here's a quick guide to help you out.

Use everything

When you buy fruits, vegetables, meats, and other food products, start thinking about how you can use the entire product, even after its prime. Stale bread can become bread crumbs. The cut ends of scallions, celery, and other leafy greens can be stored in the freezer and turned into stock, as can bones from beef, chicken, and pork, as well as the shells of shrimp. And when it comes to avocados, there's really no excuse for throwing out the seed and the skin. Use the seed to make an indulgent foot scrub. Use a past prime avocado in a DIY face mask. Or get the kids involved in some fun arts and crafts with our other avo-recycling ideas.

Of course, you won't let your avos go past prime, because you know all about how to save an avocado and how to slow down ripening. Right?

Get the kids involved.

Away from the watchful eyes of parents nagging them to clean their plates, kids in school lunchrooms throw away massive amounts of food every day. Encourage your children to find out whether their school recycles food scraps and ask them to use the recycle bin if one is available. If you're a member of the parent-teacher association at your school, take up food waste as a project. Tips for mitigating food waste at the school level can be found here.

The post How to Reduce Food Waste appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It's a sobering statistic: 31 percent of the food that's produced for human consumption is lost or wasted every year. That's 33 billion pounds of food worth about $161.6 billion. While not all of the waste comes from individual consumers, a considerable amount does get discarded at the household level. Food waste isn't good for the environment and it's not good for your budget, either. The average American household loses $370 per person each year due to food waste. If you're among the many Americans throwing away food, it's time to change your buying, cooking, and eating strategies in order to do better for the Earth and for your wallet. Here are a few ideas and resources to get you started:

Shop from a list

We know that you're busy, and it's often easier to drop by the grocery store and shop from the running list you keep in your head, but this strategy isn't conducive to reducing food waste. When you shop without a list, you're more likely to buy items you don't actually need and don't have a plan for using. Buy what you need, when you need it, and make sure your fruits and vegetables are at the appropriate level of maturation. Not sure how to judge an avocado's readiness, for instance? Here's a quick guide to help you out.

Use everything

When you buy fruits, vegetables, meats, and other food products, start thinking about how you can use the entire product, even after its prime. Stale bread can become bread crumbs. The cut ends of scallions, celery, and other leafy greens can be stored in the freezer and turned into stock, as can bones from beef, chicken, and pork, as well as the shells of shrimp. And when it comes to avocados, there's really no excuse for throwing out the seed and the skin. Use the seed to make an indulgent foot scrub. Use a past prime avocado in a DIY face mask. Or get the kids involved in some fun arts and crafts with our other avo-recycling ideas. Of course, you won't let your avos go past prime, because you know all about how to save an avocado and how to slow down ripening. Right?

Get the kids involved.

Away from the watchful eyes of parents nagging them to clean their plates, kids in school lunchrooms throw away massive amounts of food every day. Encourage your children to find out whether their school recycles food scraps and ask them to use the recycle bin if one is available. If you're a member of the parent-teacher association at your school, take up food waste as a project. Tips for mitigating food waste at the school level can be found here.

The post How to Reduce Food Waste appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Beginner’s Guide to Veganism and Vegetarianism https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/beginners-guide-veganism-vegetarianism/ Sat, 22 Jul 2017 05:53:06 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=21587

There are many valid reasons why people choose not to eat animal products, but a vegan or vegetarian diet has its nutritional challenges as well. Here's what you need to know to make the most of your meals, whether you are a vegetarian all the time or just on meatless Mondays.

First, let's discuss the differences between these two words, vegan and vegetarian. Here's a basic concept that's important to remember: All vegans are vegetarian, but not all vegetarians are vegan.

Vegetarians do not eat any form of meat, but some do eat eggs and dairy. Vegans, however, abstain from all animal products, both as a source of food and in the form of other products. This means not just giving up foods like honey, but also goods made of animal-derived products — such as leather and silk — and any products that may have been tested on animals or use animal by-products in processing.

Maybe you can live without that leather purse or that gorgeous silk blouse, but when it comes to nutritional needs, the restrictions of a vegan diet can pose a big challenge. In addition to B12 and several minerals, both vegans and other vegetarians need to be sure they get adequate essential Omega-3 fatty acids.

Not sure how to do that? Turn to avocados! Avocados From Mexico are available year-round and have good fats. And they're incredibly versatile, too. You can add them to your favorite classics, like deviled eggs or hummus, to beef up your fatty acid intake. Also, you can add vegetarian sources of protein to avo-based dishes like guacamole to boost the nutrient content. If you're a fan of make-ahead meals, be sure you know how to keep guac fresher longer by squeezing a lime on it and putting it in the fridge.

Check out a few of these great recipes for including more avocados in your veggie lifestyle.

Avos for Breakfast

Start the day off right with a simple avocado toast using whole wheat bread. Vegetarians can add an egg for some satiating protein power.

Smoothies for Any Hour

Getting enough good food energy into a day without the caloric and protein density of meat can be a struggle. Smoothies are one way to get more fruits into your diet, including avocado. Vegetarians can try this minty avo shake, with an optional tequila shot if it's happy hour and you feel like winding down. Vegans should try whipping up this delicious mango concoction instead.

Just Say, “Cool Beans"

Beans are a source of fiber and often the staple of a vegetarian diet. Mix them into sides like this squash salad, or make them the main focus with this New World Chili.

Remake the Classics

Going veggie doesn't mean having to give up your favorites. You can buy all sorts of "meat alternatives," such as tempeh, tofu, seitan, or make your own replacements right at home. Sub in veggie broth for the chicken broth in this avocado burger, or use veggie dogs in a hot dog recipe, and you'll be set for any summer BBQ.

Need to know how to determine when an avocado is ripe? Here's a quick video demonstration to help you out. It's pretty easy. You just hold it in the palm of your hand and give it a gentle squeeze. If it gives a little, not too much, but a little, you've got one that's good to go.

The post The Beginner’s Guide to Veganism and Vegetarianism appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There are many valid reasons why people choose not to eat animal products, but a vegan or vegetarian diet has its nutritional challenges as well. Here's what you need to know to make the most of your meals, whether you are a vegetarian all the time or just on meatless Mondays. First, let's discuss the differences between these two words, vegan and vegetarian. Here's a basic concept that's important to remember: All vegans are vegetarian, but not all vegetarians are vegan. Vegetarians do not eat any form of meat, but some do eat eggs and dairy. Vegans, however, abstain from all animal products, both as a source of food and in the form of other products. This means not just giving up foods like honey, but also goods made of animal-derived products — such as leather and silk — and any products that may have been tested on animals or use animal by-products in processing. Maybe you can live without that leather purse or that gorgeous silk blouse, but when it comes to nutritional needs, the restrictions of a vegan diet can pose a big challenge. In addition to B12 and several minerals, both vegans and other vegetarians need to be sure they get adequate essential Omega-3 fatty acids. Not sure how to do that? Turn to avocados! Avocados From Mexico are available year-round and have good fats. And they're incredibly versatile, too. You can add them to your favorite classics, like deviled eggs or hummus, to beef up your fatty acid intake. Also, you can add vegetarian sources of protein to avo-based dishes like guacamole to boost the nutrient content. If you're a fan of make-ahead meals, be sure you know how to keep guac fresher longer by squeezing a lime on it and putting it in the fridge. Check out a few of these great recipes for including more avocados in your veggie lifestyle.

Avos for Breakfast

Start the day off right with a simple avocado toast using whole wheat bread. Vegetarians can add an egg for some satiating protein power.

Smoothies for Any Hour

Getting enough good food energy into a day without the caloric and protein density of meat can be a struggle. Smoothies are one way to get more fruits into your diet, including avocado. Vegetarians can try this minty avo shake, with an optional tequila shot if it's happy hour and you feel like winding down. Vegans should try whipping up this delicious mango concoction instead.

Just Say, “Cool Beans"

Beans are a source of fiber and often the staple of a vegetarian diet. Mix them into sides like this squash salad, or make them the main focus with this New World Chili.

Remake the Classics

Going veggie doesn't mean having to give up your favorites. You can buy all sorts of "meat alternatives," such as tempeh, tofu, seitan, or make your own replacements right at home. Sub in veggie broth for the chicken broth in this avocado burger, or use veggie dogs in a hot dog recipe, and you'll be set for any summer BBQ. Need to know how to determine when an avocado is ripe? Here's a quick video demonstration to help you out. It's pretty easy. You just hold it in the palm of your hand and give it a gentle squeeze. If it gives a little, not too much, but a little, you've got one that's good to go.

The post The Beginner’s Guide to Veganism and Vegetarianism appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guacamoles by Region https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/guacamoles-by-region/ Sat, 22 Jul 2017 05:47:54 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=21585

Guacamole is the perfect dish for experimenting, tweaking the original recipe or just using it as inspiration to come up with something totally different. The next time that guac craving hits, why not try something new?

You can add in just about anything to get that right combination of smooth and spicy, or creamy and chunky. And considering it's easy to keep your guacamole green like the pros simply by putting a thin layer of milk over the top and putting the bowl in the fridge, you can experiment with making lots of types of guac to your heart's content.

Real avocado lovers know that there are dozens of different ways to whip up a guac. You are truly only limited by your imagination, but before you start those guac experiments you're already cooking up, take some time to learn the basics as they vary from one delicious place to the next.

Everyone who enjoys avocados should know how to make a simple guacamole. It doesn't take much! In the guacamole from central Mexico, avocados and lime make the base, and garlic, onion, chiles, and herbs add flavor.

Oaxacan guac is prepared much thinner than you might be used to and is served as a condiment. To make it, put all your standard ingredients into the blender until smooth. Add more lime juice or a bit of water until you reach the desired consistency. If you want to use it as dip, you can leave it a bit thick, but this stuff really shines when poured over some classic al pastor tacos or a simple bean and cheese tlayuda.

In the neighboring state of Veracruz, guacamole takes on a surprising spicy twist with the addition of radishes! All the usual ingredients are there: two mashed avocados, the juice of one lime, half a jalapeño, a quarter of a white onion, a generous handful of cilantro, and a pinch of salt. Dice four medium radishes, mix it all together, and enjoy. Need to up your avo-slicing and dicing game? Check out this video for pro-tips.

And of course the list wouldn't be complete without the Tex-Mex classic. But what really makes a Tex-Mex guac? Beans, corn, and cheese of course. Add black beans, cooked kernels of corn, and crumbled queso fresco to any standard guac recipe to Tex-Mex it up in no time. If you want to leave out the cilantro and chiles, spice things up a bit by sprinkling in a spoonful of taco seasoning.

Feeling even more experimental? You can add bacon, or nutspomegranate, or mango. You can even make it purple. If you're making your guac ahead of time, let this video show you how to keep it perfectly green until it's time to eat!

To make sure your avocados are optimal for making guacamole, you'll definitely want to check out Avocados from Mexico's helpful “how-to" avo tips page where you'll find several helpful videos, everything from how to ripen avocados quicker by burying them in rice for a couple of days to how best to preserve half of an avocado that you'd like to eat later by rubbing it with lemon juice, covering it with plastic wrap, and putting it in the fridge.

The post Guacamoles by Region appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Guacamole is the perfect dish for experimenting, tweaking the original recipe or just using it as inspiration to come up with something totally different. The next time that guac craving hits, why not try something new? You can add in just about anything to get that right combination of smooth and spicy, or creamy and chunky. And considering it's easy to keep your guacamole green like the pros simply by putting a thin layer of milk over the top and putting the bowl in the fridge, you can experiment with making lots of types of guac to your heart's content. Real avocado lovers know that there are dozens of different ways to whip up a guac. You are truly only limited by your imagination, but before you start those guac experiments you're already cooking up, take some time to learn the basics as they vary from one delicious place to the next. Everyone who enjoys avocados should know how to make a simple guacamole. It doesn't take much! In the guacamole from central Mexico, avocados and lime make the base, and garlic, onion, chiles, and herbs add flavor. Oaxacan guac is prepared much thinner than you might be used to and is served as a condiment. To make it, put all your standard ingredients into the blender until smooth. Add more lime juice or a bit of water until you reach the desired consistency. If you want to use it as dip, you can leave it a bit thick, but this stuff really shines when poured over some classic al pastor tacos or a simple bean and cheese tlayuda. In the neighboring state of Veracruz, guacamole takes on a surprising spicy twist with the addition of radishes! All the usual ingredients are there: two mashed avocados, the juice of one lime, half a jalapeño, a quarter of a white onion, a generous handful of cilantro, and a pinch of salt. Dice four medium radishes, mix it all together, and enjoy. Need to up your avo-slicing and dicing game? Check out this video for pro-tips. And of course the list wouldn't be complete without the Tex-Mex classic. But what really makes a Tex-Mex guac? Beans, corn, and cheese of course. Add black beans, cooked kernels of corn, and crumbled queso fresco to any standard guac recipe to Tex-Mex it up in no time. If you want to leave out the cilantro and chiles, spice things up a bit by sprinkling in a spoonful of taco seasoning. Feeling even more experimental? You can add bacon, or nutspomegranate, or mango. You can even make it purple. If you're making your guac ahead of time, let this video show you how to keep it perfectly green until it's time to eat! To make sure your avocados are optimal for making guacamole, you'll definitely want to check out Avocados from Mexico's helpful “how-to" avo tips page where you'll find several helpful videos, everything from how to ripen avocados quicker by burying them in rice for a couple of days to how best to preserve half of an avocado that you'd like to eat later by rubbing it with lemon juice, covering it with plastic wrap, and putting it in the fridge.

The post Guacamoles by Region appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make an Avocado Scrub https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/make-avocado-scrub/ Sat, 22 Jul 2017 05:42:20 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=21583

This DIY avocado scrub will gently smooth and soothe your skin using mild and natural ingredients that will leave you glowing.

 

The following recipe is easy to make, won’t break the bank, and — best of all — can likely be made using ingredients already in your pantry!

Why Avocados Belong in Your Skin Care Routine

Avocados contain skin-loving vitamins, too, and when it comes to your skin health, specifically, several nutrients are considered powerhouses — including vitamins C and E and niacin. Per 50 gram serving, avocados provide 4% of the daily value for vitamin C and 6% of the daily value for vitamin E and niacin.

 

Is Your Avocado Spa-Treatment Ready?

If you’re shopping for avocados the same day you plan to make your scrub, you’ll want to make sure they are ripe. A dark green, almost black, avocado that yields to gentle pressure is ready to be mashed into a luxurious, creamy scrub. If you find that they need a little help, simply ripen avocados quicker by placing them in a paper bag with a banana. Check the next morning to see if they’re ready.

Is your avocado ripening a little too quickly before your home spa day? You can slow down ripening, too. Allow your avocado to chillax in the fridge for two to three days before you need it.

Avocado Scrub Recipe

This recipe makes a small jar of exfoliating avocado scrub, which you can use all at once for a full-body cleanse or as a gentle morning and evening face scrub. So, grab your avocados and get ready for some serious TLC.


Ingredients:

  • 1 whole avocado, mashed
  • 1/2 c. avocado oil
  • 1 c. cane sugar or sea salt
  • 1 tbsp. of honey, for clarifying (optional)
  • 1/4 c. aloe vera juice, for soothing irritated skin (optional)
  • Up to 10 drops of a mild essential oil (optional; lavender, chamomile, and rose are all great)

 

Directions: Scoop out avocado flesh and blend or whip it with avocado oil until smooth. Mix in the sugar or salt to form a thick paste. Optional: Add honey, aloe vera juice, and/or essential oil drops for clarifying, soothing, and aromatherapy power.

 

How to Use: Wet your skin with warm water, then use your fingers to apply scrub in gentle circles. Leave on for a minute to allow the moisture to soak in, and don’t wash with soap immediately after you rinse. Remember, if you’re bringing this oil-based scrub into the shower with you, be careful — that tub is going to get slippery!

 

How to Keep Avocado Scrub from Turning Brown

When the flesh of avocado touches the air, it eventually oxidizes and turns brown. To keep your mixture a brilliant green just a little longer, fill a jar or tub all the way up to the top with the scrub and cover with cling wrap. Press down lightly to smooth out any air bubbles and screw or snap the top on tight. Use your scrub as soon as possible, ideally within the first 24 hours. Making a big batch? Share the love by inviting your friends over for a spa day. Pampered by avocado!

Avocados Make Life Beautiful

There are many ways to addvocados to your beauty routine, from cooling avocado eye masks and revitalizing avocado moisturizers to nourishing avocado hair masks and avocado oil nail care for silky-soft hands and feet. From your head to your toes, avocado’s super-moisturizing capabilities can keep you hydrated, soft, and feeling fabulous.

 

Discover more good ways to pamper yourself with avocado in our extensive avocado beauty care archive.

The post How to Make an Avocado Scrub appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

This DIY avocado scrub will gently smooth and soothe your skin using mild and natural ingredients that will leave you glowing.   The following recipe is easy to make, won’t break the bank, and — best of all — can likely be made using ingredients already in your pantry!

Why Avocados Belong in Your Skin Care Routine

Avocados contain skin-loving vitamins, too, and when it comes to your skin health, specifically, several nutrients are considered powerhouses — including vitamins C and E and niacin. Per 50 gram serving, avocados provide 4% of the daily value for vitamin C and 6% of the daily value for vitamin E and niacin.  

Is Your Avocado Spa-Treatment Ready?

If you’re shopping for avocados the same day you plan to make your scrub, you’ll want to make sure they are ripe. A dark green, almost black, avocado that yields to gentle pressure is ready to be mashed into a luxurious, creamy scrub. If you find that they need a little help, simply ripen avocados quicker by placing them in a paper bag with a banana. Check the next morning to see if they’re ready. Is your avocado ripening a little too quickly before your home spa day? You can slow down ripening, too. Allow your avocado to chillax in the fridge for two to three days before you need it.

Avocado Scrub Recipe

This recipe makes a small jar of exfoliating avocado scrub, which you can use all at once for a full-body cleanse or as a gentle morning and evening face scrub. So, grab your avocados and get ready for some serious TLC. Ingredients:
  • 1 whole avocado, mashed
  • 1/2 c. avocado oil
  • 1 c. cane sugar or sea salt
  • 1 tbsp. of honey, for clarifying (optional)
  • 1/4 c. aloe vera juice, for soothing irritated skin (optional)
  • Up to 10 drops of a mild essential oil (optional; lavender, chamomile, and rose are all great)
  Directions: Scoop out avocado flesh and blend or whip it with avocado oil until smooth. Mix in the sugar or salt to form a thick paste. Optional: Add honey, aloe vera juice, and/or essential oil drops for clarifying, soothing, and aromatherapy power.   How to Use: Wet your skin with warm water, then use your fingers to apply scrub in gentle circles. Leave on for a minute to allow the moisture to soak in, and don’t wash with soap immediately after you rinse. Remember, if you’re bringing this oil-based scrub into the shower with you, be careful — that tub is going to get slippery!  

How to Keep Avocado Scrub from Turning Brown

When the flesh of avocado touches the air, it eventually oxidizes and turns brown. To keep your mixture a brilliant green just a little longer, fill a jar or tub all the way up to the top with the scrub and cover with cling wrap. Press down lightly to smooth out any air bubbles and screw or snap the top on tight. Use your scrub as soon as possible, ideally within the first 24 hours. Making a big batch? Share the love by inviting your friends over for a spa day. Pampered by avocado!

Avocados Make Life Beautiful

There are many ways to addvocados to your beauty routine, from cooling avocado eye masks and revitalizing avocado moisturizers to nourishing avocado hair masks and avocado oil nail care for silky-soft hands and feet. From your head to your toes, avocado’s super-moisturizing capabilities can keep you hydrated, soft, and feeling fabulous.   Discover more good ways to pamper yourself with avocado in our extensive avocado beauty care archive.

The post How to Make an Avocado Scrub appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Watermelon Summer Salad https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/avocado-watermelon-summer-salad/ Sat, 22 Jul 2017 05:34:44 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=21581

Who said fruit salad can't be savory? Summer means a plethora of delicious, seasonal fruit, and one great way to balance all of that natural sugar is with a savory summer salad featuring watermelon and avocado. A little lime juice brightens up the flavors, while a sprinkle of Tajín seasoning adds a little heat. Pepitas add some crunch and texture and cotija cheese gives the salad a salty, savory edge. The result? A salad that hits all the right notes: savory, sweet, and crunchy. It's a perfectly refreshing snack or side dish for a summer pool party or family barbecue.

Since the bulk of this salad is fresh fruit, knowing how to pick ripe fruit is essential. For watermelon, you want to choose one that sounds hollow when it is tapped, feels heavy, and has a yellow field spot (where it rested on the ground). If the spot is white, it's not ripe. For avocados, gently press your thumb into an avocado's skin. If it yields slightly, it's perfectly ripe. If it makes a large indentation, it might be too ripe.

If all you can find are hard avocados (which are unripe), store them for a few days in a paper bag with a banana to help it ripen faster. Once ripe, you'll want to slice the avocado in half by running a knife around the outside of the avocado (the pit in the center will tell you when you've inserted it far enough). Use a spoon to remove the pit, then make vertical and horizontal cuts in the avocado, taking care not to slice through the skin. A spoon helps you pop out the pieces of avo, and then you're ready to go!

The Tajín is optional, and the watermelon can easily be replaced with another type of melon (cantaloupe or honeydew would also be tasty). If you don't have Tajín on hand, you can sprinkle a little coarse sea salt and your favorite chile powder.

Watermelon Avocado Salad (Serves 4-6)

Ingredients

  • 1 whole watermelon, cut into 1-inch cubes
  • 2 ripe avocados, cut in 1-inch chunks
  • ½ bunch fresh cilantro, finely chopped
  • ½ red onion, thinly sliced
  • ¼ cup crumbled cotija cheese
  • 2 tablespoons salted pepitas
  • 2 tablespoons fresh-squeezed lime juice
  • 3 tablespoons olive oil
  • Tajín to taste OR salt and pepper to taste

Instructions:

  1. Mix the first 6 ingredients together in a large bowl, tossing gently so the avocado doesn't bruise.
  2. In a small bowl, whisk the lime juice with the olive oil.
  3. Pour the dressing onto the salad and then sprinkle Tajín or salt and pepper to taste. Serve immediately, or chill for up to two hours.

The post Avocado Watermelon Summer Salad appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Who said fruit salad can't be savory? Summer means a plethora of delicious, seasonal fruit, and one great way to balance all of that natural sugar is with a savory summer salad featuring watermelon and avocado. A little lime juice brightens up the flavors, while a sprinkle of Tajín seasoning adds a little heat. Pepitas add some crunch and texture and cotija cheese gives the salad a salty, savory edge. The result? A salad that hits all the right notes: savory, sweet, and crunchy. It's a perfectly refreshing snack or side dish for a summer pool party or family barbecue. Since the bulk of this salad is fresh fruit, knowing how to pick ripe fruit is essential. For watermelon, you want to choose one that sounds hollow when it is tapped, feels heavy, and has a yellow field spot (where it rested on the ground). If the spot is white, it's not ripe. For avocados, gently press your thumb into an avocado's skin. If it yields slightly, it's perfectly ripe. If it makes a large indentation, it might be too ripe. If all you can find are hard avocados (which are unripe), store them for a few days in a paper bag with a banana to help it ripen faster. Once ripe, you'll want to slice the avocado in half by running a knife around the outside of the avocado (the pit in the center will tell you when you've inserted it far enough). Use a spoon to remove the pit, then make vertical and horizontal cuts in the avocado, taking care not to slice through the skin. A spoon helps you pop out the pieces of avo, and then you're ready to go! The Tajín is optional, and the watermelon can easily be replaced with another type of melon (cantaloupe or honeydew would also be tasty). If you don't have Tajín on hand, you can sprinkle a little coarse sea salt and your favorite chile powder. Watermelon Avocado Salad (Serves 4-6)

Ingredients

  • 1 whole watermelon, cut into 1-inch cubes
  • 2 ripe avocados, cut in 1-inch chunks
  • ½ bunch fresh cilantro, finely chopped
  • ½ red onion, thinly sliced
  • ¼ cup crumbled cotija cheese
  • 2 tablespoons salted pepitas
  • 2 tablespoons fresh-squeezed lime juice
  • 3 tablespoons olive oil
  • Tajín to taste OR salt and pepper to taste

Instructions:

  1. Mix the first 6 ingredients together in a large bowl, tossing gently so the avocado doesn't bruise.
  2. In a small bowl, whisk the lime juice with the olive oil.
  3. Pour the dressing onto the salad and then sprinkle Tajín or salt and pepper to taste. Serve immediately, or chill for up to two hours.

The post Avocado Watermelon Summer Salad appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avo-sicles: Avocado Popsicles to Beat the Heat https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avo-sicles-avocado-popsicles-beat-heat/ Wed, 24 May 2017 18:45:26 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20510

As summer hits and temperatures start to soar into the sweat-all-day zone, you'll need something to help cool off. Enter the avo-sicle, a quick and refreshing treat that is about to become your summer BFF. Think about it: As a fruit, avocados are sweet and creamy, the perfect base for a popsicle. And there are endless variations of avo-popsicle combinations! Check out these avo-sicle recipes that are great for kids and adults alike.

Avo 101

Since the base of every avo-sicle is (spoiler alert) an avocado, it helps to know how to pick the best one for the job. You'll be freezing the popsicle immediately, so you'll want a perfectly ripe avocado, which means when you gently press on it, it yields a bit to your pressure. Too much squish and it's overripe, no squish at all means it's unripe. Still confused? Check out this quick and fun video! If your avo is unripe, just place it in a paper bag until it's ripe (this works even better with a banana in the bag).

The Recipes

This avo pop from Avocados From Mexico is a great beginner recipe. It's got pure avo flavor (especially if you use water), and a subtle spice from cinnamon and nutmeg, which hints at the avo's Mexican origins.

If you want to complement avocado's naturally creamy texture, try pairing it with coconut milk, as instructed in this avocado and coconut ice pop recipe from Avocado Central. It's refreshing and lends the pop a tropical flavor that's perfect for summertime.

Chocolate and avo is a no-brainer pairing — add a little fresh mint and prepare to be blown away. Mint is a great flavor to cool you down on a hot summer's day. Bring a can of coconut milk and a generous handful of fresh mint leaves to a simmer. Set the milk aside to let it cool while the mint flavor infuses. Strain the mint leaves out and place the milk, along with the flesh of two avocados, into a blender. Add a banana, a generous glug of agave or maple syrup, 1 tsp. each of vanilla and peppermint extract, and 3 oz. of chocolate chips. Blend until smooth and pour into popsicle molds.

For a fruity popsicle, avo pairs great with a variety of other fruits. Berry-avo-pops are the perfect way to pay homage to your favorite summer-only fruit. Pineapple makes a tangy, delicious partner for sweet avo, as does mango. Use the basic avo-pop recipe above and mix and match to your heart's content!

Avo-sicles are simple to make, have endless variety, and offer epic refreshment. Once your family tastes them, the only challenge will be keeping enough of them on hand all summer long!

The post Avo-sicles: Avocado Popsicles to Beat the Heat appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

As summer hits and temperatures start to soar into the sweat-all-day zone, you'll need something to help cool off. Enter the avo-sicle, a quick and refreshing treat that is about to become your summer BFF. Think about it: As a fruit, avocados are sweet and creamy, the perfect base for a popsicle. And there are endless variations of avo-popsicle combinations! Check out these avo-sicle recipes that are great for kids and adults alike.

Avo 101

Since the base of every avo-sicle is (spoiler alert) an avocado, it helps to know how to pick the best one for the job. You'll be freezing the popsicle immediately, so you'll want a perfectly ripe avocado, which means when you gently press on it, it yields a bit to your pressure. Too much squish and it's overripe, no squish at all means it's unripe. Still confused? Check out this quick and fun video! If your avo is unripe, just place it in a paper bag until it's ripe (this works even better with a banana in the bag).

The Recipes

This avo pop from Avocados From Mexico is a great beginner recipe. It's got pure avo flavor (especially if you use water), and a subtle spice from cinnamon and nutmeg, which hints at the avo's Mexican origins. If you want to complement avocado's naturally creamy texture, try pairing it with coconut milk, as instructed in this avocado and coconut ice pop recipe from Avocado Central. It's refreshing and lends the pop a tropical flavor that's perfect for summertime. Chocolate and avo is a no-brainer pairing — add a little fresh mint and prepare to be blown away. Mint is a great flavor to cool you down on a hot summer's day. Bring a can of coconut milk and a generous handful of fresh mint leaves to a simmer. Set the milk aside to let it cool while the mint flavor infuses. Strain the mint leaves out and place the milk, along with the flesh of two avocados, into a blender. Add a banana, a generous glug of agave or maple syrup, 1 tsp. each of vanilla and peppermint extract, and 3 oz. of chocolate chips. Blend until smooth and pour into popsicle molds. For a fruity popsicle, avo pairs great with a variety of other fruits. Berry-avo-pops are the perfect way to pay homage to your favorite summer-only fruit. Pineapple makes a tangy, delicious partner for sweet avo, as does mango. Use the basic avo-pop recipe above and mix and match to your heart's content! Avo-sicles are simple to make, have endless variety, and offer epic refreshment. Once your family tastes them, the only challenge will be keeping enough of them on hand all summer long!

The post Avo-sicles: Avocado Popsicles to Beat the Heat appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avogram: Instagram Accounts Every Avocado Lover Should Follow https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avogram-instagram-accounts-every-avocado-lover-follow/ Wed, 24 May 2017 18:44:48 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20509

If you think avocados are only for guacamole, think again!

Brought into daily menu rotation, Avocados From Mexico can contribute to breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snack-time, offering delicious and nutritious dishes that excite and satisfy the whole family. For inspiration, you can check out our recipes, but the ideas don't end there!

These Instagram accounts will keep you adding avocado to your weekly shopping list, always eager to try new recipes!

Pati Jinich

Mexico-born Pati Jinich is a chef, cookbook author, and host of popular TV show, "Pati's Mexican Table," on PBS. She's also a brand ambassador for Avocados From Mexico, and her Instagram feed is a continuous source of avocado inspiration. There's the staple condiment of avocado crema, this delicious-sounding summer recipe of shrimp rolls with avocado, and this torta, which she predicts will be the next Mexican food craze to hit the United States!

And if you need any tips about choosing, ripening, cutting, or working with avocados, Pati has a whole "how-to" series of videos, which you can see here.

Heather Christo

Our friend and frequent collaborator with Avocados From Mexico, Heather describes herself as a clean-eating advocate and champion for the allergen-free diet, and her insta-feed is bursting with beautiful color. Even if you don't possess her kitchen skills (check out this champion chiffonaded avo), don't worry! You'll still find yourself picking up some new ideas for meatless Monday salads, salmon, blood orange, sweet potato, and avocado salad, and sweet potato cakes with avocado salsa.

Avocaderia

Self-described as the world's first avocado bar, this Brooklyn, New York's restaurant's Instagram account is focused on — what else?! — all avos, all the time. There are endless ideas about delectable avo-toasts, as well as avo burgers (sans bread-based buns), and these utterly stunning avo-based party pleasers. And if you're the type who likes to play with your food, then, you'll find plenty of fun ideas for holiday showstoppers!

Avocado Toast

We know what you want populating your Instagram feed: Avocado toast, all day, every day. The simple concoction of creamy, green smear and toast has taken everyone's taste buds by storm, and now you can have your fill of the delicious treat by following this handsome account. You'll, of course, see some pretty pics of avocado toast here, here, and here, and find some inspiration for your next snack here, here, and here.

Avocados from Mexico

We don't want to toot our own horn, but... we do have a pretty inspiring Instagram account, if we say so ourselves. From the yin yang egg-avo breakfast to avo deviled eggs that are ideal for carrying to the office, we're here to offer ideas for every hour of the day.

Is it avo-o'clock yet? It always is somewhere!

The post Avogram: Instagram Accounts Every Avocado Lover Should Follow appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you think avocados are only for guacamole, think again! Brought into daily menu rotation, Avocados From Mexico can contribute to breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snack-time, offering delicious and nutritious dishes that excite and satisfy the whole family. For inspiration, you can check out our recipes, but the ideas don't end there! These Instagram accounts will keep you adding avocado to your weekly shopping list, always eager to try new recipes!

Pati Jinich

Mexico-born Pati Jinich is a chef, cookbook author, and host of popular TV show, "Pati's Mexican Table," on PBS. She's also a brand ambassador for Avocados From Mexico, and her Instagram feed is a continuous source of avocado inspiration. There's the staple condiment of avocado crema, this delicious-sounding summer recipe of shrimp rolls with avocado, and this torta, which she predicts will be the next Mexican food craze to hit the United States! And if you need any tips about choosing, ripening, cutting, or working with avocados, Pati has a whole "how-to" series of videos, which you can see here.

Heather Christo

Our friend and frequent collaborator with Avocados From Mexico, Heather describes herself as a clean-eating advocate and champion for the allergen-free diet, and her insta-feed is bursting with beautiful color. Even if you don't possess her kitchen skills (check out this champion chiffonaded avo), don't worry! You'll still find yourself picking up some new ideas for meatless Monday salads, salmon, blood orange, sweet potato, and avocado salad, and sweet potato cakes with avocado salsa.

Avocaderia

Self-described as the world's first avocado bar, this Brooklyn, New York's restaurant's Instagram account is focused on — what else?! — all avos, all the time. There are endless ideas about delectable avo-toasts, as well as avo burgers (sans bread-based buns), and these utterly stunning avo-based party pleasers. And if you're the type who likes to play with your food, then, you'll find plenty of fun ideas for holiday showstoppers!

Avocado Toast

We know what you want populating your Instagram feed: Avocado toast, all day, every day. The simple concoction of creamy, green smear and toast has taken everyone's taste buds by storm, and now you can have your fill of the delicious treat by following this handsome account. You'll, of course, see some pretty pics of avocado toast here, here, and here, and find some inspiration for your next snack here, here, and here.

Avocados from Mexico

We don't want to toot our own horn, but... we do have a pretty inspiring Instagram account, if we say so ourselves. From the yin yang egg-avo breakfast to avo deviled eggs that are ideal for carrying to the office, we're here to offer ideas for every hour of the day. Is it avo-o'clock yet? It always is somewhere!

The post Avogram: Instagram Accounts Every Avocado Lover Should Follow appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Firecrackers: Bacon-wrapped July 4 Snacks https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avocado-firecrackers-bacon-wrapped-july-4-snacks/ Wed, 24 May 2017 18:44:03 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20508

This Fourth of July, celebrate with two kinds of firecrackers: the kind you watch sparkle in the sky and the kind that leave guests saying "Ahhh!" for a different reason. The latter are Avocado Firecrackers, savory bites made with creamy slices of avocado wrapped with crisp bacon slices and finished off with a dash of chile powder.

Here's how you make these festive snacks that are ready to go in under half an hour. After all, hungry guests don't make for a happy fiesta.

Know Your Avo

First things first: You want a ripe avocado for these magnificent mouthfuls, so start by gently pressing a thumb and index finger into the avocado. "Gently" is key because you want the fruit to yield a little. If it's green and rock hard, that means that particular avocado needs time to ripen to its full, fruitful potential.

If you bought one in your grocery store before you read this, don't sweat. Just place your unripened avo near a window so the sunshine can work its magic and speed up ripening . If you prefer, bury your green avo completely in a bowl of rice; it has the same quick-ripening effect. Check every day using the above-noted gentle pressure method until you've got the perfect, ripe fruit.

Fabulous Avocado Firecrackers

There may not be an app out there that's easier to put together than these Avo Firecrackers. You only need three ingredients to prepare this dish: one ripe avocado, several bacon slices, and chile powder. The idea is to cut the fruit into same-sized pieces (Remember: a serving of avocado is ⅓ of a medium avocado), wrapping each with a slice of bacon. Then, sprinkle each piece with pinch of chile powder and assemble the wrapped avocado pieces on a parchment or foil-lined baking sheet. Pop that into a 425 F oven for 12-15 minutes and boom! You've made your own, avo-based firecrackers.

You'll be the hostess with the mostess this Fourth of July, you culinary maven, you!

The post Avocado Firecrackers: Bacon-wrapped July 4 Snacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

This Fourth of July, celebrate with two kinds of firecrackers: the kind you watch sparkle in the sky and the kind that leave guests saying "Ahhh!" for a different reason. The latter are Avocado Firecrackers, savory bites made with creamy slices of avocado wrapped with crisp bacon slices and finished off with a dash of chile powder. Here's how you make these festive snacks that are ready to go in under half an hour. After all, hungry guests don't make for a happy fiesta.

Know Your Avo

First things first: You want a ripe avocado for these magnificent mouthfuls, so start by gently pressing a thumb and index finger into the avocado. "Gently" is key because you want the fruit to yield a little. If it's green and rock hard, that means that particular avocado needs time to ripen to its full, fruitful potential. If you bought one in your grocery store before you read this, don't sweat. Just place your unripened avo near a window so the sunshine can work its magic and speed up ripening . If you prefer, bury your green avo completely in a bowl of rice; it has the same quick-ripening effect. Check every day using the above-noted gentle pressure method until you've got the perfect, ripe fruit.

Fabulous Avocado Firecrackers

There may not be an app out there that's easier to put together than these Avo Firecrackers. You only need three ingredients to prepare this dish: one ripe avocado, several bacon slices, and chile powder. The idea is to cut the fruit into same-sized pieces (Remember: a serving of avocado is ⅓ of a medium avocado), wrapping each with a slice of bacon. Then, sprinkle each piece with pinch of chile powder and assemble the wrapped avocado pieces on a parchment or foil-lined baking sheet. Pop that into a 425 F oven for 12-15 minutes and boom! You've made your own, avo-based firecrackers. You'll be the hostess with the mostess this Fourth of July, you culinary maven, you!

The post Avocado Firecrackers: Bacon-wrapped July 4 Snacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Recipes That Only Require 3 Ingredients https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-recipes-require-3-ingredients/ Thu, 18 May 2017 21:30:36 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20404

Working avocados into your regular rotation of family meals may be easier (and more delicious) than you ever imagined! Available year-round and abundant in American supermarket produce sections (check out how to identify them here!), Avocados from Mexico lend themselves to tasty dishes, no matter the time of day. And the even better news? You don't have to have a pantry or fridge full of ingredients OR endless amounts of time to produce creative, show-stopping dishes.

The key ingredient is avocado, of course. If you only really buy avocado for guacamole and you want to make sure you start buying avocados that will be ripe for a week's work of meal prep, check out this quick and handy video for a pro tip.

These three recipes — one for breakfast, one for lunch or dinner, and one for snack-time — are easy, fast, and practical, only requiring three ingredients. Talk to us online and let us know which ones are your favorites!

Breakfast: Baked Avocado Egg Boats

Even if you don't consider yourself a morning person, you'll want to hop out of bed to prep (and eat) these adorable avo-egg boats. All you really need for two servings is one avocado, two eggs, and some fresh lime juice; salt and pepper and paprika are optional. If you're feeling extra inspired, you can top with crispy bacon, tomatoes, or cilantro (or a combination of all three).

Lunch or Dinner: Avocado Chicken (or Tuna) Salad

Chicken and tuna lend themselves to seemingly endless variations when it comes to salads, and if you're a scratch cook, you probably change the ingredients you add each time you make one of these salads, adjusting ingredients based on what you have at hand. But if you're short on time (or ingredients), you can make a delicious chicken- or tuna-avo salad with just three items: the chicken or tuna, avocado, and cilantro or another leafy herb of your choice.

Mash the avocado, which takes the place of mayonnaise, so that it can bind the three ingredients together. Add cubed or diced chicken or tuna and a fistful of roughly chopped cilantro leaves, mix, and there you have it: a fast, delicious, and filling meal!

Snack: Dairy-free Mango Avocado Smoothie

Whether you're lactose-intolerant or you're just looking for a quick shake recipe that doesn't require many ingredients, this dairy-free mango avocado smoothie is a winner. With frozen, cubed mango as one-third of the ingredient trio, your actual prep work will be limited to slicing the avocado and scooping its flesh into the blender, adding orange juice (and a bit of water) and pureéing to perfection!

The post Avocado Recipes That Only Require 3 Ingredients appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Working avocados into your regular rotation of family meals may be easier (and more delicious) than you ever imagined! Available year-round and abundant in American supermarket produce sections (check out how to identify them here!), Avocados from Mexico lend themselves to tasty dishes, no matter the time of day. And the even better news? You don't have to have a pantry or fridge full of ingredients OR endless amounts of time to produce creative, show-stopping dishes. The key ingredient is avocado, of course. If you only really buy avocado for guacamole and you want to make sure you start buying avocados that will be ripe for a week's work of meal prep, check out this quick and handy video for a pro tip. These three recipes — one for breakfast, one for lunch or dinner, and one for snack-time — are easy, fast, and practical, only requiring three ingredients. Talk to us online and let us know which ones are your favorites!

Breakfast: Baked Avocado Egg Boats

Even if you don't consider yourself a morning person, you'll want to hop out of bed to prep (and eat) these adorable avo-egg boats. All you really need for two servings is one avocado, two eggs, and some fresh lime juice; salt and pepper and paprika are optional. If you're feeling extra inspired, you can top with crispy bacon, tomatoes, or cilantro (or a combination of all three).

Lunch or Dinner: Avocado Chicken (or Tuna) Salad

Chicken and tuna lend themselves to seemingly endless variations when it comes to salads, and if you're a scratch cook, you probably change the ingredients you add each time you make one of these salads, adjusting ingredients based on what you have at hand. But if you're short on time (or ingredients), you can make a delicious chicken- or tuna-avo salad with just three items: the chicken or tuna, avocado, and cilantro or another leafy herb of your choice. Mash the avocado, which takes the place of mayonnaise, so that it can bind the three ingredients together. Add cubed or diced chicken or tuna and a fistful of roughly chopped cilantro leaves, mix, and there you have it: a fast, delicious, and filling meal!

Snack: Dairy-free Mango Avocado Smoothie

Whether you're lactose-intolerant or you're just looking for a quick shake recipe that doesn't require many ingredients, this dairy-free mango avocado smoothie is a winner. With frozen, cubed mango as one-third of the ingredient trio, your actual prep work will be limited to slicing the avocado and scooping its flesh into the blender, adding orange juice (and a bit of water) and pureéing to perfection!

The post Avocado Recipes That Only Require 3 Ingredients appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Relish the Avo Dog: 3 Ideas for Avocado-Inspired Hot Dog Toppings https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/relish-avo-dog-3-ideas-avocado-inspired-hot-dog-toppings/ Thu, 18 May 2017 15:32:49 +0000 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20505

Photo from Mexican Today: New and Rediscovered Recipes for Contemporary Kitchens by Pati Jinich (2016, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt).

About The Author: Pati Jinich, TV host of Pati’s Mexican Table, cookbook author, and ambassador for Avocados from Mexico

On Memorial Day, celebrating with cookouts is as American as the hot dogs we grill themselves. But while many consider hot dogs an American classic, they’ve long been entrenched in daily Mexican cuisine, too! Would you believe taco stands and hot dog stands pop up right next to one another all over Mexico?

It turns out that hot dogs and our Mexican ingredients merge beautifully. Our creative takes on Mexican dogs aren’t a forced fad or gimmick related to the fusion food trend. Not at all! The hot dog is something Mexicans eat every day — and have for more than a century! Just as Mexicans adapted Italian pasta to create Mexican-flavored dishes like pasta seca and French bread to make Mexican sandwiches like tortas, we put a genuine Mexican spin on hot dogs, giving them our sazón and topping them with all sorts of things like pico de gallo, spiced up salsas, charred jalapeños, and, of course, diced or mashed avocado.

Think avocados and hot dogs don’t mix? Think again! You’ve got to try these amazing options for relishes that you’ll really relish! But before you put those dogs on the grill, watch this quick video on how to pick out perfect avocados by holding them in the palm of your hand and giving them a gentle squeeze.

1. Red Pico de Gallo and Avo Relish

Mix red diced tomato, diced avocado, chopped white onion, chopped fresh jalapeño peppers, chopped cilantro, lime juice, and salt.

2. Green Pico de Gallo and Avo Relish

Combine diced tomatillo, diced avocado, sliced scallions, chopped cilantro, lime juice, chopped pickled jalapeños, and a splash of their brine, olive oil, and salt.

3. Semi-Homemade Relish

Start with a jar of store-bought pickle relish and stir in chopped white onion, diced serrano or jalapeño peppers, and diced avocado. Need to brush up on your slicing and dicing skills? Here’s another quick video on how to dice an avocado perfect for preparing this recipe. Bingo — amped-up flavor and a Mexican spin on your classic dill pickle relish.

These Mexican combos take your hot dog beyond the standard. After all, gourmet dogs have long included a Chicago-style version, New York-style, and other regional favorites. Add these Mexican twists, incorporating nutritious avocados from Mexico to your repertoire.

You can have even more fun by offering condiment dishes filled with crumbled queso fresco, grilled corn, or chicharrón (fried pork skin). Avocados From Mexico offers other recipes for avo dogs: Check out the recipes for the Pineapple Hotdog Wraps with Spicy Avocado Dip and Chilean Style Hot Dog with Avocado, Sauerkraut and Mayo!

Not very likely, but should you find yourself with some avocado leftover, here’s a really simple video tip on how to preserve half of an avocado by squeezing some lemon juice on it, wrapping it in plastic wrap and placing it in the refrigerator.

Happy Memorial Day — and happy day of hot dog eating!

The post Relish the Avo Dog: 3 Ideas for Avocado-Inspired Hot Dog Toppings appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Photo from Mexican Today: New and Rediscovered Recipes for Contemporary Kitchens by Pati Jinich (2016, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt). About The Author: Pati Jinich, TV host of Pati’s Mexican Table, cookbook author, and ambassador for Avocados from Mexico On Memorial Day, celebrating with cookouts is as American as the hot dogs we grill themselves. But while many consider hot dogs an American classic, they’ve long been entrenched in daily Mexican cuisine, too! Would you believe taco stands and hot dog stands pop up right next to one another all over Mexico? It turns out that hot dogs and our Mexican ingredients merge beautifully. Our creative takes on Mexican dogs aren’t a forced fad or gimmick related to the fusion food trend. Not at all! The hot dog is something Mexicans eat every day — and have for more than a century! Just as Mexicans adapted Italian pasta to create Mexican-flavored dishes like pasta seca and French bread to make Mexican sandwiches like tortas, we put a genuine Mexican spin on hot dogs, giving them our sazón and topping them with all sorts of things like pico de gallo, spiced up salsas, charred jalapeños, and, of course, diced or mashed avocado. Think avocados and hot dogs don’t mix? Think again! You’ve got to try these amazing options for relishes that you’ll really relish! But before you put those dogs on the grill, watch this quick video on how to pick out perfect avocados by holding them in the palm of your hand and giving them a gentle squeeze.

1. Red Pico de Gallo and Avo Relish

Mix red diced tomato, diced avocado, chopped white onion, chopped fresh jalapeño peppers, chopped cilantro, lime juice, and salt.

2. Green Pico de Gallo and Avo Relish

Combine diced tomatillo, diced avocado, sliced scallions, chopped cilantro, lime juice, chopped pickled jalapeños, and a splash of their brine, olive oil, and salt.

3. Semi-Homemade Relish

Start with a jar of store-bought pickle relish and stir in chopped white onion, diced serrano or jalapeño peppers, and diced avocado. Need to brush up on your slicing and dicing skills? Here’s another quick video on how to dice an avocado perfect for preparing this recipe. Bingo — amped-up flavor and a Mexican spin on your classic dill pickle relish. These Mexican combos take your hot dog beyond the standard. After all, gourmet dogs have long included a Chicago-style version, New York-style, and other regional favorites. Add these Mexican twists, incorporating nutritious avocados from Mexico to your repertoire. You can have even more fun by offering condiment dishes filled with crumbled queso fresco, grilled corn, or chicharrón (fried pork skin). Avocados From Mexico offers other recipes for avo dogs: Check out the recipes for the Pineapple Hotdog Wraps with Spicy Avocado Dip and Chilean Style Hot Dog with Avocado, Sauerkraut and Mayo! Not very likely, but should you find yourself with some avocado leftover, here’s a really simple video tip on how to preserve half of an avocado by squeezing some lemon juice on it, wrapping it in plastic wrap and placing it in the refrigerator. Happy Memorial Day — and happy day of hot dog eating!

The post Relish the Avo Dog: 3 Ideas for Avocado-Inspired Hot Dog Toppings appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Ice Cream https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avocado-ice-cream/ Wed, 17 May 2017 23:02:57 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20401

If you ask us, there's really no better way to spend a summer afternoon than making homemade ice cream. With all of the ice cream machines on the market, whipping up a batch of this sweet treat is as easy as putting a few ingredients together, hitting "Mix", and — the hardest part — waiting for the machine to do the hard work!

But what flavor to make?! That's always tough to decide. Vanilla and chocolate are obvious options, perhaps, and seem fail-proof if you follow instructions, but the great thing about ice cream is that it allows for all sorts of variations and experiments when it comes to flavor.

If you want to surprise and delight your family with homemade ice cream, why not try a flavor that's likely to be totally new to them? Avocado ice cream may sound unusual, but think about it: the smooth, creamy texture of Avocados from Mexico lends itself perfectly to ice cream — you have to try it at least once!

If you're game, here's what you'll need:

Ingredients

1½ cups low-fat milk (you can substitute almond milk, if you'd like)

2 ripe, fresh Hass avocados, peeled, and pitted

½ cup white sugar

1 tablespoon lemon or lime juice

1 cup low-fat coconut milk

1 sprig of mint, chopped

1 vanilla bean, halved and deseed, chopped (optional)

Directions

  1. Place the low-fat milk, avocados, sugar, and lemon/lime juice in a blender and purée.
  2. Add the remaining ingredients and blend until smooth.
  3. Pour into your ice cream machine's bowl, following manufacturer's instructions to turn into ice cream.
  4. Serve and enjoy!

Need more ideas for avo-inspired desserts? Check out our recipes here!

The post Avocado Ice Cream appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you ask us, there's really no better way to spend a summer afternoon than making homemade ice cream. With all of the ice cream machines on the market, whipping up a batch of this sweet treat is as easy as putting a few ingredients together, hitting "Mix", and — the hardest part — waiting for the machine to do the hard work! But what flavor to make?! That's always tough to decide. Vanilla and chocolate are obvious options, perhaps, and seem fail-proof if you follow instructions, but the great thing about ice cream is that it allows for all sorts of variations and experiments when it comes to flavor. If you want to surprise and delight your family with homemade ice cream, why not try a flavor that's likely to be totally new to them? Avocado ice cream may sound unusual, but think about it: the smooth, creamy texture of Avocados from Mexico lends itself perfectly to ice cream — you have to try it at least once! If you're game, here's what you'll need:

Ingredients

1½ cups low-fat milk (you can substitute almond milk, if you'd like) 2 ripe, fresh Hass avocados, peeled, and pitted ½ cup white sugar 1 tablespoon lemon or lime juice 1 cup low-fat coconut milk 1 sprig of mint, chopped 1 vanilla bean, halved and deseed, chopped (optional)

Directions

  1. Place the low-fat milk, avocados, sugar, and lemon/lime juice in a blender and purée.
  2. Add the remaining ingredients and blend until smooth.
  3. Pour into your ice cream machine's bowl, following manufacturer's instructions to turn into ice cream.
  4. Serve and enjoy!
Need more ideas for avo-inspired desserts? Check out our recipes here!

The post Avocado Ice Cream appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Baby Food https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avocado-baby-food/ Wed, 17 May 2017 23:02:51 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20402

It's dinnertime! The whole family is gathered around the table. The baby, sitting in its highchair, is excited and expectant, fist pumping while clenching a spoon in one of its adorable chubby hands. You've just introduced your little one to solids and mealtimes are now full of surprises: Will the baby love peas and carrots? Will it enjoy more textured vegetables, like broccoli and Brussels sprouts? Each day you learn a bit more about what the baby likes, and you can't wait for it to try new fruits and vegetables.

 

This is where avocados come in! The fruit you love so much is easy for your baby — and for food prep! The creamy flesh of the avocado is delicious, of course, and its smooth, creamy texture makes it one of the easiest foods for a baby to eat. And the fact that a lot can be done with just little to no prep work means that this fruit can be your reliable go-to in the solid food repertoire. Bonus: Avocados from Mexico are available year-round!

 

Here are a few ideas about how to incorporate avocado into delightful dishes for your baby:

 

Simple Avocado Mash

When you're having one of those "What should we have for dinner tonight?" kinds of days and your baby's getting restless, showing signs it wants to eat sooner rather than later, a simple avocado mash is the ultimate "Rescue us!" dish. Peel and pit the avocado, scoop it out of the skin, and mash it with a fork or other tool (Check out our avo-mashing tips and tricks here!). Voilá! That's really all it takes, but if you have a little extra time, mix in some puréed pear or a melon like cantaloupe or honeydew.

 

Want to learn how to shop for avocados so you can make sure you always have a ripe one at the ready? Watch this video to learn everything you need to know!

 

Sweet Potato and Avocado Swirl

Sweet potato and avocado both share the property of being smooth and creamy, especially when mashed, so their pairing in this recipe is a winning match. You'll want to plan to start cooking before baby starts crying; the potato needs to be baked in the oven for about 45 minutes, or pierced all over with a knife and baked in the microwave (time depends upon your particular microwave). You can also slice the raw sweet potato into thin rounds and cook them more quickly in a steamer basket placed atop a boiling pot of water. Once ready, simply mash the potato and avocado and serve!

 

Avocado and Pea Purée

Want to make sure baby gets a double punch of greens? Combine a fruit (avocado) and vegetable (peas), and pulse them in the blender or food processor for a quick, sweet, and nutritious combination! Note that a serving of avocado is 1/3 of a medium-sized fruit. What do you do with the rest? Well, you could eat it right away, of course, but if you want to save it, here's a pro-tip about doing so in the fridge.

The post Avocado Baby Food appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It's dinnertime! The whole family is gathered around the table. The baby, sitting in its highchair, is excited and expectant, fist pumping while clenching a spoon in one of its adorable chubby hands. You've just introduced your little one to solids and mealtimes are now full of surprises: Will the baby love peas and carrots? Will it enjoy more textured vegetables, like broccoli and Brussels sprouts? Each day you learn a bit more about what the baby likes, and you can't wait for it to try new fruits and vegetables.   This is where avocados come in! The fruit you love so much is easy for your baby — and for food prep! The creamy flesh of the avocado is delicious, of course, and its smooth, creamy texture makes it one of the easiest foods for a baby to eat. And the fact that a lot can be done with just little to no prep work means that this fruit can be your reliable go-to in the solid food repertoire. Bonus: Avocados from Mexico are available year-round!   Here are a few ideas about how to incorporate avocado into delightful dishes for your baby:  

Simple Avocado Mash

When you're having one of those "What should we have for dinner tonight?" kinds of days and your baby's getting restless, showing signs it wants to eat sooner rather than later, a simple avocado mash is the ultimate "Rescue us!" dish. Peel and pit the avocado, scoop it out of the skin, and mash it with a fork or other tool (Check out our avo-mashing tips and tricks here!). Voilá! That's really all it takes, but if you have a little extra time, mix in some puréed pear or a melon like cantaloupe or honeydew.   Want to learn how to shop for avocados so you can make sure you always have a ripe one at the ready? Watch this video to learn everything you need to know!  

Sweet Potato and Avocado Swirl

Sweet potato and avocado both share the property of being smooth and creamy, especially when mashed, so their pairing in this recipe is a winning match. You'll want to plan to start cooking before baby starts crying; the potato needs to be baked in the oven for about 45 minutes, or pierced all over with a knife and baked in the microwave (time depends upon your particular microwave). You can also slice the raw sweet potato into thin rounds and cook them more quickly in a steamer basket placed atop a boiling pot of water. Once ready, simply mash the potato and avocado and serve!  

Avocado and Pea Purée

Want to make sure baby gets a double punch of greens? Combine a fruit (avocado) and vegetable (peas), and pulse them in the blender or food processor for a quick, sweet, and nutritious combination! Note that a serving of avocado is 1/3 of a medium-sized fruit. What do you do with the rest? Well, you could eat it right away, of course, but if you want to save it, here's a pro-tip about doing so in the fridge.

The post Avocado Baby Food appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Recipes from Around the World https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-recipes-around-world/ Wed, 17 May 2017 21:25:54 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20387

Our name is Avocados From Mexico, but that doesn’t mean we don’t love recipes from all over the world. And while people typically associate avocados with Mexican cuisine (especially that oh-so-good dip called guacamole), the delicious fruit we grow in our orchards travel all over the world to inspire recipes in all kinds of cultures.

 

From salads and soups to smoothies and desserts, here are six unique avocado recipes from around the world — pack your passport, a selfie stick, and big ol’ appetite.

 

 

🇿🇦 South African Avocado Ritz

The avocado ritz was an iconic dish of the 1970s, but today it’s still a hit in South Africa. It’s a scrumptiously messy appetizer made by stuffing a creamy shrimp mix into half an avocado. Here’s our recipe. Serves: 4

 

Ingredients:

  • 2 c. small shrimp, cooked and chilled
  • 4 tbsp. mayonnaise
  • 3 tbsp. tomato sauce (or ketchup)
  • 3 tbsp. heavy cream
  • 2 tbsp. lemon juice
  • Hot sauce, to taste
  • 2 c. small shrimp, cooked and chilled
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, halved

 

Directions: Combine mayonnaise, tomato sauce, cream, lemon juice, and hot sauce, and mix well. Add cooked shrimp and toss. Remove the pits from your avocados and scoop 1/4 of the shrimp mixture on top of each half. Serve chilled.

 

The Key to Keeping Avocados Good 🔑

It’s not a secret key. If you’re looking to slow down an avocado from ripening too fast, just toss it in the fridge. Check it out in our video:

 

🇨🇱 Chilean Palta Rellena

In Chile, avocado is called palta. Chileans have an avocado-based salad that looks as good on a plate as it tastes in your mouth. Sometimes it’s called palta rellena (“stuffed avocado”), but others call it palta reina (“avocado queen”). Either way, we call it gooooood. Serves: 4

 

Ingredients:

  • 2 c. cooked chicken, shredded
  • 1 bell pepper, finely chopped
  • 4 black olives, sliced
  • 2 tbsp. mayonnaise
  • Your favorite leafy salad base
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, halved and pitted
  • Lemon juice

 

Directions: Mix chicken, bell pepper, olives, and 1 tablespoon of mayonnaise. Arrange salad leaves on four plates and place half an avocado on each. Fill each avocado hole with 1/4 tablespoon of mayonnaise and top with chicken mixture. Squeeze lemon juice on top. Snap a pic for the ‘gram and tag with #YassAvocadoQueen. Dig in.

 

🇨🇴 Colombian Sopa de Aguacate

Sopa de aguacate (“avocado soup”) is, dare we say, soup-er popular in Colombia. Creamy, subtly flavored, and satisfying, it’s crazy-easy to make and crazy-good to eat. Here’s our recipe. Serves: 4

 

Ingredients:

  • 1 tbsp. butter
  • 1/2 c. white onion, finely chopped
  • 1 garlic clove, minced
  • 4 c. chicken stock
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, mashed
  • Lemon juice
  • 2 c. heavy cream
  • 1/4 tsp. cumin
  • Salt and pepper
  • Garnish: 1/4 c. cilantro chopped

 

Directions: In the bottom of a pot, sautée chopped onion and garlic in butter. Once garlic is fragrant, add chicken stock, mashed avocado, and lemon juice, stirring regularly. Bring to a boil, then lower heat to a simmer for 2-3 minutes. Pour mixture into a blender, pulse for 30 seconds, then return to the pot. Add heavy cream, cumin, salt, and pepper. Serve in bowls, garnish with chopped cilantro, and tuck in.

 

🇪🇹 Ethiopian Spris

Spris is a refreshing drink and a summer staple in Ethiopia. It’s a three-layer smoothie of avocado, papaya, and mango garnished with mint leaves. It looks too beautiful to drink, but trust us — you’ll want to try it. Serves: 3

 

Ingredients:

  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, peeled, pitted, and sliced
  • 1 papaya, peeled, pitted, and sliced
  • 1 mango, peeled, pitted, and sliced
  • 1 c. sugar
  • 1 c. cold water
  • 1 c. ice
  • 3 mint leaves

 

Directions: In a blender, combine the avocados with 1/3 cup of sugar, 1/3 cup of cold water, and 1/3 cup of ice. Puree until smooth and distribute the mixture between three tall glasses. Clean the blender, then repeat the first step with the papaya. Pour the papaya mixture carefully into each glass, then repeat the process with the mango. Garnish each smoothie with a mint leaf then hit the pool.

 

🇵🇭 Filipino Avocado Dessert

In the Philippines, avocado is best known for being a sweet creamy treat, kind of like ice cream. This dessert only calls for four ingredients: avocado, sweetened condensed milk, sugar, and ice blended together. You can make this treat personal by adding chocolate syrup, mint chips, or fresh fruit, but it’s just as good when left simple. Get our full recipe here.

 

🇧🇷 Brazilian Crème de Abacate

Crème de abacate (“sweet avocado cream”) is another sugary treat, but this time from Brazil. Instead of sweetened condensed milk used in the Filipino version, Brazilians use vanilla custard, making this recipe more like a green milkshake. Mmmm. Serves: 2

 

Ingredients:

  • 1 Avocado From Mexico
  • Juice from 1 lime
  • 2 scoops vanilla custard or ice cream
  • Strawberries, chopped (optional)

 

Directions: Puree the avocado with lime juice. Add ice cream and blend until creamy, like a green cloud of sugary goodness. Pour the mixture into two tall milkshake glasses, garnish with chopped strawberries if desired, and say cheers in Brazilian Portuguese: “Saúde!”

 

These recipes are just the surface of avocado’s role in global eats. Discover even more recipes in our archive.

The post Avocado Recipes from Around the World appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Our name is Avocados From Mexico, but that doesn’t mean we don’t love recipes from all over the world. And while people typically associate avocados with Mexican cuisine (especially that oh-so-good dip called guacamole), the delicious fruit we grow in our orchards travel all over the world to inspire recipes in all kinds of cultures.   From salads and soups to smoothies and desserts, here are six unique avocado recipes from around the world — pack your passport, a selfie stick, and big ol’ appetite.    

🇿🇦 South African Avocado Ritz

The avocado ritz was an iconic dish of the 1970s, but today it’s still a hit in South Africa. It’s a scrumptiously messy appetizer made by stuffing a creamy shrimp mix into half an avocado. Here’s our recipe. Serves: 4   Ingredients:
  • 2 c. small shrimp, cooked and chilled
  • 4 tbsp. mayonnaise
  • 3 tbsp. tomato sauce (or ketchup)
  • 3 tbsp. heavy cream
  • 2 tbsp. lemon juice
  • Hot sauce, to taste
  • 2 c. small shrimp, cooked and chilled
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, halved
  Directions: Combine mayonnaise, tomato sauce, cream, lemon juice, and hot sauce, and mix well. Add cooked shrimp and toss. Remove the pits from your avocados and scoop 1/4 of the shrimp mixture on top of each half. Serve chilled.  

The Key to Keeping Avocados Good 🔑

It’s not a secret key. If you’re looking to slow down an avocado from ripening too fast, just toss it in the fridge. Check it out in our video:
 

🇨🇱 Chilean Palta Rellena

In Chile, avocado is called palta. Chileans have an avocado-based salad that looks as good on a plate as it tastes in your mouth. Sometimes it’s called palta rellena (“stuffed avocado”), but others call it palta reina (“avocado queen”). Either way, we call it gooooood. Serves: 4   Ingredients:
  • 2 c. cooked chicken, shredded
  • 1 bell pepper, finely chopped
  • 4 black olives, sliced
  • 2 tbsp. mayonnaise
  • Your favorite leafy salad base
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, halved and pitted
  • Lemon juice
  Directions: Mix chicken, bell pepper, olives, and 1 tablespoon of mayonnaise. Arrange salad leaves on four plates and place half an avocado on each. Fill each avocado hole with 1/4 tablespoon of mayonnaise and top with chicken mixture. Squeeze lemon juice on top. Snap a pic for the ‘gram and tag with #YassAvocadoQueen. Dig in.  

🇨🇴 Colombian Sopa de Aguacate

Sopa de aguacate (“avocado soup”) is, dare we say, soup-er popular in Colombia. Creamy, subtly flavored, and satisfying, it’s crazy-easy to make and crazy-good to eat. Here’s our recipe. Serves: 4   Ingredients:
  • 1 tbsp. butter
  • 1/2 c. white onion, finely chopped
  • 1 garlic clove, minced
  • 4 c. chicken stock
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, mashed
  • Lemon juice
  • 2 c. heavy cream
  • 1/4 tsp. cumin
  • Salt and pepper
  • Garnish: 1/4 c. cilantro chopped
  Directions: In the bottom of a pot, sautée chopped onion and garlic in butter. Once garlic is fragrant, add chicken stock, mashed avocado, and lemon juice, stirring regularly. Bring to a boil, then lower heat to a simmer for 2-3 minutes. Pour mixture into a blender, pulse for 30 seconds, then return to the pot. Add heavy cream, cumin, salt, and pepper. Serve in bowls, garnish with chopped cilantro, and tuck in.  

🇪🇹 Ethiopian Spris

Spris is a refreshing drink and a summer staple in Ethiopia. It’s a three-layer smoothie of avocado, papaya, and mango garnished with mint leaves. It looks too beautiful to drink, but trust us — you’ll want to try it. Serves: 3   Ingredients:
  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, peeled, pitted, and sliced
  • 1 papaya, peeled, pitted, and sliced
  • 1 mango, peeled, pitted, and sliced
  • 1 c. sugar
  • 1 c. cold water
  • 1 c. ice
  • 3 mint leaves
  Directions: In a blender, combine the avocados with 1/3 cup of sugar, 1/3 cup of cold water, and 1/3 cup of ice. Puree until smooth and distribute the mixture between three tall glasses. Clean the blender, then repeat the first step with the papaya. Pour the papaya mixture carefully into each glass, then repeat the process with the mango. Garnish each smoothie with a mint leaf then hit the pool.  

🇵🇭 Filipino Avocado Dessert

In the Philippines, avocado is best known for being a sweet creamy treat, kind of like ice cream. This dessert only calls for four ingredients: avocado, sweetened condensed milk, sugar, and ice blended together. You can make this treat personal by adding chocolate syrup, mint chips, or fresh fruit, but it’s just as good when left simple. Get our full recipe here.  

🇧🇷 Brazilian Crème de Abacate

Crème de abacate (“sweet avocado cream”) is another sugary treat, but this time from Brazil. Instead of sweetened condensed milk used in the Filipino version, Brazilians use vanilla custard, making this recipe more like a green milkshake. Mmmm. Serves: 2   Ingredients:
  • 1 Avocado From Mexico
  • Juice from 1 lime
  • 2 scoops vanilla custard or ice cream
  • Strawberries, chopped (optional)
  Directions: Puree the avocado with lime juice. Add ice cream and blend until creamy, like a green cloud of sugary goodness. Pour the mixture into two tall milkshake glasses, garnish with chopped strawberries if desired, and say cheers in Brazilian Portuguese: “Saúde!”   These recipes are just the surface of avocado’s role in global eats. Discover even more recipes in our archive.

The post Avocado Recipes from Around the World appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
An Avocado Dating Profile https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avocado-dating-profile/ Wed, 17 May 2017 21:25:04 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20391

Name:

Aviana Cado

Age:

4 months

Body type:

Hard and bumpy on the outside, smooth and creamy inside

Quote:

Have a guac-tastic day!

About Aviana

I'm just a fruit looking for her other half. I'm originally from Michoacán, Mexico, so you better believe I'm fun, I'm loud, and when I hear mariachi music, I let the beat control my body. I get along with everybody and am always the life of the party. I don't usually seek attention, but during social events, people usually seek me out or gather around me for conversations.

I don't discriminate when it comes to dating and am open to starting a relationship with any fruit, berry, vegetable, or meat. I've even dated a few sandwiches and burgers.

Full disclosure, my looks are a little rough, and my skin is far from the silky smooth variety that most deem "desirable," but it's what's on the inside that counts. And, on the inside, I'm vibrant, soft, sweet, and will fill your heart with goodness and joy.

I'm currently a model for Avocados From Mexico, so if you've ever been to their website you've probably seen me.

Not everything's been easy, though. I lost my parents last year to a pair of ground squirrels, before they were even ripe, and I still haven't fully recovered.

I used to enjoy the outdoors when I was just a tike, but I've since become a bit of a homebody. I enjoy spending days lounging, nights partying, and I also dabble in cooking. I love to experiment with different ingredients, spices, and make some of the most surprisingly delicious desserts you've ever tasted.

I also enjoy gardening, creating DIY-inspired home spa products, sports (especially football), and I'm an environmentalist.

If you're looking to broaden your horizon and cleanse your palate of all the past relationships that left a bad taste in your mouth, I'm ready to be your one true love.

Loves:

Cooking, ripening, sports, creating DIY-inspired home spa products.

Dislikes

: Bad habits. People who judge a book by its cover.

On a typical Friday night:

I'm hosting a party at my place with plenty of yummy appetizers.

The most private thing I'm willing to admit:

I had a stem transplant shortly after I was born due to an accident with a dog and a Frisbee.

The post An Avocado Dating Profile appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Name:

Aviana Cado

Age:

4 months

Body type:

Hard and bumpy on the outside, smooth and creamy inside

Quote:

Have a guac-tastic day!

About Aviana

I'm just a fruit looking for her other half. I'm originally from Michoacán, Mexico, so you better believe I'm fun, I'm loud, and when I hear mariachi music, I let the beat control my body. I get along with everybody and am always the life of the party. I don't usually seek attention, but during social events, people usually seek me out or gather around me for conversations. I don't discriminate when it comes to dating and am open to starting a relationship with any fruit, berry, vegetable, or meat. I've even dated a few sandwiches and burgers. Full disclosure, my looks are a little rough, and my skin is far from the silky smooth variety that most deem "desirable," but it's what's on the inside that counts. And, on the inside, I'm vibrant, soft, sweet, and will fill your heart with goodness and joy. I'm currently a model for Avocados From Mexico, so if you've ever been to their website you've probably seen me. Not everything's been easy, though. I lost my parents last year to a pair of ground squirrels, before they were even ripe, and I still haven't fully recovered. I used to enjoy the outdoors when I was just a tike, but I've since become a bit of a homebody. I enjoy spending days lounging, nights partying, and I also dabble in cooking. I love to experiment with different ingredients, spices, and make some of the most surprisingly delicious desserts you've ever tasted. I also enjoy gardening, creating DIY-inspired home spa products, sports (especially football), and I'm an environmentalist. If you're looking to broaden your horizon and cleanse your palate of all the past relationships that left a bad taste in your mouth, I'm ready to be your one true love.

Loves:

Cooking, ripening, sports, creating DIY-inspired home spa products.

Dislikes

: Bad habits. People who judge a book by its cover.

On a typical Friday night:

I'm hosting a party at my place with plenty of yummy appetizers.

The most private thing I'm willing to admit:

I had a stem transplant shortly after I was born due to an accident with a dog and a Frisbee.

The post An Avocado Dating Profile appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Buying Bulk Summer Fruits and Veggies and How to Keep Them Fresh https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/buying-bulk-summer-fruits-veggies-keep-fresh/ Sun, 14 May 2017 21:23:21 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20390

As warm days signal summer's arrival, it gets harder to contain your excitement about all the tasty avocados and other fresh fruits and veggies just waiting to be discovered at the grocery store or local farmer's market. If you have the tendency to turn market visits into a full-on shopping spree, you might need some tips to help you figure out how to buy in bulk and keep your delicious avocados and other produce fresh.

First, think about the meals you plan to cook during the week ahead and make a shopping list that reflects your actual needs. No doubt you'll be tempted to buy whatever else looks fresh, delicious, and, fleeting in its seasonality, and that's ok. Of course, one good thing about Avocados From Mexico, no matter the season, you'll always find them fresh in your produce section. Just try not to buy more than you and your family can eat or preserve.

Every method of preservation results in some kind of nutrient loss, especially canning, so if you find yourself with more fruits and veggies than you can handle, consider freezing them in bags or containers instead. Proper storage will go a long way to ensuring you and your family get to really enjoy nature's bounty.

Even when it comes to the avocados or other produce you'll be consuming during the week, you'll want to take care with how, where, and with what you store your fruits and veggies. First, consider ethylene, a gas given off as some fruits ripen.

Avocados are ethylene producers, along with other produce like apricots, bananas, cantaloupes, honeydew, kiwis, mangoes, nectarines, papayas, peaches, pears, plums, and tomatoes. This gas encourages ripening. In fact, this is why you can keep avocados in a paper bag if you want to speed their maturation.

Other types of produce don't give off much ethylene, but are sensitive to it, so keep your avocados and other ethylene-producing fruits away from apples, asparagus, broccoli, carrots, cucumbers, eggplants, green beans, lettuce and other leafy greens, potatoes, squash, and watermelon.

Summer tree fruits (peaches, pears, plums, nectarines, apricots, cherries) and year-round tropical tree fruits like avocados all keep best on the counter until ripe. When ready to eat, move them to the fridge to keep them perfect for as long as possible. To keep avocados from ripening too quickly, put them in the fridge right away, and they will take longer to soften.

Tomatoes, along with onions and potatoes, should be kept in a cool, dry place outside the fridge, but not together! Berries should be kept cool and dry, so make sure not to wash them until just before you eat. Citrus fruits don't need to be kept in the fridge as long as they are in a cool, dark place where they can breathe.

Leafy greens and herbs should be stored in bags that seal well, leaving a little bit of extra air for the best freshness. Fresh beans keep best in a plastic bag or reusable container in the crisper (drawers located at the bottom of the refrigerator), along with your unwashed summer squash/zucchini. And fresh sweet corn on the cob, is best stored in the fridge with the husk still on.

Now, go get shopping!

The post Buying Bulk Summer Fruits and Veggies and How to Keep Them Fresh appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

As warm days signal summer's arrival, it gets harder to contain your excitement about all the tasty avocados and other fresh fruits and veggies just waiting to be discovered at the grocery store or local farmer's market. If you have the tendency to turn market visits into a full-on shopping spree, you might need some tips to help you figure out how to buy in bulk and keep your delicious avocados and other produce fresh. First, think about the meals you plan to cook during the week ahead and make a shopping list that reflects your actual needs. No doubt you'll be tempted to buy whatever else looks fresh, delicious, and, fleeting in its seasonality, and that's ok. Of course, one good thing about Avocados From Mexico, no matter the season, you'll always find them fresh in your produce section. Just try not to buy more than you and your family can eat or preserve. Every method of preservation results in some kind of nutrient loss, especially canning, so if you find yourself with more fruits and veggies than you can handle, consider freezing them in bags or containers instead. Proper storage will go a long way to ensuring you and your family get to really enjoy nature's bounty. Even when it comes to the avocados or other produce you'll be consuming during the week, you'll want to take care with how, where, and with what you store your fruits and veggies. First, consider ethylene, a gas given off as some fruits ripen. Avocados are ethylene producers, along with other produce like apricots, bananas, cantaloupes, honeydew, kiwis, mangoes, nectarines, papayas, peaches, pears, plums, and tomatoes. This gas encourages ripening. In fact, this is why you can keep avocados in a paper bag if you want to speed their maturation. Other types of produce don't give off much ethylene, but are sensitive to it, so keep your avocados and other ethylene-producing fruits away from apples, asparagus, broccoli, carrots, cucumbers, eggplants, green beans, lettuce and other leafy greens, potatoes, squash, and watermelon. Summer tree fruits (peaches, pears, plums, nectarines, apricots, cherries) and year-round tropical tree fruits like avocados all keep best on the counter until ripe. When ready to eat, move them to the fridge to keep them perfect for as long as possible. To keep avocados from ripening too quickly, put them in the fridge right away, and they will take longer to soften. Tomatoes, along with onions and potatoes, should be kept in a cool, dry place outside the fridge, but not together! Berries should be kept cool and dry, so make sure not to wash them until just before you eat. Citrus fruits don't need to be kept in the fridge as long as they are in a cool, dark place where they can breathe. Leafy greens and herbs should be stored in bags that seal well, leaving a little bit of extra air for the best freshness. Fresh beans keep best in a plastic bag or reusable container in the crisper (drawers located at the bottom of the refrigerator), along with your unwashed summer squash/zucchini. And fresh sweet corn on the cob, is best stored in the fridge with the husk still on. Now, go get shopping!

The post Buying Bulk Summer Fruits and Veggies and How to Keep Them Fresh appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Grilled Avocado: Yummy Recipes for Independence Day Grilling https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/grilled-avocado-yummy-recipes-independence-day-grilling/ Fri, 12 May 2017 20:43:24 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20421

You can't have a Fourth of July celebration without firing up the grill and letting your ingredients bring some heat of their own! Hamburgers and hot dogs are just about as patriotic as food gets on this holiday, though we'll bet our Yankee Doodle Dandy that these additions will set off some serious flavor fireworks!

Grilled Goodness

A ripe avocado is a perfect candidate for grilling. No, we're not kidding! With its firm yet creamy flesh, it's sturdy enough to take on some serious grill marks while natural fats prevent the green fruit from drying out. The first thing you need to do is halve each avocado and remove the pit. Next, you want to add some acidity and oil to the flesh, which will help it retain its fresh color and prevent it from sticking to the grill.

You can use lime juice and olive oil, or make a dressing with crushed garlic, chopped serrano chiles, cilantro, and olive oil for an extra hit of heat. At this point, you're ready to grill your avocado halves (flesh-side down) on a medium-high grill for about 4 minutes. If you want to have them look even fancier, you can start grilling them at 45 degrees to the direction of the grill, turning them 90 degrees at the halfway mark, and behold! Beautiful diamond shaped grill marks.

Once they're done, you can pair them or top them with anything your heart desires: quartered cherry tomatoes, roasted jalapeños or even grilled Halloumi, a wonderfully salty and squeaky cheese that can be grilled on the very same barbecue with just a light brushing of oil.

Grill the Guac

If you prefer to have your avocados in bite-sized chunks, quarter your avocados instead of halving them, and then grill each side of the fruit. While they're grilling, finely dice some red onion and toss it with lime juice, salt, and roasted garlic paste. Once your avocados are grilled, roughly chop them and add them to the onion mixture. Top them off with some finely diced tomatoes and chopped cilantro and serve with tortilla chips, as you patiently wait for your burgers and the next round of fireworks!

The post Grilled Avocado: Yummy Recipes for Independence Day Grilling appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You can't have a Fourth of July celebration without firing up the grill and letting your ingredients bring some heat of their own! Hamburgers and hot dogs are just about as patriotic as food gets on this holiday, though we'll bet our Yankee Doodle Dandy that these additions will set off some serious flavor fireworks!

Grilled Goodness

A ripe avocado is a perfect candidate for grilling. No, we're not kidding! With its firm yet creamy flesh, it's sturdy enough to take on some serious grill marks while natural fats prevent the green fruit from drying out. The first thing you need to do is halve each avocado and remove the pit. Next, you want to add some acidity and oil to the flesh, which will help it retain its fresh color and prevent it from sticking to the grill. You can use lime juice and olive oil, or make a dressing with crushed garlic, chopped serrano chiles, cilantro, and olive oil for an extra hit of heat. At this point, you're ready to grill your avocado halves (flesh-side down) on a medium-high grill for about 4 minutes. If you want to have them look even fancier, you can start grilling them at 45 degrees to the direction of the grill, turning them 90 degrees at the halfway mark, and behold! Beautiful diamond shaped grill marks. Once they're done, you can pair them or top them with anything your heart desires: quartered cherry tomatoes, roasted jalapeños or even grilled Halloumi, a wonderfully salty and squeaky cheese that can be grilled on the very same barbecue with just a light brushing of oil.

Grill the Guac

If you prefer to have your avocados in bite-sized chunks, quarter your avocados instead of halving them, and then grill each side of the fruit. While they're grilling, finely dice some red onion and toss it with lime juice, salt, and roasted garlic paste. Once your avocados are grilled, roughly chop them and add them to the onion mixture. Top them off with some finely diced tomatoes and chopped cilantro and serve with tortilla chips, as you patiently wait for your burgers and the next round of fireworks!

The post Grilled Avocado: Yummy Recipes for Independence Day Grilling appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Replace Popular Spreads with Avocado in These Summer Salads https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/replace-popular-spreads-avocado-summer-salads/ Fri, 12 May 2017 20:35:43 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20408

Summer salads: YUM.

When the thermometer hits those dizzy summer highs, nobody wants to be stuck indoors cooking, much less turning on the oven. Combine that with the urge to quickly pull something together that's tasty and portable, and you've pretty much defined the summer salad.

You've probably made most of the classics — potato, egg, tuna, chicken — you name it, they're there, with their assortment of veggies and dollops of mayo. If you're looking to change them up a bit, here are some recipes that will let you keep the creamy while adding a subtle new flavor to your salad repertoire.

Magnificent Morning Pick-me-up

Egg salad is quite possibly one of the quickest, most delicious starts you can make to your day. Simply boil some eggs (which you can do the night before to save even more time) and then peel and chop them. Grab an avocado, cut it open, and mash the delicious flesh with some salt and a squeeze of lemon. Chop the eggs and stir them in, and there you have it — a protein-packed, portable breakfast (or lunch). Top off your favorite whole-grain toast with a helping of the green-hued goodness for a fabulous flavor explosion.

Perfect Potato Salad

Potato salad is one of those summer classics; it has to be in your picnic rotation! But if you're keen to try potato salad with a twist, adding avocado may be just the thing. First, roast your potatoes with a healthy sprinkling of herbs, and then let them cool. They'll be easier to transport (and eat!) while keeping some of that caramelized post-roasting goodness. While they're cooling, make your avocado-based dressing using lime, cilantro, salt, pepper and, of course, mashed avocados. Then add your cooled roasted potatoes and toss. The salad will be perfect as is, but if you want a bit of crunch, crisp some bacon and sprinkle the homemade bacon bits on top. Chopped fresh cilantro or other herbs can be used for a gorgeous green garnish.

Tuna Time – Like Never Before

Combining textures and flavors is the best way to keep things interesting in the kitchen, so try this recipe when you're ready to switch up your tuna salad recipe. Chop two stalks of celery and two dill pickles, adding these to half of an apple (diced) and a tin of tuna. Add some creamy zing with 1 tablespoon of grainy mustard and half of an avocado that you've mashed. Stir and use it as a topping for toast or some crisp romaine leaves. The tang of the mustard and pickles is balanced by the gentle sweetness of the apple and the freshness of celery, with the avocado lending just enough creaminess to make the tuna deliciously spreadable.

The post Replace Popular Spreads with Avocado in These Summer Salads appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Summer salads: YUM. When the thermometer hits those dizzy summer highs, nobody wants to be stuck indoors cooking, much less turning on the oven. Combine that with the urge to quickly pull something together that's tasty and portable, and you've pretty much defined the summer salad. You've probably made most of the classics — potato, egg, tuna, chicken — you name it, they're there, with their assortment of veggies and dollops of mayo. If you're looking to change them up a bit, here are some recipes that will let you keep the creamy while adding a subtle new flavor to your salad repertoire.

Magnificent Morning Pick-me-up

Egg salad is quite possibly one of the quickest, most delicious starts you can make to your day. Simply boil some eggs (which you can do the night before to save even more time) and then peel and chop them. Grab an avocado, cut it open, and mash the delicious flesh with some salt and a squeeze of lemon. Chop the eggs and stir them in, and there you have it — a protein-packed, portable breakfast (or lunch). Top off your favorite whole-grain toast with a helping of the green-hued goodness for a fabulous flavor explosion.

Perfect Potato Salad

Potato salad is one of those summer classics; it has to be in your picnic rotation! But if you're keen to try potato salad with a twist, adding avocado may be just the thing. First, roast your potatoes with a healthy sprinkling of herbs, and then let them cool. They'll be easier to transport (and eat!) while keeping some of that caramelized post-roasting goodness. While they're cooling, make your avocado-based dressing using lime, cilantro, salt, pepper and, of course, mashed avocados. Then add your cooled roasted potatoes and toss. The salad will be perfect as is, but if you want a bit of crunch, crisp some bacon and sprinkle the homemade bacon bits on top. Chopped fresh cilantro or other herbs can be used for a gorgeous green garnish.

Tuna Time – Like Never Before

Combining textures and flavors is the best way to keep things interesting in the kitchen, so try this recipe when you're ready to switch up your tuna salad recipe. Chop two stalks of celery and two dill pickles, adding these to half of an apple (diced) and a tin of tuna. Add some creamy zing with 1 tablespoon of grainy mustard and half of an avocado that you've mashed. Stir and use it as a topping for toast or some crisp romaine leaves. The tang of the mustard and pickles is balanced by the gentle sweetness of the apple and the freshness of celery, with the avocado lending just enough creaminess to make the tuna deliciously spreadable.

The post Replace Popular Spreads with Avocado in These Summer Salads appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
3 Mouthwatering Mashed Avocado Toppers for Sandwiches https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/3-mouthwatering-mashed-avocado-toppers-sandwiches/ Fri, 12 May 2017 20:35:41 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20406

Avocado toast: the combination, in its infinite varieties, has been popular fodder among Pinterest and Instagram users for a long time now. But we're not talking about just slicing up the green fruit, dressing it, and arranging it artfully on toast. No, we're talking about flavorful mashed avocado toppers that add that special touch to any sandwich creation.

Here are a few delicious versions to bring your sandwiches to a whole new level.

The Creamy Topper

Whether you're about to tuck into smoked turkey on rye, silky smoked salmon on a bagel, or thick slices of roast beef piled on a kaiser, consider adding a layer of flavor with a creamy avocado cilantro sauce.

The sauce is made super smooth thanks to a generous dollop of Greek yogurt and half an avocado. Add a small splash of apple cider vinegar for just a hint of acidity, then pulse it all, along with some garlic and fresh cilantro, in a food processor to whip up edible magic.

Slather it on your sandwich and experience the creamy goodness (Hint: It's great as a veggie dip, too!).

But now you've got half an avocado to store, right? Problem solved! Just rub the half with some lemon juice, wrap in plastic cling film, and store in your fridge for a few days.

The Chunky Topper

The same base ingredients that make the creamy topper so delicious can be used for a chunky variation on this theme. Add a dash of salt and a squeeze of lime or lemon juice to all of the ingredients above; then, take your fork, mash until chunky, and you're good to go. This tasty topper is perfect for a sandwich in which you want a little more substance and texture.

The Smashed Topper

Want your kids to stop staring at the screen and help out in the kitchen? With this topper, you can put them to work! They'll have fun playing sous chef as they smash a can's worth of chickpeas along with a perfectly ripe avocado, lemon juice, and a small handful of dried cranberries. You can keep it vegetarian or add some flaked tuna, hard-boiled egg slices, or smoked honey ham. The sky's the limit!

And because we know you'll eventually want to make all three, here are some handy tips to help you pick your avocados for the week, so that you get delectably ripe avocados at home, just when you need them.

The post 3 Mouthwatering Mashed Avocado Toppers for Sandwiches appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocado toast: the combination, in its infinite varieties, has been popular fodder among Pinterest and Instagram users for a long time now. But we're not talking about just slicing up the green fruit, dressing it, and arranging it artfully on toast. No, we're talking about flavorful mashed avocado toppers that add that special touch to any sandwich creation. Here are a few delicious versions to bring your sandwiches to a whole new level.

The Creamy Topper

Whether you're about to tuck into smoked turkey on rye, silky smoked salmon on a bagel, or thick slices of roast beef piled on a kaiser, consider adding a layer of flavor with a creamy avocado cilantro sauce. The sauce is made super smooth thanks to a generous dollop of Greek yogurt and half an avocado. Add a small splash of apple cider vinegar for just a hint of acidity, then pulse it all, along with some garlic and fresh cilantro, in a food processor to whip up edible magic. Slather it on your sandwich and experience the creamy goodness (Hint: It's great as a veggie dip, too!). But now you've got half an avocado to store, right? Problem solved! Just rub the half with some lemon juice, wrap in plastic cling film, and store in your fridge for a few days.

The Chunky Topper

The same base ingredients that make the creamy topper so delicious can be used for a chunky variation on this theme. Add a dash of salt and a squeeze of lime or lemon juice to all of the ingredients above; then, take your fork, mash until chunky, and you're good to go. This tasty topper is perfect for a sandwich in which you want a little more substance and texture.

The Smashed Topper

Want your kids to stop staring at the screen and help out in the kitchen? With this topper, you can put them to work! They'll have fun playing sous chef as they smash a can's worth of chickpeas along with a perfectly ripe avocado, lemon juice, and a small handful of dried cranberries. You can keep it vegetarian or add some flaked tuna, hard-boiled egg slices, or smoked honey ham. The sky's the limit! And because we know you'll eventually want to make all three, here are some handy tips to help you pick your avocados for the week, so that you get delectably ripe avocados at home, just when you need them.

The post 3 Mouthwatering Mashed Avocado Toppers for Sandwiches appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Avocado Mac and Cheese https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/make-avocado-mac-cheese/ Thu, 11 May 2017 21:32:47 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20407

Mac and cheese is the ultimate comfort food for many of us and it's easy to make, too. Though you probably have your favorite go-to recipe, mac and cheese can tolerate a lot of variation, even incorporating some surprising ingredients, like avocados.

First things first: This is a from-scratch recipe. Don't worry, you've got this! With the addition of avocados and a few quick tweaks, you'll have a new dinner dish in no time flat.

Avo-licious 2 Ways!

In all cases, you'll need to cook your choice of pasta according to package instructions and set it aside. For this recipe, you can amp up the fun for kids of all ages by using wagon wheel pasta. Separately, you'll blend some avocado and peas for a vibrant green, adding the bright flavor of lemon juice and some sharp cheddar cheese. A dribble of warm milk will allow you to loosen up this mixture without losing the dairy goodness that is so important for classic mac and cheese. Simply stir the cooked pasta into your gorgeous, green-hued sauce, and top with a diced, half avocado for some visual and textural interest. Dig in for a delicious comfort meal.

Variety, the Spice of Life

Adding spice and flavor to your cheesy mix elevates the satisfaction that you get out of each gooey bite. First, blend some milk, garlic powder, jalapeños and green onions in a food processor. Melt some butter in a skillet and then add some flour, which you'll need for thickening. Pour in your milk mixture and add deliciously sharp shredded cheddar. Once your sauce is nice and cheesy, mash some avocado into the sauce before tossing the pasta in and letting the flavor transformation take place.

Of course, going Mexican can be about a lot more than jalapeños. While you can absolutely keep the jalapeño, you can also substitute it with Anaheim peppers, chile flakes, chile powder (for added smokiness) or any combination of the bunch if you like it hot! Play with texture and flavor by adding some corn kernels and tomatoes, then throw in some oregano and cumin and you'll get savory and earthy notes to complement the cheesy comfort of your homemade mac and cheese.

The post How to Make Avocado Mac and Cheese appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Mac and cheese is the ultimate comfort food for many of us and it's easy to make, too. Though you probably have your favorite go-to recipe, mac and cheese can tolerate a lot of variation, even incorporating some surprising ingredients, like avocados. First things first: This is a from-scratch recipe. Don't worry, you've got this! With the addition of avocados and a few quick tweaks, you'll have a new dinner dish in no time flat.

Avo-licious 2 Ways!

In all cases, you'll need to cook your choice of pasta according to package instructions and set it aside. For this recipe, you can amp up the fun for kids of all ages by using wagon wheel pasta. Separately, you'll blend some avocado and peas for a vibrant green, adding the bright flavor of lemon juice and some sharp cheddar cheese. A dribble of warm milk will allow you to loosen up this mixture without losing the dairy goodness that is so important for classic mac and cheese. Simply stir the cooked pasta into your gorgeous, green-hued sauce, and top with a diced, half avocado for some visual and textural interest. Dig in for a delicious comfort meal.

Variety, the Spice of Life

Adding spice and flavor to your cheesy mix elevates the satisfaction that you get out of each gooey bite. First, blend some milk, garlic powder, jalapeños and green onions in a food processor. Melt some butter in a skillet and then add some flour, which you'll need for thickening. Pour in your milk mixture and add deliciously sharp shredded cheddar. Once your sauce is nice and cheesy, mash some avocado into the sauce before tossing the pasta in and letting the flavor transformation take place. Of course, going Mexican can be about a lot more than jalapeños. While you can absolutely keep the jalapeño, you can also substitute it with Anaheim peppers, chile flakes, chile powder (for added smokiness) or any combination of the bunch if you like it hot! Play with texture and flavor by adding some corn kernels and tomatoes, then throw in some oregano and cumin and you'll get savory and earthy notes to complement the cheesy comfort of your homemade mac and cheese.

The post How to Make Avocado Mac and Cheese appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make Your Own Avocado Foot Scrub https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/callused-feet-pits-diy-avocado-foot-scrub/ Thu, 11 May 2017 21:13:11 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20405

Are hardened heels preventing you from making a splash at the pool? Or are you avoiding your favorite sandals because of those nasty calluses? You work hard to enjoy your time off, so don't let the evidence of all that effort keep you from having a great summer!

One DIY remedy for getting rid of those rough edges might come from a surprising place: avocados. No need to spend a small fortune on store-bought creams or other potions. With this simple avocado foot scrub recipe, you can put your feet up for an afternoon and be ready to show off smooth soles that night.

This recipe uses the oils in avocado fruit to moisturize your skin, mixed with an acid to help soften calluses. The exfoliating benefits of ground avocado pit and salt break down the built-up dead skin and reveal the new, healthier layer beneath.

Avocado Foot Scrub Ingredients:

  • 1 avocado pit
  • 1 avocado
  • Juice of 1/2 a lemon or 1 tbsp. of cider vinegar
  • 1 tbsp. coarse salt

Directions:

  1. For the fastest results, dry the pit in the oven on its lowest setting, propping the door open to keep it from burning. If you're not in a rush, let the pit dry in the sun over the course of a few days.
  2. When it's ready, split the pit in quarters and grind it in a food processor or coffee grinder.
  3. Mix the ground avocado pit into the mashed flesh of one fresh avocado, then add the lemon juice or vinegar, and mix in the spoonful of coarse salt.
  4. Before applying the avocado foot scrub to your feet, be sure to soak your heels and toes for 20 minutes in warm water. This will soften the hardest spots. Add 1 cup of Epsom salt if you have some.
  5. Paying most attention to the roughest spots, and moving from toes to ankles, rub the foot scrub into your feet using a circular motion, moving slowly and letting the oils from the avocado hydrate your skin.
  6. Rinse off with the warm soaking water and dry gently. Put on a pair of cotton socks for a few hours, if you can, to keep your skin moisturized until it's time to head out and show off your renewed feet!

Find more avocado beauty tips here.

The post How to Make Your Own Avocado Foot Scrub appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Are hardened heels preventing you from making a splash at the pool? Or are you avoiding your favorite sandals because of those nasty calluses? You work hard to enjoy your time off, so don't let the evidence of all that effort keep you from having a great summer! One DIY remedy for getting rid of those rough edges might come from a surprising place: avocados. No need to spend a small fortune on store-bought creams or other potions. With this simple avocado foot scrub recipe, you can put your feet up for an afternoon and be ready to show off smooth soles that night. This recipe uses the oils in avocado fruit to moisturize your skin, mixed with an acid to help soften calluses. The exfoliating benefits of ground avocado pit and salt break down the built-up dead skin and reveal the new, healthier layer beneath.

Avocado Foot Scrub Ingredients:

  • 1 avocado pit
  • 1 avocado
  • Juice of 1/2 a lemon or 1 tbsp. of cider vinegar
  • 1 tbsp. coarse salt

Directions:

  1. For the fastest results, dry the pit in the oven on its lowest setting, propping the door open to keep it from burning. If you're not in a rush, let the pit dry in the sun over the course of a few days.
  2. When it's ready, split the pit in quarters and grind it in a food processor or coffee grinder.
  3. Mix the ground avocado pit into the mashed flesh of one fresh avocado, then add the lemon juice or vinegar, and mix in the spoonful of coarse salt.
  4. Before applying the avocado foot scrub to your feet, be sure to soak your heels and toes for 20 minutes in warm water. This will soften the hardest spots. Add 1 cup of Epsom salt if you have some.
  5. Paying most attention to the roughest spots, and moving from toes to ankles, rub the foot scrub into your feet using a circular motion, moving slowly and letting the oils from the avocado hydrate your skin.
  6. Rinse off with the warm soaking water and dry gently. Put on a pair of cotton socks for a few hours, if you can, to keep your skin moisturized until it's time to head out and show off your renewed feet!
Find more avocado beauty tips here.

The post How to Make Your Own Avocado Foot Scrub appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Making Avocado Fries https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/making-avocado-fries/ Wed, 10 May 2017 21:22:04 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20384

What came first, the chip or the dip? In the case of avocados, it was most definitely the dip, although the dip has now become the dipper! Yes, avocados can and do make the most delicious and crunchy fries, and with a few simple steps, you too can make this snackable green fruit your go-to dipper.

Avo 101

Before you race off to the kitchen, it's important to know how to buy just the right ripeness of avocado. If you learn how to buy your avocados for the week so you never run out, you'll pick a few avos at various stages of ripeness. For immediate eating as a spreadable topping or dip, you need a ripe avocado; look for a dark, almost black avocado that yields to gentle pressure (not too hard!). A couple of days out, your pick of avocado should be green with black speckles or patches, while your end of the week avocado will be green and firm. It's this last avocado, the unripe one, that makes the best fries.

From Dip to Dipper!

Now, to the kitchen. You'll need a little bit of seasoned flour (add a sprinkle of salt, pepper, and any other favorite spice), a beaten egg, and some Japanese-style breadcrumbs. Cut your avocados in half, lengthwise, and then remove the pit. Peel the avo and slice each half lengthwise into about 6 or 8 crescents, depending on size of the fruit. Dip each slice into the flour, then the egg. Finally, roll it in the breadcrumbs, which will give that delicious crunch that makes fries so delicious.

Place your avocado segments on a baking tray and then — this is important! — give them a good misting of cooking spray. Pop them into an oven pre-heated to 350F and bake them for 20 minutes or so, flipping them halfway through. Once they're golden brown, take them out of the oven and let them rest for 2-3 minutes before attacking them with gusto.

The end result is a crunchy exterior that gives way to a creamy center and holds up well to just about any of your favorite dips, from a zesty lemon-spiked aioli to a spicy salsa.

We know you'll be wanting to make this again and again. If you've stocked up on avocados and want to delay the ripening process in order to keep them firm, simply keep them in the fridge, where you'll extend their shelf life by up to 5 days. You'll get to introduce your tasty party piece again and, if by chance your avocado happens to ripen before you're ready, you already know that avocados are great for more than just making fries, right?

The post Making Avocado Fries appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

What came first, the chip or the dip? In the case of avocados, it was most definitely the dip, although the dip has now become the dipper! Yes, avocados can and do make the most delicious and crunchy fries, and with a few simple steps, you too can make this snackable green fruit your go-to dipper.

Avo 101

Before you race off to the kitchen, it's important to know how to buy just the right ripeness of avocado. If you learn how to buy your avocados for the week so you never run out, you'll pick a few avos at various stages of ripeness. For immediate eating as a spreadable topping or dip, you need a ripe avocado; look for a dark, almost black avocado that yields to gentle pressure (not too hard!). A couple of days out, your pick of avocado should be green with black speckles or patches, while your end of the week avocado will be green and firm. It's this last avocado, the unripe one, that makes the best fries.

From Dip to Dipper!

Now, to the kitchen. You'll need a little bit of seasoned flour (add a sprinkle of salt, pepper, and any other favorite spice), a beaten egg, and some Japanese-style breadcrumbs. Cut your avocados in half, lengthwise, and then remove the pit. Peel the avo and slice each half lengthwise into about 6 or 8 crescents, depending on size of the fruit. Dip each slice into the flour, then the egg. Finally, roll it in the breadcrumbs, which will give that delicious crunch that makes fries so delicious. Place your avocado segments on a baking tray and then — this is important! — give them a good misting of cooking spray. Pop them into an oven pre-heated to 350F and bake them for 20 minutes or so, flipping them halfway through. Once they're golden brown, take them out of the oven and let them rest for 2-3 minutes before attacking them with gusto. The end result is a crunchy exterior that gives way to a creamy center and holds up well to just about any of your favorite dips, from a zesty lemon-spiked aioli to a spicy salsa. We know you'll be wanting to make this again and again. If you've stocked up on avocados and want to delay the ripening process in order to keep them firm, simply keep them in the fridge, where you'll extend their shelf life by up to 5 days. You'll get to introduce your tasty party piece again and, if by chance your avocado happens to ripen before you're ready, you already know that avocados are great for more than just making fries, right?

The post Making Avocado Fries appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Plan a Trip to Mexico https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/plan-trip-mexico/ Fri, 28 Apr 2017 02:35:16 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20389

Not sure where to go on summer vacation this year? Well, inspiration might come in an unlikely place: your local supermarket's produce aisle! If you're among the millions of Americans who love Hass avocados, you may have found yourself wondering where the delicious green fruit is grown.

The answer? South of the border. Avocados have been grown in Mexico for millennia! Get inspired by their roots and learn more about Mexican cuisine, which was designated by UNESCO with intangible World Heritage status in 2010. With a few new Mexico-inspired avo-centric recipes to try out this season, you don't even have to leave home to feel like you're on vacation! Bring South of the border cuisine straight to your kitchen with these impressive dishes that all feature avocados from Mexico.

Avocado, of course, plays a central role in many Mexican dishes. The bumpy green fruit is grown principally in the state of Michoacán, so it's little wonder that avocados are star players in the region's cuisine. This chilled avocado soup hits the spot on a hot summer day and it couldn't be easier to make! Once you try it, you'll want to have ripe avocados on hand all summer long.

Avocados are the ultimate garnish in Michoacán, their slices gracing the top of salad, rice, and mains, especially carnitas. Carnitas means "little meats" and describes diced pork that is slow-cooked until crisp yet tender. Carnitas can be served on tortillas or over rice, and then topped with avocado slices or diced avocado.

Apart from avocados, Michoacán is also famous for its ice creams and popsicles, and avocado isn't left out of their mix! Bring the flavor of Michoacán to your own home with our recipe for coconut avocado popsicles and avocado pistachio ice cream. They're both so delicious that your kids won't even realize they're eating a fruit powerhouse!

Inspired by these recipes and eager to try more avo-centric meals? Check out all of our recipes and get cooking!

The post How to Plan a Trip to Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Not sure where to go on summer vacation this year? Well, inspiration might come in an unlikely place: your local supermarket's produce aisle! If you're among the millions of Americans who love Hass avocados, you may have found yourself wondering where the delicious green fruit is grown. The answer? South of the border. Avocados have been grown in Mexico for millennia! Get inspired by their roots and learn more about Mexican cuisine, which was designated by UNESCO with intangible World Heritage status in 2010. With a few new Mexico-inspired avo-centric recipes to try out this season, you don't even have to leave home to feel like you're on vacation! Bring South of the border cuisine straight to your kitchen with these impressive dishes that all feature avocados from Mexico. Avocado, of course, plays a central role in many Mexican dishes. The bumpy green fruit is grown principally in the state of Michoacán, so it's little wonder that avocados are star players in the region's cuisine. This chilled avocado soup hits the spot on a hot summer day and it couldn't be easier to make! Once you try it, you'll want to have ripe avocados on hand all summer long. Avocados are the ultimate garnish in Michoacán, their slices gracing the top of salad, rice, and mains, especially carnitas. Carnitas means "little meats" and describes diced pork that is slow-cooked until crisp yet tender. Carnitas can be served on tortillas or over rice, and then topped with avocado slices or diced avocado. Apart from avocados, Michoacán is also famous for its ice creams and popsicles, and avocado isn't left out of their mix! Bring the flavor of Michoacán to your own home with our recipe for coconut avocado popsicles and avocado pistachio ice cream. They're both so delicious that your kids won't even realize they're eating a fruit powerhouse! Inspired by these recipes and eager to try more avo-centric meals? Check out all of our recipes and get cooking!

The post How to Plan a Trip to Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Host an Authentic Cinco de Mayo Party in the U.S. https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/host-authentic-cinco-de-mayo-party-u-s/ Thu, 27 Apr 2017 16:46:52 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20282

Author: Chef Pati Jinich

In the United States, the 5th of May used to be just another spring day. But something happened! While the date, which Americans often mistake as Mexico’s Independence Day, commemorates a little-known military victory called The Battle of Puebla — a David-versus-Goliath-type victory for the Mexican militia over the bigger, better-equipped French forces — Cinco de Mayo has morphed into a beloved celebration of all things from Mexico!

Growing up in Mexico, I learned about the battle in history class, and in the State of Puebla, the holiday has been more of a formal local government event, marked with a military parade. On the other hand, those stateside might partake in devouring tacos and eating delicious guacamole and dips at restaurants, patios, and backyards. But there’s a way to bring some traditional Cinco de Mayo customs to your day’s festivities.  In fact, Cinco de Mayo is the perfect day to impress friends and family with a more authentic Cinco de Mayo party full of traditional food that’s delicious to boot.

For guacamole, serve a version found in Puebla, where the Cinco de Mayo battle occurred. Impress friends with a tidbit of culinary history as you tell them that people in this part of Mexico — known as a cradle of Mexican cuisine — often add savory pecans to their guacamole. The habit is part of the region’s distinctive food heritage — a baroque tradition of richly layered flavors and ingredients that developed as local cooks, including nuns in local convents, prepared food for visiting Spanish dignitaries in centuries past. The nuns became known for decadent dishes and sauces such as mole, and delicious sweets made with nuts. They passed on the tradition of using nuts both for savory and sweet. So it’s not much of a surprise to find out that they tossed them into batches of creamy guacamole — a delicious, crunchy addition! Here’s my version of Pecan Guacamole. By the way, if you want or need to make your guacamole well in advance of your party, try my really neat tip for keeping it green by pouring a thin layer of milk on top of it and then draining it off when ready to serve!

No Cinco de Mayo celebration is complete without a toast to Mexico and its people! Mix up my South of the Border-inspired Sweet Chili Avo Cocktail. Start with a simple syrup made of piloncillo (unprocessed cane sugar), or you can also use dark brown sugar, water, and mint, then blend it with avocado, silver tequila, lime juice, and just a bit of chopped jalapeño for a little zip!

Finally, make Chicken Tinga and Avocado Tostadas, a savory blend of shredded chicken, onion, tomatoes, chipotles in adobo and spices — topped with a generous slice of avocado. It makes the perfect main course for the party buffet! And you can use leftover Tinga for wraps or taco filling later in the week.

Before you try these recipes, have a stash of ripe avocados ready to go! My video tips can help you pick the perfect avos by holding them in the palm of your hand and giving them a gentle squeeze. Or learn how to speed the ripening process by putting your Avocado From Mexico in a paper sack with a banana.

Now, you’re ready with recipes and the real backstory on the phenomenon known as Cinco de Mayo! Enjoy the day!

 

The post How to Host an Authentic Cinco de Mayo Party in the U.S. appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Author: Chef Pati Jinich In the United States, the 5th of May used to be just another spring day. But something happened! While the date, which Americans often mistake as Mexico’s Independence Day, commemorates a little-known military victory called The Battle of Puebla — a David-versus-Goliath-type victory for the Mexican militia over the bigger, better-equipped French forces — Cinco de Mayo has morphed into a beloved celebration of all things from Mexico! Growing up in Mexico, I learned about the battle in history class, and in the State of Puebla, the holiday has been more of a formal local government event, marked with a military parade. On the other hand, those stateside might partake in devouring tacos and eating delicious guacamole and dips at restaurants, patios, and backyards. But there’s a way to bring some traditional Cinco de Mayo customs to your day’s festivities.  In fact, Cinco de Mayo is the perfect day to impress friends and family with a more authentic Cinco de Mayo party full of traditional food that’s delicious to boot. For guacamole, serve a version found in Puebla, where the Cinco de Mayo battle occurred. Impress friends with a tidbit of culinary history as you tell them that people in this part of Mexico — known as a cradle of Mexican cuisine — often add savory pecans to their guacamole. The habit is part of the region’s distinctive food heritage — a baroque tradition of richly layered flavors and ingredients that developed as local cooks, including nuns in local convents, prepared food for visiting Spanish dignitaries in centuries past. The nuns became known for decadent dishes and sauces such as mole, and delicious sweets made with nuts. They passed on the tradition of using nuts both for savory and sweet. So it’s not much of a surprise to find out that they tossed them into batches of creamy guacamole — a delicious, crunchy addition! Here’s my version of Pecan Guacamole. By the way, if you want or need to make your guacamole well in advance of your party, try my really neat tip for keeping it green by pouring a thin layer of milk on top of it and then draining it off when ready to serve! No Cinco de Mayo celebration is complete without a toast to Mexico and its people! Mix up my South of the Border-inspired Sweet Chili Avo Cocktail. Start with a simple syrup made of piloncillo (unprocessed cane sugar), or you can also use dark brown sugar, water, and mint, then blend it with avocado, silver tequila, lime juice, and just a bit of chopped jalapeño for a little zip! Finally, make Chicken Tinga and Avocado Tostadas, a savory blend of shredded chicken, onion, tomatoes, chipotles in adobo and spices — topped with a generous slice of avocado. It makes the perfect main course for the party buffet! And you can use leftover Tinga for wraps or taco filling later in the week. Before you try these recipes, have a stash of ripe avocados ready to go! My video tips can help you pick the perfect avos by holding them in the palm of your hand and giving them a gentle squeeze. Or learn how to speed the ripening process by putting your Avocado From Mexico in a paper sack with a banana. Now, you’re ready with recipes and the real backstory on the phenomenon known as Cinco de Mayo! Enjoy the day!  

The post How to Host an Authentic Cinco de Mayo Party in the U.S. appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Mexico’s Hidden Gems https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/mexicos-hidden-gems/ Tue, 25 Apr 2017 02:36:11 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20393

Avocados have been grown in Mexico for millennia, so our South of the border neighbors have had a long time to perfect the use of this versatile fruit in a remarkable range of recipes. We took a trip around the country to see how avocado is used in creative ways — and how you can bring these ideas home for adaptation in your own kitchen.

Michoacán

The state that's Mexico's center of avocado farming was also awarded intangible world heritage status for its cuisine in 2010, so you know that something delicious is going on there. From chilled avocado soups to avocado-flavored ice creams and popsicles, the great green fruit can make an appearance at any meal. Check out our recipes for more ideas about how you can incorporate avocado into your daily meal plan.

Puebla

Mole is one of Mexico's most storied and beloved dishes. While nearly every region of the country has its own local recipe, the sauce that is paired with everything from turkey to chicken is usually considered too complicated to attempt by casual home cooks. This recipe for pork medallions with a green avocado and herbed mole may be better suited for the weekend than the work week, but it's been simplified from traditional mole recipes. Make it once, and we guarantee your family will request a repeat performance.

Chihuahua

Do you think of Mexico as a cheese-producing country? No? Think again! While not exported on a large scale, Mexico does indeed produce a number of exceptional cheeses, especially in Chihuahua, its largest state. You can often find packaged Mexican cheeses in the dairy section of your local supermarket. Look for a queso fresco to make this summer squash avocado salad, which is a party crowd-pleaser.

Need more meal-time inspiration? Visit the Recipes section of the Avocados from Mexico website for dozens of ideas!

The post Mexico’s Hidden Gems appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados have been grown in Mexico for millennia, so our South of the border neighbors have had a long time to perfect the use of this versatile fruit in a remarkable range of recipes. We took a trip around the country to see how avocado is used in creative ways — and how you can bring these ideas home for adaptation in your own kitchen.

Michoacán

The state that's Mexico's center of avocado farming was also awarded intangible world heritage status for its cuisine in 2010, so you know that something delicious is going on there. From chilled avocado soups to avocado-flavored ice creams and popsicles, the great green fruit can make an appearance at any meal. Check out our recipes for more ideas about how you can incorporate avocado into your daily meal plan.

Puebla

Mole is one of Mexico's most storied and beloved dishes. While nearly every region of the country has its own local recipe, the sauce that is paired with everything from turkey to chicken is usually considered too complicated to attempt by casual home cooks. This recipe for pork medallions with a green avocado and herbed mole may be better suited for the weekend than the work week, but it's been simplified from traditional mole recipes. Make it once, and we guarantee your family will request a repeat performance.

Chihuahua

Do you think of Mexico as a cheese-producing country? No? Think again! While not exported on a large scale, Mexico does indeed produce a number of exceptional cheeses, especially in Chihuahua, its largest state. You can often find packaged Mexican cheeses in the dairy section of your local supermarket. Look for a queso fresco to make this summer squash avocado salad, which is a party crowd-pleaser. Need more meal-time inspiration? Visit the Recipes section of the Avocados from Mexico website for dozens of ideas!

The post Mexico’s Hidden Gems appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
There’s More Than One Way to Mash an Avocado! https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/theres-one-way-mash-avocado/ Mon, 17 Apr 2017 08:00:52 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20096

No matter where you find yourself on May 5, whether it be at work, school, home, or on a plane or a train, penciling in some time for fun on Cinco de Mayo is an annual tradition that should not be neglected.

Cinco de Mayo is an ideal time to get together with friends, family, and colleagues to celebrate Mexican culture. No matter what type of gathering you're planning, we have some recipe ideas to make a party fun and memorable.

At the Office

Celebrating at the office? You can never go wrong with guacamole and tortilla chips, but a layered Fiesta Taco Dip served with celery sticks and baby carrots along with the corn chips, is sure to impress your coworkers. You can also offer deviled eggs. Give them some Cinco de Mayo flair by switching Avocado for mayo. Garnish with bacon bits or diced red bell pepper so your eggs have the red, white, and green of the Mexican flag.

At School

If you need to send along a dish for a party at school, make both kids and the adults who care for them happy by preparing skewers with avocado, tiny mozzarella balls, and cherry tomatoes along with some balsamic sauce for dipping. Make sure your avocados are ripe: It's not difficult! A light squeeze will let you know if you've found the perfect avocado for your recipe. Stick with the red, white, and green theme for dessert by preparing this quick and easy Cinco de Mayo Jell-o recipe.

At a Park

A gathering at a local park can be a fun way to celebrate Cinco de Mayo. Take along some make-ahead sandwich rolls, or serve some Pineapple Hotdog Wraps, pairing them with refried beans, avocado slices, and pico de gallo instead of the usual condiments. When it's time to cut your avocado, don't sweat it — and don't squash it! Here's how to slice and dice.

At a Friend's Home

Heading to a friend's or coworker's home and want to bring a dish to share? This Avocado Caprese Salad will be a sure hit. Or, tell your hostess you'll handle dessert, and serve up Lime Meringue with Avocado Mascarpone Cream. It takes a bit longer to prepare, but it's well worth it. Don't be surprised if you see the crowd swooning in delight.

At Your Home

If you decide to mark the occasion at home with your family, crispy beef tacos with guacamole are always crowd-pleasers, but if you have some picky eaters, set out ingredients and let everyone get involved in building their own tostadas.

Whatever type of Cinco de Mayo celebration you're planning, Avocados from Mexico are a great addition. They're delicious and nutritious, and nothing represents Mexico better!

The post There’s More Than One Way to Mash an Avocado! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

No matter where you find yourself on May 5, whether it be at work, school, home, or on a plane or a train, penciling in some time for fun on Cinco de Mayo is an annual tradition that should not be neglected. Cinco de Mayo is an ideal time to get together with friends, family, and colleagues to celebrate Mexican culture. No matter what type of gathering you're planning, we have some recipe ideas to make a party fun and memorable.

At the Office

Celebrating at the office? You can never go wrong with guacamole and tortilla chips, but a layered Fiesta Taco Dip served with celery sticks and baby carrots along with the corn chips, is sure to impress your coworkers. You can also offer deviled eggs. Give them some Cinco de Mayo flair by switching Avocado for mayo. Garnish with bacon bits or diced red bell pepper so your eggs have the red, white, and green of the Mexican flag.

At School

If you need to send along a dish for a party at school, make both kids and the adults who care for them happy by preparing skewers with avocado, tiny mozzarella balls, and cherry tomatoes along with some balsamic sauce for dipping. Make sure your avocados are ripe: It's not difficult! A light squeeze will let you know if you've found the perfect avocado for your recipe. Stick with the red, white, and green theme for dessert by preparing this quick and easy Cinco de Mayo Jell-o recipe.

At a Park

A gathering at a local park can be a fun way to celebrate Cinco de Mayo. Take along some make-ahead sandwich rolls, or serve some Pineapple Hotdog Wraps, pairing them with refried beans, avocado slices, and pico de gallo instead of the usual condiments. When it's time to cut your avocado, don't sweat it — and don't squash it! Here's how to slice and dice.

At a Friend's Home

Heading to a friend's or coworker's home and want to bring a dish to share? This Avocado Caprese Salad will be a sure hit. Or, tell your hostess you'll handle dessert, and serve up Lime Meringue with Avocado Mascarpone Cream. It takes a bit longer to prepare, but it's well worth it. Don't be surprised if you see the crowd swooning in delight.

At Your Home

If you decide to mark the occasion at home with your family, crispy beef tacos with guacamole are always crowd-pleasers, but if you have some picky eaters, set out ingredients and let everyone get involved in building their own tostadas. Whatever type of Cinco de Mayo celebration you're planning, Avocados from Mexico are a great addition. They're delicious and nutritious, and nothing represents Mexico better!

The post There’s More Than One Way to Mash an Avocado! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Tips for Composting Avocado Skin and Pits https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/tips-recycling-avocado-skin-pits/ Thu, 13 Apr 2017 08:00:13 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20094

If you’re an avid avocado eater or you just happen to whip up an extra-large batch of guacamole, you may find yourself with peels and pits piled up in the waste bin. Is there something you can do with all this? As a matter of fact, there is!

 

Related: Waste not, want not. Here’s how to store half of an avocado.

 

Can You Compost Avocado Pits and Skins?

Yes! You can compost avocado pits, avocado skins, and even unusable or brown avocado meat. However, avocado skins tend to be slow to decompose. To speed up the process, cut the peels into small squares with kitchen scissors before adding them to your composter. Avocado pits take even longer to break down — grind them up before adding them to your composter.

If you’ve had your composter for a while, take some of the rich soil it produces and fill your empty avocado skins. These biodegradable “pots” make great windowsill-sized homes for herb, veggie, and plant seedlings. When the seedling is ready to be transplanted to a garden bed or larger pot, you can bury the avocado skin right in the soil — voila! Built-in compost!

 

Other Avocado Recycling Tips

If you’re not composting, that’s OK: You can still reuse your avocado pits and skins in these other ways.

Before you can compost avocado pits and peels, or turn them into your next work of art, you need a delicious recipe to use up the green goodness inside! Dig into our avocado recipe archive for breakfast, lunch, and dinner inspiration.

The post Tips for Composting Avocado Skin and Pits appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you’re an avid avocado eater or you just happen to whip up an extra-large batch of guacamole, you may find yourself with peels and pits piled up in the waste bin. Is there something you can do with all this? As a matter of fact, there is!   Related: Waste not, want not. Here’s how to store half of an avocado.  

Can You Compost Avocado Pits and Skins?

Yes! You can compost avocado pits, avocado skins, and even unusable or brown avocado meat. However, avocado skins tend to be slow to decompose. To speed up the process, cut the peels into small squares with kitchen scissors before adding them to your composter. Avocado pits take even longer to break down — grind them up before adding them to your composter. If you’ve had your composter for a while, take some of the rich soil it produces and fill your empty avocado skins. These biodegradable “pots” make great windowsill-sized homes for herb, veggie, and plant seedlings. When the seedling is ready to be transplanted to a garden bed or larger pot, you can bury the avocado skin right in the soil — voila! Built-in compost!  

Other Avocado Recycling Tips

If you’re not composting, that’s OK: You can still reuse your avocado pits and skins in these other ways. Before you can compost avocado pits and peels, or turn them into your next work of art, you need a delicious recipe to use up the green goodness inside! Dig into our avocado recipe archive for breakfast, lunch, and dinner inspiration.

The post Tips for Composting Avocado Skin and Pits appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
6 Low-Sodium Meals with Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/6-low-sodium-meals-avocado/ Wed, 12 Apr 2017 18:49:44 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20138

Trying to decrease your salt intake? That's not a bad idea. Many Americans are consuming too much salt, even if they think they're not. Most of your sodium intake comes not from what you sprinkle onto your food using the salt shaker, but from sodium added during food processing. If you're concerned about your health and you want to cut salt, you don't need to worry that less salt = bland and boring. With these tasty avocado-based recipes, we guarantee there's no need to say, "Please pass the salt"!

Salads

An avocado and grilled shrimp with corn make for a perfect pairing atop a chopped salad of tomatoes, peppers, fennel, romaine, and red cabbage. The crunchy, sweet veggies are balanced by creamy diced avocado and a rich yogurt and apple cider vinegar dressing.

Egg salad with avocados, Granada, and oranges as well as a Gazpacho style fruit salad with avocados, jicama, and pineapple are a delicious twist on old favorites.

Avocado Tofu Toast

Baked rather than toasted, spiced blocks of firm tofu offer the perfect canvas for a topping of mashed avocado, without the added salt.

To make sure you always have ripe avocados on hand, place them in a paper bag with a banana and they'll ripen in a day or two. If you've cut it open only to find it's too firm, simply rub it with lemon, put the halves back together and in the fridge, wrapped in cellophane for later use.

Taco Stuffed Peppers

Cook up some ground beef, using only half of the taco-seasoning packet (trust us, it's enough). Once ready, core some sweet yellow peppers and stuff them with the beef, finishing off with some grated cheese and diced avo.

Dressings and Salsas

Avocados provide the perfect base for creamy salad dressings; whipped with yogurt, scallions, lime juice and your herbs of choice, this is a temptingly tangy salad topper. Avocados provide the perfect balance to spicy habaneros in a spicy avo-mango salsa, or go for some Middle Eastern flavor by adding creamed avocado to some chopped seasonal fruits and sweetened yogurt.

Sweet Treats

Avocados are no strangers to desserts either, especially in the luxurious form of a creamy, vegan chocolate mousse. Finally, Toddlers and babies 6 months and up will love them mashed up with bananas or with those perennial baby favorites, blueberries. Please note that when introducing new foods to your baby, be sure to talk to your pediatrician about what's right for your baby.*

* Based on recommendations from the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics.

The post 6 Low-Sodium Meals with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Trying to decrease your salt intake? That's not a bad idea. Many Americans are consuming too much salt, even if they think they're not. Most of your sodium intake comes not from what you sprinkle onto your food using the salt shaker, but from sodium added during food processing. If you're concerned about your health and you want to cut salt, you don't need to worry that less salt = bland and boring. With these tasty avocado-based recipes, we guarantee there's no need to say, "Please pass the salt"!

Salads

An avocado and grilled shrimp with corn make for a perfect pairing atop a chopped salad of tomatoes, peppers, fennel, romaine, and red cabbage. The crunchy, sweet veggies are balanced by creamy diced avocado and a rich yogurt and apple cider vinegar dressing. Egg salad with avocados, Granada, and oranges as well as a Gazpacho style fruit salad with avocados, jicama, and pineapple are a delicious twist on old favorites.

Avocado Tofu Toast

Baked rather than toasted, spiced blocks of firm tofu offer the perfect canvas for a topping of mashed avocado, without the added salt. To make sure you always have ripe avocados on hand, place them in a paper bag with a banana and they'll ripen in a day or two. If you've cut it open only to find it's too firm, simply rub it with lemon, put the halves back together and in the fridge, wrapped in cellophane for later use.

Taco Stuffed Peppers

Cook up some ground beef, using only half of the taco-seasoning packet (trust us, it's enough). Once ready, core some sweet yellow peppers and stuff them with the beef, finishing off with some grated cheese and diced avo.

Dressings and Salsas

Avocados provide the perfect base for creamy salad dressings; whipped with yogurt, scallions, lime juice and your herbs of choice, this is a temptingly tangy salad topper. Avocados provide the perfect balance to spicy habaneros in a spicy avo-mango salsa, or go for some Middle Eastern flavor by adding creamed avocado to some chopped seasonal fruits and sweetened yogurt.

Sweet Treats

Avocados are no strangers to desserts either, especially in the luxurious form of a creamy, vegan chocolate mousse. Finally, Toddlers and babies 6 months and up will love them mashed up with bananas or with those perennial baby favorites, blueberries. Please note that when introducing new foods to your baby, be sure to talk to your pediatrician about what's right for your baby.* * Based on recommendations from the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics.

The post 6 Low-Sodium Meals with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Hipster Dippers: Things Other Than Chips to Dip in Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/things-chips-dip-guacamole/ Tue, 11 Apr 2017 08:00:34 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20097

Tortilla chips will always be guacamole’s best friend, but guac is kind of like the most popular kid on the block. There are all kinds of other things to dip in guacamole, from veggies to fruits to homemade root chips.

Some of these dippers are underrated, but they’re just as delicious as mainstream options such as tortilla chips. Here are a few of our favorite hipster dippers.

WARNING! ⚠️ This Content May Cause Drooling.

Be careful — the recipes and tips you are about to read may cause uncontrollable cravings for guacamole. Before you read any further, make sure your avocados are ripe enough for mashing. If not, here’s how to speed up the ripening process:

1. Vegetables

These dippers satisfy the crunch factor that we all love next to a smooth and creamy guacamole, while offering a lower-calorie alternative to chips. Some good options:

  • Asparagus spears
  • Bell peppers
  • Baby carrots
  • Celery
  • Jicama

Whether you’re choosing your vegetables for their color palette or simply according to what’s most available at your local supermarket, you’ll want to look for veggies that are easily cut into dipper-sized pieces and delicious when served raw.

2. Fruits

One of our other favorite things to dip in guacamole is fruit. Salty, crunchy options seem to be a natural pair for savory avocado dips, but a good guac can also shine when offset with a crisp, sweet dipper. Instead of tortilla chips, try slices of:

  • Apple
  • Cantaloupe
  • Honeydew
  • Pear
  • Pineapple

If you’re facing a particularly spicy guacamole, dipping with a naturally sweet fruit such as apple or pineapple can be the perfect way to beat the heat.

3. Crackers and Pretzels

If you just can’t bring yourself to stray too far from good old-fashioned tortilla chips, try switching them up for crackers or pretzels. Just take a short walk down the cracker aisle at your local supermarket to see all the options — water biscuits, saltines, pita crackers, pretzel sticks, mein gon, and beyond. Check to be sure your guests don’t have any food allergies, and then pick an assortment of dipping crackers.

Start ‘Em Early

It’s good for children to get used to eating a healthy diet starting at an early age. It helps them consume sufficient nutrients to support their growing bodies while also developing good dietary habits that will last a lifetime. Give your little ones a head start with these easy guacamole recipes.

4. Shrimp

Elevate your guacamole game with a dipper that is sure to up the class at your next get-together. Cooked shrimp, the same kind you use to dip in cocktail sauce, also taste delicious when paired with your favorite guacamole. Some serving tips for shrimp:

  • Place shrimp in a dish of ice to keep them chilled without becoming soggy.
  • Serve with lemon slices on the side for a burst of flavor and a lovely touch of color.
  • Coconut-battered shrimp can add some new flavors to the palate.
  • For presentation points: Fill cocktail glasses with guacamole and line the rim with curly shrimp — ta-da! Shrimp guac-tail!

5. Root Veggie Chips

Can’t give up that noisy, crispy bite when you’re eating guacamole? There are several baked root vegetables you can rely on to give you that signature salty snap that are a great substitute for tortilla chips. You can get root veggie chips at most stores, or buy fresh roots (yucca, taro, and beets are great options) and make them yourself. Here’s how.

Directions:

Place thin slices of yucca, taro, and/or beets on an oil-brushed baking sheet and bake at 400°F until crispy. Let them cool before serving and dipping.

Go 🍌s:

Though not a root vegetable, plantains can also be used to make an exciting alternative to the classic corn tortilla chip.

Keep It Green. Keep It Safe.

If you have leftover guac that you want to keep fresh, either for a midnight snack or next-day treat, all you need is some guacamole know-how. Here’s how to keep your guacamole from turning brown.

6. Breads

One of the other things to dip in guacamole is fresh-baked breads. Toasted corn tortillas are a classic option, but pitas, crostini, French bread, and breadsticks are all worthy to be dipped. Just remember that the toastier your bread slices are, the better they’ll dip.

Gotta Dip Out

Now it’s time to try some of these other things to dip in guacamole. Test out these groovy new dippers with a recipe that’s easy, fast, and fun to make. See all of our delicious guacamole recipes here.

The post Hipster Dippers: Things Other Than Chips to Dip in Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Tortilla chips will always be guacamole’s best friend, but guac is kind of like the most popular kid on the block. There are all kinds of other things to dip in guacamole, from veggies to fruits to homemade root chips. Some of these dippers are underrated, but they’re just as delicious as mainstream options such as tortilla chips. Here are a few of our favorite hipster dippers.

WARNING! ⚠️ This Content May Cause Drooling.

Be careful — the recipes and tips you are about to read may cause uncontrollable cravings for guacamole. Before you read any further, make sure your avocados are ripe enough for mashing. If not, here’s how to speed up the ripening process:

1. Vegetables

These dippers satisfy the crunch factor that we all love next to a smooth and creamy guacamole, while offering a lower-calorie alternative to chips. Some good options:
  • Asparagus spears
  • Bell peppers
  • Baby carrots
  • Celery
  • Jicama
Whether you’re choosing your vegetables for their color palette or simply according to what’s most available at your local supermarket, you’ll want to look for veggies that are easily cut into dipper-sized pieces and delicious when served raw.

2. Fruits

One of our other favorite things to dip in guacamole is fruit. Salty, crunchy options seem to be a natural pair for savory avocado dips, but a good guac can also shine when offset with a crisp, sweet dipper. Instead of tortilla chips, try slices of:
  • Apple
  • Cantaloupe
  • Honeydew
  • Pear
  • Pineapple
If you’re facing a particularly spicy guacamole, dipping with a naturally sweet fruit such as apple or pineapple can be the perfect way to beat the heat.

3. Crackers and Pretzels

If you just can’t bring yourself to stray too far from good old-fashioned tortilla chips, try switching them up for crackers or pretzels. Just take a short walk down the cracker aisle at your local supermarket to see all the options — water biscuits, saltines, pita crackers, pretzel sticks, mein gon, and beyond. Check to be sure your guests don’t have any food allergies, and then pick an assortment of dipping crackers.

Start ‘Em Early

It’s good for children to get used to eating a healthy diet starting at an early age. It helps them consume sufficient nutrients to support their growing bodies while also developing good dietary habits that will last a lifetime. Give your little ones a head start with these easy guacamole recipes.

4. Shrimp

Elevate your guacamole game with a dipper that is sure to up the class at your next get-together. Cooked shrimp, the same kind you use to dip in cocktail sauce, also taste delicious when paired with your favorite guacamole. Some serving tips for shrimp:
  • Place shrimp in a dish of ice to keep them chilled without becoming soggy.
  • Serve with lemon slices on the side for a burst of flavor and a lovely touch of color.
  • Coconut-battered shrimp can add some new flavors to the palate.
  • For presentation points: Fill cocktail glasses with guacamole and line the rim with curly shrimp — ta-da! Shrimp guac-tail!

5. Root Veggie Chips

Can’t give up that noisy, crispy bite when you’re eating guacamole? There are several baked root vegetables you can rely on to give you that signature salty snap that are a great substitute for tortilla chips. You can get root veggie chips at most stores, or buy fresh roots (yucca, taro, and beets are great options) and make them yourself. Here’s how.

Directions:

Place thin slices of yucca, taro, and/or beets on an oil-brushed baking sheet and bake at 400°F until crispy. Let them cool before serving and dipping.

Go 🍌s:

Though not a root vegetable, plantains can also be used to make an exciting alternative to the classic corn tortilla chip.

Keep It Green. Keep It Safe.

If you have leftover guac that you want to keep fresh, either for a midnight snack or next-day treat, all you need is some guacamole know-how. Here’s how to keep your guacamole from turning brown.

6. Breads

One of the other things to dip in guacamole is fresh-baked breads. Toasted corn tortillas are a classic option, but pitas, crostini, French bread, and breadsticks are all worthy to be dipped. Just remember that the toastier your bread slices are, the better they’ll dip.

Gotta Dip Out

Now it’s time to try some of these other things to dip in guacamole. Test out these groovy new dippers with a recipe that’s easy, fast, and fun to make. See all of our delicious guacamole recipes here.

The post Hipster Dippers: Things Other Than Chips to Dip in Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make an Avocado Hair Mask https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/make-avocado-hair-mask/ Sun, 09 Apr 2017 08:00:52 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20091

You know that eating avocados comes with all kinds of nutritional benefits, but did you know that they can become a part of your beauty routine, too?

All hair sustains damage over time through regular grooming, but hair that is sun-damaged, chemically treated, or heavily styled by heat or rough brushing can become particularly difficult to manage. Hair in this condition becomes more porous and its molecules more negatively charged. This leads to classic signs of dryness and can cause hair to break and frizz.

Most people treat dry or damaged hair with an oil-based conditioner, but not all oil is created equal. There are two ways that oil treats hair: first, by penetrating the hair shaft, and second, by coating it. The most common oil used in hair products, mineral oil, isn't able to penetrate the outer layer of the hair, which is where natural plant oils like avocado come in.

So next time you find an overripe avocado in your fridge, don't throw it away! You may not be able to eat it, but it's still good for something! Invite over your bestie or gather your kids and try out this simple avocado hair mask.

Easy Avocado Hair Mask Recipe

1/2 of a ripe avocado

1/4 cup of avocado or other plant oil (coconut, sunflower, red palm kernel, olive)

1-2 drops rosemary essential oil

Mash the avocado well. Add a stream of avocado or other oil until you reach the consistency of a thick paste. (Alternatively, you can put both ingredients in the blender and whirl it up.) If you don't have oil to add, a little bit of water will do. Mix in essential oils or other ingredients you might want to try out and blend well.

While most recipes recommend applying this paste to damp hair for easy spreading, if your hair is particularly damaged, it can absorb a lot of water, so slathering it on dry locks can improve oil penetration. Gather your hair up under a shower cap to keep the green goo from getting everywhere, and let it rest for 15-20 minutes.

When your hair has had time to soak up all that goodness, hop in the shower and rinse off with warm water, then shampoo and condition as normal!

The post How to Make an Avocado Hair Mask appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You know that eating avocados comes with all kinds of nutritional benefits, but did you know that they can become a part of your beauty routine, too? All hair sustains damage over time through regular grooming, but hair that is sun-damaged, chemically treated, or heavily styled by heat or rough brushing can become particularly difficult to manage. Hair in this condition becomes more porous and its molecules more negatively charged. This leads to classic signs of dryness and can cause hair to break and frizz. Most people treat dry or damaged hair with an oil-based conditioner, but not all oil is created equal. There are two ways that oil treats hair: first, by penetrating the hair shaft, and second, by coating it. The most common oil used in hair products, mineral oil, isn't able to penetrate the outer layer of the hair, which is where natural plant oils like avocado come in. So next time you find an overripe avocado in your fridge, don't throw it away! You may not be able to eat it, but it's still good for something! Invite over your bestie or gather your kids and try out this simple avocado hair mask.

Easy Avocado Hair Mask Recipe

1/2 of a ripe avocado 1/4 cup of avocado or other plant oil (coconut, sunflower, red palm kernel, olive) 1-2 drops rosemary essential oil Mash the avocado well. Add a stream of avocado or other oil until you reach the consistency of a thick paste. (Alternatively, you can put both ingredients in the blender and whirl it up.) If you don't have oil to add, a little bit of water will do. Mix in essential oils or other ingredients you might want to try out and blend well. While most recipes recommend applying this paste to damp hair for easy spreading, if your hair is particularly damaged, it can absorb a lot of water, so slathering it on dry locks can improve oil penetration. Gather your hair up under a shower cap to keep the green goo from getting everywhere, and let it rest for 15-20 minutes. When your hair has had time to soak up all that goodness, hop in the shower and rinse off with warm water, then shampoo and condition as normal!

The post How to Make an Avocado Hair Mask appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Superfoods to the Rescue https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/superfoods-to-the-rescue/ Wed, 05 Apr 2017 08:00:40 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20113

Some foods pack such a nutritional punch we call them “superfoods." The healthiest diet includes a variety of foods with an emphasis on fresh fruits and vegetables, so don't restrict your intake to just a few superfoods. Your overall health and well-being will certainly benefit from the inclusion of these nutritional powerhouses in a balanced meal plan. Here are some powerful foods to lift a ho-hum diet to super-duper levels:

Açaí

Açaí (pronounced ah-sai-ee) is a dark purple berry that grows on palm trees in the Amazon rainforest. This super berry's antioxidant properties are what makes it a stand-out food. Fresh açaí perishes quickly and is, therefore, difficult to obtain outside of Brazil, but frozen açaí pulp is readily available in health food stores or online, and you'll also find it in tablets, powders, and juices. The juice is usually sweetened, so it's best to opt for other forms if you don't want extra sugar. You can add the frozen pulp to smoothies or enjoy it as an açaí bowl by mixing it with fruit, oatmeal, and nut butter for a delicious and refreshing breakfast or snack.

Avocados

This fruit is native to Mexico and is a source of monounsaturated fat, which helps to maintain healthy cholesterol levels. Guacamole may be the most popular way to consume avocados, but that's just the start of what you can do with this superfood. Mash it on your morning toast and top with an egg for a nutritious breakfast, scoop some into the blender for a creamy smoothie, or make delicious desserts by replacing the oil or butter in your recipe with avocado, like in this scrumptious pound cake.

Cacao

Ancient civilizations of Mexico were consuming cacao – the raw form of chocolate before the sweet you know and love undergoes processing -- some 3,000 years ago. A study conducted on mice showed that theobromine, a component of cacao, is a mild stimulant and energy booster; cacao is also a good source of flavonoids, a natural antioxidant. While the results of the study show promising outcomes, they are inconclusive, and should be used as background for forming hypotheses and conducting additional research, including human clinical trials, which are needed to fully understand the effect on people. In the meantime, enjoy raw cacao powder added to smoothies or desserts or cook up some tasty treats like these dark chocolate brownies.

Chia

The Rarámuri (also known as the Tarahumara), a Mexican indigenous group known for their long distance running ability, traditionally included chia seeds in their diet, believing the seeds would give them the energy needed for endurance running. These tiny seeds are loaded with essential fatty acids. Chia is also high in fiber – 1 Tb. will give you 19% of your daily recommended fiber intake -- and very filling. When placed in water, chia develops a gelatinous consistency. Make a refreshing drink by adding chia seeds to fresh lemonade or limeade.

The post Superfoods to the Rescue appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Some foods pack such a nutritional punch we call them “superfoods." The healthiest diet includes a variety of foods with an emphasis on fresh fruits and vegetables, so don't restrict your intake to just a few superfoods. Your overall health and well-being will certainly benefit from the inclusion of these nutritional powerhouses in a balanced meal plan. Here are some powerful foods to lift a ho-hum diet to super-duper levels:

Açaí

Açaí (pronounced ah-sai-ee) is a dark purple berry that grows on palm trees in the Amazon rainforest. This super berry's antioxidant properties are what makes it a stand-out food. Fresh açaí perishes quickly and is, therefore, difficult to obtain outside of Brazil, but frozen açaí pulp is readily available in health food stores or online, and you'll also find it in tablets, powders, and juices. The juice is usually sweetened, so it's best to opt for other forms if you don't want extra sugar. You can add the frozen pulp to smoothies or enjoy it as an açaí bowl by mixing it with fruit, oatmeal, and nut butter for a delicious and refreshing breakfast or snack.

Avocados

This fruit is native to Mexico and is a source of monounsaturated fat, which helps to maintain healthy cholesterol levels. Guacamole may be the most popular way to consume avocados, but that's just the start of what you can do with this superfood. Mash it on your morning toast and top with an egg for a nutritious breakfast, scoop some into the blender for a creamy smoothie, or make delicious desserts by replacing the oil or butter in your recipe with avocado, like in this scrumptious pound cake.

Cacao

Ancient civilizations of Mexico were consuming cacao – the raw form of chocolate before the sweet you know and love undergoes processing -- some 3,000 years ago. A study conducted on mice showed that theobromine, a component of cacao, is a mild stimulant and energy booster; cacao is also a good source of flavonoids, a natural antioxidant. While the results of the study show promising outcomes, they are inconclusive, and should be used as background for forming hypotheses and conducting additional research, including human clinical trials, which are needed to fully understand the effect on people. In the meantime, enjoy raw cacao powder added to smoothies or desserts or cook up some tasty treats like these dark chocolate brownies.

Chia

The Rarámuri (also known as the Tarahumara), a Mexican indigenous group known for their long distance running ability, traditionally included chia seeds in their diet, believing the seeds would give them the energy needed for endurance running. These tiny seeds are loaded with essential fatty acids. Chia is also high in fiber – 1 Tb. will give you 19% of your daily recommended fiber intake -- and very filling. When placed in water, chia develops a gelatinous consistency. Make a refreshing drink by adding chia seeds to fresh lemonade or limeade.

The post Superfoods to the Rescue appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
All the Goodness of Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/all-the-goodness-of-avocados/ Mon, 03 Apr 2017 17:18:48 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20090

You may have heard somewhere that avocados are good for you. Maybe you've been told about their good fats or the satiating fiber that avocados bring to the table. But did you know that these creamy green fruits — available year-round from Mexico — are also a natural source of more than a dozen essential vitamins, minerals, and trace elements?

These micronutrients are a necessary part of every healthy diet — that's why they're called "vitamins," after all. The word comes from the Latin for "vital amine" because you need an outside source of them to live, and because early 20th century physicians suspected these compounds were based on amino acids. We know now that these molecules are much more complex and varied, but they aren't any less necessary than they were 100 years ago!

Eating avocados daily is a great way to increase your nutrient intake, but buying fresh, ripe avocados may not always be an option for you. Learn how to pick the right avocados so you will have ripe ones all week with this helpful how-to video. Make sure you know how to choose perfectly ripe avocados (It's easy: Hold the avo in the palm of your hand and give it a gentle squeeze).

Once you've bought your avocado allotment, what exactly are you getting with your daily dose of avo goodness? Let's take a look at how avocado's nutrients helps support a healthy body.

It's a Complex Relationship

Five of the eight different B complex vitamins -- B1, B2, B3, B5, and B6 – are present in avocados in trace amounts. You'll get 4% of the thiamin (B1) that you need, 8% of riboflavin (B2), 6% of niacin (B3), a whopping 14% of pantothenic acid (B5), and 6% of pyridoxine (B6). The B vitamins have many functions, especially relating to metabolism. Thiamin is used to convert carbs to energy and plays a role in muscle contraction. Riboflavin is used to metabolize protein, in the production of red blood cells, and other cell growth processes, while niacin is important for both nerve function and digestion. Pantothenic acid is required for your body to be able to convert any food into usable energy. Finally, pyridoxine is also used to make red blood cells, during metabolism, and for proper functioning of nerves.

Avocados: A Bumpy-Skinned Vitamin Store

The goodness doesn't stop with the B vitamins! There are trace amounts of Vitamins C, E, and K in avocados. Vitamin C, of which a third of an avocado will provide about 4% of your daily needs, is an antioxidant your body requires for healing and improves your absorption of iron as well. You'll get 6% of your daily Vitamin E, which is vital for a healthy immune system, and 10% of your Vitamin K, required for blood clotting and bone health.

Incorporate avocados, then, into part of a balanced diet that allows you to meet your recommended daily allowances for each of these vitamins. Vitamin C is a powerful antioxidant that is necessary for healing wounds. Vitamins and K are both fat-soluble molecules — you need to eat them with fat to absorb them, and they are used in a long list of vital body functions, including muscle growth, brain function, blood coagulation, and bone formation.

Meeting your daily nutritional needs can seem complicated and overwhelming, but studies have shown that you can meet your RDAs with a variety of fresh fruits and vegetables. Avocados are an excellent choice — people who eat them regularly have been shown to have a better diet overall — but they are truly just the beginning. Get as many different types of produce in your day as possible, and you will be well on your way to optimal nutrition.

Finally, if you're trying to get your daily serving of avocado but accidentally cut into one that isn't quite ripe, don't throw it out! Use this helpful tip to get that avocado just right by rubbing some lemon or lime on it, putting the two halves back together, wrapping them in plastic wrap, and putting them back in the fridge. For avo tips like this and more, please visit Avocados from Mexico's helpful “how-to” page.

The post All the Goodness of Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You may have heard somewhere that avocados are good for you. Maybe you've been told about their good fats or the satiating fiber that avocados bring to the table. But did you know that these creamy green fruits — available year-round from Mexico — are also a natural source of more than a dozen essential vitamins, minerals, and trace elements? These micronutrients are a necessary part of every healthy diet — that's why they're called "vitamins," after all. The word comes from the Latin for "vital amine" because you need an outside source of them to live, and because early 20th century physicians suspected these compounds were based on amino acids. We know now that these molecules are much more complex and varied, but they aren't any less necessary than they were 100 years ago! Eating avocados daily is a great way to increase your nutrient intake, but buying fresh, ripe avocados may not always be an option for you. Learn how to pick the right avocados so you will have ripe ones all week with this helpful how-to video. Make sure you know how to choose perfectly ripe avocados (It's easy: Hold the avo in the palm of your hand and give it a gentle squeeze). Once you've bought your avocado allotment, what exactly are you getting with your daily dose of avo goodness? Let's take a look at how avocado's nutrients helps support a healthy body.

It's a Complex Relationship

Five of the eight different B complex vitamins -- B1, B2, B3, B5, and B6 – are present in avocados in trace amounts. You'll get 4% of the thiamin (B1) that you need, 8% of riboflavin (B2), 6% of niacin (B3), a whopping 14% of pantothenic acid (B5), and 6% of pyridoxine (B6). The B vitamins have many functions, especially relating to metabolism. Thiamin is used to convert carbs to energy and plays a role in muscle contraction. Riboflavin is used to metabolize protein, in the production of red blood cells, and other cell growth processes, while niacin is important for both nerve function and digestion. Pantothenic acid is required for your body to be able to convert any food into usable energy. Finally, pyridoxine is also used to make red blood cells, during metabolism, and for proper functioning of nerves.

Avocados: A Bumpy-Skinned Vitamin Store

The goodness doesn't stop with the B vitamins! There are trace amounts of Vitamins C, E, and K in avocados. Vitamin C, of which a third of an avocado will provide about 4% of your daily needs, is an antioxidant your body requires for healing and improves your absorption of iron as well. You'll get 6% of your daily Vitamin E, which is vital for a healthy immune system, and 10% of your Vitamin K, required for blood clotting and bone health. Incorporate avocados, then, into part of a balanced diet that allows you to meet your recommended daily allowances for each of these vitamins. Vitamin C is a powerful antioxidant that is necessary for healing wounds. Vitamins and K are both fat-soluble molecules — you need to eat them with fat to absorb them, and they are used in a long list of vital body functions, including muscle growth, brain function, blood coagulation, and bone formation. Meeting your daily nutritional needs can seem complicated and overwhelming, but studies have shown that you can meet your RDAs with a variety of fresh fruits and vegetables. Avocados are an excellent choice — people who eat them regularly have been shown to have a better diet overall — but they are truly just the beginning. Get as many different types of produce in your day as possible, and you will be well on your way to optimal nutrition. Finally, if you're trying to get your daily serving of avocado but accidentally cut into one that isn't quite ripe, don't throw it out! Use this helpful tip to get that avocado just right by rubbing some lemon or lime on it, putting the two halves back together, wrapping them in plastic wrap, and putting them back in the fridge. For avo tips like this and more, please visit Avocados from Mexico's helpful “how-to” page.

The post All the Goodness of Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
April Fools’ Day: Man Grows 52-lb Avocado! https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/april-fools-day-man-grows-52-lb-avocado/ Fri, 31 Mar 2017 08:00:23 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20095

Juan Miguel Reyes grows avocados the size of small children.

From his humble avocado farm in Tequila, Jalisco, Mexico, this farmer says he has cracked the code for making an avocado large enough to feed a small village. This year, three of his trees each grew fruit that weighed between 25 and 52 pounds. What's his secret?

We asked soil scientist Todd Weathers to weigh in. Weathers said he believes one major factor is the volcanic soil. After all, the farm Reyes owns sits near the base of the Tequila Volcano. “As volcanic material breaks down into the soil, it creates some of the most fertile grounds in the world," Weathers told us. The volcanic soil, combined with sunny weather and great rainfall this year, were a trifecta, yielding above-average -- even giant! — fruit. Ask Reyes, though, and he insists it was his secret ingredient that pushed his mega-avocados over the top.

“I play classical music at least twice a day," the farmer revealed. His son, who helps him on the farm, started playing it on a small boom box while he would tend the avocado trees. Within a few months, Reyes had grown his first 10-pounder. He tested his theory by bringing out two additional boom boxes to help amplify the sound. Sure enough, he had fruit averaging 25 pounds, with one extra-large avocado growing per tree. He wired a sound system for his whole farm soon after.

Reyes knows it sounds unbelievable, but he's dedicated to his theory. “I've tested out different composers and genres and tested their effects on the trees." The results? Baroque music made them shed leaves, and pop music had them rejecting the fruit before it was fully-grown. “I think my trees prefer traditional classics, like Haydn and Mozart and you don't get much more classic than Mozart." Reyes, who has become quite the expert, adds, "Can't say I blame them."

What's a guy to do with a 52 -pound avocado? Reyes hopes that eventually, his gargantuan avocados can be used to help feed people who don't have enough to eat. And you couldn't pick a better fruit to the do the job. Avocados are a nutrient-dense food contributing nearly 20 vitamins and minerals and other nutritional benefits. Plus, in Mexico, avocados grow year-round, so Reyes expects to be pumping out super-size fruit all four seasons of the year. In the meantime, Reyes plans on celebrating his record-breaking avo by throwing a party for the people of Tequila. “I'll be making the biggest bowl of guacamole and chips this city has ever seen," he says.

Of course, this story wouldn't be possible without the help of the first day of April, also known as April Fools' Day!

The post April Fools’ Day: Man Grows 52-lb Avocado! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Juan Miguel Reyes grows avocados the size of small children. From his humble avocado farm in Tequila, Jalisco, Mexico, this farmer says he has cracked the code for making an avocado large enough to feed a small village. This year, three of his trees each grew fruit that weighed between 25 and 52 pounds. What's his secret? We asked soil scientist Todd Weathers to weigh in. Weathers said he believes one major factor is the volcanic soil. After all, the farm Reyes owns sits near the base of the Tequila Volcano. “As volcanic material breaks down into the soil, it creates some of the most fertile grounds in the world," Weathers told us. The volcanic soil, combined with sunny weather and great rainfall this year, were a trifecta, yielding above-average -- even giant! — fruit. Ask Reyes, though, and he insists it was his secret ingredient that pushed his mega-avocados over the top. “I play classical music at least twice a day," the farmer revealed. His son, who helps him on the farm, started playing it on a small boom box while he would tend the avocado trees. Within a few months, Reyes had grown his first 10-pounder. He tested his theory by bringing out two additional boom boxes to help amplify the sound. Sure enough, he had fruit averaging 25 pounds, with one extra-large avocado growing per tree. He wired a sound system for his whole farm soon after. Reyes knows it sounds unbelievable, but he's dedicated to his theory. “I've tested out different composers and genres and tested their effects on the trees." The results? Baroque music made them shed leaves, and pop music had them rejecting the fruit before it was fully-grown. “I think my trees prefer traditional classics, like Haydn and Mozart and you don't get much more classic than Mozart." Reyes, who has become quite the expert, adds, "Can't say I blame them." What's a guy to do with a 52 -pound avocado? Reyes hopes that eventually, his gargantuan avocados can be used to help feed people who don't have enough to eat. And you couldn't pick a better fruit to the do the job. Avocados are a nutrient-dense food contributing nearly 20 vitamins and minerals and other nutritional benefits. Plus, in Mexico, avocados grow year-round, so Reyes expects to be pumping out super-size fruit all four seasons of the year. In the meantime, Reyes plans on celebrating his record-breaking avo by throwing a party for the people of Tequila. “I'll be making the biggest bowl of guacamole and chips this city has ever seen," he says. Of course, this story wouldn't be possible without the help of the first day of April, also known as April Fools' Day!

The post April Fools’ Day: Man Grows 52-lb Avocado! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Fun Recipes for 5 Types of Cinco de Mayo Celebrations https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/fun-recipes-5-types-cinco-de-mayo-celebrations/ Thu, 30 Mar 2017 19:04:23 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20110

No matter where you find yourself on May 5, whether it be at work, school, home, or on a plane or on a train, penciling in some time for fun on Cinco de Mayo is an annual tradition that should not be neglected.

Cinco de Mayo is an ideal time to get together with friends, family, and colleagues to celebrate Mexican culture. No matter what type of gathering you're planning, we have some recipe ideas to make a party fun and memorable.

At the Office

Celebrating at the office? You can never go wrong with guacamole and tortilla chips, but a layered Fiesta Taco Dip served with celery sticks and baby carrots along with the corn chips, is sure to impress your coworkers. You can also offer deviled eggs. Give them some Cinco de Mayo flair by switching avocado for mayo. Garnish with bacon bits or diced red bell pepper so your eggs have the red, white, and green of the Mexican flag.

Since most of you will probably be preparing your guacamole at home and bringing it to the office, here is a tip to make sure it stays green and great-looking. Simply pour a thin layer of milk on top of your guac and put it in the office fridge until it's time for the party.

At School

If you need to send along a dish for a party at school, make both kids and the adults who care for them happy by preparing skewers with avocado, tiny mozzarella balls, and cherry tomatoes along with some balsamic sauce for dipping. Make sure your avocados are ripe: It's not difficult! A light squeeze will let you know if you've found the perfect avocado for your recipe.

At a Park

A gathering at a local park can be a fun way to celebrate Cinco de Mayo. Take along some make-ahead sandwich rolls, pairing them with refried beans, avocado slices, and pico de gallo instead of the usual condiments. When it's time to cut your avocado, don't sweat it — and don't squash it! Here's how to slice and dice.

At a Friend's Home

Heading to a friend's or coworker's home and want to bring a dish to share? This Avocado Caprese Salad will be a sure hit. Or, tell your hostess you'll handle dessert, and serve up Lime Meringue with Avocado Mascarpone Cream. It takes a bit longer to prepare, but it's well worth it. Don't be surprised if you see the crowd swooning in delight.

At Your Home

If you decide to mark the occasion at home with your family, crispy beef tacos with guacamole are always crowd-pleasers, but if you have some picky eaters, set out ingredients and let everyone get involved in building their own tostadas.

Whatever type of Cinco de Mayo celebration you're planning, fresh Avocados from Mexico are a healthy and delicious addition to your fiesta!

The post Fun Recipes for 5 Types of Cinco de Mayo Celebrations appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

No matter where you find yourself on May 5, whether it be at work, school, home, or on a plane or on a train, penciling in some time for fun on Cinco de Mayo is an annual tradition that should not be neglected. Cinco de Mayo is an ideal time to get together with friends, family, and colleagues to celebrate Mexican culture. No matter what type of gathering you're planning, we have some recipe ideas to make a party fun and memorable.

At the Office

Celebrating at the office? You can never go wrong with guacamole and tortilla chips, but a layered Fiesta Taco Dip served with celery sticks and baby carrots along with the corn chips, is sure to impress your coworkers. You can also offer deviled eggs. Give them some Cinco de Mayo flair by switching avocado for mayo. Garnish with bacon bits or diced red bell pepper so your eggs have the red, white, and green of the Mexican flag. Since most of you will probably be preparing your guacamole at home and bringing it to the office, here is a tip to make sure it stays green and great-looking. Simply pour a thin layer of milk on top of your guac and put it in the office fridge until it's time for the party.

At School

If you need to send along a dish for a party at school, make both kids and the adults who care for them happy by preparing skewers with avocado, tiny mozzarella balls, and cherry tomatoes along with some balsamic sauce for dipping. Make sure your avocados are ripe: It's not difficult! A light squeeze will let you know if you've found the perfect avocado for your recipe.

At a Park

A gathering at a local park can be a fun way to celebrate Cinco de Mayo. Take along some make-ahead sandwich rolls, pairing them with refried beans, avocado slices, and pico de gallo instead of the usual condiments. When it's time to cut your avocado, don't sweat it — and don't squash it! Here's how to slice and dice.

At a Friend's Home

Heading to a friend's or coworker's home and want to bring a dish to share? This Avocado Caprese Salad will be a sure hit. Or, tell your hostess you'll handle dessert, and serve up Lime Meringue with Avocado Mascarpone Cream. It takes a bit longer to prepare, but it's well worth it. Don't be surprised if you see the crowd swooning in delight.

At Your Home

If you decide to mark the occasion at home with your family, crispy beef tacos with guacamole are always crowd-pleasers, but if you have some picky eaters, set out ingredients and let everyone get involved in building their own tostadas. Whatever type of Cinco de Mayo celebration you're planning, fresh Avocados from Mexico are a healthy and delicious addition to your fiesta!

The post Fun Recipes for 5 Types of Cinco de Mayo Celebrations appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Touchdown! Winning Snacks Inspired by the Big Game https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/touchdown-winning-snacks-inspired-big-game/ Fri, 24 Mar 2017 05:39:42 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=20049

Hola amigos! Even though it's been a while, you might still be celebrating or getting over a heartbreak from that incredible end to the football season. What an amazing game! And what a fabulous time I had hosting the pregame Twitter party a few days before to help you plan your big-game party menus! But just because the football season is over, that doesn't mean you have to kick these amazing recipes to the curb. There are still plenty of occasions just around the corner to use them like college basketball watching parties.

Here are nine categories of the #SuperSnacks that I tweeted about just before the big game! Enjoy this recap of recipes that work for any gathering.

  • Burgers and hot dogs: Mexicans love putting our twist on American classics! When I’m filming my PBS show on location in Mexico, my American crew members are always surprised to see as many hot dog stands as taco stands. Inspired by one of my childhood favorites, the Mexican Dreamboat Dog includes bacon, pickled jalapeños, and cheddar cheese. Or make an easy and delicious Avocado Hot Dog with diced avocados, tomato, onion, and lime juice.Mexican burgers are especial! For example, season ground beef with ancho chile and top with creamy lime aioli. For mini Mexican burger bites, make these sliders with ground pork and an avocado spread.
  • All-star pizza: Casual get-togethers beg for pizza, right? But forget about the delivery guy — instead, create a gourmet-style pie in your own kitchen. My Carne Asada and Cebollitas Pizza with avocado features steak flavored with an incredible homemade marinade! Or peruse recipes from Avocados From Mexico, which include this Chicago-Style pie with chicken, cherry tomatoes, and avocados.
  • Mexican finger foods: Snack foods called antojitos in Spanish include all the irresistible Mexican favorites, from tacos to enchiladas. I shared all sorts of recipes for my Twitter party but here’s a sampling of my favorites: Lime-Rubbed Chicken Tacos that pair perfectly with Corn Guacamole; Chiloria Burritas, which are made with pork and have citrus flavors that pair well with creamy diced avocado; hearty Steak Tacos that have a drizzle of delightful Jamaica and Jalapeño Syrup; Refried Bean and Cheese Chimichangas, which satisfy cravings for fried, gooey, yummy food; and big, beautiful, overloaded Mexican Potato Skins that put a south of the border twist on this appetizer menu staple.
  • Guacamole: Have some fun with unexpected ingredients and experiment with a guacamole bar to serve several of these options. Tart Pico de Guac uses green apples and cucumbers to give the traditional dip a fresh and tangy zing. Or, go on a world tour with destination-inspired options like Jambalaya-Style Guacamole, which blends spicy andouille sausage with creamy avocado, or Mango Guacamole, which gives a sweet nod to the Caribbean. You can also take a trip to the Greek islands with Mediterranean Guacamole, which includes Kalamata olives and feta. Then there's the classic: My Chunky Guacamole is your basic, delicious version that will delight purists!
  • Dips: Great players make great sports teams. Likewise, all-star ingredients blend together for winning recipes. Case in point: Goat Cheese, Bacon and Avocado Dip. Also, my Mex-Tex Three-Cheese Avocado Dip is the creamiest, most luscious dip you’ve ever put on a tortilla! To plan your dip prep properly, make sure avocados don’t over-ripen by preserving them in the fridge.
  • Side dishes: I use game-day smorgasbords to get kids to try something new, but this trick works at any party that calls for a buffet.
  • Sandwiches: I named one of my Mexican sandwiches the Crazy Chicken and Plantain Torta — crazy because it’s crazy good, combining refried beans, chicken, and avocados. Ham, Cheese and Avocado Spread Sandwich Rolls attract kids with their fun pinwheel design! Avocados top my open-faced Grilled Cheese and Bean Heroes.
  • Chili and Wings: Certain events, like a football-watching party in the middle of winter, call for chili and spicy chicken wings. But you can serve these traditionally toasty foods anytime! Try my classic Tex-Mex Chili or Sam’s Amazing White Chili with chickenChipotle Agave Chicken Wings add Mexican spice to this American favorite.
  • Drinks: Trust me on this quirky recipe and try an Avocado Martini, which includes vodka, vermouth, avocado, and sweetened condensed milk. It’s sweet and sensual. For the beer drinkers, offer micheladas — Mexico’s fancy way of dressing up a brew with a salt-rimmed glass, lime, and soy sauce.

Now, for any of these recipes with avos, make sure you know how to choose a ripe one by picking up an avo in the palm of your hand and squeezing it gently to see if it gives a little. If it does, you’ve got a winner. Like in football, winning makes all the difference, and you’ll have a winning spread all year long.

The post Touchdown! Winning Snacks Inspired by the Big Game appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Hola amigos! Even though it's been a while, you might still be celebrating or getting over a heartbreak from that incredible end to the football season. What an amazing game! And what a fabulous time I had hosting the pregame Twitter party a few days before to help you plan your big-game party menus! But just because the football season is over, that doesn't mean you have to kick these amazing recipes to the curb. There are still plenty of occasions just around the corner to use them like college basketball watching parties. Here are nine categories of the #SuperSnacks that I tweeted about just before the big game! Enjoy this recap of recipes that work for any gathering.
  • Burgers and hot dogs: Mexicans love putting our twist on American classics! When I’m filming my PBS show on location in Mexico, my American crew members are always surprised to see as many hot dog stands as taco stands. Inspired by one of my childhood favorites, the Mexican Dreamboat Dog includes bacon, pickled jalapeños, and cheddar cheese. Or make an easy and delicious Avocado Hot Dog with diced avocados, tomato, onion, and lime juice.Mexican burgers are especial! For example, season ground beef with ancho chile and top with creamy lime aioli. For mini Mexican burger bites, make these sliders with ground pork and an avocado spread.
  • All-star pizza: Casual get-togethers beg for pizza, right? But forget about the delivery guy — instead, create a gourmet-style pie in your own kitchen. My Carne Asada and Cebollitas Pizza with avocado features steak flavored with an incredible homemade marinade! Or peruse recipes from Avocados From Mexico, which include this Chicago-Style pie with chicken, cherry tomatoes, and avocados.
  • Mexican finger foods: Snack foods called antojitos in Spanish include all the irresistible Mexican favorites, from tacos to enchiladas. I shared all sorts of recipes for my Twitter party but here’s a sampling of my favorites: Lime-Rubbed Chicken Tacos that pair perfectly with Corn Guacamole; Chiloria Burritas, which are made with pork and have citrus flavors that pair well with creamy diced avocado; hearty Steak Tacos that have a drizzle of delightful Jamaica and Jalapeño Syrup; Refried Bean and Cheese Chimichangas, which satisfy cravings for fried, gooey, yummy food; and big, beautiful, overloaded Mexican Potato Skins that put a south of the border twist on this appetizer menu staple.
  • Guacamole: Have some fun with unexpected ingredients and experiment with a guacamole bar to serve several of these options. Tart Pico de Guac uses green apples and cucumbers to give the traditional dip a fresh and tangy zing. Or, go on a world tour with destination-inspired options like Jambalaya-Style Guacamole, which blends spicy andouille sausage with creamy avocado, or Mango Guacamole, which gives a sweet nod to the Caribbean. You can also take a trip to the Greek islands with Mediterranean Guacamole, which includes Kalamata olives and feta. Then there's the classic: My Chunky Guacamole is your basic, delicious version that will delight purists!
  • Dips: Great players make great sports teams. Likewise, all-star ingredients blend together for winning recipes. Case in point: Goat Cheese, Bacon and Avocado Dip. Also, my Mex-Tex Three-Cheese Avocado Dip is the creamiest, most luscious dip you’ve ever put on a tortilla! To plan your dip prep properly, make sure avocados don’t over-ripen by preserving them in the fridge.
  • Side dishes: I use game-day smorgasbords to get kids to try something new, but this trick works at any party that calls for a buffet.
  • Sandwiches: I named one of my Mexican sandwiches the Crazy Chicken and Plantain Torta — crazy because it’s crazy good, combining refried beans, chicken, and avocados. Ham, Cheese and Avocado Spread Sandwich Rolls attract kids with their fun pinwheel design! Avocados top my open-faced Grilled Cheese and Bean Heroes.
  • Chili and Wings: Certain events, like a football-watching party in the middle of winter, call for chili and spicy chicken wings. But you can serve these traditionally toasty foods anytime! Try my classic Tex-Mex Chili or Sam’s Amazing White Chili with chickenChipotle Agave Chicken Wings add Mexican spice to this American favorite.
  • Drinks: Trust me on this quirky recipe and try an Avocado Martini, which includes vodka, vermouth, avocado, and sweetened condensed milk. It’s sweet and sensual. For the beer drinkers, offer micheladas — Mexico’s fancy way of dressing up a brew with a salt-rimmed glass, lime, and soy sauce.
Now, for any of these recipes with avos, make sure you know how to choose a ripe one by picking up an avo in the palm of your hand and squeezing it gently to see if it gives a little. If it does, you’ve got a winner. Like in football, winning makes all the difference, and you’ll have a winning spread all year long.

The post Touchdown! Winning Snacks Inspired by the Big Game appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
16 Ways to Get Creative With Your Avocado Toast https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/16-ways-get-creative-avocado-toast/ Thu, 16 Mar 2017 00:00:29 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19997

Author: Monique Volz developed a love of cooking at a young age by helping her Puerto Rican parents in the kitchen. In 2011, she started her health-based food blog, Ambitious Kitchen, and has since been featured on Food Network’s HealthyEats.com, Huffington Post, Buzzfeed, Today.com, and Cup of Jo. You can find more delicious, inspired recipes at AmbitiousKitchen.com.

 

While I often try to reveal tricks of the cooking trade, when it comes to toppings for avocado toast, there really are no tricks because the possibilities are endless.

 

One of my absolute favorite breakfasts after a sweaty workout is cool and creamy smashed avocado over sprouted grain toast. It’s something I look forward to not only because I love the flavor and texture of rich and creamy avocados, but also because there are countless ways to use them as a topping.

 

Over the past few years, I’ve tried nearly every avocado toast topping out there. From hot sauce and eggs to goat cheese and blueberries, I’ve experienced the contrast of sweet and savory flavors piled high on an open-faced slice of toast. Safe to say, I’ll never get sick of getting creative with my avocado toast.

 

Of course, if you are going to dive deep into the ether of avocado toast toppings, you first have to make sure your avocados from Mexico are ripe. You can find the perfect ones at your local grocery store simply by placing an avocado in the palm of your hand and squeezing gently. If the fruit gives a little, you’ve found a great one. If you’d like to see a demonstration, please watch this helpful video.

 

All the combos below are meant to provide a little creative, nutritious recipe inspiration to leave you satisfied. It’s also a clever and wonderful way to use leftover ingredients that may be lurking in your fridge, especially that half of an avocado you’ve been saving. By the way, a great way to save half an avocado is to rub lemon or lime juice on the open half, cover it with plastic wrap, and put it in the fridge until you’re ready to eat. You can see a video demonstration of this tip plus many more at Avocados from Mexico’s helpful “How-To” page.

 

 

 

16 Ways to Top Your Avocado Toast

1. 1/4 cup grilled corn + 1 tablespoon cotija cheese + cilantro:
A take on your favorite Mexican grilled corn from summertime. Sweet, savory, and satisfying.

2. 1/4 cup fresh blueberries + 1 tablespoon goat cheese crumbles + 1 teaspoon honey:
This delicious combo is tart, tangy, and sweet thanks to a fusion of honey, creamy goat cheese, and juicy blueberries.

3. 2 tablespoons sun-dried tomatoes + 1 tablespoon pesto + 1 tablespoon feta crumbles:
Tastes just like your favorite bistro sandwich for all the lovers of savory flavors out there.

4. 1/2 apple, sliced + 1 tablespoon chopped toasted walnuts + 1 tablespoon blue cheese crumbles:
A combination that you might be used to having on salad, but it just so happens to be fantastic on top of avocado toast. Try it!

5. 2 smoked salmon slices + 1 hard-boiled egg + fresh chives:
It’s like having a lox bagel except the avocado replaces the cream cheese!

6. 2 ounces grilled chicken breast, sliced + 1 teaspoon balsamic vinegar:
Creamy, slightly sweet, and packed with protein. You will love this easy toast combo that’s perfect for when you have leftover chicken.

7. 1/4 cup mango cubes + 1 teaspoon diced jalapeño:
This reminds me of my favorite sweet and spicy summertime guacamole. Bonus points if you add cilantro.

8. 2 roasted turkey slices + 1 tablespoon fresh cranberry sauce + arugula:
Yep, it’s like having a little Thanksgiving toast. Great lunch option!

9. 1 hard-boiled egg (or fried egg) + hot sauce:
A classic combination that never gets old. Don’t forget the salt and pepper!

10. 1/2 cup sliced strawberries + 1 teaspoon balsamic vinegar:
Fabulous, easy to make, and fresh-tasting.

11. 2 slices turkey bacon + 1 lettuce leaf + 2 tomato slices:
I call it an ABLT. Like a classic BLT but with creamy Avocados from Mexico.

12. 1/2 cup roasted sweet potato cubes + 2 tablespoons black beans:
A great vegetarian avocado toast with a boost of fiber. Add a little salsa on top for extra flavor.

13. 1 tablespoon pesto + 1/4 cup sliced cherry tomatoes:
This tastes like a summer sandwich. If you’re into mozzarella, add it!

14. 2 slices tomato + chopped fresh basil + 1 teaspoon balsamic vinegar:
Pick tomatoes off the vine for ultimate flavor here.

15. 2 tablespoons pomegranate seeds + 1 tablespoon goat cheese + 1 teaspoon honey:
Crunchy, slightly sweet seeds pair with tangy goat cheese and honey for an addicting toast that’s good any time of day.

16. 1/4 cup crushed plantain chips + hot sauce:
This could be my favorite of all. I love the creamy avocado with salty plantain chips and spicy sauce. Addicting.

 

I hope you enjoy these easy-to-make, creative avocado toast toppings. Which one will be your favorite?

The post 16 Ways to Get Creative With Your Avocado Toast appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Author: Monique Volz developed a love of cooking at a young age by helping her Puerto Rican parents in the kitchen. In 2011, she started her health-based food blog, Ambitious Kitchen, and has since been featured on Food Network’s HealthyEats.com, Huffington Post, Buzzfeed, Today.com, and Cup of Jo. You can find more delicious, inspired recipes at AmbitiousKitchen.com.   While I often try to reveal tricks of the cooking trade, when it comes to toppings for avocado toast, there really are no tricks because the possibilities are endless.   One of my absolute favorite breakfasts after a sweaty workout is cool and creamy smashed avocado over sprouted grain toast. It’s something I look forward to not only because I love the flavor and texture of rich and creamy avocados, but also because there are countless ways to use them as a topping.   Over the past few years, I’ve tried nearly every avocado toast topping out there. From hot sauce and eggs to goat cheese and blueberries, I’ve experienced the contrast of sweet and savory flavors piled high on an open-faced slice of toast. Safe to say, I’ll never get sick of getting creative with my avocado toast.   Of course, if you are going to dive deep into the ether of avocado toast toppings, you first have to make sure your avocados from Mexico are ripe. You can find the perfect ones at your local grocery store simply by placing an avocado in the palm of your hand and squeezing gently. If the fruit gives a little, you’ve found a great one. If you’d like to see a demonstration, please watch this helpful video.   All the combos below are meant to provide a little creative, nutritious recipe inspiration to leave you satisfied. It’s also a clever and wonderful way to use leftover ingredients that may be lurking in your fridge, especially that half of an avocado you’ve been saving. By the way, a great way to save half an avocado is to rub lemon or lime juice on the open half, cover it with plastic wrap, and put it in the fridge until you’re ready to eat. You can see a video demonstration of this tip plus many more at Avocados from Mexico’s helpful “How-To” page.      

16 Ways to Top Your Avocado Toast

1. 1/4 cup grilled corn + 1 tablespoon cotija cheese + cilantro: A take on your favorite Mexican grilled corn from summertime. Sweet, savory, and satisfying. 2. 1/4 cup fresh blueberries + 1 tablespoon goat cheese crumbles + 1 teaspoon honey: This delicious combo is tart, tangy, and sweet thanks to a fusion of honey, creamy goat cheese, and juicy blueberries. 3. 2 tablespoons sun-dried tomatoes + 1 tablespoon pesto + 1 tablespoon feta crumbles: Tastes just like your favorite bistro sandwich for all the lovers of savory flavors out there. 4. 1/2 apple, sliced + 1 tablespoon chopped toasted walnuts + 1 tablespoon blue cheese crumbles: A combination that you might be used to having on salad, but it just so happens to be fantastic on top of avocado toast. Try it! 5. 2 smoked salmon slices + 1 hard-boiled egg + fresh chives: It’s like having a lox bagel except the avocado replaces the cream cheese! 6. 2 ounces grilled chicken breast, sliced + 1 teaspoon balsamic vinegar: Creamy, slightly sweet, and packed with protein. You will love this easy toast combo that’s perfect for when you have leftover chicken. 7. 1/4 cup mango cubes + 1 teaspoon diced jalapeño: This reminds me of my favorite sweet and spicy summertime guacamole. Bonus points if you add cilantro. 8. 2 roasted turkey slices + 1 tablespoon fresh cranberry sauce + arugula: Yep, it’s like having a little Thanksgiving toast. Great lunch option! 9. 1 hard-boiled egg (or fried egg) + hot sauce: A classic combination that never gets old. Don’t forget the salt and pepper! 10. 1/2 cup sliced strawberries + 1 teaspoon balsamic vinegar: Fabulous, easy to make, and fresh-tasting. 11. 2 slices turkey bacon + 1 lettuce leaf + 2 tomato slices: I call it an ABLT. Like a classic BLT but with creamy Avocados from Mexico. 12. 1/2 cup roasted sweet potato cubes + 2 tablespoons black beans: A great vegetarian avocado toast with a boost of fiber. Add a little salsa on top for extra flavor. 13. 1 tablespoon pesto + 1/4 cup sliced cherry tomatoes: This tastes like a summer sandwich. If you’re into mozzarella, add it! 14. 2 slices tomato + chopped fresh basil + 1 teaspoon balsamic vinegar: Pick tomatoes off the vine for ultimate flavor here. 15. 2 tablespoons pomegranate seeds + 1 tablespoon goat cheese + 1 teaspoon honey: Crunchy, slightly sweet seeds pair with tangy goat cheese and honey for an addicting toast that’s good any time of day. 16. 1/4 cup crushed plantain chips + hot sauce: This could be my favorite of all. I love the creamy avocado with salty plantain chips and spicy sauce. Addicting.   I hope you enjoy these easy-to-make, creative avocado toast toppings. Which one will be your favorite?

The post 16 Ways to Get Creative With Your Avocado Toast appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
3 Avocado-Infused Cocktails for St. Patrick’s Day https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/3-avocado-infused-cocktails-st-patricks-day/ Wed, 15 Mar 2017 23:59:27 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19996

Author: Pati Jinich

While chalk full of Irish tradition, St. Patrick’s Day has become universally celebrated across the globe. As a lass who grew up in Mexico, the holiday wasn’t really on my radar until I moved to America, where it’s celebrated nationwide with rivers dyed green, parades, and general revelry. When I heard about this daylong celebration of all things Irish and all things green, I couldn’t think of a better addition to the festivities than the gloriously green (and delicious!) avocados from Mexico!

Yes, avocados are very Mexican, but this versatile, noble fruit complements so many international cuisines. This creamy, sleek textured, and nutty flavored wonder goes global with ease because it’s available throughout the year and once you know how to gently squeeze one in the palm of your hand to check the ripeness, you can consistently pick out a great one every time.

So today, amid the leprechaun jokes and pinches given to those not wearing green, we eat Irish food and drink Irish beverages with gusto. Alongside the mounds of corned beef and dark beer, avocados can lend their gorgeous green hue to the occasion, but they also can give a nutritional boost to the celebrations. After all, one-third of a medium avocado (50 grams) has 80 calories and contributes nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and phytonutrients, making it a healthy choice to help meet nutrient needs. And the month we celebrate St. Patrick’s Day also happens to be National Nutrition Month.

I got to thinking about how the famously green Avocados From Mexico could help create the perfect way to toast the Irish. In Ireland, people clink glasses and say, “Sláinte (slan-cha)!” In Mexico, “¡Salud!” (sal-ood)! In the U.S., the sentiment is the same: “Cheers!”

With that cross-cultural spirit of celebration in mind, here are three cocktails I developed to serve your friends on St. Patrick’s Day.

  1. Avocado and Dulce de Leche MartiniThe elegant lines of a martini glass make it fun to hold and sip almost any combination poured into it. But on St. Paddy’s Day, make yours green. This one is indulgent — creamy, sweet, and delicious. It blends avocado with vodka, a hint of vermouth, and both dulce de leche and sweetened condensed milk. More milk helps blend the concoction into one of the smoothest martinis you’ll ever taste.
  2. Avo-Clover ShakeThis cool, green cocktail gives a nod to the lucky shamrocks that grow in Irish fields: It’s sweetened with honey made by bees that feed almost exclusively on clover nectar. Create the base by mixing avocado with nutritious frozen yogurt, instead of ice cream. Silver tequila adds another Mexican ingredient to this avo-green shake. Make it kid-friendly by simply leaving out the liquor.
    • ½ Avocado from Mexico, diced
    • 1 Tbsp clover honey
    • 1 cup  vanilla frozen yogurt
    • 1 cup  orange juice, freshly squeezed
    • ¼ cup fresh mint leaves
    • 2 Tbsp silver tequila, optional

    In the jar of a blender, place the diced avocado, clover honey, frozen yogurt, orange juice, mint leaves, and tequila if using. Puree until smooth. Serve immediately.

  3. Green MachineNow, this fun, green cocktail is like a jolt of energy in a glass — full of superfoods that make it great for the health-conscious consumer. My research revealed that clover isn’t the only green, leafy plant that the Irish are known for: They also eat lots of curly kale! Combine that veggie with our green avos, a little Irish whiskey, some apple cider, fresh ginger, and lime juice, and you’ll have a creamy cocktail with zing. It’s perfect for toasting the Irish — and adds a little nutrition to boot!
    • ½ Avocado from Mexico, diced
    • 2 cups curly kale, steam removed and coarsely chopped
    • 1 ½ cups apple cider
    • 2 tsp fresh ginger, chopped
    • Splash whiskey

    In the jar of a blender, place the diced avocado, curly kale, apple cider, agave syrup, fresh ginger and lime juice and puree until completely smooth. Strain into cup.

    Drop 4 to 5 ice cubes in a large tumbler, pour the mixture on top, add a splash of your favorite whiskey, and drink up!

    I selected these three cocktails just for St. Patrick’s Day, but I hope they give you the bug to do a little experimenting yourself. For more inspiration, check out Avocados From Mexico's other drink ideas on its site: the unbelievable Avocado Margarita, a creamier version of the Mexican favorite, or the Maria Verde, a tangy, green version of the Bloody Mary made with avos and tomatillos.

    To make any of these amazing, nutrient-rich cocktails, you’ll have to blend all of these ingredients to a drinkable consistency with super-ripe avocados. Check out Avocados From Mexico’s helpful “how-to” avo tips page to learn everything from how to ripen avocados quicker by burying them in rice for a couple of days to learning how to preserve a ripe avocado by simply placing it in the fridge.

    Follow these tips and you’ll have the perfect avos to use on St. Patrick’s day — or any day. I believe regional food reflects the people of the region. In the case of the avocado, it’s like the humble, hardworking Mexican people — generously lending its wonderful attributes to cuisines of Ireland on this festive day.

    You know, come to think of it, the people of Mexico have a lot in common with the humble, hardworking people of Ireland — another reason to celebrate what’s become a cross-cultural holiday. “¡Salud!

The post 3 Avocado-Infused Cocktails for St. Patrick’s Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Author: Pati Jinich While chalk full of Irish tradition, St. Patrick’s Day has become universally celebrated across the globe. As a lass who grew up in Mexico, the holiday wasn’t really on my radar until I moved to America, where it’s celebrated nationwide with rivers dyed green, parades, and general revelry. When I heard about this daylong celebration of all things Irish and all things green, I couldn’t think of a better addition to the festivities than the gloriously green (and delicious!) avocados from Mexico! Yes, avocados are very Mexican, but this versatile, noble fruit complements so many international cuisines. This creamy, sleek textured, and nutty flavored wonder goes global with ease because it’s available throughout the year and once you know how to gently squeeze one in the palm of your hand to check the ripeness, you can consistently pick out a great one every time. So today, amid the leprechaun jokes and pinches given to those not wearing green, we eat Irish food and drink Irish beverages with gusto. Alongside the mounds of corned beef and dark beer, avocados can lend their gorgeous green hue to the occasion, but they also can give a nutritional boost to the celebrations. After all, one-third of a medium avocado (50 grams) has 80 calories and contributes nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and phytonutrients, making it a healthy choice to help meet nutrient needs. And the month we celebrate St. Patrick’s Day also happens to be National Nutrition Month. I got to thinking about how the famously green Avocados From Mexico could help create the perfect way to toast the Irish. In Ireland, people clink glasses and say, “Sláinte (slan-cha)!” In Mexico, “¡Salud!” (sal-ood)! In the U.S., the sentiment is the same: “Cheers!” With that cross-cultural spirit of celebration in mind, here are three cocktails I developed to serve your friends on St. Patrick’s Day.
  1. Avocado and Dulce de Leche MartiniThe elegant lines of a martini glass make it fun to hold and sip almost any combination poured into it. But on St. Paddy’s Day, make yours green. This one is indulgent — creamy, sweet, and delicious. It blends avocado with vodka, a hint of vermouth, and both dulce de leche and sweetened condensed milk. More milk helps blend the concoction into one of the smoothest martinis you’ll ever taste.
  2. Avo-Clover ShakeThis cool, green cocktail gives a nod to the lucky shamrocks that grow in Irish fields: It’s sweetened with honey made by bees that feed almost exclusively on clover nectar. Create the base by mixing avocado with nutritious frozen yogurt, instead of ice cream. Silver tequila adds another Mexican ingredient to this avo-green shake. Make it kid-friendly by simply leaving out the liquor.
    • ½ Avocado from Mexico, diced
    • 1 Tbsp clover honey
    • 1 cup  vanilla frozen yogurt
    • 1 cup  orange juice, freshly squeezed
    • ¼ cup fresh mint leaves
    • 2 Tbsp silver tequila, optional
    In the jar of a blender, place the diced avocado, clover honey, frozen yogurt, orange juice, mint leaves, and tequila if using. Puree until smooth. Serve immediately.
  3. Green MachineNow, this fun, green cocktail is like a jolt of energy in a glass — full of superfoods that make it great for the health-conscious consumer. My research revealed that clover isn’t the only green, leafy plant that the Irish are known for: They also eat lots of curly kale! Combine that veggie with our green avos, a little Irish whiskey, some apple cider, fresh ginger, and lime juice, and you’ll have a creamy cocktail with zing. It’s perfect for toasting the Irish — and adds a little nutrition to boot!
    • ½ Avocado from Mexico, diced
    • 2 cups curly kale, steam removed and coarsely chopped
    • 1 ½ cups apple cider
    • 2 tsp fresh ginger, chopped
    • Splash whiskey
    In the jar of a blender, place the diced avocado, curly kale, apple cider, agave syrup, fresh ginger and lime juice and puree until completely smooth. Strain into cup. Drop 4 to 5 ice cubes in a large tumbler, pour the mixture on top, add a splash of your favorite whiskey, and drink up! I selected these three cocktails just for St. Patrick’s Day, but I hope they give you the bug to do a little experimenting yourself. For more inspiration, check out Avocados From Mexico's other drink ideas on its site: the unbelievable Avocado Margarita, a creamier version of the Mexican favorite, or the Maria Verde, a tangy, green version of the Bloody Mary made with avos and tomatillos. To make any of these amazing, nutrient-rich cocktails, you’ll have to blend all of these ingredients to a drinkable consistency with super-ripe avocados. Check out Avocados From Mexico’s helpful “how-to” avo tips page to learn everything from how to ripen avocados quicker by burying them in rice for a couple of days to learning how to preserve a ripe avocado by simply placing it in the fridge. Follow these tips and you’ll have the perfect avos to use on St. Patrick’s day — or any day. I believe regional food reflects the people of the region. In the case of the avocado, it’s like the humble, hardworking Mexican people — generously lending its wonderful attributes to cuisines of Ireland on this festive day. You know, come to think of it, the people of Mexico have a lot in common with the humble, hardworking people of Ireland — another reason to celebrate what’s become a cross-cultural holiday. “¡Salud!

The post 3 Avocado-Infused Cocktails for St. Patrick’s Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Dry Skin? Avocados to the Rescue https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/dry-skin-avocados-rescue/ Tue, 07 Mar 2017 17:32:35 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19972

You probably love avocados in guacamole, and maybe you've even expanded your repertoire, using avocados in everything from breakfast to dessert, but did you know that this fruit is so versatile that it can play a starring role in your beauty routine, too?

It's true!

Avocados offer all sorts of nutritional benefits, including the "good fats" your body needs for nutrient absorption from foods that are eaten with the fruit, as well as 20 vitamins and minerals. But this powerhouse fruit has skin-level benefits as well. Recent and emerging research suggests that the oils and other properties of the avocado might help protect our skin against the sun's powerful UV rays and promote healthy aging.

Scientists still have more to discover about the amazing avocado and all of its preventive and protective functions, but you don't have to wait until their results are in to experience the feel-good beauty benefits of Avocados from Mexico, which are available year-round. Ripe avocados can take the place of or act as an indulgent supplement to your regular moisturizer, the creamy pump mashed or puréed into a smooth paste, with or without other ingredients added.

If you're a DIY kind of person, head to your local grocery store and pick up a few avocados from Mexico. You can find the perfect ones simply by placing the avos in the palm of your hand and squeezing gently. If the avo gives a little, you've found the perfect one. If you'd like to see a demonstration, watch this helpful video. Should your avocados turn out to be not as ripe as you would have liked, there are a few easy tricks to ripen them faster. You can speed up ripening by placing your avo in a paper bag along with a banana, burying it in a bowl full of rice, or placing it in on a window sill in direct sunlight.

When you have your perfectly ripe avos, get to the kitchen and mix up your very own facemask with one of our green goddess recipes. When you're done, slather the mask on your face or other dry spots (elbows, knees, and ankles all susceptible to cold weather and other drying agents). Then, sit back and relax while the avocado gets to work. Fifteen or 20 minutes later, rinse the mask off with cool water and a gentle washcloth. You'll feel so refreshed and renewed that you'll soon be working these homemade moisturizing masks into your regular beauty routine.

If you're more a packaged products person, you'll find plenty of masks and moisturizers featuring avocado at your favorite beauty supply store. Joppa Minerals Avocado Cream Moisturizer, Crabtree & Evelyn's avocado, olive, and basil hand moisturizer, and Kiehl's creamy eye treatment with avocado all target specific parts of the body with avocado oil-infused creams and lotions.

And don't forget that the beauty benefits of avocado aren't limited to the skin; the fruit can be used in similar preparations for the purpose of moisturizing dry hair. The mixtures are the same as the face masks; they're just spread through the hair and left to dry for 15-30 minutes. Once the hair has been moisturized, you'll want to rinse the avocado out and then wash and condition as usual. Of course, if that sounds too time-intensive, plenty of shampoos and conditioners, including OGX Açai Berry Avocado Shampoo and Conditioner, can be purchased and put to good use, too.

[Note: Avocados from Mexico does not endorse any of the products or brands mentioned in this article.]

The post Dry Skin? Avocados to the Rescue appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You probably love avocados in guacamole, and maybe you've even expanded your repertoire, using avocados in everything from breakfast to dessert, but did you know that this fruit is so versatile that it can play a starring role in your beauty routine, too? It's true! Avocados offer all sorts of nutritional benefits, including the "good fats" your body needs for nutrient absorption from foods that are eaten with the fruit, as well as 20 vitamins and minerals. But this powerhouse fruit has skin-level benefits as well. Recent and emerging research suggests that the oils and other properties of the avocado might help protect our skin against the sun's powerful UV rays and promote healthy aging. Scientists still have more to discover about the amazing avocado and all of its preventive and protective functions, but you don't have to wait until their results are in to experience the feel-good beauty benefits of Avocados from Mexico, which are available year-round. Ripe avocados can take the place of or act as an indulgent supplement to your regular moisturizer, the creamy pump mashed or puréed into a smooth paste, with or without other ingredients added. If you're a DIY kind of person, head to your local grocery store and pick up a few avocados from Mexico. You can find the perfect ones simply by placing the avos in the palm of your hand and squeezing gently. If the avo gives a little, you've found the perfect one. If you'd like to see a demonstration, watch this helpful video. Should your avocados turn out to be not as ripe as you would have liked, there are a few easy tricks to ripen them faster. You can speed up ripening by placing your avo in a paper bag along with a banana, burying it in a bowl full of rice, or placing it in on a window sill in direct sunlight. When you have your perfectly ripe avos, get to the kitchen and mix up your very own facemask with one of our green goddess recipes. When you're done, slather the mask on your face or other dry spots (elbows, knees, and ankles all susceptible to cold weather and other drying agents). Then, sit back and relax while the avocado gets to work. Fifteen or 20 minutes later, rinse the mask off with cool water and a gentle washcloth. You'll feel so refreshed and renewed that you'll soon be working these homemade moisturizing masks into your regular beauty routine. If you're more a packaged products person, you'll find plenty of masks and moisturizers featuring avocado at your favorite beauty supply store. Joppa Minerals Avocado Cream Moisturizer, Crabtree & Evelyn's avocado, olive, and basil hand moisturizer, and Kiehl's creamy eye treatment with avocado all target specific parts of the body with avocado oil-infused creams and lotions. And don't forget that the beauty benefits of avocado aren't limited to the skin; the fruit can be used in similar preparations for the purpose of moisturizing dry hair. The mixtures are the same as the face masks; they're just spread through the hair and left to dry for 15-30 minutes. Once the hair has been moisturized, you'll want to rinse the avocado out and then wash and condition as usual. Of course, if that sounds too time-intensive, plenty of shampoos and conditioners, including OGX Açai Berry Avocado Shampoo and Conditioner, can be purchased and put to good use, too. [Note: Avocados from Mexico does not endorse any of the products or brands mentioned in this article.]

The post Dry Skin? Avocados to the Rescue appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
6 Invigorating Avocado and Tea Pairings to Replace Coffee and Soda https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/6-teas-replace-coffee-soda/ Tue, 07 Mar 2017 17:31:06 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19966

Are you looking to cut down on sugary beverages or want to add variety to your usual morning coffee routine? Starting your day with avocados and tea, or better yet, avocado tea is a one-two punch to give you a little pep in your step while trying out a lifestyle change.

 

People have been drinking teas for millennia because of their invigorating and beneficial effects. Likewise, people have eaten avocados for the last 10,000 years for the same reason! If decreasing your coffee or soda intake leaves you feeling bereft, don’t worry! There are many delicious teas and avo treats that can replace your morning or afternoon fix.

 

Black Tea + Morning Glory Avocado Breakfast Muffins

Black tea is a perfect coffee or soda replacement because it is one of the most caffeinated teas available (but is still less caffeinated than coffee).

 

Black tea has a richly aromatic, malty taste — reminiscent of bread and caramel. That makes it a great drink to pair with morning glory avocado breakfast muffins, made with plenty of fiber and all the breakfast essentials: avocado, rolled oats, apples, bananas, and pumpkin seeds. Did you know just one serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium avocado) has 11% of the daily recommendation of fiber? Dietary fiber slows digestion and keeps you full and satisfied, giving you steady energy throughout the day.

 

Avocado Pit Tea + Avocado Fruit Salad

One recent study showed that the pit contains about 70% of an avocado’s antioxidant properties. While you can dry a pit in the oven and grind it into a powder to mix into smoothies, a faster, easier way to get your pit fix is to brew it to make an avocado tea.

 

Recipe: Avocado Pit Tea

  • Boil an avocado pit in 2 cups of water for five minutes.
  • Carefully remove the pit with a slotted spoon. When it has cooled, slice it into smaller pieces.
  • Boil the avocado pit pieces in the same water for 10 minutes.
  • Strain out the seed bits.
  • Add honey, cinnamon, milk, or another sweetener if desired.

 

Since avocado pits can have a slightly bitter taste, it’s a good idea to pair this tea with a light but sweet treat, like avocado fruit salad. Eating avocado with other nutritious fruits and vegetables is good because the naturally good fat inside avocado helps the body absorb vitamins A, D, E, and K without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol.

 

Chamomile Tea + Avocado Apple Scones

Chamomile is the “brew that soothes.” It has a gentle fragrance and mild taste suggestive of crisp apples, making it the perfect companion for avocado, spiced oat, and apple scones. This pairing is soothing in cold weather and refreshing when it’s hot — a year-round win! Plus, the avocado inside can help you combat “the Monday fog.” One serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium avocado) contains 10% of the daily recommendation of folate, a vitamin important for proper brain function.

 

Ginger Tea + OG Avocado Toast

Wouldn’t it be awesome to enjoy a delightful beverage and, at the same time, give your body’s immune system a turbo boost? Both ginger root and avocado naturally contain vitamin E, an antioxidant that protects body tissue from damage and keeps the immune system strong. One serving of avocado provides 6% of the daily value of vitamin E, which the body needs to keep the immune system strong against viruses and bacteria.

 

Ginger packs a punch of flavor, but the taste of avocado is much more subtle, making it a superb snack companion! Cleanse your palette between gulps with a delectably crunchy and creamy bite of avocado toast.

 

Avocado Green Tea Smoothies + Popsicles

Green tea has been used for medicinal purposes in the East for centuries, thanks to its antioxidant properties. It’s also got a hint of caffeine that will keep your senses keen. You can pair green tea with just about any avocado snack, but for a real treat, try blending the two into an ice cold avocado, green tea, and Greek yogurt popsicle or avocado superfood smoothie.

 

However you do it, you’ll be happy to know one serving of avocado delivers 4% of the daily recommendation of magnesium, which helps regulate glucose levels and aids in producing energy and protein.

 

Avocado Leaf Tea + Avocado Cottage Cheese

We know you love avocados, so we’ve got a surprise for you: You can use the leaves to brew a delicious tea! Because of the leaf’s delicate flavor, this avocado tea lends itself well to a powerhouse breakfast of avocado, cottage cheese, and fresh tropical fruits. Just one serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium avocado) contains 14% of the daily recommendation of pantothenic acid and 6% of the daily recommendation for niacin, a B vitamin that helps the body convert food to energy.

 

Recipe: Avocado Leaf Tea

  • Put a handful of avocado leaves in a pot of filtered water.
  • Boil for 10 to 15 minutes.
  • Let the tea cool down.
  • Strain until there is no residue.
  • Enjoy!

New Brew, New You

With so many delicious teas and avocado snacks overflowing with energy-supporting nutrients, any anxiety about your hiatus (or permanent abstention) from coffee or soda will soon melt away into the past.

 

Have your avocado and drink it, too. Browse our extensive library of avocado beverages.

The post 6 Invigorating Avocado and Tea Pairings to Replace Coffee and Soda appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Are you looking to cut down on sugary beverages or want to add variety to your usual morning coffee routine? Starting your day with avocados and tea, or better yet, avocado tea is a one-two punch to give you a little pep in your step while trying out a lifestyle change.   People have been drinking teas for millennia because of their invigorating and beneficial effects. Likewise, people have eaten avocados for the last 10,000 years for the same reason! If decreasing your coffee or soda intake leaves you feeling bereft, don’t worry! There are many delicious teas and avo treats that can replace your morning or afternoon fix.  

Black Tea + Morning Glory Avocado Breakfast Muffins

Black tea is a perfect coffee or soda replacement because it is one of the most caffeinated teas available (but is still less caffeinated than coffee).   Black tea has a richly aromatic, malty taste — reminiscent of bread and caramel. That makes it a great drink to pair with morning glory avocado breakfast muffins, made with plenty of fiber and all the breakfast essentials: avocado, rolled oats, apples, bananas, and pumpkin seeds. Did you know just one serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium avocado) has 11% of the daily recommendation of fiber? Dietary fiber slows digestion and keeps you full and satisfied, giving you steady energy throughout the day.  

Avocado Pit Tea + Avocado Fruit Salad

One recent study showed that the pit contains about 70% of an avocado’s antioxidant properties. While you can dry a pit in the oven and grind it into a powder to mix into smoothies, a faster, easier way to get your pit fix is to brew it to make an avocado tea.  

Recipe: Avocado Pit Tea

  • Boil an avocado pit in 2 cups of water for five minutes.
  • Carefully remove the pit with a slotted spoon. When it has cooled, slice it into smaller pieces.
  • Boil the avocado pit pieces in the same water for 10 minutes.
  • Strain out the seed bits.
  • Add honey, cinnamon, milk, or another sweetener if desired.
  Since avocado pits can have a slightly bitter taste, it’s a good idea to pair this tea with a light but sweet treat, like avocado fruit salad. Eating avocado with other nutritious fruits and vegetables is good because the naturally good fat inside avocado helps the body absorb vitamins A, D, E, and K without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol.  

Chamomile Tea + Avocado Apple Scones

Chamomile is the “brew that soothes.” It has a gentle fragrance and mild taste suggestive of crisp apples, making it the perfect companion for avocado, spiced oat, and apple scones. This pairing is soothing in cold weather and refreshing when it’s hot — a year-round win! Plus, the avocado inside can help you combat “the Monday fog.” One serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium avocado) contains 10% of the daily recommendation of folate, a vitamin important for proper brain function.  

Ginger Tea + OG Avocado Toast

Wouldn’t it be awesome to enjoy a delightful beverage and, at the same time, give your body’s immune system a turbo boost? Both ginger root and avocado naturally contain vitamin E, an antioxidant that protects body tissue from damage and keeps the immune system strong. One serving of avocado provides 6% of the daily value of vitamin E, which the body needs to keep the immune system strong against viruses and bacteria.   Ginger packs a punch of flavor, but the taste of avocado is much more subtle, making it a superb snack companion! Cleanse your palette between gulps with a delectably crunchy and creamy bite of avocado toast.  

Avocado Green Tea Smoothies + Popsicles

Green tea has been used for medicinal purposes in the East for centuries, thanks to its antioxidant properties. It’s also got a hint of caffeine that will keep your senses keen. You can pair green tea with just about any avocado snack, but for a real treat, try blending the two into an ice cold avocado, green tea, and Greek yogurt popsicle or avocado superfood smoothie.   However you do it, you’ll be happy to know one serving of avocado delivers 4% of the daily recommendation of magnesium, which helps regulate glucose levels and aids in producing energy and protein.  

Avocado Leaf Tea + Avocado Cottage Cheese

We know you love avocados, so we’ve got a surprise for you: You can use the leaves to brew a delicious tea! Because of the leaf’s delicate flavor, this avocado tea lends itself well to a powerhouse breakfast of avocado, cottage cheese, and fresh tropical fruits. Just one serving of avocado (1/3 of a medium avocado) contains 14% of the daily recommendation of pantothenic acid and 6% of the daily recommendation for niacin, a B vitamin that helps the body convert food to energy.  

Recipe: Avocado Leaf Tea

  • Put a handful of avocado leaves in a pot of filtered water.
  • Boil for 10 to 15 minutes.
  • Let the tea cool down.
  • Strain until there is no residue.
  • Enjoy!

New Brew, New You

With so many delicious teas and avocado snacks overflowing with energy-supporting nutrients, any anxiety about your hiatus (or permanent abstention) from coffee or soda will soon melt away into the past.   Have your avocado and drink it, too. Browse our extensive library of avocado beverages.

The post 6 Invigorating Avocado and Tea Pairings to Replace Coffee and Soda appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Non-alcoholic Spring Beverages https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/non-alcoholic-spring-beverages/ Tue, 07 Mar 2017 17:30:59 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19968

Don't you think spring should be the official start of the new year? Think about it: The snow has melted and things are starting to grow again (Flowers! Berries!). It's like the world is waking up after a long winter hibernation.

What better way to knock the hibernation dust off than with some seasonal mocktails? We're not talking about the old clichés, so banish all thoughts of sparkling water and cranberry juice. A true mocktail is a creative thing of beauty that celebrates the season and leaves you feeling refreshed.

Sometimes, the best mocktails are inspired by their spirited cousins. Margaritas are great as mocktails, because their citrusy flavors can easily be mimicked with non-alcoholic ingredients. Try using an alcoholic recipe as your base and substituting from there. This avocado margarita is a fun twist on the classic, highlighting the natural sweetness of avocado with orange and lime juice. You can make your own sour mix if you like, and replace the orange liqueur with a little orange juice and freshly squeezed lime juice. Want a fun tropical twist? Try pureeing a little mango in or muddle some lime with jalapeño slices for a spicy kick. Don't forget to rim the glass in salt, tajín (chile and lime salt), or your favorite chamoy powder (a salty, spicy, tangy candy powder) for that salty kick margaritas are known for.

Iced tea? That's so last century! Instead, make a matcha soda. This mocktail is a fun mash-up of the herbal, slightly bitter Japanese green tea and effervescent soda. When paired with a spicy sweet ginger simple syrup (like in this matcha ginger soda), these strong flavors balance each other, putting you into an invigorating, caffeinated state that no simple iced tea could ever hope to achieve. Making your own ginger simple syrup is as the name suggests. Bring equal parts sugar and water to a simmer, add a 5-inch chunk of peeled, roughly chopped ginger, and let cool. Boom! You have have syrup that lasts forever in the fridge, ready to meet your spring refreshment needs.

Perhaps the best part of spring are the new fruits and vegetables that start appearing in the markets. After a winter of apples, pears, and root vegetables, the thought of blueberries and apricots galore seems like a cause for celebration. And nothing says "Spring!" like fruit sorbet floats: scoops of your favorite store-bought (or homemade) seasonal fruit sorbet floated on top of sparkling water, juice, or soda. Picture a sweet and tart strawberry sorbet with a fiery ginger beer at the end of a long spring day at work that you would have rather spent outside. Or a creamy, bright apricot sorbet float, which you can make with fresh apricots, sugar, and sparkling water and lemon juice.

Or skip the sorbet completely and just make a fruit (or fruit and veg) smoothie. This fresh beet, pineapple, avocado, and orange smoothie gets it thickness from creamy, sweet avocado. Just blend, chill and enjoy whenever the mood calls. As the heat creeps up, you can check out this popular Israeli drink, limonana: a frozen drink made from lemonade, mint, and ice that's so refreshing, you'll wonder how you ever celebrated spring without it.

Just remember: The absence of alcohol doesn't have to mean a lack of flavor or creativity. With seasonal ingredients, you can start your (spring) new year right by treating yourself to some refreshing new mocktails.

The post Non-alcoholic Spring Beverages appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Don't you think spring should be the official start of the new year? Think about it: The snow has melted and things are starting to grow again (Flowers! Berries!). It's like the world is waking up after a long winter hibernation. What better way to knock the hibernation dust off than with some seasonal mocktails? We're not talking about the old clichés, so banish all thoughts of sparkling water and cranberry juice. A true mocktail is a creative thing of beauty that celebrates the season and leaves you feeling refreshed. Sometimes, the best mocktails are inspired by their spirited cousins. Margaritas are great as mocktails, because their citrusy flavors can easily be mimicked with non-alcoholic ingredients. Try using an alcoholic recipe as your base and substituting from there. This avocado margarita is a fun twist on the classic, highlighting the natural sweetness of avocado with orange and lime juice. You can make your own sour mix if you like, and replace the orange liqueur with a little orange juice and freshly squeezed lime juice. Want a fun tropical twist? Try pureeing a little mango in or muddle some lime with jalapeño slices for a spicy kick. Don't forget to rim the glass in salt, tajín (chile and lime salt), or your favorite chamoy powder (a salty, spicy, tangy candy powder) for that salty kick margaritas are known for. Iced tea? That's so last century! Instead, make a matcha soda. This mocktail is a fun mash-up of the herbal, slightly bitter Japanese green tea and effervescent soda. When paired with a spicy sweet ginger simple syrup (like in this matcha ginger soda), these strong flavors balance each other, putting you into an invigorating, caffeinated state that no simple iced tea could ever hope to achieve. Making your own ginger simple syrup is as the name suggests. Bring equal parts sugar and water to a simmer, add a 5-inch chunk of peeled, roughly chopped ginger, and let cool. Boom! You have have syrup that lasts forever in the fridge, ready to meet your spring refreshment needs. Perhaps the best part of spring are the new fruits and vegetables that start appearing in the markets. After a winter of apples, pears, and root vegetables, the thought of blueberries and apricots galore seems like a cause for celebration. And nothing says "Spring!" like fruit sorbet floats: scoops of your favorite store-bought (or homemade) seasonal fruit sorbet floated on top of sparkling water, juice, or soda. Picture a sweet and tart strawberry sorbet with a fiery ginger beer at the end of a long spring day at work that you would have rather spent outside. Or a creamy, bright apricot sorbet float, which you can make with fresh apricots, sugar, and sparkling water and lemon juice. Or skip the sorbet completely and just make a fruit (or fruit and veg) smoothie. This fresh beet, pineapple, avocado, and orange smoothie gets it thickness from creamy, sweet avocado. Just blend, chill and enjoy whenever the mood calls. As the heat creeps up, you can check out this popular Israeli drink, limonana: a frozen drink made from lemonade, mint, and ice that's so refreshing, you'll wonder how you ever celebrated spring without it. Just remember: The absence of alcohol doesn't have to mean a lack of flavor or creativity. With seasonal ingredients, you can start your (spring) new year right by treating yourself to some refreshing new mocktails.

The post Non-alcoholic Spring Beverages appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Vitamin K: The Essential Vitamin You’ve Probably Never Heard of https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/vitamin-k-the-essential-vitamin-youve-probably-never-heard-of/ Tue, 07 Mar 2017 17:30:51 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19961

Vitamin K may not be as mainstream as some of its main-character counterparts, but it can have a positive impact on your overall health. That’s the kind of behind-the-scenes action we love to see.

 

What Is Vitamin K?

Vitamin K is a collection of molecules the body requires for essential processes, especially blood coagulation or clotting. There are two natural forms of Vitamin K — K1 and K2 — plus three more synthetic varieties. K1, or phylloquinone, is found in plants, especially leafy greens, because it plays a role in photosynthesis. After ingesting K1, the molecules can be converted into another form, called menaquinone, or K2.

Pro Tip: If you take supplements, be sure to swallow your multivitamin with a healthy breakfast including a bit of fat. We’re talking eggs with the yolk or avocado on toast. Try this Breakfast Guac Toast for a combo of both.

Luckily, you don’t have to look far to find dietary sources of Vitamin K. It is abundant in lots of easy-to-find, easy-to-grow, and easy-to-eat fruits and vegetables, such as chard, collards, kale, and spinach. The vitamin is also found in fruits, including prunes, kiwis, blackberries, blueberries, and — our personal favorite — always-good avocados! One serving of avocado contains 10% of your daily value of Vitamin K.

 

Oh, Baby!

In addition to Vitamin K, avocado has nearly 19 other vitamins and minerals that can help give a nutritional boost to infants and toddlers. Picky eaters manifest in your kitchen in a range of ages — from months old to middle-aged! Avocado is perfect as a first food for babies and an on-the-go, handheld snack for toddlers. (Hey, we never said it would be a clean break!) Learn more about how avocados benefit babies.

 

6 Vitamin K-Packed Avocado Recipes

1. Avocado and Kiwi Smoothie

Improve your morning with this sweet-smelling, great-tasting smoothie. Kiwis give this classic concoction its fruity taste (and some bonus Vitamin K), while blended avocado serves up a chilled, smooth texture.

2. Avocado and Spinach Stuffed Mushroom Bites

Spinach and avocado join forces for good in these mushroom-capped bites. These mini delicacies are a great addition to a charcuterie board.

3. Avo Broccoli Tots

These tots are deceptively good. Chopped broccoli and avocado merge for a snack — or weeknight side dish — that’s full of flavor. Oh, and they’re just plain fun!

4. Veggie Stuffed Avocado With Oregano Lime Cream

There’s never been a more delicious way to work in an array of vegetables into one dish. A velvety Mexican crema kicks it up a notch.

5. Kale Yeah! Guac

Kale? In … guacamole? Don’t knock it ‘til you try it! Roasted kale, garlic, and feta cheese flavorfully fold into a creamy, cool avocado base.

6. Avocado and Spinach Artichoke Bread Bowl

Believe it or not, this crowd-pleaser has two Vitamin K-rich foods in the mix: spinach and avocado. The cream cheese, Parmesan, and garlic whipped in are an awesome flavor wave, too. If you’re looking for a lighter version, swap the bread for a big ol’ bowl.

 

4 Avocado Salad Recipes With Vitamin K

Unlike most of the supplements in a standard daily multivitamin, Vitamin K is fat soluble, which means your body requires some kind of dietary fat in the mix in order to properly absorb it. This makes avocados a clear choice since they contain both good fat and vitamins, and are a good source of Vitamin K — one serving contains 10% of your daily value. Whip up a salad full of baby greens and kale, topped with avocado, for added impact.

1. Avocado and Shaved Brussels Sprouts Salad

Roasted, shaved Brussels sprouts create a hearty base for this dish, while white cheddar, cranberries, and balsamic pack an unforgettable, flavorful punch.

2. Avocado Green Salad

Leafy greens, chives, and thick slices of avocado: This salad could be the unofficial spokes-salad for Vitamin K. Add your favorite protein or eat is as is — there’s no wrong way!

 

3. Crispy Kale Salad With Lemon-Lime Dressing

This salad is all about texture. Crispy, crunchy greens against cool, soft avocado is a treat for your savory-seeking palate.

4. Superfood Green & Blue Avocado Salad

This super salad has all of Vitamin K’s greatest hits: kale, blueberries, and avocado! Experience a balance of flavors, ranging from sweet to savory with neutral avocado tossed in the mix.

 

Go for the Green

Hypothetically speaking, let’s say you have half of an avocado left over. (It sounds impossible, but these things happen.) Here are two storage methods to keep avocados always good — even after they’ve been cut:

  • Remove the pit. Coat the flesh with fresh lemon juice. Wrap the avocado half in plastic wrap. Set it in the fridge. Bada bing, bada boom.
  • Go skinny-dipping! Submerge the avocado — flesh side down — in a container with water. Refrigerate it for up to two days to keep the brown at bay.

For more recipes with delicious and nutritious avocados, check out our recipe hub.

The post Vitamin K: The Essential Vitamin You’ve Probably Never Heard of appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Vitamin K may not be as mainstream as some of its main-character counterparts, but it can have a positive impact on your overall health. That’s the kind of behind-the-scenes action we love to see.  

What Is Vitamin K?

Vitamin K is a collection of molecules the body requires for essential processes, especially blood coagulation or clotting. There are two natural forms of Vitamin K — K1 and K2 — plus three more synthetic varieties. K1, or phylloquinone, is found in plants, especially leafy greens, because it plays a role in photosynthesis. After ingesting K1, the molecules can be converted into another form, called menaquinone, or K2. Pro Tip: If you take supplements, be sure to swallow your multivitamin with a healthy breakfast including a bit of fat. We’re talking eggs with the yolk or avocado on toast. Try this Breakfast Guac Toast for a combo of both. Luckily, you don’t have to look far to find dietary sources of Vitamin K. It is abundant in lots of easy-to-find, easy-to-grow, and easy-to-eat fruits and vegetables, such as chard, collards, kale, and spinach. The vitamin is also found in fruits, including prunes, kiwis, blackberries, blueberries, and — our personal favorite — always-good avocados! One serving of avocado contains 10% of your daily value of Vitamin K.  

Oh, Baby!

In addition to Vitamin K, avocado has nearly 19 other vitamins and minerals that can help give a nutritional boost to infants and toddlers. Picky eaters manifest in your kitchen in a range of ages — from months old to middle-aged! Avocado is perfect as a first food for babies and an on-the-go, handheld snack for toddlers. (Hey, we never said it would be a clean break!) Learn more about how avocados benefit babies.
 

6 Vitamin K-Packed Avocado Recipes

1. Avocado and Kiwi Smoothie Improve your morning with this sweet-smelling, great-tasting smoothie. Kiwis give this classic concoction its fruity taste (and some bonus Vitamin K), while blended avocado serves up a chilled, smooth texture. 2. Avocado and Spinach Stuffed Mushroom Bites Spinach and avocado join forces for good in these mushroom-capped bites. These mini delicacies are a great addition to a charcuterie board. 3. Avo Broccoli Tots These tots are deceptively good. Chopped broccoli and avocado merge for a snack — or weeknight side dish — that’s full of flavor. Oh, and they’re just plain fun! 4. Veggie Stuffed Avocado With Oregano Lime Cream There’s never been a more delicious way to work in an array of vegetables into one dish. A velvety Mexican crema kicks it up a notch. 5. Kale Yeah! Guac Kale? In … guacamole? Don’t knock it ‘til you try it! Roasted kale, garlic, and feta cheese flavorfully fold into a creamy, cool avocado base. 6. Avocado and Spinach Artichoke Bread Bowl Believe it or not, this crowd-pleaser has two Vitamin K-rich foods in the mix: spinach and avocado. The cream cheese, Parmesan, and garlic whipped in are an awesome flavor wave, too. If you’re looking for a lighter version, swap the bread for a big ol’ bowl.  

4 Avocado Salad Recipes With Vitamin K

Unlike most of the supplements in a standard daily multivitamin, Vitamin K is fat soluble, which means your body requires some kind of dietary fat in the mix in order to properly absorb it. This makes avocados a clear choice since they contain both good fat and vitamins, and are a good source of Vitamin K — one serving contains 10% of your daily value. Whip up a salad full of baby greens and kale, topped with avocado, for added impact. 1. Avocado and Shaved Brussels Sprouts Salad Roasted, shaved Brussels sprouts create a hearty base for this dish, while white cheddar, cranberries, and balsamic pack an unforgettable, flavorful punch. 2. Avocado Green Salad Leafy greens, chives, and thick slices of avocado: This salad could be the unofficial spokes-salad for Vitamin K. Add your favorite protein or eat is as is — there’s no wrong way!  
3. Crispy Kale Salad With Lemon-Lime Dressing This salad is all about texture. Crispy, crunchy greens against cool, soft avocado is a treat for your savory-seeking palate. 4. Superfood Green & Blue Avocado Salad This super salad has all of Vitamin K’s greatest hits: kale, blueberries, and avocado! Experience a balance of flavors, ranging from sweet to savory with neutral avocado tossed in the mix.
 

Go for the Green

Hypothetically speaking, let’s say you have half of an avocado left over. (It sounds impossible, but these things happen.) Here are two storage methods to keep avocados always good — even after they’ve been cut:
  • Remove the pit. Coat the flesh with fresh lemon juice. Wrap the avocado half in plastic wrap. Set it in the fridge. Bada bing, bada boom.
  • Go skinny-dipping! Submerge the avocado — flesh side down — in a container with water. Refrigerate it for up to two days to keep the brown at bay.
For more recipes with delicious and nutritious avocados, check out our recipe hub.

The post Vitamin K: The Essential Vitamin You’ve Probably Never Heard of appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
7 Delicious Spice Mixes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/7-delicious-spice-mixes/ Tue, 07 Mar 2017 23:29:50 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19967

Avocados are so good on so many levels. For example, they’re good-natured. They’re creamy, which helps them blend seamlessly into all kinds of foods, and their mild, nutty flavor brings out the best in sweet and savory dishes. If variety is the spice of life, the spice of spice … is avocado!

 

The following seven recipes for avocado-lovin’ spice mixes will save you time in the kitchen and bring a little extra kick or zip to your favorite recipes. Most can be made with pantry staples already in your spice rack.

 

1. Guacamole Spice Mix

Guacamole is the ultimate food for good times with good people, which is why you can find guacamole recipes all over the world inspired by cultures and cuisines from Mexico to Italy to Hawaii to Mumbai. That said, everyone loves a classic. If you want to stick with a traditional recipe, it’s easy to make your own guacamole mix. Once you do, you can store it in a dry glass jar with a tight-fitting lid, and pull it from the spice rack when you’re ready to whip up some dip for good times.

 

Ingredients:

  • 4 tbsp. fine salt
  • 3 tbsp. garlic powder
  • 3 tbsp. onion powder
  • 5 tbsp. cumin
  • 3 tbsp. cayenne

 

Directions:

Stir all ingredients together and store in an air-tight container. Mix one tablespoon into 8 oz. of guacamole. Test and add more if desired.

 

2. Chili Spice Mix

Chili is the ultimate comfort food and like guacamole, it’s versatile. You can use any number of beans, not just the standard kidney bean, and switch ground beef, turkey, pork, or chicken for chorizo, or opt out of meat entirely. If you ask us, though, there are two non-negotiables: a spice mix to give the chili some kick and sliced or diced avocado served on top.

 

 

Regardless of the specific chili recipe you use, this basic chili spice mix is a great pantry staple to have at hand, especially during colder months.

 

Ingredients:

  • 1/2 c. chili powder
  • 1/4 c. cumin
  • 1 tbsp. coriander
  • 1 tbsp. cayenne*
  • 2 tbsp. dried oregano
  • 2 tbsp. garlic salt

 

Directions:

Shake well and store in an airtight jar. Mix into the chili while simmering, then ladle into bowls and top with avocado!

 

*In lieu of cayenne, you can use any other ground chile powder — ancho, chipotle, and guajillo are some common Mexican chiles sold in a dried form in supermarkets; you can grind them into a powder and add them to your mix.

 

3. Taco Seasoning

Few things bring joy to the heart like Taco Tuesday. It’s a weekly tradition every family can get behind, thanks to the versatility of build-your-own fixings. You can keep it simple with avocado, cheese, shredded lettuce, and diced tomatoes, or, if you’re feeling more adventurous, try avocado honey salmon or avocado pulled pork tacos.

 

Regardless, when it comes to the protein filling, you’re gonna need some spicy taco seasoning. Just a few minutes mixing a few basic spices from your cabinet will generate a month’s worth of taco night seasoning. So you can spend less time cooking and more time taco-ing.

 

Ingredients:

  • 4 tbsp chili powder
  • 1 tbsp crushed red pepper flakes
  • 2 tsp paprika
  • 6 tsp cumin
  • 1 tsp oregano
  • 1 tsp garlic powder
  • 1 tsp onion powder
  • 4 tsp fine sea salt
  • 4 tsp ground black pepper

 

Directions:

Mix and shake well so all the ingredients are blended. Store in an airtight jar until Taco Night!

 

4. Italian Herb Blend

Salads are full of goodness—especially when filled with superfoods (like, say, nutrient-dense avocados.) And there’s no need to buy salad dressing if you already have avocado oil, vinegar, and a few basic spices at home. Whip up this super easy Italian herb bled to dash into a homemade vinaigrette and serve an impressive salad topped with avocado at your next dinner party.

 

You can also use this mix to add to a pasta, pizza, or any other recipe calling for Italian seasonings.

 

Ingredients:

  • 2 tbsp. dried basil
  • 2 tbsp. coriander
  • 2 tbsp. marjoram
  • 2 tbsp. oregano
  • 2 tbsp. rosemary
  • 2 tbsp. savory
  • 2 tbsp. thyme
  • 2 tbsp. red pepper flakes

 

Directions:

Mix them all up and once blended, store in an airtight jar.

 

5. Garam Masala

Garam masala, or “hot spice mix,” is a classic Indian spice blend traditionally used in curries and lentil-based dishes. Clever cooks who enjoy its complex flavor have found loads of other uses for it, however, and garam masala can now be found in everything from guacamole to avocado and chicken tandoori bowls to avocado mango lassi. Garam masala pairs exceptionally well with avocado, whose creamy, mild flavor is the perfect foil for the smoky, sweet, and savory blend.

 

Ingredients:

  • 1 tbsp. cumin
  • 1 ½ tsp. ground coriander
  • 1 ½ tsp. cardamom
  • 1 ½ tsp. black pepper
  • 1 tsp. cinnamon
  • 1/2 tsp. cloves
  • 1/2 tsp. nutmeg

 

Directions:

It’s ideal to make garam masala with whole spices you’ve pan-toasted and ground yourself, but if you ain’t got time for that, use powdered spices instead. Blend well and store in an airtight jar.

 

6. Chili Lime Salt

Chili lime seasoning is a spice mixture that’s a fixture on many Mexican tables. If you’ve ever tasted it, you’ll have no trouble imagining how it can go on everything, from mango guacamole to avocado shrimp cocktail  avocado watermelon summer salad, to the rim of a refreshing avocado mocktail.

 

The Mexican brand name chili lime seasoning isn’t always easy to find in the U.S. (bummer), so gather the basic ingredients and mix up a homemade version. You only need three ingredients.

 

Ingredients:

  • Chili powder (store-bought or grind your own using your favorite chiles)
  • Salt
  • Dehydrated lime juice

 

Directions:

Can’t find dehydrated lime juice? Make your own substitute. Zest fresh lime peels and allow the shavings to dry on a plate for a few days. Taste-test as your mix your ingredients to find the right proportion for you taste. You might like your seasoning saltier or spicier.

 

7. Chamoy Sauce

Confession: Chamoy sauce is not a spice mix. It’s … a sauce. But it’s loaded with spices, and once you make it, you can bottle it up, store it in the fridge, and pull it out for drizzling on avocado slices, salads, guacamole, or just about anything really. You can even top your avocado ice cream with chamoy!

 

Ingredients:

  • 1 c. apricot jam
  • 1/4 c. fresh lime juice
  • 1 tsp. salt
  • 2 tsp. crushed red pepper
  • 1 tsp. ancho chili powder

 

Directions:

Put all ingredients into blender. Pulse or puree until smooth, then pour into a jar or bottle and store in the fridge.

 

If you want DIY ancho powder, you can grind dried ancho chilis into a powder with a molcajete or spice grinder.

 

Molcajete 101

Learn how to choose and use a high-quality molcajete (stone bowl) to grind spices or mash avocados for guacamole the traditional way. Click here for our guide.

 

Get Expert Advice on Spice

Spicing things up is important. Just ask Jax, the world’s top Guacamole Expert. He’s overflowing with knowledge and ideas to keep things interesting in the kitchen.
 

The post 7 Delicious Spice Mixes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados are so good on so many levels. For example, they’re good-natured. They’re creamy, which helps them blend seamlessly into all kinds of foods, and their mild, nutty flavor brings out the best in sweet and savory dishes. If variety is the spice of life, the spice of spice … is avocado!   The following seven recipes for avocado-lovin’ spice mixes will save you time in the kitchen and bring a little extra kick or zip to your favorite recipes. Most can be made with pantry staples already in your spice rack.  

1. Guacamole Spice Mix

Guacamole is the ultimate food for good times with good people, which is why you can find guacamole recipes all over the world inspired by cultures and cuisines from Mexico to Italy to Hawaii to Mumbai. That said, everyone loves a classic. If you want to stick with a traditional recipe, it’s easy to make your own guacamole mix. Once you do, you can store it in a dry glass jar with a tight-fitting lid, and pull it from the spice rack when you’re ready to whip up some dip for good times.  

Ingredients:

  • 4 tbsp. fine salt
  • 3 tbsp. garlic powder
  • 3 tbsp. onion powder
  • 5 tbsp. cumin
  • 3 tbsp. cayenne
 

Directions:

Stir all ingredients together and store in an air-tight container. Mix one tablespoon into 8 oz. of guacamole. Test and add more if desired.  

2. Chili Spice Mix

Chili is the ultimate comfort food and like guacamole, it’s versatile. You can use any number of beans, not just the standard kidney bean, and switch ground beef, turkey, pork, or chicken for chorizo, or opt out of meat entirely. If you ask us, though, there are two non-negotiables: a spice mix to give the chili some kick and sliced or diced avocado served on top.     Regardless of the specific chili recipe you use, this basic chili spice mix is a great pantry staple to have at hand, especially during colder months.  

Ingredients:

  • 1/2 c. chili powder
  • 1/4 c. cumin
  • 1 tbsp. coriander
  • 1 tbsp. cayenne*
  • 2 tbsp. dried oregano
  • 2 tbsp. garlic salt
 

Directions:

Shake well and store in an airtight jar. Mix into the chili while simmering, then ladle into bowls and top with avocado!   *In lieu of cayenne, you can use any other ground chile powder — ancho, chipotle, and guajillo are some common Mexican chiles sold in a dried form in supermarkets; you can grind them into a powder and add them to your mix.  

3. Taco Seasoning

Few things bring joy to the heart like Taco Tuesday. It’s a weekly tradition every family can get behind, thanks to the versatility of build-your-own fixings. You can keep it simple with avocado, cheese, shredded lettuce, and diced tomatoes, or, if you’re feeling more adventurous, try avocado honey salmon or avocado pulled pork tacos.   Regardless, when it comes to the protein filling, you’re gonna need some spicy taco seasoning. Just a few minutes mixing a few basic spices from your cabinet will generate a month’s worth of taco night seasoning. So you can spend less time cooking and more time taco-ing.   Ingredients:
  • 4 tbsp chili powder
  • 1 tbsp crushed red pepper flakes
  • 2 tsp paprika
  • 6 tsp cumin
  • 1 tsp oregano
  • 1 tsp garlic powder
  • 1 tsp onion powder
  • 4 tsp fine sea salt
  • 4 tsp ground black pepper
  Directions: Mix and shake well so all the ingredients are blended. Store in an airtight jar until Taco Night!  

4. Italian Herb Blend

Salads are full of goodness—especially when filled with superfoods (like, say, nutrient-dense avocados.) And there’s no need to buy salad dressing if you already have avocado oil, vinegar, and a few basic spices at home. Whip up this super easy Italian herb bled to dash into a homemade vinaigrette and serve an impressive salad topped with avocado at your next dinner party.  
You can also use this mix to add to a pasta, pizza, or any other recipe calling for Italian seasonings.  

Ingredients:

  • 2 tbsp. dried basil
  • 2 tbsp. coriander
  • 2 tbsp. marjoram
  • 2 tbsp. oregano
  • 2 tbsp. rosemary
  • 2 tbsp. savory
  • 2 tbsp. thyme
  • 2 tbsp. red pepper flakes
 

Directions:

Mix them all up and once blended, store in an airtight jar.  

5. Garam Masala

Garam masala, or “hot spice mix,” is a classic Indian spice blend traditionally used in curries and lentil-based dishes. Clever cooks who enjoy its complex flavor have found loads of other uses for it, however, and garam masala can now be found in everything from guacamole to avocado and chicken tandoori bowls to avocado mango lassi. Garam masala pairs exceptionally well with avocado, whose creamy, mild flavor is the perfect foil for the smoky, sweet, and savory blend.  

Ingredients:

  • 1 tbsp. cumin
  • 1 ½ tsp. ground coriander
  • 1 ½ tsp. cardamom
  • 1 ½ tsp. black pepper
  • 1 tsp. cinnamon
  • 1/2 tsp. cloves
  • 1/2 tsp. nutmeg
 

Directions:

It’s ideal to make garam masala with whole spices you’ve pan-toasted and ground yourself, but if you ain’t got time for that, use powdered spices instead. Blend well and store in an airtight jar.  

6. Chili Lime Salt

Chili lime seasoning is a spice mixture that’s a fixture on many Mexican tables. If you’ve ever tasted it, you’ll have no trouble imagining how it can go on everything, from mango guacamole to avocado shrimp cocktail  avocado watermelon summer salad, to the rim of a refreshing avocado mocktail.   The Mexican brand name chili lime seasoning isn’t always easy to find in the U.S. (bummer), so gather the basic ingredients and mix up a homemade version. You only need three ingredients.  

Ingredients:

  • Chili powder (store-bought or grind your own using your favorite chiles)
  • Salt
  • Dehydrated lime juice
 

Directions:

Can’t find dehydrated lime juice? Make your own substitute. Zest fresh lime peels and allow the shavings to dry on a plate for a few days. Taste-test as your mix your ingredients to find the right proportion for you taste. You might like your seasoning saltier or spicier.  

7. Chamoy Sauce

Confession: Chamoy sauce is not a spice mix. It’s … a sauce. But it’s loaded with spices, and once you make it, you can bottle it up, store it in the fridge, and pull it out for drizzling on avocado slices, salads, guacamole, or just about anything really. You can even top your avocado ice cream with chamoy!   Ingredients:
  • 1 c. apricot jam
  • 1/4 c. fresh lime juice
  • 1 tsp. salt
  • 2 tsp. crushed red pepper
  • 1 tsp. ancho chili powder
  Directions: Put all ingredients into blender. Pulse or puree until smooth, then pour into a jar or bottle and store in the fridge.   If you want DIY ancho powder, you can grind dried ancho chilis into a powder with a molcajete or spice grinder.  

Molcajete 101

Learn how to choose and use a high-quality molcajete (stone bowl) to grind spices or mash avocados for guacamole the traditional way. Click here for our guide.
 

Get Expert Advice on Spice

Spicing things up is important. Just ask Jax, the world’s top Guacamole Expert. He’s overflowing with knowledge and ideas to keep things interesting in the kitchen.  

The post 7 Delicious Spice Mixes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado Cookbook Round-up https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-cookbook-round/ Tue, 07 Mar 2017 17:26:59 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19960

Most people who include avocados on their regular grocery list use the fruit for the same role or recipe time and again: as a garnish on salad or soup, or as the main event in a bowl of glorious guacamole. Don't get us wrong: We LOVE the avocado in these go-to dishes! But what if we told you the avocado was so much more versatile than you could ever imagine? So versatile, in fact, that it has inspired entire cookbooks!

It's true!

There are at least half a dozen cookbooks devoted solely to our favorite fruit. Here are three of the best that you should keep on your shelf:

1. Absolutely Avocados

A delectable bowl of guacamole graces the cover of this cookbook by Gaby Dalkin, but don't be fooled: Between its covers, you'll find 75 ways to use avocados in new ways, from breakfast to dessert, and every meal and snack in between. We'll take an order of crab and avocado quesadillas, please!

In addition to recipes, there are helpful, well-illustrated guides to different avocado types, as well as primers on how to determine whether an avocado is ripe. Of course, if you're more of an audiovisual learner, Avocados from Mexico has a quick video about finding the perfect avocado that shows you how to hold an avocado in the palm of your hand and gently squeeze it to see if it's ripe. If it gives just a little, you know you're ready to go!

2. The Avocado Cookbook

More than 50 avo-centric recipes pack Heather Thomas's cookbook. You can expect to find some unusual preparations here, including Crispy Duck and Avocado Pancakes, which will wow guests who are lucky enough to sit around your dinner table. Thomas also includes a brief history of the avocado and its Mexican origins.

3. The Goodness of Avocado

Lucy Jessop's cookbook may be more tightly curated, with just 40 recipes, but nothing is sacrificed in terms of quality or variety of dishes. There are some lovely surprises in this well-illustrated volume, including green gazpacho shots and coconut chocolate truffles which feature —what else?!— avocado.

To take full advantage of all these recipe ideas and more, you'll definitely want to check out Avocados from Mexico's helpful “how-t0" avo tips page where you'll find several helpful videos, everything from how to ripen avocados quicker by burying them in rice for a couple days to how best to preserve half of an avocado that you'd like to eat later by rubbing it with lemon juice, covering it with plastic wrap, and putting it in the fridge.

The post Avocado Cookbook Round-up appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Most people who include avocados on their regular grocery list use the fruit for the same role or recipe time and again: as a garnish on salad or soup, or as the main event in a bowl of glorious guacamole. Don't get us wrong: We LOVE the avocado in these go-to dishes! But what if we told you the avocado was so much more versatile than you could ever imagine? So versatile, in fact, that it has inspired entire cookbooks! It's true! There are at least half a dozen cookbooks devoted solely to our favorite fruit. Here are three of the best that you should keep on your shelf:

1. Absolutely Avocados

A delectable bowl of guacamole graces the cover of this cookbook by Gaby Dalkin, but don't be fooled: Between its covers, you'll find 75 ways to use avocados in new ways, from breakfast to dessert, and every meal and snack in between. We'll take an order of crab and avocado quesadillas, please! In addition to recipes, there are helpful, well-illustrated guides to different avocado types, as well as primers on how to determine whether an avocado is ripe. Of course, if you're more of an audiovisual learner, Avocados from Mexico has a quick video about finding the perfect avocado that shows you how to hold an avocado in the palm of your hand and gently squeeze it to see if it's ripe. If it gives just a little, you know you're ready to go!

2. The Avocado Cookbook

More than 50 avo-centric recipes pack Heather Thomas's cookbook. You can expect to find some unusual preparations here, including Crispy Duck and Avocado Pancakes, which will wow guests who are lucky enough to sit around your dinner table. Thomas also includes a brief history of the avocado and its Mexican origins.

3. The Goodness of Avocado

Lucy Jessop's cookbook may be more tightly curated, with just 40 recipes, but nothing is sacrificed in terms of quality or variety of dishes. There are some lovely surprises in this well-illustrated volume, including green gazpacho shots and coconut chocolate truffles which feature —what else?!— avocado. To take full advantage of all these recipe ideas and more, you'll definitely want to check out Avocados from Mexico's helpful “how-t0" avo tips page where you'll find several helpful videos, everything from how to ripen avocados quicker by burying them in rice for a couple days to how best to preserve half of an avocado that you'd like to eat later by rubbing it with lemon juice, covering it with plastic wrap, and putting it in the fridge.

The post Avocado Cookbook Round-up appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avo Madness https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avo-madness/ Tue, 07 Mar 2017 17:26:33 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19959

If the nonstop intensity of the NCAA Basketball Tournament, with its 48 nail-biting, single elimination games played in less than four days is enough to rev up your armchair athlete, then you'll need sustenance, amigo! Nothing brings basketball fans together at game time more than cheering and eating as their favorite team pulls ahead. With these deliciously easy avocado-based ideas, you'll be chilling courtside in no time at all!

Dipping Right In

Nothing says “Game on!" quite like a good dip, and much like the warm-up, you don't want to miss this. Drop the cheesy stuff and go for green — guacamole green, that is! Satisfying and flavorful, this simple taco dip has it all. You'll need two perfectly ripe avocados, so look out for deep green skin and flesh that gives a little when gently squeezed in the palm of your hand. Peel, pit, and dice the avocado, then toss one into a bowl along with some onions, lime juice, garlic, and a hint of salt. Mash them coarsely with a fork so that you still have some chunky texture. After you prepare your guacamole, to keep it green until your guests arrive or need to use, simply pour a thin layer of milk over the top of it. When ready to serve, simply pour the liquid off. In a separate bowl, drain and mash some canned pinto beans, adding a zing of chile powder and salt. This spreadable protein goodness forms a great flavorful foundation. Top it off with your guacamole and add a dollop of sour cream, then cover and refrigerate. When it's tip-off time, simply garnish with the remaining avocado and cilantro and serve with some tortilla chips, carrots, and celery sticks. It's a winning start!

Eggs-cellent Entertainment!

These deviled eggs make a great game day snack, especially since you can prepare much of it in advance. Start by boiling an egg for every two people you're expecting. Toss the yolks into a food processor and pulse them briefly. Add the flesh from one avocado for every 10 eggs and boost the flavor with mustard, chipotle powder, salt, and pepper. Blitz these again briefly and then pipe or spoon the filling back into the hollowed egg whites.

At this point, you can get creative and drizzle on some flavored oil (like parsley-infused oil) and top off with crunchy bacon bits, smoky-sweet roasted pepper (get these jarred and dice them up), or even crab meat. Let your imagination be your guide!

Halftime Hunger Busters

It's halftime and your appetizers were gulped down 30 points ago. Watching the non-stop action has you and your guests famished! It's tostada time! And the good news is, you couldn't find a quicker or easier recipe! Grab two ripe avocados, halve and pit them, then dice them while still in their convenient jackets. Scoop out the neat squares, you avo expert, and toss them with lime juice and salt. Warm up a can of refried beans in a saucepan over medium-heat and crack open a pack of tostada shells. Spread the beans on the tostada shells and spoon some of your avo mixture onto them. At this point, your imagination is your only limit and you can set out bowls of your favorite toppings: grated cheese, shredded lettuce, and pulled pork or cubed chicken are total crowd pleasers! Then, call your crew and let everyone build their own tostadas. Game on!

Sweet Finishes

Sweeter than a buzzer-beating 3-pointer, these make-ahead avocado-laced brownies are the perfect finish to a March Madness get-together. Your guests will never even know that these brownies contain avo, unless you reveal the secret that the luscious moisture in these cakes is thanks to the two avocados you added to the batter, which is a simple combination of eggs, sugar, chocolate chips, cocoa, vanilla, a little bit of salt and flour. A quick half hour bake and presto!

The post Avo Madness appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If the nonstop intensity of the NCAA Basketball Tournament, with its 48 nail-biting, single elimination games played in less than four days is enough to rev up your armchair athlete, then you'll need sustenance, amigo! Nothing brings basketball fans together at game time more than cheering and eating as their favorite team pulls ahead. With these deliciously easy avocado-based ideas, you'll be chilling courtside in no time at all!

Dipping Right In

Nothing says “Game on!" quite like a good dip, and much like the warm-up, you don't want to miss this. Drop the cheesy stuff and go for green — guacamole green, that is! Satisfying and flavorful, this simple taco dip has it all. You'll need two perfectly ripe avocados, so look out for deep green skin and flesh that gives a little when gently squeezed in the palm of your hand. Peel, pit, and dice the avocado, then toss one into a bowl along with some onions, lime juice, garlic, and a hint of salt. Mash them coarsely with a fork so that you still have some chunky texture. After you prepare your guacamole, to keep it green until your guests arrive or need to use, simply pour a thin layer of milk over the top of it. When ready to serve, simply pour the liquid off. In a separate bowl, drain and mash some canned pinto beans, adding a zing of chile powder and salt. This spreadable protein goodness forms a great flavorful foundation. Top it off with your guacamole and add a dollop of sour cream, then cover and refrigerate. When it's tip-off time, simply garnish with the remaining avocado and cilantro and serve with some tortilla chips, carrots, and celery sticks. It's a winning start!

Eggs-cellent Entertainment!

These deviled eggs make a great game day snack, especially since you can prepare much of it in advance. Start by boiling an egg for every two people you're expecting. Toss the yolks into a food processor and pulse them briefly. Add the flesh from one avocado for every 10 eggs and boost the flavor with mustard, chipotle powder, salt, and pepper. Blitz these again briefly and then pipe or spoon the filling back into the hollowed egg whites. At this point, you can get creative and drizzle on some flavored oil (like parsley-infused oil) and top off with crunchy bacon bits, smoky-sweet roasted pepper (get these jarred and dice them up), or even crab meat. Let your imagination be your guide!

Halftime Hunger Busters

It's halftime and your appetizers were gulped down 30 points ago. Watching the non-stop action has you and your guests famished! It's tostada time! And the good news is, you couldn't find a quicker or easier recipe! Grab two ripe avocados, halve and pit them, then dice them while still in their convenient jackets. Scoop out the neat squares, you avo expert, and toss them with lime juice and salt. Warm up a can of refried beans in a saucepan over medium-heat and crack open a pack of tostada shells. Spread the beans on the tostada shells and spoon some of your avo mixture onto them. At this point, your imagination is your only limit and you can set out bowls of your favorite toppings: grated cheese, shredded lettuce, and pulled pork or cubed chicken are total crowd pleasers! Then, call your crew and let everyone build their own tostadas. Game on!

Sweet Finishes

Sweeter than a buzzer-beating 3-pointer, these make-ahead avocado-laced brownies are the perfect finish to a March Madness get-together. Your guests will never even know that these brownies contain avo, unless you reveal the secret that the luscious moisture in these cakes is thanks to the two avocados you added to the batter, which is a simple combination of eggs, sugar, chocolate chips, cocoa, vanilla, a little bit of salt and flour. A quick half hour bake and presto!

The post Avo Madness appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Spicy St. Patrick’s Day Margarita Recipes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/spicy-st-patricks-day-margarita-recipes/ Tue, 07 Mar 2017 17:26:27 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19958

It's almost St. Patrick's Day, and if you're in charge of this year's party, we're here to help!

We know there are a few ingredients that make any St. Patty's Day gathering successful: good drinks, good food, and good fun. And if the drinks and food are green, well, you get big-time bonus points!

This year, rely on Avocados from Mexico, which are available and fresh year-round, as your key ingredient. These powerhouse fruits aren't just good for guacamole (though, yes, they're GREAT for that!); they're also a go-to ingredient for marvelous margaritas. It's true! Avocados are a super-flexible fruit that can lend color and flavor to lots of recipes, including cocktails. And since they're green, they're the perfect St. Patrick's Day companion!

If you're hosting a St. Patty's party, stock up on ripe avocados (and if you need a little help finding ripe ones, we got you covered! To choose perfectly ripe avocados, just give it a gentle squeeze, if it yields to pressure it's ready) for these margarita and guacamole recipes!

Sour Green Apple Margarita

If you've got party-goers who can't handle the heat, don't banish them from the kitchen — we've got a green-hued cocktail that will suit them just fine! This sour green apple margarita recipe calls for jalapeño simple syrup, but if you've got some spice-averse folks, you can leave it out and still serve up a pretty green and tasty drink. And you can shake up a separate batch of margs for the friends who have a high heat tolerance!

Spicy Grand Marnier Margarita

This spicy margarita isn't green and it doesn't use avocados, but it will be a surefire St. Patty's Day hit even though it draws on all the flavors of Mexico rather than Ireland — tequila, chipotle, agave nectar, limes, and red pepper flakes. Guests who can take the heat will ask for refills on this one, so have plenty of ingredients at the ready!

Jalapeño Avocado Margarita

One of our favorite go-to margaritas blends the best ingredient — avocado — with the fiery kick of jalapeño, producing a green-tinged cocktail that will keep you from getting pinched on St. Patrick's Day. Stock up on avocados and jalapeños, as well as cilantro, tequila, and triple sec, and invite all your friends over for a marg and guac St. Patty's party!

Now that you've got three great drink recipes, it's time to prep the chips and guacamole. The Avocados from Mexico website has an amazing array of recipes that will surprise and delight, from this avocado-tequila guacamole to this fiery Creole guacamole. Make several of the recipes and create a guacamole bar, pairing the creamy mixes with a variety of dipping devices, from classic tortilla chips to the Mexican jicama, a crisp root vegetable, and greens like broccoli and romanesco. Need a helpful demonstration? Click on this video tutorial to watch as Chef Pati Jinich explains when guac is best consumed and on this one to watch her explain how to keep your guac green longer by pouring a layer of milk on top of it and putting it in the fridge. For these avo tips and more, please visit Avocados from Mexico's helpful “how-to" page.

With all these wonderful drink recipes and helpful tips, we've no doubt you'll be the life of the St. Patty's party!

The post Spicy St. Patrick’s Day Margarita Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It's almost St. Patrick's Day, and if you're in charge of this year's party, we're here to help! We know there are a few ingredients that make any St. Patty's Day gathering successful: good drinks, good food, and good fun. And if the drinks and food are green, well, you get big-time bonus points! This year, rely on Avocados from Mexico, which are available and fresh year-round, as your key ingredient. These powerhouse fruits aren't just good for guacamole (though, yes, they're GREAT for that!); they're also a go-to ingredient for marvelous margaritas. It's true! Avocados are a super-flexible fruit that can lend color and flavor to lots of recipes, including cocktails. And since they're green, they're the perfect St. Patrick's Day companion! If you're hosting a St. Patty's party, stock up on ripe avocados (and if you need a little help finding ripe ones, we got you covered! To choose perfectly ripe avocados, just give it a gentle squeeze, if it yields to pressure it's ready) for these margarita and guacamole recipes! Sour Green Apple Margarita If you've got party-goers who can't handle the heat, don't banish them from the kitchen — we've got a green-hued cocktail that will suit them just fine! This sour green apple margarita recipe calls for jalapeño simple syrup, but if you've got some spice-averse folks, you can leave it out and still serve up a pretty green and tasty drink. And you can shake up a separate batch of margs for the friends who have a high heat tolerance! Spicy Grand Marnier Margarita This spicy margarita isn't green and it doesn't use avocados, but it will be a surefire St. Patty's Day hit even though it draws on all the flavors of Mexico rather than Ireland — tequila, chipotle, agave nectar, limes, and red pepper flakes. Guests who can take the heat will ask for refills on this one, so have plenty of ingredients at the ready! Jalapeño Avocado Margarita One of our favorite go-to margaritas blends the best ingredient — avocado — with the fiery kick of jalapeño, producing a green-tinged cocktail that will keep you from getting pinched on St. Patrick's Day. Stock up on avocados and jalapeños, as well as cilantro, tequila, and triple sec, and invite all your friends over for a marg and guac St. Patty's party! Now that you've got three great drink recipes, it's time to prep the chips and guacamole. The Avocados from Mexico website has an amazing array of recipes that will surprise and delight, from this avocado-tequila guacamole to this fiery Creole guacamole. Make several of the recipes and create a guacamole bar, pairing the creamy mixes with a variety of dipping devices, from classic tortilla chips to the Mexican jicama, a crisp root vegetable, and greens like broccoli and romanesco. Need a helpful demonstration? Click on this video tutorial to watch as Chef Pati Jinich explains when guac is best consumed and on this one to watch her explain how to keep your guac green longer by pouring a layer of milk on top of it and putting it in the fridge. For these avo tips and more, please visit Avocados from Mexico's helpful “how-to" page. With all these wonderful drink recipes and helpful tips, we've no doubt you'll be the life of the St. Patty's party!

The post Spicy St. Patrick’s Day Margarita Recipes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avo 101: 5 Avocado Tips https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avo-101-5-avocado-tips/ Wed, 22 Feb 2017 13:08:38 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19704

It happens to everyone: You're strolling through the produce section of your supermarket and you spy a fruit or vegetable that piques your curiosity. Maybe you've never seen it before, so you wonder what it is and how you could use it. Or perhaps you see it all the time and you know exactly what it is and how you could incorporate it into your meal plans . . . but it's the selection and prep work that leave you stymied. How do you pick the best fruit and know it's ripe? How do you slice it? And how do you save and store it if you don't use it all at once?

We may not be able to help you with dragon fruit, romanesco, or jicama, but when it comes to avocados, we've got you covered! Read on for Avo 101, your own personal crash course on selecting, preparing, and saving this great green fruit. It'll be the easiest — and most delicious — class you'll ever take!

1. How to Tell If an Avocado Is Ripe

There's a tempting pile of avocados in the fruit and vegetable section of the grocery store, but you're reluctant to buy any because you've never been sure how to tell if they're ripe. Does color indicate ripeness? How about scent or texture?

It turns out, there's no big mystery to decode when it comes to determining an avocado's ripeness. There's only one factor you need to consider, and that's whether the avocado yields under the gentle pressure of your thumb. Still not sure? Check out this quick video for a demonstration.

2. How to Ripen an Avocado

Suppose you've perfected your ability to choose a ripe avocado, but it turns out that not a single one at the supermarket is ready yet. Should you still buy one? Will it ever ripen at home? Short answers: Yes and yes!

Longer answer: You can speed up an avocado's maturation at home with a couple common kitchen and pantry items, namely, a paper bag and a banana. Simply place the unripe avocado in the paper bag along with a banana and check back over the following few days — four usually do the trick— to test ripeness. Need a visual? You can see the process in this video.

3. How to Slow Down Ripening

Sometimes, you have the opposite problem: You've bought an avocado that's ripening too quickly. If you need to decelerate the process of maturation, there's a trick for that, and it's the easiest of them all! The only thing you need to do is move the avocado from the countertop or table and into the fridge, where the cold will put a literal chill on the ripening process. Learn more in this video.

4. How to Slice and Dice an Avocado

Have you ever bought a fruit or vegetable only to wonder, once you're at home in your kitchen, which way to slice it? This how-to question may seem to pose an even bigger challenge when the fruit has a pit or seed, as the avocado does.

But don't be intimidated: This little green fruit is user-friendly. Check out this short video for the secrets of slicing and dicing avocados. You'll be serving up avocado in salads or as garnishes on soups in no time!

5. How to Save Half an Avocado

It's hard to resist using the whole avocado once you've sliced into it, but if you ever have an avocado half that you need to save, what should you do? And how can you keep it from turning brown and mushy? Chef Pati Jinich lets you in on her secrets (Hint: The trick involves a lemon and some plastic wrap) in this fun video.

The post Avo 101: 5 Avocado Tips appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It happens to everyone: You're strolling through the produce section of your supermarket and you spy a fruit or vegetable that piques your curiosity. Maybe you've never seen it before, so you wonder what it is and how you could use it. Or perhaps you see it all the time and you know exactly what it is and how you could incorporate it into your meal plans . . . but it's the selection and prep work that leave you stymied. How do you pick the best fruit and know it's ripe? How do you slice it? And how do you save and store it if you don't use it all at once? We may not be able to help you with dragon fruit, romanesco, or jicama, but when it comes to avocados, we've got you covered! Read on for Avo 101, your own personal crash course on selecting, preparing, and saving this great green fruit. It'll be the easiest — and most delicious — class you'll ever take!

1. How to Tell If an Avocado Is Ripe

There's a tempting pile of avocados in the fruit and vegetable section of the grocery store, but you're reluctant to buy any because you've never been sure how to tell if they're ripe. Does color indicate ripeness? How about scent or texture? It turns out, there's no big mystery to decode when it comes to determining an avocado's ripeness. There's only one factor you need to consider, and that's whether the avocado yields under the gentle pressure of your thumb. Still not sure? Check out this quick video for a demonstration.

2. How to Ripen an Avocado

Suppose you've perfected your ability to choose a ripe avocado, but it turns out that not a single one at the supermarket is ready yet. Should you still buy one? Will it ever ripen at home? Short answers: Yes and yes! Longer answer: You can speed up an avocado's maturation at home with a couple common kitchen and pantry items, namely, a paper bag and a banana. Simply place the unripe avocado in the paper bag along with a banana and check back over the following few days — four usually do the trick— to test ripeness. Need a visual? You can see the process in this video.

3. How to Slow Down Ripening

Sometimes, you have the opposite problem: You've bought an avocado that's ripening too quickly. If you need to decelerate the process of maturation, there's a trick for that, and it's the easiest of them all! The only thing you need to do is move the avocado from the countertop or table and into the fridge, where the cold will put a literal chill on the ripening process. Learn more in this video.

4. How to Slice and Dice an Avocado

Have you ever bought a fruit or vegetable only to wonder, once you're at home in your kitchen, which way to slice it? This how-to question may seem to pose an even bigger challenge when the fruit has a pit or seed, as the avocado does. But don't be intimidated: This little green fruit is user-friendly. Check out this short video for the secrets of slicing and dicing avocados. You'll be serving up avocado in salads or as garnishes on soups in no time!

5. How to Save Half an Avocado

It's hard to resist using the whole avocado once you've sliced into it, but if you ever have an avocado half that you need to save, what should you do? And how can you keep it from turning brown and mushy? Chef Pati Jinich lets you in on her secrets (Hint: The trick involves a lemon and some plastic wrap) in this fun video.

The post Avo 101: 5 Avocado Tips appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Can Animals Eat Avocado? https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/educating-pet-owners-avocados/ Thu, 16 Feb 2017 21:41:20 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19697

It's no big secret: Humans love avocados. And we absolutely love the way the heart-healthy fruit loves us back! But while your furry friends might try to convince you they, too, love guacamole, it's important to be sure — can animals eat avocado? Better yet, should they?

It’s best that you leave the guac and other avo-related dishes to your two-footed human friends and family members. Dogs, cats, and other pets, such as birds and rabbits, can be sensitive to avocados. Some may even experience serious distress if exposed to certain parts of the fruit. Let’s take a closer look at the reasons why.

 

Why Can't Animals Eat Avocado?

Most of the avocado tree, including the bark and leaves, as well as the fruit itself, its skin, and its pit, contain a substance called persin, a fungicide that can irritate some animals’ stomachs, while it could even be toxic for others. Persin is fat-soluble and is actually very similar in structure to the monosaturated fats in avocados that support healthy cholesterol levels. The molecules start out in the avocado pit, and as the fruit gets fattier and tastier and more tempting while ripening on the tree, persin is drawn out of the seed and into the oily flesh of the fruit.

Obviously, the levels of persin found in an avocado's smooth green flesh has no toxic effect on most humans, though it is the suspected culprit for people who do have an avocado allergy.

 

1. Can Cats and Dogs Eat Avocado?🐱 🐶

Not to worry if your kitty or pup accidentally manages to snag a bite of your avocado toast. Some cat and dog foods are actually made with avocado oil and these are generally considered safe. However, eating the green flesh or the leathery peel can cause stomach upset for your furry friend, and swallowing the large seed could lead to a blockage that requires an urgent visit to the vet. So better not to share your guac. (More for you!)

Keep your avocados out of reach of your pet by knowing how to store avocados properly.

 

2. Can Rodents Eat Avocado? 🐀 🐇

Other pet owners need to be more careful. Smaller fuzzy friends, like rabbits, rats, mice, and hamsters don’t tolerate avocado well at all. The peel or pit may cause serious heart problems in small rodents if they consume the peel or pit. In fact, dried avocado seeds have historically been an ingredient in homemade rodent deterrents. Sorry, Mr. Fuzzywhiskers.

 

3. Can Birds Eat Avocado? 🦜🦆

Birds who get their beaks into avocado can experience life-threatening respiratory symptoms. This is true for smaller indoor breeds like canaries and parrots AND larger agricultural breeds like chickens and ostriches. Certainly don’t feed your extra avocado slices to the ducks (or deer!) at the nature park, and be sure to pack your peels home after the hike instead of leaving them to compost.

The effects of avocado could be part of the tree’s defense mechanism, not just against invading fungus, but against any feathered flock that might descend into its branches for lunch. Though it may be a defense, this also presents a challenge for the future of the avocado plant, since most fruit trees rely on the animals that eat them to disperse the seeds and keep the cycle of growth going. Native to Southern Mexico and Guatemala, the Resplendent Quetzal gets this great honor, swallowing the avocado's massive fruit whole and regurgitating the unpassable seed. Other birds should not try to live up to that reputation.

 

Prehistoric Avo Eaters 🦥

Another animal known for consuming the avocado whole and disposing of its pit was the giant prehistoric ground sloth. Now extinct, this large mammal may be part of the reason we still have avocados to this day.

 

4. Can Livestock Eat Avocado? 🐎 🐄

If you have a farm full of animals in addition to your indoor pets, it is important to note that larger animals should avoid avocado as well. Keep the fruit away from horses, as well as any ruminants like cattle, sheep, and goats. Just because they will eat anything doesn’t mean they should! Even fish should avoid avocado, so keep them out of the koi pond and stick to pellets to avoid increasing the toxicity of the water.

 

What to Do if Your Pet Eats Avocado

Vets generally advise against sharing table food with your pets, but we all have our moments of weakness when we see those puppy eyes. Learn what other foods pets should avoid here, but when in doubt, try to refrain from giving scraps

 
Any kind of symptoms of distress should be evaluated and treated by a vet, but if you aren’t sure what to do and suspect avocado toxicity, get in touch with the folks at the ASPCA’s poison control center (1-888-426-4435) who can help you with advice if your pet has consumed avocado.

The post Can Animals Eat Avocado? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It's no big secret: Humans love avocados. And we absolutely love the way the heart-healthy fruit loves us back! But while your furry friends might try to convince you they, too, love guacamole, it's important to be sure — can animals eat avocado? Better yet, should they? It’s best that you leave the guac and other avo-related dishes to your two-footed human friends and family members. Dogs, cats, and other pets, such as birds and rabbits, can be sensitive to avocados. Some may even experience serious distress if exposed to certain parts of the fruit. Let’s take a closer look at the reasons why.  

Why Can't Animals Eat Avocado?

Most of the avocado tree, including the bark and leaves, as well as the fruit itself, its skin, and its pit, contain a substance called persin, a fungicide that can irritate some animals’ stomachs, while it could even be toxic for others. Persin is fat-soluble and is actually very similar in structure to the monosaturated fats in avocados that support healthy cholesterol levels. The molecules start out in the avocado pit, and as the fruit gets fattier and tastier and more tempting while ripening on the tree, persin is drawn out of the seed and into the oily flesh of the fruit. Obviously, the levels of persin found in an avocado's smooth green flesh has no toxic effect on most humans, though it is the suspected culprit for people who do have an avocado allergy.  

1. Can Cats and Dogs Eat Avocado?🐱 🐶

Not to worry if your kitty or pup accidentally manages to snag a bite of your avocado toast. Some cat and dog foods are actually made with avocado oil and these are generally considered safe. However, eating the green flesh or the leathery peel can cause stomach upset for your furry friend, and swallowing the large seed could lead to a blockage that requires an urgent visit to the vet. So better not to share your guac. (More for you!) Keep your avocados out of reach of your pet by knowing how to store avocados properly.  

2. Can Rodents Eat Avocado? 🐀 🐇

Other pet owners need to be more careful. Smaller fuzzy friends, like rabbits, rats, mice, and hamsters don’t tolerate avocado well at all. The peel or pit may cause serious heart problems in small rodents if they consume the peel or pit. In fact, dried avocado seeds have historically been an ingredient in homemade rodent deterrents. Sorry, Mr. Fuzzywhiskers.  

3. Can Birds Eat Avocado? 🦜🦆

Birds who get their beaks into avocado can experience life-threatening respiratory symptoms. This is true for smaller indoor breeds like canaries and parrots AND larger agricultural breeds like chickens and ostriches. Certainly don’t feed your extra avocado slices to the ducks (or deer!) at the nature park, and be sure to pack your peels home after the hike instead of leaving them to compost. The effects of avocado could be part of the tree’s defense mechanism, not just against invading fungus, but against any feathered flock that might descend into its branches for lunch. Though it may be a defense, this also presents a challenge for the future of the avocado plant, since most fruit trees rely on the animals that eat them to disperse the seeds and keep the cycle of growth going. Native to Southern Mexico and Guatemala, the Resplendent Quetzal gets this great honor, swallowing the avocado's massive fruit whole and regurgitating the unpassable seed. Other birds should not try to live up to that reputation.  

Prehistoric Avo Eaters 🦥

Another animal known for consuming the avocado whole and disposing of its pit was the giant prehistoric ground sloth. Now extinct, this large mammal may be part of the reason we still have avocados to this day.
 

4. Can Livestock Eat Avocado? 🐎 🐄

If you have a farm full of animals in addition to your indoor pets, it is important to note that larger animals should avoid avocado as well. Keep the fruit away from horses, as well as any ruminants like cattle, sheep, and goats. Just because they will eat anything doesn’t mean they should! Even fish should avoid avocado, so keep them out of the koi pond and stick to pellets to avoid increasing the toxicity of the water.  

What to Do if Your Pet Eats Avocado

Vets generally advise against sharing table food with your pets, but we all have our moments of weakness when we see those puppy eyes. Learn what other foods pets should avoid here, but when in doubt, try to refrain from giving scraps   Any kind of symptoms of distress should be evaluated and treated by a vet, but if you aren’t sure what to do and suspect avocado toxicity, get in touch with the folks at the ASPCA’s poison control center (1-888-426-4435) who can help you with advice if your pet has consumed avocado.

The post Can Animals Eat Avocado? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Unusual Avocado Pairings https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-unusual-avocado-pairings/ Thu, 16 Feb 2017 20:52:59 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19696

Are you looking for creative ways to eat avocados that go beyond guacamole? Is your palate begging for a new and exciting avo-venture? While some of these avocado combos might sound outlandish at first, the creamy texture and refreshing flavor of avocado plays nicely with almost anything, and you’ll find that it can be an incredibly versatile fruit.

Here are some of our favorite creative avocado pairings, both savory and sweet, to help you make the most of your avocado experience.

 

1. Avocado and Chocolate 🍫

Calling all chocoholics! It may come as a surprise to you, but avocado can play the role of butter or oil in certain dessert recipes. Why not try to whip up some chocolate avocado frosting the next time you make cupcakes?

 

Chocolate Avocado Frosting

  • 2 ripe avocados (peeled and pitted)
  • 1/2 c. honey or maple syrup
  • 2 tbsp. coconut oil
  • 1/2 tsp. vanilla extract
  • Pinch of salt

 

Directions:

Combine all ingredients in a food processor until blended. You can keep this frosting in the refrigerator for a couple of days but its creamy goodness may not last that long!

Before going on this sweet avocado adventure, you'll need to be sure you have the perfect avocados.

 
Other wonderful avo-chocolate combinations include decadent dark chocolate avocado brownies and dark chocolate avocado truffles, which are easy to make and fun to mix and roll with the kiddos. Fans of opulence will love this avocado, chocolate, and strawberry mousse, and bakers can test out these chocolate, avocado, dried cherry, and nut butter muffins. They may sound like unusual avocado pairings, but they are #AlwaysGood.

 

2. Avocado and Balsamic Vinegar 🍇

The tang and sweetness of balsamic are a great compliment to the fresh, creamy interior of the avocado. For a quick, fresh snack, cut an avocado into chunks and drizzle with olive oil, balsamic vinegar, salt, and pepper. To step it up to a side salad, add fresh mozzarella pearls and halved cherry tomatoes. Or if you're feeling extra fancy, you can use these same ingredients to make skewers served with a balsamic dipping sauce for a delicious hors d'oeuvre.

If you’re a salad savant, you’ll love our recipe for a creamified balsamic vinaigrette dressing (courtesy of avocado).
 

Avocado Balsamic Vinaigrette

  • 1/2 Avocado From Mexico, diced
  • 1 tbsp. avocado oil
  • 2 tbsp. shallots, minced
  • 1 tbsp. Dijon mustard
  • 3 tbsp. white balsamic vinegar
  • 1 tbsp. honey
  • 3 tbsp. water

 

Directions:

Blend all ingredients until smooth and creamy. Drizzle generously over your favorite salad.

 

 

3. Avocado and Coffee ☕️

It may sound like the weirdest combo ever, but trust us: It’s GOOD. This avocado iced coffee shake is an out-of-the-ordinary refreshing pick-me-up. Just toss these ingredients into a blender and lay on that pulse button:

  • 1/2 Avocado From Mexico, skinned, and pitted
  • 1 c. espresso (or strong coffee)
  • 1/2 c. sweetened condensed milk
  • Handful of ice cubes

You can play with different levels of each ingredient until you find the perfect combination for your taste. Add chocolate syrup for a mocha twist. Mmm.

Wondering what to do with the other half of that avocado? Check it out:

 

4. Avocado and Honey 🍯

This avocado pairing is one for your Honey avocaDo list. It’s sweet, it’s creamy, it’s sticky, it’s green, and it’s good on anything. Ooh la la.

For starters, try out this avocado hot honey butter spread which is soooo good on a warm, homemade biscuit or fresh flapjacks. If you’re on a citrus kick for breakfast, this orange and avocado salad with honey dressing is a sweet way to start the day.

And if you’re looking for a sandwich spread, this creamy and spicy honey mustard is awesomesauce on burgers and hot dogs. It’s also a great dip for pretzels, crackers, and pizza crusts!
 

Spicy Avocado Honey Mustard

  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, halved, skinned, and pitted
  • 1/2 c. Dijon mustard
  • 1/4 c. honey
  • 1/4 tsp. cayenne pepper, or more if desired
  • 1/2 tsp. kosher salt

 

Directions:

In a small bowl, whisk all ingredients together until combined. Blend if needed. When mixture is a creamy consistency, feel free to slather it on everything you eat.

 

Avocado-Lovers’ Wonderland

What if we told you we know a place with hundreds of fantastic avocado recipes, just waiting to pique your culinary creativity? It's true: our recipe page is overflowing with delicious flavors and new ways to use our favorite green fruit. Dig in!

 

5. Avocado and Olives 🫒

A perfect balance between an aioli and olive tapenade, this quick and simple avocado and olive mayo will give burgers, hot dogs, or other sandwiches some good oomph. You can also serve it as a dip with crudité or pita chips, or you know, just eat it with a spoon.
 

Avocado Tapenade

  • 1 ripe Avocado From Mexico
  • 10 pitted black olives
  • 1 garlic clove
  • 1/4 c. lemon juice
  • Salt and pepper

 

Directions:

Blend all ingredients in a food processor or blender. Once the mixture is fairly creamy, slowly trickle in 1/2 cup of olive oil until the mix emulsifies. Continue to purée to perfection.
 

These creative and unusual avocado pairings are sure to please your palate. Now comes the tough question: Which one will you make first?

The post 5 Unusual Avocado Pairings appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Are you looking for creative ways to eat avocados that go beyond guacamole? Is your palate begging for a new and exciting avo-venture? While some of these avocado combos might sound outlandish at first, the creamy texture and refreshing flavor of avocado plays nicely with almost anything, and you’ll find that it can be an incredibly versatile fruit. Here are some of our favorite creative avocado pairings, both savory and sweet, to help you make the most of your avocado experience.  

1. Avocado and Chocolate 🍫

Calling all chocoholics! It may come as a surprise to you, but avocado can play the role of butter or oil in certain dessert recipes. Why not try to whip up some chocolate avocado frosting the next time you make cupcakes?  

Chocolate Avocado Frosting

  • 2 ripe avocados (peeled and pitted)
  • 1/2 c. honey or maple syrup
  • 2 tbsp. coconut oil
  • 1/2 tsp. vanilla extract
  • Pinch of salt
 

Directions:

Combine all ingredients in a food processor until blended. You can keep this frosting in the refrigerator for a couple of days but its creamy goodness may not last that long! Before going on this sweet avocado adventure, you'll need to be sure you have the perfect avocados.   Other wonderful avo-chocolate combinations include decadent dark chocolate avocado brownies and dark chocolate avocado truffles, which are easy to make and fun to mix and roll with the kiddos. Fans of opulence will love this avocado, chocolate, and strawberry mousse, and bakers can test out these chocolate, avocado, dried cherry, and nut butter muffins. They may sound like unusual avocado pairings, but they are #AlwaysGood.  

2. Avocado and Balsamic Vinegar 🍇

The tang and sweetness of balsamic are a great compliment to the fresh, creamy interior of the avocado. For a quick, fresh snack, cut an avocado into chunks and drizzle with olive oil, balsamic vinegar, salt, and pepper. To step it up to a side salad, add fresh mozzarella pearls and halved cherry tomatoes. Or if you're feeling extra fancy, you can use these same ingredients to make skewers served with a balsamic dipping sauce for a delicious hors d'oeuvre. If you’re a salad savant, you’ll love our recipe for a creamified balsamic vinaigrette dressing (courtesy of avocado).  

Avocado Balsamic Vinaigrette

  • 1/2 Avocado From Mexico, diced
  • 1 tbsp. avocado oil
  • 2 tbsp. shallots, minced
  • 1 tbsp. Dijon mustard
  • 3 tbsp. white balsamic vinegar
  • 1 tbsp. honey
  • 3 tbsp. water
 

Directions:

Blend all ingredients until smooth and creamy. Drizzle generously over your favorite salad.    

3. Avocado and Coffee ☕️

It may sound like the weirdest combo ever, but trust us: It’s GOOD. This avocado iced coffee shake is an out-of-the-ordinary refreshing pick-me-up. Just toss these ingredients into a blender and lay on that pulse button:
  • 1/2 Avocado From Mexico, skinned, and pitted
  • 1 c. espresso (or strong coffee)
  • 1/2 c. sweetened condensed milk
  • Handful of ice cubes
You can play with different levels of each ingredient until you find the perfect combination for your taste. Add chocolate syrup for a mocha twist. Mmm. Wondering what to do with the other half of that avocado? Check it out:  

4. Avocado and Honey 🍯

This avocado pairing is one for your Honey avocaDo list. It’s sweet, it’s creamy, it’s sticky, it’s green, and it’s good on anything. Ooh la la. For starters, try out this avocado hot honey butter spread which is soooo good on a warm, homemade biscuit or fresh flapjacks. If you’re on a citrus kick for breakfast, this orange and avocado salad with honey dressing is a sweet way to start the day. And if you’re looking for a sandwich spread, this creamy and spicy honey mustard is awesomesauce on burgers and hot dogs. It’s also a great dip for pretzels, crackers, and pizza crusts!  

Spicy Avocado Honey Mustard

  • 1 Avocado From Mexico, halved, skinned, and pitted
  • 1/2 c. Dijon mustard
  • 1/4 c. honey
  • 1/4 tsp. cayenne pepper, or more if desired
  • 1/2 tsp. kosher salt
  Directions: In a small bowl, whisk all ingredients together until combined. Blend if needed. When mixture is a creamy consistency, feel free to slather it on everything you eat.  

Avocado-Lovers’ Wonderland

What if we told you we know a place with hundreds of fantastic avocado recipes, just waiting to pique your culinary creativity? It's true: our recipe page is overflowing with delicious flavors and new ways to use our favorite green fruit. Dig in!
 

5. Avocado and Olives 🫒

A perfect balance between an aioli and olive tapenade, this quick and simple avocado and olive mayo will give burgers, hot dogs, or other sandwiches some good oomph. You can also serve it as a dip with crudité or pita chips, or you know, just eat it with a spoon.  

Avocado Tapenade

  • 1 ripe Avocado From Mexico
  • 10 pitted black olives
  • 1 garlic clove
  • 1/4 c. lemon juice
  • Salt and pepper
 

Directions:

Blend all ingredients in a food processor or blender. Once the mixture is fairly creamy, slowly trickle in 1/2 cup of olive oil until the mix emulsifies. Continue to purée to perfection.   These creative and unusual avocado pairings are sure to please your palate. Now comes the tough question: Which one will you make first?

The post 5 Unusual Avocado Pairings appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Avocado Hobbies for the New Year https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/5-avocado-hobbies-new-year/ Thu, 16 Feb 2017 20:48:57 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19688

Worried about how much time you and your family members spend with screens? Wish you had more quality time together? There are many cheap and easy ways to fill your hours with fun activities that don't involve staring at a computer, phone, or TV. What you need is a hobby! Here are five simple, affordable ideas for fun, crafty activities you can try at home, alone or with the whole family. And all of them involve the versatile avocado!

 

1. Grow a Garden

A large garden can be an exciting and rewarding project, but don't feel like you need to take over the entire yard to enjoy growing your own fruits and veggies. You can grow fresh salad greens, sprouts, and quick-growing herbs right in your kitchen. You can plant a small bucket or bin of carrots, potatoes, or ginger. You can even grow fruit like lemons or avocados in large pots! Have fun experimenting growing the fruit from seed, or visit a local nursery for an established plant that has been bred to be fruitful.

 

2. Get Creative in the Kitchen

Perfecting your cooking skills is a great way to enjoy some free time on the weekend. And the bonus is that it will make the rest of your week easier. Chop fresh veggies for salad and snacks, then whip up a batch of homemade dressing or dip. Master the art of guacamole. Cook up a big pot of classic tortilla or tomato soup. Whether you are learning a new technique or simply practicing making your favorite comfort foods, it will be a relaxing time with a great snack or meal as your reward ... made all the better if you have someone to do the dishes after!

 

3. Become a DIY Fashionista

If you aren't really the sewing type, express your creative textile flair and have fun experimenting with various natural dyes. Avocado pits make a lovely pink hue, but with a fixative and more vibrant ingredients you can get deep hues that span the entire rainbow. Once you've got your colors, dye some T-shirts with the kids or soak a skein of yarn for a new hue.

 

4. Write Letters the Old-Fashioned Way

In the age of email and text messages, writing letters can seem like a lost art. There's nothing like the thrill of opening your mailbox and receiving a handwritten letter — except writing one yourself and sending it to a friend or loved one! Challenge yourself and learn to write with style with calligraphy or other hand-lettering lessons, which you can take for free online. Make your own ink from plant-based materials, like raspberries, black tea, or avocado pits. Get messy and make homemade paper to write your poems and letters on, then send them to people you love!

 

5. Master Still Life

You might already be an accomplished mobile phone photographer, but you can improve these skills away from the screen too, by learning still life composition through regular daily or weekly sketching journal practice. And if you save some of the homemade natural ink you've made, it can be used for painting, too!

It can be a serious challenge to pull yourself away from the screen and enjoy some quiet time doing something fun. Once you find yourself interested in something, though, the fight to get off the couch won't be so tough. Try something new. Explore, experiment, and enjoy!

The post 5 Avocado Hobbies for the New Year appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Worried about how much time you and your family members spend with screens? Wish you had more quality time together? There are many cheap and easy ways to fill your hours with fun activities that don't involve staring at a computer, phone, or TV. What you need is a hobby! Here are five simple, affordable ideas for fun, crafty activities you can try at home, alone or with the whole family. And all of them involve the versatile avocado!  

1. Grow a Garden

A large garden can be an exciting and rewarding project, but don't feel like you need to take over the entire yard to enjoy growing your own fruits and veggies. You can grow fresh salad greens, sprouts, and quick-growing herbs right in your kitchen. You can plant a small bucket or bin of carrots, potatoes, or ginger. You can even grow fruit like lemons or avocados in large pots! Have fun experimenting growing the fruit from seed, or visit a local nursery for an established plant that has been bred to be fruitful.  

2. Get Creative in the Kitchen

Perfecting your cooking skills is a great way to enjoy some free time on the weekend. And the bonus is that it will make the rest of your week easier. Chop fresh veggies for salad and snacks, then whip up a batch of homemade dressing or dip. Master the art of guacamole. Cook up a big pot of classic tortilla or tomato soup. Whether you are learning a new technique or simply practicing making your favorite comfort foods, it will be a relaxing time with a great snack or meal as your reward ... made all the better if you have someone to do the dishes after!  

3. Become a DIY Fashionista

If you aren't really the sewing type, express your creative textile flair and have fun experimenting with various natural dyes. Avocado pits make a lovely pink hue, but with a fixative and more vibrant ingredients you can get deep hues that span the entire rainbow. Once you've got your colors, dye some T-shirts with the kids or soak a skein of yarn for a new hue.  

4. Write Letters the Old-Fashioned Way

In the age of email and text messages, writing letters can seem like a lost art. There's nothing like the thrill of opening your mailbox and receiving a handwritten letter — except writing one yourself and sending it to a friend or loved one! Challenge yourself and learn to write with style with calligraphy or other hand-lettering lessons, which you can take for free online. Make your own ink from plant-based materials, like raspberries, black tea, or avocado pits. Get messy and make homemade paper to write your poems and letters on, then send them to people you love!  

5. Master Still Life

You might already be an accomplished mobile phone photographer, but you can improve these skills away from the screen too, by learning still life composition through regular daily or weekly sketching journal practice. And if you save some of the homemade natural ink you've made, it can be used for painting, too! It can be a serious challenge to pull yourself away from the screen and enjoy some quiet time doing something fun. Once you find yourself interested in something, though, the fight to get off the couch won't be so tough. Try something new. Explore, experiment, and enjoy!

The post 5 Avocado Hobbies for the New Year appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Secret to the Perfect Egg? Add Avocado! https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/secret-perfect-egg-add-avocado/ Thu, 16 Feb 2017 20:40:35 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19687

Eggs … you gotta love 'em. While they typically play a supporting role in lunch, dinner , and dessert dishes, their star moment is, of course, at the breakfast table. All too often, though, we can feel challenged to punch up this essential ingredient with some creative pizzazz.

One way to get excited about eggs again is by pairing them with one of nature's most multifaceted fruits, the avocado. Here are four tasty recipes you're sure to love.

Baked Egg in Avocado

This baked egg recipe, simple to prepare, requires a hot oven, a halved avocado (pit removed), two eggs, and some herbs. Carefully separate the egg yolks from the whites, and pour one yolk into each avocado half's cavity. Top it off with some of the egg white, chopped chives, parsley, salt, and pepper. Place the fruit on a baking tray and then into a preheated 350-degree oven, and presto! Fifteen minutes later, you have the ideal power breakfast. Top it off with some bacon crumbs if you're feeling decadent, then dig in. The best part? No dishes!

Microwaved Poached Egg and Avocado Toast

The microwave is your morning insta-bestie if you're in a hurry. Poaching an egg in a microwave is as easy as cracking an egg into a mug of water, covering it, and zapping it for 45 seconds. The result? A deliciously soft center that will be perfect perched atop a wholesome piece of toast spread with smashed avocado. Sprinkle on some chile flakes for a bit of heat and start your day off just right.

Avocado Egg Salad

Isn't a boiled egg the perfect portable snack? It's ideal just about anywhere, is easy to prepare, and quick and satisfying to eat. If you prefer to fancy them up a bit, take four hard-boiled eggs and one avocado and dice them into cubes. Add a dollop of mayo and some of your favorite seasonings such as salt, pepper, garlic powder, cayenne pepper, a snip of fresh herbs (chives, parsley, or dill work well), and combine these into the creamiest egg salad you'll ever have. Use this to top off a healthy romaine salad or dab it between two slices of bread for a delicious breakfast sandwich.

Fried Egg with Chick Pea and Sriracha

Sure, you probably think of salad as a lunch or dinner dish, but filling salads are a good breakfast go-to, especially when they involve ingredient combinations you don't typically have in the morning. Just toss a can of rinsed chickpeas and rinsed, canned corn into a bowl for a solid foundation. Add a diced avocado and some chopped herbs; scallions and parsley will do just fine. Combine these with a bit of salt and pepper and then fry an egg sunnyside up or over-easy, whatever your favorite default is. Top the salad off with the fried egg, add a zingy squeeze of sriracha, and enjoy with gusto!

The perfect pairing of egg and avocado forms the basis for so many possibilities — experiment with different herb combinations or try different accompanying veggies as the seasons change. The combinations are just about endless and, with these few basic techniques, you'll be winning at every breakfast!

The post Secret to the Perfect Egg? Add Avocado! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Eggs … you gotta love 'em. While they typically play a supporting role in lunch, dinner , and dessert dishes, their star moment is, of course, at the breakfast table. All too often, though, we can feel challenged to punch up this essential ingredient with some creative pizzazz. One way to get excited about eggs again is by pairing them with one of nature's most multifaceted fruits, the avocado. Here are four tasty recipes you're sure to love.

Baked Egg in Avocado

This baked egg recipe, simple to prepare, requires a hot oven, a halved avocado (pit removed), two eggs, and some herbs. Carefully separate the egg yolks from the whites, and pour one yolk into each avocado half's cavity. Top it off with some of the egg white, chopped chives, parsley, salt, and pepper. Place the fruit on a baking tray and then into a preheated 350-degree oven, and presto! Fifteen minutes later, you have the ideal power breakfast. Top it off with some bacon crumbs if you're feeling decadent, then dig in. The best part? No dishes!

Microwaved Poached Egg and Avocado Toast

The microwave is your morning insta-bestie if you're in a hurry. Poaching an egg in a microwave is as easy as cracking an egg into a mug of water, covering it, and zapping it for 45 seconds. The result? A deliciously soft center that will be perfect perched atop a wholesome piece of toast spread with smashed avocado. Sprinkle on some chile flakes for a bit of heat and start your day off just right.

Avocado Egg Salad

Isn't a boiled egg the perfect portable snack? It's ideal just about anywhere, is easy to prepare, and quick and satisfying to eat. If you prefer to fancy them up a bit, take four hard-boiled eggs and one avocado and dice them into cubes. Add a dollop of mayo and some of your favorite seasonings such as salt, pepper, garlic powder, cayenne pepper, a snip of fresh herbs (chives, parsley, or dill work well), and combine these into the creamiest egg salad you'll ever have. Use this to top off a healthy romaine salad or dab it between two slices of bread for a delicious breakfast sandwich.

Fried Egg with Chick Pea and Sriracha

Sure, you probably think of salad as a lunch or dinner dish, but filling salads are a good breakfast go-to, especially when they involve ingredient combinations you don't typically have in the morning. Just toss a can of rinsed chickpeas and rinsed, canned corn into a bowl for a solid foundation. Add a diced avocado and some chopped herbs; scallions and parsley will do just fine. Combine these with a bit of salt and pepper and then fry an egg sunnyside up or over-easy, whatever your favorite default is. Top the salad off with the fried egg, add a zingy squeeze of sriracha, and enjoy with gusto! The perfect pairing of egg and avocado forms the basis for so many possibilities — experiment with different herb combinations or try different accompanying veggies as the seasons change. The combinations are just about endless and, with these few basic techniques, you'll be winning at every breakfast!

The post Secret to the Perfect Egg? Add Avocado! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Savory Soups with Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/savory-soups-avocado/ Thu, 16 Feb 2017 20:39:05 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19689

If you think of avocados in soup and immediately think they're a one-trick, garnish pony, these recipes will definitely change your mind. The green goddess of fruit plays a starring role in these bowls brimming with comfort and a side of luxurious flavor, perfect for when you're in the mood for something nourishing, creamy, and even spicy. Here are some of our favorite avocado-based, savory soups for you to enjoy year-round.

Crema de Aguacate Soup

Not all soups need to be hot in order to be satisfying, and summer doesn't have to mean gazpacho is your only option. We like the comfy, belly-full feeling we get from this avocado cream soup. It's a wonderful option for hot summer days when the last thing you want to do is fire up the stove. All you need is a blender, three ripe, pitted avocados, a couple cups of chicken broth, salt, and a generous squeeze of lime juice for a fresh zip. Feel free to add a little bit of heat via red pepper flakes and blend till smooth, after which you just need to chill your soup. Before serving, top it off with some crème fraîche or a swirl of plain yogurt. A sprinkle of chopped chives and voilà: a perfect summer satisfier!

Avocado Posole

The old adage that what grows together, goes together has never been more true than in this posole. Featuring a number of shining stars in the Mexican pantry, this recipe also leaves a lot of the flavor intensity up to the individual cook. Simply combine chopped onions, garlic, oregano, cumin, and your choice of heat (cayenne, jalapeño, or both!) with a dash of salt and sauté in a saucepan. Once they're soft, add the green chiles (if using), the classic Mexican staple of hominy, and some vegetable stock, and bring the mix to a simmer.

After the soup has thickened, add one and a half mashed avocados, tomatoes, and cilantro into the broth. Spritz in some lime juice and crown with cubes of the remaining half of the avocado for a serious fiesta in a bowl. With a short cooking time and an even shorter prep time, you'll be savoring some fantastic flavor in under an hour!

Avocado Miso and Mushroom Soup

Take your avocado adventure further afield by substituting your favorite green fruit for the tofu in this miso soup. Inspired by Far East cuisine, chop up some shiitake mushrooms and sauté them in a stock pot with some vegetable oil, using just a hint of nutty sesame oil. Adding garlic and onions to a stock is common worldwide, but you add a little more Japanese flavor by smashing some lemongrass and adding it to the mix. Miso paste adds that much-loved umami flavor, and after deglazing the stock pot with a splash of vinegar, you'll finish off the broth by adding water and palm sugar and letting it simmer until reduced. As the familiar scents of delicious miso draw your family to the kitchen, get ready to serve this soothing broth with some cubed avocado for a luxurious finish.

Green Curry Avocado Soup

If you're looking for a dreamy, creamy soup that's gluten-free and vegan, but tastes decadent, you've found it. This green curry avocado soup gets a nuance of spicy goodness thanks to the green Thai curry paste, which is balanced by the brightness of fresh lime juice. If you want a soup that eats like a meal, fortify this recipe by topping it with grilled tofu (and swap out the chicken broth for vegetable broth if you're serving vegetarians or vegans). Or feel free to use cubed grilled chicken or a handy little skewer of Argentinean shrimp (This shrimp is not only sustainable; it tastes like lobster!) on top for extra protein.

Any which way you ladle it, savory soups thickened, enriched, or made creamy thanks to avocado, are downright delicious. Only you will ll know that the secret weapon was the year-round, delicious goodness that avocado offers.

The post Savory Soups with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you think of avocados in soup and immediately think they're a one-trick, garnish pony, these recipes will definitely change your mind. The green goddess of fruit plays a starring role in these bowls brimming with comfort and a side of luxurious flavor, perfect for when you're in the mood for something nourishing, creamy, and even spicy. Here are some of our favorite avocado-based, savory soups for you to enjoy year-round.

Crema de Aguacate Soup

Not all soups need to be hot in order to be satisfying, and summer doesn't have to mean gazpacho is your only option. We like the comfy, belly-full feeling we get from this avocado cream soup. It's a wonderful option for hot summer days when the last thing you want to do is fire up the stove. All you need is a blender, three ripe, pitted avocados, a couple cups of chicken broth, salt, and a generous squeeze of lime juice for a fresh zip. Feel free to add a little bit of heat via red pepper flakes and blend till smooth, after which you just need to chill your soup. Before serving, top it off with some crème fraîche or a swirl of plain yogurt. A sprinkle of chopped chives and voilà: a perfect summer satisfier!

Avocado Posole

The old adage that what grows together, goes together has never been more true than in this posole. Featuring a number of shining stars in the Mexican pantry, this recipe also leaves a lot of the flavor intensity up to the individual cook. Simply combine chopped onions, garlic, oregano, cumin, and your choice of heat (cayenne, jalapeño, or both!) with a dash of salt and sauté in a saucepan. Once they're soft, add the green chiles (if using), the classic Mexican staple of hominy, and some vegetable stock, and bring the mix to a simmer. After the soup has thickened, add one and a half mashed avocados, tomatoes, and cilantro into the broth. Spritz in some lime juice and crown with cubes of the remaining half of the avocado for a serious fiesta in a bowl. With a short cooking time and an even shorter prep time, you'll be savoring some fantastic flavor in under an hour!

Avocado Miso and Mushroom Soup

Take your avocado adventure further afield by substituting your favorite green fruit for the tofu in this miso soup. Inspired by Far East cuisine, chop up some shiitake mushrooms and sauté them in a stock pot with some vegetable oil, using just a hint of nutty sesame oil. Adding garlic and onions to a stock is common worldwide, but you add a little more Japanese flavor by smashing some lemongrass and adding it to the mix. Miso paste adds that much-loved umami flavor, and after deglazing the stock pot with a splash of vinegar, you'll finish off the broth by adding water and palm sugar and letting it simmer until reduced. As the familiar scents of delicious miso draw your family to the kitchen, get ready to serve this soothing broth with some cubed avocado for a luxurious finish.

Green Curry Avocado Soup

If you're looking for a dreamy, creamy soup that's gluten-free and vegan, but tastes decadent, you've found it. This green curry avocado soup gets a nuance of spicy goodness thanks to the green Thai curry paste, which is balanced by the brightness of fresh lime juice. If you want a soup that eats like a meal, fortify this recipe by topping it with grilled tofu (and swap out the chicken broth for vegetable broth if you're serving vegetarians or vegans). Or feel free to use cubed grilled chicken or a handy little skewer of Argentinean shrimp (This shrimp is not only sustainable; it tastes like lobster!) on top for extra protein. Any which way you ladle it, savory soups thickened, enriched, or made creamy thanks to avocado, are downright delicious. Only you will ll know that the secret weapon was the year-round, delicious goodness that avocado offers.

The post Savory Soups with Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
An Avocado Valentine’s Day? Why Not?! https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avocado-valentines-day-not/ Mon, 13 Feb 2017 23:12:05 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19640

Valentine's Day is right around the corner, which means the pressure is on to find the perfect gift for your significant other. Would a box of chocolates show them just how much you love them? Or flowers? Why not get creative this year and treat them with a homemade meal using avocados? If they love avocados as much as we think they do, your surprise just might make your other half fall in love with you all over again! Avocados are a tasty, versatile fruit that are also nutrient dense and a source of “good fats” like monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats, so you'll be giving them something that is both delicious AND nutritious. It's a win-win!

Before you decide what to make, it's important to know how to pick a ripe avocado. The good news is that it couldn't be easier! This video from Avocados From Mexico shows you that a simple squeeze is all you need to find the perfect avocado for your meal. If you can't find ripe avocados, no problem — you can ripen it at home using a paper bag and a banana.

Now that you know how to get a ripe avocado, what should you make? If breakfast is what you're looking for, you can make your significant other an edible Valentine's Day card with this heart-shaped avocado toast. All you need is some bread, a ripe avocado, and a heart-shaped cookie cutter. You can even get creative with the finishing touches: Drizzle lemon juice and olive oil, with a dash of crushed chile flakes, on top or opt for a sprinkle of garam masala with some mint chutney. If you typically get your loved one flowers, try making these avocado roses and serving them with bacon hearts. Avocado roses look gorgeous and are a fun twist on a traditional Valentine's Day gift. If your Valentine prefers a sweet breakfast, check out these blueberry avocado pancakes. Top them with a little butter, a sprinkle of cinnamon, and your favorite maple syrup or jam, and breakfast is served!

If dinner is the meal you're after, the possibilities are endless. Start the meal off with a delicious winter avocado salad, or maybe this warming avocado soup with chicken and lime. For the entree, shrimp avocado tacos are sure to please. The sweetness of the shrimp and avocados make a perfect pair, and the finished dish is bright and colorful. If you're looking for a more complicated entree to display your love, this poached halibut with roasted potatoes and avocado cream sauce is sure to impress, and you can easily substitute your favorite seafood for the halibut.

Believe it or not, avocados are perfect in desserts, too. They're sweet, creamy, and go well with chocolate, which makes them perfect for a Valentine's Day treat. Check out these salted chocolate avocado pudding bowls or go fancy with this avocado panna cotta with berry salad to show your love on Valentine's Day. If all out decadent is more your vibe, check out this intense Mexican chocolate avocado cake with chocolate avocado buttercream. No matter which recipe you choose, your loved one is sure to feel spoiled with your multi-course avo-centric meal this Valentine's Day!

The post An Avocado Valentine’s Day? Why Not?! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Valentine's Day is right around the corner, which means the pressure is on to find the perfect gift for your significant other. Would a box of chocolates show them just how much you love them? Or flowers? Why not get creative this year and treat them with a homemade meal using avocados? If they love avocados as much as we think they do, your surprise just might make your other half fall in love with you all over again! Avocados are a tasty, versatile fruit that are also nutrient dense and a source of “good fats” like monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats, so you'll be giving them something that is both delicious AND nutritious. It's a win-win! Before you decide what to make, it's important to know how to pick a ripe avocado. The good news is that it couldn't be easier! This video from Avocados From Mexico shows you that a simple squeeze is all you need to find the perfect avocado for your meal. If you can't find ripe avocados, no problem — you can ripen it at home using a paper bag and a banana. Now that you know how to get a ripe avocado, what should you make? If breakfast is what you're looking for, you can make your significant other an edible Valentine's Day card with this heart-shaped avocado toast. All you need is some bread, a ripe avocado, and a heart-shaped cookie cutter. You can even get creative with the finishing touches: Drizzle lemon juice and olive oil, with a dash of crushed chile flakes, on top or opt for a sprinkle of garam masala with some mint chutney. If you typically get your loved one flowers, try making these avocado roses and serving them with bacon hearts. Avocado roses look gorgeous and are a fun twist on a traditional Valentine's Day gift. If your Valentine prefers a sweet breakfast, check out these blueberry avocado pancakes. Top them with a little butter, a sprinkle of cinnamon, and your favorite maple syrup or jam, and breakfast is served! If dinner is the meal you're after, the possibilities are endless. Start the meal off with a delicious winter avocado salad, or maybe this warming avocado soup with chicken and lime. For the entree, shrimp avocado tacos are sure to please. The sweetness of the shrimp and avocados make a perfect pair, and the finished dish is bright and colorful. If you're looking for a more complicated entree to display your love, this poached halibut with roasted potatoes and avocado cream sauce is sure to impress, and you can easily substitute your favorite seafood for the halibut. Believe it or not, avocados are perfect in desserts, too. They're sweet, creamy, and go well with chocolate, which makes them perfect for a Valentine's Day treat. Check out these salted chocolate avocado pudding bowls or go fancy with this avocado panna cotta with berry salad to show your love on Valentine's Day. If all out decadent is more your vibe, check out this intense Mexican chocolate avocado cake with chocolate avocado buttercream. No matter which recipe you choose, your loved one is sure to feel spoiled with your multi-course avo-centric meal this Valentine's Day!

The post An Avocado Valentine’s Day? Why Not?! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Valentine’s Day Surprise: Avocados and Chocolate Make the Perfect Match https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/valentines-day-surprise-avocados-chocolate-make-perfect-match/ Fri, 10 Feb 2017 23:29:38 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19614

About The Author: Pati Jinich, TV host of Pati’s Mexican Table, cookbook author, and ambassador for Avocados from Mexico

On the day we celebrate love, I’m celebrating a new and surprising flavor combination: avocado and chocolate! Does that sound loco? Just hear me out, you guys! By themselves, each of these ingredients is luscious and delicious. Together, they’re absolutely exquisite in texture and taste!

Share them with your valentine on Feb. 14! Here’s why the combo works so well.

Meet the Food World’s Power Couple

  1. Chocolate has long been a Valentine’s Day treat of choice, but did you know the Aztecs once viewed avocados as an aphrodisiac? Together, the two form a passionate union! I have recipes that blend avocados and chocolate together in creamy, decadent, even sensual ways. Cupid may blush! Avocados can taste slightly sweet, while chocolate, a little bitter. And you know what they say: Opposites attract. That’s one reason avocados and chocolate are a perfect match.

Give a Delicious Gift

Candy hearts taste yummy, but a dessert with nutrient-dense avocados really shows your love! Desserts that incorporate avocados instead of — or alongside — butter or oils:

  • Include the avocado’s nearly 20 vitamins and minerals
  • Provide the good fats your body needs — avocados are the only fruits with both polyunsaturated and monounsaturated fats.

You care about the ones you love, right? That includes their health — the best reason to surprise them with a delicious dessert!

Elevate the Everyday!

In the busyness of life, we can sometimes take for granted the ones we love most. Likewise, we sometimes forget how special foods like avocados are. In my house, they’re essential and beloved, so on Valentine’s Day, I’ll do something extra special with them.

Ready to try a choco-avocado recipe, too? I think you’ll find true love!

  • Lime Cookies With Chocolate Glaze have a nutty-tasting creaminess with a zing of citrus! These cookies, dipped halfway in melted chocolate once baked, don’t use butter. Instead, a combo of avocado and coconut oil gives a hint of tropical flavor. Make ahead and tuck them into lunch boxes or work satchels.
  • Choco-Cherry Avo Fudge Cake  is one of the fudgiest, most decadent chocolate cakes — thanks to a creamy avocado-butter combination. With their high water content, avocados make any brownie or cake batter super luscious. In this cake, plump bites of dried cherries (reconstituted with a good soak in water) make a delicious accent. I develop my recipes in my home kitchen, so all of my valentines — my husband and three sons — taste-tested and approved this cake! It’s also easy to make ahead and sure to delight the ones you love.

Remember, any dessert recipes calling for avocados require really ripe ones. If yours are too hard, just set them in the windowsill to let the sunlight soften them or pop them inside a paper bag with a banana to speed the ripening process. To see videos of these avo tips and more, please visit Avocados From Mexico’s “How To” page.

Whether it’s for the one you love, or you just love avocados, these desserts will fill your heart and your belly with something muy delicioso!

The post Valentine’s Day Surprise: Avocados and Chocolate Make the Perfect Match appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

About The Author: Pati Jinich, TV host of Pati’s Mexican Table, cookbook author, and ambassador for Avocados from Mexico On the day we celebrate love, I’m celebrating a new and surprising flavor combination: avocado and chocolate! Does that sound loco? Just hear me out, you guys! By themselves, each of these ingredients is luscious and delicious. Together, they’re absolutely exquisite in texture and taste! Share them with your valentine on Feb. 14! Here’s why the combo works so well.

Meet the Food World’s Power Couple

  1. Chocolate has long been a Valentine’s Day treat of choice, but did you know the Aztecs once viewed avocados as an aphrodisiac? Together, the two form a passionate union! I have recipes that blend avocados and chocolate together in creamy, decadent, even sensual ways. Cupid may blush! Avocados can taste slightly sweet, while chocolate, a little bitter. And you know what they say: Opposites attract. That’s one reason avocados and chocolate are a perfect match.
Give a Delicious Gift Candy hearts taste yummy, but a dessert with nutrient-dense avocados really shows your love! Desserts that incorporate avocados instead of — or alongside — butter or oils:
  • Include the avocado’s nearly 20 vitamins and minerals
  • Provide the good fats your body needs — avocados are the only fruits with both polyunsaturated and monounsaturated fats.
You care about the ones you love, right? That includes their health — the best reason to surprise them with a delicious dessert!

Elevate the Everyday!

In the busyness of life, we can sometimes take for granted the ones we love most. Likewise, we sometimes forget how special foods like avocados are. In my house, they’re essential and beloved, so on Valentine’s Day, I’ll do something extra special with them. Ready to try a choco-avocado recipe, too? I think you’ll find true love!
  • Lime Cookies With Chocolate Glaze have a nutty-tasting creaminess with a zing of citrus! These cookies, dipped halfway in melted chocolate once baked, don’t use butter. Instead, a combo of avocado and coconut oil gives a hint of tropical flavor. Make ahead and tuck them into lunch boxes or work satchels.
  • Choco-Cherry Avo Fudge Cake  is one of the fudgiest, most decadent chocolate cakes — thanks to a creamy avocado-butter combination. With their high water content, avocados make any brownie or cake batter super luscious. In this cake, plump bites of dried cherries (reconstituted with a good soak in water) make a delicious accent. I develop my recipes in my home kitchen, so all of my valentines — my husband and three sons — taste-tested and approved this cake! It’s also easy to make ahead and sure to delight the ones you love.
Remember, any dessert recipes calling for avocados require really ripe ones. If yours are too hard, just set them in the windowsill to let the sunlight soften them or pop them inside a paper bag with a banana to speed the ripening process. To see videos of these avo tips and more, please visit Avocados From Mexico’s “How To” page. Whether it’s for the one you love, or you just love avocados, these desserts will fill your heart and your belly with something muy delicioso!

The post Valentine’s Day Surprise: Avocados and Chocolate Make the Perfect Match appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Valentine’s Day Recipe: Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/valentines-day-recipe-vegan-dark-chocolate-mocha-avocado-pudding/ Fri, 10 Feb 2017 23:28:33 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19611

About The Author: Heather Christo is an accomplished blogger and nationally-recognized chef who is passionate about creating allergen-free meals. Her goal is to inspire and empower people and families through safe, wholesome and delicious food so they can live fully and give joy to those around them.

 

With Valentine’s Day approaching, don’t you want to make something positively lovely for your lovely? Well, I think I’ve found the perfect dessert to whip up for your valentine if you’re looking for something over-the-top decadent and delicious! The addition of avocado to this Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding makes for a tasty, romantic dessert to share with your special someone.

 

Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding

 

The cocoa powder combines with coconut cream and hot, rich espresso to create the mocha flavor, while the avocado creates a luscious, silky smooth texture.

 

Did I mention that you can whip this recipe up in 15 minutes!? It is so easy to pull together and just as easy to dress up with a few fresh berries, a sprig of mint, or an edible flower (a perfect touch for Valentine’s Day!). While this certainly makes for an ideal romantic dessert, I’ve also sent this to school with my lucky children (who didn’t bat an eye at the addition of avocado!). It’s truly versatile and perfect for any occasion.

 

Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding

 

Because I always want to make sure that I’ve chosen the best possible avocado, I have a few surefire tips I use to pick out a perfectly ripe avocado. Of course, it should be firm but with a slight give. Avoid soft avocados or any that have mushy spots. Check out this video to help you out!

 

However, if Valentine’s Day is fast approaching and you don’t have a ripe avocado in your fruit bowl, fear not! All it takes is a banana and a paper bag to speed up the ripening process.

 

I hope you enjoy this delicious vegan dark chocolate mocha avocado pudding!

 

INGREDIENTS:

  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, pitted, peeled, and quartered
  • 2/3 cup unsweetened coconut cream
  • 1/2 cup espresso or strong coffee
  • 1/2 cup plus 2 tablespoons sugar
  • 1/4 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1/2 cup plus 2 tablespoons unsweetened cocoa powder
  • 1 tablespoon vanilla

 

DIRECTIONS:

When it comes to preparing for a recipe like this, or any recipe where the avocado is quartered or otherwise chopped, the safest way to slice an avocado is to cut it in half and twist to separate the halves. Then, instead of trying to pry out the pit and squishing the avocado, or shoving a sharp knife in it and hoping not to cut yourself, slice the avocado again lengthwise so that it is quartered. Then you can pull out the pit with ease.

 

After your avocado is cut and quartered, combine all of the ingredients in the jar of a blender and puree on high until you have a smooth and silky mixture. You may have to stop and scrape the blender down a few times to make sure everything is mixed together.

 

Spoon the pudding directly into glasses or into a large zip-lock bag, and then snip the corner and pipe it into glasses or bowls. Chill the pudding in the glasses or bowls and serve with a garnish of fresh raspberries if desired.

 

Preparation time: 15 minutes

 

Number of servings: 2

 

Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding

 

Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding

 

Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding

The post Valentine’s Day Recipe: Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

About The Author: Heather Christo is an accomplished blogger and nationally-recognized chef who is passionate about creating allergen-free meals. Her goal is to inspire and empower people and families through safe, wholesome and delicious food so they can live fully and give joy to those around them.

  With Valentine’s Day approaching, don’t you want to make something positively lovely for your lovely? Well, I think I’ve found the perfect dessert to whip up for your valentine if you’re looking for something over-the-top decadent and delicious! The addition of avocado to this Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding makes for a tasty, romantic dessert to share with your special someone.   Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding   The cocoa powder combines with coconut cream and hot, rich espresso to create the mocha flavor, while the avocado creates a luscious, silky smooth texture.   Did I mention that you can whip this recipe up in 15 minutes!? It is so easy to pull together and just as easy to dress up with a few fresh berries, a sprig of mint, or an edible flower (a perfect touch for Valentine’s Day!). While this certainly makes for an ideal romantic dessert, I’ve also sent this to school with my lucky children (who didn’t bat an eye at the addition of avocado!). It’s truly versatile and perfect for any occasion.   Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding   Because I always want to make sure that I’ve chosen the best possible avocado, I have a few surefire tips I use to pick out a perfectly ripe avocado. Of course, it should be firm but with a slight give. Avoid soft avocados or any that have mushy spots. Check out this video to help you out!   However, if Valentine’s Day is fast approaching and you don’t have a ripe avocado in your fruit bowl, fear not! All it takes is a banana and a paper bag to speed up the ripening process.   I hope you enjoy this delicious vegan dark chocolate mocha avocado pudding!  

INGREDIENTS:

  • 2 Avocados From Mexico, pitted, peeled, and quartered
  • 2/3 cup unsweetened coconut cream
  • 1/2 cup espresso or strong coffee
  • 1/2 cup plus 2 tablespoons sugar
  • 1/4 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1/2 cup plus 2 tablespoons unsweetened cocoa powder
  • 1 tablespoon vanilla
 

DIRECTIONS:

When it comes to preparing for a recipe like this, or any recipe where the avocado is quartered or otherwise chopped, the safest way to slice an avocado is to cut it in half and twist to separate the halves. Then, instead of trying to pry out the pit and squishing the avocado, or shoving a sharp knife in it and hoping not to cut yourself, slice the avocado again lengthwise so that it is quartered. Then you can pull out the pit with ease.   After your avocado is cut and quartered, combine all of the ingredients in the jar of a blender and puree on high until you have a smooth and silky mixture. You may have to stop and scrape the blender down a few times to make sure everything is mixed together.   Spoon the pudding directly into glasses or into a large zip-lock bag, and then snip the corner and pipe it into glasses or bowls. Chill the pudding in the glasses or bowls and serve with a garnish of fresh raspberries if desired.   Preparation time: 15 minutes   Number of servings: 2   Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding   Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding   Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding

The post Valentine’s Day Recipe: Vegan Dark Chocolate Mocha Avocado Pudding appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Big Game Avo Challenge For Beginners https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/big-game-avo-challenge-beginners/ Tue, 31 Jan 2017 20:18:18 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19006

It's getting close to that time of year again, you know, that one shining Sunday when you and yours gather at your place to watch the Big Game. There are some folks in your family and friends circle who live for this day, it seems — amped up to huddle around the TV and perform their annual role of offering a running commentary about the strategies of both offense and defense.

You? You've got one job: Keep your guests happy and fed. And while tradition rules the roost on Super Bowl Sunday, you're a little tired of the same old appetizer and snacks spread, where the most inspired dish on the table is a bag of chips and homemade bean dip. It's 2017 and you want to spice things up — literally.

So here's your challenge: This year, for the Big Game, you're going to make the most amazing snack spread in Pigskin Showdown history. It's a challenge, sure, but we're here to help! Ready? Let's go!

First, you're going to need to stock up on avocados. Yes, the Big Game falls in the dead of winter (February 5 this year!), but Avocados from Mexico are available year-round, so you don't have to worry about finding the fruit out-of-season. Need to know how to choose avocados? Here's an avo-tip: Take an avocado in your hand and apply gentle pressure. If the avocado yields a bit, it's ripe; if it's hard, it needs to mature some more. Take a look at this video for the fastest, most helpful primer ever.

Once you've selected your crop of avocados (you'll need a couple dozen to make all the recipes below), get ready to navigate your grocery cart around the store to find the rest of the ingredients you'll need for your Big Game snack extravaganza. You're going to be making a guac sampler platter, offering four different avocado dips and a variety of crunchables with which to scoop them up.

Here are our recommendations for great Game Day guacs (though there are others on the Avocados from Mexico website you can choose, too!), followed by a ready-to-go shopping list: (1) Southwestern Guacamole; (2) Bacon Chipotle Guacamole; (3) Jumbo Crab Guacamole; and (4) Cleveland Bourbon Guacamole. This sampler has a little something for every age and taste: meat lovers, seafood fans, vegetarians, and those who aren't abstaining from alcohol.

SHOPPING LIST

Your shopping list consists of two main ingredient types: the base ingredients for the guacamoles, most of which you can find in the produce section, and dipping devices, which will range from chips, pretzels, and breadsticks to veggie crudité. Want to have some real fun grocery shopping (Yes! It's possible!)? Divide the grocery list into parts and give a section to each of your kids, sending them on a timed supermarket scavenger hunt.

Base Ingredients

Fruits & Vegetables

  • Corn niblets (in winter, your best bet is to choose a small box or bag from the frozen food section)
  • 1 jalapeño
  • 8 Roma tomatoes
  • 1 large tomato
  • 2 bunches of cilantro
  • 3 red onions
  • 2 shallots
  • 1 head of garlic
  • 6 limes

Canned goods

  • 1 can of black beans
  • 2 cans of chipotle peppers in adobo sauce

Spices and Dry Goods

  • cumin
  • cayenne pepper
  • salt
  • pepper
  • sugar

Dairy

  • -queso fresco
  • -bleu cheese

Meats & Seafood

  • 2 packages of applewood-smoked bacon
  • 1 package or container of jumbo lump crab meat

Liquids

Dipping devices

  • tortilla chips
  • oversized pretzels
  • breadsticks
  • a baguette or other crusty bread that can be sliced into rounds
  • a variety of vegetables that you will turn into crudité: radishes, celery, carrots and/or baby carrots, bell peppers, jicama, cauliflower, broccoli, and romanesco are all wonderful options!

Once you're back home with your groceries, you can gather the whole family for a prep work party, assigning jobs based on age and skill (Don't give little kids jobs that require knife skills — let them mash avocados instead!). As you make the guacamoles (This is best done a couple hours before the game), spoon them into individual serving bowls and place your dipping devices strategically among the guacs. There's no need to be fancy: You can put breadsticks in tall glasses, baguette slices in a cloth-lined basket, and crudité on a serving platter. You might want to label the guacamoles so your family and friends can figure out what's what (after all, they probably haven't tasted these amazing avocado dips before!).

The fun isn't over once you've made and served your dips! During halftime, gather everyone around the table to rate their favorite guacamoles. And if your spread has been thinned out by happy, hungry grazers, invite them to take part in a guac-making contest. Take some of your leftover ingredients and put them on the table along with some knives, spoons, and bowls, and turn them loose! You get to be the judge: Whose guacamole is best? Have a toy crown or ring at hand to reward to winner of the Super Guac contest!

AVO-TIP: We doubt you'll have any avocados left once the victor of the Big Game has been declared (much less, guacamole!), but if you do, take any cut avocados, give them a squeeze of fresh lemon juice, and cover them with plastic wrap before storing them in the fridge. Want to see how this is done? Check out this video.

The post Big Game Avo Challenge For Beginners appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It's getting close to that time of year again, you know, that one shining Sunday when you and yours gather at your place to watch the Big Game. There are some folks in your family and friends circle who live for this day, it seems — amped up to huddle around the TV and perform their annual role of offering a running commentary about the strategies of both offense and defense. You? You've got one job: Keep your guests happy and fed. And while tradition rules the roost on Super Bowl Sunday, you're a little tired of the same old appetizer and snacks spread, where the most inspired dish on the table is a bag of chips and homemade bean dip. It's 2017 and you want to spice things up — literally. So here's your challenge: This year, for the Big Game, you're going to make the most amazing snack spread in Pigskin Showdown history. It's a challenge, sure, but we're here to help! Ready? Let's go! First, you're going to need to stock up on avocados. Yes, the Big Game falls in the dead of winter (February 5 this year!), but Avocados from Mexico are available year-round, so you don't have to worry about finding the fruit out-of-season. Need to know how to choose avocados? Here's an avo-tip: Take an avocado in your hand and apply gentle pressure. If the avocado yields a bit, it's ripe; if it's hard, it needs to mature some more. Take a look at this video for the fastest, most helpful primer ever. Once you've selected your crop of avocados (you'll need a couple dozen to make all the recipes below), get ready to navigate your grocery cart around the store to find the rest of the ingredients you'll need for your Big Game snack extravaganza. You're going to be making a guac sampler platter, offering four different avocado dips and a variety of crunchables with which to scoop them up. Here are our recommendations for great Game Day guacs (though there are others on the Avocados from Mexico website you can choose, too!), followed by a ready-to-go shopping list: (1) Southwestern Guacamole; (2) Bacon Chipotle Guacamole; (3) Jumbo Crab Guacamole; and (4) Cleveland Bourbon Guacamole. This sampler has a little something for every age and taste: meat lovers, seafood fans, vegetarians, and those who aren't abstaining from alcohol.

SHOPPING LIST

Your shopping list consists of two main ingredient types: the base ingredients for the guacamoles, most of which you can find in the produce section, and dipping devices, which will range from chips, pretzels, and breadsticks to veggie crudité. Want to have some real fun grocery shopping (Yes! It's possible!)? Divide the grocery list into parts and give a section to each of your kids, sending them on a timed supermarket scavenger hunt.

Base Ingredients

Fruits & Vegetables

  • Corn niblets (in winter, your best bet is to choose a small box or bag from the frozen food section)
  • 1 jalapeño
  • 8 Roma tomatoes
  • 1 large tomato
  • 2 bunches of cilantro
  • 3 red onions
  • 2 shallots
  • 1 head of garlic
  • 6 limes

Canned goods

  • 1 can of black beans
  • 2 cans of chipotle peppers in adobo sauce

Spices and Dry Goods

  • cumin
  • cayenne pepper
  • salt
  • pepper
  • sugar

Dairy

  • -queso fresco
  • -bleu cheese

Meats & Seafood

  • 2 packages of applewood-smoked bacon
  • 1 package or container of jumbo lump crab meat

Liquids

Dipping devices

  • tortilla chips
  • oversized pretzels
  • breadsticks
  • a baguette or other crusty bread that can be sliced into rounds
  • a variety of vegetables that you will turn into crudité: radishes, celery, carrots and/or baby carrots, bell peppers, jicama, cauliflower, broccoli, and romanesco are all wonderful options!
Once you're back home with your groceries, you can gather the whole family for a prep work party, assigning jobs based on age and skill (Don't give little kids jobs that require knife skills — let them mash avocados instead!). As you make the guacamoles (This is best done a couple hours before the game), spoon them into individual serving bowls and place your dipping devices strategically among the guacs. There's no need to be fancy: You can put breadsticks in tall glasses, baguette slices in a cloth-lined basket, and crudité on a serving platter. You might want to label the guacamoles so your family and friends can figure out what's what (after all, they probably haven't tasted these amazing avocado dips before!). The fun isn't over once you've made and served your dips! During halftime, gather everyone around the table to rate their favorite guacamoles. And if your spread has been thinned out by happy, hungry grazers, invite them to take part in a guac-making contest. Take some of your leftover ingredients and put them on the table along with some knives, spoons, and bowls, and turn them loose! You get to be the judge: Whose guacamole is best? Have a toy crown or ring at hand to reward to winner of the Super Guac contest! AVO-TIP: We doubt you'll have any avocados left once the victor of the Big Game has been declared (much less, guacamole!), but if you do, take any cut avocados, give them a squeeze of fresh lemon juice, and cover them with plastic wrap before storing them in the fridge. Want to see how this is done? Check out this video.

The post Big Game Avo Challenge For Beginners appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Bring the Best Parts of Winter Indoors with These Winter Tablescapes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/bring-best-parts-winter-indoors-winter-tablescapes/ Tue, 31 Jan 2017 20:17:40 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19011

Nothing says warming comfort quite like an inviting tablescape during winter season entertaining. Let your dinner table set the scene for the cozy night ahead by bringing touches of the outdoors inside. If you're thinking of a chalet feel, a rustic camp setting, or a chic, mid-winter's night mood, we've got a few beautiful ideas to get you started. And the best part? You don't have to be a DIY'er with a deluxe budget to pull these off!

Tartan Classics

Have a favorite tartan that says “nights under the winter stars" do you? If it's a blanket, you can use it as a tablecloth; if it's a long scarf, use it as a table runner instead. Or perhaps you're all set and have a proper tartan tablecloth at the ready, along with matching cloth napkins. Use one or two of the main colors in the pattern as your inspiration, decorating with hints of red, hunter green, or charcoal gray, for example. You can gather fresh evergreen, pine, or holly boughs to make an effortless centerpiece, adorning the table with a few candles placed strategically on shiny brass or bronze pedestals of varying height. No candle pedestals? No problem! You don't have to go out and buy a single thing. Instead, work with what you have! Fill a rustic wooden or ceramic bowl with avocados. Their dark green skin is a perfect complement to a tartan pattern.

Winter Camp

If you're the crafty type, this tablescape inspiration is made-to-measure for you! Start by spreading a Nordic-inspired table runner down the middle of your table, or set an heirloom woolen blanket down as your tablecloth for the night. You can gather pine cones from nearby parks or green spaces and spruce them up by dipping the tips in glue and topping them with gold or silver glitter. These make perfect name card holders, too! For your centerpiece, you can spray paint, glitter paint, or milk-wash paint graceful, fallen tree limbs, along with a scattering of chestnuts and wildflowers in mismatched bud vases. Instead of trivets, use slices of tree trunks upon which to rest hot dishes.

And, if you're entertaining and offering guacamole as an appetizer, here's our go-to tip for keeping guac green!

Chalet Chic

The dazzling effect of a white-on-white setting can be amped up for a chic chalet tablescape with sparkling fabrics, antique silverware, silver rimmed or accented plates, platters, and crystal wine glasses. If your dining room has wall sconces or a chandelier, now's the time to play them up to full effect. If you don't have these, nab a candelabra or two at your local thrift store. Use it as your centerpiece, along with a spate of white candles, tapers, or votives to light up the night. If you're feeling extra fancy, try placing individual Pashmina (or Pashmina-like) shawls in winter white or silvery gray on your guests' dining chairs, for a VIP touch.

If you really want a splash of color, try adding some Asiatic lilies, sparkle craspedia, winter holly, or red amaryllis in a dramatic vase, anchored by the fresh, vibrant green of whole avocados still in their skins, and the ruby-toned beauty of pomegranates. If you need tips on how to keep those delicious avos fresh, check out this video to learn to keep your avocado fruit fresh until you need them.

Whether you plan to woo one particular guest or keep everyone around the table full and satisfied while conversation flows, we're confident one or more of these decorating ideas will help get your party started this winter season . Nothing keeps the home fires burning quite like good food, good company, and a beautifully laid table.

The post Bring the Best Parts of Winter Indoors with These Winter Tablescapes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Nothing says warming comfort quite like an inviting tablescape during winter season entertaining. Let your dinner table set the scene for the cozy night ahead by bringing touches of the outdoors inside. If you're thinking of a chalet feel, a rustic camp setting, or a chic, mid-winter's night mood, we've got a few beautiful ideas to get you started. And the best part? You don't have to be a DIY'er with a deluxe budget to pull these off!

Tartan Classics

Have a favorite tartan that says “nights under the winter stars" do you? If it's a blanket, you can use it as a tablecloth; if it's a long scarf, use it as a table runner instead. Or perhaps you're all set and have a proper tartan tablecloth at the ready, along with matching cloth napkins. Use one or two of the main colors in the pattern as your inspiration, decorating with hints of red, hunter green, or charcoal gray, for example. You can gather fresh evergreen, pine, or holly boughs to make an effortless centerpiece, adorning the table with a few candles placed strategically on shiny brass or bronze pedestals of varying height. No candle pedestals? No problem! You don't have to go out and buy a single thing. Instead, work with what you have! Fill a rustic wooden or ceramic bowl with avocados. Their dark green skin is a perfect complement to a tartan pattern.

Winter Camp

If you're the crafty type, this tablescape inspiration is made-to-measure for you! Start by spreading a Nordic-inspired table runner down the middle of your table, or set an heirloom woolen blanket down as your tablecloth for the night. You can gather pine cones from nearby parks or green spaces and spruce them up by dipping the tips in glue and topping them with gold or silver glitter. These make perfect name card holders, too! For your centerpiece, you can spray paint, glitter paint, or milk-wash paint graceful, fallen tree limbs, along with a scattering of chestnuts and wildflowers in mismatched bud vases. Instead of trivets, use slices of tree trunks upon which to rest hot dishes. And, if you're entertaining and offering guacamole as an appetizer, here's our go-to tip for keeping guac green!

Chalet Chic

The dazzling effect of a white-on-white setting can be amped up for a chic chalet tablescape with sparkling fabrics, antique silverware, silver rimmed or accented plates, platters, and crystal wine glasses. If your dining room has wall sconces or a chandelier, now's the time to play them up to full effect. If you don't have these, nab a candelabra or two at your local thrift store. Use it as your centerpiece, along with a spate of white candles, tapers, or votives to light up the night. If you're feeling extra fancy, try placing individual Pashmina (or Pashmina-like) shawls in winter white or silvery gray on your guests' dining chairs, for a VIP touch. If you really want a splash of color, try adding some Asiatic lilies, sparkle craspedia, winter holly, or red amaryllis in a dramatic vase, anchored by the fresh, vibrant green of whole avocados still in their skins, and the ruby-toned beauty of pomegranates. If you need tips on how to keep those delicious avos fresh, check out this video to learn to keep your avocado fruit fresh until you need them. Whether you plan to woo one particular guest or keep everyone around the table full and satisfied while conversation flows, we're confident one or more of these decorating ideas will help get your party started this winter season . Nothing keeps the home fires burning quite like good food, good company, and a beautifully laid table.

The post Bring the Best Parts of Winter Indoors with These Winter Tablescapes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Are You Resolved? Tips for Being Successful in Keeping Your Resolutions https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/resolved-tips-successful-keeping-resolutions/ Tue, 31 Jan 2017 20:16:43 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19005

It happens the same way every year: Everyone makes a big deal about picking their New Year's resolution, so you pick and announce yours, and perhaps it's the most common resolution of all: adopting a healthier lifestyle. You start off strong. There's that avocado, orange juice, and yogurt smoothie for breakfast followed by an early morning workout, avocado chicken Waldorf salad for lunch, and steamed fish with brown rice for dinner. There has never been another person more committed to their resolutions! By January 10th, though — it never fails — you're back to sleeping in, skipping your workout and breakfast, and grabbing take-out for dinner.

Fear not! Falling off the resolution wagon happens to the best of people. But there ARE ways to stick to your new routine, and these resolution hacks will help you accomplish your goals year-round!

One and Done

It's so easy to go overboard in the resolution-making department. Why just try to lose weight when you could also cook dinner from scratch every night and teach your child to speak Spanish? If you can fix one thing, why not fix them all? We'll tell you why: Because too many goals means less focus. When choosing your resolutions, pick one realistic goal, break it into achievable steps, and attach those steps to a specific timeline so you can track your achievements. For once, doing less means setting yourself up for success.

Be Specific

Big, open-ended goals like “Get healthy" or “Lose weight" are difficult to accomplish. By setting a specific goal, like ensuring you're eating the daily recommended intake of fruits and vegetables, it's easier to figure out how to accomplish it. Then, you know to stock your house full of fruits and vegetables — like avocados from Mexico — that you can turn into a quick snack or meal like guacamole or avocado quesadillas.

In case you are going the avocado route, which we highly recommend you do, to ensure you have a ripe avocado for every day of the week, check out this video for picking the perfect avocado. And if you can't find any ripe avocados, this video will help you ripen your avocados at home.

Get Support

The problem with setting a goal for yourself is that there is no one else to hold you accountable for accomplishing it. Who's gonna tell if you skip working out for a week? It helps to find a close friend or family member to hold you responsible for achieving your goals. Whether it's a friend who joins you for bike rides or a spouse who can support your nutritious eating habits, support is key to achieving your goals.

When You Mess Up, Keep Going

Another common trap of resolutions is letting your mistakes or slip-ups act as an excuse to quit. Just because you gave into that triple decker fudge cake at work doesn't mean you failed. Resolutions aren't about being perfect; they're about working better habits into your lifestyle. So get up, dust yourself off, and try again.

Tweak As You Go

Sometimes, the calendar turns to April before you realize that the resolution you set for yourself isn't quite working. That's ok. Remember: Resolutions aren't intended to turn your into a perfect person (psst: Those don't exist!). Instead, they're about helping you make lasting new habits. Don't be scared to tweak or adjust your resolutions throughout the year to better fit your needs and situation.

The post Are You Resolved? Tips for Being Successful in Keeping Your Resolutions appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It happens the same way every year: Everyone makes a big deal about picking their New Year's resolution, so you pick and announce yours, and perhaps it's the most common resolution of all: adopting a healthier lifestyle. You start off strong. There's that avocado, orange juice, and yogurt smoothie for breakfast followed by an early morning workout, avocado chicken Waldorf salad for lunch, and steamed fish with brown rice for dinner. There has never been another person more committed to their resolutions! By January 10th, though — it never fails — you're back to sleeping in, skipping your workout and breakfast, and grabbing take-out for dinner. Fear not! Falling off the resolution wagon happens to the best of people. But there ARE ways to stick to your new routine, and these resolution hacks will help you accomplish your goals year-round!

One and Done

It's so easy to go overboard in the resolution-making department. Why just try to lose weight when you could also cook dinner from scratch every night and teach your child to speak Spanish? If you can fix one thing, why not fix them all? We'll tell you why: Because too many goals means less focus. When choosing your resolutions, pick one realistic goal, break it into achievable steps, and attach those steps to a specific timeline so you can track your achievements. For once, doing less means setting yourself up for success.

Be Specific

Big, open-ended goals like “Get healthy" or “Lose weight" are difficult to accomplish. By setting a specific goal, like ensuring you're eating the daily recommended intake of fruits and vegetables, it's easier to figure out how to accomplish it. Then, you know to stock your house full of fruits and vegetables — like avocados from Mexico — that you can turn into a quick snack or meal like guacamole or avocado quesadillas. In case you are going the avocado route, which we highly recommend you do, to ensure you have a ripe avocado for every day of the week, check out this video for picking the perfect avocado. And if you can't find any ripe avocados, this video will help you ripen your avocados at home.

Get Support

The problem with setting a goal for yourself is that there is no one else to hold you accountable for accomplishing it. Who's gonna tell if you skip working out for a week? It helps to find a close friend or family member to hold you responsible for achieving your goals. Whether it's a friend who joins you for bike rides or a spouse who can support your nutritious eating habits, support is key to achieving your goals.

When You Mess Up, Keep Going

Another common trap of resolutions is letting your mistakes or slip-ups act as an excuse to quit. Just because you gave into that triple decker fudge cake at work doesn't mean you failed. Resolutions aren't about being perfect; they're about working better habits into your lifestyle. So get up, dust yourself off, and try again.

Tweak As You Go

Sometimes, the calendar turns to April before you realize that the resolution you set for yourself isn't quite working. That's ok. Remember: Resolutions aren't intended to turn your into a perfect person (psst: Those don't exist!). Instead, they're about helping you make lasting new habits. Don't be scared to tweak or adjust your resolutions throughout the year to better fit your needs and situation.

The post Are You Resolved? Tips for Being Successful in Keeping Your Resolutions appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
7 Essential Kitchen Tools (Especially for Avocado Lovers!) https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/7-essential-tools/ Tue, 31 Jan 2017 20:15:44 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19012

Between cooking channels and kitchen supply shops, it seems that every time you turn around, someone, somewhere is trying to sell you a new kitchen gadget. Think of the time you could save with an herb stripper or the amazing parties you’d throw if only you owned one of those multi-tool garnishing kits. And if you just had a sous vide cooker …

 

The truth is, there are only a dozen or so kitchen tools you really need to make mealtime magic. Keep clutter and cost to a minimum by focusing on those essential items you’ll use over and over again.

 

1. One Good Knife

It’s tempting to splurge on a fancy knife set, but truth be told, you really only need one high-quality knife that’s able to perform the tasks you find yourself doing the most — like prepping avocado! A basic chef’s knife or Santoku knife is a sure bet. An excellent-quality knife will last a lifetime, so don’t skimp. Ask whether it comes with a warranty and guarantee, as well as repair and service benefits.

 

Both knife maintenance and knowledge keep you safer in the kitchen. Remember that a sharp knife is less dangerous than a dull one, and know the correct way to cut, slice, and dice avocado.

 

2. A Cast-Iron Skillet

Forget nonstick frying pans and go old-school with a cast-iron skillet. If you’re not lucky enough to have inherited one of these as a hand-me-down from an older cook in your family, you may need to do some searching in antique shops, estate sales, or specialty retailers to find a high-quality, old-fashioned cast-iron skillet. Once you find it, though, it should last you a lifetime if you season and care for it properly. That’s a lifetime of cornbread toast with avocado spread; baja fish and guac tacos; and avocado, tuna, and green apple paninis — a life well lived!

 

3. A Clay Pot

Lots of people around the world, especially in Mexico, cook in clay pots — and for good reason. They’re one of the most versatile and foolproof kitchen tools. A clay pot can come in handy for everything from beans and meats to breads and desserts, and it’s almost impossible to overcook whatever’s inside.

 

Clay pots are often painted bright, beautiful colors. Even if you cook a dish in the microwave, like this show-stopping bean and avocado dip, you can use the clay pot as a serving dish. Just make sure your painted pot doesn’t contain lead and take care with how you clean it. Allow your clay pot to cure and wash it without dish soap to ensure its longevity and high performance.

 

4. Molcajete

Another ancient kitchen tool that has stood the test of time is the molcajete, a mortar and pestle made of volcanic rock. A fixture in practically every Mexican kitchen and the ultimate multipurpose tool, the molcajete is the traditional way to smash avocados into delectable chunks for guacamole. It can also be used to grind spices, garlic, and herbs.

 

Yeah, you can make guacamole using a bowl and fork in a pinch, but the molcajete is the O.G. method Mexicans have used for generations. To get the most good from your molcajete, check out the Molcajete 101 guide.

 

5. A Blender or Food Processor

Another item not to scrimp on: a high-quality food processor or blender. Look for one with aircraft-grade stainless steel blades and high horsepower. You’ll have a much easier time pureeing guacamole sauce and avocado sauce for fish tacos and blending banana and avocado smoothies for breakfast with razor-sharp blades and ample oomph. A great processor is also handy for whipping up a quick soup such as avocado and pea soup or avocado gazpacho.

 

Before you pop avocados into a blender, make sure they’re properly washed. Even though you won’t be eating the skin, it’s important to make sure your produce is clean.

 

6. An Excellent Cutting Board

Like many of the other items on our list, a quality cutting board will be your kitchen companion for years, if you take care of it, and your trusty companion for chopping up scrumptious, fresh salads with avocado and avocado bowls for lunch. By investing in a good cutting board, you’ll eliminate the expense of having to replace a cheaper, poor-quality board more frequently. Wood is the best material; marble dulls knives quickly, while plastic tends to absorb odors and flavors and can’t be massaged back to newness with oils. Wood is durable and curable and can recover with regular oiling and occasional sanding.

 

7. A Digital Scale

If you’re a frustrated baker, wondering why your breads, biscuits, cakes, and cookies never turn out quite like the recipe promises, we might be able to tell you the reason: measurements. A digital scale takes the guesswork — and unpredictable results — out of baking by letting you measure your ingredients with precision. Hello, perfectly moist chocolate avocado brownies and avocado cheesecake!

 

A scale is also useful for calculating the nutrition content of your food. For example, one serving of avocado is 50g, or about 1/3 of a medium avocado. And in that 50g is 10% your daily recommended value of vitamin K and folate, has 80 calories and contributes nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and phytonutrients.

 

 

There are infinite ways to put your kitchen tools to good use. Try out a new avocado recipe tonight.

 

The post 7 Essential Kitchen Tools (Especially for Avocado Lovers!) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Between cooking channels and kitchen supply shops, it seems that every time you turn around, someone, somewhere is trying to sell you a new kitchen gadget. Think of the time you could save with an herb stripper or the amazing parties you’d throw if only you owned one of those multi-tool garnishing kits. And if you just had a sous vide cooker …   The truth is, there are only a dozen or so kitchen tools you really need to make mealtime magic. Keep clutter and cost to a minimum by focusing on those essential items you’ll use over and over again.  

1. One Good Knife

It’s tempting to splurge on a fancy knife set, but truth be told, you really only need one high-quality knife that’s able to perform the tasks you find yourself doing the most — like prepping avocado! A basic chef’s knife or Santoku knife is a sure bet. An excellent-quality knife will last a lifetime, so don’t skimp. Ask whether it comes with a warranty and guarantee, as well as repair and service benefits.   Both knife maintenance and knowledge keep you safer in the kitchen. Remember that a sharp knife is less dangerous than a dull one, and know the correct way to cut, slice, and dice avocado.  

2. A Cast-Iron Skillet

Forget nonstick frying pans and go old-school with a cast-iron skillet. If you’re not lucky enough to have inherited one of these as a hand-me-down from an older cook in your family, you may need to do some searching in antique shops, estate sales, or specialty retailers to find a high-quality, old-fashioned cast-iron skillet. Once you find it, though, it should last you a lifetime if you season and care for it properly. That’s a lifetime of cornbread toast with avocado spread; baja fish and guac tacos; and avocado, tuna, and green apple paninis — a life well lived!  

3. A Clay Pot

Lots of people around the world, especially in Mexico, cook in clay pots — and for good reason. They’re one of the most versatile and foolproof kitchen tools. A clay pot can come in handy for everything from beans and meats to breads and desserts, and it’s almost impossible to overcook whatever’s inside.   Clay pots are often painted bright, beautiful colors. Even if you cook a dish in the microwave, like this show-stopping bean and avocado dip, you can use the clay pot as a serving dish. Just make sure your painted pot doesn’t contain lead and take care with how you clean it. Allow your clay pot to cure and wash it without dish soap to ensure its longevity and high performance.  

4. Molcajete

Another ancient kitchen tool that has stood the test of time is the molcajete, a mortar and pestle made of volcanic rock. A fixture in practically every Mexican kitchen and the ultimate multipurpose tool, the molcajete is the traditional way to smash avocados into delectable chunks for guacamole. It can also be used to grind spices, garlic, and herbs.   Yeah, you can make guacamole using a bowl and fork in a pinch, but the molcajete is the O.G. method Mexicans have used for generations. To get the most good from your molcajete, check out the Molcajete 101 guide.  

5. A Blender or Food Processor

Another item not to scrimp on: a high-quality food processor or blender. Look for one with aircraft-grade stainless steel blades and high horsepower. You’ll have a much easier time pureeing guacamole sauce and avocado sauce for fish tacos and blending banana and avocado smoothies for breakfast with razor-sharp blades and ample oomph. A great processor is also handy for whipping up a quick soup such as avocado and pea soup or avocado gazpacho.   Before you pop avocados into a blender, make sure they’re properly washed. Even though you won’t be eating the skin, it’s important to make sure your produce is clean.  

6. An Excellent Cutting Board

Like many of the other items on our list, a quality cutting board will be your kitchen companion for years, if you take care of it, and your trusty companion for chopping up scrumptious, fresh salads with avocado and avocado bowls for lunch. By investing in a good cutting board, you’ll eliminate the expense of having to replace a cheaper, poor-quality board more frequently. Wood is the best material; marble dulls knives quickly, while plastic tends to absorb odors and flavors and can’t be massaged back to newness with oils. Wood is durable and curable and can recover with regular oiling and occasional sanding.  

7. A Digital Scale

If you’re a frustrated baker, wondering why your breads, biscuits, cakes, and cookies never turn out quite like the recipe promises, we might be able to tell you the reason: measurements. A digital scale takes the guesswork — and unpredictable results — out of baking by letting you measure your ingredients with precision. Hello, perfectly moist chocolate avocado brownies and avocado cheesecake!   A scale is also useful for calculating the nutrition content of your food. For example, one serving of avocado is 50g, or about 1/3 of a medium avocado. And in that 50g is 10% your daily recommended value of vitamin K and folate, has 80 calories and contributes nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and phytonutrients.     There are infinite ways to put your kitchen tools to good use. Try out a new avocado recipe tonight.  

The post 7 Essential Kitchen Tools (Especially for Avocado Lovers!) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
A Fresh Start to the New Year https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/fresh-start-new-year/ Tue, 24 Jan 2017 11:22:28 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=18560

If your New Year’s resolution involves eating more fresh fruits and vegetables in season, your first thought may be, “But there’s hardly anything exciting in the produce aisle during winter! Why can’t New Year’s fall in summer?!” Don’t despair. There are more options than you think, including

Avocados From Mexico

, which grow year-round. Let’s take a trip through the fruit and veggie aisle!

Even though it looks dreary outside, Mother Nature is still working her magic and growing lovely fruits and veggies. Fresh fruit include citruses like lemons and limes (essential in many avocado recipes, like your favorite guacamole!), as well as tangerines, oranges, grapefruit, and clementines. Cranberries, persimmons, and pomegranates are also among the winter fruit group, especially attractive because of their festive colors. And then, of course, are Avocados From Mexico, which grow year-round thanks to the rich volcanic soil of the state of Michoacán.

As for vegetables, winter is the season for root veggies. There are potatoes (regular and sweet, among other varieties), turnips, rutabagas, and parsnips. All of these are great roasted, and give body to the comfort foods of winter soups and stews. Artichokes, beets, cauliflower, leeks, snow peas, broccoli, cabbage, and Brussels sprouts are also in season now. And don’t worry: If you’re desperate for leafy greens, kale and watercress are both fresh and just waiting to be turned into a gorgeous winter salad.

Where do you find these winter fruits and veggies? Your local supermarket’s fresh produce section probably carries most of them, but if you’re looking for something that’s harder to find, see if your area hosts any all-season farmers’ markets. You’ll be getting wonderful food and helping out local farmers, as well. Another option is to order online from a grocery delivery service, a practical option for busy people.

Try to work winter produce into your daily meal plan. How? One way is by adding avocado slices, pomegranate arils, or mandarin orange segments (or all three!) to your salads. Try baking apples and pears with a little honey for a sweet and nutritious dessert. Play with colors and textures by prepping a tray of root veggies to roast: Add cubed sweet potatoes, turnips, carrots, and red onion, toss with olive oil, and sprinkle with your favorite dried herbs. And fruits and veggies aren’t just for lunch and dinner! Add dried cranberries to your oatmeal or leeks to your scrambled eggs in the morning. Winter soups are always a great way to add more vegetables to your life, and since avocados are always in season, don’t forget to add some to rich, filling dishes like this tortilla soup. If guacamole feels too summery, consider grilling avocados instead.

Fresh flavor is one of the advantages of eating seasonal produce, but don’t forget the nutritional benefits of eating fruits and vegetables. They provide the fiber you need to help your digestive system (fiber also helps you feel full longer, so bonus points!). Fruits and veggies provide essential vitamins and minerals and help reduce the risk of certain diseases and conditions. The recommended daily intake varies depending on gender, age, and level of activity, but as a minimum, the MyPlate program suggests filling half your plate with veggies and fruit at every meal.

Adding seasonal, winter produce to your meal plan can be a fun and delicious way to keep your body nourished and active in winter months!

The post A Fresh Start to the New Year appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If your New Year’s resolution involves eating more fresh fruits and vegetables in season, your first thought may be, “But there’s hardly anything exciting in the produce aisle during winter! Why can’t New Year’s fall in summer?!” Don’t despair. There are more options than you think, including

Avocados From Mexico

, which grow year-round. Let’s take a trip through the fruit and veggie aisle! Even though it looks dreary outside, Mother Nature is still working her magic and growing lovely fruits and veggies. Fresh fruit include citruses like lemons and limes (essential in many avocado recipes, like your favorite guacamole!), as well as tangerines, oranges, grapefruit, and clementines. Cranberries, persimmons, and pomegranates are also among the winter fruit group, especially attractive because of their festive colors. And then, of course, are Avocados From Mexico, which grow year-round thanks to the rich volcanic soil of the state of Michoacán. As for vegetables, winter is the season for root veggies. There are potatoes (regular and sweet, among other varieties), turnips, rutabagas, and parsnips. All of these are great roasted, and give body to the comfort foods of winter soups and stews. Artichokes, beets, cauliflower, leeks, snow peas, broccoli, cabbage, and Brussels sprouts are also in season now. And don’t worry: If you’re desperate for leafy greens, kale and watercress are both fresh and just waiting to be turned into a gorgeous winter salad. Where do you find these winter fruits and veggies? Your local supermarket’s fresh produce section probably carries most of them, but if you’re looking for something that’s harder to find, see if your area hosts any all-season farmers’ markets. You’ll be getting wonderful food and helping out local farmers, as well. Another option is to order online from a grocery delivery service, a practical option for busy people. Try to work winter produce into your daily meal plan. How? One way is by adding avocado slices, pomegranate arils, or mandarin orange segments (or all three!) to your salads. Try baking apples and pears with a little honey for a sweet and nutritious dessert. Play with colors and textures by prepping a tray of root veggies to roast: Add cubed sweet potatoes, turnips, carrots, and red onion, toss with olive oil, and sprinkle with your favorite dried herbs. And fruits and veggies aren’t just for lunch and dinner! Add dried cranberries to your oatmeal or leeks to your scrambled eggs in the morning. Winter soups are always a great way to add more vegetables to your life, and since avocados are always in season, don’t forget to add some to rich, filling dishes like this tortilla soup. If guacamole feels too summery, consider grilling avocados instead. Fresh flavor is one of the advantages of eating seasonal produce, but don’t forget the nutritional benefits of eating fruits and vegetables. They provide the fiber you need to help your digestive system (fiber also helps you feel full longer, so bonus points!). Fruits and veggies provide essential vitamins and minerals and help reduce the risk of certain diseases and conditions. The recommended daily intake varies depending on gender, age, and level of activity, but as a minimum, the MyPlate program suggests filling half your plate with veggies and fruit at every meal. Adding seasonal, winter produce to your meal plan can be a fun and delicious way to keep your body nourished and active in winter months!

The post A Fresh Start to the New Year appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Score a Touchdown With These Dips https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/score-touchdown-dips/ Tue, 24 Jan 2017 11:13:23 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=18558

On any given chilly Sunday across North America, football games become the perfect excuse to gather with family and friends and cheer for your favorite team. But no get-together is complete without chips, dips, and snacks to compensate for all of the energy you’ll be expending. Here are some of our favorites, with and without the glorious goodness of nature’s most versatile fruit, the avocado.

Mmmelted Moments

A hot dip is made all the more enticing with the addition of melt-in-your-mouth cheese. There’s the Tex-Mex Queso Flameado (“flamed cheese”) that can be made with Chihuahua cheese, mozzarella, or provolone, Mexican chorizo, green onions, dried pasilla chiles, and brandy. The sausage gets sautéed out of its casing and the whole ensemble is put in an oven-proof dish before being baked and flambéed with the brandy table-side. Talk about a touch-down showstopper!

Another Mexican riff on this dip includes tossing 1 cup of Oaxacan cheese and 1 cup Monterey Jack cheese with a tablespoon of all-purpose flour in a bowl, and then setting them aside while you sauté a small diced onion, Serrano chile, and thinly sliced mushrooms with a dribble of avocado oil in a cast iron pan. Once the onions are soft, add half a cup of beer to the pan, adding the cheese in small handfuls and whisking until completely combined. Cut half of an avocado (here’s a quick tip about how to hold an avocado and apply gentle pressure to determine if it’s ripe!) into slices and place on top of your cheese dip. Place under the broiler for a few minutes until the cheese gets caramelized. Serve immediately with good corn tortilla chips and a glass of your favorite cerveza.

Also, if all this slicing and dicing of avocados sounds confusing, watch this video for advice on how to hone your avocado cutting technique by splitting it down the middle and removing the seed to either chop or dice it.

Great and Green

If you’re in a rush but want something more impressive than a bag of potato chips and a tin of ranch dip, try this simple take on an avocado-based dip that’s given a green boost with the addition of fresh spinach. The best part? It’s done in seconds with a blitz in the food processor and can be made ahead of your pigskin party.

Want to update the mayo-heavy hot artichoke and spinach dip? Here’s a solution: artichoke and avocado dip. As the recipe’s author says, “It’s cool, creamy, and flavorful, with the tang of a touch of sour cream and feta cheese, and the umami of anchovy paste (think Caesar salad and you won’t find it frightening, I promise). Paired with a crudité platter and crackers, it’s the type of dip that can be made in advance, for parties, or if you want a simple snack.”

For those of you who love to serve guacamole at every party, here’s a neat tip for keeping your guacamole green by pouring milk on top of it when your party guests are a little tardy.

Slow Cooker Appeal

Dips are dandy, but when you’ve got a hungry crowd of football lovers who’ve mowed through the snacks like locusts, you might want to think about pulling out your slow cooker for something more substantial. We suggest a three-bean chili, which can be made with or without ground turkey, chuck, or chicken. Start by adding one large, diced red onion, three cloves of crushed garlic, a little olive oil, two diced celery ribs, and two diced carrots to a skillet. For the meaty version, add your ground turkey, beef, or chicken. You could also sub in sausage or Polish kielbasa.

Once the ingredients are cooked through, put them in your slow cooker along with four cups of stock (vegetable, chicken, or beef), a bay leaf, a pinch of hot pepper flakes, one small tin of tomato paste, a pinch of cumin, and your choice of beans. Romano beans, navy beans, chickpeas, or pinto beans are all hearty choices. Cook on low for about 4-5 hours, season with salt and pepper, and let it cook uncovered for about an hour to thicken before you’re ready to serve.

Top with a dollop of grated cheddar or sour cream, diced avocado, and slivers of green onion. If this is dinner, serve with a tossed salad, including a green goddess dressing to cool the heat of the chiles (combine Greek or Balkan yogurt, 1 whole avocado, a small bunch of parsley and basil, fresh lemon juice, garlic, salt, and pepper in a blender and pulse to combine). A warm crusty loaf of bread and good quality butter are perfect company for this fine rib-sticking fare.

You might just find that you’re hosting Sunday football fiestas every weekend once your crew tastes these delicious dips and dishes!

The post Score a Touchdown With These Dips appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

On any given chilly Sunday across North America, football games become the perfect excuse to gather with family and friends and cheer for your favorite team. But no get-together is complete without chips, dips, and snacks to compensate for all of the energy you’ll be expending. Here are some of our favorites, with and without the glorious goodness of nature’s most versatile fruit, the avocado.

Mmmelted Moments

A hot dip is made all the more enticing with the addition of melt-in-your-mouth cheese. There’s the Tex-Mex Queso Flameado (“flamed cheese”) that can be made with Chihuahua cheese, mozzarella, or provolone, Mexican chorizo, green onions, dried pasilla chiles, and brandy. The sausage gets sautéed out of its casing and the whole ensemble is put in an oven-proof dish before being baked and flambéed with the brandy table-side. Talk about a touch-down showstopper! Another Mexican riff on this dip includes tossing 1 cup of Oaxacan cheese and 1 cup Monterey Jack cheese with a tablespoon of all-purpose flour in a bowl, and then setting them aside while you sauté a small diced onion, Serrano chile, and thinly sliced mushrooms with a dribble of avocado oil in a cast iron pan. Once the onions are soft, add half a cup of beer to the pan, adding the cheese in small handfuls and whisking until completely combined. Cut half of an avocado (here’s a quick tip about how to hold an avocado and apply gentle pressure to determine if it’s ripe!) into slices and place on top of your cheese dip. Place under the broiler for a few minutes until the cheese gets caramelized. Serve immediately with good corn tortilla chips and a glass of your favorite cerveza. Also, if all this slicing and dicing of avocados sounds confusing, watch this video for advice on how to hone your avocado cutting technique by splitting it down the middle and removing the seed to either chop or dice it.

Great and Green

If you’re in a rush but want something more impressive than a bag of potato chips and a tin of ranch dip, try this simple take on an avocado-based dip that’s given a green boost with the addition of fresh spinach. The best part? It’s done in seconds with a blitz in the food processor and can be made ahead of your pigskin party. Want to update the mayo-heavy hot artichoke and spinach dip? Here’s a solution: artichoke and avocado dip. As the recipe’s author says, “It’s cool, creamy, and flavorful, with the tang of a touch of sour cream and feta cheese, and the umami of anchovy paste (think Caesar salad and you won’t find it frightening, I promise). Paired with a crudité platter and crackers, it’s the type of dip that can be made in advance, for parties, or if you want a simple snack.” For those of you who love to serve guacamole at every party, here’s a neat tip for keeping your guacamole green by pouring milk on top of it when your party guests are a little tardy.

Slow Cooker Appeal

Dips are dandy, but when you’ve got a hungry crowd of football lovers who’ve mowed through the snacks like locusts, you might want to think about pulling out your slow cooker for something more substantial. We suggest a three-bean chili, which can be made with or without ground turkey, chuck, or chicken. Start by adding one large, diced red onion, three cloves of crushed garlic, a little olive oil, two diced celery ribs, and two diced carrots to a skillet. For the meaty version, add your ground turkey, beef, or chicken. You could also sub in sausage or Polish kielbasa. Once the ingredients are cooked through, put them in your slow cooker along with four cups of stock (vegetable, chicken, or beef), a bay leaf, a pinch of hot pepper flakes, one small tin of tomato paste, a pinch of cumin, and your choice of beans. Romano beans, navy beans, chickpeas, or pinto beans are all hearty choices. Cook on low for about 4-5 hours, season with salt and pepper, and let it cook uncovered for about an hour to thicken before you’re ready to serve. Top with a dollop of grated cheddar or sour cream, diced avocado, and slivers of green onion. If this is dinner, serve with a tossed salad, including a green goddess dressing to cool the heat of the chiles (combine Greek or Balkan yogurt, 1 whole avocado, a small bunch of parsley and basil, fresh lemon juice, garlic, salt, and pepper in a blender and pulse to combine). A warm crusty loaf of bread and good quality butter are perfect company for this fine rib-sticking fare. You might just find that you’re hosting Sunday football fiestas every weekend once your crew tastes these delicious dips and dishes!

The post Score a Touchdown With These Dips appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Surprise! Avocados in Winter https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/surprise-avocados-winter/ Tue, 24 Jan 2017 11:05:16 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=18556

What?! Avocado’s aren’t just a summer fruit?

That’s right!

There is no bad time of year to eat a creamy avocado. The delicious green fruit from Mexico is always in season, even in the dead of winter. And not only is it delicious to your tastebuds; it’s great for the rest of your body, too! The antioxidants in tropical fruits such as avocado help protect cellular proteins and lipids, the molecules that, for instance, keep your skin healthy and hydrated. And on a cold winter day, when all you want is a bowl of something warm, avocado can turn a bowl of soup into a hearty meal, like this classic tortilla soup recipe!

But were avocados always available in the winter? Let’s have a quick geopolitical history lesson!

For eight decades — most of the 20th century — the U.S. enforced a complete ban on the import of avocados from Mexico. Fears of disease and pests meant Americans had to satisfy their avocado cravings solely through the bumpy green fruit produced domestically. The policy changed, however, with the ratification of the North American Free Trade Agreement, or NAFTA, on January 1, 1994.

California avocado production peaked in the last two decades of the 20th century, dropping off dramatically in the new millennium, post-NAFTA. At the same time, Americans’ avocado consumption has gone up … way up. Since 1994, the U.S. has more than quadrupled its annual avocado consumption. Now, Americans eat more than 1.65 billion pounds of avocado every year. California can’t meet the demand alone, especially with water shortages and other growing challenges.

And then there’s the fact that California’s growing season lasts only from February to September, peaking over the summer months. Satisfying the year-round craving for avocado meant sourcing the fruit from the country that could produce it year-round: Mexico. It was NAFTA that paved the way for increased imports from Mexico, where the avocado growing season never ends.

Avocado is native to central Mexico, with archaeological evidence traces the fruit’s origins to the state of Puebla more than 12,000 years ago. A Hass avocado tree, the most prominent cultivar in Mexico, can produce as many as a million flowers each bloom, and it blooms two or even three times each year. When pollinators are doing their job, up to 500 of these blooms will eventually become the creamy green fruit you know and love.

The orchards where these trees grow, primarily in the state of Michoacán now, are responsible for almost half of the global avocado market. Avocados can stay fresh on a backyard tree for many months after reaching maturity, but on avocado farms, the fruit is gently hand-picked, packed, and shipped in bulk as soon as it’s ready. The moment it is cut from the tree, the avocado begins to ripen, so that when it reaches your table, it has the soft, creamy consistency you know and love.

So don’t worry about winter’s onset and what it means for your fruit and vegetable intake. You don’t have to cut back on your favorite avo dishes during cold weather months. Whether you are prepping your best guacamole or adding avo to another warm winter dish, like this spicy white chili, avocados will be available all winter long!

The post Surprise! Avocados in Winter appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

What?! Avocado’s aren’t just a summer fruit? That’s right! There is no bad time of year to eat a creamy avocado. The delicious green fruit from Mexico is always in season, even in the dead of winter. And not only is it delicious to your tastebuds; it’s great for the rest of your body, too! The antioxidants in tropical fruits such as avocado help protect cellular proteins and lipids, the molecules that, for instance, keep your skin healthy and hydrated. And on a cold winter day, when all you want is a bowl of something warm, avocado can turn a bowl of soup into a hearty meal, like this classic tortilla soup recipe! But were avocados always available in the winter? Let’s have a quick geopolitical history lesson! For eight decades — most of the 20th century — the U.S. enforced a complete ban on the import of avocados from Mexico. Fears of disease and pests meant Americans had to satisfy their avocado cravings solely through the bumpy green fruit produced domestically. The policy changed, however, with the ratification of the North American Free Trade Agreement, or NAFTA, on January 1, 1994. California avocado production peaked in the last two decades of the 20th century, dropping off dramatically in the new millennium, post-NAFTA. At the same time, Americans’ avocado consumption has gone up … way up. Since 1994, the U.S. has more than quadrupled its annual avocado consumption. Now, Americans eat more than 1.65 billion pounds of avocado every year. California can’t meet the demand alone, especially with water shortages and other growing challenges. And then there’s the fact that California’s growing season lasts only from February to September, peaking over the summer months. Satisfying the year-round craving for avocado meant sourcing the fruit from the country that could produce it year-round: Mexico. It was NAFTA that paved the way for increased imports from Mexico, where the avocado growing season never ends. Avocado is native to central Mexico, with archaeological evidence traces the fruit’s origins to the state of Puebla more than 12,000 years ago. A Hass avocado tree, the most prominent cultivar in Mexico, can produce as many as a million flowers each bloom, and it blooms two or even three times each year. When pollinators are doing their job, up to 500 of these blooms will eventually become the creamy green fruit you know and love. The orchards where these trees grow, primarily in the state of Michoacán now, are responsible for almost half of the global avocado market. Avocados can stay fresh on a backyard tree for many months after reaching maturity, but on avocado farms, the fruit is gently hand-picked, packed, and shipped in bulk as soon as it’s ready. The moment it is cut from the tree, the avocado begins to ripen, so that when it reaches your table, it has the soft, creamy consistency you know and love. So don’t worry about winter’s onset and what it means for your fruit and vegetable intake. You don’t have to cut back on your favorite avo dishes during cold weather months. Whether you are prepping your best guacamole or adding avo to another warm winter dish, like this spicy white chili, avocados will be available all winter long!

The post Surprise! Avocados in Winter appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
3 Yummy Salads Ripe for Winter https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/3-yummy-salads-ripe-winter/ Tue, 24 Jan 2017 10:50:49 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=18553

Salads aren’t just for warm weather dining. The tastes of winter — warming spices, glazed or candied nuts, veggies like Brussels sprouts, broccoli, and cauliflower, and apples in their various forms — all contribute to delicious, cold-weather dishes that delight the palate. Add Avocados From Mexico, which are available year-round, and you’ve got a crop of winter-worthy salads!

Coleslaw and Crispy Cruciferous Veggies

Coleslaw might seem like a summer-only dish, the ever-present food at a backyard BBQ, but guess what? It’s dependable when it comes to winter meal duty, too. If you haven’t tried a cruciferous veggie slaw, you’ll soon have it in heavy rotation on your winter menu. Slice raw Brussels sprouts finely, along with broccoli, and mix with grated carrot, thin apple slices, and a maple vinaigrette for a refreshing side to any roasted or braised meat. Add a few dry-roasted walnut halves to the salad for textural interest.

You can also disassemble the sprouts and toss them in olive oil, salt, and pepper before placing them in a baking pan and crisping them up in a hot oven — it’ll only take about 10 minutes to crisp up. Brussels sprout chips are an instant party snack, and on a salad, they’re a perfect substitute for croutons.

Hot Salads

Who says salads have to be cold? You can create a base layer of greens like peppery arugula and watercress before topping them with just-grilled slices of your favorite sausage or steak. Finish by garnishing the salad with fresh citrus segments and roasted red peppers, zucchini, or wedges of your favorite squash. If you’re feeding vegetarians, you can skip the meats and substitute a creamy goat’s cheese, as well as a roasted, diced sweet potato accented with cayenne, cinnamon, or nutmeg. Here’s another option: Keep your salad cool, but add a warm vinaigrette, such as this one featuring bacon, drizzling it over avocado slices adorning the top of the salad.

Grain-based Salads

Dried fruits have a special place on winter menus. They add just enough sweetness to most any dish, while providing a hit of jewel-toned color. A quinoa salad tossed with dried cherries, cranberries, toasted almond pieces, and pumpkin seeds (also sold in the supermarket as “pepitas”) sets the stage for a beautiful herb-based vinaigrette. If you prefer something a little more toothsome, try a salad made with wheat berries, farro, or amaranth, a grain that’s native to Mexico. Orzo, the “rice of pasta”, can get dressed up for any winter meal with the addition of diced, roasted beets, feta cheese, hand-torn greens, avocado slices, and pomegranate seeds.

Hearty Greens

Winter salads get their heft from greens that have hearty leaves, like kale and collards. Massage the leaves of your favorite green with a splash of olive oil to soften them up prior to dressing them with a vegan vinaigrette your family and friends will swear contains dairy. The secret is to blend some garlic or shallot in with the creamy goodness of Avocados From Mexico, along with salt, pepper, a bit more olive oil, and lemon juice. Toss in some pine nuts or sunflower seeds, clementine or orange segments, cucumber spears, and grated carrot into your salad. Only you will know the secret ingredient in the creamy dressing!

No matter what your preference, it’s always a good idea to balance out your salad by thinking of the various textures you’d like to eat: creamy, soft, crispy, and crunchy, for example. The same applies to flavors. Adding a squeeze of fresh citrus or some other acidic element, like vinegar, will ensure you don’t have an overly-sweet salad that might not pair with the rest of dinner.

Need more salad ideas? Visit the Avocados From Mexico website for plenty of recipes to keep you cooking all winter!

The post 3 Yummy Salads Ripe for Winter appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Salads aren’t just for warm weather dining. The tastes of winter — warming spices, glazed or candied nuts, veggies like Brussels sprouts, broccoli, and cauliflower, and apples in their various forms — all contribute to delicious, cold-weather dishes that delight the palate. Add Avocados From Mexico, which are available year-round, and you’ve got a crop of winter-worthy salads!

Coleslaw and Crispy Cruciferous Veggies

Coleslaw might seem like a summer-only dish, the ever-present food at a backyard BBQ, but guess what? It’s dependable when it comes to winter meal duty, too. If you haven’t tried a cruciferous veggie slaw, you’ll soon have it in heavy rotation on your winter menu. Slice raw Brussels sprouts finely, along with broccoli, and mix with grated carrot, thin apple slices, and a maple vinaigrette for a refreshing side to any roasted or braised meat. Add a few dry-roasted walnut halves to the salad for textural interest. You can also disassemble the sprouts and toss them in olive oil, salt, and pepper before placing them in a baking pan and crisping them up in a hot oven — it’ll only take about 10 minutes to crisp up. Brussels sprout chips are an instant party snack, and on a salad, they’re a perfect substitute for croutons.

Hot Salads

Who says salads have to be cold? You can create a base layer of greens like peppery arugula and watercress before topping them with just-grilled slices of your favorite sausage or steak. Finish by garnishing the salad with fresh citrus segments and roasted red peppers, zucchini, or wedges of your favorite squash. If you’re feeding vegetarians, you can skip the meats and substitute a creamy goat’s cheese, as well as a roasted, diced sweet potato accented with cayenne, cinnamon, or nutmeg. Here’s another option: Keep your salad cool, but add a warm vinaigrette, such as this one featuring bacon, drizzling it over avocado slices adorning the top of the salad.

Grain-based Salads

Dried fruits have a special place on winter menus. They add just enough sweetness to most any dish, while providing a hit of jewel-toned color. A quinoa salad tossed with dried cherries, cranberries, toasted almond pieces, and pumpkin seeds (also sold in the supermarket as “pepitas”) sets the stage for a beautiful herb-based vinaigrette. If you prefer something a little more toothsome, try a salad made with wheat berries, farro, or amaranth, a grain that’s native to Mexico. Orzo, the “rice of pasta”, can get dressed up for any winter meal with the addition of diced, roasted beets, feta cheese, hand-torn greens, avocado slices, and pomegranate seeds.

Hearty Greens

Winter salads get their heft from greens that have hearty leaves, like kale and collards. Massage the leaves of your favorite green with a splash of olive oil to soften them up prior to dressing them with a vegan vinaigrette your family and friends will swear contains dairy. The secret is to blend some garlic or shallot in with the creamy goodness of Avocados From Mexico, along with salt, pepper, a bit more olive oil, and lemon juice. Toss in some pine nuts or sunflower seeds, clementine or orange segments, cucumber spears, and grated carrot into your salad. Only you will know the secret ingredient in the creamy dressing! No matter what your preference, it’s always a good idea to balance out your salad by thinking of the various textures you’d like to eat: creamy, soft, crispy, and crunchy, for example. The same applies to flavors. Adding a squeeze of fresh citrus or some other acidic element, like vinegar, will ensure you don’t have an overly-sweet salad that might not pair with the rest of dinner. Need more salad ideas? Visit the Avocados From Mexico website for plenty of recipes to keep you cooking all winter!

The post 3 Yummy Salads Ripe for Winter appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Homemade Holiday Decoration to Make with the Family https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/homemade-holiday-decoration-make-family/ Tue, 24 Jan 2017 10:42:06 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=18551

With the holidays coming up (and there quite a few, including Christmas, Hanukkah, and Kwanzaa), there’s so much for kids to be excited about: presents, candy, at least three kinds of pie, and, of course, presents. Kids’ energy levels can seem through the roof, but you can harness that frenetic excitement and channel it into something positive with a family holiday craft project. A little glue and some imagination are all you need to put the entire family in a holiday mood. And as long as no one tries to superglue the cat’s paws together, this could be the start of some great family traditions.

But first, don’t forget to provide yummy snacks for the family when you’re crafting. Here are several kid-friendly recipe ideas from Avocados from Mexico that are sure to please, which is perfect not only for satisfying hungry kiddos but also supplying you with what you’ll need for this first craft idea.

Add Some Bling Courtesy of Avocado Seeds

The one thing all holidays have in common is a good meal. These gold leaf avocado seeds have just enough bling to feel celebratory, and are really versatile. Slice part way through the top and turn them into name card holders that will be at home on any holiday dinner table.

No dinner party plans? No problem! Let older kids try threading a needle and stringing through the top of the gold-leafed seed so you can use it as a tree ornament. Alternately, fill a decorative bowl with a pile of them. The key is picking a ripe avocado, which will release the seed easier. Check out this quick video for some tips on how to pick the perfect avocado by gently squeezing them with the palm of your hand.

Crafts for Hanukkah and Kwanzaa

If you celebrate Hanukkah, why not make your own menorah? This tutorial offers many different ways (including Legos!) and could easily be used to make a kinara for Kwanzaa, too. This handprint wreath is also great for Kwanzaa, but could easily be used for Hanukkah or Christmas with different colored paper.

A Holiday Staple: Snow Globes

If your kids are enchanted by snow globes — and we haven’t met a kid yet who isn’t — use a Mason jar or old jam jar to make homemade snow globes, filled with your kids’ favorite little plastic toys or laminated pictures of them, and a little water and glitter. This craft is cute, personal, and will last a long time. It would also make a great gift for grandparents or family.

Recycling Traditions

Family craft time can also be an opportunity to teach your kids about the importance of recycling. There are dozens, if not hundreds, of decorating projects that use common household recyclables, turning them into special holiday decorations. One example? This adorable egg carton reindeer, which would be right at home next to some Christmas stockings. And don’t be so quick to send those burned-out Christmas lights to the landfill! Give them new life with these sparkly snowman light bulb ornaments for your tree.

Regardless of the holiday you celebrate, there will probably be plenty of presents, which means lots of discarded wrapping paper. Don’t trash it! Instead, get a jump on next year’s holiday season by making your own wrapping paper bows for presents.

The best part about these craft projects is that they are a snapshot in time of your kids. The traditions you start this year — whether making tiny handprint Christmas trees or potato stamp wrapping paper — can be repeated year after year. So grab some paint, your bouncing-off-the-wall kids, and get your holiday spirit on with some crafts. And if the cat gets too close, just remember: nail polish remover and elbow grease will dissolve the superglue in no time!

The post Homemade Holiday Decoration to Make with the Family appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

With the holidays coming up (and there quite a few, including Christmas, Hanukkah, and Kwanzaa), there’s so much for kids to be excited about: presents, candy, at least three kinds of pie, and, of course, presents. Kids’ energy levels can seem through the roof, but you can harness that frenetic excitement and channel it into something positive with a family holiday craft project. A little glue and some imagination are all you need to put the entire family in a holiday mood. And as long as no one tries to superglue the cat’s paws together, this could be the start of some great family traditions. But first, don’t forget to provide yummy snacks for the family when you’re crafting. Here are several kid-friendly recipe ideas from Avocados from Mexico that are sure to please, which is perfect not only for satisfying hungry kiddos but also supplying you with what you’ll need for this first craft idea.

Add Some Bling Courtesy of Avocado Seeds

The one thing all holidays have in common is a good meal. These gold leaf avocado seeds have just enough bling to feel celebratory, and are really versatile. Slice part way through the top and turn them into name card holders that will be at home on any holiday dinner table. No dinner party plans? No problem! Let older kids try threading a needle and stringing through the top of the gold-leafed seed so you can use it as a tree ornament. Alternately, fill a decorative bowl with a pile of them. The key is picking a ripe avocado, which will release the seed easier. Check out this quick video for some tips on how to pick the perfect avocado by gently squeezing them with the palm of your hand.

Crafts for Hanukkah and Kwanzaa

If you celebrate Hanukkah, why not make your own menorah? This tutorial offers many different ways (including Legos!) and could easily be used to make a kinara for Kwanzaa, too. This handprint wreath is also great for Kwanzaa, but could easily be used for Hanukkah or Christmas with different colored paper.

A Holiday Staple: Snow Globes

If your kids are enchanted by snow globes — and we haven’t met a kid yet who isn’t — use a Mason jar or old jam jar to make homemade snow globes, filled with your kids’ favorite little plastic toys or laminated pictures of them, and a little water and glitter. This craft is cute, personal, and will last a long time. It would also make a great gift for grandparents or family.

Recycling Traditions

Family craft time can also be an opportunity to teach your kids about the importance of recycling. There are dozens, if not hundreds, of decorating projects that use common household recyclables, turning them into special holiday decorations. One example? This adorable egg carton reindeer, which would be right at home next to some Christmas stockings. And don’t be so quick to send those burned-out Christmas lights to the landfill! Give them new life with these sparkly snowman light bulb ornaments for your tree. Regardless of the holiday you celebrate, there will probably be plenty of presents, which means lots of discarded wrapping paper. Don’t trash it! Instead, get a jump on next year’s holiday season by making your own wrapping paper bows for presents. The best part about these craft projects is that they are a snapshot in time of your kids. The traditions you start this year — whether making tiny handprint Christmas trees or potato stamp wrapping paper — can be repeated year after year. So grab some paint, your bouncing-off-the-wall kids, and get your holiday spirit on with some crafts. And if the cat gets too close, just remember: nail polish remover and elbow grease will dissolve the superglue in no time!

The post Homemade Holiday Decoration to Make with the Family appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
To Freeze or Not to Freeze: Which Foods Can Withstand Sub-32° Temps https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/freeze-not-freeze-foods-can-withstand-sub-32-temps/ Tue, 24 Jan 2017 10:28:48 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=18549

So you lucked out at the grocery store or farmer’s market and got a great deal on some fresh produce — congrats! You may soon realize, however, that you can’t possibly consume it all before it goes bad. Not to worry! You can freeze your finds so they’ll stay fresh and you can consume them later. Some foods retain their taste and texture better than others, though, so follow these tips to get the best results when freezing foods.

Vegetables

Vegetables that hold up well to cooking, such as corn, peas, and green beans, generally freeze well. For best results, blanch vegetables by boiling them for one minute in salted water, then submerge in ice water to stop the cooking process. Dry thoroughly before transferring to the freezer. You’ll want to keep the amount of air surrounding your food to a minimum to reduce freezer burn, so fill containers to the top, or use freezer bags with the air squeezed out.

Fresh herbs

You can freeze fresh herbs like cilantro, parsley, and basil. Remove the leaves from the stems and put them in an ice cube tray, fill with water (or olive oil) and pop in the freezer. When they’re fully frozen, transfer the herb cubes to a freezer bag. When you need to add herbs to a recipe, just thaw a cube and add them to your mix. These herbs will be limp, so they won’t work as garnish but are just fine for cooking.

Fruit

When frozen, the water in fruit expands, so you may find that frozen fruit loses its texture and gets mushy when thawed. Colder temperatures allow the food to freeze more quickly and reduce these effects, so make sure your freezer is on the coldest setting when you put the fruit in. You can also consider eating your frozen fruit before it’s completely thawed. Frozen berries and grapes are refreshing treats, or you can add them to a smoothie.

Avocados and Guacamole

Whole or sliced avocados don’t freeze well because they lose their texture when thawed. Instead, keep it fresh by squeezing some lemon or lime over any exposed flesh, cover with plastic wrap, and keep in the refrigerator for up to five days.

Dairy

Dairy products often don’t freeze well. If freezing all or part of a recipe that includes milk products, it’s preferable to freeze the rest of the ingredients cooked together and add the dairy after thawing. In many dishes, the dairy is added toward the end, so it’s easy to add after you take it out of the freezer.

General tips for freezing foods:

  • Prepared dishes based on grains, meats, and vegetables that generally freeze well.
  • Freeze food in serving-sized portions: Smaller portions thaw more quickly and you can leave the rest frozen for later.
  • Don’t rely on your memory: Label the foods you put in the freezer and write down the date.
  • It’s best to consume frozen foods within a few months for optimal taste.

The post To Freeze or Not to Freeze: Which Foods Can Withstand Sub-32° Temps appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

So you lucked out at the grocery store or farmer’s market and got a great deal on some fresh produce — congrats! You may soon realize, however, that you can’t possibly consume it all before it goes bad. Not to worry! You can freeze your finds so they’ll stay fresh and you can consume them later. Some foods retain their taste and texture better than others, though, so follow these tips to get the best results when freezing foods.

Vegetables

Vegetables that hold up well to cooking, such as corn, peas, and green beans, generally freeze well. For best results, blanch vegetables by boiling them for one minute in salted water, then submerge in ice water to stop the cooking process. Dry thoroughly before transferring to the freezer. You’ll want to keep the amount of air surrounding your food to a minimum to reduce freezer burn, so fill containers to the top, or use freezer bags with the air squeezed out.

Fresh herbs

You can freeze fresh herbs like cilantro, parsley, and basil. Remove the leaves from the stems and put them in an ice cube tray, fill with water (or olive oil) and pop in the freezer. When they’re fully frozen, transfer the herb cubes to a freezer bag. When you need to add herbs to a recipe, just thaw a cube and add them to your mix. These herbs will be limp, so they won’t work as garnish but are just fine for cooking.

Fruit

When frozen, the water in fruit expands, so you may find that frozen fruit loses its texture and gets mushy when thawed. Colder temperatures allow the food to freeze more quickly and reduce these effects, so make sure your freezer is on the coldest setting when you put the fruit in. You can also consider eating your frozen fruit before it’s completely thawed. Frozen berries and grapes are refreshing treats, or you can add them to a smoothie.

Avocados and Guacamole

Whole or sliced avocados don’t freeze well because they lose their texture when thawed. Instead, keep it fresh by squeezing some lemon or lime over any exposed flesh, cover with plastic wrap, and keep in the refrigerator for up to five days.

Dairy

Dairy products often don’t freeze well. If freezing all or part of a recipe that includes milk products, it’s preferable to freeze the rest of the ingredients cooked together and add the dairy after thawing. In many dishes, the dairy is added toward the end, so it’s easy to add after you take it out of the freezer.

General tips for freezing foods:

  • Prepared dishes based on grains, meats, and vegetables that generally freeze well.
  • Freeze food in serving-sized portions: Smaller portions thaw more quickly and you can leave the rest frozen for later.
  • Don’t rely on your memory: Label the foods you put in the freezer and write down the date.
  • It’s best to consume frozen foods within a few months for optimal taste.

The post To Freeze or Not to Freeze: Which Foods Can Withstand Sub-32° Temps appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Hacks for an Organized Kitchen https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/hacks-organized-kitchen/ Tue, 24 Jan 2017 10:05:04 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=18547

Let’s face it, it’s tough to make guacamole or other delicious snacks with little to no elbow room in the kitchen. So, how does one declutter and organize their kitchen to make it safe for slicing and dicing those delicious avocados?

Doing it well occurs in two main stages: (1) Setting up a new, effective system, and (2) maintaining that system. Whether your kitchen is big or small, and whether you keep it stocked with the latest gear or just the basics, these essential tips will help you get — and stay — organized.

SETTING UP A NEW SYSTEM

1. Give mismatches a moving notice

As with socks in the washer and dryer, so it is with plastic containers and lids in the kitchen: one member of a pair will always get lost. Before you set up your new system in earnest, clean out the items that are less useful because they’ve lost their partner, are broken or have missing parts, or are otherwise past their prime. If you can salvage a major appliance with a repair, make a service appointment and plan to get the piece back in action.

2. Assess the essentials

Treat your kitchen like your clothes closet: Haven’t used an object in a year? Give it a new home. Most of us have a drawer full of kitchen tools and doodads that might be useful … if only we remembered that we had an extra refrigerator light bulb or replacement moka pot gasket. The problem is, we don’t. Pack up some boxes or bags of those items you don’t use (here’s a good starter list) and donate them to your local thrift store. And if you have items you want to keep but didn’t even remember you had, consider how you might make them more visible in your new organizational system, or add them to a list of objects you don’t use often but want to remember you have. Don’t want to write that down on paper? Use an app like Evernote to get — and stay — organized.

3. Put everything in its place

Tools and utensils, cooking vessels, and spices are just some of the items that clutter our kitchens. If you cook regularly, you probably keep at hand those ingredients that you use on a daily basis (like avocados!), and you likely store those ingredients or tools that are in less frequent rotation. But is your storage system sensible or chaotic? As you start to organize and implement a new system, think about how you can organize items in a way that makes sense. When it comes to your spices, for example, group dried herbs and leaves (bay leaves, avocado leaves) in one section, powders like turmeric, cumin, and curry in another, and spices you tend to use for baking — cinnamon, nutmeg, and vanilla — in yet another.

4. Don’t get shamed into a system that doesn’t make sense for you

The “Kondo approach” to organizing makes for pretty pictures, but in real life, the “nothing on the kitchen counter” system doesn’t make sense for most people who cook daily. There is an abundance of advice out there (including ours!) about the “best” way to declutter a kitchen, but if certain tips don’t make sense for you, your family, or your lifestyle, don’t feel obliged to follow them. Do what works for you.

5. Don’t spend a ton of money on your new system

The catalogs and shelves of kitchen and home improvement stores overflow with bottles, bins, baskets, and other organizers that lure with their promise of magically tidying up our lives. But in addition to the fine print (you have to use them well and maintain them to reap their benefits), there’s usually a significant cost for this pre-packaged organizers. Instead of spending the kids’ inheritance, look at the underlying concept of the organizer and consider how you can set up something similar on a more reasonable budget — and maybe even with items you have at hand.

Use the backs of cabinet doors to install hooks that can hold small objects like measuring spoons, and take advantage of vertical (rather than horizontal) space by rescuing gently-used objects like wooden wine boxes from your local liquor store to store everything from plates and glasses to cookbooks. If you’re handy with tools, you can even make your own spice rack or shelving system. Cast-offs from other parts of your home — like wooden-slat closet doors — can become a fantastic organization system for the kitchen with a new coat of paint and some hooks.

MAINTAINING YOUR SYSTEM

1. Shop small

Sure, it’s tempting to stock your shelves with sale items or bulk purchases at wholesale warehouses, but sometimes deals end up creating a level of stress that undermines the joy of having saved a few bucks. Bulk purchases may make sense money-wise, but they tend to create clutter, and clutter, in turn, takes up mental space. Shopping smaller — buying only what you need, when you need it — is one sure way to prevent cabinets, shelves, fridges, and freezers from overflowing and contributing to kitchen chaos.

2. Schedule cleaning time

Preventing clutter from overtaking your kitchen is one sure way to help yourself stay organized, but even with a “buy only what’s needed” approach, you’re still going to need to schedule regular cleaning time. Beyond the daily dish washing, add periodic deep-but-fast cleans to your schedule. Doing this helps keep mess from escalating; regular spot cleans of the fridge (Wipe up those spills!) and freezer, as well as monthly washes of the utensil drawer holder, a quick wipe of the cabinet fronts, and a rapid recon of the oven will seem painless when they’re part of your scheduled routine (as opposed to, you know, a “How did this get so messy? I have to clean it NOW!” meltdown).

3. Focus on essentials

Sure, you could be the best dinner party hostess in the world if you just bought the latest salad spinner, but take a step back from the shelf and consider: Do you really need the newest kitchen tool? One of the surest ways to send yourself into a spiral of kitchen clutter despair is to keep accumulating gadgets that aren’t essential to your daily cooking routine. For every gadget you want to buy but don’t, put the equivalent amount of money in a savings account or vacation jar and reward yourself later for your smart restraint.

The post Hacks for an Organized Kitchen appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Let’s face it, it’s tough to make guacamole or other delicious snacks with little to no elbow room in the kitchen. So, how does one declutter and organize their kitchen to make it safe for slicing and dicing those delicious avocados? Doing it well occurs in two main stages: (1) Setting up a new, effective system, and (2) maintaining that system. Whether your kitchen is big or small, and whether you keep it stocked with the latest gear or just the basics, these essential tips will help you get — and stay — organized.

SETTING UP A NEW SYSTEM

1. Give mismatches a moving notice

As with socks in the washer and dryer, so it is with plastic containers and lids in the kitchen: one member of a pair will always get lost. Before you set up your new system in earnest, clean out the items that are less useful because they’ve lost their partner, are broken or have missing parts, or are otherwise past their prime. If you can salvage a major appliance with a repair, make a service appointment and plan to get the piece back in action.

2. Assess the essentials

Treat your kitchen like your clothes closet: Haven’t used an object in a year? Give it a new home. Most of us have a drawer full of kitchen tools and doodads that might be useful … if only we remembered that we had an extra refrigerator light bulb or replacement moka pot gasket. The problem is, we don’t. Pack up some boxes or bags of those items you don’t use (here’s a good starter list) and donate them to your local thrift store. And if you have items you want to keep but didn’t even remember you had, consider how you might make them more visible in your new organizational system, or add them to a list of objects you don’t use often but want to remember you have. Don’t want to write that down on paper? Use an app like Evernote to get — and stay — organized.

3. Put everything in its place

Tools and utensils, cooking vessels, and spices are just some of the items that clutter our kitchens. If you cook regularly, you probably keep at hand those ingredients that you use on a daily basis (like avocados!), and you likely store those ingredients or tools that are in less frequent rotation. But is your storage system sensible or chaotic? As you start to organize and implement a new system, think about how you can organize items in a way that makes sense. When it comes to your spices, for example, group dried herbs and leaves (bay leaves, avocado leaves) in one section, powders like turmeric, cumin, and curry in another, and spices you tend to use for baking — cinnamon, nutmeg, and vanilla — in yet another.

4. Don’t get shamed into a system that doesn’t make sense for you

The “Kondo approach” to organizing makes for pretty pictures, but in real life, the “nothing on the kitchen counter” system doesn’t make sense for most people who cook daily. There is an abundance of advice out there (including ours!) about the “best” way to declutter a kitchen, but if certain tips don’t make sense for you, your family, or your lifestyle, don’t feel obliged to follow them. Do what works for you.

5. Don’t spend a ton of money on your new system

The catalogs and shelves of kitchen and home improvement stores overflow with bottles, bins, baskets, and other organizers that lure with their promise of magically tidying up our lives. But in addition to the fine print (you have to use them well and maintain them to reap their benefits), there’s usually a significant cost for this pre-packaged organizers. Instead of spending the kids’ inheritance, look at the underlying concept of the organizer and consider how you can set up something similar on a more reasonable budget — and maybe even with items you have at hand. Use the backs of cabinet doors to install hooks that can hold small objects like measuring spoons, and take advantage of vertical (rather than horizontal) space by rescuing gently-used objects like wooden wine boxes from your local liquor store to store everything from plates and glasses to cookbooks. If you’re handy with tools, you can even make your own spice rack or shelving system. Cast-offs from other parts of your home — like wooden-slat closet doors — can become a fantastic organization system for the kitchen with a new coat of paint and some hooks.

MAINTAINING YOUR SYSTEM

1. Shop small

Sure, it’s tempting to stock your shelves with sale items or bulk purchases at wholesale warehouses, but sometimes deals end up creating a level of stress that undermines the joy of having saved a few bucks. Bulk purchases may make sense money-wise, but they tend to create clutter, and clutter, in turn, takes up mental space. Shopping smaller — buying only what you need, when you need it — is one sure way to prevent cabinets, shelves, fridges, and freezers from overflowing and contributing to kitchen chaos.

2. Schedule cleaning time

Preventing clutter from overtaking your kitchen is one sure way to help yourself stay organized, but even with a “buy only what’s needed” approach, you’re still going to need to schedule regular cleaning time. Beyond the daily dish washing, add periodic deep-but-fast cleans to your schedule. Doing this helps keep mess from escalating; regular spot cleans of the fridge (Wipe up those spills!) and freezer, as well as monthly washes of the utensil drawer holder, a quick wipe of the cabinet fronts, and a rapid recon of the oven will seem painless when they’re part of your scheduled routine (as opposed to, you know, a “How did this get so messy? I have to clean it NOW!” meltdown).

3. Focus on essentials

Sure, you could be the best dinner party hostess in the world if you just bought the latest salad spinner, but take a step back from the shelf and consider: Do you really need the newest kitchen tool? One of the surest ways to send yourself into a spiral of kitchen clutter despair is to keep accumulating gadgets that aren’t essential to your daily cooking routine. For every gadget you want to buy but don’t, put the equivalent amount of money in a savings account or vacation jar and reward yourself later for your smart restraint.

The post Hacks for an Organized Kitchen appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Ways to Stay Active This Winter https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/5-ways-stay-active-winter/ Tue, 24 Jan 2017 09:21:38 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=18541

When the weather outside is frightful, it can be awfully tempting to indulge in some comfort food and curl up with a good book or movie. But if you spend the whole winter doing that, you may start to feel the effects of inactivity well before springtime rolls around. Before you retire to the sofa, be sure you’ve done some physical activity every day. Exercise will help keep your spirits and energy up, and weight gain at bay, through those short days and long nights of winter.

Walk Indoors and Out

Get a pedometer or app that tracks your daily activity. Tracking the number of steps you take can be a great incentive to be more active. Aim for 10,000 steps a day. Take the stairs, park your car at the far end of the lot, or walk the few blocks to the grocery store instead of driving. It all adds up! And when cold weather and icy sidewalks make walking outside unpleasant or even hazardous, head to your local mall to get your walking in. Avoid the food court, and if you spot any sales you just can’t resist, you can reward yourself after you’ve completed your allotted steps for the day.

Take a Class

Is there an activity you’ve always wanted to try but haven’t gotten around to doing? Whether it’s salsa dancing or kickboxing, sign up for a class this winter so you can add a new skill to your repertoire. Doing something new is exciting and adds spice to your life and can be just the incentive you need to keep moving throughout the cold days ahead. You might even make some new friends!

Be Active at Home

Heading out to the gym may not be appealing when the weather is unpleasant, but you can just as easily stay active at home. Try a new video workout, or set up a playlist of upbeat tunes to rock out to as you do housework. Remember: From sweeping the house to shoveling snow, any way you can keep active counts. Need a snack between activities? Avocados From Mexico are available year-round and you can turn into a number of amazing snacks and meals. Check out the recipe section of Avocados From Mexico for lots of fresh ideas!

Go Ice Skating

Skating is both fun and physically challenging, so find a rink near you, and get out on the ice. Check the free skating schedule, plan it as part of your weekly activities, and invite some friends to join you to make the skate a social activity as well as a workout. Whether you’d like to brush up on your skills or it’s your first time on the ice, winter is the perfect time to channel your inner Olympian!

Play in the Snow

Take your cue from the kids! They don’t let the cold weather stop them from going out to play. Bundle up and get outside, make a snowman, build a snow fort, or challenge your friends to a snowball fight. If there’s a hill near you, you can grab a sled (or improvise one) and have some fun sliding and running back up. You’ll get your physical activity and a dose of adrenaline to get your heart pumping. Being out in the sunshine can improve your mood and give you more energy for other activities, too.

Whatever activity you choose, you’ll find wintertime far more enjoyable if you spend it keeping active. When the warmer days come around, you’ll be ready to meet them with a spring in your step!

The post 5 Ways to Stay Active This Winter appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When the weather outside is frightful, it can be awfully tempting to indulge in some comfort food and curl up with a good book or movie. But if you spend the whole winter doing that, you may start to feel the effects of inactivity well before springtime rolls around. Before you retire to the sofa, be sure you’ve done some physical activity every day. Exercise will help keep your spirits and energy up, and weight gain at bay, through those short days and long nights of winter.

Walk Indoors and Out

Get a pedometer or app that tracks your daily activity. Tracking the number of steps you take can be a great incentive to be more active. Aim for 10,000 steps a day. Take the stairs, park your car at the far end of the lot, or walk the few blocks to the grocery store instead of driving. It all adds up! And when cold weather and icy sidewalks make walking outside unpleasant or even hazardous, head to your local mall to get your walking in. Avoid the food court, and if you spot any sales you just can’t resist, you can reward yourself after you’ve completed your allotted steps for the day.

Take a Class

Is there an activity you’ve always wanted to try but haven’t gotten around to doing? Whether it’s salsa dancing or kickboxing, sign up for a class this winter so you can add a new skill to your repertoire. Doing something new is exciting and adds spice to your life and can be just the incentive you need to keep moving throughout the cold days ahead. You might even make some new friends!

Be Active at Home

Heading out to the gym may not be appealing when the weather is unpleasant, but you can just as easily stay active at home. Try a new video workout, or set up a playlist of upbeat tunes to rock out to as you do housework. Remember: From sweeping the house to shoveling snow, any way you can keep active counts. Need a snack between activities? Avocados From Mexico are available year-round and you can turn into a number of amazing snacks and meals. Check out the recipe section of Avocados From Mexico for lots of fresh ideas!

Go Ice Skating

Skating is both fun and physically challenging, so find a rink near you, and get out on the ice. Check the free skating schedule, plan it as part of your weekly activities, and invite some friends to join you to make the skate a social activity as well as a workout. Whether you’d like to brush up on your skills or it’s your first time on the ice, winter is the perfect time to channel your inner Olympian!

Play in the Snow

Take your cue from the kids! They don’t let the cold weather stop them from going out to play. Bundle up and get outside, make a snowman, build a snow fort, or challenge your friends to a snowball fight. If there’s a hill near you, you can grab a sled (or improvise one) and have some fun sliding and running back up. You’ll get your physical activity and a dose of adrenaline to get your heart pumping. Being out in the sunshine can improve your mood and give you more energy for other activities, too. Whatever activity you choose, you’ll find wintertime far more enjoyable if you spend it keeping active. When the warmer days come around, you’ll be ready to meet them with a spring in your step!

The post 5 Ways to Stay Active This Winter appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Gift Ideas to Make Your Avocado Lover Swoon https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/gift-ideas-make-avocado-lover-swoon/ Thu, 22 Dec 2016 22:01:09 +0000 http://avocadosfrommexico.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=19177

Gift Ideas to Make Your Avocado Lover Swoon

We all know one: that friend or family member who has built a whole collection of objects around their favorite ingredient ... avocados! If you have one of these folks in your life and are unsure what to get them this holiday, we've put together a shopping list with gifts ranging from practical items to fun and funny collectibles.

Cards

Etiquette experts agree: Every gift should be accompanied by a card. Don't skip this all-important part of holiday gift-giving! There are avocado-themed holiday cards for everyone on your shopping list: your other half, your best friend, your favorite aunt or cousin, or your colleagues at the office. Want to send an avo-themed card to everyone on your list? This set of six different cards offers fun holiday messages for everyone.

Kitchen Gifts

For the avocado-obsessed or the newbie just discovering the pleasures of a great guacamole, these kitchen gifts will score big with home cooks.

  • For guac lovers everywhere, there's this ceramic covered dish and spoon set.
  • For anyone who prefers avo toast with just a hint of salt and pepper, this shaker set will "guac" them.
  • For the person who can actually stick to the recommended serving size of avocado, this set of "huggers" will keep their avocado fresh. Speaking of fresh, if Santa doesn't bring you a set of avo-huggers, try this simple tip to preserve the freshness of your avocados by refrigerating them.
  • For young chefs, skip the knife set and stuff their stockings with the avocado slicer-pitter tool.
  • For the family in search of a new set of flatware, these avocado and guacamole spoons will make them smile.

Kids who love avocados will get a kick out of these neat gifts!

Presents for the Truly Avo-obsessed

Here's a shopping list for that friend or family member who's so crazy about avocado that they wear their love on their sleeves — literally!

Homemade DIY Gifts

If you're as avo-obsessed as the folks on your list, try your hand at your own avocado creations! Alone, these can make great stocking stuffers. Together, they'd make quite a decadent avocado-themed basket. Throw in a few fresh, almost-ripe avocados (Avocados from Mexico are available year-round!) and you've got a winner. Wondering how you'll know if your avocados are almost ripe? Check out this handy tip for judging the ripeness of an avocado by gently squeezing them with the palm of your hand.

Avo happy holidays!

The post Gift Ideas to Make Your Avocado Lover Swoon appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Gift Ideas to Make Your Avocado Lover Swoon

We all know one: that friend or family member who has built a whole collection of objects around their favorite ingredient ... avocados! If you have one of these folks in your life and are unsure what to get them this holiday, we've put together a shopping list with gifts ranging from practical items to fun and funny collectibles.

Cards

Etiquette experts agree: Every gift should be accompanied by a card. Don't skip this all-important part of holiday gift-giving! There are avocado-themed holiday cards for everyone on your shopping list: your other half, your best friend, your favorite aunt or cousin, or your colleagues at the office. Want to send an avo-themed card to everyone on your list? This set of six different cards offers fun holiday messages for everyone.

Kitchen Gifts

For the avocado-obsessed or the newbie just discovering the pleasures of a great guacamole, these kitchen gifts will score big with home cooks.
  • For guac lovers everywhere, there's this ceramic covered dish and spoon set.
  • For anyone who prefers avo toast with just a hint of salt and pepper, this shaker set will "guac" them.
  • For the person who can actually stick to the recommended serving size of avocado, this set of "huggers" will keep their avocado fresh. Speaking of fresh, if Santa doesn't bring you a set of avo-huggers, try this simple tip to preserve the freshness of your avocados by refrigerating them.
  • For young chefs, skip the knife set and stuff their stockings with the avocado slicer-pitter tool.
  • For the family in search of a new set of flatware, these avocado and guacamole spoons will make them smile.
Kids who love avocados will get a kick out of these neat gifts!

Presents for the Truly Avo-obsessed

Here's a shopping list for that friend or family member who's so crazy about avocado that they wear their love on their sleeves — literally!

Homemade DIY Gifts

If you're as avo-obsessed as the folks on your list, try your hand at your own avocado creations! Alone, these can make great stocking stuffers. Together, they'd make quite a decadent avocado-themed basket. Throw in a few fresh, almost-ripe avocados (Avocados from Mexico are available year-round!) and you've got a winner. Wondering how you'll know if your avocados are almost ripe? Check out this handy tip for judging the ripeness of an avocado by gently squeezing them with the palm of your hand. Avo happy holidays!

The post Gift Ideas to Make Your Avocado Lover Swoon appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Hacks to Make Your Holiday Season Stress-Free https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/hacks-make-holiday-season-stress-free/ Wed, 14 Dec 2016 20:55:03 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17952

The holiday season should be joyful, a time when we make beautiful memories with family and friends. But all too often, the holidays are characterized by panic and stress: Did you remember everyone on your shopping list? Did you buy all the ingredients you'll need for the big holiday dinner?

Sound familiar? If so, take a deep breath and read on. These holiday hacks will help alleviate some of these stresses, making your holiday one to remember.

The Tree

Ah, the Christmas tree! It's beautiful when it's up and decorated, but it's the getting it up and decorated part that's, well, not so beautiful. How many strands of lights should you buy? How many ornaments will you need? And oops! That strand of garland isn't going to wrap around the whole tree!

If you find yourself in tree-induced panic mode, take a look at this useful chart, which tells you exactly what you'll need based on the height of your tree. Once you've got your lights and baubles at the ready and you've finished decorating, don't forget to water the tree. Avoid spills (and electrocution!) with this neat trick.

Live in a tiny home or just want to forgo a live tree altogether? Check out these beautiful DIY alternatives.

The Lights

When they're plugged in and all aglow, it's easy to feel warm and fuzzy about Christmas lights. That's not the case, though, when you're untangling strands or testing bulbs to see which ones work and which ones have burned out.

If you have a string of lights that's gone dead or is too tangled to save, give them new life by turning them into a science project. (Just make sure an adult's around for safety's sake!). If your lights are perfectly fine but you're bored with the same old look, gather the family around for a project that will result in a totally new light show.

The Decorations

We know, we know: Your decorations are a cluttered mess, shoved into a plastic bin and put into the garage of storage for 11 months out of the year. When you pull them out and get ready to decorate, that mess can put a serious damper on the holiday spirit. Take time this season to develop a system that will improve your organization. The good news is, while you may have to invest some time in this project, you won't have to invest much — if any!— money in it; you've got plenty of tools at your disposal to start containing the chaos.

Speaking of expenses, Christmas and other winter holidays can get awfully spendy, awfully fast. Control costs by using what's on hand. Natural outdoor greenery and other found objects can make great Christmas swag, and you'll have fun bonding with the family while you create together. Other ideas include no-sew stockings, salt dough ornaments, decorations made from avocado pits, and tree twig crafts, which can double as great gifts for teachers!

The Food

If you couldn't resist that sale on candy and you find yourself with a surplus of, say, peppermints, impress friends and family with this incredible homemade peppermint serving platter (it's a fun project for kids, too!). Find yourself with too many candy canes? Turn them into placeholders for your upcoming dinner!

Your kids won't let you get through the holidays without turning out your annual cookie quota, but don't make the tradition hard on yourself. Destress cookie-making with this recipe for four unique cookie flavors from one base dough.

If you've ever found yourself entertaining unexpected visitors who pop by to say hi during the holiday season, you know how stressful it can be to be hospitable when your fridge is empty. Keep some Avocados from Mexico always at the ready and you can offer any number of quick and gracious dishes for guests, from freshly-made guacamole to stuffed avocados. Check out some of our favorite recipes here.

Finally, if you need a last minute gift, these hot cocoa mix kits are fun, easy, affordable, and really hit the sweet spot.

The Presents

It's time to wrap! If you're one of those folks who needs four more arms to keep all the rolls of wrapping paper from bursting out of the closet, it's time for a different approach. These simple organizational hacks that use empty beer cartons or clean trashcans will make your life so much easier!

Don't buy more supplies! Rather than purchase gift bags, put your crafty skills to the test by making them from the wrapping paper you already have.

Instead of buying gift bags, use this simple design for making your own using scrap fabric.

Out of wrapping paper at the last minute? Don't worry, you have lots of options!

For smaller gifts, try these paper cup boxes or tiny gift boxes made of toilet paper rolls.

The Stress

At the end of a long day, use a few items from around the house to make everything smell great, or take what little free time you might have during busy holidays to relax in the bath or shower with these soothing DIY vapors.

Finally, take a deep breath and remember why you celebrate the holidays. Centering the family around a table for an evening meal, sharing reasons why you're grateful for each other and your lives, can be the most effective stress reliever of all.

The post Hacks to Make Your Holiday Season Stress-Free appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The holiday season should be joyful, a time when we make beautiful memories with family and friends. But all too often, the holidays are characterized by panic and stress: Did you remember everyone on your shopping list? Did you buy all the ingredients you'll need for the big holiday dinner? Sound familiar? If so, take a deep breath and read on. These holiday hacks will help alleviate some of these stresses, making your holiday one to remember.

The Tree

Ah, the Christmas tree! It's beautiful when it's up and decorated, but it's the getting it up and decorated part that's, well, not so beautiful. How many strands of lights should you buy? How many ornaments will you need? And oops! That strand of garland isn't going to wrap around the whole tree! If you find yourself in tree-induced panic mode, take a look at this useful chart, which tells you exactly what you'll need based on the height of your tree. Once you've got your lights and baubles at the ready and you've finished decorating, don't forget to water the tree. Avoid spills (and electrocution!) with this neat trick. Live in a tiny home or just want to forgo a live tree altogether? Check out these beautiful DIY alternatives.

The Lights

When they're plugged in and all aglow, it's easy to feel warm and fuzzy about Christmas lights. That's not the case, though, when you're untangling strands or testing bulbs to see which ones work and which ones have burned out. If you have a string of lights that's gone dead or is too tangled to save, give them new life by turning them into a science project. (Just make sure an adult's around for safety's sake!). If your lights are perfectly fine but you're bored with the same old look, gather the family around for a project that will result in a totally new light show.

The Decorations

We know, we know: Your decorations are a cluttered mess, shoved into a plastic bin and put into the garage of storage for 11 months out of the year. When you pull them out and get ready to decorate, that mess can put a serious damper on the holiday spirit. Take time this season to develop a system that will improve your organization. The good news is, while you may have to invest some time in this project, you won't have to invest much — if any!— money in it; you've got plenty of tools at your disposal to start containing the chaos. Speaking of expenses, Christmas and other winter holidays can get awfully spendy, awfully fast. Control costs by using what's on hand. Natural outdoor greenery and other found objects can make great Christmas swag, and you'll have fun bonding with the family while you create together. Other ideas include no-sew stockings, salt dough ornaments, decorations made from avocado pits, and tree twig crafts, which can double as great gifts for teachers!

The Food

If you couldn't resist that sale on candy and you find yourself with a surplus of, say, peppermints, impress friends and family with this incredible homemade peppermint serving platter (it's a fun project for kids, too!). Find yourself with too many candy canes? Turn them into placeholders for your upcoming dinner! Your kids won't let you get through the holidays without turning out your annual cookie quota, but don't make the tradition hard on yourself. Destress cookie-making with this recipe for four unique cookie flavors from one base dough. If you've ever found yourself entertaining unexpected visitors who pop by to say hi during the holiday season, you know how stressful it can be to be hospitable when your fridge is empty. Keep some Avocados from Mexico always at the ready and you can offer any number of quick and gracious dishes for guests, from freshly-made guacamole to stuffed avocados. Check out some of our favorite recipes here. Finally, if you need a last minute gift, these hot cocoa mix kits are fun, easy, affordable, and really hit the sweet spot.

The Presents

It's time to wrap! If you're one of those folks who needs four more arms to keep all the rolls of wrapping paper from bursting out of the closet, it's time for a different approach. These simple organizational hacks that use empty beer cartons or clean trashcans will make your life so much easier! Don't buy more supplies! Rather than purchase gift bags, put your crafty skills to the test by making them from the wrapping paper you already have. Instead of buying gift bags, use this simple design for making your own using scrap fabric. Out of wrapping paper at the last minute? Don't worry, you have lots of options! For smaller gifts, try these paper cup boxes or tiny gift boxes made of toilet paper rolls.

The Stress

At the end of a long day, use a few items from around the house to make everything smell great, or take what little free time you might have during busy holidays to relax in the bath or shower with these soothing DIY vapors. Finally, take a deep breath and remember why you celebrate the holidays. Centering the family around a table for an evening meal, sharing reasons why you're grateful for each other and your lives, can be the most effective stress reliever of all.

The post Hacks to Make Your Holiday Season Stress-Free appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Holiday Traditions from Mexico https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/holiday-traditions-mexico/ Wed, 14 Dec 2016 20:54:45 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17956

Christmas trees, Santa Claus, and candy canes are some of the most common symbols associated with Christmas north of the border, but holiday images and traditions developed differently in Mexico, which reveals a strong Spanish influence due to Mexico's colonial past. While the decorations, foods, and observations vary from the way the holidays are celebrated in the United States, there exist some Mexican holiday traditions you might like to incorporate into your own family's celebrations.

Christmas Flowers

Poinsettia flowers, so popular as a Christmas decoration in the United States, are actually native to Mexico, and are commonly seen in Mexican holiday settings. The name of the plant in Spanish, Nochebuena, which literally means "good night," is the same term used to refer to December 24, Christmas Eve.

Nacimientos

Families in Mexico may or may not put up a Christmas tree, but almost every home will have a nacimiento, or nativity scene, displayed prominently. Many families add a new piece to their nativity each year and create an elaborate scene that might include hay or fresh plants placed around the figures. The people depicted include Mary and Joseph and shepherds, who are surrounded by a few farm animals and at least one angel. The manger usually remains empty until Christmas Eve, when the baby Jesus is put in place, and many families hold off adding the three kings until January 6, which is celebrated as Día de los Reyes, or Three Kings' Day.

Posadas

One of the most characteristic features of Mexican Christmas traditions is the Posadas. These special celebrations begin on December 16 and take place each night until Christmas Eve. Posada participants re-enact Mary's and Joseph's search for shelter in Bethlehem, parading through the streets to a home (a different one each night). Upon their arrival at the door, they sing a special song. The guests standing outside sing the words of Joseph, and the hosts inside the house respond as the innkeeper, who first insists that there is no room at the inn. Later, they agree to take in Mary and Joseph, opening the door to let everyone in. A party ensues that includes food, drinks, and games like breaking piñatas. The traditional star-shaped piñata is the most common during these celebrations. Following the final posada on December 24, families gather for a late-night meal, and many also attend midnight Mass. Christmas Day is generally a quiet day as people sleep in and enjoy a rest from the late-night celebrations.

Mexican Christmas Foods

Food is an essential part of any celebration, and there are particular foods and drinks that are commonly associated with the holidays in Mexico. A salad known as Ensalada de Nochebuena, containing beets, apples, pomegranate seeds, and other fruits placed on a bed of lettuce, is often served as the Christmas Eve meal. Tamales are also common. One of the special drinks associated with the holidays is ponche, a hot fruit punch flavored with cinnamon that may be spiked with a dash of tequila or rum.

Gifts from the Kings

In Mexican holiday celebrations, Santa Claus is much less evident than the Three Kings, who are the ones who traditionally bring gifts to children on January 6. Before going to bed the night before, children leave a bit of hay out for the kings to give to their animals to eat, and the next morning, they wake up to find gifts left for them by Melchor, Gaspar, and Baltazar, as the kings are known. Also on January 6, it is customary for families and friends to gather to eat Rosca de Reyes, a sweet bread in the shape of a wreath that is decorated with candied fruit and contains tiny figurines of the baby Jesus. The person who finds a baby Jesus in their slice is supposed to provide tamales for another celebration that takes place on February 2, Día de la Candelaria. On that day, families dress up figurines of baby Jesus and take them to church to be blessed.

Which Mexican traditions might you incorporate into your own family's holiday celebrations?

The post Holiday Traditions from Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Christmas trees, Santa Claus, and candy canes are some of the most common symbols associated with Christmas north of the border, but holiday images and traditions developed differently in Mexico, which reveals a strong Spanish influence due to Mexico's colonial past. While the decorations, foods, and observations vary from the way the holidays are celebrated in the United States, there exist some Mexican holiday traditions you might like to incorporate into your own family's celebrations.

Christmas Flowers

Poinsettia flowers, so popular as a Christmas decoration in the United States, are actually native to Mexico, and are commonly seen in Mexican holiday settings. The name of the plant in Spanish, Nochebuena, which literally means "good night," is the same term used to refer to December 24, Christmas Eve.

Nacimientos

Families in Mexico may or may not put up a Christmas tree, but almost every home will have a nacimiento, or nativity scene, displayed prominently. Many families add a new piece to their nativity each year and create an elaborate scene that might include hay or fresh plants placed around the figures. The people depicted include Mary and Joseph and shepherds, who are surrounded by a few farm animals and at least one angel. The manger usually remains empty until Christmas Eve, when the baby Jesus is put in place, and many families hold off adding the three kings until January 6, which is celebrated as Día de los Reyes, or Three Kings' Day.

Posadas

One of the most characteristic features of Mexican Christmas traditions is the Posadas. These special celebrations begin on December 16 and take place each night until Christmas Eve. Posada participants re-enact Mary's and Joseph's search for shelter in Bethlehem, parading through the streets to a home (a different one each night). Upon their arrival at the door, they sing a special song. The guests standing outside sing the words of Joseph, and the hosts inside the house respond as the innkeeper, who first insists that there is no room at the inn. Later, they agree to take in Mary and Joseph, opening the door to let everyone in. A party ensues that includes food, drinks, and games like breaking piñatas. The traditional star-shaped piñata is the most common during these celebrations. Following the final posada on December 24, families gather for a late-night meal, and many also attend midnight Mass. Christmas Day is generally a quiet day as people sleep in and enjoy a rest from the late-night celebrations.

Mexican Christmas Foods

Food is an essential part of any celebration, and there are particular foods and drinks that are commonly associated with the holidays in Mexico. A salad known as Ensalada de Nochebuena, containing beets, apples, pomegranate seeds, and other fruits placed on a bed of lettuce, is often served as the Christmas Eve meal. Tamales are also common. One of the special drinks associated with the holidays is ponche, a hot fruit punch flavored with cinnamon that may be spiked with a dash of tequila or rum.

Gifts from the Kings

In Mexican holiday celebrations, Santa Claus is much less evident than the Three Kings, who are the ones who traditionally bring gifts to children on January 6. Before going to bed the night before, children leave a bit of hay out for the kings to give to their animals to eat, and the next morning, they wake up to find gifts left for them by Melchor, Gaspar, and Baltazar, as the kings are known. Also on January 6, it is customary for families and friends to gather to eat Rosca de Reyes, a sweet bread in the shape of a wreath that is decorated with candied fruit and contains tiny figurines of the baby Jesus. The person who finds a baby Jesus in their slice is supposed to provide tamales for another celebration that takes place on February 2, Día de la Candelaria. On that day, families dress up figurines of baby Jesus and take them to church to be blessed. Which Mexican traditions might you incorporate into your own family's holiday celebrations?

The post Holiday Traditions from Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guac & Roll: Crescent Roll Recipes for the Avocado Lover https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/guac-roll-crescent-roll-recipes-avocado-lover/ Mon, 12 Dec 2016 18:36:57 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17955

Avocado trees are native to Mexico, which is why avocados pop up in so many of your favorite Mexican dishes. But what happens when you combine a native Mexican ingredient like the avocado with an iconic ingredient from another country ... say, flaky, versatile French puff pastry? Your world explodes with deliciousness, that's what!

Traditional French puff pastry is made by creating layers of dough and cold butter. As the butter melts, the pastry expands and rises without the help of yeast or other rising agents. The whole process takes six to eight hours to complete if you're cooking from scratch. Sound impractical for your busy life? Fear not! Americans reinvented puff pastry in the form of ready-made crescent roll dough, which you can find in the refrigerated section at your supermarket. While not technically puff pastry (crescent roll dough is a yeast-raised dough with butter added for flavor), you actually get a biscuit-puff pastry hybrid, which is even more flexible than French puff pastry.

So what can you do with this dough? Plenty!

A Fusion of France and Mexico

Stick with that Mexican-French fusion idea and prep a batch of these taco lollipops for your next party. The crescent roll dough acts as the outer shell of the taco lollipops, which are baked on sticks, because really: Isn't everything more fun to eat on a stick? Serve the lollipops with some guacamole or an avocado tomatillo salsa for dipping, which would pair perfectly with the buttery dough.

Another option would be taking the popular American-French hybrid food, pigs in a blanket, and using Mexican ingredients, like Mexican chorizo and avocado wrapped with crescent roll dough. Or go one step further, and roll the pigs and avo in a "blanket", then encrust it with crushed cheese tortilla chips for a crunchy nacho dog in a blanket.

No Limits to Creating a Delicious Crescent Roll

Think of the crescent roll dough as the perfect palette for your favorite flavors and go from there. So if, for example, you love buffalo wings and blue cheese, you can make buffalo chicken poppers with an avocado blue cheese dip. Sound delicious? It is! Stuffing the crescent roll dough with cooked chicken that's been tossed in buffalo wing sauce, and mix in a little cream cheese to balance it all. Prefer Indian flavors? Dress up this chickpea avocado salad with garam masala, cumin, and coriander. Then, flatten out some crescent roll dough like a pizza (brush with olive oil, salt, and pepper), bake until crispy, and serve the salad on top, along with some mango or cilantro chutney.

Need a simple but satisfying meal in a hurry? Just place a thick slice of avocado inside a crescent roll, using lemon vinaigrette as a dipping sauce (the acid will help balance the creamy, buttery avocado flavor). If you are serving a crowd, try making a crescent ring, which is perfect for dinner or parties. Mix cooked chicken, cheddar cheese, diced avocado, and chopped bacon, then stuff it all into a crescent ring. Need a brunch dish? Stuff the ring with egg, bacon, cheese, and avocado!

Experiment and have fun! You're limited only by your imagination and your pantry. Grab some pre-made crescent roll dough and ripe avocados the next time you are at the grocery store, and get excited. You are about take your avocado love to the next level, and it's gonna taste so good!

The post Guac & Roll: Crescent Roll Recipes for the Avocado Lover appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocado trees are native to Mexico, which is why avocados pop up in so many of your favorite Mexican dishes. But what happens when you combine a native Mexican ingredient like the avocado with an iconic ingredient from another country ... say, flaky, versatile French puff pastry? Your world explodes with deliciousness, that's what! Traditional French puff pastry is made by creating layers of dough and cold butter. As the butter melts, the pastry expands and rises without the help of yeast or other rising agents. The whole process takes six to eight hours to complete if you're cooking from scratch. Sound impractical for your busy life? Fear not! Americans reinvented puff pastry in the form of ready-made crescent roll dough, which you can find in the refrigerated section at your supermarket. While not technically puff pastry (crescent roll dough is a yeast-raised dough with butter added for flavor), you actually get a biscuit-puff pastry hybrid, which is even more flexible than French puff pastry. So what can you do with this dough? Plenty!

A Fusion of France and Mexico

Stick with that Mexican-French fusion idea and prep a batch of these taco lollipops for your next party. The crescent roll dough acts as the outer shell of the taco lollipops, which are baked on sticks, because really: Isn't everything more fun to eat on a stick? Serve the lollipops with some guacamole or an avocado tomatillo salsa for dipping, which would pair perfectly with the buttery dough. Another option would be taking the popular American-French hybrid food, pigs in a blanket, and using Mexican ingredients, like Mexican chorizo and avocado wrapped with crescent roll dough. Or go one step further, and roll the pigs and avo in a "blanket", then encrust it with crushed cheese tortilla chips for a crunchy nacho dog in a blanket.

No Limits to Creating a Delicious Crescent Roll

Think of the crescent roll dough as the perfect palette for your favorite flavors and go from there. So if, for example, you love buffalo wings and blue cheese, you can make buffalo chicken poppers with an avocado blue cheese dip. Sound delicious? It is! Stuffing the crescent roll dough with cooked chicken that's been tossed in buffalo wing sauce, and mix in a little cream cheese to balance it all. Prefer Indian flavors? Dress up this chickpea avocado salad with garam masala, cumin, and coriander. Then, flatten out some crescent roll dough like a pizza (brush with olive oil, salt, and pepper), bake until crispy, and serve the salad on top, along with some mango or cilantro chutney. Need a simple but satisfying meal in a hurry? Just place a thick slice of avocado inside a crescent roll, using lemon vinaigrette as a dipping sauce (the acid will help balance the creamy, buttery avocado flavor). If you are serving a crowd, try making a crescent ring, which is perfect for dinner or parties. Mix cooked chicken, cheddar cheese, diced avocado, and chopped bacon, then stuff it all into a crescent ring. Need a brunch dish? Stuff the ring with egg, bacon, cheese, and avocado! Experiment and have fun! You're limited only by your imagination and your pantry. Grab some pre-made crescent roll dough and ripe avocados the next time you are at the grocery store, and get excited. You are about take your avocado love to the next level, and it's gonna taste so good!

The post Guac & Roll: Crescent Roll Recipes for the Avocado Lover appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Winter Sandwiches and Wraps https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-winter-sandwiches-wraps/ Tue, 06 Dec 2016 18:36:48 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17953

As the days become shorter and the temperature drops, it's natural to seek out a little comfort in our daily bread. Winter mealtimes don't need to be elaborate affairs — even the dependable sandwich can be a perfect chill-beating companion, especially when accompanied by Avocados from Mexico, which are available fresh year-round.

The Grilled Cheeses

Grilled cheese: There may not be another sandwich quite like it. It's adored by children and adults alike, is easy to make, and is even easier to modify. The base is always bread, and this is where the fun starts. Want a light crust and pillowy bite? A softer sandwich bread is the way to go. Prefer a crunchy outside and chewy inside? Sourdough's your best bet. Then comes the cheese, and your options here are limited only by your imagination! A jalapeño-flecked Monterey or a tangy aged cheddar cheese adds a bit of kick that can be tastily balanced out by slathering a layer of mashed avocado on top of the cheese prior to grilling the sandwich.

Wraps and Roll-ups

For meal prep the whole family can get involved in, few things are more fun than layering favorite fillings onto a tortilla or pita wrap and then rolling them up. Set out a bunch of fixings and let each family member create a DIY wrap or roll-up. Remind the kids to start with some shredded cheese before adding wetter ingredients (like tomato) so the tortilla or pita doesn't get soggy. Healthy proteins like turkey or diced chicken come next. Then, top it off with thin slices of avocado for a creamy finish.

Here's where the adults take over. Roll each wrap and then grill them in a heavy-bottomed pan, placing a weight onto the wraps to keep the from opening. If you don't feel like rolling your tortilla, you can always make quesadillas instead. Start with a mild cheese like mozzarella, then throw in some spinach leaves, diced avocado, grainy Dijon mustard, and smoked turkey. Don't forget to flip your quesadilla to keep it from burning.

Open-faced Sandwiches

When is a sandwich not really a sandwich? When it's open-faced! If you're trying to reduce your carbohydrate intake, halving the amount of bread in a sandwich is an easy step. And trust us: you won't miss a thing, especially when you adorn the remaining slice of bread with hearty toppings.

In England, it's traditional to eat tomato-laced sweet baked beans on toast for breakfast. Like that idea? There are loads of variations, including a Latin spin, which features cumin-spiked black beans and diced avocado. ¡Qué rico!

The Pressed Panini

We have to thank our Italian friends for introducing us to the perfection of a good panini, that crispy sandwich that satisfies with a range of textures and flavors. Ideally, these would be made in a panini press, as the pressure applied to both sides of the sandwich is what makes maximum crunchiness. But if you don't have a panini press, no worries! You can turn a heavy skillet (cast iron is ideal) into a type of press by putting a heavier pot on top or your sandwich; it acts as a weight. This compressed cooking method also means you can really load up your fillings. Try filling a crusty bun or baguette with cubed chicken breast spiced with piri-piri, adding a layer of guacamole to cool the tastebuds. You can also sandwich turkey between slices of whole grain bread, adding a couple slices of provolone and a creamy layer of avocado mashed with a little mayo and lemon juice for a sweet-savory interplay that will have the whole family begging for seconds!

The post 5 Winter Sandwiches and Wraps appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

As the days become shorter and the temperature drops, it's natural to seek out a little comfort in our daily bread. Winter mealtimes don't need to be elaborate affairs — even the dependable sandwich can be a perfect chill-beating companion, especially when accompanied by Avocados from Mexico, which are available fresh year-round.

The Grilled Cheeses

Grilled cheese: There may not be another sandwich quite like it. It's adored by children and adults alike, is easy to make, and is even easier to modify. The base is always bread, and this is where the fun starts. Want a light crust and pillowy bite? A softer sandwich bread is the way to go. Prefer a crunchy outside and chewy inside? Sourdough's your best bet. Then comes the cheese, and your options here are limited only by your imagination! A jalapeño-flecked Monterey or a tangy aged cheddar cheese adds a bit of kick that can be tastily balanced out by slathering a layer of mashed avocado on top of the cheese prior to grilling the sandwich.

Wraps and Roll-ups

For meal prep the whole family can get involved in, few things are more fun than layering favorite fillings onto a tortilla or pita wrap and then rolling them up. Set out a bunch of fixings and let each family member create a DIY wrap or roll-up. Remind the kids to start with some shredded cheese before adding wetter ingredients (like tomato) so the tortilla or pita doesn't get soggy. Healthy proteins like turkey or diced chicken come next. Then, top it off with thin slices of avocado for a creamy finish. Here's where the adults take over. Roll each wrap and then grill them in a heavy-bottomed pan, placing a weight onto the wraps to keep the from opening. If you don't feel like rolling your tortilla, you can always make quesadillas instead. Start with a mild cheese like mozzarella, then throw in some spinach leaves, diced avocado, grainy Dijon mustard, and smoked turkey. Don't forget to flip your quesadilla to keep it from burning.

Open-faced Sandwiches

When is a sandwich not really a sandwich? When it's open-faced! If you're trying to reduce your carbohydrate intake, halving the amount of bread in a sandwich is an easy step. And trust us: you won't miss a thing, especially when you adorn the remaining slice of bread with hearty toppings. In England, it's traditional to eat tomato-laced sweet baked beans on toast for breakfast. Like that idea? There are loads of variations, including a Latin spin, which features cumin-spiked black beans and diced avocado. ¡Qué rico!

The Pressed Panini

We have to thank our Italian friends for introducing us to the perfection of a good panini, that crispy sandwich that satisfies with a range of textures and flavors. Ideally, these would be made in a panini press, as the pressure applied to both sides of the sandwich is what makes maximum crunchiness. But if you don't have a panini press, no worries! You can turn a heavy skillet (cast iron is ideal) into a type of press by putting a heavier pot on top or your sandwich; it acts as a weight. This compressed cooking method also means you can really load up your fillings. Try filling a crusty bun or baguette with cubed chicken breast spiced with piri-piri, adding a layer of guacamole to cool the tastebuds. You can also sandwich turkey between slices of whole grain bread, adding a couple slices of provolone and a creamy layer of avocado mashed with a little mayo and lemon juice for a sweet-savory interplay that will have the whole family begging for seconds!

The post 5 Winter Sandwiches and Wraps appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Warm Foods and Drinks to Cure the Winter Doldrums https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/warm-foods-drinks-cure-winter-doldrums/ Sat, 03 Dec 2016 18:36:52 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17954

After a hike, a toboggan ride, a whirl around the skating rink, or (less exciting) shoveling the driveway, nothing beats the body-soothing goodness of warm foods and drinks during colder months. From soups, dips, and snacks to hot treats, here are some of our favorite winter-worthy recipes that are up to the task of keeping you toasty. And, to keep you healthy during these more inactive months, they all include Avocados from Mexico, a fruit that's available year-round!

Soups

Like a warm hug on a cold day, soup is the quintessential warm-up food. If you're vegan, following a Paleo diet, or simply looking to boost your veggie intake, remember that avocado doubles as cream, delivering a subtle flavor and velvety texture.

One go-to idea is this warm avocado soup recipe, which includes zesty hints of lime and fresh mint. It's comfort in a bowl. If what you're hankering for is a rich, creamy tomato soup without the dairy, avocados to the rescue! This recipe promises all the decadence of a tomato soup with the nutritional boost of avocados. If you're vegan, substitute veggie stock for the chicken stock and you're good to go!

Other superlative soup ideas include tossing the flesh of a ripe avocado into your favorite pureed soups, such as bisques, cream soups (broccoli, cauliflower, or sweet potato for example), and lentil or bean soups. If you'd rather see your avocado in a tidy dice, top a homemade bean chile, classic tortilla soup, chicken noodle, or a pasta and vegetable soup with the fruit for a cooling, creamy hit.

Snacks

When you yearn for something other than guacamole (as delicious as it is!), head to the kitchen and crank the oven to 400F to make these baked (not fried) coconut toasted avocado fries. Flax seeds mixed with water take the place of beaten eggs, giving you Paleo-friendly, vegan "fries."

If you're a fan of chips and dip, try this ooey-gooey crowd pleaser the next time you're entertaining. Mash the flesh of two avocados, add 1 cup of sour cream and half a cup of Greek yogurt, a good dash of your favorite hot sauce, diced green onions, a hit of cayenne pepper, half a cup of grated Monterey Jack cheese, and a half-cup of lump crab meat (or keep it vegetarian and exclude the crab). Pop into an oven-friendly serving dish, top with some more cheese, and bake at 375F until golden and bubbling. Serve with pita or tortilla chips, crudités, or a crusty baguette loaf, then watch it disappear!

Sweet Treats and Drinks

Who doesn't love a hot, chocolate-laden dessert on a cold winter's night (or any time of year, for that matter!)? If you prefer to drink your dessert, this avocado enriched hot chocolate has delicious written all over it. Or cozy up to a hot and spicy molten lava cake featuring the spiced nuances of Mexican hot chocolate and a recipe that's oil-free to boot (thanks again, avocados)! Top with a scoop of coconut ice cream (or cow's milk ice cream) and enjoy with someone special because when dessert's all done, that someone can also keep you warm if you want them to!

The post Warm Foods and Drinks to Cure the Winter Doldrums appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

After a hike, a toboggan ride, a whirl around the skating rink, or (less exciting) shoveling the driveway, nothing beats the body-soothing goodness of warm foods and drinks during colder months. From soups, dips, and snacks to hot treats, here are some of our favorite winter-worthy recipes that are up to the task of keeping you toasty. And, to keep you healthy during these more inactive months, they all include Avocados from Mexico, a fruit that's available year-round!

Soups

Like a warm hug on a cold day, soup is the quintessential warm-up food. If you're vegan, following a Paleo diet, or simply looking to boost your veggie intake, remember that avocado doubles as cream, delivering a subtle flavor and velvety texture. One go-to idea is this warm avocado soup recipe, which includes zesty hints of lime and fresh mint. It's comfort in a bowl. If what you're hankering for is a rich, creamy tomato soup without the dairy, avocados to the rescue! This recipe promises all the decadence of a tomato soup with the nutritional boost of avocados. If you're vegan, substitute veggie stock for the chicken stock and you're good to go! Other superlative soup ideas include tossing the flesh of a ripe avocado into your favorite pureed soups, such as bisques, cream soups (broccoli, cauliflower, or sweet potato for example), and lentil or bean soups. If you'd rather see your avocado in a tidy dice, top a homemade bean chile, classic tortilla soup, chicken noodle, or a pasta and vegetable soup with the fruit for a cooling, creamy hit.

Snacks

When you yearn for something other than guacamole (as delicious as it is!), head to the kitchen and crank the oven to 400F to make these baked (not fried) coconut toasted avocado fries. Flax seeds mixed with water take the place of beaten eggs, giving you Paleo-friendly, vegan "fries." If you're a fan of chips and dip, try this ooey-gooey crowd pleaser the next time you're entertaining. Mash the flesh of two avocados, add 1 cup of sour cream and half a cup of Greek yogurt, a good dash of your favorite hot sauce, diced green onions, a hit of cayenne pepper, half a cup of grated Monterey Jack cheese, and a half-cup of lump crab meat (or keep it vegetarian and exclude the crab). Pop into an oven-friendly serving dish, top with some more cheese, and bake at 375F until golden and bubbling. Serve with pita or tortilla chips, crudités, or a crusty baguette loaf, then watch it disappear!

Sweet Treats and Drinks

Who doesn't love a hot, chocolate-laden dessert on a cold winter's night (or any time of year, for that matter!)? If you prefer to drink your dessert, this avocado enriched hot chocolate has delicious written all over it. Or cozy up to a hot and spicy molten lava cake featuring the spiced nuances of Mexican hot chocolate and a recipe that's oil-free to boot (thanks again, avocados)! Top with a scoop of coconut ice cream (or cow's milk ice cream) and enjoy with someone special because when dessert's all done, that someone can also keep you warm if you want them to!

The post Warm Foods and Drinks to Cure the Winter Doldrums appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Are We There Yet? Fruit and Vegetable Ripening Hacks https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/yet-fruit-vegetable-ripening-hacks/ Mon, 28 Nov 2016 19:04:49 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17938

You promised friends and family a fiesta. You’ve scrubbed the kitchen, crafted your décor, and bought fresh avocados from the grocery store to mash into a big bowl of guacamole. You’re ready to get this party started — but your avocados are hard as rocks! Don’t despair. These hacks can help you ripen avocados in a pinch.

 

First, though, how do you know when your avocado is good and ready to roll?

 

How to Tell if an Avocado Is Ripe

Ripe avocados are typically dark green to dark purple and yield to gentle pressure. So, go ahead and give your avocado a lil’ hug to see if it’s ready. And remember,

 

The Tried-and-True Paper Bag Trick

The avos out of the bag — err, in the bag, actually! Placing an avocado in a paper bag with a banana is the quickest way to ripen it. Loosely close the bag and store it in a dry place and wait (undeniably, the hardest part). Check daily for progress.

How does this work? Bananas give off the natural plant hormone ethylene gas, which helps ripen fruits. The paper bag traps the gas; it stays in contact with the fruit and speeds up the process. Some people punch holes in the bag to let oxygen in, which helps the process along. The more brown spots on your banana, the more effective the gas will be. No bananas on hand? An apple will suffice, though its ethylene production won’t be quite as potent.

This method works well not only for quickening the maturation of avocados but also with stone fruits such as plums and peaches, pears, mangos, and tomatoes. Unfortunately, other kinds of fruit, such as berries, apples, grapes, or citrus, cannot be effectively ripened at home.

Rice to Ripe

This strategy also makes use of ethylene gas, only the ethylene gas is released from the avocado itself. Here’s how to ripen avocados:

Put any kind of uncooked rice into a container large enough to accommodate your avocado, which you’ll then cover with even more rice. You’ve successfully built an ethylene gas trap and just need to wait for it to work its magic. Check every couple of days or so — this method takes a little longer than the paper bag to achieve ripeness perfection.

 

Can I Ripen Avocados in the Microwave?

Not recommended. Microwaves are powerful appliances, and while nuking avocados will soften them, it won’t provide the delicate, creamy taste only a natural ripening process can deliver. You don’t want to zap the delicate flavoring out of your avocado!

 

Sunshine

Have you noticed a pattern here? Nature is your best asset when it comes to ripening avocados. Warmer temperatures ripen fruits faster, so moving your unripe avocados to your windowsill or another sunny spot of your home will speed things along. A little sunbathing may be all your avocado needs to become a big softie!

 

The Cotton Cloth Method

The cotton cloth method is ideal for soft-skinned fruit, but will gently push avocados toward ripening, too. All you need is clean linen napkins or tea towels (terry cloth won’t work here). Put the cloth on a flat surface and place your avocados on top. You don’t want to crowd them, so space them out to let them breathe. Then, cover the fruit with another piece of cloth. Keep checking back every day or so.

 

How to Ripen an Avocado After Cutting It Open

The avocado seems ripe, but when you carefully cut the avocado around the pit and twist it open … the flesh is nowhere near ready. Don’t toss your avocado into the trash! There’s time to remedy the situation.

First, rub the flesh of the avocado with lemon or lime juice, or spray lightly with cooking oil. Put the avocado halves back together and squeeze tight so no air can oxidate the flesh. Then, wrap the avocado in plastic wrap and place in the fridge. Give it a little squeeze every day to check on its ripening progress.

 

Hold Up! How to Slow Down Ripening

Let’s say you have the opposite problem: Your avocado is as stoked as you are to make a big batch of guacamole … days before the party! Don’t worry. You can slow down the avocado ripening process to line up with your big day. Let your avocado chill in the fridge for two to three days before guac time.

What will you make with your perfectly ripe avocado? Browse hundreds of delicious dishes in our avocado recipe archives.

The post Are We There Yet? Fruit and Vegetable Ripening Hacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You promised friends and family a fiesta. You’ve scrubbed the kitchen, crafted your décor, and bought fresh avocados from the grocery store to mash into a big bowl of guacamole. You’re ready to get this party started — but your avocados are hard as rocks! Don’t despair. These hacks can help you ripen avocados in a pinch.   First, though, how do you know when your avocado is good and ready to roll?  

How to Tell if an Avocado Is Ripe

Ripe avocados are typically dark green to dark purple and yield to gentle pressure. So, go ahead and give your avocado a lil’ hug to see if it’s ready. And remember,  

The Tried-and-True Paper Bag Trick

The avos out of the bag — err, in the bag, actually! Placing an avocado in a paper bag with a banana is the quickest way to ripen it. Loosely close the bag and store it in a dry place and wait (undeniably, the hardest part). Check daily for progress. How does this work? Bananas give off the natural plant hormone ethylene gas, which helps ripen fruits. The paper bag traps the gas; it stays in contact with the fruit and speeds up the process. Some people punch holes in the bag to let oxygen in, which helps the process along. The more brown spots on your banana, the more effective the gas will be. No bananas on hand? An apple will suffice, though its ethylene production won’t be quite as potent. This method works well not only for quickening the maturation of avocados but also with stone fruits such as plums and peaches, pears, mangos, and tomatoes. Unfortunately, other kinds of fruit, such as berries, apples, grapes, or citrus, cannot be effectively ripened at home.

Rice to Ripe

This strategy also makes use of ethylene gas, only the ethylene gas is released from the avocado itself. Here’s how to ripen avocados: Put any kind of uncooked rice into a container large enough to accommodate your avocado, which you’ll then cover with even more rice. You’ve successfully built an ethylene gas trap and just need to wait for it to work its magic. Check every couple of days or so — this method takes a little longer than the paper bag to achieve ripeness perfection.  

Can I Ripen Avocados in the Microwave?

Not recommended. Microwaves are powerful appliances, and while nuking avocados will soften them, it won’t provide the delicate, creamy taste only a natural ripening process can deliver. You don’t want to zap the delicate flavoring out of your avocado!
 

Sunshine

Have you noticed a pattern here? Nature is your best asset when it comes to ripening avocados. Warmer temperatures ripen fruits faster, so moving your unripe avocados to your windowsill or another sunny spot of your home will speed things along. A little sunbathing may be all your avocado needs to become a big softie!  

The Cotton Cloth Method

The cotton cloth method is ideal for soft-skinned fruit, but will gently push avocados toward ripening, too. All you need is clean linen napkins or tea towels (terry cloth won’t work here). Put the cloth on a flat surface and place your avocados on top. You don’t want to crowd them, so space them out to let them breathe. Then, cover the fruit with another piece of cloth. Keep checking back every day or so.  

How to Ripen an Avocado After Cutting It Open

The avocado seems ripe, but when you carefully cut the avocado around the pit and twist it open … the flesh is nowhere near ready. Don’t toss your avocado into the trash! There’s time to remedy the situation. First, rub the flesh of the avocado with lemon or lime juice, or spray lightly with cooking oil. Put the avocado halves back together and squeeze tight so no air can oxidate the flesh. Then, wrap the avocado in plastic wrap and place in the fridge. Give it a little squeeze every day to check on its ripening progress.  

Hold Up! How to Slow Down Ripening

Let’s say you have the opposite problem: Your avocado is as stoked as you are to make a big batch of guacamole … days before the party! Don’t worry. You can slow down the avocado ripening process to line up with your big day. Let your avocado chill in the fridge for two to three days before guac time. What will you make with your perfectly ripe avocado? Browse hundreds of delicious dishes in our avocado recipe archives.

The post Are We There Yet? Fruit and Vegetable Ripening Hacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Untraditional Traditions to Try This Holiday Season https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/5-untraditional-traditions-try-holiday-season/ Thu, 24 Nov 2016 18:55:20 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17936

Thanksgiving and Christmas are around the corner, which means you are about to eat turkey. A lot of turkey. So much turkey, you need a few pairs of stretchy pants to handle the holiday season. Who decided turkey was such a great idea for Thanksgiving AND Christmas? Well, to early Americans, turkey was cheap, big, and didn't have to be hunted, the perfect trifecta for a Thanksgiving feast. By the time Thanksgiving became a national holiday in 1863, turkeys were the norm.

Just because you're going to eat turkey back-to-back doesn't mean you have to stick to traditional recipes. A couple hundred years of eating too much turkey has made Americans pretty creative when it comes cooking up this bird. Try smoking your turkey this year, and serving it a range of barbecue sauces from around the country (this Eastern North Carolina vinegar barbecue sauce is a good start). Deep fry it for crunchy skin and juicy meat (but please, be safe).

Inspiration can come from beyond America's borders, too! Challenge yourself by picking a country for a themed Thanksgiving meal. We like Mexico, of course! You could start with this avocado toast with mango, chili and mint as appetizers (and if you want to replace the ancho chili powder with chamoy sauce, go for it!). A simple roasted turkey would shine with some pumpkin seed mole in place of gravy and homemade corn tortillas, served with an avocado salad or simple sliced avocado as a side.

If you're turkey-ed out by Christmas, skip it altogether and opt for something unexpected. This Korean roasted fish is completely flexible (use any mild white fish you like) and a pop of spicy, salty-sweet, and umami. Precede it with bowls of Asian avocado soup.

Whatever you do, though, don't skip dessert! Apple and pumpkin pies may be the traditional desserts of choice for fall and winter holidays, but nobody will turn down your invitation to try another homemade sweet. Avocados from Mexico, which are available year-round, work well in pies, cakes, and breads, so stock up for the holidays and cook something different this year!

The post 5 Untraditional Traditions to Try This Holiday Season appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Thanksgiving and Christmas are around the corner, which means you are about to eat turkey. A lot of turkey. So much turkey, you need a few pairs of stretchy pants to handle the holiday season. Who decided turkey was such a great idea for Thanksgiving AND Christmas? Well, to early Americans, turkey was cheap, big, and didn't have to be hunted, the perfect trifecta for a Thanksgiving feast. By the time Thanksgiving became a national holiday in 1863, turkeys were the norm. Just because you're going to eat turkey back-to-back doesn't mean you have to stick to traditional recipes. A couple hundred years of eating too much turkey has made Americans pretty creative when it comes cooking up this bird. Try smoking your turkey this year, and serving it a range of barbecue sauces from around the country (this Eastern North Carolina vinegar barbecue sauce is a good start). Deep fry it for crunchy skin and juicy meat (but please, be safe). Inspiration can come from beyond America's borders, too! Challenge yourself by picking a country for a themed Thanksgiving meal. We like Mexico, of course! You could start with this avocado toast with mango, chili and mint as appetizers (and if you want to replace the ancho chili powder with chamoy sauce, go for it!). A simple roasted turkey would shine with some pumpkin seed mole in place of gravy and homemade corn tortillas, served with an avocado salad or simple sliced avocado as a side. If you're turkey-ed out by Christmas, skip it altogether and opt for something unexpected. This Korean roasted fish is completely flexible (use any mild white fish you like) and a pop of spicy, salty-sweet, and umami. Precede it with bowls of Asian avocado soup. Whatever you do, though, don't skip dessert! Apple and pumpkin pies may be the traditional desserts of choice for fall and winter holidays, but nobody will turn down your invitation to try another homemade sweet. Avocados from Mexico, which are available year-round, work well in pies, cakes, and breads, so stock up for the holidays and cook something different this year!

The post 5 Untraditional Traditions to Try This Holiday Season appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Guide to Surviving the Holiday Onslaught https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/guide-surviving-holiday-onslaught/ Wed, 23 Nov 2016 18:55:24 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17939

Real talk: as much as we love the holidays, they can be a stressful time. With a horde of family members to feed, gifts to buy, and your own health to maintain, it's easy to get overwhelmed. Everyone knows the basics of holiday survival: Get plenty of sleep, drink lots of water, eat your veggies, and try not to stress. Easier said than done, right? Here are a few more tips to help keep you and your family happy and well-fed throughout the most wonderful time of the year.

1. Get plenty of sun (and other sources of Vitamin D3).

The farther you live away from the equator, the less Vitamin D your body can make from sunlight during the winter months. Your body and your brain need Vitamin D: It's vital for bone growth and calcium absorption, and it plays a role in cell growth, immune functions, and reducing inflammation, too (especially those ankles swollen from being on your feet so much while decorating the tree, shopping for gifts, and cooking multi-course meals!). If it's just too cold for you to get a daily dose of direct sunlight on your skin, consider upping your family's intake of naturally-occurring Vitamin D: fatty fish like salmon and anchovies, meat (especially beef liver), egg yolks, and wild-grown mushrooms. Alternatively, fortified foods and Vitamin D3 supplements can help.

2. Eat lots of quality fats.

Avocados have "good fats" your body needs to keep healthy, and the great news is, Avocados from Mexico are unique in that they're available year-round. Plus, there's no cooking required — and with all the dishes you're planning on making for the holidays, you could use a break from the kitchen's hot stove, right?

AVO TIP

Have an avocado that isn't quite ripe? Find out how to get it just right for munchin'.

3. Make meditation a family affair.

Taking a few minutes to slow down and just breathe can be a big help for the harried adult, and a great way to bond with family during this busy time of year, too. Keep it short and simple. Try it out sitting, standing, even walking (with eyes open!) to keep everyone engaged. A few times a day, just take a brief moment to share quiet time together.

4. Embrace the make-ahead meal.

The holiday season may be one of the best times of year to really expand your repertoire of one-dish hot meals. The Crock-Pot bubbling all day, tempting the family with its rich smells, followed by everyone gathering around the table for a bowl of a steaming stew . . . it's the perfect winter scene. So break out the recipe books and choose five or ten different soups, stews, and casseroles that you can prepare in bulk and freeze for heating up later. If you get the whole family together and spend a weekend prepping, you might be able to mix up a month's worth of food. (Maybe start with cleaning out the freezer!)

You can always throw together a fresh salad or a bowl of guacamole to round things out, and be sure to put breadsticks or tortilla chips on the table, too. This makes it easy to sit down as a family, even if you're in a hurry, and eat something you all love.

5. Focus on the spirit of the season.

Let yourself stop when things get intense, or don't go as planned, when siblings (or spouses) aren't getting along, or you're having one of those days when there just isn't enough time to do everything that needs to be done. Take a breath and remind yourself why you do all these things. Tell these stories to your children, remember all the holidays past, the traditions you are carrying forward, and the new ones you are making. Whatever and however you are celebrating, don't lose sight of the celebration.

The post Guide to Surviving the Holiday Onslaught appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Real talk: as much as we love the holidays, they can be a stressful time. With a horde of family members to feed, gifts to buy, and your own health to maintain, it's easy to get overwhelmed. Everyone knows the basics of holiday survival: Get plenty of sleep, drink lots of water, eat your veggies, and try not to stress. Easier said than done, right? Here are a few more tips to help keep you and your family happy and well-fed throughout the most wonderful time of the year.

1. Get plenty of sun (and other sources of Vitamin D3).

The farther you live away from the equator, the less Vitamin D your body can make from sunlight during the winter months. Your body and your brain need Vitamin D: It's vital for bone growth and calcium absorption, and it plays a role in cell growth, immune functions, and reducing inflammation, too (especially those ankles swollen from being on your feet so much while decorating the tree, shopping for gifts, and cooking multi-course meals!). If it's just too cold for you to get a daily dose of direct sunlight on your skin, consider upping your family's intake of naturally-occurring Vitamin D: fatty fish like salmon and anchovies, meat (especially beef liver), egg yolks, and wild-grown mushrooms. Alternatively, fortified foods and Vitamin D3 supplements can help.

2. Eat lots of quality fats.

Avocados have "good fats" your body needs to keep healthy, and the great news is, Avocados from Mexico are unique in that they're available year-round. Plus, there's no cooking required — and with all the dishes you're planning on making for the holidays, you could use a break from the kitchen's hot stove, right?

AVO TIP

Have an avocado that isn't quite ripe? Find out how to get it just right for munchin'.

3. Make meditation a family affair.

Taking a few minutes to slow down and just breathe can be a big help for the harried adult, and a great way to bond with family during this busy time of year, too. Keep it short and simple. Try it out sitting, standing, even walking (with eyes open!) to keep everyone engaged. A few times a day, just take a brief moment to share quiet time together.

4. Embrace the make-ahead meal.

The holiday season may be one of the best times of year to really expand your repertoire of one-dish hot meals. The Crock-Pot bubbling all day, tempting the family with its rich smells, followed by everyone gathering around the table for a bowl of a steaming stew . . . it's the perfect winter scene. So break out the recipe books and choose five or ten different soups, stews, and casseroles that you can prepare in bulk and freeze for heating up later. If you get the whole family together and spend a weekend prepping, you might be able to mix up a month's worth of food. (Maybe start with cleaning out the freezer!) You can always throw together a fresh salad or a bowl of guacamole to round things out, and be sure to put breadsticks or tortilla chips on the table, too. This makes it easy to sit down as a family, even if you're in a hurry, and eat something you all love.

5. Focus on the spirit of the season.

Let yourself stop when things get intense, or don't go as planned, when siblings (or spouses) aren't getting along, or you're having one of those days when there just isn't enough time to do everything that needs to be done. Take a breath and remind yourself why you do all these things. Tell these stories to your children, remember all the holidays past, the traditions you are carrying forward, and the new ones you are making. Whatever and however you are celebrating, don't lose sight of the celebration.

The post Guide to Surviving the Holiday Onslaught appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Gather ‘Round: Ideas and Tips for Avotastic Gatherings https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/gather-round-ideas-tips-avotastic-gatherings/ Sat, 19 Nov 2016 18:55:28 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17935

Is your kids' room so overflowing with toys and gadgets that you worry they have more things than they can possibly use . . . and nothing that encourages them to play with other people?

 

As parents, grandparents, and other adults involved in kids' lives, we may yearn for "the good old days," when kids could — and did — entertain themselves with simple pleasures. If that describes you, then it's time to get creative! It's possible to capture the interest of even the most digitally-connected kid with household items — like avocados! — that can be turned into fun-for-the-whole-family diversions.

 

Grow an Avocado Tree

Once you've whipped up a big batch of kid-friendly guac, take the seeds and gather a few supplies: toothpicks, glass jars, and water. Watch our video and build your own avocado seed sprouting system! With a bit of indirect sunlight, patience, and time, you will soon have your very own avocado sprout to plant! While you're working on this project, tell your kids where and how Avocados From Mexico are grown. Learning where their food comes from and how it's produced will likely make them more aware and grateful for all the food they eat.

 

AVO TIP: Want to whip up a guacamole that your kids are sure to love? Chef Pati Jinich shares her kids' favorite guac.

 

Carving Crafts* & Jewelry

There are so many craft creations that can come from playing around with avocado pits. Pull out the paint and other supplies! If you want the kids* to try their hand at carving avocado pits, make sure they're fresh. The longer the pit is allowed to dry, the harder it will become, and the sharper the tools you use will need to be. Just remove the skin, maybe split the seed in half, and start creating designs.

 

If you would rather avoid the potential pitfalls of carving, consider making broaches, pendants, or other beautiful table art, like these place card holders.

 

Games Day and Night

You can use your decorating skills to fancy up avocado pits before using them to play any number of games. You can keep it simple with a game of checkers, or go all out to make your own chessboard. If you're excited about getting the kids outside, break out the drill and make an avocado version of the ladder game! And if you're lacking in the power tools department, you can put together just about any kind of ball toss with points and prizes for the winners.

 

Tie Dye T-shirts

One of the most interesting things you can do with avocado pits (and skins) is to use it as a natural dye. Surprisingly, rather than green, the color ranges somewhere from light pink to dark coral. The paler colors are fairly easy to achieve, just by boiling the skins and chopped seeds in water, then soaking your fabric for a few hours to a few days. Both the length of the soak,and the type of fabric you use will impact the final color.

 

If you want to get the very dark colors, the dye needs to be treated (with ammonia, so probably best for the grown-ups to handle this part) and then fermented for several days. If you want to play with color, there are several natural dyes you can whip up in the kitchen. What else do you have in your kitchen? Try yellow onion skins (rusty orange, or try mixing it with the avocado) or walnut shells (brown or black). While roots like turmeric and beets give off a beautiful color initially, they aren't colorfast - use them for Easter eggs, but not t-shirts. Anything with a lot of tannins (think black tea) is ideal.

 

The Ornamental Avocado

If you have a lot of sparkly and festive craft supplies or household goods to play with, why not get the family in on making some holiday gifts? You can string painted avocado pits along with other dry flowers, seeds, pods, grains, fruits, and more, to make garlands (popcorn and rose hips are also good items to use) or decorative wind chimes. Look for some large bells to make this one perfect for the holiday.

 

If the kids would rather literally DIY and avoid family teamwork, they can each create their own unique ornament to hang on the family's Christmas tree. Older kids can carve the pit, while younger kids should stick to string, stickers, glitter, or other small objects that can be stuck to the surface. If the pits are still moist, bake carved pits to dry them before finishing them off. You can varnish the pits to keep them looking natural, or rub on gold or silver leaf for a brilliant finish.

 

AVO TIP: Only had enough room in your stomach for half an avocado? Find out how to keep the other half fresh and delicious.

 

*Carving an avocado pit can be dangerous and should only be performed under adult supervision. 

The post Gather ‘Round: Ideas and Tips for Avotastic Gatherings appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Is your kids' room so overflowing with toys and gadgets that you worry they have more things than they can possibly use . . . and nothing that encourages them to play with other people?   As parents, grandparents, and other adults involved in kids' lives, we may yearn for "the good old days," when kids could — and did — entertain themselves with simple pleasures. If that describes you, then it's time to get creative! It's possible to capture the interest of even the most digitally-connected kid with household items — like avocados! — that can be turned into fun-for-the-whole-family diversions.  

Grow an Avocado Tree

Once you've whipped up a big batch of kid-friendly guac, take the seeds and gather a few supplies: toothpicks, glass jars, and water. Watch our video and build your own avocado seed sprouting system! With a bit of indirect sunlight, patience, and time, you will soon have your very own avocado sprout to plant! While you're working on this project, tell your kids where and how Avocados From Mexico are grown. Learning where their food comes from and how it's produced will likely make them more aware and grateful for all the food they eat.   AVO TIP: Want to whip up a guacamole that your kids are sure to love? Chef Pati Jinich shares her kids' favorite guac.  

Carving Crafts* & Jewelry

There are so many craft creations that can come from playing around with avocado pits. Pull out the paint and other supplies! If you want the kids* to try their hand at carving avocado pits, make sure they're fresh. The longer the pit is allowed to dry, the harder it will become, and the sharper the tools you use will need to be. Just remove the skin, maybe split the seed in half, and start creating designs.   If you would rather avoid the potential pitfalls of carving, consider making broaches, pendants, or other beautiful table art, like these place card holders.  

Games Day and Night

You can use your decorating skills to fancy up avocado pits before using them to play any number of games. You can keep it simple with a game of checkers, or go all out to make your own chessboard. If you're excited about getting the kids outside, break out the drill and make an avocado version of the ladder game! And if you're lacking in the power tools department, you can put together just about any kind of ball toss with points and prizes for the winners.  

Tie Dye T-shirts

One of the most interesting things you can do with avocado pits (and skins) is to use it as a natural dye. Surprisingly, rather than green, the color ranges somewhere from light pink to dark coral. The paler colors are fairly easy to achieve, just by boiling the skins and chopped seeds in water, then soaking your fabric for a few hours to a few days. Both the length of the soak,and the type of fabric you use will impact the final color.   If you want to get the very dark colors, the dye needs to be treated (with ammonia, so probably best for the grown-ups to handle this part) and then fermented for several days. If you want to play with color, there are several natural dyes you can whip up in the kitchen. What else do you have in your kitchen? Try yellow onion skins (rusty orange, or try mixing it with the avocado) or walnut shells (brown or black). While roots like turmeric and beets give off a beautiful color initially, they aren't colorfast - use them for Easter eggs, but not t-shirts. Anything with a lot of tannins (think black tea) is ideal.  

The Ornamental Avocado

If you have a lot of sparkly and festive craft supplies or household goods to play with, why not get the family in on making some holiday gifts? You can string painted avocado pits along with other dry flowers, seeds, pods, grains, fruits, and more, to make garlands (popcorn and rose hips are also good items to use) or decorative wind chimes. Look for some large bells to make this one perfect for the holiday.   If the kids would rather literally DIY and avoid family teamwork, they can each create their own unique ornament to hang on the family's Christmas tree. Older kids can carve the pit, while younger kids should stick to string, stickers, glitter, or other small objects that can be stuck to the surface. If the pits are still moist, bake carved pits to dry them before finishing them off. You can varnish the pits to keep them looking natural, or rub on gold or silver leaf for a brilliant finish.   AVO TIP: Only had enough room in your stomach for half an avocado? Find out how to keep the other half fresh and delicious.  

*Carving an avocado pit can be dangerous and should only be performed under adult supervision. 

The post Gather ‘Round: Ideas and Tips for Avotastic Gatherings appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
It’s Never Too Late in the Year to Take a Dip: Delicious Avocado Dips that Aren’t Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/never-late-year-take-dip-delicious-avocado-dips-arent-guacamole/ Thu, 03 Nov 2016 16:28:05 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17893

Guacamole is the undisputed king of avocado dips, but it's okay to confess that sometimes your tastebuds demand something different. How about we give Its Royal Guacamoleness a respite and try a few other delicious dips for your next dinner party or game day? Trust us, these will keep your guests begging for more.

Before you dip (pun totally intended!) into our favorite recipes, here's a quick a reminder about how to prep your avocados: Cut in half lengthwise, twist the two halves in opposite directions, and pull apart. Remove the pit and spoon out the flesh. You can even grill your avocados to add an extra layer of smoky flavor.

Greek-Style Avocado Dip

To add some Greek flair to your table, serve this tzatziki-inspired dip. Mix 4 diced ripe avocados; 2 tablespoons lemon juice; 4 ounces plain Greek yogurt; 1 deseeded and diced English cucumber; 2 tablespoons fresh dill; 1 teaspoon sea salt; and 1 pinch cayenne pepper. Drizzle in 2 ounces of olive oil as you mix. Serve with toasted pita chips. Opa!

Avocado Hummus

If you love hummus, why not try this version with avocado? You'll need 2 ripe avocados; 2 cups garbanzo beans; 3 garlic cloves, minced; 4 tablespoons lemon juice; ½ teaspoon cumin; 1 tablespoon olive oil; ½ teaspoon salt; and a dash of chile powder. Place ingredients in a food processor and pulse until smooth. You may have to scrape the sides down between pulses. Serve with vegetable crudités. Arrange carrot, cucumber, red bell pepper, and celery sticks, as well as cherry tomatoes, blanched sugar snap peas, and sliced radishes on a platter and enjoy.

Avocado and Crab Dip

A special occasion demands special food: serve this crab and avocado dip at your next dinner party. First, you'll need to make some pickled onion by putting a thinly-sliced small red onion in a bowl and covering it with the juice of 1 lime, along with a pinch of sugar and a pinch of salt. Set aside. Meanwhile, mash 1 ripe avocado (peeled, pitted, and chopped) with the juice of 1 lime; 1 crushed garlic clove; and salt and pepper to taste. Blend in 1 can of white crabmeat, drained; and 1 jalapeño pepper, deseeded and finely chopped. Lastly, garnish with the drained pickled onion. Serve with Melba toast.

Avo-Olive Tapenade

Avocado and black olives, why not? First, make tapenade with 2 tablespoons of capers; 3½ ounces black olives, pitted; 2 finely-chopped garlic cloves; 3 tablespoons olive oil; zest of 1 lemon; and a handful of chopped parsley. Place all the ingredients in a food processor and pulse until blended to a texture of your preference. Mash 1 ripe avocado. Mix with 2 chopped tomatoes; a pinch of red pepper flakes; the juice of ½ lemon; and salt. Fold in the tapenade. Serve with crackers and breadsticks. Voilà!

Avocado and Goat Cheese Dip

Goat cheese adds extra zing to your dip and cream cheese makes it velvety and smooth. In a food processor, combine the flesh from 3 avocados along with 2 garlic cloves; ½ teaspoon ground cumin; 1⁄4 teaspoon salt; 3 tablespoons lime juice; 4 ounces cream cheese; and 4 ounces goat cheese. Pulse until blended and smooth. Add more salt if needed. Bread sticks are one good choice for serving with this delicious dip.

Which delectable avocado dip are you going to make next?

The post It’s Never Too Late in the Year to Take a Dip: Delicious Avocado Dips that Aren’t Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Guacamole is the undisputed king of avocado dips, but it's okay to confess that sometimes your tastebuds demand something different. How about we give Its Royal Guacamoleness a respite and try a few other delicious dips for your next dinner party or game day? Trust us, these will keep your guests begging for more. Before you dip (pun totally intended!) into our favorite recipes, here's a quick a reminder about how to prep your avocados: Cut in half lengthwise, twist the two halves in opposite directions, and pull apart. Remove the pit and spoon out the flesh. You can even grill your avocados to add an extra layer of smoky flavor.

Greek-Style Avocado Dip

To add some Greek flair to your table, serve this tzatziki-inspired dip. Mix 4 diced ripe avocados; 2 tablespoons lemon juice; 4 ounces plain Greek yogurt; 1 deseeded and diced English cucumber; 2 tablespoons fresh dill; 1 teaspoon sea salt; and 1 pinch cayenne pepper. Drizzle in 2 ounces of olive oil as you mix. Serve with toasted pita chips. Opa!

Avocado Hummus

If you love hummus, why not try this version with avocado? You'll need 2 ripe avocados; 2 cups garbanzo beans; 3 garlic cloves, minced; 4 tablespoons lemon juice; ½ teaspoon cumin; 1 tablespoon olive oil; ½ teaspoon salt; and a dash of chile powder. Place ingredients in a food processor and pulse until smooth. You may have to scrape the sides down between pulses. Serve with vegetable crudités. Arrange carrot, cucumber, red bell pepper, and celery sticks, as well as cherry tomatoes, blanched sugar snap peas, and sliced radishes on a platter and enjoy.

Avocado and Crab Dip

A special occasion demands special food: serve this crab and avocado dip at your next dinner party. First, you'll need to make some pickled onion by putting a thinly-sliced small red onion in a bowl and covering it with the juice of 1 lime, along with a pinch of sugar and a pinch of salt. Set aside. Meanwhile, mash 1 ripe avocado (peeled, pitted, and chopped) with the juice of 1 lime; 1 crushed garlic clove; and salt and pepper to taste. Blend in 1 can of white crabmeat, drained; and 1 jalapeño pepper, deseeded and finely chopped. Lastly, garnish with the drained pickled onion. Serve with Melba toast.

Avo-Olive Tapenade

Avocado and black olives, why not? First, make tapenade with 2 tablespoons of capers; 3½ ounces black olives, pitted; 2 finely-chopped garlic cloves; 3 tablespoons olive oil; zest of 1 lemon; and a handful of chopped parsley. Place all the ingredients in a food processor and pulse until blended to a texture of your preference. Mash 1 ripe avocado. Mix with 2 chopped tomatoes; a pinch of red pepper flakes; the juice of ½ lemon; and salt. Fold in the tapenade. Serve with crackers and breadsticks. Voilà!

Avocado and Goat Cheese Dip

Goat cheese adds extra zing to your dip and cream cheese makes it velvety and smooth. In a food processor, combine the flesh from 3 avocados along with 2 garlic cloves; ½ teaspoon ground cumin; 1⁄4 teaspoon salt; 3 tablespoons lime juice; 4 ounces cream cheese; and 4 ounces goat cheese. Pulse until blended and smooth. Add more salt if needed. Bread sticks are one good choice for serving with this delicious dip. Which delectable avocado dip are you going to make next?

The post It’s Never Too Late in the Year to Take a Dip: Delicious Avocado Dips that Aren’t Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado and Quiche 3 Ways https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/avocado-quiche-delectable-duo/ Wed, 02 Nov 2016 22:28:10 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17892

Good days start with avocados. It’s no coincidence avocado plays a starring role in the world’s most beloved breakfast foods. There are a million and one mouth-watering recipes for avocado toast, avocado smoothies, avocado omelets, and even avocado breakfast burgers. But of all the avocado a.m. favorites, avocado quiche is perhaps the most likely to elicit “QUICHE, THAT’S GOOD!” from your brunch crew.

 

Avocados and quiche go together like, well, avocados and quiche! Whether you’re experimenting in the kitchen on a lazy Sunday or baking for family and friends, there’s an avocado quiche recipe fit for the occasion.

 

Veg Out

Maybe you’re a fully-fledged vegetarian or simply trying to incorporate more plant-based foods into your diet. Any way you slice it, vegetarian avocado quiche is a filling sans-meat treat. You and your fellow brunch bunch will be satisfied all the way to lunch thanks to the protein found in eggs and avocado’s ample fiber content (3g — 11% of your daily recommended value of fiber per serving) and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals to help you to get up and running at full speed come sunrise.

 

Recipe: Veggie Avocado Quiche

Ingredients:

  • 1 premade frozen piecrust
  • 1 ripe avocado, thinly sliced
  • 4 eggs
  • A generous splash of milk or cream
  • Cheddar cheese, grated to taste
  • Chives, freshly chopped, to taste
  • A generous handful of chopped mushrooms
  • Salt and pepper to taste

 

Directions: Prep your piecrust according to package instructions. Peel and thinly slice the avocado, covering the entire surface of the piecrust. In a separate bowl, combine eggs, milk or cream, cheddar cheese, chopped chives, and mushrooms. Give your mixture a hit of salt and pepper (and chile if you’re so inclined) and combine. Once mixed, pour into your pie shell and pop into a 375 F preheated oven for about 45 minutes. Once the crust is golden around the edges and a toothpick inserted in the middle comes out clean, your quiche is ready. Let it rest for 10 minutes and serve with a crisp, green salad.

 

Go Crustless

If you’re looking to reduce your gluten or carb intake, then a crustless quiche is for you. This recipe tastes great with a side of sautéed asparagus or a beet salad. No crust, no fuss, just tasty avocado-eggy goodness!

 

Recipe: Crustless Avocado Quiche

Ingredients:

  • 5-6 eggs
  • ¼ c. whole milk
  • Crispy fried bacon (regular or turkey), finely chopped or crumbled
  • A pinch of salt and pepper
  • 1 ripe avocado
  • Cherry tomatoes, halved (optional)

 

Directions: Crack eggs into a large bowl and add milk to give your quiche a little lift. Add bacon to the mix for some textural variety. Season with salt (not too much because of the bacon) and pepper. Pour into an ovenproof pie plate and place in a 275 F preheated oven for about 20-30 minutes (or until the egg mixture begins to set but is still moist). Remove from the oven and arrange thin slices of avocado on top in an elegant fan shape. You can also stud the top of the quiche with some tomato cherry halves (cut-side up) and return to the oven on broil to let the avocado and tomatoes brûlée for about 10 minutes, until the edges start crisping. Remove from oven and let stand for about 10 minutes before cutting into wedges.

 

Bake Mini Avocado Quiches Inside Avocado Skin

Mini quiches are all the rage, from adorable avocado and pepper jack quiche bites to avocado rosemary egg canapes. One cool aspect of avocados: Their sturdy skin serves as a convenient baking dish! With this recipe, you can dig right in or spoon onto crunchy toasted farm bread slices.

 

Recipe: Avo Quiche Boat

Ingredients:

  • 4 ripe avocados, halved
  • 1 leek
  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
  • 2-3 eggs
  • A splash of milk
  • Freshly ground pepper
  • Feta cheese, to taste
  • Oregano, to taste

 

Directions: Carefully slice avocados in half, lengthwise, around the pit. Twist the halves apart. Scoop some of the avocado out, as you’ll need a larger cavity, but leave a layer of insulating avocado intact. Set aside and prepare your quiche mixture. Thinly slice a leek crosswise; make sure to get a bit of the leaves as well as the bulb. Splash olive oil into a small skillet and caramelize leeks over high heat, taking care not to burn them. Set aside. In a small bowl, beat eggs and a splash of milk. Stir in leeks and add freshly ground pepper. Place avocado halves on a baking tray and fill the cavities with the quiche mixture, being careful not to overfill. To compensate for a layer of avocado that you can’t salt extensively, crumble feta on top of the mixture before placing the baking tray into a 350 F preheated oven for about 20 minutes, keeping an eye on the egg mixture to ensure eggs are set. Remove and sprinkle with a pinch of oregano.

 

Find more creative brunch recipes in our avocado recipe archives.

 

The post Avocado and Quiche 3 Ways appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Good days start with avocados. It’s no coincidence avocado plays a starring role in the world’s most beloved breakfast foods. There are a million and one mouth-watering recipes for avocado toast, avocado smoothies, avocado omelets, and even avocado breakfast burgers. But of all the avocado a.m. favorites, avocado quiche is perhaps the most likely to elicit “QUICHE, THAT’S GOOD!” from your brunch crew.   Avocados and quiche go together like, well, avocados and quiche! Whether you’re experimenting in the kitchen on a lazy Sunday or baking for family and friends, there’s an avocado quiche recipe fit for the occasion.  

Veg Out

Maybe you’re a fully-fledged vegetarian or simply trying to incorporate more plant-based foods into your diet. Any way you slice it, vegetarian avocado quiche is a filling sans-meat treat. You and your fellow brunch bunch will be satisfied all the way to lunch thanks to the protein found in eggs and avocado’s ample fiber content (3g — 11% of your daily recommended value of fiber per serving) and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals to help you to get up and running at full speed come sunrise.  

Recipe: Veggie Avocado Quiche

Ingredients:
  • 1 premade frozen piecrust
  • 1 ripe avocado, thinly sliced
  • 4 eggs
  • A generous splash of milk or cream
  • Cheddar cheese, grated to taste
  • Chives, freshly chopped, to taste
  • A generous handful of chopped mushrooms
  • Salt and pepper to taste
  Directions: Prep your piecrust according to package instructions. Peel and thinly slice the avocado, covering the entire surface of the piecrust. In a separate bowl, combine eggs, milk or cream, cheddar cheese, chopped chives, and mushrooms. Give your mixture a hit of salt and pepper (and chile if you’re so inclined) and combine. Once mixed, pour into your pie shell and pop into a 375 F preheated oven for about 45 minutes. Once the crust is golden around the edges and a toothpick inserted in the middle comes out clean, your quiche is ready. Let it rest for 10 minutes and serve with a crisp, green salad.
 

Go Crustless

If you’re looking to reduce your gluten or carb intake, then a crustless quiche is for you. This recipe tastes great with a side of sautéed asparagus or a beet salad. No crust, no fuss, just tasty avocado-eggy goodness!  

Recipe: Crustless Avocado Quiche

Ingredients:
  • 5-6 eggs
  • ¼ c. whole milk
  • Crispy fried bacon (regular or turkey), finely chopped or crumbled
  • A pinch of salt and pepper
  • 1 ripe avocado
  • Cherry tomatoes, halved (optional)
  Directions: Crack eggs into a large bowl and add milk to give your quiche a little lift. Add bacon to the mix for some textural variety. Season with salt (not too much because of the bacon) and pepper. Pour into an ovenproof pie plate and place in a 275 F preheated oven for about 20-30 minutes (or until the egg mixture begins to set but is still moist). Remove from the oven and arrange thin slices of avocado on top in an elegant fan shape. You can also stud the top of the quiche with some tomato cherry halves (cut-side up) and return to the oven on broil to let the avocado and tomatoes brûlée for about 10 minutes, until the edges start crisping. Remove from oven and let stand for about 10 minutes before cutting into wedges.
 

Bake Mini Avocado Quiches Inside Avocado Skin

Mini quiches are all the rage, from adorable avocado and pepper jack quiche bites to avocado rosemary egg canapes. One cool aspect of avocados: Their sturdy skin serves as a convenient baking dish! With this recipe, you can dig right in or spoon onto crunchy toasted farm bread slices.  

Recipe: Avo Quiche Boat

Ingredients:
  • 4 ripe avocados, halved
  • 1 leek
  • 1 tbsp. olive oil
  • 2-3 eggs
  • A splash of milk
  • Freshly ground pepper
  • Feta cheese, to taste
  • Oregano, to taste
  Directions: Carefully slice avocados in half, lengthwise, around the pit. Twist the halves apart. Scoop some of the avocado out, as you’ll need a larger cavity, but leave a layer of insulating avocado intact. Set aside and prepare your quiche mixture. Thinly slice a leek crosswise; make sure to get a bit of the leaves as well as the bulb. Splash olive oil into a small skillet and caramelize leeks over high heat, taking care not to burn them. Set aside. In a small bowl, beat eggs and a splash of milk. Stir in leeks and add freshly ground pepper. Place avocado halves on a baking tray and fill the cavities with the quiche mixture, being careful not to overfill. To compensate for a layer of avocado that you can’t salt extensively, crumble feta on top of the mixture before placing the baking tray into a 350 F preheated oven for about 20 minutes, keeping an eye on the egg mixture to ensure eggs are set. Remove and sprinkle with a pinch of oregano.
  Find more creative brunch recipes in our avocado recipe archives.  

The post Avocado and Quiche 3 Ways appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Adding Even More Green to Your Salad: How to Make Amazing Avocado Salads https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/adding-even-green-salad-make-amazing-avocado-salads/ Tue, 01 Nov 2016 22:28:27 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17891

Put away the bottles of salad dressings, roll up your sleeves, and get ready to be creative! You're about to experiment with salad, one of the easiest, most versatile dishes you can make, regardless of your culinary skills! Here are a few ideas to get you started:

Sunny Citrus-Based Salads

Salad = greens, right? True, lettuces and other leafy greens are the traditional base of many salads, but sometimes, it's nice to inject bright, sunny notes into the salad-making routine. When it's gray outside, bring Spain into your kitchen with this salad: Start with blood or navel oranges, which you should peel and slice into thin rounds. Arrange the orange slices on a plate and top with thinly-sliced red onions, avocado slices, a scattering of pistachio nuts or almond slivers, and re-hydrated raisins (a handful of raisins plumped up in a 10-minute hot water bath — leave the water behind once the raisins are hydrated). Finish it off with salt, pepper, chopped parsley, Sherry vinegar, and a good, Spanish olive oil. Not feeling the oranges? Try grapefruit and add mint for another fresh and fabulous combination. If you're so inclined, go ahead and add a grilled protein like duck or turkey to your salad.

A Favorite for Seafood Fans

We know, avocado and crab or avocado and shrimp are a marriage made in food heaven. You can hollow out half an avocado and save the peel to present your "boat" of seafood-laden goodness. We like to start with gently steamed Argentinean shrimp (they taste like lobster!) if you can find them, or spot prawns. Toss with some lime juice and zest, Greek yogurt, mashed avocado, finely diced celery and shallots, freshly grated pepper, a pinch of cayenne pepper and minced parsley. Fill your "boat" back up, top with some fine slivers of avocado and a chiffonade (thin strips) of tarragon, and serve immediately.

If you prefer diced, steamed lobster tails, crab meat, cooked scallops, or even grilled calamari, go for it! Switch out the parsley for your favorite fresh herb (basil, tarragon, or chives are all delicious choices), and add a dollop of light sour cream.

Want to skip the dairy? No problem! Take a cue from Toronto's The Carbon Bar and make a citrusy, fresh wild shrimp ceviche (sushi-grade, citrus-marinated, raw, diced fish), with Serrano peppers, tomatillos, diced avocado, a tomato-based salsa, and coriander. It's a big hit!

Play with Your Greens

Looking for a meaty salad that's vegan? Here's the ticket: Take a big bunch of de-stemmed kale that's been chopped and sprinkled with a little sea salt. Massage the kale for a few minutes until soft, and place the leaves in a salad bowl. Toss in one carrot (cut into matchsticks) , a diced cucumber, red onion, and red pepper. Make a dressing of avocado (about half of one), lemon juice, and olive oil: stir to combine well or give it a quick blitz in your blender. Tahini can be added for a richer, deeper flavor. Add freshly cracked black pepper to your dressing, pour it over the salad, and toss to combine. Want more? Add cooked chickpeas, white beans, or lentils before tossing and serving. And you can cube the rest of your avocado and toss that in too, while you're at it! Who needs steak?

Looking for more inspiration? Check out this selection of avocado-based salads!

The post Adding Even More Green to Your Salad: How to Make Amazing Avocado Salads appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Put away the bottles of salad dressings, roll up your sleeves, and get ready to be creative! You're about to experiment with salad, one of the easiest, most versatile dishes you can make, regardless of your culinary skills! Here are a few ideas to get you started:

Sunny Citrus-Based Salads

Salad = greens, right? True, lettuces and other leafy greens are the traditional base of many salads, but sometimes, it's nice to inject bright, sunny notes into the salad-making routine. When it's gray outside, bring Spain into your kitchen with this salad: Start with blood or navel oranges, which you should peel and slice into thin rounds. Arrange the orange slices on a plate and top with thinly-sliced red onions, avocado slices, a scattering of pistachio nuts or almond slivers, and re-hydrated raisins (a handful of raisins plumped up in a 10-minute hot water bath — leave the water behind once the raisins are hydrated). Finish it off with salt, pepper, chopped parsley, Sherry vinegar, and a good, Spanish olive oil. Not feeling the oranges? Try grapefruit and add mint for another fresh and fabulous combination. If you're so inclined, go ahead and add a grilled protein like duck or turkey to your salad.

A Favorite for Seafood Fans

We know, avocado and crab or avocado and shrimp are a marriage made in food heaven. You can hollow out half an avocado and save the peel to present your "boat" of seafood-laden goodness. We like to start with gently steamed Argentinean shrimp (they taste like lobster!) if you can find them, or spot prawns. Toss with some lime juice and zest, Greek yogurt, mashed avocado, finely diced celery and shallots, freshly grated pepper, a pinch of cayenne pepper and minced parsley. Fill your "boat" back up, top with some fine slivers of avocado and a chiffonade (thin strips) of tarragon, and serve immediately. If you prefer diced, steamed lobster tails, crab meat, cooked scallops, or even grilled calamari, go for it! Switch out the parsley for your favorite fresh herb (basil, tarragon, or chives are all delicious choices), and add a dollop of light sour cream. Want to skip the dairy? No problem! Take a cue from Toronto's The Carbon Bar and make a citrusy, fresh wild shrimp ceviche (sushi-grade, citrus-marinated, raw, diced fish), with Serrano peppers, tomatillos, diced avocado, a tomato-based salsa, and coriander. It's a big hit!

Play with Your Greens

Looking for a meaty salad that's vegan? Here's the ticket: Take a big bunch of de-stemmed kale that's been chopped and sprinkled with a little sea salt. Massage the kale for a few minutes until soft, and place the leaves in a salad bowl. Toss in one carrot (cut into matchsticks) , a diced cucumber, red onion, and red pepper. Make a dressing of avocado (about half of one), lemon juice, and olive oil: stir to combine well or give it a quick blitz in your blender. Tahini can be added for a richer, deeper flavor. Add freshly cracked black pepper to your dressing, pour it over the salad, and toss to combine. Want more? Add cooked chickpeas, white beans, or lentils before tossing and serving. And you can cube the rest of your avocado and toss that in too, while you're at it! Who needs steak? Looking for more inspiration? Check out this selection of avocado-based salads!

The post Adding Even More Green to Your Salad: How to Make Amazing Avocado Salads appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Hello Fall: It’s Time for Tailgating https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/hello-fall-time-tailgating/ Thu, 27 Oct 2016 16:44:44 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17868

Fall means many things: pumpkin spice lattes, football season, and of course, tailgating. On the surface, the century-old tradition of tailgating is about celebrating sports. But according to John Sherry, a University of Notre Dame anthropologist, when people tailgate, they are making a “a real active and orchestrated effort in community building." It's a time for people to come together over their favorite football team, cook and eat food together, and maybe throw back a few beers. Some families have been tailgating for generations — sometimes even in the same location for years — and they form welcoming communities (as long as you support the same team!).

Want to join them? You've gotta come prepared. Want to up your tailgating game? This checklist will give you tips for becoming a master tailgater (and might even win you a few new friends).

  1. Get some canopy tents.

    Canopy tents offer shade on those super-sunny days early in the season, and can save your food (and fun!) from rain or snow later on in the season. Some canopy tents even have options to add wind screens, mesh screens to keep out bugs, or a sunscreen. It helps to find one that works well in windy conditions, unless you feel like chasing your canopy tent across the parking lot.

  2. Make a tailgating toolbox

    You can turn a regular toolbox into a tailgater's box of essentials, holding everything from cooking and serving utensils and lighters and cleaning supplies, to a first aid kit. And don't forget your favorite condiments! Keep your toolbox loaded and waiting in your trunk for all your tailgating needs this season.

  3. Plan your drinks.

    Drinks are a must-have for any tailgate party, but who says you have to stick to beer? A make-your-own Bloody Mary bar is a fun way to get creative and make everyone else do the work. This guide offers some killer ideas, including flavored salts for the rim and a pickle-infused vodka. For non-alcoholic options, consider this cucumber lemonade mocktail from Food & Wine for adults, or an ice cream soda bar from Celebrations at Home for younger fans.

  4. Make some dishes ahead of time.

    Any dish you can make ahead of the big game will give you more time to hang out with your friends. This cold avocado tomatillo soup from Avocados from Mexico is easy enough to throw together the night before and store in the cooler. And guacamole is always a crowd pleaser.

  5. Get creative with dessert.

    Your team loyalty can extend beyond the game and into your desserts. Check out this guide to figure out your team color's icing formula. It's time for your cakes or cookies to rep your team the right way!

AVO TIP: When making guacamole ahead of time, here's some great advice on how to “keep your guac green" from Chef Pati Jinich.

AVO TIP: If you just can't live without guac, though, check out this video tip from Chef Pati Jinich!

The post Hello Fall: It’s Time for Tailgating appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Fall means many things: pumpkin spice lattes, football season, and of course, tailgating. On the surface, the century-old tradition of tailgating is about celebrating sports. But according to John Sherry, a University of Notre Dame anthropologist, when people tailgate, they are making a “a real active and orchestrated effort in community building." It's a time for people to come together over their favorite football team, cook and eat food together, and maybe throw back a few beers. Some families have been tailgating for generations — sometimes even in the same location for years — and they form welcoming communities (as long as you support the same team!). Want to join them? You've gotta come prepared. Want to up your tailgating game? This checklist will give you tips for becoming a master tailgater (and might even win you a few new friends).
  1. Get some canopy tents.

    Canopy tents offer shade on those super-sunny days early in the season, and can save your food (and fun!) from rain or snow later on in the season. Some canopy tents even have options to add wind screens, mesh screens to keep out bugs, or a sunscreen. It helps to find one that works well in windy conditions, unless you feel like chasing your canopy tent across the parking lot.
  2. Make a tailgating toolbox

    You can turn a regular toolbox into a tailgater's box of essentials, holding everything from cooking and serving utensils and lighters and cleaning supplies, to a first aid kit. And don't forget your favorite condiments! Keep your toolbox loaded and waiting in your trunk for all your tailgating needs this season.
  3. Plan your drinks.

    Drinks are a must-have for any tailgate party, but who says you have to stick to beer? A make-your-own Bloody Mary bar is a fun way to get creative and make everyone else do the work. This guide offers some killer ideas, including flavored salts for the rim and a pickle-infused vodka. For non-alcoholic options, consider this cucumber lemonade mocktail from Food & Wine for adults, or an ice cream soda bar from Celebrations at Home for younger fans.
  4. Make some dishes ahead of time.

    Any dish you can make ahead of the big game will give you more time to hang out with your friends. This cold avocado tomatillo soup from Avocados from Mexico is easy enough to throw together the night before and store in the cooler. And guacamole is always a crowd pleaser.
  5. Get creative with dessert.

    Your team loyalty can extend beyond the game and into your desserts. Check out this guide to figure out your team color's icing formula. It's time for your cakes or cookies to rep your team the right way!
AVO TIP: When making guacamole ahead of time, here's some great advice on how to “keep your guac green" from Chef Pati Jinich. AVO TIP: If you just can't live without guac, though, check out this video tip from Chef Pati Jinich!

The post Hello Fall: It’s Time for Tailgating appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Día de Muertos-Inspired Halloween Pumpkins https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/dia-de-muertos-inspired-pumpkin-patterns/ Thu, 27 Oct 2016 16:38:53 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17859

Día de Muertos, or “Day of the Dead,” is a Mexican holiday that honors family and friends who have passed. It’s about remembering and celebrating the good things in life: the people we love.

 

It’s similar to Halloween in that it focuses on spirits and the afterlife. Yet, while most Halloween traditions center around warding off evil spirits, Day of the Dead welcomes the spirits of returning loved ones. The symbols of these holidays differ, too. Witches, ghosts, goblins, and carved pumpkins dominate Halloween décor, whereas skeletons, coffins, brightly colored flowers, and elaborate sugar skulls are common symbols associated with the Day of the Dead.

 

Like a batch of delicious guacamole, good things happen when you mash things together. Why not give your Halloween pumpkins a Día de Muertos flair with these fun design ideas?

 

Skull Jack-o’-Lanterns

The simplest way to rock a Day of the Dead vibe with your pumpkin is to forego the traditional triangular eyes and gap-toothed grin and opt for a more realistic skull look instead. To accomplish this, you’ll want a long, tall pumpkin for the best effect and a thin, sharp knife to get the rounded eye sockets and teeth. Print out a skull pumpkin carving pattern, then tape the stencil to your pumpkin and make pin pricks through the paper onto the skin of the pumpkin that you can then follow with your knife.

 

Día de Muertos Avo Skulls

Pumpkins aren’t the only fruit to carve in fall! Avocados From Mexico are in season year-round and a fun addition to the carved pumpkins on your doorstep. Día de Muertos Avo Skulls are a fun craft for adults and supervised kids old enough to safely handle knives.

 

What you need:

  • 1 firm avocado
  • 1 lemon
  • Small knife
  • Marker
  • Wooden skewer or toothpick

 

Directions: Draw your design onto the avocado. Carve with a knife and remove the loose chunks. Squeeze lemon juice over the exposed green flesh of the avocado to keep it from turning brown.

 

Sugar Skull Pumpkins

Sugary skulls decorated with colorful icing are a popular craft for Day of the Dead. You’ll need special molds and plenty of time to make them from sugar, but another option is to carve a pumpkin in a sugar skull pattern. Besides the eye sockets and teeth, you’ll carve thin lines, circles, and flower shapes as decoration.

 

Pumpkin Spice Guacamole

Every pumpkin carving party should come with a great big, bootiful bowl of guacamole! This pumpkin spice guacamole recipe mixes cozy autumn spices with melt-in-your-mouth avocados. Use some of the leftover pumpkin pulp from your carving party or simply pick up a can of pumpkin at the grocery store.

 

Scoop with:

  • Graham crackers
  • Rice crackers
  • Honeycrisp apple slices
  • Soft pretzels

 

Painted Sugar Skull Pumpkins

If you’d rather not take a knife to your pumpkin, another option is to paint it to look like a sugar skull. This is much safer for little kids, since no sharp knives are involved. Be sure to choose a pumpkin with a smooth, even surface to make your no-carve sugar skull pumpkin. Paint the shape of the skull in white. Then, let your creativity loose as you decorate with colorful fine-tipped markers. Finish off your design by applying some glitter.

Surface Pumpkin Carving*

Another alternative to hollowing out and carving up your pumpkin is to simply carve a design onto the surface skin. The best tools for this kind of job are linoleum blades and wood chisels: They’ll allow you to scrape off thin sheets of pumpkin skin and flesh so you can create a relief pattern of a sugar skull or anything else you can dream up.

 

Avocado Pit Carving*

Don’t put up your blades and chisels just yet! Another fun Dia de Muertos arts and crafts activity is carving avocado pits. Etch a sugar skull into the surface of the pit or carve more deeply to completely sculp the pit into a new shape or figure. Let your finished piece dry for over 24 hours and finish the surface with oil or decorate with acrylic paint.

 

If you just can’t give up the Halloween tradition of carving, here are some tips that will make your experience easier and safer:

  • Choose a pumpkin that has a flat base. If you’re having trouble finding one, put a few small balls of modeling clay underneath it to create a base so your pumpkin won’t roll.
  • Use an ice cream scoop to empty out the pumpkin’s guts — and don’t forget to save and roast the seeds for a tasty treat!
  • Map out your design on the pumpkin with a dry-erase marker before you start cutting. You can erase and start over again if you make a mistake and wipe off marks left on the pumpkin after carving.
  • Smear petroleum jelly on cut areas to help preserve your design and keep it from drying out too quickly.

 

Check out these Halloween-themed snacks, perfect for a pumpkin carving party!

 

*Please be advised that using knives to carve pumpkins and avocado pits can be dangerous and should be performed with the utmost caution and only with adult supervision.

The post Día de Muertos-Inspired Halloween Pumpkins appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Día de Muertos, or “Day of the Dead,” is a Mexican holiday that honors family and friends who have passed. It’s about remembering and celebrating the good things in life: the people we love.   It’s similar to Halloween in that it focuses on spirits and the afterlife. Yet, while most Halloween traditions center around warding off evil spirits, Day of the Dead welcomes the spirits of returning loved ones. The symbols of these holidays differ, too. Witches, ghosts, goblins, and carved pumpkins dominate Halloween décor, whereas skeletons, coffins, brightly colored flowers, and elaborate sugar skulls are common symbols associated with the Day of the Dead.   Like a batch of delicious guacamole, good things happen when you mash things together. Why not give your Halloween pumpkins a Día de Muertos flair with these fun design ideas?  

Skull Jack-o’-Lanterns

The simplest way to rock a Day of the Dead vibe with your pumpkin is to forego the traditional triangular eyes and gap-toothed grin and opt for a more realistic skull look instead. To accomplish this, you’ll want a long, tall pumpkin for the best effect and a thin, sharp knife to get the rounded eye sockets and teeth. Print out a skull pumpkin carving pattern, then tape the stencil to your pumpkin and make pin pricks through the paper onto the skin of the pumpkin that you can then follow with your knife.  

Día de Muertos Avo Skulls

Pumpkins aren’t the only fruit to carve in fall! Avocados From Mexico are in season year-round and a fun addition to the carved pumpkins on your doorstep. Día de Muertos Avo Skulls are a fun craft for adults and supervised kids old enough to safely handle knives.   What you need:
  • 1 firm avocado
  • 1 lemon
  • Small knife
  • Marker
  • Wooden skewer or toothpick
  Directions: Draw your design onto the avocado. Carve with a knife and remove the loose chunks. Squeeze lemon juice over the exposed green flesh of the avocado to keep it from turning brown.
 

Sugar Skull Pumpkins

Sugary skulls decorated with colorful icing are a popular craft for Day of the Dead. You’ll need special molds and plenty of time to make them from sugar, but another option is to carve a pumpkin in a sugar skull pattern. Besides the eye sockets and teeth, you’ll carve thin lines, circles, and flower shapes as decoration.  

Pumpkin Spice Guacamole

Every pumpkin carving party should come with a great big, bootiful bowl of guacamole! This pumpkin spice guacamole recipe mixes cozy autumn spices with melt-in-your-mouth avocados. Use some of the leftover pumpkin pulp from your carving party or simply pick up a can of pumpkin at the grocery store.   Scoop with:
  • Graham crackers
  • Rice crackers
  • Honeycrisp apple slices
  • Soft pretzels
 

Painted Sugar Skull Pumpkins

If you’d rather not take a knife to your pumpkin, another option is to paint it to look like a sugar skull. This is much safer for little kids, since no sharp knives are involved. Be sure to choose a pumpkin with a smooth, even surface to make your no-carve sugar skull pumpkin. Paint the shape of the skull in white. Then, let your creativity loose as you decorate with colorful fine-tipped markers. Finish off your design by applying some glitter.

Surface Pumpkin Carving*

Another alternative to hollowing out and carving up your pumpkin is to simply carve a design onto the surface skin. The best tools for this kind of job are linoleum blades and wood chisels: They’ll allow you to scrape off thin sheets of pumpkin skin and flesh so you can create a relief pattern of a sugar skull or anything else you can dream up.  

Avocado Pit Carving*

Don’t put up your blades and chisels just yet! Another fun Dia de Muertos arts and crafts activity is carving avocado pits. Etch a sugar skull into the surface of the pit or carve more deeply to completely sculp the pit into a new shape or figure. Let your finished piece dry for over 24 hours and finish the surface with oil or decorate with acrylic paint.
  If you just can’t give up the Halloween tradition of carving, here are some tips that will make your experience easier and safer:
  • Choose a pumpkin that has a flat base. If you’re having trouble finding one, put a few small balls of modeling clay underneath it to create a base so your pumpkin won’t roll.
  • Use an ice cream scoop to empty out the pumpkin’s guts — and don’t forget to save and roast the seeds for a tasty treat!
  • Map out your design on the pumpkin with a dry-erase marker before you start cutting. You can erase and start over again if you make a mistake and wipe off marks left on the pumpkin after carving.
  • Smear petroleum jelly on cut areas to help preserve your design and keep it from drying out too quickly.
  Check out these Halloween-themed snacks, perfect for a pumpkin carving party!   *Please be advised that using knives to carve pumpkins and avocado pits can be dangerous and should be performed with the utmost caution and only with adult supervision.

The post Día de Muertos-Inspired Halloween Pumpkins appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Avocado-Inspired Halloween Treats https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avocado-inspired-halloween-treats/ Thu, 27 Oct 2016 16:37:38 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17863

Halloween brings with it more treats than most sane parents and caregivers could possibly want their kids to eat.

So, what do you do?

May we suggest adding a new trick to the holiday book by making your own avocado-inspired Halloween treats for a little balance to all the festivities? If this sounds a little too "out there" for your favorite little ghoul, it's not ... honest! We're talking about delectable treats made creamy, decadent, and delicious by everyone's favorite green fruit — avocado. Here's how you go about it!

Cool Treats

Kids love pudding, so why not mix up a scratch-made, no-cook chocolate pudding (we're looking at you, non-dessert makers!)? This is so easy, there's no need to even turn on the stove or take out a pan! Instead, take a whole, ripe, and pitted avocado, scoop out the flesh, and add into a blender with four tablespoons of good quality, raw cocoa powder, three to four tablespoons of honey or agave syrup (depending on preferred sweetness), and a half cup of almond or cashew milk. Add a pinch of sea salt and a half teaspoon of vanilla extract, then blend until smooth. Pour into fun little skull-shaped cups or something equally frightful, chill and serve. Sprinkle with dark chocolate chips and toasted almond slivers or gummy eyeballs and watch the kids devour your treats.

If your kids are adventurous and like tapioca, then try a chia seed pudding. To make the pudding, use a preserving jar with a lid and add about two cups of your favorite milk (nut, soy or dairy), the zest of one organic lemon, a sprinkling of cinnamon, a handful of washed, red, seedless grapes, and half a cup of chia seeds. Stir in four tablespoons of coconut sugar and the mashed flesh of one avocado. Make sure all is well combined and refrigerate overnight. Miniature "fish eyeball" pudding is served! Gross and good, right?

Dip'n Donuts

There's nothing like a freshly made donut, fritter, or churro to excite any kid on Halloween. Instead of the typical hot fudge dipping sauce, stir up a cauldron's worth of a ghoulishly grand green dipping sauce! Combine one avocado (peeled and pitted) with vanilla flavored yogurt, a drizzle of maple syrup, and a squeeze of lemon juice. Use a hand mixer or immersion blender to combine until silky smooth. Dip your heart out or use the dip to drizzle on Angel's Food Cake, Devil's Food Cake, or cupcakes, and decorate with gummy worms.

The Devil's Own Cakes

Dark chocolate cake, brownies as black as night, or "lava" cakes all benefit from the addition of creamy, dreamy avocados. For some who don't consume dairy products, avocados, even in baked goods, easily take the place of cream, eggs, and butter. If dairy and lactose don't bother you, you can still add the decadent goodness of avocados into your next batch of black-out cupcakes or brownies. If you don't tell the kids, it's pretty much guaranteed they'll never know!

Savory Solutions

Who says all Halloween treats have to be sweet? Why not take the savory route and give deviled eggs a gory makeover? Take hard-boiled egg yolks and combine with avocado flesh, a few dashes of your favorite hot sauce, green onion slivers, salt, pepper, and mayo. Fill in the egg whites and drop a slice of a black olive on top (to resemble an eyeball). Drizzle Sriracha down the egg yolk, and voilà: a treat that's gory and great!

Feeling really adventurous? Hollow out the center of a cauliflower and fill it with an avocado and salsa based dip made with mashed avocados, finely chopped red onions, tomatoes, cilantro, diced and de-seeded jalapeño, and a good splash of lime juice. Add salt, pepper, and your favorite hot sauce and serve your home made salsa in your "brain" bowl. Don't forget the tortilla chips.

Have a spooktacular time this Halloween!

The post Avocado-Inspired Halloween Treats appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Halloween brings with it more treats than most sane parents and caregivers could possibly want their kids to eat. So, what do you do? May we suggest adding a new trick to the holiday book by making your own avocado-inspired Halloween treats for a little balance to all the festivities? If this sounds a little too "out there" for your favorite little ghoul, it's not ... honest! We're talking about delectable treats made creamy, decadent, and delicious by everyone's favorite green fruit — avocado. Here's how you go about it!

Cool Treats

Kids love pudding, so why not mix up a scratch-made, no-cook chocolate pudding (we're looking at you, non-dessert makers!)? This is so easy, there's no need to even turn on the stove or take out a pan! Instead, take a whole, ripe, and pitted avocado, scoop out the flesh, and add into a blender with four tablespoons of good quality, raw cocoa powder, three to four tablespoons of honey or agave syrup (depending on preferred sweetness), and a half cup of almond or cashew milk. Add a pinch of sea salt and a half teaspoon of vanilla extract, then blend until smooth. Pour into fun little skull-shaped cups or something equally frightful, chill and serve. Sprinkle with dark chocolate chips and toasted almond slivers or gummy eyeballs and watch the kids devour your treats. If your kids are adventurous and like tapioca, then try a chia seed pudding. To make the pudding, use a preserving jar with a lid and add about two cups of your favorite milk (nut, soy or dairy), the zest of one organic lemon, a sprinkling of cinnamon, a handful of washed, red, seedless grapes, and half a cup of chia seeds. Stir in four tablespoons of coconut sugar and the mashed flesh of one avocado. Make sure all is well combined and refrigerate overnight. Miniature "fish eyeball" pudding is served! Gross and good, right?

Dip'n Donuts

There's nothing like a freshly made donut, fritter, or churro to excite any kid on Halloween. Instead of the typical hot fudge dipping sauce, stir up a cauldron's worth of a ghoulishly grand green dipping sauce! Combine one avocado (peeled and pitted) with vanilla flavored yogurt, a drizzle of maple syrup, and a squeeze of lemon juice. Use a hand mixer or immersion blender to combine until silky smooth. Dip your heart out or use the dip to drizzle on Angel's Food Cake, Devil's Food Cake, or cupcakes, and decorate with gummy worms.

The Devil's Own Cakes

Dark chocolate cake, brownies as black as night, or "lava" cakes all benefit from the addition of creamy, dreamy avocados. For some who don't consume dairy products, avocados, even in baked goods, easily take the place of cream, eggs, and butter. If dairy and lactose don't bother you, you can still add the decadent goodness of avocados into your next batch of black-out cupcakes or brownies. If you don't tell the kids, it's pretty much guaranteed they'll never know!

Savory Solutions

Who says all Halloween treats have to be sweet? Why not take the savory route and give deviled eggs a gory makeover? Take hard-boiled egg yolks and combine with avocado flesh, a few dashes of your favorite hot sauce, green onion slivers, salt, pepper, and mayo. Fill in the egg whites and drop a slice of a black olive on top (to resemble an eyeball). Drizzle Sriracha down the egg yolk, and voilà: a treat that's gory and great! Feeling really adventurous? Hollow out the center of a cauliflower and fill it with an avocado and salsa based dip made with mashed avocados, finely chopped red onions, tomatoes, cilantro, diced and de-seeded jalapeño, and a good splash of lime juice. Add salt, pepper, and your favorite hot sauce and serve your home made salsa in your "brain" bowl. Don't forget the tortilla chips. Have a spooktacular time this Halloween!

The post Avocado-Inspired Halloween Treats appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
5 Fun Ways to Use Apple Cider https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-fun-ways-use-apple-cider/ Wed, 26 Oct 2016 16:41:06 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17866

If fall has a flavor, it's definitely apple cider. We love everything about this drink: its smell, its taste, and all the childhood memories it evokes.

But did you know you can use cider for more than a cozy refreshment to keep you warm by the fire? It's true, and we have five fun ways to experiment with this drink you thought was so familiar!

But first, a quick primer on cider in the U.S.: The word "cider" is not regulated and can refer to a broad range of products: unfiltered, unprocessed apple juice; apple juice from freshly picked apples; or simply another name for apple juice. "Hard cider" refers to fermented, alcoholic cider (which the rest of world simply calls "cider"). It's good to know these distinctions before you attempt to make a cider drink for kids or a cocktail for adults — neither group would appreciate a mix-up.

Now that you know what cider is, let's talk about some of the ways you can use it in the kitchen:

1. As a liquid for braising meats.

The sweet, comforting taste of apple cider is completely at home in the kitchen as a braising liquid for meats like beef brisket or pork shoulder. Toss in some root vegetables like parsnips, carrots, and potatoes, and let the braised meat slow cook in a clay pot or ovenproof Dutch oven. You'll taste the unmistakeable flavor of fall in this fork-tender meat — comfort food doesn't get much better!

2. As an added ingredient in fall soups.

Happen to have some extra cider on hand? Add it to a fall soup for a depth charge of autumnal flavor. Apple cider is completely at home in a savory bowl of butternut squash soup with a little fresh sage. You can also use it in onion, cauliflower, and potato soups. While you can taste test your way to perfection, as a general rule of thumb, you can substitute one cup of cider for an equal amount of stock or broth.

AVO TIP: Nothing goes better with soup than a sandwich! Watch this video to see how Chef Pati Jinich creates the ultimate avocado sandwich. It's a perfect fall crowd-pleaser!

3. As a syrup and sweetener with multiple uses.

Cider syrup is simple to make and has lots of uses in the kitchen. Take one cup of apple cider and heat it in a small pot until most of the liquid has evaporated, leaving a thick, sticky syrup. Think of it as a sweetener. Drizzle this syrup over ice cream for dessert or over pancakes and waffles at breakfast and brunch.

You can also use cider syrup as a glaze for meats like pork or turkey, or roasted vegetables like carrots and onion. Splash a little in a salad dressing made of 1 tablespoon of apple cider vinegar, 3 tablespoons of olive oil, 1 tablespoon of Dijon mustard, add salt and pepper to taste, and you have the perfect topping for a big spinach salad (puree half an avocado with it for a creamier dressing).

4. As the featured ingredient in a sorbet.

Mix a cup of apple cider with one cup of simple syrup (equal parts sugar and water, heated until the sugar dissolves), some ground cinnamon, and a few squirts of lemon juice to brighten the flavor. Chill until cold, then churn in an ice cream machine until it is frozen. No ice cream machine? No problem! Use the same recipe to make a granita-style sweet by pouring the mix into a pan, freezing for an hour, and then scraping the pan with a fork. Repeat this process until all the mix has been scraped into an icy slush, which should take a few hours.

5. As the secret ingredient in a cocktail.

Remember the cider syrup you made? That bit you've got left is begging to be combined with some bourbon, ginger beer, and a splash of lemon juice for a sophisticated fall cocktail. Have a teetotaler who won't tipple? Just leave out the bourbon for an alcohol-free version.

Speaking of drinks, fall is the perfect time for a seasonal twist on sangria: apple cider sangria. Take two cups of apple cider and mix with one bottle of white wine, some ginger ale, and slices of different types of apples, oranges, and lemons.

And don't forget hard cider, cider's fun, slightly boozier cousin. Try mixing it with ginger beer (alcoholic or non), and a little cranberry juice for a tart, spicy, sweet, and refreshing drink.

The post 5 Fun Ways to Use Apple Cider appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If fall has a flavor, it's definitely apple cider. We love everything about this drink: its smell, its taste, and all the childhood memories it evokes. But did you know you can use cider for more than a cozy refreshment to keep you warm by the fire? It's true, and we have five fun ways to experiment with this drink you thought was so familiar! But first, a quick primer on cider in the U.S.: The word "cider" is not regulated and can refer to a broad range of products: unfiltered, unprocessed apple juice; apple juice from freshly picked apples; or simply another name for apple juice. "Hard cider" refers to fermented, alcoholic cider (which the rest of world simply calls "cider"). It's good to know these distinctions before you attempt to make a cider drink for kids or a cocktail for adults — neither group would appreciate a mix-up. Now that you know what cider is, let's talk about some of the ways you can use it in the kitchen:

1. As a liquid for braising meats.

The sweet, comforting taste of apple cider is completely at home in the kitchen as a braising liquid for meats like beef brisket or pork shoulder. Toss in some root vegetables like parsnips, carrots, and potatoes, and let the braised meat slow cook in a clay pot or ovenproof Dutch oven. You'll taste the unmistakeable flavor of fall in this fork-tender meat — comfort food doesn't get much better!

2. As an added ingredient in fall soups.

Happen to have some extra cider on hand? Add it to a fall soup for a depth charge of autumnal flavor. Apple cider is completely at home in a savory bowl of butternut squash soup with a little fresh sage. You can also use it in onion, cauliflower, and potato soups. While you can taste test your way to perfection, as a general rule of thumb, you can substitute one cup of cider for an equal amount of stock or broth. AVO TIP: Nothing goes better with soup than a sandwich! Watch this video to see how Chef Pati Jinich creates the ultimate avocado sandwich. It's a perfect fall crowd-pleaser!

3. As a syrup and sweetener with multiple uses.

Cider syrup is simple to make and has lots of uses in the kitchen. Take one cup of apple cider and heat it in a small pot until most of the liquid has evaporated, leaving a thick, sticky syrup. Think of it as a sweetener. Drizzle this syrup over ice cream for dessert or over pancakes and waffles at breakfast and brunch. You can also use cider syrup as a glaze for meats like pork or turkey, or roasted vegetables like carrots and onion. Splash a little in a salad dressing made of 1 tablespoon of apple cider vinegar, 3 tablespoons of olive oil, 1 tablespoon of Dijon mustard, add salt and pepper to taste, and you have the perfect topping for a big spinach salad (puree half an avocado with it for a creamier dressing).

4. As the featured ingredient in a sorbet.

Mix a cup of apple cider with one cup of simple syrup (equal parts sugar and water, heated until the sugar dissolves), some ground cinnamon, and a few squirts of lemon juice to brighten the flavor. Chill until cold, then churn in an ice cream machine until it is frozen. No ice cream machine? No problem! Use the same recipe to make a granita-style sweet by pouring the mix into a pan, freezing for an hour, and then scraping the pan with a fork. Repeat this process until all the mix has been scraped into an icy slush, which should take a few hours.

5. As the secret ingredient in a cocktail.

Remember the cider syrup you made? That bit you've got left is begging to be combined with some bourbon, ginger beer, and a splash of lemon juice for a sophisticated fall cocktail. Have a teetotaler who won't tipple? Just leave out the bourbon for an alcohol-free version. Speaking of drinks, fall is the perfect time for a seasonal twist on sangria: apple cider sangria. Take two cups of apple cider and mix with one bottle of white wine, some ginger ale, and slices of different types of apples, oranges, and lemons. And don't forget hard cider, cider's fun, slightly boozier cousin. Try mixing it with ginger beer (alcoholic or non), and a little cranberry juice for a tart, spicy, sweet, and refreshing drink.

The post 5 Fun Ways to Use Apple Cider appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Holidays Around the World https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/holidays-around-world/ Tue, 25 Oct 2016 16:16:49 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17865

Halloween, Día de Muertos, Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Year's Eve dominate the festivity calendar for the last three months of the year. But they're not the only celebrations taking place during the fall and winter. Let's have a look at what other celebrations and festivities take place in October, November, and December around the world.

China

Celebrates the Chongyang, or Double Ninth Festival, which is held on the ninth day of the ninth lunar calendar month, usually October. The number nine sounds like yang(masculine), and chong means double, hence Chongyang. People eat Chonyang cake (a steamed, layered cake) and drink chrysanthemum wine, which is believed to drive evil away, and go hiking and climbing. It is also Senior Citizens' Day, so families honor their elders, too.

Canadians

Celebrate Thanksgiving on the second Monday in October. Early settlers and explorers held feasts of thanks, sometimes with their First Nations neighbors, for good harvests, safe sea passages, or the end of wars. The first recorded Thanksgiving took place in 1578, when the Arctic expedition led by explorer Martin Frobisher survived very harsh weather conditions. Families get together for a meal of roast turkey, mashed potatoes with gravy, stuffing, winter vegetables, and pumpkin pie. Later, they go for walks in the woods and watch football.

“Remember, remember, the fifth of November, Gunpowder treason and plot…." goes the famous rhyme that people in the United Kingdom recite every November 5. The date commemorates the failed Gunpowder Plot of the 17th century, when a group of Catholics tried to blow up Parliament. Guy Fawkes, an explosives expert, became the most famous conspirator.

Guy Fawkes Day

Is tradionally celebrated with parades, fireworks, and bonfires on which Guy Fawkes effigies are set alight. Children parade around homemade effigies while chanting, “A penny for the guy!"

Every year, at 11 a.m. on November 11, people in the U.K. and the Commonwealth observe two minutes of silence on Remembrance Day to pay their respects to soldiers fallen in the line of duty. The time and date reflect those of the signing of the World War I Armistice, which marked the formal end of hostilities in 1918. There are religious services, authorities lay poppy wreaths at cenotaphs, and people wear poppy pins on their lapels. This lovely custom was inspired by the poem "In Flanders Fields," whose first line reads, “In Flanders fields the poppies blow." In the U.K., official ceremonies usually take place on Remembrance Sunday, the Sunday immediately after or before November 11.

Sinterklaas

In the Netherlands, children can't wait for December 5 because this is when Sinterklaas and his companion Zwarte Piet bring them presents. The festivities begin in November, when Sinterklaas arrives — supposedly from Spain — in a steamboat and throws candy and small cookies into the expectant crowds that gather to welcome them. Then, on the night of December 5, children fill their shoes with carrots and sugar cubes, beer for Zwarte Piet, and a cup of coffee for Sinterklaas. Then, presents “magically" appear overnight for kids. Can you imagine the excitement?

December brings a few religious holidays. Among them is Hanukah, the Jewish commemoration of the rededication of the Holy Temple in Jerusalem and the miracle of the temple's Menorah, which stayed alight for eight nights with a seemingly insufficient quantity of oil. Therefore, Hanukah is observed for eight nights. Each night, celebrants light a candle of the menorah (a special candelabrum) while they sing special songs and recite prayers and blessings. It is customary to eat fried foods, like latkes, sufganiyot (donuts), or fritters, as well as dairy products. Children play with the dreidel, a four-sided spinning top. In the United States and Israel, children also get presents and Hanukah gelt (money), either in the form of chocolate coins or hard currency.

Boxing Day

Has nothing to do with the sport of boxing and everything to do with the Victorian custom by which servants received a Christmas box of money or presents on December 26. The day after Christmas is a holiday observed in the United Kingdom and Commonwealth nations, as well as a day for shopping, as many retailers run sales. Some people prefer to spend the day relaxing at home watching sports on TV: soccer in the U.K., cricket in New Zealand, Australia, and South Africa, a yacht race in Australia, or ice hockey in Canada.

We live in an incredibly diverse world. Let's celebrate all cultures and enjoy festivities, whether in person or vicariously through social media!

AVO TIP: Are you hosting a holiday party? Don't stress about snacks! Chef Pati Jinich has you covered. Learn how to make a variety of delicious quick snacks with Avocados from Mexico in this video.

The post Holidays Around the World appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Halloween, Día de Muertos, Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Year's Eve dominate the festivity calendar for the last three months of the year. But they're not the only celebrations taking place during the fall and winter. Let's have a look at what other celebrations and festivities take place in October, November, and December around the world.

China

Celebrates the Chongyang, or Double Ninth Festival, which is held on the ninth day of the ninth lunar calendar month, usually October. The number nine sounds like yang(masculine), and chong means double, hence Chongyang. People eat Chonyang cake (a steamed, layered cake) and drink chrysanthemum wine, which is believed to drive evil away, and go hiking and climbing. It is also Senior Citizens' Day, so families honor their elders, too.

Canadians

Celebrate Thanksgiving on the second Monday in October. Early settlers and explorers held feasts of thanks, sometimes with their First Nations neighbors, for good harvests, safe sea passages, or the end of wars. The first recorded Thanksgiving took place in 1578, when the Arctic expedition led by explorer Martin Frobisher survived very harsh weather conditions. Families get together for a meal of roast turkey, mashed potatoes with gravy, stuffing, winter vegetables, and pumpkin pie. Later, they go for walks in the woods and watch football. “Remember, remember, the fifth of November, Gunpowder treason and plot…." goes the famous rhyme that people in the United Kingdom recite every November 5. The date commemorates the failed Gunpowder Plot of the 17th century, when a group of Catholics tried to blow up Parliament. Guy Fawkes, an explosives expert, became the most famous conspirator.

Guy Fawkes Day

Is tradionally celebrated with parades, fireworks, and bonfires on which Guy Fawkes effigies are set alight. Children parade around homemade effigies while chanting, “A penny for the guy!" Every year, at 11 a.m. on November 11, people in the U.K. and the Commonwealth observe two minutes of silence on Remembrance Day to pay their respects to soldiers fallen in the line of duty. The time and date reflect those of the signing of the World War I Armistice, which marked the formal end of hostilities in 1918. There are religious services, authorities lay poppy wreaths at cenotaphs, and people wear poppy pins on their lapels. This lovely custom was inspired by the poem "In Flanders Fields," whose first line reads, “In Flanders fields the poppies blow." In the U.K., official ceremonies usually take place on Remembrance Sunday, the Sunday immediately after or before November 11.

Sinterklaas

In the Netherlands, children can't wait for December 5 because this is when Sinterklaas and his companion Zwarte Piet bring them presents. The festivities begin in November, when Sinterklaas arrives — supposedly from Spain — in a steamboat and throws candy and small cookies into the expectant crowds that gather to welcome them. Then, on the night of December 5, children fill their shoes with carrots and sugar cubes, beer for Zwarte Piet, and a cup of coffee for Sinterklaas. Then, presents “magically" appear overnight for kids. Can you imagine the excitement? December brings a few religious holidays. Among them is Hanukah, the Jewish commemoration of the rededication of the Holy Temple in Jerusalem and the miracle of the temple's Menorah, which stayed alight for eight nights with a seemingly insufficient quantity of oil. Therefore, Hanukah is observed for eight nights. Each night, celebrants light a candle of the menorah (a special candelabrum) while they sing special songs and recite prayers and blessings. It is customary to eat fried foods, like latkes, sufganiyot (donuts), or fritters, as well as dairy products. Children play with the dreidel, a four-sided spinning top. In the United States and Israel, children also get presents and Hanukah gelt (money), either in the form of chocolate coins or hard currency.

Boxing Day

Has nothing to do with the sport of boxing and everything to do with the Victorian custom by which servants received a Christmas box of money or presents on December 26. The day after Christmas is a holiday observed in the United Kingdom and Commonwealth nations, as well as a day for shopping, as many retailers run sales. Some people prefer to spend the day relaxing at home watching sports on TV: soccer in the U.K., cricket in New Zealand, Australia, and South Africa, a yacht race in Australia, or ice hockey in Canada. We live in an incredibly diverse world. Let's celebrate all cultures and enjoy festivities, whether in person or vicariously through social media! AVO TIP: Are you hosting a holiday party? Don't stress about snacks! Chef Pati Jinich has you covered. Learn how to make a variety of delicious quick snacks with Avocados from Mexico in this video.

The post Holidays Around the World appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Rise and Shine: A Healthy Start to the Day https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/rise-shine-healthy-start-day/ Sun, 23 Oct 2016 18:56:26 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5182

Your parents used to say it all the time, and it's true: Breakfast really is the most important meal of the day, especially for kids. Groggily or grumpily, you might have taken that advice to heart and eaten whatever was either put in front of you at the table, or whatever you'd scrounge up for yourself. Or maybe you were that kid who snuck your breakfast under the table, as eager to have your pet puppy scarf it up as you were to get rid of it.

The thing is: Your parents knew what they were talking about. There's plenty of research to back up the fact that kids who don't eat breakfast are likely to have disadvantages. Without that morning meal, children are less likely to participate in sports or excel academically, and will lack the energy to do much throughout their busy day. The U.S. Department of Agriculture hosted a second symposium on issues in children's health and nutrition. Topics mentioned included how "a hungry child can be apathetic, disinterested, and irritable when confronted with difficult tasks." (In other words hangry!) Breakfast, it added, "helps improve memory and positively affects the tasks that require the retention of new information."

Still not convinced about the importance of breakfast? There are other reasons to make sure your kid eats a healthy meal before heading off to school. For one, breakfast can help keep a child's weight stable. Without breakfast, the body can't convert food into the energy it needs to get the body moving and burning calories. To compensate, lots of kids end up snacking on high-calorie foods later in the day. This is particularly important now because, according to the USDA, childhood obesity is a serious concern. Nearly a third of American kids, it says, are "at risk for preventable diseases like diabetes and heart disease due to being overweight or obese."

What you eat for breakfast matters. Foods that are nutrient-dense and reflect the 2010 Dietary Guidelines for Americans are the best options for breakfast. The MyPlate symbol reminds us that five food groups — fruits, vegetables, grains, protein, and dairy — are the building blocks of balanced eating.

This is especially the case at breakfast. According to the guidelines, making half your plate fruits and vegetables is key. Avocados are a super breakfast option, as their versatility allows them to be incorporated into everything from breakfast smoothies to savory mains, like grab-n-go wraps. Keep in mind that one ounce of fresh avocado has nearly 20 vitamins, minerals and phytonutrients, especially beneficial for growing, young bodies.

When preparing breakfast for your kids, be sure to include fiber-rich options like whole grains and proteins with low added sugars. These can help boost your child's concentration and memory, especially during school hours.

Creative Breakfast Options

Instead of pastries, breakfast bars, cereals, and flavored milks kids hanker for, switch it up with something delicious and loaded with nutrients. This can be as simple as a smoothie, with the addition of a chopped avocado to fresh berries, a multi-grain bagel with avocado slices and a piece of cheese, or an egg white and avocado wrap. If your child prefers a cold, sweet start to the day, this avocado and banana overnight oat recipe might be just the ticket. Time-saving, naturally sweetened with the addition of fruit and orange juice, dairy-free (it uses almond milk), and wallet-friendly, this is the ideal make-ahead, quick breakfast solution. And if you'd like to pack a great to-go snack for the kids, these oatmeal avocado breakfast cookies, made with whole grains and sweetened with chopped dates, are a winning choice.

Making Breakfast Happen

A few handy tips will ensure your kids get the best start to the day:

  • Set the alarm so kids have plenty of time to get ready and then at the table eating, rather than running out the door to make the bus or the first bell.
  • Make sure your pantry and fridge are stocked with nutrient-dense choices that provide a slow release of energy instead of a sugar rush jolt.
  • Help your kids plan their own breakfast the night before (see overnight oat recipe above, for example).
  • Offer some grab-and-go options for kids who say they're "not hungry" in the morning. These might include a natural yogurt with sliced fruit, a smoothie, or nut butter on toast.

When it comes to starting the day off right, help your kids by making sure they're off to a great new day with a delicious, energy-packed breakfast!

The post Rise and Shine: A Healthy Start to the Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Your parents used to say it all the time, and it's true: Breakfast really is the most important meal of the day, especially for kids. Groggily or grumpily, you might have taken that advice to heart and eaten whatever was either put in front of you at the table, or whatever you'd scrounge up for yourself. Or maybe you were that kid who snuck your breakfast under the table, as eager to have your pet puppy scarf it up as you were to get rid of it. The thing is: Your parents knew what they were talking about. There's plenty of research to back up the fact that kids who don't eat breakfast are likely to have disadvantages. Without that morning meal, children are less likely to participate in sports or excel academically, and will lack the energy to do much throughout their busy day. The U.S. Department of Agriculture hosted a second symposium on issues in children's health and nutrition. Topics mentioned included how "a hungry child can be apathetic, disinterested, and irritable when confronted with difficult tasks." (In other words hangry!) Breakfast, it added, "helps improve memory and positively affects the tasks that require the retention of new information." Still not convinced about the importance of breakfast? There are other reasons to make sure your kid eats a healthy meal before heading off to school. For one, breakfast can help keep a child's weight stable. Without breakfast, the body can't convert food into the energy it needs to get the body moving and burning calories. To compensate, lots of kids end up snacking on high-calorie foods later in the day. This is particularly important now because, according to the USDA, childhood obesity is a serious concern. Nearly a third of American kids, it says, are "at risk for preventable diseases like diabetes and heart disease due to being overweight or obese." What you eat for breakfast matters. Foods that are nutrient-dense and reflect the 2010 Dietary Guidelines for Americans are the best options for breakfast. The MyPlate symbol reminds us that five food groups — fruits, vegetables, grains, protein, and dairy — are the building blocks of balanced eating. This is especially the case at breakfast. According to the guidelines, making half your plate fruits and vegetables is key. Avocados are a super breakfast option, as their versatility allows them to be incorporated into everything from breakfast smoothies to savory mains, like grab-n-go wraps. Keep in mind that one ounce of fresh avocado has nearly 20 vitamins, minerals and phytonutrients, especially beneficial for growing, young bodies. When preparing breakfast for your kids, be sure to include fiber-rich options like whole grains and proteins with low added sugars. These can help boost your child's concentration and memory, especially during school hours.

Creative Breakfast Options

Instead of pastries, breakfast bars, cereals, and flavored milks kids hanker for, switch it up with something delicious and loaded with nutrients. This can be as simple as a smoothie, with the addition of a chopped avocado to fresh berries, a multi-grain bagel with avocado slices and a piece of cheese, or an egg white and avocado wrap. If your child prefers a cold, sweet start to the day, this avocado and banana overnight oat recipe might be just the ticket. Time-saving, naturally sweetened with the addition of fruit and orange juice, dairy-free (it uses almond milk), and wallet-friendly, this is the ideal make-ahead, quick breakfast solution. And if you'd like to pack a great to-go snack for the kids, these oatmeal avocado breakfast cookies, made with whole grains and sweetened with chopped dates, are a winning choice.

Making Breakfast Happen

A few handy tips will ensure your kids get the best start to the day:
  • Set the alarm so kids have plenty of time to get ready and then at the table eating, rather than running out the door to make the bus or the first bell.
  • Make sure your pantry and fridge are stocked with nutrient-dense choices that provide a slow release of energy instead of a sugar rush jolt.
  • Help your kids plan their own breakfast the night before (see overnight oat recipe above, for example).
  • Offer some grab-and-go options for kids who say they're "not hungry" in the morning. These might include a natural yogurt with sliced fruit, a smoothie, or nut butter on toast.
When it comes to starting the day off right, help your kids by making sure they're off to a great new day with a delicious, energy-packed breakfast!

The post Rise and Shine: A Healthy Start to the Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Eating Guac While it’s Good https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/eating-guac-good/ Sun, 23 Oct 2016 15:29:12 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17811 The post Eating Guac While it’s Good appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post Eating Guac While it’s Good appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How To Ripen An Avocado Overnight (Simple Trick) https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/ripen-avocado-overnight-simple-trick/ Fri, 21 Oct 2016 15:27:49 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17821 The post How To Ripen An Avocado Overnight (Simple Trick) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post How To Ripen An Avocado Overnight (Simple Trick) appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Get Your Guac on!: Tips for Celebrating Guacamole Any Day of the Year https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/get-guac-tips-celebrating-guacamole-day-year/ Thu, 20 Oct 2016 10:46:09 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17869

National Guacamole Day — September 16— has come and gone. Did you miss it? Don't worry! Any day is a great day to celebrate avocados. Try out one of these ideas for having fun with guac year-round.

1. Throw down with a Neighborhood Guac off!

Battle the block to see who can whip up the very best guacamole dish, or try to wiggle your way into a coveted judging position (Being the one planning the party helps.). Stick with a guacamole or spice things up with something like this Guacamole Masala recipe. Impress everyone with this trick for using the avocado pit to keep guac looking fresh when the competition starts heating up.

2. Host a Smash and Splash Guac-Making Party.

Blend up some cocktails or aguas de frutas, bring the kids, and plan a guac-making pool party. Try a few tricks to mix things up in the guac department by adding new or unique ingredients. Set aside a bit of the plain stuff for the kids to dish out on top of these crunchy beef tacos.

3. Go Adults-Only with a Guac and Mezcal Tasting.

One of the best ways to taste a lot of different guacs without all the pressure of a high-stakes contest, is to pair a few varieties with your favorite drink. Try this mezcal guacamole while sipping a shot from your best bottle, or match everyone's favorite guac dish to their beer of choice. Try mixing up a collection of chelas or even seeking out some of Mexico's latest vintages from Baja California's Valle Guadalupe, Mexico's wine country.

Whatever you do, with all that booze flowing, make sure you get some substantial guac on the table, like this guac with chorizo, or this bacon chipotle recipe.

4. Organize a Guac and Garden Party.

This is the season when many gardeners start thinking about next year. Plants are fruiting and will soon go to seed. If you are lucky enough to have a garden space, think about getting together to whip up some guac and swap some of nature's bounty with your besties.

If you and your friends have limited space, or limited time (and don't we all?!), make everyone responsible for just one ingredient. Plant your avocado pits and see if you can get a tree started. If not, focus on the ingredients you can grow in a window box - tomatoes, cilantro, jalapeños, small onions, or chives. Since avocados are fresh from Mexico all year round, if you take care of these few ingredients, you'll be able to make fresh veggie-filled guac even in the cold of winter.

5. Relax and Unwind with a Guac and Spa Day.

Avocados aren't just great in guac for your chips and salsa; they also make a fantastic skin-soothing base for homemade beauty products. Invite over your best girlfriends, and your open-minded guy friends, to slather on an avocado facial, a moisturizing and exfoliating hand cream, or a deep-conditioning hair mask while chowing down on recipes like this rustic guac with corn.

Who knew there were so many ways to gather around the goodness of guacamole? And when all the festivities are over, you can start planning early for next year's big guac day!

The post Get Your Guac on!: Tips for Celebrating Guacamole Any Day of the Year appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

National Guacamole Day — September 16— has come and gone. Did you miss it? Don't worry! Any day is a great day to celebrate avocados. Try out one of these ideas for having fun with guac year-round.

1. Throw down with a Neighborhood Guac off!

Battle the block to see who can whip up the very best guacamole dish, or try to wiggle your way into a coveted judging position (Being the one planning the party helps.). Stick with a guacamole or spice things up with something like this Guacamole Masala recipe. Impress everyone with this trick for using the avocado pit to keep guac looking fresh when the competition starts heating up.

2. Host a Smash and Splash Guac-Making Party.

Blend up some cocktails or aguas de frutas, bring the kids, and plan a guac-making pool party. Try a few tricks to mix things up in the guac department by adding new or unique ingredients. Set aside a bit of the plain stuff for the kids to dish out on top of these crunchy beef tacos.

3. Go Adults-Only with a Guac and Mezcal Tasting.

One of the best ways to taste a lot of different guacs without all the pressure of a high-stakes contest, is to pair a few varieties with your favorite drink. Try this mezcal guacamole while sipping a shot from your best bottle, or match everyone's favorite guac dish to their beer of choice. Try mixing up a collection of chelas or even seeking out some of Mexico's latest vintages from Baja California's Valle Guadalupe, Mexico's wine country. Whatever you do, with all that booze flowing, make sure you get some substantial guac on the table, like this guac with chorizo, or this bacon chipotle recipe.

4. Organize a Guac and Garden Party.

This is the season when many gardeners start thinking about next year. Plants are fruiting and will soon go to seed. If you are lucky enough to have a garden space, think about getting together to whip up some guac and swap some of nature's bounty with your besties. If you and your friends have limited space, or limited time (and don't we all?!), make everyone responsible for just one ingredient. Plant your avocado pits and see if you can get a tree started. If not, focus on the ingredients you can grow in a window box - tomatoes, cilantro, jalapeños, small onions, or chives. Since avocados are fresh from Mexico all year round, if you take care of these few ingredients, you'll be able to make fresh veggie-filled guac even in the cold of winter.

5. Relax and Unwind with a Guac and Spa Day.

Avocados aren't just great in guac for your chips and salsa; they also make a fantastic skin-soothing base for homemade beauty products. Invite over your best girlfriends, and your open-minded guy friends, to slather on an avocado facial, a moisturizing and exfoliating hand cream, or a deep-conditioning hair mask while chowing down on recipes like this rustic guac with corn. Who knew there were so many ways to gather around the goodness of guacamole? And when all the festivities are over, you can start planning early for next year's big guac day!

The post Get Your Guac on!: Tips for Celebrating Guacamole Any Day of the Year appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
DIY Chips: How to Make Tasty Chips at Home https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/diy-chips-make-tasty-chips-home/ Thu, 20 Oct 2016 14:45:16 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17829

As far as snacks go, it's hard to beat the satisfying, salty crunch of chips. They hit all the right notes of taste and texture and can take on a seemingly endless variety of flavors. While they're easy to buy (just grab a bag and throw them in your shopping cart) and serve (open the bag and pour them into a bowl — salsas and dips optional), did you know they're also easy to make? And not just potato chips, either. In less than an hour, you can turn a wide range of vegetables and fruits (like the avocado!) into delicious crisps.

Here are a few of our favorite ways to turn vegetables and fruits into a tasty snack that your whole family will love.

Beet Chips

Beets come in a gorgeous array of jewel-toned colors — ruby, garnet, and carnelian among them — so they make for some particularly eye-catching chips. Grab three or four (or five or six—depending on the number of people snacking with you) beets and scrub their skins well, making sure to remove all the dirt. Next, slice them thinly, ideally with a mandolin slicer, as it will create a uniform thickness. Just be careful with your fingers!

Move your oven's rack to the center position and preheat the oven to 375 F. Place the beet rounds in a large bowl and add a generous glug of olive oil, as well as an extra-generous pinch of salt. If you want to add other seasonings, fresh chopped herbs, such as rosemary or thyme, are great options. Once you've added the ingredients, toss the beets to ensure they're coated with the oil, salt, and herbs.

Spread the beets out in a single, even layer on baking sheets; bake for 15 to 20 minutes or until crispy. Be sure to keep an eye on the oven so the chips don't burn.

Kale Chips

If you grow kale in your garden or if you're a member of a CSA (community-supported agriculture) program, you've likely asked yourself, “What do I do with all this kale?" Fresh kale, like many leafy greens, is bulky and can seem a little intimidating, especially after you've had it for several weeks in a row and you can't bear the thought of more steamed or sautéed versions. When you've hit that low point, it's kale chips to the rescue!

What looks like a big batch of kale will cook down considerably when you make chips, so don't be afraid to select a big handful … or two! As with all leafy greens, you'll want to make sure you wash them thoroughly, knocking off loose dirt. Once you've done this, clip the stems and compost or discard them.

Next, you'll need to make sure the leaves are completely dry. Whether you use a salad spinner or a towel-dry method, be sure you've rid the kale of any dampness; otherwise, you'll have soggy chips (and wasted kale).

While you let the leaves get an extra few minutes of drying, make an oil rub. Take a ½ to 1 tablespoon of olive oil and put it in a bowl and add a generous pinch of a spice of your choice. We like pimentón (Spanish smoked paprika) or cumin, but there are no rules here, so take a look at your spice rack and be adventurous! Once you've whisked the oil to ensure the ingredients are mixed, pour the oil over the kale and rub each leaf to make sure you've distributed the coating well.

Next, spread the kale leaves in a single layer on a baking sheet and place in an oven that's been preheated to 300 F. After 10 to 12 minutes, rotate the baking sheet to ensure even cooking, and give the chips another 10 to 12 minutes. Don't stray far from the kitchen, though; the chips can go from perfection to inedible quickly.

Once you pull the chips from the oven, sprinkle some salt on top, (only if you didn't add salt to your oil mix) and give them a few minutes to cool before serving.

Plantain Chips

Plantain chips are a staple snack or side dish in many countries, from the Caribbean to India. If you've never tasted them, you'll soon see why their popularity is nearly global in reach. Yes, they're that good.

Preheat your oven to 425 F and line a cookie sheet with parchment paper. Slice three to five (again, depending on how many people you'll have snacking along with you) plantains (the hard green ones — not maduros, or ripe, plantains) into thin rounds. A mandolin comes in handy for this job, ensuring even cuts.

Mix ½ to 1 tablespoon of olive oil with the spices of your choice, whisking well. Add some coarse sea salt, toss the plantain rounds in your oil mix and spread them evenly in a single layer on the baking sheet. Let the chips bake for 20 minutes or until crispy, rotating the baking sheet halfway through the baking time. Check for crispness before pulling from the oven and serving.

Tortilla Chips

Whoever coined the phrase “easy as pie," never made tortilla chips. Pie-making isn't exactly simple, but tortilla chips? Anyone can make them, and they're the ultimate DIY indulgence.

Take five to seven store-bought tortillas and snip them into triangle-shaped pieces. Lay them on your baking sheet in a single layer and place them in an oven you've preheated to 350 F. Bake them for five to six minutes and then turn them over with a pair of tongs. Let that side bake for another five to six minutes; then, pull the tray out and sprinkle with salt, paprika, cumin, cayenne, or any other favorite spice.

And serve with guacamole, of course!

Avocado Chips

You might be thinking that an avocado's texture doesn't lend itself to becoming a chip, and truth be told, you're not entirely wrong. You won't get the thinness of a traditional chip with an avocado (not unless you've got pro-level knife skills and a dehydrating machine, in which case, you probably don't need our help with a recipe!), but, with a little ingenuity, you can achieve the crispness of a chip.

Slice two or three avocados from top to bottom, scoring the fruit into wedges. Dredge them in some flour (add a pinch of salt to the flour first), then dip them into a beaten egg, and finally, dredge them in panko (Japanese bread crumbs) or homemade bread crumbs. You can also mix in spices of your choice — cumin, paprika, garlic powder, or onion powder are all delicious. Then, place the wedges on a baking sheet lined with parchment and bake at 450 F for about 20 minutes. The panko or bread crumbs should be golden brown.

The post DIY Chips: How to Make Tasty Chips at Home appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

As far as snacks go, it's hard to beat the satisfying, salty crunch of chips. They hit all the right notes of taste and texture and can take on a seemingly endless variety of flavors. While they're easy to buy (just grab a bag and throw them in your shopping cart) and serve (open the bag and pour them into a bowl — salsas and dips optional), did you know they're also easy to make? And not just potato chips, either. In less than an hour, you can turn a wide range of vegetables and fruits (like the avocado!) into delicious crisps. Here are a few of our favorite ways to turn vegetables and fruits into a tasty snack that your whole family will love.

Beet Chips

Beets come in a gorgeous array of jewel-toned colors — ruby, garnet, and carnelian among them — so they make for some particularly eye-catching chips. Grab three or four (or five or six—depending on the number of people snacking with you) beets and scrub their skins well, making sure to remove all the dirt. Next, slice them thinly, ideally with a mandolin slicer, as it will create a uniform thickness. Just be careful with your fingers! Move your oven's rack to the center position and preheat the oven to 375 F. Place the beet rounds in a large bowl and add a generous glug of olive oil, as well as an extra-generous pinch of salt. If you want to add other seasonings, fresh chopped herbs, such as rosemary or thyme, are great options. Once you've added the ingredients, toss the beets to ensure they're coated with the oil, salt, and herbs. Spread the beets out in a single, even layer on baking sheets; bake for 15 to 20 minutes or until crispy. Be sure to keep an eye on the oven so the chips don't burn.

Kale Chips

If you grow kale in your garden or if you're a member of a CSA (community-supported agriculture) program, you've likely asked yourself, “What do I do with all this kale?" Fresh kale, like many leafy greens, is bulky and can seem a little intimidating, especially after you've had it for several weeks in a row and you can't bear the thought of more steamed or sautéed versions. When you've hit that low point, it's kale chips to the rescue! What looks like a big batch of kale will cook down considerably when you make chips, so don't be afraid to select a big handful … or two! As with all leafy greens, you'll want to make sure you wash them thoroughly, knocking off loose dirt. Once you've done this, clip the stems and compost or discard them. Next, you'll need to make sure the leaves are completely dry. Whether you use a salad spinner or a towel-dry method, be sure you've rid the kale of any dampness; otherwise, you'll have soggy chips (and wasted kale). While you let the leaves get an extra few minutes of drying, make an oil rub. Take a ½ to 1 tablespoon of olive oil and put it in a bowl and add a generous pinch of a spice of your choice. We like pimentón (Spanish smoked paprika) or cumin, but there are no rules here, so take a look at your spice rack and be adventurous! Once you've whisked the oil to ensure the ingredients are mixed, pour the oil over the kale and rub each leaf to make sure you've distributed the coating well. Next, spread the kale leaves in a single layer on a baking sheet and place in an oven that's been preheated to 300 F. After 10 to 12 minutes, rotate the baking sheet to ensure even cooking, and give the chips another 10 to 12 minutes. Don't stray far from the kitchen, though; the chips can go from perfection to inedible quickly. Once you pull the chips from the oven, sprinkle some salt on top, (only if you didn't add salt to your oil mix) and give them a few minutes to cool before serving.

Plantain Chips

Plantain chips are a staple snack or side dish in many countries, from the Caribbean to India. If you've never tasted them, you'll soon see why their popularity is nearly global in reach. Yes, they're that good. Preheat your oven to 425 F and line a cookie sheet with parchment paper. Slice three to five (again, depending on how many people you'll have snacking along with you) plantains (the hard green ones — not maduros, or ripe, plantains) into thin rounds. A mandolin comes in handy for this job, ensuring even cuts. Mix ½ to 1 tablespoon of olive oil with the spices of your choice, whisking well. Add some coarse sea salt, toss the plantain rounds in your oil mix and spread them evenly in a single layer on the baking sheet. Let the chips bake for 20 minutes or until crispy, rotating the baking sheet halfway through the baking time. Check for crispness before pulling from the oven and serving.

Tortilla Chips

Whoever coined the phrase “easy as pie," never made tortilla chips. Pie-making isn't exactly simple, but tortilla chips? Anyone can make them, and they're the ultimate DIY indulgence. Take five to seven store-bought tortillas and snip them into triangle-shaped pieces. Lay them on your baking sheet in a single layer and place them in an oven you've preheated to 350 F. Bake them for five to six minutes and then turn them over with a pair of tongs. Let that side bake for another five to six minutes; then, pull the tray out and sprinkle with salt, paprika, cumin, cayenne, or any other favorite spice. And serve with guacamole, of course!

Avocado Chips

You might be thinking that an avocado's texture doesn't lend itself to becoming a chip, and truth be told, you're not entirely wrong. You won't get the thinness of a traditional chip with an avocado (not unless you've got pro-level knife skills and a dehydrating machine, in which case, you probably don't need our help with a recipe!), but, with a little ingenuity, you can achieve the crispness of a chip. Slice two or three avocados from top to bottom, scoring the fruit into wedges. Dredge them in some flour (add a pinch of salt to the flour first), then dip them into a beaten egg, and finally, dredge them in panko (Japanese bread crumbs) or homemade bread crumbs. You can also mix in spices of your choice — cumin, paprika, garlic powder, or onion powder are all delicious. Then, place the wedges on a baking sheet lined with parchment and bake at 450 F for about 20 minutes. The panko or bread crumbs should be golden brown.

The post DIY Chips: How to Make Tasty Chips at Home appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Keeping Your Guac Green https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/keeping-your-guac-green/ Mon, 17 Oct 2016 15:27:59 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17819 The post Keeping Your Guac Green appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post Keeping Your Guac Green appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Everything You Need to Know about Cooking with Avocado Oil https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/everything-need-know-cooking-avocado-oil/ Sun, 16 Oct 2016 21:42:34 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17873

When you reach for a bottle of oil to mix up a homemade vinaigrette, your first choice is probably olive oil. There's a reason this oil is a go-to in nearly every kitchen: its flavor can range from mild to strong, making it a home cook's flexible friend. But olive oil has its limitations. You may have heard you don't want to use it for high-heat cooking. Olive oil alternatives like coconut oil and butter are just as likely to burn, and soy and canola oils, while great for frying, aren't so tasty in a salad.

Wouldn't it be amazing if you could buy just one oil to meet all your kitchen needs?

You can!

Put avocado oil on your grocery list and try it out in these different preparations to see just how versatile avocados — and their byproducts — can be.

1. STOVE-TOP COOKING

Avocado oil has a uniquely high smoke point — higher than virtually any other plant oil at around 520 degrees Fahrenheit. This is perfect for cooking meat at high heat, like on a grill! Use it in your marinades, mixing avocado oil with some garlic or your favorite spice blend, before firing up the grill to cook a steak or rack of ribs.

2. BAKING

Avocado oil pairs wonderfully with oven-baked vegetables. Drizzle the oil over green beans, celery, carrots, and beets in the oven, then roast them with your favorite spices until tender.

3. SALAD-MAKING

Lots of people have a hard time getting enough veggies in their daily diet. If you're one of them, try switching up your salad routine by mixing up some homemade vinaigrettes that use avocado oil as a base. With the growing number of vinegars on grocery store shelves — white wine vinegar, cider, balsamic, champagne, and an array of fruit-flavored and infused vinegars are just a few of your many choices — you can easily have a different dressing every day of the week! Vary spices, salts, and peppers, as well as fresh herbs, as your vinaigrette add-ins.

4. MAKING CONDIMENTS

Compared to other popular oils like olive or coconut, avocado is exceptionally mild in flavor, making it versatile for use in a number of dishes. It's a little bit nutty, and a little bit buttery, allowing the flavors of other ingredients to shine through. Much like the fruit it comes from, avocado oil has a smooth, creamy texture that's incredible in homemade mayo and other oil-based sauces.

Making mayo in the kitchen can seem like an expert-level challenge, but don't feel intimidated: it's amazingly easy and requires no fancy tools. Use a wooden spoon to slowly (very, very slowly) mix drizzled avocado oil into an egg yolk, thinning the blend with a touch of vinegar or lemon juice as needed, until it becomes the glossy sandwich spread that you know and love.

If mayo seems a bit out of your league, you can still use avocado oil with your favorite herbs and spices to make hummus, bruschetta, or chimichurri. Give it a try! You may just find that after a few days, avocado oil replaces all your regular cooking oils.

The post Everything You Need to Know about Cooking with Avocado Oil appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When you reach for a bottle of oil to mix up a homemade vinaigrette, your first choice is probably olive oil. There's a reason this oil is a go-to in nearly every kitchen: its flavor can range from mild to strong, making it a home cook's flexible friend. But olive oil has its limitations. You may have heard you don't want to use it for high-heat cooking. Olive oil alternatives like coconut oil and butter are just as likely to burn, and soy and canola oils, while great for frying, aren't so tasty in a salad. Wouldn't it be amazing if you could buy just one oil to meet all your kitchen needs? You can! Put avocado oil on your grocery list and try it out in these different preparations to see just how versatile avocados — and their byproducts — can be.

1. STOVE-TOP COOKING

Avocado oil has a uniquely high smoke point — higher than virtually any other plant oil at around 520 degrees Fahrenheit. This is perfect for cooking meat at high heat, like on a grill! Use it in your marinades, mixing avocado oil with some garlic or your favorite spice blend, before firing up the grill to cook a steak or rack of ribs.

2. BAKING

Avocado oil pairs wonderfully with oven-baked vegetables. Drizzle the oil over green beans, celery, carrots, and beets in the oven, then roast them with your favorite spices until tender.

3. SALAD-MAKING

Lots of people have a hard time getting enough veggies in their daily diet. If you're one of them, try switching up your salad routine by mixing up some homemade vinaigrettes that use avocado oil as a base. With the growing number of vinegars on grocery store shelves — white wine vinegar, cider, balsamic, champagne, and an array of fruit-flavored and infused vinegars are just a few of your many choices — you can easily have a different dressing every day of the week! Vary spices, salts, and peppers, as well as fresh herbs, as your vinaigrette add-ins.

4. MAKING CONDIMENTS

Compared to other popular oils like olive or coconut, avocado is exceptionally mild in flavor, making it versatile for use in a number of dishes. It's a little bit nutty, and a little bit buttery, allowing the flavors of other ingredients to shine through. Much like the fruit it comes from, avocado oil has a smooth, creamy texture that's incredible in homemade mayo and other oil-based sauces. Making mayo in the kitchen can seem like an expert-level challenge, but don't feel intimidated: it's amazingly easy and requires no fancy tools. Use a wooden spoon to slowly (very, very slowly) mix drizzled avocado oil into an egg yolk, thinning the blend with a touch of vinegar or lemon juice as needed, until it becomes the glossy sandwich spread that you know and love. If mayo seems a bit out of your league, you can still use avocado oil with your favorite herbs and spices to make hummus, bruschetta, or chimichurri. Give it a try! You may just find that after a few days, avocado oil replaces all your regular cooking oils.

The post Everything You Need to Know about Cooking with Avocado Oil appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Green Goddess Avocado Beauty Masks — Made With Ingredients in Your Kitchen! https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/green-goddess-avocado-beauty-masks-made-ingredients-kitchen/ Sun, 16 Oct 2016 14:55:54 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17822

You work hard, play hard, and take care of everyone else. But every hard-working woman (and let's face it, every woman is hard-working!) needs some pampering, slow-it-down, "me" time on occasion.

 

If you think a spa day is out of your budget, think again! Indulging in a rejuvenating facial doesn't have to be expensive. In fact, it doesn't even have to involve a trip to the spa! Instead, it just involves a trip to your kitchen.

 

Grab that overly ripe avocado sitting on your kitchen counter and turn it into pure, luxurious magic. With the addition of a few ingredients that are likely within arm's reach, you've got a hydrating, exfoliating, all-natural, beauty-boosting mask you can use on your face, décolleté and even hands, because chica, you're worth it!

 

AVO TIP: Need ideas for what to do with an unripe avocado? Chef Pati Jinich offers some suggestions!

 

Here are a few easy to whip-up masks, all made with ingredients you have at home. Pretty soon, you'll be scheduling this self-care time into your regular routine.

 

Tremendous Tips

There are a few things you should know before you start your kitchen alchemy and begin applying masks to those body parts you want to beautify:

  • Clean your face really well. Make sure you're free of make-up, sweat, and dust or dirt from the street. Wash your face with warm water and make sure it's ready to receive its close-up.
  • If there's an ingredient that causes you allergies, don't use it. It's not worth breaking out into hives just to feel moisturized!
  • If you need an extra moisture boost, add a few drops of coconut oil or olive oil to your mask.
  • Wearing clothes while making your mask or waiting for it to try? Wear something you won't be upset about staining — avocados can have serious staying power!
  • Always use ripe avocados for your masks, not green, hard ones.

 

The Mega Moisturizer

This green wonder mask can be particularly good when applied during the winter, when sunshine and ambient humidity can be in short supply. Put half of a ripe avocado (just the flesh), one tablespoon of honey, half a ripe (or overly ripe) banana, and a few drops of lavender oil into a bowl. Mix well until smooth, apply to your face, and let dry (about 15 minutes or so). Wash off in the shower with warm water and feel revived! This mask can also be used on your décolleté, hands, elbows, or knees.

 

The Buff and Shine

This mask can provide some gentle exfoliation thanks to the oatmeal, and the hydrating goodness of avocados. Place half an avocado, three tablespoons of uncooked oats, one teaspoon of lemon juice, one tablespoon of natural/plain yogurt and a drizzle of honey in a bowl. Mix well, apply (for a seriously soothing spa experience, try applying with a dedicated mask brush, like they do at a salon), and let dry on your face for about 20 minutes. Then, wash off with warm water. You can also use it on your hands, elbows, knees, and feet. You might want to double the recipe in that case!

 

While any one of these "good enough to eat" masks works its mojo, soak in the tub or lie down with some cold cucumber slices over your computer-screen abused eyes and take a time out. By the way, you look fabulous!

 

The post Green Goddess Avocado Beauty Masks — Made With Ingredients in Your Kitchen! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You work hard, play hard, and take care of everyone else. But every hard-working woman (and let's face it, every woman is hard-working!) needs some pampering, slow-it-down, "me" time on occasion.   If you think a spa day is out of your budget, think again! Indulging in a rejuvenating facial doesn't have to be expensive. In fact, it doesn't even have to involve a trip to the spa! Instead, it just involves a trip to your kitchen.   Grab that overly ripe avocado sitting on your kitchen counter and turn it into pure, luxurious magic. With the addition of a few ingredients that are likely within arm's reach, you've got a hydrating, exfoliating, all-natural, beauty-boosting mask you can use on your face, décolleté and even hands, because chica, you're worth it!   AVO TIP: Need ideas for what to do with an unripe avocado? Chef Pati Jinich offers some suggestions!   Here are a few easy to whip-up masks, all made with ingredients you have at home. Pretty soon, you'll be scheduling this self-care time into your regular routine.  

Tremendous Tips

There are a few things you should know before you start your kitchen alchemy and begin applying masks to those body parts you want to beautify:
  • Clean your face really well. Make sure you're free of make-up, sweat, and dust or dirt from the street. Wash your face with warm water and make sure it's ready to receive its close-up.
  • If there's an ingredient that causes you allergies, don't use it. It's not worth breaking out into hives just to feel moisturized!
  • If you need an extra moisture boost, add a few drops of coconut oil or olive oil to your mask.
  • Wearing clothes while making your mask or waiting for it to try? Wear something you won't be upset about staining — avocados can have serious staying power!
  • Always use ripe avocados for your masks, not green, hard ones.
 

The Mega Moisturizer

This green wonder mask can be particularly good when applied during the winter, when sunshine and ambient humidity can be in short supply. Put half of a ripe avocado (just the flesh), one tablespoon of honey, half a ripe (or overly ripe) banana, and a few drops of lavender oil into a bowl. Mix well until smooth, apply to your face, and let dry (about 15 minutes or so). Wash off in the shower with warm water and feel revived! This mask can also be used on your décolleté, hands, elbows, or knees.  

The Buff and Shine

This mask can provide some gentle exfoliation thanks to the oatmeal, and the hydrating goodness of avocados. Place half an avocado, three tablespoons of uncooked oats, one teaspoon of lemon juice, one tablespoon of natural/plain yogurt and a drizzle of honey in a bowl. Mix well, apply (for a seriously soothing spa experience, try applying with a dedicated mask brush, like they do at a salon), and let dry on your face for about 20 minutes. Then, wash off with warm water. You can also use it on your hands, elbows, knees, and feet. You might want to double the recipe in that case!   While any one of these "good enough to eat" masks works its mojo, soak in the tub or lie down with some cold cucumber slices over your computer-screen abused eyes and take a time out. By the way, you look fabulous!  

The post Green Goddess Avocado Beauty Masks — Made With Ingredients in Your Kitchen! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Quick Avocado Snack https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/quick-avocado-snack/ Sat, 15 Oct 2016 15:28:01 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17820 The post Quick Avocado Snack appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post Quick Avocado Snack appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Four Fabulous Cookbooks https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/four-fabulous-cookbooks/ Fri, 14 Oct 2016 14:58:15 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17824

With autumn just around the corner, you're likely to be coming in from the summer sun and spending more time in the kitchen. Home cooks' favorite fall recipes often include stews and other warm, one-pot comfort foods, and it's easy to understand why: They're usually simple to make and they taste fantastic.

If you're looking to add some new recipes and techniques to your repertoire, though, why not check out some recently published cookbooks you might have missed? With more regional Mexican restaurants opening around the United States and with more Mexican cookbooks hitting bookstore shelves, it's time to up your kitchen game with some fresh flavors. Here are four of our recent favorites:

1. Mexican Today: New and Rediscovered Recipes for Contemporary Kitchens, by Pati Jinich

Chef, TV personality, and author Pati Jinich is all about making Mexican cooking easy for home chefs  especially busy moms and dads who don't have a lot of time to spend at the stove. As a wife and mom of three boys, Pati knows how precious your free time is, so she's taken classic Mexican recipes and updated them for speed and convenience.

Just can't let go of those autumnal stews and Crock-Pot type meals? That's fine! Pati's got an entire chapter on stews and one-dish dinners, as well as another that introduces you to the world of Mexican casseroles. The cookbook is full of delicious comfort foods that are easy to make and will likely introduce your family to unfamiliar flavors. Chiles, citrus fruits, cheeses, beans, and avocados are among the ingredients featured frequently in these recipes.

AVO TIP: Need to speed the ripening of your avocados? Pati teaches you how in this short video.

2. Mexico from the Inside Out, by Enrique Olvera

It's likely that you've heard of Enrique Olvera, one of Mexico's most renowned and recognized chefs, whose Mexico City restaurant, Pujol, is among the top 50 in the world. In addition to that superlative, Chef Olvera has been increasingly visible outside of Mexico, thanks to his first U.S. restaurant, Cosme, in New York City, and his appearance on the popular Netflix series, "Chef's Table."

It's amazing, then, that he's had time to author cookbooks, including his most recent one,Mexico from the Inside Out. You won't be able to make all the recipes in this book — dishes like Baby Corn with Chicatana Ant, Coffee, and Chile Costeño Mayonnaise require ingredients that are impossible to source in the United States. Don't worry, though: other recipes (the ones he makes for his own family at home) are more accessible. They may feel slightly familiar, while introducing ingredients, such as avocado leaf, that you probably don't have at in your pantry but can find at a specialty food shop.

AVO TIP: Want to grow your own ingredients? Learn how to sprout an avocado tree at home with this article.

3. Hartwood: Bright, Wild Flavors from the Edge of the Yucatán, by Eric Werner

When Eric Werner and Mya Henry left New York City in 2010 and moved to Tulúm, on Mexico's Yucatán Peninsula, they could hardly have anticipated just how adventurous their lives were about to become. Six years later, they run one of the area's most popular restaurants — a restaurant that has no walls . . . or electricity.

Hartwood, then, would seem to be a collection of simple recipes that you could cook at home with minimal implements and without all the fancy, expensive gear that seems to be obligatory in many home kitchens today. And for the most part, it is that: Dishes whose prep work is easy and whose cooking lend themselves to grills and — for the ambitious — wood fires. But if you're not keen to fire up the grill (or test your fire-building skills), Werner adapts the techniques of the restaurant (also named Hartwood) so you can cook most of the dishes on your stove or in the oven.

AVO TIP: Ever wondered how to grill avocados? Did you even know that you can do that? Learn more in our video.

4. A Lime and a Shaker: Discovering Mexican-inspired Cocktails, by Tad Carducci and Paul Tanguay, with Alia Akkam

Fall is the perfect time to experiment with the complex flavors of Mexican spirits, especially tequila and its smoky cousin, mezcal. Carducci and Tanguay, known professionally as the Tippling Brothers, have an entire book of recipes to get you started. Not only do they provide recipes for some of their favorite cocktails, including the Smokey Pablo, they also include instructions for making your own syrups and rimming salts, which means the possibilities for fall entertaining are only as limited as the items in your pantry.

AVO TIP: Did you know that avocados are great in cocktails? It's true! Start simple with thisavo-margarita recipe.

The post Four Fabulous Cookbooks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

With autumn just around the corner, you're likely to be coming in from the summer sun and spending more time in the kitchen. Home cooks' favorite fall recipes often include stews and other warm, one-pot comfort foods, and it's easy to understand why: They're usually simple to make and they taste fantastic. If you're looking to add some new recipes and techniques to your repertoire, though, why not check out some recently published cookbooks you might have missed? With more regional Mexican restaurants opening around the United States and with more Mexican cookbooks hitting bookstore shelves, it's time to up your kitchen game with some fresh flavors. Here are four of our recent favorites:

1. Mexican Today: New and Rediscovered Recipes for Contemporary Kitchens, by Pati Jinich

Chef, TV personality, and author Pati Jinich is all about making Mexican cooking easy for home chefs  especially busy moms and dads who don't have a lot of time to spend at the stove. As a wife and mom of three boys, Pati knows how precious your free time is, so she's taken classic Mexican recipes and updated them for speed and convenience. Just can't let go of those autumnal stews and Crock-Pot type meals? That's fine! Pati's got an entire chapter on stews and one-dish dinners, as well as another that introduces you to the world of Mexican casseroles. The cookbook is full of delicious comfort foods that are easy to make and will likely introduce your family to unfamiliar flavors. Chiles, citrus fruits, cheeses, beans, and avocados are among the ingredients featured frequently in these recipes. AVO TIP: Need to speed the ripening of your avocados? Pati teaches you how in this short video.

2. Mexico from the Inside Out, by Enrique Olvera

It's likely that you've heard of Enrique Olvera, one of Mexico's most renowned and recognized chefs, whose Mexico City restaurant, Pujol, is among the top 50 in the world. In addition to that superlative, Chef Olvera has been increasingly visible outside of Mexico, thanks to his first U.S. restaurant, Cosme, in New York City, and his appearance on the popular Netflix series, "Chef's Table." It's amazing, then, that he's had time to author cookbooks, including his most recent one,Mexico from the Inside Out. You won't be able to make all the recipes in this book — dishes like Baby Corn with Chicatana Ant, Coffee, and Chile Costeño Mayonnaise require ingredients that are impossible to source in the United States. Don't worry, though: other recipes (the ones he makes for his own family at home) are more accessible. They may feel slightly familiar, while introducing ingredients, such as avocado leaf, that you probably don't have at in your pantry but can find at a specialty food shop. AVO TIP: Want to grow your own ingredients? Learn how to sprout an avocado tree at home with this article.

3. Hartwood: Bright, Wild Flavors from the Edge of the Yucatán, by Eric Werner

When Eric Werner and Mya Henry left New York City in 2010 and moved to Tulúm, on Mexico's Yucatán Peninsula, they could hardly have anticipated just how adventurous their lives were about to become. Six years later, they run one of the area's most popular restaurants — a restaurant that has no walls . . . or electricity. Hartwood, then, would seem to be a collection of simple recipes that you could cook at home with minimal implements and without all the fancy, expensive gear that seems to be obligatory in many home kitchens today. And for the most part, it is that: Dishes whose prep work is easy and whose cooking lend themselves to grills and — for the ambitious — wood fires. But if you're not keen to fire up the grill (or test your fire-building skills), Werner adapts the techniques of the restaurant (also named Hartwood) so you can cook most of the dishes on your stove or in the oven. AVO TIP: Ever wondered how to grill avocados? Did you even know that you can do that? Learn more in our video.

4. A Lime and a Shaker: Discovering Mexican-inspired Cocktails, by Tad Carducci and Paul Tanguay, with Alia Akkam

Fall is the perfect time to experiment with the complex flavors of Mexican spirits, especially tequila and its smoky cousin, mezcal. Carducci and Tanguay, known professionally as the Tippling Brothers, have an entire book of recipes to get you started. Not only do they provide recipes for some of their favorite cocktails, including the Smokey Pablo, they also include instructions for making your own syrups and rimming salts, which means the possibilities for fall entertaining are only as limited as the items in your pantry. AVO TIP: Did you know that avocados are great in cocktails? It's true! Start simple with thisavo-margarita recipe.

The post Four Fabulous Cookbooks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Look for Avocados From Mexico, Creamy, and Delicious https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/look-avocados-mexico-creamy-delicious/ Thu, 13 Oct 2016 15:28:02 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17817 The post Look for Avocados From Mexico, Creamy, and Delicious appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post Look for Avocados From Mexico, Creamy, and Delicious appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
3 Books to Read Right Now https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/3-books-to-read-right-now/ Wed, 12 Oct 2016 15:15:40 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17831

We have a hard time resisting books with pretty pictures, a compelling story, or easy, delicious recipes. If you do too, these three books — all published recently — are must-adds to your bookshelf.

1. Martha Stewart's Vegetables

Regardless of what one thinks about Martha Stewart, it's impossible to disagree with the claim that Martha knows her way around a garden and a kitchen. In her latest cookbook, published in September, she devotes her attention to vegetables, demystifying both common and obscure veggies for the home cook, and offering recipes that will make you the envy of any dinner party.

Stewart goes beyond ordinary recipes to explore the world of lesser-known or less-loved vegetables. There are jicama and squash blossoms — popular in Mexico but not as well-known in the U.S. — included in her roster, as well as creative approaches to using veggies cooks frequently relegate to dull interpretations. Take, for example, the humble parsnip. Usually reserved for roasts or soups, Stewart introduces it as a central ingredient in — wait for it — cupcakes!

Our favorite fruit, avocado, enjoys pride of place in Stewart's cookbook, with recipes ranging from avocado and sprout club sandwiches to salmon and avocado tartine.

After indulging in this book, you'll soon be planning your next dinner or brunch party!

2. The 24-Hour Wine Expert

You love wine but — if you're honest — you really don't know much about it. You know which bottles you like (and which ones you can afford), but when your friends start talking about "mouth feel" and the like at dinner parties, you just pretend you know what they're talking about.

Sound familiar? If so, you need Jancis Robinson's The 24-Hour Wine Expert, a book that intends to give you a crash course in wine essentials in just 100 pages. Free of the bluster of so many experts, Robinson offers fun, accessible suggestions for learning more about wine. Her tips aren't only about wine itself, but also about stemware, how to develop relationships with wine sellers, and information about lesser-known wines, which will make you the talk of the town if you serve them at your next event.

3. The Short Stack Cookbook: Ingredients That Speak Volumes

We're big fans of the Short Stack cookbooks, which were initially funded by a Kickstarter campaign. Whether it's maple, honey, chickpeas, chocolate, or grits, each hand-stitched, beautifully illustrated book focuses on a single ingredient.

In their newest book, The Short Stack Cookbook, they've organized chapters around their favorite ingredients, and avocados from Mexico aren't left out of the spotlight. While it doesn't have a chapter all its own, it features in multiple recipes, all of which will inevitably delight the palate any time of year.

AVO TIP: How do you know when you've found the perfect avocado from Mexico at store? Learn from a pro in this quick video!

The post 3 Books to Read Right Now appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

We have a hard time resisting books with pretty pictures, a compelling story, or easy, delicious recipes. If you do too, these three books — all published recently — are must-adds to your bookshelf.

1. Martha Stewart's Vegetables

Regardless of what one thinks about Martha Stewart, it's impossible to disagree with the claim that Martha knows her way around a garden and a kitchen. In her latest cookbook, published in September, she devotes her attention to vegetables, demystifying both common and obscure veggies for the home cook, and offering recipes that will make you the envy of any dinner party. Stewart goes beyond ordinary recipes to explore the world of lesser-known or less-loved vegetables. There are jicama and squash blossoms — popular in Mexico but not as well-known in the U.S. — included in her roster, as well as creative approaches to using veggies cooks frequently relegate to dull interpretations. Take, for example, the humble parsnip. Usually reserved for roasts or soups, Stewart introduces it as a central ingredient in — wait for it — cupcakes! Our favorite fruit, avocado, enjoys pride of place in Stewart's cookbook, with recipes ranging from avocado and sprout club sandwiches to salmon and avocado tartine. After indulging in this book, you'll soon be planning your next dinner or brunch party!

2. The 24-Hour Wine Expert

You love wine but — if you're honest — you really don't know much about it. You know which bottles you like (and which ones you can afford), but when your friends start talking about "mouth feel" and the like at dinner parties, you just pretend you know what they're talking about. Sound familiar? If so, you need Jancis Robinson's The 24-Hour Wine Expert, a book that intends to give you a crash course in wine essentials in just 100 pages. Free of the bluster of so many experts, Robinson offers fun, accessible suggestions for learning more about wine. Her tips aren't only about wine itself, but also about stemware, how to develop relationships with wine sellers, and information about lesser-known wines, which will make you the talk of the town if you serve them at your next event.

3. The Short Stack Cookbook: Ingredients That Speak Volumes

We're big fans of the Short Stack cookbooks, which were initially funded by a Kickstarter campaign. Whether it's maple, honey, chickpeas, chocolate, or grits, each hand-stitched, beautifully illustrated book focuses on a single ingredient. In their newest book, The Short Stack Cookbook, they've organized chapters around their favorite ingredients, and avocados from Mexico aren't left out of the spotlight. While it doesn't have a chapter all its own, it features in multiple recipes, all of which will inevitably delight the palate any time of year. AVO TIP: How do you know when you've found the perfect avocado from Mexico at store? Learn from a pro in this quick video!

The post 3 Books to Read Right Now appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Ripening Your Avocados From Mexico https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/ripening-avocados-mexico/ Tue, 11 Oct 2016 15:28:17 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17816 The post Ripening Your Avocados From Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post Ripening Your Avocados From Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How to Make a Piñata https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/make-pinata/ Mon, 10 Oct 2016 15:17:21 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17828

As far as party games go, there's nothing more fun than gathering your guests and smashing a piñata, then watching as everyone dives to the ground to compete for the biggest haul of goodies. And sure, you could buy a piñata at the party store, but why would you do that when you could have even more fun making one?

Here's a step-by-step guide for a DIY piñata. Ours is avocado-shaped . . . of course!

1. Organize your supplies.

You'll need balloons, tissue paper, flour, and newspapers, as well as scissors and craft glue. If you want to make an avocado-shaped piñata, be sure to purchase a pack of 9"- to 12"-inch latex balloons (buy a package that has a few in case one pops) and green tissue paper.

2. Tear newspaper into strips.

You'll need about a week's worth of newspapers to cover your balloon. Tear the newspaper into strips that are about an inch across. Make sure you have these ready BEFORE you make your flour and water mix.

3. Gather the whole family and prepare to get dirty!

Crafting a homemade piñata really is fun for the whole family . . . if you do it right! Make sure everyone is dressed in clothes that can get dirty; you'll inevitably have your flour paste drip and cake on your clothes (don't worry; it will wash off).

If you have the option to do so, move all your supplies and your helpers outside. If you need to stay indoors, no worries! Just line a patch of your kitchen floor with some paper bags or extra newspaper so clean up will be faster once the papier-mâché work is done.

4. Make a paste for papier-mâché.

The amount of paste you'll need to make will depend upon the size of your balloon, but the recipe couldn't be easier: the ratio will always be one cup of flour to two cups of water. Mix with a whisk or spoon until the paste is smooth, without lumps, and the consistency of pancake batter.

Let the kids mix; there's no way they can mess it up and they LOVE having a hand in the process.

undefined4

When your paste is done, it will look like this:

5. Blow up your balloon.

Take a deep breath and get ready to inflate your balloon. If its shape doesn't quite evoke an avocado, use masking tape to train the balloon into a better approximation.

6. Hang the balloon and prepare to get messy!

If you're working outside, find a pole or tree branch from which you can hang your balloon; this will make covering the balloon with papier-mâché much easier. If you want to keep the balloon at eye- and hand-level for smaller kids to help out, place it atop a flower pot.

7. Papier-mâché the balloon.

Dip the newspaper strips into the paste and place them in a single layer on the balloon, with the strips running vertically from top to bottom. Then, you'll want to cover the balloon with a second layer of newspaper strips. This time, the newsprint should encircle the balloon like a belt, with strips wrapped horizontally around the balloon.

8. Leave the balloon to dry.

You'll want to leave the balloon to dry for two or three days; it shouldn't feel damp to the touch at all.

9. Get ready to decorate!

Once the balloon is completely dry, it's time to decorate! Use the tissue paper to create an avocado look. It's as easy as wrapping the balloon in a couple layers of green tissue paper.

Want to go the extra mile? Make an Avocados From Mexico label to paste on your avo-piñata! This is another great part of the piñata-making process when kids can get involved.

10. Fill the piñata.

When your piñata looks party-ready, clip the knot of the balloon so that you create a hole into which you can pour candy and any other fillings (money and small party favors are good options). You may need to use scissors to make the hole slightly bigger.

11. Get this party started!

Now the only step left is to enjoy the fruit of your labors! Make sure the papier-mâché paste has been washed out of your hair, hang the piñata in a place where your guests will be able to hit it, find a stick that's just right, and have at it!

Don't forget to share your party and piñata photos with us! Use @AvocadosfromMexico or #AvocadosFromMexico.

And don't forget the guacamole! Chef Pati Jinich teaches you how to choose avocados for the perfect party guac.

The post How to Make a Piñata appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

As far as party games go, there's nothing more fun than gathering your guests and smashing a piñata, then watching as everyone dives to the ground to compete for the biggest haul of goodies. And sure, you could buy a piñata at the party store, but why would you do that when you could have even more fun making one? Here's a step-by-step guide for a DIY piñata. Ours is avocado-shaped . . . of course!

1. Organize your supplies.

You'll need balloons, tissue paper, flour, and newspapers, as well as scissors and craft glue. If you want to make an avocado-shaped piñata, be sure to purchase a pack of 9"- to 12"-inch latex balloons (buy a package that has a few in case one pops) and green tissue paper.

2. Tear newspaper into strips.

You'll need about a week's worth of newspapers to cover your balloon. Tear the newspaper into strips that are about an inch across. Make sure you have these ready BEFORE you make your flour and water mix.

3. Gather the whole family and prepare to get dirty!

Crafting a homemade piñata really is fun for the whole family . . . if you do it right! Make sure everyone is dressed in clothes that can get dirty; you'll inevitably have your flour paste drip and cake on your clothes (don't worry; it will wash off). If you have the option to do so, move all your supplies and your helpers outside. If you need to stay indoors, no worries! Just line a patch of your kitchen floor with some paper bags or extra newspaper so clean up will be faster once the papier-mâché work is done.

4. Make a paste for papier-mâché.

The amount of paste you'll need to make will depend upon the size of your balloon, but the recipe couldn't be easier: the ratio will always be one cup of flour to two cups of water. Mix with a whisk or spoon until the paste is smooth, without lumps, and the consistency of pancake batter. Let the kids mix; there's no way they can mess it up and they LOVE having a hand in the process. undefined4 When your paste is done, it will look like this:

5. Blow up your balloon.

Take a deep breath and get ready to inflate your balloon. If its shape doesn't quite evoke an avocado, use masking tape to train the balloon into a better approximation.

6. Hang the balloon and prepare to get messy!

If you're working outside, find a pole or tree branch from which you can hang your balloon; this will make covering the balloon with papier-mâché much easier. If you want to keep the balloon at eye- and hand-level for smaller kids to help out, place it atop a flower pot.

7. Papier-mâché the balloon.

Dip the newspaper strips into the paste and place them in a single layer on the balloon, with the strips running vertically from top to bottom. Then, you'll want to cover the balloon with a second layer of newspaper strips. This time, the newsprint should encircle the balloon like a belt, with strips wrapped horizontally around the balloon.

8. Leave the balloon to dry.

You'll want to leave the balloon to dry for two or three days; it shouldn't feel damp to the touch at all.

9. Get ready to decorate!

Once the balloon is completely dry, it's time to decorate! Use the tissue paper to create an avocado look. It's as easy as wrapping the balloon in a couple layers of green tissue paper. Want to go the extra mile? Make an Avocados From Mexico label to paste on your avo-piñata! This is another great part of the piñata-making process when kids can get involved.

10. Fill the piñata.

When your piñata looks party-ready, clip the knot of the balloon so that you create a hole into which you can pour candy and any other fillings (money and small party favors are good options). You may need to use scissors to make the hole slightly bigger.

11. Get this party started!

Now the only step left is to enjoy the fruit of your labors! Make sure the papier-mâché paste has been washed out of your hair, hang the piñata in a place where your guests will be able to hit it, find a stick that's just right, and have at it! Don't forget to share your party and piñata photos with us! Use @AvocadosfromMexico or #AvocadosFromMexico. And don't forget the guacamole! Chef Pati Jinich teaches you how to choose avocados for the perfect party guac.

The post How to Make a Piñata appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Using Heat to Speed up Ripening https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/using-heat-speed-ripening/ Sun, 09 Oct 2016 15:28:27 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17815 The post Using Heat to Speed up Ripening appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post Using Heat to Speed up Ripening appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The Best of National Guacamole Day 2016 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/best-national-guacamole-day-2016/ Sat, 01 Oct 2016 08:42:59 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17830

From Jan. 1 (National Bloody Mary Day) to Dec. 31 (National Champagne Day), there's a holiday for practically every drink, food, ingredient, and condiment you can imagine (and some you can't, too. We're looking at you, National Ambrosia Day.). 2016's National Guacamole Day has come and gone, but don't cry on your tortilla chips. Take a look at some previous guactastic bashes so you can start planning NOW for 2017's big day!

1. Coordinate a guac-themed restaurant crawl.

Take a look at this year's list of restaurants around the country that offered free guac for National Guacamole Day and start planning a guac-themed restaurant crawl with your pals. Make a map and plot your route; make copies of the map for your friends, or make a digital version to share via smartphone. And go ahead and put a reminder on your 2017 calendar: a few weeks before next year's Guac Day, you'll want to place a quick call to the restaurants on your map to make sure they're still open and plan to celebrate. Don't see any spots near you on the list? Call a few of your local Mexican restaurants and ask if they're going to have a 2017 National Guacamole Day promotion!

2. Gather some friends for a gourmet guac tasting.

You've heard of wine flights and beer flights ... so why not a guac flight? This year, the New York City restaurant Añejo offered a special for National Guac Day: Try three different guacamoles for $6. But you don't have to get dressed up and go out for a night on the town to riff on the idea. With our unique guacamole recipes, you can make your own guac flight. Try our Indian-inspired Guacamole Masala, our Southwestern Guacamole or our Tequila Guacamole.

3. Take a spa day.

We would never tell you to call in sick to work if you're not actually ill, so we're glad to report that 2017's National Guacamole Day falls on a Saturday. Go ahead and pencil in a spa day right now, opting for treatment at one of the spas that specializes in using the green fruit as an ingredient.

4. Break Records for guac-making!

It's going to take A LOT of avocados to break the current record for guac-making. The current record holders — 450 students in the Mexican town of Tancítaro — used 2.5 TONS of them to make the world's largest serving of guacamole in 2013.

No one's taken their title away from them so far, but if you plan to try, you'd better start planning now! In addition to bulk quantities of ingredients, you're going to need a lot of extra cooks in your kitchen to even come close to the Tancítaro crew, which, according to the organizer, required "110 (people) to chop tomatoes, 110 for chopping onions, 110 for pulping avocado, 40 to stir the guacamole, and 50 for the lemons."

The post The Best of National Guacamole Day 2016 appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

From Jan. 1 (National Bloody Mary Day) to Dec. 31 (National Champagne Day), there's a holiday for practically every drink, food, ingredient, and condiment you can imagine (and some you can't, too. We're looking at you, National Ambrosia Day.). 2016's National Guacamole Day has come and gone, but don't cry on your tortilla chips. Take a look at some previous guactastic bashes so you can start planning NOW for 2017's big day!

1. Coordinate a guac-themed restaurant crawl.

Take a look at this year's list of restaurants around the country that offered free guac for National Guacamole Day and start planning a guac-themed restaurant crawl with your pals. Make a map and plot your route; make copies of the map for your friends, or make a digital version to share via smartphone. And go ahead and put a reminder on your 2017 calendar: a few weeks before next year's Guac Day, you'll want to place a quick call to the restaurants on your map to make sure they're still open and plan to celebrate. Don't see any spots near you on the list? Call a few of your local Mexican restaurants and ask if they're going to have a 2017 National Guacamole Day promotion!

2. Gather some friends for a gourmet guac tasting.

You've heard of wine flights and beer flights ... so why not a guac flight? This year, the New York City restaurant Añejo offered a special for National Guac Day: Try three different guacamoles for $6. But you don't have to get dressed up and go out for a night on the town to riff on the idea. With our unique guacamole recipes, you can make your own guac flight. Try our Indian-inspired Guacamole Masala, our Southwestern Guacamole or our Tequila Guacamole.

3. Take a spa day.

We would never tell you to call in sick to work if you're not actually ill, so we're glad to report that 2017's National Guacamole Day falls on a Saturday. Go ahead and pencil in a spa day right now, opting for treatment at one of the spas that specializes in using the green fruit as an ingredient.

4. Break Records for guac-making!

It's going to take A LOT of avocados to break the current record for guac-making. The current record holders — 450 students in the Mexican town of Tancítaro — used 2.5 TONS of them to make the world's largest serving of guacamole in 2013. No one's taken their title away from them so far, but if you plan to try, you'd better start planning now! In addition to bulk quantities of ingredients, you're going to need a lot of extra cooks in your kitchen to even come close to the Tancítaro crew, which, according to the organizer, required "110 (people) to chop tomatoes, 110 for chopping onions, 110 for pulping avocado, 40 to stir the guacamole, and 50 for the lemons."

The post The Best of National Guacamole Day 2016 appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
How To Pick Avocados For Your Week https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/pick-avocados-week/ Fri, 30 Sep 2016 15:28:34 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17812 The post How To Pick Avocados For Your Week appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post How To Pick Avocados For Your Week appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
What to do With An Open and Unripe Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/open-unripe-avocado/ Thu, 29 Sep 2016 21:14:32 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17894 The post What to do With An Open and Unripe Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post What to do With An Open and Unripe Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
A Cinco de Mayo Fiesta Game Plan https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/cinco-de-mayo-fiesta-game-plan/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/cinco-de-mayo-fiesta-game-plan/#respond Thu, 29 Sep 2016 17:30:37 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5240

By: M. Elise Giller

May 5 isn’t just any old day of the year: It’s Cinco de Mayo! This Mexican holiday is the perfect excuse for a fun fiesta, with loads of guacamole, margaritas, and, of course, family and friends. Hosting a party can sometimes feel overwhelming, but if you prepare beforehand, throwing your Cinco de Mayo celebration can be a snap.

Make Margaritas Ahead of Time

You want to spend time with your guests, not slave away in the kitchen over a blender. That’s why we recommend preparing classic margaritas (not the frozen variety) ahead of time in a big batch. Combine three parts tequila with two parts triple sec and one part citrus juice in a half-gallon pitcher. Store it in the fridge until party time.

To serve: As your friends ask for a drink, measure about two ounces of the margarita mix into a cocktail shaker with ice, then pour into a glass that's been prepped with lime juice and rock salt around the rim.

Prep a Taco Station in Advance

Celebrations mean delicious food, and Cinco de Mayo is no exception. Your guests will love a buffet-style taco bar, which will help set the Mexican-themed mood. Prepare all the fixings beforehand — fresh corn and flour tortillas, precooked fajita meat, grated cheese, and fresh lettuce, cilantro, tomato, and salsa — and store them in their designated party containers in the refrigerator. When it's time to set up, heat up the prepared fajita meat, unwrap your toppings, and serve! Don't forget to supply plenty of classic guacamole to top off the tacos right.

Buy a Pre-Filled Piñata

Save time and energy in the party game department. Rather than filing up an empty piñata yourself, pick up one that's pre-made. Check with your local Mexican grocery or Party City to see if they carry pre-filled options. Fiesta Piñata and Pre-Filled Parties also offer them online. Hang up a traditional donkey or a not-so-traditional option and get the party started! Then blindfold guests and hand them a bat to see if they can crack it open. The candy might go flying across your backyard, but it’s worth it to see those sugar-crazed smiles.

Get more party prep tips.

The post A Cinco de Mayo Fiesta Game Plan appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By: M. Elise Giller May 5 isn’t just any old day of the year: It’s Cinco de Mayo! This Mexican holiday is the perfect excuse for a fun fiesta, with loads of guacamole, margaritas, and, of course, family and friends. Hosting a party can sometimes feel overwhelming, but if you prepare beforehand, throwing your Cinco de Mayo celebration can be a snap.

Make Margaritas Ahead of Time

You want to spend time with your guests, not slave away in the kitchen over a blender. That’s why we recommend preparing classic margaritas (not the frozen variety) ahead of time in a big batch. Combine three parts tequila with two parts triple sec and one part citrus juice in a half-gallon pitcher. Store it in the fridge until party time. To serve: As your friends ask for a drink, measure about two ounces of the margarita mix into a cocktail shaker with ice, then pour into a glass that's been prepped with lime juice and rock salt around the rim.

Prep a Taco Station in Advance

Celebrations mean delicious food, and Cinco de Mayo is no exception. Your guests will love a buffet-style taco bar, which will help set the Mexican-themed mood. Prepare all the fixings beforehand — fresh corn and flour tortillas, precooked fajita meat, grated cheese, and fresh lettuce, cilantro, tomato, and salsa — and store them in their designated party containers in the refrigerator. When it's time to set up, heat up the prepared fajita meat, unwrap your toppings, and serve! Don't forget to supply plenty of classic guacamole to top off the tacos right.

Buy a Pre-Filled Piñata

Save time and energy in the party game department. Rather than filing up an empty piñata yourself, pick up one that's pre-made. Check with your local Mexican grocery or Party City to see if they carry pre-filled options. Fiesta Piñata and Pre-Filled Parties also offer them online. Hang up a traditional donkey or a not-so-traditional option and get the party started! Then blindfold guests and hand them a bat to see if they can crack it open. The candy might go flying across your backyard, but it’s worth it to see those sugar-crazed smiles. Get more party prep tips.

The post A Cinco de Mayo Fiesta Game Plan appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/cinco-de-mayo-fiesta-game-plan/feed/ 0
Weeknight Wonder Chef https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/weeknight-wonder-chef/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/weeknight-wonder-chef/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 20:22:12 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5321

It’s 6 p.m. You put in a full workday, carted your school-age kids to and fro, and now everyone is calling out for dinner.

You’re tired, you’re hungry, and your fingers can barely summon the strength to turn on the oven and start dicing veggies.

Fear not! With these time-saving tips to add to your kitchen arsenal, you’ll never again be left wondering, “What’s for dinner?”

Let the grocer do it.

Grab a store-bought rotisserie chicken, a bag of prewashed salad greens, and avocados on nights when you’re too tired or busy to cook. With these ingredients, it only takes a few minutes to put together an enjoyable meal.

Locate your recipe.

Don’t waste precious time searching for a recipe before you can start cooking. Save recipes you’d like to try in a dedicated cooking organization app for your tablet or smartphone, or print them out and tuck them into a folder.

Save time with gadgets.

Try an egg slicer for recipes that call for sliced fruit. It slices everything from strawberries to bananas to avocados in one swift motion. Of course, it’s also great for eggs.

Work in advance.

When you cook, prepare enough for two or three meals at once. For instance, buy twice the hamburger meat you need and brown it with sautéed onions, peppers, and spices. Toss the extra in the freezer. This will save you time when you need to make something fast — like tacos or chili. Items such as cooked hamburger and casseroles can be frozen for up to three months; chicken and turkey can be frozen for even longer.

Dust off your slow cooker.

Add chicken breast, pork chops, or thick cuts of beef to a slow cooker along with roughly chopped root vegetables and some broth or water before you head off to work in the morning. When you return in the evening, you’ll have a warm, hearty meal that’s ready to serve.

Pay for convenience.

Many recipes call for chopped onions, peppers, or celery. Buy a bag or two of these basics, either frozen or fresh, and keep them on hand in your kitchen. It’s a definite pre-chopped time-saver.

Master these quick and easy shortcuts for weeknight home cooking and you’ll be a household hero.

 

The post Weeknight Wonder Chef appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It’s 6 p.m. You put in a full workday, carted your school-age kids to and fro, and now everyone is calling out for dinner. You’re tired, you’re hungry, and your fingers can barely summon the strength to turn on the oven and start dicing veggies. Fear not! With these time-saving tips to add to your kitchen arsenal, you’ll never again be left wondering, “What’s for dinner?”

Let the grocer do it.

Grab a store-bought rotisserie chicken, a bag of prewashed salad greens, and avocados on nights when you’re too tired or busy to cook. With these ingredients, it only takes a few minutes to put together an enjoyable meal.

Locate your recipe.

Don’t waste precious time searching for a recipe before you can start cooking. Save recipes you’d like to try in a dedicated cooking organization app for your tablet or smartphone, or print them out and tuck them into a folder.

Save time with gadgets.

Try an egg slicer for recipes that call for sliced fruit. It slices everything from strawberries to bananas to avocados in one swift motion. Of course, it’s also great for eggs.

Work in advance.

When you cook, prepare enough for two or three meals at once. For instance, buy twice the hamburger meat you need and brown it with sautéed onions, peppers, and spices. Toss the extra in the freezer. This will save you time when you need to make something fast — like tacos or chili. Items such as cooked hamburger and casseroles can be frozen for up to three months; chicken and turkey can be frozen for even longer.

Dust off your slow cooker.

Add chicken breast, pork chops, or thick cuts of beef to a slow cooker along with roughly chopped root vegetables and some broth or water before you head off to work in the morning. When you return in the evening, you’ll have a warm, hearty meal that’s ready to serve.

Pay for convenience.

Many recipes call for chopped onions, peppers, or celery. Buy a bag or two of these basics, either frozen or fresh, and keep them on hand in your kitchen. It’s a definite pre-chopped time-saver. Master these quick and easy shortcuts for weeknight home cooking and you’ll be a household hero.  

The post Weeknight Wonder Chef appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/weeknight-wonder-chef/feed/ 0
We Heart Avos https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/heart-avos/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/heart-avos/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 20:19:24 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5319

Sure, there may be more exciting moments in life than the feel of your knife slicing through the skin of a perfectly ripe avocado, but we can’t think of any. Oh, wait a sec ... Nope, still nothing.

We can, however, think of tons more reasons to love this creamy, green fruit! Not only are avocados fresh and satisfying, but they’re good for you on so many levels. From playing the part of secret ingredient in celebrity beauty routines to calorie friendly meals and helping us live well and feel good, here are five more reasons to heart avocados.

Calorie friendly.

The nutritional benefits of avocados are huge. Dietary fiber from fruits, as part of an overall healthy diet, helps reduce blood cholesterol levels and may lower risk of heart disease. Avocados as a fresh fruit are a great way to add variety to your diet and contain 8 percent of your daily value of fiber per serving.

Everyone looks good in green.

A mashed avocado makes for more than a beautiful dip for game day; it also makes for a remarkable beauty cream. Spread mashed avocado on the skin for an anti-aging facial mask, or massage a mashed avocado into the hair for a deep conditioner and scalp revitalizer.

It’s always avocado time.

These versatile fruits are delicious for breakfast, lunch, dinner, and everything in between. Spread them on toast with a poached egg in the morning, blend them into a smoothie for a snack, dice them in salads for a midday meal, or use them as an oil replacement for fudgy, delicious brownies.

Visible benefits.

Avocados contain 81 micrograms of the carotenoids lutein and zeaxanthin per 1-ounce serving. Lutein and zeaxanthin are carotenoids which some research suggests may help maintain eye health as we age.

Good fats.

Avocados contribute good fats to one’s diet. Why naturally good fats? Because the body needs some dietary fat in moderation to help with absorption of nutrients. Good fats do not raise LDL "bad" cholesterol levels. Avocados contain 3.5g of naturally good fat per 1-ounce serving.

Boost that baby bump.

Avocados are good for expecting moms because they have 3.5 grams of unsaturated fats, which are known to be important for normal growth and development of the central nervous system and brain.

 

References:

http://www.medicalnewstoday.com/articles/270406.php

http://www.medicaldaily.com/fit-food-fruit-7-benefits-avocado-long-healthy-life-332918

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/david-zinczenko/8-reasons-avocado-is-a-pe_b_6648104.html

https://naturalbeautytips.co/homemade-avocado-hair-mask-recipes/

The post We Heart Avos appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Sure, there may be more exciting moments in life than the feel of your knife slicing through the skin of a perfectly ripe avocado, but we can’t think of any. Oh, wait a sec ... Nope, still nothing. We can, however, think of tons more reasons to love this creamy, green fruit! Not only are avocados fresh and satisfying, but they’re good for you on so many levels. From playing the part of secret ingredient in celebrity beauty routines to calorie friendly meals and helping us live well and feel good, here are five more reasons to heart avocados.

Calorie friendly.

The nutritional benefits of avocados are huge. Dietary fiber from fruits, as part of an overall healthy diet, helps reduce blood cholesterol levels and may lower risk of heart disease. Avocados as a fresh fruit are a great way to add variety to your diet and contain 8 percent of your daily value of fiber per serving.

Everyone looks good in green.

A mashed avocado makes for more than a beautiful dip for game day; it also makes for a remarkable beauty cream. Spread mashed avocado on the skin for an anti-aging facial mask, or massage a mashed avocado into the hair for a deep conditioner and scalp revitalizer.

It’s always avocado time.

These versatile fruits are delicious for breakfast, lunch, dinner, and everything in between. Spread them on toast with a poached egg in the morning, blend them into a smoothie for a snack, dice them in salads for a midday meal, or use them as an oil replacement for fudgy, delicious brownies.

Visible benefits.

Avocados contain 81 micrograms of the carotenoids lutein and zeaxanthin per 1-ounce serving. Lutein and zeaxanthin are carotenoids which some research suggests may help maintain eye health as we age.

Good fats.

Avocados contribute good fats to one’s diet. Why naturally good fats? Because the body needs some dietary fat in moderation to help with absorption of nutrients. Good fats do not raise LDL "bad" cholesterol levels. Avocados contain 3.5g of naturally good fat per 1-ounce serving.

Boost that baby bump.

Avocados are good for expecting moms because they have 3.5 grams of unsaturated fats, which are known to be important for normal growth and development of the central nervous system and brain.  

References:

http://www.medicalnewstoday.com/articles/270406.php http://www.medicaldaily.com/fit-food-fruit-7-benefits-avocado-long-healthy-life-332918 http://www.huffingtonpost.com/david-zinczenko/8-reasons-avocado-is-a-pe_b_6648104.html https://naturalbeautytips.co/homemade-avocado-hair-mask-recipes/

The post We Heart Avos appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/heart-avos/feed/ 0
Unexpected Benefits of Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/unexpected-benefits-avocados/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/unexpected-benefits-avocados/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 20:17:31 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5316

By Mary O. Parker

Not only do Avocados From Mexico taste terrific, but they are nutritious to boot. In fact, the diverse benefits of avocados just might surprise you!

Avocados and Heart Disease

Avocados can help consumers meet the Dietary Guidelines for 2015, which emphasizes making small dietary shifts including replacing “bad fats” with “good fats.”

Unsaturated (both monounsaturated and polyunsaturated) fats are found in avocados, and unsaturated fats are considered "good fats." The body needs some dietary fat to help with absorption of nutrients — but not all fats are the same, and keeping a healthy balance of your fat intake is key. Good fats can help your intake of dietary fat and do not raise LDL (bad) cholesterol.

Avocados and Fiber

Don’t let their creamy texture fool you; avocados contribute 2 grams of fiber per 1-ounce serving — 8 percent of your daily value. Dietary fiber adds bulk to your diet and can help you feel full faster, increase satiety, and help you feel fuller longer.

Foster Nutrient Absorption

Avocados contain 3.5 grams of naturally good fats per 1-ounce serving. Good fats help the body absorb fat-soluble nutrients without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol levels when eaten as part of a healthy diet.

Avocados and Eye Health

Avocados contain 81 micrograms of lutein and zeaxanthin per 1-ounce serving. Lutein and zeaxanthin are caroteinoids, which some research suggests may help maintain eye health as we age.

Read more about the benefits of avocados here.

 

The post Unexpected Benefits of Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Mary O. Parker Not only do Avocados From Mexico taste terrific, but they are nutritious to boot. In fact, the diverse benefits of avocados just might surprise you!

Avocados and Heart Disease

Avocados can help consumers meet the Dietary Guidelines for 2015, which emphasizes making small dietary shifts including replacing “bad fats” with “good fats.” Unsaturated (both monounsaturated and polyunsaturated) fats are found in avocados, and unsaturated fats are considered "good fats." The body needs some dietary fat to help with absorption of nutrients — but not all fats are the same, and keeping a healthy balance of your fat intake is key. Good fats can help your intake of dietary fat and do not raise LDL (bad) cholesterol.

Avocados and Fiber

Don’t let their creamy texture fool you; avocados contribute 2 grams of fiber per 1-ounce serving — 8 percent of your daily value. Dietary fiber adds bulk to your diet and can help you feel full faster, increase satiety, and help you feel fuller longer.

Foster Nutrient Absorption

Avocados contain 3.5 grams of naturally good fats per 1-ounce serving. Good fats help the body absorb fat-soluble nutrients without raising LDL (bad) cholesterol levels when eaten as part of a healthy diet.

Avocados and Eye Health

Avocados contain 81 micrograms of lutein and zeaxanthin per 1-ounce serving. Lutein and zeaxanthin are caroteinoids, which some research suggests may help maintain eye health as we age. Read more about the benefits of avocados here.  

The post Unexpected Benefits of Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/unexpected-benefits-avocados/feed/ 0
Top 6 Ways to Use the #AvoEmoji https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/top-6-ways-use-avoemoji/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/top-6-ways-use-avoemoji/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 20:12:40 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5314

Yes, it's true. After years of being neglected and overshadowed by all kinds of foods, from shish kebabs to sushi, the voice of the pueblo was heard and an avocado emoji has finally been approved by the Unicode Consortium, the nonprofit organization that standardizes software and data worldwide. This means that in its next update, Unicode 9.0, our beloved avos will be represented in the digital world with a beautiful image of a ripe avocado cut in half, its seed showing. To celebrate such a wonderful event, and because we just can't wait, we've put together a list of a few fun ways you can use the #AvoEmoji:

1. Give your shopping list a splash of green.

Going for groceries isn't always fun, especially after a long day at work. The new avocado emoji is great for brightening your trip to the store. There are tons of apps that can help you organize your shopping list; most of them allow the use of emojis. Next time you're running out of avocado, you have a new, quick and easy way to add the beautiful fruit to your shopping list.

2. Use it as a term of endearment when texting your significant other.

Why does "pumpkin" get all the love as a nickname? Why do we use "sugar", "cookie", or "peaches" to refer to our significant others? Why not the avocado? If you really want to stand out from the crowd with a cute nickname for your partner, call him or her “Mi aguacatito" (My little avocado). If Mexico's national soccer team forward, Javier Hernández, pulled off an impressive career with the nickname, Chicharito (Little Pea), imagine what you can do with “Aguacatito"! Just think of all the texting fun you'll both have with the new avocado emoji. Phrases like “You complete me" will have a whole new meaning!

3. Communicate your avo craving when traveling abroad.

From now on, whenever you travel to another country, you'll have a new visual aid that will help you communicate across language differences. Who cares if you are in a gorgeous faraway restaurant and the server only speaks French, Russian, Mandarin, or Turkish and you don't? If you want to satisfy your avocado craving, just point to the avo emoji! No foreign language skills required!

4. Invite your best pals to a spa day.

Avocados are a favorite ingredient in facials and other spa treatments. Avocados contribute 4% of your daily value of vitamin E. Vitamin E is an antioxidant that protects body tissue from damage and helps keep the immune system strong against viruses and bacteria. Whenever you feel like having a detox and pampering day, invite friends to come along by texting them an invite featuring the new avocado emoji. There's no doubt they'll instantly understand that the word "spa" plus the emoji means that they're in for a real treat.

5. Share your favorite guac recipe.

Guacamole is everybody's favorite dipping dish. It's not only nutritious, but also full of flavor. Traditional guac is made of mashed avocado that's dashed with hints of salt, lime, and some fresh cilantro, but be brave and experiment! Share your best discoveries and creations with your friends and family. Text your new recipe with the avo emoji—no doubt, you'll leave their mouths watering.

6. Text some friends for a last-minute guac night.

While we're on the subject, guacamole is a great reason to plan a last-minute get-together. Since it is so easy to make, and so delicious to eat, if you're in the mood to improvise a small party, the avocado emoji will be the ideal icon to use to invite everyone over. Accompany the night with chips, some refreshing drinks, and great music, and no matter what season it is, it'll feel like summer.

How will you use the avo emoji? Let us know! Tag your tips with #AvoEmoji or tweet us at @AvosfromMexico.

The post Top 6 Ways to Use the #AvoEmoji appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Yes, it's true. After years of being neglected and overshadowed by all kinds of foods, from shish kebabs to sushi, the voice of the pueblo was heard and an avocado emoji has finally been approved by the Unicode Consortium, the nonprofit organization that standardizes software and data worldwide. This means that in its next update, Unicode 9.0, our beloved avos will be represented in the digital world with a beautiful image of a ripe avocado cut in half, its seed showing. To celebrate such a wonderful event, and because we just can't wait, we've put together a list of a few fun ways you can use the #AvoEmoji:

1. Give your shopping list a splash of green.

Going for groceries isn't always fun, especially after a long day at work. The new avocado emoji is great for brightening your trip to the store. There are tons of apps that can help you organize your shopping list; most of them allow the use of emojis. Next time you're running out of avocado, you have a new, quick and easy way to add the beautiful fruit to your shopping list.

2. Use it as a term of endearment when texting your significant other.

Why does "pumpkin" get all the love as a nickname? Why do we use "sugar", "cookie", or "peaches" to refer to our significant others? Why not the avocado? If you really want to stand out from the crowd with a cute nickname for your partner, call him or her “Mi aguacatito" (My little avocado). If Mexico's national soccer team forward, Javier Hernández, pulled off an impressive career with the nickname, Chicharito (Little Pea), imagine what you can do with “Aguacatito"! Just think of all the texting fun you'll both have with the new avocado emoji. Phrases like “You complete me" will have a whole new meaning!

3. Communicate your avo craving when traveling abroad.

From now on, whenever you travel to another country, you'll have a new visual aid that will help you communicate across language differences. Who cares if you are in a gorgeous faraway restaurant and the server only speaks French, Russian, Mandarin, or Turkish and you don't? If you want to satisfy your avocado craving, just point to the avo emoji! No foreign language skills required!

4. Invite your best pals to a spa day.

Avocados are a favorite ingredient in facials and other spa treatments. Avocados contribute 4% of your daily value of vitamin E. Vitamin E is an antioxidant that protects body tissue from damage and helps keep the immune system strong against viruses and bacteria. Whenever you feel like having a detox and pampering day, invite friends to come along by texting them an invite featuring the new avocado emoji. There's no doubt they'll instantly understand that the word "spa" plus the emoji means that they're in for a real treat.

5. Share your favorite guac recipe.

Guacamole is everybody's favorite dipping dish. It's not only nutritious, but also full of flavor. Traditional guac is made of mashed avocado that's dashed with hints of salt, lime, and some fresh cilantro, but be brave and experiment! Share your best discoveries and creations with your friends and family. Text your new recipe with the avo emoji—no doubt, you'll leave their mouths watering.

6. Text some friends for a last-minute guac night.

While we're on the subject, guacamole is a great reason to plan a last-minute get-together. Since it is so easy to make, and so delicious to eat, if you're in the mood to improvise a small party, the avocado emoji will be the ideal icon to use to invite everyone over. Accompany the night with chips, some refreshing drinks, and great music, and no matter what season it is, it'll feel like summer. How will you use the avo emoji? Let us know! Tag your tips with #AvoEmoji or tweet us at @AvosfromMexico.

The post Top 6 Ways to Use the #AvoEmoji appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/top-6-ways-use-avoemoji/feed/ 0
Toluca Guac with Chorizo & Chiles Toreados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/toluca-guac-chorizo-chiles-toreados/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/toluca-guac-chorizo-chiles-toreados/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 20:08:51 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5313

Recipe by Pati Jinich

All the men around me, my dad, my husband, my three boys, heart chorizo. Don’t even mention chiles toreados, they like those on everything. The chiles toreados we like are jalapeño or serrano chiles that are gently rolled to release all their flavor and juices, seared or charred, and then mixed with onion and marinated in lime juice and soy sauce. They are as good as they sound.

They make the base of this guacamole, which is then topped with a bit of diced tomato, tons of hot crispy chorizo bites and finished with tangy and salty queso fresco. You can serve this guac with tortilla chips or also have warm corn or flour tortillas for your cave men to make improvised tacos.

Tip: You may prepare the chiles toreados a day ahead and store covered in the refrigerator.

Ingredients

  • 1 whole jalapeño or serrano chile
  • 1 tablespoon vegetable oil
  • ¼ cup chopped white onion
  • 3 tablespoons freshly squeezed lime juice
  • 2 tablespoons soy sauce
  • 8 ounces raw Mexican chorizo, casings removed, roughly chopped
  • 3 ripe Mexican avocados, halved, pitted, meat scooped out and diced
  • 1 Roma tomato, cored, seeded and diced
  • ½ cup crumbled queso fresco (or substitute farmer’s cheese or mild feta)

To Prepare

Roll the chile with your hand on your kitchen counter. Heat the oil in a medium-sized skillet over medium heat. Once hot, cook the chile for about 9 to 10 minutes, flipping it every 2 to 3 minutes, so it is completely and deeply browned on all sides. Place the chile along with the oil from the skillet in a bowl. Once the chile is cool enough to handle, remove it from the bowl and chop it, discarding the stem and the seeds if desired. Place the chopped chile back in the bowl, incorporate the onion, the lime juice and soy sauce, and combine well.

Place the same skillet over medium-high heat. Cook the chopped chorizo for 5 to 6 minutes, stirring occasionally with a wooden spoon, breaking it into smaller bite-sized chunks, until browned, but don’t let it burn. Remove from the heat and place in a bowl.

In a serving bowl, lightly mash the avocados. Incorporate the prepared chiles toreados and mix well. Sprinkle on the diced tomato and chorizo and, lastly, sprinkle the queso fresco on top.

Serves 6-8

The post Toluca Guac with Chorizo & Chiles Toreados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Recipe by Pati Jinich All the men around me, my dad, my husband, my three boys, heart chorizo. Don’t even mention chiles toreados, they like those on everything. The chiles toreados we like are jalapeño or serrano chiles that are gently rolled to release all their flavor and juices, seared or charred, and then mixed with onion and marinated in lime juice and soy sauce. They are as good as they sound. They make the base of this guacamole, which is then topped with a bit of diced tomato, tons of hot crispy chorizo bites and finished with tangy and salty queso fresco. You can serve this guac with tortilla chips or also have warm corn or flour tortillas for your cave men to make improvised tacos. Tip: You may prepare the chiles toreados a day ahead and store covered in the refrigerator.

Ingredients

  • 1 whole jalapeño or serrano chile
  • 1 tablespoon vegetable oil
  • ¼ cup chopped white onion
  • 3 tablespoons freshly squeezed lime juice
  • 2 tablespoons soy sauce
  • 8 ounces raw Mexican chorizo, casings removed, roughly chopped
  • 3 ripe Mexican avocados, halved, pitted, meat scooped out and diced
  • 1 Roma tomato, cored, seeded and diced
  • ½ cup crumbled queso fresco (or substitute farmer’s cheese or mild feta)

To Prepare

Roll the chile with your hand on your kitchen counter. Heat the oil in a medium-sized skillet over medium heat. Once hot, cook the chile for about 9 to 10 minutes, flipping it every 2 to 3 minutes, so it is completely and deeply browned on all sides. Place the chile along with the oil from the skillet in a bowl. Once the chile is cool enough to handle, remove it from the bowl and chop it, discarding the stem and the seeds if desired. Place the chopped chile back in the bowl, incorporate the onion, the lime juice and soy sauce, and combine well. Place the same skillet over medium-high heat. Cook the chopped chorizo for 5 to 6 minutes, stirring occasionally with a wooden spoon, breaking it into smaller bite-sized chunks, until browned, but don’t let it burn. Remove from the heat and place in a bowl. In a serving bowl, lightly mash the avocados. Incorporate the prepared chiles toreados and mix well. Sprinkle on the diced tomato and chorizo and, lastly, sprinkle the queso fresco on top. Serves 6-8

The post Toluca Guac with Chorizo & Chiles Toreados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/toluca-guac-chorizo-chiles-toreados/feed/ 0
The Refreshing Side of Decadent Dips With Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/refreshing-side-decadent-dips-avocado/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/refreshing-side-decadent-dips-avocado/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 20:07:32 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5312

Dip into decadence—and nosh nutritiously—when you use avocados in place of higher-calorie toppings. These alternative recipes call for substituting avocados, which lends creaminess and nutrition.

Avocado Ranch Dip

  • 2 very ripe avocados, mashed
  • 1 cup non-fat Greek yogurt
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ⅛ teaspoon low-sodium soy sauce
  • 1 clove garlic, minced
  • ⅛ cup celery leaves, minced
  • ¼ teaspoon dried dill
  • ¾ teaspoon finely grated orange zest
  • Freshly ground black pepper to taste

Mix together avocado, Greek yogurt, salt, and soy sauce. Add remaining ingredients. Chill. Serve with baby carrots, celery, cherry tomatoes, and pretzel sticks.

French Onion Avocado Dip

  • 3 very ripe avocados, mashed
  • 1 cup non-fat Greek yogurt
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 2 Vidalia onions, sliced into ¼-inch-thick rings
  • 2 cloves garlic, minced
  • ½ teaspoon celery salt
  • ½ teaspoon low-sodium Worcestershire sauce
  • Kosher salt and finely ground pepper to taste

Mix avocados and Greek yogurt. Set aside. Caramelize onions in olive oil. Add garlic to pan for a minute. Mix contents of pan (including liquid) with avocado/Greek yogurt mixture. Add remaining ingredients. Chill. Serve with Melba toast and broccoli spears.

Spinach Artichoke Dip with Avocado

  • 3 very ripe avocados, mashed 1 cup non-fat Greek yogurt
  • ¼ teaspoon garlic salt
  • 1 14-ounce can of artichoke hearts, finely chopped
  • 1 10-ounce package frozen spinach, thawed, drained, and finely chopped
  • 4 ounces parmesan cheese
  • ¼ cup water chestnuts, chopped
  • Kosher salt and pepper to taste

Mix together mashed avocados, Greek yogurt, and garlic salt. Add remaining ingredients. Chill. Serve with pita chips, and red and green pepper slices.

The post The Refreshing Side of Decadent Dips With Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Dip into decadence—and nosh nutritiously—when you use avocados in place of higher-calorie toppings. These alternative recipes call for substituting avocados, which lends creaminess and nutrition.

Avocado Ranch Dip

  • 2 very ripe avocados, mashed
  • 1 cup non-fat Greek yogurt
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ⅛ teaspoon low-sodium soy sauce
  • 1 clove garlic, minced
  • ⅛ cup celery leaves, minced
  • ¼ teaspoon dried dill
  • ¾ teaspoon finely grated orange zest
  • Freshly ground black pepper to taste
Mix together avocado, Greek yogurt, salt, and soy sauce. Add remaining ingredients. Chill. Serve with baby carrots, celery, cherry tomatoes, and pretzel sticks.

French Onion Avocado Dip

  • 3 very ripe avocados, mashed
  • 1 cup non-fat Greek yogurt
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 2 Vidalia onions, sliced into ¼-inch-thick rings
  • 2 cloves garlic, minced
  • ½ teaspoon celery salt
  • ½ teaspoon low-sodium Worcestershire sauce
  • Kosher salt and finely ground pepper to taste
Mix avocados and Greek yogurt. Set aside. Caramelize onions in olive oil. Add garlic to pan for a minute. Mix contents of pan (including liquid) with avocado/Greek yogurt mixture. Add remaining ingredients. Chill. Serve with Melba toast and broccoli spears.

Spinach Artichoke Dip with Avocado

  • 3 very ripe avocados, mashed 1 cup non-fat Greek yogurt
  • ¼ teaspoon garlic salt
  • 1 14-ounce can of artichoke hearts, finely chopped
  • 1 10-ounce package frozen spinach, thawed, drained, and finely chopped
  • 4 ounces parmesan cheese
  • ¼ cup water chestnuts, chopped
  • Kosher salt and pepper to taste
Mix together mashed avocados, Greek yogurt, and garlic salt. Add remaining ingredients. Chill. Serve with pita chips, and red and green pepper slices.

The post The Refreshing Side of Decadent Dips With Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/refreshing-side-decadent-dips-avocado/feed/ 0
The Frugal Family Gourmet https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/frugal-family-gourmet/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/frugal-family-gourmet/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:52:11 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5307

Any foodie worth his or her Himalayan pink sea salt will quickly proclaim the kitchen to be the best room in the house. But did you know it is also the go-to spot for friends and family members to connect while cooking, snacking, or eating dinner? Fifty-three percent of adults with children under age 18 eat together at home six or seven nights a week, according to a 2013 Gallup poll.

While it’s great for family unity, the truth is all this cooking, eating, and snacking can add up to a hefty grocery bill. Fortunately, there are shopping and cooking strategies that can help ease the financial burden. Use these tips to save money in the kitchen all while making delicious, gourmet-style food your family will love to eat.

Honor your taste buds.

Plan your meals around foods you and your family like to eat. Resist the temptation to buy something just because the price is discounted or you feel it’s the type of food you should be eating.

Check sale items.

If your store is offering a promotional price for an item on your shopping list, such as cucumbers, apples, or avocados — grab a few extra. This lets you add a dessert, salad, or appetizer to your meal. Think yummy baked apples, avocado salad with cucumber, or guacamole.

Be realistic.

Everyone loves a bargain, but don’t pay more for a bulk item unless you’re certain you will use it all. While it may be less expensive per ounce, it’s not really a better value if much of it goes to waste.

Save unused portions.

Ever made a recipe that called for one tablespoon of tomato paste and all you had was an 8-ounce can? What about taking a cup of chicken broth from a 1-quart container? If you can’t buy the exact portion you need for a dish, save the remainder in a labeled plastic bag, freeze, and reuse it later.

Choose recipes wisely.

You found the tastiest-looking recipe — now stop and check how many servings it yields. Only select recipes that make the correct number of portions for your family. If the serving size is too large, consider halving the quantities before making your shopping list.

Get creative with leftovers.

Before heading to the store, first check your pantry and fridge to see what ingredients you already have. Yesterday’s roast chicken can easily become a salad, soup, or casserole. And Tuesday’s hamburger patties can be transformed into tasty tacos. Top it off with fresh fruit and veggies, such as sliced avocados and chopped scallions, and voilà! You’ve got another delicious meal.

Go low and slow.

Chuck roast, brisket, pork shoulder, and other similar cuts of meat are often less expensive because they are generally tougher and contain more fat. But these cuts are delicious when slow cooked at a low temperature for a long period of time. Try making one in a slow cooker for a tender, delicious main course.

With a little planning and creativity, you and your family can spend quality time together surrounded by great food, and at the same time feel good about that bottom line on your grocery receipt.

The post The Frugal Family Gourmet appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Any foodie worth his or her Himalayan pink sea salt will quickly proclaim the kitchen to be the best room in the house. But did you know it is also the go-to spot for friends and family members to connect while cooking, snacking, or eating dinner? Fifty-three percent of adults with children under age 18 eat together at home six or seven nights a week, according to a 2013 Gallup poll. While it’s great for family unity, the truth is all this cooking, eating, and snacking can add up to a hefty grocery bill. Fortunately, there are shopping and cooking strategies that can help ease the financial burden. Use these tips to save money in the kitchen all while making delicious, gourmet-style food your family will love to eat.

Honor your taste buds.

Plan your meals around foods you and your family like to eat. Resist the temptation to buy something just because the price is discounted or you feel it’s the type of food you should be eating.

Check sale items.

If your store is offering a promotional price for an item on your shopping list, such as cucumbers, apples, or avocados — grab a few extra. This lets you add a dessert, salad, or appetizer to your meal. Think yummy baked apples, avocado salad with cucumber, or guacamole.

Be realistic.

Everyone loves a bargain, but don’t pay more for a bulk item unless you’re certain you will use it all. While it may be less expensive per ounce, it’s not really a better value if much of it goes to waste.

Save unused portions.

Ever made a recipe that called for one tablespoon of tomato paste and all you had was an 8-ounce can? What about taking a cup of chicken broth from a 1-quart container? If you can’t buy the exact portion you need for a dish, save the remainder in a labeled plastic bag, freeze, and reuse it later.

Choose recipes wisely.

You found the tastiest-looking recipe — now stop and check how many servings it yields. Only select recipes that make the correct number of portions for your family. If the serving size is too large, consider halving the quantities before making your shopping list.

Get creative with leftovers.

Before heading to the store, first check your pantry and fridge to see what ingredients you already have. Yesterday’s roast chicken can easily become a salad, soup, or casserole. And Tuesday’s hamburger patties can be transformed into tasty tacos. Top it off with fresh fruit and veggies, such as sliced avocados and chopped scallions, and voilà! You’ve got another delicious meal.

Go low and slow.

Chuck roast, brisket, pork shoulder, and other similar cuts of meat are often less expensive because they are generally tougher and contain more fat. But these cuts are delicious when slow cooked at a low temperature for a long period of time. Try making one in a slow cooker for a tender, delicious main course. With a little planning and creativity, you and your family can spend quality time together surrounded by great food, and at the same time feel good about that bottom line on your grocery receipt.

The post The Frugal Family Gourmet appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/frugal-family-gourmet/feed/ 0
Sneaky Avocado Options for Picky Eaters https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/sneaky-avocado-options-picky-eaters/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/sneaky-avocado-options-picky-eaters/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:49:57 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5305

Pssssst! OK, stay cool, but you’re about to learn a classified secret: Even the pickiest of eaters will eat more nutritiously if you add avocados to their favorite foods. It’s true: toddler meltdowns (and, let’s be real, adult tantrums) over eating fresh produce or just anything green, really, can be prevented with a little ninja-ing in the kitchen.

Avocados are a powerhouse of nutrition, housing nearly 20 vitamins and minerals beneath their bumpy skin. They’re also a good source of fiber and have healthy fats — all good stuff for growing kids! And, importantly to parents everywhere, they’re squishable and mild enough to seamlessly blend into just about any picky eater’s existing (four or five) favorite foods.

Building good dietary habits in kids is imperative to supporting their growing bodies and brains. One way to ensure they’re getting what they need is to put good-tasting, good-for-you, nutrient-dense foods on the table — like avocado! So, secret-agent moms and dads — here are five sneaky avocado recipes for picky eaters.

 

1. Covert Quesadillas

Most fussy eaters will happily put away a mountain of warm cheddar. Cover the tracks of your secret avo operation with melty cheese inside a covert quesadilla! Spread thin slices of avocado on a flour tortilla, sprinkle shredded cheese on top, and fold in half. Microwave for about half a minute, or until the cheese melts into a gooey blanket to hug the avocados tight and — ding! Dinner’s done. Easy cheesy. To pump up the protein, add diced chicken or turkey.

Part of your secret-agent training is knowing how to slice an avocado like a pro. Here’s how:

 

2. Classified Refried Beans

Time to spill the beans. Avocado and refried beans are a fiber-filled pair perfect for keeping bellies full and satisfied. Simply mash an avocado into precooked refried pinto or black beans. The result is an even creamier, delicious mouthful none can resist. Kick it up a notch with the addition of a low-fat cheese or roll into a multigrain tortilla.

Avocados & Fiber

Why is the fiber in avocados good for you? Avocados are a great fresh-fruit option to help boost fiber intake. Diets rich in healthy foods containing fiber, such as some vegetables and fruits, may reduce the risk of heart disease, obesity, and type 2 diabetes.

 

3. Hidden Ranch

Usually, even choosey chompers will gladly top (or smother) any food in ranch dressing. And the creamy texture of avocado blends right in with the buttermilk flavor profile and texture of ranch. Try substituting mashed avocado for sour cream or mayo in your own recipe — or simply throw some premade lite ranch dressing into the blender with avocado — and voila! Your ranch is magically infused with your favorite fruit.

Avocado Arts and Crafts

Feed your little one’s body and imagination. Keep the skin and pit of the avocado to repurpose for a post-snack avocado arts and crafts project, like DIY avocado puppets, sailboats, or Christmas ornaments!

 

4. Mysterious Milkshake

Milkshakes elevate snack occasion to a treat and wholesome avocado takes things to the next level. This quick avocado recipe is a great after-school snack for growing kids growing impatient for dinnertime. Use plant-based milks, like cashew, oat, or almond milk for lactose-sensitive tummies.

Avocado Chocolate Milkshake

Makes two smoothies

Blend together:

  • 1 ripe avocado
  • 1 tbsp. unsweetened cocoa
  • 1 c. nonfat milk
  • 1/2 tsp. vanilla
  • 1 tbsp. honey
  • 1 c. frozen strawberries
  • 1 banana

Find more recipes for chocolate treats and smoothies that will satisfy your little one’s sweet tooth while covertly delivering the nutritional benefits of avocado.

 

5. Top Secret Lasagna

Even a glimpse of chunky fruits and vegetables can send picky diners running from the table. You can avoid that by blending tomatoes, avocados, carrots, and zucchini together to make a creamy lasagna sauce. Assemble the rest of the dish using ingredients that won’t make your fussy eater fuss. Meanwhile, the secret is in the sauce. Wink, wink.

What's Good About Good Fats

The good fats in avocados help our bodies absorb more Vitamin A, D, and K from our foods, which is why it’s a good idea to pair avocados and other fruits and veggies together at meal time. And why A, D, and K, you ask? Here’s Y:
• Vitamin A supports our eyesight. 👀
• Vitamin D is good for healthy bones. 🦴
• Vitamin K is important for blood clotting. 🩸

Finding avocado recipes for picky eaters (or simply getting them to try new things) can be tough. Explaining why they should eat fruits and veggies can feel like an impossible assignment. We can help — or, at least the cool kids from our Mini Chefs video series can! These young avo-enthusiasts will show your little one how to cook basic avocado snacks, like avocado and scrambled eggs and avocado berry toast.

Get all kinds of other avocado recipes here.

The post Sneaky Avocado Options for Picky Eaters appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Pssssst! OK, stay cool, but you’re about to learn a classified secret: Even the pickiest of eaters will eat more nutritiously if you add avocados to their favorite foods. It’s true: toddler meltdowns (and, let’s be real, adult tantrums) over eating fresh produce or just anything green, really, can be prevented with a little ninja-ing in the kitchen. Avocados are a powerhouse of nutrition, housing nearly 20 vitamins and minerals beneath their bumpy skin. They’re also a good source of fiber and have healthy fats — all good stuff for growing kids! And, importantly to parents everywhere, they’re squishable and mild enough to seamlessly blend into just about any picky eater’s existing (four or five) favorite foods. Building good dietary habits in kids is imperative to supporting their growing bodies and brains. One way to ensure they’re getting what they need is to put good-tasting, good-for-you, nutrient-dense foods on the table — like avocado! So, secret-agent moms and dads — here are five sneaky avocado recipes for picky eaters.  

1. Covert Quesadillas

Most fussy eaters will happily put away a mountain of warm cheddar. Cover the tracks of your secret avo operation with melty cheese inside a covert quesadilla! Spread thin slices of avocado on a flour tortilla, sprinkle shredded cheese on top, and fold in half. Microwave for about half a minute, or until the cheese melts into a gooey blanket to hug the avocados tight and — ding! Dinner’s done. Easy cheesy. To pump up the protein, add diced chicken or turkey. Part of your secret-agent training is knowing how to slice an avocado like a pro. Here’s how:  

2. Classified Refried Beans

Time to spill the beans. Avocado and refried beans are a fiber-filled pair perfect for keeping bellies full and satisfied. Simply mash an avocado into precooked refried pinto or black beans. The result is an even creamier, delicious mouthful none can resist. Kick it up a notch with the addition of a low-fat cheese or roll into a multigrain tortilla.

Avocados & Fiber

Why is the fiber in avocados good for you? Avocados are a great fresh-fruit option to help boost fiber intake. Diets rich in healthy foods containing fiber, such as some vegetables and fruits, may reduce the risk of heart disease, obesity, and type 2 diabetes.
 

3. Hidden Ranch

Usually, even choosey chompers will gladly top (or smother) any food in ranch dressing. And the creamy texture of avocado blends right in with the buttermilk flavor profile and texture of ranch. Try substituting mashed avocado for sour cream or mayo in your own recipe — or simply throw some premade lite ranch dressing into the blender with avocado — and voila! Your ranch is magically infused with your favorite fruit.

Avocado Arts and Crafts

Feed your little one’s body and imagination. Keep the skin and pit of the avocado to repurpose for a post-snack avocado arts and crafts project, like DIY avocado puppets, sailboats, or Christmas ornaments!
 

4. Mysterious Milkshake

Milkshakes elevate snack occasion to a treat and wholesome avocado takes things to the next level. This quick avocado recipe is a great after-school snack for growing kids growing impatient for dinnertime. Use plant-based milks, like cashew, oat, or almond milk for lactose-sensitive tummies.

Avocado Chocolate Milkshake

Makes two smoothies Blend together:
  • 1 ripe avocado
  • 1 tbsp. unsweetened cocoa
  • 1 c. nonfat milk
  • 1/2 tsp. vanilla
  • 1 tbsp. honey
  • 1 c. frozen strawberries
  • 1 banana
Find more recipes for chocolate treats and smoothies that will satisfy your little one’s sweet tooth while covertly delivering the nutritional benefits of avocado.  

5. Top Secret Lasagna

Even a glimpse of chunky fruits and vegetables can send picky diners running from the table. You can avoid that by blending tomatoes, avocados, carrots, and zucchini together to make a creamy lasagna sauce. Assemble the rest of the dish using ingredients that won’t make your fussy eater fuss. Meanwhile, the secret is in the sauce. Wink, wink.

What's Good About Good Fats

The good fats in avocados help our bodies absorb more Vitamin A, D, and K from our foods, which is why it’s a good idea to pair avocados and other fruits and veggies together at meal time. And why A, D, and K, you ask? Here’s Y: • Vitamin A supports our eyesight. 👀 • Vitamin D is good for healthy bones. 🦴 • Vitamin K is important for blood clotting. 🩸
Finding avocado recipes for picky eaters (or simply getting them to try new things) can be tough. Explaining why they should eat fruits and veggies can feel like an impossible assignment. We can help — or, at least the cool kids from our Mini Chefs video series can! These young avo-enthusiasts will show your little one how to cook basic avocado snacks, like avocado and scrambled eggs and avocado berry toast. Get all kinds of other avocado recipes here.

The post Sneaky Avocado Options for Picky Eaters appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/sneaky-avocado-options-picky-eaters/feed/ 0
Spoiler Alert https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/spoiler-alert/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/spoiler-alert/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:42:10 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5303

You’ve spent time hand-picking the prettiest produce — weighing your options, scrutinizing ripeness, and even pitting crops against their own kind — only to watch your purchases wither away uneaten in the crisper drawer.

Wish there were a trick to keeping your produce fresher longer? Spoiler alert: There is!

The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations has found that roughly 45 percent of fruits and vegetables are ending up in trashcans and garbage bins around the world. Whether you stash them in the fridge or display them for all to see, there’s no reason your prized produce needs to become a food waste statistic. Keep your produce where it counts with these simple dos and don’ts of food storage.

  • Do: Remove any wilted leaves from bags of prewashed lettuce to keep the slimy leaves from spoiling the rest of the bag. Store the bag in the crisper drawer of the refrigerator for best results.
  • Don’t: Refrigerate produce like avocados, unripe bananas, nectarines, peaches, pears, plums, or tomatoes. Hint: If your avocados or peaches are unripe, store them in a closed paper bag (or wrap them in newspaper) for one to four days, checking daily for ripeness.
  • Do: Refrigerate produce like apples, apricots, cantaloupe, figs, and honeydew.
  • Don’t: Store vegetables and fruits together. Most fruits produce a gas that causes vegetables to ripen and spoil faster.
  • Do: Give your produce some space. Don’t overfill those produce bags at the store, and give your fruits and vegetables room to breathe by storing them in reusable mesh bags or by poking holes in the plastic bags.
  • Don’t: Clean your fruits or vegetables until you’re ready to use them. Damp produce increases the chance for bacterial growth and makes your vegetables and fruits more likely to spoil.
  • Do: Store ripe fruit in the refrigerator if you want to lengthen its shelf life. For example, placing a ripe avocado in the refrigerator should keep it fresh for another two to three days.
  • Don’t: Throw out veggies before inspecting them for usable pieces. You can safely chop off overripe sections of carrots, broccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, potatoes, garlic, apples, or bell peppers and use what’s left in stir-fries, salads, or soups.

Now that your produce storage questions are answered, sort through your recipes with these top apps for recipe organization.

The post Spoiler Alert appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You’ve spent time hand-picking the prettiest produce — weighing your options, scrutinizing ripeness, and even pitting crops against their own kind — only to watch your purchases wither away uneaten in the crisper drawer. Wish there were a trick to keeping your produce fresher longer? Spoiler alert: There is! The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations has found that roughly 45 percent of fruits and vegetables are ending up in trashcans and garbage bins around the world. Whether you stash them in the fridge or display them for all to see, there’s no reason your prized produce needs to become a food waste statistic. Keep your produce where it counts with these simple dos and don’ts of food storage.
  • Do: Remove any wilted leaves from bags of prewashed lettuce to keep the slimy leaves from spoiling the rest of the bag. Store the bag in the crisper drawer of the refrigerator for best results.
  • Don’t: Refrigerate produce like avocados, unripe bananas, nectarines, peaches, pears, plums, or tomatoes. Hint: If your avocados or peaches are unripe, store them in a closed paper bag (or wrap them in newspaper) for one to four days, checking daily for ripeness.
  • Do: Refrigerate produce like apples, apricots, cantaloupe, figs, and honeydew.
  • Don’t: Store vegetables and fruits together. Most fruits produce a gas that causes vegetables to ripen and spoil faster.
  • Do: Give your produce some space. Don’t overfill those produce bags at the store, and give your fruits and vegetables room to breathe by storing them in reusable mesh bags or by poking holes in the plastic bags.
  • Don’t: Clean your fruits or vegetables until you’re ready to use them. Damp produce increases the chance for bacterial growth and makes your vegetables and fruits more likely to spoil.
  • Do: Store ripe fruit in the refrigerator if you want to lengthen its shelf life. For example, placing a ripe avocado in the refrigerator should keep it fresh for another two to three days.
  • Don’t: Throw out veggies before inspecting them for usable pieces. You can safely chop off overripe sections of carrots, broccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, potatoes, garlic, apples, or bell peppers and use what’s left in stir-fries, salads, or soups.
Now that your produce storage questions are answered, sort through your recipes with these top apps for recipe organization.

The post Spoiler Alert appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/spoiler-alert/feed/ 0
Soups On! https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/soups/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/soups/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:39:26 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5301

Do you have trouble imagining avocados anyplace other than poolside, seated next to their dear friends: beer and tortilla chips? Don’t underestimate these creamy, decadent fruits. They are just as ripe, delicious, and infinitely useful in the winter as they are in the summer months. When cold weather hurries you indoors, you can still rely on avocados to amp up homemade meals. Serve them atop warming soups and stick-to-your-ribs stews, or get a much-needed dose of the color green by blending them into a luscious soup.

Now that you get the picture, try these warming wintertime recipes featuring avocados.

Vegetarian Chili

Add a twist to the old-fashioned winter stew with a vegetarian version: Caramelize onions and carrots, then add black beans, pinto beans, stewed tomatoes, and spices like cumin, chili powder, and bay leaf. Let this simmer into a steamy, inviting concoction. For extra texture, crumble nutty tempeh and add it to the mix. When you’re ready to serve the chili, spoon sliced avocado on top. The creaminess of the avocado blends with the other ingredients, creating a decadent meal.

Creamy Avocado Soup

Avocados star in this Colombian-inspired soup. Blend avocados with cream, chicken stock, fresh cilantro, cumin, and salt and pepper, then warm on the stove. Meanwhile, make a salsa out of black beans, diced tomatoes, diced red onion, diced bell peppers, and corn to top the soup. Or, if you’re craving more protein, top the soup with shredded chicken and cheese. Just like that, you’ll have a hearty, wintertime supper just in time for dinner.

Mexican Chicken Soup

You’ve heard of tortilla soup, but what about caldo de pollo? Kind of like Mom’s traditional chicken soup but with a Mexican twist, this soup will warm you right up. Use your favorite chicken soup recipe, but add sautéed zucchini, carrots, potatoes, fresh cilantro, and cumin to the mix. At the last minute, add halved avocados to the soup, wait for them to warm, and then ladle into bowls. The warm avocado will add a delightful depth of flavor.

Now that you’ve got a warm bowl of soup, pair it with one of these salad recipes featuring creamy avocado dressing.

The post Soups On! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Do you have trouble imagining avocados anyplace other than poolside, seated next to their dear friends: beer and tortilla chips? Don’t underestimate these creamy, decadent fruits. They are just as ripe, delicious, and infinitely useful in the winter as they are in the summer months. When cold weather hurries you indoors, you can still rely on avocados to amp up homemade meals. Serve them atop warming soups and stick-to-your-ribs stews, or get a much-needed dose of the color green by blending them into a luscious soup. Now that you get the picture, try these warming wintertime recipes featuring avocados.

Vegetarian Chili

Add a twist to the old-fashioned winter stew with a vegetarian version: Caramelize onions and carrots, then add black beans, pinto beans, stewed tomatoes, and spices like cumin, chili powder, and bay leaf. Let this simmer into a steamy, inviting concoction. For extra texture, crumble nutty tempeh and add it to the mix. When you’re ready to serve the chili, spoon sliced avocado on top. The creaminess of the avocado blends with the other ingredients, creating a decadent meal.

Creamy Avocado Soup

Avocados star in this Colombian-inspired soup. Blend avocados with cream, chicken stock, fresh cilantro, cumin, and salt and pepper, then warm on the stove. Meanwhile, make a salsa out of black beans, diced tomatoes, diced red onion, diced bell peppers, and corn to top the soup. Or, if you’re craving more protein, top the soup with shredded chicken and cheese. Just like that, you’ll have a hearty, wintertime supper just in time for dinner.

Mexican Chicken Soup

You’ve heard of tortilla soup, but what about caldo de pollo? Kind of like Mom’s traditional chicken soup but with a Mexican twist, this soup will warm you right up. Use your favorite chicken soup recipe, but add sautéed zucchini, carrots, potatoes, fresh cilantro, and cumin to the mix. At the last minute, add halved avocados to the soup, wait for them to warm, and then ladle into bowls. The warm avocado will add a delightful depth of flavor. Now that you’ve got a warm bowl of soup, pair it with one of these salad recipes featuring creamy avocado dressing.

The post Soups On! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/soups/feed/ 0
Party Pro Life Hacks https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/party-pro-life-hacks/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/party-pro-life-hacks/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:33:22 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5297

By: M. Elise Giller

Party planning can be exciting — and stressful. Don't let all the little details overwhelm the actual event. We’ve put together a list of creative life hacks for party planning, so you can sit back and relax. Your next party is going to be a breeze!

  • Use frozen water balloons in your cooler to keep drinks cold and avoid the mess of melting ice cubes. Simply fill with water, freeze, and place among the drinks in your cooler.
  • Don’t let ice cream cones and popsicles ruin your favorite party clothes. Put mini marshmallows in the bottom of ice cream cones to stop leaks, and use cupcake liners under popsicles to catch drips.
  • Watered-down drinks are a thing of the past.
  • Use frozen fruit to keep beverages cold and pretty, or larger ice blocks, which melt more slowly.
  • Make whipped cream in a jar by shaking it — no more whisking or extra bowls to wash!
  • Dish out condiments like ketchup, mustard, and guacamole in muffin tins for easy access and cleanup.
  • Chill wine bottles quickly by putting ice, water, and two handfuls of salt in a bucket. Add the bottles, let them sit for 20 minutes, and you’re golden.
  • Banish flies from your backyard cookout! Put whole cloves in lemon halves, then place them on your patio table about 30 minutes before you serve food.
  • Use a cooler to cook corn on the cob. Place the cobs in the cooler, pour boiling water on them, and shut the lid for 30 minutes. It saves space and time, and guests can serve themselves.
  • Forget the scoop: Save time and your wrist by cutting an ice cream carton in half with a sharp knife and doling out slices as if it were a cake.

For more party planning tips, click here.

The post Party Pro Life Hacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By: M. Elise Giller Party planning can be exciting — and stressful. Don't let all the little details overwhelm the actual event. We’ve put together a list of creative life hacks for party planning, so you can sit back and relax. Your next party is going to be a breeze!
  • Use frozen water balloons in your cooler to keep drinks cold and avoid the mess of melting ice cubes. Simply fill with water, freeze, and place among the drinks in your cooler.
  • Don’t let ice cream cones and popsicles ruin your favorite party clothes. Put mini marshmallows in the bottom of ice cream cones to stop leaks, and use cupcake liners under popsicles to catch drips.
  • Watered-down drinks are a thing of the past.
  • Use frozen fruit to keep beverages cold and pretty, or larger ice blocks, which melt more slowly.
  • Make whipped cream in a jar by shaking it — no more whisking or extra bowls to wash!
  • Dish out condiments like ketchup, mustard, and guacamole in muffin tins for easy access and cleanup.
  • Chill wine bottles quickly by putting ice, water, and two handfuls of salt in a bucket. Add the bottles, let them sit for 20 minutes, and you’re golden.
  • Banish flies from your backyard cookout! Put whole cloves in lemon halves, then place them on your patio table about 30 minutes before you serve food.
  • Use a cooler to cook corn on the cob. Place the cobs in the cooler, pour boiling water on them, and shut the lid for 30 minutes. It saves space and time, and guests can serve themselves.
  • Forget the scoop: Save time and your wrist by cutting an ice cream carton in half with a sharp knife and doling out slices as if it were a cake.
For more party planning tips, click here.

The post Party Pro Life Hacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/party-pro-life-hacks/feed/ 0
New Year, New Lunch Plan https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/new-year-new-lunch-plan/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/new-year-new-lunch-plan/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:30:57 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5294

Tempted to skip lunch to keep plugging away at a pressing project? Don’t! Lunch is your power hour — a chance to reenergize with essential nutrients and vitamins. Plus, not eating lunch can lead to snacking and overeating later in the day.

Turn over a new leaf in 2016 by packing your lunchbox with nutrient-dense foods, including avocados. Worried about preserving your avocado in make-ahead recipes? Don’t be. Start with these tips for preserving avocados for future deliciousness, then focus on energy-enhancing midday meals like these.

Stuffed Avocado

For the freshest desktop feast, prep the filling for these stuffed avocados at home and assemble at work. Mix together minced garlic, crumbled cheese, frozen edamame, diced bell pepper, tomatoes, and black olives. Take a cup of this mixture, an avo, and a lime with you to work. When it’s time for lunch, halve the avocado, drizzle with lime juice, and spoon the filling into the bowl and enjoy.

Avocado Wraps

Whole-grain tortillas provide fiber and an easy way to wrap up a nutritious lunch.
Mix together ripe avocado, plain Greek yogurt, lemon or lime juice and spread on each tortilla. Top this with your choice of raw spinach, shredded carrots, or turkey, roll ’em up, and pack them away for a lunchtime treat.

Avocado Pita

A great lunch is never too much trouble when you learn how to make this tasty treat. Spread hummus evenly inside each pita and fill with sliced avocado, cucumber, precooked shrimp, and alfalfa sprouts. Seal tightly with cling wrap for easy transport.

Avocado Kabob

This is a fun, easy lunch that looks difficult to make but isn’t. Skewer bite-size avocado, chicken, tomato, zucchini, and mozzarella pieces on two 6-inch wooden skewers. Prepare a dipping sauce using a combination of plain Greek yogurt mixed with chopped fresh mint. Keep the kabobs and sauce separate until lunchtime, then bon appétit.

If you are prone to the late-afternoon munchies, keep raspberries, kiwi, kale chips (with guacamole for dipping), or almonds on-hand for a convenient, nutritious snack.

The post New Year, New Lunch Plan appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Tempted to skip lunch to keep plugging away at a pressing project? Don’t! Lunch is your power hour — a chance to reenergize with essential nutrients and vitamins. Plus, not eating lunch can lead to snacking and overeating later in the day. Turn over a new leaf in 2016 by packing your lunchbox with nutrient-dense foods, including avocados. Worried about preserving your avocado in make-ahead recipes? Don’t be. Start with these tips for preserving avocados for future deliciousness, then focus on energy-enhancing midday meals like these.

Stuffed Avocado

For the freshest desktop feast, prep the filling for these stuffed avocados at home and assemble at work. Mix together minced garlic, crumbled cheese, frozen edamame, diced bell pepper, tomatoes, and black olives. Take a cup of this mixture, an avo, and a lime with you to work. When it’s time for lunch, halve the avocado, drizzle with lime juice, and spoon the filling into the bowl and enjoy.

Avocado Wraps

Whole-grain tortillas provide fiber and an easy way to wrap up a nutritious lunch. Mix together ripe avocado, plain Greek yogurt, lemon or lime juice and spread on each tortilla. Top this with your choice of raw spinach, shredded carrots, or turkey, roll ’em up, and pack them away for a lunchtime treat.

Avocado Pita

A great lunch is never too much trouble when you learn how to make this tasty treat. Spread hummus evenly inside each pita and fill with sliced avocado, cucumber, precooked shrimp, and alfalfa sprouts. Seal tightly with cling wrap for easy transport.

Avocado Kabob

This is a fun, easy lunch that looks difficult to make but isn’t. Skewer bite-size avocado, chicken, tomato, zucchini, and mozzarella pieces on two 6-inch wooden skewers. Prepare a dipping sauce using a combination of plain Greek yogurt mixed with chopped fresh mint. Keep the kabobs and sauce separate until lunchtime, then bon appétit. If you are prone to the late-afternoon munchies, keep raspberries, kiwi, kale chips (with guacamole for dipping), or almonds on-hand for a convenient, nutritious snack.

The post New Year, New Lunch Plan appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/new-year-new-lunch-plan/feed/ 0
Molcajete 101 https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/molcajete-101/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/molcajete-101/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:28:08 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5292

Ok: confession time. What kitchen gear do you use to make guacamole? Did you know that authentic Mexican guac is made in a molcajete?

"A molca-what?!", you say. A molcajete.

You can't make a true guacamole without a molcajete, but it's surprisingly complicated to choose, prep, and care for this stone tool that looks so simple. We're here to help. We talked with the pros, who shared their tips for choosing and using a molcajete.

Watch out for fakes.

A quality molcajete should be carved from very hard stone, usually volcanic rock. But hard stone is, well, hard to carve, so there are lots of vendors selling knock-off molcajetes made from soft stone or concrete made to look like rock. Fakes like that won't grind your ingredients well, and the concrete can leach harmful chemicals into your food.

Be ready to ruin your manicure.

Melissa Guerra, owner of Melissa Guerra Latin Kitchen Market in San Antonio, Texas, sells handcrafted fair-trade cookware, including hundreds of molcajetes per year. This molcajete pro has a foolproof secret when it comes to shopping for a molcajete: scrape your nail across the surface of the bowl. “If the stone crumbles and pulverizes, then it is too soft for you to use for food," Guerra advises. “Ingesting dust with your food is unpleasant and unhealthy."

Keep it simple.

“Some molcajetes have intricate carving, which is quite charming," Guerra says, “but soft stone is easier to carve, so be wary of molcajetes that are too pretty." Guerra admits that beautiful molcajetes are hard not to buy; among the favorites she owns is one with an intricately carved pig head on it. Keep the fancy ones for display, not for guac-making.

Size matters.

“Don't buy a molcajete you can't pick up easily," says Guerra, who recommends a molcajete of seven inches in diameter and four inches in height as the ideal.

Author and food historian Rachel Lauden , who has collected six of the seven distinct kinds of molcajetes made in Mexico, adds a tip about the other component of the molcajete: the pestle you use to grind your ingredients. It should feel comfortable in the hand, she says; otherwise, you won't want to use it.

Cure your molcajete.

Once you've chosen your molcajete and brought it home, you have to cure it before you use it. That's because small rock particles get lodged in the pores of the stone during the carving process and that grit will end up in your food.

To prevent this problem, Lauden says you've got to use some elbow grease. “Many Mexicans use a wire brush to get rid of any loose grit. Then they put in a handful of rice and grind it until it turns grey before discarding the rice and repeating until the rice comes out clean." Lauden swears this is not as time-consuming or exhausting as it sounds. Bonus tip: Slightly soften (but don't cook) the rice before use; otherwise, it will pop out of the molcajete when you try to grind it.

Guerra, who has used the brush and rice method in the past, recently discovered an even faster method to cure a molcajete: use a power washer. "Blast your new molcajete inside and out for about 10 minutes and it will be free of all loose dirt and gravel," she said.

Wash your molcajete after each use. (This is the easy part!)2

“You're not usually grinding oily or sticky stuff in your molcajete, so any residues wash off easily with water," says Lauden. “Mexicans use a little natural fiber brush called an escobeta to get into crevices. This is ideal, but if you can't find one, use any stiff brush."

But whatever you do, don't use soap and definitely don't put it in the dishwasher! “Hey, it's a rock, so the dishwasher won't hurt it. But I don't like the idea of detergent residue getting caught in any of the stone pores. It will come out the next time you use it and give your food an off flavor."

The post Molcajete 101 appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Ok: confession time. What kitchen gear do you use to make guacamole? Did you know that authentic Mexican guac is made in a molcajete? "A molca-what?!", you say. A molcajete. You can't make a true guacamole without a molcajete, but it's surprisingly complicated to choose, prep, and care for this stone tool that looks so simple. We're here to help. We talked with the pros, who shared their tips for choosing and using a molcajete.

Watch out for fakes.

A quality molcajete should be carved from very hard stone, usually volcanic rock. But hard stone is, well, hard to carve, so there are lots of vendors selling knock-off molcajetes made from soft stone or concrete made to look like rock. Fakes like that won't grind your ingredients well, and the concrete can leach harmful chemicals into your food.

Be ready to ruin your manicure.

Melissa Guerra, owner of Melissa Guerra Latin Kitchen Market in San Antonio, Texas, sells handcrafted fair-trade cookware, including hundreds of molcajetes per year. This molcajete pro has a foolproof secret when it comes to shopping for a molcajete: scrape your nail across the surface of the bowl. “If the stone crumbles and pulverizes, then it is too soft for you to use for food," Guerra advises. “Ingesting dust with your food is unpleasant and unhealthy."

Keep it simple.

“Some molcajetes have intricate carving, which is quite charming," Guerra says, “but soft stone is easier to carve, so be wary of molcajetes that are too pretty." Guerra admits that beautiful molcajetes are hard not to buy; among the favorites she owns is one with an intricately carved pig head on it. Keep the fancy ones for display, not for guac-making.

Size matters.

“Don't buy a molcajete you can't pick up easily," says Guerra, who recommends a molcajete of seven inches in diameter and four inches in height as the ideal. Author and food historian Rachel Lauden , who has collected six of the seven distinct kinds of molcajetes made in Mexico, adds a tip about the other component of the molcajete: the pestle you use to grind your ingredients. It should feel comfortable in the hand, she says; otherwise, you won't want to use it.

Cure your molcajete.

Once you've chosen your molcajete and brought it home, you have to cure it before you use it. That's because small rock particles get lodged in the pores of the stone during the carving process and that grit will end up in your food. To prevent this problem, Lauden says you've got to use some elbow grease. “Many Mexicans use a wire brush to get rid of any loose grit. Then they put in a handful of rice and grind it until it turns grey before discarding the rice and repeating until the rice comes out clean." Lauden swears this is not as time-consuming or exhausting as it sounds. Bonus tip: Slightly soften (but don't cook) the rice before use; otherwise, it will pop out of the molcajete when you try to grind it. Guerra, who has used the brush and rice method in the past, recently discovered an even faster method to cure a molcajete: use a power washer. "Blast your new molcajete inside and out for about 10 minutes and it will be free of all loose dirt and gravel," she said.

Wash your molcajete after each use. (This is the easy part!)2

“You're not usually grinding oily or sticky stuff in your molcajete, so any residues wash off easily with water," says Lauden. “Mexicans use a little natural fiber brush called an escobeta to get into crevices. This is ideal, but if you can't find one, use any stiff brush." But whatever you do, don't use soap and definitely don't put it in the dishwasher! “Hey, it's a rock, so the dishwasher won't hurt it. But I don't like the idea of detergent residue getting caught in any of the stone pores. It will come out the next time you use it and give your food an off flavor."

The post Molcajete 101 appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/molcajete-101/feed/ 0
Modern Avo Makeovers for Last Night’s Leftovers https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/modern-avo-makeovers-last-nights-leftovers/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/modern-avo-makeovers-last-nights-leftovers/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:25:47 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5290

Like magic, you can turn last night’s leftovers into an entirely new meal. We know the feeling you get when cold remains stare at you from the inside your fridge, and you are dying for something different. So don’t reach for the takeout menu — pick up an avocado and dress up those cold remains.

Roasted Chicken Tacos

Give new life to leftover roasted chicken by shredding it and making tacos! Use a fork to shred the chicken, then put it in fresh corn or flour tortillas along with chopped tomatoes, lettuce, and onions. Make a fresh, chunky avocado salsa by blending tomatoes, onions, jalapeño, avocado, and cilantro. Then slather it on top of your tacos and dig in. Olé!

Steak Salad

Transform your T-bone from last night into a filling and scrumptious salad in minutes. Slice the steak and serve it over a bed of romaine, beefsteak tomatoes, crumbled queso fresco, and red onion. Make a creamy avocado salad dressing by blending olive oil, avocado, honey, garlic, and lime in a food processor.

Rich Pork Stew

Just a half-hour is all it takes to create this Mexican posole soup with leftover pork roast! Simply caramelize onions with jalapeños and garlic in a big stockpot, then add chicken broth, your leftover pork roast, hominy, and herbs and spices like cumin and cilantro. When it’s piping hot, serve it topped with slices of avocado, crispy tortilla strips, grated cheese, and lime juice.

Vegetable Frittata

Turn last night’s side dish into a main event by throwing leftover roasted or steamed vegetables and fresh, avocado into a frittata. This works many vegetables. Add a little cheese, too, to hold it all together, and you’re in business.

FACT-CHECKING:

https://www.realsimple.com/food-recipes/browse-all-recipes/steak-salad-recipe

https://www.popsugar.com/food/Avocado-Dressing-Recipe-37273847

http://relish.com/recipes/quick-pork-posole/

 

The post Modern Avo Makeovers for Last Night’s Leftovers appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Like magic, you can turn last night’s leftovers into an entirely new meal. We know the feeling you get when cold remains stare at you from the inside your fridge, and you are dying for something different. So don’t reach for the takeout menu — pick up an avocado and dress up those cold remains.

Roasted Chicken Tacos

Give new life to leftover roasted chicken by shredding it and making tacos! Use a fork to shred the chicken, then put it in fresh corn or flour tortillas along with chopped tomatoes, lettuce, and onions. Make a fresh, chunky avocado salsa by blending tomatoes, onions, jalapeño, avocado, and cilantro. Then slather it on top of your tacos and dig in. Olé!

Steak Salad

Transform your T-bone from last night into a filling and scrumptious salad in minutes. Slice the steak and serve it over a bed of romaine, beefsteak tomatoes, crumbled queso fresco, and red onion. Make a creamy avocado salad dressing by blending olive oil, avocado, honey, garlic, and lime in a food processor.

Rich Pork Stew

Just a half-hour is all it takes to create this Mexican posole soup with leftover pork roast! Simply caramelize onions with jalapeños and garlic in a big stockpot, then add chicken broth, your leftover pork roast, hominy, and herbs and spices like cumin and cilantro. When it’s piping hot, serve it topped with slices of avocado, crispy tortilla strips, grated cheese, and lime juice.

Vegetable Frittata

Turn last night’s side dish into a main event by throwing leftover roasted or steamed vegetables and fresh, avocado into a frittata. This works many vegetables. Add a little cheese, too, to hold it all together, and you’re in business.

FACT-CHECKING:

https://www.realsimple.com/food-recipes/browse-all-recipes/steak-salad-recipe https://www.popsugar.com/food/Avocado-Dressing-Recipe-37273847 http://relish.com/recipes/quick-pork-posole/  

The post Modern Avo Makeovers for Last Night’s Leftovers appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/modern-avo-makeovers-last-nights-leftovers/feed/ 0
Kid Recipes That They Can Make https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/kid-recipes-can-make/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/kid-recipes-can-make/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:18:12 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5286

It's okay to admit it: Prepping school lunch seems to get harder as the week rolls on. But guess what? You don't have to be in charge with making sure the lunch box gets packed every day! Getting your kids involved in their own avocado meal planning and making helps kids find their food that much more exciting and delicious.

Besides the help, getting kids involved in lunch prep is also a tasty hands-on opportunity to empower them (cooking is a life skill, after all), as well as educate them about nutrition basics.

Need some ideas to get your kids started on their own avocado meal plans? Here are some of our favorite go-to lunches that kids can make independently or with just a little help from you.

Sandwiches

Sandwiches are the default school lunches, and that's because they are the ultimate, portable food. But they don't have to be boring, flavorless, or less nutritious. Start off with a whole grain crusty bread and cut the slices a little thicker so they can tolerate a bit of moisture. Let your kids pick a filling, but keep the options savory to cut down on sugar.

Opt for butter over margarine as your moisture-resistant layer (Tip: keep your butter in a butter bell so that you don't end up destroying the bread) or mash some avocado (what kid doesn't like mashing things?!) with a pinch of salt, pepper, and lemon juice (so it doesn't oxidize so quickly) and use that as your spread.

Finally, add some protein — you can go for a Swiss cheese or some turkey slices, which are now available without overly salty nitrates.

The final step is the one your kids will find the most fun! Let them cut their sandwiches into fun shapes using oversize cookie cutters. Keeping a variety of these in the kitchen ensures that lunch is always a little bit different and exciting!

Roll-ups

When you've exhausted your ideas for sandwiches, a good Plan B is the roll-up. Half the fun here is in the making of it, and if you make it tasty enough, the eating is going to be just as much of a treat!

Get all your fillings ready to go: grated cheddar cheese, baby spinach leaves, diced cucumbers, avocado slices, and cubed chicken breast are all fantastic choices. Just be sure to avoid diced tomatoes or anything that is overly juicy, or you'll end up with a soggy wrap.

Next, grab a whole wheat tortilla (they roll easier than corn) and spread a little bit of mayo and mustard along one side. Then, let the kids layer their own fillings, making sure they grab at least one vegetable along with their proteins. Once they're done, it's time to get rolling (just don't pile the fillings too high or they won't roll up easily). Cut each cylinder into handy 3" lengths and pack in reusable containers.

Sushi

Sushi is a fantastic and interactive way to get kids involved, and they'll also love the grown-up nature of their meal. In many cases, vegetarian sushi is the most approachable way to introduce kids to a lunch that will have them the star of their tables.

You'll need to invest in some sushi rolling mats, which can be bought online or at a Japanese kitchen supply shop, and do some of the prep work, including rinsing and cooking some Japanese sushi rice (the water-to-rice ratio is 1:1).

Let the rice cool a bit before working in a little mixture of sweetened rice vinegar.

Now, call in the kids! Have them lay the rice on the rolling mat and cover it with a sheet of nori (dried seaweed) before placing some crisp veggies (carrots and red pepper, cut into matchsticks) and avocado (for creaminess) in the center. Top with a touch of mayonnaise and roll it up- voila!

Guacamole

Guac is the ultimate party dipping food and is sure to please kids of all ages. Instead of settling for store-bought guacamole, turn it into a team exercise and you'll never look back. Chopping is minimal — in fact, only some diced red onion and cilantro require knife skills.

The remainder of the guac-making process is super kid-friendly. Halve two or three ripe avocados and remove their seeds. Then, scoop out the flesh and call in the troops. While someone is on mashing duty (a potato masher works wonders — just keep it chunky), have another volunteer squeeze in the juice of two limes. Add salt and the red onion and cilantro, then stir. Grab some good-quality tortilla chips and pack them separately so they don't get soggy before lunchtime.

Quick and easy kid-friendly food needn't be unhealthy or wrapped in plastic. When it's a team effort, everyone wants a piece of the prize — and that's a winning formula!

The post Kid Recipes That They Can Make appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It's okay to admit it: Prepping school lunch seems to get harder as the week rolls on. But guess what? You don't have to be in charge with making sure the lunch box gets packed every day! Getting your kids involved in their own avocado meal planning and making helps kids find their food that much more exciting and delicious. Besides the help, getting kids involved in lunch prep is also a tasty hands-on opportunity to empower them (cooking is a life skill, after all), as well as educate them about nutrition basics. Need some ideas to get your kids started on their own avocado meal plans? Here are some of our favorite go-to lunches that kids can make independently or with just a little help from you.

Sandwiches

Sandwiches are the default school lunches, and that's because they are the ultimate, portable food. But they don't have to be boring, flavorless, or less nutritious. Start off with a whole grain crusty bread and cut the slices a little thicker so they can tolerate a bit of moisture. Let your kids pick a filling, but keep the options savory to cut down on sugar. Opt for butter over margarine as your moisture-resistant layer (Tip: keep your butter in a butter bell so that you don't end up destroying the bread) or mash some avocado (what kid doesn't like mashing things?!) with a pinch of salt, pepper, and lemon juice (so it doesn't oxidize so quickly) and use that as your spread. Finally, add some protein — you can go for a Swiss cheese or some turkey slices, which are now available without overly salty nitrates. The final step is the one your kids will find the most fun! Let them cut their sandwiches into fun shapes using oversize cookie cutters. Keeping a variety of these in the kitchen ensures that lunch is always a little bit different and exciting!

Roll-ups

When you've exhausted your ideas for sandwiches, a good Plan B is the roll-up. Half the fun here is in the making of it, and if you make it tasty enough, the eating is going to be just as much of a treat! Get all your fillings ready to go: grated cheddar cheese, baby spinach leaves, diced cucumbers, avocado slices, and cubed chicken breast are all fantastic choices. Just be sure to avoid diced tomatoes or anything that is overly juicy, or you'll end up with a soggy wrap. Next, grab a whole wheat tortilla (they roll easier than corn) and spread a little bit of mayo and mustard along one side. Then, let the kids layer their own fillings, making sure they grab at least one vegetable along with their proteins. Once they're done, it's time to get rolling (just don't pile the fillings too high or they won't roll up easily). Cut each cylinder into handy 3" lengths and pack in reusable containers.

Sushi

Sushi is a fantastic and interactive way to get kids involved, and they'll also love the grown-up nature of their meal. In many cases, vegetarian sushi is the most approachable way to introduce kids to a lunch that will have them the star of their tables. You'll need to invest in some sushi rolling mats, which can be bought online or at a Japanese kitchen supply shop, and do some of the prep work, including rinsing and cooking some Japanese sushi rice (the water-to-rice ratio is 1:1). Let the rice cool a bit before working in a little mixture of sweetened rice vinegar. Now, call in the kids! Have them lay the rice on the rolling mat and cover it with a sheet of nori (dried seaweed) before placing some crisp veggies (carrots and red pepper, cut into matchsticks) and avocado (for creaminess) in the center. Top with a touch of mayonnaise and roll it up- voila!

Guacamole

Guac is the ultimate party dipping food and is sure to please kids of all ages. Instead of settling for store-bought guacamole, turn it into a team exercise and you'll never look back. Chopping is minimal — in fact, only some diced red onion and cilantro require knife skills. The remainder of the guac-making process is super kid-friendly. Halve two or three ripe avocados and remove their seeds. Then, scoop out the flesh and call in the troops. While someone is on mashing duty (a potato masher works wonders — just keep it chunky), have another volunteer squeeze in the juice of two limes. Add salt and the red onion and cilantro, then stir. Grab some good-quality tortilla chips and pack them separately so they don't get soggy before lunchtime. Quick and easy kid-friendly food needn't be unhealthy or wrapped in plastic. When it's a team effort, everyone wants a piece of the prize — and that's a winning formula!

The post Kid Recipes That They Can Make appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/kid-recipes-can-make/feed/ 0
Ham, Cheese & Avocado Spread Sandwich Rolls https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/ham-cheese-avocado-spread-sandwich-rolls/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/ham-cheese-avocado-spread-sandwich-rolls/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:16:27 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5284

This is a really fun way to make sandwiches for kids. Not only do they enjoy getting involved in rolling out the bread, spreading the avocado mix, adding the layers and then rolling them up, but they love eating and sharing them as well. These sandwich rolls can be eaten without toasting after they have been assembled, which is the way my boys prefer for me to send them to school in their lunch boxes. However, if they eat them at home, they would much rather have them toasted: the cheese melts and there is the plus of a more welcoming and toasty smell in the kitchen, as they sit down to eat.

Tip: You can alternate the kinds of deli meats and cheeses, or make it only meat or only cheese. You can also play with other ingredients, such as crisp bacon or chopped tomato.

Makes 4 whole rolls, 8 halves

Ingredients

  • 1 ripe avocado, halved, pitted, meat scooped out, diced and mashed in a bowl
  • 1 teaspoon mayonnaise
  • 2 teaspoons yellow mustard
  • 1 teaspoon sauce from chipotles in adobo sauce, optional, or more to taste
  • 4 sandwich bread slices, whole wheat or white
  • 4 slices of black forest ham, thinly sliced (or the ham or turkey of your choice)
  • 4 slices of Muenster or Monterrey Jack cheese

To Prepare

To make the avocado sandwich spread: In a bowl, mash the avocado and mix with the mayonnaise, mustard and the sauce from the chipotle chiles in adobo sauce, until completely smooth and combined.

To assemble the sandwich rolls: With a rolling pin, roll out each sandwich bread slice until completely flattened. Leaving at least 1 inch around the edges of the flattened bread, spread a generous tablespoon of the avocado sandwich spread, top with a slice of ham and cheese. Roll up the sandwich and pat to flatten a bit with your hand once you are done. With a sharp knife, cut the ends of the sandwich roll (less than ¼-inch) and cut the sandwich roll in half, diagonally.

If sending them to school, send as is and lay them on their side. If you are eating them at home, you can place them in the toaster oven for 2 to 3 minutes and stand them up on the cut flat side, making a couple of towers.

The post Ham, Cheese & Avocado Spread Sandwich Rolls appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

This is a really fun way to make sandwiches for kids. Not only do they enjoy getting involved in rolling out the bread, spreading the avocado mix, adding the layers and then rolling them up, but they love eating and sharing them as well. These sandwich rolls can be eaten without toasting after they have been assembled, which is the way my boys prefer for me to send them to school in their lunch boxes. However, if they eat them at home, they would much rather have them toasted: the cheese melts and there is the plus of a more welcoming and toasty smell in the kitchen, as they sit down to eat. Tip: You can alternate the kinds of deli meats and cheeses, or make it only meat or only cheese. You can also play with other ingredients, such as crisp bacon or chopped tomato. Makes 4 whole rolls, 8 halves

Ingredients

  • 1 ripe avocado, halved, pitted, meat scooped out, diced and mashed in a bowl
  • 1 teaspoon mayonnaise
  • 2 teaspoons yellow mustard
  • 1 teaspoon sauce from chipotles in adobo sauce, optional, or more to taste
  • 4 sandwich bread slices, whole wheat or white
  • 4 slices of black forest ham, thinly sliced (or the ham or turkey of your choice)
  • 4 slices of Muenster or Monterrey Jack cheese

To Prepare

To make the avocado sandwich spread: In a bowl, mash the avocado and mix with the mayonnaise, mustard and the sauce from the chipotle chiles in adobo sauce, until completely smooth and combined. To assemble the sandwich rolls: With a rolling pin, roll out each sandwich bread slice until completely flattened. Leaving at least 1 inch around the edges of the flattened bread, spread a generous tablespoon of the avocado sandwich spread, top with a slice of ham and cheese. Roll up the sandwich and pat to flatten a bit with your hand once you are done. With a sharp knife, cut the ends of the sandwich roll (less than ¼-inch) and cut the sandwich roll in half, diagonally. If sending them to school, send as is and lay them on their side. If you are eating them at home, you can place them in the toaster oven for 2 to 3 minutes and stand them up on the cut flat side, making a couple of towers.

The post Ham, Cheese & Avocado Spread Sandwich Rolls appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/ham-cheese-avocado-spread-sandwich-rolls/feed/ 0
Grilling Avocados: What You Need to Know https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/grilling-avocados-need-know/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/grilling-avocados-need-know/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:13:36 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5282

Guacamole may be the most popular way to eat avocados, but did you know you can grill them, too? It's true! Surprise friends and family at your summer BBQ by showing off your new grilling skills! Here's everything you need to know about how to grill avocados.

Prep Your Grill

Preheat your gas or charcoal grill on medium. After a few minutes, let your hand hover above the grill. When it becomes uncomfortable after five seconds, you've got the right temperature for grilling avocados. The same technique applies for stovetop grills.

Prep Your Avocados

Cut a large avocado in half lengthwise. Twist the two halves in opposite directions — gently! — and pull apart. Don't remove the skin: Since the flesh of the avocado is very delicate, it may crumble if you slice it before grilling. For best results, grill unpeeled halves.

You can either remove the seed with a spoon or, if you have impressive knife skills, you can pierce it with a knife and pull it out. If it's going to be a few minutes before you get the avocados on the grill, squeeze some fresh lemon juice on the cut sides of each avocado half. This prevents browning of the fruit.

Grill Your Avocados

Just before you put them on the grill, brush each avocado half with olive oil and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Place the avocado halves on the grill, cut side down. After two or three minutes, the avocados will be ready, bearing the telltale sear marks that BBQ aficionados typically associate with meat.

Activate Plan B If Needed

If a sudden summer thunderstorm rains on your backyard bash, don't worry! You can still "grill" your avocados by using your oven's broiler.

Place each avocado half cut side up on an ovenproof dish and then place the dish under the broiler. The gratification is nearly instant: In just 2-3 minutes, the avocados will be ready to serve.

Serve Your Grilled Avocados

If you can resist tucking into the fresh-off-the-grill avocados (We know; it's tough!), you can use them in a variety of ways.

You can scoop up the buttery flesh, mash it, and make smoky guacamole. Simply mix the grilled avocados with seeded and diced tomatoes, finely diced onions, chopped cilantro, a pinch of salt, and a squeeze of lime juice. Add some heat with chopped jalapeños to taste and serve with tortilla chips.

Make toast with thick slices of good quality bread, spread mashed grilled avocado on top, add a poached egg, and sprinkle with salt and pepper.

Serve the grilled halves with some tangy homemade pico de gallo. Finely chop 4 seeded tomatoes, 1 small onion, 1/2 cup cilantro, and 2 jalapeños. Mix the ingredients and add 1 tablespoon lime juice and salt.

Garnish with chopped fresh basil or cilantro and serve with grilled chicken.

Surprise your guests with an avocado bar. Place the grilled avocados halves on a large serving platter and lay small bowls filled with toppings around it. Toppings might include roasted corn kernels, black beans, grilled or boiled shrimp, chile powder or paprika, smoked salmon, chopped tomato, chopped red onions, or crumbled feta cheese.

The post Grilling Avocados: What You Need to Know appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Guacamole may be the most popular way to eat avocados, but did you know you can grill them, too? It's true! Surprise friends and family at your summer BBQ by showing off your new grilling skills! Here's everything you need to know about how to grill avocados.

Prep Your Grill

Preheat your gas or charcoal grill on medium. After a few minutes, let your hand hover above the grill. When it becomes uncomfortable after five seconds, you've got the right temperature for grilling avocados. The same technique applies for stovetop grills.

Prep Your Avocados

Cut a large avocado in half lengthwise. Twist the two halves in opposite directions — gently! — and pull apart. Don't remove the skin: Since the flesh of the avocado is very delicate, it may crumble if you slice it before grilling. For best results, grill unpeeled halves. You can either remove the seed with a spoon or, if you have impressive knife skills, you can pierce it with a knife and pull it out. If it's going to be a few minutes before you get the avocados on the grill, squeeze some fresh lemon juice on the cut sides of each avocado half. This prevents browning of the fruit.

Grill Your Avocados

Just before you put them on the grill, brush each avocado half with olive oil and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Place the avocado halves on the grill, cut side down. After two or three minutes, the avocados will be ready, bearing the telltale sear marks that BBQ aficionados typically associate with meat.

Activate Plan B If Needed

If a sudden summer thunderstorm rains on your backyard bash, don't worry! You can still "grill" your avocados by using your oven's broiler. Place each avocado half cut side up on an ovenproof dish and then place the dish under the broiler. The gratification is nearly instant: In just 2-3 minutes, the avocados will be ready to serve.

Serve Your Grilled Avocados

If you can resist tucking into the fresh-off-the-grill avocados (We know; it's tough!), you can use them in a variety of ways. You can scoop up the buttery flesh, mash it, and make smoky guacamole. Simply mix the grilled avocados with seeded and diced tomatoes, finely diced onions, chopped cilantro, a pinch of salt, and a squeeze of lime juice. Add some heat with chopped jalapeños to taste and serve with tortilla chips. Make toast with thick slices of good quality bread, spread mashed grilled avocado on top, add a poached egg, and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Serve the grilled halves with some tangy homemade pico de gallo. Finely chop 4 seeded tomatoes, 1 small onion, 1/2 cup cilantro, and 2 jalapeños. Mix the ingredients and add 1 tablespoon lime juice and salt. Garnish with chopped fresh basil or cilantro and serve with grilled chicken. Surprise your guests with an avocado bar. Place the grilled avocados halves on a large serving platter and lay small bowls filled with toppings around it. Toppings might include roasted corn kernels, black beans, grilled or boiled shrimp, chile powder or paprika, smoked salmon, chopped tomato, chopped red onions, or crumbled feta cheese.

The post Grilling Avocados: What You Need to Know appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/grilling-avocados-need-know/feed/ 0
Garlic Shrimp, Fennel & Orange Guac https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/garlic-shrimp-fennel-orange-guac/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/garlic-shrimp-fennel-orange-guac/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:10:33 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5281

Serves 6-8

This is a sophisticated, yet simple to prepare, guacamole. Once it is assembled, it feels very light and bright. Not your traditional guacamole by any means, but I’m sure once you give it a try, it will become one of your favorites. Its flavors come from a popular Mexican dish, called camarones al ajillo, served along the Pacific Coast.

You can offer it appetizer-style on a serving platter with tortilla chips for people to dip in. Or it can be passed around as hors d’oeuvres on top of round tortilla chips, or crackers, if you are going fancy. If having a sit-down dinner, you can serve it in individual bowls for people to have their elegantly dressed appetizer.

Leave some of the already cooked shrimp seasoned with garlic, chile de árbol and orange zest on the side to garnish, as I recommend in the recipe below. The flavors of the seasoned shrimp welcome the freshness of the chopped fennel and the buttery avocados. The juicy orange sections, which act as an edible and juicy garnish, make this dish even more succulent than it sounds.

Tip: To cut the orange supremes, hold the orange straight onto a cutting board, slice off the orange peel including the white pith going down the curve of the fruit. Holding the peeled orange over a bowl, cut each segment, free of skin, with a small knife, in between sections.

Ingredients

  • 3 tablespoons olive oil
  • 3 garlic cloves, thinly sliced
  • 2 chiles de árbol, stemmed and seeded, thinly sliced
  • 1 pound medium sized shrimp, fresh or thawed, shells/tails removed, cut into 1” pieces
  • 1 teaspoon orange zest
  • ½ teaspoon kosher or sea salt, divided, or more to taste
  • Freshly ground black pepper, to taste
  • 3 ripe avocados, halved, pitted, meat scooped out and diced
  • 6 tablespoons freshly squeezed orange juice
  • 3 tablespoons freshly squeezed lime juice
  • 1 cup chopped fennel bulb
  • One orange, peeled and cut into orange segments also called supremes

To Prepare

Heat the oil in a large, heavy skillet set over medium-high heat. Once it is hot but not smoking, add the garlic, cook for 20 to 30 seconds, stirring constantly, until fragrant and beginning to brown. Add the chile de árbol and cook for 20 to 30 seconds, stirring constantly, until it starts to crisp.

Incorporate the cut up shrimp, sprinkle with ¼ teaspoon salt, freshly ground black pepper to taste, and orange zest, and cook for only a minute or so, flipping the pieces over as they brown lightly. Remove from the heat and scrape onto a mixing bowl.

In a medium bowl, mash the avocado along with the remaining ¼ teaspoon salt and the orange juice and lime juice. Reserve 1 cup of the cooked shrimp for garnish, and incorporate the rest along with the fennel into the avocado mix, combine well. Scrape onto a serving bowl, garnish with the reserved cooked shrimp and the orange supremes.

The post Garlic Shrimp, Fennel & Orange Guac appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Serves 6-8 This is a sophisticated, yet simple to prepare, guacamole. Once it is assembled, it feels very light and bright. Not your traditional guacamole by any means, but I’m sure once you give it a try, it will become one of your favorites. Its flavors come from a popular Mexican dish, called camarones al ajillo, served along the Pacific Coast. You can offer it appetizer-style on a serving platter with tortilla chips for people to dip in. Or it can be passed around as hors d’oeuvres on top of round tortilla chips, or crackers, if you are going fancy. If having a sit-down dinner, you can serve it in individual bowls for people to have their elegantly dressed appetizer. Leave some of the already cooked shrimp seasoned with garlic, chile de árbol and orange zest on the side to garnish, as I recommend in the recipe below. The flavors of the seasoned shrimp welcome the freshness of the chopped fennel and the buttery avocados. The juicy orange sections, which act as an edible and juicy garnish, make this dish even more succulent than it sounds. Tip: To cut the orange supremes, hold the orange straight onto a cutting board, slice off the orange peel including the white pith going down the curve of the fruit. Holding the peeled orange over a bowl, cut each segment, free of skin, with a small knife, in between sections.

Ingredients

  • 3 tablespoons olive oil
  • 3 garlic cloves, thinly sliced
  • 2 chiles de árbol, stemmed and seeded, thinly sliced
  • 1 pound medium sized shrimp, fresh or thawed, shells/tails removed, cut into 1” pieces
  • 1 teaspoon orange zest
  • ½ teaspoon kosher or sea salt, divided, or more to taste
  • Freshly ground black pepper, to taste
  • 3 ripe avocados, halved, pitted, meat scooped out and diced
  • 6 tablespoons freshly squeezed orange juice
  • 3 tablespoons freshly squeezed lime juice
  • 1 cup chopped fennel bulb
  • One orange, peeled and cut into orange segments also called supremes

To Prepare

Heat the oil in a large, heavy skillet set over medium-high heat. Once it is hot but not smoking, add the garlic, cook for 20 to 30 seconds, stirring constantly, until fragrant and beginning to brown. Add the chile de árbol and cook for 20 to 30 seconds, stirring constantly, until it starts to crisp. Incorporate the cut up shrimp, sprinkle with ¼ teaspoon salt, freshly ground black pepper to taste, and orange zest, and cook for only a minute or so, flipping the pieces over as they brown lightly. Remove from the heat and scrape onto a mixing bowl. In a medium bowl, mash the avocado along with the remaining ¼ teaspoon salt and the orange juice and lime juice. Reserve 1 cup of the cooked shrimp for garnish, and incorporate the rest along with the fennel into the avocado mix, combine well. Scrape onto a serving bowl, garnish with the reserved cooked shrimp and the orange supremes.

The post Garlic Shrimp, Fennel & Orange Guac appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/garlic-shrimp-fennel-orange-guac/feed/ 0
Food Pranks For April Fools’ Day! https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/food-pranks-april-fools-day/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/food-pranks-april-fools-day/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:08:17 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5279

This April Fools’ Day, turn the tables on mischievous coworkers or family members by serving up some special surprise treats. Imagine the look on your friend’s face when she bites into something “special” you’ve prepared just for her.

Forget what mom said — it’s time to play with your food. Here are five harmless but hilarious ways to fool a few people along the way.

  • Make “ice cream” out of mashed potatoes. Use an ice cream scoop to place it in waffle cones and then serve the “dessert” to your unsuspecting guests.
  • Serve “sushi rolls” made out of bread and vegetables. With a rolling pin, flatten slices of white bread, then lay matchsticks of carrots and celery and slices of avocado at the bottom of each slice. Roll up the bread, press to seal it, and then cut each roll into four to six pieces.
  • Make a “drink” out of Jell-O. Prepare Jell-O like you normally would, but place it in tall glasses with straws before letting it gel. Serve as if it’s a beverage.
  • Replace the frosting in Oreos with toothpaste. This one’s self-explanatory. Bonus: You can eat the extra frosting as you prepare your trick!
  • Surprise someone with a sweet grilled cheese sandwich by toasting two thin slices of pound cake on the stove. Lather on a layer of orange-colored cream cheese icing in between and serve!

FACT-CHECKING:

http://greatideas.people.com/2014/04/01/april-fools-day-pranks-foods-jokes/

http://www.buzzfeed.com/arielknutson/21-totally-sneaky-food-pranks-for-april-fools-day#.muXv2dxe9

https://www.delish.com/cooking/recipe-ideas/recipes/a16992/sushi-surprise-recipe-mslo0911/

https://www.foodnetwork.com/recipes/giada-de-laurentiis/chocolate-avocado-mousse-recipe-2110024

 

 

The post Food Pranks For April Fools’ Day! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

This April Fools’ Day, turn the tables on mischievous coworkers or family members by serving up some special surprise treats. Imagine the look on your friend’s face when she bites into something “special” you’ve prepared just for her. Forget what mom said — it’s time to play with your food. Here are five harmless but hilarious ways to fool a few people along the way.
  • Make “ice cream” out of mashed potatoes. Use an ice cream scoop to place it in waffle cones and then serve the “dessert” to your unsuspecting guests.
  • Serve “sushi rolls” made out of bread and vegetables. With a rolling pin, flatten slices of white bread, then lay matchsticks of carrots and celery and slices of avocado at the bottom of each slice. Roll up the bread, press to seal it, and then cut each roll into four to six pieces.
  • Make a “drink” out of Jell-O. Prepare Jell-O like you normally would, but place it in tall glasses with straws before letting it gel. Serve as if it’s a beverage.
  • Replace the frosting in Oreos with toothpaste. This one’s self-explanatory. Bonus: You can eat the extra frosting as you prepare your trick!
  • Surprise someone with a sweet grilled cheese sandwich by toasting two thin slices of pound cake on the stove. Lather on a layer of orange-colored cream cheese icing in between and serve!

FACT-CHECKING:

http://greatideas.people.com/2014/04/01/april-fools-day-pranks-foods-jokes/ http://www.buzzfeed.com/arielknutson/21-totally-sneaky-food-pranks-for-april-fools-day#.muXv2dxe9 https://www.delish.com/cooking/recipe-ideas/recipes/a16992/sushi-surprise-recipe-mslo0911/ https://www.foodnetwork.com/recipes/giada-de-laurentiis/chocolate-avocado-mousse-recipe-2110024    

The post Food Pranks For April Fools’ Day! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/food-pranks-april-fools-day/feed/ 0
Fiestas Patrias Celebrations: The Perfect Excuse to Celebrate with Family and Friends https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/fiestas-patrias-celebrations-perfect-excuse-celebrate-family-friends/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/fiestas-patrias-celebrations-perfect-excuse-celebrate-family-friends/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:06:46 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5277

September is the perfect time to celebrate Mexican history and heritage with a big fiestas patrias bash. Who needs downtown parades, floats, and mariachi bands when you can dazzle your guests with an array of appetizing food, delicious drinks, and festive tricolor decorations at home?!

Traditionally, the fiestas patrias celebrations begin on the evening of September 15 and continue into the following day, the Día de la Independencia. The reason for this is that on September 15, 1810, Father Miguel Hidalgo issued an appeal for social and economic reform and demanded the end of Spanish rule. This appeal was known as the Grito de Dolores and it marked the beginning of the War of Independence. Every September 15, as the clock strikes midnight, you can visit any town square, or zócalo, in Mexico, and hear the cry, "Viva México! Viva México! Viva México!".

To mark the occasion, invite your friends and family to join you in a celebration of Mexican culture and tradition. These suggestions for food, drinks, and decorations will help you plan your own unforgettable fiestas patrias party.

Invitations

First, set a date and make your guest list. Then, find an appropriate evite or design your own invitation and send it about two weeks before the party. You may have to make follow-up calls to finalize your RSVP list so you can plan sufficient amounts of food and drink.

Food

This takes a bit of planning, but there's no need to stress out! Make as much as you can before the big party, or — even better — enlist the help of family members and friends, turning communal cooking into a pre-party celebration! Serve traditional Mexican dishes like chicken tostadas, pozole, chiles en nogada, chicken with mole poblano, or tamales. Recreate the Mexican flag with avocado, mozzarella and tomato skewers. Serve guacamole with a twist: use Parmesan chips instead of tortilla chips. Surprise your guests with a fancy grilled avocado bar that will make everyone jealous of your flair for entertaining. What about adding a taco bar as well? Place dishes with cooked chicken and beef, beans, taco shells, chopped tomato and lettuce, cheese, salsa, and sour cream so your guests can mix and match. Playing with food is totally acceptable.

Desserts

Who doesn't love a mesa dulce, a dessert bar? Make a few favorites, like flan, dark chocolate avocado brownies, and pastel de tres leches. Don't forget Mexican cookies, which are always a favorite.

Cocktails

A Mexican party is not a party without margaritas. Make pitchers of different flavored margaritas, like watermelon or hibiscus. A paloma (top-shelf tequila mixed with Mexican grapefruit soda) goes down well, too. Arrange sliced limes, salt, and shot glasses for hardcore guests who prefer to do shots. Stock up on Mexican sodas, horchata, and fruity aguas frescas for the younger ones and for those who pass on the alcoholic drinks.

Decorations

Your house has to feel festive as well. To achieve a truly Mexican ambiance, hang colorful papel picado banners and fairy lights. You can buy papel picado or make it yourself with tissue paper, a craft punch, and string. Have kids? Get them involved in the party prep by giving them materials and instructions for this simpler version of papel picado.

Since the dahlia is the national flower of Mexico, get a few bunches and place them strategically around the house. They'll brighten any corner. Use a brightly colored sarape as a table runner and intersperse small clay pots with cacti among the food dishes. Don't forget the centerpiece of any self-respecting Mexican party: a piñata! (And of course, it should be filled with delicious Mexican candies).

Play traditional music in the background. If you don't have any Mexican tunes in your own collection, cue up a list on Pandora or Spotify. Later, pump up the volume to get the party in full swing and invite your guests to sing and dance into the small hours.

Attire

Whether it's a formal or informal shindig, work the national colors –white, red, and green- into your outfit. You may even want to supply fake mustaches and oversized sombreros to guests!

¡Que viva México!

The post Fiestas Patrias Celebrations: The Perfect Excuse to Celebrate with Family and Friends appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

September is the perfect time to celebrate Mexican history and heritage with a big fiestas patrias bash. Who needs downtown parades, floats, and mariachi bands when you can dazzle your guests with an array of appetizing food, delicious drinks, and festive tricolor decorations at home?! Traditionally, the fiestas patrias celebrations begin on the evening of September 15 and continue into the following day, the Día de la Independencia. The reason for this is that on September 15, 1810, Father Miguel Hidalgo issued an appeal for social and economic reform and demanded the end of Spanish rule. This appeal was known as the Grito de Dolores and it marked the beginning of the War of Independence. Every September 15, as the clock strikes midnight, you can visit any town square, or zócalo, in Mexico, and hear the cry, "Viva México! Viva México! Viva México!". To mark the occasion, invite your friends and family to join you in a celebration of Mexican culture and tradition. These suggestions for food, drinks, and decorations will help you plan your own unforgettable fiestas patrias party.

Invitations

First, set a date and make your guest list. Then, find an appropriate evite or design your own invitation and send it about two weeks before the party. You may have to make follow-up calls to finalize your RSVP list so you can plan sufficient amounts of food and drink.

Food

This takes a bit of planning, but there's no need to stress out! Make as much as you can before the big party, or — even better — enlist the help of family members and friends, turning communal cooking into a pre-party celebration! Serve traditional Mexican dishes like chicken tostadas, pozole, chiles en nogada, chicken with mole poblano, or tamales. Recreate the Mexican flag with avocado, mozzarella and tomato skewers. Serve guacamole with a twist: use Parmesan chips instead of tortilla chips. Surprise your guests with a fancy grilled avocado bar that will make everyone jealous of your flair for entertaining. What about adding a taco bar as well? Place dishes with cooked chicken and beef, beans, taco shells, chopped tomato and lettuce, cheese, salsa, and sour cream so your guests can mix and match. Playing with food is totally acceptable.

Desserts

Who doesn't love a mesa dulce, a dessert bar? Make a few favorites, like flan, dark chocolate avocado brownies, and pastel de tres leches. Don't forget Mexican cookies, which are always a favorite.

Cocktails

A Mexican party is not a party without margaritas. Make pitchers of different flavored margaritas, like watermelon or hibiscus. A paloma (top-shelf tequila mixed with Mexican grapefruit soda) goes down well, too. Arrange sliced limes, salt, and shot glasses for hardcore guests who prefer to do shots. Stock up on Mexican sodas, horchata, and fruity aguas frescas for the younger ones and for those who pass on the alcoholic drinks.

Decorations

Your house has to feel festive as well. To achieve a truly Mexican ambiance, hang colorful papel picado banners and fairy lights. You can buy papel picado or make it yourself with tissue paper, a craft punch, and string. Have kids? Get them involved in the party prep by giving them materials and instructions for this simpler version of papel picado. Since the dahlia is the national flower of Mexico, get a few bunches and place them strategically around the house. They'll brighten any corner. Use a brightly colored sarape as a table runner and intersperse small clay pots with cacti among the food dishes. Don't forget the centerpiece of any self-respecting Mexican party: a piñata! (And of course, it should be filled with delicious Mexican candies). Play traditional music in the background. If you don't have any Mexican tunes in your own collection, cue up a list on Pandora or Spotify. Later, pump up the volume to get the party in full swing and invite your guests to sing and dance into the small hours.

Attire

Whether it's a formal or informal shindig, work the national colors –white, red, and green- into your outfit. You may even want to supply fake mustaches and oversized sombreros to guests! ¡Que viva México!

The post Fiestas Patrias Celebrations: The Perfect Excuse to Celebrate with Family and Friends appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/fiestas-patrias-celebrations-perfect-excuse-celebrate-family-friends/feed/ 0
Don’t Drop Avocados to Drop Pounds https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/dont-drop-avocados-drop-pounds-2/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/dont-drop-avocados-drop-pounds-2/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:03:36 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5275

Avocados and Weight Management

You're strolling down the aisles of your grocery store in search of foods to enjoy while following a  calorie controlled diet as a replacement for other fats. That’s when you see it: a pyramid of perfectly-stacked Avocados from Mexico. It's tempting to pick one up and put it in your cart, or better yet, snag a whole bag of them, but you step away. You seem to remember a friend telling you that avocados are chock-full of calories and fat.

While you might think of avocados as a high-calorie, high-fat food, they're a nutritional powerhouse.  Avocados contribute nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and beneficial plant compounds that can enhance the nutrient quality of your diet.  Even better, when you eat avocado, the fiber helps you.

Avocados are a nutrient-dense food that can be enjoyed while following a calorie-controlled diet as a replacement for other fats. Read on!

Avocados and Fiber

Avocados contain  8% of your daily recommended value of fiber. Fiber is a macronutrient, specifically a type of complex carbohydrate. Other macronutrients include fats, proteins, simple carbohydrates, and water. Most carbs — both simple sugars and complex starches— provide burnable energy for the body, but fiber has a different function. In fact, it pulls double duty. Insoluble fiber helps move food through the digestive system, while soluble fiber attracts water and slows digestion. This slow movement is what allows you to extract energy and nutrients from your food, making you feel satisfied for a longer time after you eat avocado.

Avocados and Sugar

Sugar is bad news for those struggling with their weight, getting stuck in a cycle of sugar highs and the subsequent lows that lead to even more sweet-tooth cravings. Sound familiar?

Avocados contain less than 1g of suger per serving; moreover, they have the least amount of sugar per serving than any other fresh fruit.

Avocados have Good Fats

What avocado lacks in sugar, it makes up for in fat, but here's the thing: that fat is good fat.

You've probably heard a lot in the news about trans fats and saturated fats. Those are the bad fats, and you want to limit them. But there are other fats: poly- and mono-unsaturated, avocados contain 4.5 g of fat per 1 ounce serving. They're the good fats, and having them is actually important. They give you energy and help your body absorb essential nutrients from foods eaten with them.

Finally, avocados have a rich and creamy texture, making them an excellent replacement for other foods that are much higher in saturated fats. So don't step away from that pyramid of avocados! Grab a whole bag of them and enjoy them in your meals! Spread avocado on toast, whip it up in smoothies, use it for the base of your dips and dressings, and reap the satiating benefits.

The post Don’t Drop Avocados to Drop Pounds appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados and Weight Management

You're strolling down the aisles of your grocery store in search of foods to enjoy while following a  calorie controlled diet as a replacement for other fats. That’s when you see it: a pyramid of perfectly-stacked Avocados from Mexico. It's tempting to pick one up and put it in your cart, or better yet, snag a whole bag of them, but you step away. You seem to remember a friend telling you that avocados are chock-full of calories and fat. While you might think of avocados as a high-calorie, high-fat food, they're a nutritional powerhouse.  Avocados contribute nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and beneficial plant compounds that can enhance the nutrient quality of your diet.  Even better, when you eat avocado, the fiber helps you. Avocados are a nutrient-dense food that can be enjoyed while following a calorie-controlled diet as a replacement for other fats. Read on!

Avocados and Fiber

Avocados contain  8% of your daily recommended value of fiber. Fiber is a macronutrient, specifically a type of complex carbohydrate. Other macronutrients include fats, proteins, simple carbohydrates, and water. Most carbs — both simple sugars and complex starches— provide burnable energy for the body, but fiber has a different function. In fact, it pulls double duty. Insoluble fiber helps move food through the digestive system, while soluble fiber attracts water and slows digestion. This slow movement is what allows you to extract energy and nutrients from your food, making you feel satisfied for a longer time after you eat avocado.

Avocados and Sugar

Sugar is bad news for those struggling with their weight, getting stuck in a cycle of sugar highs and the subsequent lows that lead to even more sweet-tooth cravings. Sound familiar? Avocados contain less than 1g of suger per serving; moreover, they have the least amount of sugar per serving than any other fresh fruit.

Avocados have Good Fats

What avocado lacks in sugar, it makes up for in fat, but here's the thing: that fat is good fat. You've probably heard a lot in the news about trans fats and saturated fats. Those are the bad fats, and you want to limit them. But there are other fats: poly- and mono-unsaturated, avocados contain 4.5 g of fat per 1 ounce serving. They're the good fats, and having them is actually important. They give you energy and help your body absorb essential nutrients from foods eaten with them. Finally, avocados have a rich and creamy texture, making them an excellent replacement for other foods that are much higher in saturated fats. So don't step away from that pyramid of avocados! Grab a whole bag of them and enjoy them in your meals! Spread avocado on toast, whip it up in smoothies, use it for the base of your dips and dressings, and reap the satiating benefits.

The post Don’t Drop Avocados to Drop Pounds appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/dont-drop-avocados-drop-pounds-2/feed/ 0
Easy Like Sunday Morning: Easing into Back-to-School Routines https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/easy-like-sunday-morning-easing-back-school-routines/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/easy-like-sunday-morning-easing-back-school-routines/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 19:01:06 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5273

Summer vacation is all about long days by the pool or hanging with your kids at the playground, taking it easy and having fun, but it comes to an end all too soon. Returning to school-time routines can be jarring for parents and kids alike. A few simple steps taken during the weeks leading up to the return to the classroom can go a long way toward making the transition smoother for the whole family.

Here are a few ways you can ease gradually into a more structured schedule so everyone can get back into the swing of things once school starts.

Have Fun Shopping (Really!)

Back-to-school shopping doesn't have to be a chore. You can get the task done in plenty of time and make it fun, getting the kids involved. Have each child look at the school supply list for their class and make an inventory of items they already have that are still in good condition. This will help reduce the number of new supplies you have to buy.

Let older kids who are Internet-savvy help research the best deals for the remaining supplies. Point them toward price comparison sites (here's one) where they can scout out the most competitive prices and let them help you find coupons to bring costs down even more. Help your kids sharpen their math and budgeting skills by sorting bills and coins that match the estimated cost for all the items on your list.

Then, pack them all up and head out to shop! Let the kids take turns being in charge of the shopping list (or give each kid their own list), and make the excursion fun by turning it into a game. You could, for example, use your smart phone to send each child on a timed mission to get five items or to find all the yellow objects on the list. Before you check out, allow kids to choose a few special items that reflect their personal tastes and interests.

Adjust Sleep Schedules

A regular sleep schedule with sufficient rest will make school day mornings easier on everyone, so getting the family's bedtime and wake-up routines back on track should be a top priority.

Put the kids to bed 10 to 15 minutes earlier each night and set an alarm to go off a bit earlier each day until going to bed at the optimal time becomes an established habit. Overtired parents don't function at their best, so be sure to prioritize your own sleep time as well.

Keep up the Learning

Kids' retention of what they learned during the school year can fade after long weeks spent out of the classroom. The best way to combat summer learning loss is to make reading and learning activities a part of vacation fun, which you've probably done.

But don't ease off in the final few weeks before school starts! In fact, if you've gotten lax about bedtime reading, be sure to incorporate this quality family and learning time back into your evening routine. Take a trip to the library or your local bookstore to stock up on some new titles that will get your kids excited to read before they go to sleep.

Limit Wardrobe Choices

Choosing what to wear in the morning can be a big time suck. It can also be a source of conflict when parents and kids don't see eye-to-eye on outfit choices. Diminish morning struggles by limiting each family member's wardrobe selection to a reasonable number of basic items they can mix and match with just a few special pieces that show off their individual personalities.

Get kids into the habit of selecting an outfit the night before, so when morning comes around, the difficult decision is already made. Don't let them forget to set out socks, shoes, and other accessories, too!

Plan Quick and Tasty Breakfasts

A vital part of starting the day right means eating a breakfast that gives kids and parents the energy they need to keep going through lunchtime and beyond. Serve breakfasts that offer protein, fiber, and “good" fats to keep hunger at bay and maintain energy levels throughout the day.

There are many quick and simple breakfast choices you can prepare before heading out the door. Add half an avocado to a fruit and yogurt smoothie for an easy breakfast that kids will love, mash avocado on a slice of toast and top with an egg, or make breakfast wraps that everyone can grab to go. Taking just a few minutes in the morning to start the day off on the right foot will help your family get back into the flow of school routines in no time.

The post Easy Like Sunday Morning: Easing into Back-to-School Routines appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Summer vacation is all about long days by the pool or hanging with your kids at the playground, taking it easy and having fun, but it comes to an end all too soon. Returning to school-time routines can be jarring for parents and kids alike. A few simple steps taken during the weeks leading up to the return to the classroom can go a long way toward making the transition smoother for the whole family. Here are a few ways you can ease gradually into a more structured schedule so everyone can get back into the swing of things once school starts.

Have Fun Shopping (Really!)

Back-to-school shopping doesn't have to be a chore. You can get the task done in plenty of time and make it fun, getting the kids involved. Have each child look at the school supply list for their class and make an inventory of items they already have that are still in good condition. This will help reduce the number of new supplies you have to buy. Let older kids who are Internet-savvy help research the best deals for the remaining supplies. Point them toward price comparison sites (here's one) where they can scout out the most competitive prices and let them help you find coupons to bring costs down even more. Help your kids sharpen their math and budgeting skills by sorting bills and coins that match the estimated cost for all the items on your list. Then, pack them all up and head out to shop! Let the kids take turns being in charge of the shopping list (or give each kid their own list), and make the excursion fun by turning it into a game. You could, for example, use your smart phone to send each child on a timed mission to get five items or to find all the yellow objects on the list. Before you check out, allow kids to choose a few special items that reflect their personal tastes and interests.

Adjust Sleep Schedules

A regular sleep schedule with sufficient rest will make school day mornings easier on everyone, so getting the family's bedtime and wake-up routines back on track should be a top priority. Put the kids to bed 10 to 15 minutes earlier each night and set an alarm to go off a bit earlier each day until going to bed at the optimal time becomes an established habit. Overtired parents don't function at their best, so be sure to prioritize your own sleep time as well.

Keep up the Learning

Kids' retention of what they learned during the school year can fade after long weeks spent out of the classroom. The best way to combat summer learning loss is to make reading and learning activities a part of vacation fun, which you've probably done. But don't ease off in the final few weeks before school starts! In fact, if you've gotten lax about bedtime reading, be sure to incorporate this quality family and learning time back into your evening routine. Take a trip to the library or your local bookstore to stock up on some new titles that will get your kids excited to read before they go to sleep.

Limit Wardrobe Choices

Choosing what to wear in the morning can be a big time suck. It can also be a source of conflict when parents and kids don't see eye-to-eye on outfit choices. Diminish morning struggles by limiting each family member's wardrobe selection to a reasonable number of basic items they can mix and match with just a few special pieces that show off their individual personalities. Get kids into the habit of selecting an outfit the night before, so when morning comes around, the difficult decision is already made. Don't let them forget to set out socks, shoes, and other accessories, too!

Plan Quick and Tasty Breakfasts

A vital part of starting the day right means eating a breakfast that gives kids and parents the energy they need to keep going through lunchtime and beyond. Serve breakfasts that offer protein, fiber, and “good" fats to keep hunger at bay and maintain energy levels throughout the day. There are many quick and simple breakfast choices you can prepare before heading out the door. Add half an avocado to a fruit and yogurt smoothie for an easy breakfast that kids will love, mash avocado on a slice of toast and top with an egg, or make breakfast wraps that everyone can grab to go. Taking just a few minutes in the morning to start the day off on the right foot will help your family get back into the flow of school routines in no time.

The post Easy Like Sunday Morning: Easing into Back-to-School Routines appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/easy-like-sunday-morning-easing-back-school-routines/feed/ 0
De-Stress With an Avo Spa Day https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/de-stress-avo-spa-day/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/de-stress-avo-spa-day/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 18:57:25 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5271

By: Mary O. Parker

Lovely ladies of Mayan and Aztec cultures knew the benefits of avocados and gave them a starring role in their beauty regimens. Why not feature avocados in yours?

Antioxidants like vitamins A, E, and C which are found in avocados, protect your skin, hair, and nails These antioxidants help to repair sun damage, fight aging, and help with hydration.

In honor of Stress Awareness Month, pamper yourself with an at-home spa day. Nourish your body from head to toe using Avocados from Mexico and other natural ingredients with one — or all — of these luxurious treatments.

Hair Repair

Combine the fruit from 1 avocado, 1 egg yolk, and 1 tablespoon of mayo in a blender. Apply the mixture liberally to damp or dry hair, from scalp to ends. Encase your locks in a plastic shower cap. Rinse after 25 minutes and savor those silky strands!

Hands So Soft

Mix half an avocado (mashed, pit removed), 4 tablespoons uncooked oatmeal, and 1 egg white until smooth. Apply mixture to both sides of hands and wait 15 minutes. Rinse, dry, and adore your smooth skin!

Feet Treat

Cut an avocado in half, remove the pit, and scoop out the fruit gently — keep the skin intact as you’ll need it for your heels. Puree the avocado, 2 tablespoons of honey, 1 tablespoon of olive oil, and 2 tablespoons of plain yogurt. Slather generously all over your feet. Cup your heels with the two pieces of avocado skin. Slip each foot into a plastic grocery sack, tighten, and tie shut. Relax for 20 minutes, rinse, and relish those hydrated heels!

Honey Avo Facial

In a blender, whip together half a ripe avocado (peeled, pit removed), 1/4 cup uncooked oatmeal, 2 tablespoons honey, and 2 teaspoons apple cider vinegar. Apply the creamy mixture to your face with your fingertips (be careful near your eyes). After 20 minutes, rinse with warm water, and then splash quickly with cold (to close pores). Vibrant skin has arrived!

Find more ways to pamper yourself with avocados here.

Sources

Is Avocado Oil the New Coconut Oil?
https://www.elle.com/beauty/makeup-skin-care/tips/a12951/benefits-of-avocado-oil/

Vitamin A – benefits to skin:
http://lpi.oregonstate.edu/mic/health-disease/skin-health/vitamin-A

Vitamin C - benefits to skin:
http://lpi.oregonstate.edu/mic/health-disease/skin-health/vitamin-C

Vitamin E – benefits to skin:
https://www.livestrong.com/article/25515-benefits-vitamin-e-oil-skin/

The post De-Stress With an Avo Spa Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By: Mary O. Parker Lovely ladies of Mayan and Aztec cultures knew the benefits of avocados and gave them a starring role in their beauty regimens. Why not feature avocados in yours? Antioxidants like vitamins A, E, and C which are found in avocados, protect your skin, hair, and nails These antioxidants help to repair sun damage, fight aging, and help with hydration. In honor of Stress Awareness Month, pamper yourself with an at-home spa day. Nourish your body from head to toe using Avocados from Mexico and other natural ingredients with one — or all — of these luxurious treatments.

Hair Repair

Combine the fruit from 1 avocado, 1 egg yolk, and 1 tablespoon of mayo in a blender. Apply the mixture liberally to damp or dry hair, from scalp to ends. Encase your locks in a plastic shower cap. Rinse after 25 minutes and savor those silky strands!

Hands So Soft

Mix half an avocado (mashed, pit removed), 4 tablespoons uncooked oatmeal, and 1 egg white until smooth. Apply mixture to both sides of hands and wait 15 minutes. Rinse, dry, and adore your smooth skin!

Feet Treat

Cut an avocado in half, remove the pit, and scoop out the fruit gently — keep the skin intact as you’ll need it for your heels. Puree the avocado, 2 tablespoons of honey, 1 tablespoon of olive oil, and 2 tablespoons of plain yogurt. Slather generously all over your feet. Cup your heels with the two pieces of avocado skin. Slip each foot into a plastic grocery sack, tighten, and tie shut. Relax for 20 minutes, rinse, and relish those hydrated heels!

Honey Avo Facial

In a blender, whip together half a ripe avocado (peeled, pit removed), 1/4 cup uncooked oatmeal, 2 tablespoons honey, and 2 teaspoons apple cider vinegar. Apply the creamy mixture to your face with your fingertips (be careful near your eyes). After 20 minutes, rinse with warm water, and then splash quickly with cold (to close pores). Vibrant skin has arrived! Find more ways to pamper yourself with avocados here.

Sources

Is Avocado Oil the New Coconut Oil? https://www.elle.com/beauty/makeup-skin-care/tips/a12951/benefits-of-avocado-oil/ Vitamin A – benefits to skin: http://lpi.oregonstate.edu/mic/health-disease/skin-health/vitamin-A Vitamin C - benefits to skin: http://lpi.oregonstate.edu/mic/health-disease/skin-health/vitamin-C Vitamin E – benefits to skin: https://www.livestrong.com/article/25515-benefits-vitamin-e-oil-skin/

The post De-Stress With an Avo Spa Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/de-stress-avo-spa-day/feed/ 0
Cool Down With These 3 Frozen Avocado Treats https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/cool-3-frozen-avocado-treats/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/cool-3-frozen-avocado-treats/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 18:55:30 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5269

By: M. Elise Giller

You might not suspect it, but avocados translate perfectly into frozen treats. Why? Their natural creaminess works wonders in popsicles, smoothies, and milkshakes, creating rich, velvety drinks and desserts — most of them without even adding ice cream or milk. Plus, you get the added benefit of the fruit’s nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Beat the heat with these easy recipes.

Popsicles

Keep it breezy and cool with avocado popsicles. For a 30-second, no-nonsense recipe, blend avocado, lime juice, agave nectar, and water, then freeze. For extra creaminess, try Greek yogurt with avocado, green tea, and honey. Freeze for six hours or overnight, and you’ll have a tasty goody for both you and your kids!

Smoothies

Start your day with a nutritious, fruit-filled smoothie, or make one as an afternoon pick-me-up. Avocado’s decadent texture is your secret weapon in smoothies. Blend it with frozen blueberries, banana, and coconut water for an nutrient dense drink. Want to amp it up? Add some spinach — you won’t even taste the greens!

Make your avo smoothie extra creamy by adding pear to the mix. Something about avocados and pears transforms the texture even further, making it like a dense milkshake without the added calories. Try avocado, whole pear, honey, vanilla extract, and almond milk for a luscious liquid treat.

Milkshakes

No one can resist the power of a good milkshake: the velvety mixture, the rich taste. And avocado only makes it better. Combine it with vanilla ice cream, milk, ice cubes, sugar, and a hint of lime juice. Or, if you’re a chocoholic, switch out the lime for cocoa powder to make a chocolate dream that will have you coming back for seconds — or even thirds!

Want a nutritious breakfast with your smoothie? Try some of these avo options.

The post Cool Down With These 3 Frozen Avocado Treats appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By: M. Elise Giller You might not suspect it, but avocados translate perfectly into frozen treats. Why? Their natural creaminess works wonders in popsicles, smoothies, and milkshakes, creating rich, velvety drinks and desserts — most of them without even adding ice cream or milk. Plus, you get the added benefit of the fruit’s nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Beat the heat with these easy recipes.

Popsicles

Keep it breezy and cool with avocado popsicles. For a 30-second, no-nonsense recipe, blend avocado, lime juice, agave nectar, and water, then freeze. For extra creaminess, try Greek yogurt with avocado, green tea, and honey. Freeze for six hours or overnight, and you’ll have a tasty goody for both you and your kids!

Smoothies

Start your day with a nutritious, fruit-filled smoothie, or make one as an afternoon pick-me-up. Avocado’s decadent texture is your secret weapon in smoothies. Blend it with frozen blueberries, banana, and coconut water for an nutrient dense drink. Want to amp it up? Add some spinach — you won’t even taste the greens! Make your avo smoothie extra creamy by adding pear to the mix. Something about avocados and pears transforms the texture even further, making it like a dense milkshake without the added calories. Try avocado, whole pear, honey, vanilla extract, and almond milk for a luscious liquid treat.

Milkshakes

No one can resist the power of a good milkshake: the velvety mixture, the rich taste. And avocado only makes it better. Combine it with vanilla ice cream, milk, ice cubes, sugar, and a hint of lime juice. Or, if you’re a chocoholic, switch out the lime for cocoa powder to make a chocolate dream that will have you coming back for seconds — or even thirds! Want a nutritious breakfast with your smoothie? Try some of these avo options.

The post Cool Down With These 3 Frozen Avocado Treats appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/cool-3-frozen-avocado-treats/feed/ 0
Breakfast Burrito https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/breakfast-burrito/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/breakfast-burrito/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 18:53:39 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5268

One of my favorite quick or to-go breakfasts to make for the boys! It can be made so fast, it is filling, and it has the entire breakfast practically rolled up in a tasty package! You can cater to your picky eaters as well. More avocado? Add another slice. Chipotle crema inside the burrito, if we are in a hurry. Or as a dipping sauce, if the bus hasn’t gotten to our stop, and they can eat the burrito at home.

Tip: If making the burritos for taking on the go, add a bit of the chipotle crema inside before you roll them up!

Ingredients

  • 1 tablespoon unsalted butter
  • 3 to 4 thin slices of black forest or honey ham, or deli meat of your choice, chopped
  • 4 large eggs, well beaten with a whisk or fork
  • Kosher or sea salt to taste
  • ¼ cup melty cheese, such as Monterrey Jack, mozzarella, Oaxaca, shredded
  • 6 flour tortillas
  • 1 ripe avocado, halved, pitted, meat scooped out and sliced
  • 1/4 cup Mexican crema (or Latin style cream or crème fraiche)
  • 2 teaspoons adobo sauce, from chipotle chiles in adobo sauce, or to taste
  • Chopped chives to garnish chipotle crema

To Prepare

To make the eggs: Heat butter in a medium sauté pan over medium heat. Once melted and bubbly, add ham. Cook for 1 to 2 minutes, stirring occasionally until barely beginning to brown along the edges. Lower the heat to low, pour in beaten eggs and sprinkle with salt to taste. Stir the eggs a couple times, as they cook, for about 4 minutes. Once they begin to set, incorporate the grated cheese and let it melt as the eggs finish cooking, 1 or 2 minutes more. Don’t over cook the eggs; turn off the heat while they are still moist.

To make the chipotle crema: Combine the Mexican crema and adobo sauce, from the chipotles in adobo, in a small bowl and mix well. Garnish with chives. Set aside.

To assemble burritos: In a hot comal or skillet set over medium heat, heat the flour tortillas for about 30 seconds to 1 minute per side. Don’t let them toast, just heat thoroughly. Taking one tortilla at a time, spoon in a couple tablespoons of the ham and cheese scrambled eggs, add a couple slices of avocado, and roll. Serve along with the chipotle crema.

The post Breakfast Burrito appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

One of my favorite quick or to-go breakfasts to make for the boys! It can be made so fast, it is filling, and it has the entire breakfast practically rolled up in a tasty package! You can cater to your picky eaters as well. More avocado? Add another slice. Chipotle crema inside the burrito, if we are in a hurry. Or as a dipping sauce, if the bus hasn’t gotten to our stop, and they can eat the burrito at home. Tip: If making the burritos for taking on the go, add a bit of the chipotle crema inside before you roll them up!

Ingredients

  • 1 tablespoon unsalted butter
  • 3 to 4 thin slices of black forest or honey ham, or deli meat of your choice, chopped
  • 4 large eggs, well beaten with a whisk or fork
  • Kosher or sea salt to taste
  • ¼ cup melty cheese, such as Monterrey Jack, mozzarella, Oaxaca, shredded
  • 6 flour tortillas
  • 1 ripe avocado, halved, pitted, meat scooped out and sliced
  • 1/4 cup Mexican crema (or Latin style cream or crème fraiche)
  • 2 teaspoons adobo sauce, from chipotle chiles in adobo sauce, or to taste
  • Chopped chives to garnish chipotle crema

To Prepare

To make the eggs: Heat butter in a medium sauté pan over medium heat. Once melted and bubbly, add ham. Cook for 1 to 2 minutes, stirring occasionally until barely beginning to brown along the edges. Lower the heat to low, pour in beaten eggs and sprinkle with salt to taste. Stir the eggs a couple times, as they cook, for about 4 minutes. Once they begin to set, incorporate the grated cheese and let it melt as the eggs finish cooking, 1 or 2 minutes more. Don’t over cook the eggs; turn off the heat while they are still moist. To make the chipotle crema: Combine the Mexican crema and adobo sauce, from the chipotles in adobo, in a small bowl and mix well. Garnish with chives. Set aside. To assemble burritos: In a hot comal or skillet set over medium heat, heat the flour tortillas for about 30 seconds to 1 minute per side. Don’t let them toast, just heat thoroughly. Taking one tortilla at a time, spoon in a couple tablespoons of the ham and cheese scrambled eggs, add a couple slices of avocado, and roll. Serve along with the chipotle crema.

The post Breakfast Burrito appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/breakfast-burrito/feed/ 0
Botanero Guac https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/botanero-guac/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/botanero-guac/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 18:51:30 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5266

There are Mexican guacamoles of all kinds. They all speak of eating, sharing and having good times with family and friends. This guacamole botanero, however, seems to especially call for leisurely long gatherings.

Botana translates to snack. When you refer to something as botanero it means it is the perfect snack for guests to open up their appetites, not only for more food, but also for great conversation and really good times, without a hurry to get anywhere afterwards.

Crunchy-coated peanuts smothered in a chile mix that is both punchy and savory is a revered botana in Mexico. In this recipe, I toss my version of that addicting peanut mix into a chunky guac.

It is a big hit when my husband and boys invite friends over to watch a game. They find the crunch and the mix of flavors irresistible.
Tip: Make it! But make a double batch, as one doesn’t last long.

Serves 6 to 8

Ingredients

  • 2 guajillo chiles, stemmed, seeded, sliced into ¼” rings
  • 8 scallions, roots and ends discarded, white and light green parts sliced into ¼” rounds
  • 2 tablespoons vegetable oil
  • 2 tablespoons sesame seeds
  • 3 ripe avocados, halved, pitted, meat scooped out and diced
  • 2 tablespoons freshly squeezed lime juice
  • ½ teaspoon kosher or sea salt, or to taste
  • 1 cup peeled, cored and diced pineapple
  • 1 cup peeled and diced jícama
  • ½ cup Japanese-style peanuts (or coated and crunchy peanuts of your choice)

To Prepare

Set a medium-sized skillet over medium-low heat. Pour in the oil and let it heat for 1 to 2 minutes. Once it is hot, add the guajillo chiles and let them cook gently, for about 2 minutes, stirring constantly until they look a bit crisp and their color has changed. Add the scallions, mix with the chiles and the by now flavored oil, and cook for another couple minutes, until the scallions begin to wilt. Incorporate the sesame seeds, mix again, and cook for another couple minutes until seeds have begun to brown lightly. Turn off the heat and scrape into a small bowl.

In a medium mixing bowl, add the avocado, lime juice and salt, and gently mash and mix with a fork. Incorporate the pineapple, jícama and Japanese-style peanuts. Scrape the avocado mix onto a serving bowl and spoon the guajillo chile, scallion and sesame seed mixture all over the top.

The post Botanero Guac appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

There are Mexican guacamoles of all kinds. They all speak of eating, sharing and having good times with family and friends. This guacamole botanero, however, seems to especially call for leisurely long gatherings. Botana translates to snack. When you refer to something as botanero it means it is the perfect snack for guests to open up their appetites, not only for more food, but also for great conversation and really good times, without a hurry to get anywhere afterwards. Crunchy-coated peanuts smothered in a chile mix that is both punchy and savory is a revered botana in Mexico. In this recipe, I toss my version of that addicting peanut mix into a chunky guac. It is a big hit when my husband and boys invite friends over to watch a game. They find the crunch and the mix of flavors irresistible. Tip: Make it! But make a double batch, as one doesn’t last long. Serves 6 to 8

Ingredients

  • 2 guajillo chiles, stemmed, seeded, sliced into ¼” rings
  • 8 scallions, roots and ends discarded, white and light green parts sliced into ¼” rounds
  • 2 tablespoons vegetable oil
  • 2 tablespoons sesame seeds
  • 3 ripe avocados, halved, pitted, meat scooped out and diced
  • 2 tablespoons freshly squeezed lime juice
  • ½ teaspoon kosher or sea salt, or to taste
  • 1 cup peeled, cored and diced pineapple
  • 1 cup peeled and diced jícama
  • ½ cup Japanese-style peanuts (or coated and crunchy peanuts of your choice)

To Prepare

Set a medium-sized skillet over medium-low heat. Pour in the oil and let it heat for 1 to 2 minutes. Once it is hot, add the guajillo chiles and let them cook gently, for about 2 minutes, stirring constantly until they look a bit crisp and their color has changed. Add the scallions, mix with the chiles and the by now flavored oil, and cook for another couple minutes, until the scallions begin to wilt. Incorporate the sesame seeds, mix again, and cook for another couple minutes until seeds have begun to brown lightly. Turn off the heat and scrape into a small bowl. In a medium mixing bowl, add the avocado, lime juice and salt, and gently mash and mix with a fork. Incorporate the pineapple, jícama and Japanese-style peanuts. Scrape the avocado mix onto a serving bowl and spoon the guajillo chile, scallion and sesame seed mixture all over the top.

The post Botanero Guac appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/botanero-guac/feed/ 0
Beet, Pineapple, Avocado and OJ Smoothie https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/beet-pineapple-avocado-oj-smoothie/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/beet-pineapple-avocado-oj-smoothie/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 18:49:35 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5265

Not only is this combination of ingredients wholesome and packed with nutrients and vitamins that your body will be happy to receive, but it is also packed with flavor. Sweet, tart, citrusy and creamy all combined to make for an in-between-meals snack to keep you going, or as a quick breakfast before you head out the door in the morning. Truth is, I have also made it late at night! You can make it a silky juice, if you juice the beet and pineapple in a juicer or buy them already juiced at the store. Or you can turn it into a hefty smoothie, if you throw all the ingredients in the blender. The choice is yours, and the taste is phenomenal either way.

Tip: You can make it ahead of time and keep it covered in the refrigerator for up to 2 days.

Ingredients

  • 2 cups peeled and diced beets (about ½ pound)
  • 2 cups peeled, cored and diced pineapple (about ½ pound)
  • ¾ cups fresh squeezed orange juice
  • ½ ripe avocado, pitted, meat scooped out

To Prepare

For a smoothie: Place all ingredients in the blender, and puree until completely smooth.
For juice: Pass the beets and pineapple through a juicer. Place the beet and pineapple juice in blender along with the avocado and orange juice, and puree until smooth.

The post Beet, Pineapple, Avocado and OJ Smoothie appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Not only is this combination of ingredients wholesome and packed with nutrients and vitamins that your body will be happy to receive, but it is also packed with flavor. Sweet, tart, citrusy and creamy all combined to make for an in-between-meals snack to keep you going, or as a quick breakfast before you head out the door in the morning. Truth is, I have also made it late at night! You can make it a silky juice, if you juice the beet and pineapple in a juicer or buy them already juiced at the store. Or you can turn it into a hefty smoothie, if you throw all the ingredients in the blender. The choice is yours, and the taste is phenomenal either way. Tip: You can make it ahead of time and keep it covered in the refrigerator for up to 2 days.

Ingredients

  • 2 cups peeled and diced beets (about ½ pound)
  • 2 cups peeled, cored and diced pineapple (about ½ pound)
  • ¾ cups fresh squeezed orange juice
  • ½ ripe avocado, pitted, meat scooped out

To Prepare

For a smoothie: Place all ingredients in the blender, and puree until completely smooth. For juice: Pass the beets and pineapple through a juicer. Place the beet and pineapple juice in blender along with the avocado and orange juice, and puree until smooth.

The post Beet, Pineapple, Avocado and OJ Smoothie appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/beet-pineapple-avocado-oj-smoothie/feed/ 0
Delicious Beet, Avocado, Queso Fresco and Walnut Salad https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/beet-avocado-queso-fresco-walnut-salad/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/beet-avocado-queso-fresco-walnut-salad/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 18:48:08 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5264

This salad has a fascinating combination of textures and flavors. The beets, with their sweet and hard bite, contrast the smooth, mildly nutty and creamy bite of the avocado. The orange powered creamy dressing, which uses both the zest and the juice, marries both ingredients beautifully. It is so tasty, I sometimes feel like eating it on its own! The crumbled tangy and lightly salty queso fresco and crisp walnuts make it a show-stopping ensemble.
It is a colorful and very elegant salad that makes for a stunning first course.

Tip: You can make the creamy dressing ahead of time, as well as cook the beets ahead. Assemble right before eating.

Serves 4

Ingredients

  • 1 pound beets
  • 1 large ripe avocado, halved, pitted, meat scooped out, cut into bite size pieces of about 1”
  • ¼ cup Mexican crema, or Latin style cream, Crème fraiche or sour cream
  • ¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
  • pinch of kosher or sea salt, add more to taste
  • Zest of an orange
  • 1 cup freshly squeezed orange juice
  • 1 tablespoon apple cider vinegar
  • 1 teaspoon honey
  • ¼ cup chopped walnuts
  • ¼ cup crumbled queso fresco (or substitute farmer’s cheese, goat cheese or a mild feta)
  • 1 tablespoon chopped fresh chives

To Prepare

Cut off greens and most of the stems from the beets, leaving about 1-inch. Don’t scrub or peel the beets. Rinse them off, place them in a medium saucepan and cover with cold water. Bring to a boil over high heat, reduce the heat to medium low to keep at a gentle simmer and cook until tender, for about 30 minutes. Drain. Once cool enough to handle, peel the beets and cut into bite-sized pieces of about 1-inch.

In a medium bowl, combine the Mexican crema with the salt and pepper.
In a small saucepan, pour the orange juice along with the apple cider vinegar, the honey and orange zest. Place over medium-high heat, bring to a simmer and cook for 2 to 3 minutes, stirring constantly. Liquid should have reduced to about 1/3 of a cup. Pour into the crema mixture and combine.

Divide the beets and avocado pieces in salad plates. Drizzle orange cream dressing all over the top. Garnish with the walnuts, queso fresco and chives.

The post Delicious Beet, Avocado, Queso Fresco and Walnut Salad appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

This salad has a fascinating combination of textures and flavors. The beets, with their sweet and hard bite, contrast the smooth, mildly nutty and creamy bite of the avocado. The orange powered creamy dressing, which uses both the zest and the juice, marries both ingredients beautifully. It is so tasty, I sometimes feel like eating it on its own! The crumbled tangy and lightly salty queso fresco and crisp walnuts make it a show-stopping ensemble. It is a colorful and very elegant salad that makes for a stunning first course. Tip: You can make the creamy dressing ahead of time, as well as cook the beets ahead. Assemble right before eating. Serves 4

Ingredients

  • 1 pound beets
  • 1 large ripe avocado, halved, pitted, meat scooped out, cut into bite size pieces of about 1”
  • ¼ cup Mexican crema, or Latin style cream, Crème fraiche or sour cream
  • ¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
  • pinch of kosher or sea salt, add more to taste
  • Zest of an orange
  • 1 cup freshly squeezed orange juice
  • 1 tablespoon apple cider vinegar
  • 1 teaspoon honey
  • ¼ cup chopped walnuts
  • ¼ cup crumbled queso fresco (or substitute farmer’s cheese, goat cheese or a mild feta)
  • 1 tablespoon chopped fresh chives

To Prepare

Cut off greens and most of the stems from the beets, leaving about 1-inch. Don’t scrub or peel the beets. Rinse them off, place them in a medium saucepan and cover with cold water. Bring to a boil over high heat, reduce the heat to medium low to keep at a gentle simmer and cook until tender, for about 30 minutes. Drain. Once cool enough to handle, peel the beets and cut into bite-sized pieces of about 1-inch. In a medium bowl, combine the Mexican crema with the salt and pepper. In a small saucepan, pour the orange juice along with the apple cider vinegar, the honey and orange zest. Place over medium-high heat, bring to a simmer and cook for 2 to 3 minutes, stirring constantly. Liquid should have reduced to about 1/3 of a cup. Pour into the crema mixture and combine. Divide the beets and avocado pieces in salad plates. Drizzle orange cream dressing all over the top. Garnish with the walnuts, queso fresco and chives.

The post Delicious Beet, Avocado, Queso Fresco and Walnut Salad appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/beet-avocado-queso-fresco-walnut-salad/feed/ 0
Be an Avo Scientist https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avo-scientist-2/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avo-scientist-2/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 18:29:26 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5262

Avocados are delicious, nutritious fruits that make super science fair subjects, too! Use these projects to inspire young science students — and give them a reason to play with their food.

Experiment No. 1 — What Makes Avocados Ripen Faster?

For the experiment, you’ll need:

  • 3 unripe avocados
  • 2 paper lunch sacks
  • 1 apple
  1. Put one avocado in a lunch sack and close it tightly. In the other sack, place the second avocado and the apple together and close the sack tightly. Leave the last avocado out in the open.
  2. State your hypothesis: Which avocado will ripen the quickest?
  3. After two days, open the sacks and compare all three avocados. Gently squeeze the avocados to determine which one has ripened the most. (Remember, the softer the avocado, the riper it is.)
  4. Draw conclusions. Ask yourself what happened and why. (Hint: Find the answer at the bottom of this post.)

 

Experiment No. 2 — Grow an Avocado Tree

For the experiment, you’ll need:

  • 3 avocado pits, gently rinsed with water (no soap!)
  • 12 toothpicks
  • 3 jars or drinking glasses
  • Water
  1. Carefully push four toothpicks into an avocado pit, placing the toothpicks at even intervals around the middle. Repeat with two other pits. Place the three pits into individual jars, being sure to position them with the pointy sides up and keeping the pits suspended by resting the toothpicks on the rim of the jar. Fill each jar with water until it reaches the middle of the pit. Place the jars in three different locations: one with direct sunlight, another with only indirect sunlight, and one with no sunlight at all. Plan to refresh water weekly.
  2. Using a knife, split open the fourth pit to observe what’s inside the pit and understand what happens.
  3. State your hypothesis: Which location will produce the healthiest plant?
  4. After seven weeks, observe and measure the plants that should have sprouted. Which one appears to be the healthiest? Why do you think this is?
  5. Draw conclusions. Ask yourself what happened and why. (Hint: Find the answer at the bottom of this post.)

 

What Happened?

Experiment No. 1 — What Makes Avocados Ripen Faster?

Avocados, apples, and many other fruits emit ethylene gas, a substance that speeds up the ripening of fruit. The closed paper sacks in this experiment trapped the ethylene gas, resulting in ripe avocados. The sack containing the apple holds the ripest avocado because the apple added even more ethylene to the air inside the bag.

Experiment No. 2 — Grow an Avocado Tree

When you split open an avocado plant, you’ll discover a teeny-tiny embryo inside. The substance surrounding the embryo is called a cotyledon and is there to provide food for the growing plant. In addition to food, avocado embryos need water and light. Indirect sunlight is best, as naturally occurring avocado seedlings grow under the shade provided by their parents.

SOURCES:

Cotyledon:
Schaffer, B & Wolstenholme, B.N. (2013). The avocado: botany, production, and uses. CABI, Oxfordshire, UK.

Best sun:
http://ceventura.ucanr.edu/Gardening/Garden_Info/avocado_questions/

The post Be an Avo Scientist appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados are delicious, nutritious fruits that make super science fair subjects, too! Use these projects to inspire young science students — and give them a reason to play with their food.

Experiment No. 1 — What Makes Avocados Ripen Faster?

For the experiment, you’ll need:
  • 3 unripe avocados
  • 2 paper lunch sacks
  • 1 apple
  1. Put one avocado in a lunch sack and close it tightly. In the other sack, place the second avocado and the apple together and close the sack tightly. Leave the last avocado out in the open.
  2. State your hypothesis: Which avocado will ripen the quickest?
  3. After two days, open the sacks and compare all three avocados. Gently squeeze the avocados to determine which one has ripened the most. (Remember, the softer the avocado, the riper it is.)
  4. Draw conclusions. Ask yourself what happened and why. (Hint: Find the answer at the bottom of this post.)
 

Experiment No. 2 — Grow an Avocado Tree

For the experiment, you’ll need:
  • 3 avocado pits, gently rinsed with water (no soap!)
  • 12 toothpicks
  • 3 jars or drinking glasses
  • Water
  1. Carefully push four toothpicks into an avocado pit, placing the toothpicks at even intervals around the middle. Repeat with two other pits. Place the three pits into individual jars, being sure to position them with the pointy sides up and keeping the pits suspended by resting the toothpicks on the rim of the jar. Fill each jar with water until it reaches the middle of the pit. Place the jars in three different locations: one with direct sunlight, another with only indirect sunlight, and one with no sunlight at all. Plan to refresh water weekly.
  2. Using a knife, split open the fourth pit to observe what’s inside the pit and understand what happens.
  3. State your hypothesis: Which location will produce the healthiest plant?
  4. After seven weeks, observe and measure the plants that should have sprouted. Which one appears to be the healthiest? Why do you think this is?
  5. Draw conclusions. Ask yourself what happened and why. (Hint: Find the answer at the bottom of this post.)
 

What Happened?

Experiment No. 1 — What Makes Avocados Ripen Faster?

Avocados, apples, and many other fruits emit ethylene gas, a substance that speeds up the ripening of fruit. The closed paper sacks in this experiment trapped the ethylene gas, resulting in ripe avocados. The sack containing the apple holds the ripest avocado because the apple added even more ethylene to the air inside the bag.

Experiment No. 2 — Grow an Avocado Tree

When you split open an avocado plant, you’ll discover a teeny-tiny embryo inside. The substance surrounding the embryo is called a cotyledon and is there to provide food for the growing plant. In addition to food, avocado embryos need water and light. Indirect sunlight is best, as naturally occurring avocado seedlings grow under the shade provided by their parents.

SOURCES:

Cotyledon: Schaffer, B & Wolstenholme, B.N. (2013). The avocado: botany, production, and uses. CABI, Oxfordshire, UK. Best sun: http://ceventura.ucanr.edu/Gardening/Garden_Info/avocado_questions/

The post Be an Avo Scientist appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avo-scientist-2/feed/ 0
Avotastic Instagram Tips for Foodie Photography https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avotastic-instagram-tips-foodie-photography/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avotastic-instagram-tips-foodie-photography/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 18:27:20 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5260

Admit it: Every time you scroll through Instagram, you can't help but wonder, how do other people make their food look so amazing? You've tried and tried, plating food differently and playing with the app's filters, but no luck: your meals still look boring. What's the secret? What does everyone else know that you don't?

Don't worry: We're here to let you in on all the tricks. You're just six easy steps away from posting your own gorgeous, appealing food photos on Instagram!

1. Establish mood through lighting.

Lighting is everything in an Instagram image. What kind of mood do you want people to feel when they see your photo? For a breakfast shot, make the scene bright so it feels like morning. Natural light is always best, so take the picture by a window if you can. If your image looks a bit dark, turn up the brightness in the Instagram app. Tip: Take advantage of golden hours, the times just before sunrise and sunset, when natural light is warm; it's the perfect time for taking photos outdoors. (Picnic, anyone?)

2. Take progress shots.

People love to see "progress shots" of a meal, especially dishes that are made at

home by real people — not like those meals made by robots. Prepping a salad topped with avocado? Take three shots: one with your ingredients, one showing your prep work, and one revealing the perfectly plated salad. Tip: Presentation is everything — place everything in separate bowls and on separate plates — and don't overwhelm the shot with packaging.

3. Shoot from above.

The best way to take photos of food with a phone is to shoot from overhead. Smartphones don't have the best depth-of-field, so the bird's-eye view ensures the whole dish will be in focus. This is why you see food bloggers teetering on chairs in restaurants, holding their phones over their plates. (Annoying? YES. Gorgeous photos? DEF.) When taking an overhead shot, the entire plate or bowl of food is visible, so it's important to fill the space. Tip: Use smaller plates so the meal looks bigger.

4. Use Instagram's filters.

Instagram's editing tools are the foodie photographer's secret sauce. Playing with brightness and contrast features should be your first attempt to make an average image graduate to greatness, but filters are where it's really at. Choose a filter that accentuates the color of the photo, making it pop. Tip: The Clarendon filter, set to 30 percent – 50 percent, does this well.

5. Develop an authentic voice.

Other Instagram users might love your nice food photos, but they'll stick around for more shots because of you. The best advice anyone ever gave you — Be yourself!

— is the best advice for Instagram, too. Stand out as someone who's interesting to follow. People love to see the good, the bad, and the hilarious, so don't be afraid to let your personality shine through in your food photo captions.

6. Use hashtags.

Hashtags are necessary if you want new people to find your content. They allow other Instagram users to find photos of things they love. In the food world, you have to think big and small. The tag #vegan has over 26 million posts, so yours could get lost in the shuffle easily. But using the tag #veganlove will put you in a pile of fewer than 300,000 posts, and your photo is much more likely to be seen.

This works for any kind of niche you are targeting. You can start by typing in the first part of your niche (e.g., vegan, paleo, clean eating, etc.) or the type of food you're shooting — avocados! — in the Instagram search bar, and a list of all tags associated with it will appear. You can use 30 hashtags per post so use them wisely and add them in the comment section below your initial caption. Tip: Less is more. You may be able to use 30 hashtags, but don't, because that’s annoying.

Now go get shooting! Practice makes perfect in food photography, so head over to Instagram and get started. Be sure to tag @avocadosfrommexico to show the world how you're using avocados!

The post Avotastic Instagram Tips for Foodie Photography appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Admit it: Every time you scroll through Instagram, you can't help but wonder, how do other people make their food look so amazing? You've tried and tried, plating food differently and playing with the app's filters, but no luck: your meals still look boring. What's the secret? What does everyone else know that you don't? Don't worry: We're here to let you in on all the tricks. You're just six easy steps away from posting your own gorgeous, appealing food photos on Instagram!

1. Establish mood through lighting.

Lighting is everything in an Instagram image. What kind of mood do you want people to feel when they see your photo? For a breakfast shot, make the scene bright so it feels like morning. Natural light is always best, so take the picture by a window if you can. If your image looks a bit dark, turn up the brightness in the Instagram app. Tip: Take advantage of golden hours, the times just before sunrise and sunset, when natural light is warm; it's the perfect time for taking photos outdoors. (Picnic, anyone?)

2. Take progress shots.

People love to see "progress shots" of a meal, especially dishes that are made at home by real people — not like those meals made by robots. Prepping a salad topped with avocado? Take three shots: one with your ingredients, one showing your prep work, and one revealing the perfectly plated salad. Tip: Presentation is everything — place everything in separate bowls and on separate plates — and don't overwhelm the shot with packaging.

3. Shoot from above.

The best way to take photos of food with a phone is to shoot from overhead. Smartphones don't have the best depth-of-field, so the bird's-eye view ensures the whole dish will be in focus. This is why you see food bloggers teetering on chairs in restaurants, holding their phones over their plates. (Annoying? YES. Gorgeous photos? DEF.) When taking an overhead shot, the entire plate or bowl of food is visible, so it's important to fill the space. Tip: Use smaller plates so the meal looks bigger.

4. Use Instagram's filters.

Instagram's editing tools are the foodie photographer's secret sauce. Playing with brightness and contrast features should be your first attempt to make an average image graduate to greatness, but filters are where it's really at. Choose a filter that accentuates the color of the photo, making it pop. Tip: The Clarendon filter, set to 30 percent – 50 percent, does this well.

5. Develop an authentic voice.

Other Instagram users might love your nice food photos, but they'll stick around for more shots because of you. The best advice anyone ever gave you — Be yourself! — is the best advice for Instagram, too. Stand out as someone who's interesting to follow. People love to see the good, the bad, and the hilarious, so don't be afraid to let your personality shine through in your food photo captions.

6. Use hashtags.

Hashtags are necessary if you want new people to find your content. They allow other Instagram users to find photos of things they love. In the food world, you have to think big and small. The tag #vegan has over 26 million posts, so yours could get lost in the shuffle easily. But using the tag #veganlove will put you in a pile of fewer than 300,000 posts, and your photo is much more likely to be seen. This works for any kind of niche you are targeting. You can start by typing in the first part of your niche (e.g., vegan, paleo, clean eating, etc.) or the type of food you're shooting — avocados! — in the Instagram search bar, and a list of all tags associated with it will appear. You can use 30 hashtags per post so use them wisely and add them in the comment section below your initial caption. Tip: Less is more. You may be able to use 30 hashtags, but don't, because that’s annoying. Now go get shooting! Practice makes perfect in food photography, so head over to Instagram and get started. Be sure to tag @avocadosfrommexico to show the world how you're using avocados!

The post Avotastic Instagram Tips for Foodie Photography appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avotastic-instagram-tips-foodie-photography/feed/ 0
Avocados and Good Fats: What You Need to Know https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avocados-good-fats-need-know/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avocados-good-fats-need-know/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:50:07 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5257

The word "fat" has a seriously bad rap. While it's true that "bad fats" get labeled as such because they tend to raise "bad" (LDL) cholesterol levels, potentially increasing the risk of heart disease, there are also "good fats" that benefit the body. In fact, our bodies need fat. Fat is a major source of energy that helps us absorb nutrients from foods — foods like avocados.

Read on to understand  the  role of good fats, how to tell good fats from bad, and to learn why avocados are an ideal source of good fats.

Fats Primer

Those bad fats you read about earlier? They're known as saturated (and trans fats), while the good ones are unsaturated (or mono and polyunsaturated) fats. The latter don't raise LDL cholesterol and are beneficial when consumed in moderation, because smart eating isn't just about lowering the total fat intake through our diets. Instead, look at how you can replace saturated fatty acids with unsaturated fatty acids.

How Good Fats Help and How Avocados Deliver Naturally

Apart from being a delicious, versatile, and easy-to-enjoy fruit, avocados are a source of good fats. This is important because good fats help the body absorb fat-soluble nutrients without raising LDL cholesterol levels. Basically, it helps you nourish your body without the side effects that "bad fats" bring with them.

Phytosterols are plant sterols naturally found in plants that are molecularly similar to animal cholesterol. In the intestine, research has shown that they can act to lower the absorption of cholesterol. According to the FDA, 2 grams of phytosterols per day may help maintain healthy cholesterol levels.

Avocados contribute phytosterols to the diet. Avocados contain 23 milligrams of beta-sitosterol per 1-oz. serving.  Beta-sitosterol is one of the three predominant phytosterols found in plants. These compounds may help maintain healthy cholesterol levels.

As if this wasn't enough, avocados are a naturally cholesterol-free food and provide 8 percent of your recommended daily value of fiber. 

If you already have an active lifestyle, you'll probably be aware of the importance of potassium. It's an electrolyte, something that needs to be replaced as your body sweats during a workout. Potassium also helps build muscle, as well as break down and use carbohydrates. With each one ounce serving of avocado packing 150 milligrams of potassium, you're more likely to stay full and energized throughout the day.

Avocados also make a terrific substitute for other fats if you're trying to cut down on calories. Current dietary guidelines, based on elements of the Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH) eating plan developed by the National Institutes of Health, advocate eating more plant-based foods. With a focus on fruits, vegetables, whole grains, fish, poultry, nuts, and reduced fats (including saturated fat and cholesterol), the DASH approach, combined with exercise, may help a number of health issues, including weight loss, lower blood pressure, lower cholesterol, and lower risks of hypertension, as well as Type 2 diabetes, and heart disease.

Eating better doesn't have to involve a compromise — especially when you're adding the tropical goodness of avocados. Buen provecho!

The post Avocados and Good Fats: What You Need to Know appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The word "fat" has a seriously bad rap. While it's true that "bad fats" get labeled as such because they tend to raise "bad" (LDL) cholesterol levels, potentially increasing the risk of heart disease, there are also "good fats" that benefit the body. In fact, our bodies need fat. Fat is a major source of energy that helps us absorb nutrients from foods — foods like avocados. Read on to understand  the  role of good fats, how to tell good fats from bad, and to learn why avocados are an ideal source of good fats.

Fats Primer

Those bad fats you read about earlier? They're known as saturated (and trans fats), while the good ones are unsaturated (or mono and polyunsaturated) fats. The latter don't raise LDL cholesterol and are beneficial when consumed in moderation, because smart eating isn't just about lowering the total fat intake through our diets. Instead, look at how you can replace saturated fatty acids with unsaturated fatty acids.

How Good Fats Help and How Avocados Deliver Naturally

Apart from being a delicious, versatile, and easy-to-enjoy fruit, avocados are a source of good fats. This is important because good fats help the body absorb fat-soluble nutrients without raising LDL cholesterol levels. Basically, it helps you nourish your body without the side effects that "bad fats" bring with them.

Phytosterols are plant sterols naturally found in plants that are molecularly similar to animal cholesterol. In the intestine, research has shown that they can act to lower the absorption of cholesterol. According to the FDA, 2 grams of phytosterols per day may help maintain healthy cholesterol levels.

Avocados contribute phytosterols to the diet. Avocados contain 23 milligrams of beta-sitosterol per 1-oz. serving.  Beta-sitosterol is one of the three predominant phytosterols found in plants. These compounds may help maintain healthy cholesterol levels.

As if this wasn't enough, avocados are a naturally cholesterol-free food and provide 8 percent of your recommended daily value of fiber. 

If you already have an active lifestyle, you'll probably be aware of the importance of potassium. It's an electrolyte, something that needs to be replaced as your body sweats during a workout. Potassium also helps build muscle, as well as break down and use carbohydrates. With each one ounce serving of avocado packing 150 milligrams of potassium, you're more likely to stay full and energized throughout the day. Avocados also make a terrific substitute for other fats if you're trying to cut down on calories. Current dietary guidelines, based on elements of the Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH) eating plan developed by the National Institutes of Health, advocate eating more plant-based foods. With a focus on fruits, vegetables, whole grains, fish, poultry, nuts, and reduced fats (including saturated fat and cholesterol), the DASH approach, combined with exercise, may help a number of health issues, including weight loss, lower blood pressure, lower cholesterol, and lower risks of hypertension, as well as Type 2 diabetes, and heart disease. Eating better doesn't have to involve a compromise — especially when you're adding the tropical goodness of avocados. Buen provecho!

The post Avocados and Good Fats: What You Need to Know appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avocados-good-fats-need-know/feed/ 0
Avo Spread: The Perfect Summer Picnic https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avo-spread-perfect-summer-picnic/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avo-spread-perfect-summer-picnic/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:44:59 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5254

The heat is on! It's time to get outdoors for sun and fun, and there's nothing that says "Summer!" more than a picnic. Grab a blanket and some friends, and pack your mosquito repellent, sun block, bat, ball, and Frisbee. And don't forget the picnic!

The perfect summer picnic always features avocados, which offer all sorts of fast, easy, and delicious options for delectable, memorable outdoor meals. Here are a few picnic-friendly dishes that will have your pals raving!

1. Make salad-in-a-jar.

Fill glass preserving jars with your favorite salad ingredients, keep them cool in an ice chest, and serve when it's time to eat. Start by layering a homemade dressing, like a green goddess vinaigrette made with sour cream or yogurt, your favorite fresh herbs (chives, tarragon, or perhaps some parsley), lemon juice, and avocado pulsed in a food processor. On top of a base layer of salad dressing, add hard veggies, such as grated carrot, celery slivers, cucumber slices, and crunchy radishes. Then, sprinkle the salad with some crumbled feta cheese or grated cheddar, and finally, your choice of lettuces. When you're ready, give everything a good shake or use a fork to mix it up before digging in!

2. Prep delicious avo-dips.

Pack a sealable container full of fresh veggie crudité — carrots, broccoli and cauliflower florets, celery, jicama, bell peppers, and whole cherry tomatoes — for a colorful and varied appetizer. You can't have veggies without dips, though! Try making your own avocado hummus with canned chickpeas, tahini, olive oil, garlic, lemon juice, parsley, and, of course, avocado. It's smooth, cool, creamy, and has enough heft to stick to the veggies.

Another great accompaniment is homemade avocado-ranch dip, a blend of parsley, dill, avocado, sour cream, mayonnaise, garlic, paprika, black pepper, hot sauce, and Worcestershire sauce. It's the perfect dip for just about any vegetable. Remember to keep your dips in your portable ice chest until you're ready to snack on them.

3. Stock the cooler with sandwiches.

You could go British-style, preparing your favorite sandwiches on crustless bread triangles if you have the time. If you're feeding a larger crew, grab a package of tortillas and let the hungry hoard make DIY-wraps. Bring ripe avocados ready to slice, pre-sliced cheese, alfalfa sprouts, and chicken salad for a tasty combo. If you have vegans or vegetarians in the crowd, skip the chicken salad and replace with marinated, cooked tofu cubes, or amp up the greens with spinach, your favorite micro greens, and a generous dollop of the avocado ranch dressing.

4. Dazzle up those deviled eggs.

Deviled eggs are a picnic staple, but that doesn't mean you can't experiment! Spice things up and mash the cooked egg yolks with some avocado, Greek yogurt, fresh dill, chives, your favorite hot sauce, and some sea salt before re-stuffing your egg halves. You'll thank us later! For fresh spring rolls, use rice paper wrappers (found at most Asian grocers), and stuff with a rainbow of shredded vegetables, smoked salmon, and avocado slices. Keep cool, slice at an angle, and dip in some soy sauce for a quick, fresh snack.

5. Surprise with sides.

If you can't have a picnic without a potato or pasta salad, make sure to dress it up with avocado cubes or slices. Farfalle pasta is a crowd-pleasing shape that tastes great tossed with fresh lemon juice and zest, oregano, Feta cheese, spring peas, and cubed avocado.

For an out-of-the-ordinary potato salad, dress your spuds with apple cider vinegar, mayonnaise, salt, pepper, celery salt, paprika, lemon juice, and diced cornichons (French baby pickles). Add slivers of avocado and fresh herbs, then toss and serve. Keep both cool in your portable ice chest.

6. Don't forget dessert!

The creamy smooth texture of avocados makes them the perfect stand-in for dairy and avocado can play a star role in a number of desserts. You can whip up terrific puddings using avocado puree. One of the best is a chocolaty affair, made with raw cacao powder, avocado, coconut milk, vanilla extract, and a natural sweetener like agave or maple syrup. Whip up a batch in your food processor, portion out in individual, sealable containers, refrigerate, and you're good to go! You can play around with the flavors by adding nut butters, mint extract, fresh berries, or banana slices — whatever you fancy.

After lunch (and a siesta?), get up and go for a swim or bike ride. Breathe deeply and, most of all, enjoy summer wherever you are!

Looking for more avocado recipes? Avocados from Mexico has plenty of them right here!

The post Avo Spread: The Perfect Summer Picnic appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The heat is on! It's time to get outdoors for sun and fun, and there's nothing that says "Summer!" more than a picnic. Grab a blanket and some friends, and pack your mosquito repellent, sun block, bat, ball, and Frisbee. And don't forget the picnic! The perfect summer picnic always features avocados, which offer all sorts of fast, easy, and delicious options for delectable, memorable outdoor meals. Here are a few picnic-friendly dishes that will have your pals raving!

1. Make salad-in-a-jar.

Fill glass preserving jars with your favorite salad ingredients, keep them cool in an ice chest, and serve when it's time to eat. Start by layering a homemade dressing, like a green goddess vinaigrette made with sour cream or yogurt, your favorite fresh herbs (chives, tarragon, or perhaps some parsley), lemon juice, and avocado pulsed in a food processor. On top of a base layer of salad dressing, add hard veggies, such as grated carrot, celery slivers, cucumber slices, and crunchy radishes. Then, sprinkle the salad with some crumbled feta cheese or grated cheddar, and finally, your choice of lettuces. When you're ready, give everything a good shake or use a fork to mix it up before digging in!

2. Prep delicious avo-dips.

Pack a sealable container full of fresh veggie crudité — carrots, broccoli and cauliflower florets, celery, jicama, bell peppers, and whole cherry tomatoes — for a colorful and varied appetizer. You can't have veggies without dips, though! Try making your own avocado hummus with canned chickpeas, tahini, olive oil, garlic, lemon juice, parsley, and, of course, avocado. It's smooth, cool, creamy, and has enough heft to stick to the veggies. Another great accompaniment is homemade avocado-ranch dip, a blend of parsley, dill, avocado, sour cream, mayonnaise, garlic, paprika, black pepper, hot sauce, and Worcestershire sauce. It's the perfect dip for just about any vegetable. Remember to keep your dips in your portable ice chest until you're ready to snack on them.

3. Stock the cooler with sandwiches.

You could go British-style, preparing your favorite sandwiches on crustless bread triangles if you have the time. If you're feeding a larger crew, grab a package of tortillas and let the hungry hoard make DIY-wraps. Bring ripe avocados ready to slice, pre-sliced cheese, alfalfa sprouts, and chicken salad for a tasty combo. If you have vegans or vegetarians in the crowd, skip the chicken salad and replace with marinated, cooked tofu cubes, or amp up the greens with spinach, your favorite micro greens, and a generous dollop of the avocado ranch dressing.

4. Dazzle up those deviled eggs.

Deviled eggs are a picnic staple, but that doesn't mean you can't experiment! Spice things up and mash the cooked egg yolks with some avocado, Greek yogurt, fresh dill, chives, your favorite hot sauce, and some sea salt before re-stuffing your egg halves. You'll thank us later! For fresh spring rolls, use rice paper wrappers (found at most Asian grocers), and stuff with a rainbow of shredded vegetables, smoked salmon, and avocado slices. Keep cool, slice at an angle, and dip in some soy sauce for a quick, fresh snack.

5. Surprise with sides.

If you can't have a picnic without a potato or pasta salad, make sure to dress it up with avocado cubes or slices. Farfalle pasta is a crowd-pleasing shape that tastes great tossed with fresh lemon juice and zest, oregano, Feta cheese, spring peas, and cubed avocado. For an out-of-the-ordinary potato salad, dress your spuds with apple cider vinegar, mayonnaise, salt, pepper, celery salt, paprika, lemon juice, and diced cornichons (French baby pickles). Add slivers of avocado and fresh herbs, then toss and serve. Keep both cool in your portable ice chest.

6. Don't forget dessert!

The creamy smooth texture of avocados makes them the perfect stand-in for dairy and avocado can play a star role in a number of desserts. You can whip up terrific puddings using avocado puree. One of the best is a chocolaty affair, made with raw cacao powder, avocado, coconut milk, vanilla extract, and a natural sweetener like agave or maple syrup. Whip up a batch in your food processor, portion out in individual, sealable containers, refrigerate, and you're good to go! You can play around with the flavors by adding nut butters, mint extract, fresh berries, or banana slices — whatever you fancy. After lunch (and a siesta?), get up and go for a swim or bike ride. Breathe deeply and, most of all, enjoy summer wherever you are! Looking for more avocado recipes? Avocados from Mexico has plenty of them right here!

The post Avo Spread: The Perfect Summer Picnic appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avo-spread-perfect-summer-picnic/feed/ 0
Avo Beer Pairings Perfect for St. Patrick’s Day https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avo-beer-pairings-perfect-st-patricks-day/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avo-beer-pairings-perfect-st-patricks-day/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:42:50 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5252

Go green this St. Patrick’s Day by pairing the perfect avocado recipe with your favorite brew. Whatever the notes and undertones of your favorite pot of gold, the right dish can enhance and highlight its flavor for a festive Irish meal.

O’Hara’s Curim Gold Celtic Wheat Beer

Wheat lends this libation a crisp, refreshing tartness, while hints of plum and peach bring on distinct flavor dimensions. Pair with strong, spicy foods topped with avocado to elevate both food and drink.

PAIR WITH: Beef Chili with Avocado

O’Shea’s Traditional Irish Pale Ale

Lots of hops give this ale a pleasant, soft bitterness. A sweet malty background and citrusy character couple it well with creamy avocados and blue cheese. Add almonds to bring out its flavor even more.

PAIR WITH: Blue Cheese Guacamole

Harp Lager

Light hops and a sweet fruitiness highlight subtle taste sensations. As a highly carbonated beer, this lager helps clear the palate for the next bite or sip. Adds depth to light dishes containing avocados, and fruit.

PAIR WITH: Avocado and Tropical Fruit Salsa

Murphy’s Irish Red

This beer’s earthy, grassy essence encourages avocado’s fresh flavors to shine. Thanks to barley, this brew also carries hints of caramel and spice. For a pleasing profile, enjoy with a combo created by bread, avocado, and goat cheese.

PAIR WITH: Avocado, Tomato Goat Cheese Toasts

Guinness Extra Stout (Original)

St. Patrick’s Day wouldn’t be complete without this traditional taste of the Emerald Isle! Irish stout’s low carbonation lends it a creamier form than many other beers, making it a great match for avocados. Roasted barley and a hint of hops give this beverage its bitterness, and make it pair well with avocados and seafood.

PAIR WITH: Crab Cakes with Avocado Serrano Aioli

 

SOURCES:

7 Flavor Categories of Beer:
https://www.splendidtable.org/story/the-7-flavor-categories-of-beer-what-they-are-how-to-pair-them

Harp Lager
https://www.beeradvocate.com/beer/profile/209/862/

Info about Wheat Beers:
http://www.brewreviewcrew.com/food-beer-wheat-beer/

Irish Dry Stout:
https://www.beeradvocate.com/beer/style/162/

Murphy’s Irish Red:
https://www.beeradvocate.com/beer/profile/240/913/
AND: http://www.gayot.com/beer/top10irishbeers/murphys-irish-red.html

O’Hara’s Irish Wheat Beer:
http://www.gayot.com/Drink/Best-Beer-to-Drink/Best-Irish-Beers/O-Hara-s-Curim-Gold-Irish-Wheat

O’Shea’s Traditional Pale Ale:
https://www.ratebeer.com/beer/osheas-traditional-irish-pale-ale/203195/
AND: https://beerboar.wordpress.com/2012/10/15/osheas-aldi-irish-pale-ale/

Pairing Avocado Toast with Beer:
http://www.latimes.com/food/dailydish/la-dd-avocado-toast-craft-beer-20151020-story.html\

The post Avo Beer Pairings Perfect for St. Patrick’s Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Go green this St. Patrick’s Day by pairing the perfect avocado recipe with your favorite brew. Whatever the notes and undertones of your favorite pot of gold, the right dish can enhance and highlight its flavor for a festive Irish meal.

O’Hara’s Curim Gold Celtic Wheat Beer

Wheat lends this libation a crisp, refreshing tartness, while hints of plum and peach bring on distinct flavor dimensions. Pair with strong, spicy foods topped with avocado to elevate both food and drink. PAIR WITH: Beef Chili with Avocado

O’Shea’s Traditional Irish Pale Ale

Lots of hops give this ale a pleasant, soft bitterness. A sweet malty background and citrusy character couple it well with creamy avocados and blue cheese. Add almonds to bring out its flavor even more. PAIR WITH: Blue Cheese Guacamole

Harp Lager

Light hops and a sweet fruitiness highlight subtle taste sensations. As a highly carbonated beer, this lager helps clear the palate for the next bite or sip. Adds depth to light dishes containing avocados, and fruit. PAIR WITH: Avocado and Tropical Fruit Salsa

Murphy’s Irish Red

This beer’s earthy, grassy essence encourages avocado’s fresh flavors to shine. Thanks to barley, this brew also carries hints of caramel and spice. For a pleasing profile, enjoy with a combo created by bread, avocado, and goat cheese. PAIR WITH: Avocado, Tomato Goat Cheese Toasts

Guinness Extra Stout (Original)

St. Patrick’s Day wouldn’t be complete without this traditional taste of the Emerald Isle! Irish stout’s low carbonation lends it a creamier form than many other beers, making it a great match for avocados. Roasted barley and a hint of hops give this beverage its bitterness, and make it pair well with avocados and seafood. PAIR WITH: Crab Cakes with Avocado Serrano Aioli  

SOURCES:

7 Flavor Categories of Beer: https://www.splendidtable.org/story/the-7-flavor-categories-of-beer-what-they-are-how-to-pair-them Harp Lager https://www.beeradvocate.com/beer/profile/209/862/ Info about Wheat Beers: http://www.brewreviewcrew.com/food-beer-wheat-beer/ Irish Dry Stout: https://www.beeradvocate.com/beer/style/162/ Murphy’s Irish Red: https://www.beeradvocate.com/beer/profile/240/913/ AND: http://www.gayot.com/beer/top10irishbeers/murphys-irish-red.html O’Hara’s Irish Wheat Beer: http://www.gayot.com/Drink/Best-Beer-to-Drink/Best-Irish-Beers/O-Hara-s-Curim-Gold-Irish-Wheat O’Shea’s Traditional Pale Ale: https://www.ratebeer.com/beer/osheas-traditional-irish-pale-ale/203195/ AND: https://beerboar.wordpress.com/2012/10/15/osheas-aldi-irish-pale-ale/ Pairing Avocado Toast with Beer: http://www.latimes.com/food/dailydish/la-dd-avocado-toast-craft-beer-20151020-story.html\

The post Avo Beer Pairings Perfect for St. Patrick’s Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avo-beer-pairings-perfect-st-patricks-day/feed/ 0
Avo at Every Meal https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avo-every-meal/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avo-every-meal/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:40:25 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5250

If you love avocado in guacamole but avoid buying the fruit because you're not sure what else to do with it (and hey, you can't eat guac every day!), you're in for a pleasant surprise. Avocado's texture and flavor profile make it perfect for incorporating into lots of other dishes — and not just for snack time, either.

Believe it or not, you can have avocado at every single meal! And since avocados have good fats and loads of other benefits, you don't have to feel the least bit guilty about your new green obsession.

Here are a few of our favorite ways to eat avocado at practically any hour:

Breakfast

Do you enjoy a big weekend brunch or a quick sausage and egg muffin during the week? You might want to consider replacing the saturated fat in your bacon or sausage with a few slices of avocado. Swap out the fried egg for a scrambled egg white and you've got a complete, protein-packed meal to fuel you for the rest of the day.

Prefer to drink your breakfast? Grab seasonally fresh fruit, a handful of almonds, walnuts, or hemp seeds, the nut or soy milk of your choice, and half an avocado (cut into cubes) and throw them all into the blender for a satisfying, creamy smoothie.

If you love the filling heft of oatmeal, try a savory bowl of your favorite grain porridge (millet, buckwheat, and amaranth are a few delicious oat alternatives), and top with a poached egg, some fresh salsa, grated cheddar, and avocado slivers. You'll be good to go until lunch!

Lunch

Who says lunch has to be a fast-food frenzy? Consider packing a deconstructed salad in a jar or a portable Tupperware container. Simply layer your favorite crunchy veggies, cooked brown or red rice, a protein of your choice (like flaked tuna), cooked edamame, some other greens, and diced avocado. It's instant satisfaction!

If you're looking for a way to use last night's leftovers, chop up yesterday's grilled veggies, add some avocado slices, and mix with couscous or quinoa for a filling, delicious vegetarian lunch. Have some leftover steak or chicken? Slice it up and crown your creation if you want the protein boost.

Snacktime

Nothing says tasty quite like an avocado and green pea dip or hummus. Both are as easy to whip up as they are to enjoy. Need something even quicker? Toast a piece of thick, rustic bread, give it a slathering of salted butter and mashed avocado, and top with your favorite herbs or a sprinkling of feta. Hunger pangs, be gone!

Dinner

Dress up those dinner tacos or fajitas with a fresh salsa in which avocados play a starring role. Or go wild with the buttery fruit and add it to a pineapple, mango, and red onion salsa, which you can use to top grilled fish. Whip up delicious nori rolls using the bounty of your garden and a slivered avocado: it's a game-changer. And don't forget dessert! Finish your meal with an avocado yogurt ice cream that's got a whisper of summer fruit or fresh herbs. Who could say no to that? We have even more dessert ideas here.

 

The post Avo at Every Meal appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

If you love avocado in guacamole but avoid buying the fruit because you're not sure what else to do with it (and hey, you can't eat guac every day!), you're in for a pleasant surprise. Avocado's texture and flavor profile make it perfect for incorporating into lots of other dishes — and not just for snack time, either. Believe it or not, you can have avocado at every single meal! And since avocados have good fats and loads of other benefits, you don't have to feel the least bit guilty about your new green obsession. Here are a few of our favorite ways to eat avocado at practically any hour:

Breakfast

Do you enjoy a big weekend brunch or a quick sausage and egg muffin during the week? You might want to consider replacing the saturated fat in your bacon or sausage with a few slices of avocado. Swap out the fried egg for a scrambled egg white and you've got a complete, protein-packed meal to fuel you for the rest of the day. Prefer to drink your breakfast? Grab seasonally fresh fruit, a handful of almonds, walnuts, or hemp seeds, the nut or soy milk of your choice, and half an avocado (cut into cubes) and throw them all into the blender for a satisfying, creamy smoothie. If you love the filling heft of oatmeal, try a savory bowl of your favorite grain porridge (millet, buckwheat, and amaranth are a few delicious oat alternatives), and top with a poached egg, some fresh salsa, grated cheddar, and avocado slivers. You'll be good to go until lunch!

Lunch

Who says lunch has to be a fast-food frenzy? Consider packing a deconstructed salad in a jar or a portable Tupperware container. Simply layer your favorite crunchy veggies, cooked brown or red rice, a protein of your choice (like flaked tuna), cooked edamame, some other greens, and diced avocado. It's instant satisfaction! If you're looking for a way to use last night's leftovers, chop up yesterday's grilled veggies, add some avocado slices, and mix with couscous or quinoa for a filling, delicious vegetarian lunch. Have some leftover steak or chicken? Slice it up and crown your creation if you want the protein boost.

Snacktime

Nothing says tasty quite like an avocado and green pea dip or hummus. Both are as easy to whip up as they are to enjoy. Need something even quicker? Toast a piece of thick, rustic bread, give it a slathering of salted butter and mashed avocado, and top with your favorite herbs or a sprinkling of feta. Hunger pangs, be gone!

Dinner

Dress up those dinner tacos or fajitas with a fresh salsa in which avocados play a starring role. Or go wild with the buttery fruit and add it to a pineapple, mango, and red onion salsa, which you can use to top grilled fish. Whip up delicious nori rolls using the bounty of your garden and a slivered avocado: it's a game-changer. And don't forget dessert! Finish your meal with an avocado yogurt ice cream that's got a whisper of summer fruit or fresh herbs. Who could say no to that? We have even more dessert ideas here.  

The post Avo at Every Meal appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avo-every-meal/feed/ 0
And the Crowd Goes Wild https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/crowd-goes-wild/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/crowd-goes-wild/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:38:39 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5248

Hosting a Super Bowl celebration? Cooking for a crowd can be tough to tackle. Use these pointers to get your game on.

Does It Double?

Large crowds call for lots of food, so plan to double — or even triple — recipes. But before investing time and money, double-check that doubling works. With some recipes, increasing ingredients leads to a fumble.

Freeze It First

Get ready for the gridiron early by cooking and freezing goodies one to two weeks before the big game. Cookies and cakes freeze especially well. Store treats in tightly sealed containers so they stay tasty. Use wax paper between layers of cookies to prevent them from sticking to one another.

Make a List, Check It Twice

Do you have enough plates, napkins, silverware, and cups? Garbage bags? Tissue? Drinks? Seats? What about ice chests and a plan for who will make the ice run?

And, don’t forget: You’ll need extra room in your fridge for the added inventory of edibles.

Buy It Days Beforehand

Grocery shopping the day before the party swallows up precious prep time, so consider what you can buy days ahead of time when planning your game-day grub. Avocados are a great choice because they often ripen long after they’re picked. Use your sense of touch to choose the right avocados for your timeline. Three to four days before the party, select avocados that don’t yield to gentle pressure and put them in a paper bag to ripen.

For a ready-to-eat avocado, grab one with some yield. A soft avocado makes a great candidate for guacamole. (Ramp up the revelry with Tequila Guacamole.)

Hail Mary Pass

If all else fails, spare yourself stress and serve classic sandwiches. Sandwiches score two bonus points: You can put them together ahead of time, and there is no need to worry about serving them hot. Here are two scrumptious options: Ham, Cheese, & Avocado Spread Sandwich Rolls and Buffalo Chicken & Avocado Sandwiches.

Follow these quick tips, and all you’ll hear from the crowd is cheers — and requests for seconds.

The post And the Crowd Goes Wild appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Hosting a Super Bowl celebration? Cooking for a crowd can be tough to tackle. Use these pointers to get your game on.

Does It Double?

Large crowds call for lots of food, so plan to double — or even triple — recipes. But before investing time and money, double-check that doubling works. With some recipes, increasing ingredients leads to a fumble.

Freeze It First

Get ready for the gridiron early by cooking and freezing goodies one to two weeks before the big game. Cookies and cakes freeze especially well. Store treats in tightly sealed containers so they stay tasty. Use wax paper between layers of cookies to prevent them from sticking to one another.

Make a List, Check It Twice

Do you have enough plates, napkins, silverware, and cups? Garbage bags? Tissue? Drinks? Seats? What about ice chests and a plan for who will make the ice run? And, don’t forget: You’ll need extra room in your fridge for the added inventory of edibles.

Buy It Days Beforehand

Grocery shopping the day before the party swallows up precious prep time, so consider what you can buy days ahead of time when planning your game-day grub. Avocados are a great choice because they often ripen long after they’re picked. Use your sense of touch to choose the right avocados for your timeline. Three to four days before the party, select avocados that don’t yield to gentle pressure and put them in a paper bag to ripen. For a ready-to-eat avocado, grab one with some yield. A soft avocado makes a great candidate for guacamole. (Ramp up the revelry with Tequila Guacamole.)

Hail Mary Pass

If all else fails, spare yourself stress and serve classic sandwiches. Sandwiches score two bonus points: You can put them together ahead of time, and there is no need to worry about serving them hot. Here are two scrumptious options: Ham, Cheese, & Avocado Spread Sandwich Rolls and Buffalo Chicken & Avocado Sandwiches. Follow these quick tips, and all you’ll hear from the crowd is cheers — and requests for seconds.

The post And the Crowd Goes Wild appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/crowd-goes-wild/feed/ 0
12 Benefits of Eating an Avocado a Day https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avocado-day-12-reasons/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avocado-day-12-reasons/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:36:41 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5246

Avocados may be the world’s most misunderstood fruit (yep, it’s a fruit, not a vegetable), all too often shunned because they’re believed to be overloaded with fat and calories.

But wait! The avocado’s fat is the good kind (more on that in a minute!) and its calories serve as fuel to power you through a busy day. And besides being impossibly delicious, there are lots of other benefits wrapped up in that tough green skin. Here are 12 benefits of eating avocados every day.

 

1. Avocados contribute good fats.

Not all fats are bad, and the kind of fat in avocados is the mostly good kind! Recent research suggests that monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats — the type of fats found in avocados — can help lower your cholesterol. Why are these fats naturally good? Because the body needs some dietary fat in moderation to help with absorption of nutrients. Good fats, monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats, do not raise LDL (“bad”) cholesterol levels. In fact, good fats are recommended as a replacement for bad fats. Avocados contain 6g of naturally good fat per 50g serving — that's about one-third of a medium avocado.

Need more evidence? Here's what Talia Pollock, a certified health coach, has to say:

 

2. Avocados are cholesterol-free.

Speaking of cholesterol, you don’t even have to think about that gunk that clogs your arteries and puts you at risk for heart disease when you’re eating an Avocado from Mexico, because the great green fruit has no cholesterol at all. Bada-bing, bada-boom.

 

3. Avocados are a good source of fiber.

Diets rich in foods containing fiber, such as some vegetables and fruits, may reduce the risk of heart disease, obesity, and type 2 diabetes. Avocados are a good source of fiber (3 g per 50 g serving) and are a great fresh fruit option to help boost fiber intake.

 

4. Avocados have ZERO natural sodium.

Here a pro tip: if you’re worried about sodium sending your blood pressure soaring, add some potassium to your diet. Avocados contain 254mg of potassium per serving. And a diet rich in potassium can help offset some of the harmful effects of sodium on blood pressure! Avocados have no sodium, and any amount of salt added to recipes with avocado can be controlled or eliminated.

 

AHA-Certified Goodness ❤️

If you're looking for heat healthy recipes, and you really mean business, look no further. We've got an entire page of recipes that are certified Heart Healthy Meals by the American Heart Association.

 

5. Avocados have lutein.

Lu-what? You don’t really need to understand the technicalities of lutein to understand its benefits to the body. Found in leafy green veggies, carrots, and, yes, avocados, lutein’s best-known job is that of contributing to maintaining eye health as we age.

One serving of avocado contains 136 micrograms of the carotenoids, lutein, and zeaxanthin. Lutein and zeaxanthin are plant pigments found in the macula of the eye, and some research suggests that they may help maintain eye health as we age. Here's looking at you, avocados! 👀

 

6. Avocados can play a role in your beauty routine.

We all know that the sun’s UV rays can do some serious damage to skin. Did you know that avocados can be applied directly to the skin for an all-natural moisturizing option?

Revamp your beauty routine with the balm of avocados. Keep your skin from front one with this avocado body scrub, or check out these 4 avocado hair masks if you really want to pamper yourself.

 

7. Avocados are great taste substitutes.

If you’re sensitive to dairy products but you love the creamy texture they give to a dish, avocado might just be the perfect substitute. Avocados have all the flavor and silky smoothness of dairy and can play a starring role in smoothies, popsicles, and even puddings.

 

8. Avocados are gluten-free.

Going gluten-free? Then avocados should definitely enjoy pride of place in your kitchen! They have no gluten and can be used to jazz up entrees or as part of a side dish, such as this refreshing summer salad with fruit.

 

9. Avocados have a varied nutrient profile.

In addition to all the advantages mentioned above, one-third of a medium avocado (50 g) has only 80 calories and yet has nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and phytonutrients. Avocados have 6% of your daily recommended intake of Vitamins E and 4% of your daily value for Vitamin C. Suddenly, all those worries about calories are taking a back seat, aren’t they?

 

10. Avocados are good for moms-to-be. . .

If you’re a mom-to-be, you’ve no doubt heard about how important folate is for fetal development.Avocados provide a good source of folate in just one-third of a medium avocado. Folate is important for proper brain function, and consuming adequate intakes of folate/folic acid may reduce the risk for premature births and birth defects.

 

11. ... and babies, too!

While you may be hard-pressed to convince your picky preschooler to eat avocado, babies who are being introduced to solids tend to love avocado — the perfect introduction to big-kid food. The avocado's smooth creamy consistency makes it an appropriate first food a baby can enjoy. *Talk to your pediatrician about what's right for your baby. *based on recommendations from the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics

 

12. All of these benefits can be enjoyed year-round!

Farmed in the perfect environment for fruit production, Avocados From Mexico experience multiple growing seasons and are available 365 days a year. So you can enjoy all of these benefits of eating avocados every day!

So whatcha waiting for? Head over to our recipe page to start discovering all kinds of salads, sandwiches, guacamoles, and more with your new favorite fruit.

*Before starting or introducing new foods, parents and caregivers should consult a physician or health care provider.

The post 12 Benefits of Eating an Avocado a Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados may be the world’s most misunderstood fruit (yep, it’s a fruit, not a vegetable), all too often shunned because they’re believed to be overloaded with fat and calories. But wait! The avocado’s fat is the good kind (more on that in a minute!) and its calories serve as fuel to power you through a busy day. And besides being impossibly delicious, there are lots of other benefits wrapped up in that tough green skin. Here are 12 benefits of eating avocados every day.  

1. Avocados contribute good fats.

Not all fats are bad, and the kind of fat in avocados is the mostly good kind! Recent research suggests that monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats — the type of fats found in avocados — can help lower your cholesterol. Why are these fats naturally good? Because the body needs some dietary fat in moderation to help with absorption of nutrients. Good fats, monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats, do not raise LDL (“bad”) cholesterol levels. In fact, good fats are recommended as a replacement for bad fats. Avocados contain 6g of naturally good fat per 50g serving — that's about one-third of a medium avocado. Need more evidence? Here's what Talia Pollock, a certified health coach, has to say:  

2. Avocados are cholesterol-free.

Speaking of cholesterol, you don’t even have to think about that gunk that clogs your arteries and puts you at risk for heart disease when you’re eating an Avocado from Mexico, because the great green fruit has no cholesterol at all. Bada-bing, bada-boom.  

3. Avocados are a good source of fiber.

Diets rich in foods containing fiber, such as some vegetables and fruits, may reduce the risk of heart disease, obesity, and type 2 diabetes. Avocados are a good source of fiber (3 g per 50 g serving) and are a great fresh fruit option to help boost fiber intake.  

4. Avocados have ZERO natural sodium.

Here a pro tip: if you’re worried about sodium sending your blood pressure soaring, add some potassium to your diet. Avocados contain 254mg of potassium per serving. And a diet rich in potassium can help offset some of the harmful effects of sodium on blood pressure! Avocados have no sodium, and any amount of salt added to recipes with avocado can be controlled or eliminated.  

AHA-Certified Goodness ❤️

If you're looking for heat healthy recipes, and you really mean business, look no further. We've got an entire page of recipes that are certified Heart Healthy Meals by the American Heart Association.
 

5. Avocados have lutein.

Lu-what? You don’t really need to understand the technicalities of lutein to understand its benefits to the body. Found in leafy green veggies, carrots, and, yes, avocados, lutein’s best-known job is that of contributing to maintaining eye health as we age. One serving of avocado contains 136 micrograms of the carotenoids, lutein, and zeaxanthin. Lutein and zeaxanthin are plant pigments found in the macula of the eye, and some research suggests that they may help maintain eye health as we age. Here's looking at you, avocados! 👀  

6. Avocados can play a role in your beauty routine.

We all know that the sun’s UV rays can do some serious damage to skin. Did you know that avocados can be applied directly to the skin for an all-natural moisturizing option? Revamp your beauty routine with the balm of avocados. Keep your skin from front one with this avocado body scrub, or check out these 4 avocado hair masks if you really want to pamper yourself.  

7. Avocados are great taste substitutes.

If you’re sensitive to dairy products but you love the creamy texture they give to a dish, avocado might just be the perfect substitute. Avocados have all the flavor and silky smoothness of dairy and can play a starring role in smoothies, popsicles, and even puddings.  

8. Avocados are gluten-free.

Going gluten-free? Then avocados should definitely enjoy pride of place in your kitchen! They have no gluten and can be used to jazz up entrees or as part of a side dish, such as this refreshing summer salad with fruit.  

9. Avocados have a varied nutrient profile.

In addition to all the advantages mentioned above, one-third of a medium avocado (50 g) has only 80 calories and yet has nearly 20 vitamins, minerals, and phytonutrients. Avocados have 6% of your daily recommended intake of Vitamins E and 4% of your daily value for Vitamin C. Suddenly, all those worries about calories are taking a back seat, aren’t they?  

10. Avocados are good for moms-to-be. . .

If you’re a mom-to-be, you’ve no doubt heard about how important folate is for fetal development.Avocados provide a good source of folate in just one-third of a medium avocado. Folate is important for proper brain function, and consuming adequate intakes of folate/folic acid may reduce the risk for premature births and birth defects.  

11. ... and babies, too!

While you may be hard-pressed to convince your picky preschooler to eat avocado, babies who are being introduced to solids tend to love avocado — the perfect introduction to big-kid food. The avocado's smooth creamy consistency makes it an appropriate first food a baby can enjoy. *Talk to your pediatrician about what's right for your baby. *based on recommendations from the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics  

12. All of these benefits can be enjoyed year-round!

Farmed in the perfect environment for fruit production, Avocados From Mexico experience multiple growing seasons and are available 365 days a year. So you can enjoy all of these benefits of eating avocados every day! So whatcha waiting for? Head over to our recipe page to start discovering all kinds of salads, sandwiches, guacamoles, and more with your new favorite fruit. *Before starting or introducing new foods, parents and caregivers should consult a physician or health care provider.

The post 12 Benefits of Eating an Avocado a Day appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/avocado-day-12-reasons/feed/ 0
AFM Launches New Fortune Avocados! https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/afm-launches-new-fortune-avocados/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/afm-launches-new-fortune-avocados/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:34:54 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5244

UPDATE: April fools! We dream of the day when fortune avocados replace plain-old cookies as the future-teller of choice, but this April Fools’ Day announcement hasn’t become a reality just yet. Besides, we love our pits as much as we love the delicious green fruit itself — without those life-giving seeds, there would be no avo trees!

There’s no luck involved in finding a perfectly ripe avocado — Avocados from Mexico are always fresh and always in season — but now there’s luck to be found inside your avocado.

That’s right, starting next month you can get your hands on the first ever Fortune Avocados from Avocados From Mexico. These little green oracles look, feel, and taste the same as regular Avocados From Mexico, but they hold a fortuitous little paper fortune inside.

Through the use of a groundbreaking horticultural technology, the team of scientists and growers with Avocados From Mexico developed a new genus of avocado tree that can grow an avocado without a pit inside. The first trees took about four years to produce fruit, but today new pitless avos are forming on the branches daily.

Not wanting to stop there, we used our proprietary insertion technique to place a fortune-cookie style fortune printed on edible wafer-paper inside the avocado without disturbing the integrity of the fruit.

You can find your fortune soon, as more than 150,000 pounds of Fortune Avocados are expected to hit produce aisles in May. Good luck and may your next avocado bring you good fortune!

Think you can predict the future? Share your best avocado fortunes with us on Facebook.

 

The post AFM Launches New Fortune Avocados! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

UPDATE: April fools! We dream of the day when fortune avocados replace plain-old cookies as the future-teller of choice, but this April Fools’ Day announcement hasn’t become a reality just yet. Besides, we love our pits as much as we love the delicious green fruit itself — without those life-giving seeds, there would be no avo trees! There’s no luck involved in finding a perfectly ripe avocado — Avocados from Mexico are always fresh and always in season — but now there’s luck to be found inside your avocado. That’s right, starting next month you can get your hands on the first ever Fortune Avocados from Avocados From Mexico. These little green oracles look, feel, and taste the same as regular Avocados From Mexico, but they hold a fortuitous little paper fortune inside. Through the use of a groundbreaking horticultural technology, the team of scientists and growers with Avocados From Mexico developed a new genus of avocado tree that can grow an avocado without a pit inside. The first trees took about four years to produce fruit, but today new pitless avos are forming on the branches daily. Not wanting to stop there, we used our proprietary insertion technique to place a fortune-cookie style fortune printed on edible wafer-paper inside the avocado without disturbing the integrity of the fruit. You can find your fortune soon, as more than 150,000 pounds of Fortune Avocados are expected to hit produce aisles in May. Good luck and may your next avocado bring you good fortune! Think you can predict the future? Share your best avocado fortunes with us on Facebook.  

The post AFM Launches New Fortune Avocados! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/afm-launches-new-fortune-avocados/feed/ 0
5 Surprisingly Delicious Guac Mixes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-surprisingly-delicious-guac-mixes/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-surprisingly-delicious-guac-mixes/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:28:08 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5238

Ah, guacamole. It is quite possibly the most perfect party food ever invented (Thank you, 14th-16th century Aztecs of Mexico!). What could be better than a no-cook dip that goes together quickly? That blend of mashed avocados mixed with fresh ingredients like onion, tomatoes, cilantro, and hot peppers makes a buttery, creamy, spicy dish that everyone from kids to adults loves to gobble down with tortilla chips or veggies.

But just because this crazy delicious dip hails from Mexico doesn't mean it has to stay there. The name guacamole comes from the Aztec word "ahuacamolli," which literally translates to "avocado sauce." That means that all you need to create a new favorite type of guacamole is an avocado — the rest is up to you!

In the United States and all around the world, people have created their own versions of guacamole using local ingredients and flavors. Check out these five surprisingly delicious guacamole variations for your next party, or use them as inspiration for inventing your own recipe!

1. Pea Guac

You can't talk about guacamole variations without at least mentioning Peagate. In July 2015, the twitter account of The New York Times posted an old pea guacamole recipe, and the Internet exploded with cries of inauthenticity.

The truth is, if seasonal produce inspires you, DO IT. Check out this version from thechocolatefig on Food52. This guacamole celebrates the best of spring produce by pairing the sweetness of green peas with creamy, sweet avocado, seasoned with a dose of ginger, garlic, and lime to give it almost an Asian flavor. Try it and decide for yourself if pea guacamole is really sacrilege.

2. Caribbean-inspired Guac

In the Caribbean, locals like to mix a variety of fruit in with their avocado for a sweet, refreshing take on the dip. This recipe from The Latin Kitchen takes it a step further, adding onions and fruits like mango, peach, apple, and pomegranate seeds with a little bit of habanero salsa. This slightly spicy, sweet, and savory combination would be the hit of any party, and you could even leave out the habanero for a more kid-friendly version.

3. Big Easy Guac

Take your guacamole on a trip down to the Big Easy by trying this jambalaya-inspired guacamole. Juicy shrimp, a flavor bomb of andouille sausage, and a little hot sauce is all you need to get a taste of Louisiana at home, and it pairs perfectly with creamy, sweet avocado.

4 & 5. Guac with Asian Influences

If you want your guacamole to take on some more international flavors, check out this article on Epicurious. There are several takes on the dish, with a few standout versions from different Asian countries. All of them start with lemon or lime juice, salt, onion, and chopped jalapeño. But then guac goes to Japan by adding some chopped edamame, wasabi, and sesame oil. Then it hops on over to Thailand by pairing coconut milk, ginger, and fresh cilantro with the spicy, savory base seasonings.

So where would you like your next guacamole to visit? France, where they add shallots and tarragon and slather it on a baguette? How about India, with a little garam masala, ginger, and crunchy fried chickpeas, scooped up with some naan bread? Get hungry and then get creative!

The post 5 Surprisingly Delicious Guac Mixes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Ah, guacamole. It is quite possibly the most perfect party food ever invented (Thank you, 14th-16th century Aztecs of Mexico!). What could be better than a no-cook dip that goes together quickly? That blend of mashed avocados mixed with fresh ingredients like onion, tomatoes, cilantro, and hot peppers makes a buttery, creamy, spicy dish that everyone from kids to adults loves to gobble down with tortilla chips or veggies. But just because this crazy delicious dip hails from Mexico doesn't mean it has to stay there. The name guacamole comes from the Aztec word "ahuacamolli," which literally translates to "avocado sauce." That means that all you need to create a new favorite type of guacamole is an avocado — the rest is up to you! In the United States and all around the world, people have created their own versions of guacamole using local ingredients and flavors. Check out these five surprisingly delicious guacamole variations for your next party, or use them as inspiration for inventing your own recipe!

1. Pea Guac

You can't talk about guacamole variations without at least mentioning Peagate. In July 2015, the twitter account of The New York Times posted an old pea guacamole recipe, and the Internet exploded with cries of inauthenticity. The truth is, if seasonal produce inspires you, DO IT. Check out this version from thechocolatefig on Food52. This guacamole celebrates the best of spring produce by pairing the sweetness of green peas with creamy, sweet avocado, seasoned with a dose of ginger, garlic, and lime to give it almost an Asian flavor. Try it and decide for yourself if pea guacamole is really sacrilege.

2. Caribbean-inspired Guac

In the Caribbean, locals like to mix a variety of fruit in with their avocado for a sweet, refreshing take on the dip. This recipe from The Latin Kitchen takes it a step further, adding onions and fruits like mango, peach, apple, and pomegranate seeds with a little bit of habanero salsa. This slightly spicy, sweet, and savory combination would be the hit of any party, and you could even leave out the habanero for a more kid-friendly version.

3. Big Easy Guac

Take your guacamole on a trip down to the Big Easy by trying this jambalaya-inspired guacamole. Juicy shrimp, a flavor bomb of andouille sausage, and a little hot sauce is all you need to get a taste of Louisiana at home, and it pairs perfectly with creamy, sweet avocado.

4 & 5. Guac with Asian Influences

If you want your guacamole to take on some more international flavors, check out this article on Epicurious. There are several takes on the dish, with a few standout versions from different Asian countries. All of them start with lemon or lime juice, salt, onion, and chopped jalapeño. But then guac goes to Japan by adding some chopped edamame, wasabi, and sesame oil. Then it hops on over to Thailand by pairing coconut milk, ginger, and fresh cilantro with the spicy, savory base seasonings. So where would you like your next guacamole to visit? France, where they add shallots and tarragon and slather it on a baguette? How about India, with a little garam masala, ginger, and crunchy fried chickpeas, scooped up with some naan bread? Get hungry and then get creative!

The post 5 Surprisingly Delicious Guac Mixes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/5-surprisingly-delicious-guac-mixes/feed/ 0
4 Mess-Free Avo Finger Foods https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/4-mess-free-avo-finger-foods/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/4-mess-free-avo-finger-foods/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:25:45 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5235

By: M. Elise Giller

Hosting a party can be a lot of fun. What’s not so fun: cleaning up messy dips and dirty silverware and stepping on crumbs from chips and crackers. That’s why we’ve put together four finger foods featuring the amazing avocado — not all the mess — for your next soiree.

Avocado Stuffed Portobello Mushrooms 

Mushrooms and avocados go together like grown-up peanut butter and jelly. Fill each bite-size portobello mushroom two-thirds to the top with goat cheese. Combine garlic, rosemary, and avocado until smooth. Then fill the top of the mushrooms with the mixture. Bake at 400 degrees for 10 minutes.

Cucumber and Avocado Summer Rolls  

This appetizer is perfect for a spring party. After slicing an avocado and a cucumber into matchsticks, place them in the center of rice paper rounds, along with green lettuce, fresh basil and mint, and shredded carrots. Fold in the sides of the paper and roll tightly closed. Serve raw with a sauce of limejuice, rice vinegar, and soy sauce.=

Avocado Deviled Eggs 

You can easily make your favorite deviled egg recipe creamier by adding avocado into the mix. Simply put the regular ingredients (hard egg yolks, mayo, lemon juice, mustard, salt, pepper) into a food processor along with avocado and blend until smooth. Transfer to a resealable plastic bag and pipe the yolk mixture into the emptied egg whites. Voilà!

Dark Chocolate Avocado Brownies 

Avocado makes brownies that much more decadent, fudgy, and delicious — and you’ll never guess there’s a vegetable in your dessert. Combine mashed avocado with flour, egg, cocoa powder, baking powder, coconut oil, brown sugar, and chocolate chips, and then bake at 350 degrees for about 25 minutes.

Want more party planning advice? Read more here.

 

 

The post 4 Mess-Free Avo Finger Foods appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By: M. Elise Giller Hosting a party can be a lot of fun. What’s not so fun: cleaning up messy dips and dirty silverware and stepping on crumbs from chips and crackers. That’s why we’ve put together four finger foods featuring the amazing avocado — not all the mess — for your next soiree. Avocado Stuffed Portobello Mushrooms  Mushrooms and avocados go together like grown-up peanut butter and jelly. Fill each bite-size portobello mushroom two-thirds to the top with goat cheese. Combine garlic, rosemary, and avocado until smooth. Then fill the top of the mushrooms with the mixture. Bake at 400 degrees for 10 minutes. Cucumber and Avocado Summer Rolls   This appetizer is perfect for a spring party. After slicing an avocado and a cucumber into matchsticks, place them in the center of rice paper rounds, along with green lettuce, fresh basil and mint, and shredded carrots. Fold in the sides of the paper and roll tightly closed. Serve raw with a sauce of limejuice, rice vinegar, and soy sauce.= Avocado Deviled Eggs  You can easily make your favorite deviled egg recipe creamier by adding avocado into the mix. Simply put the regular ingredients (hard egg yolks, mayo, lemon juice, mustard, salt, pepper) into a food processor along with avocado and blend until smooth. Transfer to a resealable plastic bag and pipe the yolk mixture into the emptied egg whites. Voilà! Dark Chocolate Avocado Brownies  Avocado makes brownies that much more decadent, fudgy, and delicious — and you’ll never guess there’s a vegetable in your dessert. Combine mashed avocado with flour, egg, cocoa powder, baking powder, coconut oil, brown sugar, and chocolate chips, and then bake at 350 degrees for about 25 minutes. Want more party planning advice? Read more here.    

The post 4 Mess-Free Avo Finger Foods appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/4-mess-free-avo-finger-foods/feed/ 0
How to Grill an Avocado https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/grill-avocado/ Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:18:57 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5234

The secret to grilling excellence is applying the proper amount of heat. If you use propane, you can easily control the temperature of your grill. If you're a charcoal purist, allow plenty of time to get an even white ash. The coals should have no visible black pieces and not too many glowing red pieces. It is also a good idea to have a meat thermometer on hand to check the internal temperature of your foods.

High heat (the kind that puts a good sear on steaks) is 500 degrees Fahrenheit; medium is 350 F; and low is 300 F. At 500 F, you should be able to hold your palm six inches above the coals for just 3 seconds, medium for 7 seconds and low for 12 seconds.

The post How to Grill an Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The secret to grilling excellence is applying the proper amount of heat. If you use propane, you can easily control the temperature of your grill. If you're a charcoal purist, allow plenty of time to get an even white ash. The coals should have no visible black pieces and not too many glowing red pieces. It is also a good idea to have a meat thermometer on hand to check the internal temperature of your foods. High heat (the kind that puts a good sear on steaks) is 500 degrees Fahrenheit; medium is 350 F; and low is 300 F. At 500 F, you should be able to hold your palm six inches above the coals for just 3 seconds, medium for 7 seconds and low for 12 seconds.

The post How to Grill an Avocado appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Simple Party Tips https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/simple-party-tips/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/simple-party-tips/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:14:42 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5233

Bring back game night! Break out an old board game or even a deck of cards. Games bring family and friends together and put a lot of fun into your gathering, especially if you serve some tasty guacamole or avocado dip on the side. Another surefire hit: nachos with fresh sliced avocados on top.

Make game night extra special by decking out the table with a fun table cloth & colorful plates and napkins. Just by adding a few extra touches, you can spice up the fiesta on the cheap.

The post Simple Party Tips appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Bring back game night! Break out an old board game or even a deck of cards. Games bring family and friends together and put a lot of fun into your gathering, especially if you serve some tasty guacamole or avocado dip on the side. Another surefire hit: nachos with fresh sliced avocados on top. Make game night extra special by decking out the table with a fun table cloth & colorful plates and napkins. Just by adding a few extra touches, you can spice up the fiesta on the cheap.

The post Simple Party Tips appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/simple-party-tips/feed/ 0
5 Perfect Ways to Use Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/5-perfect-ways-use-avocados/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/5-perfect-ways-use-avocados/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:11:06 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5232

As I try to work on the eating habits for my family, one go-to item for my husband in particular is Avocados. He loves to use them in guacamole, but he also enjoys them in a variety of recipes!

Did you know that Avocados from Mexico are 'Hass' avocados? This is the most common and it produces fruit year round that is rich in flavor with a nutty finish.. Avocados are grown in fertile orchards and are very nutritious.

Recently I learned that a great way to save avocados is to freeze them. My sister actually gets that entire delicious avocado out of the skin then she freezes it flat in the freezer, to sort of pause the avocado until she is ready to consume it. Then, she makes great guacamole for parties or simply a family snack. That is a great idea too for the upcoming holidays, freezing it ahead will save you time in making dips later.

Avocados from Mexico make for a great snack especially during party season. I know for us we are gearing up for holiday parties and that means I'll be stocking up on avocados for dips. I love that they are so versatile and easy to work with. It gives me a great go-to guacamole dip without all the hassle.

Avocados make for the perfect family treat for any occasion, plus typically even picky eaters enjoy them when used in recipes. This little fruit holds a plethora of cooking options, even grilling too! Not to mention they are great for toddler fingers!

I thought I’d share with you a quick list of my top 5 ways to use Avocados. My family loves each of these so much, I’m sure yours will too!

5 Perfect Ways to Use Avocados

  1. Frozen Avocados
  2. Avocado & Salsa Hot Dogs
  3. Avocado Salsa
  4. Avocado & Apple Chicken Salad
  5. New World Chili
    1. What are some of your favorite ways to use avocados? Be sure to share them with us, I'd love to whip up some more recipes with them for my family.

The post 5 Perfect Ways to Use Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

As I try to work on the eating habits for my family, one go-to item for my husband in particular is Avocados. He loves to use them in guacamole, but he also enjoys them in a variety of recipes! Did you know that Avocados from Mexico are 'Hass' avocados? This is the most common and it produces fruit year round that is rich in flavor with a nutty finish.. Avocados are grown in fertile orchards and are very nutritious. Recently I learned that a great way to save avocados is to freeze them. My sister actually gets that entire delicious avocado out of the skin then she freezes it flat in the freezer, to sort of pause the avocado until she is ready to consume it. Then, she makes great guacamole for parties or simply a family snack. That is a great idea too for the upcoming holidays, freezing it ahead will save you time in making dips later. Avocados from Mexico make for a great snack especially during party season. I know for us we are gearing up for holiday parties and that means I'll be stocking up on avocados for dips. I love that they are so versatile and easy to work with. It gives me a great go-to guacamole dip without all the hassle. Avocados make for the perfect family treat for any occasion, plus typically even picky eaters enjoy them when used in recipes. This little fruit holds a plethora of cooking options, even grilling too! Not to mention they are great for toddler fingers! I thought I’d share with you a quick list of my top 5 ways to use Avocados. My family loves each of these so much, I’m sure yours will too! 5 Perfect Ways to Use Avocados
  1. Frozen Avocados
  2. Avocado & Salsa Hot Dogs
  3. Avocado Salsa
  4. Avocado & Apple Chicken Salad
  5. New World Chili
    1. What are some of your favorite ways to use avocados? Be sure to share them with us, I'd love to whip up some more recipes with them for my family.

The post 5 Perfect Ways to Use Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/5-perfect-ways-use-avocados/feed/ 0
Spicy Avocado Dip Recipe https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/spicy-avocado-dip-recipe/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/spicy-avocado-dip-recipe/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:07:11 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5231

When I am looking for inspiration for a great dish to share with family and friends, I often turn to Avocados from Mexico to get me started. Avocados are rich in taste, but also contain nearly 20 vitamins, so you have something that tastes really good, and is also nutritious. It doesn't get much better than that, right? I think that's why I use avocados in recipes so often ­ they are not only easy to cook with, but I also know that I am feeding my family a very nutritious ingredient.

You can take advantage of those same properties when planning your meals. Begin with snacks or appetizers. Whether you are having some people over a fun evening, or you have been invited over for a meal at a friend's, Avocados from Mexico are a great beginning. How about my very own Spicy Avocado Dip? It's easy to make, and I know your family will enjoy it as much as mine does:

It's a little lighter and creamier than ordinary guacamole and everyone loves it, from my folks down to my little grandchildren! Avocados rich and creamy texture and distinctive flavor work well with so many other ingredients, so you have endless possibilities. Try combining some avocado cubes with a jarred salsa, for a fast and easy avocado dip. I think we all want to make sure that the meals we serve are tasty and nutritious. It's good to know that Avocados are cholesterol and sodium free. They have 3.5 grams of unsaturated (monounsaturated and polyunsaturated) fats, which are naturally good fats. You really can't go wrong when you add them to family favorites.

Try mixing diced avocado into scrambled eggs, add slices to a toasted cheese sandwich or serve alongside macaroni and cheese. Did you know that Avocados from Mexico are always the Hass type, which grow year round, and account for over 80% of avocados cultivated today? That means you will always be able to find them in the store when you want to make something special for your friends and family to enjoy.

The post Spicy Avocado Dip Recipe appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When I am looking for inspiration for a great dish to share with family and friends, I often turn to Avocados from Mexico to get me started. Avocados are rich in taste, but also contain nearly 20 vitamins, so you have something that tastes really good, and is also nutritious. It doesn't get much better than that, right? I think that's why I use avocados in recipes so often ­ they are not only easy to cook with, but I also know that I am feeding my family a very nutritious ingredient. You can take advantage of those same properties when planning your meals. Begin with snacks or appetizers. Whether you are having some people over a fun evening, or you have been invited over for a meal at a friend's, Avocados from Mexico are a great beginning. How about my very own Spicy Avocado Dip? It's easy to make, and I know your family will enjoy it as much as mine does: It's a little lighter and creamier than ordinary guacamole and everyone loves it, from my folks down to my little grandchildren! Avocados rich and creamy texture and distinctive flavor work well with so many other ingredients, so you have endless possibilities. Try combining some avocado cubes with a jarred salsa, for a fast and easy avocado dip. I think we all want to make sure that the meals we serve are tasty and nutritious. It's good to know that Avocados are cholesterol and sodium free. They have 3.5 grams of unsaturated (monounsaturated and polyunsaturated) fats, which are naturally good fats. You really can't go wrong when you add them to family favorites. Try mixing diced avocado into scrambled eggs, add slices to a toasted cheese sandwich or serve alongside macaroni and cheese. Did you know that Avocados from Mexico are always the Hass type, which grow year round, and account for over 80% of avocados cultivated today? That means you will always be able to find them in the store when you want to make something special for your friends and family to enjoy.

The post Spicy Avocado Dip Recipe appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/spicy-avocado-dip-recipe/feed/ 0
Cucumber and Avocado Salad with Feta https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/cucumber-avocado-salad-feta/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/cucumber-avocado-salad-feta/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:04:19 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5230

Avocados from Mexico have just 50 calories per serving, contain nearly 20 vitamins and minerals and just 1 gram of sugar. A 1-ounce serving of avocados contains 81 micrograms of the carotenoids lutein and zeaxanthin. Lutein and zeaxanthin are plant pigments found in the macula of the eye, and research suggests that they may help maintain eye health as we age. That is a lot of goodness in a pretty little green package! For me though, it really all comes down to taste, and avocados are one of our favorite flavors, like in this Cucumber & Avocado Salad w/ Feta that we have been enjoying the last few months. You can have it on the table in no time at all, there are never any leftovers to worry about!

Because they require virtually no prep time, Avocados from Mexico are the perfect ingredient for all kinds of salads. When we are invited over for dinner with friends, I always ask what I can bring along, and often that is a salad. Even when I get in a hurry, and a simple tossed salad is my only option, avocados make it seem more special, not to mention more delicious. Try tossing cubed avocados with your vinaigrette, and then adding to the salad right before serving ­the vinaigrette will preserve the bright fresh flavor and the combination will be amazing with any variety of greens and other veggies.

Finally, doesn't matter if you will be home with just the family, or if you are going to make something to share with friends at a party ­Avocados from Mexico are the perfect place to start your next great meal!

The post Cucumber and Avocado Salad with Feta appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados from Mexico have just 50 calories per serving, contain nearly 20 vitamins and minerals and just 1 gram of sugar. A 1-ounce serving of avocados contains 81 micrograms of the carotenoids lutein and zeaxanthin. Lutein and zeaxanthin are plant pigments found in the macula of the eye, and research suggests that they may help maintain eye health as we age. That is a lot of goodness in a pretty little green package! For me though, it really all comes down to taste, and avocados are one of our favorite flavors, like in this Cucumber & Avocado Salad w/ Feta that we have been enjoying the last few months. You can have it on the table in no time at all, there are never any leftovers to worry about! Because they require virtually no prep time, Avocados from Mexico are the perfect ingredient for all kinds of salads. When we are invited over for dinner with friends, I always ask what I can bring along, and often that is a salad. Even when I get in a hurry, and a simple tossed salad is my only option, avocados make it seem more special, not to mention more delicious. Try tossing cubed avocados with your vinaigrette, and then adding to the salad right before serving ­the vinaigrette will preserve the bright fresh flavor and the combination will be amazing with any variety of greens and other veggies. Finally, doesn't matter if you will be home with just the family, or if you are going to make something to share with friends at a party ­Avocados from Mexico are the perfect place to start your next great meal!

The post Cucumber and Avocado Salad with Feta appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/cucumber-avocado-salad-feta/feed/ 0
Baked Bacon Avocado Egg Rolls https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/baked-bacon-avocado-egg-rolls/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/baked-bacon-avocado-egg-rolls/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 17:00:46 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5229

Baked Avocado Egg Rolls are a nutritious spin on the classic appetizer! Made with crispy bacon and creamy avocado then served with a Greek yogurt cilantro dipping sauce!

 

Are you fighting the urge to toss up all the Holiday decorations you can since its December? By all means it’s the time of all things jolly and cheerful!

 

Are you one of those people that want to embrace all things holiday, from 24/7 Pandora holiday music, to hot buttered rum coffee and endless amounts of cheer? Have no shame, the holiday season is in full swing, which means Michael Buble’s holiday station will be blaring as I sing along and plan my annual friends holiday soiree! As a foodie, this whole season I am giddy over the chance to spend hours in the kitchen whipping up batch after batch of holiday cookies for my next party. But even the most advanced cook should spend this time enjoying every moment, and less time stressing about the small details.

 

But my cup of tea is to entertain day in and day out during the holidays. The butterflies in my stomach start flapping their wings when I envision all the possibilities for putting on the perfect party.

 

Parties are meant to be enjoyed; not stressed about! Being organized and starting to plan early will be your savior. A checklist will go a long way; keeping everything that must be accomplished, a grocery list, supplies, and guest lists will ensure the all marks have been covered!

 

Keeping the menu simple will be the difference in a stressed out host and fun going host! After all, it is your party; you should be off mingling with guests, not slaving in the kitchen. One way I love keeping things simple is with one-bite appetizers or simple make-ahead dishes, such as these Baked Bacon Avocado Egg Rolls! Prep the filling then roll and set-aside until ready to be baked! Then just simply bake before the guests arrive to have a delicious and filling appetizer that the guests will love!

 

Other party tips that keep me sane during prime party planning season are shopping early and utilizing my freezer! Think about making foods ahead of time that freeze well – think pie crusts, cookie dough, rolls, soups, etc – then thaw right before the big day. Also setting out your utensils and dishware will assure you every dish as they place on the dinner table. A sane host is a happy host!

 

There is never a week that goes by that Hass avocados do not show their face around our house! Generally, they make their way into my husband’s outstanding guacamole. But for a party twist, I have been pairing them with bacon, cherry tomatoes and some spices and adding to egg roll wrappers to be baked up into a crispy and nutritious appetizer for our friends or just an afternoon spent watching football!

 

Now that the holidays are in full swing, a bit of planning and a few knock out recipes will ensure everyone, including yourself will enjoy every minute of that holiday party!

 

Egg Rolls:

  • 5 pieces turkey bacon, cooked and crumbled
  • 4 Hass avocados, diced
  • 3 roma tomato, diced
  • 1/4 small red onion, diced
  • 1/2 cup fresh cilantro leaves (not packed), chopped
  • Juice of 1 lime
  • Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper, to taste
  • 1/2 tsp garlic powder
  • 1 tsp cumin
  • 10-12 egg roll wrappers
  • 1 egg white, beaten

 

Cilantro Dipping Sauce:

  • 1/3 cup non-fat, plain greek yogurt
  • 3/4 cup fresh cilantro leaves (not packed), chopped
  • Juice of lime
  • Salt and Pepper

 

Preheat oven to 450 degrees. Line a baking sheet with a wire rack, and spray with non-stick cooking spray.

 

In a mixing bowl, add avocados and slightly mash with a fork. Make sure to leave some chunks. Add tomato, red onion, cilantro, juice, salt, pepper, garlic powder and cumin. Mix gently.

 

Lay out one wrapper, brush egg mixture on two adjacent edges, spoon about 1/3-1/2 cup of the mixture onto the center. Fold the adjacent ends in. Tuck and roll egg roll wrappers over the filling. Continue to roll until almost to the corner edge. To seal them, place your finger in the egg white, (or water), and brush corners with the egg white and continue to roll to seal.

 

Place egg rolls on prepared baking rack. Spray each egg roll with non-stick cooking spray. Place egg rolls on baking pan and bake 15-20 minutes. Remove from oven, and cool.

 

Meanwhile, to make dipping sauce, in a small bowl, combine the greek yogurt, cilantro, lime juice, salt and pepper. Mix well and set aside until ready to serve.

 

*Recipe adapted from Damn Delicious

 

*If you do not have wire rack to bake on, turn egg rolls half way through baking. This makes sure that both sides will be crispy!

The post Baked Bacon Avocado Egg Rolls appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Baked Avocado Egg Rolls are a nutritious spin on the classic appetizer! Made with crispy bacon and creamy avocado then served with a Greek yogurt cilantro dipping sauce!   Are you fighting the urge to toss up all the Holiday decorations you can since its December? By all means it’s the time of all things jolly and cheerful!   Are you one of those people that want to embrace all things holiday, from 24/7 Pandora holiday music, to hot buttered rum coffee and endless amounts of cheer? Have no shame, the holiday season is in full swing, which means Michael Buble’s holiday station will be blaring as I sing along and plan my annual friends holiday soiree! As a foodie, this whole season I am giddy over the chance to spend hours in the kitchen whipping up batch after batch of holiday cookies for my next party. But even the most advanced cook should spend this time enjoying every moment, and less time stressing about the small details.   But my cup of tea is to entertain day in and day out during the holidays. The butterflies in my stomach start flapping their wings when I envision all the possibilities for putting on the perfect party.   Parties are meant to be enjoyed; not stressed about! Being organized and starting to plan early will be your savior. A checklist will go a long way; keeping everything that must be accomplished, a grocery list, supplies, and guest lists will ensure the all marks have been covered!   Keeping the menu simple will be the difference in a stressed out host and fun going host! After all, it is your party; you should be off mingling with guests, not slaving in the kitchen. One way I love keeping things simple is with one-bite appetizers or simple make-ahead dishes, such as these Baked Bacon Avocado Egg Rolls! Prep the filling then roll and set-aside until ready to be baked! Then just simply bake before the guests arrive to have a delicious and filling appetizer that the guests will love!   Other party tips that keep me sane during prime party planning season are shopping early and utilizing my freezer! Think about making foods ahead of time that freeze well – think pie crusts, cookie dough, rolls, soups, etc – then thaw right before the big day. Also setting out your utensils and dishware will assure you every dish as they place on the dinner table. A sane host is a happy host!   There is never a week that goes by that Hass avocados do not show their face around our house! Generally, they make their way into my husband’s outstanding guacamole. But for a party twist, I have been pairing them with bacon, cherry tomatoes and some spices and adding to egg roll wrappers to be baked up into a crispy and nutritious appetizer for our friends or just an afternoon spent watching football!   Now that the holidays are in full swing, a bit of planning and a few knock out recipes will ensure everyone, including yourself will enjoy every minute of that holiday party!  

Egg Rolls:

  • 5 pieces turkey bacon, cooked and crumbled
  • 4 Hass avocados, diced
  • 3 roma tomato, diced
  • 1/4 small red onion, diced
  • 1/2 cup fresh cilantro leaves (not packed), chopped
  • Juice of 1 lime
  • Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper, to taste
  • 1/2 tsp garlic powder
  • 1 tsp cumin
  • 10-12 egg roll wrappers
  • 1 egg white, beaten
 

Cilantro Dipping Sauce:

  • 1/3 cup non-fat, plain greek yogurt
  • 3/4 cup fresh cilantro leaves (not packed), chopped
  • Juice of lime
  • Salt and Pepper
  Preheat oven to 450 degrees. Line a baking sheet with a wire rack, and spray with non-stick cooking spray.   In a mixing bowl, add avocados and slightly mash with a fork. Make sure to leave some chunks. Add tomato, red onion, cilantro, juice, salt, pepper, garlic powder and cumin. Mix gently.   Lay out one wrapper, brush egg mixture on two adjacent edges, spoon about 1/3-1/2 cup of the mixture onto the center. Fold the adjacent ends in. Tuck and roll egg roll wrappers over the filling. Continue to roll until almost to the corner edge. To seal them, place your finger in the egg white, (or water), and brush corners with the egg white and continue to roll to seal.   Place egg rolls on prepared baking rack. Spray each egg roll with non-stick cooking spray. Place egg rolls on baking pan and bake 15-20 minutes. Remove from oven, and cool.   Meanwhile, to make dipping sauce, in a small bowl, combine the greek yogurt, cilantro, lime juice, salt and pepper. Mix well and set aside until ready to serve.   *Recipe adapted from Damn Delicious   *If you do not have wire rack to bake on, turn egg rolls half way through baking. This makes sure that both sides will be crispy!

The post Baked Bacon Avocado Egg Rolls appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/baked-bacon-avocado-egg-rolls/feed/ 0
Entertain with Avocados from Mexico https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/entertain-avocados-mexico/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/entertain-avocados-mexico/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 16:57:43 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5228

I love cooking with Avocados from Mexico! I use them in breakfast dishes like omelets, frittatas, and my kids’ favorite – avocado toast. I’ve used Avocados from Mexico in salads like Wasabi Avocado Coleslaw. I’ve also baked with them in recipes like Gluten Free Avocado Chocolate Chip Bread and in brownies, too. (Don’t you love the combination of chocolate and avocados? I do!) Heck, I’ve even used Avocados from Mexico in Avocado Coconut & Watermelon Ice Pops!

But did you know that Avocados from Mexico are Hass avocados, which is the most common type of avocado you’ll find in your supermarket? Hass avocados are grown in the fertile orchard land in the state of Michoacán, near the Pacific Coast. Hass Avocados from Mexico give the fruit a uniquely smooth and creamy taste. No wonder they’re so delicious!

Not only are Avocados from Mexico great tasting, but they’re very nutritious! They contain 3 grams monounsaturated fat and .5 grams of polyunsaturated fat, are cholesterol and sodium free, and filled with good stuff like 2 grams fiber, 150 milligrams potassium, and 2 percent iron. There’s no arguing that Avocados from Mexico are a nutrient dense food!

Entertain with Avocados from Mexico during the holidays!

This holiday season you can use Avocados from Mexico as your secret to nutritious holiday entertaining. What is so much fun about Avocados from Mexico is that their brilliant green color perfectly matches the spirit of the holiday season! And you can feel good about serving your guests and family something so wholesome and delicious. Check out some terrific entertaining recipes at here

Other ways you can use Avocados from Mexico at your next holiday feast:

  • Carefully peel the avocado, remove the avocado pit and fill it in with bay shrimp or tuna salad (like above)
  • Homemade tuna and avocado sushi rolls
  • Avocado and potato pancakes for Hanukkah
  • Guacamole sliders
  • Mini bagel, lox, cream cheese and avocado sandwiches (capers optional!)
  • Avocado and yogurt dips
  • Avocado and turkey wraps
  • Guacamole and salsa shooters – serve with tortilla chips on the side!
  • Mini avocado toast – cut them out in fun shapes cookie cutters
  • Ceviche and avocado shooters
  • Mexican style shrimp cocktail with big chunks of fresh Avocados from Mexico
  • Add avocado to deviled eggs and cut back on the mayo
  • Avocado smoothies (with or without your favorite spirits)

What’s your favorite way to use Avocados from Mexico when entertaining?

The post Entertain with Avocados from Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

I love cooking with Avocados from Mexico! I use them in breakfast dishes like omelets, frittatas, and my kids’ favorite – avocado toast. I’ve used Avocados from Mexico in salads like Wasabi Avocado Coleslaw. I’ve also baked with them in recipes like Gluten Free Avocado Chocolate Chip Bread and in brownies, too. (Don’t you love the combination of chocolate and avocados? I do!) Heck, I’ve even used Avocados from Mexico in Avocado Coconut & Watermelon Ice Pops! But did you know that Avocados from Mexico are Hass avocados, which is the most common type of avocado you’ll find in your supermarket? Hass avocados are grown in the fertile orchard land in the state of Michoacán, near the Pacific Coast. Hass Avocados from Mexico give the fruit a uniquely smooth and creamy taste. No wonder they’re so delicious! Not only are Avocados from Mexico great tasting, but they’re very nutritious! They contain 3 grams monounsaturated fat and .5 grams of polyunsaturated fat, are cholesterol and sodium free, and filled with good stuff like 2 grams fiber, 150 milligrams potassium, and 2 percent iron. There’s no arguing that Avocados from Mexico are a nutrient dense food! Entertain with Avocados from Mexico during the holidays! This holiday season you can use Avocados from Mexico as your secret to nutritious holiday entertaining. What is so much fun about Avocados from Mexico is that their brilliant green color perfectly matches the spirit of the holiday season! And you can feel good about serving your guests and family something so wholesome and delicious. Check out some terrific entertaining recipes at here Other ways you can use Avocados from Mexico at your next holiday feast:
  • Carefully peel the avocado, remove the avocado pit and fill it in with bay shrimp or tuna salad (like above)
  • Homemade tuna and avocado sushi rolls
  • Avocado and potato pancakes for Hanukkah
  • Guacamole sliders
  • Mini bagel, lox, cream cheese and avocado sandwiches (capers optional!)
  • Avocado and yogurt dips
  • Avocado and turkey wraps
  • Guacamole and salsa shooters – serve with tortilla chips on the side!
  • Mini avocado toast – cut them out in fun shapes cookie cutters
  • Ceviche and avocado shooters
  • Mexican style shrimp cocktail with big chunks of fresh Avocados from Mexico
  • Add avocado to deviled eggs and cut back on the mayo
  • Avocado smoothies (with or without your favorite spirits)
What’s your favorite way to use Avocados from Mexico when entertaining?

The post Entertain with Avocados from Mexico appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/entertain-avocados-mexico/feed/ 0
Three Resolutions for a Better You https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/three-resolutions-better/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/three-resolutions-better/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 16:53:01 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5226

This year, ditch the temporary diet stints and establish "SMART" goals for a better eating plan that works for you. "SMART" stands for Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Results-Focused, and Time-Bound. By thinking of your New Year's resolutions this way, you are more likely to achieve them. For example, instead of resolving to eat healthier in 2015, resolve to bring your lunch to work at least three days a week.

Think of your resolutions as goals; not as changes that will happen overnight, but rather healthy habits you work on to achieve your goals.

Come 2015, commit to (at least!) one of these three goals:

1. Start your day the smart way, with a bite to eat.

By now, most of us have heard that breakfast is the most important meal of the day. Think of it as the opportunity to kick start your body's metabolism and energy needed for the day. If you are not too keen on having a heavy meal in the morning, no problem. A quick spread of mashed avocado on top of toast, seasoned with salt and pepper, can be a great option as you head out the door. And if you are not a fan of breakfast foods, it is ok to choose an item like a sandwich or leftovers in your fridge.

Recipe idea:

Ham, Cheese, Egg and Avocado Breakfast Burrito with Chipotle Crema

- Take the classic breakfast burrito up a notch with the addition of creamy avocados and a spicy chipotle sauce

- Omit ham to make vegetarian; swap for corn tortilla for gluten free option

ham, egg, cheese and avocado breakfast burrito

2. Eat 5 fruits and vegetables each day.

Eating fruits and vegetables is an essential part of living healthfully. They are loaded with vitamins, minerals, antioxidants, and are good sources of fiber. Assess where you are at in terms of fruit and vegetable intake on a given day. Which meal is it easiest to include a couple fruits and vegetables? Which meal is it the most challenging? Think of your routine meals and find ways to add an extra fruit and vegetable…or two. For example, add zucchini and bell peppers to your next casserole dish and garnish with avocado slices.

Recipe ideas:

Roasted Green Bean Medley with Avocado Vinaigrette

-Simple side dish packed with flavor; use the avocado vinaigrette for your next salad too

-Gluten free, dairy free, vegetarian, vegan

Roasted Green Beans

Asparagus, Avocado and Roasted Tomato Salad

-Roasting the tomatoes really brings out their flavor in this dish

-Gluten free, dairy free, vegetarian, vegan

Avocado, Tomato and Asparagus Salad

3. Commit to savvy snacking.

There is absolute value to savvy snacking. By choosing nutritious foods—in controlled portions—in between your meals, you are making sure your body is fueled throughout the day. Snacks can even help prevent you from overeating at your next meal. Be sure to include at least one fruit or vegetable as part of your snack.

Dipping carrots and celery into guacamole is a delicious midday snack option. Don't forget about Avocados From Mexico's Guac Fiesta Sweeps! It's a chance to win a $3,500 prize pack from us and Old El Paso. Click here for more information.

Recipe ideas:

Avocado, Ricotta, and Sundried Tomatoes

A delicious snack that is quick to assemble

-Vegetarian, can eat with gluten free toast

Avocado and sundried tomato salad

Easy Avocado and Grapefruit Salad

-This unique salad is a great combination of sweet and savory

-Vegan, vegetarian, gluten free, dairy free

Avocado and Grapefruit Salad

Reference

The post Three Resolutions for a Better You appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

This year, ditch the temporary diet stints and establish "SMART" goals for a better eating plan that works for you. "SMART" stands for Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Results-Focused, and Time-Bound. By thinking of your New Year's resolutions this way, you are more likely to achieve them. For example, instead of resolving to eat healthier in 2015, resolve to bring your lunch to work at least three days a week. Think of your resolutions as goals; not as changes that will happen overnight, but rather healthy habits you work on to achieve your goals. Come 2015, commit to (at least!) one of these three goals:

1. Start your day the smart way, with a bite to eat.

By now, most of us have heard that breakfast is the most important meal of the day. Think of it as the opportunity to kick start your body's metabolism and energy needed for the day. If you are not too keen on having a heavy meal in the morning, no problem. A quick spread of mashed avocado on top of toast, seasoned with salt and pepper, can be a great option as you head out the door. And if you are not a fan of breakfast foods, it is ok to choose an item like a sandwich or leftovers in your fridge.

Recipe idea:

Ham, Cheese, Egg and Avocado Breakfast Burrito with Chipotle Crema - Take the classic breakfast burrito up a notch with the addition of creamy avocados and a spicy chipotle sauce - Omit ham to make vegetarian; swap for corn tortilla for gluten free option ham, egg, cheese and avocado breakfast burrito

2. Eat 5 fruits and vegetables each day.

Eating fruits and vegetables is an essential part of living healthfully. They are loaded with vitamins, minerals, antioxidants, and are good sources of fiber. Assess where you are at in terms of fruit and vegetable intake on a given day. Which meal is it easiest to include a couple fruits and vegetables? Which meal is it the most challenging? Think of your routine meals and find ways to add an extra fruit and vegetable…or two. For example, add zucchini and bell peppers to your next casserole dish and garnish with avocado slices.

Recipe ideas:

Roasted Green Bean Medley with Avocado Vinaigrette -Simple side dish packed with flavor; use the avocado vinaigrette for your next salad too -Gluten free, dairy free, vegetarian, vegan Roasted Green Beans Asparagus, Avocado and Roasted Tomato Salad -Roasting the tomatoes really brings out their flavor in this dish -Gluten free, dairy free, vegetarian, vegan Avocado, Tomato and Asparagus Salad

3. Commit to savvy snacking.

There is absolute value to savvy snacking. By choosing nutritious foods—in controlled portions—in between your meals, you are making sure your body is fueled throughout the day. Snacks can even help prevent you from overeating at your next meal. Be sure to include at least one fruit or vegetable as part of your snack. Dipping carrots and celery into guacamole is a delicious midday snack option. Don't forget about Avocados From Mexico's Guac Fiesta Sweeps! It's a chance to win a $3,500 prize pack from us and Old El Paso. Click here for more information.

Recipe ideas:

Avocado, Ricotta, and Sundried Tomatoes A delicious snack that is quick to assemble -Vegetarian, can eat with gluten free toast Avocado and sundried tomato salad Easy Avocado and Grapefruit Salad -This unique salad is a great combination of sweet and savory -Vegan, vegetarian, gluten free, dairy free Avocado and Grapefruit Salad Reference

The post Three Resolutions for a Better You appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/three-resolutions-better/feed/ 0
Speed Up or Slow Down Avocados Ripening Process https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/speed-slow-avocados-ripening-process/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/speed-slow-avocados-ripening-process/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 16:50:58 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5225

Do you know how to have a perfectly ripened avocado? If you don't, I will teach you how to get your Avocado From Mexico on your schedule!

If your avocados are green and you want to speed up the ripening process, there's an easy way to do it. And if you have a ripe avocado but you are not ready to eat it just yet, you can keep it beautiful and fresh for a few more days following these techniques that I show you in my video.

To see more of my tips and recipes click and visit my corner.

About Pati Jinich

Jinich is a cooking teacher, food writer and chef at the Mexican Cultural Institute in Washington, D. C. She hosts a public television series broadcast nationwide and released her first cookbook, Pati's Mexican Table, in March 2014.

Born and raised in Mexico City, she enjoys focusing her culinary expertise on bringing the diversity of tastes and foods that her Mexican homeland loves, to the masses in the US and around the world. She absolutely loves to use Avocados From Mexico in nutritious and flavorful recipes for her husband and three boys.

 

The post Speed Up or Slow Down Avocados Ripening Process appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Do you know how to have a perfectly ripened avocado? If you don't, I will teach you how to get your Avocado From Mexico on your schedule! If your avocados are green and you want to speed up the ripening process, there's an easy way to do it. And if you have a ripe avocado but you are not ready to eat it just yet, you can keep it beautiful and fresh for a few more days following these techniques that I show you in my video. To see more of my tips and recipes click and visit my corner.

About Pati Jinich

Jinich is a cooking teacher, food writer and chef at the Mexican Cultural Institute in Washington, D. C. She hosts a public television series broadcast nationwide and released her first cookbook, Pati's Mexican Table, in March 2014. Born and raised in Mexico City, she enjoys focusing her culinary expertise on bringing the diversity of tastes and foods that her Mexican homeland loves, to the masses in the US and around the world. She absolutely loves to use Avocados From Mexico in nutritious and flavorful recipes for her husband and three boys.  

The post Speed Up or Slow Down Avocados Ripening Process appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/speed-slow-avocados-ripening-process/feed/ 0
Preserving Your Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/preserving-avocados/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/preserving-avocados/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 16:48:05 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5224

So you have two halfs of an avocado but you will eat only one. That's a good poblem to have if you know how to preserve the half that you won't eat.

By following these easy tips, you can preserve your avocados and keep them fresh and beautiful to eat them whenever you want!

To see more of my tips and recipes click and visit my corner.

About Pati Jinich

Jinich is a cooking teacher, food writer and chef at the Mexican Cultural Institute in Washington, D. C. She hosts a public television series broadcast nationwide and released her first cookbook, Pati's Mexican Table, in March 2014.

Born and raised in Mexico City, she enjoys focusing her culinary expertise on bringing the diversity of tastes and foods that her Mexican homeland loves, to the masses in the US and around the world. She absolutely loves to use Avocados From Mexico in nutritious and flavorful recipes for her husband and three boys.

The post Preserving Your Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

So you have two halfs of an avocado but you will eat only one. That's a good poblem to have if you know how to preserve the half that you won't eat. By following these easy tips, you can preserve your avocados and keep them fresh and beautiful to eat them whenever you want! To see more of my tips and recipes click and visit my corner.

About Pati Jinich

Jinich is a cooking teacher, food writer and chef at the Mexican Cultural Institute in Washington, D. C. She hosts a public television series broadcast nationwide and released her first cookbook, Pati's Mexican Table, in March 2014. Born and raised in Mexico City, she enjoys focusing her culinary expertise on bringing the diversity of tastes and foods that her Mexican homeland loves, to the masses in the US and around the world. She absolutely loves to use Avocados From Mexico in nutritious and flavorful recipes for her husband and three boys.

The post Preserving Your Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/preserving-avocados/feed/ 0
Guac the World with this Botanero Guacamole! https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/guac-world-botanero-guacamole/ Mon, 26 Sep 2016 10:45:11 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5223

You know what I love about guacamole? It mixes well with the food of almost any country, so you can really "guac the world!"
I pack in even more Mexican flavor with this Botanero Guacamole. If you call something botanero, it means it is an irresistible snack, like the peanuts smothered in ground chile and lime juice that we go wild for in Mexico. I show you how to pair them with another favorite, smooth and creamy Avocados from Mexico, for a bold, crunchy, addicting guac in my video.
To see more of my tips and recipes, click and visit my corner.

The post Guac the World with this Botanero Guacamole! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You know what I love about guacamole? It mixes well with the food of almost any country, so you can really "guac the world!" I pack in even more Mexican flavor with this Botanero Guacamole. If you call something botanero, it means it is an irresistible snack, like the peanuts smothered in ground chile and lime juice that we go wild for in Mexico. I show you how to pair them with another favorite, smooth and creamy Avocados from Mexico, for a bold, crunchy, addicting guac in my video. To see more of my tips and recipes, click and visit my corner.

The post Guac the World with this Botanero Guacamole! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Delight your Kids with This Tart Pico de Guacamole https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/guacamole/delight-kids-tart-pico-de-guacamole/ Mon, 26 Sep 2016 10:41:50 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5222

In Mexican cooking, we like to say there are as many ways to make a dish as there are cooks! This is especially true for guacamoles and salsa, where you can experiment with including your family's favorite ingredients.

It's a toss up whether my family loves guacamole or pico de gallo more (so we make both!). I combined them in a Tart Pico de Guac, where I took the liberty of using ingredients my kids' love: Avocados From Mexico, green apple, and cucumber. You can serve it as a chunky salsa, a side salad, or tucked into a sandwich. I show you how in my video.

To see more of my tips and recipes, click and visit my corner.

The post Delight your Kids with This Tart Pico de Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

In Mexican cooking, we like to say there are as many ways to make a dish as there are cooks! This is especially true for guacamoles and salsa, where you can experiment with including your family's favorite ingredients. It's a toss up whether my family loves guacamole or pico de gallo more (so we make both!). I combined them in a Tart Pico de Guac, where I took the liberty of using ingredients my kids' love: Avocados From Mexico, green apple, and cucumber. You can serve it as a chunky salsa, a side salad, or tucked into a sandwich. I show you how in my video. To see more of my tips and recipes, click and visit my corner.

The post Delight your Kids with This Tart Pico de Guacamole appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Impress your Dinner Guests with a Creative Avocado Salad! https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/impress-dinner-guests-creative-avocado-salad/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/impress-dinner-guests-creative-avocado-salad/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 16:32:38 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5219

The options for making an avocado salad are endless, but do you ever find yourself turning to the same familiar mix again and again?

I have one that will get you out of that rut with this Beet, Avocado, Queso Fresco and Walnut Salad. It has a fascinating combo of flavors and textures that will surely impress your dinner guests! The al dente bite of the beets contrast the smooth Avocados from Mexico, and a creamy, zesty orange dressing marries it all beautifully. I show you how it comes together in my video.

To see more of my tips and recipes, click and visit my corner.

 

About Pati Jinich

Jinich is a cooking teacher, food writer and chef at the Mexican Cultural Institute in Washington, D. C. She hosts a public television series broadcast nationwide called Pati's Mexican Table now on its Fourth Season. She released her first cookbook called Pati's Mexican Table in March 2013. Her next cookbook will hit the stands April 2016.

Born and raised in Mexico City, she enjoys focusing her culinary expertise on bringing the diversity of tastes and foods that her Mexican homeland loves, to the masses in the US and around the world. She absolutely loves to use Avocados From Mexico in nutritious and flavorful recipes for her husband and three boys.

The post Impress your Dinner Guests with a Creative Avocado Salad! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

The options for making an avocado salad are endless, but do you ever find yourself turning to the same familiar mix again and again? I have one that will get you out of that rut with this Beet, Avocado, Queso Fresco and Walnut Salad. It has a fascinating combo of flavors and textures that will surely impress your dinner guests! The al dente bite of the beets contrast the smooth Avocados from Mexico, and a creamy, zesty orange dressing marries it all beautifully. I show you how it comes together in my video. To see more of my tips and recipes, click and visit my corner.  

About Pati Jinich

Jinich is a cooking teacher, food writer and chef at the Mexican Cultural Institute in Washington, D. C. She hosts a public television series broadcast nationwide called Pati's Mexican Table now on its Fourth Season. She released her first cookbook called Pati's Mexican Table in March 2013. Her next cookbook will hit the stands April 2016. Born and raised in Mexico City, she enjoys focusing her culinary expertise on bringing the diversity of tastes and foods that her Mexican homeland loves, to the masses in the US and around the world. She absolutely loves to use Avocados From Mexico in nutritious and flavorful recipes for her husband and three boys.

The post Impress your Dinner Guests with a Creative Avocado Salad! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/impress-dinner-guests-creative-avocado-salad/feed/ 0
How to Use Avocados to Prepare a Filling Meal in a Snap https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/use-avocados-prepare-filling-meal-snap/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/use-avocados-prepare-filling-meal-snap/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 16:28:36 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5218

Three Quick Avocado Snacks

When you’re on the go, Avocados From Mexico are nutritious, filling, and easy to prepare. Here are a few ideas for light avocado meals that give your body key vitamins and minerals while giving you back few minutes in your busy day:

  • Savory halved avocado: choose a ripe avocado and slice it in half. Drizzle a little lime juice and a bit of salt on it, then dig in with a spoon! This is a super quick avocado snack.
  • Avocado with ricotta cheese and sundried tomatoes: Remove the skin from half of a ripe avocado and slice. Add a few teaspoons of ricotta to the avocado slices, then a few sundried tomatoes for sweetness. This fast avocado meal takes longer to describe than it does to make!
  • Quick avocado taco: This snack is ready in the time it takes to warm up a tortilla and slice an avocado. For a more rustic taste, let a corn or flour tortilla crisp before adding a sliced avocado from Mexico.

If you have a bit more time to cook, check out other yummy avocado recipes like Shrimp Scallop Ceviche with Avocado or Classic Mexican Guacamole.

The post How to Use Avocados to Prepare a Filling Meal in a Snap appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Three Quick Avocado Snacks

When you’re on the go, Avocados From Mexico are nutritious, filling, and easy to prepare. Here are a few ideas for light avocado meals that give your body key vitamins and minerals while giving you back few minutes in your busy day:
  • Savory halved avocado: choose a ripe avocado and slice it in half. Drizzle a little lime juice and a bit of salt on it, then dig in with a spoon! This is a super quick avocado snack.
  • Avocado with ricotta cheese and sundried tomatoes: Remove the skin from half of a ripe avocado and slice. Add a few teaspoons of ricotta to the avocado slices, then a few sundried tomatoes for sweetness. This fast avocado meal takes longer to describe than it does to make!
  • Quick avocado taco: This snack is ready in the time it takes to warm up a tortilla and slice an avocado. For a more rustic taste, let a corn or flour tortilla crisp before adding a sliced avocado from Mexico.
If you have a bit more time to cook, check out other yummy avocado recipes like Shrimp Scallop Ceviche with Avocado or Classic Mexican Guacamole.

The post How to Use Avocados to Prepare a Filling Meal in a Snap appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/use-avocados-prepare-filling-meal-snap/feed/ 0
Avocado Sandwich for Game Day! https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avocado-sandwich-game-day/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avocado-sandwich-game-day/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 14:34:02 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5216

When there’s a big game on, it’s likely all four of my boys (including my husband) will be huddled around the TV with snacks to munch on. I like to make sure there’s something wholesome at their fingertips. Like a delicious avocado sandwich!

They all have very different tastes, but this Salmon, Bacon and Avocado Sandwich pleases them all. In fact, they devour it! The smoky bacon is a great companion to the salmon, and the fresh greens and avocado make it a complete meal. I show you how easy it is to make for your game day spread in my video.

To see more of my avocado tips and recipes, click and visit my corner.

About Pati Jinich

Jinich is a cooking teacher, food writer and chef at the Mexican Cultural Institute in Washington, D. C. She hosts a public television series broadcast nationwide called Pati’s Mexican Table now on its Fourth Season. She released her first cookbook called Pati’s Mexican Table in March 2013. Her next cookbook will hit the stands April 2016.

Born and raised in Mexico City, she enjoys focusing her culinary expertise on bringing the diversity of tastes and foods that her Mexican homeland loves, to the masses in the US and around the world. She absolutely loves to use Avocados From Mexico in nutritious and flavorful recipes for her husband and three boys.

The post Avocado Sandwich for Game Day! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When there’s a big game on, it’s likely all four of my boys (including my husband) will be huddled around the TV with snacks to munch on. I like to make sure there’s something wholesome at their fingertips. Like a delicious avocado sandwich! They all have very different tastes, but this Salmon, Bacon and Avocado Sandwich pleases them all. In fact, they devour it! The smoky bacon is a great companion to the salmon, and the fresh greens and avocado make it a complete meal. I show you how easy it is to make for your game day spread in my video. To see more of my avocado tips and recipes, click and visit my corner.

About Pati Jinich

Jinich is a cooking teacher, food writer and chef at the Mexican Cultural Institute in Washington, D. C. She hosts a public television series broadcast nationwide called Pati’s Mexican Table now on its Fourth Season. She released her first cookbook called Pati’s Mexican Table in March 2013. Her next cookbook will hit the stands April 2016. Born and raised in Mexico City, she enjoys focusing her culinary expertise on bringing the diversity of tastes and foods that her Mexican homeland loves, to the masses in the US and around the world. She absolutely loves to use Avocados From Mexico in nutritious and flavorful recipes for her husband and three boys.

The post Avocado Sandwich for Game Day! appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/avocado-sandwich-game-day/feed/ 0
How to Make Delicious Avocado Appetizers https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/make-delicious-avocado-appetizers/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/make-delicious-avocado-appetizers/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 14:29:36 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5215

Entertaining is a lot of fun but sometimes the avocado meal planning can be daunting. Trying to make sure you have a wide array of snacks for your guests is tough, but it doesn’t have to be! Just incorporate delicious, creamy avocados!

Did you know that avocados are superversatile? Avocado can be used not only as a sandwich topper or in guacamole, but it can also be the star ingredient in all sorts of recipes from breakfast dishes to desserts! A great alternative to butter and eggs in baking, they can even form a creamy base for sauces instead of dairy. Avocados are a must-have in any kitchen, since they’re rich and flavorful while also being cholesterol-free!

So, when planning your next soiree, think about some fun ways to add avocados to your appetizers. Below are some recipes, featuring Avocados from Mexico, to feed your creativity!

Smoky Avocado Dressing

Ingredients:

  • 1 large ripe Haas avocado, pitted and scooped
  • 1 1/2 T fresh lemon juice (add up to another 1/2 T more if you desire a tangier taste)
  • 1/2 c vegan Greek yogurt
  • 1 t adobo sauce (can come from canned chipotle pepper in adobo)
  • 1/4 c extra virgin olive oil
  • 2 garlic cloves
  • 3/4 t salt

Directions:

  1. Combine all ingredients in a blender and blend until smooth and creamy.
  2. Season to taste
  3. Cover and refrigerate until ready to serve as a dressing on salads or as a delicious dip for crudite, fritters, and other fun party foods.

Creamy Tomatillo Avocado Dip

Ingredients:

  • 1/4 lb fresh tomatillos
  • 1/2 c finely minced white or yellow onion
  • 2-3 garlic cloves, roughly chopped
  • 1 teaspoon fresh jalapeño, deseeded and roughly chopped (optional)
  • juice of 1 large lime
  • 1/2 c packed cilantro leaves, finely chopped
  • Salt and pepper, to taste
  • 2 large ripe avocados
  • up to 2 T water to thin as necessary

Directions:

  1. Pull the husks from the tomatillos and wash them under cool water until they no longer feel sticky.
  2. Cut the tomatillos into quarters and put them into a food processor or blender. Add the onion and garlic, and process until smooth.
  3. Add 1/4 cup of the cilantro, jalapeno, and lime juice, and process until the jalapeno is finely chopped.
  4. Scrape the mixture into a small saucepan. Season lightly with salt and bring to a boil over medium heat. Cook, stirring occasionally, until most of the liquid is boiled off and the salsa looks relish-y or after about 15 minutes. Let it cool for a few minutes.
  5. Once it has cooled, combine the avocado along with the tomatillo mixture and blend in a food processor or blender. Add the remaining 1/4 cup cilantro and blend again. Add water to thin out the sauce if desired. Taste and blend in some salt, pepper, and lime juice to taste.
  6. Serve as a dip for crudite, chips or poppers or slather it on enchiladas, tacos, burritos, quesadillas, and more!

About Pati Jinich

Jinich is a cooking teacher, food writer and chef at the Mexican Cultural Institute in Washington, D. C. She hosts a public television series broadcast nationwide called Pati’s Mexican Table now on its Fourth Season. She released her first cookbook called Pati’s Mexican Table in March 2013. Her next cookbook will hit the stands April 2016.

Born and raised in Mexico City, she enjoys focusing her culinary expertise on bringing the diversity of tastes and foods that her Mexican homeland loves, to the masses in the US and around the world. She absolutely loves to use Avocados From Mexico in nutritious and flavorful recipes for her husband and three boys.

The post How to Make Delicious Avocado Appetizers appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Entertaining is a lot of fun but sometimes the avocado meal planning can be daunting. Trying to make sure you have a wide array of snacks for your guests is tough, but it doesn’t have to be! Just incorporate delicious, creamy avocados! Did you know that avocados are superversatile? Avocado can be used not only as a sandwich topper or in guacamole, but it can also be the star ingredient in all sorts of recipes from breakfast dishes to desserts! A great alternative to butter and eggs in baking, they can even form a creamy base for sauces instead of dairy. Avocados are a must-have in any kitchen, since they’re rich and flavorful while also being cholesterol-free! So, when planning your next soiree, think about some fun ways to add avocados to your appetizers. Below are some recipes, featuring Avocados from Mexico, to feed your creativity!

Smoky Avocado Dressing

Ingredients:

  • 1 large ripe Haas avocado, pitted and scooped
  • 1 1/2 T fresh lemon juice (add up to another 1/2 T more if you desire a tangier taste)
  • 1/2 c vegan Greek yogurt
  • 1 t adobo sauce (can come from canned chipotle pepper in adobo)
  • 1/4 c extra virgin olive oil
  • 2 garlic cloves
  • 3/4 t salt

Directions:

  1. Combine all ingredients in a blender and blend until smooth and creamy.
  2. Season to taste
  3. Cover and refrigerate until ready to serve as a dressing on salads or as a delicious dip for crudite, fritters, and other fun party foods.

Creamy Tomatillo Avocado Dip

Ingredients:

  • 1/4 lb fresh tomatillos
  • 1/2 c finely minced white or yellow onion
  • 2-3 garlic cloves, roughly chopped
  • 1 teaspoon fresh jalapeño, deseeded and roughly chopped (optional)
  • juice of 1 large lime
  • 1/2 c packed cilantro leaves, finely chopped
  • Salt and pepper, to taste
  • 2 large ripe avocados
  • up to 2 T water to thin as necessary

Directions:

  1. Pull the husks from the tomatillos and wash them under cool water until they no longer feel sticky.
  2. Cut the tomatillos into quarters and put them into a food processor or blender. Add the onion and garlic, and process until smooth.
  3. Add 1/4 cup of the cilantro, jalapeno, and lime juice, and process until the jalapeno is finely chopped.
  4. Scrape the mixture into a small saucepan. Season lightly with salt and bring to a boil over medium heat. Cook, stirring occasionally, until most of the liquid is boiled off and the salsa looks relish-y or after about 15 minutes. Let it cool for a few minutes.
  5. Once it has cooled, combine the avocado along with the tomatillo mixture and blend in a food processor or blender. Add the remaining 1/4 cup cilantro and blend again. Add water to thin out the sauce if desired. Taste and blend in some salt, pepper, and lime juice to taste.
  6. Serve as a dip for crudite, chips or poppers or slather it on enchiladas, tacos, burritos, quesadillas, and more!

About Pati Jinich

Jinich is a cooking teacher, food writer and chef at the Mexican Cultural Institute in Washington, D. C. She hosts a public television series broadcast nationwide called Pati’s Mexican Table now on its Fourth Season. She released her first cookbook called Pati’s Mexican Table in March 2013. Her next cookbook will hit the stands April 2016. Born and raised in Mexico City, she enjoys focusing her culinary expertise on bringing the diversity of tastes and foods that her Mexican homeland loves, to the masses in the US and around the world. She absolutely loves to use Avocados From Mexico in nutritious and flavorful recipes for her husband and three boys.

The post How to Make Delicious Avocado Appetizers appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/make-delicious-avocado-appetizers/feed/ 0
3 International Avocado Dishes https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/3-international-avocado-dishes/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/3-international-avocado-dishes/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 14:28:11 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5214

Avocados from Mexico are used in dishes around the world because they give meals a creamy and smooth texture, a flavorful taste, and contain nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. The following are some international recipes that utilize avocados and keep diners happy and satisfied.

Mexican-style guacamole

Usually, if you want authentic guacamole, you have to visit a real Mexican restaurant. However, you can always try a do-it-yourself recipe.

Take five large Hass avocados, slice them in half, and remove the pits. Add the juice from two large limes, one medium diced onion, three-fourths of a cup of chopped cilantro, and one large diced tomato. Stir all the ingredients together. For some extra spice, throw in a chopped up jalapeno.

If you make this recipe by hand, it’ll be chunky. If you’d like a creamier taste, throw all of the ingredients into a food processor instead.

Italian avocado pasta

 Are you in the mood for a more European taste? Try some creamy avocado pasta, inspired by Italian cooking. Pick up one peeled, ripe avocado and mix it in a food processor with two peeled garlic cloves, one-fourth of a cup of olive oil, a juiced lemon (save for two teaspoons), half of a zested lemon, sea salt, and cracked black pepper. Cook your favorite type of pasta, and then add on the mixture from the food processor, along with the other avocado and lemon zest. Spread some Pecorino Romano cheese over the top of the pasta.

French avocado crème brulee

For dessert, munch on a French dish, avocado crème brulee. You’ll need one cup of sweetened condensed milk, two medium-firm Avocados from Mexico that have been peeled and cubed, two to three tablespoons of lemon juice, and half a cup of sugar.

First, put the avocados and milk into your food processor and mix them until they’re smooth. Add the lemon juice one tablespoon at a time and then pulse. Place the mixture into four ramekins for four hours in the fridge. Add the sugar to the top of each custard, and then ignite the torch to medium while standing two inches away from your custard. Let them cool for three to five minutes before serving.

The post 3 International Avocado Dishes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados from Mexico are used in dishes around the world because they give meals a creamy and smooth texture, a flavorful taste, and contain nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. The following are some international recipes that utilize avocados and keep diners happy and satisfied.

Mexican-style guacamole

Usually, if you want authentic guacamole, you have to visit a real Mexican restaurant. However, you can always try a do-it-yourself recipe. Take five large Hass avocados, slice them in half, and remove the pits. Add the juice from two large limes, one medium diced onion, three-fourths of a cup of chopped cilantro, and one large diced tomato. Stir all the ingredients together. For some extra spice, throw in a chopped up jalapeno. If you make this recipe by hand, it’ll be chunky. If you’d like a creamier taste, throw all of the ingredients into a food processor instead.

Italian avocado pasta

 Are you in the mood for a more European taste? Try some creamy avocado pasta, inspired by Italian cooking. Pick up one peeled, ripe avocado and mix it in a food processor with two peeled garlic cloves, one-fourth of a cup of olive oil, a juiced lemon (save for two teaspoons), half of a zested lemon, sea salt, and cracked black pepper. Cook your favorite type of pasta, and then add on the mixture from the food processor, along with the other avocado and lemon zest. Spread some Pecorino Romano cheese over the top of the pasta.

French avocado crème brulee

For dessert, munch on a French dish, avocado crème brulee. You’ll need one cup of sweetened condensed milk, two medium-firm Avocados from Mexico that have been peeled and cubed, two to three tablespoons of lemon juice, and half a cup of sugar. First, put the avocados and milk into your food processor and mix them until they’re smooth. Add the lemon juice one tablespoon at a time and then pulse. Place the mixture into four ramekins for four hours in the fridge. Add the sugar to the top of each custard, and then ignite the torch to medium while standing two inches away from your custard. Let them cool for three to five minutes before serving.

The post 3 International Avocado Dishes appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/3-international-avocado-dishes/feed/ 0
3 Ways to Incorporate Avocado Into Your Breakfast https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/3-ways-incorporate-avocado-breakfast/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/3-ways-incorporate-avocado-breakfast/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 14:26:00 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5213

Breakfast kickstarts your metabolism and gets you on the correct track straight away.

You can’t eat anything for breakfast though. A crème-filled donut, a bagel with cream cheese, or a chocolate chip muffin are not recommended. Instead, opt for some Avocados From Mexico, which are full of good fats, and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals.

If you don’t want to eat them plain, we’ve got you covered. Here are three ways to add Avocados From Mexico into your breakfast:

Avocados and scrambled eggs

Eggs and avocados are a fantastic way to start your day. Try adding a Hass avocado to your scrambled egg and cheese dish.

Take four large eggs, and whisk them with one tablespoon of water and a pinch of salt and pepper. Melt two tablespoons of butter in a pan and pour in the eggs. Cook until the eggs are fluffy, and then add in half of a sliced avocado with half a cup of grated cheddar cheese.

If you want some carbohydrates to go with the eggs, try them with two slices of toasted whole wheat bread or a whole wheat tortilla.

Baked avocado and eggs

Another easy recipe is baked avocados with eggs. Take two ripe Avocados From Mexico, slice them in half, and remove the pits. Crack an egg into each of the halves. Bake them for 15 to 20 minutes and then add some salt and pepper for flavor. You’ll receive 54 percent of your daily-recommended fiber with this meal.

Try them in pudding form

If you’re rushing out the door in the morning, and never have time to eat breakfast, you can make avocado breakfast pudding and take it with you. Grab one avocado, half a cup of milk, and one tablespoon of honey. Blend them all together and then garnish with two to three tablespoons of crushed almonds or granola. If you put the mixture in the refrigerator an hour before you leave the house, it’ll be even more refreshing.

Avocados From Mexico are easy to eat and can add nutritional value to any meal. At breakfast, they serve a crucial purpose, which is to get your day going on the right foot.

The post 3 Ways to Incorporate Avocado Into Your Breakfast appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Breakfast kickstarts your metabolism and gets you on the correct track straight away. You can’t eat anything for breakfast though. A crème-filled donut, a bagel with cream cheese, or a chocolate chip muffin are not recommended. Instead, opt for some Avocados From Mexico, which are full of good fats, and nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. If you don’t want to eat them plain, we’ve got you covered. Here are three ways to add Avocados From Mexico into your breakfast:

Avocados and scrambled eggs

Eggs and avocados are a fantastic way to start your day. Try adding a Hass avocado to your scrambled egg and cheese dish. Take four large eggs, and whisk them with one tablespoon of water and a pinch of salt and pepper. Melt two tablespoons of butter in a pan and pour in the eggs. Cook until the eggs are fluffy, and then add in half of a sliced avocado with half a cup of grated cheddar cheese. If you want some carbohydrates to go with the eggs, try them with two slices of toasted whole wheat bread or a whole wheat tortilla.

Baked avocado and eggs

Another easy recipe is baked avocados with eggs. Take two ripe Avocados From Mexico, slice them in half, and remove the pits. Crack an egg into each of the halves. Bake them for 15 to 20 minutes and then add some salt and pepper for flavor. You’ll receive 54 percent of your daily-recommended fiber with this meal.

Try them in pudding form

If you’re rushing out the door in the morning, and never have time to eat breakfast, you can make avocado breakfast pudding and take it with you. Grab one avocado, half a cup of milk, and one tablespoon of honey. Blend them all together and then garnish with two to three tablespoons of crushed almonds or granola. If you put the mixture in the refrigerator an hour before you leave the house, it’ll be even more refreshing. Avocados From Mexico are easy to eat and can add nutritional value to any meal. At breakfast, they serve a crucial purpose, which is to get your day going on the right foot.

The post 3 Ways to Incorporate Avocado Into Your Breakfast appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/3-ways-incorporate-avocado-breakfast/feed/ 0
Make Your Own Avocado Salad Dressing https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/make-avocados-salad-dressing/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/make-avocados-salad-dressing/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 14:23:49 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5212

You’re probably already using chunks or slices of creamy avocados as an ingredient in your salads. But have you tried making a dressing with avocados yet?

Making your own dressing with avocado is a great way to use items that you may already have on hand. Not only will your salads taste super delicious, they’ll add a nutritious layer, too. ¡Gracias, aguacate!

Homemade salad dressings made with avocado will still taste and feel creamy, thanks to their good fats like 1 gram polyunsaturated and 5 grams monounsaturated fats.

Taste alone is a great reason to make a dressing with avocado, but added nutrition is another. Avocados contain 3g of fiber per 1/3 medium avocado (50g) serving and they deliver nearly 20 vitamins and minerals.

Grab one of your Avocados from Mexico and whip up one of these three delicious dressings for your next salad.

 

Avocado cilantro pesto vinaigrette

  • 1 1/2 tsp. honey
  • 4 oz. ripe, Hass avocado, peeled and diced
  • 4 1/2 Tbsp. extra virgin olive oil
  • 4 1/2 Tbsp. water
  • 1 1/2 Tbsp. lime juice
  • 2 1/4 tsp. shallots, minced
  • 3 cloves garlic, roasted and minced
  • 3/4 cup cilantro, fresh, shopped
  • 3/4 jalapeño, seeded and diced, (optional)
  • Salt and pepper, to taste

To make this recipe, place the honey, avocado, olive oil, water, and lime juice into a blender and pulse. Add the shallots, garlic, cilantro, and jalapeño and puree until smooth. Season to taste with salt and pepper. Refrigerate.

 

Spicy avocado Greek yogurt dressing

  • 1 Hass avocado
  • 2 tsp. fresh lemon juice
  • 1/2 cup Greek yogurt
  • 1 tsp. hot sauce
  • 1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil
  • 3/4 tsp. salt

For this recipe, simply mix together all ingredients and serve over salad greens of your choice.

 

Honey lemon avocado dressing

  • 1 Hass avocado
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • 2 tablespoons red wine vinegar
  • 2 tablespoons honey
  • 2 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil
  • 1/2 cup water
  • 1/4 cup cilantro, chopped

Finish this recipe by combining all ingredients together in a blender until smooth.

The post Make Your Own Avocado Salad Dressing appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

You’re probably already using chunks or slices of creamy avocados as an ingredient in your salads. But have you tried making a dressing with avocados yet? Making your own dressing with avocado is a great way to use items that you may already have on hand. Not only will your salads taste super delicious, they’ll add a nutritious layer, too. ¡Gracias, aguacate! Homemade salad dressings made with avocado will still taste and feel creamy, thanks to their good fats like 1 gram polyunsaturated and 5 grams monounsaturated fats. Taste alone is a great reason to make a dressing with avocado, but added nutrition is another. Avocados contain 3g of fiber per 1/3 medium avocado (50g) serving and they deliver nearly 20 vitamins and minerals. Grab one of your Avocados from Mexico and whip up one of these three delicious dressings for your next salad.  

Avocado cilantro pesto vinaigrette

  • 1 1/2 tsp. honey
  • 4 oz. ripe, Hass avocado, peeled and diced
  • 4 1/2 Tbsp. extra virgin olive oil
  • 4 1/2 Tbsp. water
  • 1 1/2 Tbsp. lime juice
  • 2 1/4 tsp. shallots, minced
  • 3 cloves garlic, roasted and minced
  • 3/4 cup cilantro, fresh, shopped
  • 3/4 jalapeño, seeded and diced, (optional)
  • Salt and pepper, to taste
To make this recipe, place the honey, avocado, olive oil, water, and lime juice into a blender and pulse. Add the shallots, garlic, cilantro, and jalapeño and puree until smooth. Season to taste with salt and pepper. Refrigerate.  

Spicy avocado Greek yogurt dressing

  • 1 Hass avocado
  • 2 tsp. fresh lemon juice
  • 1/2 cup Greek yogurt
  • 1 tsp. hot sauce
  • 1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil
  • 3/4 tsp. salt
For this recipe, simply mix together all ingredients and serve over salad greens of your choice.  

Honey lemon avocado dressing

  • 1 Hass avocado
  • 2 tablespoons lemon juice
  • 2 tablespoons red wine vinegar
  • 2 tablespoons honey
  • 2 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil
  • 1/2 cup water
  • 1/4 cup cilantro, chopped
Finish this recipe by combining all ingredients together in a blender until smooth.

The post Make Your Own Avocado Salad Dressing appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/salads/make-avocados-salad-dressing/feed/ 0
Avocados From Tree to Table https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avocados-tree-table/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avocados-tree-table/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 14:22:31 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5211

What does it take to grow a luscious and creamy Hass avocado? Well, like anything else worth having, it takes time, patience, and amor if you want the very best.

Naturally, all of the magic starts with the Hass avocado tree. Healthy and mature avocado trees can grow to be more than 50 feet high. They have dark green, glossy leaves and form a rounded umbrella shape as they grow. One tree can produce hundreds of pounds of avocados in just one year.

Avocados From Mexico

Mexico is the world’s largest producer of Hass avocados. The state of Michoacán in west-central Mexico is where 85 percent of Mexico’s avocados are produced. Avocado trees are a common sight in the area. You can find lush, green avocado groves flourishing on flat terrain and on the region’s steep hillsides.

The Hass avocado trees of Michoacán do very well because of the ideal climate, which includes warm summers with plenty of rain. Because of this, they produce fruit (yep, avocados really are a fruit) all year long.

But climate isn’t the only key ingredient required to successfully grow avocados. The soil has to be just right. In Michoacán, the secret ingredient is volcanoes. Yes, volcanoes. There are 1,350 volcanoes in this Mexican state. Over the course of millions of years, their eruptions have produced an incredibly rich soil that fuels the growth of the avocado trees.

Goodness that’s worth waiting for

Avocados From Mexico take an entire year to mature on the tree. Only after those 12 months have passed is the aguacate ready to be picked and delivered (usually within days) to a produce department near you.

Because avocados don’t start to ripen until they’re picked off the tree, harvesting has to be timed correctly in order to ensure that the fruit is not picked too early. If avocados are harvested too soon, they won’t ripen to their ideal creamy texture. Once the ideal avocados are harvested, they can take up to a week to ripen to a soft, buttery goodness at room temperature.

Who knew so much work went into growing such a tasty fruit?

The post Avocados From Tree to Table appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

What does it take to grow a luscious and creamy Hass avocado? Well, like anything else worth having, it takes time, patience, and amor if you want the very best. Naturally, all of the magic starts with the Hass avocado tree. Healthy and mature avocado trees can grow to be more than 50 feet high. They have dark green, glossy leaves and form a rounded umbrella shape as they grow. One tree can produce hundreds of pounds of avocados in just one year.

Avocados From Mexico

Mexico is the world’s largest producer of Hass avocados. The state of Michoacán in west-central Mexico is where 85 percent of Mexico’s avocados are produced. Avocado trees are a common sight in the area. You can find lush, green avocado groves flourishing on flat terrain and on the region’s steep hillsides. The Hass avocado trees of Michoacán do very well because of the ideal climate, which includes warm summers with plenty of rain. Because of this, they produce fruit (yep, avocados really are a fruit) all year long. But climate isn’t the only key ingredient required to successfully grow avocados. The soil has to be just right. In Michoacán, the secret ingredient is volcanoes. Yes, volcanoes. There are 1,350 volcanoes in this Mexican state. Over the course of millions of years, their eruptions have produced an incredibly rich soil that fuels the growth of the avocado trees.

Goodness that’s worth waiting for

Avocados From Mexico take an entire year to mature on the tree. Only after those 12 months have passed is the aguacate ready to be picked and delivered (usually within days) to a produce department near you. Because avocados don’t start to ripen until they’re picked off the tree, harvesting has to be timed correctly in order to ensure that the fruit is not picked too early. If avocados are harvested too soon, they won’t ripen to their ideal creamy texture. Once the ideal avocados are harvested, they can take up to a week to ripen to a soft, buttery goodness at room temperature. Who knew so much work went into growing such a tasty fruit?

The post Avocados From Tree to Table appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/avocados-tree-table/feed/ 0
4 Nutritional Benefits You Didn’t Know About Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/4-nutritional-benefits-didnt-know-avocados/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/4-nutritional-benefits-didnt-know-avocados/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 14:21:36 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5209

Avocados are a delicious addition to any meal, but they also have a lot of nutritious benefits that few people know about. Check out these little-known nutritional facts about the avocado.

Avocados are a source of vitamins

It’s essential that you get your recommended intake of vitamins and minerals every day. Good news: Avocados From Mexico are nutrient-dense, with nearly 20 vitamins and minerals! One-third of a medium avocado contains 4 percent of your daily value of vitamin C, 4 percent of vitamin K, 4 percent of vitamin E, 4 percent of vitamin B6, and 6 percent of folic acid. Impressive, right?

Boost your mineral intake

Vitamins are just part of the nutritional boost you get from avocados. You also get a helping of minerals. In terms of minerals, 1/3 of a medium avocado (or 50 grams) gives you 2 percent of your daily-recommended magnesium, 150 milligrams of potassium, and 2 percent of copper.

Avocados contain good, unsaturated fats

More than 75% of the fat in avocados is unsaturated, or good fat. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommends replacing bad fats with good fats. Good fats can help improve the intake of dietary fat without raising your "bad" cholesterol. Fascinating fat facts:

  • The body needs some fat to help with nutrient absorption.
  • Not all fats are created equal — there are good and bad fats.
  • The type and amount of fat you eat is key to a healthy diet.

Avocados are a source of fiber

Avocados are a good source of fiber. Dietary fiber adds bulk to the diet and can help you feel fuller faster and help manage weight. They’ll keep your stomach from growling in that midmorning meeting.

What are you waiting for? Try some Avocados From Mexico to help you feel and look better today and for the rest of your life.

The post 4 Nutritional Benefits You Didn’t Know About Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados are a delicious addition to any meal, but they also have a lot of nutritious benefits that few people know about. Check out these little-known nutritional facts about the avocado.

Avocados are a source of vitamins

It’s essential that you get your recommended intake of vitamins and minerals every day. Good news: Avocados From Mexico are nutrient-dense, with nearly 20 vitamins and minerals! One-third of a medium avocado contains 4 percent of your daily value of vitamin C, 4 percent of vitamin K, 4 percent of vitamin E, 4 percent of vitamin B6, and 6 percent of folic acid. Impressive, right?

Boost your mineral intake

Vitamins are just part of the nutritional boost you get from avocados. You also get a helping of minerals. In terms of minerals, 1/3 of a medium avocado (or 50 grams) gives you 2 percent of your daily-recommended magnesium, 150 milligrams of potassium, and 2 percent of copper.

Avocados contain good, unsaturated fats

More than 75% of the fat in avocados is unsaturated, or good fat. The Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommends replacing bad fats with good fats. Good fats can help improve the intake of dietary fat without raising your "bad" cholesterol. Fascinating fat facts:
  • The body needs some fat to help with nutrient absorption.
  • Not all fats are created equal — there are good and bad fats.
  • The type and amount of fat you eat is key to a healthy diet.

Avocados are a source of fiber

Avocados are a good source of fiber. Dietary fiber adds bulk to the diet and can help you feel fuller faster and help manage weight. They’ll keep your stomach from growling in that midmorning meeting. What are you waiting for? Try some Avocados From Mexico to help you feel and look better today and for the rest of your life.

The post 4 Nutritional Benefits You Didn’t Know About Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/4-nutritional-benefits-didnt-know-avocados/feed/ 0
Grilling time! 3 Amazing Ways to Grill Hass Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/grilling-time-3-amazing-ways-grill-hass-avocados/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/grilling-time-3-amazing-ways-grill-hass-avocados/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 14:20:04 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5207

Although avocados are a fruit, just like most vegetables, Avocados From Mexico get even better when grilled. Why? Because the heat warms and softens the flesh and the addition of the smoke and other ingredients meld for a taste that is truly one-of-a-kind.

Basic grilled side dish

Do you love grilling? Great! Because this is grilling time! Cut a Hass avocado in half and remove the pit. Squeeze lemon or lime juice across the flesh. Coat the outside shell liberally with olive oil and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Place halves flesh-down on the cooler top grill rack for about 2 to 3 minutes. Flip and grill for another 2 or 3 minutes until you see sizzling on top. The timing depends on the heat of your grill, distance from the heat, and thickness of the avocados, so you need to keep an eye on it.

Use slightly firmer Avocados From Mexico because you don’t want a mushy mess all over your grill grates. It’s an easy recipe to prepare, and they’re a great side dish for entertaining.

Italian-style filled grilled avocados

Start with the same basic recipe above using lemon, and stuff it Italian-style. Fill the halved avocado with 2 or 3 tablespoons of diced tomatoes and 1 minced garlic clove. Sprinkle it with shredded mozzarella or parmesan cheese and drizzle prepared pesto over the top. Grill until the ingredients are softened, sizzling and the smell makes you swoon. Scoop out and spread atop warm, grilled rustic bread.

Mexican-style filled grilled avocados

Start with the same basic recipe above, this time using lime juice, and stuff it Mexican-style. Add a mixture of 1 tablespoon salsa, 1 tablespoon canned corn, 1 tablespoon black beans, and top with cheese. Grill until cheese is melted and sizzling. Garnish with fresh chopped cilantro. Scoop out with chips or serve alongside any Mexican dinner as a topping.

You can follow Naomi on Twitter at @NaomiMannino.

The post Grilling time! 3 Amazing Ways to Grill Hass Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Although avocados are a fruit, just like most vegetables, Avocados From Mexico get even better when grilled. Why? Because the heat warms and softens the flesh and the addition of the smoke and other ingredients meld for a taste that is truly one-of-a-kind.

Basic grilled side dish

Do you love grilling? Great! Because this is grilling time! Cut a Hass avocado in half and remove the pit. Squeeze lemon or lime juice across the flesh. Coat the outside shell liberally with olive oil and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Place halves flesh-down on the cooler top grill rack for about 2 to 3 minutes. Flip and grill for another 2 or 3 minutes until you see sizzling on top. The timing depends on the heat of your grill, distance from the heat, and thickness of the avocados, so you need to keep an eye on it. Use slightly firmer Avocados From Mexico because you don’t want a mushy mess all over your grill grates. It’s an easy recipe to prepare, and they’re a great side dish for entertaining.

Italian-style filled grilled avocados

Start with the same basic recipe above using lemon, and stuff it Italian-style. Fill the halved avocado with 2 or 3 tablespoons of diced tomatoes and 1 minced garlic clove. Sprinkle it with shredded mozzarella or parmesan cheese and drizzle prepared pesto over the top. Grill until the ingredients are softened, sizzling and the smell makes you swoon. Scoop out and spread atop warm, grilled rustic bread.

Mexican-style filled grilled avocados

Start with the same basic recipe above, this time using lime juice, and stuff it Mexican-style. Add a mixture of 1 tablespoon salsa, 1 tablespoon canned corn, 1 tablespoon black beans, and top with cheese. Grill until cheese is melted and sizzling. Garnish with fresh chopped cilantro. Scoop out with chips or serve alongside any Mexican dinner as a topping. You can follow Naomi on Twitter at @NaomiMannino.

The post Grilling time! 3 Amazing Ways to Grill Hass Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/grilling-time-3-amazing-ways-grill-hass-avocados/feed/ 0
Stop, Guac, and Roll https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/stop-guac-roll/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/stop-guac-roll/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 14:16:58 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5203

By Melody Fury

No party is complete without a heaping bowl of guacamole with a side of chips. This is even more true during football season, where groups of fans huddling around TVs or at the stadium expect the delicious dip.

Basic guacamole contains ripe avocados, diced tomatoes, finely diced onions, cilantro, a pinch of salt, and a squeeze of lime juice. For chunky guacamole, use two forks to mash up the ingredients. (A potato masher works well for making a large, party-size batch.) For a dip with a smoother consistency, use a mortar and pestle.

Once they master the basics, creative party hosts can easily dress up their guacamole in colorful, fresh ways. Depending on what is seasonal and regional to you, get creative and top the guac with ingredients that you love. Here are a few popular combinations.

Roasted Chili Guacamole Sliders

Roast chilies on the grill until they are charred. Put them in a bowl and cover with plastic wrap until the skins loosen. When cool, rub off the skin, discard the seeds, chop them up, and add them to guacamole for a smoky, spicy kick. It’s delicious when served on sliders, burgers, or hot dogs. If you’re lucky enough to get your hands on Hatch chilies, use those, but poblanos are also fantastic.

Guacamole Deviled Eggs

Hard boil a dozen eggs. When cool, peel the eggs, slice them in half lengthwise, and remove the egg yolks. Combine the mashed egg yolks, mustard, and guacamole. Fill the egg white “bowls” with the mixture and sprinkle with paprika or cayenne pepper.

Elote Dip

Inspired by the popular Mexican street snack, dress your guacamole with roasted corn kernels, crumbled Cotija cheese, lime zest, and a sprinkle of chili powder. Serve with chips and lime wedges on the side.

Tapas and Pintxo

For a Spanish twist, mix guacamole with crumbled feta or goat cheese, diced sundried tomatoes, and olives. Serve it as a dip with grilled pita bread. For a fancy finger food, stuff the dip into piquillo peppers (available at Mediterranean or specialty food stores).

Once you’ve prepared guacamole, keep it green longer by pressing plastic wrap directly onto the dip’s surface to prevent oxidization. Now go have some fun. After all, it’s a party!

The post Stop, Guac, and Roll appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Melody Fury No party is complete without a heaping bowl of guacamole with a side of chips. This is even more true during football season, where groups of fans huddling around TVs or at the stadium expect the delicious dip. Basic guacamole contains ripe avocados, diced tomatoes, finely diced onions, cilantro, a pinch of salt, and a squeeze of lime juice. For chunky guacamole, use two forks to mash up the ingredients. (A potato masher works well for making a large, party-size batch.) For a dip with a smoother consistency, use a mortar and pestle. Once they master the basics, creative party hosts can easily dress up their guacamole in colorful, fresh ways. Depending on what is seasonal and regional to you, get creative and top the guac with ingredients that you love. Here are a few popular combinations.

Roasted Chili Guacamole Sliders

Roast chilies on the grill until they are charred. Put them in a bowl and cover with plastic wrap until the skins loosen. When cool, rub off the skin, discard the seeds, chop them up, and add them to guacamole for a smoky, spicy kick. It’s delicious when served on sliders, burgers, or hot dogs. If you’re lucky enough to get your hands on Hatch chilies, use those, but poblanos are also fantastic.

Guacamole Deviled Eggs

Hard boil a dozen eggs. When cool, peel the eggs, slice them in half lengthwise, and remove the egg yolks. Combine the mashed egg yolks, mustard, and guacamole. Fill the egg white “bowls” with the mixture and sprinkle with paprika or cayenne pepper.

Elote Dip

Inspired by the popular Mexican street snack, dress your guacamole with roasted corn kernels, crumbled Cotija cheese, lime zest, and a sprinkle of chili powder. Serve with chips and lime wedges on the side.

Tapas and Pintxo

For a Spanish twist, mix guacamole with crumbled feta or goat cheese, diced sundried tomatoes, and olives. Serve it as a dip with grilled pita bread. For a fancy finger food, stuff the dip into piquillo peppers (available at Mediterranean or specialty food stores). Once you’ve prepared guacamole, keep it green longer by pressing plastic wrap directly onto the dip’s surface to prevent oxidization. Now go have some fun. After all, it’s a party!

The post Stop, Guac, and Roll appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/stop-guac-roll/feed/ 0
Thankful for Choice https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/thankful-choice/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/thankful-choice/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 14:10:58 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5204

By M. Elise Giller

The avocado is nature’s most versatile fruit. Creamy, decadent, and nutritional at the same time, it can be used for so much more than guacamole. Avocados appear in sweet and savory recipes, and they’re a surprising substitute for other ingredients either for health, taste, or just to mix things up! Try these four ideas next time your meals need a makeover.

Smoothies

Smoothies are a delicious way to get a jump-start on the day: Packed full of wholesome ingredients, they taste great and help you work fruit into your diet. But sometimes a homemade smoothie can be grainy and icy rather than creamy. Avocado to the rescue! Replace banana in a smoothie recipe with avocado, and you’ll instantly boost the nutrients in your morning drink and make it as luscious as a milkshake.

Sandwiches

Turkey and cheese, ham and cheese, roast beef and cheese. Ever feel like your lunch routine needs some renovation? Simply replace that Gouda, Swiss, or American with slices of fresh avocado to transform your sandwich into something even more delicious. And by substituting avocados’ unsaturated fat for cheese’s saturated fat, you’re doing something positive for your tastebuds and your body.

French Fries

And what are you eating on the side of that sandwich? Say goodbye to the same old by replacing French fries with avocado fries. Simply slice avocados and dredge in flour, egg white, and breadcrumbs, then broil in the oven for a few minutes. Easy, creamy, crunchy, tasty.

Sweet Treats

Trying to watch your weight but still craving baked goods? Replace half the butter in your favorite recipes with mashed avocado and you’ll lower the calorie count and boost the amount of monounsaturated fat in that cake, cookie, or pie. Try it with frosting! Once you go avocado, you’ll never go back.

Anytime a recipe calls for ingredients that are creamy or rich, try swapping them with avocado. You’ll be amazed at the delicious dishes you can create.

Find out more about the health benefits of avocados.

 

SOURCES:

https://www.popsugar.com/fitness/Avocado-Dairy-Substitute-34739488?stream_view=1#photo-34739623

https://www.marthastewart.com/1047458/avocado-smoothie

http://www.cookinglight.com/food/wow/how-to-make-avocado-fries

https://www.popsugar.com/fitness/Substitute-Butter-Avocado-When-Baking-8199268

The post Thankful for Choice appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By M. Elise Giller The avocado is nature’s most versatile fruit. Creamy, decadent, and nutritional at the same time, it can be used for so much more than guacamole. Avocados appear in sweet and savory recipes, and they’re a surprising substitute for other ingredients either for health, taste, or just to mix things up! Try these four ideas next time your meals need a makeover.

Smoothies

Smoothies are a delicious way to get a jump-start on the day: Packed full of wholesome ingredients, they taste great and help you work fruit into your diet. But sometimes a homemade smoothie can be grainy and icy rather than creamy. Avocado to the rescue! Replace banana in a smoothie recipe with avocado, and you’ll instantly boost the nutrients in your morning drink and make it as luscious as a milkshake.

Sandwiches

Turkey and cheese, ham and cheese, roast beef and cheese. Ever feel like your lunch routine needs some renovation? Simply replace that Gouda, Swiss, or American with slices of fresh avocado to transform your sandwich into something even more delicious. And by substituting avocados’ unsaturated fat for cheese’s saturated fat, you’re doing something positive for your tastebuds and your body.

French Fries

And what are you eating on the side of that sandwich? Say goodbye to the same old by replacing French fries with avocado fries. Simply slice avocados and dredge in flour, egg white, and breadcrumbs, then broil in the oven for a few minutes. Easy, creamy, crunchy, tasty.

Sweet Treats

Trying to watch your weight but still craving baked goods? Replace half the butter in your favorite recipes with mashed avocado and you’ll lower the calorie count and boost the amount of monounsaturated fat in that cake, cookie, or pie. Try it with frosting! Once you go avocado, you’ll never go back. Anytime a recipe calls for ingredients that are creamy or rich, try swapping them with avocado. You’ll be amazed at the delicious dishes you can create. Find out more about the health benefits of avocados.  

SOURCES:

https://www.popsugar.com/fitness/Avocado-Dairy-Substitute-34739488?stream_view=1#photo-34739623 https://www.marthastewart.com/1047458/avocado-smoothie http://www.cookinglight.com/food/wow/how-to-make-avocado-fries https://www.popsugar.com/fitness/Substitute-Butter-Avocado-When-Baking-8199268

The post Thankful for Choice appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/thankful-choice/feed/ 0
3 Avocado Beauty Hacks https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/3-avocado-beauty-hacks/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/3-avocado-beauty-hacks/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 14:02:03 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5202

When you think of avocados, guacamole and chips from your favorite Mexican restaurant may come to mind. As it turns out, this superfruit can also improve your skin in many valuable ways.

Avocados from Mexico can be more effective than expensive beauty treatments and trips to the spa. Here are three avocado beauty hacks you may want to start using on a daily basis.

Remove makeup with avocados

Sleeping in your makeup is bad for your skin. Every night, before you go to bed, you must remove it. By using avocado oil, which you can find at your local grocery store, you can remove your makeup and moisturize your skin at the same time. When you wake up in the morning, your skin will look and feel lovely. You can purchase a tube of avocado oil for under $10, which is typically less than your run-of-the-mill makeup remover.

Hydrate your skin with avocado soap

You can find avocado soap, which contains avocado oil, at any number of drugstores and beauty shops. Avocados contain 4 percent of your daily value of vitamin E. Vitamin E is an antioxidant that protects body tissue from damage caused by substances called free radicals. It’s also great for treating your irritated or dry skin and making it smooth to the touch. Unlike other skin treatments, it doesn’t have any harsh chemicals, so it won’t irritate your skin. If you have sensitive skin, or you’re sick of products that leave your skin oily, buy a bar of avocado soap and use it all over your body and face.

Treat dry skin with an avocado cream

Dry hands can be painful and prevent you from carrying out your everyday tasks. A simple recipe that includes Avocados from Mexico can help. Take a quarter of a very ripe avocado that’s been halved, pitted, and peeled. Add one egg white, two tablespoons of rolled oats, and a tablespoon of lemon juice. Mix the ingredients and rub them on your hands. Leave it on for 20 minutes, and then wash them off with some warm water. You’ll notice that your hands feel softer and moisturized.

Stop spending hundreds of dollars every year on unnatural beauty products. Go back to basics and try Avocados from Mexico for all your skin care needs.

The post 3 Avocado Beauty Hacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

When you think of avocados, guacamole and chips from your favorite Mexican restaurant may come to mind. As it turns out, this superfruit can also improve your skin in many valuable ways. Avocados from Mexico can be more effective than expensive beauty treatments and trips to the spa. Here are three avocado beauty hacks you may want to start using on a daily basis.

Remove makeup with avocados

Sleeping in your makeup is bad for your skin. Every night, before you go to bed, you must remove it. By using avocado oil, which you can find at your local grocery store, you can remove your makeup and moisturize your skin at the same time. When you wake up in the morning, your skin will look and feel lovely. You can purchase a tube of avocado oil for under $10, which is typically less than your run-of-the-mill makeup remover.

Hydrate your skin with avocado soap

You can find avocado soap, which contains avocado oil, at any number of drugstores and beauty shops. Avocados contain 4 percent of your daily value of vitamin E. Vitamin E is an antioxidant that protects body tissue from damage caused by substances called free radicals. It’s also great for treating your irritated or dry skin and making it smooth to the touch. Unlike other skin treatments, it doesn’t have any harsh chemicals, so it won’t irritate your skin. If you have sensitive skin, or you’re sick of products that leave your skin oily, buy a bar of avocado soap and use it all over your body and face.

Treat dry skin with an avocado cream

Dry hands can be painful and prevent you from carrying out your everyday tasks. A simple recipe that includes Avocados from Mexico can help. Take a quarter of a very ripe avocado that’s been halved, pitted, and peeled. Add one egg white, two tablespoons of rolled oats, and a tablespoon of lemon juice. Mix the ingredients and rub them on your hands. Leave it on for 20 minutes, and then wash them off with some warm water. You’ll notice that your hands feel softer and moisturized. Stop spending hundreds of dollars every year on unnatural beauty products. Go back to basics and try Avocados from Mexico for all your skin care needs.

The post 3 Avocado Beauty Hacks appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/3-avocado-beauty-hacks/feed/ 0
All-Natural Avocado Hair Mask https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/natural-avocado-hair-mask/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/natural-avocado-hair-mask/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 14:00:43 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5201

Are you worried about chemicals in your beauty products? Then look no further than the produce section of your grocery store for your next beauty purchase!

Avocados contain nearly 20 vitamins and minerals and good fats (monounsaturated and polyunaturated) that penetrate your hair and skin when applied directly! Avocados from Mexico are 'Hass' avocados and are nutritious. They are grown in the fertile orchard land in the state of Michoacán, near the Pacific Coast.

It’s time to indulge in an inexpensive, but highly effective, beauty treatment that will leave you feeling refreshed! Enjoy a full avocado beauty boost, compliments of Avocados from Mexico, in 3 easy steps:

  1. First, use half of an avocado and mash the meat into a creamy texture. Massage into the face and neck. Leave on for 15 minutes.
  2. Next, whip up this amazing hair mask using Avocados from Mexico:

    Add these ingredients to a blender:

    • One very ripe avocado
    • One tablespoon olive oil
    • One tablespoon apple cider vinegar
    • One tablespoon brown sugar

    Blend until the texture is creamy, then massage onto damp hair and put on a shower cap. Step into a hot shower to steam your hair for ten minutes before rinsing. The apple cider vinegar adds shine and the Avocados from Mexico add moisture and softness.

  3. Finally, avocados aid in eliminating under-eye puffiness so make sure you save two slices from the avocado to place under your eyes as needed.

After your spa-like treatments, you’ll enjoy improved skin texture, lustrous, soft hair and a sense of satisfaction because you did something good for your hair and skin.

Instead of buying an over-the-counter beauty product that may contain a number of chemical ingredients that you can’t even pronounce, pick up a few gifts from the earth- Hass Avocados from Mexico- at your local grocery store the next time you need a beauty pick-me-up!

The post All-Natural Avocado Hair Mask appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Are you worried about chemicals in your beauty products? Then look no further than the produce section of your grocery store for your next beauty purchase! Avocados contain nearly 20 vitamins and minerals and good fats (monounsaturated and polyunaturated) that penetrate your hair and skin when applied directly! Avocados from Mexico are 'Hass' avocados and are nutritious. They are grown in the fertile orchard land in the state of Michoacán, near the Pacific Coast. It’s time to indulge in an inexpensive, but highly effective, beauty treatment that will leave you feeling refreshed! Enjoy a full avocado beauty boost, compliments of Avocados from Mexico, in 3 easy steps:
  1. First, use half of an avocado and mash the meat into a creamy texture. Massage into the face and neck. Leave on for 15 minutes.
  2. Next, whip up this amazing hair mask using Avocados from Mexico: Add these ingredients to a blender:
    • One very ripe avocado
    • One tablespoon olive oil
    • One tablespoon apple cider vinegar
    • One tablespoon brown sugar
    Blend until the texture is creamy, then massage onto damp hair and put on a shower cap. Step into a hot shower to steam your hair for ten minutes before rinsing. The apple cider vinegar adds shine and the Avocados from Mexico add moisture and softness.
  3. Finally, avocados aid in eliminating under-eye puffiness so make sure you save two slices from the avocado to place under your eyes as needed.
After your spa-like treatments, you’ll enjoy improved skin texture, lustrous, soft hair and a sense of satisfaction because you did something good for your hair and skin. Instead of buying an over-the-counter beauty product that may contain a number of chemical ingredients that you can’t even pronounce, pick up a few gifts from the earth- Hass Avocados from Mexico- at your local grocery store the next time you need a beauty pick-me-up!

The post All-Natural Avocado Hair Mask appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/natural-avocado-hair-mask/feed/ 0
4 Ways Avocados Are Great for Skin and Hair https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/4-ways-avocados-great-skin-hair/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/4-ways-avocados-great-skin-hair/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 13:59:49 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5200

How would you like radiant skin and silky smooth hair? Don’t head to the salon for a makeover, grab some avocados. Yes, avocados. This nutritional fruit is a great treat for your skin and hair.

Whether you’re experiencing problems with your skin or hair due to genetics, climate, or your diet, avocados can be of assistance. Here are four ways Avocados from Mexico can keep you looking radiant and beautiful 24-7.

How Avocados from Mexico moisturize your skin

Avocados are filled with natural oils that moisturize your skin. By making sure your skin is moisturized, you can prevent blemishes, acne, and wrinkles. To use an avocado as a moisturizer, take the contents of the fruit, spread it on your skin, and wash it off with lukewarm water after 10 to 15 minutes.

Avocados eliminate dead skin cells

For further skin benefits, mix an avocado with yogurt and raw honey and rub it onto your skin. This soothing facemask will get rid of dead skin cells.

Avocados ease your sunburned skin

If you ever go to the beach and come back with a bad sunburn, avocados can be used to prevent chafing. Rub the avocado on the problem areas and you’ll feel and look better.

Avocados repair damaged hair

You want your hair to look fabulous, so you spend money at the hairdresser and use tools and products to get your desired look. Unfortunately, all of these habits can lead to dry, parched hair or even hair loss. Thankfully, avocados provide a natural solution.

To combat these effects, try an avocado-cider hair mask. Take one ripe avocado, a tablespoon of olive oil, a tablespoon of apple cider vinegar, and a tablespoon of brown sugar and apply it to your damp hair. Place a shower cap over your hair, and then step into a hot shower for 10 minutes. You’ll revitalize your hair.

Avocados from Mexico are one of nature’s superfruits. By incorporating them into your hair and skin care routines you can receive numerous short and long term beauty benefits.

The post 4 Ways Avocados Are Great for Skin and Hair appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

How would you like radiant skin and silky smooth hair? Don’t head to the salon for a makeover, grab some avocados. Yes, avocados. This nutritional fruit is a great treat for your skin and hair. Whether you’re experiencing problems with your skin or hair due to genetics, climate, or your diet, avocados can be of assistance. Here are four ways Avocados from Mexico can keep you looking radiant and beautiful 24-7.

How Avocados from Mexico moisturize your skin

Avocados are filled with natural oils that moisturize your skin. By making sure your skin is moisturized, you can prevent blemishes, acne, and wrinkles. To use an avocado as a moisturizer, take the contents of the fruit, spread it on your skin, and wash it off with lukewarm water after 10 to 15 minutes.

Avocados eliminate dead skin cells

For further skin benefits, mix an avocado with yogurt and raw honey and rub it onto your skin. This soothing facemask will get rid of dead skin cells.

Avocados ease your sunburned skin

If you ever go to the beach and come back with a bad sunburn, avocados can be used to prevent chafing. Rub the avocado on the problem areas and you’ll feel and look better.

Avocados repair damaged hair

You want your hair to look fabulous, so you spend money at the hairdresser and use tools and products to get your desired look. Unfortunately, all of these habits can lead to dry, parched hair or even hair loss. Thankfully, avocados provide a natural solution. To combat these effects, try an avocado-cider hair mask. Take one ripe avocado, a tablespoon of olive oil, a tablespoon of apple cider vinegar, and a tablespoon of brown sugar and apply it to your damp hair. Place a shower cap over your hair, and then step into a hot shower for 10 minutes. You’ll revitalize your hair. Avocados from Mexico are one of nature’s superfruits. By incorporating them into your hair and skin care routines you can receive numerous short and long term beauty benefits.

The post 4 Ways Avocados Are Great for Skin and Hair appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/4-ways-avocados-great-skin-hair/feed/ 0
An Avocado Remedy for Frizzy Hair https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/avocado-remedy-frizzy-hair/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/avocado-remedy-frizzy-hair/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 13:58:49 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5199

Does your hair have a case of the frizzies? Heat, humidity, and styling tools like dryers and curling irons can make matters worse. But the real reason behind frizzy hair is dryness, which happens when your tresses have lost their moisture and natural oils.

A traditional approach

In Mexico and other Latin American countries, generations of women have relied on the tradition of remedios caseros, natural home remedies, for many things including enhancing the natural beauty of their hair. The all-natural hair mask recipe below uses Avocados from Mexico to help tame frizzy hair.

Why it can help

Why can avocados calm frizzy hair? Its oils are light and moist, much like the oils that our skin produces naturally. The nutrients in avocados help smooth and weigh down frizzy hair.

Avocados from Mexico can also deliver vitamin A and vitamin E to your hair, which can strengthen your hair and protect against split ends.

Let’s move on to getting you fabulous, frizz-free hair. The avocado hair mask recipe below combines avocado with egg whites for an extra protein boost that can ramp up your hair’s shine factor and tame frizzy hair at the same time.

Avocado hair mask recipe:

Combine egg whites with mashed-up avocado. Leave in hair for 15 minutes, then wash and condition.

The post An Avocado Remedy for Frizzy Hair appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Does your hair have a case of the frizzies? Heat, humidity, and styling tools like dryers and curling irons can make matters worse. But the real reason behind frizzy hair is dryness, which happens when your tresses have lost their moisture and natural oils.

A traditional approach

In Mexico and other Latin American countries, generations of women have relied on the tradition of remedios caseros, natural home remedies, for many things including enhancing the natural beauty of their hair. The all-natural hair mask recipe below uses Avocados from Mexico to help tame frizzy hair.

Why it can help

Why can avocados calm frizzy hair? Its oils are light and moist, much like the oils that our skin produces naturally. The nutrients in avocados help smooth and weigh down frizzy hair. Avocados from Mexico can also deliver vitamin A and vitamin E to your hair, which can strengthen your hair and protect against split ends. Let’s move on to getting you fabulous, frizz-free hair. The avocado hair mask recipe below combines avocado with egg whites for an extra protein boost that can ramp up your hair’s shine factor and tame frizzy hair at the same time.

Avocado hair mask recipe:

Combine egg whites with mashed-up avocado. Leave in hair for 15 minutes, then wash and condition.

The post An Avocado Remedy for Frizzy Hair appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/avocado-remedy-frizzy-hair/feed/ 0
Dark Circles and Puffy Eyes? Try Avocado. https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/dark-circles-puffy-eyes-try-avocado/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/dark-circles-puffy-eyes-try-avocado/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 13:56:47 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5198

Let’s face it: Dark circles and puffy eyes are annoying. Not only can they make us appear like we pulled an all-nighter after a full eight hours of glorious sleep, but they seemingly pop up out of nowhere. Everything from genetics to allergies can leave your eyes puffy or surrounded by a deep purple-blue hue. Luckily, there’s a 100% natural remedy right in your kitchen that may help perk up those heavy eyelids.

 

No fancy creams, scrubs, patches, serums, or peels necessary — all you need for this naturally hydrating skincare solution is sliced avocado.

 

DIY Avocado Under-Eye Mask

You’ll need:

  • Two thin half-moon slices of avocado
  • A timer (Your phone will do.)

 

Instructions: After washing your face, place the slices of avocado under your eyes and gently smush to adhere to your skin. Lay back and relax for 20 minutes. (Maybe a bath is in order? Treat yourself.) Rinse with water (no soap!) and follow with avocado moisturizer for an extra hit of hydration.

 

Here’s what’s inside avocado that promotes glowing skin.

 

Water

Did you know 79% of an avocado’s weight is fiber and water? Thirsty skin loves hydrating avocado! Drinking too little fluid can lead to dry, dull skin but drinking water and consuming hydrating foods can help. In one clinical trial, researchers found that daily intake of avocado for eight weeks improved firmness and elasticity of forehead skin. The Avocado Nutrition Center supported the study. The findings are limited, and more research is needed, but the study suggests a potential role for avocados in skin health!

 

Note: Only ripe avocados will mash up easily into a creamy under-eye slather. The right kind of avocado for the job has a slight give when you squeeze it.

 

Vitamin C

In addition to telltale aging signs (such as wrinkles, age spots, and dryness), aging skin takes longer to heal. That’s because the skin repairs itself more slowly than younger skin. All the more reason to bring on the vitamins associated with skin health. Vitamin C is an antioxidant that promotes healing, and it’s recommended to get antioxidants through healthy foods, like avocados, as opposed to supplements. One serving of avocado (one-third of a medium avocado) contains 4% of your daily value.

 

Tip: You only need a couple of slices of avocado for this under-eye treatment, but don’t toss the rest of it! Sprinkle a little salt and some red pepper flakes on top for a snack or save the remainder in the skin for another day using a spritz of olive oil or lemon juice and covering it in plastic wrap. Both options keep the avocado from oxidizing and turning brown from exposure to the air.

 

Vitamin E

One serving of avocado (one-third of a medium avocado) contains 6% of your daily value of vitamin E, an antioxidant that protects body tissue from damage and helps keep the immune system strong. Antioxidant molecules have been shown to counteract oxidative stress in laboratory experiments. Oxidative stress is a process that can trigger cell damage (boo!). It is caused by free radicals, which can be found inside our bodies and in our environment. Vitamin E for the win!

 

Keep Up the Good Work, Beautiful!

Our eyes are constantly strained throughout the day, from exposure to the elements and the blue lights of our electronics to fatigue from reading and simply daily life. To fight back against puffiness and dark circles, your best defense is a good night’s sleep, adequate hydration — and, when in doubt, avocado!

 

After giving your under-eye area a little TLC, pamper yourself with the nourishing superpowers of avocado from head to toe. Nutrient-dense avocados belong in all parts of your beauty routine, from hair masks to nail care, foot scrubs, and more.

 

The post Dark Circles and Puffy Eyes? Try Avocado. appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Let’s face it: Dark circles and puffy eyes are annoying. Not only can they make us appear like we pulled an all-nighter after a full eight hours of glorious sleep, but they seemingly pop up out of nowhere. Everything from genetics to allergies can leave your eyes puffy or surrounded by a deep purple-blue hue. Luckily, there’s a 100% natural remedy right in your kitchen that may help perk up those heavy eyelids.   No fancy creams, scrubs, patches, serums, or peels necessary — all you need for this naturally hydrating skincare solution is sliced avocado.  

DIY Avocado Under-Eye Mask

You’ll need:
  • Two thin half-moon slices of avocado
  • A timer (Your phone will do.)
  Instructions: After washing your face, place the slices of avocado under your eyes and gently smush to adhere to your skin. Lay back and relax for 20 minutes. (Maybe a bath is in order? Treat yourself.) Rinse with water (no soap!) and follow with avocado moisturizer for an extra hit of hydration.   Here’s what’s inside avocado that promotes glowing skin.
 

Water

Did you know 79% of an avocado’s weight is fiber and water? Thirsty skin loves hydrating avocado! Drinking too little fluid can lead to dry, dull skin but drinking water and consuming hydrating foods can help. In one clinical trial, researchers found that daily intake of avocado for eight weeks improved firmness and elasticity of forehead skin. The Avocado Nutrition Center supported the study. The findings are limited, and more research is needed, but the study suggests a potential role for avocados in skin health!   Note: Only ripe avocados will mash up easily into a creamy under-eye slather. The right kind of avocado for the job has a slight give when you squeeze it.  

Vitamin C

In addition to telltale aging signs (such as wrinkles, age spots, and dryness), aging skin takes longer to heal. That’s because the skin repairs itself more slowly than younger skin. All the more reason to bring on the vitamins associated with skin health. Vitamin C is an antioxidant that promotes healing, and it’s recommended to get antioxidants through healthy foods, like avocados, as opposed to supplements. One serving of avocado (one-third of a medium avocado) contains 4% of your daily value.   Tip: You only need a couple of slices of avocado for this under-eye treatment, but don’t toss the rest of it! Sprinkle a little salt and some red pepper flakes on top for a snack or save the remainder in the skin for another day using a spritz of olive oil or lemon juice and covering it in plastic wrap. Both options keep the avocado from oxidizing and turning brown from exposure to the air.  

Vitamin E

One serving of avocado (one-third of a medium avocado) contains 6% of your daily value of vitamin E, an antioxidant that protects body tissue from damage and helps keep the immune system strong. Antioxidant molecules have been shown to counteract oxidative stress in laboratory experiments. Oxidative stress is a process that can trigger cell damage (boo!). It is caused by free radicals, which can be found inside our bodies and in our environment. Vitamin E for the win!  

Keep Up the Good Work, Beautiful!

Our eyes are constantly strained throughout the day, from exposure to the elements and the blue lights of our electronics to fatigue from reading and simply daily life. To fight back against puffiness and dark circles, your best defense is a good night’s sleep, adequate hydration — and, when in doubt, avocado!   After giving your under-eye area a little TLC, pamper yourself with the nourishing superpowers of avocado from head to toe. Nutrient-dense avocados belong in all parts of your beauty routine, from hair masks to nail care, foot scrubs, and more.  

The post Dark Circles and Puffy Eyes? Try Avocado. appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/dark-circles-puffy-eyes-try-avocado/feed/ 0
Avocado Face Mask for Natural Brides https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/avocado-face-mask-for-natural-brides/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/avocado-face-mask-for-natural-brides/#respond Mon, 26 Sep 2016 13:54:36 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5197

Every bride-to-be knows that a facial is a definite must for beautiful, glowing skin on the big day. But that doesn’t require a spa appointment. You can let your natural beauty shine through by making your own face mask at home.

An avocado and honey face mask is a great, all-natural way to get your skin in wedding-day shape, without having to schedule a pricey spa treatment.

 

The Nutrients

Why do avocados work for your skin? They contain amazing moisturizing properties and enriching nutrients that your skin soaks right up. Avocados contain 4 percent of your daily value for vitamin C, which is important for your skin. Plus, avocados contain 4 percent of your daily value for vitamin E to fight off free radical damage.

 

A Beautiful Tradition

The use of avocados as a skin treatment is far from being a new beauty trend; it’s actually a tradition that has withstood the test of time. The Mayans recognized the power of avocados as a skin care remedy and used them in their face masks to enhance the beauty of their skin. To this day, women in Mexico continue that time-honored custom by using avocados to moisturize their skin and protect it from the effects of the hot, dry climate.

Brides can learn from this custom and use an avocado face mask as their secret skin-soothing weapon for their big day.

Ready to get your all-natural glow? To make this face mask, all you need are two simple ingredients that you always have on hand at home: Avocados from Mexico and honey. Adding just a touch of honey to the recipe helps your skin retain all of the moisturizing benefits that avocados deliver. And by applying avocados to your face as a mask, you’re allowing all of its enriching vitamins and nutrients to penetrate your skin.

 

Avocado Honey Face Mask Recipe:

  • 1/4 of a Hass avocado
  • 2 teaspoons of honey

Mash the avocado in a small bowl, add honey, and mix. Apply to face and rinse after 10 minutes.

 

The post Avocado Face Mask for Natural Brides appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Every bride-to-be knows that a facial is a definite must for beautiful, glowing skin on the big day. But that doesn’t require a spa appointment. You can let your natural beauty shine through by making your own face mask at home. An avocado and honey face mask is a great, all-natural way to get your skin in wedding-day shape, without having to schedule a pricey spa treatment.  

The Nutrients

Why do avocados work for your skin? They contain amazing moisturizing properties and enriching nutrients that your skin soaks right up. Avocados contain 4 percent of your daily value for vitamin C, which is important for your skin. Plus, avocados contain 4 percent of your daily value for vitamin E to fight off free radical damage.  

A Beautiful Tradition

The use of avocados as a skin treatment is far from being a new beauty trend; it’s actually a tradition that has withstood the test of time. The Mayans recognized the power of avocados as a skin care remedy and used them in their face masks to enhance the beauty of their skin. To this day, women in Mexico continue that time-honored custom by using avocados to moisturize their skin and protect it from the effects of the hot, dry climate. Brides can learn from this custom and use an avocado face mask as their secret skin-soothing weapon for their big day. Ready to get your all-natural glow? To make this face mask, all you need are two simple ingredients that you always have on hand at home: Avocados from Mexico and honey. Adding just a touch of honey to the recipe helps your skin retain all of the moisturizing benefits that avocados deliver. And by applying avocados to your face as a mask, you’re allowing all of its enriching vitamins and nutrients to penetrate your skin.  

Avocado Honey Face Mask Recipe:

  • 1/4 of a Hass avocado
  • 2 teaspoons of honey
Mash the avocado in a small bowl, add honey, and mix. Apply to face and rinse after 10 minutes.  

The post Avocado Face Mask for Natural Brides appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/avocado-face-mask-for-natural-brides/feed/ 0
Are You a Gift Guru? https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/gift-guru/ Sun, 25 Sep 2016 18:39:46 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5168

Who doesn’t know an avocado lover or two? Those special people who understand the wonders of this delicious fruit — from its nutritional value to its ability to add oomph to everything from appetizers and salads to desserts.

With the holidays around the corner, we set out to find fun, unique holiday gifts for those exceptional avo-lover friends and family in your life. It is never an easy task to find that special something that gets oohs and aahs, but we think we found it with these avo-themed gift ideas. They’ll make everyone wish they were on the top of your list.

Avocado Socks — Socksmith

$7.50
Wiggle your toes in these soft, green, calf-high socks adorned with halved avocados. A fun gift for anyone, including yourself. Just looking at the socks makes you want to add a little slice of avocado to your breakfast taco.
Grab This Gift

Guacaholic Flip-Flops — CafePress

$17
It’s hard to resist the urge to wear these amusing, yet comfortable sandals every day. The waterproof, rubber-soled flip-flops with matching contoured straps are sized for your kids, aunts and uncles, or other family members.
Grab This Gift

Avocado Swivel USB 3.0 Flash Drive — Zazzle

$23
Who doesn’t need a flash drive for work, school, or home? This is the perfect gift for college students, your husband, father, sister, or any avo lover. It features a swivel cap to keep the USB port protected and accessible. Choose from 8GB to 64GB.
Grab This Gift

Good Grips 3-in-1 Avocado Slicer — OXO

$10
Whether your good friend makes guacamole, avocado chicken salads, or avocado slices for snacks, this three-in-one slicer is the perfect tool. It splits, pits, slices, and scoops fast and effectively. She’ll love it.
Grab This Gift

Avocado Saver — Williams-Sonoma

$7
When your recipe calls for half of an avocado, there is nothing worse than being unable to save part of this delicious, creamy fruit. Check out this handy gadget, which reduces oxidation and browning with the help of an adjustable rubber strap. It makes a great gift for yourself, or anyone in the family.
Grab This Gift

Avocado Kitchen Timer — Amazon by Supreme Housewares

$10
This decorative kitchen timer lets you keep a perfectly ripe avocado on your kitchen counter at all times. It looks like a real avocado, measures time up to one hour, and is simple to operate.
Grab this Gift

The post Are You a Gift Guru? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Who doesn’t know an avocado lover or two? Those special people who understand the wonders of this delicious fruit — from its nutritional value to its ability to add oomph to everything from appetizers and salads to desserts. With the holidays around the corner, we set out to find fun, unique holiday gifts for those exceptional avo-lover friends and family in your life. It is never an easy task to find that special something that gets oohs and aahs, but we think we found it with these avo-themed gift ideas. They’ll make everyone wish they were on the top of your list.

Avocado Socks — Socksmith

$7.50 Wiggle your toes in these soft, green, calf-high socks adorned with halved avocados. A fun gift for anyone, including yourself. Just looking at the socks makes you want to add a little slice of avocado to your breakfast taco. Grab This Gift

Guacaholic Flip-Flops — CafePress

$17 It’s hard to resist the urge to wear these amusing, yet comfortable sandals every day. The waterproof, rubber-soled flip-flops with matching contoured straps are sized for your kids, aunts and uncles, or other family members. Grab This Gift

Avocado Swivel USB 3.0 Flash Drive — Zazzle

$23 Who doesn’t need a flash drive for work, school, or home? This is the perfect gift for college students, your husband, father, sister, or any avo lover. It features a swivel cap to keep the USB port protected and accessible. Choose from 8GB to 64GB. Grab This Gift

Good Grips 3-in-1 Avocado Slicer — OXO

$10 Whether your good friend makes guacamole, avocado chicken salads, or avocado slices for snacks, this three-in-one slicer is the perfect tool. It splits, pits, slices, and scoops fast and effectively. She’ll love it. Grab This Gift

Avocado Saver — Williams-Sonoma

$7 When your recipe calls for half of an avocado, there is nothing worse than being unable to save part of this delicious, creamy fruit. Check out this handy gadget, which reduces oxidation and browning with the help of an adjustable rubber strap. It makes a great gift for yourself, or anyone in the family. Grab This Gift

Avocado Kitchen Timer — Amazon by Supreme Housewares

$10 This decorative kitchen timer lets you keep a perfectly ripe avocado on your kitchen counter at all times. It looks like a real avocado, measures time up to one hour, and is simple to operate. Grab this Gift

The post Are You a Gift Guru? appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Natural Solutions for Dry Hands https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/natural-solutions-dry-hands/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/natural-solutions-dry-hands/#respond Fri, 23 Sep 2016 19:04:25 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5192

Having dry, red or cracked skin on your hands isn’t pretty. And it doesn’t feel good either. Dry skin can be rough, itchy, and very irritating.

Sun, wind, and cold temperatures can all take a toll on our hands and that’s why nourishing them regularly is a must. Making small changes to how we care for our hands can make a difference in their appearance. And Avocados from Mexico can help.

Here are three things you can do to help keep your hands looking soft and healthy:

Wash with warm water

The hotter the water is when you wash your hands, the dryer your skin will be later. Hot water removes the natural protective oils from skin, so washing with lukewarm water is best.

Use mild soap

Skip the stuff that has fragrance, alcohol, deodorant or anything antibacterial. Those harsh ingredients will only dry out the skin on your hands. Your best bet is a gentle soap with added oils or fats to help hold moisture in.

Moisturize

Hello, avocado. Moisturizing creates a seal over your skin that keeps the water in. Using an avocado hand treatment (like the one below) can help revitalize your hands because of the nourishing oil that avocados contain. The oil prevents the evaporation of water from the surface of your skin, leaving your hands soft and supple.

Give moisturizing with an avocado hand cream a try by whipping up this easy treatment. It provides all of the benefits of avocado’s nourishing oils with gentle exfoliation delivered by the rolled oats.

Avocado hand cream recipe:

  • 1/4 fully ripened Hass avocado, halved, pitted, peeled
  • 1 egg white
  • 2 tablespoon rolled oats
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice

In a shallow bowl, mash avocado until smooth. Add egg white, oats, and lemon juice. Stir until combined. Massage into hands. Leave mixture on for 20 minutes. Rinse with warm water.

The post Natural Solutions for Dry Hands appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Having dry, red or cracked skin on your hands isn’t pretty. And it doesn’t feel good either. Dry skin can be rough, itchy, and very irritating. Sun, wind, and cold temperatures can all take a toll on our hands and that’s why nourishing them regularly is a must. Making small changes to how we care for our hands can make a difference in their appearance. And Avocados from Mexico can help. Here are three things you can do to help keep your hands looking soft and healthy:

Wash with warm water

The hotter the water is when you wash your hands, the dryer your skin will be later. Hot water removes the natural protective oils from skin, so washing with lukewarm water is best.

Use mild soap

Skip the stuff that has fragrance, alcohol, deodorant or anything antibacterial. Those harsh ingredients will only dry out the skin on your hands. Your best bet is a gentle soap with added oils or fats to help hold moisture in.

Moisturize

Hello, avocado. Moisturizing creates a seal over your skin that keeps the water in. Using an avocado hand treatment (like the one below) can help revitalize your hands because of the nourishing oil that avocados contain. The oil prevents the evaporation of water from the surface of your skin, leaving your hands soft and supple. Give moisturizing with an avocado hand cream a try by whipping up this easy treatment. It provides all of the benefits of avocado’s nourishing oils with gentle exfoliation delivered by the rolled oats.

Avocado hand cream recipe:

  • 1/4 fully ripened Hass avocado, halved, pitted, peeled
  • 1 egg white
  • 2 tablespoon rolled oats
  • 1 tablespoon lemon juice
In a shallow bowl, mash avocado until smooth. Add egg white, oats, and lemon juice. Stir until combined. Massage into hands. Leave mixture on for 20 minutes. Rinse with warm water.

The post Natural Solutions for Dry Hands appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/natural-solutions-dry-hands/feed/ 0
Party Hearty https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/party-hearty/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/party-hearty/#respond Fri, 23 Sep 2016 18:45:25 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5172

’Tis the season for tasty temptations. Hold on to your good eating habits at this year’s work parties and family get-togethers with these tips for noshing nutritiously at holiday events.

Eat Before You Go

You’ll be less tempted to eat wrong if you eat right before you head out the door.
Enjoy a light meal at home so you don’t show up at the holiday-happening hungry. A growling stomach can lead to poor food choices.

Bring a Dish

Bring along your own tasty tidbits — of a nutritious nature! This way you can party down knowing there’s at least one dish you can gobble up. Try this salad with winter fruit recipe.

Dress for Less

Wear an outfit that fits just right, one that won’t indulge over-indulging. This trick curtails munching on morsels that could tighten your togs.

Use the Smallest Plate

Survey the edible options before getting in line so you know ahead of time what you’ll put on your plate. Grab the smallest plate they’ve got and pile on the good-for-you stuff first. This leaves little space for less-nutritious nibbles.

Out of Sight, Out of Mind

After you’ve made a plate, put the focus on friends instead of food and get out of range of the goodies. Socialize with tempting tidbits out of sight so they don’t beckon you back for more.

Water It Down

Sip plenty of water throughout the fête to dilute any desire to overdo it. Your body will thank you for the hydration, while your stomach stays satiated.

With these tips and a little self-control, you’ll find you don’t have to forego the festivities to stick to a nutritious avocado meal plan.

The post Party Hearty appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

’Tis the season for tasty temptations. Hold on to your good eating habits at this year’s work parties and family get-togethers with these tips for noshing nutritiously at holiday events.

Eat Before You Go

You’ll be less tempted to eat wrong if you eat right before you head out the door. Enjoy a light meal at home so you don’t show up at the holiday-happening hungry. A growling stomach can lead to poor food choices.

Bring a Dish

Bring along your own tasty tidbits — of a nutritious nature! This way you can party down knowing there’s at least one dish you can gobble up. Try this salad with winter fruit recipe.

Dress for Less

Wear an outfit that fits just right, one that won’t indulge over-indulging. This trick curtails munching on morsels that could tighten your togs.

Use the Smallest Plate

Survey the edible options before getting in line so you know ahead of time what you’ll put on your plate. Grab the smallest plate they’ve got and pile on the good-for-you stuff first. This leaves little space for less-nutritious nibbles.

Out of Sight, Out of Mind

After you’ve made a plate, put the focus on friends instead of food and get out of range of the goodies. Socialize with tempting tidbits out of sight so they don’t beckon you back for more.

Water It Down

Sip plenty of water throughout the fête to dilute any desire to overdo it. Your body will thank you for the hydration, while your stomach stays satiated. With these tips and a little self-control, you’ll find you don’t have to forego the festivities to stick to a nutritious avocado meal plan.

The post Party Hearty appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/party-hearty/feed/ 0
DIY Avocado Hair Mask https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/diy-avocado-deep-conditioning-hair-mask/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/diy-avocado-deep-conditioning-hair-mask/#respond Fri, 23 Sep 2016 18:14:25 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5191

Avocados don’t just taste great; they can also be used on your body and hair!

To get started, you need a ripe avocado. (Here’s how to check for ripeness!) While you’re at it, pick up an extra avo or two to make a batch of guacamole while your mask sits in your hair. It’s a two-for-one!

 

How to Make a DIY Avocado Hair Mask

  1. Slice the avocado in half. Remove the pit and scoop out the inside flesh into a large mixing bowl.
  2. Add 2 tablespoons of olive oil or coconut oil.
  3. Add 2 tablespoons organic raw honey. Mix until smooth.
  4. Apply to hair. Put on a shower cap.
  5. Let sit for 60 minutes. Meanwhile, mix up a batch of fresh guac with the leftover avocado!
  6. Rinse hair thoroughly.

Adding a DIY avocado hair mask to your repertoire is just the tip of the beauty iceberg. You can continue the glamorous green routine by mixing together an avocado body scrub, avocado foot scrub, and avocado face mask.

Make a spa day out of it by inviting over some friends and serving up an array of delicious guacamole appetizers (including shrimp guac-tails and guacamole egg rolls) while sipping on avocado margaritas. Have you ever felt more pampered in your life?

 

Did You Know? Fresh avocados can be part of a heart-healthy diet as they are low in saturated fat, cholesterol, and they are sodium-free. And you thought Avocados From Mexico couldn’t get any better! Here are six salad recipes with avocado that are certified as heart-healthy by the American Heart Association.
Discover brand new ways to enjoy avocado by browsing our recipes archive.

The post DIY Avocado Hair Mask appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Avocados don’t just taste great; they can also be used on your body and hair! To get started, you need a ripe avocado. (Here’s how to check for ripeness!) While you’re at it, pick up an extra avo or two to make a batch of guacamole while your mask sits in your hair. It’s a two-for-one!  

How to Make a DIY Avocado Hair Mask

  1. Slice the avocado in half. Remove the pit and scoop out the inside flesh into a large mixing bowl.
  2. Add 2 tablespoons of olive oil or coconut oil.
  3. Add 2 tablespoons organic raw honey. Mix until smooth.
  4. Apply to hair. Put on a shower cap.
  5. Let sit for 60 minutes. Meanwhile, mix up a batch of fresh guac with the leftover avocado!
  6. Rinse hair thoroughly.
Adding a DIY avocado hair mask to your repertoire is just the tip of the beauty iceberg. You can continue the glamorous green routine by mixing together an avocado body scrub, avocado foot scrub, and avocado face mask. Make a spa day out of it by inviting over some friends and serving up an array of delicious guacamole appetizers (including shrimp guac-tails and guacamole egg rolls) while sipping on avocado margaritas. Have you ever felt more pampered in your life?   Did You Know? Fresh avocados can be part of a heart-healthy diet as they are low in saturated fat, cholesterol, and they are sodium-free. And you thought Avocados From Mexico couldn’t get any better! Here are six salad recipes with avocado that are certified as heart-healthy by the American Heart Association. Discover brand new ways to enjoy avocado by browsing our recipes archive.

The post DIY Avocado Hair Mask appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/beauty-care/diy-avocado-deep-conditioning-hair-mask/feed/ 0
Avocado, Mozzarella and Tomato Skewers with Balsamic Dipping Sauce https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avocado-mozzarella-tomato-skewers-balsamic-dipping-sauce/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avocado-mozzarella-tomato-skewers-balsamic-dipping-sauce/#respond Fri, 23 Sep 2016 18:11:44 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5187

As a mom to three boys, I know three things: kids love assembling things, kids love skewers, and kids love dipping sauces. Three fun things that you can do with them in the kitchen while helping them to eat delicious and nutritious foods!

I sometimes have the cheese, tomato and avocado chunks ready to go for them to insert onto skewers, when they come back home from school. I make the dipping sauce ahead of time and have it in the fridge ready to be shaken up, so it is well mixed and emulsified for them to dip the skewers in. You may use or omit the chile de árbol, as it just adds a very light touch of smoky heat that my boys love. It is also a great appetite opener.

These skewers can also be beautiful appetizers for grown up dinners. Who says adults don’t like to have fun dipping their food too?

Tip: This dipping sauce can also be a fantastic vinaigrette, if you turn these skewers into a salad. Simply layer slices of tomato, mozzarella and avocado and drizzle the sauce on top.

Makes 16 small skewers

Ingredients

  • ¼ cup balsamic vinegar
  • ¼ cup extra virgin olive oil
  • ¼ cup vegetable oil
  • ½ teaspoon kosher or sea salt
  • 1 chile de árbol, optional
  • 1 ripe avocado, halved, pitted, meat scooped out, each halve cut into thirds, each third sliced horizontally into 5 or 6 slices
  • ½ pint cherry or grape tomatoes, halved
  • 8 oz baby mozzarella balls (bocconcini size), sliced into 3
  • 16 6” bamboo skewers

To Prepare

To make the vinaigrette: In a small glass jar, or Mason jar, pour the vinegar and the oils, sprinkle in the salt. If using the chile de árbol, place a small skillet over medium heat, once it is hot, toast the chile for 30 seconds per side, until toasted but not burnt. Place the whole chile in the jar. Close the lid of the jar and shake it vigorously. Leave in the refrigerator, if it won’t be used within the hour. It may be kept there for a couple weeks. Shake well before using.

To assemble the skewers: With the help of your kids, insert the top of a mozzarella ball, followed by a slice of avocado, half of a tomato, an avocado slice, the other tomato half (upside down if they can!), followed by another slice of avocado, and a slice of mozzarella ball. Repeat with all skewers, and place all the completed skewers on a platter.

To Serve

Shake the vinaigrette and pour into a bowl. Serve along with the assembled skewers for everyone to dip as they please.

The post Avocado, Mozzarella and Tomato Skewers with Balsamic Dipping Sauce appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

As a mom to three boys, I know three things: kids love assembling things, kids love skewers, and kids love dipping sauces. Three fun things that you can do with them in the kitchen while helping them to eat delicious and nutritious foods! I sometimes have the cheese, tomato and avocado chunks ready to go for them to insert onto skewers, when they come back home from school. I make the dipping sauce ahead of time and have it in the fridge ready to be shaken up, so it is well mixed and emulsified for them to dip the skewers in. You may use or omit the chile de árbol, as it just adds a very light touch of smoky heat that my boys love. It is also a great appetite opener. These skewers can also be beautiful appetizers for grown up dinners. Who says adults don’t like to have fun dipping their food too? Tip: This dipping sauce can also be a fantastic vinaigrette, if you turn these skewers into a salad. Simply layer slices of tomato, mozzarella and avocado and drizzle the sauce on top. Makes 16 small skewers

Ingredients

  • ¼ cup balsamic vinegar
  • ¼ cup extra virgin olive oil
  • ¼ cup vegetable oil
  • ½ teaspoon kosher or sea salt
  • 1 chile de árbol, optional
  • 1 ripe avocado, halved, pitted, meat scooped out, each halve cut into thirds, each third sliced horizontally into 5 or 6 slices
  • ½ pint cherry or grape tomatoes, halved
  • 8 oz baby mozzarella balls (bocconcini size), sliced into 3
  • 16 6” bamboo skewers

To Prepare

To make the vinaigrette: In a small glass jar, or Mason jar, pour the vinegar and the oils, sprinkle in the salt. If using the chile de árbol, place a small skillet over medium heat, once it is hot, toast the chile for 30 seconds per side, until toasted but not burnt. Place the whole chile in the jar. Close the lid of the jar and shake it vigorously. Leave in the refrigerator, if it won’t be used within the hour. It may be kept there for a couple weeks. Shake well before using. To assemble the skewers: With the help of your kids, insert the top of a mozzarella ball, followed by a slice of avocado, half of a tomato, an avocado slice, the other tomato half (upside down if they can!), followed by another slice of avocado, and a slice of mozzarella ball. Repeat with all skewers, and place all the completed skewers on a platter.

To Serve

Shake the vinaigrette and pour into a bowl. Serve along with the assembled skewers for everyone to dip as they please.

The post Avocado, Mozzarella and Tomato Skewers with Balsamic Dipping Sauce appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/avocado-mozzarella-tomato-skewers-balsamic-dipping-sauce/feed/ 0
The New Taste of Thanksgiving https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/new-taste-thanksgiving/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/new-taste-thanksgiving/#respond Fri, 23 Sep 2016 18:04:42 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5173

By M. Elise Giller

The Pilgrims may not have done it, but nowhere is it written you can’t add a bit of avocado to a classic Thanksgiving meal. Mixed in with tender roast turkey, tart cranberry sauce, and hearty stuffing, these hearty, bright green fruits add unexpected flair to a Thanksgiving table. Here’s how to mix them in with classic dishes for new tastes and traditions.

Appetizers

The football game starts midday, sometimes while the turkey is still roasting. Keep everyone’s energy up with finger foods like avocado-stuffed mushrooms. Stuff mushroom caps with goat cheese; top with a mixture of pureed avocado, rosemary, and garlic; and bake at 400 degrees for just a few minutes.

Meanwhile, guests with a sweet tooth can get a preview of dessert with pumpkin-avocado bread. Avocado is the secret weapon to baking moist, addictive delicacies. Simply substitute half the amount of butter in your favorite pumpkin bread recipe with pureed avocado, and you’ll have a lighter, fluffier baked good that tastes even better than the original.

Dinner

Update your sweet potatoes and surprise your taste buds by including avocado in your usual recipe. Roast sweet potatoes whole, then top them with goat cheese, roasted pecans, and sliced avocado. You won’t miss the marshmallow, we promise.

Balance out the rich dishes on the table with a lighter green salad. Mix baby spinach with toasted pecans and sweet dried cranberries. Dress it with avocado oil, balsamic vinegar, and Dijon mustard.

Dessert

We didn’t forget dessert! Want to know the trick to creamy pumpkin pie? Avocados. Yep, replace ultraprocessed evaporated milk with almond milk and mashed avocado, and your favorite recipe will rise to new heights.

The Next Day

So many leftovers, so little time! For a classic take, try leftover turkey and cranberry sauce piled high with slices of avocado on your favorite bread. Or go new-school with a grilled cheese sandwich layered with leftover turkey and avocado. Use creamy, mild mozzarella to balance out the bold flavors.

There’s no limit to the fun and creativity you can have creating wholesome, crowd-pleasing twists on classic dishes. Have fun, and Happy Thanksgiving!

 

SOURCES:

http://www.geniuskitchen.com/recipe/avocado-stuffed-portobello-mushrooms-203661

https://www.realsimple.com/food-recipes/browse-all-recipes/loaded-baked-sweet-potato

https://www.quickanddirtytips.com/health-fitness/healthy-eating/cookingrecipes/recipe-pumpkin-avocado-pie?page=all

http://www.loveandlemons.com/2014/08/06/sweet-potato-avocado-salad/

https://www.popsugar.com/fitness/Pumpkin-Muffins-Avocado-35763042

https://www.epicurious.com/recipes/food/views/grilled-cheese-with-smoked-turkey-and-avocado-14616

https://www.popsugar.com/fitness/Substitute-Butter-Avocado-When-Baking-8199268

 

 

The post The New Taste of Thanksgiving appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By M. Elise Giller The Pilgrims may not have done it, but nowhere is it written you can’t add a bit of avocado to a classic Thanksgiving meal. Mixed in with tender roast turkey, tart cranberry sauce, and hearty stuffing, these hearty, bright green fruits add unexpected flair to a Thanksgiving table. Here’s how to mix them in with classic dishes for new tastes and traditions.

Appetizers

The football game starts midday, sometimes while the turkey is still roasting. Keep everyone’s energy up with finger foods like avocado-stuffed mushrooms. Stuff mushroom caps with goat cheese; top with a mixture of pureed avocado, rosemary, and garlic; and bake at 400 degrees for just a few minutes. Meanwhile, guests with a sweet tooth can get a preview of dessert with pumpkin-avocado bread. Avocado is the secret weapon to baking moist, addictive delicacies. Simply substitute half the amount of butter in your favorite pumpkin bread recipe with pureed avocado, and you’ll have a lighter, fluffier baked good that tastes even better than the original.

Dinner

Update your sweet potatoes and surprise your taste buds by including avocado in your usual recipe. Roast sweet potatoes whole, then top them with goat cheese, roasted pecans, and sliced avocado. You won’t miss the marshmallow, we promise. Balance out the rich dishes on the table with a lighter green salad. Mix baby spinach with toasted pecans and sweet dried cranberries. Dress it with avocado oil, balsamic vinegar, and Dijon mustard.

Dessert

We didn’t forget dessert! Want to know the trick to creamy pumpkin pie? Avocados. Yep, replace ultraprocessed evaporated milk with almond milk and mashed avocado, and your favorite recipe will rise to new heights.

The Next Day

So many leftovers, so little time! For a classic take, try leftover turkey and cranberry sauce piled high with slices of avocado on your favorite bread. Or go new-school with a grilled cheese sandwich layered with leftover turkey and avocado. Use creamy, mild mozzarella to balance out the bold flavors. There’s no limit to the fun and creativity you can have creating wholesome, crowd-pleasing twists on classic dishes. Have fun, and Happy Thanksgiving!  

SOURCES:

http://www.geniuskitchen.com/recipe/avocado-stuffed-portobello-mushrooms-203661 https://www.realsimple.com/food-recipes/browse-all-recipes/loaded-baked-sweet-potato https://www.quickanddirtytips.com/health-fitness/healthy-eating/cookingrecipes/recipe-pumpkin-avocado-pie?page=all http://www.loveandlemons.com/2014/08/06/sweet-potato-avocado-salad/ https://www.popsugar.com/fitness/Pumpkin-Muffins-Avocado-35763042 https://www.epicurious.com/recipes/food/views/grilled-cheese-with-smoked-turkey-and-avocado-14616 https://www.popsugar.com/fitness/Substitute-Butter-Avocado-When-Baking-8199268    

The post The New Taste of Thanksgiving appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/entertaining/new-taste-thanksgiving/feed/ 0
Transportation Tips for Culinary Masterpieces https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/transportation-tips-culinary-masterpieces/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/transportation-tips-culinary-masterpieces/#respond Fri, 23 Sep 2016 18:03:13 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5170

It’s 5 p.m., and you’ve just spent the past two hours in the kitchen preparing a masterpiece to bring to your friend’s potluck dinner. Now all you have to do is drive to her house. Easier said than done, right? Ensure your culinary creations arrive at their destinations in one piece with these handy transport tips, plus some delicious recipes made for travel.

Hot Dishes

Find a cardboard box roughly the same size as your dish, then line the bottom with beach towels. Seal the top of the dish with foil, then place the entire dish in the box. Pack more beach towels or dish towels around the dish until it’s snug, then drape a few more on top for good measure.

Cold Dishes

Use the same method as for hot dishes, except instead of towels use newspaper. Slip icepacks into each side of the box to keep the dish cool while you’re in transit.

Desserts

For pies, place an extra pie tin upside-down over the pie, then seal the two tins with a layer of foil or tape. For cakes, insert a few toothpicks into the top of the cake, then cover it with plastic wrap. For extra safety, put it in a cake box as well. Place both pies and cakes on a yoga mat or other grippy surface in your trunk and voilà, you’re set!

Potluck Recipes

Whet everyone’s appetite with a delicious avocado bruschetta: Roast tomatoes and then add diced avocado, red onion, and basil. Transport separately and top toasted baguette slices with the mixture and a balsamic reduction on-site.

Or make a delicious pasta salad with bowtie pasta, roasted eggplant, and tomatoes in a creamy avocado sauce. Simply combine avocados, lemon juice, garlic, basil, and salt and pepper to taste in a food processor, then mix into your pasta salad for a creamy treat.

Finished cooking, but still have avocado to spare? Use this method to preserve unused avocado halves.

The post Transportation Tips for Culinary Masterpieces appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

It’s 5 p.m., and you’ve just spent the past two hours in the kitchen preparing a masterpiece to bring to your friend’s potluck dinner. Now all you have to do is drive to her house. Easier said than done, right? Ensure your culinary creations arrive at their destinations in one piece with these handy transport tips, plus some delicious recipes made for travel.

Hot Dishes

Find a cardboard box roughly the same size as your dish, then line the bottom with beach towels. Seal the top of the dish with foil, then place the entire dish in the box. Pack more beach towels or dish towels around the dish until it’s snug, then drape a few more on top for good measure.

Cold Dishes

Use the same method as for hot dishes, except instead of towels use newspaper. Slip icepacks into each side of the box to keep the dish cool while you’re in transit.

Desserts

For pies, place an extra pie tin upside-down over the pie, then seal the two tins with a layer of foil or tape. For cakes, insert a few toothpicks into the top of the cake, then cover it with plastic wrap. For extra safety, put it in a cake box as well. Place both pies and cakes on a yoga mat or other grippy surface in your trunk and voilà, you’re set!

Potluck Recipes

Whet everyone’s appetite with a delicious avocado bruschetta: Roast tomatoes and then add diced avocado, red onion, and basil. Transport separately and top toasted baguette slices with the mixture and a balsamic reduction on-site. Or make a delicious pasta salad with bowtie pasta, roasted eggplant, and tomatoes in a creamy avocado sauce. Simply combine avocados, lemon juice, garlic, basil, and salt and pepper to taste in a food processor, then mix into your pasta salad for a creamy treat. Finished cooking, but still have avocado to spare? Use this method to preserve unused avocado halves.

The post Transportation Tips for Culinary Masterpieces appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/transportation-tips-culinary-masterpieces/feed/ 0
Jingle All Day With Fresh Breakfast Options https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/jingle-day-fresh-breakfast-options/ https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/jingle-day-fresh-breakfast-options/#respond Fri, 23 Sep 2016 18:01:17 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5179

With shopping, gift-wrapping, and holiday cooking and baking, it’s that time of year where you might not sit down for the entire day. In other words, what you need is a hearty breakfast to keep your energy as high as your holiday spirit. That’s why these avocado recipes are going to be your new best friends.

Smoothies

Creamy avocado makes smoothies decadent, rich, and more nutritious. For a chocolaty version, blend avocado, almond milk, unsweetened cocoa powder, maple syrup, and ice, then sip to your heart’s delight.

Toast

Toast may be the quintessential breakfast food, but it can be boring and plain. Wake it up by mashing avocado and spreading it over thick pieces of toast, scattering sea salt and lemon juice on top for extra flavor. Make it decadent by adding poached eggs, pesto, sunflower seeds, goat cheese, or crunchy apple slices.

Burritos

Scramble the eggs until they’re barely set. Add salt and pepper or even a little hot sauce, and mix in diced avocado. Wrap them in tortillas with black beans and cheese, and enjoy.

Pancakes

Here’s another place the creamy texture of avocados wins big. Replace all but one tablespoon of butter in your buttermilk pancake batter recipe with mashed avocado and you’ll have a more nutritious version of the ultimate breakfast treat. Top with fresh fruit, syrup, or honey and then get to shopping!

Hungry for more? Here are three additional ways to add Avocados From Mexico to your breakfast routine.

The post Jingle All Day With Fresh Breakfast Options appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

With shopping, gift-wrapping, and holiday cooking and baking, it’s that time of year where you might not sit down for the entire day. In other words, what you need is a hearty breakfast to keep your energy as high as your holiday spirit. That’s why these avocado recipes are going to be your new best friends.

Smoothies

Creamy avocado makes smoothies decadent, rich, and more nutritious. For a chocolaty version, blend avocado, almond milk, unsweetened cocoa powder, maple syrup, and ice, then sip to your heart’s delight.

Toast

Toast may be the quintessential breakfast food, but it can be boring and plain. Wake it up by mashing avocado and spreading it over thick pieces of toast, scattering sea salt and lemon juice on top for extra flavor. Make it decadent by adding poached eggs, pesto, sunflower seeds, goat cheese, or crunchy apple slices.

Burritos

Scramble the eggs until they’re barely set. Add salt and pepper or even a little hot sauce, and mix in diced avocado. Wrap them in tortillas with black beans and cheese, and enjoy.

Pancakes

Here’s another place the creamy texture of avocados wins big. Replace all but one tablespoon of butter in your buttermilk pancake batter recipe with mashed avocado and you’ll have a more nutritious version of the ultimate breakfast treat. Top with fresh fruit, syrup, or honey and then get to shopping! Hungry for more? Here are three additional ways to add Avocados From Mexico to your breakfast routine.

The post Jingle All Day With Fresh Breakfast Options appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/jingle-day-fresh-breakfast-options/feed/ 0
The Great Recipe Wrangle https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/great-recipe-wrangle/ Wed, 21 Sep 2016 18:50:35 +0000 http://afm2015.staging.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=5177

By Jennifer Chappell Smith

I long to gather all my go-to recipes in one place. The personal faves in the type-written cookbook my mom compiled. The cake batter-splattered index cards from friends. And the chocolate chip-pumpkin muffin recipe that I have to Google every time I want to make it for my kids. (It’s a Nestlé recipe; Google “Kids Favorite Chocolate Chip Muffins,” and bam, you’ll find it!)

But surely there’s a smarter way for both you and me to corral our favorite recipes. With the holidays coming, these top tech-friendly apps and more traditional ideas may help:

MyRecipes.com

A searchable database of recipes from Southern Living, Cooking Light, and other magazines, this site allows you to create a profile and store your favorite recipes in one spot. Its personalized recipe box section, which can be accessed with the Cozi app, allows you to store recipes from the site and from around the web. (Free)

MyRecipes Daily Indulgence app for iPad

Did you sign up to bring the dessert? Access more than 400 dessert recipes and drool over the “dessert of the day” when you open this app. (Free)

SousChef for iPad or iPhone

Billing itself as “your digital cooking assistant,” this app allows you to search over 200,000 recipes and links to Dropbox so you can save the ones you want to try later. ($9.99)

BigOven Pro

Search the recipes on BigOven.com for free and see if it lives up to its motto: “the best recipe organizer, grocery list, and menu app for home cooks.” If you purchase a subscription, the BigOven Pro app for iPhone, iPad, Android, and Windows phones offers unlimited recipe storage; personal notes on recipes; ad-free pages; nutritional data; and 25 free recipe scans — just snap a photo of a recipe and upload it to the app. (Free; $1.99 per month)

Epicurious

The Epicurious app offers more than 30,000 recipes from Bon Appétite, Gourmet, and more, and it includes a shopping list for each dish. (Free)

Food Network In the Kitchen app

The go-to TV channel about food has a go-to site and app for Apple and Android users. Use it to collect recipes from your favorite celebrity chefs and TV cooks. (Free)

Before the holiday season kicks into high gear, spend some time whipping your recipe box into shape, and then get cooking! You’ll be glad you did.

SOURCES:

http://www.myrecipes.com/ and https://my.cozi.com/meals/?box (the Cozi-powered app associated with MyRecipes.com)

Daily Indulgence: http://www.myrecipes.com/myrecipes-ipad-app

SousChef: https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/souschef-find-cook-great-recipes/id364906619?mt=8

http://www.bigoven.com/pro; bigoven.com

For epicurious and food network:

epicurious.com apps: http://www.epicurious.com/services/mobile

Food Network apps: http://www.foodnetwork.com/site/apps.html

The post The Great Recipe Wrangle appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

By Jennifer Chappell Smith I long to gather all my go-to recipes in one place. The personal faves in the type-written cookbook my mom compiled. The cake batter-splattered index cards from friends. And the chocolate chip-pumpkin muffin recipe that I have to Google every time I want to make it for my kids. (It’s a Nestlé recipe; Google “Kids Favorite Chocolate Chip Muffins,” and bam, you’ll find it!) But surely there’s a smarter way for both you and me to corral our favorite recipes. With the holidays coming, these top tech-friendly apps and more traditional ideas may help:

MyRecipes.com

A searchable database of recipes from Southern Living, Cooking Light, and other magazines, this site allows you to create a profile and store your favorite recipes in one spot. Its personalized recipe box section, which can be accessed with the Cozi app, allows you to store recipes from the site and from around the web. (Free)

MyRecipes Daily Indulgence app for iPad

Did you sign up to bring the dessert? Access more than 400 dessert recipes and drool over the “dessert of the day” when you open this app. (Free)

SousChef for iPad or iPhone

Billing itself as “your digital cooking assistant,” this app allows you to search over 200,000 recipes and links to Dropbox so you can save the ones you want to try later. ($9.99)

BigOven Pro

Search the recipes on BigOven.com for free and see if it lives up to its motto: “the best recipe organizer, grocery list, and menu app for home cooks.” If you purchase a subscription, the BigOven Pro app for iPhone, iPad, Android, and Windows phones offers unlimited recipe storage; personal notes on recipes; ad-free pages; nutritional data; and 25 free recipe scans — just snap a photo of a recipe and upload it to the app. (Free; $1.99 per month)

Epicurious

The Epicurious app offers more than 30,000 recipes from Bon Appétite, Gourmet, and more, and it includes a shopping list for each dish. (Free)

Food Network In the Kitchen app

The go-to TV channel about food has a go-to site and app for Apple and Android users. Use it to collect recipes from your favorite celebrity chefs and TV cooks. (Free) Before the holiday season kicks into high gear, spend some time whipping your recipe box into shape, and then get cooking! You’ll be glad you did.

SOURCES:

http://www.myrecipes.com/ and https://my.cozi.com/meals/?box (the Cozi-powered app associated with MyRecipes.com) Daily Indulgence: http://www.myrecipes.com/myrecipes-ipad-app SousChef: https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/souschef-find-cook-great-recipes/id364906619?mt=8 http://www.bigoven.com/pro; bigoven.com For epicurious and food network: epicurious.com apps: http://www.epicurious.com/services/mobile Food Network apps: http://www.foodnetwork.com/site/apps.html

The post The Great Recipe Wrangle appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Keeping Avocados Fresh With Water https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/keeping-avocados-fresh-water/ Sun, 18 Sep 2016 15:28:28 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17813 The post Keeping Avocados Fresh With Water appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post Keeping Avocados Fresh With Water appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Fun Lunches for the Whole Family https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/cookingideas/fun-lunches-whole-family/ Sat, 10 Sep 2016 14:46:49 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17827

In a busy household, it's not uncommon to forget about having a nice weekend lunch and put off mealtime until evening, but wouldn't you prefer the chance to sit down and enjoy a hot lunch with your family once in a while?

Don't worry — preparing a midday meal doesn't have to be stressful or time-consuming. There are plenty of tasty, simple recipes you can put together ahead of time and enjoy with your family around the table. Here are a few of our favorites!

CHILI (CLASSIC OR VEGETARIAN)

Some meals make you stop in your tracks at the mere scent, and chili is one of them. If you're all carnivores, go for the classic recipe! If you're catering to vegetarians or vegans, substitute the beef with a nice, fat eggplant.

  • 2 pounds ground beef (substitute with one chopped eggplant for vegetarian/vegan version)
  • 2 cloves garlic, chopped
  • 1 onion, chopped
  • 1 8-ounce can marinara sauce
  • 2 tablespoons chili powder
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 1 teaspoon ground oregano
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 1/4 teaspoon cayenne pepper
  • 1 15-ounce can kidney beans, drained and rinsed
  • 1 15-ounce can pinto beans, drained and rinsed
  • Olive oil

Heat a few tablespoons of olive oil in a large pan or Dutch oven and add the ground beef or eggplant. Fry until lightly browned, then add the chopped garlic and onion. Fry another few minutes until the vegetables are translucent; add marinara sauce and seasonings. For the ground beef version, lower the heat, cover, and cook for an hour. For the eggplant version, lower the heat, cover, and simmer for about 10 minutes. Finally, add the beans and simmer another 10 minutes.

CHICKEN AND DUMPLINGS

The perfect lunch for blustery autumn days, chicken and dumplings is a meal that every member of the family will be overjoyed to dig into.

  • 32 ounces chicken broth
  • 12 ounces of uncooked, cubed chicken
  • 1 onion, chopped
  • 4 carrots, chopped
  • 2 stalks celery, chopped
  • 1 bay leaf
  • salt and pepper
  • 2 1/4 cups biscuit mix
  • 2/3 cups milk

In a large saucepan, combine chicken broth, chicken, onion, carrots, celery, bay leaf, salt and pepper. Bring it to a boil, then lower to a simmer; cover and cook for 20 minutes or until the chicken and vegetables are done. Mix the milk and biscuit mix in a bowl to form a soft, sticky dough. Form small balls of dough and drop them into the simmering broth. Cook for 10 minutes.

POZOLE

This classic Mexican soup is hearty, delicious, and surprisingly simple to make. Be sure to use a nice ripe avocado to garnish the finished meal so that it will be smooth and creamy in the warm soup.

  • 1 onion, thinly sliced
  • 32 ounces chicken broth
  • 1 28-ounce can diced tomatoes, drained
  • 1 dried ancho chile, thinly sliced
  • 2 cups shredded chicken, cooked
  • 1 15-ounce can hominy, rinsed
  • Salt and pepper
  • 1 lime, cut into wedges
  • 1 handful chopped cilantro
  • 1 sliced avocado
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil

Heat the olive oil over medium heat in a Dutch oven or large pot. Add the onion and season with salt and pepper. Cook slowly, still on medium, about 10 minutes, until the onions turn translucent. Add the chicken broth, canned tomatoes, and ancho chile and slowly bring to a boil. Add the chicken and hominy, then turn the heat down to a simmer. Cook for about four minutes. Serve in bowls with lime wedges and cilantro on top.

All you need is a few spare hours each week to create unforgettable, family-pleasing afternoon meals. Get the family to help and prep time will fly by!

AVO TIP: Ever wondered how to cut an avocado? Learn from a pro in this quick video!

The post Fun Lunches for the Whole Family appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

In a busy household, it's not uncommon to forget about having a nice weekend lunch and put off mealtime until evening, but wouldn't you prefer the chance to sit down and enjoy a hot lunch with your family once in a while? Don't worry — preparing a midday meal doesn't have to be stressful or time-consuming. There are plenty of tasty, simple recipes you can put together ahead of time and enjoy with your family around the table. Here are a few of our favorites!

CHILI (CLASSIC OR VEGETARIAN)

Some meals make you stop in your tracks at the mere scent, and chili is one of them. If you're all carnivores, go for the classic recipe! If you're catering to vegetarians or vegans, substitute the beef with a nice, fat eggplant.
  • 2 pounds ground beef (substitute with one chopped eggplant for vegetarian/vegan version)
  • 2 cloves garlic, chopped
  • 1 onion, chopped
  • 1 8-ounce can marinara sauce
  • 2 tablespoons chili powder
  • 1 teaspoon ground cumin
  • 1 teaspoon ground oregano
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 1/4 teaspoon cayenne pepper
  • 1 15-ounce can kidney beans, drained and rinsed
  • 1 15-ounce can pinto beans, drained and rinsed
  • Olive oil
Heat a few tablespoons of olive oil in a large pan or Dutch oven and add the ground beef or eggplant. Fry until lightly browned, then add the chopped garlic and onion. Fry another few minutes until the vegetables are translucent; add marinara sauce and seasonings. For the ground beef version, lower the heat, cover, and cook for an hour. For the eggplant version, lower the heat, cover, and simmer for about 10 minutes. Finally, add the beans and simmer another 10 minutes.

CHICKEN AND DUMPLINGS

The perfect lunch for blustery autumn days, chicken and dumplings is a meal that every member of the family will be overjoyed to dig into.
  • 32 ounces chicken broth
  • 12 ounces of uncooked, cubed chicken
  • 1 onion, chopped
  • 4 carrots, chopped
  • 2 stalks celery, chopped
  • 1 bay leaf
  • salt and pepper
  • 2 1/4 cups biscuit mix
  • 2/3 cups milk
In a large saucepan, combine chicken broth, chicken, onion, carrots, celery, bay leaf, salt and pepper. Bring it to a boil, then lower to a simmer; cover and cook for 20 minutes or until the chicken and vegetables are done. Mix the milk and biscuit mix in a bowl to form a soft, sticky dough. Form small balls of dough and drop them into the simmering broth. Cook for 10 minutes.

POZOLE

This classic Mexican soup is hearty, delicious, and surprisingly simple to make. Be sure to use a nice ripe avocado to garnish the finished meal so that it will be smooth and creamy in the warm soup.
  • 1 onion, thinly sliced
  • 32 ounces chicken broth
  • 1 28-ounce can diced tomatoes, drained
  • 1 dried ancho chile, thinly sliced
  • 2 cups shredded chicken, cooked
  • 1 15-ounce can hominy, rinsed
  • Salt and pepper
  • 1 lime, cut into wedges
  • 1 handful chopped cilantro
  • 1 sliced avocado
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
Heat the olive oil over medium heat in a Dutch oven or large pot. Add the onion and season with salt and pepper. Cook slowly, still on medium, about 10 minutes, until the onions turn translucent. Add the chicken broth, canned tomatoes, and ancho chile and slowly bring to a boil. Add the chicken and hominy, then turn the heat down to a simmer. Cook for about four minutes. Serve in bowls with lime wedges and cilantro on top. All you need is a few spare hours each week to create unforgettable, family-pleasing afternoon meals. Get the family to help and prep time will fly by! AVO TIP: Ever wondered how to cut an avocado? Learn from a pro in this quick video!

The post Fun Lunches for the Whole Family appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
After-school Snacks for Busy Families https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/nutrition/school-snacks-busy-families/ Thu, 08 Sep 2016 14:47:59 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17826

Truth: It's almost too easy to feed kids less nutritious options after school.

A walk through any grocery store will yield hundreds of convenience foods that any kid would love to eat but will mostly likely pump them full of sugar. And it's not that you don't want to feed your kids nutritious snacks. There are simply too many other things competing for your time, like rest, work, making dinner, and, hey, just keeping the kids alive.

So what's a parent to do? Start with 10 minutes. Ten minutes of your Sunday can turn into a week's worth of snacks that nourish your kids' bodies and have them asking for seconds. Need help? Get your kids involved! Check out these quick and easy snacks to help you jump-start your Sunday snack prep.

  1. The Avodilla is the quesadilla's hipper, cheese-less cousin. It's the perfect mix of sweet (from a hint of maple syrup) and salty, and super versatile. The lavash can easily be replaced with flour or corn tortillas, and if you won't be home to cook it for your kids, make a few on Sunday and have them eat it cold or (if they are old enough) use the microwave to reheat them.
  2. Nutella and banana sushicomes together quickly and can even be made by kids. It's basically a chocolate and banana sandwich, and who doesn't want that? You can also riff on this by changing up the tortilla for a piece of warm toast, two slices of their favorite bread for a proper sandwich, or by adding additional fruit like strawberries or coconut.
  3. Fruit kabobs are a fun way to help your kids eat seasonally. Just pick the freshest, in-season fruit every week to skewer up. Get your kids involved in picking out the fruit and even chopping and skewering it. They'll never get bored because the options will change from week to week, and it'll mean that much more to them because they helped make it. And if you really want to blow their minds, keep a little freshly whipped cream around for them to dip their kabobs in. You can sweeten it with just about anything, including honey and agave syrup. Plus, you can put the ingredients in a jar with a lid and have your kids shake it like crazy.
  4. Avocado and strawberry smoothies are yet another quick, make-ahead snack that your kids will love. Just chop and puree in your blender with a little honey and yogurt, and it's ready for hungry bellies after a long day of learning.
  5. Strawberry fruit leather yields the most snacks for the least amount of effort. And bonus: it tastes like candy but is filled with good stuff (feel free to substitute honey or agave for the sugar)! While this recipe has you puree and then cook down the mixture before putting it in the oven, you can easily skip the cooking step and just leave it in the oven longer (like overnight!). For even less clean up, make these on a sheet of parchment paper, then cut the paper into strips once the fruit leather is dry to make your own fruit roll-ups. These store well in the pantry or freezer, and work with a lot of different fruit, so feel free to make a bunch when seasonal fruit is on sale.

The post After-school Snacks for Busy Families appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

Truth: It's almost too easy to feed kids less nutritious options after school. A walk through any grocery store will yield hundreds of convenience foods that any kid would love to eat but will mostly likely pump them full of sugar. And it's not that you don't want to feed your kids nutritious snacks. There are simply too many other things competing for your time, like rest, work, making dinner, and, hey, just keeping the kids alive. So what's a parent to do? Start with 10 minutes. Ten minutes of your Sunday can turn into a week's worth of snacks that nourish your kids' bodies and have them asking for seconds. Need help? Get your kids involved! Check out these quick and easy snacks to help you jump-start your Sunday snack prep.
  1. The Avodilla is the quesadilla's hipper, cheese-less cousin. It's the perfect mix of sweet (from a hint of maple syrup) and salty, and super versatile. The lavash can easily be replaced with flour or corn tortillas, and if you won't be home to cook it for your kids, make a few on Sunday and have them eat it cold or (if they are old enough) use the microwave to reheat them.
  2. Nutella and banana sushicomes together quickly and can even be made by kids. It's basically a chocolate and banana sandwich, and who doesn't want that? You can also riff on this by changing up the tortilla for a piece of warm toast, two slices of their favorite bread for a proper sandwich, or by adding additional fruit like strawberries or coconut.
  3. Fruit kabobs are a fun way to help your kids eat seasonally. Just pick the freshest, in-season fruit every week to skewer up. Get your kids involved in picking out the fruit and even chopping and skewering it. They'll never get bored because the options will change from week to week, and it'll mean that much more to them because they helped make it. And if you really want to blow their minds, keep a little freshly whipped cream around for them to dip their kabobs in. You can sweeten it with just about anything, including honey and agave syrup. Plus, you can put the ingredients in a jar with a lid and have your kids shake it like crazy.
  4. Avocado and strawberry smoothies are yet another quick, make-ahead snack that your kids will love. Just chop and puree in your blender with a little honey and yogurt, and it's ready for hungry bellies after a long day of learning.
  5. Strawberry fruit leather yields the most snacks for the least amount of effort. And bonus: it tastes like candy but is filled with good stuff (feel free to substitute honey or agave for the sugar)! While this recipe has you puree and then cook down the mixture before putting it in the oven, you can easily skip the cooking step and just leave it in the oven longer (like overnight!). For even less clean up, make these on a sheet of parchment paper, then cut the paper into strips once the fruit leather is dry to make your own fruit roll-ups. These store well in the pantry or freezer, and work with a lot of different fruit, so feel free to make a bunch when seasonal fruit is on sale.

The post After-school Snacks for Busy Families appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Back-to-School Lunches for Happy & Healthy Kids https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/kids/back-school-lunches-happy-healthy-kids/ Tue, 06 Sep 2016 14:50:18 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17825

School's back in session, and with it comes another year of packing lunches. But between buying school supplies and new clothes, figuring out after-school schedules, and helping kids find that missing shoe from last school year, they're lucky if you even remember to pack their lunch.

But when they start getting bored with the typical sandwiches and sides by the second week of school, how can you avoid falling into the rut of making the same old lunch? Kids love variety, and it doesn't take a fine dining chef to make it happen. It just takes a little creativity.

Check out these fun and easy recipes that will have your kids asking for more!

Sandwich sushi:

Sometimes, you don't need a new recipe, just a new way to serve it. Sandwich sushi takes your kids' favorite sandwiches and serves them in a fun, new way. They use the bread like sushi rice, flattening it and rolling it around different fillings. If you're feeling especially creative, add a pair of kids' chopsticks for them to eat with! The sky's the limit when it comes to fillings, but you can try making a BLAT (bacon, lettuce, avocado, and tomato); their favorite nut butter (be sure to check whether your kids' school is a nut-free zone!) with strawberries; or vegetables and cream cheese. Having something a little pasty, like mashed avocado, nut butter, or cream cheese will help glue the other ingredients to the sushi roll.

Breakfast for lunch:

If breakfast for dinner gets your kid excited, why not try breakfast for lunch?

These two ingredient banana pancakes are fast to throw together and freeze well. That means you can throw a frozen pancake in a lunch and have it completely defrosted by the time it's lunch. Serve it alongside your typical breakfast companions, like bacon, sausage, yogurt, fresh fruit, or hard boiled eggs for a complete meal they will love. And don't forget to include a little maple syrup or jam!

Corn dog muffins:

Three words: corn dog muffins. This genius recipe combines cornbread muffin mix with your favorite hot dog to make a lunch time protein any kid would love to munch on. You get to the pick the type of hot dog (all-beef, pork, chicken, or turkey), plus, it's not deep fried. This makes it a bit more nutritious than corn dogs from the carnival, and it offers a better ratio of cornbread to hot dog, which is really the best part.

Mini-taco hand pies:

These mini taco hand pies aren't just adorable; they are a snap to customize, too! Just make your kid's favorite taco filling (ground beef and black beans are the ingredients in this recipe), stuff it into rounds of pie dough with a little cheese, and bake! Be sure to pack it with some salsa, guacamole, and tortilla chips or maybe some sour cream, rice, and beans to make it a full meal. Or if they like a little chile, send them with a fruit salad sprinkled with a little of the Mexican fruit seasoning, Tajín. Mangoes taste amazing this way!

Once you introduce these new lunches, be sure to ask your child which one's their favorite. And ask them what ideas they have for new lunches. School lunches don't have to be hard . . . and can actually even be fun sometimes!

The post Back-to-School Lunches for Happy & Healthy Kids appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>

School's back in session, and with it comes another year of packing lunches. But between buying school supplies and new clothes, figuring out after-school schedules, and helping kids find that missing shoe from last school year, they're lucky if you even remember to pack their lunch. But when they start getting bored with the typical sandwiches and sides by the second week of school, how can you avoid falling into the rut of making the same old lunch? Kids love variety, and it doesn't take a fine dining chef to make it happen. It just takes a little creativity. Check out these fun and easy recipes that will have your kids asking for more!

Sandwich sushi:

Sometimes, you don't need a new recipe, just a new way to serve it. Sandwich sushi takes your kids' favorite sandwiches and serves them in a fun, new way. They use the bread like sushi rice, flattening it and rolling it around different fillings. If you're feeling especially creative, add a pair of kids' chopsticks for them to eat with! The sky's the limit when it comes to fillings, but you can try making a BLAT (bacon, lettuce, avocado, and tomato); their favorite nut butter (be sure to check whether your kids' school is a nut-free zone!) with strawberries; or vegetables and cream cheese. Having something a little pasty, like mashed avocado, nut butter, or cream cheese will help glue the other ingredients to the sushi roll.

Breakfast for lunch:

If breakfast for dinner gets your kid excited, why not try breakfast for lunch? These two ingredient banana pancakes are fast to throw together and freeze well. That means you can throw a frozen pancake in a lunch and have it completely defrosted by the time it's lunch. Serve it alongside your typical breakfast companions, like bacon, sausage, yogurt, fresh fruit, or hard boiled eggs for a complete meal they will love. And don't forget to include a little maple syrup or jam!

Corn dog muffins:

Three words: corn dog muffins. This genius recipe combines cornbread muffin mix with your favorite hot dog to make a lunch time protein any kid would love to munch on. You get to the pick the type of hot dog (all-beef, pork, chicken, or turkey), plus, it's not deep fried. This makes it a bit more nutritious than corn dogs from the carnival, and it offers a better ratio of cornbread to hot dog, which is really the best part.

Mini-taco hand pies:

These mini taco hand pies aren't just adorable; they are a snap to customize, too! Just make your kid's favorite taco filling (ground beef and black beans are the ingredients in this recipe), stuff it into rounds of pie dough with a little cheese, and bake! Be sure to pack it with some salsa, guacamole, and tortilla chips or maybe some sour cream, rice, and beans to make it a full meal. Or if they like a little chile, send them with a fruit salad sprinkled with a little of the Mexican fruit seasoning, Tajín. Mangoes taste amazing this way! Once you introduce these new lunches, be sure to ask your child which one's their favorite. And ask them what ideas they have for new lunches. School lunches don't have to be hard . . . and can actually even be fun sometimes!

The post Back-to-School Lunches for Happy & Healthy Kids appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Keeping Avos Fresh in the Fridge https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/keeping-avos-fresh-fridge/ Mon, 05 Sep 2016 15:27:33 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17818 The post Keeping Avos Fresh in the Fridge appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post Keeping Avos Fresh in the Fridge appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Finding Perfect Avocados https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/finding-perfect-avocados/ Sun, 04 Sep 2016 15:29:11 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17810 The post Finding Perfect Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post Finding Perfect Avocados appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
Ripening With Rice https://avocadosfrommexico.com/blog/how-to/ripening-rice/ Sat, 03 Sep 2016 15:27:53 +0000 http://afmcopy.wpengine.com/?post_type=education_blog&p=17814 The post Ripening With Rice appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>
The post Ripening With Rice appeared first on Avocados From Mexico.

]]>